THE PRACTICE OF PHARMACY. A TREATISE ON THE MODES OF MAKING AND DISPENSING OFFICINAL, UNOFFICINAL, AND EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARA- TIONS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THEIR PROPERTIES, USES, AND DOSES. INTENDED AS A HAND-BOOK FOR PHARMACISTS AND PHYSICIANS AND A TEXT-BOOK FOR STUDENTS. SECOND EDITION. ENLARGED AND THOROUGHLY REVISED. BY JOSEPH P. REMINGTON, Ph. M., F.C.S., PROFESSOR OF THEORY AND PRACTICE OF PHARMACY, AND DIRECTOR OF THE PHARMACEUTICAL LABORATORY IN THE PHILADELPHIA COLLEGE OF PHARMACY; FIRST VICE-CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE OF REVISION AND PUBLICATION OF THE PHARMACOPOEIA OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA; PHARMACEUTICAL EDITOR OF THE .'“jji (IRB?r F ' -■ UNITED STATES DISPENSATORY, ETC., ETC. WITH OVER SIX HUNDRED ILLUSTRATIONS. PHILADELPHIA: J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY. LONDON: 10 HENRIETTA STREET, CO VENT GARDEN. 18 90. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1885, by JOSEPH P. REMINGTON, In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. Copyright, 1889, by Joseph P. Remington. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. The generous welcome which was extended to the first edition of this work upon its appearance four years ago, and the development of an increasing interest since then in the subjects of which it treats, have encouraged the author to undertake a thorough revision, with the purpose not only of bringing the second edition fairly abreast of the times, but also of making such additions as experience has shown to be necessary or desirable. The value of the method of proving progress in knowledge by answering questions has been recognized in this edition, and a series of questions on the subjects embraced has been appended to each chapter. It is believed that these will afford the student the needed facilities for self-examination, without interfering with the sequence of the chapters or with their systematic arrangement. The adoption of the principle of “ parts by weight” in the last edi- tion of the United States Pharmacopoeia having had the effect of stimu- lating the arithmetical faculties, an attempt has been made to assist those who desire useful practice in this direction by inserting after the chapter on Metrology typical pharmaceutical problems and exercises in alligation. Answers to these will be found in the Appendix. Part V., treating of Magistral Pharmacy, and Part VI., containing the Formulary of Unofficinal Preparations, have been revised and greatly extended. As it has been proved that the latter portion of the work had awakened the largest degree of interest among pharmacists and students, the effort has been made to consider, in the present edition, these branches of practical pharmacy in greater detail and with more completeness. With this object in view, more than one hundred illus- trations and fifty pages have been added to Part V. Fac-similes of one hundred autograph and questionable prescriptions, selected to III IV PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. demonstrate how various difficulties occurring in daily practice may be overcome, and accompanied by running comments, constitute the most important addition to this portion of the work. These have been printed upon enamelled paper with special care, in order that the origi- nals may be faithfully reproduced. By the incorporation of the National Formulary, the elision of those formulas which might con- flict with this authority, and the addition of others, it is believed that greater usefulness in this Part will be secured. The number of pages in the book has necessarily been augmented, notwithstanding the fact that some of those in the first edition have been discarded, the additions representing a net increase of two hun- dred pages, the illustrations numbering six hundred and thirty-nine, or one hundred and forty more than were in the first edition. A very complete and useful index, prepared by Mr. A. B. Taylor, has been added. The printing in heavy-faced type of the page-numbers which refer to formulas will doubtless be regarded as an improvement, since it will enable the reader who wishes to find a formula to dis- tinguish at once the number indicating the formula page from the others. In conclusion, the author desires to express his grateful thanks for the many marks of appreciation with which the work has been favored, and he sincerely trusts that the revised edition may prove a worthy successor to the first and enter upon a still wider field of usefulness. Philadelphia, October, 1889. PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. Ti-ie rapid and substantial progress made in Pharmacy within the last decade has created a necessity for a work treating of the improved apparatus, the revised processes, and the recently introduced prepara- tions of the age. The vast advances made in theoretical and applied chemistry and physics have had much to do with the development of pharmaceutical science, and these have been reflected in all the revised editions of the Pharmacopoeias which have been recently published. When the author was elected in 1874 to the chair of Theory and Practice of Pharmacy in the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, the outlines of study which had been so carefully prepared for the classes by his eminent prede- cessors, Professor William Procter, Jr., and Professor Edward Parrish, were found to be not strictly in accord, either in their arrangement of the subjects or in their method of treatment. Desiring to preserve the distinctive characteristics of each, an effort was at once made to frame a system which should embody their valuable features, embrace new subjects, and still retain that harmony of plan and proper sequence which are absolutely essential to the success of any system. The strictly alphabetical classification of subjects which is now uni- versally adopted by Pharmacopoeias and Dispensatories, although admi- rable in works of reference, presents an effectual stumbling-block to the acquisition of pharmaceutical knowledge through systematic study : the vast accumulation of facts collected under each head being arranged lexi- cally, they necessarily have no connection with one another, and thus the saving of labor effected by considering similar groups together, and the value of the association of kindred subjects, are lost to the student. In the method of grouping the subjects which is herein adopted, the con- stant aim has been to arrange the latter in such a manner that the reader shall be gradually led from the consideration of elementary subjects to those which involve more advanced knowledge, whilst the groups them- selves are so placed as to follow one another in a natural sequence. The work is divided into six parts. Part I. is devoted to detailed descriptions of apparatus and definitions and comments on general phar- maceutical processes. The Officinal Preparations alone are considered in Part II. Due weight and prominence are thus given to the Pharmacopoeia, the Na ■ tional authority, which is now so thoroughly recognized. V VI PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. In order to suit the convenience of pharmacists who prefer to weigh solids and measure liquids, the officinal formulas are expressed, in addi- tion to parts by weight, in avoirdupois weight and apothecaries’ measure. These equivalents are printed in bold type, near the margin, and arranged so as to fit them for quick and accurate reference. Part III. treats of Inorganic Chemical Substances. Precedence is of course given to officinal preparations in these. The descriptions, solu- bilities, and tests for identity and impurities of each substance are sys- tematically tabulated under its proper title. It is confidently believed that by this method of arrangement the valuable descriptive features of the Pharmacopceia will be more prominently developed, ready reference facilitated, and close study of the details rendered easy. Each chemical operation is accompanied by equations, whilst the reaction is, in addition, explained in words. The Carbon Compounds, or Organic Chemical Substances, are con- sidered in Part IV. These are naturally grouped according to the phys- ical and medical properties of their principal constituents, beginning with, simple bodies like cellulin, gum, etc., and progressing to the most highly organized alkaloids, etc. Part V. is devoted to Extemporaneous Pharmacy. Care has been taken to treat of the practice which would be best adapted for the needs of the many pharmacists who conduct operations upon a moderate scale, rather than for those of the few who manage very large establishments. In this, as well as in other parts of the work, operations are illustrated which are conducted by manufacturing pharmacists. Part VI. contains a Formulary of Pharmaceutical Preparations which have not been recognized by the Pharmacopoeia. The recipes selected are chiefly those which have been heretofore rather difficult of access to most pharmacists, yet such as are likely to be in request. Many private formulas are embraced in the collection; and such of the prep- arations of the old Pharmacopoeias as have not been included in the new edition, but are still in use, have been inserted. In conclusion, the author ventures to express the hope that the work will prove an efficient help to the pharmaceutical student as well as to the pharmacist and the physician. Although the labor has been mainly performed amidst the harassing cares of active professional duties, and perfection is known to be unattainable, no pains has been spared to discover and correct errors and omissions in the text. The author’s warmest acknowledgments are tendered to Mr. A. B. Taylor, Mr. Joseph McCreery, and Mr. George M. Smith for their valuable assistance in revising the proof-sheets, and to the latter especially for his work on the index. The outline illustrations, by Mr. John Collins, were drawn either from the actual objects or from photographs taken by the author. Philadelphia, October, 1885. CONTENTS. INTRODUCTORY. PAGE Theoretical and Practical Pharmacy 25 Pharmacopoeias and Dispensatories 26 Nomenclature 28 Dispensatories . 33 PART I. CHAPTER I. METROLOGY. Weights, Measures, and Specific Gravity 36 Weight , 36 Measures , 39 Metric System . . . 40 Orthography, Pronunciation, and Reading 46 Weighing and Measuring 47 Metallic Weights used in Pharmacy 59 Specific Gravity 67 Specific Gravity of Liquids 70 Hydrometers 73 Methods of taking the Specific Gravity of Small Quantities of Liquids 79 Table giving the Specific Gravities of Officinal Substances, arranged in the Order of their Densities 81 Specific Volume 83 Specific Volumes and Actual Weights and Measures corresponding with given Specific Gravities 85 Practical Problems and Exercises illustrating the Uses of Weights, Measures, Specific Gravity, and Specific Volume 87 Alligation applied to Pharmacy , 91 CHAPTER II. Operations requiring the Use of Heat . 100 Generation of Heat 100 Operations and Forms of Apparatus in which Solids are used in developing Heat 100 Operations and Forms of Apparatus in which Liquids are used in developing Heat 103 Operations and Forms of Apparatus in which Gases are used in developing Heat 106 Methods of measuring Heat . Ill Table of Melting-Points of Officinal Substances 113 CHAPTER III. Uses of Heat 116 Operations requiring Heat in which Lower Temperatures are used 119 Table of Boiling-Points of Saturated Solutions of Various Salts 120 The use of Steam in Pharmaceutical Operations . 121 Table of the Temperatures of Superheated Steam 123 VII VIII CONTENTS. CHAPTER IY. Vaporization 128 Evaporation 128 Table of Boiling-Points of Officinal Substances . 137 CHAPTER Y. Distillation 139 Liebig’s Condenser 150 Pharmaceutical Stills / 153 CHAPTER YI. Sublimation 161 CHAPTER YII. Desiccation 165 Table showing Loss in powdering Medicinal Substances 169 CHAPTER YIII. Comminution 170 Drug-Mills 174 Trituration 181 Spatulas '. 183 Sifting 184 Levigation 187 Elutriation 187 Trochiscation 187 Pulverization by Intervention 188 CHAPTER IX. Solution 190 Solution of Solids 190 Simple Solution 190 Chemical Solution 190 Modes of effecting Solutions of Solids 191 Solvents used in Pharmacy 192 Table of the Solubility of Officinal Chemicals in Water and in Alcohol 193 Solution of Gases in Liquids 196 CHAPTER X. Separation of Fluids from Solids 199 Lotion or Displacement Washing 199 Continuous Washing 199 Decantation 201 The Syphon 202 Colation, or Straining 204 CHAPTER XI. Filtration • 207 Paper Filters 207 Methods of folding Filtering-Paper _. 208 Funnels 213 Filters for Special Purposes 215 Continuous Filtration 216 Filtration of Volatile Liquids 216 Hot Filtration 217 Rapid Filtering Apparatus 219 Water-Pumps acting by a Fall of Water 219 Water-Pumps acting by Pressure 220 CONTENTS. IX CHAPTER XII. Clarification and Decoloration 222 Clarification 222 Decoloration 224 CHAPTER XIII. Separation of Immiscible Fluids 226 Use of the Pipette 226 Use of the Separating Funnel 227 Mitchell’s Separator 227 Florentine Receiver 227 CHAPTER XIY. Precipitation 228 The Objects of Precipitation 228 Methods of effecting Precipitation 228 Vessels used in Precipitation 229 Manner of conducting the Process 229 The Production of Heavy and Light Precipitates 229 Collecting and Washing Precipitates 230 CHAPTER XY. Crystallization 231 Systems in Crystallography 232 Determination of Crystalline Form . 234 Cleavage 234 Methods of obtaining Crystals 234 Water of Crystallization 236 Mother-Liquor 237 Crystallizing Vessels 237 Collection, Draining, Washing, and Drying of Crystals 237 Intermediate Crystallization 238 CHAPTER XYI. Granulation and Exsiccation 240 CHAPTER XYII. Dialysis 241 CHAPTER XYIII. Extraction 244 Maceration * • • 244 CHAPTER XIX. Expression 246 Spiral Twist Press 246 Screw Press 246 Roller Press 250 Wedge Press 250 Lever Press 251 Hydrostatic or Hydraulic Press 251 CHAPTER XX. Percolation 254 History 254 Principle of Action 255 Shape of the Percolator 258 The Degree of Comminution proper for each Substance 259 Moistening of the Powder 260 CONTENTS. X , PAGE Packing the Powder 260 Adding the Menstruum 261 Previous Maceration 262 Finishing the Process 262 Choice of Menstrua 263 Absorbed Menstruum 263 Controlling the Flow of the Percolate 264 Special Percolators 264 Methods of supporting Percolators 269 Percolating Closet 270 Receiving Bottles 271 Repercolation 271 Fractional Percolation 272 PART II. Officinal Pharmacy 274 Introductory 274 Classification of Officinal Preparations 274 CHAPTER XXL Aqueous Solutions 275 Aquae. Waters 275 Officinal Waters made by Simple Solution 275 Officinal Waters made by passing Gases through Water' 275 Officinal Waters made by percolating through Cotton impregnated with the Sub- stance 276 Officinal Waters made by Distillation 278 Practical Processes for Officinal Waters 278 Liquores. Solutions 281 Simple Solutions (Aqueous) 281 Chemical Solutions (Aqueous) 281 Solution in Chloroform 282 CHAPTER XXII. Aqueous Solutions containing Sweet or Viscid Substances 284 Syrupi. Syrups 284 Table of Officinal Syrups 287 Mellita. Honeys 299 Classification of Officinal Honeys 299 Mucilagine8. Mucilages 299 Classification of Officinal Mucilages 300 Misturse. Mixtures 301 Table of Officinal Mixtures 301 Glycerita. Glycerites 304 Table of Officinal Glycerites 305 CHAPTER XXIII. Alcoholic Solutions 309 Spiritus. Spirits 309 Spirits made by Simple Solution 309 Spirits made by Solution with Maceration 310 Spirits made by Gaseous Solution 310 Spirits made by Chemical Reaction 311 Spirits made by Distillation 311 Practical Processes for Officinal Spirits 311 Elixiria. Elixirs 316 Practical Process for Officinal Elixir 316 CHAPTER XXIY. Ethereal Solutions 318 Gollodia. Collodions 318 Table of Officinal Collodions 318 Practical Processes for Officinal Collodions 318 CONTENTS. XI CHAPTER XXV. PAGE Oleaginous Solutions or External Applications 320 Linimenta. Liniments 320 Table of Officinal Liniments 320 Practical Processes for Officinal Liniments 320 Oleata. Oleates 322 Table of Officinal Oleates 322 Practical Processes for Officinal Oleates 322 CHAPTER XXVI. Aqueous Liquids made by Percolation or Maceration 324 Infusa. Infusions 324 General Officinal Formula for Infusions 324 Officinal Infusions made by Maceration 327 Officinal Infusions made by Percolation 327 Practical Processes for Officinal Infusions 329 Unofficinal Infusions 330 Becocta. Decoctions 332 Practical Processes for Officinal Decoctions 332 Unofficinal Decoctions 333 CHAPTER XXVII. Aloobolic Liquids made by Percolation or Maceration 335 Tincturse. Tinctures 335 Table of Officinal Tinctures 337 Practical Processes for Officinal Tinctures 339 Vina Medicata. Medicated Wines 356 Table of Officinal Wines 357 Practical Processes for Officinal Wines 358 Extracta Fluida. Fluid Extracts 360 Table of Officinal Fluid Extracts 367 Practical Processes for Fluid Extracts 371 • CHAPTER XXVIII. Ethereal Liquids made by Percolation 404 Oleoresinx. Oleoresins . 404 Table of Officinal Oleoresins 405 Practical Processes for Officinal Oleoresins 405 CHAPTER XXIX. Acetous Liquids made by Percolation 407 Aceta. Vinegars 407 Table of Officinal Vinegars 407 Practical Processes for Officinal Vinegars 407 CHAPTER XXX. Solid Preparations made by Percolation 410 Table of Officinal Extracts 414 Practical Processes for Officinal Extracts 417 Abstracta. Abstracts 427 Table of Officinal Abstracts 429 Practical Processes for Officinal Abstracts 429 Resinx. Resins 434 Table of Officinal Resins 434 Practical Processes for Officinal Resins 435 CHAPTER XXXI. Solid Officinal Preparations made without Percolation 438 XII CONTENTS. PART III. PAGE Inorganic Substances Introductory ' ' 439 Table of Elementary Substances . . . ." 440 CHAPTER XXXII. Hydrogen, Oxygen, and Water CHAPTER XXXIII. The Inorganic Acids Table of Inorganic Officinal Acids 446 CHAPTER XXXIY. Preparations of the Halogens Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine 461 Table of Officinal Preparations of Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine ..!!!!!! 461 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine 462 CHAPTER XXXY. Sulphur and Phosphorus Table of Officinal Preparations of Sulphur and Phosphorus 47I Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Sulphur and Phosphorus 471 CHAPTER XXXYI. Carbon, Boron, and Silicon 481 Table of Officinal Preparations of Carbon, Boron, and Silicon " " 481 CHAPTER XXXYII. The Alkalies and their Compounds 487 Potassium, Sodium, Lithium, and Ammonium 487 CHAPTER XXXYIII. The Potassium Salts Table of Officinal Preparations of Potassium 489 Table of Unofficinal Potassium Salts 490 CHAPTER XXXIX. The Sodium Salts Table of Officinal Preparations of Sodium j ’ " " * 513 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Sodium 519 CHAPTER XL. The Lithium Salts 547 Table of Officinal Preparations of Lithium !!!!!! 547 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Lithium 547 CHAPTER XLI. Ammonium 552 Table of Officinal Preparations of Ammonium 552 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Ammonium 553 Saturation Tables [ 555 CONTENTS. XIII CHAPTER XL II. Magnesium, Calcium, and Barium 568 Table of Officinal Preparations of Magnesium 568 Table of Unofficinal Salts of Magnesium 569 Calcium 574 Table of Officinal Preparations of Calcium 575 Table of Unofficinal Salts of Calcium 575 Barium 585 Table of Officinal Preparations of Barium 585 Table of Unofficinal Salts of Barium 585 CHAPTER XLIII. Zinc, Aluminium, Cerium, and Cadmium 588 Table of Officinal Preparations of Zinc * 589 Table of Unofficinal Salts of Zinc 589 Aluminium . . . 597 Table of Officinal Preparations of Aluminium 597 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Aluminium 597 Cerium 601 Table of Officinal Preparations of Cerium 602 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Cerium 602 Cadmium 603 Table of Unofficinal Compounds of Cadmium 603 CHAPTER XL IY. Manganese, Iron, and Chromium 606 Table of Officinal Preparations of Manganese 606 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Manganese 607 Iron 608 Table of Officinal Preparations of Iron 609 Table of Unofficinal Salts of Iron 610 Chromium 641 Table of Officinal Preparations containing Chromium 641 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Chromium 642 CHAPTER XLY. Nickel, Cobalt, and Tin 647 Table of Unofficinal Salts of Nickel 647 Cobalt 647 Tin 648 Table of Unofficinal Salts of Tin 648 CHAPTER XLYI. Lead, Copper, Silver, and Mercury 649 Table of Officinal Preparations of Lead 649 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Lead 650 Copper 655 Table of Officinal Preparations of Copper 656 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Copper 656 Silver 657 Table of Officinal Preparations of Silver 658 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Silver 658 Mercury 663 Table of Officinal Preparations of Mercury 663 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Mercury 664 CHAPTER XLYII. Antimony, Arsenic, and Bismuth 682 Table of Officinal Preparations of Antimony 683 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Antimony 683 Arsenic 689 Table of Officinal Preparations of Arsenic 689 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Arsenic 689 Bismuth 693 Table of Officinal Preparations of Bismuth 693 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Bismuth 693 XIV CHAPTER XLYIII. Gold and Platinum 701 Table of Officinal Salts of Gold and Platinum 701 Table of Unofficinal Preparations of Gold 701 Chart of Officinal Chemical Substances, with their Preparations 703 CONTENTS. PART IV. Organic Substances 713 Introductory 713 CHAPTER XLIX. The Cellulin Group 715 Products resulting from the Decomposition of Cellulin 716 Products resulting from the Destructive Distillation of Cellulin and Lignin . . . 719 Products resulting from the Natural Decomposition of Cellulin and Lignin and their Derivatives 723 CHAPTER L. Amylaceous and Mucilaginous Principles and their Products 732 Unofficinal Amylaceous Substances 733 Gums and Mucilaginous Substances 736 Unofficinal Mucilaginous Substances 739 CHAPTER LI. Sugars and Saccharine Substances 741 Glucoses ' 741 Saccharoses 741 CHAPTER LII. Derivatives of Sugars through the Action of Ferments 749 Ethyl Hydrate and Oxide and their Preparations 750 Alcoholmetrical Table 754 Preparations of the Compound Ethers of the Ethyl and Amyl Series 758 CHAPTER LIII. Aldehyd, its Derivatives and Preparations 765 Unofficinal Ethyl and Amyl Compounds, and Allied Products 769 CHAPTER LIY. Products of the Action of Ferments upon Acids 772 Saccharine Fruits 772 Unofficinal Fruits 780 CHAPTER LY. Volatile Oils 783 Preparation of Volatile Oils 785 Officinal Products from the Aurantiacese 787 Officinal Products from the Labiatae 789 Unofficinal Plants of the Labiatse containing Volatile Oil 793 Officinal Products of the Aromatic Umbelliferae 793 Unofficinal Plants of the Umbelliferae containing Volatile Oil 794 Officinal Aromatic Products, with their Volatile Oils 795 Unofficinal Terpenes 801 Unofficinal Oxygenated Oils 801 Stearoptens from Volatile Oils . 803 Officinal Substances containing Nitrogenated and Sulphurated Oils with Allied Products 806 Unofficinal Sulphurated Oils 810 CONTENTS. XV CHAPTER LYI. PAGE Officinal Drugs and Products containing Volatile Oil with Soft Resin 817 Unofficinal Substances containing Volatile Oil and Resin 824 Officinal Drugs and Products containing Volatile Oil associated with Bitter Prin- ciple or Extractive 825 Unofficinal Products containing Volatile Oil, Bitter Principle, and Extractive . , 829 CHAPTER LYII. Resins, Oleoresins, Gum-Resins, and Balsams 834 Unofficinal Substances containing Resins 841 Eclectic Resinoids 841 CHAPTER LYIII. Fixed Oils, Fats, and Soaps 844 Substances containing Unofficinal Fixed Oils 849 Unofficinal Oleates 851 Unsaponifiable Fats and Petroleum Products 856 CHAPTER LIX. Drugs containing Glucosides or Neutral Principles, with their Preparations . . . 861 Unofficinal Glucosides 861 Drugs containing Saponinoid Principles, with their Preparations 869 Unofficinal Drugs containing Glucosides or Bitter Principles 871 Drugs containing Cathartic Principles, and their Preparations 871 Drugs containing Astringent Principles, and their Preparations 878 Unofficinal Astringent Drugs 884 CHAPTER LX. Alkaloids 889 Opium and its Alkaloids 889 Cinchona and its Alkaloids 898 Nux Vomica and its Alkaloids 911 Officinal Drugs containing Alkaloids 913 Unofficinal Drugs containing Alkaloids 924 Unofficinal Alkaloids 925 Condensed Chart of the Vegetable Officinal Drugs, with their Preparations . . . 932 CHAPTER L XI. Products from Animal Substances 958 Officinal Products derived from the Class Mammalia 958 Officinal Products from the Class Pisces 965 Officinal Products from the Class Aves 966 Officinal Products from the Class Insecta 966 Unofficinal Animal Products 969 Chart of Officinal Animal Substances 971 CHAPTER LXII. Pharmaceutical Testing 974 Synthesis 974 Analysis 974 Apparatus used in Testing 976 Articles used in Testing 978 Test-Solutions 980 Volumetric Solutions for Quantitative Tests 982 XVI CONTENTS. PART Y. MAGISTRAL PHAKMACY. CHAPTER L X111. DISPENSING. PAQE Arrangement of the Store, Laboratory, and Cellar 987 Selecting a Location 987 Apportioning Space 987 AVindow-Fixtures 988 Arrangement of Objects 989 Shelving and Wall-Fixtures 990 Dispensing Counter 992 Store Furniture 993 Glass Furniture 993 The Prescription Counter 996 The Laboratory 1000 The Cellar 1003 CHAPTER LXIY. Prescriptions 1005 The Parts of a Prescription 1005 The Superscription, or Heading 1005 The Name of the Patient 1005 The Inscription 1006 Method of Allotting Quantities 1006 The Subscription 1007 The Signa 1007 The Name or Initials of the Physician, with Date 1008 Unusual Doses in Prescriptions 1008 Abbreviations, Terms, etc 1010 Autograph and Questionable Prescriptions 1015 Metric Prescriptions 1048 Gravimetric Prescriptions 1048 Volumetric Prescriptions 1048 The Art of Dispensing and Compounding 1049 Receiving the Prescription or Order 1049 Reading the Prescription 1050 Compounding the Prescription . 1051 Additions or Alterations 1052 Numbering the Prescription 1052 Dating 1054 Filing, Binding, and Preserving 1055 Labels 1058 CHAPTER LXY. EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. Solutions, Mixtures, and Emulsions 1065 Incompatibility 1065 Chemical Incompatibility 1066 Pharmaceutical Incompatibility 1068 Therapeutical Incompatibility 1070 Compounding Extemporaneous Solutions 1070 Use of Heat 1070 When to Filter 1070 Aids in Effecting Solution 1071 The Order to be followed in Mixing the Ingredients 1071 Mixtures 1072 Emulsions 1072 Theory of Emulsification 1073 English Method 1073 Continental Method 1074 Compound Emulsions 1076 Dispensing of Liquids 1076 CONTENTS. XVII page Bottles 1077 Corks 1077 Capping Bottles 1077 CHAPTER LXVI. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Powders, Cachets, Troches, Pills, and Suppositories 1082 Pulveres. Powders 1082 Officinal Powders 1082 Trituratione8. Triturations ......... .. . _ 1084 Dispensing of Powders and Solids 1084 Folding Packages 1084 Folding Powders 1086 Cachets, or Wafer Capsules 1089 Tabellee. Tablets, Tablet-triturates . ,. 1091 Troehisci. Troches 1093 Making the Mass 1093 Rolling the Mass 1094 Cutting the Troches 1095 Confectiones. Confections 1100 Masses. Masses 1101 Pilules. Pills 1105 Forming the Mass 1105 Choice of the Excipient 1106 List of Excipients 1106 General Excipient for Pills 1107 Dividing the Mass H07 Dusting-Powder 1109 Finishing the Pills . . 1109 Dispensing Pills 1109 Officinal Pills 1109 Coating Pills 1113 Compressed Pills and Troches 1116 Gelatin Capsules and Pearls 1119 Capsule-Fillers 1121 Suppositoria. Suppositories 1122 Rolled Suppositories 1123 Moulded Suppositories 1123 Pouring the Mass - 1124 Suppository-Moulds 1124 Individual Moulds 1124 Divided Moulds 1125 Hinged Moulds 1126 Compressed Suppositories 1126 Suppository-Capsules 1128 Urethral Suppositories 1128 Dispensing Suppositories 1129 CHAPTER LXVII. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS USED EXTERNALLY. Cerates, Ointments, Plasters, and Papers 1131 Cerata. Cerates 1131 Officinal Cerates made by Fusion 1131 Officinal Cerates made by Incorporation 1131 Unguenta. Ointments 1133 Ointments made by Fusion 1133 Ointments made by Incorporation 1133 Ointments made by Chemical Reaction 1134 Officinal Ointments 1135 Empla8tra. Plasters 1143 Officinal Plasters containing Lead or Resin Plaster as their Basis 1143 Officinal Plasters containing Burgundy or Canada Pitch as their Basis 1144 Officinal Spread Plasters 1144 Spreading Plasters 1148 Blisters 1152 Chartss. Papers 1152 Officinal Papers 1152 XVIII CONTENTS. PART VI. FORMULARY OF UN OFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. PAGE Unoffieinal Preparations containing Inorganic Acids 1155 Bromine 1156 Iodine 1157 Sulphur 1159 Phosphorus 1159 Potassium Salts 1163 Lithium and Sodium Salts 1165 Ammonium Salts ..1169 Magnesium Salts 1170 Calcium Salts 1171 Barium Salts 1173 Zinc Salts 1173 Aluminium Salts 1174 Manganese Salts 1175 Iron and Chromium Salts 1175 Nickel Salts 1182 Lead Salts 1182 Copper Salts 1184 Silver Salts 1184 Mercury Salts 1184 Antimony Salts . . . 1186 Arsenic Salts 1186 Bismuth Salts 1187 Unoffieinal Preparations of Organic Substances: Cellulin Products 1188 Amylaceous and Mucilaginous Substances 1192 Saccharine Substances 1195 Derivatives of Sugars through the Action of Ferments 1196 Products of the Action of Ferments upon Acid Saccharine Fruits 1199 Volatile Oils 1199 Volatile Oils with Resin Products •. . . 1206 Resins, Oleoresins, Gum-Resins, and Balsams 1209 Fats, Fixed Oils, Soaps, etc 1212 Drugs containing Bitter Principles, etc 1214 Cathartic Drugs 1219 Astringent Drugs '. 1225 Drugs containing Alkaloids 1227 Animal Products 1238 Soda-Water Syrups 1246 Colors for Show-Bottles 1247 Appendix 1248 Index 1251 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. FIG. , PAGE 1. Metric diagram 41 2. Illustration of equilibrium 48 3. Position of knife-edges 48 4. Manner of holding scales 49 5. Hand scale with sliding weight 50 6. Army prescription scale 61 7. Pine prescription balance 61 8. Analytical balance 52 9. End of the beam of analytical balance 52 10. Old-style counter scales 53 11. Common counter scales 53 12. Scale with graduated parallel beam and sliding weight 53 13. Fairbanks’s druggists’ scale 54 14. Graduated beam prescription scale 54 15. Vest-pocket prescription scale 55 16. Troemner’s scale for weighing liquids 56 17. Compound lever-balance in glass box 56 18. Box prescription scale 56 19. Ritchie torsion balance 57 20. Frame 57 21. Frame with wire 57 22. Torsion prescription balance 57 23. Part of the rider beam 58 24. Torsion counter scale 68 25. Common avoirdupois weights 59 26. Avoirdupois weights in metal frame 59 27. Troy weights 59 28. Metric weights (iron) 60 29. Metric weights (block) 60 30. Metric weights (analytical) 61 31. Aluminium wire weights 61 32. Aluminium grain weights 61 33. Combined measure and funnel 61 34. Laboratory measure 62 35. Tumbler-shaped graduate 62 36. Metric graduate 63 37. Cylindrical graduate 63 38. Minim measure 63 39. Minim pipette 64 40. Minim pipette with bottle 65 41. Taking the specific gravity of a solid 65 42. 1000-grain bottle 68 43. Graduated specific-gravity tube 68 44. Specific-gravity bottle 69 45. Lovi’s beads 71 46. Squibb’s specific-gravity apparatus 72 47. Cylindrical hydrometer 74 48 1 j- Hydrometer, double scale 74 50. Hydrometer jar . . . . 75 61. Urinometer and jar (Squibb) 76 52. Alcoholmeter . . 77 53. Nicholson’s hydrometer 78 54. Mohr’s specific-gravity apparatus 80 XIX LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XX FI O. PAGE 55. Eousseau’s densimeter 80 66. Specific-volume bottle 84 57. Pharmaceutical furnace (sectional view) 101 68. Pharmaceutical range 102 59. Pharmaceutical furnace 103 60. Spirit-lamp 103 61. Metal spirit-lamp 104 62. Russian blast-lamp 104 63. Gasolin stove 105 64. Gasolin stove burner 105 65. Coal-oil stove ' 106 66. Gas-flame 107 67. Bunsen burner (sectional view) 107 68. Bunsen burner (Morton’s) 108 69. Short burner 108 70. Short burner with support 108 71. Fletcher’s radial burner 108 72. Horizontal Bunsen burner 108 73. Springfield laboratory burner 109 74. Economy furnace 109 75. Water-heater 109 76. Hot-water generator 110 78. Centigrade thermometer 112 79. Fahrenheit thermometer 112 80. Paper-scale thermometer 112 81. Fahrenheit thermometer 112 82. Centigrade thermometer 112 83. Reaumur thermometer 112 86. Plain blow-pipe 117 87. Bulb blow-pipe 117 88. Black’s blow-pipe 117 89. Berzelius’s blow-pipe 117 90. Plattner’s blow-pipe 117 91. Plattner’s blow-pipe (dissected) 117 92. Gas blow-pipe 117 93. Foot-bellows 117 94. Hessian crucible 118 95. Crucible furnace 118 96. Platinum crucible 118 97. Sand-bath 119 98. Water-bath 120 99. Water-bath (porcelain dish) 121 100. Water-bath (copper ring) 121 101. Open steam-bath 122 102. Steam distributor 122 103. Use of steam under pressure 123 104. Steam boiler 124 105. Steam boiler (sectional view) 124 106. Patch’s steam boiler 126 107. Steam kettle 125 108. Enamelled steam kettle 126 109. Steam coil 126 110. Upright steam coil 126 111. Horizontal steam coil 126 112. Zigzag steam coil 126 113. Boiling-point test 129 114. Evaporation by boiling 131 2 | Evaporation below the boiling-point 131 117. Porcelain evaporating dish 132 118. Glass evaporating dish 132 119. “ Agate-ware” evaporating dish 132 120. Porcelain stirrer ; 132 121. Porcelain stirrer (double) 132 122. Horn stirrer 132 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XXI no. PAGE 123. Rotary stirrer 132 124. Vacuum apparatus 133 125. Evaporating chamber 134 126. Flask evaporation 135 127. Graduated evaporating dish 135 128. Measuring evaporation 136 129. Hood 136 130. Stove hood. 136 131. Grommets 137 134. Alembic ... 140 135. Japanese lambik 140 136. Plain retort 140 137. Tubulated retort 141 138. Badly-formed retort 141 139. Distilling flask 142 140. Bent tube, etc., for distilling flask 142 141. Tube properly bent 143 142. Tube unequally heated 143 143. Tube hastily bent 143 144. Cork-borers 144 145. Cork-borer (large size) 144 146. Rat-tail file . 144 147. Rasp and file 144 149 } Bladder joints 145 150. Rubber-tube joint 145 151. Tubulated receiver 146 152. Tubulated and quilled receiver . 146 153. Plain receiver 146 154. Mode of using quilled receiver 146 j-Adapters 147 157. Use of adapter 147 158. Stoppered funnel-tube , ... . 147 159. Funnel-tube 147 160. Thistle-top funnel-tube 147 161. Improvised funnel-tube 148 162. Charging a plain retort 148 163. Welter’s safety-tube 148 164. Retort-stand 149 165. Retort-ring clamp 149 166. Retort-ring . . 149 167. Ring with split sections of rubber tubing 149 168. Liebig condenser 150 169. Liebig condenser (all glass, rubber joints) 150 170. Liebig condenser (in use) 151 171. Squibb’s pinchcock (open) 151 172. Squibb’s pinchcock (closed) 151 173. Spring pinchcock (Mohr’s) 152 174. Screw pinchcock (Hoffman’s) 152 175. Tube condenser * 152 176. Condensing-worm 152 177. Wiegand’s still 153 178. Curtman’s still 154 179. Curtman’s still (sectional view) 154 180. Rice’s still and condenser 155 181. Pharmaceutical still 157 182. Wire cage 159 183. Pharmaceutical still (sectional view) . 159 184. Herrick’s still 159 185. Subliming apparatus 161 186. Subliming camphor 162 187. Desiccating frame and trays 166 188. Pharmaceutical drying closet 166 189. Drying closet (gas heat) 167 XXII LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. FIG. PAGE 190. Drying oven 167 192. Herb-cutter 170 193. Roller knife 171 194. Mortar and pestle 172 195. Munson’s buhr-stone mill 173 196. Buhr-stone - 174 197. Grooved rollers 175 197a. Grooved rollers (cross-section) 175 198. Chasers 175 199. Chasers (curved grinding surface) 175 200. Mead’s disintegrator 177 201. Revolving disk and screens 177 202. Enterprise drug-mill 178 203. Drug-mill (dispensing) 179 204. Hance’s drug-mill 180 205. Hance’s mill (upper plate) 180 206. Hance’s mill (lower plate) • 180 207. Mortar and pestle 181 208. Pestle (hard-rubber handle) 181 209. "Wedgwood mortar and pestle 182 210. Triturating with loaded pestle 182 211. Porcelain mortar and pestle 183 212 1 > Balance-handled spatula 183 214. Solid-handled spatula 184 215. Horn spatula, with handle 184 216. Hunter’s sifter 185 217. Sifter 186 218. Scoop sifter . . . • 186 219. Scoop sifter (end view of sieve) 186 220. Slab and muller 187 221. Trochiscator 187 222. Circulatory solution 192 223. Method of absorbing gas 196 224. Wash-bottle 197 225. Gas-generator 197 226. Spritz bottle 199 228. Continuous washing 200 229. Continuous-washing apparatus 200 230. Use of the guiding-rod 201 231. Syphon diagram 202 232. Syphon 203 233. Pattern for strainer 204 234. Strainer 204 235. Use of strainer 204 236. Cotton-cloth strainer 205 237. Strainer and frame 205 238. Prescription strainer 205 239. Careless straining 205 240. Plain filter 208 241. Double plain filter 208 242. Bother’s filter (first step) 209 243. Rother’s filter 209 244. Filter 209 245. Folding plaited filter 210 246. Folding plaited filter 210 247. Folding plaited filter 210 248. Folding plaited filter 210 249. Folding plaited filter 211 250. Folding plaited filter 211 251. Folding plaited filter 211 252. Folding plaited filter 211 253. Folding plaited filter 212 254. Plaited filter 212 255. Plaited filter, parallel folds 212 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XXIII FIG. PAGE 256. Plaited filter, parallel folds 213 257. Arrangement of funnel in filtration .' 213 258. Filtering into a bottle (proper method) 213 259. Filtering into a bottle (improper method) 213 260. Plain funnel . 214 261. Ribbed funnel 214 262. Hadden’s filter 215 263. Hadden’s filter (interior) 215 264. Warner’s filter 216 265. Filtration of volatile liquids 217 266. Hot filtration 217 267. Jacketed funnel 218 268. Hot filtration 218 269. Rapid filtration 219 270. Lux’s aspirator 219 271. Rapid filtration .....* 219 272. Fisher’s vacuum-pump 220 273. Yacuum-pump 220 274. Plain pipette 226 275. Syringe pipette 226 276. Pipette 226 277. Separating funnel 226 278. Globe separating funnel 226 279. Mitchell’s separator 226 280. Florentine receiver 227 281. Receiver for heavy and light oils 227 282. Precipitating jar 229 283. Plain filter 229 284. Collecting a precipitate 230 285. Frame and strainer for precipitates 230 286. Cube 232 287. Octahedron 232 288. Rhombic dodecahedron 232 289. Right square prism 232 290. Dimetric octahedron 232 291. Rhombic pyramid 232 292. Prismatic pyramid 232 293. Hexagonal prism 233 294. Double hexagonal pyramid 233 295. Monoclinic prism 233 296. Monoclinic octahedron 233 297. Doubly-oblique prism 233 298. Doubly-oblique octahedron 233 299.1 300. [-Dialyzer 242 301. j 302. Circulatory displacement 244 304 } 0*’8 Press 245 305. Troemner’s press 247 306. German single-screw press 247 307. Enterprise press 248 308. Enterprise press 249 309. George’s double-screw press 249 310. Wedge press 250 311. Hydraulic press 251 312. Dudgeon’s press 252 313. Officinal percolator 257 313a. Officinal percolation 257 314. Plain percolator 258 315. Oldberg’s percolator 258 316. Conical percolator 258 317. Narrow percolator 259 318. Ordinary percolator 259 319. Conical percolator 259 XXIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. no. PAGE 320. Notched cork ...... 261 321. Scored paper ............ . . . 261 322. Packer . 261 323. Imperfect packing . 261 324. Proper packing 261 325. Percolating weight 262 326. Sheet-rubber cover 262 327. Dursse’s percolator 265 328. Well-tube percolator (Squibb) 266 329. Double-tube percolator 268 330. Suspended percolator (Hance’s) 268 331. Pressure percolator - .... . 269 332. Percolating stand 270 333. Percolating closet (Shinn) 271 334. Receiving flask 271 335. Receiving bottle 271 336. Receiving bottle (all glass) 271 337. Alsop’s infusion jar 325 338. Squire’s infusion mug 326 339. Infusion pitcher 326 340. Infusion mug (home-made) 326 341. Infusion bottle . 328 342. Block-tin decoction vessel 331 343. Brass water-bath 331 344. Hydraulic press (P., D. & Co.) 364 345. Macerator (P., D. & Co.) - . .• . 366 346. Needles’s vacuum percolator . 366 347. Percolator for volatile liquids 404 348. Stopper-wrench . . 443 349. Use of carboy trunnions 444 350. Acid-dropper 445 351. Caustic point mould 661 354. Day’s pomade washer 787 355. Ecuelle . . . 789 356. Soap-cutter 864 358. Analytical apparatus case 976 359. Litre flask 9J77 360. Graduated jar 977 361. Burette (enlarged view of end) 977 362. Burette-holder in use 977 363. Erdmann’s float . 978 364. Use of the pipette ......... 978 365. Reagent bottle 978 366. Plan of store 988 367. Drawer-can 990 368. Section of wall-fixtures 991 369. Shallow drawer 992 370. Wide-mouth furniture-bottle 994 371. Narrow-mouth furniture-bottle 994 372. Oil-bottle 994 373. Syrup-bottle 994 374. Last-drop effects 994 375. Recessed label furniture-bottle 995 376. Odd-package case 995 377. Odd-package drawer . 996 378. Prescription counter, front view 997 379. Prescription counter, back view 997 380. Can for prescription counter 998 381. Extract-can for prescription counter 998 382. Poison closet 999 883. Device for holding mortars 999 384. Northern side of laboratory . . 1001 385. Eastern side of laboratory 1001 386. Southern side of laboratory 1002 387. Western side of laboratory 1002 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XXV no. page 388. Container for stock liquids 1004 389. Questionable prescription 1017 390. Faulty prescription 1017 391. Carelessly-written prescription 1017 392. Faulty prescription ......... 1018 393. Dangerous prescription 1018 394. Double-direction prescription 1018 395. Prescription with ambiguous signa 1019 396. Involved prescription 1019 397. Badly-written prescription 1019 398. Carelessly-written prescription 1020 399. Odd prescription 1020 400. Faulty prescription 1020 401. Odd prescription «... 1021 402. Careful prescription . 1021 403. Badly-written prescription 1021 404. German prescription 1022 405. Erroneous signa . . , . 1022 406. Badly-written prescription 1022 407. Incompatible prescription 1023 408. Prescription 1023 409. Erroneous prescription 1023 410. Puzzling prescription 1024 411. German prescription 1024 412. Explosive prescription 1024 413. Flourishing prescription 1025 414. Obscure prescription 1026 415. Faulty prescription 1026 416. Badly-written prescription 1026 417. Prescription in symbols 1027 418. Pill prescription 1027 419. Erroneous prescription 1027 420. Incompatible prescription 1027 421. Faulty prescription 1028 422. Intemperate prescription 1028 423. Carelessly-written prescription 1028 424. Carelessly-written prescription 1029 425. Incompatible prescription 1029 426. Polypharmacal prescription 1030 427. Obscure prescription 1030 428. Carelessly-written prescription 1030 429. Modern prescription 1031 430. Badly-written prescription « 1031 431. Misleading prescription . 1031 432. Carelessly-written prescription 1032 433. Incompatible prescription «... 1032 434. Travestied prescription 1032 435. Incompatible prescription 1033 436. Deficient prescription 1033 437. Faulty prescription 1033 438. Ambiguous prescription . 1034 439. Incomplete prescription . 1034 440. Incompatible prescription . 1034 441. Faulty abbreviation 1035 442. Incompatible prescription . 1035 443. German prescription ...... 1035 444. German prescription ...... . . 1036 445. Badly-written prescription 1036 446. Forged prescription , . 1036 447. Illegible prescription 1037 448. Incompatible prescription 1037 449. Transposed prescription 1037 450. Incompatible prescription 1038 451. Toxic prescription 1038 452. Questionable prescription 1038 XXVI LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. FIG. PAGE 453. Illiterate prescription 1039 454. Incompatible prescription 1039 455. Badly-written prescription 1039 456. Incompatible prescription 1040 457. Curious prescription 1040 458. Legible prescription 1040 459. Questionable prescription 1040 460. Odd prescription 1041 461. Faulty prescription 1041 462. Badly-written prescription 1041 463. Imperfect prescription 1042 464. Explosive prescription 1042 465. Incompatible prescription 1042 466. Doubtful prescription 1043 467. Illegible prescription 1043 468. Obscure prescription 1044 469. Illegible prescription 1044 470. Difficult prescription 1044 471. Antique prescription 1044 472. Careless prescription 1044 473. Doubtful prescription 1044 474. Questionable prescription 1045 475. Erroneous prescription 1045 476. Incompatible prescription 1045 477. Illegible prescription 1045 478. Odd prescription *. 1045 479. Difficult prescription 1045 480. Doubtful prescription 1046 481. Erroneous prescription 1046 482. Unsafe prescription 1046 483. Questionable prescription 1046 484. Incompatible prescription 1046 485. Difficult prescription 1046 486. Safe prescription 1047 487. Unusual prescription 1047 488. Difficult prescription 1047 489. Incompatible prescription 1047 490. Unusual prescription 1047 491. Illegible prescription 1047 492. Tare-can 1048 493. Numbering tablet 1052 494. Numbering machine. 1053 495. Rubber numbering machine 1053 496. Safety prescription numerator . 1054 497. Rubber dating machine 1054 498. Lawrence’s prescription-box 1056 499. Nesbitt’s prescription-file 1056 500. Anderson’s prescription-file 1057 501. Anderson’s box-file 1057 502. Anderson’s prescription cabinet 1057 502a. Naulty’s prescription-file 1058 503. Fancy, obscure, and pretentious label 1059 504. Plain, old-fashioned, and inexpensive label 1059 505. Sabin’s mucilage-can 1060 506. Label-dampener 1061 507. Emulsion mortar and pestle 1074 508. Hunter’s emulsion apparatus 1075 509. Sparrow mixer 1075 610. Graduate-brush 1077 511. Funnel-holder 1077 612. Funnel-board r 1077 513. Oval metric bottle 1077 614. Poison-bottle 1077 515. Poison-bottle 1077 616. Pouring from shop-bottle 1078 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XXVII HO. PAGE 617. Dropping from shop-bottle 1078 618. German dropping-bottle 1078 519. Cork-press 1079 620. French cork-press 1079 521. Locbman’s cork-press 1079 623 } CaPPinS bottles 1080 } Gau§e or paper 1085 526. Paper package 1086 527. Twine-reel 1086 528. Seidlitz powder-measure 1086 629. Arrangement of powder-papers 1087 530. Michael’s powder-divider 1087 531. Divider 1087 532. Cover 1087 533. Folding the powder 1088 534. Making the end-creases 1088 535. Creasing with a spatula 1088 536. Flattening the powder 1089 538*} Towder-folder 1089 539. Bottles for sealing cachets 1090 540. Limousin’s cachet-hoard 1090 541. Cachet-wetter and funnel 1090 542. Sealing the cachet 1090 544 } Tablet machine £. . . . 1092 545. Pestle-cap 1093 546. Slocum’s lozenge-hoard 1094 547. Harrison’s lozenge-board 1094 548. Sectional view of Harrison’s lozenge-hoard 1094 649. Tinned-iron lozenge-punch 1095 550. Lozenge-punch, steel-cutter 1095 652* } Tiozenge* with die 1095 653. Lozenge-cutter 1096 554. End-view of the same 1096 ggg' | Day’s pill mass mixer 1104 657. Excipient-bottle 1107 558. Pill-tile 1108 559. Rolling a pill-cylinder 1108 56l' } Till-machine 1108 662. Pill-cutter with numbered edge 1109 563. Pill-finisher 1109 564. Machine for sugar-coating pills 1113 565. Prof. Patch’s gelatin-coater 1114 566. Maynard’s pill-coater, A 1115 667. Maynard’s pill-coater, B 1115 568. Maynard’s pill-coater, C 1115 669. Maynard’s pill-coater, D 1115 570. Maynard’s pill-coater, E 1115 571. Maynard’s pill-coater, F 1115 672. Silver-coater 1116 673. Compressed-pill-machine 1116 575. Crown tablet-machine 1117 576. McFerran compressed-tablet-machine 1118 578. Capsule-mould 1120 579. Shell-supporter 1120 580. Capsule-holder rack 1120 581. Capsule-mould holder 1120 582. Capsule syringe 1121 583. Empty capsules 1122 XXVIII LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. FIG. PAGB 584. Davenport’s capsule-filler 1122 ggg'| Reymond’s capsule-filler 1123 587. Bing’s suppository-machine 1123 588. End-view of the same 1123 589. Casserole 1124 590.1 591. I Individual suppository-mould 1124 692. j 594 } -divided suppository-mould 1125 595. Wirz’s suppository-mould 1125 596. See’s mould 1125 597. See’s mould (open) 1125 598. Blackman’s suppository-mould 1125 699. Hinged mould 1126 600. Benton, Myers & Co.’s suppository-mould 1126 601. English suppository-mould 1126 602. Suppository-mould on ice , 1127 603. Archibald’s suppository-machine 1127 605* } ®uPP0S^er H28 606. Suppository capsules 1128 607. Mitchell’s gelatin-bougie mould 1128 608. Suppository-box 1129 609. Spatula (all horn) 1134 610. Ointment-trowel (bottom-view) 1134 611. Ointment-trowel (side-view) 1134 612. Porcelain jar 1141 613. Ointment-jar (amber glass) 1141 614. Jar for dispensing ointments 1141 615. Ointment-jar, wooden top 1141 616. German ointment-jar 1141 617. Collapsible tubes 1142 618. Paper-covered chip-box 1142 619. Ointment-finisher 1142 620. Finishing ointments 1142 621. Cutting plaster-paper 1149 622. Franciscus plaster-board 1149 623. Left ear plaster 1150 624. Right ear plaster 1150 625. Chest plaster 1150 626. Shoulder plaster * 1150 627. Back plaster 1150 628. Side plaster 1150 629. Breast-plaster pattern 1150 630. Breast plaster 1150 631. Spreading a plaster 1150 632. Plaster-iron • 1151 633. Plaster-block, open . . * 1151 634. Plaster-block, closed 1151 635. Plaster-awl 1151 636. Plaster-dipper 1151 637. Plaster-pattern 1151 638. Plaster-iron (double handle) 1151 639. Blister-spatula . 1152 PRACTICE OF PHARMACY. INTRODUCTORY. THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL PHARMACY. Pharmacy is the science which treats of medicinal substances. It comprehends not only a knowledge of medicines and the arts of pre- paring and dispensing them, but also their identification, selection, preservation, combination, and analysis. The word Pharmacy is also used to designate the place where medi- cines are sold. For convenience in study, Pharmacy may be divided into two great classes,—viz., Theoretical Pharmacy and Practical Pharmacy. Theoretical Pharmacy.—Inasmuch as all Nature, animate and in- animate, has been laid under contribution to provide remedies for the alleviation of disease, it follows that those sciences which embrace a knowledge of substances obtained from the vegetable, mineral, and animal kingdoms, as well as those which treat of the laws governing them, are called upon to furnish important facts which form the basis of the science of Pharmacy. Botany, the science of plants, Mineralogy, that of inorganic sub- stances found in or on the earth, and Zoology, the science which treats of animals, are, however, less important than Chemistry and Physics; for upon these two Pharmacy is most dependent for its greatest devel- opment and its highest degree of usefulness. Physics or Natural Philosophy is that branch of science which de- scribes and explains the changes produced in bodies, by which their specific identity is not destroyed, whilst Chemistry treats of those changes which affect the specific identity of the bodies. Materia Medica (medicinal materials) is a term applied to designate the substances which are used in the cure of diseases; it is most inti- mately connected with Pharmacognosy, the science which treats of crude drugs, whilst the specific definition of Pharmacy limits the latter to the consideration of the preparations made from drugs. In Colleges of Pharmacy., as well as in Universities where pharmacy is a part of the instruction, it is usual to divide General Pharmacy into three departments,—Chemistry, Botany and Materia Medica, and Theory and Practice of Pharmacy. 25 26 INTRODUCTORY. Toxicology, the science of poisons, and Microscopy, which requires the use of optical instruments called Microscopes, form valuable col- lateral and special subjects of study. Practical Pharmacy is that branch of Pharmacy which treats of the operations, processes, and methods used in applying the principles of theoretical pharmacy. The practice of pharmacy will receive in this treatise much the greater share of attention ; separate text-books on the sciences pertaining to the theory of pharmacy are now very accessible, and these may be referred to for specific and systematic information. PHARMACOPOEIAS AND DISPENSATORIES. A pharmacopoeia, in the modern acceptation of the word, is a book containing a list of medicinal substances, with descriptions, tests, and formulas for preparing the same, selected by some recognized authority. The necessity for legalized standards to define the character, establish the purity, and regulate the strength of medicines is recognized by all civilized nations; and although all of the nations of the globe have not yet formally adopted a national standard, in nearly every case where this has not been done it will be found that the standards of some other country are in use. The most important pharmacopoeias, with the dates of their last issue, are as follows: OFFICIAL PHARMACOPOEIAS. Nation. United States . . . Date of Issue. . . 1882 . . Title. . . Pharmacopoeia of the United States of Great Britain and Ireland . . . 1885 . . America. . . British Pharmacopoeia. Germany . . 1882 . . . . Pharmacopoea Germanica. France . . 1884 . . . . Codex Medicamentarius (Pharmacopee Austria . . 1889 . . Fran9aise). . . Pharmacopoea Austriaca. Russia . . 1880 . . . . Pharmacopoea Rossica. Sweden . . I8601 . . . Pharmacopoea Suecica. Norway . . 18791 . . . Pharmacopoea Norvegica. Denmark . . 18682 . . . Pharmacopoea Danica. Belgium . . 1885 . . . . Pharmacopoea Belgica. Switzerland .... . . 18723 . . . Pharmacopoea Helvetica. Spain . . 1884 . . . . Farmacopea Espaiiola. Portugal . . 1876 . . . . Pharmacopea Portugueza. East indies .... . . 18684 . . . Pharmacopoeia of India. Hungary . . 1888 . . . . Pharmacopoea Hungarica. Netherlands .... . . 1871 . . . . Pharmacopoea Neerlandica. Roumania . . 1874 . . . . Pharmacopoea Romana. Finland Italy Chili . . 1885 . . . . Pharmacopoea Fennica. .’ ! 1886 . . . . Farmacopea Chilena. . . 'EAAHNIKH APMAK0II0IIA. Greece . . 1868 . . Japan . . 1886 . . . . Pharmacopoea Japonica. Mexico . . 1884 . . . . Nueva Farmacopea Mexicana. Croatia-Slavonia . . . . 1888 . . . . Pharmacopoea Croatico-Slavonica. 1 Supplement, 1879. 2 Additions. 1874. 1876, 1886. 3 Supplement, 1876. * Supplement, 1869. INTRODUCTORY. 27 The following list of countries which have no national pharmacopoeia shows the standard pharmaceutical work or works in general use:1 Argentine Republic.—Codex Medicamentarius (Pharmacopfie Fran<;aise). Also Spanish Pharmacopoeia. Tratado de Farmacia y Farmacognosia. By Charles Murray. (Not official.) (A national pharmaco- poeia is “in process of compilation, under direction of the pharmaceutical societies, authorized by the government.”) Brazil.—Codex Medicamentarius, Spanish and Portuguese Pharmacopoeias. Formulario ou Guia Medica. By Chernoviz. Tenth edition. Paris. 1879. (Not official.) Novo Formulario medico e pharmaceutico, ou Vademecum Medicum, por Th. J. H. Langgaard. Rio de Janeiro. 1872. Central American States.—La Officina de Farmacia; a translation into tho Spanish language and re- arrangement of Dorvault’s L’Officine. Pontes. Second edition. Madrid. 1879. (Not official.) China.—Pun-tsao-kang-muh (the Chinese Herbal). By Le-she-chin. 1596. In 40 thin 8vo volumes. (The foreign druggists use the pharmacopoeias of their respective countries, or as required by physicians, —principally the British Pharmacopoeia.) Cuba.—Farmacopea Espanola. Formulario de los hospitales. 1858. (Not official.) Hayti.—Codex Medicamentarius. Hawaiian Islands.—The United States Pharmacopoeia, and occasionally the British Pharmacopoeia. Italy.—Farmacopoea per gli Stati Sardi. Turin. 1853. Farmacologia, teorica e practica, ovvero Farmacologia Italiana. Giuseppe Orosi. Milan. 1866-67. Fourth edition. (Not official.) Farmacopea nazionale e generale; Materia Medica e Terapia. Prof. Dr. C. Ruata. Yerona e Padua. 1883. Ricettario Farmaceutico Napolitano. Naples. 1859. (Not official.) Pharmacopoea Austriaca, in Lombardy and Yenetia. Codice Farmaceutico Romano. Compilato e pubblicato per ordine di Sua Santitil Papa Pio IX. 1868. Liberia.—The United States and British Pharmacopoeias. Paraguay.—Codex Medicamentarius. Turkey.—Codex Medicamentarius. (Officially prescribed.) Uruguay.—Codex Medicamentarius. Occasionally the United States Pharmacopoeia, Pharmacopoea Ger- manica, British Pharmacopoeia, and L’Officine. Venezuela.—Codex Medicamentarius. Also in use Pontes’s La Officina, the Farmacopea Espafiola, and rarely the United States or British Pharmacopoeias. The official Pharmacopoeias are all issued under the authority of the respective governments, with the exception of the United States Phar- macopoeia (which has, however, been accepted by the government and a number of the individual States, especially New York and Ohio, as a standard in some of the departments), the policy of the nation having been against interference in matters which relate to restrictions upon professional practice. This course has not prevented the acceptance of the work by physicians and pharmacists as an authoritative guide, whilst it has probably encouraged a greater freedom in criticism, and thus developed more general interest in a standard and a stronger desire for improvement than could have been obtained through compulsory legis- lation. Efforts have been made from time to time to secure the adop- tion of an International Pharmacopoeia. If these prove successful, a great advance will be made in bringing about a uniformity in the strength of preparations; yet it may well be doubted whether such a work would be as generally useful as the Pharmacopoeias at present in use, which have been proved by long experience best adapted to the varying needs of the different nations. The Pharmacopoeia of the United States (1882), Sixth Decennial Revision, was prepared by a committee appointed by the National Con- vention for revising the Pharmacopoeia, which met in Washington, D. C., May 5, 1880 ; thirty-five medical bodies and eleven incorporated phar- maceutical colleges sent delegates to this convention, which selected from those present twenty-five members, consisting of fourteen pharmacists and eleven physicians, who were designated the Committee of Revision and Publication of the Pharmacopoeia of the United States of America. As this book will be largely quoted in this treatise, its plan and the i Dr. J. M. Flint, Surgeon U.S.N. 28 INTRODUCTORY. outlines of its main features should be thoroughly understood at the outset. Nearly one thousand substances (997), embracing crude drugs and preparations, have been deemed of sufficient importance to merit a place in the United States Pharmacopoeia. These substances were formerly divided into two classes, “ Materia Medica” and “ Preparationsj” the former class contained a list ’of medicines which were either crude drugs, or were furnished by manufacturers, and not usually prepared by the pharmacist; the latter class was composed of formulas or processes indicating how preparations were to be made. At the Sixth Decennial Revision this arbitrary method of division was dropped, and a strictly alphabetical arrangement of all the substances adopted: this facilitates a ready reference, and disarms criticism upon a method of classification. The titles of the various substances are indicated, 1st. By the Of- ficinal name, which is always in the Latin language. 2d. By the English name. 3d. By the Synonyme. 4th. By the Botanical name (in the case of plants). 5th. By Symbolic formulae (in the case of chemicals). Each of these names has a special use. The following extracts from the Pharmacopoeia are given in illus- tration : NOMENCLATURE. CANNABIS INDICA. [Officinal name.] ELIXIR AURANTII. INDIAN CANNABIS. [English name.] ELIXIR OF ORANGE. [Indian Hemp.] [Synonyme.] [Simple Elixir.] ZINCI IODIDTJM. [Officinal name.] PRUNUS VIRGINIANA. IODIDE OF ZINC. [English name.] WILD CHERRY. Znl2; 318.1.—Znl; 159.05. [Symbolic formulas.] The bark of Prunus serotina. [Officinal defini- tion, botanical name in italics.] 1. The Officinal Name.—Example, CERATUM CANTHARIDIS. The officinal name is thoroughly distinctive, and is intended to be used in designating the drug or preparation where precision is required, as in writing prescriptions, in labelling store-furniture, specimens, etc. Latin is selected for the officinal title because it is universally used and understood as the “ language of science,” and is not liable to change, as is the case with a living tongue. Although the officinal names are usually abbreviated in practice,1 the proper terminations and full titles should be known and observed carefully, and the habit of using the Latin abbreviations in English conversation strictly guarded against as not only inelegant, but vulgar.2 A vast amount of careful considera- tion, extending over many years, has been expended in perfecting a system of pharmacopoeial nomenclature which is at once “ brief, simple, expressive, distinctive, and convenient.” The following may be cited as models: Allium, Camphora, Opium, Rheum, Sapo, etc., the full pharmacopoeial definition of these titles being, respectively, Allium. 1 See table of abbreviations in chapter on Prescriptions. 2 Example of what should be avoided in conversation: “I mixed the Pulv. Pip. Nig. with the Pot. Carb. and the Muc. Trag., but could not form a mass.” INTRODUCTORY. 29 “ The bulb of Allium sativum Linne (Nat. Orel., Liliacece).”1 Cam- phora. “A stearopten derived from Cinnamomum Camphor a F. Nees et Ebermaier (Nat. (3rd., Lauracece), and purified by sublimation.” 1 Opium. “ The concrete, milky exudation, obtained in Asia Minor by incising the unripe capsules of Papaver somniferum Linne (Nat. (3rd., Papaveraceee).” 1 Rheum. “ The root of Rheum, officinale Baillon and of other undetermined species of Rheum (Nat. (3rd., Polygonacece).” 1 Sapo. “Soap prepared from soda and olive oil.” The officinal definition in each case indicates as plainly as possible the source and the particular form of the drug or substance which is to be selected. The generic or genus name (the first part of the botanical name) was generally chosen tor the officinal title, as, Pilocarpus, the officinal name for “ the leaflets of Pilocarpus pennatifolius” (botanical name). In the case of some old and very well known drugs, this rule could not be adopted without causing confusion, and the specific or species name (the second part of the botanical name) was retained, as Ipecacuanha, the officinal name for “the root of Cephaelis Ipecacuanha.” The officinal title obviously cannot retain the simplicity of a single word where two parts of the same plant are officinal; thus, for example, the root and seed of Col- chicum must each be defined by affixing the Latin name of the particular part of the plant intended, as, Colchici Radix for Colchicum Hoot and Colchiei Semen for Colchicum Seed; nor can a single word be chosen for either officinal title where the specific names of two or more plants of the same genus differ; the generic name of the two officinal mints is Mentha, and to distinguish them it is necessary to use the full botanical name for each,—thus, Mentha Piperita (Peppermint), Mentha Viridis (Spearmint). There are a very few exceptions to the above principles of nomencla- ture, as in the case of Pareira and Prunus Virginiana, derived, accord- ing to the most recent and reliable authorities, respectively from Chondo~ dendron tomentosum and Prunus serotina; these drugs are largely used, and the old names have become so well established that it would lead to confusion and possibly embarrassing mistakes to change them now. The Latin names are generally used in the singular number, although the definition of the drug distinctly indicates plurality; for instance, Galla is the officinal name for nutgalls, as they are termed commer- cially, and is in the nominative singular (plural, Galled); the officinal definition indicates the plural, being “ Excrescences on Quercus lusi- tanica.” Anthemis (nominative singular), the officinal name for the flower-heads of Chamomile. The reason assigned in the preface to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1850, for this apparent deviation, is that “the example of the Roman medical writers, particularly of Celsus, might be followed.” In the case of compound medicines, such officinal titles were selected as would usually express the composition of the prepara- tions as fully as possible, indicating the principal ingredients without sacrificing the important consideration of brevity and convenience in abbreviation, as, Mistura Rliei et Sodse, Mistura Cretse, Pulvis Ipecacu- anha et Opii, Tinctura Opii Camphorata, Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhae. 1 The words enclosed in quotation-marks are appropriately termed the officinal definition. 30 INTRODUCTORY. Where the number of important ingredients in a preparation is too great to admit of a selection, the participial adjective compositus (meaning com- pound) is added, the feminine (composita) or neuter (compositum) termi- nation being used respectively where the noun is feminine or neuter, as Spiritus - Juniperi Composites (masc.), Tinctura Lavandulae Com- posita (fem.), Extraction Colocynthidis Composition (neut.). 2. The English Name.—Example, SOLUTION OF ACETATE OF AMMONIUM. The English name should be used when the drug or preparation is mentioned in ordinary conversation, in commercial transac- tions, in writing orders for supplies, and in all cases where the use of the Latin officinal name could be justly criticised as an ostentatious display of erudition. In the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880, a large number of English names used in former Pharmacopoeias were changed, the old vernacular names being either dropped altogether or inserted as syno- nyrnes: this advanced step was rendered necessary by the increase in articles used in the Materia Medica and by a desire for greater accuracy and better methods in nomenclature. The confusion which always exists in different localities concerning the common names of drugs is also avoided, as the anglicized Latin name is distinctive. The former Eng- lish names Dogwood, Irish Moss, Ripsissewa, Butternut, and Wonnseed, for instance, are replaced by Cornus, Chondrus, Chimaphila, Juglans, and Chenopodium. On the other hand, some of the common English names were so fixed by usage that it was not deemed judicious to alter them; besides, to have changed them would have often substituted a longer and less convenient word. The retention of the English names of Cloves, Orris Root, Elm Bark, Hops, and Ginger sufficiently illustrates this. 3. The Synonyme.—Example, [Spirit of Mindererus.] In the Pharmacopoeia the definition of the term synonyme is restricted to an equivalent name in common use, which is usually antiquated and derived from an unscientific source, and which should really be abandoned, but which common custom and long usage demand shall not be entirely ignored. The synonymes should be rarely or never used, yet it is neces- sary for the student to be familiar with them in order to recognize their equivalent officinal or English names when they are used by others. Common names, as snake root, dock, Indian hemp, balm, etc., have varying and often opposite meanings in different localities, and confusion and even loss of life have resulted from the unfortunate use of these common names. 4. The Botanical Name.—By this is meant the systematic name recognized by botanists for plants, which serves in pharmacopoeial nomenclature as the basis of the officinal name. The botanical name usually consists of two Latin words, the first indicating the genus, and the second the species to which the plant belongs. Capsicum fastigiatum is the botanical name for the particular variety of capsicum or Cayenne pepper which the Pharmacopoeia designates; here the generic or first name is chosen for the officinal title, and if no description followed the title, it would be inferred that any part of any plant in the genus “ Cap- sicum” could be officinally used for making preparations; but the specific name, “ fastigiatum,” limits the use to this species, whilst the description INTRODUCTORY. 31 which follows shows the part of the plant which must be employed, “thefruit of Capsicum fastigiatum.” Now, Capsicum baccatum, Cap- sicum frutescens, Capsicum annuum, belonging to different species, are active members of the genus, but their claims are unrecognized, and the fruit from these species is not officinal. The specific names do not usually begin with a capital letter, except when the specific name has been derived from a generic name, as in Rhamnus Frangula, or when the specific name has been derived from that of a person, as in Strychnos Ignatii, or when the word is indeclinable, as Erythroxylon Coca. The name of the author follows the botanical name, as Capsicum fastigiatum Blume, and after this, the Natural Order1 to which the plant belongs is indicated in italics, and the whole enclosed in parentheses, as, (Nat. Ord., Sokmacece). It must be apparent that the botanical name need not be employed either in writing or speaking in ordinary pharmaceutical work; but its use is absolutely necessary in establishing the identity of any drug authorized by the Pharmacopoeia, and hence it is important to know the botanical names. 5. The Symbolic Formulae.—The adoption of certain arbitrary symbols2 to represent chemical elements leads to a most convenient and useful application, whereby the composition of a chemical is expressed with the utmost brevity and exactness. Sodii Iodidum and Iodide of Sodium are both much longer terms than “ Nal,” and not so definite. Neither the officinal nor the English name in all cases expresses accu- rately the composition of a chemical. (ZnC03)2.3Zn(H0)2 is the officinal symbolic formula for precipitated carbonate of zinc, and the composition is here plainly shown to be two molecules of carbonate of zinc and three molecules of hydrate of zinc; Zinci Carbonas Prsecipitatus is long enough for an officinal title, and it is not deemed wise to cumber it with the added name of the secondary product associated with it. Sulphite of Sodium does not always contain the same proportion of water of crystallization, and if the symbolic formula, Na2S03.7H20, were not appended to the officinal title there might be some doubt about which sulphite was intended: the added 7H20, however, accurately defines it. The symbolic formulae are expressed in the Pharmacopoeia in both the new and old systems of chemical nomenclature, for the convenience of some who are yet unaccustomed to the change. The former, however, should alone be employed, as it is now in general use, and it is given the first place in the Pharmacopoeia, the old system being expressed in italics. The figures which follow the symbolic formulae indicate the molecular weight (the sum of the weight of the atoms) of the chemical: thus, in Na2So3.7H20=252, the atomic weight of Sodium Na, 23, mul- tiplied by 2, gives 46, this added to Sulphur S, 32, makes 78 ; Oxygen O, 16, multiplied by 3, gives 48 ; this added to 78 makes 126. Now, the atomic weight of Hydrogen H being 1, seven times 1 multiplied by 2 make 14, this added to 126 gives 140, and seven times O, 16, being 112, added to this, make 252, the molecular weight of sulphite of sodium. 1 See index for chart of drugs arranged according to the Natural Orders. 2 See index for table of elements, with symbols and atomic and molecular weights. 32 INTRODUCTORY. Th8 Officinal Description.—Immediately following the officinal definition of' the substances there will be noticed in the Pharmacopoeia, in smaller type, what has been termed the officinal description: this consists, usually, in drugs, of a concise statement of their physical char- acteristics, whilst in some cases tests of identity, with descriptions of the substances used as adulterants, are appended. In the chemicals the officinal definition is usually replaced by the symbolic formula}, and these are followed immediately by the officinal description, which is printed in smaller type, exactly as in the case of the drugs; to this description are usually added the solubilities, with the tests of identity and purity of the substance. The following examples, selected from the Pharma- copoeia, are given in illustration : MYRRHA [Officinal name.] AMMONII NITRAS. MYRRH. [English name.] NITRATE OF AMMONIUM. A gum-resin obtained from Bal- anmodendron Mi/rrha Nees (Nat. n i n \ definition.! Ord., Jiurseracese). J formulae'] NH*N°3; 80. — NHtO,NOs ; 80. In roundish or irregular tears or masses, dusty, brownish-yellow or reddish-brown ; fracture waxy; . . . taste bitter and acrid. When triturated with water, Myrrh yields a brownish-yellow emulsion; with alcohol it yields a brownish-yellow tincture which ac- quires a purple hue on the addition of nitric acid. Colorless crystals, generally in the form of long, thin, rhombic prisms, or in fused masses. . . . Soluble in 0.5 part of water and in 20 parts of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water and in 3 parts of boiling alcohol. . . . The aqueous solution, when acidulated with nitric acid, should not be rendered cloudy by test- solution of nitrate of silver. . [Officinal description.] THE PREPARATIONS OF THE PHARMACOPEIA. Although these will be considered in detail in the body of this work, a few general remarks on them will be appropriate here. The adoption of the principle of “parts by weight” at the revision of 1880, and also that of the centesimal ratio, render the calculation of the numerical weight relation of the ingredients very simple, it being a question of percentage : the following example shows the method of arrangement: PILULJE RHEI COMPOSITE. COMPOUND PILLS OF RHUBARB Grains. Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, two hundred grains 200 Purified Aloes, in fine powder, one hundred and fifty grains 150 Myrrh, in fine powder, one hundred grains 100 Oil of Peppermint, ten grains 10 460 To make one hundred pills .... 100 By simply pointing off decimally we find that each pill contains 2 grains of Rhubarb, 1J grains of Aloes, 1 grain of Myrrh, and yL of a grain of Oil of Peppermint. In the construction of many of the formulae it was impossible to retain the centesimal ratio, owing to the relatively small proportion of one or more of the ingredients; in such cases a multiple of 100 was usually chosen. Thus, in Camphorated Tincture of Opium the end product is 1000, because the percentage of powdered opium, benzoic acid, camphor, INTRODUCTORY. and oil of anise would have to be expressed by a fraction, and 0f a grain of each would be an inconvenient quantity. In every case where there has been a deviation from the rule there have been good special reasons. The experience gained since 1883 in the use of “ parts by weight” seems to prove that the principle of using definite quantities, so expressed that a formula may be easily multiplied or divided without fractions, is preferred by American pharmacists. As it will be found most convenient for practical pharmacists to measure liquids in preference to weighing them, the corresponding measures are given as alternatives in the working formulas found in the succeeding chapters of this work. 33 DISPENSATORIES. A dispensatory is a commentary on a pharmacopoeia. The U. S. Phar- macopoeia describes the drugs and chemical substances of the materia medica, establishes the degree of purity of many of them, and defines the strength of the preparations. The dispensatories comment on the sub- stances, giving their physical, medical, and pharmaceutical history, with their doses and uses. The number of substances noticed in the phar- macopoeia is limited to such as are in common and frequent use in some section of the country. On the other hand, the dispensatories aim to present information about those which are officinal in our own and other pharmacopoeias, and those which are of occasional or rare use, in addition. There are at present two dispensatories which comment on the materia medica and preparations of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880,—the United States Dispensatory,1 which was first published in 1833, and the National Dispensatory, which was first issued in 1879.2 The plans of these works are similar: the text of the Pharmacopoeia is first inserted, and immediately following are appended the comments of the authors and editors. The arrangement of the subjects is now strictly alpha- betical, the United States Dispensatory dividing them, however, into two classes, distinguished by type of two sizes: the principal portion of the work, that in the largest type, is devoted to a commentary on the preparations of the United States and British Pharmacopoeias; the unofficinal and less important subjects are to be found in the second part. In the National Dispensatory the unofficinal substances are con- sidered either in the body of the book or under subdivisions as allied drugs. The possession of a reliable commentary upon the Pharma- copoeia is a necessity which is fully realized by pharmacists, and in the consideration of the subjects in the succeeding chapters of this work this fact has not been lost sight of. For these reasons it is not deemed necessary to enlarge further upon the merits of the dispensatories. 1 United States Dispensatory, edited by Wood, Remington, and Sadtler, published by J. B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia. 2 National Dispensatory, StillS and Maisch, published by Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia. The American Dispensatory, King and Lloyd, published in Cincinnati, has not been issued since the publication of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880. The Companion to the United States Pharmacopoeia, Oldberg and Wall, published by William Wood k Co., New York, comments on the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880, but differs from the dispensatories in the fact that the processes of the Pharmacopoeia are not published in full in the work, but are usually referred to, and the page in the Pharmacopoeia upon which they are found is noted. 34 INTRODUCTORY. QUESTIONS ON INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER. 1. Define Pharmacy. (See page 25.) 2. In what respects is Pharmacy an art as well as a science, and what does it comprehend ? 3. Is the word Pharmacy ever applied to any particular place ? If so, how ? 4. Into what two classes is Pharmacy divided? 5. Name and define the sciences which form the basis of Theoretical Pharmacy. 6. Define Materia Medica. 7. What is the name of the science which treats of crude drugs ? 8. In what respect does this science differ from Pharmacy in its specific sense? 9. What is Toxicology ? 10. Of what does Microscopy treat ? 11. Define Practical Pharmacy. 12. What is a Pharmacopoeia ? 13. Give the titles and last dates of issue of four of the most important Pharma- copoeias. 14. Are all Pharmacopoeias issued under authority of government ? 15. If not, name an exception. 16. When was the present U. S. Pharmacopoeia prepared ? 17. How was it prepared ? 18. Hqw many members constituted the final committee of revision? 19. How many substances having separate titles are contained in the Pharma- copoeia ? 20. What classification or arrangement of the various drugs and medicines has been accepted ? 21. In the nomenclature of the Pharmacopoeia, how are the titles of the various substances indicated ? 22. What is the officinal name of Wild Cherry ? 23. What is the botanical name of Wild Cherry? 24. What is the English name of Cannabis Indica ? 25. What is the synonyme of Cannabis Indica? 26. What is the symbolic formula of Zinci Iodidum ? 27. What is the officinal definition of Prunus Yirginiana ? 28. What is the object of having an officinal name, and what use is made of it? 29. Why is the Latin language selected for the officinal names ? 30. Under what circumstances is it allowable to abbreviate officinal names ? 31. When are abbreviations improper? 32. What does the officinal definition indicate? 33. In choosing the officinal name, what part of the botanical name of a plant is preferred ? 34. What exceptions are there to this rule ? 35. When several parts of the same plant are used, how are they distinguished? 36. When two or more plants of the same genus are officinal, how are they dis- tinguished ? 37. Are the Latin names of drugs usually in the singular or the plural number ? 38. What reason is assigned for this ? 39. In the case of compound medicines, how have the names been selected? 40. Where medicines have too many important ingredients to admit of selection, how have they been named ? 41. What is meant by the English name of a pharmaceutical substance? 42. Under what circumstances should the English name be used? 43. The common or popular names having been discarded and other names sub- stituted, what, for example, are the present names of the drugs formerly known as Dogwood, Irish Moss, Pipsissewa, Bittersweet, Wormseed? 44. Why has this change been made ? 45. Have all the common names been changed ? If not, give an example and the reason why it was not changed. 46. What is meant by a synonyme ? 47. Is it desirable to increase the use of synonymes ? 48. Why are they used ? 49. What is meant by the botanical name of a plant ? 50. How is it usually derived ? 61. Why is it important to know the botanical names of plants? INTRODUCTORY. 35 52. What is the meaning of the officinal abbreviation “ Nat. Ord.” used after the botanical name? 63. What are symbolic formulae? 54. What are the objects of their employment? 55. What do the figures following a symbolic formula indicate ? 66. What is the object of expressing symbolic formulae in two different ways in the Pharmacopoeia ? 57. What is meant by molecular weight ? 68. What is an atom ? 59. What is meant by the officinal description of a drug ? 30. What are the objects of having officinal descriptions ? 61. Describe the principle of parts by weight as used in the Pharmacopoeia. 62. What advantages has it over the method of using definite quantities ? 63. What are its disadvantages ? 64. What is a Dispensatory ? 65. Name the two principal Dispensatories published in the United States. PART I. CHAPTEK I. METROLOGY. Weight, Measure, and Specific Gravity. Metrology formerly and according to its strictest signification meant the science of measures, but its present definition includes the measure of the gravitating force of bodies, which always bears a direct ratio to their mass, and is commonly called weight; the determination of the bulk or extent of the body, its measure; and the relation which measure bears to weight when compared with a standard, which is known as specific gravity. WEIGHT. A knowledge of the systems of weights and measures in use must necessarily command the early attention of the student, and a short account of the origin of the present systems may be of service in fixing upon the mind the essential distinctions between them. The sense of the weight of a body cannot be conveyed intelligibly to the mind unless a means of comparison is chosen, and as weight is the measure of the gravitating force of a body, so this force is expressed as related to a standard of resistance, this being exactly that which would balance the body and keep it in equilibrium. Such standards are termed weights. The standards which have been chosen by various nations are arbi- trary, and instances are common where different standards are in use at the same time in the same country. Many of the ancient standards are clearly referable to parts of the human body, as nail, foot, span, pace, cubit (length of the forearm), orgyia (stretch of the arms). In the his- tory of metrology three periods may be traced: 1. The Ancient, during which the old classical standards originated, and which terminated with the decline of the Roman Empire. 2. The Mediceval, extending to the sixteenth century. In this period the old standards were lost, but their names were preserved, and European nations adopted various inde- pendent standards. 3. The Modern. Since the seventeenth century the efforts of most enlightened nations have been directed towards greater 36 METROLOGY. 37 accuracy and simplicity, and during the present century towards inter- national uniformity. In Great Britain, in the year 1266, the 51st act of the reign of Henry III. declares “that by the consent of the whole realm of England the measure of the King was made,—that is to say, that an English silver penny called the sterling, round and without clipping, shall weigh thirty-two grains of wheat, well dried and gathered out of the middle of the ear; and twenty pence (pennyweights) do make an ounce, and twelve ounces a pound, and eight pounds do make a gallon of wine, and eight wine gallons do make a bushel, which is the eighth of a quarter.” The sixteen-ounce pound (avoirdupois) was derived from a more ancient source, and was undoubtedly of Roman origin, and introduced at the time of the first civilization of the British island. The word “ haberdepois,” according to Gray, was, however, first used in English laws in 1303. A statute of Edward I. (a.d. 1304) states “that every pound of money or of medicines is of twenty shillings weight, but the pound of all other things is twenty-five shillings weight. The ounce of medicines con- sists of twenty pence, and the pound contains twelve ounces (the Tower Pound), but in other things the pound contains fifteen ounces, in both cases the ounce weighing twenty pence.” These laws unfold the theory of the ancient weights and measures of Great Britain, and reveal the standard,—i.e., a natural object, grains of wheat; a difference existed then between the troy and the avoirdupois pound, but the weights now in use are one-sixteenth heavier than those of Edward I., owing to the change made in the value of the coin by the sovereign subsequently; in addition to this, the true pennyweight standard was lost, and on the next revision of the weights and measures the present troy and avoirdupois standards were adopted. The old Tower or troy ounce and the avoirdupois ounce were intended to have the same weight, but after the revision it was found that the troy ounce was heavier than the avoirdupois ounce by forty-two and a half grains. The subsequent adoption of troy weight by the London College of Physicians in 1618, on the recommendation of Sir Theodore Turquet de la Mayerne, who compiled their first Pharmacopoeia, has entailed upon all apothecaries who are governed by British customs, to this day, the very great inconvenience of buying and selling medicines by one system of weights and compounding them by another. In the next century efforts were made towards reforming the stand- ards, and the Royal Society, in 1736, began the work, wdiich ended in the preparation, under the direction of the House of Commons, by Mr. Bird, of the standard “yard” and standard “pound” troy in 1760. Copies of these have been made, no intentional deviation has been made since, and they are still the standards used most largely in the United States. In 1816, on account of the growing popularity of the French metrical system, and in view of the desirability of securing a standard which could easily be recovered in oose of loss or destruction and which should be commensurable with a simple unit, steps were taken in England to secure these advantages. The labors of English scientists 38 METROLOGY. led to the adoption of the Imperial measures and standards, which were legalized January 1, 1826, and are now in general use in Great Britain. In this system the yard is equivalent to 36 inches, and its length was determined by comparison with a pendulum beating seconds of mean time, in a vacuum, at the temperature of 62° F. at the level of the sea, in the latitude of London, which length was found to be 39.1393 inches. The pound troy (containing 5760 grains) was determined by comparison with a given measure of distilled water under certain conditions : thus, a cubic inch of distilled water was weighed with brass weights in air at 62° F., the barometer at 30 inches, and it weighed 252.458 grains. The standard for measures of capacity (either dry or liquid) is the gallon, and this contains 10 pounds avoirdupois (each 7000 grains) of distilled water weighed in air at 62° F., the barometer standing at 30 inches; the bushel containing 8 such gallons. In 1819-20 efforts were made in the United States to secure uniformity in the standards which were in use by the several States. Finally, after a lengthy investigation, the Sec- retary of the Treasury, on June 14, 1836, was directed by Congress to furnish each State in the Union with a complete set of the revised stand- ards, and thus we have the troy pound (5760 grains), the avoirdupois pound (7000 grains), and the yard (36 inches) all identical with the British standards; but the gallon is quite different, the old wine gallon of 231 cubic inches, containing 58372.2 grains of distilled water at its maximum density, weighed in air of the temperature of 62° F., the barometer standing at 30 inches, being retained, whilst the bushel con- tains 77.6274 pounds of water under the same conditions.1 In 1864 the use of the metric measures was legalized in Great Britain, but not made compulsory, and in 1866 the United States followed the same course. Apothecaries’ Weight (also called Troy Weight). Pound. Troy Ounces. Drachms. Scruples. Grains, lb 1 = 12 = 96 = 288 = 6760 g 1 = 8 = 24 = 480 3l= 3 = 60 91 — gr. 20 The British Pharmacopoeia has adopted avoirdupois weight, which is also in general use in the United States for commercial purposes. Avoirdupois Weight. Pound. Ounces. Grains, lb 1 s 16 = 7000 oz. 1 = 437.5 It will be observed that the troy ounce contains 42-| grains more than the avoirdupois ounce, whilst the troy pound contains 1240 grains less than the avoirdupois pound. Fortunately, one unit common to troy, apothecaries’, and avoirdupois weight has been saved,—namely, the grain. The abbreviations of the denominations of apothecaries’ weight are rep- resented by the signs 3, ounce, 3, drachm, 9, scruple, and gr. grain; these have long been in use, but are very likely to be mistaken for one 1 Slight variations in these original equivalents are recommended by various investigators, and have been in use since Hassler made his report in 1832. (See Barnard on the Metric System, page 153.) METROLOGY. 39 another in rapid or careless writing. The abbreviations or signs for avoirdupois weight differ from those of troy weight, and care should be used not to confound them; they are lb., pound, oz., ounce, gr., grain. MEASURES. Apothecaries’ or Wine Measure, U.S. Gallon. Pints. Fluidounces. Fluidrachms. Minims. Cong. 1 = 8 = 128 = 1024 = 61440 0 1 = 10 = 128 = 7680 fl 1 = 8 = 480' f 3 1 = 60 Imperial Measure, Br. (Adopted by the British Pharmacopoeia.) Gallon. Pints. Fluidounces. Fluidrachms. Minims. C. 1 = 8 = 160 — 1280 = 76800 0 1 = 20 = 160 = 9600 fl. oz. 1 = 8 480 fl. dr. 1 = min. 60 When the subject of the weights and measures in ordinary use is studied, the want of simplicity and close relation is clearly apparent. The pint of distilled water at 15.6° C. (60° F.) weighs 7291.2 grains, the fluidounce 455.7 grains, and we have thus three ounces in use of different values,—troy ounce 480 grains, avoirdupois ounce 437.5 grains, and fluidounce 455.7 grains. The Imperial measure differs from our wine measure principally in having twenty fluidounces in the pint instead of sixteen : a convenient relation exists, however, between measure and weight in the Imperial gallon, which contains ten avoirdupois pounds of water at 15.6° C. (60° F.). The Imperial fluidounce contains the same number of grains as the avoirdupois ounce (437.5), which is 18.2 grains less than that of the U. S. fluidounce of water at the same temperature (455.7). Although this difference may be considered trifling in one fluidounce, it is not so when multiplied by four or eight, and this is one serious objection to the use of the English graduated measures in the United States, because they indicate Imperial fluidounces instead of U. S. fluidounces. Approximate Measures. In apportioning doses for a patient, the practitioner is usually com- pelled to order the liquid medicine to be administered in certain quan- tities that have been established by custom, and estimated as follows : A tumblerful f A teacupful flfiv. A wineglassful f !|ij. A tablespoonful f'giv. A dessertspoonful ft^ij. A teaspoonful fgi. A drop, through a popular error, is considered to be 1 minim.1 In almost all cases the modern teacups, tablespoons, dessertspoons, and teaspoons, after careful tests by the author, were found to average twenty-five per cent, greater capacity than the theoretical quantities given above; and the use of accurately graduated medicine-glasses, which may be had now at a trifling cost, should be insisted upon. 1 See comparative table, p. 66. 40 METROLOGY. The Metric System.—This system, which originated with Prince de Talleyrand, Bishop of Autun, France, in 1790, seems destined to become universal, as it is now legally used by the majority of all civilized nations, and finds especial favor with scientists even in countries where its use is not compulsory. The starting-point was the unit of length, the metre, which is the nroToTFTo Part of the earth’s circumference around the poles. From this, the unit of capacity was derived, the litre, which is the cube of part of a metre. The unit of weight, the gramme, was also derived from the metre, it being the weight of that quantity of dis- tilled water, at its maximum density, 4° C. (39.2° F.), which will fill the cube of y|-y part of a metre.1 The name Metrical System, it will thus be seen, is very appropriate, as each unit is derived from the metre ; it is also known as the Decimal System, because in obtaining the mul- tiples and subdivisions the number ten (decern) is used solely. The prefixes, which indicate multiplication, are of Greek derivation, and are usually spelled with a capital letter,—Deka, 10, Hecto, 100, Kilo, 1000, Myria, 10,000; whilst division of the units is expressed by Latin prefixes, the initial letters not being capitals,—deci, Ay, centi, milli, yy*yy. The word Gild has been suggested as a useful mnemonic, thus,— GILD reek ncreases, atin ecreases. The following table gives a view of the system adapted to the use of the student: 10000 Myriametre, Mm. 10000 Myrialitre, Ml. 10000 Myriagramme, Mg. 1000 Kilometre, Km. 1000 Kilolitre, Kl. 1000 Kilogramme, Kg, 100 Hectometre, Hm. 100 Hectolitre, HI. 100 Hectogramme, Hg. 10 Dekametre, Dm. 10 Dekalitre, Dl. 10 Dekagramme, Dg l Metre, M. l Litre, L. l Gramme, Gm .1 decimetre, dm. .1 decilitre, dl. .1 decigramme, dg. .01 centimetre, cm. .01 centilitre, cl. .01 centigramme, eg. .001 millimetre, mm. .001 millilitre, ml. .001 milligramme, mg In pharmaceutical practice a number of the above measures are rare'./ or never used. Of the measures of length, the millimetre (mm.) and centimetre (cm.) are employed in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia in the descrip- tions of drugs, accompanied by the equivalent measure in inches or its fractions, whilst in microscopy, micromillimetre (mkm.), signifying the thousandth part of a millimetre, is sometimes used. In measures of capacity, the term millilitre is generally replaced by cubic centimetre (C.c.) in chemical and pharmaceutical practice, whilst it and the litre are alone chosen as the most convenient units. In weight, the milligramme, cen- tigramme, gramme, and kilogramme are selected; the latter being the commercial unit for larger quantities of drugs, and called kilo. This habit of appropriating only certain of the most convenient denomina- tions for practical work has an analogy in the disuse of the theoretical terms of the system of United States coinage: thus, the double-eagle, eagle, and dime are ignored, whilst dollars and cents are preferred as 1 The unit of surface measure, the are, being the square of ten metres, and the unit of solid measure, the stere, having the capacity of a cubic metre, need not claim the attention of the practical pharmacist. METROLOGY. 41 units. The principal merits of the metric system are: 1. That every weight and measure bears a simple relation , to the initial unit, the metre. 2. That every unit is multiplied or divided by the same number (i.e., 10) to obtain the various denominations, and increase or decrease is expressed by simply moving the decimal point. 3. Its almost universal adoption makes it an international system. Fig. 1 Metric diagram. Length.—Metre. One side of the above square measures 1 decimetre; it is graduated into tenths (centimetres); and these into tenths (milli- metres) ; (the scale beneath shows the comparison with inches): 10 deci- metres =1 METRE = 39.370432 in. (remember three threes, 3 ft., 3 in., 3 eighths). Capacity.—Litre. A hollow cube having each side of the same size as the square would hold a LITRE = 1000 C.c. = 2.113433 pints. W eight.—Gh'amme. The weight of distilled water at 4° C. (39.2° F.) contained in a cube of the size of X (—0Vo °f a litre) is equal to a GRAMME = 15.43234874 grains, and measures 1 cubic centimetre. 42 METROLOGY. Whilst the advantages of the metric system become more and more apparent upon examination, and its simplicity, brevity, and adaptability to every-day needs are universally conceded, the progress which it had made in this country up to 1883 did not warrant its exclusive adoption in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia: hence, wherever definite quantities are men- tioned, both metric and ordinary weights are named. The necessity for knowing thoroughly the denominations of all the systems in present use is one of the evils common to the age in which we live; and it must ever be a source of regret that when the young Republic, more than a century ago, abolished the complex system of coinage and adopted the decimal system, it did not go a step further and adopt the same principle in weights and measures. The chief disadvantage of the metric system is one which inheres to the decimal principle of arithmetic,—namely, that the number ten cannot be divided more than once without producing a fraction, as, 10, 5, 2.5, 1.25,0.625. The practice of dividing five into the three parts of 2, 2, and 1 partly compensates for this defect; and metric weights are con- structed on this principle. The use of the metric weights and measures in the text of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia makes it necessary for every pharmacist to become familiar with them, and therefore an easy method of remembering their relations to one another and their equivalents in other systems is desirable. The following equivalents are derived from those established by Congress for use in legal proceedings, or are based upon the trustworthy determinations of Captain Clarke and Prof. Miller, whilst the accompanying rules, which show the methods of using the equivalents, are preferred, on account of giving more accurate results. When very fine calculations are unnecessary, it will be found that the tables of equivalents given on pages 44 and 45 will prove sufficiently accurate for most pharmaceutical work. To convert metric weights or measures into those in ordinary use: Rule.—Multiply the metric quantities by the corresponding equivalent. Ex.—The equivalent of one metre is 39.370+ inches, and five metres would be 196.85 inches : 39.370 X 5 = 196.85. To convert Metres into inches, multiply by 39.370 Centimetres “ inches, “ 0.3937 Millimetres “ inches, “ 0.03937 As one litre, or 1000 C.c., is equal to 33.8149+ fluidounces, or 35.235 Imperial fluidounces, to convert Litres into fluidounces, multiply by 33.815 Cubic centimetres “ fluidounces, “ 0.0338 Litres “ pints, “ 2.113 Litres “ Imperial pints, “ 1.7617 Litres “ Imperial gallons, “ 0.2202 Cubic centimetres “ Imperial fluidounces, “ 0.0352 METROLOGY. 43 As one gramme is equal to 15.432+ grains, or .03527 avoirdupois ounce, or .03215 troy ounce, to convert Grammes into grains, multiply by 15.432 Centigrammes “ grains, “ 0.15432 Milligrammes “ grains, “ 0.01543 Kilogrammes “ avoirdupois ounces, “ 35.2739 Grammes “ avoirdupois ounces, “ .03527 Kilogrammes “ avoirdupois pounds, “ 2.2046 Kilogrammes “ troy ounces, “ 32.1507 Grammes “ troy ounces, “ .03215 To convert the weights and measures in ordinary use into metric weights and measures: Rule.—Multiply the quantities by the corresponding metric equivalent. As one inch is equal to 0.0254 metre, one fluidounce to 29.572 + cubic centimetres, one Imperial fluidounce to 28.3807 cubic centimetres, one grain to 0.0648 gramme, one avoirdupois ounce to 28.3495 grammes, and one troy ounce to 31.1035 grammes, to convert Inches into metres, multiply by 0.0254 Inches “ centimetres, “ 2.5399 Inches 11 millimetres, “ 25.3997 Pints “ litres, “ 0.4731 Fluidounces “ cubic centimetres, “ 29.572 Imperial pints “ litres, “ 0.5676 Imperial gallons “ litres, “ 4.5409 Imperial fluidounces “ cubic centimetres, “ 28.3807 Grains “ grammes, “ 0.0648 Grains “ centigrammes, “ 6.4799 Grains “ milligrammes, “ 64.799 Avoirdupois ounces “ kilogrammes, “ 0.02835 Avoirdupois ounces “ grammes, u 28.3495 Avoirdupois pounds u kilogrammes, 11 0.4536 Troy ounces “ kilogrammes, “ 0.0311 Troy ounces “ grammes, 11 31.1035 The equivalents given in the following tables are mostly approxima- tions, and practically correct if they are properly used. Each figure is intended to refer only to its corresponding equivalent, with which it is connected by a mark of equality (=). It is not proper to use these equivalents to obtain larger quantities by multiplication. For instance, 30 C.c. is given as the equivalent for 1 fluidounce (the correct figure is 29.57 C.c.), but it would not be proper to multiply 30 by 80 if we wished to get the number of C.c. in 5 pints or 80 fluidounces of a liquid, because the difference between 29.57 and 30 would, when multiplied by 80, be too serious to overlook. The number of C.c. equivalent to 80 fluidounces is seen by the table to be 2365, whilst 80 X 30 = 2400, the difference being 35 C.c., or over a fluidounce. 44 METROLOGY. Equivalents of United States and Metric Measures of Length. Inches. Millimetres. Inches. Millimetres. Inches. Centimetres. Inches. Centimetres. = 1.00 f = 15.85 1 = 2.54 7 = 17.78 = 2.11 = 16.92 2 == 5.08 8 = 20.32 = 3.17 = 19.05 3 = 7.62 9 = 22.86 = 6.35 | == 21.15 4 = 10.16 10 = 25.40 = 8.46 l = 22.19 5 = 12.70 11 = 27.94 h = 12.70 = 23.28 6 = 15.24 12 = 30.48 Equivalents of Apothecaries’ and Metric Fluid Measures. Minims. Cubic Minims. Cubic Fluid- Cubic Fluid- Cubic Centimetres. Centimetres. ounces. Centimetres. ounces. Centimetres. 1 — 0.06 25 — 1.54 i —- 30.001 21 = 621.00 2 — 0.12 30 -= 1.90 2 = 59.20 22 = 650.00 3 = 0.18 32 =r 2. 3 = 89.00 23 = 680.00 4 = 0.24 35 =r 2.16 4 = 118.40 24 = 710.00 5 = 0.30 40 = 2.50 5 = 148.00 25 = 740.00 6 = 0.36 45 — 2.80 6 = 178.00 26 = 769.00 7 = 0.42 50 — 3.08 7 = 207.00 27 = 798.50 8 = 0.50 55 =: 3.40 8 = 236.00 28 = 828.00 9 — 0.55 Fluid- 9 = 266.00 29 = 858.00 10 SS 0.60 drachms. 10 = 295.70 30 = 887.25 11 0.68 1 = 3.75 11 — 325.25 31 = 917.00 12 — 0.74 li = 4.65 12 = 355.00 32 = 946.25 13 — 0.80 l| = 5.60 13 = 385.00 48 = 1419.00 14 — 0.85 if = 6.51 14 = 414.00 56 == 1655.00 15 — 0.92 2 = 7.50 15 = 444.00 64 = 1892.00 16 = 1.00 3 = 11.25 16 = 473.11 72 = 2128.00 17 = 1.05 4 = 15.00 17 = 503.00 80 = 2365.00 18 — 1.12 5 = 18.50 18 = 532.00 96 = 2839.00 19 = 1.17 6 = 22.50 19 = 562.00 112 = 3312.00 20 = 1.25 7 = 26.00 20 = 591.50 128 = 3785.00 1 The more accurate equivalent is 29.57 C.c. Equivalents of Metric Fluid and Apothecaries’ Measure. Cubic Minims. Cubic Fluid- Cubic Fluid- Cubic Fluid- Centimetres. Centimetres. drachms. Centimetres. ounces. Centimetres. ounces. 0.05 — 0.81 5 = 1.35 30 = 1.002 473 — 16.00 0.07 = 1.14 6 = 1.62 50 = 1.69 500 = 16.90 0.09 = 1.46 7 = 1.89 75 == 2.53 600 = 20.29 1 = 16.001 8 = 2.16 100 = 3.38 700 = 23.67 2 = 32.4 9 = 2.43 200 = 6.76 800 = 27.05 3 = 48.6 10 = 2.71 300 = 10.14 900 = 30.43 4 = 64.8 25 == 6.76 400 = 13.53 1000 = 33.81 1 Or, more exactly, 16.23. 2 Or, more exactly, 1.01. Equivalents of Avoirdupois and Metric Weight. Avoir. Ounces. Grammes. Avoir. Ounces. Grammes. Avoir. Ounces. Grammes. Avoir. Pounds. Grammes. iV = 1.772 5 = 141.75 13 — 368.54 3 = 1360.78 3.544 6 = 170.10 14 =r 396.90 4 == 1814.37 i — 7.088 7 = 198.45 15 = 425.25 5 = 2267.96 i = 14.175 8 = 226.80 Avoir. 6 = 2721.55 i = 28.350 9 = 255.15 Pounds. 7 = 3175.14 2 = 56.700 10 = 283.50 1 = 453.60 8 = 3628.74 3 = 85.050 11 = 311.84 2 = 907.18 9 = 4082.33 4 = 113.400 12 = 340.20 2.2 = 1000.00 10 = 4535.92 METROLOGY. 45 Equivalents of Metric and Avoirdupois Weight. Grammes. Oz. Gr. Grammes. Oz. Gr. Grammes. Oz. Gr. Grammes. Oz. Gr. 28.35 = i 38 — i 149 125 4 179 600 21 72 29 = i 10 39 = i 164 150 = 5 127 650 = 22 405 30 = i 25 40 = i 180 200 = 7 24 700 = 24 303 31 = i 41 50 == i 334 250 = 8 358 750 = 26 198 32 = i 56 60 = 2 50 300 = 10 255 800 — 28 96 33 = i 72 70 = 2 205 350 = 12 152 850 = 29 429 34 = i 87 80 — 2 360 400 = 14 48 900 — 31 326 35 = i 103 85 = 3 450 = 15 382 950 == 33 222 36 = i 118 90 = 3 76 500 — 17 279 1000 = 35 120 37 = i 133 100 = 3 230 550 = 19 175 Equivalents of Apothecaries’ and Metric Weight. Grains. Grammes. Grains. Grammes Grains. Grammes. Drachms. Grammes. tiff = 0.00065 1 — 0.065 24 1.55 1 3.9 — 0.00101 2 = 0.130 25 = 1.62 2 — 7.8 lbs — 0.00108 3 = 0.195 26 = 1.70 3 = 11.65 sV “ 0.00130 4 = 0.260 27 = 1.75 4 = 15.50 £5 — 0.00135 5 = 0.324 28 = 1.82 5 = 19.40 = 0.00162 6 = 0.400 29 = 1.87 6 = 23.30 ■sV — 0.00180 7 = 0.460 30 = 1.95 7 = 27.20 & == 0.00202 8 = 0.520 31 = 2.00 Ounces ■3V “ 0.00216 9 = 0.600 32 = 2.10 1 = 31.102 ih = 0.00259 10 = 0.650 33 = 2.16 2 = 62.20 = 0.00270 11 = 0.715 34 = 2.20 3 = 93.30 2V = 0.00324 12 = 0.780 35 = 2.25 4 = 124.40 i*g- — 0.00360 13 = 0.845 36 = 2.30 5 = 155.50 tV ==: 0.00405 14 = 0.907 37 = 2.40 6 = 186.60 tV — 0.00432 15 = 0.972 38 _ 2.47 7 = 217.70 * = 0.00540 15.51 = 1.000 39 = 2.55 8 = 248.80 lV — 0.00648 16 = 1.040 40 = 2.60 9 = 280.00 0.00810 17 = 1.102 42 = 2.73 10 = 311.00 & = 0.01080 18 = 1.160 44 = 2.86 11 = 342.14 i = 0.01296 19 = 1.240 48 = 3.00 12 = 373.23 i = 0.01620 20 = 1.300 50 = 3.25 14 = 435.50 i = 0.02160 21 = 1.360 52 = 3.40 16 = 497.60 0.03240 22 = 1.425 56 = 3.65 24 = 746.40 1 = 0.04860 23 = 1.460 58 = 3.75 48 = 1492.80 100 = 3110.40 3 Or, more exactly, 15.432+ gr. = 1 gramme. 2 Or more exactly, 31.10349 grammes. Equivalents of Metric and Apothecaries’ "Weight. Grammes. Grains. Grammes. Grains. Grammes. Grains. Grammes. Grains. 0.0010 — 0.065 1.003 1 15.43 100 — 1543.23 0.0020 = 0.100 = 1.543 2 = 30.86 125 = 1929.04 0.0040 = 0.130 = 2.006 3 = 46.30 150 *== 2314.85 0.0065 = * 0.150 = 2.315 4 = 61.73 175 = 2700.65 0.0081 = i 0.180 — 2.778 5 = 77.16 450 = 6944.55 0.0108 == i 0.200 = 3.086 6 = 92.60 550 = 8487.78 0.0162 == i 0.300 == 4.630 7 = 108.02 650 = 10031.01 0.0324 = i 0.500 = 7.716 8 = 123.46 750 = 11574.26 0.0486 = 0.700 = 10.803 9 138.90 850 = 13117.49 0.0567 = 1 0.900 = 13.890 10 = 154.32 1000 = 15432.35 46 METROLOGY. ORTHOGRAPHY, PRONUNCIATION, AND READING. Orthography.—There are two methods of orthography of the metric units in use in the United States: in one of these, the original French, the units are spelled metre, litre, gram me; in the other, proposed by the American Metric Bureau, the units are spelled meter, liter, gram. It would not be appropriate in a treatise of this kind to discuss the merits of either plan, but it is unfortunate that in the U. S. Pharma- copceia of 1880 the question was not settled, the French gramme having been retained and meter and liter adopted. As this compromise can only lead to confusion, the original orthography is preferred in this work, and it is used with one exception,—i.e., deca, which is changed to delca, because deca could easily be mistaken for deci. In pharmacy particu- larly, gramme is to be preferred to gram, because in writing gram it could easily be mistaken for grain, particularly if the i in grain were not dotted. Pronunciation.—Metre is pronounced mee'ter, litre lee'ter, gramme gram, not, as sometimes heard, gram'mee; centimetre should be pro- nounced sen'tee-mee-ter, not son'tee-mee-ter. The latter faulty pronun- ciation is quite common, and is due to confounding the French pronuncia- tion with the English. Either son-tee-ma'tr (French) or sen'tee-mee-ter (English) would be correct, but to use half of the French and half of the English is obviously improper, and, as the metric system is now anglicized, the simple English pronunciation is less stilted and more appropriate. Reading.—Some difficulty is usually experienced by those unfamiliar with the metric system in reading the quantities. In the linear meas- ures in Pharmacy centimetres and millimetres are almost exclusively used : now, 0.05 m. would not be read five hundredths of a metre, but 5 centimetres (5 cm.); if the millimetre column contains a unit, as in 0.055 m., it is read fifty-five millimetres (55 mm.), in preference to fifty- five thousandths of a metre; or it is sometimes read five centimetres and five millimetres. Fractions of a millimetre must be read decimally, as, 0.0555 m., fifty- five and five-tenths millimetres. In measures of capacity, cubic centi- metres are exclusively used; if the quantity is less than a litre, the terms half litre, quarter litre, decilitre, centilitre, millilitre, are replaced by 500 C.c., 250 C.c., 100 C.c., 10 C.c., 1 C.c.; in aqueous liquids the cubic centimetre is considered equivalent to a gramme. In weight, when the quantity is relatively large, and in commercial transactions, the kilogramme is abbreviated to kilo, pronounced kfl'o; when less than a kilogramme, and not less than a gramme, the quantity is read with the gramme for the unit; 2000 Gm. would be read two kilos, and 543 Gm. would be read five hundred and forty-three grammes, whilst 2543 Gm. is usually read two kilos and five hundred and forty-three grammes, although twenty-five hundred and forty-three grammes is sometimes preferred. For quantities below the gramme, decigrammes are not used, but centigrammes and milligrammes are regarded as the most convenient units : they are read in the same way as centimetres and millimetres. METROLOGY. 47 Weighing and Measuring. Among the first operations that the student is called upon to perform are the very important ones of weighing and measuring. The former process requires the use of the balance, or, as more frequently, but less preferably, termed, scales. As the successful performance of many of the processes noticed in this work depends upon a thorough knowledge of the principles of the balance, it has been selected as one of the first subjects for consideration, for this instrument in some form or other is relied upon to secure accurate quantities of the substances employed in the various operations of pharmacy. The balance may be defined as an instrument for determining the relative weights of substances, and should be correctly constructed, skil- fully used, and carefully protected from injury, if accurate results are expected. Construction of the Balance.—For systematic consideration pharmaceutical balances may be classified as follows: 1. Single beam, equal arms. 2. Single beam, unequal arms. 3. Double beam, unequal arms. 4. Compound lever balances. 5. Torsion balances. 1. Single Beam, Equal Arm Balances.—The instrument which, notwithstanding many attempts to supplant it, still maintains its suprem- acy is the single beam, equal arm balance, which may be described as consisting of a metallic lever or beam, divided into two equal arms at the centre by a knife-edge, upon which it is supported. At exactly equal distances from this point of support, and situated in the same plane, are placed the end knife-edges: these suspend the pans which carry the substances to be weighed. A good balance should possess the following requirements: 1. When the beam is in a horizontal position, the centre of gravity should be slightly below the point of support, or central knife-edge, and perpendicular to it. The relative sensibility of the balance depends upon the fulfilment of this principle, which may be roughly illustrated by forcing a pin through the centre of an oblong piece of pasteboard: if the edge of the paste- board is touched slightly it does not oscillate at all, but revolves around the centre to a degree corresponding to the impulse representing equilib- rium ; if the pin be removed and inserted a very short distance above the centre, and the edge of the pasteboard touched as before, it will oscillate slowly, corresponding to a sensitive beam, the point of support being slightly above the centre of gravity; if the pin be again removed and inserted far above the centre, and the same impulse imparted to the edge, it will oscillate quickly, illustrating stable equilibrium and a beam which comes to rest quickly and is not sensitive. A more elaborate method of illustration is furnished by the use of a beam with a movable fulcrum (see Fig. 2), when the relative position of the knife-edge may be made to show, beginning at the top, 1, stable equilibrium; 2, in the centre, equilibrium; and, 3, when the lowest point is reached, un- stable equilibrium, and then the slightest impulse upsets the beam. 2. The end knife-edges must be at exactly equal distances from the 48 METROLOGY. central knife-edge; they must all be in the same plane, and the edges abso- lutely parallel to each other. It is very apparent that the conditions of a good prescription balance cannot be satisfied if there is inequality in the length of the arms of the Fig. 2. Illustration of equilibrium. beam. In Fig. 3, BA should equal AC, otherwise unequal weights would be required to establish equilibrium, or the excess of weight of the longer arm must be subtracted at every weighing, or weighing by sub- stitution resorted to, all manifestly impracticable. If the central knife- edge be placed either above or below a line drawn so that it connects the end knife-edges, the loading of the pans will either cause the beam to Fig. 3. Position of knife-edges. cease oscillating, or diminish the sensibility in proportion to the load. If the knife-edges are not parallel, the weight of a body would not l>e constant upon every part of the pan, but would be greater if placed near the edge on one side, and correspondingly less at a point directly opposite. 3. The beam should be inflexible, bid as light in weight as possible, and the knife-edges in fine balances should bear upon agate planes. Rigidity of the beam is necessary, because any serious deflection caused by a loading of the pans would lower the end knife-edges, and thus accu- racy in weighing would be impossible. The beam should not be heavier than necessary, because its sensibility (particularly when light weights were placed upon the pans) would be thereby lessened, and to diminish friction arising from the rusting of the steel knife-edges which con- stantly increases with the age and use of a balance, the bearings of the knife-edges should be agate planes. Formerly this condition could not be practically carried out, except in expensive balances, owing to the cost of polished agate; but since the introduction of automatic machines for grinding and polishing this very hard substance, the cost has been so reduced that not only the bearings, but the knife-edges themselves, are now made of agate and used upon fine prescription balances, and it is practical economy to employ exclusively those so mounted. The Tests of a Balance.—Having stated the essential points in the construction of the balance, the tests, which should always be applied before accepting a balance, will now be described. The prescription balance, being one of the most delicate and important of the instruments METROLOGY. 49 in use by the pharmacist, is selected for illustration. 1. A perfectly level counter or table is secured, the balance is placed in position, the beam elevated so that it is free to oscillate, and when the oscillations have ceased, the smallest weight to which the balance is sensitive is placed upon the right-hand pan,—it should at once respond to the weight; this tests its sensibility with unloaded pans. 2. Both pans are now loaded with the full weight that the balance is designed to carry, and then the smallest weight is placed upon the right-hand pan,—the oscillation, although slower than in the first test, ought to be as decided; this shows its sensibility when loaded. 3. The pans should now be loaded to half the capacity of the balance, and equilibrium perfected by adding, if necessary, a piece of tin-foil. The weights on the right-hand pan must now be exchanged for those on the left-hand pan, and vice versa; if equilibrium is still maintained, the arms of the beam are equal. 4. The pans should be moderately loaded and balanced, and one of the larger weights shifted in different positions upon the edge of one of the pans, and any variation in equilibrium carefully noted. This variation, as previously mentioned, indicates a want of parallelism in the knife-edges. Forms of Single Beam, Equal Arm Balances.—There are good reasons for believing that this kind of balance has a very ancient origin; and at the present time it is used more frequently than any other. Hand Scales.—The commonest form in which this principle is utilized in pharmacy is seen in the cheap hand scales now fast passing out of use; in the better qualities the beam is of steel, and the knife-edges are enclosed so as to protect them from injury. In those usually seen the Fig. 4. beam is of brass, with a steel central knife-edge, having a perforation in each end of the beam for the insertion of two wire hooks, to which are attached silken cords for supporting the pans. The manner of holding these scales is shown in Fig. 4. They are now most largely employed in Manner of holding scales. 50 METROLOGY. America by physicians and pharmacists having a very limited use for a balance. The silken tassel is held in the left hand, and care should always be taken to see that the beam, oscillates freely and properly before the weight is placed upon the left-hand pan, as the hooks frequently become entangled in the cords and the adjustment is lost. The requisite quantity of the substance to be weighed is placed upon the right-hand pan, preferably with a spatula. Alkaloids and very poisonous substances should never be weighed upon ordinary hand prescription scales, except when, by previous actual test at the time, they have been shown to be sensitive and accurate; for, although this form has been in use many years, as now found in com- merce they are the most unreliable of all kinds of prescription balances, and, notwithstanding their merits of cheapness and portability, in the end they may prove (through some serious error) an expensive investment. In Fig. 5 is shown an improved form of hand scale in which a sliding weight is used; this may be suspended on a hook at the proper height as shown in the cut. Fjg. 5. Hand scale with sliding weight. Prescription Balances.—The advantage of substituting a rigid metallic column for the usually unsteady human arm, as a support to the beam, would seem to be apparent at a glance, for, in addition to the increased stability which is gained, both hands are left free to perform the weigh- ing ; more time can usually be devoted to secure equilibrium, and the oscillations can be more readily noticed. A cheap form of prescription balance, called, technically, the army prescription scales (Troemner), is seen in Fig. 6; the beam, column, supports, pan, etc., are of brass, the knife-edges of steel, whilst the METROLOGY. 51 drawer beneath is large enough to hold conveniently all the parts; this is a very useful feature where a balance is not in constant use, enabling the operator to set the balance at will, or keep it in the drawer protected from dust and corrosion. It may be made sensitive to the of a grain; but it soon loses this degree of delicacy, because of the rust- ing of the steel bearings and knife-edges. With careful handling, and by protecting it from the atmosphere by covering with a glass shade, it will remain in good order for years, and is vastly superior to the hand prescription scales. A pharmacist who desires to make use of all the modern improvements and secure the best practical results, should have, for economy’s sake, two prescription balances,—one for deli- cate weighings and the other for ordinary work. These need not have the most fashionable and costly cases, but the workmanship of the balance itself cannot be too fine, if by it are secured the absolute essentials of accuracy, sensibility, and durability. In addition to the theoretical requirements before noted, the finest prescription balances now made by Troemner are provided with solid silver pans and gold-plated beams (see Fig. 7). As the pans are subjected to more wear and tear than any other part of the balance, it is economical to use solid rather than jplated pans, for, as they have to be cleaned repeatedly, constant fric- tion wears off the plating, and the additional cost for replating soon absorbs the difference in price. To secure the best results, when a showy appearance is not desired, a dead-black finish to the column is preferable, as the labor of pol- ishing, with the danger to the adjustment that it involves, is dispensed with. If the supports and pans are of solid silver or nickel, and the knife-edges and the bearings of agate, a prescrip- tion balance is furnished which is durable and really cheap, because it is fully equal to the most exacting demands. Analytical Balances.—The growing importance of analytical work, in connection with the quantitative tests introduced into the last revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, renders the possession of an analytical balance by the pharmacist very desirable. Formerly these delicate objects of mechanical skill were exclusively imported, but for twenty years American manufacturers have devoted unremitting effort to excel- ling in this fine work, with gratifying success. Fig. 8 shows an ana- lytical balance of recent pattern. The open, metallic beam is made of Fig. 6. Army prescription scale. Fig. 7. Fine prescription balance. 52 METROLOGY. aluminium, the bearings and knives of agate, the pans and hangings of aluminium, all other parts being plated with gold. The ends of the stirrups are provided with hooks to suspend a body in taking its specific gravity, and a contrivance for arresting the motion of the beam and pans, together with one for elevating the beam entirely from con- tact with the agate planes when not in use, is pro- vided. Fig. 9 shows an en- larged view of the end of the beam with the beam locked; the dotted lines show the position of the lever when the beam is permitted to os- cillate. The right arm of the beam is graduated so that each division rep- resents one-tenth of a , ■ ; milligramme if metric weights are used, or one-hundredth of a grain if apothecaries’ weight is employed; an aluminium-wire rider is pushed along the arm by a sliding rod to any point upon the graduated beam to indicate these fractions. An index needle traverses an ivory scale fixed on the base of the column, and the most delicate oscillations may be thus meas- ured by the needle: if, for instance, one-tenth of a grain on one of the pans deflects the needle ten divisions on the scale, each one of these di- visions would then represent one-tenth of the weight on the pan, or one-hundredth of a grain. With practice, the use of this means of weighing very minute quantities can be brought to great perfection. Counter Seales.—For counter and dispensing purposes, the single beam, equal arm principle was formerly exclusively used (see Fig. 10). These scales were usually made of polished brass, and answered most purposes if kept in good order, but were objectionable because the pan- supports were frequently obstructive, as they only permitted the weighing of bodies having a limited surface, and the excessive amount of polished brass-work about them required the expenditure of considerable labor to keep them bright, without any corresponding advantage. The form in which the pans are placed above the beam, thus getting rid of obstructive Fig. 8. Analytical balance. Fig. 9. End of the beam of analytical balance. METROLOGY. 53 pan-supports, is now greatly preferred. A cheap form is seen in Fig. 11. In these the objection to the polished brass is met by japan- ning the beam and weight-pan to protect them from rust; the copper or brass pan alone needs polish- ing, but the knife-edges and bearings require careful clean- ing from time to time if their original sensitiveness is to be even approximately retained. A very convenient form of dispensing scale for smaller weights, made by Troemner, is shown in Fig. 12. This beam is provided with a par- allel, graduated, nickel-plated bar, upon which a poise slides backward and forward; this is particularly useful for weigh- ing liquids. The tare of the bottle is easily taken by the use of the sliding poise, the ' beam is graduated so that apothecaries’ or metric weight may be used, and a projecting shelf attached to the base forms a convenient receptacle for the weights. Fig. 10. Old-style counter scales. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Common counter scales. Scale with graduated parallel beam and sliding weight. 2. Forms of Single Beam, Unequal Arm Balances.—The prin- ciple upon which these very practical weighing machines are founded is best shown by referring to Fairbanks’s druggists’ scale (see Fig. 13), and quoting the law in physics, “The power is to the weight or resistance in the inverse ratio of the length of the arms of the lever.” The inequality in the length of the arms of this beam permits of the convenient use of one movable weight upon the graduated longer arm of the beam, and thus dispensing with the use of small weights, which are liable to be lost; the scoop, which is useful in weighing bulky drugs, is sometimes replaced by a flat, circular disk when bottles, etc., are to be weighed. The principle of the graduated beam has been utilized by Fairbanks to make a very simple and convenient prescription scale, by the use of which detached weights are dispensed with (see Fig. 14). A nickel- 54 METROLOGY. plated beam is suspended nearly in the centre, at one end of which a pan-support is attached, carrying a nickel-plated pan; the arm of the Fig. 13. Fairbanks’s druggists’ scale. beam nearest to the pan is graduated into thirty divisions and marked grains; a small sliding weight is used upon this arm; the other arm is graduated only about half its length, and the divisions represent drachms. A heavier sliding weight is used here to indicate drachms, Fig. 14. Graduated beam prescription scale. and at the other end of the arm there is attached a weight, which is fastened to the beam by adjusting screws; this may be moved backward METROLOGY. 55 or forward and set, and is for the purpose of maintaining equilibrium in case the beam should need rebalancing at any time; the end of this arm moves freely up and down in the wire loop on the upright at the end of the base. This scale is not intended for very accurate weighing, but it serves the purpose of relieving a delicate balance of a good deal of heavy wear and tear; it will, if kept in order, weigh as little as half a grain. A very simple vest-pocket prescription scale is made by Shepard & Dudley, of New York; it is on the unequal arm principle, and is shown full size in Fig. 15. The principal parts are made in three pieces; the pan is detachable, the pan-support being suspended on the short rod attached to the base; the graduated beam is more than double the length Fig. 15. Vest-pocket prescription scale. of the pan-support, a slot running nearly the length of this beam, and a sliding weight is pushed along in the slot. The scale is very cheap, and is intended for country physicians, who are often compelled to weigh medicines at the bedside of the patient. 3. Double Beam, Unequal Arm Balances.—It is preferable to have a double beam scale for constant use in the laboratory, and the most convenient form is upon the same principle as Fairbanks’s drug- gists’ scale (Fig. 13), having, however, two parallel beams. This scale is particularly adapted for weighing liquids, the weight on the outside beam being used to tare the bottle or jar, whilst the other weight is left free so that it can be adjusted at once to the weight of the liquid desired. These are now to be had with the scale graduated into grammes, and are very useful in making preparations by the system of “ parts by weight” of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880. (See Fig. 16.) 4. Compound Lever Balances.—The principle of the compound lever was first applied in the construction of balances by Robervahl, of Paris, about a.d. 1660. It has only been recently adopted for delicate weighings in compounding prescriptions, although the general utility of counter and platform scales constructed upon this plan has long been recognized. The principal objection to them, when compared with equal beam balances, consists in the multiplicity of points of suspension, thus necessarily increasing friction and the liability to disarrangement; but their general convenience, and some recent improvements in their con- struction, have brought them into favor. The principle of the Rober- vahl compound lever balance, with the arrangement of the levers, is shown in Troemner’s glass box scale in Fig. 17. 56 METROLOGY. One of the practical advantages possessed by this form of balance is the small amount of polished metal to keep in order, and, as the working parts are enclosed in a tight box of glass, wood, or marble, dust and corrosive vapors are largely excluded; as they are made to occupy as little space as possible, the pans are conveniently low and unobstructed. Box 'prescription scales, on the compound lever principle, have come into extensive use, and they are the most convenient scales for weighing moder- ately small quantities (see Fig. 18). Although sensitive to of a grain when new, they do not retain this deli- cacy long. Their strongest recommendation is the ease with which they may be cleaned and kept in order; the only polished metal liable to be affected by corrosive vapors is found in the pans, and these are nickel-plated; the marble top has a countersunk basin to keep weights in, and a hinged glass cover effect- ually excludes dust and vapors when the balance is not in use. If a phar- macist has a delicate, equal-beam balance for weighing alkaloids and powerful poisons (see Fig 7), and a box pre- scription scale for weighing ordinary quantities, he is well equipped for compounding prescriptions. By far the most extensive application of the compound lever and unequal arm principles has been made in the universally known plat- form scales, which are manufactured largely by Fairbanks and others; these are employed in weighing comparatively large quantities, and are most useful in the laboratory and warehouse. In these a platform or table is suspended by four short legs upon the ends of four levers, which are joined to a central nearly horizontal lever, which in turn is con- nected with a perpendicular iron rod attached to the graduated bar, suspended so that one of the arms is much longer than the other. This combination of levers is so nicely adjusted that one hundred pounds placed upon the platform may be balanced by a one-pound weight placed upon the end of the graduated bar. Fig. 16. Troemner’s scale for weighing liquids. Pig. 17. Compound lever balance in glass box. Pig. 18. Box prescription scale. METROLOGY. 57 Torsion Balances.—A simple illustration of the principle of torsion is afforded by tying a stout piece of cord to a firm support and insert- ing a lead-pencil in the middle of the cord between the strands, at right angles to it. If the free end of the cord is tightly stretched, and the effort is made to turn the lead-pencil over, it will be at once noticed that resistance is offered, and if the pencil is released, it at once flies back to its original position. Torsion is the term applied to this method of twisting. The prin- ciple of supporting the beam of a balance upon a tightly-stretched wire, with the view of doing away with knife-edges and diminishing friction, has occupied the attention of inventors for years. One of the earliest and simplest forms in which this principle was used was that devised by Ritchie, shown in Fig. 19. A very light beam is supported exactly in the middle (at its centre of gravity) upon a wire stretched upon a horizontal bar, having its ends slightly turned up; to these the ends of the wire are fastened, the beam is firmly secured to the wire, and when it is caused to oscillate the wire is twisted according to the extent of the force applied. This balance was very delicate and impracticable, because the torsional resistance was not overcome; this had to be neutralized before the wire could be used solely as a means of supporting the beam. In 1882, Prof. Roeder and Dr. Springer contrived an ingenious torsion balance which gave promise of valuable results. Two illustrations of this original balance are shown on page 54 of the first edition of the “ Practice of Pharmacy.” Recent improvements have greatly increased its efficiency ; the most important difficulty in applying the principle—that of tor- sional resistance—was overcome by the device of placing a weight just above the centre of gravity, torsional resistance having the tendency to keep the beam in a horizontal position, whilst the elevation of a weight above the centre of gravity, by its tendency to produce unstable equilibrium, see page 47, exercises an opposite effect, —that of inclining the beam to be top- heavy, and therefore to tip on either side. If now the weight be made adjustable, Fig. 19. Ritchie torsion balance. Fig. 22. Fig. 20. Fig. 21. Frame. Frame with wire. Torsion prescription balance. by mounting it upon a perpendicular screw, so that it can be raised or lowered, it is possible to arrange these opposite forces so that one exactly neutralizes the other. In this manner sensitiveness is obtained. In the torsion prescription balance (see Fig. 22) two beams are used, supported upon three frames, each of the latter having a flattened 58 METROLOGY. metallic band stretched tightly over its edge. Fig. 20 shows one of these frames, and Fig. 21 shows a frame with the wire stretched upon it. The form of the pre- scription balance is that of the box scale, enclosed in a glass case, a rider beam graduated upon the upper edge from of a grain to 8 grains and on its lower edge from .5 centigramme to 5 decigrammes (see Fig. 23) furnishes a very convenient means of weighing minute quantities without having to use the small weights. The single ball elevated over the cen- tral point of support has in the later patterns been replaced by two smaller weights, one on either side of the central frame. These serve the same purpose as the single weight, and do not have the objection that the latter has, of sometimes interfering with the convenient use of the scales when large pieces of paper are placed upon the scale-pans to receive a substance to be weighed. (See Fig. 24.) The torsion principle has also been applied to analytical balances with short arms and scales designed to carry heavier loads, as well as counter scales constructed upon the compound lever principle; balances with unequal beams and those having sliding weights upon graduated beams are now manufactured in many different patterns. Care of the Balance.—The necessity for protecting the delicate mechanism of a balance is frequently overlooked, notwithstanding the possibility of having a fine apparatus irretrievably ruined by want of care in using or cleaning it or in protecting it whilst at rest. The position chosen for the balance or scales should be upon a level and firm counter, desk, or table, where it will be subjected to little risk of injury from dampness, dust, or corrosive vapors, and where the knife-edges will not be liable to become blunted by the jarring produced by heavy mortar- practice or other vibration. In the finer class of balances protection is afforded by enclosing them in glass cases having sash doors in the front or at the side, and pro- viding against injury from vibration by the use of a lever for elevating or locking the beam, so that the knife-edges are not in contact with any surface whatever. To prevent injury from jarring whilst the balance is in use, by a weight falling on the pan or other accident, the finest balances are provided with pan-supports, which break the fall and serve the additional purpose of quickly arresting the beam, thus saving time whilst weighing. Substances which act on metals, like iodine, corrosive sublimate, etc., and those which are adhesive, like the extracts, should not be weighed directly upon the scale-pans, but upon the glass pans which are furnished Fig. 23. Part of the rider beam. Fig. 24. Torsion counter scale. METROLOGY. 59 by the manufacturers, or, if these are not at hand, upon highly-glazed paper, care being taken to balance the papers before weighing the sub- stance. In cleaning the scales, great care should be exercised; polishing powders should be used sparingly; a portion is very apt to find its way into crevices and elude detection until an attempt is made to adjust the scales, when the increased weight of one of the sides of the beam leads to its discovery. Frequent cleaning with soft leather is generally suf- ficient to keep a balance in good order; but if through neglect it becomes necessary to use more active measures, some simple polishing powder for the silver and brass work, with soapsuds for nickel-plate, and simple brushing for the lacquered brass, is all that is necessary. METALLIC WEIGHTS USED IN PHARMACY, The weights used by the pharmacist are a very important part of his outfit, and care in their selection and examination is more than ever necessary since the adoption of the principle of parts by weight in the U. S. Pharmacopceia, 1880. Common avoirdupois weights are usually made of iron, and are of the flat, circular form (see Fig. 25), japanned to prevent rusting; these form a pyramidal pile, and range from half an ounce to four pounds; they may be adjusted by adding to or diminishing the amount of lead which is hammered into a depression in the base of each. These weights are sometimes made of brass in this form, and sometimes of zinc: the latter, however, are brittle and unserviceable. When used for dispensing purposes, the cylindrical weights, known technically as “ block weights,” are preferable. If the block is made of two kinds of wood glued together, so as to avoid shrinkage, they are very desirable, particularly if each cylindrical hole in the block has been made large enough to hold easily each weight. The advantages of block weights are, that the gaps left by missing weights are readily noticed, and the greater surface of the weight is protected from the action of corrosive vapors when not in use. When the weights are nickel-plated, a more imposing appearance is pro- duced by arranging them on an ebonized block in re- cesses. The disadvantage of this form is that the surfaces are not protected from oxida- tion, and they need clean- ing more frequently. J. M. Maris & Co., of Philadel- phia, supply brass avoirdu- pois weights having a shoulder near the top; these fit into circular openings in a hollow cast-iron frame (see Fig. 26), and by this expedient the annoyance common to ordinary blocks, caused by the shrinkage of the wood, is avoided. Fig. 25. Common avoirdu- pois weights. Fig. 26. Avoirdupois weights in metal frame. 60 METROLOGY. Troy weights may be had either as “ block weights” or “ cup weights the latter are to be preferred, particularly if the block avoirdupois weights have already been procured, for they are then easily distin- guished from each other. The cup troy weights range from quarter of an ounce to thirty-two ounces, and have many con- veniences (see Fig. 27). When the outside weight is sepa- rated, it will be found to have the exact weight of all the rest; if one of the weights is missing, its absence is at once noticed in the incomplete nest; and their compact form is a great recommendation. Weights cannot well be made to occupy less space; whilst all the inside weights are protected from abrasion and corrosion. Metric weights may be procured of iron (japanned) for coarse weighing, when they are preferably hexagonal and flat in shape, to distinguish them from the ordinary round avoirdu- pois weights (see Fig. 28). The most useful for the pharmacist’s purposes are undoubtedly the brass weights. Those made by Becker, and contained in a solid block, ranging from one centigramme to one hectogramme, as shown in Fig. 29, are very reliable and convenient. For prescription purposes, a very in- expensive yet accurate set is made by Troemner, by which as high as forty grammes may be weighed by using all the brass weights, whilst ample pro- vision is made for weighing the frac- tional parts of a gramme. For analytical purposes, metric weights are almost exclusively used ; in the most complete sets the highest weight is one kilogramme, the lowest one-tenth of a milligramme; three riders for use on the graduated scale beam are provided. The weights from one gramme upward are of brass, finely lac- quered ; the smaller weights are made of squares of platinum-foil, curved so as to permit of being easily handled with the forceps (see Fig. 30). Prescription Weights.—Too much care can hardly be exercised in the selection of weights to be used in compounding prescriptions. The cost of accurate weights is trifling, yet the market is flooded with weights which are disgracefully inaccurate, and it is greatly to be regretted that the latter find a ready sale. The round, flat, brass “ drachm” weights, which have the denomination stamped distinctly on their face in raised characters, are most largely used: these range from ten grains to one hundred and twenty grains in weight. The old-fashioned square brass “ drachm” weights are rapidly passing out of use. The brass-foil grain weights are usually inaccurate, and should not be employed, because of their liability to corrosion. Undoubtedly the best grain weights are the aluminium wire weights: these are more easily and quickly distinguished Fig. 27. Troy weights. Fig. 28. Metric weights (iron). METROLOGY. 61 from one another than any other form, and there is less likelihood of dangerous mistakes than from the flat weights, where the denomination is stamped upon the face, often faintly, and is liable to be obliterated Fig. 29. Metric weights (block). by constant use or corrosive contact. The number of sides in the wire weights at once gives the denomination (see Fig. 31). There is such a Fig. 30. Pig. 31. Metric weights (analytical). Aluminium wire weights. difference in the shape of these weights, and they are so simply handled practically, that they should be invariably used. The aluminium grain weights, cut out of aluminium plates, are to be preferred to the flat, brass grain weights, because less liable to corrosive action. They are usually more accu- rately adjusted ; the corners of the weights are clipped, and each weight is pressed into a curved form, so that it may be easily picked up (see Fig. 32). Measuring Liquids.—Tinned iron measures nearly cylindrical in shape, but slightly wider at the bottom, are generally used for measuring liquids when the quantity is over a pint. A set of these measures usually consists of four (gallon, half-gallon, quart, and pint). Those made of tinned iron, or of the enamelled sheet-iron called agate or marbleized, are greatly inferior to those made of tinned copper. Tinned iron measures Fig. 32. Aluminium grain weights. 62 METROLOGY. soon become rusty; and although a protection is afforded if enamelled, particles of the enamel become chipped off, and the exposed iron soon contaminates the liquids measured in them. Tinned copper measures cost more at first, but they are more economical, because more durable. Care must be taken to protect them from blows which will cause dents, as these may be serious enough to detract from the accuracy of the measures. Fig. 33 shows a useful combination of a measure and funnel. Cylindrical metric measures having a diameter just half their height, of tinned copper or brass, in sets of ten, including dekalitre, half- dekalitre, double litre, litre, half-litre, double decilitre, decilitre, half- decilitre, double centilitre, and centilitre, are furnished by the American Metric Bureau. An excellent measure for the laboratory, particularly where liquids are to be carried any distance, is shown in Fig. 34. It is used by I)r. E. 11. Squibb, and has the merit of being less liable to error Tig. 34. Combined measure and funnel. Laboratory measure. in measuring than those of ordinary shape, because of the contracted surface at the top. Glass measures are preferred for relatively small quantities of liquids, for, although always subject to loss by fracture, they can be more accu- rately adjusted to indicate the measure. On account of the transparency of glass, the level of the liquid at any height may be seen through the measure, whilst porcelain or metallic measures have to be full, or nearly so, to be used. Glass graduated measures are almost exclusively used for quantities of one pint or less, and these are of two forms,—conical and cylindrical. The conical graduate is preferred in practical work because of the greater ease with which it can be cleansed, but cylindrical measures are likely to be more accurate because of their smaller diameter: thus, if a conical graduated measure has at the f 33 mark a diameter of 3 inches (see Figs. 35 and 36), and the cylindrical graduate a diameter at the same mark of 1 inch, it follows that a trifling error in reading off in the cylindrical graduate, either slightly above or below the line, would be increased if similarly made in the conical graduate by exactly the number of times that the surface of the conical graduate exceeds that of the cylindrical METROLOGY. 63 graduate at the given point (see Fig. 37). Formerly it was usual to use exclusively glass measures which had been graduated by hand; but, owing to the large quantities of imperfect graduates found in the Fig. 35. Fig. 36. Fig. 37. market, moulded measures came into use: these, whilst deficient in the attractive brilliancy of surface characteristic of blown glass, have the substantial merit of greater accuracy. Hodgson’s moulded graduated measures were the first to appear, and were largely used for a while, but they have been supplanted by Hobb’s graduated measures. In Hodgson’s measure the graduations are upon the outside surface of the glass, and their accuracy largely depends upon whether the plunger, which forces the melted glass into the mould, is driven down to exactly the standard depth to secure the proper thickness of glass to indicate the correct capacity: this practical point could not always be attained, owing to the wear of the mould, and occasionally the measures were imperfect. In Hobb’s graduated measures this difficulty is overcome by graduating the plunger, and when this is done it makes no difference about the thickness of the glass, because if the plunger is correctly graduated, if the proper allowance has been made for contraction in cooling, and if a correct impression can be made upon the inside of the glass, the measure itself must be accurate, and the same result can be indefinitely repeated. An objection arises, however, to this form of graduate in measuring thick or dark-colored liquids, for then the graduations upon the inside are often completely obscured: this is sometimes remedied by correspondingly marking them upon the outside with an engraver’s wheel. The introduction of the moulded graduates has had the natural effect of improving the accuracy of the blown, hand-graduated measures, and it is now unusual to see a measure like one formerly in the posses- sion of the author, which registered 25 per cent, too much when filled to the highest graduation. If the custom of returning to the maker all graduates which prove inaccurate were universal, it would soon be impossible to find an inaccurate one: as it is, reliable graduates can always be had by paying a fair price for them. Tumbler-shaped graduate. Metric graduate. Cylindrical graduate. 64 METROLOGY. An improvement lias been made recently by graduating measures doubly ; upon one side metric measures are marked, and upon the other ordinary fluid measures, and in addition they sometimes have two lips opposite to each other, for pouring either to the right or left, or for per- mitting the use of either scale. The testing of the graduation of a glass measure is effected most accurately by placing it upon a perfectly level surface and then pouring into it the proper weight of distilled water at the temperature of 15.6 C. (60° F.); the fluidounce, weighing 455.7 grains, is preferably taken as the basis. A sufficiently accurate and more ready method is to measure into the graduate from a standard burette or pipette 30 C.c. of water for a fluidounce (29.57 C.c. is the exact equivalent). The extension of the graduating mark into a circle which passes entirely around the graduate is an improvement which obviates the necessity of placing the graduate upon a level place, as the corre- sponding mark upon the opposite side may be seen through the glass, and the graduate easily levelled even when held in the hand. For measuring smaller quantities of liquids graduated glass tubes of much less diameter should be used, and minim pipettes are more accurate, cleanly, and convenient than the conical minim graduates which are often used, and which possess several radical faults. By referring to Fig. 38 it will be seen that the graduations on the minim measure are necessarily in the narrowest and lowest portion of a comparatively tall measure: now, if it is desired to measure ten minims of a volatile oil, to add to a pill mass, the surface which the oil must traverse when this measure is inverted over the mortar is so great that probably 20 per cent, of the oil will be left adhering to the measure. In those instances of liquid preparations where the smaller liquid is miscible with the larger quantity of diluting liquid, the minim graduate may be rinsed and this loss recovered, but inconveniences are largely overcome and greater accu- racy secured by the use of the minim pipette suggested by Dr. E. R. Squibb (see Fig. 39). This in its simplest form consists of a glass tube of small calibre, with its lower extremity somewhat contracted, and having minim graduations upon its side. The pipette is used by dipping the contracted end into the liquid to be measured, and upon applying suction by the mouth at the opposite end the liquid is drawn into the pipette; the moistened tip of the right forefinger is now tightly applied to the upper end of the tube to regulate the flow of the liquid, and a sufficient quan- tity is allowed to flow out by slightly raising the finger until the height of the liquid corresponds to the measure desired; pressure with the forefinger at once stops the flow, and the accurately measured quantity can be transferred to the bottle, mortar, or graduate by raising the finger and allowing the liquid to flow out. These pipettes may be had of four different capacities, holding 15, 20, 30, and 60 minims, and a reference to the cut will show that a sufficient length of tube above the graduations is left to secure the operator from any risk of getting a poisonous liquid into the mouth, except through extraordinary carelessness. One of the best methods of keeping the pipette ready for use is to have it pass Fig. 38. Minim measure. METROLOGY. 65 through a perforated cork which fits into a half-pint bottle containing alcohol or water (see Fig. 40), the liquid being renewed when it ceases to be clean. A rubber unperforated tube-nipple, inserted on the top of the pipette, has also been suggested to obviate the necessity of using suction with the mouth ; it is used by first pushing it down over the top of the pipette until it will go no farther, then compressing the bulb and inserting the tip of the pipette into the fluid, when upon gradually relieving the pressure on the bulb the pipette commences to fill, and if not filled to the mark desired the bulb is pushed upward gently until the end is attained. In the use of tubes or glass measures of small diameter, it will be noticed that two distinct lines are visible on the surface of the liquid. This is due to the capillary attraction of the glass, which causes the edge of the liquid to creep up the sides, and the surface becomes concave and a meniscus is formed; the lowest point of the lower zone is usually selected by analytical chemists as the reading point, but it is manifest that a line drawn between the upper and lower zones slightly below the middle would give the most correct reading. Fortunately, the occa- sions are very rare in pharmaceutical operations where a difference in the method of reading need cause concern. In administering small quantities of liquids the very convenient drop is almost always used. The impression that a drop is equivalent to a minim, and that sixty drops of any fluid are equivalent to a fluidrachm, is wide-spread. This impression doubtless arose from the fact that sixty ordinary drops of water are about equal to a fluidrachm; but many circumstances cause variations in the relative size of drops. Thick viscous liquids, like the mucilages and the syrups, necessarily produce large drops, because the drop adheres to the surface of the glass so long as its weight does not overcome its power of adhesion, whilst bromine and chloroform, heavy, mobile liquids, having very little adhe- sion to the dropping surface, produce very small drops, only one-fifth the size of the drop of syrup of acacia. The shape and surface of the vessel from which the liquid is dropped also have an influence in determining the size of the drop: the greater the extent of surface for the drop to adhere to, the larger, proportionally, will be the drop. In order that this subject should have an investigation of a rather wide range, the late Stephen L. Talbot, at the author’s sugges- tion, constructed, after many laborious trials, the following table: Fig. 39. Fig. 40. Minim pipette. Minim pipette with ' bottle. 66 METROLOGY. Table exhibiting the Number of Drops in a Fluidrachm of different Liquids, with the Weight in Grains and in Grammes. Name. Drops in f3j. (60 m.) Weight of f5j Name. Drops in f5j- (60 m.) Weight of f5j in gr. in Gm. in gr. in Gm. Acetum Opii 90 61 3.95 Liquor Hydrarg. Nit.. 131 123 7.97 Aeetum Sanguinari® . 78 55* 3.59 Liquor lodi Comp. . . 63 59 3.82 Acetum Scill® .... 68 57 3.69 Liquor Plumbi Subaeet. 74 70 4.53 Acid. Aceticum .... 108 58 3.75 Liquor Potass® . . . 62 58 3.75 Acid. Aceticum Dilut. . 68 55 3.56 Liquor Potassii Arsen. 57 55 3.56 Acid. Carbolicum . . . 111 69 3.82 Liquor Sod® Chlorat® 63 62 4.01 Acid. Hydrochloricum . 70 65 4.21 Liquor Zinci Chloridi. 89 88 5.70 Acid. Hydrochlor. Dilut. 60 56 3.62 Oleores. Aspidii . . . 130 52 3.36 Acid. Hydrocyanicuin . 60 54 3.49 Oleores. Capsici . . . 120 51 3.30 Acid. Lacticum .... 111 66 4.27 Oleores. Cubeb® . . . 123 52 3.36 Acid. Nitricum .... 102 77 4.98 Oleum ASthereum . . 125 50 3.24 Acid. Nitricum Dilut. . 60 58 3.62 Oleum Amygd. Amar® 115 55 3.56 Acid. Nitrohydrochlor. 76 66 4.27 Oleum Amygd. Expres. 108 48* 3.14 Acid. Phosphoric. Dilut. 59 57 3.69 Oleum Anisi 119 54 3.49 Acid. Sulphuricuin . . 128 101 6.54 Oleum Bergamii . . . 130 46 2.98 Acid. Sulphur. Aromat. 146 53 3.43 Oleum Cari 132 50 3.24 Acid. Sulphuric. Dilut. 60 58* 3.79 Oleum Caryophylli . . 130 57 3.69 Acid. Sulphurosum . . 59 55 3.56 Oleum Cinnamomi . . 126 53* 3.46 JSther Fortior .... 176 39 2.52 Oleum Copaib® . . . 123 49* 3.20 Alcohol 146 44 2.85 Oleum Cubeb® .... 125 51 3.30 Alcohol Dilutum . . . 137 49 3.17 Oleum Foeniculi . . . 125 53 3.43 Aqua 60 55 3.56 Oleum Gaultheri® . . 125 62 4.01 Aqua Ammonias Fortior 66 50 3.24 Oleum Juniperi . . . 148 49 3.17 Aqua Destillata. . . . 60 58* 3.46 Oleum Lavandul® . . 138 52 3.36 Balsam. Peruvianum . 101 60 3.88 Oleum Limonis . . . 129 47 3.04 Bromum 250 165 10.69 Oleum Menth®Piperit® 129 50 3.24 Chloroform. Purificatum 250 80 5.18 Oleum Ricini .... 77 51* 3.33 Copaiba 110 51 3.30 Oleum Ros® 132 47 3.04 Creasotum 122 56* 3.66 Oleum Rosmarini . . 143 50 3.24 Ext. Belladon. Fluid. . 156 57 3.69 Oleum Sassafras . . . 133 58 3.75 Ext. Buchu Fluidum . 150 47* 3.07 Oleum Terebinthin® . 136 45* 2.94 Ext. Cimicifugas Fluid. 147 48 3.11 Oleum Tiglii 104 50 3.24 Ext. Cinchonas Fluid. . 138 58 3.75 Spiritus iEther. Comp. 148 45 2.91 Ext. Colchici Rad. FI. . 160 57 3.69 Spiritus iEther. Nitrosi 146 47 3.04 Ext. Colch. Sem. Fluid. 158 55 3.56 Spiritus Ammon. Arom. 142 48 3.11 Ext. Conii Fruct. Fluid. 137 61 3.95 Spiritus Camphor® . . 143 47 3.04 Ext. Digitalis Fluid. . 134 62 4.01 Spiritus Chloroformi . 150 48 3.11 Ext. Ergotas Fluidum . 133 60 3.88 Spiritus Menth® Pip.. 142 47 3.04 Ext. Gelsemii Fluid. . 149 49 3.14 Syrupus 65 72 4.66 Ext. Glycyrrhiz® FI. . 133 61 3.95 Syrupus Acaci® . . . 44 73 4.73 Ext. Hyoscyaini Fluid. 160 59 3.82 Syrupus Ferri Iodidi . 65 77 4.98 Ext. Ipecac. Fluidum . 120 60 3.88 Syrupus Scill®.... 75 74 4.79 Ext. Pareiras Fluidum . 140 57 3.72 Syrupus Scill® Comp. . 102 70 4.53 Ext. Rhei Fluidum . . 158 61 3.95 Syrupus Seneg® . . . 106 70 4.53 Ext. Sarsap. Comp. FI. 134 60 3.88 Tinctura Aconiti . . . 146 46 2.98 Ext. Senegas Fluidum . 137 62 4.01 Tinctura Belladonn® . 137 53 3.43 Ext. Serpentariae FI. . 148 47 3.07 Tinct. Benzoini Comp. 148 48 3.11 Ext. Uvae Ursi Fluid. . 137 60 3.88 Tinctura Cantharidis . 131 51 3.33 Ext. Valerian® Fluid.. 150 49 3.17 Tinct. Cinchon. Comp. 140 49 3.17 Ext. Verat. Virid. FI. . 150 50 3.24 Tinctura Digitalis . . 128 53 3.43 Ext. Zingiberis Fluid. . 142 48 3.11 Tinctura Ferri Chlorid. 150 53 3.43 Glycerinum 67 68 4.40 Tinctura lodi .... 148 47 3.04 Hydrargyrum .... 150 * 760 49.24 Tinctura Nucis Vom. . 140 44 2.85 Liquor Ammonii Acet. 75 56 3.62 Tinctura Opii .... 130 53 3.43 Liquor Acid. Arseniosi. 57 55 3.56 Tinctura Opii Camph.. 130 52 3.36 Liquor Arsenici et Hy- Tinctura Opii Deodor. 110 54 3.49 drargyri Iodidi . . . 58 55 3.56 Tinctura Valerian® . 130 52 3.36 Liquor Ferri Chloridi . 71 72 4.66 Tinctura Verat. Virid. 145 46 2.98 Liquor Ferri Citratis . 71 72 4.66 Tinctura Zingiberis. . 144 46 2.98 Liquor Ferri Nitratis . 59 59 3.82 Vin. Colchici Radicis . 107 55 3.56 Liquor Ferri Subsulph. 73 83 5.37 Vin. Colchici Seminis . 111 54 3.49 Liquor Ferri Tersulph. 83 72 4.66 Vin. Opii 100 55 3.56 METROLOGY. 67 SPECIFIC GRAVITY. A knowledge of the subject of specific gravity is necessary to the pharmacist, to enable him to identify substances or to judge of their purity, whilst the physician frequently depends upon it as an aid in diagnosing certain diseases. Specific gravity is the weight of one body compared with the weight of an equal bidk or volume of another body se- lected as the standard, both bodies having the same temperature. In ascer- taining the ordinary weight of a body it is simply compared with an arbitrary standard selected by governmental authority, whilst in deter- mining specific gravity, the body, if solid or liquid, is compared with a standard which is universal,—i.e., an equal bulk of pure water expressed as 11 and taken at a given temperature and atmospheric pressure. In all the methods hereafter detailed, it must be borne in mind that the main object sought for is the weight of a bulk or volume of water equal to that of the body that we wish to take the specific gravity of. Archimedes proved experimentally that a body immersed in a liquid lost as much weight as its own bulk of that liquid weighed: hence is derived the general rule for taking specific gravity,— Rule.—Divide the weight of the body by the weight of water displaced (loss of weight in water), the quotient will be the specific gravity. The taking of specific gravity will be considered as follows : 1. Solids insoluble in, but heavier than water. 2. Solids soluble in, but heavier than water. 3. Solids insoluble in, but lighter than water. 4. Solids soluble in, but lighter than water. 1. To take the specific gravity of a solid insoluble in, but heavier than water. a. With the Balance.—It is customary to recommend a special balance for taking the specific gravity of solids, known technically as the hydro- static balance; but a good prescription or analytical balance will answer perfectly for practical purposes. The substance, preferably in one piece, is first weighed accurately and the weight noted; a horse-hair is then tied around it with a slip-knot, and a tight loop at the other end is made, which is attached to the hook at the end of the scale-beam ; a small wooden bench made for the purpose, or extemporized by taking out the bottom and one of the sides of a small wooden or stiff paste- board box, is now arranged over the scale-pan so that it does not touch it or interfere with its free movement ; upon this a small beaker or wide-mouthed jar is placed, and two-thirds filled with pure water (see Fig. 41). The horse-hair must be adjusted to such length that it will permit of the complete immersion of the substance in the water. Upon weighing the immersed substance, after freeing it from attached air- bubbles, it will be at once noticed that it has lost weight, and all that 1 The temperature usually specified in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880, is 15.6° C. (60° F.); when not specified, it is intended to mean 15° C. (59° F.); but in many investigations, particu- larly those conducted in Europe, the temperature selected is that of the maximum density of water, 4° C. (39.2° F.). For practical purposes the temperature of 25° C. (77° F.) is most useful in the latitude of the United States, but it is rarely used. 68 METROLOOY. remains to be done is to apply the rule, divide the weight of the body by its loss of weight in water. For example, 805.5 grains of copper lose by immersion in water 90 grains; then 805.5 divided by 90 gives 8.95, the specific gravity of the copper. See also Nicholson’s hydrometer, p. 78. 6. With the Specific Gravity Bottle.—This instrument in its most usual form is a bottle having an elongated, narrow neck, fitted with a ground- glass stopper, and holding, when filled, exactly 1000 grains of pure water at a given temperature (see Fig. 42). The reason for selecting 1000 grains for the contents is to avoid the necessity of making a calculation to obtain the specific gravity of a liquid.1 To use the instrument for a solid Fig. 41. Fig. 42. Taking the specific gravity of a solid. 1000-grain bottle. substance, the previously-weighed body is dropped into the bottle, which is then filled with water at the temperature of 15.6° C. (60° F.), the bottle carefully dried, and, after the counterpoise (the exact weight of the empty bottle) has been placed upon the opposite scale-pan, it is weighed. To obtain the loss of weight in water of the substance, it is only necessary to deduct the weight of the contents of the bottle (i.e., that of the water and the immersed body) from the weight of the body in air, plus that of'the water which the bottle holds when full,—i.e., 1000 grains; the rule is then to be applied, divide the weight of the body by its loss of weight in water. Example.—A piece of aluminium wire weighs 100 grains; when dropped into a 1000-grain bottle, and the bottle filled with water at the proper temperature, the weight of both is 1062 grains. As the bottle when filled with water alone held 1000 grains, and as the weight of the aluminium in air is 100 grains, both together weigh 1100 grains; hence 1100 grains, less 1062 grains, gives 38 grains, the loss of weight of the 1 See specific gravity of liquids, p. 70. METROLOGY. 69 aluminium in water. Apply the rule, —=2.63, sp. gr. The specific 38 gravity of any insoluble powder, like calomel, litharge, etc., may be taken in exactly the same way, but care must be observed to agitate the powder with a small quantity of water in the bottle, before adding the rest, to cause the bubbles of air to escape. c. With the Graduated Tube.—A graduated tube is pro- vided in which each space indicates a grain or a gramme (C.c.) of water (or better if graduated in smaller sub- divisions) ; the zero mark should be somewhat above the bottom of the tube, as shown in Fig. 43. Now, if water be poured into the tube exactly up to the zero mark, and a weighed solid body dropped into it, the water will rise in the tube and indicate the weight of a bulk of water equal to that of the substance; this is equivalent to the loss in water: then apply the rule, divide the weight of the body by its loss of weight in water. It is evident that this method cannot be as accurate as either of those above mentioned, as small differences are more clearly indicated by a good balance than by tube-reading. d. By immersing the solid in a transparent liquid of the same density.—This method may be applied where the body is small, is not very heavy specifically, and is insoluble in the liquid. A heavy liquid is chosen, like solution of mercuric nitrate; the solid is found to float on the surface of the liquid, and water is added until the solid neither rises nor sinks, but swims indifferently: the specific gravity of the solid will of course be that of the liquid, which may be ascertained by the specific-gravity bottle (see page 70). 2. To take the specific gravity of a solid soluble in, but heavier than water. A liquid must be selected in which the solid is insol- uble, like olive oil, almond oil, benzin, or oil of turpen- tine : the specific gravity of the oil having been ascer- tained, it is used just as if it were water, the object being to find out the loss of weight that the substance suffers when immersed in the oil; this having been obtained, a simple proportion must be made, as follows: as the specific gravity of the oil is to the specific gravity of water, so is the loss of weight in the oil to the loss of weight in water: then apply the rule, divide the weight of the body by its loss of weight in water. Example.—200 grains of citric acid lose by immersion in oil 115 grains; then, as Sp. gr. Sp. gr. Loss of weight Loss of weight of oil. of water. in oil. in water. .920 : 1.000 :: 115 : 125 = 1.6, sp. gr. of citric acid. 125 It is obvious that either the balance, specific-gravity bottle, or gradu- Fig. 48. Graduated specific- gravity tube. 70 METROLOGY. ated tube can be used in this case; but it is possible in some cases to coat the soluble substance with varnish and treat it then as an insoluble substance, and thus avoid the use of an oily liquid. A pill of blue- mass may be coated with shellac varnish, and then treated as an insolu- ble substance as in 1, 6. The practical difficulty, however, is to secure a thin coating which shall be impervious to water. 3. To take the specific gravity of a solid insoluble in, but lighter than water. The solution of this problem requires the aid of a heavy insoluble body, which is to be attached to the light body, so as to secure the im- mersion of both: it is plain that if the loss of weight in water of the heavy substance is deducted from the loss of weight in water of both the heavy and the light body, the result must give the loss of weight in water of the light body alone: then the rule must be applied, divide the weight of the body by its loss of weight in water. Example.—A piece of paraffin weighs 174 grains, a piece of brass loses by immersion in water 6 grains; when the brass is attached to the paraffin, both together lose by immersion in water 206 grains; by deduct- ing 6 grains (the loss in water of the brass) from 206 grains (the loss in water of both) the loss in water of the paraffin alone is found,—i.e., 174 200 grains; then = 0.870, sp. gr. of paraffin. See also Nicholson’s hydrometer, p. 73. 4. To take the specific gravity of a solid soluble in, but lighter than water. The use of the specific-gravity bottle is recommended in cases of this kind, and the process is the same as in 2: the selection of a suitable liquid lighter than the body, and in which it is insoluble, is, however, usually attended with difficulty. The proportion would be, as the specific gravity of the light liquid is to the specific gravity of water, so is the loss of weight in the light liquid to the loss of weight in water. Then the rule must be applied, divide the weight of the body by the loss of weight in water. The specific-gravity bottle (pycnometer or pyknometer) is the most ac- curate instrument for taking the specific gravity of liquids. Fig. 38 shows an improved form: it is used as follows. The liquid to be tested is first brought to the proper temperature, 4° C. (39.2° F.), 15.6° C. (60° F.), or 15° C. (59° F.), according to the standard selected for the bottle; the bottle is filled with the liquid to the mark on the neck, dried carefully, and weighed accurately, using the counterpoise on the opposite pan. If the 1000-grain or 100-gramme bottle has been used, the weight of the liquid at once indicates the specific gravity: thus, the bottles would hold 1160 grains, or 116 grammes, of hydrochloric acid, 1250 grains, or 125 grammes, of glycerin, 750 grains, or 75 grammes, of ether, and 13,500 grains, or 1350 grammes, of mercury, and the specific gravity of each would be respectively 1.160, 1.250, 0.750, and 13.5, thus directly showing the relation to the specific gravity of water, 1. To SPECIFIC GKAVITY OF LIQUIDS. METROLOGY. 71 show the use of an ordinary prescription-vial in this process, one con- taining about a fluidounce may be taken; if it holds 455.7 grains of pure water to a mark upon the neck it will be con- venient, because it will at the same time give the weight of a fluidounce of the liquid. It is evident that a bottle holding any moderate quantity may be used in the same way. A fluidounce bottle would hold 528.6 grains of hydrochloric acid, 569.6 grains of glycerin, 341.7 grains of ether, and 6151.9 grains of mercury, and the specific gravity would be obtained by the following proportion : Example.—As 455.7, the number of grains of pure water that the 'bottle holds, is to 1.000, the specific gravity of water, so is 528.6, the number of grains of hydrochloric acid that it holds, to 1.160, the specific gravity of hydrochloric acid. 455.7 : 1.000 :: 528.6 :1.160. In practice, it is simply necessary to divide the number of grains of liquid that the bottle holds by 455.7 and adjust the decimal point, or multiply the weight of the liquid by 2.1945, the modulus of the bottle. The accuracy of these bottles depends entirely upon the care with which they are made and used, and it is better to scratch, with a file, two marks upon the neck of a long-necked flask, one showing the upper edge of the meniscus and the other marking the lowest point (see Fig. 44). In filling, it is a good practice, after bringing the liquid to the proper temperature, to exceed slightly the quantity indicated by the mark on the neck, and then to make a small roll of filtering-paper and neatly absorb the excess by inserting the roll in the neck so that it shall just touch the surface. The more expensive specific-gravity bottles have an accu- rately-fitted stopper made of thermometer-tube, and hold exactly 100 grammes, or 1000 grains, when the bottle, including the capillary tube of the stopper, is entirely full (see Fig. 42). They are not so con- venient as a correctly-marked, narrow-necked bottle (see Figs. 44 and 46), nor are they practically more accurate. They have to he filled to the brim and the stopper then inserted; this causes an overflow, and the necessary wiping and the natural warmth of the hands usually ex- pand the liquid by raising the temperature, and prevent accurate results. A more elaborate form of apparatus for taking specific gravity is needed for some purposes; for instance, where standards are required for the liquid preparations of the Pharmacopoeia or in investigations where great accuracy is necessary. Dr. Squibb has devised the pycno- meter shown in Fig. 46, which is admirably adapted for takiug specific gravity with the objects above mentioned. Fig. 44. Fig. 45. Specific-gravity bottle. Lovi’s beads. 72 METROLOQY. A set of these bottles is shown in the illustration; the stopper is a tube lengthened out so that the central channel will permit the bottle to hold the volume of water at any temperature between 4° C. (39.2° F.) and 25° C. (77° F.), thus permitting any of the standards of tempera- Pig. 46. Squibb'6 specific-gravity apparatus. ture to be used, the tube being graduated to half-millimetres, and at the top it is enlarged so as to allow room for the expansion of light liquids and to permit the bottle to be loosely closed with a cork whilst adjusting the temperature, the cork being removed during the weighing. These bottles are all used in a bath of water containing ice when the lower standard temperatures are used ; a leaden collar to keep the bottle in position in the bath, a pipette for coarsely adjusting the volume of liquid, and a thermometer are also shown in Fig. 46. It is necessary to verify the marks of the contents of the bottles from time to time, as the glass flask contracts for a year or two after it has been made. The liquid that it is designed to test is weighed into the bottle, as in the ordinary cases of taking specific gravity; the bottle is loosely corked, loaded with the leaden collar, and set in a bath of water which has been brought to the desired temperature. When the liquid METROLOGY. 73 in the bottle has reached the same temperature (and this is indicated by the liquid in the tube remaining stationary, a careful watching of the rise or fall of the liquid in the graduated tube being necessary in order to determine this), the final adjustment is made and the bottle weighed. Lovi’s beads, or specific-gravity beads, are sometimes used for taking the specific gravity of liquids; they are especially useful in cases where a boiling liquid is to be evaporated until it has a given specific gravity, and in mixing liquids of different densities. They are balloon-shaped, hollow globes of glass, of different sizes and weights, having specific- gravity figures scratched upon their sides: these figures indicate the specific gravity of a liquid in which the beads swim indifferently; they neither rise nor sink, when not disturbed at the given temperature, if the specific gravities of the bead and liquid are the same. The illustration, Fig. 45, shows their method of use; those heavier than the liquid sinking, those lighter floating, whilst the one supported indifferently (1.25) indicates the specific gravity of the liquid. Lovi’s beads may be defined as hydrometers which indicate but one specific gravity. HYDROMETERS. Hydrometers, sometimes called areometers, are floating instruments which are used to indicate the specific gravities of liquids by sinking to a depth corresponding to the densities of the liquids. Their principle of action was probably first made known by Archimedes, and depends upon the fact that when a solid body is placed in a liquid in which it is capable of floating, it sinks to a certain point, and this floating-point is reached when the body has displaced a volume of liquid exactly equal to its own weight. Thus, if a hydrometer has a specific gravity exactly three-fourths that of water, it will sink in water until exactly three- fourths of its volume is immersed; the same hydrometer would swim indifferently, like a Lovi’s bead, in ether having the specific gravity of 0.750, for the obvious reason that the specific gravities of the solid and liquid are identical. Hydrometers may be divided into two classes for convenience of study: 1. Those in which the weight is constant, but the depth of immersion subject to change. 2. Those in which the depth of immersion is constant, but the weight subject to change. To the first class belong nearly all the hydrometers specially useful to pharma- cists, and of these, two kinds are generally used, one for liquids heavier than water, the other for those lighter. They are known as Baume’s, Cartier’s, Gay-Lussac’s, Zanetti’s, Twaddell’s, but the best of all is the specific-gravity scale hydrometer. To the second class belong the hydrometers which are intended to sink, by the addition of weights, to a given mark on the stem, and thus displace a constant volume, like Fahrenheit’s, Nicholson’s, Guyton de Morveau’s, etc. 1. Hydrometers in which the weight is constant, but the depth of immersion subject to change. Baum&s Hydrometers.—This form is treated first in detail because it was the first one of its class to come into general use, having been originally described by Baume in his u Elemens de Pharmacie.” Two 74 METROLOGY. Instruments were used by Baume, one termed P&se-Acide or P&se-Sirop, for liquids heavier than water, the other P&se-Esprit, for liquids lighter than water. This hydrometer, as now made, consists of a glass lube loaded at the bottom with mercury or small shot, having a bulb blown in it just above the loaded end. A simple cylindrical tube (see Fig. 47), loaded so as to cause it to assume an upright position in a liquid, may be used as a hydrometer: the only advantage gained in expanding the lower portion into bulbs is one of convenience, that of increasing the volume of the hydrometer and thus per- mitting the use of shorter instruments. The graduations upon the stem of Baume’s hydrometer are entirely arbitrary, and were made in the following manner : For the hydrometer to be used for liquids heavier than water, sufficient mercury was added to the lower bulb to cause it to sink in water to a convenient point near the top of the stem : this was marked 0. The in- strument was then placed in a solution con- taining fifteen per cent, by weight of com- mon salt, and the point at which it rested was marked 15 : the space between these two points was divided into fifteen equal parts, and the scale below was extended by marking off similar spaces. For liquids lighter than water, the instrument was placed in a ten-per-cent, by weight solu- tion of common salt, and loaded so that it floated at a point just above the bulb: this was marked 0. The hydrometer was then transferred to water, the point at which it rested was marked 10, the space be- tween was divided into ten equal parts, and the scale above was extended by marking off similar spaces. The illustration, Fig. 48, was drawn from two of Pile’s hydrom- eters, and shows the manner of graduating the Baume scale for both hydrometers, and, in addition, the corresponding specific- gravity figures. The Baume hydrometer is rapidly going out of use, being replaced by a hydrometer having a graduated scale, in which the graduations represent the specific gravities. The specific-gravity scale hydrometer, which should be used exclusively, is more Fig. 48. Fig. 47. Cylindrical hydrometer. Hydrometer, double scale. METROLOGY. 75 convenient and useful to the pharmacist. The graduations upon the stem are not arbitrarily chosen, but indicate at once the specific gravity of a liquid when floated in it. Two hydrometers are necessary, one for liquids heavier than water, and one for liquids lighter than water; for special purposes it is often desirable to have five or six hydrometers, beginning with one for very light liquids and ending with one for very heavy liquids, and if the diameter of the stem is narrow the divisions in the scale are not so close together, and thus a more accurate reading of the graduations is possible and the delicacy of the hydrometer increased. It must be borne in mind, however, that the hydrometer cannot be as accurate an instrument for taking specific gravity as the specific-gravity bottle: the adhesion of air-bubbles when in use, the liability to variation in the diameter of the stem, the inaccuracies in the scale and the difficul- ties of adjusting it so as to give correct readings, and the want of uniformity among the makers in fixing the reading-point, render it necessary for the pharmacist to verify each instrument and note its error before accepting it for practical use. In selecting a hydrometer with a specific-gravity scale, it should be at once noticed whether the graduated spaces are equal: if they are, it is useless to attempt to verify it, as it cannot be accurate, for the degree of the immersion varies with the specific gravity of the liquid, and “ equal differences of specific gravity cannot be indicated by equal spaces on the scale, but by the differences of the reciprocals of those specific gravities, or by propor- tionate quantities.” In the hydrometers shown in Fig. 48, the arbitrary scale of Bau me, made up of equal spaces, is shown immediately in contact with a specific-gravity scale: the spaces of the latter gradually increase in size from below upward, and the highest space is nearly four times the size of the lowest. The method of graduating this scale differs with different makers, but by the use of Clarke and Ackland’s process it is possible to make a scale without using any other liquid than water if a correct table of reciprocals is employed (see Watts’s Dictionary, vol. iii. p. 207). Before any hydrometer is accepted for use, it should be tested by floating it in water at the temperature indicated on the hydrometer, and, the specific gravity of several liquids having been ascertained carefully by the specific-gravity bottle, the hydrometer should be floated in the same liquids, and any deviation carefully noted. A hydrometer which registers uniformly one or two points too low or too high need not be rejected, because the error can be added or subtracted each time and the constant error marked on the box for a memorandum; but if an error of any magnitude has to be added to one part of the scale, and another sub- tracted from another part, it is economy to reject the instru- ment at once. Hydrometers are usually floated in tall, cylin- drical glass jars (see Fig. 50), and it is frequently necessary to cool the liquid by placing the jar in ice-water after insert- ing a thermometer, and, after thp temperature has been low- ered to the desired point, observing the point to which the hydrometer sinks in the liquid. It is to be regretted that there is no fixed rule for a Fig. 50. Hydrometer jar. 76 METROLOGY. reading-point; some makers adjust their instruments so as to read from a reflection in the upper part of the meniscus, others (probably the majority) prefer to take the exact level of the liquid, disregarding the meniscus altogether; this may be easily done in all cases where the liquid is transparent, or nearly so, by holding the jar containing the hydrometer at first exactly on a level with the eye, and then glancing slightly below, when a line can be traced which will exactly join the divided surface of the liquid upon either side of the stem: in case of opaque liquids an allowance can be made for the meniscus. The pharmacist should choose one or the other method and adhere to his choice, so that his verification of his own hydrometer may not vary (see- Fig. 51, in which the arrow shows the point to read). It is usually best to cool the liquid below the standard temperature adopted for the hydrometer, and then, after wiping the jar, the correct higher temperature may be gradually obtained by grasping the jar with the hands and passing them up and down to warm the liquid. A hydrometer having an elongated bulb with cylindrical sides, as shown in Fig. 52, is more likely to give a false indication if permitted to touch the sides of the jar than one having an oval or globular bulb (see Fig. 51); the latter can touch the jar at only one point, and hence can move freely up and down, whilst the former may have one side touching the side of the jar for its entire length. To obviate this, Dr. Squibb suggests the use of a jar with four perpendicular indentations in it, and a hydrometer having an oval bulb (see Fig. 51). The points of contact between the urinometer bulb and the indentations in the jar are best shown in the transverse sectional view immediately below the cut of the urinometer. The urinometer is one of the most useful special applications of the hydrometer; as its name indicates, it is used to take the specific gravity of urine; a special scale, which is easily understood, is sometimes used. The very delicate stem, which hardly permits of the use of specific-gravity figures, is divided into sixty spaces, numbered from 0 to 60; by adding 1000 to each of these numbers, and pointing off three decimal places from the right, the true specific gravity is shown. In Dr. Squibb’s urinometer the specific gravity is indicated without abbreviation, the number highest on the scale being 1.000, the lowest 1.060, the intervening figures being 1.010, 1.020, 1.030, 1.040, and 1.050. The specific gravity of urine from healthy subjects ranges from 1.010 to 1.020; that from diabetic patients has a specific gravity varying from 1.030 to 1.060. The saccharometer is intended to take the specific gravity of syrups. The scale is sometimes graduated so as to indicate the percentage of sugar in solution, rarely the actual specific gravity : usually BaumS’s scale Fig. 51. Urinometer and jar (Squibb). Sectional view. METROLOGY. 77 {p&se-sirop) is used. The elceometer, a very delicate instrument, is used to take the specific gravity of fixed oil. The lactometer is employed in detecting the adulteration of milk with water: it has a limited range, and the scale usually shows the points at which it floats in milk mixed with different proportions of water. Hydrometers are often made for taking the specific gravity of liquids, like benzin, ether, petroleum, vinegar, wine, beer, solutions of silver nitrate, sea-water, etc.; probably the most useful to the pharmacist of all of those having special applications is the one made for testing alcohol. Alcoholmeters may be purchased which combine the ther- mometer with the hydrometer, as shown in Fig. 52, and the scale frequently has the percentage by volume of absolute alcohol marked opposite the corresponding specific gravity; when graduated so as to show the percentage by weight, they are more useful, however, on account of the adoption of the principle of parts by weight in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880, thus obviating the necessity of using an alcoholmetrical table or making a calculation. Tralles’s hydrometer is an alcoholmeter having a centesimal scale: it is used by the United States government in gauging spirits, and is in general use by distillers and others. Each division of the scale corresponds to a given percentage of pure alcohol by volume in the liquor. In the United States Dis- pensatory, 16th Edition, p. 1996, a table is given showing the value of Tralles’s degrees in specific gravity and Baume’s degrees. Cartier’s hydrometer, largely used in France, is merely a modification of Baum6’s p&se-esprit, or hydrometer for liquids lighter than water; the zero of the scale is the same as Baume’s (10°), but the degrees are not of the same value, 32° of Baume’s scale being equal to 30° Cartier. Dorvault gives the following approximate rule for conversion: Cartier’s degrees may be converted into Baume’s by subtracting 10, mul- tiplying the remainder by .08, and adding the product to Cartier’s degree. Baume’s degrees may be converted into Cartier’s by sub- tracting 10, multiplying the remainder by .08, and subtracting the product from Baum6’s degree. Gay-Lussac’s centesimal alcoholmeter has a scale divided into 100 unequal degrees : the zero corresponds to pure water at 15° C. (59° F.) and 100° to absolute alcohol. The advan- tage of this method is that every intermediate degree expresses the percentage of pure alcohol by measure contained in the spirit: thus, when the instrument stands at 50° in an alco- holic liquid, it indicates that 100 measures of the liquid con- tain 50 of pure alcohol. Sikes’s hydrometer is used in Great Britain in the collection of the excise revenue: it is a brass instrument having a spherical bulb, with a weight at the bottom to make it float upright; the stem is divided Fig. 52. Alcoholmeter. 78 METROLOGY. into twenty parts, and every other division numbered, from 0 to 10. A series of nine weights are furnished with the instrument, numbered from 10 to 90; these are to be added to the weight at the bottom to cause the hydrometer to sink, so that a reading may be had on the graduated scale; this reading added to the number on the weight em- ployed, gives a figure which indicates the strength of the spirit by referring to a table which accompanies the instrument. Jones’s hydrometer is similar to Sikes’s, but by many is regarded as an improvement on it. Dica’s hydrometer belongs to the same class. Twaddell’s hydrometer is frequently employed in England, and tech- nical works often quote the degrees of this scale. It is used for liquids heavier than water, and is graduated so that the number of the degree, multiplied by 5 and added to 1000, gives the specific gravity: thus, 20° Twaddell indicates the specific gravity of 1100 or 1.100; 50° Twaddell, 1250 or 1.250. jBeck’s hydrometer is rarely used or referred to : in this scale 0 corre- sponds to the specific gravity 1.00, and 30 to that of 0.850; the scale is extended equally above and below 0. For tables, see Bay ley’s Chemist’s Pocket-Book, p. 178. Zanetti’s hydrometers have a scale which requires the addition of a cipher to the number of the degree to show the specific gravity. 2. Hydrometers in which the depth of immersion is constant, but the weight subject to change. Fahrenheit’s hydrometer wras one of the first instruments of this class to come into general use. Robert Boyle described, however, in 1675, his “ New Essay Instrument,” and Fahrenheit’s hydrometer was very similar to it in principle; it had but a single mark on the stem, which was surmounted by a small scale-pan; weights wrere placed in the pan to cause the hydrometer to sink to the mark. Now, as this mark indicated the point at which the instrument would float in water at a given temperature when certain weights were placed on the pan, it follows that when it was immersed in a liquid of different specific gravity the weights would have to be changed to float the instrument to the fixed mark; the ratio which this weight bore to the weight used for water gave the specific gravity. Nicholson’s hydrometer is similar in principle to Fahrenheit’s, but is modified so that it can be used for taking the specific gravity of heavy or light solids. Fig. 53 is an illustration of one of the most convenient forms of*the instrument; it is usually made of brass; there is a single mark on the stem and a scale-pan on the summit. To the lower extremity of the hydrometer two conical cups are attached; their apexes are joined so as to resemble an hour-glass; the lowest cone has several apertures at the top, to permit Fig. 53. Nicholson’s hydrometer. METROLOGY. 79 of the escape of air when the instrument is immersed. The weight of the hydrometer is usually so adjusted that a 1000-grain weight is needed on the scale-pan to float it to the mark on the stem. Now, to take the specific gravity of a piece of zinc weighing less than 1000 grains, the 1000-grain weight is removed from the pan and the piece of zinc sub- stituted for it, weights are added until the instrument floats at the mark on the stem, and it is found that an addition of 655 grains has been necessary: it is evident that the difference between 1000 and 655 gives the weight in air of the zinc, 345 grains. The zinc is now placed in the upper conical cup and weights are again placed upon the scale-pan, and it is found that the zinc has lost in weight 50 grains by immersion in water; the specific gravity is obtained by applying the well-known rule, divide the weight of the body by the loss of weight in water: 345 — =6.9, sp. gr. of zinc. The lower cup is used for taking the specific oU gravity of bodies lighter than water, and is very convenient, the weight of the hydrometer keeping the light body submerged when the lower cup is placed over it: the specific gravity is obtained in the same manner as in the case of bodies heavier than water. One of the advantages of Nicholson’s hydrometer is that it can be used in place of a balance for weighing small quantities, as shown above. METHODS OF TAKING THE SPECIFIC GKAVITY OF SMALL QUANTITIES OF LIQUIDS. Mohr’s Apparatus.—The illustration of this apparatus (see Fig. 54) represents an improved form, yet it is quite possible for a pharmacist to construct one for himself that will answer practical purposes. It will be noticed that one end of the beam is divided into ten equal spaces, and a small glass thermometer is suspended from the extremity by a slender platinum wire, whilst the opposite scale-pan is so adjusted that it exactly counterbalances the thermometer. When the thermometer is immersed in pure water at 15° C. (59° F.), a brass wire weight is placed upon the hook at the end of the beam, and this restores the equilibrium. Now, it is apparent that if a lighter liquid, like alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.), is substituted for the water, the equilibrium cannot be maintained, and the thermometer will sink : the brass wire weight is then to be moved along the beam towards the central knife-edge until the balance is nearly restored, and this point will be found at 8, which gives the first decimal figure; still further to approach equilibrium, a wire weight, one-tenth the weight of the larger one, is pushed along the beam until it rests at the 2-mark, which gives the second decimal figure ; whilst thoroughly to restore the balance the smallest weight (still one- tenth smaller) is placed at 5, and thus the third decimal figure is obtained, and the specific gravity of the alcohol is shown to be 0.825. Specific gravities of liquids heavier than water are obtained in the same way, except that the large brass-wire weight is left hanging on the hook at the end of the beam and additional weights are placed upon the beam until equilibrium is restored. A prescription balance could be easily converted into a Mohr’s appa- 80 METROLOGY. ratus, and the thermometer replaced by a glass stopper suspended by a liorse-hair. The thermometer in the improved form of apparatus merely serves to indicate the temperature and act as a con- venient weight: in the home- made apparatus especial care must be exercised in adjusting the wire-hook weight so as exactly to immerse the stop- per in water at the proper temperature. Gannal’s Method.—Gan- nal suggested a very conve- nient modification of this method of taking the specific gravity of a liquid. A piece of glass, “ densimetre hydro- statique,” having the shape of an olive, has a volume of 10 cubic centimetres. This is suspended from the hook at the end of the beam of a balance by a horse-hair (see Fig. 41), and weights are added to the opposite scale- pan until the balance is re- stored; it is then immersed in the liquid, and the metric weight required to restore the equilibrium gives the specific gravity without a calculation. Specific-Gravity Pipette.—Grauer recommends the use of a small pipette having a fine orifice at the lower end, and at the upper end a short piece of rubber tube closed by a pinchcock; a mark is scratched on the pipette to show where a convenient weight of water rises to (1 C.c.); enough of the liquid to be tested is sucked through the tube to rise to the mark, it is then closed; the weight of the liquid indicates its specific gravity. Rousseau’s Densimeter.—This ingenious instrument is con- structed upon the plan of a hydrometer (see Fig. 55). The stem from B to C is divided into 20 equal parts; the cup- shaped tube upon the summit of the stem holds exactly 1 cubic centimetre. When the densimeter is floated in water at the proper temperature, it sinks to the point C at the bottom of the stem; when the cup is filled with water to the cubic- centimetre mark, it causes the instrument to sink to the point B; this space, B C, being then divided into 20 equal parts, it follows that each division corresponds to of a gramme, or 0.05 Gm. If one cubic centimetre of oil of rose were placed in the cup, it would sink the densimeter to 17.2 divisions of the scale; then 17.2 X 0.05 = 0.860, sp. gr. of oil of rose. Fig. 54. Mohr’s specific-gravity apparatus. Fig. 55. "Rousseau's den- simeter. METROLOGY. 81 Table giving the Specific Gravities of Officinal Substances arranged in the order of their densities. Specific Gravity. Officinal Name. Weight of one Fluid- ounce in Grains. 0.670—0.675 . . . 0.725 0.750 0.810 .... 369.1 0.820 0.823—0.825 . . . . . . Spiritus iEtheris Nitrosi .... 375.0—375.9 0.834 0.835—0.860 . . . 0.850 0.850 .... 387.3 0.850—0.890 . . . .... 387.3—405.5 0.855—0.870 . . . .... 389.6—396.4 0.860 .... 391.9 0.860 0.860—0.890 . . . .... 391.9—405.5 0.870 .... 396.4 0.870 .... 396.4 0.872—0.874 . . . .... 397.3—398.2 0.880 .... 401.0 0.880 . . . . 401.0 0.885 .... 403.2 0.889—0.897 . . . .... 405.1—408.7 0.890 .... 405.5 0.890 .... 405.5 0.890 .... 405.5 0.900 .... 410.1 .... 410.1 0.900 .... 410.1 .... 410.1 .... 410.1 0.900—0.910 . . . .... 410.1—414.6 0.900—0.920 . . . .... 410.1—419.2 0.910 .... 414.6 0.910 .... 414.6 0.914—0.920 . . . .... 416.5—419.2 0.914—0.923 . . . .... 416.5—420.6 0.915—0.918 . . . .... 416.9—418.3 0.917—0.930 . . . .... 417.8—423.8 0.920 .... 419.2 0.920 .... 419.2 0.920 .... 419.2 0.920 .... 419.2 0.920 .... 419.2 0.920—0.925 . . . .... 419.2—421.5 0.920—0.930 . . . .... 419.2—423.8 0.925—0.941 . . . .... 421.5—428.8 1 The specific gravity of .800 — .810 given in U. S. Pharmacopoeia is an error. 82 METROLOGY. Table giving the Specific Gravities of Officinal Substances arranged in the order of their densities.—(Continued.) Specific Gravity. Officinal Name. Weight of one Fluid ounce in Grains. 0.928 . . Alcohol Dilutum . . 422.8 0.930 . . Oleum Myristicae . . 423.8 0.936 . . Oleum Lini . . 426.5 0.938 . . Adeps 0.940 . . Oleum Hedeomae . . 428.3 0.940—0.955 . . . . . . Oleum Tiglii . . 428.3—435.1 0.940—0.993 . . . . . . Copaiba . . 428.3—452.5 0.945 . . Cetaeeum 0.945 . . Oleum Santali . . 430.6 0.950 . . Oleum Valerianae . . 432.9 0.950 . . Tinctura Ferri Acetatis . . 432.9 0.950—0.970 . . . . . . Oleum Eicini . . 432.9—442.0 0.955 . . Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum . . . .435.1 0.955—0.967 . . . . . . Cera Flava 0.959 . . Aqua Ammoniae . . 437.0 0.960 . . Oleum Foeniculi . . 437.4 0.965—0.975 . . . . . . Cera Alba 0.970 . . Oleum Picis Liquidae . . 442.0 0.976—0.990 . . . . . . Oleum Anisi . . 444.7—451.1 0.980 . . Tinctura Ferri Chloridi . . 446.5 0.989—1.010 . . . . . . Vinum Eubrum . . 450.6—460.2 0.990—0.995 . . . . . . Camphora 0.990—1.010. . . . . . Vinum Album . . 451.1—460.2 1 . . Aqua Destillata 1.0015 . . Liquor Calcis . . 456.3 1.0083 . . Acidum Aceticum Dilutum . . 459.4 1.017—1.021 . . . . . . Oleum Sinapis Volatile . . 463.4—465.2 1.018—1.028 . . . . . . Fel Bovis. 1.022 . . Liquor Ammonii Acetatis . . 465.7 1.022—1.023 . . . . . . Acidum Sulphurosum . . 465.7—466.1 1.028 . . Thymol (when solid) 1.030 . . Limonis Succus . . 469.3 1.035—1.085 . . . . . . Creasotum . . 471.6—494.4 1.036 . . Liquor Potassae 1.040 . . Oleum Cinnamomi . . 473.9 1.040 . . Oleum Myrciae . . 473.9 1.040 . . Oleum Pimentse . . 473.9 1.043—1.049 . . . . . . Oleum Amygdalae Amarae (H,CN removed) . 475.2—478.0 1.044 . . Liquor Sod® Chloratae . .475.7 1.048 . . Acidum Aceticum . . 477.5 1.049 . . Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilutum. . . . . 478.0 1.050 . . Liquor Ferri Nitratis . . 478.4 1.050 . . Oleum Caryophylli . . 478.4 1.056—1.058 . . . . . . Acidum Aceticum Glaciale . . 481.2—482.1 1.057 . . Acidum Phosphoricum Dilutum . . . . . 481.6 1.059 . . Acidum Nitricum Dilutum . . 482.5 1.059 . . Liquor Potassii Citratis . . 482.5 1.059 . . Liquor Sodae . . 482.5 1.060 . . Oleum Cinnamomi (Oil of Cassia). . . . . 483.0 METROLOGY. 83 Table giving the Specific Gravities of Officinal Substances arranged in the order of their densities.—(Continued.) Specific Gravity. Officinal Name. Weight of one Fluid- ounce in Grains. 1.060—1.070 , Oleum Amygdalae Amarae . . 483.0—487.5 1.067 , Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum .... . . 486.3 1.070—1.080 . Resina 1.077 . Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum . . . . 490.7 1.090 . Oleum Sassafras . . 496.7 1.101—1.115 , Mel (diluted with twice its weight of water) 501.7—508.1 1.135—1.150 , Balsamum Peruvianum . . . 617.2—524.0 1.160 . Acidum Hydrochloricum . . 528.6 1.160 . Liquor Ferri Acetatis . . 528.6 1.180 . Oleum Gaultheriae . . 537.7 1.212 . Acidum Lacticum . . 552.3 1.228 . Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis . . 559.5 1.250 . Glycerinum . . 569.6 1.260 . Liquor Ferri Citratis . . 574.1 1.272 . Carbonei Bisulphidum . . 579.6 1.300 . Syrupus Acidi Hvdriodici . . 592.4 1.300—1.400 . Liquor Sodii Silicatis . . 592.4—637.9 1.310 . Syrupus . . 596.9 1.320 . Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis 1.345 . Saccharum (sat. aqueous sol. 15° C. (59° F.).) 1.347 . Acidum Phosphoricum . . 613.8 1.405 . Liquor Ferri Chloridi . . 640.2 1.420 . Acidum Nitricum . . 647.0 1.470 . Chloroformum Yenale . . 669.8 1.485—1.490 . Chloroformum Purificatum . . 676.7—678.9 1.555 . Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis . . 708.6 1.555 . Liquor Zinci Chloridi . . 708.6 1.575 (at 58° C., 136° F.) . Chloral (liquefied) . . 717.7 1.830 . Phosphorus 1.840 . Acidum Sulphuricum . . 838.4 2.000 . Iodoformum 2.100 . Liquor Hydrargyri Nitratis . . 956.9 2.990 . Bromum . . 1362.5 6.900 . Zincum 13.500 . Hydrargyrum . . 6151.9 SPECIFIC VOLUME. Specific volume in pharmacy may be defined as the volume of one body compared with the volume of an equal weight of another body selected as the standard, both bodies having the same temperature. It is directly the opposite of specific gravity. The temperature chosen is usually 15° C. (59° F.). 1. To obtain the specific volume of a liquid.—Rule, Divide the volume of the given weight of the liquid by the volume of an equal weight of water, or divide the specific gravity of water 84 METROLOGY. (1.000) by the specific gravity of the liquid. Ex. 1420 Gm. of nitric acid measure 1000 C.c., and 1420 Gm. of water measure 1420 C.c.; then — .7042, sp. vol. of nitric acid. 2. To obtain the volume of a 1420 ’ F _ given weight of a liquid.—Rule, Multiply the volume of an equal weight of water by the sp. vol. of the liquid. Ex. How many fl. oz. are there in 100 oz. av. of nitric acid ? 100 oz. av. of water measure 96.01 fl. oz.; then 96.01 X .7042 = 67.61 + fl. oz. of nitric acid. Specific volume has not been used practically in this country to any extent, although there are many instructive features about it, specific gravity being employed almost exclusively, the weight standard having been selected in preference to that of volume. Very early in the tyro’s experience the fact is recognized that pound bottles designed for different liquids vary in size, a pint bottle, for instance, of water (which may be regarded as a rough standard) holding about a pound avoirdupois; the same bottle, however, would only be four-fifths full if a pound of glycerin were poured into it, and two- thirds full if chloroform were used, whilst a pound of benzin would fill the pint bottle, and there would be enough to spare to fill another pint bottle. A bottle which would hold a pound of ether would hold two pounds of chloroform, and a pint bottle holding one pound of water holds fourteen pounds of mercury. These facts are of course capable of the explanation that the specific volumes of liquids lighter than water are greater than that of water, whilst those of liquids heavier than water are less. An instructive and useful bottle may be made by selecting a flask with a long and not very narrow neck (see Fig. 56), the bulb of which would hold about 100 C.c. of water at 4° C.; if the neck would hold about 50 C.c. of the same liquid at the same temperature, and a mark was made at the 100 C.c. point and the tube graduated from 100 C.c. to 150 C.c., it would follow that in order to find the specific volume of any lighter liquid within the capacity of the bottle, all that would be necessary would be to pour into the flask 100 Gm. of such liquid at the proper temperature and read off the point to which the liquid rises. A bottle to be used for heavy liquids would have the 100 C.c. mark at the top of the neck and the C.c. graduations below decrease in value. A bottle of limited range may be constructed having the 100 C.c. mark half-way between the top of the bulb and the top of the neck. That specific volume is the antithesis of specific gravity is shown by the fact that in order to obtain the specific volume of a liquid the measure of a given weight of the liquid is divided by the measure of an equal weight of water, and (as has been shown heretofore) specific gravity is obtained by dividing the weight of a given measure of the liquid by the weight of an equal measure of water; therefore it follows that when the specific volume of a liquid is multiplied by its specific gravity the product must be 1, or the specific gravity of water. Fig. 56. Specific-volume bottle, METROLOGY. 85 Specific Volumes and actual Weights and Measures corresponding with given Specific Gravities (Dr. A. B. Lyons). •800UU0 •JTOA‘8 nt eounopiny ouo jo - (NM'J'tO H b- N t- H 00 CO 00 CO 00 CO 00 00 00 CO 00 CO 00 OC 00 CO © 05 C> O) 03 05 03 05 05 0) O O) 03 a O) C> Oi 05 © O O O O O O O O O O O O O H r- H H H H H H H H (N N N Cl !N N HHHr-HHrHr'HHHHHHHHHHrHrHHHHrHHnHrHH •fiuirijS ut oounopmg auo jo jqSjaAV 318.96 323.52 328.08 332.63 337.19 341.75 346 30 350.86 355.42 359.97 364.53 366.81 369.09 371.37 373.64 375.92 378.20 380.48 382.76 385.04 387.31 389.59 391.87 394.15 396.43 398.71 400.98 403.26 405 54 407.82 410.10 412.38 414.65 416.93 419.21 42149 423.77 426.05 428.32 430.60 432.88 435.16 437.44 439.72 441.99 444.27 446.55 448.83 451.11 453.39 455.66 460.22 464.78 469.33 473.89 478.45 483.00 487.56 492.12 496.67 501.23 505 79 510.34 514.90 519.46 524.01 528.57 533.13 537.68 542.24 646.80 551.35 •suibj3 ni jtnd ouo jo mStOM HHlNC0C0rtOiOiO, t— t—£'-t— £— CCGCCCGOGCGOOOGCCCCCCOCO •suiiunu ut 'Sj3 001 ' jo 9inn[0A 150.49 148.37 146.31 144.30 142.35 140.45 138.61 136.81 135.05 133.34 131.68 130.86 130.05 129.25 128.46 127.69 126.92 126.16 125.41 124.66 123.93 123.20 122.49 121.78 121.08 120.39 119.70 119.03 118.36 117.70 117.05 116.40 115.76 115.13 114.51 113.89 113.27 112.66 112.06 111.47 110.89 110.30 109.73 10916 108.60 108.04 107.49 106.95 106.41 105.87 105.34 104.30 103.28 102.27 101.29 100.33 99.38 98.45 97.54 96.64 95.76 94.90 94.00 93.22 92.40 91.60 90.81 90 03 89.27 88.52 87.78 87.06 •soon no -piny ut sunuS 0001 jo oiiinioA iCHCOCOCCtDCOO'^'XJCOCOaJCOCOO^COCOHlMt-Nb'COOO^OfDCMCOiClMCOiOCOONiCMOOOe^tNHCJaONCOiC^MHOOOHWM^NgNiC^N^O-JO^ 00iX!i0C0(MO0>00CCiCC0(M-a5C0I-O*f«(NHa00b-c0i0c0iM-i<>jc4dc4c4c4cjicN0>©C2£-£»©£-COt'-0>f=Ji£ H N CO iO f- p CO O >0 O (N iO OO O M U5 05 CO CO O CC O O W H 00 Ol CD O »0 35 CO CO N CD i-_ CD O U5 H O O) 03 ’ijj 05 >0 O O H (N CO >0 05 C W 03 W b; O Cl tO O CO O CO 05 00 O O C5 CC O id Ttl CC (>j c4 rH o* P* P 00 CO CO IO CO CO cq (N r-* p O C5 CO 00 HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHrHHHHHHHHHr-iHHHHHHHHHHHHHH •j3 -0‘0«C'i5hih*X«)C5000M-fM(MC:7:^^'iOiO«OOl-h-«COC5QQHN«^'e5COh-COfljOHNrt^iO®b*i»0»OH r-i rl n rl H H r-’ ri H ri H H H ri rl H rl H ri H ri H 86 METROLOGY. SESSSSSSSSS555SSSSSSSSSiSSSSSSSS5SSSSSSSEESSSSS5SSSSSSSS5SSSSSSS Specific gravity at 59° F., water at same tempera- ture = 1.000. liiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiliilliiiiliililliiiiiiiiiiiiiii Specific volume at 59° F. Difference in spe- cific volume cor- responding with .001 in sp. gr. 00067 00066 00064 00063 00063 00062 ,00061 00060 ,00058 ,00058 00057 00056 .00056 ,00054 .00054 .00053 .00052 .00051 .00051 .00050 .00049 .00049 .00048 .00047 .00046 .00046 .00045 .00045 .00044 .00044 .00043 .00042 .00042 .00042 .00041 .00040 .00040 .00039 .00039 .00038 .00038 .00037 .00037 .00037 .00036 .00036 .00035 .00035 .00034 ,00034 ,00034 00033 00033 00032 00032 00032 00031 00031 00031 00030 00030 00030 00030 lllllliIIIISI§llllllll!l8llSgll81§lllllS!!glllllIIIISII!llllggII Volume of 100 ounces avoirdu- pois in fluid- ounces. iilliilliiiliiiiiilllilllllliiliililSilllliiiiiyii Volume of 1000 grains in fluid- ounces. lllllllllllllllllllllllllllillllllllillllllllllllllillllllllll Volume of 100 grs. in minims. 8894.6 8967.5 9040.4 9113.3 9186.2 9259.1 9332.0 9404.9 9477.8 9550.7 9623.6 9696 5 9769.4 9842 3 9915.3 9988.2 10061.1 10134.0 10206.9 10279.8 10352.7 10425.6 10498.5 10571.4 10644.3 10717.2 10790.1 10863 0 10935.9 11008.8 11081.8 11154.7 11227.6 11300.5 11373.4 11446.3 11519.2 11592.1 11665.0 11737.9 11810.8 11883.7 11956.6 12029.5 12102.4 12175.3 12248.3 12321.2 12394.1 12467.0 12539.9 12612.8 12685.7 12758.6 12831.5 12904.4 12977.3 13050 2 13123.1 13196.0 13268.9 13341.8 13414.8 13487.7 Weight of one pint in grains. 555.91 560 47 565.02 569.58 674.14 578.69 683.25 587.81 592.36 596.92 601.48 606.03 610.59 615.15 619.70 624.26 628.82 633.37 637.93 642.49 647.04 651.60 656.16 660.71 665.27 669.83 674.38 678.94 683.50 687.95 692.51 697.07 701.62 706.18 710.74 715.39 719.95 724.51 729.06 733.62 738.18 742.73 747.29 751.85 756.40 760.96 768.52 770.07 774.63 779.19 783.74 788.30 792.86 797.41 801.97 806.53 810.08 815.64 820.20 824.75 829.31 833.87 838.42 842.98 Weight of one fluidounce in grains. iliilliiillllllllllllllliilllillillllllilillilillillillll Weight of one fluidounce in avoir, ounces. Specific Volumes and actual Weights and Measures.—(Continued.) The third column is used for supplying figures not specified in the table. For instance, if the sp. vol. of carbon bisulphide having sp. gr. 1.272 is desired: the nearest sp. gr. is 1.270 and the corresponding sp. vol. .7874; the difference in sp. vol. corresponding with .001 in sp. gr. given in the next column is .00062. Now, 1.272—1.270 = 0.002; then .00062 X 2 = .00124, and .7874 — .00124 = .78616, sp. vol. of carbon bisulphide. Again, if the volume of 100 oz. av. of the same liquid is desired, column 4 gives the volume of a liquid of 1.270 sp. gr. as 75.60 fl. oz. The correction for a difference of 001 in specific gravity is found by subtract- ing the succeeding term from the volume corresponding with sp. gr. 1.270 (removing the decimal point one place to the left), multiplying the remainder by 2, and subtracting this from the volume corresponding with sp. gr. 1.270: thus, 75.60 — 75.01 = .59; then .059 X 2 = .118,and 75.60 — .118 = 75.482 fl. oz., the volume Of 100 oz. av. carbon bisulphide. METROLOGY. 87 PRACTICAL PROBLEMS AND EXERCISES (CHAPTER I.—METROLOGY) ILLUSTRATING THE USES OF WEIGHTS, MEASURES, SPECIFIC GRAVITY, AND SPECIFIC VOLUME. 1. If Dover’s powder contains one grain of powdered ipecac, one grain of pow- dered opium, and eight grains of powdered sugar of milk, how much of each ingre- dient will be needed to make one pound (av.) ? 2. What is the percentage of each ingredient in Dover’s powder? 3. Add the following together, giving the answer in grains: §iv, 2 oz. 4. Subtract Xx from 10 oz. 5. How much postage would be required to send this book, weighing 4 lb. 3 oz., to Brazil, the rate being one cent for each 2 oz. or fraction? 6. How many fluidounces are there in a wine gallon ? 7. How many minims are there in a pint? 8. In an Imperial pint? 9. How many grains are there in 4 oz. of water ? 10. In f 5iv ? 11. In i|iv ? 12. How many wine gallons are there in 40 Imperial gallons? 13. How many avoirdupois pounds in 5 wine gallons of water? 14. How many fluidrachms in an Imperial half-pint of water? 15. A physician ordered, as an application to a burn, 4 tablespoonfuls of linseed oil to be mixed with a teacupful of lime-water: what are the equivalent quantities in apothecaries’ measure? 16. A traveller was ordered by his physician to take with him on a journey enough of a quinine mixture to last five weeks, taking one teaspoonful three times a day for the first week, one twice a day for the second week, one once a dav for the third week, one four times during the fourth week, and one twice during “the fifth week: how many fluidounces of the mixture must the apothecary compound for him ? 17. A physician wants a pharmacist to make him one fluidounce of a one-per-cent, aqueous solution of cocaine hydrochlorate: how will he do it? 18. How much quinine, strychnine, and ferric phosphate would be required to make a pint of elixir of iron, quinine, and strychnine, so that each teaspoonful of finished elixir should contain -fa of a grain of strychnine, one grain of quinine, and two grains of ferric phosphate? 19. What would an Imperial gallon of rose-water cost at the rate of 12 cents a pound (av.) ? 20. A merchant offered to exchange 2 oz. of musk, valued at 4 cents per grain, for 20 Imperial gallons of orange-flower water, valued at 17 cents per pound: how much would he gain or lose? 21. Express the following: 7.5 metres in millimetres. 22. 800.23 centimetres in metres. 23. Six metres and three decimetres. 24. Twelve metres, five decimetres, four centimetres, and three millimetres. 25. Twelve thousand five hundred and forty-three millimetres. 26. Write one metre and one millimetre. 27. Read 25 Dm. 28. Read 25 dm. 29. Is the equivalent number of centimetres usually read in practice instead of using the term decimetres? 30. Read 1.2 M. 31. How does this practice resemble that in daily use in relation to our decimal system of coinage? (See No. 30.) 32. Read 4263.678 M. 33. Add 816 cm., 732 dm., and 36 mm. 34. What is the difference in length between two roots, one being 5 cm. long, the other 65 mm. long ? 3 (The answers to these questions will be found in the Appeudix.) 88 METROLOGY. 35. Divide 3784.128 M. by 8. 36. How many square millimetres are there in 5 square centimetres ? Noth.—In square measure length is multiplied hy width (10 X 10 = 100), hence each denomination is increased or decreased by 100 instead of by 10; two decimal places are therefore required to express square measure. 37. Write eight sq. metres, thirty-six sq. decimetres. 38. Write eight sq. metres, thirty-six sq. decimetres, eight sq. centimetres. 39. Write three sq. m., three sq. dm., three sq. cm., three sq. mm. 40. Express in figures twenty sq. millimetres, twenty sq. centimetres, twenty sq. decimetres, twenty sq. metres. 41. Express in figures five hundred sq. metres, five hundred sq. decimetres, five hundred sq. millimetres. 42. How many cubic centimetres in a cubic metre ? Note.—In cubic measure length is multiplied hy width and this by thickness: 10 X 10 X 10 = 1000 ; so that three decimal places are required to express cubic measure. 43. Express in figures sixty-three cubic metres, sixty-three cubic decimetres, sixty- three cubic centimetres, sixty-three cubic millimetres. 44. How many cubic centimetres in a litre ? •45. What metric measure of capacity corresponds with a cubic decimetre ? 46. How many 100 C.c. bottles will be required to hold five litres of water? 47. A drug merchant having purchased a cubic metre of olive oil, sold from it at different times 100 litres, 87 litres, 375 C.c., 638 litres: how much had he left? 48. In making one kilo, of U. S. compound spirit of juniper, how many grammes of each ingredient would be required, the formula being as follows: Oil of juniper 10 parts, oil of caraway 1 part, oil of fennel 1 part, alcohol 3000 parts, water 1988 parts ? 49. How many grains of each ingredient would be required to make one pound avoir. ? (See No. 48.) 50. What percentage of an avoirdupois pound is a troy pound ? 51. How much water must be added to a pint of solution of chloride of iron (con- taining 37.8 per cent, of anhydrous salt) to make the solution contain 10 per cent, of anhydrous salt? 52. How much of the solution of chloride of iron and how much water must be used to make a pint of solution containing 20 per cent. ? (See No. 51.) 53. If moist opium containing 10£ per cent, morphine loses 30 per cent, of its weight by drying, how much morphine per cent, will it contain when dry ? 54. If one pint of a solution contains 704 grains, how much is there in each fluidrachm ? 55. If one fluidrachm of a solution contains 3J grains, how much is there in 14£ fluidounces ? 56. If 8 fluidounces contain 240 doses, how much in each dose ? 57. How many doses of 12£ minims in 12£ fluidounces? 58. If 96 minims of water will dissolve 7J grains of salt, how much will one pint dissolve ? 59. How much will one pound avoirdupois dissolve? (See No. 58.) 60. How much will one pound troy dissolve? (See No. 58 ) 61. Liquor acidi arseniosi contains 37 grains of arsenious acid in 8 fluidounces: what fraction of a grain (exactly) is there in a fluidrachm ? 62. Liquor ferri citratis (specific gravity 1.260) contains 35.5 per cent, anhydrous salt: how much of the anhydrous salt is contained in one pint ? 63. How much in one fluidrachm? (See No. 62.) 64. If liquor ferri nitratis contains 6 per cent, of anhydrous salt (specific gravity 1.050), how much of the salt is in each fiuidounce? 65. Liquor ferri subsulphatis contains 43.7 per cent, of basic ferric sulphate (specific gravity 1.555): how much of the salt is contained in one pound avoirdupois? 66. How much in one pint? (See No. 65.) 67. How much in one fluidrachm? (See No. 65.) 68. How many minims would contain 10 grains? (See No. 65.) 69. Liquor ferri tersulphatis (specific gravity 1.320) contains 28.7 per cent, of normal ferric sulphate: how much in Oj ? 70. Liquor acidi arseniosi contains 74 grains of arsenious acid in Oj : what quantity of the liquid contains one grain ? 71. How many pills of 235 mg. can be made from a mass weighing 423 grammes ? METROLOGY. 89 72. How many cubic inches are there in one litre ? (1 litre = 2.1134 pints) ? 73. What part of a litre is a pint (to four decimal places) ? 74. How many C.c. in a cubic foot (1 C.c. being equal to 0.061028 cubic inches) ? 75. How many C.c. in a quart (1 L. = 33.815 fl. oz.)? 76. How many pints in one cubic metre (1 decilitre being equal to 3.3815 fluid- ounces) ? 77. How many fluidrachms in a litre? 78. How many grammes in one pound avoirdupois? 79. How many grammes in a quart of a liquid of specific gravity 1.45 (1 gramme = 15.432 grains) ? 80. How many milligrammes in one pound troy ? 81. How many centimetres in one yard (1 mm. = .03937 inch)? 82. What is the weight in grammes of 14 cubic centimetres of mercury, its specific gravity being 13.5? 83. What is the weight in grammes of 555 cubic centimetres of sulphuric acid of specific gravity 1.84? 83a. What is its weight in kilogrammes? (See Ho. 83.) 836. What is its weight in milligrammes? (See Ho. 83.) 84. How many metres are there in a mile (1 metre = 39.37043 inches) ? 85. How many inches in 1833 centimetres ? 86. How many grains of compound extract of colocynth are required to make 144 compound cathartic pills (there being 65 grs. in 50 pills) ? 87. How much jalap is contained in one pound avoirdupois of compound powder of jalap (the officinal process ordering 35 parts in 100) ? 88. What percentage must be added to 400 minims to bring the measure up to one fluidounce? 89. If 32.4 grammes be divided into 144 pills, what is the weight of each pill in grains ? 90. If 46.656 grammes be divided into 144 pills, what is the weight of each pill in grammes ? What in grains ? 91. How much valerian must be used to make 4 pints of tincture, so that each fluidrachm shall represent 10J grains? 92. If a Seidlitz powder is composed of 35 grains of tartaric acid, 120 grains bicarbonate of sodium, and 40 grains Rochelle salt, how much Rochelle salt must be used to make enough Seidlitz mixture to put up one gross of boxes of Seidlitz pow- ders, each box to contain ten doses ? 93. How much bicarbonate of sodium ? (See Ho. 92.) 94. How much tartaric acid? (See Ho. 92.) 95. How many decilitres of oil (specific gravity .905) will a bottle hold which weighs, when full, 1050.5 grammes, the weight of the bottle being 610.5 grammes? 96. If a body weighs 2.31 kilogrammes in air and 1.76 kilogrammes in water, what is its specific gravity? 97. A piece of lead weighs 148.392 pounds, and measures 12 inches long, 6 inches wide, and 5 inches thick (cubic in. water = 252. -f-gr.): what is its specific gravity? 98. A piece of zinc weighs in air 77.88 grains, in water 65.88 grains: what is its specific gravity ? 99. What is its specific volume? (See Ho. 98.) 100. What is the weight of a piece of iron measuring 50 cm. long, 6 cm. wide, and 2 cm. thick, its specific gravity being 7.8? 101. What is the length of a bar of iron 8 cm. wide, 5 cm. thick, its specific gravity being 7.8 and its weight 195 kilogrammes? 102. What is the weight of a piece of iron measuring 4 decimetres long by 1 deci- metre wide and 7 centimetres thick (specific gravity 7.8) ? 103. One pound av. of lead shot is put into a bottle, and it is then filled with water and found to weigh 25,566 grains (the bottle when filled with water alone weighs 19,174 gr.): what is the specific gravity of the lead? 104. What is the specific gravity of a substance of which 9.7 C.c. equal 40.74 Gm. ? 105. What is the specific gravity of a liquid of which one pound avoirdupois will measure one pint ? 106. If 52.49 C.c. of a liquid weigh 1207 grains, what is its specific gravity, and what is the liquid (Oj =473.11 C.c.) ? 107. If 64.888 C.c. of a liquid weigh 1250 grains, what is its specific gravity, and what is the liquid ? 108. What is the weight in grammes of one pint of glycerin (Oj =473.11 C.c.) ? 109. What is the weight in grammes of one fluidounce of glycerin? 110. What is the weight of Oj chloroform in grammes (specific gravity 1.49) ? METROLOGY. 90 111. What is the weight of one fluidounce of chloroform in grammes? 112. What part of a litre is a pint (to four decimal places) ? 113. What part of a gallon is a fluidrachm ? 114. What part of a gallon are 32 minims? 115. What part of one pound avoirdupois are 1| ounces troy? 116. What is the specific gravity of a piece of wood which weighs in air 177.45 grains? A piece of brass weighs 68.25 grains when immersed in water. The wood and brass together immersed in water weigh 35.7 grains. 117. A piece of wood (specific gravity =1.6), when weighed in oil of turpentine (specific gravity =.87), loses 217.5 grains in weight: what is its weight? (Its loss in weight (in oil) divided by the specific gravity of the oil is equal to its loss in weight in water. This multiplied by its specific gravity gives its weight.) 118. A bottle full of water weighs 31 ounces avoirdupois; the same bottle filled with oil (specific gravity 0.91) weighs 29 ounces 245 grains avoirdupois. How many avoirdupois ounces of water will the bottle hold ? What is the weight of the bottle ? Note.—To find the capacity divide the difference between the two weights by the difference between the two specific gravities. 119. How many C.c. would the same bottle hold? (See No. 118.) 120. What is the weight of a piece of iron 25 inches long, 4 inches wide, and 2 inches thick, its specific gravity being 7.8 (cu. in. water = 252.509 gr.)? 121. What is the capacity in C.c. of a vessel which will hold 2 pounds avoirdupois of glycerin? 122. If one pound avoirdupois of lead, when weighed in water, loses 611 grains, what is its specific gravity ? 123. A bar of iron, when immersed in water, loses 13 per cent, of its weight: what is its specific gravity? 124. A piece of copper, when immersed, loses £ of its weight: what is its specific gravity ? 125. A troyounce of silver, when weighed in water, weighs 434.72 grains: what is its specific gravity ? 126. A druggist proposes exchanging 5 pints of carbolic acid (specific gravity 1.065), valued at 40 cents per pound (avoirdupois), for 5 pints of glycerin (U. S. P.), valued at 32 cents per pound: does he gain or lose by the exchange, and how much ? To find the specific gravity of a liquid by immersing a solid in it: Immerse in it a solid of known specific gravity and weight; carefully note its loss of weight when thus immersed; then use the proportion. As its weight in air is to its specific gravity, so is its loss of weight when immersed in the liquid to the specific gravity of that liquid. If the weight of the solid is made the same number in grains as its specific gravity, its loss of weight, when immersed in the liquid, is equal to the specific gravity of the liquid. 127. A piece of iron weighs 1560 grains; its specific gravity is 7.8. When im- mersed in syrup it loses 262 grains’ weight: what is the specific gravity of the syrup ? 128. A piece of aluminium weighing 256 grains, having the specific gravity 2.56, loses 82 grains when immersed in a liquid: what is the specific gravity of the liquid ? What is the liquid ? 129. What is the volume of a block of ice 12 feet long, 8 feet wide, and 2 feet thick? What is its weight, and how many cubic feet of water will it yield when melted, supposing that water upon freezing increases in volume T'5 ? (See No. 120.) 130. How many gallons and parts and how many pounds and parts of water will it take to fill a vessel 14 inches wide, 21 inches long, and 9 inches deep (cu. in. water = 252.509 gr.) ? 131. What is the specific volume of mercury ? 132. What is the specific volume of diluted sulphuric acid? 133. What is the specific volume of glycerin ? 134. What is the specific volume of iodoform ? 135. How much (wine measure) will one pound (avoirdupois) tincture of chloride of iron measure (specific gravity = .980) ? 136. If 65.1 Gm. of Rochelle salt be divided into seven powders, what would be the volume of water equal to the weight of one powder? 137. How much nitrate of silver must be used to make 2 fluidounces of a 4-per- cent. solution of the nitrate? (See No. 17.) 138. A bottle when filled with syrup (specific gravity 1.31) contains 23.58 ounces (av.): how much nitric acid (specific gravity 1.42) will it contain? 139. A bottle when filled with syrup (specific gravity 1.31) weighs 36 ounces, 285 METROLOGY. 91 grains (av.), when filled with oil (specific gravity .9) it weighs 30 ounces, 219 grains: what is the weight of the bottle? Of the syrup? Of the oil? (See No. 118.) 140. A bottle when filled with syrup (specific gravity 1.31) weighs 34.96 ounces (av.), when filled with nitric acid (specific gravity 1.42) it weighs 36.72 ounces: what is the weight of the bottle, and how much water will it hold? (See No. 118.) 141. A bottle filled with water weighs 32 ounces (av.), when filled with chloroform (specific gravity 1.47) it weighs 39.755 ounces (av.), when filled with acid it weighs 34.64 ounces: what acid does it contain ? (See No. 118.) ALLIGATION APPLIED TO PHARMACY. Rules for ascertaining the quantities of drugs of different percentages of strength, to be used in making a mixture of definite strength; also of liquids where no change of volume takes place when mixed. (The answers to these questions will be found in the Appendix.) Rule.— Write the percentages of the different ingredients in a horizontal row; connect with a line each percentage which is greater than that of the mixture sought with one that is less, and each one that is less than that of the mixture sought with one that is greater; then write the,difference between the percentage of the mixture sought and that of each of the ingredients under the percentage of the other ingredient or ingredients with which it is connected by the line. The figures thus placed under each percentage will be found to indicate the proportionate parts (by weight) of each ingredient to be used. It is apparent that where there are more than two ingredients there will be an indefinite number of ratios. Either one of the ingredients of less strength than the mixture may vary, and therefore one or more of the other ingredients must vary correspondingly. The same rules are applicable to liquids of different specific gravities (where no change of volume takes place when they are mixed), writing “specific gravities” in place of “percentages.”! PERCENTAGES. Rule.— Wi •He the specific gravities of the different ingredients in a horizontal row; connect with a line each specific gravity which is greater than that of the mixture sought with one that is less, and each one that is less than that of the mixture sought with one that is greater; then write the difference between the specific gravity of the mixture sought and that of each of the ingredients under the specific gravity of the other ingredient or ingredients with which it is connected by the line. The figures thus placed under each specific gravity will be found to indicate the proportionate parts (by measure) of each ingredient to be used. 1. In what proportion must two quantities of powdered opium, containing respec- tively 7 and 18 per cent, of morphine, be mixed so that the mixture shall contain 16 per cent. ? SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 16 1 1 7 18 2 q Answer. 2 parts of 7 p. c. 9 parts of 18 p. c. IT parts. Proof. 2X 7= 14 9X18 = 162 njjfg 16 2. In what proportions to yield a mixture of 14 per cent. ? (See No. 1.) 3. In what proportions may three quantities, containing respectively 7, 16, and 18 per cent., he mixed so that the mixture shall contain 14 per cent. ? 1 Of course, mixed liquids which contract may be allowed to stand until contraction ceases, and sufficient liquid can then be added to make up the intended measure. 92 METROLOGY. 14 F=i I _7 16 18 2 7 7 _4 6 Answer. 6 parts of 7 p. c. —- 42 7 parts of 16 p. c. = 112 7 parts of 18 p. c. = 126 20 parts. 2 0)28.0 14 When there are three or more ingredients the proportion of these may be varied indefinitely, as will appear from the following: In the preceding example suppose that only one part of that containing 16 per cent., and the same number of parts containing 7 per cent, as before be used, it will then require more than 7 parts of that containing 18 per cent, to make the mixture contain 14 per cent. When the quantities of more than one ingredient are given, each quantity may be multiplied by its percentage and the sum of the products divided by the sum of tht quantities ; this will give the mean percentage of the quantities. Thus 6 parts of 7p. c.1 - Q2 „ 1 part of 16 p. c. i == parts of 8% p. e. 6 X 7 = 42 JLX 16 = 16 7 }68_ 8f p. c. .j . g2 2g —2 — 4 and it will require 4 parts of 8f per cent, and 5$ parts of 18 per cent, to make a mixture containing 14 per cent. Now if 4 parts of 8| per cent, require parts of 18 per cent., then 7 parts of 8f per cent, will require 10 parts of 18 per cent., or 4 : 5f :: 7 : 10; therefore the mixture will be— 6 parts of 7 p. c. 1 part of 16 p. c. 10 parts of 18 p. c. 6 X 7 = 42 1X16= 16 10X 18 = 180 17 )238(14 17 68 68 The different percentages may he connected in various ways, care being taken that in every case one larger than the required mixture shall be connected with one smaller, but every one must be connected with some other. 4. In what proportions may four quantities, containing respectively 7, 8, 16, and 18 per cent., be mixed so that the mixture shall contain 14 per cent. ? 14 1 I 7 8 16 18 4 2 6 7 4 parts of 7 p. c. = 28 2 parts of 8 p. c. = 16 6 parts of 16 p. c. = 96 7 parts of 18 p. c. = 126 19 parts. 19)266(14 Answer. Or, 14 1 i 7 8 16 18 I I 2 4 7 6~ Answer. 2 parts of 7 p. c. = 14 4 parts of 8 p. c. = 32 7 parts of 16 p. c. = 112 6 parts of 18 p. c. = 108 19 parts. 19)266(14 5. In what proportions may four quantities, containing respectively 9, 15, 16, and 18 per cent., be mixed, so that the mixture shall contain 14 per cent. ? 14 lii—i n I _9 15 16 18 15 5 5 2 4 7 5 6 5 METROLOGY. 93 6. In what proportions may five quantities, containing respectively 7, 8, 9, 11, and 16 per cent., be mixed, so that the mixture shall contain 14 per cent. ? 7. How much of each kind of scammony, containing respectively 77 per cent., 83 per cent., and 92 per cent., may be used to make a mixture containing 85 percent. ? 8. How much scammony of 90 per cent, must be mixed with 7 ounces of 80 per cent, and 5 ounces of 82 per cent, to make the mixture contain 85 per cent. ? 7 oz. X 80 p. c. = 6601 - fins 5 oz. X 82 p. c. -410 } =12 oz- of 80t P- c- 12)970 80§ Then if 5 ounces of the mixture require 4£ ounces of 90 per cent., 12 ounces of mixture will require 10 ounces of 90 per cent. 5: 4£ :: 12:10. 7 oz. X 80 p. c. — 560 5 oz. X 82 p. c. = 410 10 oz. X 90 p. c. — 900 22 22)1870(85 176 110 110 85 l 1 80% 90 6 4J 9. What quantities (by measure) of glycerin (specific gravity 1.250) and alcohol (specific gravity .820) must be mixed to have the specific gravity 1. 1.000 I 1 180 or 18 parts glycerin. 18 X 1-25 — 22.50 1.250 .820 250 or 25 parts alcohol. 25 X -820 — 20.50 180 250 43 43. 43-5-43 = 1.000 10. What quantities (by measure) of glycerin (specific gravity 1.250) and diluted alcohol (specific gravity .928) must he mixed to have the specific gravity 1. 11. How much each of alcohol 94 per cent, and 60 percent, must be used to make 100 ounces (by weight) of 80 per cent. ? 80 I 1 94 60 20 14 Or, 10 7 100. 58.82 of 94 p. c. 41.18 of 60 p. c. 17:10 :: 100 : 58.82 When the quantity of one of the ingredients is given, to find the quantities of the other ingredients: Proceed as before to find the ratios of the ingredients ; then by proportion. As the ratio of that ingredient of which the quantity is given is to its quantity, so is the ratio of each ingredient to its quantity. 12. How much alcohol and how much glycerin must be mixed with 24 C.c. of syrup (specific gravity 1.31) to make 250 C.c. of mixture having the specific gravity 1. (no allowance for contraction) ? 24 250 250 1.31 24 31.44 24 226 226)218.56(.967 72 2034 24 1516 24 parts sp. gr. 1.31 31.44 1356 226 parts sp. gr. .967 1600 1582 18 .967 283 alcohol, .820 232 I | 147 glycerin, 1.25 183.5 ■820 1.25 430 415,5 283 147 430)415.5(.966+ 3870 2850 2580 2700 94 METROLOGY. If 430 parts of mixture require 283 alcohol, how much will 226 require? 430: 283 :: 226 :148.7 ; then 226 —148.7 = 77.3 148.7 C.c. alcohol, 77.3 C.c. glycerin, 24 C.c. syrup. When the quantity of more than one ingredient is given, each quantity may be multiplied by its specific gravity and the sum of the products divided by the sum of the quantities; this will give the mean specific gravity of the quantities. 13. In what proportions must three pints each of alcohol (specific gravity 0.935 and 0.865) be mixed with alcohol of specific gravity 0.820 so that the mixture shall have the specific gravity 0.835? 3 X 0.935 = 2805 3 X 0-865 = 2595 3 pints of 0.935 and 3 pints of 0.865 are equal to 6 6 6)5400 pints of 0.900 (mean specific gravity). 900 Then, as 3 pints of specific gravity 0.900 are required to be 0.835 mixed with 13 pints of .820 to make the specific gravity r 1 0.835, so 6 pints will require twice 13 pints, or 26 pints 0-820 0 900 of alcohol (specific gravity 0.820), to be added to 3 65 15 pints each of 0.865 and 0.935 to bring the whole to 13 3 specific gravity 0.835. 14. How much opium containing 8 per cent, of morphine must be mixed with 10 troy ounces of opium containing 17 per cent, to make the mixture contain 14 per cent. ? 15. How much opium of 16 per cent, must be mixed with 1 troy ounce of opium of 12 per cent, to make the mixture 13 per cent. ? 16. How much scammony of 92 per cent, must be mixed with 1 troy ounce of 75 per cent, to make the mixture 85 per cent. ? 17. How much alcohol of 35 per cent, (by weight) will 1 quart of alcohol (TJ. S. P.) make on dilution with water ? 18. How much opium of 16£ per cent, must be mixed with 4 ounces (10 per cent.) and 5 ounces (11 per cent.) to make the mixture 14 per cent. ? 19. How much opium of 15| per cent, must be mixed with 3 ounces (9 per cent.), 3£ ounces (10 per cent.), and 3| ounces (12 per cent.) to make the mixture contain 14 per cent. ? When the quantity of the mixture and the percentages of the ingredients are given, to find the quantity of each of the ingredients: Proceed as before to find the ratio of the ingredients, and then by proportion. As the whole amount of difference is to any one difference, so is the amount of the required mixture to the required amount of that particular difference. 20. An apothecary has opium of the following percentages, viz.: 8,11,16, and 18: how much of each kind may be used to make 10 troy ounces of 14 per cent. ? 14 8 U 16 18 I ! __ - - g- 2X8 = 16 4 X 11 — 44 6 X 16 = 96 _3 X 18 = 54 15 15)210(14 15 60 60 15:2 :: 10: to the required amount of 8 per cent. 2 ounces == 960 grains. 15: 960 :: 10: 640 grains. If 2 parts correspond to 640 grains, 3 parts will correspond to 960 grains, 4 parts to 1280 grains, and 6 parts to 1920 grains ; thus, 15:1920 :: 10:1280 640 grains, 8 p. c. 15:2880 :: 10:1920 1280 grains, 11 p. c. 15:1440:: 10: 960 1920 grains, 16 p. c. 960 grains, 18 p. c. 4800 grains = 10 troy ounces. 21. How many parts by weight of officinal alcohol must be added to diluted alco- hol to make it the strength of 60 per cent, by weight ? METROLOGY. 95 60 I ! 45.5 91 31 14.5 31 parts, 45.5 = 1410.5 14.5 parts, 91 = 1319.5 2730.0 2730-h 45.5 = 60 22. How much to 1 pound (avoirdupois)? (See No. 21.) 23. An apothecary has two kinds of opium, one 13f per cent., the other 16 per cent; he desires to make 8 troy ounces of 14 per cent.: how much of the weaker kind must he use? 24. I have two qualities of cinchona, containing respectively If and 3f per cent, of quinine: how much of each shall I take to make the mixture contain 2 per cent. ? 2 I 1 21 3|_ n i If oz. = 900 grains, 75 | oz. = 192 grains, 16 25. Two qualities containing ff of 1 per cent, and 3f per cent.: how much of each shall I take to make the mixture contain 2 per cent. ? 26. Two qualities containing 1.235 per cent, and 2.345 per cent.: how much of each shall I take to make the mixture contain 2 per cent. ? 27. Two qualities containing 1.676 per cent, and 3.188 per cent.: how much of each shall I take to make the mixture contain 2 per cent. ? 28. Three qualities: .840 per cent., 1.848 per cent., and 2.688 per cent. : how much of each shall I take to make the mixture contain 2 per cent. ? 29. Having the three qualities, as before, and having 5 ounces of the percentage .840, how much of the mixture will it yield? If 43 parts are equal to 5 oz., .840 82 parts are equal to 9 oz., 256f grains, 2.688 43 parts are equal to 5 oz., 1.848 oz. 19 -f- 256| grains. 30. Having the three qualities, as before, with 5 ounces of the percentage .840, and wishing to make 32 ounces of the mixture, how much of each of the others must be used? In this case proceed to find by previous rules how much of percentage 2.688 will be required to mix with the 5 ounces, .840, to make the mixture 2 per cent. This amount of mixture subtracted from 32 ounces will give the amount remain- ing to be made up of the other two percentages,—1.848 and 2.688. 2 I 1 0.840 2.688 .688 1160 86 145 86:5 :: 145:8.4302 6 oz. of 0.840 8.4302 oz. of 2.688 13.4302 oz. of 2 p. c. Subtracting this from 32 ounces leaves 18.5698 ounces to be made up. 2 1.848 2.688 .688 152 86 19 86 19 105:18.5698 oz. :: 86:15.2095 oz. of 1.848. Or, subtracting this from 18.5698 ounces gives 3.3603 of 2.688; adding 8.4302 gives the whole amount used of 2.688 per cent. = 11.7905. 31. A solution of tersulphate of iron is found to have the specific gravity 1.3464: how much water must be added to make it of the officinal strength (1.320) ? 1.3200 1.3464 1.000 .3200 .0264 Or, 32 2.64 82 fl. oz. of solution. 2.64 fl. oz. of water. 32. How much water must be added to 5 pints of solutipn of tersulphate of iron (specific gravity 1.3464) to make it of the officinal strength? 33. A solution of tersulphate of iron is found to have the specific gravity 1.812: how can it be made of the officinal strength ? 96 METROLOGY. The easiest method is to evaporate a portion of it until its specific gravity is con- siderably above the officinal strength (1.320) and then mix the proper quantities of the two solutions. Suppose a portion of it has been evaporated until it has the specific gravity 1.332: how much of each solution must be taken to make 24 fluidounces of specific gravity 1.320? 1.320 1.312 1.332 12 8 Or, 3 2 3 fl. OZ. Of 1.312 1 K f nnn 2 fl. oz. of 1.332 } — 6 fl> oz- of 1-320- 6: 3 :: 24:14.4 14.4 fl. oz. of sp. gr. 1.312 6: 2 :: 24: 9.6 9.6 fl. oz. of sp. gr. 1.332 34. How much water must be added to 2 pounds of stronger water of ammonia (28 per cent.) to reduce it to water of ammonia (10 per cent.) ? 10 I I 28 0 10 18 10 : 18 :: 32: 57.6 oz. water. 35. How much water must be used to make 2 pounds of 10 p. c. water of ammonia ? 36. How much officinal alcohol (vol.) must be added to 2 pints of alcohol of 76 per cent, (vol.) to make it 81 per cent, (vol.) (no allowance for contraction) ? 37. How much officinal alcohol (vol.) must be added to 2 pints of 70 per cent, (by volume) to make the mixture 85 per cent, by weight, 87.8 by volume (no allowance for contraction) ? QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER I. 66. Define Metrology. 67. What does its present and less strict definition include ? 68. What is weight? 69. What is measure ? 70. What is specific gravity ? 71. In the history of Metrology, how many distinctly-marked periods may be traced ? 72. Describe the peculiarities of each period. 73. What was the original weight of the English silver penny? 74. What is the origin of the avoirdupois pound ? 75. How did the custom originate of druggists using one system of weights for buying drugs and another for compounding "them ? 76. When were the Imperial measures and standards adopted in Great Britain? 77. What relation does the yard bear to the length of a pendulum beating seconds ? 78. What is the weight in grains of the pound troy ? 79. What is the weight in grains of the pound avoirdupois ? 80. What is the weight in grains of a cubic inch of distilled water? 81. What is the weight of an Imperial gallon of distilled water ? 82. What is the weight of a wine gallon of distilled water ? 83. How many cubic inches does a wine gallon contain ? 84. How is the pound troy divided ? 85. How is the pound avoirdupois divided ? 86. What is the difference in grains between the troy ounce and the avoirdupois ounce ? 87. What is the difference in grains between the troy pound and the avoirdupois pound ? 88. How is the U. S. wine gallon divided ? 89. How is the Br. Imperial gallon divided ? 90. What is the weight in grains of a pint of distilled water (TJ. S.) ? 91. What is the weight in grains of a fluidounce of distilled water (IT. S.) ? 92. What is the weight in grains of a troy ounce of distilled water (U. S.) ? METROLOGY. METROLOGY. 97 93. What is the weight in grains of an avoirdupois ounce of distilled water ? 94. What is the weight in grains of an Imperial fluidounce of distilled water (Br.) ? 95. What is the estimated capacity of a teacupful ? 96. What is the estimated capacity of a vvineglassful ? 97. What is the estimated capacity of a tablespoonful ? 98. What is the estimated capacity of a teaspoonful ? 99. What is the standard or unit of measurement in the metric or decimal system ? 100. How is it derived? 101. Why is the system called the metric system ? 102. Why is the system called the decimal system ? 103. How is the unit of capacity derived ? 104. How is the unit of weight derived ? 105. How are the multiples of the various units expressed? 106. How are the divisions of the various units expressed ? 107. What word has been suggested as a useful mnemonic? 108. Give the names of the various denominations of length. 109. Give the names of the various denominations of capacity. 110. Give the names of the various denominations of weight. 111. Which of these terms are used in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia? 112. What is the meaning of a micromillimetre? 113. What are the chief merits of the metric system? 114. What is the length of a metre? 115. What is the capacity of the litre in pints? 116. What is the measure of a gramme of distilled water? 117. What is the weight of a gramme in grains? 118. What is the chief disadvantage of the metric system? 119. How are the metric weights usually divided ? 120. How can you convert metres into inches ? 121. How can you convert centimetres into inches? 122. How can you convert millimetres into inches? 123. How can you convert litres into fluidounces ? 124. How can you convert litres into pints ? 125. How can you convert litres into Imperial pints ? 126. How can you convert litres into Imperial gallons? 127. How can you convert cubic centimetres into fluidounces ? 128. How can you convert cubic centimetres into Imperial fluidounces ? 129. How can you convert grammes into grains? 130. How can you convert grammes into avoirdupois ounces? 131. How can you convert grammes into troy ounces? 132. How can you convert centigrammes into grains? 133. How can you convert milligrammes into grains ? 134. How can you convert kilogrammes into avoifdupois ounces? 135. How can you convert kilogrammes into avoirdupois pounds ? 136. How can you convert "kilogrammes into troy ounces ? 137. How can you convert inches into metres ? 138. How can you convert inches into centimetres? 139. How can you convert inches into millimetres? 140. How can you convert pints into litres? 141. How can you convert fluidounces into cubic centimetres? 142. How can you convert Imperial pints into litres? 143. How can you convert Imperial gallons into litres ? 144. How can you convert Imperial fluidounces into C.c. ? 145. How can you convert grains into grammes? 146. How can you convert grains into centigrammes? 147. How can you convert grains into milligrammes? 148. How can you convert avoirdupois ounces into kilogrammes? 149. How can you convert avoirdupois ounces into grammes? 150. How can you convert avoirdupois pounds into kilogrammes? 151. How can you convert troy ounces into kilogrammes? 152. How can you convert troy ounces into grammes? 153. How are the metric units spelled by the French? 154. How are the metric units spelled by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia? 155. How should 0.050 m. be read ? 156. How should 0.055 m. be read? 157. How should 0.0555 m. be read? 158. In measures of capacity less than a litre, what terms are used? 98 METROLOGY. 159. In weight, when the quantity is relatively large, what terms are used ? 160. In quantities less than a kilogramme and greater than a gramme, what terms are used? 161. In quantities below the gramme, what terms are used ? 162. What is a balance? 163. What particulars are necessary to obtain correct results ? 164. Name the various kinds of pharmaceutical balances in use. 165. Describe a single beam, equal arm balance. 166. When the beam is in a horizontal position, where should the centre of gravity be ? 167. Give a simple illustration of the principle of suspending a beam. 168. What particulars are necessary in regard to the end knife-edges ? 169. What is the effect if the end knife-edges are not equidistant from the central knife-edge? • 170. What if the central knife-edge is not in line with the end knife-edges ? 171. What if the knife-edges are not parallel with each other? 172. What are the requisites for the beam of a fine balance in order to secure accuracy in weighing? 173. Why should the beam of the balance be rigid and non-elastic? 174. Why should it be no heavier than necessary in order to secure the requisite strength ? 175. What advantages have agate knife-edges and planes over those made of steel ? 176. How may a balance be tested for accuracy ? 177. What are the advantages of having the balance supported by a rigid metallic column ? 178. Wherein does an analytical balance differ from an ordinary prescription balance ? 179. What sort of counter scales was formerly in use? 180. What has taken its place generally in more recent times? 181. Upon what principle are the single beam, unequal arm balances constructed? 182. Describe the vest-pocket prescription balance. 183. Describe the double beam, unequal arm balance. 184. What are its advantages ? 185. Describe a scale made to weigh liquids. 186. What is the principal objection to such balances ? 187. What principle is adopted in making platform scales ? 188. What is the principle of the torsion balance? 189. Of what weights does a pile of avoirdupois weights consist? 190. What is meant by block weights ? 191. What is the objection to the use of a wooden block? 192. How are troy weights usually arranged ? 193. How are iron metric weights usually shaped? 194. What weights are generally used for analytical 195. What is the best material and form for grain weights for prescription purposes ? 196. Why are aluminium weights preferable to brass? 197. What are the advantages of aluminium wire weights? 198. What measures are commonly used for measuring liquids when the quantity iis more than a pint? 199. What when the quantity is one pint or less ? 200. What effect has denting upon tinned iron or copper measures? 201. Describe the forms of graduated glass measures in common use. 202. Which is preferable, and why ? 203. Describe Hodgson’s graduated measures. 204. Describe Hobb’s graduated measures. 205. What is an objection to either of these, and how may it be remedied? 206. What objection is there to using minim graduated measures ? 207. How may greater accuracy be obtained ? 208. How is a pipette used? 209. Do the terms minim and drop always mean the same ? 210. About how many drops are there in a fluidraehm of water? Ans. 60. 211. In a fluidraehm of svrup of acacia? Ans. 44. 212. In a fluidraehm of chloroform? Ans. 250. 213. In a fluidraehm of tincture of opium? Ans. 130. 214. What is specific gravity ? 215. How much weight does a body lose by being immersed in water? 216. What is the rule for finding the specific gravity of a body? 217. How is the specific gravity taken of a solid, insoluble in but heavier than water, by means of a balance ? 218. How by means of a specific-gravity bottle? 219. How by means of a graduated tube ? 220. How by immersing it in a liquid of the same specific gravity ? 221. How is the specific gravity taken of a solid soluble in but heavier than water ? 222. How is the specific gravity taken of a solid insoluble in but lighter than water ? 223. How of a solid soluble in but lighter than water ? 224. Describe a specific-gravity bottle. 225. Can an ordinary bottle be used for this purpose? 226. State how this can be done. 227. What are Lovi’s or specific-gravity beads? 228. What is a hydrometer or areometer? 229. What two classes of hydrometers are there? 230. Describe Baume’s hydrometer. 231. What is the ditference between the one for light liquids and the one for heavy liquids ? 232. Why is the zero mark placed near the top in hydrometers for heavy liquids ? 233. Dqgcribe the specific gravity scale hydrometer. 234. What is the object of having two bulbs blown in the glass at the lower end of the hydrometer? 235. Which is the more accurate for taking specific gravity,—the hydrometer or the specific-gravity bottle,—and why? 236. Which is more likely to give a correct indication of specific gravity,—a hydrometer having an elongated bulb with cylindrical sides, or one having an oval or globular bulb,—and why? 237. What is a urinometer, and how is it usually graduated ? 238. What is the specific gravity of healthy urine ? 239. What is the specific gravity of diabetic urine? 240. What is a saccharometer, and how is it graduated ? 241. What is an elajometer? 242. What is a lactometer? 243. What does an alcoholmeter usually indicate ? 244. Describe Trallqs’s hydrometer. 245. Describe Cartier’s hydrometer. 246. Describe Gay-Lussac’s centesimal alcoholmeter. 247. Describe Sikes’s hydrometer. 248. Describe Jones’s hydrometer. 249. Describe Dica’s hydrometer. 250. -Describe Twaddell’s hydrometer. 251. Describe Beck’s hydrometer. 252. Describe Zanetti’s hydrometer. 253. Describe Fahrenheit’s hydrometer. 254. Describe Nicholson’s hydrometer. 255. Describe Mohr’s specific-gravity apparatus. 256. Describe Gannal’s method of taking specific gravity of a liquid. 257. How can a specific-gravity pipette be used to show specific gravity? 258. Describe Eousseau’s densimeter. 259. What is specific volume ? 260. How can you obtain the volume of a given weight of a liquid? METROLOGY. 99 CHAPTER II . OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. Generation of Heat. The consideration of the theories which have been advanced from time to time to explain the phenomenon of heat, although very inter- esting and instructive, cannot be treated of in a work of this character, and the reader is therefore referred to any of the recent works on physics, which are everywhere accessible. The view which is now almost univer- sally accepted is that known as the dynamical theory of heat, in which it is assumed that heat is produced by the constant motion of the par- ticles composing the body, and that heat varies in quantity and kind according as the body is solid, liquid, or gaseous. It will be convenient to consider the various practical operations and appliances for generating heat under three heads : 1. Operations and forms of apparatus in which solids are used in developing heat. 2. Those in which liquids are used in developing heat. 3. Those in which gases are used in developing heat. OPERATIONS AND FORMS OF APPARATUS IN WHICH SOLIDS ARE USED IN DEVELOPING HEAT. Kinds of Fuel.—Under this head is included the very well known employment of solid fuel, as wood, charcoal, anthracite coal, bituminous coal, coke, etc. Wood is seldom relied upon as fuel in pharmaceutical operations where a regular, well-sustained heat is desired, yet from its wide dis- tribution, ready inflammability, and comparative cheapness it is indis- pensable in kindling a fire. The large quantity of unconsumed carbon which is either lost in smoke or deposited upon vessels that are being heated constitutes the chief objection to its use. Charcoal is more convenient, although more costly, than wood: it ignites easily, burns readily, and leaves but little residue. On account of its ready combustibility, it is well fitted for operations requiring a quick, strong heat. Anthracite coal is probably the best form of solid fuel for general use, being the most economical: its hard, dense structure renders it difficult OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. 101 to kindle, but where a long-continued, strong heat is desired it is to be preferred. Bituminous or semi-bituminous coal affords a strong heat, but it is not equal to anthracite as fuel for pharmaceutical purposes. Unconsumed carbon is found in the smoke in large quantity, and this is apt to con- dense on the surfaces of kettles, vessels, etc., which are being heated, and the deposits of soot are uncleanly and often difficult to remove. Coke, the residue obtained from the distillation of coal at gas-works, is an excellent fuel, and may be used either mixed with coal or by itself: it is more easily kindled than anthracite. Pharmaceutical Furnaces, etc.—Much ingenuity has been used in the contrivance of various forms of furnaces, ranges, stoves, etc., to meet general or special applications, yet in all there are certain fundamental principles of con- struction which must be well understood if faults are to be avoided. The elements of a furnace are the air-flue, combustion-chambei', and vent or chimney, and the relative proportions of these must depend upon the special object sought in the con- struction of the furnace, and the character of the fuel that is to be used. Fig. 57 represents a sec- tional view of a pharmaceutical furnace,—C being the air-flue, A the combustion-chamber, and B the vent. Coal being the principal solid fuel in use, it will be most appropriate to treat of those furnaces adapted for its combustion, and therefore the chemical constitution of coal and the theory of its combustion must be noticed. Hard anthracite, which is the best kind of coal for pharma- ceutical furnaces, usually has a specific gravity of 1.550, and has been shown to consist of 94 per cent, carbon, 0.40 per cent, hydrogen, and 1.26 per cent, oxygen; there are also apt to be present 2 per cent, of water and about 2.3 per cent, of incombustible impurities or ash, con- sisting of ferric oxide, silica, alumina, magnesia, lime, etc. The poorer grades of this kind of coal contain from 85 to 90 per cent, of carbon. Anthracite may be distinguished from other varieties by its rich, glassy lustre, its peculiar conchoidal fracture, and its hard, dense structure: it burns freely, without black smoke, showing the absence of unconsumed carbon. Soft anthracite or semi-bituminous coal has a tendency, when broken into pieces, to assume the form of irregular cubes, and to crumble easily when pressed: it burns freely, but with the production of large quantities of black smoke. The heat produced by its combustion is very strong, and it is largely used in many parts of the United States. The combustion or oxidation of coal requires the presence of a certain quantity of air in contact with the burning coal to furnish enough oxygen to combine properly with the carbon of the fuel. The result of the combination is carbon dioxide, C02, and carbon monoxide, CO, both of which are gases. It is very important to provide means of escape for these gaseous compounds, as they are both poisonous, and the former is a decided non-supporter of combustion. Theoretically, it has been cal- culated that one hundred and fifty cubic feet of air are necessary to Fig. 57. Pharmaceutical furnace (sectional view). 102 OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. consume perfectly one pound of coal in an ordinary furnace, but prac- tically, because of the obstruction of the ashes, which prevents the thorough contact of the air with all parts of the glowing carbon, nearly double this amount is necessary. Stoves and ranges are now so universally used that it would be need- less to multiply illustrations of them: the proper selection of such as are suited to the special uses of the pharmacist must be left to individual decision, and will depend upon the space that can be spared and the char- acter of the work that is to be done. One important feature should not be overlooked, however, in this connection,—i.e., the addition of a boiler or water-back, whereby a constant supply of hot water can be had: where stoves are used, this can gen- erally be effected by having a circu- lating hot-water boiler in a con- venient corner, the pipes conveying the hot water being heated in the upper part of the combustion-cham- ber of the stove. If sufficient space can be appropriated, a range is very useful, particularly if a sheet-iron sliding-door can be lowered over the front to enclose the space. Now, when a communicating flue, con- trolled by a damper, is made to enter the chimney from the top of this space, operations can be conducted here that would otherwise be impos- sible, noxious vapors being at once carried off by the flue. Fig. 58 rep- resents an ordinary range which is well adapted for many pharmaceu- tical operations. The front has been removed, in order to show the con- struction more clearly. This front is of sheet iron, and is hinged to the shelf which supports the boiler; it extends half-way over the top of the range, and when the damper, F, is opened, the vapors arising from, operations conducted on the top are carried up the chimney. The hot-water boiler, B, is connected by pipes, G, with the cold-water supply in such a manner that the cold water circulates through pipes which surround the combustion-chamber, and, after becoming heated, ascends into the boiler. Fig. 59 shows a durable pharmaceutical furnace made by Mershon’s Sons, which has proved very useful in practical work. The body of the furnace is of wrought iron; it is lined with fire-brick, and the top is composed of a series of rings, which permits of the use of various-sized kettles, evaporating-dishes, etc. It has two cast-iron doors, the upper one being especially useful, as it permits the ready feeding of coal to the furnace whilst a kettle or dish is being heated, without disturbing the Fig. 58. Pharmaceutical range. OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. 103 latter. Fig. 57 affords a sectional view of the same furnace; and it will be noticed that the combustion-chamber, A, is sufficiently deep to contain a considerable body of ignited coal and permit the introduc- tion of hot-water pipes. The proportion of the air-flue, C, is well arranged, whilst the vent, B, has sufficient capacity to serve all pharmaceutical purposes. The merits of this furnace are that the greater part of the heat rises and is avail- able for heating the vessel placed on the rings, the heavy lining of fire-brick venting lateral radiation to a great extent, and that, while it has all the advantages of a stationary furnace, its posi- tion can be changed repeated- ly if desired, the relative pro- portion being so well adjusted that, whilst it is very sensitive to an increase or decrease of draught, a moderate heat may be as steadily maintained as the intensity of a strong fire. A drying-closet can be adapted to this stove by which the waste heat may be utilized. This will be described in the chapter on desiccation. Fig. 59. Pharmaceutical furnace. OPERATIONS AND FORMS OF APPARATUS IN WHICH LIQUIDS ARE USED IN DEVELOPING HEAT. The liquids which are most used in pharmaceutical operations for heating are alcohol, petroleum, or coal oil, and benzin, or gasolin. All of these liquids contain carbon and hydrogen, whilst alcohol contains thirty-four per cent, of oxygen in addition. Alcohol burns with a blue flame, which does not deposit soot, and the heat produced is intense. It is in many respects the best liquid to use for generating heat in small operations, but the expense attending its use in this country is a serious objection; for this reason it is more economical to use a glass spirit-lamp, which is provided with a ground-glass cap (see Fig. 60), than an extempo- raneous lamp made from an ordinary bottle: in the latter the loss by the evaporation of the alcohol from the wick, which is exposed when the lamp is not in use, is considerable. The older forms of alcohol-lamps, such as Berzelius’s, Mitchell’s, etc., have almost gone out of use, being superseded by improved forms. Fig. 60. Spirit-lamp. 104 OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. Fig. 61 shows one of the simplest of these very convenient spirit-lamps. L represents the lamp, S the support, and C the cover. Alcohol is poured upon the brass-wire gauze, which sinks into and is absorbed by the asbes- tos, or mineral wool, with which the body of the brass disk is filled; a lighted match is now applied to the gauze, which retains sufficient spirit to ignite, and a strong heat is at once obtained, the large extent of surface of the gauze producing a solid blue flame. The great advantages of spirit- lamps of this kind are that, all parts being of metal, accidents from breakage are avoided, whilst explosions cannot occur, as neither the alcohol nor its vapor is confined in a tight receptacle, and if the lamp is upset accidentally no spirit can be spilled, because it is absorbed by the asbestos. The stand, S, is hinged in the centre, and the cap, C, fits tightly on the lamp, so that loss by evaporation is prevented when not in use: all the parts of the lamp fit into a box, which may be readily carried in the pocket. Many modifications of this simple contrivance have been introduced which are elaborate and useful, but want of space prevents further notice. The so-called Russian blast-lamp is one of the best contrivances for generating an intense heat: it is useful when glass tubes of large diameter are to be bent, or in crucible operations. A sectional illustration is seen in Fig. 62. It is made of sheet copper, and consists of a partially- jacketed cylinder, A, with an opening on one side for introducing the Fig. 61. Fig. 62. Metal spirit-lamp. Bussian blast-lamp. alcohol, and on the opposite side a bent, tapering tube, B, which pierces the cylinder below the jacketed portion, and is turned upward as shown in the cut. The principle of action is that of the combustion of the vapor of the spirit. If sufficient alcohol is poured into the lamp through the side opening to half fill it, the cork loosely inserted, and half a fluidounce of alcohol poured into the large opening at the top, and then a lighted match dropped into it, the heat from the burning alcohol in the bottom of the lamp causes the alcohol contained between the jacketed sides to boil, and the vapor, having but one means of escape, rushes out by the tapering, bent tube, and at once ignites and produces a powerful OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. 105 upward blast. The name, C, may be at once extinguished by putting the cover, D, over the central opening. Benzin, or Gasolin, is now used for heating purposes, and Fig. 63 shows one of the most convenient stoves for employing this cheap but very volatile hydrocarbon. The difficulties in the use of the very inflammable and often dangerous liquids of this class for heating have been here largely overcome: to avoid a smoky, luminous flame the vapor is burned in contact with air, whilst to prevent explosions the reservoir for the liquid is elevated and placed four or five feet away from the ignited vapor. Fig. 63 shows the stove, and Fig. 64 an enlarged view of the burner. The reservoir, G, is filled with gasolin, care being taken at the same time to see that the valve F is closed. When the burner is to be lighted, the valve F is opened slightly, and the valve D turned very carefully, so that a small quantity of gasolin shall flow from B over the sides and collect in the cup, C. When C is full, both valves, F and D, are turned off, and a lighted match applied to C; the burning gasolin will heat the burner, A; and when all of the liquid in C has been burned and the flame extinguished, the valve D is turned on slightly and a lighted match applied at A; the parts surrounding B being hot, the gasolin is vaporized, and passing upward through the burner, A, issues through the numerous cir- cular openings and is ignited; the up- ward current of air caused by the heat mixes with the gas- olin vapor and sup- plies the oxygen necessary to pro- duce a perfectly blue and intensely hot flame, the size of which is regulated by the valves D and F. When fairly ignited, F is slightly opened, and D is used to control the flame by turning to the right or left. Although this stove is safe in careful hands, the volatile and very inflammable character of the hydro-carbon must be constantly borne in mind. In a large laboratory in the southern part of Philadelphia these Fig. 63. Fig. 64. Gasolin stove. Gasolin stove burner. 106 OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. burners are exclusively used, an elevated tank in the yard supplying the gasolin to the gas-pipes, which are conveniently laid around the sides of the room and communicate with the burners on the tables. Kerosene, or Coal Oil, is so widely known as a refined petroleum product used for illuminating and heating purposes that any extended notice of its properties in a practical work would be superfluous; as it is heavier in specific gravity and has a much higher flashing-point1 than gasolin, it is much safer for popular use. A pharmaceutical stove in which coal oil can be burned with a blue flame safely, and without the use of wicks, is yet to be contrived. There are a great many stoves to be had which are wick-burners, but these are often unsatisfac- tory : they are largely used, however, notwithstanding their inconveniences. Fig. 65 shows one of the best forms of this class. It is made by Adams & Westlake. The oil is poured into a reservoir in the base of the stove, the upper part is sur- rounded with perforated tin, which admits air to the flame and acts as a protection; the wicks, which are flat and wide, have corresponding chimneys, by which the heat is conveyed to the vessel that is to be heated. The disadvantage common to all coal-oil stoves using wicks is that the chimneys have to be high enough to secure perfect combustion and prevent smoking, and this removes the vessel that is to be heated so far from the flame that quick heating is almost impossible; in addition to this, the wicks require constant attention, and imperfect combustion frequently results even when care is exercised. In sections of our country where gas cannot be had, they are, however, indispensable, and are the most convenient generators of heat attainable. Fig. 65. Coal-oil stove. OPERATIONS AND FORMS OF APPARATUS IN WHICH GASES ARE USED IN DEVELOPING HEAT. Gas.—The extensive employment of manufactured illuminating gas and the growing use of natural gas as sources of heat for pharmaceu- tical and other purposes render necessary a somewhat extended notice of gas in this connection. Illuminating gas is frequently called carburetted hydrogen, but it is really a mechanical mixture of various gases, some of which produce luminous flames and others do not; besides the hydro- carbon, CH4 (carburetted hydrogen), which is the principal constituent, 1 By this term is meant the temperature at which coal oil begins to give off inflammable yapor. OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. 107 it contains condensible hydrocarbons, hydrogen, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, aqueous vapor, and traces of oxygen and nitrogen. Gas is usually produced by the destructive distillation of gas-coal, whilst coal- tar, gas-liquor, and coke are the liquid and solid by-products, and these are now exceedingly useful as the sources of valuable manufactures in the arts. Gas which is fitted for illuminating purposes must have its composition modified by admixture with air before it is fit for heating purposes; this may be best illustrated by the examination of an ordinary fish-tail gas-flame. In Fig. 66 it will be noticed that three zones are visible,—B, the dark central zone, which is not luminous and not at all Fig. 66. Fig. 67. Gas-flame. Bunsen burner (sectional view). hot,* because the gas is not fairly ignited; A, the luminous zone, where the emission of light is due to the suspension of minute particles of incandescent carbon in the flame, caused by the incomplete combustion of the gas; C, the outer non-luminous zone, the “ mantle” which fringes the flame and where the particles of carbon coming in direct contact with the air are entirely consumed, the commonly accepted theory being that the oxygen in the air unites chemically with the incandescent carbon-particles, producing the invisible gases carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide. Soon after gas came into use it was discovered that the properties which rendered it most valuable as an illuminator prevented its use as a source of heat, because of the deposition of the particles of soot from the luminous portion of the flame upon vessels that were to be heated. Dr. Duncan, of Edinburgh, showed that if gas properly mixed with air was made to enter at the bottom of a tall tinned iron cylinder, the upper end of which was covered with wire gauze, it would burn when ignited above the gauze with a blue, smokeless flame. The unneces- sarily long cylinders (sometimes thirty inches) which were originally used were soon replaced by others of the length of five or six inches, for the sake of greater convenience. This discovery was at once utilized, and gas stoves and burners for various purposes came into use immediately. 108 OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. Bunsen burners are more frequently used in simple operations than any other form (see Fig. 67). The coal-gas issues from a small orifice, O, near the base, passes up through a brass tube, H, four inches high, and is ignited at the top of this tube; four large circular openings sur- round the small orifice at the base, and these may be closed either wholly or in part by a perforated brass ring, R; this permits the regulation of the supply of air, which mixes with the gas as it ascends the tube, and a blue, smokeless, intensely hot flame may be produced; if the perfo- rated ring is turned so that the air-openings are closed, a luminous, smoky flame results. One of the objections to the ordinary Bunsen burner is that, after being used for a time under a low gas-pressure, when * the tube becomes hot the flame will sometimes recede and the gas become ignited at the lower orifice: this may usually be avoided by gradu- ally turning the brass perforated ring, so as to admit less air to suit the diminished pressure. Prof. Morton corrects this receding of the flame by contracting the orifice of escape at the top to about two-thirds of the area of the tube see Fig. 68). That the length of the Fig. 68. Fig. 69. Fig. 70. Bunsen burner (Morton’s). Short burner. Short burner, with support. perpendicular tube does not materially affect the smokeless character of the flame may be proved by the use of the convenient little burners shown m Figs. 69 and 70. These are made by the Buffalo Dental Manufacturing Company, and have proved very useful at the prescrip- tion counter. Bunsen burners with the tube arranged horizontally have Fig. 72. Fig. 71. grown in favor because they are less likely to be overturned, and if they have a broad base they will easily support a large vessel. Fletcher’s Fletcher’s radial burner. Horizontal Bunsen burner. OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. 109 radial burner (see Fig. 71) has the merit of having no loose parts, and, as the casting is well annealed, it is well adapted for rough usage, the gas issuing from narrow slits cut radially in the raised circular burner; the flame is solid and non-luminous: no gauze is needed to distribute the heat. In Fig. 72 is shown a very compact and useful gas-burner, well adapted for the dispensing counter, made by Bullock & Crenshaw; it is of the horizontal Bunsen type, and is furnished with an attachment for distributing the flame, and three short legs for supporting the vessel that is to be heated. In many localities outside of cities and towns, gas made by vaporizing gasolin and mixing air with it is used for illuminating purposes. It is made by gas machines, as they are termed, the air-pump, operated by weights and pulleys or by a water-wheel, being usually located in the cellar of the residence or build- ing, whilst the gasometer is buried underground at a safe distance. This gas is very satisfactory, but it has been only within a few years that it has been utilized for heating purposes. Special burners are required when this gas is used as an illuminant, and they re- quire some adjustment at first to secure the proper proportion of air. Fig. 73 shows the Springfield laboratory burner, which gives a very hot, blue flame with this kind of gas, and it may also be used with ordinary gas. The milled head at the base of the burner is used to control the quantity of the gas passing through, whilst by revolving the burner itself upon the thread of the screw by which it is connected with the base the quality of the gas is determined,—i.e., the proper pro- portion of air is admitted. Gas stoves are now made in such variety that it seems difficult to make a judicious selection for general phar- maceutical work : the error most fre- quently made is in the choice of those which are intended to produce only Fig. 73. Springfield labora- tory burner. Fig. 75. Fig. 74. Economy furnace. Water-heater. very high temperatures. It is very seldom that a heat of great intensity is desired in pharmaceutical operations. The chief points to be secured 110 OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. in a good gas stove are—1, a smokeless flame; 2, a strong, firm, inde- structible frame that will easily support a large or small vessel and is not easily overturned ; 3, an easy and quick adjustment, whereby either a strong, well-sustained heat or a low, diffused heat may be obtained. Prof. Parrish devised a pharmaceutical stove which had these qualifica- tions, but it is not made at present. Fig. 74 shows the gas stove known Fig. 76. Hot-water generator. in commerce as the Economy furnace. It is made by the American Meter Company, and of all of the gas stoves that have been used by the author, this is the one which is in every way most suited for phar- maceutical operations. It has a broad, low, strong base, and cannot be easily overturned, and a double ring burner, so arranged that either the small ring or both the small and large rings may be used. As it is only about four inches high, when placed upon the laboratory counter a vessel which is upon it and being heated is not elevated so that it cannot be conveniently stirred. It is nine inches square, and its con- sumption of gas when both rings are lighted is ten feet per hour. OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. 111 One of the greatest conveniences that a pharmacist can have at a dis- pensing counter, where a large supply of hot water cannot be had from a boiler, is the water-heater shown in Fig. 75. If hot water is desired, the pipe at the top is connected with a hydrant, the water turned on, and the gas-burner lighted below; in a few seconds warm water, and in a minute or two hot water, will run from the lower pipe. Fig. 76 shows a convenient hot-water generator, well adapted for furnishing a supply of hot water in pharmacies which have not access to the water back of a range, but can use gas. It is shown in the illustration attached to an ordi- nary circulating boiler, and it can be depended upon to furnish a large quantity of warm water. It is made by the American Meter Company. The advantages of the use of illuminating gas as a source of heat may be summed up as follows: 1. It may be made to furnish a clean, smoke- less flame. 2. It is cheap when compared with alcohol and other sources of heat, and is particularly economical in large cities. 3. The supply is unremitting, and the inconvenience of continually supplying fuel, which is always present in other forms of stoves, is not experienced here. 4. The supply is under almost perfect control, and, after once regulating the flow suitable for a continuous operation, little appre- hension need be felt, during the operator’s enforced absence, of an injurious rise or fall in the temperature. To measure degrees of temperature in pharmaceutical operations ther- mometers are used exclusively. A thermometer may be described as an instrument consisting of a glass tube having a capillary bore, with a cylindrical or globular bulb blown at the end, the bulb and a part of the stem containing a liquid (usually mercury), and the tube being mounted upon a graduated scale, or the tube itself graduated, in order to measure the degree of expansion of the liquid when subjected to the influence of heat. Unfortunately, the value of the degrees of thermometers in common use is not the same, there being no less than three arbitrary scales,—Centigrade, Fahrenheit, and Reaumur, the latter rarely used. The Centigrade, or Celsius’s, scale is best adapted for scientific work; it is given the first place in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880. The freezing- point of water is zero, 0°, and the boiling-point is 100° ; the intervening space is divided into one hundred equal parts (see Fig. 78). The Fahrenheit scale is much the most largely used in this country and Great Britain, and until the last revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia it was used exclusively in pharmacy. The Centigrade degrees in the Pharmacopoeia are followed by those of Fahrenheit enclosed in paren- theses, as 100° C. (212° F.). In Fahrenheit’s thermometer the freezing- point is 32°, and the boiling-point is 212°, the intervening space being divided into one hundred and eighty equal parts (see Fig. 79). In Reaumur’s thermometer the freezing-point is 0°, and the boiling- point is 80°. In Figs. 81, 82, and 83 the three thermometers are shown together to facilitate comparison: the lowest figures indicate the freezing-points of each, the highest the boiling-points. METHODS OF MEASURING HEAT. 112 OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. Rules. 1. To convert Centigrade degrees into those of Fahrenheit above 32, multiply by 1.8 and add 32. 2. To convert Fahrenheit degrees above 32 into those of Centigrade, subtract 32 and divide by 1.8. Choice of Thermometers.—It is important that the prac- tical pharmacist should possess a good thermometer. The best form is one in which the graduations are made on the surface of the tube. The diameter of the instrument should be the same throughout its entire length ; this permits its convenient use through perforated corks in distillations and other opera- tions where it is necessary to observe temperature, and it is not so easily broken (see Fig. 79). The thickness of the glass of the bulb is not a matter of indifference: if too thick, the thermometer will not respond quickly to changes of temperature, whilst if too thin, the risk of fracture is very great. The bore of the tube should be flat or elliptical, and perfectly uniform throughout. The absence of air in the tube may be known by the descent of the mercury to the lowest part of the tube when the Fig. 78. Fig. 79. Fig. 81. Fig. 82. Fig. 83. Fig. 80. Centigrade thermometer. Fahrenheit thermometer. Paper-scale thermometer. Fahrenheit thermometer. Centigrade thermometer. Reaumur thermometer. thermometer is inverted. A strip of opaque, white enamelled glass behind the bore of the tube is of great assistance in reading the indication OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. 113 quickly. A cheaper thermometer, which will answer for many pur- poses, has a paper scale inside of a glass tube (see Fig. 80). These should not be used for temperatures over 300° F., as in time the paper becomes charred. It is a good practice to send a thermometer to be officially tested,1 and then to reserve it as a standard for correcting ordinary instruments. As glass usually reaches its limit of contraction in three years, such a thermometer should be at least this old before it is sent. Table of Melting-Points of Officinal Substances. Acidum Aceticum Glaciale 15° C. = 59° F. Sodii Sulphas 30° C. = 86° F. Oleum Theobromae 30°-35° C. = 86°-95° F. Adeps 35° C. = 95° F. Sodii Carbonas 35° C. = 95° F. Acidum Carbolicum (crystals) 36°-42° C. = 96.8°-107.6° F. Sodii Phosphas 40° C. = 104° F. Petrolatum 40°-51° C. = 104°-123.8° F. Phosphorus 44° C. = 111.2° F. Sevum 45°-50° C. = 113°-122° F. Sodii Hvposulphis 50° C. = 122° F. Cetaceum 50° C. == 122° F. Thymol 50° C. = 122° F. Quinina 57° C. = 134.6° F. Chloral 68° C. — 136.4° F. Cera Flava 63°-64° C. = 145.4°-147.2° F. Camphora Monobromata 65° C. = 149° F. Cera Alba 65° C. = 149° F. Potassii et Sodii Tartras 75° C. = 167° F. Quininae Yalerianas 90° C. = 194° F. Alumen 92° C. = 197.6° F. Acidum Citricum 100° C. = 212° F. Atropina 114° C. = 237.2° F. ledum 114° C. == 237.2° F. Sulphur Lotum 115° C. = 239° F. Zinci Chloridum 115° C. = 239° F. Iodoformum 115° C. = 289° F. Piperina 128° C. = 262.4° F. Resina 135° C. = 275° F. Strychninae Sulphas 135° C. = 275° F. Arnmonii Sulphas 140° C. = 284° F. Crdeina 150° C. = 302° F. Chrysarobinum 162° C. = 323.6° F. Arnmonii Nitras 165°-166° C. = 329°-330.8° F. Snntoninum 170° C. = 338° F. Camphora 175° C. = 347° F. Acidum Salicylicum 175° C. = 347° F. Acidum Chromicum 190° C. = 374° F. Salicinum 198° C. = 388.4° F. Aluminii Sulphas 200° C. = 392° F. Argenti Nitras 200° C. = 392° F. Picrotoxinum 200° C. = 392° F. Elaterinum 200° C. = 392° F. Cinchoninae Sulphas 240° C. = 464° F. Cinchonina 250° C. = 482° F. Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum 265° C. — 509° F. Strychnina 312° C. = 593.6° F. Sodii Nitras 312° C. = 593.6° F. Potassii Nitras 340° C. = 644° F. Argenti Iodidum 400° C. = 752° F. 1 Thermometers are examined, and certificates are issued showing the corrections, by Win- chester Observatory of Yale College, New Haven, Conn. 114 OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OF HEAT. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER II. OPERATIONS REQUIRING THE USE OP HEAT. 261. According to the dynamical theory, how is heat produced? 262. What solids are commonly used as fuels in developing heat ? 263. What is the objection to using wood as a source of heat in pharmaceutical operations ? 264. Is charcoal more or less convenient, and why ? 265. What advantage has anthracite coal ? 266. What is the objection to bituminous coal ? 267. How is water heated in an ordinary range ? 268. What liquids are used for heating purposes in pharmaceutical operations ? 269. What objection is there to the use of alcohol ? 270. What is the arrangement of the so-called Russian blast-lamp ? 271. How may benzin or gasolin be burned without danger from explosion ? 272. Is kerosene or coal oil safer than gasolin ? If so, why ? 273. Does coal oil require a wick to burn satisfactorily ? 274. What is the disadvantage of using a wick ? 275. Of what does ordinary illuminating gas consist? How is it produced? 277. What valuable liquid and solid by-products are obtained in process of manu- facture ? 278. Give an explanation of the three zones that are apparent in an ordinary gas- flame. 279. How may ordinary gas be burned so as to become a source of heat rather than of light ? 280. What is a Bunsen burner ? 281. What is the objection to the ordinary Bunsen burner? 282. How may this be obviated? 283. How does the length of the perpendicular tube affect the smokeless character of the flame ? 284. Describe Fletcher’s radial burner. 285. What are the chief points to be secured in a good gas stove? 286. Describe the Economy furnace. 287. What are the chief advantages in this stove ? 288. What are the advantages of the use of illuminating gas as a source of heat ? 289. In pharmaceutical operations, how are degrees of temperature measured ? 290. What is a thermometer ? 291. What three scales of degrees of heat for thermometers are used? 292. Which is most largely used in this country ? 293. Which is used in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia ? 294. What are the freezing- and boiling-points of Fahrenheit’s scale ? 295. How is the intervening space divided ? 296. What are the freezing- and boiling-points of the Centigrade scale? 297. How is the intervening space divided ? 298. What are the freezing- and boiling-points of Reaumur’s scale? 299. How is the intervening space divided ? 300. How may Centigrade degrees be converted into those of Fahrenheit above 32 ? 301. How may Fahrenheit degrees above 32 be converted into Centigrade degrees ? 302. What are the essential points of a good thermometer ? F. = C. X 1.8 + 32 Convert —39° C. into F. 39 1.8 312 39 70.2 32. —38.2 C. = (F. —32) H- 1.8 Convert —39° F. into C. — 39 — 32 1.8 )—71 (—39.444 54 170 162 80 72 8 OPERATIONS REQUIRING TEE USE OF HEAT. 115 Convert —25.3° C. into F. — 25.3 1.8 2024 253 — 45.54 4-32 — 13.54 Convert —18.4° F. into C. — 18.4 — 32 1.8) —50.4 (—28 36 144 144 Convert —13.72° C. into F. — 13.72 1.8 10976 1372 — 24.696 4-32 8.696 Convert —27.4° F. into C. — 27.4 — 32 1.8) —59.4 (—33 54 54 54 Convert — 5° C. into F — 5 1.8 — 9.0 4-32 23. Convert —2.2° F. into C. — 2.2 — 32 1.8 ) —34.2 (—19 18 162 162 Convert 78° C. into F. 78 1.8 624 78 140.4 32 172.4 Convert 62° F. into C. 62 32 1.8 ) 30 ( 16.66 18 120 108 12 Convert 89° C. into F. 89 1.8 712 89 160.2 32 192.2 Convert 158° F. into C. 158 32 1.8 ) 126 ( 70 126 00 Convert 210° C. into F. 210 1.8 1680 210 378.0 32 410. Convert 447° F. into C. 447 32 1.8 ) 415 ( 230.555 36 55 54 100 90 10 CHAPTER III. OF HEAT. The consideration of the uses of heat in pharmacy will follow natu- rally the preceding chapter upon its generation and measurement, and the subject may be properly treated of under two classes,—viz.: 1, those operations in which comparatively high temperatures are required, and, 2, those which require moderate or low temperatures. It will be readily noticed that the latter class will embrace nearly all of the more important pharmaceutical operations in which heat is employed. Operations in which comparatively High Temperatures are required.—In this class of operations must be placed some which seem to be in danger of becoming lost arts through the growth of special methods, which are now conducted on a large scale by manufac- turers, who supply the products of their skill so cheaply that the home- made apparatus is often produced at a pecuniary loss. It will, never- theless, be found useful to refer briefly to these operations, for a certain amount of knowledge will frequently be of service to the practical worker in emergencies and on special occasions. The Use of the Blow-Pipe.—A blow-pipe in its simplest form is a metallic tube, usually of brass or copper, slightly conical, gradually tapering to a minute orifice, the narrowest portion being curved so that the axis of the orifice is at right angles to that of the principal portion of the tube. It is used by placing the widest end in the mouth, and inserting the other end into the edge of the flame, and forcing a current of air through the tube, with the effect of increasing the intensity of the flame by converting it into a miniature blast. Some skill and practice are required to produce an unremitting current of air, and this is effected by keeping the muscles of the cheeks distended and constantly supply- ing air from the lungs as it is needed. When the blow-pipe is used with a luminous flame, the interior of the flame, owing to the carbon not being wholly oxidized, has the power of deoxidizing or reducing oxides, whilst the outer flame has opposite or oxidizing properties: a piece of lead glass tube held in the inner flame will be blackened through the reduction of the lead oxide to the metallic state; if this stain is held in the outer flame the metal is reoxidized, dissolves in the glass, and the glass again becomes transparent. The blow-pipe is useful in pharmacy in working and bending glass, in testing fusible chemical substances, in soldering apparatus, etc. The various forms of blow-pipes in common use are shown in Figs. 86 to 91. The Fletcher’s gas blow-pipe, shown in Fig. 92, furnishes an excellent and very powerful blast which is capable of delicate adjustment. It USES OF HEAT. 117 has a universal ball-and-socket joint, which enables it to be used in any position. The very convenient foot-bellows, shown in Fig. 93, may be used in connection with it for producing the blast. The sides of this Fig. 86. Fig. 87. Fig. 88. Fig. 89. Fig. 90. Fig. 91 Plain blow-pipe. Bulb. Black’s. Berzelius’s. Plattner’s. Plattner’s (dissected). bellows are of stout leather, and the reservoir of air beneath is obtained by stretching and fastening a circular piece of thin rubber cloth over the lower orifice and preventing too great expan- sion and rupture by enclosing it in a net: this form, with the reservoir below, is prefer- able to that formerly in use, which had the rubber cloth above; the advantages are greater protection against injury from falling Fig. 92. Fig. 93. Gas blow-pipe. Foot-bellows. articles, and less obstruction to the valves through sucking in dust from the floor. Crucible Operations.—A crucible is a cup-shaped vessel made of platinum, silver, black lead, iron, porcelain, wedgwood-ware, or clay, and intended to withstand a very powerful heat. It is used for fusing metals or heating metallic oxides or organic substances, and is very useful in chemical analysis. The Hessian crucible (see Fig. 94) is the cheapest: it is unfitted for delicate operations, for, although capa- ble of withstanding great heat, its porous character permits the ready absorption of many substances. The black-lead crucible is more expen- 118 USES OF HEAT. sive: it is less porous, is infusible, and has the great merit of bearing great changes in temperature without risk of fracture. Porcelain or wedgwood crucibles are fragile, and have to be very gradually cooled to prevent breakage. Fletcher’s gas crucible furnace (see Fig. 95) is very useful in this connection. Of the metals used in making crucibles, Fig. 95. Fig. 94. Fig. 96. platinum is superior to any: its well-known power of resisting fusion, its cleanliness, and its non-liability to be acted upon by most chemical substances render it invaluable to the chemist, notwithstanding its costliness (see Fig. 96). The following processes require the application of high heat: 1. Ignition, in the sense in which it is used in the Pharmacopoeia and by chemists generally, is the process of strongly heating solid or semi- solid substances, the residue left at the conclusion of the process being the object sought. The officinal quantitative tests for phosphoric acid, phosphate of ammonia, and purified sulphide of antimony afford exam- ples of the use of this process. 2. Fusion is the process of liquefying solid bodies by the application of heat without the use of a solvent: the melting of wax, and the prepa- ration of moulded nitrate of silver, are familiar examples of this process. 3. Calcination is the process of separating volatile substances from fixed inorganic matter by the application of heat without fusion : its principal application in pharmacy is in the expulsion of water and carbonic acid from carbonates, as shown in the processes for making magnesia, lime, etc. 4. Deflagration is the process of heating one inorganic substance with another capable of yielding oxygen (usually a nitrate or a chlorate); decomposition ensues, accompanied by a violent, noisy, or sudden com- bustion. Deflagration is used in making some of the salts of antimony and arsenic, and in some qualitative analytical examinations. 5. Carbonization is the process of heating organic substances without exposure to air until the volatile products are driven off, and the residue assumes the black color characteristic of free carbon or charcoal. The manufacture of bone-black and wood charcoal affords good illustrations. Hessian crucible. Crucible furnace. Platinum crucible. USES OF HEAT. 6. Torrefaction (known also as roasting) is the process whereby organic substances have some of their constituents modified by the application of a degree of heat somewhat less than that necessary to carbonize them. The most familiar example of this process is the roasting of coffee. Rhubarb in coarse, dry powder, when subjected to this process, loses its cathartic properties, but retains its astringent quali- ties, and is known as Torrefied Rhubarb. 7. Incineration is the process of heating strongly, organic substances with access of air until all the carbon is consumed, the ashes which remain being the object sought. The process is frequently used in analysis to determine the amount of fixed matter in an organic substance. 8. Sublimation is the process of separating a volatile solid substance from one which is not volatile by the application of heat. A special chapter on this subject will be found in the succeeding pages. 119 OPERATIONS REQUIRING HEAT IN WHICH LOWER TEMPERA- TURES ARE USED. In this class of operations will be found the most important of those requiring the application of heat; almost all medicinal substances have their properties altered by the action of heat, and many cases are met with where it is necessary to moderate carefully the heat in order to prevent the decomposition or destruction of the active agent; for the purpose of controlling heat various baths are used, as the sand-bath, oil- bath, solution-bath, steam-bath, water-bath, etc. The sand-bath is usually an iron vessel of hemispherical or other con- venient shape, containing dry, clean sand (see Fig. 97); the vessel to be heated is embedded in the sand, and the bath is then heated to the required degree. The object of this form of bath is to equalize the temperature, and to prevent a too sudden rise or fail of heat whereby unequal expansion or contraction might cause fracture to a glass or porcelain vessel being heated. Iron-wire clippings have sometimes been sub- stituted for sand, with doubtful advantage, however. The practical error usually made by inexperienced operators in the use of the sand-bath is in permitting too large a body of sand to rest between the bottom of the vessel to be heated and the flame; this results in an unnecessary waste of heat. The oil-bath is designed to furnish a regulated temperature below 260° C. (500° F.). A fixed oil is the medium usually employed for communicating the heat, but one of the best substitutes for oil is petrolatum. Most fixed oils, when heated above 177° C. (350° F.), evolve disagreeable fumes. In fractional distillation on a large scale, oil-baths are often used to control temperature, and the fumes arising from the heated oil are carried off by a pipe to the chimney. The glycerin-bath.—In order to avoid the disagreeable odors arising from hot oil, glycerin is sometimes substituted. Acrolein, an acrid, volatile product, however, is produced if glycerin is heated nearly to Fig. 97. Sand-bath. 120 USES OF HEAT. boiling. A temperature of 250° C. (482° F.) can be maintained in a glycerin-bath without much inconvenience. Salt-water baths are sometimes used in special operations; their prin- ciple of action depends on the fact that the boiling-point of a liquid is raised in proportion to the quantity of fixed salt dissolved in it. Water, as is well known, boils at 100° C. (212° F.), but if common salt is dissolved in water until it ceases to take up any more, and a saturated solution is produced, it is found that this solution does not boil until the temperature of 108.4° C. (227.1° F.) is reached. The following table shows the boiling-point of certain saturated solutions as deter- mined by Legrand and others : Table of Boiling-Points of Saturated Solutions of various Salts. Salt. Boiling-Point. Salt. Boiling-Point. Chloride of Sodium . . . C. 108.4° F. 227.1° Acetate of Sodium .... C. 124.4° F. 256° Chloride of Ammonium . . 114.2° 237.6° Carbonate of Potassium . . 135° 275° Tartrate of Potassium . . 114.7° 238.5° Nitrate of Calcium .... 151° 303.8° Nitrate of Potassium . . . 115.9° 240.2° Acetate of Potassium . . . 169° 336.2° Nitrate of Sodium .... 121° 249.8° Chloride of Calcium . . . 179° 354.2° The water-bath is one of the most useful of all the forms of phar- maceutical apparatus for regulating temperature, and the frequency with which it is directed to be used in works of authority indicates its importance as a necessary implement in the equipment of every phar- maceutical laboratory. Almost all the water-baths used by phar- macists are extemporized, and these are generally crude and incon- venient; two dishes usually suffice, one of them somewhat larger in diameter than the other. Water is poured into the larger dish, and the other dish, contain- ing the liquid to be heated, is placed in the water and the heat ap- plied ; the room is soon tilled with the escaping steam, and in winter the condensation of the moisture upon the win- dows is alone a sufficient inconvenience to render it undesirable. Fig. 98 shows a tinned copper water - bath in which this annoyance is overcome. The water-level has at its lowest point a piece of block-tin tube soldered in; this extends half-way up the glass tube in the inside, whilst a perforated cork at the upper end of the glass tube permits the insertion of another piece of block-tin tube; the upper Fig. 98. Water-bath. USES OF HEAT. 121 tube connects with the cold-water faucet and terminates in the smoke- flue or with the outside air; the vapor arising from the boiling water either passes off* into the chimney, as shown by the arrow, or is con- densed, the loss being supplied by a small stream of water from the cold-water faucet, shown by the arrow pointing downward; the lower block-tin tube acts as an overflow, the excess of water being carried off* by a rubber tube into the sink; all possibility of the water-bath “ boiling dry” is thus obviated. Vapors from the liquid in the water-bath may be carried off* by a hood (see Fig. 129). A simple water-bath may be made by encasing a tinned-copper round-bottomed dish in one of larger diameter having a flat bottom. Water is poured in through a tubulure in the top, and it is replenished as required. Fig. 99 shows a similar water-bath, a porcelain evaporating dish taking the place of the copper one. It is useful where a metallic dish would be acted on by the substance to be Fig. 99. Fig. 100. Water-bath (porcelain dish). Water-bath (copper ring). heated. A water-bath intended for the smaller operations of analytical chemistry is shown in Fig. 100. The different sizes of the rings render it convenient for vessels of various shapes and sizes. It will be neces- sary to allude frequently hereafter to the uses and modifications of the water-bath. THE USE OF STEAM 11ST PHARMACEUTICAL OPERATIONS. The scope of this work will not permit of any extended consideration of the use of steam in technical pharmacy, yet it is of vital interest to be acquainted not only with the theories underlying its employment, but also with the apparatus used in its practical application. When water is heated to the boiling-point and steam is produced, a certain amount of heat is absorbed (or apparently lost): this has been termed latent heat. When steam comes in contact with surfaces having less heat than itself, it is condensed, water is produced, and the latent heat becomes sensible (or reappears), thus proving the well-established physical law that when a liquid assumes the gaseous state, a certain fixed and definite amount of heat disappears; and, conversely, when a gas or vapor becomes a liquid, heat to a corresponding extent is evolved. Watts has illustrated this as follows: “ When water at 0° C. is mixed with an equal weight of water at 100° C., the whole is found to have the mean of the two temperatures, or 50° C. On the other hand, 1 part by weight of steam at 100° C., when condensed in cold water, is found to be capable of raising 5.4 parts of the latter from the freezing-point to the boiling- 122 USES OF HEAT. point, or through a range of 100° C. Now, 100 X 5.4 = 540; that is to say, steam at 100° C. in becoming water at 100° C. parts with enough heat to raise a weight of water equal to its own (if it were possible) 540° of the Centigrade thermometer, or 540 times its own weight of water one degree of the same.” When water passes into steam the same quantity of sensible heat becomes latent. A consideration of these facts in physics leads to the practical application of steam as a trans- mitter of heat, whereby heat from any source may be absorbed by steam and carried through suitable pipes to the vessel designed to be heated. If this vessel is filled with a cold liquid, the latent heat of the steam is rapidly communicated to the liquid, the steam is condensed, and the result is this most convenient and economical method of producing a temperature which is capable of being regulated with great exactness. Steam-baths may be divided into two classes: 1, those in which steam is used without pressure; and, 2, those in which steam is used under pressure. 1. The use of Steam without Pressure.—In many cases open steam, as it is termed, is used (see Fig. 101). The pipe which conveys the steam from the boiler is conducted to the bottom of a hemispherical kettle, and the liquid to be heated is poured into a dish of larger diameter, which is placed upon the top; the steam is turned on, and as it condenses is carried off by the drip-pipe. A temperature of about 100° C. (212° F.) can usually be maintained by this method. Sometimes the steam-pipe is conducted directly from the top into the liquid to be heated. A steam-distributor, as shown in Fig. 102, may be used at the end of the pipe near the bottom of the kettle; it is made by screwing a cross upon the end of the pipe, and an elbow to each arm Pig. 101. Open steam-bath. Steam-distributor. of the cross; the steam issues usually with some force from each elbow and effectually stirs up the liquid, and rapidly produces a uniform tem- perature in it. The principal disadvantages about using steam in this way are the noise at first produced by the contact of the hot steam with the cold liquid, and the increase in bulk of the liquid through the con- densation of the steam. 2. The use of Steam under Pressure.—This is by far the most con- venient method of using steam practically as a means of transmitting heat. It has been stated that steam produced in open and unconfined vessels, with the ordinary pressure of the atmosphere, has the temper- USES OF HEAT. 123 ature of 100° C. (212° F.). If water is heated continuously in a boiler capable of withstanding pressure, the water is prevented from boiling by the pressure of its own vapor, and the temperature of the steam rises in proportion as the pressure increases. It is usually stated that the press- ure of the atmosphere is 14.7 pounds to the square inch. The following table shows the increase in temperature of steam when the pressure exceeds that of the atmosphere. Of course the opposite effect is produced when the pressure is removed, and the water boils below the temperature of 100° C. (212° F.). (See vacuum apparatus.) Table of the Temperatures of Superheated Steam Pressure. Temperature of Steam. Pressure. Temperature of Steam. Pounds per Square Inch. C. P. Pounds per Square Inch. C. P. 14.7 100° 212° 55 141.6° 287.1° 17 104.2° 219.6° 60 144.7° 292.7° 20 108.8° 228° 65 147.7° 298° 23 113° 235.5° 70 150.5° 302.9° 25 115.6° 240.1° 75 153° 307.5° 30 121.3° 250.4° 80 155.5° 312° 35 126.2° 259.3° 85 157.8° 316.1° 40 130.7° 267.3° 90 160° 320.2° 45 134.6° 274.4° 95 162.2° 324.1° 50 138.3° 281° 100 164.4° 327.9° The principle of the use of steam under pressure is shown in the apparatus (see Fig. 103). It was designed by the author in 1872 to illustrate the subject practically upon the lecture-table. A cylindrical copper boiler, A, supported by a stout iron stand, is heated by a row of six Fig. 103. Use of steam under pressure. Bunsen burners; water is forced into the boiler from the hydrant through a rubber hose attached to the pipe connected with the check-valve, H. The steam passes into the jacketed kettle, B, and is controlled by the 124 USES OF HEAT. steam-valve, E, the exhaust steam and condensed water passing through the pipe controlled by the valve F. An upright tubular steam boiler, suited to operations in the phar- maceutical laboratory, and a sectional view of the same, are shown in Figs. 104 and 105. Prof. Patch has contrived a very convenient upright tubular steel boiler, shown in Fig. 106. It is covered with asbestos composition, which acts as a non-conductor of heat, and the source of heat is a large coal-oil Fig. 104. Fm. 105. stove; a conical coil of pipe serves to support a funnel when hot filtra- tion is needed, whilst a safety-valve and steam-gauge assure safety. It is, of course, intended only for the laboratory of a retail druggist. The usual form of steam kettle is shown in Fig. 107. A copper pan, tinned inside, having flaring sides to facilitate evaporation, is securely connected about midway from the bottom with another copper pan, both being riveted together. An opening for the steam-pipe is made in the jacketed side to admit steam, and at the lowest point of the bottom another pipe is attached to carry off the water which is produced by the condensation of the steam. The upper edge of the kettle is protected by a flat brass ring, which is soldered and riveted to it, and which also Steam boiler. Steam boiler (sectional view), uses of Seat. 125 serves to support the still-top when the steam kettle is used for distilla- tions. (See chapter on distillation.) Care should be exercised to have the bottom of the kett le made of copper heavy enough to resist the greatest amount of steam-pressure that will be likely to be used on it, as in- stances have been known of collapse when this was neg- lected. In using the steam kettle, the liquid that is to be heated is run into it by a syphon or other means; the drip- or exhaust-cock below is opened partially, and the steam slowly turned on. The habit of opening steam- valves cautiously is one that should be sedulously cul- tivated, as accidents and strains to steam apparatus often arise from the sudden shocks due to want of care in this respect. While the liquid is becoming heated, the condensed water should be allowed to escape freely, and when the proper temper- ature is reached, the steam- valve should be carefully ad- justed and the exhaust-valve turned so that, whilst all the condensed water may escape, no steam shall Fig. 106. Patch’s steam boiler. Fig. 107. Fig. 108. Steam kettle. Enamelled steam kettle. be allowed to go to waste by its being opened too widely. One of the USES OF HEAT. 126 greatest objections to the use of tinned-copper kettles is that the coating of tin soon wears off, and contamination of the extract or liquid with copper is almost sure to result. The enamelled cast-iron kettle made by Barrows, Savery & Co., of Philadelphia, shown in Fig. 108, is to be preferred on this account, although the injurious cracking of the enamel from overheating and the resulting exposure of the liquid to the iron surface beneath is an objection. It is proper to state that with care the Fig. 109. steam coil. enamel may often be retained for years in perfect condition. Jacketed iron tanks lined with sheet block-tin are very useful and durable, but their costliness is apt to prevent their extended use. Pressure steam is frequently passed through coils of iron, block-tin, or lead which have been immersed in the liquid to be heated. Fig. 109 shows the usual form. It will be found very useful to the practical worker to use block-tin pipe. Steam-valves may be sol- dered to both ends of the pipe, and on account of the flexibility of the pipe it may be readily adjusted and coiled to suit available space, whilst the absence of danger from contamination when used for heating most medicinal liquids is an advantage which should not be overlooked. Steam, when Fig. 112. Fig. 110. Fig. 111. Upright steam coil. Horizontal steam coil. Zigzag steam coil. passed through coils of various shapes, zigzag pipes, etc., is also largely used in heating liquids in special operations, in drying drugs, chemicals, etc. Figs. 110, 111, and 112 illustrate these forms. (See also chapter on desiccation.) USES OF HEAT. 127 QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER III. USES OP HEAT. 304. What is a blow-pipe, and how is it used ? 305. What is it used for ? 306. How is Fletcher’s gas blow-pipe arranged ? 307. What is the construction of a foot-bellows ? 308. What is a crucible, and what is its use ? 309. Of what materials are crucibles made ? 310. What sort will bear great heat without danger of breaking? 311. What is the best metal from which to make crucibles, and why ? 312. What processes require the application of high heat? 313. What is ignition? Give officinal example of ignition. 314. What is fusion ? Give an example of an officinal preparation in which this process is used. 315. What is calcination ? 316. What is deflagration ? 317. What is carbonization ? Give an illustration. 318. What is torrefaction ? Give an illustration. 319. What is incineration ? 320. What is sublimation ? 321. In operations requiring lower temperature, what contrivances are used for controlling the heat ? 322. What is a sand-bath ? 323. What is an oil-bath ? 324. What temperature does an oil-bath furnish? 325. What temperature does a glycerin-bath furnish ? 326. What temperature does a salt-water bath furnish ? 327. What is a water-bath ? 328. What is latent heat ? 329. When water at 0° Centigrade is mixed with an equal weight of water at 100° Centigrade, what is the temperature of the mixture ? 330. How much water will 100 parts (by weight) of steam raise from the freezing- point to the boiling-point ? 331. What temperature can be obtained by an open steam-bath ? 332. What is the pressure of the atmosphere to the square inch ? 333. If water be heated continuously under pressure, what will be the result ? 33.4. Describe an upright tubular steam boiler. 335. What is the objection to using tinned-copper steam kettles ? 336. What is the objection to using enamelled cast-iron steam kettles ? CHAPTER IV. VAPORIZATION. Under this head will be included those pharmaceutical operations in which volatile substances are separated from fixed bodies, or from others which are less volatile, by the action of heat at varying temperatures. Vaporization is frequently employed in pharmacy, and it will be most convenient to consider its applications in the order of their importance : 1. To Liquids. 2. To Solids. 1. When vaporization is used to separate a volatile liquid from a less volatile liquid, it is called evaporation. 2. When the object sought is the volatile liquid, it is called distilla- tion. 3. When it is used to separate a volatile liquid from a solid, it is called desiccation, exsiccation, or granulation. 4. When it is used to separate a volatile solid from another body, it is called sublimation. The following diagram may serve to impress the definitions on the memory: Object Sought. Process. Liquids: Fixed or less volatile Evaporation. V olatile Distillation. Vaporization. Solids: Fixed Desiccation. Exsiccation. Granulation. Volatile * Sublimation. The subjects of Evaporation, Distillation, Sublimation, and Desic- cation will be considered in the chapters which immediately follow. Vaporization, as applied to Granulation and Exsiccation, will be more appropriately considered after the chapters on Solution and Crystal- lization. EVAPORATION. Although this term has in its more popular sense the signification of the separation of moisture from any body, whether solid or liquid, in pharmacy the word has a more restricted meaning, and signifies the driving off of the more volatile or less valuable portions of a liquid by the application of heat, with the object of purifying it or obtaining the less volatile portion. Illustrations are found in the concentration of syrups and liquids intended for crystallization, and in the treatment of weak tinctures in making fluid-extracts and extracts. VAPORIZATION. 129 As ebullition, or boiling, is an important form of evaporation, it will be necessary first to consider the essential points concerned therein. Ebullition in a heated liquid is caused by the formation of bubbles of vapor upon the surface of the vessel, which, rising to the surface of the liquid and bursting, permit the vapor to become diffused in the space above the boiling liquid. The boiling-point of a liquid may be defined as the temperature at which the tension of its vapor is equal to the pressure of the atmosphere, this point being definite, wdiilst evapora- tion takes place in the same liquid at nearly all degrees of heat, and hence the evaporating point is an indefinite tem- perature. The point at which a liquid boils varies with the liquid, and in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia and other authoritative works the boiling-point is frequently considered an impor- tant test in establishing the identity or purity of a liquid. The table at the end of this chapter shows the boiling-point of the officinal liquids arranged in order, beginning with the lowest. The boiling-point of a liquid is affected by the cohesion of the liquid and the degree of pressure upon its surface. Water under the ordinary pressure of the atmosphere boils at 100° C. (212° F.). When confined in a steam boiler it has been shown that water can have a temperature considerably o\ er 200° C. (392° F.) without boiling, the bubbles being prevented from rising to the top on account of the pressure of the steam in the confined space above the liquid. On the other hand, the removal of pressure causes a liquid to boil below its normal boiling-point, as will be explained in the chapter on vacuum apparatus. The character of the vessel in which a liquid is boiled has also a slight effect in modify- ing the boiling-point. (See Evaporation by Boiling.) Determination of Boiling-Points.—One of the simplest methods of ascertaining the boiling-point of a liquid is illus- trated in the cut (see Fig. 113). The liquid is introduced into a test-tube, and a glass tube is selected of such diameter as will permit a tube-thermometer to pass easily through it and leave a small space between; the tube should be about one inch shorter than the thermometer. A short piece of wire should be passed through the glass ring of the thermometer, and slightly bent to hold it in position; a perforated cork should now be fitted tightly to the test-tube, and the tube carrying the thermometer-tube pushed through the perforation in the cork until the bulb of the thermometer is just above the liquid; heat should be applied cautiously by a sand-bath or Water-bath. The vapor from the boiling liquid passes upward through the whole length of the thermometer, escaping at the top, and thus the error common to some methods, due to the difference in tem- perature between the portion of the thermometer in the test-tube and that outside of the test-tube, is measurably avoided. Tension of Vapors.—If a glass tube, thirty-six inches long, closed at one end, is filled with mercury, and the open end, after closing it Pig. 113. Boiling-point test. 130 VAPORIZATION. with the finger, carefully inverted in a beaker containing mercury, it will be found that the mercury will run out from the tube into the beaker until a column of mercury about thirty inches in height is left: this column is sustained by the pressure of the atmosphere, and is, in fact, the well-known mercurial barometer-tube: the six inches of space in the tube above the level of the mercury is of course empty, or vacuous. Now, if a few drops of water are passed into the tube by a dropper, they immediately rise to the level of the mercury in the tube, and, although the temperature has not been increased, a portion of the water is vapor- ized, and the column of mercury is proportionately depressed: this depression is due to the elasticity or tension of the aqueous vapor. If the tube be forcibly pushed down into the mercury, the increased pressure will be found to have liquefied the vapor, and the original quantity of water is recovered; but the depression in the column of mercury may be increased by heat, and when a sufficient amount of heat has been applied to the tube to expel the mercury until none is left in the tube, it will be found that the temperature marks 100° C. (212° F.), which is exactly the boiling-point of the liquid (water), showing that this point must be reached in order to overcome the pressure of the atmosphere. If alcohol or ether be substituted for water, it will be found that the mer- cury will be depressed in a far greater ratio,—this being due to the greater volatility and lower boiling-point of these liquids. The maxi- mum density of the vapor of a volatile liquid in a confined space in contact with the corresponding liquid is reached when its elastic force attains the limit beyond which pressure produces the liquefaction of the vapor. When this limit is reached, the vapor is said to be saturated: maximum density varies with the temperature. If a saturated vapor in an enclosed tube is not in contact with an excess of liquid, increase of temperature lowers its density or expands it. On the other hand, when a saturated vapor is cooled, liquefaction gradually takes place, the vapor above the liquid remaining in the condition of maximum density until converted into the liquid : so that cold and pressure have the effect of converting vapors into liquids, whilst heat and the removal of pressure have the reverse effect,—i.e., the conversion of liquids into vapors. The phenomena above described characterize evaporation into a space filled with air as well as evaporation into a vacuum, the only difference being that more time is required to produce the. same effects when evaporating in contact with air, for volatile liquids are instantly converted into vapor in a vacuum, while the presence of air retards, but does not prevent, vaporization. A consideration of the foregoing facts leads to the follow- ing deductions: 1. The quantity of vapor that will form in a confined space de- pends upon the amount of pressure and heat to which the liquid is subjected; and wffien the point of maximum density of the vapor is reached, evaporation ceases if the pressure and temperature remain the same. 2. The rapidity of evaporation of an aqueous liquid in the open air is influenced by the condition of the aqueous vapor always present in the air. If it has the greatest density possible for the degree of heat, evaporation is retarded; but if the aqueous vapor in the atmosphere VAPORIZATION. 131 is much below the state of maximum density, as is usually the case, evaporation is promoted. 3. Rapidity of evaporation is increased by removing the pressure of the atmosphere. 4. Increase of temperature obviously accelerates evaporation, by increasing the formation of vapor. Evaporation of Liquids by Boiling.—In evaporating by boiling, temperature, pressure, etc., being equal, the rapidity of the process depends upon the extent of surface exposed to the heat. Fig. 106 represents a profile view of two evaporators, A and B. The corrugated bottom of A gives twice as much surface as the smooth bottom of B, and hence if the same quantity of a liquid is made to boil in each, at the same temperature, the bubbles of vapor given otf from the corrugated bottom will be twice as numerous as those formed on the plain bottom. The superiority of tubular boilers over the ordinary plain or Cornish boiler also affords a good illustration of this fact (see Fig. 105). When a pure, volatile liquid is heated to the boiling-point in the open air, its temperature remains the same until the whole of the liquid has evaporated. If, on the other hand, solid matter is dissolved in the liquid, the temperature of the solution is gradually increased until saturation is reached: this fact is well illustrated by considering boiling-points of saturated solutions of various salts (see page 121), and it shows the importance of diminishing the heat in the evaporation of solutions of organic substances as evaporation progresses, as, for example, in the making of extracts, etc. The cohesion of a liquid affects its boiling-point, dense, thick, and sticky liquids offering more resistance to the escape of the bubbles of vapor than rare, mobile, or thin liquids. The relative depth of liquid also influences the boiling-point. Shallow vessels favor ebullition, because they afford proportionally less weight of liquid above the bottom of the dish for the bubbles to escape through than deep ones. Rough metallic surfaces favor evaporation by boiling, and are better than smooth surfaces, because they expose a greater amount of surface to the source of heat. Evaporation below the Boiling-Point.—In evaporating liquids below their boiling-point, temperature, pressure, etc., being equal, rapidity of evaporation depends upon the extent of surface exposed to the air. Figs. 115 and 116 show two vessels of exactly the same diameter, but of different capacity, con- taining water: both expose the same amount of surface to the air, but that of Fig. 116 contains eight times more liquid than that of Fig. 115. If both be subjected to the same temper- ature, provided it be below 100° C. (212° F.), the water will evaporate as rapidly from one as from the other. Proper Shape of Vessels for Evaporating Liquids.—Broad, Fig. 114. Evaporation by boiling. Fig. 115. Fig. 116. Evaporation below the boiling- point. 132 VAPORIZATION. shallow vessels should be used for evaporating below the boiling-point, because the extent of surface is proportionally greater in vessels of this shape. Fig. 117 is an illustration of a porcelain evaporating dish having Fig. 117. Fig. 118. Porcelain evaporating dish. Glass evaporating dish. the proper shape: the chief objection to dishes of this kind is their liability to breakage. Care should be taken to dry the bottom of the dish thoroughly before placing it over a gas-flame. A glass evaporating dish is shown in Fig. 118. This should always be used in a sand- bath, or should be otherwise protected from direct heat. Enamelled cast-iron dishes are very useful, notwithstanding the lack of dura- bility of the enamel. Enamelled sheet-iron dishes, called “ agate-ware,” are very light, and are much more lasting than the ordinary enamelled cast-iron dishes (see Fig. 119). Use of Stirrers.—By stirring an evaporating liquid the surface is largely increased, whilst the currents of air produced at the same time greatly assist in dissipating the vapors which rise. Upon the small Fig. 123. Fig. 121. Fig. 122. Fig. 120. Porcelain stirrer (double). Porcelain stirrer. Horn stirrer. Botary stirrer. scale, porcelain, horn, or wooden stirrers are used (see Figs. 120, 121, and 122), whilst mechanical stirrers are usually employed in the labo- VAPORIZATION. 133 ratory in more extensive operations. Fig. 123 shows a rotary stirrer to be operated by steam-power. Vacuum Apparatus.—It has already been shown (page 130) that the boiling-point of liquids is lowered by removing the pressure of the atmosphere. This fact is easily proved by placing under the receiver of an air-pump some alcohol in a test-glass containing a few pieces of broken glass; when, upon exhausting the receiver, many bubbles of vapor will rise from the surface, and the liquid will boil at the ordinary tem- perature. Water will boil at 84° C. (183.2° F.) upon the top of Mont Blanc, on account of the diminished pressure of the atmosphere. The practical application of these principles is of great importance in pharmacy, and vacuum-pans are frequently used in the larger laboratories Fig. 124. Vacuum apparatus. for concentrating solutions which are injured by heat under the ordinary pressure of the atmosphere, and especially in evaporating solutions of organic substances, for these are almost without exception injured by heat. In Fig. 124 a vacuum-pan, made by Lafferty, Gloucester, N. J., is 134 VAPORIZATION. shown. The top of the pan or kettle is furnished with a very wide pipe, which is bent twice, and connected at its lower extremity with a steam- pump. Steam-pipes are attached to the bottom of the vacuum-pan so that a moderate heat may be used if necessary. The air is exhausted from the pan upon starting the pump, and the vapor from the evaporating liquid may be condensed or wasted as desired. The pan is furnished with thermometers, gauges, windows, etc., so that the evaporation is under complete control. It frequently happens that the pharmacist is unable to devote much space to laboratory operations: this is particularly the case in cities or large towns, where rents are high. When pharmaceutical operations must be conducted in the store, an absolutely indispensable convenience is an evaporating chamber (see Fig. 125). If the arrangement of the store will admit of it, this should be built into a chimney-breast. The Fig. 125. Evaporating chamber. bottom of the chamber is preferably made of a slate slab, which should have a slight inclination towards the front, and be large enough to project about two inches over the closet upon which it rests, for the purpose of preventing a liquid, spilled by accident, from running into the closet and soiling the contents. The chamber should have a gas- pipe in it, and the upper part should connect, by a flue in which there is a damper, with a chimney having a good draught. A wooden or gal- vanized-iron front having a light of glass fitting tightly in it will prevent vapors or odors from getting into the store, while operations VAPORIZATION. 135 can be seen and go on with occasional attention. The space below may- be utilized as a closet for evaporating dishes, gas stoves, etc. Evaporation by Direct Heat.—This method usually requires the greatest amount of care in order to avoid loss or injury by overheating: it is to be preferred, therefore, only in cases where the residue is not easily injured by such an accident. The evaporation of saline solutions in crystalliza- tion, or of weak aqueous organic solutions, may usually be per- formed by the application of direct heat. Careful watching, however, is necessary, and also frequent stirring, to prevent the formation of a crust upon the bottom. Fig. 126 shows a method of evaporating by direct heat by using a flask supported on a piece of brass-wire gauze, upon a retort stand. Evaporation to a Fixed Volume.—This operation can- not be performed accurately without inconvenience, and hence it is much more satisfac- tory to evaporate a liquid to a definite weight,—all that is necessary in the latter case being to use a tared dish, and weigh the dish and contents when evaporation has progressed to the desired point. In evapo- ration to a definite measure, a graduated evaporating dish (see Fig. 127) may be employed, care being taken to level it by noticing that the height of the liquid is the same on each side, or the expedient illus- trated in Fig. 128 may be re- sorted to. An ordinary evapo- rating dish, D, is placed upon a grommet, G (see page 137), and subjected to the heat (in this case the temperature is intended to be that of a warm room); a per- forated wooden strip, A, is placed across the dish, and a glass ther- mometer, T, is supported in an upright position in the liquid by a perforated cork. Sufficient water is poured into the dish to equal the final measure of the liquid, and a small rubber band is slipped on the Fig. 126. Flask evaporation. Fig. 127. Graduated evaporating dish. 136 VAPORIZATION. thermometer (or a piece of string tied on) to indicate the desired level of the liquid; the water is replaced by the liquid to be evaporated, and evaporation proceeded with until the liquid has been lowered to the mark on the thermometer. When the use of a thermometer is un- necessary, a notched stick may be substituted. In or- der to arrive at results ap- proaching accuracy by these methods, the liquid must be allowed to cool to the tem- perature of the water which was used as the measure of the liquid in the beginning. Use of Hoods.—A hood is a contrivance, usually of a conical shape, intended to collect and dispose of vapors which, from their disagreeable odors or their suffocating effects, render the atmosphere of the store or laboratory unwholesome. Fig. 129 shows a form of hood which has been found useful upon the small scale: it is made of galvanized iron, and connects by galvanized stove-pipe with the strong draught of a good chimney; the stove- pipe running horizontally to the chimney should have a damper in it. If any condensation of the vapors takes place in the stove-pipe, the larger liameter of the circular hood will cause the drops :>f liquid to fall outside of the evaporating dish, and thus con- tamination of the contents of the dish is avoided. Hoods are usually made of wood when in- tended for operations upon the large scale. Fig. 130 illustrates the method of using a hood when the dish is placed upon a stove. Use of Grommets.—One of the inconveniences in using round - bottomed evaporating dishes is due to the shape of the bottom, serious loss often occurring from the tilting of the dish and spilling of the contents: to obviate this, grommets should be used. These may be economically made from a cast-off piece of rubber hose or tubing by bending it into a circle, placing a wooden plug in one end, tacking it securely, and inserting it in the other end and fastening it in the same manner (see Fig. 131): an elastic ring is thus formed, upon which an evaporating dish or round- bottomed vessel may be safely placed. Grommets serve another very important purpose, that of preventing the fracture of a porcelain or Fig. 128. Measuring evaporatior. Fig. 129. Tig. 130. Hood. Stove hood. VAPORIZATION. 137 glass dish containing a hot liquid, by being placed between the hot dish and the cold surface of a table or floor. Spontaneous Evaporation.—By this term is meant the evapora- tion of a liquid at the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere, or without the application of strong, direct heat. It is used in cases where the residue or less volatile liquid is liable to injury or loss by the application of much heat, or in crystalliza- tion, where, by the slow vaporization of the volatile liquid, finely-formed crystals may be secured, and in other less important operations. Spontaneous evapo- ration is usually conducted in drying-rooms or closets when they are accessible; these, as will be subsequently described, are rooms or closets which are very slightly heated by the use of exhaust steam or other means; or this form of evaporation may be used by placing the liquid in shallow dishes or trays and exposing the surface to the rays of the sun during fine weather. Upon the small scale, one of the most convenient methods is to support the dish upon a wire tripod placed upon a stove, at a sufficient distance above the top of the stove to avoid injury, or if heated air from a furnace is available, it can be utilized by supporting the dish, properly protected, over the register; the upward current of dry heated air greatly assists in pro- moting the evaporation. It is well to cover the dish loosely with coarse muslin or paper, to prevent dust and particles of dirt from dropping into the dish. Fig. 181. Grommets. Table of Boiling-Points of Officinal Substances. Fortior 37° C. = 98.6° F. Carbonei Bisulphidum 46° C. = 114.8° F. Benzinum 50°-60° C. = 122°-140° F. Chloroformum Purificatum 60°-61° C. = 140°-141.8° F. Spiritus AStheris Nitrosi 63° C. = 145.4° F. Bromum 63° C. = ' 145.4° F. iEther Aceticus 76° C. = 168.8° F. Alcohol 78° C. = 172.4° F. Chloral 95° C. = 203° F. Amyl Nitris 96° C. = 204.8° F. Aqua 100° C. = 212° F. Oleum Sinapis Volatile 148° C. = 298.4° F. Acidum Carbolicum 181°-186° C. = 357.8°-366.8° F. Creasotum 200° C. = 392° F. Camphora 205° C. = 401° F. Thymol 230° C. = 446° F. Camphora Monobromata 274° C. = 525.2° F. Glycerinum 290° C. = 654° F. Hydrargyrum 350° C. = 662° F. 138 VAPOR1ZA TION. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER IV. VAPORIZATION. 337. What is vaporization ? 338. What is evaporation? 339. What is distillation ? 340. What is desiccation ? 341. What is exsiccation ? 342. What is granulation ? 343. What is sublimation ? 344. What is meant by ebullition or boiling? 345. What is meant by the boiling-point of a liquid? 346. Is the boiling-point of a liquid a definite temperature? 347. Is the evaporating-point of a liquid a definite temperature? 348. What is the boiling-point of water under the ordinary pressure of the atmos- phere ? 349. When confined under pressure, how high can its temperature he raised with- out boiling ? 350. What will be the effect upon boiling if the pressure is made much less than that of the atmosphere ? 351. How may the boiling-point of a liquid he detennined accurately ? 352. What is meant by the tension of vapors ? 353. W hat effect have cold and pi’essure upon vapoi’S? 354. What effect have heat and removal of pressure upon vapors ? 355. Upon what does the quantity of vapor that will form in a confined space depend ? 356. How is the evapox-ation of a liquid influenced by the pressure or absence of aqueous vapor in the air? 357. How may the rapidity of evaporation be increased? 358. Why does increase of temperature hasten evaporation ? 359. In evaporation by boiling, temperature, pressure, etc., being equal, upon what does the rapidity of the process depend? 360. When a pui’e volatile liquid is evaporated by boiling in the open air, does the temperature change with the amount evaporated ? 361. If there is solid matter dissolved in the liquid, what takes place on evaporation ? 362. What inference should be drawn from this,—for example, in the preparation of extracts? 363. Which are most easily evaporated,—thin, mobile liquids or dense and thick ones, and why ? 364. Does the depth of a liquid influence its boiling-point? 365. Why are rough metallic surfaces better for evaporation than smooth ones ? 366. In evaporating liquids below the boiling-point, temperature, pressure, etc., being equal, upon what does the l-apidity of the process depend? 367. Therefore, what shaped vessels should be used for evaporating liquids below the boiling-point? 368. What effect is produced by stirring an evaporating liquid ? 369. Will water boil at a higher or lower temperature in more elevated positions, and why? 370. What application is made of this principle in pharmacy ? 371. What is an evaporating chamber, and how should it be constructed? 372. What is the objection to evaporating liquids by direct heat? 373. In evaporating" a liquid to a definite measure, how may it be ascertained when the measure has been l'eached ? 374. What is a hood, and what is its use? 375. What is a grommet, and what are its uses? 376. What is meant by spontaneous evaporation ? 377. How may it be advantageously conducted ? CHAPTER y. DISTILLATION. The first part of the process of distillation is identical with that of evaporation, for it is simply the vaporization of the volatile liquid through the application of heat. The next step is distinctive and opposite, and consists in the conversion of this vapor into a liquid by the application of cold : this part of the process is called condensation. The elements of distillation are : 1, vaporization, and, 2, condensation. The subject of vaporization was treated of in the preceding chapter: we have now to consider condensation. Condensation.—It has been already shown (page 121) that when a liquid is vaporized a certain amount of heat disappears or is rendered latent, and when a vapor is liquefied a corresponding degree of heat is evolved or reappears. Whilst the practical application of this law is of great service in the use of steam for heating purposes, the opposite process of condensation shows its disadvantages, because of the relatively large quantity of cold water necessary to liquefy vapors. The greater the difference in temperature between the condensing surface and the vapor, the more rapid is the condensation; and it has been computed that steam at 100° C. (212° F.) requires about twenty- five times its weight of water at 20° C. (68° F.) to condense it. The proper relation between the heating and condensing surfaces of appa- ratus used in distillation can only be known by careful study of the laws governing vaporization and condensation, or by practical experience. Apparatus used in Distillation.—In considering the many kinds of apparatus used in distillation, two typical forms are presented: 1, the alembic form, in which the vapor is condensed in an enclosed space immediately above the heated liquid, and, 2, the retort form, in which the vapor is condensed in a vessel placed at one side of that containing the heated liquid, and connected with it by a suitable tube or pipe. The Alembic,—This is probably the most ancient kind of distillatory apparatus, and in its original form it is now rarely employed. The body, or cucurbit, is usually globular or oval in shape, and at its junction with the hemispherical head or dome there is a gutter or groove. This serves to collect the condensed vapor or distillate, which is carried off by a tube, as shown in the illustration (see Fig. 134). Fig. 135 shows an alembic which, according to Mr. Brady, of New- castle, England, is still frequently employed in Japan. Into the boiler, a, is fitted a short cylinder, b: this has a perforated bottom, and the gutter communicates with the spout; the condenser, c, has a cover, d, DISTILLATION. 140 and is also furnished with a spout for carrying off the water used in cooling the dome after it has been heated by the vapors rising from the boiling liquid in the body. This still, or, as it is called by the Japanese, lambik, is shown because it represents the alembic probably in one of its Fig. 135. Fig. 134. best practical forms, and the advantages possessed by this kind of dis- tilling apparatus are seen to be compactness and simplicity. It is, however, not fitted for distilling very volatile liquids, is very inconve- nient and troublesome, because of the necessity for constantly replacing the water used in the condenser, and distillation is slow and tedious. The Retort.—This form of distillatory apparatus has many advantages over the alembic, which it has almost entirely replaced. A retort, in its simplest form, may be described as a long-necked glass flask in which the neck, after being heated thoroughly, is bent over until its axis makes an acute angle with that of the bowd of the flask. Retorts are of two kinds,—plain and tubulated. A plain retort has just been described (see Fig. 136). If it has a tubulure or orifice at the top of the bowl for the pur- pose of introducing the liquid to be distilled, it is said to be tubu- lated (see Fig. 137). Retorts are made of glass, porcelain, earthen- ware, platinum, iron, lead, etc., according to the purposes for which they are designed. Porcelain and earthen-ware retorts are used in the distillation of Alembic. Japanese lambik. Fig. 136. Plain retort. DISTILLATION. 141 phosphorus, mercury, etc.; platinum and iron retorts, in destructive distillation; leaden retorts, in making hydrofluoric acid, ether, etc. The glass retort is the only kind, however, which will be considered here in detail. The shape of a retort is an important point to regard in its selection: retorts having deep bowls are best suited for very volatile liquids. The lower surface of the neck of the retort should form a decidedly acute angle with the surface of the bowl if tu- bulated ; a line drawn from the centre of the stopper should touch the centre of the bowl, A, so that when a funnel is introduced into the tubulure, T, to charge the re- tort, the contents may all be delivered into the bowl with- out soiling or splashing the neck. The neck of the re- tort should gradually taper to the end, and the beak, B, should never be larger in diameter than any other portion of the neck, otherwise difficulty may be experienced in making joints with adapters, receivers, or condensers (see Fig. 138). Such a fault may prevent the use of a cork ring in joining, for this ring should be made tight by forcing it up the gradually-increasing diameter of the neck. The glass forming the retort should be carefully an- nealed and have a uniform thickness: extremes should be carefully guarded against. If the glass be too thick, the sudden changes in tern- Fig. 137. Tubulated retort. Fig. 138. Badly-formad retort. perature, to which retorts are constantly subjected in distillation, may cause fracture; on the other hand, if too thin, they are easily broken in cleaning. Scratches and imperfections in the bowl should cause retorts to be rejected.1 The objections to the use of retorts are mainly due to 1 Although there is no disposition on the part of the author to weaken the force of this con- ventional advice, the possession of a retort having a large bubble in the bottom of the bowl, which has been in successful use for ten years and has outlasted many of its more perfect fellows, supplies the needed exception. DISTILLATION. 142 their peculiar shape, the principal one being the difficulty of cleaning them thoroughly. The necessity for having a va- riety of different shapes and sizes to suit special operations is greater than when distillation is per- formed with flasks and bent tubes. Flask distillation will be usually found most practicable for pharma- ceutical work. The best shape for a flask is shown in Fig. 139. The bowl should have a flat bottom, so that it wTill stand unsupported; the neck should be wide, to admit a large cork, so that there will be plenty of room for a wide bent tube, a thermometer, and a safety or charging tube (see Fig. 140). The ad- liiiiiiipiiinihimiiiiiiiii 'uni1 II inil i ii iiMi hi -nT—J vantages of using a flask instead of a retort for all distillations that will allow of it are several: it is easily cleaned, it is useful for other purposes, for instance as a measure, as a container, or as a receiver for the distillate, and the parts are readily replaced in case of breakage. One of the most important parts of this apparatus is the bent tube for con- ducting the vapor to the receiver or condenser: the diameter of the tube should be as large as the receiver or condenser will conveniently accom- modate. Cutting Glass Tubes.—The glass should be moderately thick and of the proper length. A glass tube may be broken neatly by scratch- ing it across with a sharp three- cornered file, and then grasping it with both hands, one on each side of the scratch, and making a slight outward pressure, which will gen- erally produce a clean fracture : by holding the sharp edges for a few moments in the flame the corners Fig. 139. Distilling flask. Fig. 140. Bent tube, etc., for distilling flask. DISTILLATION. 143 may be rounded so that they will pass through a cork without cutting it and making a ragged edge. Bending Glass Tubes.—A tube may be bent by heating it properly over a gas-flame. To make a symmetrical curve in a tube of large diameter requires considerable skill and practice. One end of the tube should be closed by a cork, and the part of the tube that is to be bent held just above the flame and gradually rotated between the fingers, so that it may be heated evenly throughout: it should also be passed to the right and left through the flame for the space of an inch or two on each side of the middle of the proposed bend, and very slowly allowed to curve in one direction, so that the bend shall not be too abrupt. The object of closing one end with a cork is to prevent a current of air from passing through, and, in case collapse from overheating occurs, by gently blowing in the tube the softened glass may be swelled to its proper curve. Fig. 141 shows a tube properly bent, while Figs. 142 and 143 illustrate some of the defects produced by unskilled work. In Fig.-142 the tube was not rotated evenly, and at the top of the bend, Fig. 141. Fig. 142. Fig. 143. Tube properly bent. Tube unequally heated. Tube hastily bent. B, it was hot enough to collapse. Fig. 143 represents the effects of hurry and unequal heating, the operator haying forced the bend, C, be- fore the tube was heated uniformly. A gas-burner having a solid, steady flame is the best kind to use (see Fig. 66), and draughts of air should be avoided. Cork-Fitting.—Cories for joining apparatus should be of the best quality. They are perforated for the passage of the glass tubes by the use of cork-borers (see Fig. 144). These are cylindrical brass tubes of various sizes, sharpened at one end, and surmounted by a milled-brass cap: they are furnished in sets. A small hole is drilled through both sides of the brass cap, so that an iron rod may pass directly through it and form a convenient handle. They are used by holding the cork firmly with the left hand and pushing the borer through with the right hand, using a twisting motion at the same time so as to cut a smooth round hole. The mistake frequently made in using cork-borers is due to “ hurrythe attempt to force the borer through quickly without rotating it sufficiently, always ends in breaking off pieces of the cork. The cork-borer shown in Fig. 145 is much more convenient for larger corks, and should be used where cork-borers are often needed, the tool- handle, I, being large enough to give the operator a firm grasp, so that the cork may be readily bored. The cutting edge of the borers should always be kept sharp and in good condition by tbe use of the grindstone 144 DISTILLATION. or emery-paper. When the cutters do not bore a hole of the exact size needed for the glass tube, which of course should fit tightly, it is best to select a borer which Mall cut a smaller hole than that desired, and then to enlarge the hole by filing with a rat-tail or half-round file (see Fig. 146). When the tubes have been fitted, the cork should usually be thoroughly soaked in hot water, for the purpose of swelling and soften- ing it: it should never be soaked before cutting or filing. The rasp and file shown in Fig. 147 will be useful in fitting up large flasks. Rubber corks can often be used with great advantage, and they may be readily per- forated by dipping the cork-borer in solu- tion of caustic soda or potassa or strong water of ammonia before beginning to use it. If rubber corks are Mrell dried by wiping them thoroughly, they may be filed easily with a new, sharp, flat file. The main Fig. 146. Fig. 147. Fig. 144. Fig. 145. Cork-borers. Cork-borer (large size). Bat-tail file. Hasp and file. advantage of rubber corks is that they are practically impervious to vapors or gases, and hence require no luting. Substitutes for rubber corks may be made by keeping dry corks in melted paraffine or wax until the pores are thoroughly tilled, and then cooling. Lutes.—The most satisfactory lute for ordinary distillations is made by adding flaxseed-meal to boiling water and stirring until a, thick, sticky mass results. When the perforated and soaked cork containing the tubes is inserted in the neck of the flask, a small quantity of lute DISTILLATION. 145 should be pressed into the joints, and then followed by sufficient to make the joint vapor-tight, the quantity varying with the quality of the cork and the character of the vapor that is to be excluded. If future trouble from leaking is to be avoided, it is usually better to throw away a cork which will not make an almost perfect joint without lute, rather than trust to cover up serious deficiencies with lute. A neat finish may be given to the joint by dipping a finger into water, and with it smoothing the surface of the lute. In Fig. 140 the cork is shown perforated and mounted; in Fig. 139 it is luted and in position. Bladder Joints.—One of the most useful substances to the practical pharmacist who has occasion to join tubes is a strip of moistened bladder. Hogs’ bladders are usually preferred, and it is now possible to get them of excellent quality prepared by being thoroughly cleaned and then soaked in an alkaline solution or in benzin to deprive them en- tirely of fat. In connecting two tubes of different diameters which are not to be subjected to a high heat, a bladder joint is especially useful. For an ordinary joint of inch glass tube, a strip about six inches long and an inch and a half wide should be moistened and wrapped around the proposed joint; the upper end of the bladder is then tied tightly with strong linen twine, leaving the short end of the twine at least six inches long; this end is carried along the top of the bladder and tied tightly around the lower end of the joint; the long end of the twine is then wrapped spirally and regularly around the blad- der until the lower end is reached, when it should be there tied tightly (see Fig. 148). Strips of writing- paper soaked for a few moments in water, and then coated with ordinary, smooth flour-paste to which ten per cent, of glycerin has been added, may also be used for joining apparatus. Rubber joints are preferred to bladder joints when there is no like- lihood of vapor or high heat dissolving or softening the rubber, and when the tubes to be joined are nearly of the same diameter: the ease and celerity with which such joints can be made are their strong points. A piece of rubber tubing is cut of slightly less diameter than that of the tubes to be joined; by moistening the rubber on the inside with water, and stretching it over one end of the glass tube, and then inserting the end of the other glass tube, the joint is made. Success largely depends upon having the rubber tube slightly smaller in diam- Fig. 148. Fig. 149. Bladder joints. Fig. 150. Rubber-tube joint. 146 DISTILLATION. eter than the glass tube, so that the elasticity of the rubber alone will be sufficient to make a tight joint, otherwise the rubber tube must be tied on, and then the advantage over a bladder joint is lost (see Fig. 150). In all cases it is preferable to select tubes which differ slightly in diameter, so that one may slip into the other, the narrower of course having the higher position, so Fig. 152. Fig. 151. Fig. 153. Tubulated receiver. Tubulated and Plain receiver, quilled receiver. that the vapor or liquid shall not come in direct contact with the rubber. Receivers are glass vessels, usually globular in shape, intended to receive distillates. They are of three kinds,—plain, tubu- lated, and quilled (see Figs. 151 and 152). When a plain receiver is required, an or- dinary flask (see Fig. 153) will answer, but if uncon- densable vapors are pro- duced, it is necessary to pro- vide for their escape, or an explosion may occur from the accumulated pressure: this may be done in a tubu- lated receiver by occasion- ally removing the stopper, or, better, by connecting a bent glass tube with the re- ceiver and allowing the end of the tube to dip into water, or into an acid solution if the vapors be alkaline, or into an alkaline solution if the vapors be acid. A quilled receiver is useful where the distillation is to be carried to a definite point and a certain amount of distillate is to be received, or, as in the prepara- Fig. 154. Mode of using quilled receiver. DISTILLATION. 147 tion of hydrocyanic acid, the end of the quill is made to dip below the surface of the cooled diluted alcohol or water, in order to condense all of the gas. In the distillation of very volatile liquids an effective mode of using a quilled receiver is shown in Fig. 154. A hole is cut in the bottom of a rather shallow tin pan and a short tube soldered into it; a perforated cork will permit the quill of the receiver to pass through it, and at the same time a tight joint should be made; ice or snow is heaped up over the receiver, and any uncondensible gases may escape from the bent tube in the tubulure or be absorbed by the liquid into which the tube dips. Adapters are tapering tubes of glass which are used to connect retorts with receivers. Fig. 155 shows the bulbed and bent form. Good adapters may be made from retorts having broken bulbs by cutting off Fig. 155. Fig. 156. Fig. 157. Adapters. Use of adapter. the broken portion, scratching the tube with a file, and extending the crack thus made entirely around it by slowly passing a red-hot poker over the line marked for the fracture. Fig. 157 shows an adapter of this kind in position. Charging Retorts.—Plain retorts must be charged by using a funnel- tube : this may be a funnel with an elon- gated tube, or a modification of it, as shown in Figs. 158, 159, and 160, or one may be improvised by selecting a tube of sufficient diameter to permit of the intro- duction of a small funnel (see Fig. 161). The object of using a funnel-tube is to pre- vent the soiling of the neck of the retort; as the object of distillation is usually to purify the liquid, the latter must be de- livered into the bowl of the retort with- out touching the neck. Fig. 162 shows the method of charging a plain retort; a small piece of rubber tube, R, is some- times placed on the end of the funnel- tube to guide the liquid safely. Tubu- lated retorts are charged by simply placing a funnel in the tubulure and pouring the liquid in. Safety-Tubes.—It is sometimes impossible to avoid sudden evolu- Fig. 158. Fig. 159. Fig. 160. Stoppered funnel-tube. Funnel-tube. Thistle-top funnel-tube. 148 DISTILLATION. tions of vapor during distillations. When there is a likelihood of such occurring, it is advisable to insert a Welter’s safety-tube into the tubu- lure of the retort. This tube (see Fig. 163) is bent into the form of an S, having a bulb blown in the middle, and a thistle funnel at the top. Mercury is poured into the tube before inserting it into the tubulure of the retort, and a piece of loose cotton is placed in the thistle funnel; when undue pressure occurs, the mercury is forced into the cotton and the vapor escapes; when the retort has been thus re- lieved, the mercury de- scends into the bulb and the distillation proceeds. Retort-stands are used to support properly re- torts, flasks, receivers, etc., during distillation, although they are also employed by pharmacists for a variety of other purposes, as in filtration, percolation, evaporation, etc. Fig. 164 shows a retort-stand which has been used with much satisfaction in the labora- tory of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. It is more substantial than those that are com- monly furnished by the chemical-apparatus makers. The clamp (see Fig. 165) is made upon the principle of one originally devised by S. Lloyd Wiegand, and is hook- shaped, so that any of the different sizes of rings may be unscrewed from the upright rod without disturbing the rest. In many of the common retort-stands the bottom ring cannot be removed without first slipping off all above it. Fig. 166 showTs the ordinary retort-ring. The almost universal fault of the retort-stands in common use is their extreme lightness and want of stability; the rings frequently bend under such weights as should be easily borne, and, owing to the base being too light and small, the whole stand is sometimes upset during an operation. In the stand showm in Fig. 164 the base-plate is permanently fastened to the operating counter in a place known to be the most convenient; if the counter is one that must be used for other purposes, the base-plate may be screwed to the under side of the counter, and a five-eighths-inch Fig. 163. Fig. 162. Fra. 161. Improvised funnel-tube. Charging a plain retort. Welter's safety-tube. DISTILLATION. 149 hole bored through the counter, so that the centre shall coincide with the centre of th£ hole in the base-plate. When the retort-stand is not in use, the hole in the counter may be closed with a cork. The upright is made of half-inch iron tubing, and can be quickly screwed into the base-plate Fig. 164. Fig. 165. Retort-ring clamp. Fig. 166. Retort-ring. Fig. 167. Re tort-stand. Ring with split sections of rubber tubing. with the hands without the use of pipe-tongs. The'rings and clamps are in one piece, and are made of malleable iron, so that if dropped on the floor they are not likely to break. When used for holding a glass percolator or funnel, the danger of fracture on account of the contraction of the iron ring may be avoided by stretching three split sections of rubber tubing upon it (see Fig. 167). Bumping is the term applied to a phenomenon occurring when certain liquids are heated to the boiling-point in glass vessels. Ebullition often proceeds regularly at first and the vapor is given off continuously, when suddenly the surface of the liquid will become smooth for a few seconds. This is succeeded by a slight explosion, when the accumulated vapor is violently expelled and the liquid is said to “ bumpthese effects occur alternately, and increase as distillation progresses, and some liquids, particularly sulphuric acid, cannot be distilled in glass vessels without using certain precautions. The exact cause of bumping has not yet been satisfactorily explained, but the fact that the forces of cohesion and adhesion in certain liquids are greater when they are boiled in glass vessels than in metallic vessels has been proved. The expedients that have been used to prevent bumping, or rather to lessen its effects, usually consist in the addition of some insoluble solid sub- stance to the liquid, such as broken glass, a fragment of charcoal (when admissible), piece of clay pipe, rock crystal, etc.; these serve to break 150 DISTILLATION. the explosive force of the vapor in its upward course, and are thus serviceable. Probably as good an expedient to use as any in pharma- ceutical operations, is to add a few pieces of glass of irregular shape to the liquid before it is heated. LIEBIG’S CONDENSER. This condenser, although now bearing the name of the great chemist, was used before his time. It consists of a long glass tube, surrounded by another tube of larger diameter; two small openings are made, one near the bottom and the other near the top of the large tube. Connec- tion is made with the tube leading to the bottom with a cold-water supply, and the water circulates in the space between the inside of the large tube and the outside of the smaller tube, and finally has its exit at the opening near the top. Fig. 168 shows a large condenser of this Fig. 168. form, well suited for illustrating the process of condensation practically. Both tubes are of glass, the ends being of rubber, aud made by cutting Liebig condenser. Fig. 169. Liebig condenser (all glass, rubber joints). two sections from a clothes-wringer roller; the lowest rubber cork is perforated at its lowest convenient point, for the introduction of a short piece of glass tubing, and the upper rubber cork is similarly perforated for the same reason. A rubber tube connects the lower short glass tube with the cold-water supply, whilst another rubber tube, connected with DISTILLATION. 151 the upper short tube, carries off the warmed water. For smaller con- densers the form shown in Fig. 169 answers very well; the outer glass tube is contracted at the ends and supplied with short tubes as shown, a rubber tube or bladder joint being used to make the joint between the condenser tube and the outer tube. This form is recommended in preference to the kind frequently sold, in which a long and thin glass tube, designed to supply the cold water, is joined to the large tube at right angles. This glass tube is very easily broken off, and the condenser is then useless. If the outer case is of sheet-copper and the tubes metal- lic, this objection is overcome, although the great advantage of using glass tubes, that of being able to watch the process of condensation and of regu- lating the heat accordingly, is then lost. Fig. 170 shows a glass Liebig condenser in operation, and in addition the method of using a glass tubu- lated receiver, with a flask to collect the distillate. Fig. 170. Liebig condenser (in use). The liquid which is being distilled is gradually supplied to the distil- ling flask by the feed-tube from the contents of the bottle on the shelf; the rate of flow is controlled by a pinchcock compressing the rubber tube. An enlarged view of the best form of pinchcock to use for this purpose is shown in Figs. 171 and 172. It was contrived by Dr. Squibb to overcome the annoy- ances experienced in using the ordinary forms. It can Fig. 171. Fig. 172. Squibb’s pinchcock (open). Squibb’s pinchcock (closed). be easily and quickly applied to or removed from a rubber tube without breaking a joint, and much more perfect control of the flow cau be 152 DISTILLATION. secured than by the form seen in Fig. 173, which is known as Mohr’s. Hoffman’s screw pinchcock (see Fig. 174) is often useful, but it cannot- be applied or removed so conveniently as Squibb’s. A section of com- pressed tube is shown at A. Fig. 175 shows a method of refrigera- tion which may be used when the ordinary con- densers and a steady supply of water are not to be had. A wide tube is connected with the distilling flask, and some lint, lamp-wick, or other absorbent material is wrapped spirally around it and tied at the ends; a square piece of card- board is perforated so that it will fit tightly upon the tube, and it is pushed upon the lower end until it is in close contact with the lint; if water can be supplied from a faucet, a rubber tube is connected with it and conducted to the upper part of the condensing tube, and tied in such a position that a stream of water wall trickle from it and be carried down by the lint until it reaches the cardboard, where it falls into the vessel prepared to receive it. If hydrant water is not available, a large bottle contain- ing water may be placed upon a shelf, and a syphon, having a rubber tube and pinchcock, attached, as shown in the cut. The Condensing Worm.—The method of condensing by the use of the worm is very old, and its advantage in securing economy of space and its ease of application are very apparent. Fig. 176 affords a good illus- tration of this kind of condenser used in the larger laborato- ries. It will be found Fig. 173. Fig. 174. Spring pinchcock (Mohr's). Screw pinchcock (Hoffman’s). Fig. 176. Fig. 176. most convenient to attach the condenser to a wooden base, mounted on wheels, of suitable height: this permits the convenient shifting of the condenser to the different stills. Block-tin pipe is the best that can be used for gen- eral pharmaceutical work. Copper or tinned-copper tube should be avoided, because it is impossible to prevent the action of acid vapors or liquids upon the copper; soluble salts of copper would thus be Tube condenser. Condensing worm. DISTILLATION. 153 formed and the distillate often rendered poisonous. Iron tube is not admissible, on account of the contamination from iron salts; pure tin is not affected so easily, and the salts that possibly would be formed are not so objectionable. Block-tin pipe may be wound spirally around a convenient cylindrical vessel, such as a tin can or similar object, to give it the proper shape, and then fastened to three notched uprights and placed in position, as shown in Fig. 176. Earthen-ware condensing worms of all sizes, of excellent quality, are made by Doulton & Watts, Lambeth, London, England, and by John Cliff & Sons, Leeds, England. For con- densing acid vapors, as in making spirit of nitrous ether, these condensers are undoubtedly superior to metallic ones. Stills are preferred in all distillatory operations where the liquids or vapors do not act chemically upon the metals of which they are made. Tinned copper is the best material to use in the construction of stills, for, although tinned iron is cheaper, the greater durability of the former renders them in the end more economical. The same typical forms may be seen in the construction of pharmaceutical stills as in glass distilla- tory apparatus,—i.e., the alembic and retort. Pharmaceutical Stills—Alembic Principle.—One of the most useful stills constructed on this principle was devised by Prof. Procter in 1847. The still body was connected with the condensing head or dome by a water- joint, and the sides of the dome were continued up into the head so that an alembic-gutter was formed to catch the condensed liquid; this was delivered at the spout, and this spout was partly surrounded by the jacket. Water for refrigeration was supplied by a tube; this first circulated around the deliv- ery-spout, and then found an exit through a rubber tube. Wiegand’s still is shown in Fig. 177. It differs from Procter’s principally in the method of joining the head of the still to the body; PHAEMACEUTICAL STILLS. Fig. 177. Wiegand’s still. 154 DISTILLATION. the sides of the head are tapering, so that the head can be pressed down tightly into the body, and with the aid of flaxseed lute a tight joint can be made; the feed-pipe is useful in charging the still, from the fact that it carries the liquid below the point where it would be likely to soil the condensing surface by splashing. Prof. Curtman’s still (see Fig. 178) has several modifications about it which require special notice. The jacketing of the neck of the alembic, which is partially carried out in Procter’s and Wie- gand’s stills, is extend- ed so that it is convert- ed into a Liebig’s con- denser ; a bent tube, L (see Fig. 179), serves to convey water par- tially heated from con- tact with the vapor over into the head, B : this modification is especially intended to strengthen alcohol which is in process of recovery from weak tinctures; the water used for refrigeration circulates around the central tube, N, in the Liebig’s condenser, and then finds an outlet into the head B by means of the bent tube L. The intention is to regulate the flow of water so that it shall be sufficient to con- dense alcoholic vapor passing through the tube, the heated wfater from L being at the same time of a tem- perature just above that of the boiling- point of alcohol (180° F.): the vapor of water coming over with the alcoholic va- por comes in contact with this heated sur- face, and, as the boil- ing-point of water is 100° C. (212° F.), the temperature of the condensing surface (180° F.) is sufficient to condense the vapor of the water, but not that of the alcohol; thus the water is separated and trickles back into the still, while the alcoholic vapor passes on into the Liebig con- Fig. 178. Curtman’s still. Fig. 179. Curtman’s still (sectional view). DISTILLATION. 155 denser, and is there condensed and recovered. (See Fractional Distilla- tion, p. 160.) The distilling apparatus known as the Prentiss still, or alcohol reclaimer, possesses some peculiarities, a portion of the vapors being condensed immediately over the still: the still body has an upright column screwed to it; this connects by a union joint with the condenser, which is a single pipe bent into a zigzag form and terminating in a spout. The water intended for refrigeration is poured into the funnel at the top. The dis- tinctive feature, how- ever, is the series of perforated dia- phragms which are soldered to a central rod and are placed inside of the column; these are asserted to impede the passage of and condense aqueous vapor when mixed with that which is alcoholic; the alcoholic vapor passes over and is converted into alco- hol in the condenser, whilst the condensed water falls back into the still. A condenser con- trived by Charles Rice, in which the block-tin worm is enclosed and placed immediately above the still head, is shown in Fig. 180. The still is heated by steam, which en- ters at M, N being the exhaust - pipe. The still head is con- structed of copper. The condenser is a cylindrical copper vessel, with rounded bottom and closed top, having short half-inch tubes projecting from the bottom and from the top at B and C. There are two such tubes at the bottom, one for attaching the rubber hose, A, bringing the water; the second, shown in the cut immediately alongside the letter B, is closed with Fig. 180. Eice’s still and condenser. 156 DISTILLATION. a cork, and is used to permit the water to be emptied without detaching the hose from the other. At the top there are two tubes, one at C for attaching rubber hose to carry off the water into the waste-pipe D ; the other, which is closed with a cork, is not shown in the cut, as it is on the back of the condenser. The head of the still carries three short tubulures, only one of which is visible in the cut: this one contains a cork bearing the safety- valve, L. A second one is at the other side, for refilling the still when required, with another narrower tube intended for the inser- tion of a thermometer. The condensing pipe begins at E, where it rises from the head parallel with the condenser. It is made of copper as far as the point indicated by the upper E, where it is soldered to the downward projecting upper end of the block-tin worm contained in the condenser and emerging from it at F. This arrangement makes it im- possible for any condensed liquid to come in contact with anything but block-tin. The worm inside the condenser is made by carefully winding block-tin pipe upon a round block of wood, taking particular care to give the coil a uniform downward descent throughout. After emerging from the condenser at F, it extends for a short distance, where the cut shows it to be connected to the separate block-tin pipe, J} by means of a union joint lined with tin. Half-way between F and the end proper of the worm the pipe is tapped, and a branch, carrying the faucet H, leads into the still at G, where it terminates under the centre of the head in the form of an C/), forming a trap to prevent the escape of vapors by this passage. The object of this arrangement is to cause the condensed liquid to flow back into the still as long as the faucet H is open, or to collect it outside by turning off the faucet. Prolonged digestions with alcohol may be made by means of this apparatus with- out any loss of liquid. The head is attached to the still by means of a rubber washer and iron clamps, and when it is desired to remove it the water is allowed to drain from the condenser, the clamps are taken off, and the whole is hoisted up by the tackle K, and set on one side. Pharmaceutical Stills—Retort Principle.—The method of condensing vapors by cooling them in a separate vessel connected with the still by a tube or tubes has been largely employed. The simplest plan is to connect the still head with a Liebig’s condenser or a worm. The prin- cipal disadvantage of the former method is that considerable space is required in providing for the long tube and its refrigeration, and this is an important consideration in most laboratories. The disadvantage about the worm is one which is still greater, for, whilst space is econo- mized, the spiral shape of the worm prevents the possibility of thoroughly cleaning it, and where a still is used for several purposes the odor and taste of the last liquid used in the still will be very apt to pervade and contaminate the distillate in process of collection. Kolle, in his endeavor to overcome these objections, retained the condensing tub, but, instead of using a worm, bent the pipe into a zigzag form and adjusted it in a vertical plane, the angles of the zigzag tube upon one side projecting through the sides of the tub: these projecting angles were made of separate, short pieces of tube, which were cemented to the condensing pipe. The objection to this condenser was the incon- venience of breaking and making so many joints. Mitscherlich im- proved Gadda’s condenser by constructing a condenser from two cylin- drical vessels, the inner one removable and yet capable of being con- nected with the outer vessel by a tight joint: deficiency of condensing surface and the inconvenience of making vapor-tight joints were objec- tionable in this condenser. From a consideration of the necessity for some new plan for con- densing liquids in pharmaceutical stills, whereby the above objec- tions could be overcome, the author was led, in 1872, to employ the* principle of the tubular boiler for condensation (see Fig. 181). The body of the still is made of tinned copper; the bottom is not rounded, but flat, permitting it to stand securely on an ordinary counter; the bottom is made of heavier copper than the sides, and is fastened by tucking and folding, thus making a tight joint. A glass tube water-level on the side of the still shows when the liquid has been distilled to a dangerously low point, as well as too active ebullition, which may result in frothing. The glass tube may be re- moved from the rubber-tube connection by simply slipping it out, and if a thick residue in the still remains, it may be trans- ferred to a bottle or dish by allowing it to escape at the lower tube orifice, thus avoiding loss of product by waste. The still body is connected with the top by a “ twine joint,” a flat brass ring being soldered to the top of the still body, and another of exactly the same size being soldered to the still top or dome. When the connection is to be made, a piece of soft, thick twine, two inches longer than the circumference of the ring, is soaked in water, and carefully laid upon the brass ring in such a way that the ends overlap; the top is then carefully laid upon the wet twine and securely fastened with clamps, which should be applied at opposite points at the same time, so as to bear equally. The still top differs from most others in having the opening for the escape of vapors drawn over to one side, instead of in the centre; by this arrangement the condensing surface of the dome is reduced to a minimum, and condensation inside the still is obviated as far as possible. The construction of the condenser shows the application of a well- known principle which has been made to do service for an opposite purpose. The substitution of a number of tubes of small diameter for one large vessel is recognized as an effective means of rapidly producing vaporization (see page 124). The principle is of equal value in con- densation. The condenser has seven parallel, solid block-tin tubes, DISTILLATION. 157 Fig. 181. Pharmaceutical still. 158 DISTILLA TI ON. surrounded by a copper case: this case is perforated twice, and a short tube is soldered in at each extremity. To the lower tube a rubber tube is attached, which is connected with a cold-water faucet; a rubber tube is slipped over the upper short copper tube of the condenser for carrying off the water after it has served its purpose of condensing the vapors, which it does by circulating freely between the outer surface of the block-tin tubes and the inner surface of the containing case. The proportions of this condenser are so adjusted that if any liquid likely to be used is actively boiled in the still body, and cold water is running through the condenser, there can be no escape of condensable vapor at the exit-tube. In the condenser for the still holding three gallons the combined length of the tubes is about six feet, and about one hundred square inches of condensing surface are obtained : the condenser itself is fifteen inches long and about four inches wide. Straight, smooth, solid block-tin parallel tubes are used because of the convenience of cleaning them. A piece of cloth wrapped on the end of a rattan or stiff wire may be rapidly pushed through each tube, which serves to clean it when a very odorous liquid has been distilled, but usually it suffices to hold the condenser under a hot-water faucet for a few moments. The methods of connecting the various parts of the apparatus are simple. Two ground-brass joints are made, one at the point of junction of the con- denser, with the still head top, and the other where the nose-piece is attached to the end of the condenser: these, on account of their com- paratively small diameter, require no clamps or lute, and are vapor- tight. Where a moderate heat below the boiling-point of water is re- quired, the still body is placed in a kettle; and, if the quantity of liquid to be distilled is not large, a round-bottomed, tinned-copper water- bath is clamped between the still body and still head, and the still body filled with water, the waste steam escaping through three apertures in the rim of the water-bath. This water-bath arrangement may be used in addition in making ointments. The automatic feeding attach- ment consists of a glass syphon, a rubber and a glass tube (the latter passing through a cork), and a pinchcock. The manner of using this is as follows. The still having been charged (about half full), the re- mainder of the liquid is placed in a vessel above the still body upon any suitable support; the syphon is placed in the liquid, then connected with the rubber tube carrying the pinchcock, and by suction or other means the syphon is filled and the pinchcock screwed down; the other end of the rubber tube is then connected writh the glass tube running through the cork, which passes through the tubulure in the still head. Heat is now applied to the still body, the cold-water faucet is turned on to supply the condenser with cold water through the lower rubber tube, and when the distillate comes over in a steady stream a narrow strip of paper is pasted on the glass gauge-tube on the body of the still to mark the level of the liquid at starting. The pinchcock is then opened, and the level of the liquid in the still is regulated so that the liquid neither rises nor falls: this indicates that a stream of liquid from the reservoir above is running into the still exactly equal in volume to that of the distillate running from the exit-tube, and the apparatus may be left to take care of itself. The empyreumatic odor which dis- DISTILLATION. 159 tilled and aromatic waters often possess, and which is usually caused by the solid substances lying in immediate contact with the hot still bottom, is obviated in this still by putting the substance into a hemispherical, coarse wire-sieve cage (see Fig. 182): the round bottom of the cage prevents any possibility of contact with the flat bottom of the still, whilst circulation of the water and vapor takes place through the meshes; a handle serves to lift it out when the distillation is completed. Fig. 183 shows a dissected view of the still, which illustrates the relative Fig. 183. Fig. 182. Wire cage. Pharmaceutical still (sectional view). position of the parts,—D, the still body; N, tube level; L, clamp; C, water-bath; W, condenser; B, cold-water tube; A, exit-tube for warmed water. A very useful automatic water still, devised by Herrick, is illustrated by Fig. 184. The lower vessel is the boiler, the middle one the con- denser tank, the upper one the supply tank pro- vided with a loose cover. Of the four pipes shown, A is the steam and condensed water tube, coiled, as shown in the condenser tank full of water, and delivering distilled water at A'; B is a pipe lead- ing from the water level in the boiler to the top of the supply tank ; C, a pipe, with cock, leading from the bottom of supply tank to the condenser tank; and D, a pipe leading from the top of the condenser tank to bottom of boiler. E is an open- ing, with air-tight stopper, for filling supply tank ; and F, a cock to draw off hot water from boiler. The distillation of water proceeds, after it is once started, automatically. The advantages possessed by such a still are that a constant supply of dis- tilled water can be furnished at a minimum cost. It can be operated by a gas flame, coal-oil stove, or by placing it upon the top of a range or stove, or in fact by any source of heat, and a very little care suffices to keep it running. It is, of course, only suited for distilling one liquid like water, where a constant supply of liquid can be maintained, and is not in- tended to be used for general pharmaceutical work, such as recovering alcohol from weak percolates, etc. Fig. 184. Automatic water still. 160 DISTILLATION. Fractional Distillation.—By this term is meant the process of sepa- rating by distillation liquids having different boiling-points or vapor- densities. When a mixed liquid, or one consisting of liquids of un- equal volatility, is distilled, the first portion of the distillate contains a larger proportion of the most volatile constituent than of the others; hence the boiling-point is observed to rise as the distillation proceeds; and if a means is provided for collecting the distillate in several por- tions, or fractions, as they are called, fractional distillation offers a process by which liquids may be purified or separated. It is impossible, how- ever, in a single operation to effect this separation of the component parts of a mixed liquid perfectly, because the distillate obtained at any period of the process is nearly identical with the vapor that is rising from the hot liquid, and therefore it is made up of the condensed vapor of that part of the liquid having a boiling-point at or below the temperature registered by the thermometer, plus the smaller amount of condensed vapor that is given off from the constituents having higher boiling- points, but which emit sensible vapors much below the point at which they actively boil. The relative proportions of the constituents of the mixed liquids have also a bearing in determining the composition of the distillate. By collecting the fractions carefully at stated temperatures, and redistilling each by itself, a more thorough separation may be effected, and this method is usually followed when such a separation is necessary. Upon the small scale one of the simplest forms of appa- ratus for fractional distillation is made by taking a gas bulb (a glass flask having a bent lateral tube in the neck), and, having adjusted a per- forated cork in the neck for a thermometer, passing the tube of the gas bulb into a loosely-stopped test-tube, which is placed in a vessel sur- rounded with ice or properly refrigerated. A more efficient method is to connect the lateral ascending tube of a flask with the end of a worm, or a condenser so arranged that the liquid condensed at a certain tem- perature may run back into the flask; vapors having lower boiling- points pass through it uncondensed until they reach the second con- denser, which is refrigerated to a degree sufficient to condense all the vapor. This method is used for manufacturing purposes upon the large scale. Destructive distillation is the process of heating dry organic matter in a distillatory apparatus until all volatile substances are driven over: the residue is said to be carbonized. Destructive distillation is a process which is rarely employed by the pharmacist; hence it is not neces- sary in this work to treat the subject in detail. Glass vessels are not adapted to the process, because they will not usually stand the heat required without fracture, and the solid residue frequently fuses, is insoluble in water, and becomes so firmly attached to the bottom and sides that it cannot be removed without great difficulty. The best form of apparatus is an open vessel of cast iron, like a crucible, having a flange at the top, a dome with a corresponding flange, and a bent tube for carrying off the gaseous products : the connection is made with fire-clay lute and iron clamps. The manufacture of acetic acid, succinic acid, oil of amber, etc., affords illustrations of the use of this process, which is nearly always performed on a large scale. CHAPTEE YI. SUBLIMATION. Sublimation is the process of distilling volatile solids. The product is termed a sublimate. The objects of sublimation are—1, to purify volatile solids from admixed and fixed impurities, and, 2, to provide a convenient means of collecting volatile solids resulting from chemical reaction at high tem- peratures. The retorts or apparatus used may either be of iron, or of glass or stone-ware if the degree ot heat necessary will admit of the use of the latter. Sublimation is almost exclusively confined to operations which are conducted by manufacturers on the large scale. A process was formerly officinal for the sublimation of benzoic acid. It consisted in intro- ducing benzoin into a shallow tinned-iron pan, and pasting over the top a sheet of filtering-paper. A pasteboard hood, shaped like a hat- box, was then fitted to the pan and tied or pasted with paper so that a tight joint was made; the apparatus was placed on an iron plate and subjected to a low but uniform heat: the vapors of benzoic acid passed through the pores of the filtering-paper, were separated from impurities, and, coming in contact with a cooler atmosphere in the hood, slowly condensed, often forming crystals of great beauty. The temperature at which the condensation of the vapor is effected in sublimation has a very important influence in determining the physical character of the sublimate, and two kinds of sublimates are produced: 1. Cake sublimates. 2. Powder sublimates. Cake Sublimates.—If the temperature of the condensing surface and of the air in contact is but slightly below that at which the vola- tile body is capable of subliming, the particles will be deposited in com- pact masses, like corro- sive sublimate, commer- cial sal ammoniac, or carbonate of ammonia. Fig. 185 shows a simple apparatus for obtaining sublimates in cakes or masses. A shallow sheet-iron dish, having its upper edge turned out so that it forms a flat ring, is provided with an earthen-ware cover (it will be usually found more convenient to have Fig. 185. Subliming apparatus. SUBLIMATION. 162 the iron dish made to fit the cover than the reverse), through which a hole is drilled to permit the escape of air (this may be done with a three-cornered file). After the substance which is to be sublimed has been placed in the iron dish, a piece of asbestos twine, slightly longer than the circumference of the ring, is laid upon it, and this is covered with a lute composed of equal parts of potters’ clay and flaxseed-meal with sufficient water, the earthen-ware cover is pressed upon it until it adheres, and, when necessary, iron clamps are used to make a tight joint. The aperture in the cover is loosely covered with a cone of cardboard, the dish is placed in a sand-bath and gradually heated; the aperture is kept open during the sublimation by occasionally probing it with a glass rod; after cooling, the sublimate will be found adhering to the earthen- ware top in one cake or mass, and may be removed by a spatula. The earthen-ware top may be replaced by a sheet-iron one in cases in which the former would be likely to be fractured by excessive heat. Powder Sublimates.—If the apparatus for conducting sublimation is so contrived that there is a marked difference between the temperature of the air in contact with the vapor and the subliming-point of the volatile body, the sublimate will be deposited very rapidly and in small particles, like calomel, sulphur, etc. Fig. 186 shows a convenient apparatus for subliming camphor in powder. It is well adapted also for a lecture-room illustration of the process. A wooden case has two openings made in the sides to admit sheets of glass, which are secured in place by putty in the usual manner. One of the sides has a hinged door, which fits the frame snugly; the opposite side has a tapering circular aperture, which admits the shortened beak of a retort, as shown in the cut. Camphor is placed in the retort, a safety-tube is adjusted in the tubulure, and the retort is then placed deeply in a sand-bath on a good gas stove. Care must be observed in heating at first, and a Bunsen burner should be at hand to heat occasionally those portions of the top of the retort and the beak upon which the sublimate is forming. When the boiling-point is reached, the camphor vapor passes over rapidly, and at once falls in the form of powder upon coming in contact with the cold air in the chamber. The especial points to be observed are care in heating, and watchfulness that the beak of the retort does not become clogged with the sublimate. A judicious use of the Bunsen flame will soon melt the obstruction. The most important, and in practice the most difficult, part of the operation of sublimation is the regulation of the heat. The temperature of the condensing surface should always be below the fusing-point of the substance if distinct crystals or crusts are expected. Fig. 186. Subliming camphor. DISTILLATION AND SUBLIMATION. 163 QUESTIONS ON CHAPTERS Y. AND VI. DISTILLATION AND SUBLIMATION. DISTILLATION. 377a. What are the elements of distillation? 378. How many times its weight of water at 20° C. (68° F.) are required to con- dense steam at 100° C. (212° F.) ? 379. What two forms of apparatus are used in distillation ? 380. What is the form of an alembic? 381. What is the body of it called? 382. What is the form of a retort? 383. Has a retort any advantages over an alembic, and if so, what are they ? 384. What is a plain retort? 385. What is a tubulated retort? 386. Of what materials are retorts made ? 387. For what purposes are the various kinds used? 388. What are the essential qualities of a good retort? 389. What are the advantages of using a flask for distillation? 390. What is the best shape for a flask? 391. How may glass tubes be cut? 392. How may glass tubes be bent ? 393. What is a cork-borer, and how is it used ? 394. How may rubber corks be cut ? 395. What is the advantage of rubber corks ? 396. What substitute for rubber corks may be made? 400. How may a satisfactory lute for closing joints be made? 401. How may bladder be used to join tubes ? 402. How may paper be used to join tubes ? 403. Is rubber superior to bladder for such purposes ? If so, why ? 404. How is it used ? 405. What are receivers ? 406. What are tubulated and quilled receivers ? 407. What are adapters, and how are they used ? 408. How may plain retorts be charged ? 409. What is a Welter’s safety-tube ? 410. For what purposes are retort-stands used ? 411. How may funnels or percolators be protected from the breakage due to con- tact with the iron rings of the ordinary retort-stand ? 412. What is meant by bumping in distillation ? 413. How may it be prevented or lessened? 414. What is a Liebig’s condenser? 415. Describe the pinchcock contrived by Dr. Squibb. 416. Describe Mohr’s spring pinchcock. 417. Describe Hoffman’s screw pinchcock. 418. How may vapors be condensed when the ordinary condensers and a steady supply of water are not at hand ? 419. What is a condensing worm? 420. What is the best metal to use for making it? 421. What objection is there to copper? 422. What objection is there to iron ? 423. What objection is there to tinned iron ? 424. What objection is there to earthen-ware ? 425. What is the best material to use for pharmaceutical stills? 426. Describe Procter’s still. 427. Describe Wiegand’s still. 428. Describe Curtman’s still. 429. Describe Prentiss’s still. 430. Describe Rice’s still and condenser. 441. What is the disadvantage of Liebig’s condenser? 442. What is the disadvantage of a worm condenser? . 443. Describe Remington’s still and condenser. 164 DISTILLATION AND SUBLIMATION. 444. What is meant by fractional distillation ? 445. What is meant by destructive distillation ? 446. What objection is there to using glass vessels in destructive distillation ? 447. Give example of products made by destructive distillation. SUBLIMATION. 448. What is sublimation ? 449. What is the product called ? 450. What are the objects of sublimation ? 451. Of what material are the retorts or apparatus usually made? 452. What effect does the temperature of the condensation point of the vapors of solids have upon the character of the sublimate ? 453. What is the difference between a cake sublimate and a powder sublimate ? 454. How are cake sublimates obtained ? 455. How are powder sublimates obtained ? 456. What is the most important point to be observed in the operation of sub- limation ? CHAPTER VII DESICCATION. Desiccation is the process of depriving solid substances of moisture, and in pharmacy should be effected at as low temperatures as possible. (See Exsiccation.) The objects of desiccating medicinal substances are threefold: 1. To aid in their preservation. 2. To reduce their bulk. 3. To facilitate their comminution. 1. To Aid in their Preservation.—Chemical salts frequently con- tain water either chemically or mechanically combined with them. An elevation in the temperature, or the absorption of water from moisture present in the air, will in some instances cause deliquescence, whilst in others contact with a dry atmosphere will cause efflorescence, due to the evaporation of chemically-combined water; hence such salts in their natural condition are unstable; they are much more permanent when dried. Vegetable drugs soon decompose or become mouldy if allowed to remain in a moist condition, and desiccation is absolutely necessary to preserve them. 2. To Reduce their Bulk.—If desiccation is performed successfully, —Le., at properly-regulated temperatures under certain precautions,— the substance is merely deprived of water without suffering any loss of medicinal activity, and the reduction in bulk that follows is a prac- tical advantage which results in adding to the strength of the medicinal substance. 3. To Facilitate their Comminution.—The presence of water gives to drugs an elasticity and ability to resist disintegration, which in some cases interfere greatly with the process of bruising, grinding, or reducing the drug to particles. One of the first steps in comminution is to dry the substance thoroughly in order to make it brittle or crisp. The apparatus employed in desiccation is frequently of the simplest character, and the heat is usually not especially created for the purpose, for it is most economical to use the waste heat from kitchen fires or cellar furnaces or the diffused heat in lofts or unused attics. There can be no objection to this if care is taken to provide protection for the substance from dust, light, and injury during desiccation. Herbs may be dried by tying them in bunches and suspending them to the attic ceiling or to the rafters of a barn during summer weather, and this is an excellent method usually, notwithstanding its slowness, because there is no danger of the heat being strong enough to cause loss of valuable volatile principles. Roots, barks, and leaves may be dried by spreading them out upon clean tables or floors in a dry room and turning them repeatedly, so as to 166 DESICCA TION. expose fresh surfaces to the dry air. On the large scale, and in the laboratory, special apparatus must be employed. Fig. 187 illustrates a portion of the interior of a laboratory drying-room. Live steam is passed through the pipes when higher temperatures are needed, but waste or exhaust steam from steam kettles is economically and prop- erly used. Trays of suitable size, containing the substance to be dried placed on thin muslin, are set upon the shelves of the rack. Ven- tilators should be provided to carry otf the moist air. The space immediately over the steam boiler can often be economically used for a drying-room by placing a sheet-iron floor over it to secure the radiated heat, and arranging racks and trays upon it in convenient positions, or by placing the drugs in barrels in which the heads have been replaced by wire netting, or by simply enclosing the drugs in coarse bags which permit the escape of moisture. Fig. 188 shows a pharmaceutical drying closet which is simple, economical, and easily made: the heat from the flue of the pharmaceu- Fig. 187. Fig. 188. tical stove (see Fig. 59) is utilized. The frame which supports the closet is made of half-inch steam-pipe, and to the uprights the retort-rings (see Fig. 164) may be clamped, and the hltration of chilled oils in winter-time, or warm nitration or percolation of any kind, may be carried on. The sides of the closet are of thick paper, felt, or roofing-material, tacked to a wooden frame, and cleats at con- venient intervals are arranged for the trays to slide upon. The stove- pipe from the stove is connected with the fiue at the bottom of the drying Desiccating frame and trays. Pharmaceutical drying closet. DESICCATION. 167 closet, and the heat from the smoke and gas passing up the flue is thus utilized; the hood may be dropped over the top of the stove when the latter is not needed for other purposes, the heated air carrying the moisture from the substance to be dried, rising and escaping at the ven- tilators. Lozenges, crystallized salts, extracts, filters, etc., may all be dried in this cheap and simple closet. One practical point about desic- cation is frequently overlooked. It is that substances which are being dried must be repeatedly turned over, so that the parts un- derneath shall be exposed to the external dry atmosphere. In the case of salts, crystals, and other bodies, if this is not done, a hard crust is formed upon the surface which is often difficult to break up. A convenient drying closet, suitable for a small laboratory, is shown in Fig. 189. It was contrived by T. Edward Greenish, of London; it is heated by gas, and is intended to fit into a recess in the wall. The drying closet, B, is made of thin sheet-iron, and provided with wire shelves, C, and a tightly- fitting door, D. The closet is made of such a size that when fixed into the recess in the wall a space of about two inches is left at the back, sides, bottom, and top, the space being covered in front by the flanges a, a; these constitute, with the door, the front of the closet. E is a gas-burner supplied from the pipe, and F, F are two air-pipes which enter at the bottom of the closet: these pipes draw their supply of air from an external source, and thus the laboratory fumes and odors cannot taint the substances which are to be desiccated. The upper ends of these tubes are covered with a layer of sand two inches deep, forming a sand-bath. The gas being lighted is supplied with air from the front, and the heated air, to- gether with the products of combustion, passes around the closet through open- ings made for that purpose in the sides and back of the gas-chamber, up the space between the closet and the wall to a pipe, G, and thence to a chimney. The sub- stances to be dried, or the liquids to be evaporated, are placed either upon the shelves or upon the sand-bath. The air which enters by the pipes F, F, slightly warmed by the sand, will carry tip any vapor therefrom to a pipe at the top of the closet, and thence to the pipe G. In order to regulate the draught of air at the back and sides of the closet, and thereby to adjust the degree of heat, the pipe G Fig. 189. Drying closet (gas heat). Fig. 190. Drying oven. 168 DESICCATION. is provided with a circular damper, and the gas-chamber also has in front of it an arrangement for regulating the supply of air to the gas, thus preventing sudden fluctuations of temperature. By these means the heat of the closet may be readily adjusted. If the temperature of the upper shelf is 82° F., the next lower will be 85° F., the next 88° F., the lower one 92° F., whilst the sand-bath will register about 130° F. A drying oven, intended for drying precipitates in analytical work, but very useful for desiccating small quantities of pharmaceutical sub- stances, pills, lozenges, or drugs like squill, saffron, castile soap, etc., is shown in Fig. 190. Water is poured into the tubulure at the top, and a Bunsen burner furnishes the requisite heat when placed so that the flame touches the under surface, the legs of the oven being long enough to permit its use. Loss in Drying1 Medicinal Substances.—When drugs are pow- dered, loss is always experienced. This arises partly from the escape of fine particles, but principally from loss of moisture in drying. Again, in powdering almost all drugs, a portion remains which resists disintegration. This is called by the miller “ gruffs,” and is usually worthless and should be throwm away: the gruffs are frequently kept, however, and sent with the next lot of the same drug to be ground at the mill. The dose of a powdered drug is usually somewhat less than that of the same drug be- fore it was pulverized, because the weight it has lost generally represents inert matter, water, etc. Powdered ipecac is a good illustration of this. The active principle emetine resides in the starchy cortical portion of the root; the internal ligneous cord constitutes the “ gruffs” of ipecac, and is inert. The exception to this is the case of those drugs containing an active volatile constituent, like the aromatics, cloves, cinnamon, nutmeg, or like asafetida, myrrh, cubeb, etc. These drugs, wrhen powdered, generally con- tain less of their active constituents than they did before they were ground: the volatile oils to w hich their virtues are due are driven off to a greater or less extent by the amount of heat necessary to make them brittle enough to be readily pulverized. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia recognizes the importance of this fact by directing myrrh, and not powdered myrrh, in the compound iron mixture; asafetida, and not powdered asafetida, in the asafetida mixture; and in the compound tincture of cardamom by the direction to mix the unpowdered drugs, cardamom, cinnamon, caraway, and cochineal together, and reduce the mixture to powder, in preference to mixing the separate powders of these drugs. If care is ex- ercised in desiccating, the powrders of most drugs possess all their medi- cinal properties, and in many cases they will retain indefinitely these properties unimpaired if they are properly preserved and not unduly exposed to air, light, or moisture. The practice of some drug-millers of establishing a loss in the weight of a drug as a regular standard, and then making up the deficiency by adding the same amount of some inert substance, is reprehensible. That the amount of moisture present in different lots of the same drug varies greatly may be seen by a glance at the following table, compiled by Mr. T. J. Covell from accurate records obtained from Dr. E. II. Squibb’s drug-mills. The table is valuable because it represents the loss in powdering considerable quantities of drugs: DESICCATION. 169 Table showing Loss in Powdering Medicinal Substances. Substance. Greatest Loss per cent, on any Single Lot. Smallest Loss per cent, on any Single Lot. Average Loss per cent. Acacia 1.88 0.40 0.83 Acacia (granulated) 1.67 1.03 1.35 Aloe Capensis 19.31 7.09 11.13 Aloe Socotrina 24.62 10.00 17.31 Acidum Tartaricum 2.50 0.54 1.06 Buchu 4.10 0.20 2.00 Canella 3.07 0.50 1.77 Cantharis 6.22 0.63 2.05 Cardamomum 7.10 5.00 6.02 Cassia 2.90 2.26 2.61 Catechu 1.30 0.86 1.08 Cinchona Flava 3.75 1.18 2.57 Cinchona Pallida 2.22 0.96 1.73 Cinchona Rubra 1.72 1.24 1.58 Cubeba 3.55 1.99 2.4 Ergota 5.72 0.00 3.62 Extractum Glycyrrhizae 13.06 8.14 10.45 Gambogia 2.46 0.74 1.35 Gentiana 11.79 9.20 10.23 Gentiana (ground) 8.30 1.56 5.09 Ipecacuanha 3.66 0.64 1.91 Iris Florentina 9.00 1.10 6.22 Jalapa 12.24 2.95 9.58 Myrrha 8.81 3.59 5.80 Opium 22.85 9.91 19.61 Podophyllum 1.15 0.49 0.75 Potassii Chloras 2.70 1.52 2.01 Potassii Bitartras 1.11 0.05 0.38 Pulvis Ipecacuanha et Opii. . . , 1.63 0.63 1.05 Rheum 3.40 0.10 1.74 Saccharum Lactis 0.85 0.70 0.78 Sapo 18.05 11.70 15.92 Sarsaparilla (Rio Negro) . . . . 0.96 0.35 0.70 Scammonium 5.65 1.33 2.70 Scilla 10.83 13.60 Valeriana 1.51 1.45 1.48 Tragacantha 7.38 6.47 • 6.93 Zingiber (nigrum) 3.72 3.13 3.43 Zingiber (album) 11.74 8.57 9.70 CHAPTER VIII COMMINUTION. Comminution is the process of reducing drugs to particles, or break- ing up their state of aggregation. Medicinal substances in their natural state require to be mechanically divided in order to facilitate the action of menstrua or solvents, or to permit their administration per se in the form of fine powders. A simple illustration is offered in the case of alum. A solid lump of alum weighing one ounce, if added to a pint of water, will not dissolve nearly so quickly as will one ounce of the same alum in the same quantity of water if finely powdered. Vegetable substances offer very variable degrees of resistance in powdering, owing to the proportion and toughness of their ligneous fibre and the amount of cellular tissue. Under the head of comminution will be grouped the various me- chanical operations used in pharmacy by which the surface of solid substances is increased, whether by cutting, rasping, grating, chopping, crushing, rolling, stamping, grinding, powdering, triturating, levigating, elutriating, granulating, or similar processes. By far the greater number of substances employed in medicine belong to the vegetable kingdom, and, whilst many of the processes of comminu- tion used for these are also applicable to the chemical substances of the materia medica, it will be necessary in the following chapter to note the apparatus specially adapted to each class. Cutting, Slicing, and Chopping.—This process is used principally in bringing roots, barks, leaves, herbs, etc., to the proper condition for treating with suita- ble solvents. For very small opera- tions either the prun- ing-knife or prun- ing-shears answers a good purpose. The tobacco - knife or herb-cutter shown in Fig. 192 is well adapted for the pur- pose. It should be observed, however, that the principle upon which a knife operates successfully should be carefully carried out in constructing apparatus designed for cutting: direct pressure without a slight drawing or sawing motion is not effective; therefore those knives which have guides arranged Fig. 192. Herb-cutter. COMMINUTION. 171 so that the knife-edge sunders the particles at an angle are greatly pre- ferred. Fig. 193 shows a roller knife which is very serviceable. It is made by W. Weber, Evansville, Indiana. The circular blades or knives are made of the same quality of steel that is used for saws, and Fig. 193. Boiler knife. are mounted upon a shaft, being separated by a series of spools or collars. The handles are of wood and mounted on the ends of the shaft, so that they are loose upon the shaft, thus permitting the handles to be grasped tightly whilst the roller knife revolves. The substances to be cut are placed upon a smooth board and the roller knife passed over them with more or less pressure. Upon the large scale drugs are cut with hay-cutters, implements usually consisting of four or more cir- cular blades fastened to a shaft and revolving at the end of a trough, down which the* substance that is to be cut is gradually fed. Sarsa- parilla root is cut in this way before it is contused. Rasping1 or Grating.—A half-round rasp (see Fig. 147) or a nutmeg- grater is very useful at the prescription counter, as it frequently enables the pharmacist to prepare a small quantity of a powder for a prescrip- tion in case the regular stock-bottle is found empty or a very fresh powrder is needed. The small pocket pepper-mills used by European travellers for grinding whole pepper at the table will be found especially useful. Contusion, or bruising, is an operation very frequently resorted to. It may be defined as the process of reducing a drug to particles by striking it a succession of blows. The instrument generally employed is the well-known mortar and pestle, which, for contusing drugs, should be made of cast iron, bell-metal, or brass. The shape best adapted for this purpose is shown in Fig. 194, the mortar being represented on a mortar-block. The bottom of the mortar should be flat and heavy, so that it may rest firmly upon whatever base it is placed; the sides should flare slightly, but the mortar should be so deep that substances will not be easily forced out on to the floor by the blows of the pestle. A leather or wooden cover should be used upon the mortar when corro- sive or irritating substances are contused. The pestle should be heavy and sufficiently flat on the under surface to permit the convexity nearly to coincide with the concave surface of the mortar. The inner surface of the mortar should be tinned, to prevent rusting and facilitate cleaning. The best support for an iron mortar is the top surface of a hard-wood post six inches in diameter and of sufficient length to pass from the top 172 COMMINUTION. of the floor into the cellar and rest on the ground. A turned wood mortar-block two feet high should rest upon the post; this block should have a flat iron hoop upon the top projecting half an inch above the surface, as suggested by Dr. H. T. Cummings, whilst the bottom should have an inch hole bored up through the centre for the distance of twelve inches; an inch wooden pin, two feet long, should be firmly fixed in the centre of the post for the distance of twelve inches, which would leave twelve inches of the wooden pin projecting above the floor. Now, if the mortar-block is placed over it so that the pin enters the hole in the base, it will be found that a solid foundation is pro- vided for resisting the blows of the pestle, and jarring and vibration, so destructive to balances and fragile apparatus, are prevented (see Fig. 194). When for good reasons the post-support cannot be used, the next best base is a deep, strong box filled with dry sand. The principal objection to this is the constant loss of the sand and the inconvenience of having it spilled on the floor. When it is neces- sary to use an iron mortar and pestle for a con- tinuous operation, for a considerable length of time, it will be found advantageous to connect the upper part of the pestle with an elastic wooden spring attached to the ceiling, so that the labor of lifting the pestle will be lessened. This spring is preferably made from a tapering hickory strip seven or eight feet long and four inches wide at the base, the rope connecting the pestle with the end of the spring being of such length that the pestle barely touches the bottom of the mortar when the spring is stretched to its utmost tension. On account of the large number of mills scattered over the country, estab- lished for grinding drugs, and the increase of facilities for grinding and powdering drugs on the large scale, the skilful use of the mortar and pestle by the pharmacist must be regarded as a lost art. The necessity for thoroughly drying drugs before subjecting them to comminution has already been mentioned. (See Desiccation.) Wooden mortars and pestles are occasionally used for contusing soft bodies, like prune pulp, almonds, recent fleshy roots, substances that are affected by iron, etc. Lignum-vitse is a very hard and suitable wood for this purpose, although boxwood is preferable when it can be pro- cured, because it has less tendency to split. Marble mortars are also used for operations of a similar character on a somewhat larger scale; but care must be used to avoid putting substances containing acid into such mortars, on account of the reaction upon the marble and the consequent contamination of the product. Grinding- and Pulverizing.—The former term is applied to the reduction of a substance by mechanical means to coarse particles, the latter to the production of fine particles. These processes are the most important of any grouped under comminution. At present they are Pig. 194. Mortar and pestle. COMMINUTION. 173 very largely carried on by drug-millers. It is necessary for the phar- macist to be familiar with the methods employed, however, if intelligent judgment is to be exercised in the subsequent treatment of the vegetable and mineral substances of the materia medica. Before pulverizing a substance it must be dried, and the desired fineness of the powder de- termines the character of the preliminary treatment. In order properly to grind or powder substances upon the large scale, special knowledge and experience are required; previous acquaintance with the methods best suited to accomplish the object on the small scale, whilst useful to some extent, will be found inadequate. If a drug is to be coarsely ground, the necessity for thoroughly drying it is generally not so press- ing as when a fine powder is to be made of the substance; drugs con- taining volatile oils are apt to be rendered worthless if they are dried sufficiently to enable them to be ground to a fine powder. Myrrh, Fig. 195. Munson’s buhr-stone mill. cloves, cubebs, nutmegs, etc., afford good illustrations of this: hence these drugs are preferred when coarsely powdered. Within the last few years an important change in pharmaceutical practice in this respect has been effected, and preparations in which formerly very fine powders were directed are now ordered to be made from coarse powders: the processes for extracting the soluble principles having been greatly improved, the 174 COMMINUTION. necessity no longer exists for using the very fine powders, and hence volatile principles are not sacrificed. DRUG-MILLS. The Buhr-stone Mill is very extensively employed in drug-milling. There are two kinds, termed respectively under-runners and upper- runners. The principle upon which this mill operates is that of reducing the substance to particles by the friction and contusion that follow the delivery of the substance in the contracted space formed by a rapidly- revolving stone disk, brought in nearly close contact with a similar disk which is stationary. In the under-runners the upper stone is sta- tionary and the lower stone revolves, the upper stone having a central circular opening through which the substance is fed, as shown in Fig. 195, the under stone being connected with the shaft. In the upper- runners the lower stone is stationary, the upper stone being perforated as in the under-runners. In both, the stones revolve horizontally. The stone used must be very hard. The best bulir- millstone is obtained from the old and cele- brated quarries of La Ferte-sous-Jouarre, in France. The surfaces of the millstones are crossed with “ furrows,” which pass from the centre to the circumfer- ence, as shown in Fig. 196. The object of the furrows is to provide a means for the passage of the ground particles to the outer circumference and to the trough : this is accomplished through the centrifugal force and current of air caused by the rapid revolution of the stone in motion. The fineness of the powder is regulated by raising or lowering one of the stones, this of course increasing or decreasing the space between them; the character of the powder is also influenced by the dressing of the stone. Fig. 195 illustrates one of the best of the modern buhr-stone mills,—Munson’s under-runner. Roller-Mills operate by crushing, or crushing and cutting, the sub- stance. In their simplest form they consist of two smooth-faced iron rollers revolving in opposite directions, which can be brought into close contact by regulating screws. The principle has been extended and improved in modern milling, so that for grinding certain drugs this mill gives excellent results. The rollers are now made of steel, chilled iron, Fig. 196. Buhr-stone. COMMINUTION. 175 or biscuit (porcelain), and are corrugated or ribbed to suit special pur- poses. The sections of these corrugations are serrated, undulated, or crenated. The rollers revolve in the same direction or in opposite directions, and at equal or different speeds. Fig. 197 shows the position of the grooved rollers, and Fig. 197a shows a sectional view of the same. A roller drug- mill, operated by steam- power or by hand, is made by W. Schroeder & Co., of Leipsic, Ger- many. The rollers have sharp oblique furrows upon their surfaces, and extra rollers are supplied to suit special purposes for grinding very fine powders, etc. (N. R., 1878, p. 336.) Allaire, Woodward & Co., of Peoria, Illinois, use with great success a corrugated roller-mill in grind- ing nux vomica. Chaser-Mills are so called because two heavy granite stones, mounted like wheels and connected by a short horizontal shaft, are made to revolve or chase each other upon a granite base (see Fig. 198). The stones are discoid, and the grinding surfaces are the circumferential edges of the stones and the surface of the granite base; an iron cylinder, called a “ curb,” surrounds the circular base, and a “ scraper,” made of iron and adjusted at an angle, is connected with the shaft. It is evident that if the substance to be powdered is delivered upon the granite base in the path of the rapidly-revolving stones it must speedily be reduced to powder, not only on account of the crushing weight of the heavy stones, but also because of the attri- tion caused by the outer edge of the stone travelling through a longer distance than the inner edge. In some mills the stones having flat, grinding surfaces have been replaced by stones having curved sur- faces, and the flat base by a circular gutter curved to cor- respond with that of the sur- face of the stone : in this way the grinding surfaces have been greatly increased and rapid pulverization facilitated. Fig. 199 shows the shape of the stones of this form in use in Dr. Squibb’s laboratory. In practice the chasers are enclosed in a tight box or small room, closed with air- tight doors, and the substance to be powdered is fed in from the top by an Fig. 197. Fig. 197a. Grooved rollers. Grooved rollers (cross-section). Fig. 198. Fig. 199. Chasers. Chasers (curved grinding surface). 176 COMMINUTION. elongated funnel, the spout of which delivers the material immediately upon the path of the stones. The height of the curb is increased by pasting heavy paper around it, and the fineness of the powder is influ- enced by the height of the curb. The revolution of the chasers produces an upward current of air; this carries over the lighter particles, which fall outside the curb and are subsequently collected as a fine powder; those particles which are larger are of course heavier and cannot rise to the height of the curb, but fall back under the stones to be reground: in this way refractory substances can be reduced to very fine powder. Chasers are more largely employed in making “dusted” or very fine powders than any other form of pulverizing apparatus. Mills with Iron Grinding Surfaces.—Many mills have been con- structed from time to time to suit special purposes: these cannot be noticed at length in a work having the scope of the present one. Barrel- mills have been used. These consist of strong barrels lined with sheet- iron, supported by strong iron shafts attached to the heads. The sub- stance to be comminuted is placed in the barrel, and large round iron balls, like cannon-balls, are introduced: upon revolving the barrel rapidly, disintegration is effected. This principle is used also in pul- verizing dried extracts and friable substances. A hollow circular iron ring, having a diameter slightly larger than that of the cannon-ball which is placed inside with the charge of substance to be powdered, is made to revolve rapidly; the inertia of the cannon-ball and the friction render its speed less than that of the ring, and the substance is quickly ground. The “ Bogardus” mill is constructed on a very ingenious prin- ciple : the grinding surfaces are two horizontal chilled-iron plates, the lower one revolving, the upper one stationary; both have corrugations having sharp edges, arranged concentrically. The peculiarity of this mill is that the centres of the grinding-plates are not directly over each other as in buhr-stone mills, but the centre of the lower plate is placed a few inches to one side: by this arrangement the substance to be ground is caught by the ring-edges of the revolving plate and dashed against the cutting-edges of the stationary upper plate at an angle, the effect being to incise it as if cut with scissors and crush it at the same time. Mead’s Disintegrator differs from the mills thus far considered in the principle of construction, in the character of the grinding surfaces, and in its method of operation. The grinding is effected by hardened steel beaters riveted to a steel disk, which revolves vertically between corrugated rings; the beaters are placed on the side of the disk nearest to the feeding-trough, and catch the material as it enters the mill, beating it with great force against the corrugated rings until it is fine enough to pass between the disk and the face of the rings; as soon as it passes here, it is on the side of the mill from whence it is discharged, and all that is fine enough is immediately driven out by the beaters on the back of the disk. That portion of the substance which is not fine enough is caught by the beaters and beaten against the screens until suf- ficiently fine to pass through. The screens are two inches in width, and extend around three-fourths of the diameter of the mill : they are made of square steel bars, and present a grinding surface to the beaters, COMMINUTION. 177 but there is sufficient space between them to permit the passage of fine particles. The substance, as it is ground, falls into a receiving-box below the mill, or is discharged through the floor into a room below. One prime requisite in running this mill is high speed: the disk must make three thousand revolutions a minute. The disin- tegrator is capable of grinding one hundred and fifty pounds of Ignatia bean, or six hundred pounds of wild-cherry bark, in one hour. Fig. 200 gives an illustration of the mill, whilst Fig. 201 shows an enlarged view of the revolving disk, and a section of the screens immediately above. Hand-Mills.—It is more difficult to construct a drug-mill for the general use of the pharmacist than one for the special purposes of a drug-miller. The latter has the choice of a buhr-stone mill, chaser, disintegrator, iron mill, etc., which he can adjust to suit the character of the substance he desires to grind. The pharmacist’s drug-mill, on the other hand, is expected to do all kinds of work rapidly and well. It must, therefore, be capable of ready adjustment, possess durability, and have cutting surfaces not quickly dulled, and working parts not liable to get out of order. It is not easy to realize that every medicinal substance has an individuality of its own, but he who neglects the study of the physical characters of the substances of the materia medica can never expect to overcome successfully the obstacles which stand in the way of disinte- gration. Hand drug-mills may be divided into three classes: 1. Those having vertical grinding surfaces. 2. Those having horizontal grinding surfaces. 3. Those having conical grinding surfaces. They have the following points in common: iron is the principal material of construc- tion, the grinding surfaces are of hardened iron or steel and consist of teeth arranged in concentric rows, and the regulation of the fineness of the powder is effected by a screw or screws, by which the plates are made to approach or recede from each other. 1. Hand Drug-Mills with Vertical Grinding Surfaces.— Swift’s Mill (old style).—This hand-mill has been in use longer than any other in the American market. Its introduction marked an era in the history of pharmacy, and, although superseded now by greatly- improved mills, it is still remembered with grateful feelings by those of the present generation, who had been previously accustomed to laborious mortar practice. In this mill there are two vertical grind- ing-plates, one of which is stationary, whilst' the other is connected with the horizontal revolving shaft; a conical breaker is also attached to the shaft, and when in position it is immediately below the lower opening of the hopper; a fly-wheel with a handle is bolted to the outer Fig. 201. Fig. 200. Mead’s disintegrator. Revolving disk and screens. 178 COMMINUTION. end of the horizontal shaft, and furnishes the power required. The teeth are of iron and arranged in concentric rows, and the plates are made to approach each other or to separate by an adjusting-screw. The supports of the mill are of ash or oak, and are durable and firm. The principal disadvantages of this mill are the difficulty of cleaning it, its slow action, its liability to become clogged, and the absence of a tight box or drawer to receive the ground drug. Two improvements have been made in the Swift’s new-style mills : in one the fly-wheel has been made larger and heavier, in the other a double fly-wheel has been attached. Troemner’s Mill, whilst constructed upon the same principle as Swift’s, is much more thorough in its action, and requires less labor to operate it, than Swift’s mill (old style). It has vertical plates, a thumb-screw to regulate the fineness of the powder, a heavy fly-wheel, and a close-fitting drawer to receive the powdered drug. It is not so easily cleaned, how- ever, as the next mill to be mentioned. The Enterprise Mill.—The introduction of this mill, in 1875, gave an impetus to the manufacture of hand drug-mills which is still felt: the application of several new principles, and the extension and improvement of some valuable old ones, at once gained the attention of practical pharmacists. The great advantage possessed by this mill over those in the market at the time it was introduced was the ease with which the interior and the working parts could be reached. The principle of sup- porting the grinding- plates upon a horizontal shaft, to the extremities of which heavy fly- wheels were attached, and providing a means for lifting all the work- ing parts out of the in- terior to facilitate their cleaning, were novel fea- tures. Fig. 202 so thor- oughly illustrates this mill that it is hardly necessary to dwell upon its other features. The left-hand grinding-plate revolves, being geared to the shaft, whilst the one on the right hand is stationary: when in po- sition for grinding they are, of course, nearly in contact. The opening of the interior is effected by simply turning the thumb-screw in front. A smaller mill is shown in Fig. 203. It is very conveniently used at the dispensing counter. 2. Hand Drug-Mills having Horizontal Grinding Sur- faces.—Thomas’s Mill.—This was one of the first hand drug-mills Fig. 202. Enterprise drug-mill. COMMINUTION. 179 made upon this principle. There are two horizontal grinding-plates, the lower one revolving and the upper one stationary. A vertical shaft, which is geared to a horizontal shaft by bevel-wheels, communicates the power to the lower plate upon revolving the fly- wheel. The absence of a closed receptacle, and the difficulty of quickly cleaning the grinding surfaces, are the principal objections to this mill. Swift’s B Mill.—This is a compara- tively new mill, very different in ance from the old Swift’s mill, and dif- ferent in principle. The grinding-plates are horizontal, the lower one revolving, whilst the upper one is stationary and forms the lower part of the hopper. It has two fly-wheels, but the receptacle for the powder is an open one. A valuable feature of• the Enterprise mill is present here,—i.e., that of opening horizontally in the centre. The fineness of the powder is regulated by raising or lowering the lower plate by the thumb-screw. 3. Hand Drug-Mills haying Conical Grinding Surfaces. —The principle of construction in these mills is probably the best, because it avoids the fault of those constructed on the vertical-plate principle, that of permitting particles to drop into the receptacle be- fore they are finely ground, and also the fault of the horizontal-plate mills, which may hold the ground particles too long, often until clog- ging results. The conical-plate mill, if properly constructed, leaves little to be desired. Hance’s Mill is made on this principle. Formerly, the objection to this mill was the loss of time and labor consumed in getting it apart: this has been obviated by the introduction of the principle of open- ing it horizontally with the same kind of thumb-screw and hinge that is used in the Enterprise mill. The Hance mill is better adapted for heavy work than any other of the hand drug-mills, and, if desired, a belt and pulley can be attached for steam-power. The lower plate is conical in shape, the summit being elongated into a breaker; the teeth are arranged in consecutive rows, a scraper being attached to the under surface of the lower plate ; the upper grinding surface is situated upon tire lower surface of the hopper, and corresponds in shape and in the arrangement, number, and size of teeth with the surface of the lower plate. The revolving-plate is attached to the upright shaft by a simple key; this permits the easy removal of the plate when the mill is to be cleaned, yet holds it securely when in operation. Power is com- municated by means of two shafts at right angles, geared with bevel cog-wheels. The fineness of the powder is regulated by a thumb-screw at the base, which elevates the revolving-plate. The support to the mill is a strong iron frame, which is cast in one piece, and, although the mill has but a single fly-wheel, this is partially compensated for by the length of the bearing for the horizontal shaft. Fig. 204 shows the Fig. 203. Drug-mill (dispensing). 180 COMMINUTION. form which is mounted on a stand and is designed to be bolted to the floor; the new form, in which the mill is mounted on a box-stand, may- be preferred by some. Fig. 205 shows the upper grinding-plate, and Fig. 206 the lower plate with a feeder, which is fastened to the upper por- tion with a set-screw, so that seeds and similar drugs may be automatically fed to the mill. General Rules for Operating Hand-Mills. —Much of the dissatisfaction experienced in operating hand-mills has arisen from improper methods of using them, or from failure to meas- ure accurately the degree of resistance to disin- Fig. 204. Fig. 205. Fig. 206. Hance’s drug-mill. Hance’s mill (upper plate). Hance’s mill (lower plate). tegration possessed by the substance to be ground. One of the first requisites, as before mentioned, is to dry the substance as perfectly as its physical character will permit without injuring it. If coarse, bulky, fibrous roots, barks, or similar substances are to be ground, they must first be cut or bruised. Most substances are ground with less labor if they are passed through the mill first with the coarse adjustment, return- ing the portion which is sifted out for regrinding, after setting the plates more closely together: this plan is repeated until the whole is ground. Care should be taken not to feed the substance into the hopper faster than it can be ground. The desire to get through quickly is the most frequent cause of clogging the mill, and when this occurs much time is lost, and the operator is strongly reminded of the well-worn proverb about undue haste. If a considerable quantity is to be ground, two persons can operate the mill more economically than one,—one feeding the mill carefully, the other supplying the physical labor, and, after the expiration of a given time, exchanging places. Good judgment is necessary in determining the rapidity with which substances can be fed into the hopper. Resinous or oily drugs, or substances which soften by heat, require very careful treat- ment and cannot be fed rapidly; dry ligneous barks or roots, on the other hand, can be fed as rapidly as the extent of grinding surface of the mill and the muscle of the operator will permit. The mill should be thor- oughly cleaned after each operation, particular attention being given to the grinding-plates. In the case of substances which form hard lumps by heating or clogging upon the plates, the quickest way is to use boiling COMMINUTION. 181 water to soften or dissolve the lumps; the plates should then be quickly dried, to prevent rusting. By running sawdust or rice chaff through a mill, after an odorous drug has been ground, it may be speedily cleaned and freed from odor. Trituration is the process of reducing substances to fine particles by rubbing them in a mortar with a pestle. The pestle is given a circular motion, accompanied by downward pressure, and the most effective method of using the pestle is to begin in the centre of the mortar and describe a circle of small diameter with the pestle on the substance, and gradually increase the size of the circle with each revolution until the side of the mortar is touched, when the motion is reversed and circles continually smaller in diameter are described until the centre is reached: this is repeated until pulverization is effected: by this treatment all the particles are brought under the action of the pestle. The mortar and pestle best adapted for this operation have the shapes shown in Fig. 207. Mortars with pestles having flattened ends are the best. Wedgwood-ware is very serviceable, but is difficult to keep clean. As triturating mortars are rarely subjected to blows, porcelain mortars of proper shape are preferred. One of the principal annoyances in the use of wedgwood or porcelain mortars and pestles is that of the continual loosening of the handle of the pestle. The cement employed by the manufacturer is chiefly rosin of bad quality, and in using the pestle the particles of loosened cement often drop into the mixture in the mortar during trituration. The best plan is to pull the handle out of the pestle entirely as soon as possible and reset it: this is easily done by heating the end of the pestle in a sand-bath until the cement has soft- ened so that the handle may be extracted, then some hot cement (good sealing-wax) is poured into the pestle-hole, and the wooden handle is at once pressed forcibly in and Fig. 208. Fig. 207. Mortar and pestle. Pestle (hard- rubber handle). held m its place by wedging or other means until the sealing-wax has hardened. The hard-rubber handle, which is made to screw accurately into the pestle (see Fig. 208), is a great improvement over the ordinary 182 COMMINUTION. handle, and the additional cost is more than repaid by the comfort of using it. Where trituration is combined with contusion, as frequently happens in effecting solutions of chemical substances, a wedgwood mortar of the shape shown in Fig. 209 is well suited for the purpose. The selection of good mortars and pestles is frequently overlooked amidst the many items of detail in furnishing a pharmacy; but few implements bring more satisfaction to the oper- ator than good mortars and pestles. It is a safe rule to examine every purchase carefully before accept- ing it finally, to see whether the pestle fits the mortar accurately: it should have as much bearing on the interior surface of the mortar as its size will permit, because the rapidity of the trituration depends largely on the amount of contact of the surfaces. The use of a round-surfaced pestle in a flat-surfaced mortar is just as great a waste of labor as that of a flat-surfaced pestle in a round-surfaced mortar. Trituration, as a distinct method of pre- paring a class of preparations, was officinally recog- nized in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880, and a new preparation, Trituratio E later ini, made by triturating elaterin with sugar of milk, was intro- duced. Fig. 210 shows a device for facilitating tritura- tion. It was communicated by Charles Rice, and is simpler and more effective than similar con- trivances which have been described. It consists of an ordinary mortar and pestle, the latter having been lengthened by cutting down the mushroom top of the handle, so as to admit of its being inserted into the large end of a wooden handle, shaped somewhat like a ball-club, and between two and three feet long. The upper end of this handle should be about an inch in diameter, and during the use of the pestle is to be kept upright and steady by passing through an opening in a piece of heavy pasteboard or wood which may be tacked to the under side of some convenient shelf. The mortar should stand on a counter about three feet from the floor, and the upper end of the pestle pass through a shelf above. To stop the noise caused by the pestle striking against the sides of the opening, a piece of sole-leather is attached to the under side of the shelf and the pestle passed through a hole in its centre. This also serves Fig. 209. Wedgwood mortar and pestle. Fig. 210. Triturating with loaded pestle. COMMINUTION. 183 another purpose; viz., when it is necessary to raise the pestle to admit of changing or stirring the contents of the mortar, the leather will clasp the enlargement of the handle so as to suspend the pestle securely out of the way of the hands. In using the apparatus, one hand grasps the handle just above its lower end, and a very slight effort is requisite to give it the necessary motion. The weight of the handle is usually sufficient to insure a proper degree of friction. If, however, more pressure is desired, the pestle can be weighted by slipping a perforated weight on to an iron pin driven in the top of the handle. Mortars and pestles are sometimes made of green or white glass. The former are to be preferred because they are stronger; the latter, how- ever, present a handsomer appear- ance. Glass mortars are not adapted to the continued tritura- tion of hard substances. They are useful only in dissolving certain chemical substances directed in prescriptions, like corrosive sub- limate, the alkaloids, etc. It is best to place the glass mortar over a dark surface, in order to show by contrast more clearly when the solution of the white object is effected. Porcelain mortars and pestles (see Fig. 211) are, however, more generally useful as solution mortars. Pestles entirely of porcelain are objectionable, because they are so easily broken. Spatulas.—The process of trituration as ordinarily performed re- quires the use of spatulas. These consist of flexible steel blades attached to handles, and in trituration they serve to loosen the substance as it becomes packed upon the sides of the mortar. Spatulas are largely used in extemporaneous pharmacy, and they will be alluded to fre- quently under various special heads in Part VII. The blade of a spatula is frequently broken when too much pressure is applied, but if the broken blade remaining in the handle have its sharp corners ground off upon a grindstone, or filed off, it will be just as useful for some purposes as it was when perfect. Spatulas may now be had of excellent quality, and greatly improved in style over those formerly used. The best form is the balance-handled spatula (see Fig. 213). In this the metal of the handle and that of the Fig. 211. Porcelain mortar and pestle. Fig. 212. Fig. 213. Balance-handled spatula. blade are continuous and of the same width, so that the annoyance of the tang becoming loose in the handle, as in the old-style spatulas, is avoided. The flat metal handle is enlarged by riveting smooth, flat pieces of hard COMMINUTION. 184 wood to it to insure convenience in using. The balance-handle derives its name from the fact that when lying upon the counter the weight of the handle is sufficient to overcome the weight of the blade, so that contact of the blade with the counter is prevented. Solid-handled spatulas (see Fig. 214) are also made, the whole being of one solid piece Fig. 214. Solid-handled spatula. of metal, and the handle being nickel-plated. A pocket spatula, which closes like a clasp-knife, is also furnished by dealers. Fig. 215 shows a spatula made entirely of horn, and shaped like a Fig. 215. Horn spatula, with handle. steel spatula, for making ointments which contain corrosive substances, or substances acting on steel. Sifting- is the process of passing a powdered substance through the meshes of perforated material with the object of separating the coarser from the finer particles. Sieves are employed in this process: the frames are usually round, although sometimes they are oval, square, or rectangular. The ordinary sieve is usually made by stretching wire gauze over a flat wooden ring, and keeping it in its place by slipping over it a narrow wooden ring of slightly greater diameter, which is tacked securely. Covered sieves, or drum sieves, have tight covers for the top and bottom. The simplest pharmaceutical sieve for general use is obtained by making five rectangular frames, each four inches deep, ten inches wide, and sixteen inches long. These should be light but strong, and the bottoms covered with brass-wire gauze of different degrees of fineness. A box, ten inches deep, twelve inches wide, and twenty-two inches long, with a tight cover, is provided to hold the sieves and prevent dust from escaping. Two cleats are nailed horizon- tally upon the sides of the box, five inches from the top, for the sieve to slide upon, and a hole is cut in the front of the box in order to permit a handle, with a hook at the end, to pass through and be attached to a screwr-eye in the front side of the sieve; two large corks are screwed to the back of the sieve at either end to act as buffers. The powdered substance is introduced into the proper sieve, which is placed upon the cleats, and the handle passed through the hole and hooked to the sieve; the cover is then placed in position, and the sieve pushed backward and forward, touching the back lightly. A very important point, which must not be omitted after sifting substances, is the thorough mixing of all portions of the sifted powder, in order that each part of the finished powder may have a uniform composition. The starchy portions of a drug will be powdered more COMMINUTION. 185 quickly than the ligneous portions, and will usually pass through the sieve first: hence the sifted powder must always be thoroughly mixed. Upon the small scale this may be easily effected with a spatula or mortar and pestle; upon a larger scale special apparatus is needed. Hunter’s sifter is one of the most effective: it is shown in Fig. 216. In this the powder is sifted in the cylindrical sieve, and adhering particles or small lumps are brushed through by the revolving Fig. 216. Hunter’s sifter. brushes; the revolving spiral mixers in the large box cause the particles to be thoroughly mingled. The illustration shows the method of oper- ating so well that further description is unnecessary. In Fig. 217 is seen an enclosed sifter well adapted for many purposes, whilst Fig. 218 shows a sectional view of the same kind of sifter for smaller oper- ations. The sieve is hemispherical in shape, and is contained in a tinned-iron scoop (see Fig. 219, which shows the end view). Two circles of stout wire are soldered to a central axis at right angles to each other, and the axis passes through the tin handle and terminates in a crank. When a powder is placed in the scoop, and the wire rings are made to revolve by turning the axis with the hand, the particles of powder are 186 COMMINUTION. rapidly forced through the meshes of the sieve. This apparatus is especially useful in breaking up moistened lumps in powders which are about to be percolated. (See Percolation.) The degree of fineness of powders is designated in the United States Pharmacopoeia by the number of meshes to the inch possessed by the sieve. The five different sizes are as follows: Very fine powder should pass through a sieve having 80 or more meshes to the linear inch = No. 80 pow- der. Fine powder should pass through a sieve having 60 meshes to the linear inch = No. 60 powder. Moderately fine powder should pass through a sieve having 50 meshes to the linear inch = No. 50 powder. Moderately coarse powder should pass through a sieve having 40 meshes to the linear inch = No. 40 powder. Coarse powder should pass through a sieve having 20 meshes to the linear inch = No. 20 powder. In special cases powders of different degrees of fineness (e.g., No. 30, No. 12) are directed to be taken. In every case the number of the powder indicates the number of meshes to the inch of the sieve used to make the powder. Not more than a small proportion of the powder is expected to pass Fig. 217. Sifter. Fig. 218. Fig. 219. Scoop sifter. Scoop sifter (end view of sieve). through a sieve having ten more meshes to the inch than the one designated. For very fine powders, bolting-cloth is used for the sifting medium ; and when acid substances are to be sifted, horse-hair sieves are used. COMMINUTION. 187 Levigation is the process of reducing substances to a state of minute division by triturating them after they have been made into a paste with Fig. 220. Slab and muller. water or other liquid. This is effected in a shallow mortar with a flat- surfaced pestle, or upon a ground-glass slab with a flat-surfaced glass muller (see Fig. 220). The motion imparted to the muller, A, closely resembles the figure 8; this is frequently varied with that of elongated circles which intersect each other, the object being to vary the motion so that all particles of the powder may be brought under the action of the muller upon the slab G. Certain substances, like red mercuric oxide and zinc oxide, if made into a paste with alcohol or water, are more readily reduced to fine powder in this way than by the action of the mortar and pestle. The process is termed porphyrization when per- formed with a porphyry slab and muller. Elutriation is the process of obtaining a substance in fine powder by suspending an insoluble powder in water, allowing the heavier particles to fall to the bottom of the vessel, and decanting the liquid containing the lighter particles into another vessel, and there collecting them. It is water-sifting practically, wherein the superior gravity of the larger particles is used as a means of separating them from the smaller. Prepared chalk is a familiar illustration of an elutriated powder. Trochiscation is the process of making the pasty mass or magma obtained by elutriation into dry, conical masses. This is usually accomplished by the use of the little apparatus shown in Fig. 221. This consists of a tinned- iron cone, supported in a circular wooden frame which has one short wooden leg and a handle. A slab of chalk or other porous sub- Pig. 221. Trochiscator. 188 COMMINUTION. stance is provided, and after filling the cone with the pasty mass the handle is taken in the right hand and the leg of the frame is tapped gently upon the slab of chalk: the shock causes a conical mass of the substance to fall upon it, whereupon the moisture present soon becomes absorbed, so that the little cone dries quickly. A succession of taps, with a slight lateral movement, deposits the cones in regular rows, and when the slab is full the first cones are found to be dry enough to be transferred, and all wall soon be in the same condition. Chalk, bismuth, lake, and other insoluble powders are formed into conical nodules in this way. Pulverization by Intervention is the process of reducing substances to powder through the use of a foreign substance, from which the powder is subsequently freed by some simple method. No general process can be given for this method of pulverization, as the character of the sub- stance must determine the method. The metal gold may be powdered by rubbing gold-leaf in a mortar in contact with potassium sulphate: the latter is subsequently dissolved out with water. Camphor may be pulverized through the addition of a few drops of alcohol, chloroform, or other solvent. The foreign substance in this case is disposed of through evaporation. Metallic tin may be granulated by melting it and agitating it in a box containing powdered chalk: the latter is sub- sequently dissolved out with diluted acetic acid. Phosphorus may be pulverized by placing it in water contained in a small flask, then heat- ing the water gradually until the phosphorus is melted, and shaking the flask while the phosphorus is cooling: the agitation in the presence of water keeps the particles from cohering. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTERS VII. AND VIII. DESICCATION AND COMMINUTION. 457. "What is desiccation ? 458. What are the objects of desiccation ? 459. How may roots, herbs, and leaves be conveniently dried on the large scale? 460. What is meant by “ gruffs?” 461. What use is made of “gruffs?” 462. Why does the U. S. P. direct myrrh in substance and not in powder in making compound iron mixture ? 463. Table showing loss in powdering medicinal substances. 464. What is comminution ? 465. What are the objects of comminution ? 466. How may roots, barks, etc., be conveniently cut? 467. How upon the large scale ? 468. How may drugs be most conveniently bruised or contused ? 469. When it becomes necessary to use an iron mortar and pestle for a considerable length of time, how may the labor of lifting the pestle be lessened ? 470. Por what purposes are wooden mortars used ? 471. For what purposes are marble mortars used ? 472. In using marble mortars, what precautions are necessary ? 473. What is the difference between grinding and pulverizing ? 474. What drugs are most injured by drying? DESICCATION AND COMMINUTION. 189 475. What is a buhr-stone mill ? 476. What two varieties are there, and what are they called ? 477. What is the peculiarity of each ? 478. What are roller-mills ? 479. What are the rollers usually made of? 480. What is the form of the rollers ? 481. What are chaser-mills ? 482. How are the stones arranged ? 483. How are powders of greater or less degrees of fineness obtained from chaser- mills ? 484. What are barrel-mills ? 485. How is the “ Bogardus” mill constituted, and what is its peculiarity ? 486. What is Mead’s disintegrator? 487. What is requisite in running this mill ? 488. What three classes of hand-mills are there ? 489. Describe Swift’s mill (old style). 490. What improvements have been made in the new-style Swift’s mill ? 491. Describe Troemner’s mill. 492. Describe the Enterprise mill. 493. What are its advantages ? 494. Describe Thomas’s mill. 495. What are the principal objections to this mill? 496. Describe Swift’s B mill. 497. Describe Hance’s mill. 498. Is Hance’s mill best adapted for light or heavy work ? 499. What are the most usual difficulties met with in operating hand-mills ? 500. How may these be obviated ? 501. What is a good method of cleaning a mill after an odorous drug has been ground? 502. What is trituration ? 503. What shaped mortars and pestles are best adapted to the purpose of trituration ? 504. What objection is there to the ordinary pestle of porcelain or wedgewood mortars ? 505. How is this best remedied ? 506. Is the hard-rubber handle any better, and if so, why ? 507. What preparation, called a “trituration,” has been made officinal in the U. S. P. ? 508. Describe a device for facilitating trituration. 509. What is the objection to glass mortars and pestles? 510. Which are most useful,—mortars and pestles of porcelain, white glass, or green glass, and why ? 511. What is a spatula, and what is its best form? 512. For what are horn spatulas useful ? 513. How is the process of sifting accomplished ? 514. How are the degrees of fineness of powders designated in the U. S. P. ? 515. How many degrees of fineness are so designated ? 516. What is meant by a very fine powder? Fine powder? Moderately fine powder? Moderately coarse powder? Coarse powder? 521. In some special cases other degrees of fineness than these five are designated, as, for example, No. 30 and No. 12: what is meant by these numbers ? 522. What is levigation ? 523. What is meant by porphyrization ? By elutriation ? 525. Give an example of an elutriated powder. 527. What is trochiscation ? 528. What is pulverization by intervention ? 629. Give an example of this process. CHAPTER IX. SOLUTION. Solution.—By this term is meant the process whereby a solid or gaseous substance is liquefied or made to disappear when brought in contact with a liquid: the particles of the substance being uniformly diffused through the liquid, no separation takes place upon standing. The liquid used to effect this change is called a solvent, and, after its combination with the dissolved substance, a solution; if the liquid has exercised its powers as a solvent to its utmost extent, and is inca- pable of retaining any more of the dissolved substance, it is termed a saturated solution. A substance which is not acted on by a solvent is said to be insoluble. Solution of Solids.—This is an operation which is very frequently performed by the pharmacist: in this place only the methods of effecting the solution of solid bodies which can be entirely dissolved in the sol- vent will be noticed. This excludes the operations of Infusion, Decoc- tion, Percolation, Maceration, etc., which will be considered at length in subsequent chapters. Solution may be of two kinds: 1, Simple; 2, Chemical. 1. Simple Solution is where the solid suffers no alteration on being dissolved, except that which depends upon its external form, and where, if the reverse operation of evaporation is applied, the solid substance is recovered unchanged. The making of simple syrup is an example. 2. Chemical Solution is where the properties of the dissolved body are changed by the chemical action of the solvent or some of the sub- stances added, and the simple process of evaporation results in the pro- duction of a body having different properties, as, for example, in the officinal solution of nitrate of mercury. Effects of Pulverization and Agitation.—The solution of solids may be facilitated by pulverizing them and stirring the mixture, thus increasing their extent of surface and promoting the frequent contact of the surfaces with fresh portions of the solvent. This is easily illus- trated, as already noted under Comminution, by placing half an ounce of lump alum and half an ounce of powdered alum each in a pint of water at the same time: a few vigorous stirs will soon cause the latter to dis- solve, whilst the former will require a much longer time. Effect of Heat.—The application of heat generally favors solubility, for nearly all substances are more soluble in hot liquids than in cold ones. In addition to this, the convection currents in the liquid caused by heat hasten the solution by constantly bringing fresh surfaces into SOLUTION. 191 contact with the liquid. In many cases the ratio of solubility is not the same for equal increments of heat. Density of Solutions.—The effect of dissolving a solid body, spe- cifically heavier than the solvent, is always to increase the density of the liquid in which the solid is dissolved. The specific gravity of water is 1.000: if five per cent, of sugar is dissolved in it, the specific gravity is 1.021 ; if ten per cent., 1.070; if twenty per cent., 1.088, etc. This fact is capable of optical proof; for if a piece of sugar is suspended near the top of some water in a beaker, the downward currents of the solution can readily be noticed if viewed by transmitted light. Solubility of Substances in Saturated Solutions.—Whilst a saturated solution is one which is incapable of dissolving any more of the substance which was dissolved in the liquid, it must not be assumed that the saturated solution will not dissolve other solids. For example, if granulated potassium nitrate be mixed with two per cent, of copper sulphate, and then placed in a funnel having a plug of cotton in the throat, it will be found that the copper sulphate can be very easily removed by pouring on the potassium nitrate mixture a saturated solution of potassium nitrate. The potassium nitrate cannot suffer loss, because the liquid passing through is a saturated solution of the same substance; but copper sulphate is soluble in a saturated solution of potassium nitrate, and it is thus washed out. Reduction in Temperature caused by Rapid Solution.—When solids dissolve rapidly in liquids without chemical action, a reduction in temperature always takes place, and cold is produced, in accordance with the well-known law governing the conversion of solids into liquids, whereby sensible heat is converted into latent heat. The so-called freezing mixtures are produced in this way : thus, if five parts of potas- sium sulphoeyanide are quickly mixed with four parts of cold water, the temperature of the solution falls to —20° C. (—4° F.); thirty-two parts of sodium chloride, if mixed with one hundred parts of snow, will produce a brine having a freezing-point of —23° C. (—9.4° F.). Equal parts of crystallized calcium chloride and snow, when well mixed, will have a temperature as low as —45° C. (—49° F.). Elevation of Temperature produced by Solution accompanied by Chemical Action.—If chemical action takes place whilst solution is progressing, the opposite effect, or elevation of temperature, is fre- quently produced, as in dissolving anhydrous salts. The same fact is noticed when the solution of an alkaline oxide made by calcination is effected by treating it with an acid, as when calcined magnesia is dis- solved in a solution of citric acid. Modes of Effecting Solutions of Solids.—The method usually employed by the pharmacist is by the use of the solution mortar and pestle (see page 183). The ordinary practice is to crush the substance into fragments in the mortar with the pestle, and then pour upon it the solvent, meanwhile stirring with the pestle until solution is effected. If definite quantities are used, and the whole of the solvent is required to dissolve the given weight of the salt, a portion only of the- solvent should be added at first, and when this is saturated the solution is poured off, and a fresh portion of solvent added: this operation is 192 SOLUTION. repeated until the solid is entirely dissolved; the solutions are then mixed. Other methods of effecting solution are to shake the solid with the liquid in a bottle or flask, or to apply heat to the substances in a suitable vessel. Circulatory Solution.—A very excellent mode of dissolving sub- stances, particularly where the solid is not very soluble or the relative proportion of liquid is small, is to suspend the solid near the top of the liquid upon a porous diaphragm or a suitable sieve, or tied up in a gauze bag if its nature will admit of this treatment. The parts imme- diately in contact with the solvent are dissolved, and the solution descends, its place being supplied by fresh portions of the solvent: a circulation is thus created and solution facilitated (see Fig. 222). Solvents used in Pharmacy.— Water. —The most useful of all solvents is water. It has a more extensive range than any other liquid, and the aqueous solutions are among the most important prepa- rations of pharmacy. They are es- pecially treated of in chapters, under the head of Liquores, Aquse, Syrupi, etc. Alcohol as a solvent is next in importance to water. It has an impor- tant advantage over water in the fact that preparations made with it keep almost indefinitely, whilst most aqueous solutions of organic sub- stances soon decompose or become worthless. Resins, volatile oils, alkaloids, glucosides, salts, etc., are dissolved by alcohol, whilst many inert principles, like gum, albumen, and starch, are insoluble in it, so that it has also great usefulness in its negative character. Glycerin is an excellent solvent, although its range is not so extensive as either of the preceding: it has in its concentrated state antiseptic qualities of a high order, but has not the valuable negative qualities of alcohol. It dissolves the fixed alkalies, some of the alkaline earths, a large number of neutral salts, and vegetable acids, pepsin, tannin, etc., but it also dissolves gum, albumen, starch, etc., and thus its solutions are generally loaded with inert constituents. (See Glycerites.) Ether is a good solvent for special purposes. Oils, fats, resins, and some of the alkaloids and neutral principles are dissolved by it. Benzin is very similar in its solvent properties to ether. Chloroform resembles ether and benzin as a solvent. It has an advantage over both, however, in not being inflammable, although its costliness prevents any extended application. Bisulphide of Carbon is an excellent solvent for rubber, phosphorus, etc. Its range is limited, however, and its odor and inflammability detract from its usefulness. Acids, either strong or diluted, are used as solvents; as in vinegars. Oils are also used in this way in liniments, etc. Fig. 222. Circulatory solution. SOLUTION. 193 Table of the Solubility of Officinal Chemicals in Water and in Alcohol. Abbreviations: s. = soluble; ins. = insoluble; sp. = sparingly; v. = very; aim. = almost; dec. = decomposed. Chemicals. One part is soluble In Water. In Alcohol. ' At 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling. ' At 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling. Parts. Parts. Parts. Parts. Acidum Arseniosum . 30-80 15 sp. sp. “ Benzoicum 500 15 3 1 “ Boricum 25 3 15 5 “ Carbolicum 20 — V. s. V. s. “ Chromicum v. s. V. s. dec. dec. “ Citricum . 0.75 0.5 1 0.5 “ Gallicum 100 3 4.5 1 “ Salicylicum 450 14 2.5 V. s. “ Tannicum 6 v. s. 0.6 V. s. “ Tartaricum 0.7 0.5 2.5 0.2 Alumen . 10.5 0.3 ins. ins. “ Exsiccatum 20 0.7 ins. ins. Aluminii Hydras ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Sulphas 1.2 v. s. aim. ins. aim. ins. Ammonii Benzoas 5 1.2 28 7.6 “ Bromidum 1.5 0.7 150 15 “ Carbonas 4 dec. dec. dec. “ Cbloridum 3 1.37 aim. ins. aim. ins. “ Iodidum 1 0.5 9 3.7 “ Nitras 0.5 v. s. 20 3 “ Pbospbas 4 0.5 ins. ins. “ Sulphas 1.3 1 sp. sp. “ Yalerianas v. s. v. s. V. s. V. s. Antimonii et Potassii Tartras 17 3 ins. ins. “ Oxidum . aim. ins. aim. ins. ins. ins. “ Sulphidum ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Sulphidum Purificatum . . . ins. ins. ins. ins. Antimonium Sulphuratum . ins. ins. ins. ins. Apomorphinse Hydrochloras 6.8 dec. 50 dec. Argenti Cyanidum ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Iodidum ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Nitras 0.8 0.1 26 5 “ “ Fusus . 0.6 0.5 25 5 “ Oxidum v. sp. ins. ins. Arsenii Iodidum 3.5 dec. 10 dec. Atropina 600 35 v. s. v. s. Atropinse Sulphas 0.4 V. s. 6.5 V. s. Bismuthi Citras ins. ins. ins. ins. “ et Ammonii Citras V. s. sp. sp. “ Suhcarbonas ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Suhnitras ins. ins. ins. ins. Bromum 33 — dec. dec. Caffeina 75 9.5 35 v. s. Calcii Bromidum 0.7 v. s. 1 V. s. “ Carbonas Prsecipitatus ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Chloridum 1.5 v. s. 8 1.5 “ Hypophosphis 6.8 6 ins. ins. “ Phosphas Prsecipitatus ..... ins. ins. ins. Calx 750 1300 ins. ins. Camphora Monohromata . aim. ins. aim. ins. v. s. v. s. Cerii Oxalas ins. ins. ins. 194 SOLUTION. Solubility of Officinal Chemicals in Water and in Alcohol.—(Continued.) Chemicals. One part is soluble In Water. In Alcohol. ' At 15° C. (59° F.). Bolling. ' At 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling. Parts. Parts. Parts. Parts. Chloral . V. S. V. S. V. S. V. S. Chrysarobinum . aim. ins. aim. ins. sp. sp. Cinchonidinas Sulphas 100 4 71 12 Cinchonina . aim. ins. aim. ins. 110 28 Cinchoninae Sulphas 70 14 6 1.5 Codeina 80 17 V. s. v. s. Creta Praeparata ins. ins. ins. ins. Cupri Acetas “ Sulphas 15 5 135 14 2.6 0.5 ins. ins. Elaterinum . ins. ins. 125 2 Eerri Chloridum v. s. v. s. v. s. v. s. “ Citras s. V. s. ins. ins. “ et Ammonii Citras V. s. V. s. ins. ins. “ “ “ Sulphas 3 0.8 ins. ins. “ “ “ Tartras V. s. V. s. ins. ins. “ “ Potassii Tartras V. s. V. s. ins. ins. “ “ Quininas Citras s. V. s. ins. ins. “ “ Strychnines Citras V. s. V. s. ins. ins. “ Hypophosphis sp. sp. ins. ins. “ Lactas 40 12 aim. ins. aim. ins. “ Oxalas sp. sp. ins. ins. “ Oxidum Hydratum ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Phosphas v. s. v. s. ins. ins. “ Pvrophosphas . V. s. v. s. ins. ins. “ Sulphas 1.8 0.3 ins. ins. “ Prascipitatus 1.8 0.3 ins. ins. “ Yalerianas . ins. dec. v. s. v. s. Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. . . 16 2 3 1.2 “ “ Mite . ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Cyanidum 12.8 3 15 6 “ Iodidum Eubrum . aim. ins. aim. ins. 130 15 “ Iodidum Yiride . aim. ins. aim. ins. ins. ins. “ Oxidum Flavum ins. ins. ins. ins. M “ Eubrum ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Subsulphas Elavus ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Sulphidum Eubrum .... ins. ins. ins. ins. Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum ins. ins. ins. ins. Hyoscyaminse Sulphas v. s. v. s. v. s. V. s. Iodoformum . ins. ins. 80 12 Iodum sp. — 11 — Lithii Benzoas 4 2.5 12 10 “ Bromidum . v. s. v. s. v. s. v. s. “ Carbonas . , 130 130 ins. ins. “ Citras 5.5 2.5 sp. sp. “ Salicylas . V. s. v. s. V. s. V. s. Magnesia . aim. ins. aim. ins. ins. ins. “ Ponderosa . aim. ins. aim. ins. ins. ins. Magnesii Carbonas . aim. ins. aim. ins. ins. ins. “ Sulphas 0.8 0.15 ins. ins. “ Sul phis 20 19 ins. ins. Mangani Oxidum Nigrum . ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Sulphas 0.7 0.8 ins. ins. Morphina 500 100 36 Morphinae Acetas 12 1.5 68 14 “ Hydrochloras 24 0.5 63 31 “ Sulphas 24 0.75 702 144 Phosphorus ins. ins. v. sp. v. sp. Physostigminaa Salicylas 130 30 12 V. s. SOLUTION. 195 Solubility of Officinal Chemicals in Water and in Alcohol.—(Continued.) Chemicals. One part is soluble In Water. In Alcohol. ' At 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling. ' At 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling. Parts. Parts. Parts. Parts. Picrotoxinum 150 25 10 3 Pilocarpinae Hydrochloras y. s. v. s. V. S. V. s. Piperina . aim. ins. aim. ins. 30 1 Plumbi Acetas 1.8 0.5 8 1 “ Carbonas ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Iodidum . 2000 200 v. sp. v. sp. aim. ins. “ Nitras 2 0.8 aim. ins. “ Oxidum ins. ins. ins. ins. Potassa 0.5 v. s. 2 v. s. Potassii Acetas 0.4 V. s. 2.5 v. s. “ Bicarbonas 3.2 dec. aim. ins. aim. ins. “ Bichromas 10 1.5 ins. ins. “ Bitartras 210 15 v. sp. v. sp. “ Bromidum 1.6 1 200 16 “ Carbonas 1 0.7 ins. ins. “ Chloras 16.5 2 v. sp. v. sp. “ Citras 0.6 v. s. v. sp. v. sp. “ Cyanidum 2 1 sp. sp. “ et Sodii Tartras . 2.5 y. s. aim. ms. aim. ins. “ Ferroeyanidum 4 2 ins. ins. “ Hypophospbis 0.6 0.3 7.3 3.6 “ Iodidum 0.8 0.5 18 6 “ Nitras 4 0.4 aim. ins. aim. ins. “ Permanganas 20 3 dec. dec. “ Sulphas 9 4 ins. ins. “ Sulphis 4 5 sp. sp. “ Tartras 0.7 0.5 aim. ms. aim. ins. Quinidinse Sulphas 100 7 8 v. s. Quinina 1600 700 6 2 Quininaa Bisulphas 10 v. s. 32 V. s. “ Hydrobromas 16 1 3 1 or less. “ Hydrochloras 34 1 3 V. s. “ Sulphas 740 30 65 3 “ Yalerianas 100 40 5 1 Saccharum 0.5 0.2 175 28 “ Lactis 7 1 ins. ins. Salicinum 28 0.7 30 2 Santoninum . aim. ins. 250 40 3 Soda 1.7 0.8 v. s. v. s. Sodii Acetas 3 i; 30 2 “ Arsenias 4 V. s. v. sp. 60 “ Benzoas 1.8 1.3 45 20 “ Bicarbonas 12 dec. ins. ins. “ Venalis 12 dec. ins. ins. “ Bisulphis 4 2 72 49 “ Boras 16 0.5 ins. ins. “ Bromidum 1.2 0.5 13 11 “ Carbonas 1.6 0.25 ins. ins. “ Chloras 1.1 0.5 40 43 “ Chloridum 2.8 2.5 aim. ins. aim. ins. “ Hypophosphis 1 0.12 30 1 “ Hyposulphis 1.5 0.5 ins. ins. “ Iodidum 0.6 0.3 1.8 1.4 “ Nitras 1.3 0.6 sp- ins. 40 “ Phosphas 6 2 ins. “ Pyrophosphas 12 1.1 ins. ins. “ Salicylas 1.5 v. s. 6 v. s. “ Santoninas 3 0.5 12 3.4 196 SOLUTION. Solubility of Officinal Chemicals in Water and in Alcohol.—(Continued.) Chemicals. One part is soluble In Water. In Alcohol. ' At 15° C. (59° r.). Boiling. 'At 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling. Parts. Parts. Parts. Parts. Sodii Sulphas 2.8 0.4 ins. ins. “ Sulphis 4 0.9 sp. sp. “ Sulphoc&rbolas 5 0.7 132 10 Strychnina 6700 2500 110 12 Strychnin® Sulphas 10 2 60 2 Sulphur Lotum ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Praecipitatum ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Sublimatum ins. ins. ins. ins. Thymol 1200 900 1 v. s. Veratrina v. sp. 3 V. s. Zinci Acetas 3 1.5 30 3 “ Bromidum v. s. V. s. v. s. V. s. “ Carbonas Praecipitatus ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Chloridum v. s. v. s. v. s. v. s. “ Iodidum V. s. y. s. V. s. V. s. “ Oxidum ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Phosphidum ins. ins. ins. ins. “ Sulphas 0.6 0.3 ins. ins. “ Yalerianas 100 — 40 — SOLUTION OF GASES IN LIQUIDS. The methods employed to effect the solution of gases in liquids differ essentially from ordinary processes of solution, and depend upon the Solubility of the gas in the liquid, relative specific gravity, and the strength of the solution desired. It is usually sufficient to conduct the gas into the liquid by a suitable tube, reaching nearly to the bottom, when more or less of the gas is absorbed by the liquid. Fig. 223 shows a simple method where the gas is readily soluble in the liquid, as in making chlorine water. For a continu- ous operation, as in making hydrochloric, nitric, and hydrobromic acids, and similar liquids, the well-known Woulffe’s, or three-necked, bottles are employed advan- tageously, the gas which escapes solution in one bottle passing over into the next. The washing-bottle shown in Fig. 224 is easily made, and well adapted for purifying the gas after it is generated. B is an ordinary wide-mouthed bottle, closed with a perforated rubber cork, C; a wide tube, DE, passes nearly to the bottom, and a narrow tube, A, is joined by a short piece of rubber tubing, J, to the tube leading from the generating flask, and at the other extremity is curved upward so as properly to deliver the gas into the water placed in the bottle to wash it: it escapes by the bent tube, T, which is continued until it dips into the liquid in which the gas is to be dissolved. The Fig. 223. Method of absorbing gas. SOLUTION. 197 space between the tube A and the wide tube D E acts as a safety-valve: if the pressure accumulates through the too rapid generation of the gas, or if a stoppage occurs in the delivery-tube, the liquid in the bottle is first blown out through this space, and the pressure is thus relieved. Fig. 225 shows a very convenient little apparatus for generating and washing small quantities of gases, for test- ing, or other purposes: the wash-bottle is made from a homoeopathic vial, rubber corks being used, and the bent tubes by bending or- dinary glass tubing over a flame as described on page 143. The funnel-tube per- mits the addition of fresh liquid to hasten or continue the action as the operation progresses. It is usual to add merely sufficient wrater 'to cover the orifice of the de- livery-tube in the wash-liquid at the beginning of an opera- tion, as the aqueous vapor carried over by the gas con- denses in the wash-bottle, wThich soon increases in quan- tity, and may accumulate in a long operation to an extent which will necessitate a par- tial discharge of its contents or the entire cessation of the process. As the apparatus suitable for each operation must be especially selected, general observations on the solution of gases will not be so useful in this chapter as a detailed process in connection with each preparation where it is described in the subsequent pages. One general rule should be noted, however,—i.e., that gases are gener- ally more rapidly and thoroughly absorbed by cold liquids than by hot ones: hence the receiving bottle should be kept surrounded by ice or otherwise refrigerated. Fig. 224. Fig. 225. Wash-bottle. Gas-generator. 198 SOLUTION. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER IX. SOLUTION. 630. What is meant by solution ? 631. What is the liquid used to make a solution called ? 632. What is a saturated solution ? 533. When is a substance said to be insoluble ? 534. What two kinds of solution are there ? 535. Give examples of each. 536. How may the solution of solids be facilitated ? 537. What is the effect of dissolving a solid body specifically heavier than the solvent? 538. How may this be shown ? 539. Is a saturated solution of one substance capable of dissolving some other sub- stance? 540. Give an example. 541. When solids dissolve rapidly in liquids without chemical action, what takes place ? 542. How are freezing mixtures made ? 543. What is the effect if during the solution chemical action takes place ? 544. How are solutions usually made by the pharmacist ? 545. What is meant by circulatory solution ? 546. Name the principal solvents used in pharmacy. 547. What are some of the advantages of alcohol as a solvent of glycerin ? 549. For what substances is ether a good solvent ? 650. What advantages has ether over chloroform ? 551. What are objections to bisulphide of carbon as a solvent ? 552. Upon what do the methods for making solutions of gases in liquids depend? 553. Where a gas is freely soluble in a liquid, how is a solution usually effected ? 554. What is the arrangement of a Woulffe’s bottle? 555. Are gases generally more rapidly and thoroughly dissolved by cold or hot liquids ? CHAPTER X. SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. The operations involved under this head are among those which are most frequently used in pharmacy,—i.e., Lotion, Decantation, Colation, Filtration, Clarification, Expression, Percolation, etc.,—and the prin- ciples which govern the successful performance of these practical pro- cesses should be mastered early in the career of the student. They are almost exclusively mechanical processes. Lotion, or Displacement Washing, is the process of separating soluble matter from a solid by pouring a liquid upon it which will dis- solve and wash out the soluble portion. The separation of the fluid from the solid is generally effected by placing an obstruction in a funnel or cylindrical vessel, such as a plug of cotton or tow, notched cork, filter-paper, etc., and then, having introduced the solid into the funnel and arranged a suitable vessel beneath, the liquid is poured upon it. (See Percolation.) Precipitates are frequently purified from contami- nating soluble matter in this way. A very convenient method of apply- ing the liquid is by the use of the spritz bottle (see Fig. 226). This is usually made from a flask, but a round-shouldered pint bottle of the diameter most easily grasped by the hand is preferable. Two glass tubes, one bent at an acute angle and the other at an obtuse angle, are used; one end of the former is drawn out to a capillary orifice, and the other extends nearly to the bottom of the bottle. The obtuse-angled tube merely enters the bottle below the cork; the upper portion of this tube should be held in the gas-flame, so as to fuse the edges of the glass and thus prevent cutting the lips when it is used. By filling the bottle with liquid, and blowing with the mouth through the tube, a stream of liquid is ejected from the capillary orifice which can be directed to any portion of a solid substance that is to be washed. It is often desirable, in order to save time, to use the liquid hot. One of the wicker-covered bottles in which Farina cologne is imported answers a good purpose here to prevent burning the fingers, and if care is used to pour in a small quantity of hot liquid first and agitate it before adding the rest, so that the glass may be gradu- ally warmed, there is no danger of fracturing the bottle. Continuous Washing.—The use of the spritz bottle for small operations is convenient. A simple method of automatically supplying the wash-liquid in larger quantities is shown in Fig. 228. This requires Fig. 226. Spritz bottle. 200 SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. no attention from the operator except at the beginning of the operation. The bottle is furnished with a perforated cork and a short glass tube. All that is necessary is to fill the bottle and adjust it over the funnel so that the end of the tube shall be at the height desired for the liquid: on tilting the bottle slightly (if the tube selected is not too narrow in diameter) the liquid will run out into the funnel until it rises to the orifice of the tube, when the flow will cease. As the liquid gradu- ally passes through the solid substance in the funnel, the level falls, and bubbles of air pass through the tube into the bottle, the liquid once more flows, and the operation continues until the bottle is empty. Many elaborate methods of continuous washing have been suggested, and many have been practically tried by the author, but if care is taken in the simple apparatus just described to have the tube of proper di- ameter, at least so wide that the force of capillary attraction shall not be strong enough to prevent the ingress of air, it is the most satis- factory of all. Bottles having narrow mouths may often be used in the same way, and the cork and tube be dispensed with. A little practice will enable the operator to make a bottle in which the parts are adjusted to a nicety. On the large scale, Prof. Fig. 228. Fig. 229. Continuous washing. Continuous-washing apparatus. B. S. Proctor’s suggestion of two carboys may be used,—one above and inverted, containing the liquid, supported by a box having a circular hole cut in its side, and the other inside the box, containing the funnel and filter. SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. 201 A modification of Gay-Lussac’s apparatus is one of the most successful and practical for continuous washing (see Fig. 229). The bottle con- taining the wash-liquid is furnished with a doubly-perforated cork and two glass tubes: one is bent as shown in the cut, and its lower extremity curved upward. By blowing a current of air through the other tube the syphon-tube is filled, and the extremity may then be adjusted to such a height in the funnel as is desired. When the level of the liquid in the funnel falls below the orifice of the tube, bubbles of air will enter the bottle through the air-tube, and the liquid will run out until it rises in the funnel to the level of the ends of the tubes, when it will cease. It will be found a practical convenience to cut the syphon-tube just below the bend, so that a piece of rubber tubing may be used to form a flexible joint. Decantation.—The process of separating a fluid from a solid by de- cantation is very simple, and consists usually in allowing the solid to deposit at the bottom of the vessel, and then carefully pouring off the liquid by inclining the vessel. The theory of washing by decantation shows its effectiveness, and this may be illustrated by the following example. If 360 grains of mercuric chloride dissolved in 50 fluidounces of water are mixed with 220 grains of potassium iodide dissolved in 50 fluidounces of water, double decomposition takes place, an insoluble precipitate of mercuric iodide subsides, and 100 grains of potassium chloride remain dissolved in the 100 fluidounces of water. As it is desirable to free the mercuric iodide from the contamination of potas- sium chloride, the supernatant liquid is poured off; if 90 fluidounces are decanted, 90 grains, or -fa of the whole quantity of potassium chlo- ride, are thus disposed of, and 10 grains are left. If the vessel is filled with water to 100 fluidounces, and 90 fluidounces are again poured off, 9 grains are again removed, and but 1 grain is left; this by a third washing and decantation in a similar manner would be reduced to of a grain, and thus the puri- fication is speedily ef- fected. Some skill is re- quired to decant liquids neatly from vessels of various shapes, particu- larly if they are not fur- nished with lips, or if filled nearly to the brim. The guiding-rod may be used in many cases with effect: indeed, it is a good practice to form the habit of using a stirrer or rod as a guide in decanting, as shown in Fig. 230, for it has a tendency to steady the hand of the operator. The practice recom- Fig. 230. TTse of the guiding-rod. 202 SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. mended by some writers of greasing the rim of the vessel to facilitate decantation is a clumsy and usually unsuccessful expedient. The Syphon (or Siphon).—It often happens in washing solid sub- stances that decantation by pouring off the liquid cannot be successfully performed, either because the vessel is too full, or because, owing to the light character of the precipitate, the inclination of the vessel is sufficient to cause a disturbance in the powder, and an admixture of the liquid and solid. In such cases, and in many others, the useful instrument known as the syphon may be resorted to. This usually consists of a glass tube bent at a rather acute angle, and having one of the limbs longer than the other. It is used by filling the syphon with liquid, and then inserting the short limb into, the liquid that is to be drawn off, when a flow of liquid from the long limb is established, which need not cease until as much of the liquid is abstracted as is desired. After filling the syphon the liquid may be prevented from running out (if a tube of small diameter is used) by stopping up the end of the long limb with the fore- finger of the right hand, or, if the liquid to be drawn off is not caustic or unpleasant to the taste, the short limb of the syphon may be placed in the vessel at the proper height, and suction applied by the mouth at the long end until the current is established. The principle of the action of the syphon is shown in Fig. 231. The combined lengths Fig. 231. Syphon diagram. of the limbs of the syphon are not equal to the length of the glass tube, T O S, but the real syphon is only the tube acting between the levels of the liquid in the vessels. In all operations with the syphon there must be a difference in the levels of the liquid. In Fig. 231, O S represents the liquid in the short limb, and O T the liquid in the long SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. 203 limb. It is obvious that, if an equal-limbed, narrow-tubed syphon is filled with liquid, held level, and left undisturbed, there can be no move- ment in the liquid; equilibrium is established, because the tubes are equal in length and in diameter, and the pressure of the atmos- phere is the same upon all parts of the liquid. But the descending column of liquid in the long limb exceeds in weight that in the short limb, and it follows on account of the excess of weight of liquid in this limb that if it is once set flowing through the longer limb it will continue until the levels of the liquid in the two vessels are the same. It will be observed that the custom of having one" limb longer than the other is not a necessity, for if there is sufficient difference between the levels of the liquid the syphon will operate witli the position of the limbs reversed; but it is a convenience in a syphon of unequal limbs always to immerse the short limb, as there is then a certainty that the other limb contains the longest column of liquid. The syphon, ob- viously, cannot be operated in a vacuum, nor if the length of the upward column of water exceeds thirty-three feet. Syphons for Special Purposes.—In the larger laboratory operations the most convenient syphon is made from a six-, eight-, or ten-foot length of rubber hose. This syphon, on account of its flexibility, can be used in many operations where glass or metal would be inconvenient or inad- missible, whilst its durability and simplicity of operation make it a necessity : indeed, the utility of glass syphons is greatly increased by breaking the long limb just below the bend and joining it to the other by a piece of rubber tube. The method, already referred to, of starting a syphon by applying suction with the mouth at the long end, or filling the syphon with liquid, is not always practicable, and various other expedients are in use. The syphon with a bulbed lateral tube is useful where caustic liquids are to be decanted. The finger is placed over the end of the long limb, and suction applied at the small tube until the downward current is started. Ne- gretti’s syphon has a glass syringe attachment upon the lower part of the long limb to accomplish the same purpose. Fig. 232 represents a modification of Mohr’s syphon, the bottom having been cut from a Farina cologne-bottle, T, by start- ing a cut with a three-cornered file near the bottom and extending it around the surface with a red-hot poker. The edges are now filed so that they are no longer sharp, and a cork is fitted and twice perforated Fig. 232. Syphon. 204 SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. to admit the longer limb of the syphon, and a suction-tube, G. It is started like the syphon with a lateral tube, the moistened forefinger closing the lower aperture, V, whilst suction is being used at G until the liquid has been started. A simple glass tube, with a short piece of rub- ber tube attached, is in practical hands an efficient substitute for elabo- rate contrivances to start the flow in a syphon; even if the liquid is caustic or disagreeable, there is no risk in careful hands if the rubber tube is held between the thumb and finger so that it can be instantly pinched tightly to prevent the upward flow of the liquid into the mouth. Colation, or Straining (colare, to strain), is the process of separating a solid from a fluid by pouring the mixture upon a cloth or porous sub- stance which will permit the fluid to pass through, but will retain the solid. This operation is frequently resorted to for separating sediment or mechan- ical impurities of various kinds from liquids. Gauze, fine muslin, cotton flan- nel, woollen felt, and other fabrics are used. Strainers are employed where the solid particles to be removed are not in very fine powder, or where complete separation is not especially desired. Felt Strainers are usually in the shape of felted, seamless, conical bags; the material is of wool and quite thick: they form excellent strainers for melted fats, petrolatum, wax, oils, syrups, elixirs, etc., where a large quan- tity of substance is to be strained. Their ex- pensiveness is, however, an objection to their use, and the difficulty of cleaning them, owing to the tenacity with which they retain odors, unfits them for general use by the apothecary, but for special purposes in manu- facturing pharmacy they are very useful. Woollen Strainers made of twilled woollen cloth, flannel blanket material, etc., are more economical, because they can be cut to any size desired, and the material costs less, whilst if the seams are closely sewed or overseamed they will last a long time. The form known as Hippocrates’s sleeve (see Fig. 234) is that generally used. Fig. 233 shows the shape and dimensions before being sewed. A wooden hoop or brass ring is required to keep the opening extended. This should Fig. 233. Fig. 234. Pattern for strainer. Strainer. Fig. 235. Use of strainer. SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. 205 be arranged so that it can be removed when the bag is to be washed. The most convenient support is a stick passed through the cords which are attached to the strainer, the whole suspended in a barrel arranged as shown in Fig. 235. The object of suspending it in the barrel is to avoid currents of air, which, in the case of many liquids, would cause evaporation from the surface and the formation of a crust, and thus impede the rapidity of eolation. A tin or copper can of proper size may be placed in the barrel to collect the strained liquid. Cotton-Flannel or Canton-Flannel Sirainers are cheaper than those of woollen, and if bleached they have the great advantage that they can be used for alkaline solutions. The unbleached cotton flannel is prob- ably stronger, but the coloring-matter naturally present, being soluble in alkalies, is apt to discolor the liquid. Cotton-Cloth or Muslin Strainers are generally suspended on a wooden frame, as shown in Fig. 236. The frame should be securely joined without glue, and at Fig. 237. Fig. 236. each corner there should be a strong, pointed nail projecting slightly outward. The cotton cloth should always be soaked in boiling water before fastening it to the frame, to dissolve out the substances used by the manufacturer in calendering the goods. Fig. 237 shows the method of fastening the strainer to the frame. It should be secured at each corner, first upon the permanent nails, and then two tacks upon the side of each nail should be driven Cotton-cloth strainer. Strainer and frame. Fig. 239. Fig. 238. two-thirds of their length into the frame; this partial driving of the nail is sufficient to hold the cloth and permit of the easy removal of the Prescription strainer. Careless straining. 206 SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. tacks. A strainer hung in this way will hold more liquid and do much better work than one which is tacked all around the frame. This method of straining is particularly useful in collecting precipitates which require washing. Colation in Smaller Operations.—When solid particles are to be separated from liquids in the operations of the dispensing counter, several methods may be used. One of the most convenient is to insert a plug of absorbent cotton in the neck of a funnel and then pass the liquid through; a funnel with a circle of brass-wire gauze soldered in it two- thirds of the way down is sometimes used, although not recommended, because of the difficulty of cleaning it. A better small strainer is made by using the hard-rubber sieve, V H (see Fig. 238). The muslin gauze, C, is easily replaced, and the sieve may be placed in a funnel. The cotton cloth used by the makers of cheese, called cheese-cloth, is admirably adapted for many kinds of straining. When coarse muslin strainers are used for the first time, they are prepared by soaking them in hot water and placing them in a funnel carefully so as to line the in- side. Care should also be taken to see that the strainer is not too large, for if the wet strainer projects over the edge of the funnel, a syphon action may be set up and more of the liquid delivered outside of the bottle than inside. Fig. 239 shows the action of such a strainer. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER X. SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. 656. What is meant by lotion or displacement washing ? 557. How may it be effected ? 658. What is a spritz bottle, and what is its use ? 659. What is continuous washing ? 660. How may it be effected ? 661. What is decantation ? 562. What is a guiding-rod, and how is it used ? 563. What is a syphon ? 664. What is the principle of its action ? 665. Where a poisonous, caustic, or disagreeably tasting liquid is to be drawn off by a syphon, how may it conveniently be started? 667. What is eolation ? 568. What materials are used for the purpose ? 669. In what cases are strainers used ? 670. What are felt strainers ? 671. How are woollen strainers used? 572. What advantages have cotton flannel strainers over those made of woollen ? 573. How are muslin strainers used? CHAPTER XI. FILTRATION. Filtration is the process of separating liquids from solids with the view of obtaining the liquids in a transparent condition. The inter- vention of porous substances, called filters, to intercept the solid parti- cles, is necessary in performing this process. These are usually made from paper, paper pulp, sand, asbestos, ground glass, charcoal, porous stone, etc. The liquid which has passed through the filter is called the filtrate. Paper Filters are the most useful of all kinds for the pharmacist, and they are employed in all the finer operations requiring filtration. The solid particles are much more completely separated by filtration through good paper filters than through strainers, owing to the pores of the paper being smaller and more numerous. The paper used for this purpose is especially prepared, and is called filtering-paper: it is made now upon a large scale, and can be had of excellent quality. Unlike a strainer, it is never used more than once; its cost is so trifling, and it is so easily ruptured when wet, that it is not worth while to attempt to save filters for subsequent use. Filtering-paper is found in commerce in two forms,—in large, nearly square sheets, and in circular sheets. The former is used for large filters, and has some advantages, if the waste pieces can be put to use; but it is usually more convenient for the pharmacist to rely for constant use upon the circular sheets of different sizes : the difference in price between the two is now so trifling that the latter is almost always preferred. Two kinds of square-sheet filtering-paper are commonly found,—German white, a rather thin, but good paper, and heavy French, the latter very thick and porous, having a rough surface; it is the more expensive paper, but is better for special purposes. Of the round filters, the French, Swedish, German, English, and Scotch are among those best known in America. For pharmaceu- tical purposes the French filters are almost universally used, the “Prat Dumas” brand being the most common, the gray paper being made from a mixture of cotton, flax, wool, etc.; this paper answers sufficiently well for filtering colored liquids, fluid extracts, or tinctures, but, owing to the coloring matter it contains, it should never be used for any solu- tion containing free alkali. It is safer to form the habit of never using it for liquids that are in- tended to be colorless when filtered ; of course it is entirely unfitted for analytical work. The “ Prat Dumas White” is of good quality, and it or some other good quality of white paper should always be on hand 208 FILTRATION. for special purposes, for filtering alkaline or alkaloidal solutions, and for the nicer operations. Very good filtering-paper of English and Scotch manufacture may occasionally be procured; that made in Sweden, how- ever, by Munktell, is preferred for the processes of ignition and analyti- cal work; it yields the smallest amount of ash, and is practically free from soluble salts and impurities : at least a small stock should be kept by pharmacists for especially accurate work. Methods of Folding- Filtering-Paper.—Two kinds of paper filters are used, the plain and the plaited. 1. The Plain Filter.—This filter is used habitually by the analytical chemist, and is preferred by the pharmacist where precipitates are to be collected, and in some other operations (see Fig. 240); it is made by ex- actly doubling a circular sheet of filtering-paper upon itself, and then folding this directly in the middle, so that, when opened, four equal di- visions or sectors appear; the filter is used by separating one of the sec- tors from the other three, and placing the cone formed, into a funnel; the liquid is then poured upon the filter, and the process of separating the solid from the liquid commences. The advantages of the plain filter are, 1. Simplicity and rapidity in folding, no skill being required to make one. 2. In collecting precipitates, but one-half of the surface of the filter (two sec- tors) is in contact with the moist pre- cipitate, which is often closely ad- herent, and there- fore but one-half of the surface has to be cleaned. In some cases there may be a disad- vantage in the use of the plain filter, owing to the un- equal rate of flow,—the tendency of the three folds being to attract the liquid to the side of the funnel upon which they rest, and thus the precipitate may be unequally washed. A stronger and more rapid filter may be made by placing one plain filter inside of another, so that the three sides of the upper one shall be in contact with one side of the lower one, and vice versa (see Fig. 241). If the sides of the funnel have an angle of 60°, the plain filter made as described will fit the funnel properly; but it frequently happens that the angles of fun- nels vary, and if an ordinary plain filter is placed in a funnel not having an angle of 60°, a portion of the filter is left unsupported, and the weight of the liquid is apt to rupture the moist paper. This difficulty may be overcome by making a fresh crease in the outside fold of the plain filter; if this is made to the right of the original crease of the 60° filter, and the inside fold pushed around a corresponding distance, Fig. 240. Fig. 241. Plain filter. Double plain filter. FILTRATION. 209 a filter having a smaller angle is produced, whilst if the fresh crease is made to the left of the original crease a larger-angled filter may be made. Rother’s method of making a plain filter has the advantage of giving two filters from the same sheet that is usually required for one filter. To make it, the circular disk of filter- ing-paper is cut through in the line of its diameter, and half of the disk is folded into two equal parts ; the double edge of the cut sides is turned down and folded over on itself narrowly several times (see Fig. 242), and with the blade Fig. 243. Fig. 242. of a spatula the fold is compressed so that it will retain its shape (see Fig. 243). This filter may be used in collecting precipitates. The Plaited Filter may well be called the “ pharmacist’s filter,” for it is the form almost exclusively used in ordinary filtering operations. Figs. 244 to 254 show the progressive steps in the folding of a plaited filter. It is made by fold- ing a circular sheet of filtering-paper twice, as in making a plain filter.1 The edgeBD, Fig. 247, is then laid upon E I), and the crease F D is formed; in like manner C D is laid upon ED, and HD is formed. Then DB is laid upon FD, and ID is formed, and by rolling over the fold in the same direction once more until FD is laid upon ED, the crease KD is made (see Fig. 249). Now in the same way C D is laid upon H D, and H D upon E D, and it will be noticed that the folded semicircle has been creased into eight equal spaces, and that the direction Bother’s filter (first step). Bother's filter. Fig. 244. Filter. 1 It will be observed that in the first folding of French filters, “Prat Dumas,” the disks are not perfect circles: this causes one edge to project (see Fig. 245), and facilitates the opening of the filter. 210 FILTRATION. of eacli crease is the same, so that if the paper is lifted it will appear as shown in Fig. 251. The next step is to fold each one of these spaces bach on itself (Fig. 252). B D is laid upon F D, and then B D is turned upward and back until it is laid upon ID. This makes the crease QD, which is the first fold in the opposite di- rection. Taking both folds between the fore- fingers and thumbs of both hands, the edges B D and 11) are folded upward and back upon F D, and the crease P D is formed; then these three edges, BD, ID, and F D, are taken all together and folded back upon K D, and the crease O D is formed, and so on, each space in turn being folded back in the opposite direction, until the last one is reached. The folded filter is then held at the apex with the left hand upon a table or flat counter, and pressed and smoothed out with the right hand in order to emphasize the folds: it should then be placed in the funnel, whilst still unopened, to see whether Fig. 245. Folding plaited filter. Fig. 246. Folding plaited filter. Fig. 247. Fig. 248. Folding plaited filter. Folding plaited filter. it needs trimming; if the rough edges of the filter project above the to] of the funnel, the filter must be removed, and they must be cut off neatly with a sharp knife or a pair of scissors so that the whole of the filter may be placed inside of the funnel. Having satisfied this re- FILTRATION. 211 quirement, the filter should be carefully opened out (see Fig. 254) and placed in the funnel. Another method of folding a plaited filter is illustrated in Figs. 255 and 256. A plain filter is folded as in Fig. 240, and the quadrant, con- sisting of four thick- nesses of paper, begin- ning at the left-hand side, is folded at once into narrow parallel plaits backward and forward. Fig. 255 represents the filter after being once opened, and Fig. 256 shows the inside of the filter: it will be observed that the creases do not con- verge to a point as in the plaited filter (see Fig. 254), and hence the apex is less likely to be weakened. Maxims.—1. In folding a filter, care should be ob- served not to extend the creases entirely to the apex, but to end them at a dis- tance of about half an inch from it, because the point at which all the creases converge would be thereby so weakened that the weight of the liquid would rupture the filter. 2. The filter should be moistened with -water after introducing it into the Fig. 249. Folding plaited filter. Folding plaited filter. Fig. 251. Tig. 252. funnel and before pouring upon it the liquid to be filtered (except, of course, in the case of a liquid immiscible with water): this promotes Folding plaited filter. Folding plaited filter. 212 FILTRATION. rapid filtration, and washes the filter besides. If hot water is available, it is usually to be preferred. 3. If the liquid to be filtered contains free acid or alkali, or if it con- tains a very fine precipitate, or is very dense or hot, a double filter should be used. In the case of plain filters, they should be arranged as in Fig. 241. If plaited, two sheets of paper should be taken and folded as if they were single. A filter may be also strengthened by placing a small capping filter or plain filter, a piece of well-washed linen or muslin folded Fig. 254. Fig. 253. Folding plaited filter. Plaited filter. like a plain filter, or a plug of absorbent cotton, into the funnel before introducing the filter. The apex is always the weakest, the most exposed, and yet the most important part of the filter. 4. In pouring the liquid into the filter, the stream should never be delivered directly upon the apex, but upon one of the sides, so that the force of the fall will be broken before the weakest point is reached. 5. The filter should be entirely within the funnel. If the edges of the paper project above the funnel, waste from evaporation in volatile liquids, also from the increased and unnecessary absorption due to the excess of filtering- paper, ensues, and in addition an untidy and careless habit is encouraged. 6. The end of the funnel should touch the side of the receiving vessel, so that the filtrate will trickle down its inside edge: by this expedient splashing will be avoided (see Fig. 257). 7. In filtering into a bottle, care should be observed to leave suffi- cient space between the neck of the funnel and the mouth of the bottle Fig. 255. Plaited filter, parallel folds. FILTRATION. 213 for the escape of air, otherwise filtration will be retarded or prevented; a piece of twine placed between the two surfaces generally serves a good purpose. The end of the funnel should project below the lowest part of the neck of the bottle (see Fig. 258). If the diameter of the end of the funnel is too large to admit of this, or if it is only half inserted, the filtrate will be very apt to fill the intervening space and flow over the outside of the bottle, as shown by the arrows in Fig. 259. Funnels, sometimes called tunnels, are conical-shaped instruments intended to facilitate the pour- ing of liquids into narrow- mouthed vessels, and, as they have also an important service to perform for the pharmacist in supporting filters, they will be considered in this place. Funnels are made of tinned copper, tinned iron, hard rub- ber, Berlin-ware, porcelain, queen’s- ware, granite- or agate- ware, earthen-ware, or glass. Metallic funnels have an ad- vantage in point of durability over porcelain and glass, but a disadvantage in being acted upon chemically by liquids and in being more difficult to clean. The triangle formed by the sides of a funnel, and the line joining them, should be equilateral (see Fig. 260). The angles being each 60°, a funnel having this shape will accurately support a plain filter made in the usual way. Funnels are frequently fluted, grooved, or ribbed on the inside for the purpose of Fig. 256. Plaited filter, parallel folds. Fig. 257. Fig. 258. Fig. 259. Arrangement of funnel in filtration. Filtering into a bottle (proper method). Filtering into a bottle (im- proper method). facilitating the downward flow of the filtrate (see Fig. 261), or wire frames, either fixed or folding, are arranged in a plain funnel with the same object. These aids are of doubtful utility, however, whilst the tendency of the raised ribs is to form a lodgment for foreign substances. 214 FILTRATION. A well-made plaited filter in a plain funnel will perform as much work in the same time, and if the habit is once formed of always carefully and skilfully folding a filter, its importance in saving time and labor will be appreciated ever afterwards. One of the ribbed funnels in the market has an improvement in the neck, which, instead of being round, is triangular. This permits the free escape of air from the interior of a bottle, and is much superior to the indistinct groove which is often made on the outside surface of porcelain funnels. v,n Plain glass funnels are more generally useful to the pharmacist than any other kind. They are easily cleaned, and dirt upon them may be quickly seen. They are very use- ful as percolators, and the whole process of filtration or percolation may be observed without trouble. Their only disadvantage is the ease with which they are fractured. The next • ; , . kind in point of usefulness is the plain tinned-copper funnel. The neck should be made square or triangular, instead of round. Copper funnels are far superior to those made from tinned iron, and the difference in cost is greatly in favor of tinned copper, if true economy is considered. Hard-rubber funnels are light in weight, and are not very easily broken, for they may be often dropped upon the floor without injury. They are not acted upon by chemical substances, and with ordinary care will last a lifetime. They lack one advantage of those made from glass, however, in their absence of transparency. One or two hard-rubber funnels may be usefully employed at the dispensing counter. Porcelain, queen’s-ware, or Berlin-ware funnels are, of course, not transparent; and they have the disadvantage, at least in the larger sizes, of being heavy. They are, however, not affected by liquids, but their advantages over glass are so slight (being somewhat less fragile) that they are not often employed. Earthen-ware funnels, if well glazed, are very useful in filtering hot liquids. Enamelled funnels, called gran- ite- or agate-ware, etc., are made from sheet-iron having the surface entirely covered with a glazed composition which resists the action of most chemical substances. If carefully used, they answer for many pur- poses. Their greatest objection arises from the brittleness of the enamel, which is apt to chip off if the funnel is dropped upon the floor or sub- jected to a blow; and at the point where the neck of the funnel is joined to the body, the enamel coating is so thin that by constant use and knocking about it is soon chipped off, the exposed iron quickly rusts, and the neck breaks off from the body. Tinned-iron funnels are most largely used, and are popular because of their cheapness; but it is quite possible for a pharmacist to ruin in one operation a preparation Fig. 261, Fig. 260. Plain funnel. Ribbed funnel, FILTRATION. 215 worth ten times the cost of the funnel by filtering it through a tinned- iron funnel and allowing it to come in contact with the iron exposed by the wearing off of the tinned surface. Filters for Special Purposes.—In the course of laboratory work it frequently happens that large quantities of liquids require filtering, and the methods suitable for smaller operations cannot be profitably em- ployed : the filtration and purification of water often become necessary. Charcoal in some form is frequently employed, not only on account of its porous character, but also because of its power of absorbing odors and depriving liquids of color. Sand, powdered glass, or asbestos forms an excellent filtering-bed. A very practical and inexpensive charcoal filter is shown in Figs. 262 and 263. It was devised by Dr. Hadden, and is illustrative of a principle in filtration not heretofore treated of in this work,—i.e.y upward fil- tration. It is believed by the advocates of upward filtration that great economy is se- cured by passing the cloudy liquid upward through a filtering-bed, the principle of action being that impurities settle away from the fil- tering medium by the force of gravity, instead of accumulating upon it and clogging the pores. Figs. 262 and 263 show an external and a dissected view of the filter. A gallon tin can has a short pipe sol- dered to it near the bot- tom; the pipe has a piece of perforated tin or gauze soldered over the opening into the can, to keep it from being filled up. This can is filled with clean gravel. The smaller quart can is connected with the lower one by a raised perforated tin diaphragm, and small pieces of charcoal are packed upon the dia- phragm ; the upper perforated diaphragm is movable, and is intended to keep the charcoal in place. A disk of coarse cotton flannel should be placed on top of the charcoal, to keep the fine charcoal-dust from working through the top to the upper tin can: this is kept in place by a screw- joint and washer such as is often seen on fruit-cans. About an inch from the top of the can is a small piece of pipe for delivering the filtered water. This filter is, of course, intended to be used in cities and towns, or where water is supplied under pressure. Both the supply- and the exit-pipe should be of proper diameter to permit the use of rubber tube for connecting with the water-supply and delivering the filtered water. The filtration of oils is often effected in a similar manner, one of the Fig. 262 Fig. 263. Hadden’s filter. Hadden’s filter (interior). 216 FILTRATION. earliest applications of this principle being the oil filter or strainer of Vm. R. Warner, of Philadelphia (see Fig. 264). This filter or strainer consists of an upper cylindrical tinned-iron vessel, A, about twenty-two inches high and ten inches in diameter, with a flange-rim soldered on the bottom, of rather less diameter, and about an inch -wide, so as to fit firmly into the open top of another cylindrical tin vessel of the same diameter and eighteen inches high. The upper vessel is furnished with a lid, and with a tube and stop-cock, c, which penetrates the side close to the bottom, and fits into another tube, d, at e, which tube opens into the lower vessel close to its bottom and is secured to the side of B by a strong tubular stay. The filtering medium is a cone of hat-felt pro- jecting upward from near the bottom of the lower vessel, and secured by thumb- screws passing through two tinned-iron rings and the felt, which are all properly pierced for the purpose. The stop-cock c being closed, the upper vessel is fitted in its place, and the tube-joint e rendered tight by wrap- ping twice around it a strip of isinglass plaster well moistened. When this is dry, the upper vessel is filled with the crude oil, and the stop-cock e opened, that the oil may flow into the open space below the filter. A heat of 120° F. is preferred to facili- tate filtration or eolation, and the filtered oil, as it accumulates in B, should be drawn off, as any large amount greatly retards the process by decreasing the force of the column bearing on the filter. For a pressure filter or strainer, Prof. B. S. Proctor uses a quadrangular cloth filter-bag securely tied to the end of a tin tube five feet long. The extremity of the tube has a wire ring soldered to it, to keep the bag from slipping off. Continuous Filtration.—Most of the expedients used in continuous washing (see page 200) are applicable to continuous filtration. Filtration of Volatile Liquids.—It is evident that the ordinary methods of filtering liquids will not be practicable for very volatile liquids, because of the loss through evaporation, and the liability to ex- plosion, in the case of inflammable volatile liquids, if brought in contact with flame. Funnels must be covered, and provision made for the escape of the confined air in the receiving vessel. The following method is preferred to the elaborate expedients usually recommended. A glass tube (one of those usually sold as julep-tubes answers very well) is arranged in a glass or metallic funnel, so that the tube will lie close to the side of the funnel and allow one end to project above the filter, but not above the edge of the funnel: it may be held in its place by a ring of absorbent cotton gently thrust into the throat of the funnel. Or a rubber Fig. 264. Warner’s filter. FILTRATION. 217 cover perforated to admit a tube is placed on top, and connection be- tween the bottle and funnel effected as shown in Fig. 265. For larger operations, Dr. Hadden’s water-filter or Warner’s oil-filter (see pages 215 and 216), slightly modified to suit the liquid, might be used. A very neat method of filtering volatile liquids is provided in the appa- ratus contrived by E. H. Hance, of Philadelphia. This consists of a cylindrical vessel provided with a tubulure and stop-cock below, and a ground-glass cover above; a flange near the top affords support for a perforated filter-support or funnel containing a filter. When not needed for filtration, the receiving vessel is very useful for many other purposes. Hot Filtration.—This process is not resorted to as frequently as it might be with advantage, because of the difficulties which are asserted to attend it. These have been greatly over- estimated, for by the use of simple, prop- erly-contrived apparatus many preparations which heretofore have been dispensed, bear- ing an unsightly cloudy appearance, can be greatly improved. Yellow wax is fre- quently full of mechanical impurities; or- dinary straining will not deprive it of these, but it may be filtered through paper and thoroughly purified. Jellies, benzoinated Fig. 265. Fig. 266. Filtration of volatile liquids. Hot filtration. lard, petrolatum, cerates, ointments, etc., may thus be filtered. One of the simplest and most easily managed forms of apparatus (see Fig. 266) is made by filing off the ring from one of the ring-supports 218 FILTRATION. of a retort-stand, J, and slipping on to the arm a brass circular jet, V, attached to a tee carrying the gas-supply pipe, A. A tinned-copper or tinned-iron funnel is supported by an appropriate ring at a suitable distance above the jet. The filter is placed in the funnel, a receiving vessel adjusted below, and the hot liquid poured into the filter. It is plain that the liquid can be heated to almost any degree, and the filtration conducted at a much higher tem- perature (if need be) than by the jacketed hot-water funnel (see Fig. 267), and, on the other hand, the heat may be regulated so that it will be very moderate. The hot-water funnel is an old device, and consists simply of a jacketed funnel having a wide tube soldered at the lowest point, and an opening in the upper edge for the water-supply. A burner or a lamp-flame will heat the water contained between the funnels, and a regulated heat not exceeding that of boiling water is obtained (see Fig. 267). A modification of Dr. Hare’s hot-water filter, which permits the use of glass funnels of different sizes, is shown in Fig. 268. It is simply a tinned-copper box, with two sides shaped like a trapezoid, and supported upon four legs. There are three one-inch tu- bulures in the bottom, and the top has three openings which centre with the tubu- lures; beginning with the deepest, the diameters are four, three, and two inches. Three glass funnels of dif- ferent sizes are selected, and the corks for the tubulures in the bottom, having been chosen, are perforated so as to permit the necks of the fun- nels to pass through and form perfectly tight joints. Water is placed in the box and heated by the burner, as shown in the cut. When Fig. 267. Jacketed funnel. Fig. 268. Hot filtration. FILTRATION. 219 not needed for hot filtration, solid corks may be used to close the tubu- lures, and the box used as a water-bath, covers being placed over the openings which are not in use. Rapid Filtering- Apparatus.—Of late years much attention has been expended upon methods of increasing the rapidity of filtration. Most of the plans suggested depend upon the principle of filtering into a partial vacuum, but the means used to obtain this vacuous space are very varied. A simple method, applicable to operations on the small scale, consists in fitting a good cork to a wide-mouthed bottle and per- forating it so that the neck of a funnel will accurately pass through it; another perforation permits the insertion of a piece of glass tube of small diameter. A plain filter of well-washed coarse linen or muslin cloth is then carefully adjusted in the funnel, and a plain filter of paper placed upon it. The liquid is poured upon the filter, and, a rubber tube having been fitted to the glass tube, suction is applied by the mouth. By pinching the rubber tube a partial vacuum is maintained iu the bottle, and filtration is hastened. An improvement upon this would be to use a rubber stopper instead of cork, and instead of pinching the rubber tube to use a screw pinch-cock. Water-Pumps acting by a Fall of Water.—One of the first practical efforts made in the direction of using water-power was seen in Bunsen’s pump. The action depends upon the principle that a column of water descending through a tube from a height is capable of sucking with it the air contained in a lateral tube, if the latter is properly arranged. A cheap home-made apparatus, which depends upon a fall of water for its usefulness, is shown in Fig. 269. It con- sists of a common wide-mouthed half-gallon jar, and a tinned-iron can holding three, four, or five gallons ; a castor-oil can answers very well. The screw-cap is for readily filling the can; the exhaust-pipe on the right reaches inside of the can, nearly to the bottom, the other tube is sol- dered on the head of the can connecting with the interior. The jar, having a funnel fitting into it through an air-tight stopper, is con- nected with the can by means of a bent glass tube and rubber tube. The can is filled with water, and the solution to be filtered is placed in the funnel. The exhaust-pipe is connected Fig. 270. Fig. 271. Fig. 269. Bapid filtration. Lux’s aspirator. Bapid filtration. with a rubber tube eight or ten feet long and a quarter of an inch in diameter (the longer the tube the more rapid is the filtration). When the 220 FILTRATION. syphon thus formed is started, the flow of the water from the can car- ries with it the air from the bottle. (N. lb, 1881, p. 266.) Lux’s aspirator (see Fig. 270) is constructed by fitting two accurately- perforated rubber stoppers to the ends of a piece of wide glass tubing; four short glass tubes are inserted in the stoppers, as shown in the cut. One of the tubes is for the supply of water, another carries it off, the third tube is connected with the vessel to be exhausted, whilst the fourth tube may be put to the same use, or connected with a vacuum gauge or closed with a stopper. If the air is to be aspirated by one of the lower tubes, the vessel to be exhausted must stand on a higher level than the aspirator. The length of the exit-tube determines the power of the aspirator. It should have a bore of one-fifth of an inch and be at least ten feet long, and it should be provided with a screw pinch-cock to regulate the flow of water. A very simple apparatus is shown in Fig. 271. A very moderate fall of water is needed here. It is, however, adapted only to small operations. Two rather large bottles, of equal capacity, and both provided with nipples near the bottom, are selected. Into the neck of each is fitted a tight-fitting stopper carrying a glass tube bent at a right angle, and the nipples near the bottom are con- nected with a rubber tube. A Woulife’s bottle having two necks is next selected, and one of the necks fitted with a tight-fitting stopper carrying a small bent tube, to which is attached a rubber tube provided with a conveniently situ- ated pinch-cock. The other end of the bottle is provided with a stopper so perforated that it will receive air-tight a glass funnel. One of the large bottles is filled with water and placed on an ele- vated shelf, when the water will flow down to the other bottle : and if the connections are made as shown in the cut, it will aspirate through the funnel; and if the funnel is full of liquid, it will cause the latter to run through quite rapidly. IV lien the lower bottle is full, it is substituted for the upper one, and the con- nection with the vessel to be exhausted, transferred to it. Water-Pumps acting by Pressure.—It is usually inconvenient to operate aspirators which depend upon a fall of water through a long tube, except in high buildings : hence water-pumps which are operated by pressure are generally preferred in cities and towns, or in localities where water is supplied under pressure. The following are selected Fig. 272. Fig. 273. Fisher’s vacuum-pump. Yacuum-pump. FILTRATION. 221 from the great variety in use as being good illustrations of the principle. Those made of glass are not recommended, because of their extreme lia- bility to breakage. Fisher’s vacuum-pump is well shown in Fig. 272. A, B, C, are intended to receive rubber tubing, and the neck, D, may be fastened by a clamp to a retort-stand or other upright fixture. Water from the hydrant enters at A, passes through the nipple at a, and, being forced through the contracted portion, b, draws with it the air from the tube, B, which is attached to the filter. A communication is also made with the vacuum-gauge, as shown in the cut, to mark the degree of ex- haustion. Schutte and Goehring, of Philadelphia, have contrived a similar apparatus, which is somewhat more convenient from their having placed it upon a base and deflected the lower tube laterally. This per- mits the use of the apparatus in many places where Fisher’s pump could not be used. It is shown in Fig. 273. W represents the water-supply tube, D the outlet, and A the aspirating tube. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XI. 574. What is filtration ? 575. Of what are filters usually made ? 576. What is the liquid that passes through a filter called ? 577. What kind of filters are most useful and most employed ? 578. What objection is there to the ordinary gray filtering-paper that is commonly used ? 579. What is the difference between a plain and a plaited filter? 680. How is a plain filter folded ? 681. What is its special advantage ? 582. What is a disadvantage of a plain filter, and how may it be obviated ? 583. What is Eother’s method of making a plain filter? 584. What advantage has this ? 585. How is a plaited filter ordinarily made ? 586. How can a plaited filter be folded differently, so as to strengthen its apex? 587. In folding a filter should the creases extend entirely to the apex ? Why ? 588. What exceptions are there to this plan ? 589. In what cases should a double filter be used ? 690. How may a paper filter be strengthened ? 591. Should a filter extend beyond the edges of the funnel ? Why ? 592. What are funnels used for ? . 593. What materials are they made of? 594. What angle should a funnel have? 595. What kind of funnels is most generally useful ? 596. What is the advantage of tinned copper for funnels? Of hard rubber? Of porcelain ? 599. For what purpose are earthen-ware funnels useful ? 600. What is an objection to enamelled (called granite- or agate-ware) funnels ? 601. What is an objection to tin funnels ? 602. How is upward filtration performed ? 603. Describe William R. Warner’s oil-filter. 604. How may volatile liquids be filtered? 605. How may hot filtration be accomplished ? 606. What is a jacketed funnel? 607. Describe Dr. Hare’s hot-water filter. 608. How may the rapidity of filtration be increased ? 609. How may a fall of water be made to increase the rapidity of filtration ? 610. Describe Lux’s aspirator. 611. Describe Fisher’s vacuum pump. FILTRATION. CHAPTER XII. CLARIFICATION AND DECOLORATION. Clarification is the process of separating from liquids, without the use of filters or strainers, solid substances which interfere with their transparency. The processes of clarification and decoloration from a pharmaceutical point of view have declined in importance of late years, owing to the fact that chemical and other substances requiring the processes are supplied in a purified condition so cheaply that it is absolutely impossible for the pharmacist to compete with the manufac- turer who operates on the large scale and uses apparatus and methods which are thorough and economical. This is particularly the case with sugar and the alkaloids. Formerly the apothecary bought raw sugar and clarified the syrup; now the difference in price between raw sugar and that which is pure is so slight that no one ever makes syrup from raw sugar. The decoloration of alkaloidal solutions and the manufacture of alkaloids cannot be economically attempted on the small scale by the pharmacist, because of the want of continuity of the process ; the manu- facturer, on the other hand, can use the animal charcoal repeatedly until its power is exhausted, and in other ways practise economy not possible to the apothecary. It is, nevertheless, very important for the student to comprehend thoroughly the principles underlying both processes. Clarification may be effected in several ways : 1. By the application of heat. 2. By increasing the fluidity of the liquid. 3. Through the use of albumen. 4. Through the use of gela- tin. 5. Through the use of milk. 6. Through the use of paper pulp. 7. By fermentation. 8. By subsidence through long standing. 1. By the Application of Heat.—When a viscid liquid is heated, its specific gravity is diminished, and frequently particles which were sus- pended in it, and interfered with the transparency of the liquid, will separate, the heavier ones falling to the bottom, and the lighter ones rising; in the latter case, ebullition facilitates the separation, the minute bubbles of steam becoming enveloped in the viscid particles rise through their buoyancy, and a scum is formed which may be readily separated. The officinal process for the clarification of honey (Mel Despumatum) is a good illustration of the use of heat in this connec- tion. 2. By Increasing the Fluidity of the Liquid.—Clarification by this method depends upon decreasing the specific gravity of the liquid by the addition of water, alcohol, or other liquid lighter specifically than CLARIFICATION AND DECOLORATION. 223 the one to which it is added : this causes the suspended particles to sub- side, and the clear liquid may then be decanted. 3. The Use of Albumen.—The property possessed by albumen of re- maining liquid at ordinary temperatures and becoming coagulated by heat renders it one of the most useful substances that can be employed in the process of clarification. Its action is mechanical, and where al- bumen exists naturally in the liquid, as in many fruit and vegetable juices, the simple heating of the liquid suffices to coagulate the albumen, which envelops the particles that render the liquid cloudy, and these rise to the top and are skimmed off. Albumen, or white of egg, is fre- quently added to liquids to clarify them ; in such cases it should always be added before the liquid is heated : this is best accomplished by adding about an equal bulk of the liquid to the albumen, then introducing the mixture into a muslin strainer and squeezing it through the meshes of the cloth by gathering up the corners and spirally twisting the strainer, when the organization of the albumen is destroyed, and a smooth mixture results; the strained solution is then added to the liquid to be clarified, and the whole heated gradually (usually until it boils), without stirring, until coagulation is effected. In most cases the white of one egg is sufficient for a gallon of liquid: the error most frequently made by operators is the use of an excess of albumen. Care must be taken not to use albumen as a clarifying agent in those cases where the active principle of a liquid forms a precipitate with albumen by combining with it. 4. The Use of Gelatin.—Gelatin is used when tannin is present and is the cause of cloudiness, or when it is desirable for other reasons to re- move it: its action depends upon the fact that gelatin forms with tannin an insoluble compound; this is, indeed, the basis of leather. Isinglass, one of the purest kinds of gelatin, is the preferred form ; it is frequently employed for clarifying infusions containing tannin, such as tea and coffee, etc. It is used by adding a weak solution of the gelatin in hot water to the liquid before it is heated, and allowing the liquid to cool. The insoluble compound formed must always be strained or filtered out. 5. The Use of Milk.—The presence cf casein in milk, and the fact that acids precipitate it in the form of a curdy precipitate, are taken ad- vantage of in the use of milk as a clarifying agent. It is employed particularly for vinous preparations, sour wines, etc., and should not be used in excess. 6. The Use of Paper Pulp does not depend upon chemical combination, its action being purely mechanical. Paper pulp for filtering is best prepared by placing filtering-paper (the saved trimmings and scraps left from making filters answer well) into a mortar or other vessel, and pouring enough solution of soda or potassa on it to soak it, then stirring it with the pestle until it is reduced to a pulp. This should then be washed by placing a loose plug of absorbent cotton in a funnel and pouring in the mixture: when it has drained, water (preferably hot) should be poured upon it until all traces of alkalinity are washed out; the purified pulp may then be placed in wide-mouthed bottles until needed. It is used as a clarifying agent by adding a portion to the 224 CLARIFICATION AND DECOLORATION. cloudy liquid, agitating the mixture, and allowing the whole to stand quietly until the liquid is clear; or, as a filtering agent, after the addi- tion of the pulp, the mixture may be thrown upon a wetted muslin strainer, and if the liquid which passes through at first is not clear, it may be returned until it is. It will be found that the particles of pulp will partially fill up the meshes of the strainer, and an excellent filtering- bed is thus formed: care should be taken, therefore, not to stir the mixture up after it is placed on the strainer. 7. By Fermentation.—The changes in the composition of juices after they have been fermented usually lead to the deposition of those sub- stances which previously interfered with the transparency of the juices; the generation of alcohol through fermentation produces a liquid in which the substances are insoluble, hence the formation of a deposit. The officinal preparation of syrup of raspberry affords a good illustra- tion of the principle of clarifying juices by fermentation, whilst in the manufacture of wines the principle has been known and practised for centuries. 8. By Subsidence through long standing.—This method involves the least possible amount of labor and expense, and it is resorted to very frequently (particularly upon the large scale) when haste is unnecessary, and whenever the liquid keeps well enough to withstand the tendency to spoil during the time necessary to effect complete separation. The deposit formed is called a sediment: this term is not synonymous with 'precipitate. Sediment is solid matter separated merely by the action of gravity from a liquid in which it has been suspended. A precipitate, on the other hand, is solid matter separated from a solution by heat, light, or chemical action. The fixed oils are clarified by subsidence; in the vege- table oils the sediment consists principally of albuminous and gummy substances which have been separated with the oil during the process of expression. Decoloration is the process of depriving liquids or solids in solution of color by the use of animal charcoal. Decoloration is used in the abstraction of coloring-matter from fatty bodies, oils, petrolatum, syrups, honey, etc. Animal charcoal, or bone-black, which is produced by heat- ing bones in close vessels out of contact with air, and then grinding them, is generally preferred in decolorizing operations. Wood charcoal possesses but little power in this direction. It has been generally set- tled that the decolorizing property is owing to the formation of insolu- ble compounds of the coloring-matter when it is brought in contact with porous charcoal. Animal charcoal varies greatly in its power. The officinal purified animal charcoal is often not so powerful as a decolor- izer as the animal charcoal from which it was made; but bones contain calcium phosphate and calcium carbonate, and the object of the purifying process is to abstract these salts, because, in many of the delicate opera- tions of pharmacy, particularly the decoloration of vegetable acid solu- tions, these salts would be dissolved by the acids, and the solutions thus contaminated. The most powerful animal charcoal is produced by cal- cining dried blood and other animal matter with pearl-ash, and after- wards washing out the pearl-ash with water, and subsequently with an acid solution: the charcoal need not be dried before using. For other CLARIFICATION AND DECOLORATION. 225 information about the properties of charcoal, see Carbo Animalis and Carbo Animalis Purijicatus, U. S. Dispensatory, 16th edition, pp. 362- 364. For most decolorizing operations of the pharmacist on the small scale, the solutions, melted fats, oils, etc., can be introduced directly upon the animal charcoal, which is placed in a funnel and prevented from falling through by the insertion of a plug of absorbent cotton, or it may be arranged in an ordinary percolator, and the cold liquid per- colated through the charcoal, or the liquid simply agitated with the charcoal and the mixture filtered. It is very important to remember that charcoal absorbs a number of valuable principles used in medicine, —e.g., bitter substances, like gentiopicrin, aloin; astringents, like tannin ; alkaloids, like quinine, morphine, strychnine, cocaine, etc. Charcoal has even been used as an antidote for poisoning with the alkaloids. It should always be used with discrimination and judgment, or it may be found that in striving to improve the appearance of a preparation by lessening the color its value has been sacrificed. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XII. CLARIFICATION AND DECOLORATION. 612. What is clarification? 613. In what various ways may it be effected? 614. How is it effected by the application of heat ? 615. How is it effected by increasing the fluidity of the liquid? 616. How does albumen act in clarifying liquids ? 617. When is gelatin useful in clarifying liquids? 618. How does milk act in clarifying liquids? 619. What is the action of paper pulp in clarifying liquids? 620. How does fermentation act in clarifying liquids ? 621. What is the difference between a sediment and a precipitate? 622. What is decoloration, and for what articles is it used? 623. What substance is generally preferred in decolorizing operations? 624. How is the most powerful animal charcoal produced ? 625. What valuable principles used in medicine does charcoal absorb ? 626. For what class of substances has charcoal been used as an antidote ? CHAPTER XIII. SEPARATION OF IMMISCIBLE LIQUIDS. The separation of liquids which are mutually soluble is usually effected by distillation, if one or both of the liquids are volatile (see page 139); but the separation of liquids which do not mix with each other is generally a simpler process, and the object of this chapter is to show the methods at present in use. Use of the Pipette.—This simple instrument consists of a narrow tube with its lower end drawn out to a capillary orifice, and a bulb, either globular or elongated, blown in it near the top; the upper edge is usually surrounded by a smooth glass ring to strengthen it. It is used by dipping the lower orifice into the liquid that is to be separated and applying suction with the mouth at the upper end; the liquid rises, fills the bulb, and, if the end of the moistened forefinger is applied to the top, the liquid may be carried some distance without running out. Fig. 274 shows the ordinary form of the instrument. Fig. 275 can be readily made from a glass syringe-tube, a perforated cork, and a piece of tube, by one unskilled in glass-blowing. Fig. 276 shows a pipette which has a piece of sheet-rubber tied over the thistle-shaped top. If pressure is ap- Fig. 274. Fig. 276. Fig. 276. Fig. 277. Fig. 278. Fig. 279. Plain pipette. Syringe pipette. Pipette. Separating funnel. Globe separating funnel. Mitchell’s separator. plied to the rubber, the air is partially exhausted and a slight vacuum produced; if the point of the pipette is then applied to the liquid and the pressure relaxed, the liquid will rise, and it may be transferred to another vessel. A modification of this, where a rubber bulb is attached to the pipette and used in a similar manner, is seen in Fig. 40. Use of the Glass Syringe.—The glass ear-syringe, having a bulb 226 SEPARATION OF IMMISCIBLE LIQUIDS. 227 blown near the orifice, is very useful in collecting a small quantity of oil floating on top of a liquid contained in a beaker or open vessel. The piston of the syringe should be well soaked in warm water before attempting this simple but delicate operation. Use of the Separating Funnel.—This instrument, as indicated by its name, is used to facilitate the separation of immiscible liquids. It is generally a funnel having a glass stop-cock in its neck (see Fig. 277). The mixed liquid is poured into the funnel, wrhich is placed in posi- tion where it can come to rest, and the lower liquid is then allowed to run off by opening the stop-cock. With careful use, liquids can be separated with great accuracy in this way. Where the liquid is valuable or very volatile, as in some of the oils, the globe separator (see Fig. 278), which can be accurately closed and evaporation prevented, is preferred. Mitchell’s Separator.—Dr. Mitchell devised a cheap but efficient sub- stitute for the separating funnel (see Fig. 279). A good cork, C, is fitted into the throat of a funnel, E, and the end of a penholder-handle, H, or other suitable wooden rod, is whittled to a flat wedge, and this forced into the cork tightly. The lower portion of the holder is notched, and the upper part of the cork is tied securely to it, or a pin may be driven through it and the cork to fasten it: it is used by forcing the cork C into the neck of the funnel, pouring in the liquids, and, when they have sepa- rated, lifting the handle H carefully until the lower liquid has entirely escaped, and then pushing it down tightly to stop the flow. Florentine Receiver.—The separation of volatile oils from the water which usually accompanies them during distillation is a very im- portant part of their process of manufacture. Where the volatile oil is lighter than water, the form shown in Fig. 280 is used. The mixed oil and water collect in the glass receiver during distillation, the oil floating on the top, whilst the water ascends the bent tube from the bottom; further addition of dis- tillate causes an overflow, and the water from the bottom of the receiver is discharged through the tube into a suitable ves- sel ; then the receiver be- comes filled again gradu- ally as distillation pro- gresses. The process of separation is continued automatically. Where the oil is heavier than water, the method is reversed, and provision must be made for the escape of the water near the top of the receiving vessel. Labor may be saved by the use of a long-necked funnel, or by placing a funnel in a wide tube, so that the mixed oil and water may be conveyed at once to the bottom without the liability of some particles of oil being carried over through the lateral tube and necessitating a second separation. . Fig. 281 shows a receiver which can be used for either light or heavy oils, one or the other tube being stopped with a cork, as the case requires. Fig. 281. Florentine receiver. Receiver for heavy and light oils. CHAPTER XIY. PRECIPITATION. Precipitation is the process of separating solid particles from a solution by the action of heat, light, or chemical substances. The sepa- rated solid is termed a precipitate; the added liquid or substance which produces the precipitate, the precipitant; the liquid which remains in the vessel above the precipitate, the supernatant liquid. The precipitate usually falls to the bottom of the vessel. It may, however, remain suspended or rise to the top. The objects of precipitation in pharmacy are,— 1. To obtain conveniently solid substances in the form of fine powder. Example, the precipitation of calcium carbonate. 2. To effect the purification of solids. Example, the precipitation of pepsin from its solution by sodium chloride. 3. To obtain through chemical reaction substances which are insolu- ble in the supernatant liquid. Example, the officinal preparation of red iodide of mercury. Precipitation is largely used in testing, as it frequently affords the most ready means of recognizing chemical substances or of ascertaining their purity. A great many pharmacopoeial tests are based upon this process. The color, quantity, and character of the precipitate are all taken into account. The terms curdy, granular, flocculent, gelatinous, crystalline, bulky, and others, which are sufficiently distinctive, are used to define the peculiar form which the precipitate assumes when thrown out of solution. A magma is a thick, tenacious precipitate left after the liquid is decanted. Methods of Effecting1 Precipitation.—Precipitation may be pro- duced in many ways. If solutions containing albuminous matter be heated, a flocculent precipitate of coagulated albumen will be thrown down; whilst if solution of the silver salts be exposed to the light, pre- cipitation is apt to take place. Precipitation will usually occur when a hot saturated solution of an amorphous substance is allowed to cool, as in the preparation of oxysulphide of antimony, or when to a solution is added a liquid in which the dissolved substance is insoluble, as when strong alcohol is added to a small quantity of mucilage of acacia, or water to an alcoholic solution of resin. Precipitation is most generally effected by the reaction of chemical substances, and some of the most interesting processes in pharmacy are the results of this method of producing precipitates. When acid solutions are brought in contact with alkaline solutions, insoluble precipitates are sometimes formed, as the solution of oxalic acid with lime water, form- 228 PRECIPITATION. 229 ing calcium oxalate. By far the most common method is to mix a solution of one salt with a solution of another, thereby producing an insoluble precipitate, as in the officinal process for preparing mercuric iodide, where solution of mercuric chloride is added to solution of potas- sium iodide. The methods of producing precipitates are numerous, and will be noted in detail under the head of the respective substances. Vessels used in Precipitation.—Precipitating vessels should be deep, comparatively narrow, and broader at the bottom than at the top (see Fig. 282). This construction permits the precipitate to occupy less height in the vessel, by causing it to spread out upon the bottom; thus the supernatant liquid can be more thoroughly decanted off, the particles of the precipitate will lie in closer contact, and a better oppor- tunity is given for the escape of imprisoned air or gas, which frequently exercises a buoyant effect on the particles and prevents their subsiding rapidly and closely. Upon the large scale, cedar tanks, of the shape just described, may be used: these may have wooden spigots introduced, a foot or so apart, so that the supernatant liquid may be conveniently run off. Manner of conducting the Process.—If two solutions are used, and it is known that they contain the exact quantity of solid substance to react mutually without leaving an excess of one or the other, the order in which the liquids are mixed is immaterial; but when this is not the case, and the precipitant is to be added until precipitation ceases, it is neces- sary to proceed with caution. The precipi- tant is then added gradually, and, where acid or alkaline solutions are used, litmus-paper is useful in indicating the approach of an excess. In other cases the precipitate may be allowed to subside, and the precipitant slowly dropped into the clear liquid above until it is noticed that further addition is without effect. If the precipitate is too bulky to subside quickly, the whole may be vigorously stirred until thoroughly mixed, a small portion transferred to a small plain filter, and the filtrate tested by a further addition of precipitant. If this small portion is weighed, or measured, or is a known proportion of the whole, a simple multiplication will determine about the quantity necessary to complete the precipitation. Water of ammonia is one of the most useful of alkaline precipitants, because an excess is at once noticed by the odor. This is easily done by blowing the air from the surface of the liquid, thoroughly stirring up the mixture, and then noting whether it smells of ammonia. The Production of Heavy and Light Precipitates.—Hot, dense solutions usually produce heavy precipitates, and such precipitates are more readily washed from adherent contaminating salts than those which are light and bulky. An additional advantage is, that they oc- Pig. 282. Precipitating jar. Fig. 283. Plain filter. 230 PRECIPITATION. cupy less space, and consequently their dose is less bulky. A good example of this is found in the manufacture and use of heavy and light magnesium carbonate. Collecting and "Washing Precipitates.—In small operations pre- cipitates are collected upon plain filters (see Fig. 283): the special ad- vantages of such filters in this respect have been already pointed out on page 208. On a larger scale muslin strainers are generally used. These are suspended on frames, as shown in Figs. 284 and 285. In washing precipitates which Fig. 285. Fig. 284. Collecting a precipitate. Frame and strainer for precipitates. are placed on strainers of this kind, care must be observed to close up the fissures which usually appear in the magma after it has been allowed to stand a short time, by stirring the precipitate thoroughly before add- ing more water. (See Lotion, Decantation, pages 199, 201.) QUESTIONS ON CHAPTERS XIII. AND XIV. SEPARATION OF IMMISCIBLE LIQUIDS AND PRECIPI- TATION. 627. What is a pipette, and how is it used? 628. What is a separating funnel, and how is it used ? 629. Describe Dr. Mitchell’s separator. 630. What is a Florentine receiver? 631. What is precipitation ? 632. What is the separated solid termed ? < 633. What is the substance which produces the precipitate termed? 634. What is the liquid which remains in the vessel above the precipitate called? 635. What are the objects of precipitation in pharmacy ? 636. Give examples of each of these objects. 637. How and why is precipitation used in testing? 638. What is meant by the term “ magma” ? 639. What various methods are there of effecting precipitation ? 640. What is the best shape for precipitating vessels ? 641. If two solutions are used to produce a precipitate, in what order should thev be mixed ? J 642. If an acid and an alkaline solution are mixed, how may it be determined when the mixture is neutral, or nearly so? 643. Why is ammonia the most useful of alkaline precipitates ? 644. How are heavy precipitates formed ? 645. Are they more or less easily washed from adherent salts than light precipi- 646. What advantage have heavy precipitates over light ones ? CHAPTER XY. CRYSTALLIZATION. Crystallization is the process whereby substances are caused to assume certain determinate forms called crystals. These are distinctive, and when perfect are bounded by geometrical surfaces. Those sub- stances which are not crystallizable are termed amorphous. The objects of the process are to increase the purity and to enhance the beauty of chemical substances. The descriptions of the crystalline forms assumed by bodies form the basis of the interesting science of crystallography. In a work of this kind it is impossible to give more than a very brief sketch of the outlines of the classification, since the practical process of crystallization must receive the most attention. (See Dana’s Miner- alogy, Kopp’s Krystallographie, Miller’s Mineralogy, etc.) Every crys- tallizable body invariably assumes its own characteristic form, or some form directly derived from it or related to it by a simple law, and in order to classify them crystallographers recognize at the present time six systems, to one or other of which every crystal is referred. A seventh system is sometimes conceded, but the occurrence of crystals belonging to it has not been demonstrated with certainty. The following definitions should be well understood : The plane sur- faces bounding a crystal are termed faces; when two contiguous faces intersect, an edge is formed; an angle is formed when three or more faces intersect. The faces, edges, or angles of a perfect crystal have equal faces, edges, or angles opposite to them, and if the middle point of the opposite faces or edges, or the opposite angles, be joined by straight lines, the point at which these lines intersect will be the centre of the crystal. The lines drawn through this point are called axes. When the same body crystallizes in two or more forms belonging to different systems, it is said to be dimorphous, trimoiphous, polymorphous, etc. When different substances crystallize in the same form, they are said to be isomorphous. Prismatic (or prism-like) crystals are those which are extended prin- cipally in the direction of their longest axis. Tabular crystals are those crystallizing in flat plates; laminar, those crystallizing in thin plates ; acicular, those which are needle-shaped, etc. Other terms are used to describe the physical characters of crystals, which are readily understood and are not technical in their meaning. The systems of classification are based upon the length and relative position of the axes of the crystal. Those in which the three axes intersect at right angles are termed ortliometric; and when the angles caused by their intersection are oblique, they are called clinometric. 231 232 CR YSTALLIZA TION. SYSTEMS IN CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. I. Monometric, or Regular System.—The crystals have three axes of equal length intersecting at right angles (see Figs. 286, 287, and 288). Fig. 286. Fig. 287. Fig. 288. Cube. Octahedron. Rhombic dodecahedron. II. Dimetric, or Quadratic System.—The crystals have three axes, Fig. 289. Fig. 290. Right square prism. Dimetric octahedron. two of which are equal, the other different in length, all intersecting at right angles (see Figs. 289 and 290). III. Trimetric, or Rhombic System.—The crystals have three axes Fig. 291. Fig. 292. Rhombic pyramid. Prismatic pyramid. of unequal length, all intersecting at right angles (see Figs. 291 and 292), CRYSTALLIZA TION. 233 IV. Hexagonal, or Rhombohedric System.—The crystals have four axes, three of equal length, in the same plane, and inclined to one another at angles of 60°. The fourth axis is different in length, and intersects the plane of the other three at right angles (see Figs. 293 and 294). Fig. 293. Fto. 294 Hexagonal prism. Double hexagonal pyramid. V. Monoclinic, or Oblique-Prismatic System.—The crystals have three axes of unequal length, two of which are obliquely inclined to Fig. 295. Fig. 296. each other, the other axis forming right angles with these two (see Figs. 295 and 296). VI. Triclinic, or Doubly-Oblique Prismatic System.—The crystals Monoclinic prism. Monoclinic octahedron. Fig. 297. Fig. 298. have three axes of unequal length, all obliquely inclined to one another (see Figs. 297 and 298). Doubly-oblique prism. Doubly-oblique octahedron. 234 CR YSTALLIZA TION. The Diclinic System, if recognized, would have three axes, two at right angles to each other, the third oblique to the other two. Determination of Crystalline Form.—The method of determining the position of a crystal in one or other of the systems above noted is to measure the inclination of the angles which the faces of the crystal make with one another. From the data obtained the length and in- clination of the axes are calculated. The hand goniometer or Wollas- ton’s reflecting goniometer is used to measure the angles. Cleavage.—If a crystal of potassium ferrocyanide or a piece of mica is broken and examined, it will be noticed that the cohesion of the par- ticles is less in one direction than in any other, and if the blade of a knife is inserted in the edge, the crystal may be easily split or cleft. Other crystals possess this property, but to a greatly varying extent. Perfect crystals may sometimes be formed by cleavage. The Process of Crystallization generally takes place when a body passes from a liquid or a gaseous condition into the solid state : a few in- stances are known where amorphous solids become crystalline without becoming liquefied, as in iron or brass wire, sulphur, barley-sugar. Methods of Obtaining Crystals.—1. By fusion and partial cooling. 2. By sublimation. 3. By deposition from supersaturated solutions as they cool. 4. By deposition from solutions during evaporation. 5. By deposition from solutions upon passing through them a galvanic current. 6. By precipitation. 7. By the addition of a substance having a strong affinity for water. 1. By Fusion and Partial Cooling.—Substances which have low melting-points, like sulphur, camphor, and iodine, and some of the metals, like bismuth, antimony, etc., may be crystallized in this way. To obtain crystals of a substance like sulphur, it should be melted in a deep vessel and then allowed to cool, so that a crust will be formed ; a hole is then made in the crust, and a smaller one on the opposite side; the vessel is now inclined towards the side having the larger hole, and the melted sub- stance runs off; when the surfaces inside are examined, they will be found studded with crystals. If the quantity of material used is large, and the mass has been gradually cooled, the crystals will be large and distinct. The crust should be perforated as soon as it is fairly formed, and the fluid contents quickly removed. 2. By Sublimation.—This is one of the most useful methods of obtaining crystals (see Sublimation, page 162). 3. By Deposition from Supersaturated Solutions.—This is the method by far most frequently employed to obtain crystals. The solution of the substance is generally effected by the use of heat (see Solution) : it should be carefully filtered, and evaporated to the proper degree, and this latter part of the operation is the most important in determining the size and beauty of the crystals. As a rule, concentrated solutions produce small, ill-defined crystals, whilst comparatively dilute solutions, provided they are supersaturated, produce crystals of more perfect form. The proper degree of concentration must always depend upon the solu- bility of the substance : if very soluble, the solution should not be satu- rated at the boiling temperature, or the crystals will be very small and so thoroughly interlaced that it will be difficult to wash them; if a por- CR YSTALLIZA TION. 235 tion of the evaporating solution is transferred to a glass or porcelain plate and allowed to cool, the rapidity with which the small quantity of solution crystallizes, and the amount of crystals obtained, form a basis for judgment. Upon the large scale, in order to secure a uniform prod- uct, it will be found that the specific gravity of the solution at a defi- nite temperature, the temperature of the air, and the quantity of the solution must be considered : these points, however, can be obtained only by experience, and after a practical trial with each substance. It is a good habit to keep a record at each operation of the specific gravity and tem- perature of the solution which is set aside to crystallize, and note the character of the product. If the substance is not very soluble, the solution should be evaporated until a pellicle or crust is formed upon the top, and then set aside. Perfect Rest for a solution designed for crystallization must be secured, if well-defined crystals are wanted, and the solution must not be cooled quickly. When small crystals are desired, as in the case of magnesium and zinc sulphate, the solution should be cooled quickly, with constant agitation: this produces a great many nuclei, and prevents the gradual deposition of the particles in regular order upon one nucleus, which is so essential to the formation of the perfect crystal. There are several plans to choose from, for preventing rapid cooling: if the liquid is placed in an evaporating dish, and heated in a sand-bath or water-bath until evaporated to the proper point, the whole may be set away without dis- turbing them, to cool slowly together; or the dish may be placed in a warm room which is slowly cooled; or it may be embedded in a blanket or in woollen cloths, covered, and set aside. Having arranged the dish, it must be left absolutely undisturbed until all the crystals have sepa- rated : if jarred or knocked after the crust has once formed, the crystals will be mere confused masses. Use of Nuclei.—It has long been known that if a smooth glass rod having a single scratch upon it be placed in a solution ready to crystal- lize, crystals will first attach themselves to the scratched part, and the smooth part of the rod will frequently not have any separate crystals upon it. Rough surfaces, by otfering more points of adhesion, attract the nuclei upon which the crystalline body is subsequently deposited: it is for this reason that strips of wood or lead are frequently suspended in liquids intended for crystallization, whilst in the manufacture of rock- candy, threads are usually strung across the crystallizing-tubs at regular intervals, columnar masses of fine crystals being thus produced. Perfect geometrical crystals may be obtained by the practice of “ nursing,” which consists in selecting from the ordinary stock as perfect a crystal as can be found for the nucleus, and then suspending it by a horse-hair or piece of sewing-silk in a warm saturated solution of the salt. Prof. J. U. Lloyd contributed to New Remedies, in 1879, pp. 98, 133, 162, some interesting notes on the production of perfect crystals. Retarded Crystallization.—Warm saturated solutions of various salts, particularly if contained in chemically clean vessels, protected from the dust, and left at absolute rest until cooled, usually fail to crystallize. If the receptacle is shaken or jarred, or if a crystal from which the solution has been made, or any other solid substance, is dropped into it, crystal- 236 CR YSTALL1ZA TION. lization sometimes takes place in an instant, and considerable heat is evolved : this is particularly noticed with salts capable of crystallizing with more than one molecule of water, as sodium sulphate, sodium carbonate, etc. 4. By Deposition from Solutions during1 Evaporation.—This process is not so frequently resorted to as that of cooling from hot satu- rated solutions, but it is especially useful where the liquid is more volatile than water, as alcohol, ether, benzin, chloroform, and upon the small scale for experimental purposes, or in the processes of original investigation. There are some instances in manufacturing pharmacy where the method is used, but in the case of volatile liquids the expense attending their loss, if spontaneously evaporated, is great, and, as a usual’ thing, rapid evaporation or recovery of the solvent by distillation cannot be used where large and distinct crystals are desired. Beautiful crystals are often made from aqueous solutions of substances that are allowed to evaporate slowly in a warm room for several months. The quantity of liquid and the amount of solid in solution have a great influence in enhancing the beauty of the product: for this reason it is usually impos- sible for the pharmacist operating on the small scale to vie with the manufacturer in producing massive crystals; there is compensation, however, to the pharmacist in obtaining increased knowledge of the properties of medicinal chemicals and absolute knowledge of their purity. 5. By Deposition from Solutions upon passing Feeble Electrical Currents through them.—This method is mentioned in this connec- tion because Becquerel and others have produced crystals of metals and metallic oxides by the slow but continuous action of feeble electrical currents through the solutions, kept up for months, sometimes for years. Gold and copper may be beautifully crystallized in this way. 6. By Precipitation.—Crystals are produced in some cases by the precipitation resulting from the mixture of certain solutions, and in other ways. (See Precipitation.) The crystals formed by this method are granular, and, on account of their rapid growth, are not well defined. A crystalline precipitate of acid tartrate of potassium is produced when solution of potassa is added to a strong solution of tartaric acid. 7. By the Addition of a Substance having a Strong Affinity for the Liquids of the Solution.—This method of effecting the crys- tallization of a solid is resorted to in some special cases. If calcium chloride is added to an aqueous solution of sodium chloride, the latter crystallizes out. Alcohol mixed with a solution of potassium nitrate causes the crystallization of the salt, because alcohol and water unite, and the potassium nitrate is not soluble in the mixture. The crystallization of sugar is frequently observed in syrups to which alcohol in the form of a tincture or fluid extract has been added, and this is often a source of annoyance to the pharmacist. Water of Crystallization.—Many substances in the act of crystal- lizing combine with water, and the water so combined is termed neater of crystallization. The same substance does not always contain the same number of molecules of water of crystallization. Sodium car- bonate, for instance, usually contains ten molecules. At higher tempera- CR YSTALLIZA TION. 237 tures it may be made to crystallize with eight or with but five molecules, and under some circumstances it contains but one molecule of water. This combination with water must be carefully distinguished from the mechanical retention of water in the interstices of crystals, which takes place particularly where the crystals are large and have been formed rapidly. Water retained in this way is termed interstitial water, or water of decrepitation, because it is the cause of the decrepitation of bodies when exposed to heat: the sudden expansion of the water causes the substance to crackle and burst into fragments. Crystals containing combined water lose part of it on exposure to the atmosphere, and the transparency noticed when the crystal was fresh is replaced by opacity and the formation of a dry powder on the surface. This change is termed efflorescence. There are very few substances which will part with all their water of crystallization at ordinary temperatures, nearly all requiring a high heat to effect the object. The act of driving olf the water and reducing the crystals to the form of a dry powder is called exsiccation. Some substances absorb water from the atmosphere, and, instead of becoming dry, grow moist, and in some cases are converted entirely into liquids. Such substances are said to be hygroscopic, and the act is termed deliquescence. A good example is found in potassium carbonate which has been exposed to moist air. Mother-liquor.—The liquid remaining after the crystals have formed is called mother-liquor, and still contains some of the salt in solution. This liquid retains as much of the solid as the solubility of the latter and the temperature wall permit. It may be evaporated, and another crop of crystals obtained, if desired. Where two salts are in solution, it is obvious that the more soluble salt must exist in largest proportion in the mother-liquor : hence salts are frequently separated from each other by taking advantage of their difference in solubility: thus cinchonine is separated from quinine. The process is termed fractional crystal- lization. Crystallizing' Vessels should be deep, and made of rough-glazed stone-ware or porcelain. On the large scale, wooden tanks or vats are employed. In the crystallization of alum the staves of the vats are retained in place by iron hoops, which may be tightened or loosened by screw-bolts. After the solid crust of alum is formed around the sides and bottom, the hoops are loosened, the staves removed, and a hole chiselled through the side crust near the bottom, to permit the mother- water to escape. Collection, Draining, Washing, and Drying of Crystals.—Upon the small scale it is usually sufficient, after the mother-water is decanted, to break the crust of crystals, and, having placed a few pieces of clean broken glass in the throat of the funnel, to place the crystals upon them and drain thoroughly. They are then to be washed by pouring water carefully and sparingly upon them. If the crystals are very soluble in water, and it is necessary to free them entirely from mother-liquor, they must either be washed with alcohol or some liquid in which they are not so soluble, or with ice-cold water, used very carefully but quickly by pouring it drop by drop upon the crystals, so that the smallest quan- tity will suffice. After draining, they may be transferred to a double 238 CR YSTA LLIZA TION. sheet of filtering-paper, placed on a bed of two or three newspapers or cloths, loosely covered, and removed to a dry atmosphere. If the crys- tals are liable to effloresce, they should be turned several times, and bot- tled as soon as fairly dry. Deliquescent crystals, like those of chromic acid, may be dried by spreading them on a clean brick in a diy room. The mother-water will be gradually absorbed by the brick, and as soon as the crystals are dry they are transferred to a close vessel. Intermediate Crystallization is a term used to define the process of crystallizing a substance which is comparatively insoluble in simple solvents, by causing it to dissolve in a hot solution of another substance. Of course the latter should be very soluble : the whole of the ordinarily insoluble salt will entirely crystallize out at the first attempt. Mer- curic iodide may be made to crystallize in this way in brilliant scarlet crystals by dissolving it in a hot solution of sodium chloride, potassium iodide, or mercuric nitrate. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XV. CRYSTALLIZATION. 647. What is crystallization? 648. What are non-crystallizable substances called ? 649. In the classification of crystals, how many systems are recognized ? 650. What is meant by the centre of a crystal ? 651. What is meant by the axes of a crystal ? 652. What are substances called that crystallize in two forms ? In three forms ? In more than three forms ? 655. What are prismatic crystals ? Tabular crystals ? Laminar crystals ? Acicular crystals ? 659. Upon what are the systems of classification of crystals based ? 660. What are those called in which the three axes intersect at right angles ? 661. What are those called in which the angles caused by the intersection are oblique ? 662. Describe the monometric, or regular system. The dimetric, or quadratic sys- tem. The trimetric, or rhombic system. The hexagonal, or rhombohedric system. The monoclinic, or oblique-prismatic system. The triclinic, or doubly-oblique pris- matic system. The diclinic system. 669. How can the form of a crystal be determined, as to which system it belongs? 670. What is the instrument for measuring the angles of crystals called ? 671. What is meant by cleavage? 672. Under what circumstances does the process of crystallization generally take place ? 673. Do solids ever become crystallized without becoming liquefied? 674. Give an example. 675. By what various methods may crystals be obtained? 676. How may crystals be formed by fusion ? 677. Do weak or strong solutions form crystals of the most perfect form ? 678. How may large crystals be obtained ? 679. How may small crystals be obtained ? 680. Are crystals more readily deposited on rough or smooth surfaces ? 681. How may perfect geometrical crystals be produced? 682. In what cases is tbe process of obtaining crystals by evaporation useful ? 683. How may gold and copper be crystallized ? 684. Give an example of the production of crystals by precipitation. CR YSTALLIZA TION. 239 685. Also when two solutions are mixed together. 686. Why does the addition of alcohol to syrup cause the sugar to crystallize ? 687. What is water of crystallization ? 688. What is interstitial water ? 689. What is water of decrepitation, and why is it so called? 690. What is efflorescence ? 691. What is exsiccation ? 692. What substances are hygroscopic? 693. What is deliquescence ? 694. Give an example of a deliquescent salt. 695. What is mother-liquor ? 696. What is meant by fractional crystallization? 697. How should crystallizing vessels be made ? 698. How is alum usually crystallized ? 699. On the small scale, how may crystals be obtained ? 700. What is meant by intermediate crystallization? CHAPTER XVI. GRANULATION AND EXSICCATION. By granulation is meant the process of heating the solution of a chemi- cal substance, with constant stirring, until the moisture has evaporated, and a sabulous, coarse-grained powder is produced. It is a convenient method of obtaining many substances in the form of powder: indeed, the practical advantages of granulated powders are so well recognized now at the prescription-counter, that their use in preference to large crystals is rapidly extending. This is particularly the case with salts which are not very soluble in water, or which are commonly found in commerce in hard, tough, crystalline lumps or masses. The process of granulation is one which requires care, but no great amount of skill. The solution of the substance is generally evaporated rapidly until a pellicle forms upon the surface. Then the heat is moderated, in order to prevent spurting and caking: great care must be exercised at this stage of the process to stir the mass constantly, as the tendency to form a crust on the bottom is very great, and when this hard crust is broken up by the stirrer it is very difficult to avoid the formation of lumps; but if the crust is not allowed to form, by keeping the bottom of the dish clean through constant stirring, the salt will separate in distinct grains, which will not adhere to each other. Towards the end of the process the heat should be very moderate, and the product should be in- troduced at once into a clean, warm, dry bottle. Granulated Effervescent Salts are made by mixing the dry pow- ders with dry tartaric acid and sodium bicarbonate and moistening the mixture with strong alcohol. The pasty mass is passed through a sieve, and the granules dried quickly in a hot room, sifted, and filled into bot- tles, which must be hermetically sealed to prevent the access of moist air. Exsiccation is the process of depriving a solid crystalline substance of its water of crystallization or moisture by heating it strongly. The product is usually a fine powder, and the original crystalline con- dition of the substance may be restored by redissolving it and evaporating the solution. The process is conducted by exposing the crystals to the air or a warm temperature until they are effloresced, and then gradually heating, with stirring, until they cease to lose weight; the residue is then powdered and kept in well-stopped bottles. The object of exsiccation is to increase the strength of substances and thereby fit them for special applications. For instance, exsiccated sulphate of iron is preferred as an ingredient in pills, because sixty grains contain as much ferrous sul- phate as one hundred grains of crystallized sulphate of iron, and the pills can therefore be made one-third smaller. The mass is also much more readily formed from the finely-powdered exsiccated salt. 240 CHAPTEK XVII. DIALYSIS. Dialysis is the process of separating crystallizable substances from those which do not crystallize, by placing a mixture of their solutions upon a porous diaphragm which has its under surface in contact with water. This remarkable process was discovered by Graham in 18 61. He termed the substances which had the power of passing through the septum or dia- phragm crystalloids, because they always have the crystalline form, and those which remained upon the diaphragm colloids, from their resemblance to gelatin and because they never crystallize. He also pointed out the differences between the two classes. Crystalline bodies, or crystalloids, are diffusible, brittle, hard, with clearly-defined angles and flat faces: their solutions are free from viscosity, and their reactions energetic and quickly effected. (Example, sugar.) Colloidal bodies, on the other hand, are not diffusible: they are tough, with more or less softness of texture. The mathematically-arranged angles and faces of crystals are replaced in colloids by rounded, irregular outlines, the fracture often being curved or conchoidal. Water of crystallization is replaced by water of gela- tination, and the solution of colloids is, when concentrated, viscous or gummy, and their reactions are sluggish or inert. (Examples, gum, glue, starch, dextrin, gelatin, albumen, extractive matter.) A thin layer of gelatin interposed between two liquids offers no obstacle to the passage of the crystalloids from one to the other, while it com- pletely prevents the passage of the colloids: this property belongs not only to gelatin, but to other substances having a similar molecular con- stitution, as bladder, parchment, etc., of which the most convenient is the texture known as parchment-paper, prepared by immersing unsized paper in a cold mixture of two measures of sulphuric acid and one of water, and subsequently washing it thoroughly to free it from acid. Upon the principles stated above Prof. Graham contrived a very simple apparatus which he called the dialyzer (see Fig. 299). It consists of two parts, one a circular glass recipient (6), about a foot in diameter and six inches deep, the other (a) a similar circular vessel, from six to ten inches in diameter and about two inches deep, the circumference of which con- sists of a band of gutta-percha and the bottom of a circular piece of parchment-paper, the edges of which are brought over the lower rim of the gutta-percha band nearly to the top, and fastened outside of it by a string or by a narrow hoop of gutta-percha. The first part, or circular basin, is to receive distilled water, and should contain from five to ten times the quantity of the liquid that may be introduced into the smaller vessel. The latter is to float upon the surface of the water in the former, and is to receive the liquid to be submitted to dialysis, which should not 241 242 DIALYSIS. be more than half an inch deep on the paper bottom. It is important that the parchment-paper employed should have no rent or aperture, and should be brought well up and secured on the outside of the gutta-percha to prevent the liquid from passing between them. If any liquid con- taining a mixture of colloid and crystalloid matter be placed in the floating vessel, after some hours it will be found that a portion of the latter has passed through the parchment-paper, and is held in solution Fig. 299. Fig. 300. Diaiyzer. Diaiyzer. by the di stilled water of the larger vessel, while the colloid matter remains. The distilled water thus impregnated is called the diffusate. The parch- ment-paper, or any similar material used as the septum, is applicable to the dialysis of substances held in watery solution only, and will not answer for alcoholic or ethereal liquids. The hard-rubber sieve, which has been already noticed (see Fig. 300), makes an excellent dialyzer if floated upon pure water in an evaporating dish or beaker. Fig. 301 shows another form, in which the glass dialyzer has its upper edge ex- panded into a flat shoulder, which rests upon the upper edge of the round dish1 containing the water. This has the advantage of keeping the diffusate covered whilst the dialysis is progress- ing. It is obvious that very different arrange- ments might be made to accomplish the same ends. Thus, a bladder three-fourths filled with a mixture, suspended in a jar of distilled water, would yield similar results. Graham’s appa- ratus is preferable to others only for its convenience. The following applications of the process of dialysis have been made: 1. It facilitates in many instances to a considerable extent the separation of the active matter of any artificial or natural mixture from the inert and useless, thg former being very often crystalline and the latter col- loidal. Thus, infusions or decoctions of medicines, such as opium, bella- donna, aconite, etc., submitted to dialysis might give up more or less completely their crystalline principles, such as the salts of morphine, atropine, aconitine, etc., to the water, while the gummy, resinoid, ex- tractive, and coloring matters, etc., might remain behind. In effecting Fig. 301. Dialyzer. 1 This vessel is sometimes called the “ exarysator.” DIALYSIS. 243 tlie analysis of organic bodies, one of the most embarrassing problems is to get rid of the inert principles which interfere with the action of chemical reagents, and the process of dialysis may here often be brought to the aid of the operator. 2. In searching for poisons in organic mix- tures, as in the contents of the stomach, in which the application of tests is often rendered abortive by the colloidal matter present, the problem of the presence of the poison may sometimes be solved by sub- mitting the suspected, matter to dialysis. The poison will often be found in the diftusate separated from the other matters, and may then be detected by the ordinary tests. 3. In pharmaceutical operations it often happens that salts and other crystallizable substances are thrown away as refuse matter because they would not repay the cost of time and material necessary for their recovery. It is possible that by this simple, inexpensive process these substances may be separated from the useless matters and thus saved. 4. An economical application has been made of the process to the restoration of salted meat to the fresh state. If some salt beef with its brine be enclosed in a bag of material suitable for dialysis, as of untanned leather, and the'bag be immersed in sea-water, in the course of some days the beef and brine will have been rendered sufficiently fresh for use, the salt having passed out into the sea-water. B. F. Mc- Intyre, of New York, has given a great deal of attention to the prac- tical applications of dialysis, and has introduced a class of preparations called Dialysates. These are prepared from various drugs by dialysis, and it is claimed that they contain the active crystallizable constituents in their original combination, deprived of inert colloidal substances. Dialyzed iron, or Ferrum Dialysatum, is a colloidal preparation made by placing a mixture of basic ferric chloride and ammonium chloride upon a septum: the crystalloids (ammonium chloride and ferric chloride), with any free acid, pass into the diftusate, leaving the neutral colloidal liquids upon the septum. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTERS XVI. AND XVII. GRANULATION, EXSICCATION, AND DIALYSIS. 701. What is meant by granulation ? 702. Ho7 are granulated effervescent salts prepared ? 703. What is exsiccation, and what is its object? 704. What is dialysis ? 705. What are crystalloids ? Give an example. 706. What are colloids ? Give examples. 707. What is the most convenient substance to use for a dialyzing medium ? 708. How is it prepared ? 709. Describe Professor Graham’s dialyzer. 710. What is the liquid called in which crystalloid matter is dissolved, which has been passed through a dialyzer ? 711. What applications of the process of dialysis have been made? 712. What preparations have been called dialysates ? 713. What is dialyzed iron? CHAPTER XVIII. EXTRACTION. Under this head are included those operations which have for their object the separation of the soluble principles from drugs by treating them with a liquid capable of dissolving them, which is called the men- struum. Extraction differs from solution in the fact that the presence of insoluble matter is implied in the former, and the soluble constituents must therefore be extracted or separated, by appropriate methods, from those which are insoluble. The principal modes of extraction employed in pharmacy at present are as follows: 1. Maceration and expression. 2. Percolation. 3. Digestion. 4. Infusion. 5. Decoction. Macera- tion and expression are old processes, and they will be considered first; percolation is much more important and useful, and will be treated of in a separate chapter; digestion is merely a modified form of macera- tion. Infusion and decoction are processes which are used in producing separate classes of officinal preparations : hence they will be considered in Part II. MACERATION. The process of maceration, which is of ancient origin, consists simply in soaking the properly comminuted drug or substance in the menstruum until it is thoroughly penetrated and the soluble por- tions softened and dissolved. The usual method is to introduce the drug or sub- stance into a bottle with the menstruum, cork it tightly, and agitate it occasionally for a period ranging from two to four- teen days; then to pour otf the liquid, express the residue to avoid waste, and filter the mixed liquids. An advan- tage is sometimes gained by suspending the ground drug, tied in a bag, in the upper part of the menstruum (see Fig. 302): this is sometimes termed circula- tory displacement. Maceration is the process directed by the German Pharma- copoeia exclusively in preparing tinctures: the drugs are ordered in all cases to be macerated in definite weights of alcohol for a week in a closed bottle, in a shady place, with frequent agitation, at a temperature of about 15° C. The liquid is then separated by strain- Fig. 302. Circulatory displacement. 244 MACERATION. 245 ing or expressing from the insoluble residue, and, after having been allowed to settle, it is filtered. Evaporation during filtration is to be avoided as much as possible. Maceration has no advantages over per- colation in making the greater number of liquid preparations from drugs, except in the hands of the careless or unskilful. If an operator pos- sesses no knowledge whatever of the process of percolation, it is safer to trust to maceration, for here no particular skill or judgment is neces- sary ; the soaking process is completed in due time, and the separation of the absorbed liquid, whilst laborious and uncleanly, has at least the merit of leaving the tincture uniform in strength; if the process of ex- pression is not thoroughly performed, pecuniary loss results, but the finished preparation is uniform. On the other hand, in percolation, if the operator has, through careless packing, failed to exhaust thoroughly the drug with the amount of menstruum used, a portion of the activity of the drug remains in the residue, which is thrown out, and the prepara- tion is thus deficient in strength. In making tinctures by maceration, the practice of weighing liquids, as directed in the German Pharmaco- poeias, is seen to the best advantage, although, of course, the principal objection to preparations made from weighed liquids still exists,—the necessity for a calculation to determine the dose as compared with that of the drug. The tincture must always be administered by measure, and hence a teaspoon ful or a fluidrachm should bear a certain relation to the drug, which is readily ascertained without resorting to a problem in specific gravity. Digestion is that form of maceration which consists in the applica- tion of a gentle heat to the substance which is being treated. It is used in those cases where a moderately elevated temperature is unobjec- tionable, the heat increasing the solvent powers of the menstruum. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XVIII. MACERATION. 714. What is meant by extraction ? 715. What is meant by menstruum ? 716. What are the principal modes of extraction employed in pharmacy? 717. What is meant by maceration? 718. What is meant by circulatory displacement? 719. How are all tinctures directed to be prepared by the German Pharmacopoeia ? 720. Which is the better process in unskilled hands, maceration or percolation, and why ? 721. What is the principal objection to preparations made from weighed instead of measured liquids ? 721a. Define digestion. CHAPTER XIX. EXPRESSION. Expression is the process of forcibly separating liquids from solids. It is generally effected by the use of a press, although for many phar- maceutical operations, upon the small scale, the use of straining-cloths with hand-pressure suffices. Pressing-cloths are generally employed, but they are troublesome, and of late years strong efforts have been made to construct presses which could be used without them. At least six mechanical principles are recognized in the operation of expression as now practised : namely, by the use of—1. The spiral twist press. 2. The screw press. 3. The roller press. 4. The wedge press. 5. The lever press. 6. The hydraulic press. 1. The Spiral Twist Press.—The principle of this press is best and most practically illustrated in the usual process of expressing a sub- stance contained in a cloth with the hands. The mixture to be ex- pressed is placed in a bag or a cloth held in one hand by the four corners, which are gathered together, and the lower portion, or bag, is rotated with the other hand, so that, beginning at the top, the point of- smallest diameter, the strainer is spirally twisted, the pressure forcing the liquid between the meshes of the cloth. Figs. 303 and 304 show Gigot’s press, in which this principle is used upon a larger scale. Upon the left hand is shown a sectional view of the press as it appears when filled with material. The perforated cone, d, forms the bottom of a conical strong cloth tube; the upper end is connected with a funnel, Z, which is so constructed that none of the material that has passed down into the bag can leak back. The lower portion of the cloth is secured to a ring, which may be fastened, so that it will not rotate when the press is used. If the upper end of the cloth is twisted, the space occupied by the material is contracted, and the liquid oozes through the meshes of the cloth. The dry residue is discharged by un- twisting the cloth and unhinging the bottom, which opens downwards. 2. The Screw Press is the most useful of all forms for pharma- ceutical work where very great power is not desired. The screw is always used in combination with one or more levers, and this form of press is employed in great variety to accomplish special purposes. There are two forms of screw presses: 1. Single-screw presses. 2. Double-screw presses. Each of these forms may be subdivided into Fig. 303. Fig. 304. Gigot’s press. 246 EXPRESSION. those in which the position of the screw or screws is vertical, and those in which the position of the screw or screws is horizontal. 1. Single-Screw Presses.—In this form of press the single screw is generally used in a vertical position, and operated with a lever or a com- bination of levers. It is the simplest kind of press, and if well made wrill admirably answer the general purposes of the pharmacist. The screw should have a square-faced thread, and be well made. The plunger should be disconnected from the end of the screw, or else move freely around it. The parts of the press which come in direct contact with the material to be pressed should be coated with tin or porcelain, so that liquids containing acid or tannin shall not be affected injuriously. Fig. 305 shows a press of this description, made by H. Troemner, of Philadelphia. A perforated tin case accompanies the press. This may be used when pressing bulky drugs, like arnica flowers, and press-cloths may be abandoned. The best material for press-cloths 247 Fig. 306. Fig. 305. Troemner’s press. German single-screw press. is that which is especially made for the purpose. It is twilled and elastic in one direction, and, if proper care be taken when enveloping the mate- rial and introducing it into the press, the same cloth may be used many times, as the pressure causes the meshes to open without breaking the threads. The manufacturers of linseed oil use press-cloth largely. For small operations, in the absence of press-cloth, which is very expen- sive, new Russia crash may be used. The press-cloth should be moist- ened, if possible, with some of the same liquid expressed at a previous operation. Water answers very well if the liquid is aqueous. The substance to be pressed is laid upon the cloth, and one corner of the cloth laid over it. The opposite corner is then placed upon the first; next one of the remaining corners is laid in the same way upon the first two, followed by its opposite. The corners should be folded over so that a square, somewhat flat package is produced, in size somewhat smaller than the press-plate, especial care being observed to suit the quantity of material to the capacity of the press. If too much is taken, the press-cloth will be too small to permit of folding it over sufficiently; thn corners 248 EXPRESSION. of the package will therefore not withstand the pressure, portions of the material itself will ooze out, and the whole operation must be repeated. Th.e principal objection to the single-screw press is, that unless the material in the press is nearly homogeneous, so that the is equally pressed upon at all points, unequal action results, the press- block is pressed against one side of the case, causing violent friction and and resistance, and the thread of the screw binds upon one side, full pressure thus being defeated; whilst the main objection to the vertical screw is, that the press-block and plate must be in a horizontal position, so that the liquid pressed out adheres to the cloth, and cannot be col- lected readily without tilting the press. Fig. 306 is an illustration of a German single-screw press which is well adapted for pressing the residues from macerated tinctures. The large lip of the containing ves- sel is a practical convenience, whilst the lever, L, in combination with the catch, C, gives unusual power and ease in working, for a small press. In the horizontal screw press, the jaws being vertical, there can be no obstruction to the dropping of the expressed liquid, which may be caught in a vessel placed immediately under it. Oberdoffer, of Hamburg, Germany, makes a very powerful horizontal screw and compound lever press. Fig. 307 illustrates a novel horizontal screw press, made by the Enterprise Manufacturing Company, of Philadelphia, which is operated without a press-cloth. It consists essentially of a tapering cylinder, with a hopper on the upper side at its large end, and a strong screw fitting closely to the inner sur- face of the case, the thread of which diminishes in size as the screw be- comes smaller. Along the under side of the cylinder is formed a channel adapted to receive a per- forated brass plate. This latter has a transverse concavity corre- sponding to that of the inner surface of the cylinder, and the perforations allow the escape of the expressed fluids into the channel or gutter beneath, from which it escapes by a proper outlet. The substance to be expressed is placed in the hop- per, and, the crank attached to the screw being turned in the proper direction, the thread of the screw compresses the substance into a smaller and smaller space, until finally it is discharged at the farther end of the cylinder in a comparatively dry state. A large screw, passing through a removable end of the conical cylinder, regulates the size of the outlet, and serves to increase or diminish the amount of press- ure to which the mass is subjected by the screw. The brass plate in the bottom of the machine can be replaced by others having perfora- tions of different sizes. Clogging of the holes by bits of wood, steins, or seeds is prevented by the shear-like action of the edge of the screw- thread, which shaves off the protruding fragment, while the rest is forced through the perforation. To increase the power of the press upon slippery substances, the inside of the casing has a few longitudinal Fig. 307. Enterprise press. EXPRESSION. 249 or spiral grooves at a greater or less angle to the direction of the screw- thread. Arrangements are provided for detaching the casing from the screw, and for at- taching the whole to the edge of a table or bench. Fig. 308 shows the press as taken apart. 2. Double-Screw Presses are pre- ferred by many. These are always of the horizontal screw form, and in Fig. 309 is shown one made as pro- posed by Chas. T. George, of Harrisburg, Pa. A strong and substantial framework, made of ash wood, forms the base. Two nieces of timber rest upon this frame, one firmlv attached bv an Fig. 308. Enterprise press. Fig. 309. George’s double screw press. iron rod and keepers to one end of the frame or table, and the other free or movable, both blocks being bored at the same distance, from the end with smooth holes to receive the two iron screws. 250 EXPRESSION. Upon the movable block, and opposite the holes, a female nut of bell- metal is firmly fixed. Upon the inner face of the two timber blocks, iron castings, saddle-shaped and hollow, are inserted, flush with the face of the block, each capable of holding six pints of boiling water, and each casting having a hole on top to receive hot water or steam : a brass pet-cock is fixed at the bottom to discharge the chilled water. The two iron screws pass through the holes of both blocks of timber, the head of each screw having an iron cog-wheel attached to it; into the cogs of each wheel a pinion-wheel is firmly fixed, which in turn is fastened to a short shaft having at its end an iron fly-wheel. By turning this wheel both screws are evenly and rapidly rotated without danger of bending or breaking, and consequently one block is drawn surely and with great power against the other, thus expressing whatever drug may be placed in a sack of strong linen towelling be- tween the two blocks of timber. It is apparent that the double-screw press is very powerful, and, the pressure being equalized, good results are obtained. 3. The Roller Press is used upon the large scale for pressing oily seeds, fatty substances, etc. Its principle is thoroughly shown in the well-known clothes-wringer, which, although made for the laundry, serves as a very efficient press for many substances. Care must be taken to apply the force gradually to the bag containing the berries or other material to be pressed, and not to use it upon substances which will soften or dissolve the rubber rollers.' 4. The Wedge Press.—This form of press is powerful, economical, and inexpensive. It is objectionable principally on account of the noise necessarily made in driving the wedges. Fig. 310, taken from Knapp’s Technology, illustrates the wedge press. The filled cloths are laid between strong plates, h and g, and placed in a square space cut in a solid block of oak wood or in a cast-iron case, b, and the plates are forced nearer and nearer to each other by driving in the wooden wedges which occupy the remaining space. One of these wedges, a, serves to facili- tate the disconnection of the appa- ratus ; the strokes which drive in the wedge i tending, from the re- verse position of a, to drive the lat- ter out; c, e, and d are intermediate pieces to prevent the wedges from coming into immediate contact. The pressing-plates are each pro- vided with three side ribs : the immovable ones, g, g, press against the sides of the case, and the movable ones, h, h, against the intermediate wedges, c, e, and are pierced with numerous holes to allow the liquid to flow out more easily. On filling the press, the wedge a must be suspended (by a string) at a distance from the bottom, so that the appa- ratus may be easily taken to pieces. The liquid trickles from the press- ing-plates through the pierced horizontal plates, n, n, upon which these rest, into the pipe o. Both a and i are driven by separate stampers, which are raised by a toothed wheel, or mallets may be used. Fig. 310. Wedge press. EXPRESSION. 251 5. The Lever Press.—The only advantages possessed by this press over those previously noticed are its cheapness, and that it may be made by any one possessed of even moderate mechanical abilities. Prof. Procter recommended the following method of construction. “ A piece of timber twelve feet long, and with lateral dimensions sufficiently great to be inflexible with the force to be applied to it, has one of its ends securely attached to a wall or upright post in such a manner as to admit of the motion of the other end. The pressing-box being placed about one foot from the fixed end, on a firm block of wood, is subjected to the action of the lever by placing a piece of wood vertically between the piston-block of the pressing-box and the lever. It is obvious that a weight of one hundred pounds at the opposite end causes a downward pressure equal to eleven hundred pounds at the box. The pressing-box most usually employed is a cylinder, closed at one end, made of thick tinned-iron, secured with bands of the same material, which are soldered on, and between these, numerous holes are perforated. This cylinder is set in a tin dish with a lateral spout. The piston-block is constructed of hard oak wood with the grain running transversely to its axis.” The objection to this press is that, compared with other presses, it yields but little power in proportion to the space occupied; but as an offset to this it can be made to work simply and quickly. 6. The Hydrostatic or Hydraulic Press.—Of the presses heretofore mentioned, each has some especial advantage or use, but each has also some fault or objectionable feature. The spiral twist is not powerful, and its action is limited. The screw presses of both varieties have friction to contend with. The friction of a screw increases with the in- tensity of the pressure applied, and when a certain limit is reached all further force applied is wasted, and, if persisted in, involves the destruc- tion of the press. The roller press is very limited in its action ; the lever press is unwieldy and not pow- erful ; the wedge press is noisy and can be used only for spe- cial purposes. The hydrostatic press is costly, but after the first cost it is the most economical, because the greatest power is obtained at the expense of the least labor. The principle is shown in Fig. 311. It must be remembered that the mole- cules of fluids move freely in contact with one another almost without friction, and, according to Pascal’s law, “ Pressure ex- erted anywhere upon a mass of liquid is transmitted un- diminished in all directions, and acts with the same force on all equal surfaces and in a direction at right angles to those surfaces.” Although it has been proved that liquids are to a slight extent com- pressible, it has also been shown that they are perfectly elastic: so that Fig. 311. Hydraulic press. 252 EXPRESSION. if a plug be forced into a liquid which entirely fills a vessel, the pressure is felt equally upon every square inch of the surface of the vessel and upon every square inch of the surface of any body immersed in the liquid, and if the pressure is removed from the plug it will be immediately forced out of the vessel and the liquid will at once regain its original volume. Now, if a vessel is constructed having two columns communicating at the bottom, as in Fig. 311, and if water or other fluid is placed in it, it will be found that a pressure of one pound applied at the piston in the tube, B, will be communicated to every portion of the lower surface of the ram, R. If the area of R is ten times greater than that of B, it follows that a pressure of one hundred pounds on A, conveyed through the lever, exerts an upward pressure of one thousand pounds on R. By increasing the area of the ram the power may be greatly multiplied, so that pressure applied by one man on the lever may be communicated to the liquid and made to exert an upward pressure of several tons. Fig. 312 shows a pharmaceutical press made by R. Dudgeon, of New York, constructed on the principle of hydrostatic pressure. In order to econo- mize space, by an ingenious system of valves one of the cylinders is contained within the other, and by pumping the oil into the outer vessel the ram carrying the platen is forced upward. The platen has a groove around its edge communicating with a spout for carrying otf the expressed liquid. Press-cloths may be used to contain the material to be pressed, or a very strong perforated case is supplied. The upper plate is very strongly secured by bolts and nuts, and press-blocks covered with tinned iron are employed to fit into the perforated case if desired. The weight of one man, one hundred and fifty pounds, applied to the end of the lever will produce an upward pressure equivalent to ten tons. This is the most powerful press available for pharmaceutical purposes, and, although expensive, its first cost will be more than offset by its durability and by its economy of power whenever pressure greater than that afforded by the smaller presses is needed. The following maxims should be observed in operating presses: Fro. 312. Dudgeon’s press. EXPRESSION. 253 1. All moving parts of the press should be well lubricated before attempting expression. 2. Pressure should be gradually increased; sudden strains should always be avoided. If this precaution is neglected, either the press- cloth or press-bag will burst, the finer solid particles will be forced through the meshes, or breakage of press-plates or press will result. 3. Pressure, to secure the best results, should be unrelaxed, but inter- mittent. After apparently reaching the limit of compression, the action of the press should cease, and if the pressure be maintained unrelaxed it will be found that in a short time further pressure may be applied and more liquid separated. In this way, by alternately exerting pressure and resting, the utmost limit of the power of the press may be gradually reached without undue strain. Screw presses have more ability to re- tain pressure than hydraulic presses: the valves of the latter frequently leak slightly, and the pressure has to be continually renewed. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XIX. EXPRESSION. 722. What is expression ? 723. How many mechanical principles are recognized in the operation of expres- sion, and what are they ? 724. What is the principle of the spiral twist press ? 725. What press is most useful in pharmaceutical operations, where very great power is not desired ? 726. How many forms of screw presses are there ? 727. Describe a single screw press. 728. What is the best material for press cloths ? 729. What is the principal objection to the screw press ? 730. Describe the Enterprise Co.’s horizontal screw press? 731. Describe the double screw press as proposed by Mr. Charles T. George. 732. What is the principle of the roller press ? 733. Describe the wedge press. 734. What objection is there to it? 735. Describe the lever press. 736. What are its advantages? 737. What is an objection to it ? 738. What is the principle of the hydrostatic or hydraulic press ? 739. What are its special advantages ? 740. In operating presses, what maxims should be observed ? 741. Which can retain pressure most effectually, screw presses or hydraulic presses, and why ? CHAPTER XX. PERCOLATION. Percolation, or Displacement, is the process whereby a powder contained in a suitable vessel is deprived of its soluble constituents by the descent of a solvent through it. The importance of this process cannot be overestimated, as the progress made in pharmacy in America during the last half-century is largely due to the study and development of percolation, and the introduction of preparations which are the direct outgrowth of the process. History.—The practice of exhausting wood-ashes of their soluble constituents by pouring water upon them after their introduction into a conical-shaped wooden vessel called a lye-hopper is an ancient one, and the process is still practised and known as lixiviation. The first attempt on record to apply the principle to powdered drugs was made by Count Real, who about the year 1815 invented a press which consisted of a metallic cylinder with a stop-cock in the bottom and containing a perfo- rated diaphragm for supporting the substance, and with a tight cover at the top, to which was attached an upright tube, ten or twelve feet high, having a funnel soldered to its upper extremity : the cylinder was packed with the coarselv-ground drug, and water poured into the tube. The pressure of the column of water was so great, however, that the princi- pal difficulty in using the apparatus was in securing tight joints, and in preventing the incomplete exhaustion of the drug on account of the too rapid passage of the water through it. INI. Robiquet subsequently made some experiments to determine the power of ether as a solvent in extracting the fixed oil from the bitter almond : he observed that ether poured on powdered bitter almond displaced the fixed oil without mixing materially with it, and he published his observation. It was reserved, however, for the Boullay brothers, of Paris, in 1833, to apply the ideas of Real and Robiquet to drugs and medicinal substances in general, and to them belongs the credit of first demonstrating the value of the pro- cess of percolation in its pharmaceutical applications. The researches of the Boullays at once attracted the attention of American pharmacists, and the labors of Duhamel, Procter, Grahame, Squibb, and others during the last half-century, and the adoption of the process in the Pharmacopoeias of 1840, 1850, 1860, 1870, and 1880, sufficiently show the character of the growth in favor of percolation. In Great Britain, France, and Germany the process is well known and is practised to some extent, but maceration still holds in these countries the chief place as a means of extracting the soluble principles of drugs. 254 PERCOLATION. 255 Principle of Action.— When a powder placed in a cylindrical vessel with a porous diaphragm below, is treated from above with a liquid ca- pable of dissolving a portion of its substance, that portion of the fluid first in contact, in passing downward, exercises its solvent power on the succes- sive layers of the powder until saturated, and is impelled downward by the combined force of its own gravity and that of the column of liquid above it, minus the capillary farce with which the powder tends to retain it. If the quantity of liquid added is not more than enough to satisfy the cap- illarity of the powder, no liquid will pass the diaphragm ; but the careful addition of liquid upon the top displaces that absorbed in the powder without mixing materially with it, and takes its place, to be in turn dis- placed by a fresh portion of liquid. The instrument used to hold the powder is called a percolator ; the liquid poured on top of the powder, the menstruum; the liquid coming from the percolator impregnated with the soluble principles, the percolate. In order thoroughly to understand the process of percolation as applied to powdered drugs, it must be remem- bered that the soluble principles of vegetable substances are in a hard and dry condition, and are generally contained in cells which are more or less disintegrated by the process of grinding: if the soluble princi- ples could be perfectly separated from the insoluble cellular substance by any means, and be deposited in the interstices of the ground parti- cles, percolation would indeed be a rapid process, for the descending column of liquid would immediately dissolve the soluble principles, which would be found in the receiving vessel, while the insoluble sub- stances would remain in the percolator, and the separation would then be easily accomplished. But the powdering of the drug very partially sepa- rates the soluble principles from the insoluble, and the finest dust of the powder always contains a larger proportion of the soluble principles than of the insoluble substance, because the latter, often being largely ligneous, offers the greatest amount of resistance to disintegration: hence the first portion of the percolate is always the most dense, the most highly colored, and contains the largest proportion of the soluble principles, because the first portion of menstruum, in its descent through the powder, has the first opportunity to come in contact with the largest proportion of the soluble principles, which are to be found in the finer dust scattered through the powder, and in the thoroughly disintegrated particles, which offer but slight resistance to the passage of the men- struum. In every well-conducted experiment in percolation it will be noticed that, as the operation proceeds, each succeeding portion of per- colate is less highly colored and less active than the one preceding it; and in the case of drugs containing easily-dissolved coloring-matter, an examination of the percolate will show that the shading is very marked, the lowest portion being very dense and dark-colored, the upper portion almost colorless, whilst in the intermediate liquid the gradations of the tint are clearly perceptible. The directions of the United States Pharmacopoeia upon percolation are as follows: The process of percolation, or displacement, directed in this Phar- macopoeia, consists in subjecting a substance or substances, in powder, contained in a vessel called a percolator, to the solvent action of succes- 256 PERCOLATION. sive portions of menstruum in such a manner that the liquid, as it traverses the powder in its descent to the recipient, shall be charged with the soluble portion of it, and pass from the percolator free from in- soluble matter. When the process is successfully conducted, the first portion of the liquid, or percolate, passing through the percolator will be nearly satu- rated with the soluble constituents of the substance treated; and if the quantity of menstruum be sufficient for its exhaustion, the last portion of the percolate will be destitute of color, odor, and taste, other than that possessed by the menstruum itself. The percolator most suitable for the quantities contemplated by this Pharmacopoeia should be nearly cylindrical, or slightly conical, with a funnel-shaped termination at the smaller end. The neck of this funnel- end should be rather short, and should gradually and regularly become narrower toward the orifice, so that a perforated cork, bearing a short glass tube, may be tightly wedged into it from within until the end of the cork is flush with its outer edge. The glass tube, which must not protrude above the inner surface of the cork, should extend from one and one-eighth to one and one-half inch (3 to 4 centimeters) beyond the outer surface of the cork, and should be provided with a closely fitting rubber tube, at least one-fourth longer than the percolator itself, and ending in another short glass tube, whereby the rubber tube may be so suspended that its orifice shall be above the surface of the menstruum in the percolator, a rubber band holding it in position. The dimensions of such a percolator, conveniently holding five hundred grammes of powdered material, are preferably the following: Length of body, fourteen inches (36 centimeters); length of neck, two inches (5 centimeters); internal diameter at top, four inches (10 centi- meters) ; internal diameter at beginning of funnel-shaped end, two and one-half inches (6.5 centimeters); internal diameter of the neck, one- half inch (12 millimeters); gradually reduced at the end to two-fifths of an inch (10 millimeters). It is best constructed of glass, but, unless so directed, may be constructed of a different material. The percolator is prepared for percolation by gently pressing a small tuft of cotton into the space of the neck above the cork, and a small layer of clean and dry sand is then poured upon the surface of the cotton to hold it in place. The powdered substance to be percolated (which must be uniformly of the fineness directed in the formula, and should be perfectly air-dry before it is weighed) is put into a basin, the specified quantity of men- struum is poured on, and it is thoroughly stirred with a spatula, or other suitable instrument, until it appears uniformly moistened. The moist powder is then passed through a coarse sieve—No. 40 powders, and those which are finer, requiring a No. 20 sieve, whilst No. 30 powders require a No. 15 sieve for this purpose. Powders of a less degree of fineness usually do not require this additional treatment after the moistening. The moist powder is now transferred to a sheet of thick paper, and the whole quantity poured from it into the percolator. It is then shaken down lightly and allowed to remain in that condition for a period vary- ing from fifteen minutes to several hours, unless otherwise directed; PERCOLATION. 257 after which the powder is pressed, by the aid of a plunger of suitable dimensions, more or less firmly, in proportion to the character of the powdered substance and the alcoholic strength of the menstruum; strongly alcoholic menstrua, as a rule, permitting firmer packing of the powder than the weaker. The percolator is now placed in position for percolation, and, the rubber tube having been fastened at a suitable height, the surface of the powder is covered by an accurately fitting disk of filtering-paper, or other suitable material, and a sufficient quantity of the menstruum poured on through a funnel reaching nearly to the surface of the paper. If these conditions are accurately observed, the menstruum will penetrate the powder equally until it has passed into the rubber tube and has reached, in this, the height corresponding to its level in the percolator, which is now closely covered to prevent evaporation, and the apparatus allowed to stand at rest for the time specified in the formula. To begin percolation, the rubber tube is lowered and its glass end intro- duced into the neck of a bottle previ- ously marked for the quantity of liq- uid to be percolated, if the percolate is to be measured, or of a tared bottle, if the percolate is to be weighed; and by raising or lowering this recipient, the rapidity of percola- tion may be in- creased or lessened as may be desirable, observing, however, that the rate of per- colation, unless the quantity of material taken in operation is largely in’ excess of the pharmacopoeial quantities, shall not exceed the limit of ten to thirty drops in a minute. A layer of menstruum must constantly be maintained above the powder, so as to prevent the access of air to its interstices, until all has been added, or the requisite quantity of perco- late has been obtained. This is conveniently accomplished, if the space above the powder will admit of it, by inverting a bottle containing the entire quantity of menstruum over the percolator in such a manner that its mouth may dip beneath the surface of the liquid, the bottle being of such shape that its shoulder will serve as a cover for the percolator. Fig. 313a illustrates an officinal percolation, the shape of the perco- lator arid the arrangement of the exit-tubes being strictly according to the directions. Fig. 313. Fig. 313a. Officinal percolator. Officinal percolation. 258 PERCOLATION. Shape of the Percolator.—It will be observed that the shape and size of the cylindrical percolator preferred for pharmacopoeial operations are definitely fixed (see Fig. 313). There can be no question that the glass cylindrical percolators (see Fig. 314) commonly furnished by the manufacturers are proportionally too broad for use in percolating drugs for fluid extracts where the quantity of drug is large in pro- portion to the quantity of menstruum; but for ordinary tinctures, where the conditions are re- versed, they answer ad- mirably. The inference then is obvious, the phar- macist should have per- colators not only of dif- ferent sizes, but also of different shapes. Fig. 315 shows the narrow percolator recommended by Prof. Oldberg. It is ' narrower than the cylin- drical percolator directed by the Pharmacopoeia. The studies on per- colation during the last half-century have been directed towards sim- plifying the process, and the elaborate apparatus of Count Peal and others has been replaced by the ordinary percolator and funnel. The conical percolator of the Pharmacopoeia is understood to be a glass funnel (see Fig. 316). Judgment is required in selecting a percolator for an operation. In making a fluid extract a comparatively narrow percolator should be chosen, because it is desirable that the menstruum should traverse a higher column of powder, for every drop of the menstruum must be economically applied. The rate of flow of the percolator is thereby proportionally diminished, the percolate becomes saturated more rap- idly, aud thus the operation is more easily controlled, provided the limit has not been exceeded. The character of the drug influences the limit. For instance, one which contains a large quantity of soluble matter, like kino, could not be successfully percolated in a narrow percolator, because the percolate would soon become so dense that it would cease to de- scend. In making tinctures and weaker preparations, a wider perco- lator is to be preferred, because the quantity of menstruum is greatly in excess of the quantity necessary to exhaust the drug, and more rapid action is desirable. Figs. 317, 318, and 319 show three percolators of the same height, but of very different shapes. Exactly the same weight of powder is represented in each. The great difference in the height of the columns of powder will be readily noticed, and illustrates the necessity for judgment in selecting percolators. If a fluid extract from the drug is to be made, the tall percolator, Fig. 317, should be chosen; if a strong tincture, Fig. 318 indicates the shape; whilst for a weak tincture, the funnel shown in Fig. 319 would be preferred; it being Fig. 314. Fig. 315. Plain percolator. Oldberg’s percolator. Conical percolator. PERCOLATION. 259 understood that in each case the drug chosen is not an exceptionally difficult one to percolate. The Degree of Comminution proper for each Substance must depend upon the physical structure of the drug, the ease with which the menstruum dissolves the active or desirable constituents, the length Fig. 317. Fig. 318. Fig. 319. Narrow' percolator, 16 oz. powder. Ordinary percolator, 16 oz. powder. Conical percolator, 16 oz. powder. of time required to exhaust the powder, and the relative proportion of menstruum to drug. Nux vomica and ignatia are drugs having a tough, horny structure, in which the soluble constituents are embedded. If these drugs are to be quickly exhausted of their soluble principles, they must be in fine powder. On the other hand, gentian and rhubarb are drugs which part easily with their active constituents, because their structure is loose and quickly penetrated by the menstruum : there- fore these may be readily exhausted when in coarse powder. The rela- tive proportion of menstruum to drug also has a bearing in determining the fineness of the powder, for it is clear that if a fluid extract is to be made in which one hundred volumes shall represent one hundred parts by weight of the drug, the powder should be a finer one than would be required for a tincture where one hundred volumes are used to exhaust ten parts by weight of the drug. In all cases, whether coarse or fine powder is directed, the powder should be uniformly divided ; and where the degree of fineness is specified, but a small proportion of the powder should be capable of passing through a sieve of the next higher grade of fineness, and this small proportion should be thoroughly dis- tributed through the powder. The object of this is to permit the uni- form descent of the liquid, for fine particles offer more resistance to the passage of the menstruum than coarse ones; and if the powder is not uniform, and the finer particles are deposited upon one side of the per- colator, imperfect exhaustion may occur, through the passage of the greater portion of the menstruum upon the side of least resistance,— i.e., through the coarser particles. After the powdered drug is moist- ened, it should be passed through a riddle or coarse sieve several times, 260 PERCOLATION. to render it uniform. The little sifter shown in Fig. 218 has been found very efficient for this purpose. Moistening of the Powder.—The general rule in percolation is to moisten the powder, and there are very few instances in the officinal processes where it is not directed. The object of moistening the powder is very apparent. If a perfectly dry sponge is held in the hand and a gentle stream of water poured upon it, it will be noticed that very little water is absorbed by it; but if the sponge is thoroughly soaked, and all the water squeezed out that possibly can be, it will be found that it will greedily absorb water. Most drugs are vegetable substances which in their natural state were moist. The process of desiccation has hardened and dried the tissues, so that, like the sponge, they do not ab- sorb moisture quickly, and when compressed, as they are when packed in a percolator, the resistance is still greater. If a dry powder, like ground orange-peel, is tightly packed in a glass percolator and water poured upon it, it will be noticed that the water will penetrate the powder but a short distance. Its further passage is prevented by the particles which are immediately in contact with the water, which have become swollen to such a degree that they press tightly against the sides’of the perco- lator, and thus entirely overcome the gravitating force and penetrating power of the water. If, on the other hand, the powdered orange-peel is moistened with sufficient water to satisfy its tendency to swell, before it is packed in the percolator, the addition of water is followed by its slow percolation through the mass without stoppage, and the utility of moist- ening the powder is thus proved. The special cases in which the powder should not be moistened are those in which the addition of menstruum would produce adhesiveness and cause the powder to form lumps that could not be easily penetrated, those in which the moistened powder would offer too little resistance to the passage of the menstruum, and those in which the menstruum is too volatile or too inflammable to render moistening desirable or safe. An instance of the first case is found in the so-called cold perco- lation of sugar in making syrups; instances of the sqcond and third cases, in the preparation of the oleoresins where ether is used as the menstruum. Packing the Powder.—The officinal directions with regard to this important part of the process of percolation vary continually. Where the degree of pressure is immaterial, no special directions are given. Where there is a likelihood of too much pressure being exerted, so that percolation would cease before it should, the directions are, “pack it moderatelyon the other hand, if there is danger of the operator allowing the menstruum to pass through too rapidly, so that the drug would not be exhausted of its activity, the directions are, “ pack it firmly.” The proper degree of pressure can be judged only from the character of the drug and the nature of the menstruum. If a porous, spongy drug is to be percolated with a menstruum largely aqueous, it must be moderately packed ; but if the menstruum is alcoholic, it must be firmly packed. Before beginning to pack the powder, the throat of the funnel or of the percolator must be obstructed by a loose plug of absorbent cotton or a deeply-notched cork (see Fig. 320), or by some PERCOLATION. 261 other method. The manner of inserting this obstruction is not very material. The cotton, however, should be dry and loosely inserted, and the cork either dry or moistened with the menstruum, care being taken not to moisten the cotton or cork with water unless the menstruum is aqueous, because if the drug to be percolated is resinous, the first portions of percolate which come through will be precipitated by the water in the cotton or on the cork. Instances have occurred where the percola- tion has been stopped from this cause. The direction of the Pharmacopoeia to pour a small layer of sand upon the top of the cotton, to keep it in place, is, in our opinion, unnecessary. Where the notched cork is used, it is well to place over the top of the cork, when it is in place, a small circle of scored filtering-paper (see Fig. 321). This is slightly larger in diameter than the cork, and the edges are therefore reflected up the sides. A small quantity of the moistened powder will keep the cotton or the filtering-paper and cork in place just as well as the sand. The moistened powder should be carefully de- posited in the percolator in layers, each succeeding layer being packed according to the directions, “ moderately” or “ firmly,” as the case may be, care being taken to use the same degree of pressure with each layer. Fig. 322 shows a convenient utensil for packing a percolator. It should be made of hard wood, preferably lignum-vitse. The skill used in this part of the process will be proved by the manner in which the menstruum permeates the moistened powder. If the descent is regular and uniform, it is shown in a glass percolator by the line marking the descent of the men- struum being perfectly horizontal. If the line is irregular, it is easy to point out just where the pressure was in- sufficient or too great. Fig. 323 shows loose and irregular packing, too much pressure being made on the right side, the menstruum descending upon the left side unequally and escaping un- saturated. Fig. 324 illustrates a perco- lator which has been properly packed, the liquid descending uniformly. Adding the Menstruum.—When the last portion of moistened powder is introduced into the percolator, a sheet of filtering-paper, Fig. 322. Fig. 320. Fig. 321. Notched cork. Scored paper. Packer. Fig. 323. Fig. 324. Imperfect packing. Proper packing. 262 PERCOLATION. scored at the edges and slightly larger in diameter than the surface of the powder, should be laid upon it, for the purpose of causing the even distribution of the menstruum. A weight of some kind is usually placed upon the paper, to keep it from floating out of place. Clean pebbles, a bottle-stopper, or a glass funnel may be used, but in Fig. 325 is shown a glass tripod percolating weight, which has been made for this purpose by Whitall, Tatum & Co. It is easily cleaned, is not readily broken, and does not take up much room. Where the percolator is large enough to hold the whole of the menstruum, it may be at once added carefully. When this is not the case, and the menstruum must be added in divided portions, care must be observed to follow with the suc- ceeding portion before the first has entirely disappeared, or otherwise fissures may appear in the powder, and the menstruum will of course then seek the outlet offering the least obstruction, and will leak through the fissures instead of percolating through the powder. This is more apt to occur in percolating very fine powders than in percolating coarse ones, although liable to take place in either. Where a large quantity of menstruum is required, a contrivance for continually supplying the menstruum should be used, in the form of an inverted bottle or flask (see Fig. 329), or any of the methods for continuous filtration (see Figs. 228 and 229) may be employed. Previous Maceration is recommended when the structure of the powder is tough, when the soluble principles are not easily extracted by the menstruum, or when a comparatively large quantity of powder is to be exhausted by a small quantity of menstruum. It is obvious that maceration is going on constantly whilst the menstruum is traversing the powder during its gradual descent, and when the amount of menstruum is more than suf- ficient to exhaust the drug, previous macera- tion is merely a waste of time. Nevertheless, the framers of the Pharmacopoeia, in order to prevent the possibility of an unskilful or ignorant operator’s failing to exhaust a drug with the quantity of menstruum directed, have adopted in most cases the precaution of ordering previous maceration for a short time. This is best performed by moistening the drug, introducing it loosely into the percolator, and covering it closely to prevent loss by evaporation. This course has the additional advantage of allowing the drug to swell at the same time. A cover made of sheet-rubber (see Fig. 326), with a circular opening, is very useful in this connection. No attempt should ever be made to produce fluid extracts on the small scale with- out previous maceration. Finishing the Process.—The officinal directions are frequently Fig. 325. Percolating weight. Fig. 326. Sheet-rubber cover. PERCOLATION. 263 definite in fixing the quantity of percolate to be received from a given quantity of powder, but the oft-repeated direction to “add the men- struum until the substance is exhausted” at once raises the question, When is a drug exhausted of its activity ? This question can be prop- erly answered only by knowing beforehand what the active principles of the drug are. A few examples will sufficiently illustrate this. The activity of nux vomica, opium, and cinchona resides in the bitter alka- loids : hence the absence of bitterness in the percolate in such cases in- dicates exhaustion. Cochineal and saffron are valued in pharmacy for nothing but the coloring-matter contained in them : hence the ab- sence of color in the percolate indicates exhaustion. Catechu, galls, kino, krameria, etc., contain tannin, and this is the only valuable prin- ciple : the absence of astringency in the percolate in these cases, therefore, indicates exhaustion. The exhaustion of resinous drugs may be known by the absence of precipitation when the percolate is dropped into water. Where two or more active principles exist in a drug, the latter is not exhausted until the percolate is free from all of them. The intelligent practice of the process of percolation, therefore, requires an accurate knowl- edge of the constituents and physical properties of medicinal substances. Choice of Menstrua.—Much labor has been bestowed by investiga- tors in ascertaining the exact proportions of the usual solvents—water, alcohol, glycerin, etc.—that are best adapted for depriving drugs of such of their soluble principles as are desirable, and at the same time leaving untouched in the residue those principles which are either inert or objectionable. The special menstruum which is exactly adapted to the peculiar characteristics of the drug, and which will cause the retention of the soluble principles in a permanent form under the varying con- ditions of climate, and at the same time permit exposure to light, heat, and air without injury, can be determined only by experiment and experience. When new galenical preparations are proposed, the men- struum selected must therefore be merely tentative, and general principles must guide, until positive knowledge is secured. Alcohol would be indicated for active resinous drugs, diluted alcohol for simple bitter tonics, cathartics, etc., and diluted alcohol with glycerin for astringent drugs, etc. The selection of proper menstrua will be noticed, as occasion demands, in the chapters upon infusions, tinctures, abstracts, extracts, fluid extracts, etc. Absorbed Menstruum.—The amount of menstruum which a powder will absorb and retain after percolation ceases can never be accurately predetermined. If it is important to know beforehand the percentage of menstruum capable of being absorbed, a practical trial should be made upon the small scale, using the same powder and menstruum. Substances possess very different capacities for retaining menstruum : those having a light, spongy structure hold more than hard ligneous drugs, and even the same drug will often vary in its capacity in this re- spect, whilst the amount of moisture present in the drug before it is per- colated is never a constant quantity, varying sometimes as much as eight to twenty per cent. The advantages of percolation over maceration are very apparent in respect to the character of the liquid left in the residue: in maceration the liquid left in the residue is finished tincture; in per- 264 PERCOLATION. eolation it is merely menstruum, the active portions of the drug having been dissolved in the preceding percolate. In large operations, from an economical point of view, it is desirable to recover absorbed menstrua when the residues contain sufficient alcohol to make it worth the neces- sary time and labor. Distillation is then resorted to, or the residue is treated with weak alcohol and subsequently with water. Where water causes swelling of the substance and a stoppage of the percolation, the residue may be mixed with clean sawdust, rice chaff, or other inert dry substance, and then percolated with water. Recovered distilled alcohol may be purified by treating it with permanganate of potassium: twelve grains dissolved in a gallon of the percolate, and allowed to stand a few days, are usually sufficient: the purified alcohol may be decanted or filtered. Care must always be taken not to use unpurified recovered alcohol which is odorous on account of containing volatile oil obtained from a drug, or which may be otherwise impure. Controlling' the Flow of the Percolate.—The necessity for some method of controlling the flow of the percolate is apparent. In simple percolation this is effected by the degree of pressure used in packing the moistened drug, as has been previously explained. Judgment and experience are absolutely necessary to guide the operator. Various mechanical expedients have been used to accomplish the same purpose. In officinal percolation (see Fig. 313) the flow of the percolate is regu- lated by increasing or decreasing the difference in height between the end of the rubber delivery-tube and the height of the liquid in the percolator. In metallic percolators stop-cocks have been employed, but, owing to the difficulty of thoroughly cleaning them, their use has been almost en- tirely abandoned. In the following descriptions of special percolators it will be observed that the control of the flow of the percolate is one of the principal objects sought. SPECIAL PERCOLATORS. Stoppered Percolator.—Many modifications in the ordinary cylin- drical or conical percolator have been suggested from time to time to suit special requirements. In Fig. 327 is shown a glass percolator proposed by Dursse, the special merit of which lies in the manner in which evapo- ration is prevented. This is effected by means of the ground-glass cover: the upper part of the percolator, R, is strengthened by a deep band; the glass cover, C, is carefully ground so as accurately to fit the percolator and make a nearly tight joint, which can be improved by moistening the edge with glycerin. If the percolate should flow too freely, it can gen- erally be checked by screwing in the cover of the percolator; should it flow too slowly, a small piece of twine inserted between the cover and the side will permit the necessary pressure of the atmosphere. The graceful outlines of this percolator, and the evident care used in its manufacture, may be mentioned as points in its favor. Well-tube Percolator.—An excellent method of percolation which has been used by Dr. E. R. Squibb for a number of years, and is still employed, is shown in Fig. 328. It is based upon the principle of drawing water from a well automatically as fast as it accumulates. This PERCOLATION. 265 is effected by the use of a well-tube placed in the centre of an ordinary jar or pot and held in its place by the powdered drug which is packed around it. The menstruum is poured upon the drug, and, after perco- lating through, collects in the well-tube, from which it is drawn off by an ingeniously-constructed syphon. The practical value of this method warrants a detailed description. It may be used for either large or small operations. The percolator is a stone-ware pot of about two gal- lons’ capacity, capable of holding six pounds of most drugs, and mounted on a suitable stand. A disk of blanket, b, is cut of such a size and shape as to lie flat upon the bottom and cover it entirely. Another disk, c, of the same material, but a little larger, is made with a crucial incision ( X) in the centre, so that it may be stretched over the end of the well-tube, e. This is a piece of glass tube about twelve inches long, having an internal diameter of half an inch, and irregularly notched or gnawed off obliquely at the lower end. One end of this well-tube is pushed through the crucial cut in the centre of the upper disk of blanket, and this blanket is pushed to the other end of the tube, so that the corners made by the crucial cut are reflected up against the outside of the tube. These corners are then tied firmly to the tube by passing twine around them, or are secured by a stout rubber band, g, made of a section of rubber tubing of proper size. A disk of filtering-paper, d, larger than the upper blanket, c, with a crucial cut in the centre, and scored round the edge so as to lie flat against the sides of the percolator where reflected up against them, is pushed down upon the upper blanket, the well-tube passing through the cut in the centre. If now a cork be temporarily stuck into the well-tube to keep out the moistened powder, the percolator is ready to receive its charge, which is packed around the well-tube and upon the disks of paper and blanket so as to occupy the main body of the percolator, h, up to about the position of i. When the charge, having been properly moistened, rubbed, and sifted, so as to be entirely uniform and free from wet lumps, is packed around the well-tube loosely or firmly according to the nature of the substance and the menstruum, its surface is covered by a disk of muslin or paper, i, cut so as to lie flat and smoothly upon the surface. The object of this is to distribute the menstruum as it is poured on, and to prevent the stream from breaking up and deranging the surface. Should this paper disk show a tendency to float in the stratum of menstruum, it may be held down by a few fragments of glass. The percolator is then ready to receive the men- struum or weak percolate, and a stratum of the liquid should be care- fully kept covering the entire surface until the whole mass of the substance to be percolated is saturated. The cork is to be taken from the well-tube before the liquid is poured on, and then the liquid will flow down into the substance like a piston, pushing the interstitial Fig. 327. Dursse’s percolator. 266 PERCOLATION. air before it, the air passing out through the blankets and the well- tube ; finally the liquid will rise in the well-tube until its surface is within an inch or so of the surface of the liquid outside. The whole substance is now in a perfect condition for maceration, and the surface should be left covered with the liquid to the depth of at least half an inch. A short section of rather thick rubber tubing, o, should be stretched over the upper end of the well-tube, and slipped down so as to support the centre of the cover. A tightly-fitting cover, j, made Pig. 328. Well-tube percolator (Squibb). of sheet-rubber a quarter of an inch thick, with a hole in the centre for the well-tube, is then put on. The syphon, /, is made of glass tubing of about an eighth of an inch bore, bent twice at right angles, the two legs being each about twelve inches long. The outer leg is a little longer than the inner one, and turned up upon itself for about three- quarters of an inch, as shown in Fig. 328. The legs should have only such a difference in length that the inner one will reach the bottom PERCOLATION. 267 of the well-tube when required, and when measured upon the outer one will reach to about midway of its turned-up end. This construction prevents the syphon from emptying itself at any time, for when the liquid is drawn over by the syphon until the surface of liquid in the well-tube falls to a level with the end of the turned-up portion, as shown by the lines in Fig. 328, the columns of liquid in the syphon will be of equal length and will counterbalance each other, and the flow will cease without emptying the syphon. But as soon as the level of the liquid in the well is raised by fresh additions of menstruum on the substance, the flow will recommence at a rate propor- tionate to the difference of levels, and may be readjusted to the required rate by slipping the syphon up or down in the cork, k, in the upper end of the well-tube. This cork should be bored to fit the syphon so tightly as to hold it in any position, and should have a groove filed longi- tudinally on its outer side, to allow free exit of air. If it is desirable at any stage in the percolation to stop the process, the syphon may be gently lifted until the leg in the well-tube is above the level of the percolate there, when the flow will cease. It may be started by simply pushing the leg down into the tube again : this is a practical convenience which is greatly appreciated. If the syphon should accidentally empty itself, the flow is easily started by attaching a short rubber tube to the curved end and applying suction. Double-tube Percolator.—This differs from the well-tube perco- lator just described in the use of an ordinary percolator, the absence of the syphon, and the substitution of a simple, straight tube which is free to move up or down inside of the well-tube at the discretion of the operator. Fig. 329 illustrates its mode of action. A central well-tube having the lower end irregularly broken is placed in an ordinary glass percolator, upon a tuft of absorbent cotton, or, as in Dr. Squibb’s perco- lator, a circular piece of muslin is securely tied upon the tube a short dis- tance from the bottom, as shown in the small cut in Fig. 329, and the end of the tube rests upon a perforated cork fitting tightly in the neck of the percolator, as proposed by W. S. Thomson in his description of a similar apparatus. The control of the flow of the percolate is effected by raising or lowering the small tube which passes into the well-tube, and which is held in place by passing through the perforated cork in the neck of the percolator already mentioned, or through a perforated rubber nip- ple slipped over the end, as- suggested by Windolph, or through a piece of rubber tubing. If previous maceration is directed, the narrow tube may be pushed up until the upper orifice is above the level of the men- struum, and of course above the level of the percolate in the well-tube. When it is desirable to begin percolating, the tube is gently rotated with a downward movement until the level of the percolate is reached, and then percolation proceeds regularly, the course of the menstruum being indicated by the arrows in Fig. 329. The rapidity of the flow is in- creased by lowering the tube, and decreased by raising it. Suspended Percolator.—In large operations it is necessary to employ means to facilitate not only the percolation, but also the packing and emptying and other subordinate but essential parts of the process. Fig. 330 shows a percolator in use by Hance Brothers & White. The £68 PERCOLATION. large percolator of tinned copper is suspended by trunnions, T, which are fastened to a stout band encircling the percolator slightly above the centre; two steam-pipe supports are secured to a strong beam, B, above, and the trunnions rest in tees, which are screwed to the end of the pipe-supports : the sliding tee, G, is dropped into the cup-shaped catch, A, when it is desired to retain the percolator in an upright position. The special ad- vantage in this arrangement is observed, however, when an operation is concluded: a residue-car may then be wheeled opposite to the per- colator, and the tee pushed up so as to permit the per- colator to swing on the trun- nions : the percolator may then be turned upside down Fig. 329. Fig. 330. Double-tube percolator. Suspended percolator (Hance’s). with the greatest ease, its conical shape facilitating the discharge of the residue. Pressure Percolators.—Within a few years percolation by pressure PERCOLA TION. 269 has come into vogue in various parts of the country, and there are at the present time several forms of pressure percolators upon the market; each one differing somewhat from the others in detail, but all based upon the same principle,—that of forcing the menstruum through the powder at a greater rate of speed than it would pass if it depended alone on the force of gravity. The pressure is usually exerted through a column of menstruum entering the percolator at the top, the menstruum being supplied and the column sustained from a reservoir of the liquid suspended above it at a height of from three to ten feet. It will be noticed that Count Real’s apparatus, invented in 1815, was based upon this principle (see page 254), and since then Stearns, Rosenwasser, Berry, Suits, An- derson, and others have advocated or introduced apparatus under various names by which per- colation is carried on under pressure. It must suffice in this place to describe briefly one of the newer pressure percolators, that of Suits, full and detailed information being readily ob- tained from the manufacturers of any of them. Fig. 331 shows one of the best forms, the glass percolator B, protected by three iron bands, having at the top a tight cover made of plated sheet copper, having two stop-cocks; the cover is made air-tight by being clamped between two flat sheet-rubber rings ; the bottom of the percolator has a stop-cock cemented in it; the moistened powder, F, is kept in place and some pressure exerted by means of the porous metal diaphragm, the spring E, and the metal tube C which passes through an air-tight joint in the top. The tripod, G, is not used during the percolation, but is useful in supporting the percolator whilst packing. It is possible with this apparatus to macerate the powder under pressure, and at the end, after all of the men- struum has been run into the percolator and hydrostatic pressure is no longer available, a convenient rubber bulb air-pump may be used to force air into the percolator to maintain the pressure. This apparatus may be used to great advantage in filtering oils under pressure, or as a bottle-filler. After an extended practical trial of percolation by press- ure, the author has reached the conclusion, that, whilst there are some percolating operations in which it can be used with advantage, for the great majority the pressure is unnecessary, just as perfect results being reached by the use of as simple a percolator as a glass funnel or cylinder of the well-known form. Methods of Supporting Percolators.—The ordinary retort-stands Fig. 331. Pressure percolator. 270 PERCOLATION. are often used to support percolators, but these are generally flimsy and unsatisfactory. The one shown in Fig. 164, particularly if used with split rubber-tube sections, as seen in Fig. 167, is much to be preferred. The stand shown in Fig. 332 was devised by the author in 1875, and lias been in constant use since. It is conveniently fastened to the wall Fig. 332. Percolation stand. in front of the working counter. Two long strips having slots down the centre are supported on brackets, and short cross-strips having their inside edges hollowed out are fastened to the long strips by thumb-screws. This arrangement permits the adjustment of the cross-strips so that either a large or a small percolator or funnel can be supported, as shown in the cut, at any desired height. This stand is capable of enlargement by means of additional brackets and strips. If a wall counter is not avail- able, a frame may be made extending over an ordinary counter, which will serve as well for a support, care being taken that the strips and frame are heavy enough to bear without strain any weight likely to be placed upon the stand. The special advantage of a percolating stand is, that it enables all percolating and filtering operations to be carried on with convenience in one place, thus saving time and labor. Percolating Closet.—The retort-rings shown in Fig. 164 have been used by James T. Shinn in a convenient percolation closet, shown in Fig. 333. Two lengths of ordinary five-eighths-inch iron steam- pipe are fastened securely to the top and bottom of the closet, at a con- venient distance from the shelves. The retort-rings may be adjusted to the desired height, and it is thus possible to carry on several percola- tions or filtrations at the same time, away from the other operations of the shop, in a closet with a closed door. Receiving- Bottles.—A series of bottles of various sizes should be reserved for use in re- ceiving percolates. Where especial accuracy is neces- sary, a flask with a double mark on the neck should be used (see Fig. 334). Bottles with comparatively wide necks are to be pre- ferred for receiving bot- tles. A paper strip may be pasted on the side, and accurately measured quantities of water poured in, carefully marking the height of each addition; upon the opposite side cor- responding metric quanti- ties may also be placed (see Fig. 335). Wliitall, Tatum & Co. furnish re- ceiving bottles in which the graduations are made on the surface of the glass with an engraver’s wheel. These have the advantage of not being injured by washing in water, and in addition have a more elegant appearance (see Fig. 336). PERCOLATION. 271 Fig. 333. Percolation closet (Shinn). Fig. 334. Fig. 335. Fig. 336. Beceiving flask. Receiving bottle. Receiving bottle (all glass). Repercolation, as its name indicates, is the process of percolating substances with percolates, or, as defined by Dr. E. It. Squibb, the author of the process, “ the successive application of the same perco- 272 PERCOLA TION. lating menstruum to fresh portions of the substance to be percolated.” The principal object of repercolation is to effect the saving of alcohol and alcoholic menstrua by accomplishing the saturation of the menstrua, as nearly as possible, by passing the unsaturated or weaker percolate from one portion of the drug through another portion, and again passing the unsaturated or weaker percolate from this second portion through a third portion. The weak percolate from this last portion is generally set aside, to be used in succeeding operations upon the same drug in the place of fresh menstruum. This process is useful only in those operations where the relative proportion of menstruum used is small, as in the fluid extracts and similar concentrated preparations. Practical illustrations of the use of this process may be seen under Fluid Extracts. Fractional Percolation is the term employed by Prof. C. Lewis Diehl and others to define percolation when applied to two successive portions of powder, the principle of action being identical with that of repercolation. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XX. PERCOLATION. 742. What is percolation or displacement ? 743. What is lixiviation ? 744. To whom belongs the credit of first demonstrating the value of the process of percolation in its pharmaceutical applications? 745. What is the principle of action in displacement? 746. What is the instrument used to hold the powder called ? 747. What is the liquid poured on the top of the powder called ? 748. What is the liquid which passes through the powder called ? 749. According to directions given in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, in what does the process of percolation consist ? 750. When the process is successfully conducted, how will the first portion of the percolate compare with the succeeding portions as regards color, odor, etc. ? 751. What shape or shapes are most suitable for percolating such quantities as are directed by the U. S. P. ? 752 What should be the dimensions of a percolator capable of holding 500 grammes of powdered material ? 753. Of what material may it best be constructed? 754. Give the directions for preparing and putting into the percolator a powder for percolation. 755. Give directions for pouring on the menstruum and starting the percolation. 756. How may the flow of the percolate be regulated so as to run with greater or less rapidity ? 757. How may a layer of menstruum be kept constantly above the powder, and why is this desirable ? 758. In what cases may narrow percolators be advantageously used, and in what cases wide ones ? 759. Why is a narrow percolator preferable for making fluid extracts ? 760. Upon what depends the proper degree of comminution for a substance to be subjected to percolation ? 761. What happens when a powder of unequal degrees of fineness is subjected to percolation ? 762 What is the object of moistening a powder before subjecting it to percolation ? 763. In what special cases should the substance not be moistened ? PERCOLATION. 273 764. What is the object of the directions in the U. S. P. given for packing powders in percolation, such as “ pack it moderately,” £- pack it firmly,” etc. ? 765. In packing a percolator or funnel, how is the powder prevented from running through ? 766. How should a powder be packed in a percolator so as to insure its being packed uniformly ? 767. After adding a portion of menstruum to a powder in a percolator, should the surface be allowed to become dry, or should the supply of menstruum be continuous ? Why? 769. Is maceration previous to percolation desirable ? Why ? 770. In the process of percolation the direction is often given, “ add the menstruum until the substance is exhausted.” How may it be known when a drug is exhausted ? Give examples. 771. In the choice of menstruums, in what cases would alcohol be indicated ? In what cases diluted alcohol ? 773. Where would the addition of glycerin be advisable? 774. What advantage has percolation or maceration as regards the absorbed liquid left in the residue ? 775. How can alcohol absorbed in residues be recovered? 776. How can the alcohol so recovered be purified ? 777. Describe Dursse’s percolator, Dr. Squibb’s well-tube percolator, the double- tube percolator. 780. What is the object of having a percolator suspended on trunnions ? 781. Describe percolation by pressure. 782. How are percolators ordinarily supported ? 783. What is the objection to the ordinary retort-stands ? 784. Describe a percolating stand that would be more satisfactory. 785. What is the advantage of a percolating closet. 786. How may receiving bottles be conveniently marked ? 787. What is repercolation ? 788. What is its principal object? 789. In what operations is repercolation useful ? 790. What is fractional percolation ? PART II. OFFICINAL PHAEMAOT. The various processes which are used in making the officinal prepa- rations having been considered in Part I., as solution, filtration, diges- tion, percolation, maceration, expression, etc., it is most appropriate now to take up these preparations and classify them. Those which form natural groups will be brought together in such a manner as to facilitate the study of their general features. Each chapter will begin with a definition and description of the class of preparations treated of; then will follow a table giving a succinct view of the individual preparations forming the class; and after this, the officinal processes will be found arranged alphabetically. Detailed comments upon the preparations are reserved for the subsequent chapters, the object being at this time to familiarize the student with the various forms of officinal preparations and fix their general characteristics upon the mind. The following diagram will serve to give a complete view of the classifica- tion : it should be carefully examined at the outset, and referred to again after the classes have been studied in detail. OFFICINAL PREPARATIONS.1 LIQUIDS. SOLIDS. Made without percolation Made by percolation or Made by percolation Made without percola- or maceration. maceration. or maceration. tion or maceration.2 Aqueous Solutions. Aqueous Liquids. Extracts. Powders. Waters. Infusions. Abstracts. Triturations. Solutions. Decoctions. Eesins. Masses. Aqueous Solutions Alcoholic Liquids. Confections. containing Sweet or Tinctures. Pills. Viscid Substances. Wines. Troches. Syrups. Eluid Extracts. Cerates. Honeys. Ethereal Liquids. Ointments. Mucilages. Oleoresins. Plasters. Mixtures. Acetous Liquids. Papers. Glycerites. Alcoholic Solutions. Spirits. Elixir. Ethereal Solutions. Collodions. Oleaginous Solutions. Liniments. Oleates. Vinegars. Suppositories. 1 Those used internally are in Roman type; those used externally, in Italics. 1 The preparations in this class are mostly extemporaneous, and will be considered under Part V. 274 CHAPTEK XXL AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. Aquae. Waters. The class of preparations termed waters are known also as medicated, aromatic, or distilled waters, and may be simply defined as aqueous solu- tions of volatile substances. The German Pharmacopoeia and French Codex, however, recognize as waters solutions of non-volatile substances. The volatile substances used in the preparation of waters are either solid, liquid, or gaseous, and the following methods have been employed in effecting their solution : 1. Simple solution in cold water. 2. Solution in hot water. 3. Filtration through an absorbent powder. 4. Perco- lation through cotton saturated with the substance. 5. Distillation. Most of the medicated waters are used as pleasant vehicles and solvents for the administration of various remedies, and are solutions of aromatic volatile oils. There are fifteen officinal waters, including ordinary water. 1. Simple Solution in Cold Water.—This method is resorted to when the proportion of the volatile substance is small enough to dis- solve easily in the quantity of water required. The process where a volatile liquid is the medicating substance is, to agitate it with the water until dissolved, and then to filter the solution. In the case of the gase- ous solutions, the gas is passed through the water until a solution of the desired strength is obtained. (See Solution of Gases, p. 196). Of the fourteen officinal waters, three are distilled, three are solutions of gases, six are solutions of volatile oils, one is a solution of a volatile solid, and one is a solution of a volatile liquid. Officinal Waters made by Simple Solution. Name. Proportion of Liquid dissolved. Uses and Dose. Aqua Amygdalae Arnarae. Aqua Creasoti. 0.1 per cent, of Oil of Bitter Almond. 1 per cent, of Creasote. Pleasantly flavored vehi- cle, fcjij. Antiseptic and locally, fgi to fgiv. Officinal Waters made by passing Gases through Water. Name. Proportion of Gas dissolved. Uses. Aqua Ammonias. 10 per cent, of gaseous Am- monia. Stimulant, caustic. Aqua Ammonias Fortior. 28 per cent, of gaseous Am- monia. Rubefacient, escharotic. Aqua Chlori. 0.4 per cent, of gaseous Chlorine. Antiseptic, stimulant. 275 276 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 2. Solution in Hot Water.—This method is founded upon the fact that most of the volatile oils are much more soluble in hot water than in water of ordinary temperature: hence, if the volatile oil is thoroughly agitated with hot water in a metallic vessel, such as a tin can or a bottle, and allowed to stand until the excess has separated, if care is used the water will be found to be saturated: it may then be decanted and filtered. 3. Filtration through an Absorbent Powder is the process which has been most frequently employed : the object of using the powder is to divide thoroughly the oil, or volatile liquid, and expose a greater surface, so that the water in filtering through it may become thoroughly saturated. The powder most frequently used is magnesium carbonate, but this is sometimes objectionable on account of being slightly soluble in water. Calcium phosphate, kaolin, powdered glass, silica, powdered pumice- stone, charcoal, paper pulp, precipitated chalk, sugar, etc., have been suggested as substitutes, but there are quite as forcible objections to be urged against these as against the magnesium carbonate. Where solu- tions of alkaloids or nitrate of silver are needed, distilled water alone should be used. It is a source of regret that the method of making waters by filtration through an absorbent powder is no longer officinal. 4. Percolation through Cotton impregnated with the Sub- stance.—This is the process directed to be used in the United States Pharmacopoeia of 1880: it was recommended by W. S. Thompson, of Washington, D.C. The oil or volatile liquid is distributed upon the fibres of cotton, which are then pulled apart in order to secure thorough division; the saturated cotton is packed in a funnel, and the water poured upon it. In its passage downward the water dissolves the oil and passes out impregnated with the odorous substance. The presence of undissolved floating oily drops in the finished preparation has consti- tuted one of the greatest objections to this process. It is an improve- ment to insert a plug of dry cotton in the throat of the funnel before placing the saturated cotton in position : this prevents the oily drops which may escape solution from being carried down by the water as it percolates through. Too much care cannot be exercised in selecting the volatile oils, which should be fresh and of the best quality. Officinal Waters made by Percolation through Cotton impregnated with the Substance. Name. Proportion. TJse and Dose. Aqua Anisi. 0.2 per cent, of Oil of Anise. Pleasant vehicle, fifi. Aqua Camphor*. 0.8 per cent, of Camphor dissolved in Alcohol. Mild antispasmodic, f§ss. Aqua Cinnamomi. 0.2 per cent, of Oil of Cin- namon. Pleasant vehicle, f§i. Aqua Foeniculi. 0.2 per cent, of Oil of Fen- nel. Pleasant vehicle, f§i. Aqua Menthse Piperit*. 0.2 per cent, of Oil of Pep- permint. Pleasant vehicle, fgi. Aqua Month* Viridis. 0.2 per cent, of Oil of Spear- mint. Pleasant vehicle, f|i. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 277 5. Distillation.—This is the best process for preparing medicated waters, and should be used wherever practicable. If the fresh drug can be procured, it should always be used in preference to that which has been dried, because in the process of desiccation there is usually a loss of the agreeable volatile constituents. Metallic distillatory apparatus is preferably employed (see page 157). If the drug containing the oil- cells has a loose structure and is quickly penetrated by hot water, so that the oil-cells are easily ruptured, the drug may be introduced without previous contusion or grinding : it will usually be found, however, most economical to cut or grind the drug coarsely. Most distilled waters acquire an unpleasant empyreumatic odor as soon as they are distilled; this passes otf gradually upon exposure to air, if care has been taken not to expose the drug to the action of direct heat during distillation. If no precautions are taken to protect the drug from partial burning, the odor of the carbonized substance will always be noticeable in the distilled water, rendering the product worthless. Fig. 182 shows a copper wire cage contrived by the author to obviate the difficulty just described : the surface of the cage is hemispherical; it rests, after being partially filled with the drug, upon the flat bottom of the still, and thus the contact of the substance with the heated surface is avoided : the meshes of the cage are coarse enough to permit the free passage of vapors and the boiling water through them. Although distillation by the use of steam may be most convenient upon the large scale, Yuaflart and Machet have shown that rose and orange-flower waters distilled over a naked fire keep better than those distilled by steam heat. Preservation.—Distilled waters should not be made in larger quan- tities than can be used within a reasonable time, because they deteriorate when long kept, a flocculent precipitate forming in them, and ultimately they lose all traces of their usually agreeable odor. Microscopic plants belonging to the order Confervoidese will often be found in medicated waters. These are usually tufts of articulated filaments, propagated by very minute spores from the atmosphere which have found lodgment in the water. Their presence renders the medicated water unsightly, and when in large proportion they must be regarded as injurious. If the aromatic water is heated and introduced into a bottle with a side open- ing near the bottom (like a douche-bottle) to which a rubber tube with a pinch-cock is attached, and a tuft of cotton pushed into the neck of the bottle, any spores originally present in the water will be killed by the heat, and the future growth of conferva? will be prevented by the inter- ception of the spores by the cotton. It usually suffices, however, to heat the medicated water and introduce it at once into small bottles, which are to be completely filled, tightly sealed, and kept in a cool, dark place. Alcohol is sometimes added as a preservative, but this generally serves its purpose only a short time, as it cannot be added in sufficient quantity to preserve the water permanently, on account of its interference with the therapeutic action. The small percentage of alcohol in the medi- cated water is converted into acetic acid when long kept, and thus the preparation is soured. Glycerin and syrup have been suggested as pre- servatives. In the writer’s experience they are not of much value unless used in large and inadmissible quantities. 278 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. Officinal Waters made by Distillation, Name. Proportion of Material used. Uses and Dose. Aqua Aurantii Florum. 40 per cent. Fresh Orange Flowers. Mild sedative vehicle, f^ss. Aqua Destillata. 800 parts distilled from 1000 of water. Solvent. Aqua Rosas. 40 per cent, of Pale Rose. Pleasant vehicle, ffi. PRACTICAL PROCESSES FOR OFFICINAL WATERS. AQUA AMYGDALAE AMARjE. U.S. Bitter Almond Water. By measure. Oil of Bitter Almond, 1 part, or 15 minims. Distilled Water, 999 parts, or 2 pints. To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. Dissolve the Oil in the Distilled Water, and filter through a well- wetted filter. AQUA ANISI. U.S. Anise Water. By measure. Oil of Anise, 2 parts, or 30 minims. Cotton, 4 parts, or 60 grains. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. Add the Oil to the Cotton, in small portions at a time, distributing it thoroughly by picking the Cotton apart after each addition; then pack it firmly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour on Distilled Water, until one thousand parts [or 2 pints] of percolate are obtained. AQUA AURANTII FLORUM. U.S. Orange Flower Water. By measure. Recent Orange Flowers, 40 parts, or 54 oz. av. Water, 200 parts, or 16 pints. To make 100 parts, or 8 pints. Mix them, and, by means of steam, distil one hundred parts [or 8 pints]. Keep the product in well-stopped bottles, excluded from light. AQUA CAMPHORS. U.S. Camphor Water. By measure. Camphor, 8 parts, or 116 grains. Alcohol, 16 parts, or 4 fl. dr. Cotton, 16 parts, or oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. Dissolve the Camphor in the Alcohol, and add the solution to the Cotton, in small portions at a time, distributing it thoroughly by picking the Cotton apart after each addition. Expose the Cotton to the air until the Alcohol has nearly evaporated; then pack it firmly AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 279 in a conical percolator, and gradually pour on Distilled Water, until one thousand parts [or 2 pints] of percolate are obtained. Camphor water of officinal strength may be made by adding the camphor, in fine powder, to ice-cold water in a bottle, agitating occa- sionally during twenty-four hours, and filtering. AQUA CHLORI. U.S. Chlorine Water. An aqueous solution of Chlorine [Cl; 35.4], containing at least 0.4 per cent, of the gas. By measure. Black Oxide of Manganese, 10 parts, or 8o grains. Hydrochloric Acid, 40 parts, or 5 fl. dr. Water, 75 parts, or io fl. dr. Distilled Water, 400 parts, or y fl. oz. To make about 8 fl. oz. Place the Oxide in a flask, add the Acid previously diluted with twenty-five parts [or 31 fl. dr.] of Water, and apply a gentle heat. Conduct the generated Chlorine, by suitable tubes, through the re- mainder of the Water contained in a small wash-bottle, to the bottom of a bottle having the capacity of one thousand parts [or 1 pint], into which the Distilled Water has been introduced, the neck of which is loosely stopped with cotton, and which is to be kept, during the oper- ation, at a temperature of about 10° C. (50° F.). When the air has been entirely displaced by the gas, disconnect the bottle from the apparatus, and, having inserted the stopper, shake the bottle, loosen- ing the stopper from time to time, until the gas ceases to be absorbed. If necessary, reconnect the bottle with the apparatus, and continue passing the gas and agitating, until the Distilled Water is saturated. Finally, pour the Chlorine Water into dark amber-colored, glass-stop- pered bottles, which must be completely filled therewith, and keep them in a dark and cool place. AQUA CINNAMOMI. U.S. Cinnamon Water. By measure. Oil of Cinnamon, 2 parts, or 3° minims. Cotton, 4 parts, or 6o grains. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. Add the Oil to the Cotton, in small portions at a time, distributing it thoroughly by picking the Cotton apart after each addition; then pack it firmly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour on Distilled Water until one thousand parts [or 2 pints] of percolate are obtained. AQUA CREASOTI. U.S. Creasote Water. By measure. Creasote, 1 part, or 72 minims. Distilled Water, 99 parts, or q- s. To make 100 parts, or i pint. Agitate the Creasote with the Distilled Water until dissolved, and filter through a well-wetted filter. 280 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. AQUA DESTILLATA. U.S. Distilled Water. By measure. Water, 1000 parts, or 25 pints. To make 800 parts, or 20 pints. Distil the Water from a suitable apparatus provided with a block- tin or glass condenser. Collect the first fifty parts [or li pints] and throw this portion away. Then collect eight hundred parts [or 20 pints] and keep the Distilled Water in glass-stoppered bottles. AQUA FCENICULI. U.S. Fennel Water. By measure. Oil of Fennel, 2 parts, or 30 minims. Cotton, 4 parts, or 60 grains. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. Add the Oil to the Cotton, in small portions at a time, distributing it thoroughly by picking the Cotton apart after each addition; then pack it firmly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour on Distilled Water, until one thousand parts [or 2 pints] of percolate are obtained. AQUA MENTHA PIPERITAB. U.S. Peppermint Water. By measure. Oil of Peppermint, 2 parts, or 30 minims. Cotton, 4 parts, or 60 grains. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. Add the Oil to the Cotton, in small portions at a time, distributing it thoroughly by picking the Cotton apart after each addition; then pack it firmly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour on Distilled W ater, until one thousand parts [or 2 pints] of percolate are obtained. AQUA MENTHA VIRIDIS. U.S. Spearmint Water. By measure. Oil of Spearmint, 2 parts, or 30 minims. Cotton, 4 parts, or 60 grains. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. Add the Oil to the Cotton, in small portions- at a time, distributing it thoroughly by picking the Cotton apart after each addition; then pack it firmly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour on Distilled Water, until one thousand parts [or 2 pints] of percolate are obtained. AQUA ROSjSS. U.S. RoseWater. By measure. Recent, Pale Rose, 40 parts, or . . 48 oz. av. Water, 200 parts, or 14 pints. To make 100 parts, or 7 pints. Mix them, and, by means of steam, distil one hundred parts [or 7 pints]. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 281 Liquores. Solutions. Under this head the U. S. Pharmacopoeia places all aqueous solutions of non-volatile substances except such as naturally form separate dis- tinctive classes, as the syrups, infusions, and decoctions. Solution of Gutta-Percha is the only one in the class which is not prepared with the solvent water. This classification is adopted only in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, the British standard embracing, in addition, gaseous and saccharine solu- tions, as Liquor Ammonise, Liquor Calcis Saccharatus, etc., whilst the German Pharmacopoeia does not adopt any definite method, solutions of volatile, and non-volatile substances both being in the class Aqua) and also in the class Liquores : Aqua Rosa) and Aqua Plumbi being to- gether, and Liquor Ammonii Caustici and Liquor Natri Caustici being in the same class. The officinal solutions constitute a most interesting group of prep- arations. They are usually very active medicinal agents, and some of them are powerful poisons. The number of officinal solutions is twenty-six. The following tables exhibit in condensed form a view of the class Liquores, U.S. P., arranged alphabetically in three classes: 1. Simple aqueous solutions, in which the solid dissolved is not altered in any respect, except so far as depends upon its external form. 2. Chemical aqueous solutions, or those in which the properties of the dissolved body or bodies are changed by chemical action or heat (see page 190). 3. Solution in chloroform. Liquores, U.S.P. i. Simple Solutions (aqueous). Name. Composition. Liquor Acidi Arseniosi 1 per cent. As?03, 2 per cent. HC1 (U. S. P.). Arsenii et Hydrargyri Iodidi... 1 per cent. Asl3, 1 per cent. Hgl2. Calcis ..." Saturated Solution Ca2HO. Ferri et Quinin® Citratis .... 32.5 per cent. Citrate of Iron and Ammonium, 6 per cent. Quinine, 14 per cent. Citric Acid, 15 per cent. Alcohol and Water. Iodi Compositus 5 per cent. I, 10 per cent. KI. Pepsini 4 per cent. Sacch. Pepsin, 1.2 per cent. HC1 (TJ. S. P.), 40 per cent. Glycerin, and Water. Plumbi Suhacetatis Dilutus ... 3 per cent. Sol. Subacet. Lead. Potass® 5.6 per cent. Potassa (second formula). Sod® 5.6 per cent. Soda (second formula). Sodii Arseniatis • . 1 per cent. Sodium Arseniate. Sodii Silicatis Nearly Saturated Solution. 2. Chemical Solutions (aqueous). Name. Composition. Liquor Ammonii Acetatis Dil. Acetic Acid with Ammonium Carbonate. Ferri Acetatis Ferric Hydrate with Glacial Acetic Acid and Water (33 per cent. Ferric Acetate). Ferri Chloridi Iron, HC1,HN03, and Water (37.8 per cent. Ferric Chloride). Ferri Citratis Ferric Hydrate with Citric Acid and Water (43 to 44 per cent, of Scaled Salt). Ferri Nitratis Ferric Hydrate with Nitric Acid and Water (6 per cent. Ferric Nitrate). 282 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. Name. Composition. Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis .... Ferrous Sulphate, H2S04,HN03, Water (43.7 per cent, of the Salt). Ferri Tersulphatis Ferrous Sulphate, H2S04HN03, Water (28.7 per cent, of the Salt). Hydrargyri Nitratis 40 per cent, lied Oxide of Mercury, 45 per cent. Nitric Acid, Water (about 50 per cent. Mer- curic Nitrate). Magnesii Citratis Magnesium Carbonate, Citric Acid, Syrup of Citric Acid, Potassium Bicarbonate, Water. Plumbi Subacetatis Acetate of Lead, Oxide of Lead, Water (about 25 per cent. Subacetate of Lead). Potass* Potassium Bicarbonate, Lime, Water (about 5 per cent. Potassa). Potassii Arsenitis 1 per cent. Arsenious Acid, 1 per cent. Potass. Bicarb., 3 per cent. Compound Tincture of Lavender, Water. Potassii Citratis Potassium Bicarbonate, Citric Acid, Water (about 9 per cent. Potassium Citrate). Sod* Sodium Carbonate, Lime, Water (about 5 per cent. Sodium Hydrate). Sod* Chlorat* Sodium Carbonate, Chlorinated Lime Water (at least 2 per cent, available Chlorine). Zinci Chloridi Zinc, Nitric Acid, Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc, HC1, Water (about 50 per cent. Chlo- ride of Zinc). Name. Composition. Liquor Gutta-Perchse 9 per cent. Gutta Percha, 10 per cent. Carbonate of Lead. 3. Solution in Chloroform. The officinal solutions vary so greatly in their properties and method of preparation, that no general formula or remarks can be given here to aid the student in studying them individually which would com- pare in value with the careful consideration that should be given each separate formula. These processes will be found under the head of the bases entering into them in Part III. For general manipula- tions of solutions, see page 190. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XXI. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. How may the various forms of officinal preparations be conveniently classified ? What are the preparations known as waters ? Are any other preparations recognized as waters by the French and German Phar- macopoeias ? What various methods have been used for preparing officinal waters ? How many officinal waters are there ? What are the medicated waters generally used for ? What is the process of preparing a medicated water from a volatile liquid ? How is a solution of a gas obtained ? How many distilled waters are there ? From what is aqua amygdalae amarae prepared, and of what strength is it ? AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 283 What is the strength of aqua creasoti ? Of aqua ammoniae ? Of aqua ammoni® fortior ? Of aqua chlori ? Are the volatile oils generally more soluble in hot or in cold water ? In the preparation of medicated waters, what is the object of passing the liquid through an absorbent powder ? What substance has most generally been used for the purpose? What is an objection to its use? What other various substances have been used? Where solutions of alkaloids or of nitrate of silver are to be made, what should be used ? What substance is used in the officinal process ? Describe the process. What is the strength of the following waters: aqua anisi, aqua camphor®, aqua cinnamomi, aqua fceniculi, aqua menth® piperit®, aqua menth® viridis ? Of the various processes for preparing medicated waters, which is the best? What precautions should be observed in order to obtain distilled waters of the best quality ? How may a drug be prevented from being injured by heat during distillation? In distilling rose water or orange flower water, is a naked fire or steam heat prefer- able, and why ? How may distilled waters be preserved? Is alcohol useful for the purpose? What is the objection to it? What is the strength of orange flower water ? What is the strength of rose water? Write out in full the Latin name of bitter almond water. Give the formula and mode of preparing it. Of preparing aqua anisi. How is orange flower water prepared ? Give the formula and mode of preparing camphor water. What is chlorine water? How much chlorine does it contain? How is it prepared ? Give the formula and mode of preparing cinnamon water. Creasote water. How is distilled water prepared ? Give the formula and mode of preparing fennel water. Peppermint water. Write out in full the Latin name of peppermint water. Of spearmint water. Give the formula and mode of preparing spearmint water. How is rose water prepared ? What are Liquores of the U. S. P. ? How many officinal solutions are there ? Into what three classes are solutions divided ? CHAPTEK XXII. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS CONTAINING SWEET OR VISCID SUBSTANCES. Syrupi. Syrups. Syrups are concentrated solutions of sugar in water or aqueous liquids. The liquids used sometimes contain acetic or other organic acids, and occasionally a small quantity of alcohol. When water alone is used in making the solution of sugar, the preparation is termed syrup, or simple syrup. When the water contains soluble principles from various medicinal substances, the syrup is called a medicated syrup. A flavored syrup is one which is not medicinal in its action, but which is made by the introduction of various aromatic or pleasantly-flavored substances. Syrups are useful preparations, because their sweet taste facilitates administration, whilst the presence of a large percentage of sugar renders them permanent if they are properly made. Selection of the Sugar.—The sugar which should be used exclu- sively in making syrups is clearly defined by the Pharmacopoeia. It is described as in white, dry, hard, distinctly crystalline granules, per- manent in the air, odorless, having a purely sweet taste, and a neutral reaction. This description corresponds with the sugar known commer- cially as “ granulated,” and the officinal tests prescribed should be care- fully observed. (See Saccharum.) The direction that the sugar should be dry is all-important, because the permanency of syrups largely depends upon their containing the correct proportion of sugar and water. If an insufficient amount of sugar is present, the syrups will ferment; if they contain too much, crystallization of the excess takes place at first, whilst the subsequent growth of the crystals is accompanied by an ab- straction of sugar from the liquid, and the result is such a weakening of the syrup that fermentation results, as in the first instance. Damp sugar should never be used unless the amount of moisture has been carefully ascertained, and an allowance made for it. Preparation of Syrups.—Syrups are prepared in various ways, and the choice of the proper method must always depend upon the physical and chemical characteristics of the substances entering into the prepara- tion. Four methods are officinally recognized, which may be summarized as follows: 1. By solution with heat. 2. By agitation without heat. 3. By simple addition of medicating liquid to syrup. 4. By digestion or maceration. Another method, and for many syrups the best process, is percolation (sometimes called the cold process). AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 285 1. By Solution with Heat.—This is the usual method of making syrups when the valuable constituent is not volatile nor injured by heat, and when it is desirable to make the syrup rapidly. The sugar is usually dissolved in the water or aqueous solution and heated until solution is effected, skimmed, strained, and the proper quantity of water added to make the desired weight or measure. If the syrup is made from an in- fusion, a decoction, or an aqueous solution containing organic matter, it is usually proper to heat the syrup to the boiling-point, in order to coagulate albuminous matter : this is separated subsequently by strain- ing. If the albumen or other impurities were suffered to remain in the syrup, fermentation would probably be induced in warm weather. Sae- charometers (see page 76) are very useful in making syrups by the hot process where the specific gravity of the finished syrup is known. This instrument may be floated in the syrup whilst boiling, and thus the exact degree of concentration determined without waiting to cool the syrup and having to heat it again subsequently to concentrate it further. 2. By Agitation without Heat.—This process is directed by the Pharmacopoeia to be used in those cases where there is likelihood of loss of valuable volatile constituents. It is the principal cold process adopted by the Pharmacopoeia. The aqueous solution is usually directed to be added to the sugar in a bottle, and the whole well shaken together until the sugar is dissolved. This is best effected by allowing the tightly- corked bottle to lie upon its side during the intervals of agitation. 3. By the Simple Addition of Medicating Liquid to Syrup.— This method is resorted to in those cases in which fluid extracts, tinc- tures, or other liquids are added to syrup in order to medicate it. Syrups made in this way usually show precipitates in time, owing to the fact that alcohol enters into most of the liquids thus used, and the resinous and oily substances dissolved by the alcohol often precipitate when mixed with the syrup, producing unsightly preparations. 4. By Maceration or Digestion.—But one officinal syrup is made by digestion,—i.e., syrup of tolu. This method, as shown in this prepa- ration, is not recommended as either accurate or efficient. A solution of a comparatively insoluble substance, like balsam of tolu, can always be effected in a more rapid and thorough manner by dissolving the substance in alcohol, mixing the tincture with sugar, and then getting rid of the alcohol subsequently by evaporation, or by the simpler and better method of suspending the resinous tincture in a mixture of mag- nesium carbonate and water, filtering, and retaining the small proportion of alcohol in the finished syrup. The process of maceration without digestion is used in making the officinal syrup of tar, and consists simply in stirring the purified tar with boiling distilled water, macerating for thirty-six hours, decanting the solution, and filtering. Percolation in making Syrups.—This method originated with Orvnski, and is conducted as follows. Into the lower orifice of an ordinary percolator is introduced a small piece of sponge, the sugar (granulated) is then poured in, and upon this the water, the apparatus being arranged as is usual in the process of percolation. The percolator may be covered loosely, and the operation will proceed without further attention, the syrup coming through drop by drop. If it should be 286 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. necessary to use crushed sugar, the percolator must be corked at the lower orifice, and the sugar and water introduced and allowed to macerate until the former has dissolved down to half its bulk, when the cork may be removed and the liquid be allowed to drop. If, after the liquid has all passed, there remains a quantity of undissolved sugar in the perco- lator, enough percolate may be poured back to dissolve it, afterwards adding sufficient water to bring the whole up to the required measure. To be successful in using this process, care in several particulars must be exercised: 1. The percolator used should be cylindrical or semi- cylindrical, and cone-shaped as it nears the lower orifice. 2. The sugar must be coarse, else it will form into a compact mass, which the liquid cannot permeate. 3. The sponge must be introduced with care. If pressed too tightly in, it will effectually stop the process; if inserted too loosely, the liquid will pass too rapidly, and will, in consequence, be weak and turbid (from imperfect filtration). Preservation of Syrups.—Syrups should never be made in larger quantities than can be used within a few months, except in those cases where special facilities can be employed for their preservation. A low temperature is the best preservative for syrups: concentration with- out supersaturation is also a condition favorable to preservation. The addition of substances like boric acid or salicylic acid, alcohol, sulphite of lime, etc., to prevent the fermentation of syrups, is not recommended, for if used in sufficient quantity to act as preservatives they communi- cate their own flavor to the syrup, or are otherwise objectionable. The practice of restoring syrups which have been spoiled through fermenta- tion by heating them and “ working them over” is a reprehensible one. The practice of good pharmacy demands the possession of sufficient moral courage to find a place for fermented syrups where they will do the least harm,—i.e., in the sink and gutter-pipe. A simple and practical method of preserving syrups, which is very effective, is as follows. A number of bottles are provided holding not more than a pint each, even when the quantity of syrup is large; the bottles are thoroughly cleaned, and kept hot by immersion in boiling water until ready for use; and a sufficient number of good corks, which have been thoroughly soaked in hot water, and of the proper size for the bottles, should be at hand. The syrup should be heated to the boiling- point (strained, if necessary, and reheated), and poured into the hot bottles until they are filled to the brim. The corks are inserted by forcibly pressing them into the necks of the bottles, thereby displacing a small portion of the syrup, and are tied down with twine in the usual man- ner. Then, whilst the necks of the bottles are still hot (and before the syrup can contract in volume through cooling) they are dipped into melted sealing-wax contained in a suitable vessel. By this method the germs which are supposed to produce fermentation are destroyed by the heat, and no air can find its way to the syrup, as the bottles are her- metically sealed. Fruit-juices may be preserved in the same way. Officinal Syrups.—There are thirty-four officinal syrups. Of this number five are made by solution with heat, nine by the simple addition of medicating liquid to syrup, eighteen by the agitation of the sugar with the medicating liquid without heat, and two by maceration or digestion. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 287 Table of Officinal Syrups, arranged in Classes according to the Methods employed in their Preparation. Name and Method of Preparation. Sub-Classes. Proportions. Solution with Heat. Syrupus. Calcis. 65 p. Sugar; Distilled Water to 100 p. 5 p. Lime; 30 p. Sugar; Water to make 100 p. Ferri Bromidi. Solution involv- ing chemical ac- tion preserved by 10 p. Ferrous Bromide; 60 p. Sugar; Distilled Water to 100 p. Ferri Iodidi. it a 10 p. Ferrous Iodide; 60 p. Sugar; Dis- tilled Water to 100 p. Rubi Idsei. From pressed and fermented rasp- berry juice. 40 p. Filtered Juice; 60 p. Sugar. Simple Addition of Medicating Liquid to Syrup. Syrupus Acaciae. With mucilage. 25 p. Mucilage; Syrup to 100 p. Acidi Citrici. With flavored acid- ulated solution. 8 p. Citric Acid; 4 p. Spirit of Lemon; 8 p. Water; Syrup to 1000 p. Rhei Aromaticus. With aromatic tincture. 10 p. Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb; Syrup to 100 p. Ipecacuanhae. With fluid extract. 5 p. Fluid Extract Ipecac ; 95 p. Syrup. Krameriae. it it 35 p. Fluid Extract Krameria; 65 p. Syrup. Lactucarii. it tt 5 p. Fluid Extract Lactucarium; 95 p. Syrup. Rosae. tt a 10 p. Fluid Extract Rose; 90 p. Syrup. Rubi. it it 20 p. Fluid Extract of Rubus; 80 p. Syrup. Senegae. it tt 160 p. Fluid Extract Senega; 4 p. Water of Ammonia; 600 p. Sugar; Water to make 1000 p. Agitation of Sugar with Medicating Liquid without Heat. Syrupus Allii. Containing acetic acid. 15 p. Garlic; 60 p. Sugar; 40 p. Diluted Acetic Acid. Scillae. It it 40 p. Yinegar of Squill; 60 p. Sugar. Althaeae. From cold aqueous infusion. 4 p. Althasa; 60 p. Sugar; Water to 100 p; Pruni Yirginianae. tt tt 12 p. Wild Cherry ; 5 p. Glycerin ; 60 p. Sugar; Water to 100 p. 90 p. Rhubarb; 6 p. Carbonate Potas- sium ; 18 p. Cinnamon; 600 p. Sugar; Water to 1000 p. Rbei. it it Sennae. Infusion made by digestion. 33 p. Senna; 60 p. Sugar; 4 p. Alco- hol ; Oil of Coriander 1 per cent, of the amount of Alcohol; Water to 100 p. 10 p. Sweet Almond ; 3. p. Bitter Almond ; 50 p. Sugar; 5 p. Orange Flower Water; Water to 100 p. Amygdalae. From emulsion. Limonis. From juice. 40 p. Lemon Juice; 2 p. Lemon Peel; 60 p. Sugar. Aurantii. Medicated water from tincture. 5 p. Sweet Orange Peel; 60 p. Sugar; Water to make 100 p. (The abbreviation p. means parts.) 288 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. Table of Officinal Syrups, etc.—(Continued.) Name and Method of Preparation. Sub-Classes. Proportions. Syrupus Sarsaparillae Medicated water 150 p. Sarsaparilla; 20 p. Guaiacum Compositus. from tincture. Wood; 12 p. Pale Rose; 12 p. Glycyr- rhiza; 12 p. Senna ; 6 p. Sassafras ; 6 p. Anise; 6 p. Gaultheria ; 600 p. Sugar; Diluted Alcohol and Water to make 1000 p. Scillse Compositus. ti u 120 p. Squill; 120 p. Senega; 3 p. Tar- trate of Antimony and Potassium; 1200 p. Sugar; 9 p. Precipitated Phos- phate of Calcium ; Diluted Alcohol and Water to 2000 p. Zingiberis. Medicated water 2 p. Fluid Extract of Ginger; 65 p. Sugar; from fluid extract. Water to 100 p. Aurantii Florum. Simple admixture 35 p. Orange Flower Water; 65 p. Sugar. or solution. Ferri Quininse et u u 133 p. Phosphate of Iron; 133 p. Qui- Strychnina3 Phosphatum. nine; 4 p. Strychnine; 800 p. Phos- phoric Acid; 6000 p. Sugar; Distilled Water to 10,000 p. 35 p. Hypophosphite of Calcium; 12 p. H y pophosphitum. li u Hypophosphite of Sodium; 12 p. Hy- pophosphite of Potassium; 1 p. Citric Acid; 2 p. Spirit of Lemon; 500 p. Sugar; Water to 1000 p. Hypophosphitum u u 1 p. Lactate of Iron; 99 p. Syrup of Hy- cum Ferro. pophosphites. Acidi Hydriodici. Solution involving 1 per cent. Absolute Hydriodic Acid; chemical reac- tion. Syrup ; Spirit of Orange; Sugar; Dis- tilled Water to 1000 p. Calcii Lactophos- U 22 p. Precipitated Phosphate of Calcium; phatis. 33 p. Lactic Acid; 80 p. Orange Flower Water; 600 p. Sugar; Hydrochloric Acid; Water of Ammonia; Water to make 1000 p. By Maceration or Di- gestion. Syrupus Picis Liq- 6 p. Tar; 12 p. Cold Water; 50 p. Boil- ing Distilled Water; 60 p. Sugar. uidse. Tolutanus. 4 p. Tolu; 65 p. Sugar; Distilled Water to make 100 p. SYRUPUS. XJ. S. Syrup. By measure. Sugar, in coarse powder, 65 parts, or 5 lb. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 5 pt. io fl. oz. Dissolve the Sugar, with the aid of heat, in thirty-five parts [or 40 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, raise the temperature to the boiling point, and strain the solution while hot. Then incorporate with the solution enough Distilled Water, added through the strainer, to make the Syrup weigh one hundred parts [or measure 5 pints 10 fl. oz.]. Syrup thus prepared has the sp. gr. 1.310. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 289 SYRUPUS ACACIiE. U. S. Syrup of Acacia. By measure. Mucilage of Acacia, 25 parts, or fl. oz. Syrup, 75 parts, or 12 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 1 pint. Mix them. This Syrup should be freshly made, when required for use. SYRUPUS ACIDI CITRICI. U.S. Syrup of Citric Acid. By measure. Citric Acid, 8 parts, or 150 grains. Water, 8 parts, or 160 minims. Spirit of Lemon, 4 parts, or 100 minims. Syrup, 980 parts, or 2 pints. To make 1000 parts, or about 2 pints. Mix the Spirit of Lemon with the Syrup contained in a bottle; then add, gradually, the Citric Acid dissolved in the Water, shaking the bottle after each addition until the whole is thoroughly mixed. SYRUPUS ACIDI HYDRIODICI. U.S. Syrup of Hydriodic Acid A syrupy liquid containing 1 per cent, of absolute Hydriodic Acid [HI; 127.6]. By measure. Iodine, 10 parts, or 95 grains. Alcohol, 80 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Syrup, 150 parts, or 2)4 A* oz• Sugar, 500 parts, or 11 oz. av. Spirit of Orange, 5 parts, or . . 1 fl. dr. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 1 pint. Dissolve the Iodine in the Alcohol, with a very gentle heat, in a loosely stoppered flask, avoiding loss of Iodine from vaporization. Add the solution to the Syrup, previously mixed with one hundred and fifty parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, and pass through the mixture a current of hydrosulphuric acid gas, until it acquires a pure yellowish color, and ceases to turn brown on shaking. Filter the liquid through white filtering paper, returning the first portions until it runs clear; wash the filter with a little Distilled Water, and evap- orate the filtrate and washings, in a tared porcelain capsule, on a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 55° C. (131° F.), constantly stirring, until all odor of hydrosulphuric acid has disappeared. Then set the capsule aside, well covered, and allow the contents to cool. When cold, add the Spirit of Orange, the Sugar, and enough Distilled Water to make the whole weigh one thousand parts [or measure 1 pint]. When the Sugar has been dissolved, by stirring, strain the Syrup through a pellet of cotton placed in the neck of the funnel, which is to be kept covered, and transfer the filtered Syrup to small vials, which should be completely filled, securely corked, and kept in a cool and dark place. A transparent, colorless or not more than pale straw-colored liquid, odorless, having a sweet and acidulous taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. 1.300. If disulphide of 290 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. carbon be poured into a small portion of the Syrup, a little chlorine water then added, and the whole agitated, the disulphide will separate with a violet color. Gelatinized starch added to the Syrup should not impart to it more than a faint bluish tint (abs. of more than traces of free iodine). Test-solution of chloride of barium, added to a portion of the Syrup, should produce no precipitate (abs. of sul- phuric acid). Test-solution of nitrate of silver produces a precipitate which is nearly insoluble in water of ammonia (abs. of hydrochloric acid). 31.9 Gm. of Syrup of Hydriodic Acid should require, for complete precipitation, 25 C.c. of the volumetric solution of nitrate of silver. SYRUPUS ALLII. U.S. Syrup of Garlic. By measure. Fresh Garlic, sliced and bruised, 15 parts, or 7 oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 60 parts, or 28 oz. av. Diluted Acetic Acid, 40 parts, or 18 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Macerate the Garlic with twenty-five parts [or 11 fl. oz.] of the Diluted Acetic Acid, in a glass vessel, for four days, and express the liquid. Then mix the residue with the remainder of the acid, and again express, until enough additional liquid has been obtained to make the wThole, when filtered, wTeigh forty parts [or measure 18 fl. oz.]. Lastly, pour the filtered liquid upon the Sugar contained in a suitable bottle, and agitate until it is dissolved. Keep the Syrup in well-stopped, filled bottles, in a cool place. SYRUPUS U. S. Syrup of Althaa. By measure. Althaea, cut into small pieces, 4 parts, or 1 oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 60 parts, or 15 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 1 pint. Having washed the Althaea with cold Water, pour upon it sixty parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of cold Water, and macerate for one hour, stirring frequently ; then drain through flannel, without expressing. To forty parts [or 9 fl. oz.] of the drained liquid add the Sugar, and dissolve it by agitation, without heat. This Syrup should be freshly made, when required for use. SYRUPUS AMYGDALA. U. S. Syrup of Almond. By measure. Sweet Almond, 10 parts, or 5 oz. av. Bitter Almond, 3 parts, or 1 y2 oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 50 parts, or 25 oz. av. Orange Flower Water, 5 parts, or 2yx fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Having blanched the Almonds, rub them in a mortar to a very fine paste, adding, during the trituration, three parts [or 1£ fl. oz.] of Water and ten parts [or 5 oz. av.] of Sugar. Mix the paste thoroughly with the Orange Flower Water and thirty parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of Water, strain with strong expression, and add enough Water to the dregs to obtain, after renewed expression, sixty parts [or 25 fl. oz.] of strained liquid. To this add the remainder of the Sugar, dissolve it by agita- tion without heat, and strain through muslin. Keep the Syrup in well-stopped, filled bottles, in a cool place. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 291 SYRUPUS AURANTII. US. Syrup of Orange. By measure. Sweet Orange Peel, deprived of the inner, white layer, and cut into small pieces, 5 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, 5 parts, or 3 fl. oz. Precipitated Phosphate of Calcium, 1 part, or y oz. av. Sugar, 60 parts, or 28 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Macerate the Orange Peel with the Alcohol for seven days; then express the liquid. Kub this with the Precipitated Phosphate of Calcium and thirty parts [or 13 fl. oz.] of Water, gradually added; filter the mixture, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the filtrate weigh forty parts [or measure 17 fl. oz.]. Lastly, add the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, without heat, and strain. SYRUPUS AURANTII FLORUM. US. Syrup of Orange Flowers. By measure Orange Flower Water, 85 parts, or . x/z pint. Sugar, in coarse powder, 65 parts, or 16 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 pint. Dissolve the Sugar in the Orange Flower Water by agitation, without heat. SYRUPUS CALCII LACTOPHOSPHATIS. U.S. Syrup of Lactophosphate of Calcium. By measure. Precipitated Phosphate of Calcium, 22 parts, or 1 oz. av. Lactic Acid, 33 parts, or 9y fl. dr. Orange Flower Water, 80 parts, or 3 fl. oz. Sugar, in coarse powder, 600 parts, or 28 oz. av. Hydrochloric Acid, Water of Ammonia, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or about 2 pints. To the Precipitated Phosphate of Calcium, mixed with three hun- dred parts [or 13 fl. oz.] of cold Water, add enough Hydrochloric Acid to dissolve it. Filter the solution, dilute it with twelve hundred parts [or 3 pints] of cold Water, and then add Water of Ammonia, until it is slightly in excess. Transfer the mixture at once to a fine, wetted muslin strainer. As soon as the liquid has run off, return the magma to the vessel, mix it quickly with twelve hundred parts [or 3 pints] of cold Water, and again transfer it to the strainer. When it has drained., mix the magma at once with the Lactic Acid, and stir until it is dis- solved. Then add the Orange Flower Water and enough Water to make the solution weigh about three hundred and fifty parts [or measure 15 fl. oz.], filter, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the filtrate Aveigh four hundred parts [or measure 17 fl. oz.]. Lastly, add to this the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, without heat, and strain. 292 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. SYRUPUS CALCIS. U.S. Syrup of Lime. By measure: Lime, 5 parts, or i oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 30 parts, or 6 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 20 oz. av. Triturate the Lime and Sugar thoroughly in a mortar; then add the mixture to fifty parts [or 10 fl. oz.] of boiling Water, contained in a bright, copper or tinned-iron vessel, and boil the mixture for five min- utes, constantly stirring. Dilute it with an equal volume of Water, and filter through white paper. Finally, evaporate the Syrup to one hundred parts [or 20 oz. av.]. SYRUPUS FERRI BROMIDI. U.S. Syrup of Bromide of Iron. A syrupy liquid containing 10 per cent, of Ferrous Bromide [FeBr2; 215.5]. By measure. Iron, in the form of fine wire, and cut into small pieces, 30 parts, or . . \l/2 oz. av. Bromine, 75 parts, or 9 fl. dr. Sugar, in coarse powder, 600 parts, or 28 oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or about 2 pints. Introduce the Iron into a flask of thin glass of suitable capacity, add to it two hundred parts [or 9 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water and afterward the Bromine. Shake the mixture occasionally, until the reaction ceases and the solution has acquired a green color and has lost the odor of Bromine. Place the Sugar in a porcelain capsule and filter the solution of bromide of iron into the Sugar. Binse the fla&k and Iron wire with ninety parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, and pass the washings through the filter into the Sugar. Stir the mixture with a porcelain or wooden spatula, heat it to the boiling point on a sand-bath, and, having strained the Syrup through linen into a tared bottle, add enough Distilled Water to make the product weigh one thousand parts [or measure 2 pints]. Lastly, shake the bottle and transfer its contents to small vials, which should be completely filled, securely corked, and kept in a place accessible to daylight. A transparent, pale-green liquid, odorless, having a sweet, strongly ferruginous taste, and a neutral reaction. With test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium it yields a blue precipitate. If a little disulphide of carbon be added to the Syrup, then a few drops of chlorine water, and the whole agitated, the disulphide wiil separate with a yellow or brown color. It should not deposit a sediment on keeping, and should not tinge gelatinized starch yellow (abs. of free bromine). 6.39 6m. of the Syrup should require for complete precipitation, 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of nitrate of silver (corresponding to 10 per cent, of ferrous bro- mide). AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 293 SYRUPUS FERRI IODIDI. U.S. Syrup of Iodide of Iron. A syrupy liquid containing 10 percent, of Ferrous Iodide [Fel2; 309.1]. By measure. Iron, in the form of fine wire, and cut into small pieces, 25 parts, or . . 266 grains. Iodine, 82 parts, or 2 oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 600 parts, or . 14 oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or . measure about 1 pint. Introduce the Iron into a flask of thin glass of suitable capacity, add to it two hundred parts [or 5 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water and afterward the Iodine. Shake the mixture occasionally, until the reaction ceases and the solution has acquired a green color and has lost the odor of Iodine. Place the Sugar in a porcelain capsule and filter the solution of iodide of iron into the Sugar. Kinse the flask and Iron wire with ninety parts [or 2 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, and pass the washings through the filter into the Sugar. Stir the mixture with a porcelain or wooden spatula, heat it to the boiling point on a sand-bath, and, having strained the Syrup through linen into a tared bottle, add enough Distilled Water to make the product weigh one thousand parts [or measure 17 fl. oz.]. Lastly, shake the bottle and transfer its contents to small vials, which should be completely filled, securely corked, and kept in a place accessible to daylight. A transparent, pale-green liquid, odorless, having a sweet, strongly ferruginous taste, and a neutral reaction. With test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium it yields a blue precipitate. If a little disulphide of carbon be added to the Syrup, then a few drops of chlorine water, and the whole agitated, the disulphide will separate with a purple or violet color. It should not deposit a sediment on keeping, and should not tinge gelatinized starch blue (abs. of free iodine). 7.73 Gm. of the Syrup should require for complete precipitation, 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of nitrate of silver (corresponding to 10 per cent, of ferrous iodide). SYRUPUS FERRI QUININE ET STRYCHNIN.® PHOSPHATUM. U.S. Syrup of the Phosphates of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. By measure. Phosphate of Iron, 133 parts, or 400 grains. Quinine, 133 parts, or 400 grains. Strychnine, 4 parts, or • . 12 grains. Phosphoric Acid, 800 parts, or 7 . . . 4 fl. oz. Sugar, in coarse powder, 6000 parts, or 42 oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 10,000 parts, or about 3 pints. Add the Phosphate of Iron to twenty-five hundred parts [or 1 pint] of Distilled Water, in a tared bottle large enough to hold the finished Syrup, and agitate frequently until the salt is dissolved. Having added the Phosphoric Acid to the solution, triturate the Quinine and Strychnine gradually with the mixture, in a mortar, until they are dissolved, then return the solution to the bottle and add enough Dis- tilled Water to make the liquid weigh four thousand parts [or measure 24 fl. oz.]. Lastly, add the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, without heat, and filter through paper. Keep the Syrup in small, well-stopped vials, in a cool and dark place. 294 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. SYRUPUS HYPOPHOSPHITUM. U.S. Syrup of Hypophosphites. By measure. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 35 parts, or . 700 grains. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 12 parts, or 240 grains. Hypophosphite of Potassium, 12 parts, or .... 240 grains. Citric Acid, 1 part, or 20 grains. Spirit of Lemon, 2 parts, or 50 minims. Sugar, in coarse powder, 500 parts, or 24 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or about 2 pints. Mix the Hypophosphites, and dissolve them, by trituration, in three hundred and fifty parts [or 1 pint] of Water. Should there be a trifling residue undissolved, allow the solution to settle, pour ofl“ nearly all of it, and add the Citric Acid so that the residue may be dissolved. Then, having mixed the liquids, add the Spirit of Lemon, and filter through paper, adding through the filter enough Water to make the whole weigh five hundred parts [or measure 21 fl. oz.]. In this liquid dissolve the Sugar, by agitation, without heat, and strain. Keep the Syrup in well-stopped bottles. SYRUPUS HYPOPHOSPHITUM CUM FERRO. U.S. Syrup of Hypo- phosphites with Iron. By measure. Lactate of Iron, 1 part, or 96 grains. Syrup of Hypophosphites, 99 parts, or 1 pint. To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. Dissolve the Lactate of Iron in the Syrup by trituration. Keep the Syrup in well-stopped bottles. SYRUPUS IPECACUANHAS. U.S. Syrup of Ipecac. By measure. Fluid Extract of Ipecac, 5 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Syrup, 95 parts, or 29 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Mix them. SYRUPUS KRAMERIA2. U.S. Syrup of Krameria. By measure. Fluid Extract of Krameria, 35 parts, or 12 fl. oz. Syrup, 65 parts, or 20 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix them. SYRUPUS LACTUCARII. U.S. Syrup of Lactucarium. By measure. Fluid Extract of Lactucarium, 5 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Syrup, 95 parts, or 29 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Mix them. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 295 SYRUPUS LIMONIS. U.S. Syrup of Lemon. By measure. Lemon Juice, recently expressed and strained, 40 parts, or 17 fl. oz. Fresh Lemon Peel, 2 parts, or 1 oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 60 parts, or . . 28 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Heat the Lemon Juice to the boiling point; then add the Lemon Peel, and let the whole stand, closely covered, until cold. Filter, add enough Water through the filter to make the filtrate weigh forty parts [or measure 17 fl. oz.], dissolve the Sugar in the filtered liquid by agitation, without heat, and strain. SYRUPUS PICIS LIQUIDS. U.S. Syrup of Tar. By measure. Tar, 6 parts, or 3 oz. av. Cold Water, 12 parts, or 5 fl. oz. Boiling Distilled Water, 50 parts, or 20 fl. oz. Sugar, in coarse powder, 60 parts, or 28 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Upon the Tar, contained in a suitable vessel, pour the cold Water, and stir the mixture frequently during twenty-four hours; then pour off the Water and throw it away. Pour the Boiling Distilled Water upon the residue, stir the mixture briskly for fifteen minutes, and set it aside for thirty-six hours, stirring occasionally. Decant the solution and filter. Lastly, in forty parts [or 17 fl. oz.] of the filtered solution dissolve the Sugar by agitation, without heat. SYRUPUS PRUNI VIRGINIAN.®. U.S. Syrup of Wild Cherry. By measure. Wild Cherry, in No. 20 powder, 12 parts, or 5oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 60 parts, or . 28 oz. av. Glycerin, 5 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Moisten the Wild Cherry thoroughly with Water, and macerate for twenty-four hours in a close vessel; then pack it firmly in a cylindri- cal glass percolator, and gradually pour Water upon it until thirty-five parts [or 15 fl. oz.] of percolate are obtained. Dissolve the Sugar in the liquid, by agitation, without heat, add the Glycerin, and strain. SYRUPUS RHEI. U.S. Syrup of Rhubarb. By measure. Rhubarb, sliced, 90 parts, or . 4 oz. av. Cinnamon, bruised, 18 parts, or 360 grains. Carbonate of Potassium, 6 parts, or 120 grains. Sugar, in coarse powder, 600 parts, or 28 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or about 2 pints. 296 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. Mix the Rhubarb, Cinnamon, and Carbonate of Potassium with four hundred and twenty parts [or 20 fl. oz.] of Water, and macerate the mix- ture in a glass or porcelain vessel for twelve hours. Then strain and filter, adding throOgh the dregs, if necessary, enough Water to make the filtered liquid weigh four hundred parts [or measure 17 fl. oz.]. Lastly, add the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, without heat, and strain. SYRUPUS RHEI AROMATICUS. U.S. Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb. By measure. Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb, 10 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Syrup, 90 parts, or 14 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. Mix the Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb with the Syrup. SYRUPUS ROSA. U.S. Syrup of Rose. By measure. Fluid Extract of Rose, 10 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Syrup, 90 parts, or .... . 14 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. Mix them. . SYRUPUS RUBI. U.S. Syrup of Rubus. By measure. Fluid Extract of Rubus, 20 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Syrup, 80 parts, or 12 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. Mix them. SYRUPUS RUBI IDAI. U.S. Syrup of Raspberry. Fresh Ripe Raspberries, any convenient quantity. Sugar, a sufficient quantity. Reduce the Raspberries to a pulp, and let it stand at rest for three days. Separate the juice by pressing, and set it aside until it has com- pletely fermented and become clear, and then filter. To forty parts [or 1 pint] of the filtered liquid add sixty parts [or 25 oz. av.] of Sugar, heat to boiling, avoiding the use of tinned vessels, and strain. Keep the Syrup in well-stopped bottles, in a cool and dark place. SYRUPUS SARSAPARILLA COMPOSITUS. U.S. Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla. By measure. Sarsaparilla, in No. 30 powder, 150 parts, or oz. av. Guaiacum Wood, in No. 30 powder, 20 parts, or 11/2 oz. av. Pale Rose, in No. 30 powder, 12 parts, or 1 oz. av. Glycyrrhiza, in No. 30 powder, 12 parts, or 1 oz. av. Senna, in No. 30 powder, 12 parts, or 1 oz. av. Sassafras, in No. 20 powder, 6 parts, or . y oz. av. Anise, in Nq. 20 powder, 6 parts, or oz. av. Gaultheria, in No. 20 powder, 6 parts, or yz oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 600 parts, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 3J pints. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 297 Mix the solid ingredients, except the Sugar, with three hundred parts [or 1£ pints] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate the mixture for forty- eight hours; then transfer it to a cylindrical percolator, pack it firmly, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it until six hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture have been obtained. Evaporate this portion, by means of a water-bath, to three hundred parts [or 1| pints], add one hundred parts [or £ pint] of Water, and filter, adding enough Water, through the filter, to make the whole weigh four hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. Lastly, add the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, without heat, and strain. SYRUPUS SCILL2E. U.S. Syrup of Squill. By measure. Vinegar of Squill, 40 parts, or i pint. Sugar, in coarse powder, 60 parts, or 26 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Heat the Vinegar of Squill to the boiling point, in a glass or porce- lain vessel, and filter while hot, adding, through the filter, enough Water to make the filtrate weigh forty parts [or 1 pint]. Add the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, without heat, and strain. SYRUPUS SCILLiE COMPOSITUS. U.S. Compound Syrup of Squill. By measure. Squill, in No. 30 powder, 120 parts, or t.]/2 oz. av. Senega, in No. 30 powder, 120 parts, or oz. av. Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium, 3 parts, or 28 grains. Sugar, in coarse powder, 1200 parts, or . 26 oz. av. Precipitated Phosphate of Calcium, 9 parts, or go grains. Diluted Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 2000 parts, or ............. . about 2 pints. Mix the Squill and Senega, and, having moistened the mixture with three hundred parts [or \ pint] of Diluted Alcohol, macerate for one hour; then transfer the mixture to a conical percolator, and gradually pour upon it Diluted Alcohol, until nine hundred parts [or 1 \ pints] of tincture are obtained. Boil this portion for a few minutes, and then evaporate it, by means of a water-bath, to three hundred and sixty parts [or £ pint]; having added one hundred and fifty parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of boiling Water, triturate the mixture with the Precipitated Phosphate of Calcium, filter, and add, through the filter, enough warm Water to make the whole weigh seven hundred and fifty parts [or measure 1 pint]. In this dissolve the Sugar, by agitation, without heat, and strain. Lastly, dissolve the Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium in forty-seven parts [or 1 fl. oz.] of hot Water, and mix the solution thor- oughly with the Syrup. SYRUPUS SENEGAL. U. S. Syrup of Senega. By measure. Fluid Extract of Senega, 160 parts, or yz pint. Water of Ammonia, 4 parts, or 1 y fl. dr. Sugar, in coarse powder, 600 parts, or 28 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or about 2 pints. 298 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. Mix the Fluid Extract with two hundred and fifty parts [or 11 fl. oz.] of Water, add the Water of Ammonia, shake the mixture well, and let it stand for a few hours; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough water to make the whole weigh four hundred parts [or measure 18 fl. oz.]. To the filtered solution add the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, without heat, and strain. SYRUPUS SENN®. U.S. Syrup of Senna. By measure. Senna, bruised, 33 parts, or 16 oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 60 parts, or 29 oz. av. Alcohol, 4 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Oil of Coriander, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Digest the Senna in one hundred and sixty parts [or 5 pints] of Water, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), for twenty-four hours, express and strain the liquid. Digest the mass with seventy parts [or 2 pints] of Water, at the same temperature, for six hours, and again express and strain. Mix the strained liquids, and evaporate the mix- ture to thirty parts [or 15 fl. oz.]. When cold, add the Alcohol, pre- viously mixed with one per cent, [or 9 minims] of Oil of Coriander, and filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Water to make the whole weigh forty parts [or measure 17 fl. oz.]. Then add the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, without heat, and strain. SYRUPUS TOLUTANUS. U.S. Syrup of Tolu. By measure. Balsam of Tolu, 4 parts, or oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 65 parts, or 28 oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or . . a pints. Mix the Sugar with thirty-five parts [or 13 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, add the Balsam, and digest the whole in a covered vessel, at a temper- ature not exceeding 82° C. (180° F.), for two hours. When cold, strain through a well-wetted muslin strainer, adding, through the strainer, enough Water to make the Syrup weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints], and mix thoroughly. SYRUPUS ZINGIBERIS. U.S. Syrup of Ginger. By measure. Fluid Extract of Ginger, 2 parts, or ... 1 fl. oz. Sugar, in coarse powder, 65 parts, or 30 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Eub the Fluid Extract of Ginger with twenty-five parts [or 12 oz. avj of Sugar, and expose the mixture to a heat not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), until all the alcohol has evaporated. Then mix the residue thoroughly, by agitation, with thirty-five parts [or 15 fl. oz.] of Water, and filter the liquid, adding, through the filter, enough Water to make the whole weigh sixty parts [or measure 22 fl. oz.]. Finally, add the remainder of the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, without heat, and strain. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 299 Mellita. Honeys. Officinal honeys are thick liquid preparations closely allied to the syrups, differing merely in the use of honey as a base, instead of syrup. Their advantages over syrups are not very apparent, particularly since of late years the difficulty of obtaining pure honey has greatly increased. Three honeys are officinal. Officinal Honeys. Name. Proportions and definition. Preparation. Mel. Commercial Honey. A saccharine secretion deposited in the honeycomb by Apis mellifica. Mel Despumatum. Clarified Honey. Heat Honey, by means of a water- bath, remove the scum and strain. Mel Rosas. 8 p. Red Rose, Ho. 40 powder, 92 p. Clarified Honey, sufficient di- luted alcohol. Percolate Powdered Red Rose with diluted alcohol, reserving the first 3 parts of percolate; evaporate the remainder to 5 parts, add the re- served portion, and mix the whole with the Clarified Honey. MEL DESPUMATUM. U. S. Clarified Honey. Honey, a convenient quantity. Heat the Honey, by means of a water-bath, remove the scum and strain. MEL ROSiE. U.S. Honey of Rose. Definite formula. Red Rose, in No. 40 powder, 8 parts, or 2 oz. av. Clarified Honey, 92 parts, or . . : 23 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 22 fl. oz. Moisten the powder with two parts [or half a fluidounce] of Diluted Alcohol, pack it firmly in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it until thirty-three parts [or 8 fl. oz.] of percolate are obtained. Keserve the first three parts [or 6 fl. dr.] of the perco- late, evaporate the remainder, by means of a water-bath, to five parts [or 10 fl. dr.], add the reserved portion, and mix the whole with the Clarified Honey. Mucilagines. Mucilages. The officinal mucilages are thick, viscid, adhesive liquids, produced by dissolving gum in water, or by extracting with water the mucilagi- nous principles from vegetable substances. There are five officinal mucilages. Three are made without the application of heat, and two with heat. The mucilages are all prone to decomposition, and should never be made in larger quantities than can be used at once. 300 A q UEO US' SOL UTIONS. Officinal Mucilages. Name. Proportions. Process. Mucilago Acacise. 34 p. Acacia; "Water sufficient to make 'Wash the acacia with cold water, then add to it 66 parts 100 p. 03 of water; agitate until dis- * • pS solved, and strain. Mucilago Cydonii. 2 p. Cydonium; Dis- "3 - Macerate for half an hour, tilled Water to make a strain without pressure. 100 p. 1 (Will not keep.) Mucilago Sassafras Me- 2 p. Sassafras Pith; Water to make 100 p. Macerate for 3 hours, and dullse. strain. Mucilago Tragacanth®. 6 p. Tragacanth ; 18 p. Glycerin; Water suf- ficient to make 100 'Mix the glycerin with 76 p. water, heat to boiling, add the tragacanth, macerate for P- With heat. 24 hours with stirring. Then add enough water to make the mixture weigh 100 p.; strain forcibly through mus- lin. Mucilago Ulmi. 6 p. Elm; Boiling Water 100 p. Macerate for two hours, and strain. MUCILAGO U. S. Mucilage of Acacia. By measure. Acacia, in small fragments, 34 parts, or 4 02. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 9 fl. oe. Wash the Acacia with cold Water, then add to it sixty-six parts [or 7J fl. oz.] of Water, agitate occasionally until it is dissolved, and strain. MUCILAGO CYDONII. U. S. Mucilage of Cydonium. By measure. Cydonium, 2 parts, or 36 grains. Distilled Water, 100 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Macerate the Cydonium for half an hour, in a covered vessel, with the Distilled Water, frequently agitating. Then drain the liquid through muslin, without pressure. This preparation should be freshly made, when required for use. MUCILAGO SASSAFRAS MEDULLA. U.S. Mucilage of Sassafras Pith. By measure. Sassafras Pith, 2 parts, or 36 grains. Water, 100 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Macerate for three hours and strain. MUCILAGO TRAGACANTH/E. U. S. Mucilage of Tragacanth. By measure. Tragacanth, 6 parts, or igo grains. Glycerin, 18 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 8 fl. oz. Mix the Glycerin with seventy-six parts [or 5J fl. oz.] of Water, heat the mixture to boiling, add the Tragacanth, and let it macerate for AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 301 twenty-four hours, stirring occasionally. Then add enough Water to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or 7 oz. av.], beat it so as to render it of uniform consistence, and strain forcibly through muslin. MUCILAGO ULMI. U. S. Mucilage of Elm. By measure. Elm, sliced and dried, 6 parts, or 108 grains. Boiling Water, 100 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Macerate for two hours, in a covered vessel, and strain. Misturae. Mixtures. Mixtures, in a properly-restricted sense, are aqueous liquid prepara- tions intended for internal use, which contain suspended insoluble sub- stances. The main object in introducing this class into the Pharmaco- poeia was to secure .uniformity in the formulas of certain well-known and largely-used preparations. They are not permanent, as a rule, and it is not wise to keep them on hand any considerable length of time. They belong properly under the head of Extemporaneous Preparations. (See Mixtures, Part VI.) There are eleven officinal mixtures, one of which, mixture of acetate of iron and ammonia, is misnamed, as it does not contain any insoluble substance and is perfectly transparent. It belongs in the class of solutions. Table of Officinal Mixtures. Name. Proportions. Description. Mistura Ammoniaci. 4 p. Ammoniac with 100 p. Water. 1 Simple gum - resin Mistura Asafcetidse. 4 p. Asafoetida with 100 p. Water. | emulsions. Mistura Amygdalae. 6 p. Sweet Almond; 1 p. Acacia; 3 Simple seed emul- Mistura Ckloroformi. p. Sugar, with 100 p. Water. 8 p. Chloroform; 2 p. Camphor; 10 p. sion. Egg emulsion. Mistura Cretse. Fresh Yolk of Egg; 80 p. Water. 20 p, Compound Chalk Powder; 40 Mistura Ferri Com- posita. Mistura Glycyrrhizse p. Cinnamon Water; 40 p. Water. 6 p. Sulphate of Iron; 8 p. Carbonate of Potassium; 18 p. Myrrh; 18 p. Sugar; 50 p. Spirit of Lavender; 900 p. Rose Water. 3 p. Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza; 3 Mixtures containing Composita. p. Sugar; 3 p. Acacia; 12 p. Cam- - insoluble powder Mistura Magnesias efc Asafcetidae. Mistura Ferri et Am- phorated Tincture of Opium; 6 p. Wine of Antimony; 3 p. Spirit of Nitrous Ether; 70 p. Water. 5 p. Carbonate of Magnesium; 7 p. Tincture of Asafoetida; 1 p. Tinc- ture of Opium; 10 p. Sugar; 77 p. Distilled Water. 2 p. Tincture of Chloride of Iron; 3 in suspension. monii Acetatis. p. Diluted Acetic Acid; 20 p. Solu- tion of Acetate of Ammonium; 10 p. Elixir of Orange; 15 p. Syrup; Mixtures not con- taining insoluble Mistura Rhei et Sodse. 50 p. Water. 30 p. Bicarbonate of Sodium; 30 p. powders in sus- pension. Mistura Potassii Ci- Fluid Extract of Rhubarb; 30 p. Spirit of Peppermint; 910 p. Water. Fresh Lemon Juice; Bicarbonate of Effervescing mix- tratis. Potassium. ture. 302 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. MISTURA AMMONIACI. U.S. Ammoniac Mixture. By measure. Ammoniac, 4 parts, or 180 grains. Water, 100 parts, or io fl. oz. Rub the Ammoniac with the Water, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed, and strain. MISTURA AMYGDALAE. U.S. Almond Mixture. By measure. Sweet Almond, 6 parts, or 240 grains. Acacia, in fine powder, 1 part, or . . . # 40 grains. Sugar, 3 parts, or 120 grains. Distilled Water, 100 parts, or • 9 fl. oz. Having blanched the Almond, add the Acacia and Sugar, and heat them in a mortar, until they are thoroughly mixed; then rub the mix- ture with the Distilled Water, gradually added, and strain. MISTURA U.S. Asafetida Mixture. By measure. Asafetida, 4 parts, or 180 grains. Water, 100 parts, or 10 fl. oz. Rub the Asafetida with the Water, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed, and strain. MISTURA CHLOROFORMI. U.S. Chloroform Mixture. By measure. Purified Chloroform, 8 parts, or 2 fl. dr. Camphor, 2 parts, or 45 grains. Fresh Yolk of Egg, 10 parts, or fl. oz. Water, 80 parts, or 4 A* oz- To make 100 parts, or about 5 fl. oz. Rub the Yolk of Egg in a mortar, first by itself, then with the Camphor, previously dissolved in the Chloroform, and lastly, with the Water, gradually added, so as to make a uniform mixture. MISTURA CRETiE. U.S. Chalk Mixture. By measure. Compound Chalk Powder, 20 parts, or 4°° grains. Cinnamon Water, 40 parts, or *b oz- Water, 40 parts, or A* oz> To make 100 parts, or about 4 fl. oz. Rub the Powder with the Cinnamon Water and Water, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted for use. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 303 MISTURA FERRI COMPOSITA. U. S. Compound Iron Mixture. [Griffith’s Mixture.] By measure. Sulphate of Iron, in coarse powder, 6 parts, or 24 grains. Myrrh, in small pieces, 18 parts, or . 72 grains. Sugar, 18 parts, or 72 grains. Carbonate of Potassium, 8 parts, or 32 grains. Spirit of Lavender, 50 parts, or y fl. oz. Rose Water, 900 parts, or 8 fl. oz. To make 1000 parts, or about 9 fl. oz. Rub the Myrrh, Sugar, and Carbonate of Potassium -with the Rose Water, gradually added; then with the Spirit of Lavender, and lastly, with the Sulphate of Iron. Pour the mixture immediately into a bottle, which should be well stopped. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted for use. MISTURA FERRI ET AMMONII ACETATIS. U.S. Mixture of Acetate of Iron and Ammonium. [Basham’s Mixture.] By measure. Tincture of Chloride of Iron, 2 parts, or 83 minims. Diluted Acetic Acid, 3 parts, or . 2 fl. dr. Solution of Acetate of Ammonium, 20 parts, or 14 fl. dr. Elixir of Orange, 10 parts, or 6 fl. dr. Syrup, 15 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Water, 50 parts, or 4X fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 8 fl. oz. To the Solution of Acetate of Ammonium, previously mixed with the Diluted Acetic Acid, add the Tincture of Chloride of Iron, and afterward the Elixir of Orange, Syrup, and Water, and mix the whole thoroughly. MISTURA GLYCYRRHIZ.® COMPOSITA. U.S. Compound Mixture of Glycyrrhiza. [Brown Mixture.] By measure. Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 3 parts, or y oz. av. Sugar, 3 parts, or y oz. av. Acacia, in fine powder, 3 parts, or y oz. av. Camphorated Tincture of Opium, 12 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Wine of Antimony, 6 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 3 parts, or y fl. oz. Water, 70 parts, or 12 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. Rub the Extract of G-lycyrrhiza, Sugar, and Acacia with the Water, gradually added; then add the other Ingredients, and mix the whole thoroughly. 304 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. MISTURA MAGNESI/E ET ASAFCETIDiE. U.S. Mixture of Magnesia and Asafetida. [Dewees’ Carminative.] By measure. Carbonate of Magnesium, 5 parts, or . . . 360 grains. Tincture of Asafetida, 7 parts, or . . . . . .... 10 fl. dr. Tincture of Opium, 1 part, or 75 minims. Sugar, 10 parts, or \l/z oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or.. . ., about 1 pint. Bub the Carbonate of Magnesium and Sugar, in a mortar, with the Tincture of Asafetida and Tincture of Opium. Then gradually add enough Distilled Water to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or measure 15 fl. oz.]. MISTURA POTASSII CITRATIS. U. S. Mixture of Citrate of Potassium. [Neutral Mixture.] By measure. Fresh Lemon Juice, strained, 100 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Bicarbonate of Potassium, about 10 parts, or, a sufficient quantity . . 170 gr. ? Add the Bicarbonate of Potassium gradually to the Lemon Juice until it is neutralized. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted for use. MISTURA RHEI ET SODiE. U.S. Mixture of Rhubarb and Soda. By measure. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 30 parts, or ]/z oz. av. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, 30 parts, or : fl. dr. Spirit of Peppermint, 30 parts, or fl. dr. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or x pint. Dissolve the Bicarbonate of Sodium in five hundred parts [or £ pint] of Water. Add the Fluid Extract of Bhubarb and the Spirit of Pep- permint, and lastly, enough Water to make the mixture weigh one thousand parts [or measure 1 pint]. Glycerita. Glycerites. Glycerites are mixtures of medicinal substances with glycerin. The officinal preparations are not solutions, although formerly all of the glycerites were transparent liquids. Glycerin is a valuable solvent, one of the principal advantages of the glycerites officinal in U. S. P. 1870 being that they afforded a rapid and simple method of making aqueous solutions of substances which were not otherwise easily soluble. The solutions of carbolic acid, gallic acid, tannic acid, and tar, etc., in gly- cerin are permanent preparations, and they could be made very concen- trated if necessary : the ease with which they can be diluted with water or alcohol, without precipitation, renders such glycerites especially useful at the prescription counter. But two glycerites are now officinal, both AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 305 are mixtures, and neither of them approaches in importance the position held by the glycerites of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870. Officinal Glycerites. Name. Proportion. Glyceritum Amyli. Glyeeritum Vitelli. 10 p. Starch ; 90 p. Glycerin : a translucent jelly. 45 p. Fresh Yolk of Egg; 55 p. Glycerin. GLYCERITUM AMYLI. U.S. Glycerite of Starch. By measure. Starch, 10 parts, or i oz. av. Glycerin, 90 parts, or 7 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 8 fl. oz. Rub them together in a mortar until they are intimately mixed. Then transfer the mixture to a porcelain capsule, and apply a heat gradually raised to 140° C. (284° F.), and not exceeding 144° C. (291° F.), stirring constantly, until the starch granules are completely dis- solved, and a translucent jelly is formed. GLYCERITUM VITELLI. U.S. Glycerite of Yolk of Egg. [Glyconin.] By measure. Fresh Yolk of Egg, 45 parts, or 13 oz. av. Glycerin, 55 parts, or 16 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 24 fl. oz. Rub the Yolk of Egg with the Glycerin gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XXII. AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS CONTAINING SWEET OR VISCID SUBSTANCES. What are syrups ? What kinds of sugar should he used in making syrups ? How many methods of making syrups are recognized by the TJ. S. P. ? By what other process may syrups be advantageously made ? Describe the details for making syrups by heat. For making syrups without heat. What objection is there to making syrups by the addition of fluid extracts, tinc- tures, etc., to syrup? What officinal syrup is made by digestion ? Is this method a satisfactory one ? What method would be preferable ? What officinal syrup is made by maceration ? How is it made ? How is the process of percolation in making syrups conducted ? What precautions are necessary to percolate a syrup successfully ? 306 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. How may syrups be preserved ? Is the addition of alcohol or chemicals objectionable ? Why ? What is the best disposition to make of fermented syrups ? How may fruit juices be effectually preserved ? How many officinal syrups are there ? Name the officinal syrups made by solution with heat. Which of these are made by solution involving chemical action ? How many are made by the simple addition of medicating liquid to syrup? Name them. Which of these are made with mucilage? Which with flavored acidulated solution? Which with aromatic tincture ? Which with fluid extract? Name the officinal syrups made by the agitation of sugar with medicating liquid without heat. Which of these contain acetic acid ? How many are made from cold aqueous infusion? Name them. Which one is made by infusion ? Which one is made by digestion ? Which from emulsion? Which from juice? Which three from medicated water from tincture ? Which from medicated water from fluid extract ? How many are made from simple admixture or solution ? Name them. Which two are made from solution involving chemical reaction ? How many are made by maceration or digestion ? Name them. Give the formula and mode of preparing Syrupus. What is its specific gravity ? How is syrup of acacia made ? Does this syrup keep well ? Give the formula and mode of making syrup of citric acid. What is the formula in symbols of hydriodic acid ? What is its molecular weight ? How is syrup of hydriodic acid made ? How much hydriodic acid does it contain ? What is the specific gravity of the syrup? How may the presence of free iodine in the syrup be detected ? Of sulphuric acid ? Of hydrochloric acid? What is the strength of syrup of garlic, and how is it made ? Give the process for making syrup of althaea. Syrup of almond. Syrup of orange. What are the ingredients used in making the syrup of lactophosphate of calcium ? Give an outline of the process for making it. Write out in full the Latin name. How is syrup of lime prepared ? What is the formula in symbols of bromide of iron? What is its molecular weight ? How is the syrup of bromide of iron prepared ? How much ferrous bromide does it contain ? Describe the appearance and physical characters of this syrup. How may the presence of free bromine be detected? What is the formula in symbols of ferrous iodide? What is its molecular weight? How is the syrup of iodide of iron prepared ? How much ferrous iodide does it contain ? Describe the appearance and physical characters of this syrup. What colored precipitate does it yield with test-solution of ferricyanide of potas- sium ? Of what does this indicate the presence? How may the presence of free iodine be detected? Write out in full the Latin name of the “ syrup of the phosphates of iron, quinine, and strychnine.” What are the ingredients used in making this syrup ? Give an outline of the process for making it. Of what hypophosphites does the syrup of hypophosphites consist ? How is the syrup prepared ? What preparation of iron is contained in the syrup of hypophosphites with iron ? AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 307 How is this syrup prepared ? "Write out its name in full. How is syrup of ipecac made ? How much ipecac is there in two and a half troy ounces ? About how much in a fluidounce? Write out the Latin name in full. Give the formula for syrup of krameria. For syrup of lactucarium. How is syrup of lemon prepared ? Write out in full the Latin name of syrup of tar. How much tar is used to make one hundred parts of the syrup ? How is the syrup made? Write out in full the Latin name of syrup of wild cherry. How much wild cherry is used to make one hundred parts? What degree of fineness is directed for the powder ? How is the syrup made ? How much glycerin does it contain ? Give the formula for syrup of rhubarb. How is the syrup made ? Give the formula and mode of preparing the aromatic syrup of rhubarb. Give the formula for syrup of rose. For syrup of rubus. How is the syrup of raspberry prepared ? What are the ingredients of compound syrup of sarsaparilla ? How is the syrup prepared ? Give the formula and mode of preparing syrup of squill. What are the ingredients of compound syrup of squill ? How is this syrup prepared ? How much tartrate of antimony and potassium is there in a troy ounce? Give the formula and mode of making syrup of senega. What aromatic is used in making syrup of senna ? How is the syrup of senna made ? How much senna is there in one hundred parts of syrup? Give the formula and mode of making syrup of tolu. How is syrup of ginger made ? What is the strength of it? What are officinal honeys ? How many are there ? Name them. Give the Latin name and mode of preparing commercial honey. Clarified honey. Honey of rose. What are officinal mucilages, and how many are there ? How many mucilages are prepared without heat? Name them. How is mucilage of acacia prepared ? Give the Latin name, formula, and mode of making mucilage of eydonium. Mucilage of sassafras pith. Mucilage of tragacanth. Mucilage of elm. What are officinal mixtures, and how many are there? Give the Latin name, formula, and mode of making ammonia mixture. Almond mixture. Asafetida mixture. Chalk mixture. Chloroform mixture. Should chalk mixture be kept on hand ? What is the Latin name of compound iron mixture ? What is the popular name or synonyme of compound iron mixture ? Why is myrrh in small pieces preferable to the powder ? Give the formula and mode of preparing it. In what form does the iron exist in the finished mixture ? Should the mixture be freshly made? What change takes place on keeping? How many officinal mixtures are simple gum-resin emulsions? Which one is a simple seed emulsion ? How many contain insoluble powder in suspension ? Name them. How many do not contain insoluble powder in suspension ? Name them. Which one is an effervescing mixture? Write out in full the Latin name of “ mixture of acetate of iron and ammonium.’' What is its popular name or synonyme ? How is it prepared ? Give the formula. Is this preparation properly named? Why? What should it be called ? What is the Latin name of mixture of magnesia and asafetida ? What is its popular name or synonyme ? 308 AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. Give its formula and mode of preparation. What is the popular name of mixture of citrate of potassium? Give its formula and mode of preparation. Give the Latin name, formula, and mode of preparing mixture of rhubarb and soda. What are glycerites, and how many are officinal? What are the two officinal glycerites ? What others were officinal in the U. S. P. of 1870? Were these desirable preparations ? Why? Give the formula and mode of making glycerite of starch. Glycerite of yolk of egg- Write out in full the Latin name of this preparation. What is the popular name or synonyme ? CHAPTEE XXIII. ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS. Spiritus. Spirits. Spirits from a pharmaceutical point of view are simply alcoholic solutions of volatile substances. Like the medicated waters, the active ingredient may be solid, liquid, or gaseous. None are made by perco- lation, but they are officinally prepared in five ways: 1. By simple solution. 2. By solution with maceration. 3. By gaseous solution. 4. By chemical reaction. 5. By distillation. The number of officinal spirits is twenty-two. 1. By Simple Solution.—This is the most usual method of making spirits, and of the twenty-two officinal preparations of this class fifteen, or three-fourths of the whole number, are prepared in this way, whilst ten of the fifteen are merely solutions of volatile oils in alcohol of dif- ferent strengths, without any other addition. No skill is required to make these, but a great deal of conscientious care must be used in the selection of the volatile oil, that it be of the best quality and recently distilled. Filtration is usually unnecessary. Spirits made by Simple Solution. Spiritus. U. S. P. Name. Proportions. Uses and Dose. Spiritus A5theris„ 30 p. Stronger Ether; 70 p. Alcohol. Stimulant, fcji to Spiritus Com- 30 p. Stronger Ether; 3 p. Ethereal Anodyne, stimulant, positus. Oil; 67 p. Alcohol. 30 to 60n^. Spiritus Ammonias Aro- maticus. 4 p. Carbonate Ammonium; 10 p. Water of Ammonia; 1.2 p. Oil of Lemon; .1 p. Oil Lavender Flow- ers; .1 p. Oil Pimenta; 70 p. Al- cohol ; 15 p. Water. Antacid, 30 to 60tr^. Spiritus Anisi. 10 p. Oil Anise; 90 p. Alcohol. Carminative, fgi. Spiritus Aurantii. 6 p. Oil Orange Peel; 94 p. Alcohol. Flavor. Spiritus Camphorae. 10 p. Camphor; 70 p. Alcohol; 20 p. Water. Stimulant, 5 to 60n\,- Spiritus Chloroformi. 10 p. Purif. Chloroform; 90 p. Alcohol. Sedative, stimulant, 10 to 60n\,. Spiritus Cinnamomi. 10 p. Oil Cinnamon; 90 p. Alcohol. Stimulant, 5 to 15tt^. Spiritus Gaultheriae. 3 p. Oil Gaultheria; 97 p. Alcohol. Flavor, 5 to 15n\,. Spiritus Juniperi. 3 p. Oil Juniper; 97 p. Alcohol. Stimulant, diuretic, Pp to Ppj. Spiritus Juniperi Com- .2 p. Oil Juniper; .02 p. Oil Caraway; Stimulant, diuretic, Ppj to %iv. positus. .02 p. Oil Fennel; 60 p. Alcohol; 40 p. Water. 309 310 ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS. Spirits made by Simple Solution.—(Continued.) Name. Proportions. Uses and Dose. Spiritus Lavandulae. 3 p. Oil Lavender Flowers; 97 p. Alcohol. ftjss to f£i. Spiritus Myrciae. .88 p. Oil Myrcia; .05 p. Oil Orange Peel; 05 p. Oil Pimenta; 56 p. Alcohol; 44 p. Water. 3 p. Oil Nutmeg; 97 p. Alcohol. , Externally. Spiritus Myristicse. to fji. Spiritus Odoratus. 1.6 p. Oil Bergamot; .8 p. Oil Lemon; .8 p. Oil Rosemarj7; .4 p. Oil Lav- ender Flowers; .4 p. Oil Orange Flowers; .2 p. Acetic Ether; 15.8 p. Water; 80 p. Alcohol. Perfume. 2. Solution with Maceration.—This method is employed solely in the Pharmacopoeia when it is desirable to introduce the coloring-matter of the drug into the preparation. This has been done in order to bestow individuality, and in deference to popular feeling in favor of high colors. It is very doubtful whether either object is worthy of consideration. Spirits made by Solution with Maceration, Name. Preparation. Uses and Dose. Spiritus Limonis. 6 p. Oil Lemon; 4 p. Lemon Peel, fresh ; Alcohol to make 100 p. For flavoring. Spiritus Menthse Pipe- ritae. 10 p. Oil Peppermint; 1 p. Pepper- mint Herb; Alcohol to make 100 p. Carminative, 10 to 20nv Spiritus Menthse Yiridis. 10 p. Oil Spearmint; 1 p. Spearmint Herb; Alcohol to make 100 p. Carminative, 10 to 20n\,. 3. By Gaseous Solution.—The only officinal representative of this class is the spirit of ammonia, and it is the only preparation in the Pharmacopoeia that is made by converting a gaseous aqueous solution into a gaseous alcoholic solution by expelling the dissolved gas from water by heat, and causing it to be redissoived in alcohol. The spirit is assayed by volumetric solution of oxalic acid, and brought to the standard strength of 10 per cent, of gaseous ammonia. Spirit made by Gaseous Solution. Name. Preparation. Use and Dose. Spiritus Ammoniae. Stronger Water of Ammonia; Heat; Stimulant, 5 to 30tTL. Alcohol; 10 p.c. Gas ; assay. 4. By Chemical Reaction.—There is but one spirit in the Phar- macopoeia made by chemical reaction, and that is spirit of nitrous ether. As explained elsewhere (Part IV.), it is the product of the action of nitric acid upon alcohol, and is an alcoholic solution of ethyl nitrite. ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS. 311 Name. Preparation. Use and Dose. Spiritus JEtheris Nitrosi. 5 p.c. Ethyl Nitrite. Diaphoretic, diuretic, fgss to f Spirit made by Chemical Reaction. 5. By Distillation.—This method of making spirits is the oldest and in many respects the best in use. When the desirable volatile principles which are present in the preparation when finished can be vaporized at the temperature of boiling alcohol or diluted alcohol, dis- tillation is preferred. In the case of liquids containing some oils of high boiling-points, it is necessary to obtain the oils by distillation with water and afterwards mix the distillate with alcohol. It is certain, however, that spirits made by the admixture of volatile oils with alco- hol, as in Class 1, are often deficient in the more delicate and volatile principles found in the substances from which they are distilled. These principles are often soluble in water and insoluble in the oil, and neces- sarily in the distillation of the volatile oil with water they must be found in the water, and are absent from the oil. This is well illustrated in the case of oil of neroli and orange flower water: the latter has much the more fragrant odor when compared with the oil obtained in the same distillation from the same flowers and subjected to the same tempera- ture. The only officinal spirits made by distillation are two in number, -—whisky and brandy. Spirits made by Distillation. Name. Preparation. Use and Dose. Spiritus Frumenti. By distillation from fermented grain; 'must be at least 2 years old. Stimulant, to f^i. Spiritus Yini Gallici. By distillation from fermented grapes; must be at least 4 years old. Stimulant, to tgi. PRACTICAL PROCESSES FOR OFFICINAL SPIRITS. SPIRITUS iETHERIS. U.S. Spirit of Ether. By measure. Stronger Ether, 30 parts, or 4 A- oz- Alcohol, 70 parts, or 8/4 OZ‘ To make 100 parts, or 12Y* fl- oz* Mix them. SPIRITUS iETHERIS COMPOSITUS. U.S. Compound Spirit of Ether. [Hoffmann's Anodyne.] L By measure. Stronger Ether, 30 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Alcohol, 67 parts, or ®oz% Ethereal Oil, 3 parts, or fl‘ dr> To make 100 parts, or about 12 fl. oz. Mix them. 312 ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS. SPIRITUS iETHERIS NITROSI. U.S. Spirit of Nitrous Ether. [Sweet Spirit of Nitre.] An alcoholic solution of Ethyl Nitrite [C2H5N02; 75], containing 5 per cent, of the crude Ether. Nitric Acid, 9 parts, or 9 oz. av. Sulphuric Acid, 7 parts, or 7 oz. av. Alcohol, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Add the Sulphuric Acid gradually to thirty-one parts [or 36 fl. oz.] of Alcohol. When the mixture has cooled, transfer it to a tubulated retort connected with a well cooled condenser, to which a receiver, surrounded by broken ice, is connected air-tight, and which is further connected, by means of a glass tube, with a small vial containing water, the end of the tube dipping into the latter. How add the Nitric Acid to the contents of the retort, and, having introduced a thermometer through the tubulure, heat rapidly, by means of a water- bath, until strong reaction occurs and the temperature reaches 80° C. (176° F.). Continue the distillation at that temperature, and not exceeding 82° C. (180° F.), until the reaction ceases. Disconnect the receiver, and immediately pour the distillate into a flask containing sixteen parts [or 1 pint] of ice-cold Distilled Water. Close the flask and agitate the contents repeatedly, keeping down the temperature by immersing the flask occasionally in ice-water. Then separate the ethereal layer, and mix it immediately with nineteen times its weight of Alcohol. Keep the product in small glass-stoppered vials, in a dark place, remote from lights or fire. For comments on the process, see Spiritus iEtheris Nitrosi, Part V. SPIRITUS AMMONI/E. U.S. Spirit of Ammonia. An alcoholic solution of Ammonia [NH3; 17], containing 10 per cent., by weight, of the gas. By measure. Stronger Water of Ammonia, 45 parts, or . 8 fl. oz. Alcohol, recently distilled, and which has been kept in glass vessels, a suffi- cient quantity, To make about 16 fl. oz. Pour the Stronger Water of Ammonia into a flask connected with a well cooled receiver, into which eighty parts [or 1 pint] of Alcohol are introduced. Heat the flask carefully, and very gradually, to a temper- ature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), and maintain it at that temper- ature for about ten minutes. Then disconnect the receiver, and, having ascertained the ammoniacal strength of the contents by means of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid, add enough Alcohol to make the product contain ten per cent, of Ammonia. Keep the product in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. For comments on the process, see Spiritus Ammonise, Part IV. ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS. 313 SPIRITUS AMMONIA AROMATICUS. U.S. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia. By measure. Carbonate of Ammonium, 40 parts, or 500 grains. Water of Ammonia, 100 parts, or .... , 22 fl. dr. Oil of Lemon, 12 parts, or 3 fl. dr. Oil of Lavender Flowers, 1 part, or 14 minims. Oil of Pimenta, 1 part, or 12 minims. Alcohol, recently distilled, and which has been kept in glass vessels, 700 parts, or 24 fl. oz. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. To the Water of Ammonia, contained in a flask, add one hundred and forty parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, and afterward the Car- bonate of Ammonium reduced to a moderately fine powder. Close the flask and agitate the contents until the Carbonate is dissolved. Weigh the Alcohol in a tared flask of suitable capacity, or pour twenty- two fluidounces in a bottle, add the oils, then gradually add the solu- tion of Carbonate of Ammonium, and afterward enough Distilled Water to make the product weigh one thousand parts [or measure 2 pints]. Lastly, filter the liquid, through paper, in a well-covered funnel. Keep the product in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. For comments on the process, see Spiritus Ammoniae Aromaticus, Part IY. SPIRITUS ANISI. U.S. Spirit of Anise. By measure. Oil of Anise, 10 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 90 parts, or ; n fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 12 fl. oz. Mix them. SPIRITUS AURANTII. U.S. Spirit of Orange. By measure. Oil of Orange Peel, 6 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 94 parts, or 16 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 178. oz. Mix them. SPIRITUS CAMPHOR.®. U.S. Spirit of Camphor. By measure. Camphor, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Alcohol, 70 parts, or 25 fl. oz. Water, 20 parts, or 6 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Dissolve the Camphor in the Alcohol, add the Water, and filter through paper. SPIRITUS CHLOROFORMI. U.S. Spirit of Chloroform. By measure. Purified Chloroform, 10 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 90 parts, or 16 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 17 ft. oz. Mix them. 314 ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS. SPIRITUS CINNAMOMI. U.S. Spirit of Cinnamon. By measure. Oil of Cinnamon, 10 parts, or i fl. oz. Alcohol, 90 parts, or 12 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 13 fl. oz. Mix them. SPIRITUS FRUMENTI. U.S. Whisky. An alcoholic liquid, obtained by the distillation of fermented grain (usually corn, wheat, or rye), and at least two years old. SPIRITUS GAULTHERI/E. U.S. Spirit of Gaultheria. By measure. Oil of Gaultheria, 3 parts, or 160 minims. Alcohol, 97 parts, or 16 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 1 pint. Mix them. SPIRITUS JUNIPERI. U.S. Spirit of Juniper. By measure. Oil of Juniper, 3 parts, or 224 minims. Alcohol, 97 parts, or 16 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or . . ' about 1 pint. Mix them. SPIRITUS JUNIPERI COMPOSITUS. U.S. Compound Spirit of Juniper. By measure. Oil of Juniper, 10 parts, or 24 minims. Oil of Caraway, 1 part, or 2 minims. Oil of Fennel, 1 part, or 2 minims. Alcohol, 3000 parts, or 16 fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 5000 parts, or about \'/2 pints. Dissolve the Oils in the Alcohol, and gradually add enough Water to make the product weigh five thousand parts [or measure lj pints]. SPIRITUS LAVANDULffi. U.S. Spirit of Lavender. By measure. Oil of Lavender Flowers, 3 parts, or 4 fl. dr. Alcohol, 97 parts, or 16 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 1 pint. Mix them. SPIRITUS LIMONIS. U.S. Spirit of Lemon. [Essence of Lemon.] By measure. Oil of Lemon, 6 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Lemon Peel, freshly grated, 4 parts, or 240 grains. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. Dissolve the Oil of Lemon in ninety parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, add the Lemon Peel, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then filter ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS. 315 through paper, adding through the filter enough Alcohol to make the Spirit weigh one hundred parts [or measure 1 pint]. SPIRITUS MENTHA PIPERITA. U.S. Spirit of Peppermint. [Essence of Peppermint.] By measure. Oil of Peppermint, 10 parts, or n fl. dr. Peppermint, in coarse powder, 1 part, or 60 grains. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or i pint. Dissolve the Oil of Peppermint in ninety parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of Alco- hol, add the Peppermint, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then filter through paper, adding through the filter enough Alcohol to make the Spirit weigh one hundred parts [or measure 1 pint]. SPIRITUS MENTHA VIRIDIS. U.S. Spirit of Spearmint. [Essence of Spearmint.] By measure. Oil of Spearmint, 10 parts, or ii fl. dr. Spearmint, in coarse powder, 1 part, or . . 6o grains. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or i pint. Dissolve the Oil of Spearmint in ninety parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of Alco- hol, add the Spearmint, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then filter through paper, adding through the filter enough Alcohol to make the Spirit weigh one hundred parts [or measure 1 pint]. SPIRITUS MYRCIA. U.S. Spirit of Myrcia. [Bay Rum.] By measure. Oil of Myrcia, 16 parts, or i fl. oz. Oil of Orange Peel, 1 part, or 35 minims. Oil of Pimenta, 1 part, or 30 minims. Alcohol, 1000 parts, or 5 pints. Water, 782 parts, or 3 pints. To make 1800 parts, or about 8 pints. Mix the Oils with the Alcohol, and gradually add the "Water to the solution. Set the mixture aside, in a well-stopped bottle, for eight days, then filter through paper, in a well-covered funnel. SPIRITUS MYRISTICZB. U.S. Spirit of Nutmeg. [Essence of Nutmeg.] By measure. Oil of Nutmeg, 3 parts, or 4 fl. dr. Alcohol, 97 parts, or 1 pint. To make 1OO parts, or about 1 pint. Mix them. 316 ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS. SPIRITUS ODORATUS. U.S. Perfumed Spirit. [Cologne Water.] By measure. Oil of Bergamot, 16 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Oil of Lemon, 8 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Oil of Rosemary, 8 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Oil of Lavender Flowers, 4 parts, or y2 fl. oz. Oil of Orange Flowers, 4 parts, or y fl. oz. Acetic Ether, 2 parts, or 2 fl. dr. Water, 158 parts, or 18 fl. oz. Alcohol, 800 parts, or pints. To make 1000 parts, or about 8 pints. Dissolve the Oils and the Acetic Ether in the Alcohol, and add the Water. Set the mixture aside, in a well-closed bottle, for eight days, then filter through paper, in a well-covered funnel. SPIRITUS VINI GALLICI. U.S. Brandy. An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distillation of fermented grapes, and at least four years old. For comments upon Spiritus Yini Gallici, see Part Y. Elixiria. Elixirs. Elixirs are aromatic, sweetened, spirituous preparations containing small quantities of active medicinal substances. Although they are largely employed throughout the United States, but one has been made officinal,—i.e., the elixir of orange. This is intended as a vehicle for the administration of active remedies in small doses. There will be found in the Appendix a number of formulas of unofficinal elixirs. PEACTICAL PROCESS FOE OFFICINAL ELIXIR ELIXIR AURANTII. U. S. Elixir of Orange. [Simple Elixir.] By measure. Oil of Orange Peel, 1 part, or 2y2 fl. dr. Cotton, 2 parts, or 4 dr. Sugar, in coarse powder, 100 parts, or 25 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 300 parts, or about 4 pints. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of one part [or 1 pint] of Alcohol to three parts [or 2\ pints] of Water. Add the Oil of Orange Peel to the Cotton, in small portions at a time, distributing it thor- oughly by picking the Cotton apart after each addition; then pack tightly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour on the mixture of Alcohol and Water, until two hundred parts [or 31 pints] of filtered liquid are obtained. In this liquid dissolve the Sugar by agitation, without heat, and strain. ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS. 317 QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XXIII. ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS. In pharmacy, what are spirits ? In how many different ways are the officinal spirits made ? How many of them are there ? What is the most usual method of making them ? How many of them are made in this way ? In making spirits, what is the object of maceration? What spirit is made by gaseous solution ? By chemical reaction ? What officinal spirits are made by distillation ? Where spirits can be made either by distillation or by solution, which is the better process, and why? Give the formula and process for making spirit of ether. Hoffmann’s anodyne. What is the officinal name in Latin and in English ? What is spirit of nitrous ether ? How much of the crude ether does it contain ? What is the formula in symbols of ethyl nitrite? What is its molecular weight ? How is this obtained ? What is its popular name or synonyme? How is it made ? What is spirit of ammonia ? How is it prepared ? What percentage of gas by weight does it contain ? What is the formula in symbols of ammonia ? What is its molecular weight? Which is the stronger of the two preparations, spiritus ammoniae or aqua ammonise? What is aromatic spirit of ammonia ? How is it prepared ? Give the officinal name, formula, and mode of making spirit of anise. Spirit of orange. Spirit of camphor. Spirit of chloroform. Spirit of cinnamon. What is whisky? (as officinal in the U. S. P.) Give the formula and mode of making spirit of gaultheria. Spirit of juniper. Compound spirit of juniper. Spirit of lavender. Spirit of lemon. What is the popular name of spirit of lemon ? Give the formula and mode of making spirit of peppermint. What is its popular name ? Give the formula and mode of making spirit of spearmint. What is the officinal name of bay rum, in Latin and in English ? How is it made ? Give the formula and mode of making spirit of nutmeg. What is spiritus odoratus ? What is the officinal definition of brandy ? What are elixirs ? What is elixir of orange used for ? How is it made ? CHAPTER XXIV. ETHEREAL SOLUTIONS. Collodia. Collodions. Collodions are liquid preparations intended for external use, having for the base a solution of pyroxylin, or gun-cotton, in a mixture of ether and alcohol. (For a description of the properties of pyroxylin and collodions, see Part V.) Collodions are applied to the skin by means of a soft brush, and when the ether and alcohol evaporate a film is left on the surface, which either acts as a protection or brings a medicating agent in contact with the epidermis. Four collodions are officinal. Name. Proportions. Collodium. 4 p. Pyroxylin; 70 p. Stronger Ether; 26 p. Alcohol. Decant the clear collodion from the sediment. Collodium cum Cantharide. 60 p. Cantharides, No. 60 Powder; 85 p. Flexible Col- lodion ; Commercial Chloroform sufficient to exhaust the cantharides ; after distillation the residue should weigh 15 parts. Decant the clear cantharidal collo- dion from the sediment. Collodium Flexile. 92 p. Collodion; 5 p. Canada Turpentine; 3 p. Castor Oil. Collodium Stypticum. 20 p. Tannic Acid; 5 p. Alcohol; 20 p. Stronger Ether; 55 p. Collodion. Officinal Collodions. COLLODIUM. U.S. Collodion. By measure. Pyroxylin, 4 parts, or oz. av. Stronger Ether, 70 parts, or n fl. oz. 5 fl. dr. Alcohol, 26 parts, or - 3 fl. oz. 7 fl. dr. . To make 100 parts, or about 1 pint.1 To the Pyroxylin, contained in a tared bottle, add the Alcohol and let it stand for fifteen minutes; then add the Ether, and shake the mixture until the Pyroxylin is dissolved. Cork the bottle well and set it aside until the liquid has become clear. Then decant it from any sediment which may have formed, and transfer it to bottles, which should be securely corked. Keep the Collodion in a cool place, remote from lights or fire. 1 End-product varies with the amount of deposit. 318 ETHEREAL SOLUTIONS. 319 COLLODIUM CUM CANTHARIDE. U. S. Collodion with Cantharides. [Cantharidal Collodion.] By measure. Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, 60 parts, or io oz. av. Flexible Collodion, 85 parts, or 14 oz. av. Commercial Chloroform, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about . 1 pint.1 Pack the powder firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Commercial Chloroform upon it, until two hundred and fifty parts [or 28 fl. oz.] of tincture are obtained, or until the Cantharides are ex- hausted. Recover, by distillation on a water-bath, about two hundred parts [or 23 fl. oz.] of the Chloroform, and evaporate the residue in a capsule, by means of a water-bath, until it weighs fifteen parts [or measures 14 fl. dr.]. Dissolve this in the Flexible Collodion, and let it stand at rest for forty-eight hours. Finally, pour off the clear portion from any sediment which may have been deposited, and transfer it to bottles,, which should be securely corked. Keep the Cantharidal Collodion in a cool place, remote from lights or fire. COLLODIUM FLEXILE. U. S. Flexible Collodion. By measure. Collodion, 92 parts, or 12 oz. av. Canada Turpentine, 5 parts, or 285 grains. Castor Oil, 3 parts, or 170 grains. To make 100 parts, or about 1 pint. Mix them and keep the mixture in a well-corked bottle, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire. COLLODIUM STYPTICUM. U. S. Styptic Collodion. By measure. Tannic Acid, 20 parts, or 80 grains. Alcohol, 5 parts, or 26 minims. Stronger Ether, 20 parts, or no minims. Collodion, 55 parts, or fl. dr. To make 100 parts, or about 1 fl. oz. Place the Tannic Acid in a tared bottle, add the Alcohol, Ether, and Collodion, and agitate until the Tannic Acid is dissolved. Keep the product in well-corked bottles, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire. 1 End-product varies with the amount of deposit. CHAPTER XXV. OLEAGINOUS SOLUTIONS OR EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS. Linimenta. Liniments. These are solutions of various substances or mixtures in oily or alcoholic liquids containing fatty oils, intended for external application, and usually applied with friction and rubbing of the skin. There are ten officinal liniments, four of which are made with cotton seed oil as the base, four with alcohol as the principal liquid, and two contain oil of turpentine. They are classified as follows: Officinal Liniments. Name. « Base. Proportions. Linimentum Ammonias. Oil. 30 p. "Water of Ammonia; 70 p. Cotton Seed Oil. Linimentum Calcis. Oil. 50 p. Solution of Lime; 50 p. Cotton Seed Oil. Linimentum Camphor®. Oil. 20 p. Camphor; 80 p. Cotton Seed Linimentum Plumbi Suh- Oil. 40 p. Solution of Suhacetate of acetatis. Lead ; 60 p. Cotton Seed Oil. 5 p. Camphor; 95 p. Fluid Ex- tract of Belladonna. Linimentum Belladonnas. Alcohol. Linimentum Chloroformi. Alcohol. 40 p. Commercial Chloroform ; 60 p. Soap Liniment. Linimentum Saponis. Alcohol. 10 p. Soap; 5 p. Camphor; 1 p. Oil of Rosemary; 70 p. Alco- hol ; 14 p. Water. Linimentum Sinapis Com- Alcohol. 3 p. Volatile Oil of Mustard; 2 positum. p. Extract of Mezereum; 6 p. Camphor; 15 p. Castor Oil; 74 p. Alcohol. Linimentum Cantharidis. Oil of Turpentine. 15 p. Cantharides; 85 p. Oil of Turpentine. Linimentum Terebinthinas. Oil of Turpentine. 65 p. Resin Cerate; 35 p. Oil of Turpentine. PRACTICAL PROCESSES FOR OFFICINAL LINIMENTS. LINIMENTUM AMMONIA. U.S. Ammonia Liniment. Water of Ammonia, 30 parts, or oz. av. Cotton Seed Oil, 70 parts, or io}4 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 15 oz. av. Mix them. OLEAGINOUS SOLUTIONS OR EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS. 321 LINIMENTUM BELLADONNA. U.S. Belladonna Liniment. By measure. Fluid Extract of Belladonna, 95 parts, or 19 fl. oz. Camphor, 5 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 20 fl. oz. Dissolve the Camphor in the Fluid Extract. LINIMENTUM CALCIS. U.S. Lime Liniment. Solution of Lime, 50 parts, or 8 oz. av. Cotton Seed Oil, 50 parts, or 8 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 pint. Mix them. LINIMENTUM CAMPHORA. U.S. Camphor Liniment. Camphor, 20 parts, or 3 oz. av. Cotton Seed Oil, 80 parts, or 12 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 15 oz. av. Dissolve the Camphor in the Oil. LINIMENTUM CANTHARIDIS. U.S. Cantharides Liniment. By measure. Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, 15 parts, or 1 oz. av. Oil of Turpentine, a sufficient quantity, or 8 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or )/2 pint. Digest the Cantharides with one hundred parts [or $ pint] of Oil of Turpentine, in a closed vessel, by means of a water-bath, for three hours; then strain and add enough Oil of Turpentine through the strainer to make the Liniment weigh one hundred parts [or measure i pint]. LINIMENTUM CHLOROFORMI. U.S. Chloroform Liniment. By measure. Commercial Chloroform, 40 parts, or 9 fl. oz. Soap Liniment, 60 parts, or 23 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix them. LINIMENTUM PLUMBI SUBACETATIS. U.S. Liniment of Subacetate of Lead. Solution of Subacetate of Lead, 40 parts, or 2 oz. av. Cotton Seed Oil, 60 parts, or 3 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 5 oz. av. Mix them. 322 OLE A GINO US SOL UTIONS OR EXTERNAL APPLICA TIONS. LINIMENTUM SAPONIS. U.S. Soap Liniment. By measure. Soap, in shavings, 10 parts, or 5 oz. av. Camphor, 5 parts, or %'/2 oz. av. Oil of Rosemary, 1 part, or fl. dr. Alcohol, 70 parts, or 41 fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or pints. Digest the Soap in fourteen parts [or 7 fl. oz.] of Water, until it is dis- solved ; dissolve the Camphor and Oil in the Alcohol; mix the solutions, and filter through paper, adding enough Water, through the filter, to make the Liniment weigh one hundred parts [or measure 3£ pints]. LINIMENTUM SINAPIS COMPOSITUM. U.S. Compound Liniment of Mustard. By measure. Volatile Oil of Mustard, 3 parts, or . 1 fl. dr. Extract of Mezereum, 2 parts, or 40 grains. Camphor, 6 parts, or 120 grains. Castor Oil, 15 parts, or 6 fl. dr. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or fl. oz. Dissolve the Extract of Mezereum and the Camphor in seventy parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Alcohol; then add the Oil of Mustard and the Castor Oil and, finally, enough Alcohol to make the product weigh one hun- dred parts [or measure 5£ fl. oz.]. LINIMENTUM U.S. Turpentine Liniment. By measure. Resin Cerate, 65 parts, or 13 oz. av. Oil of Turpentine, 35 parts, or y2 pint. To make 100 parts, or 20 oz. av. Add the Oil to the Cerate previously melted, and mix them thor- oughly. Oleata. Oleates. The officinal oleates are liquid preparations made by dissolving me- tallic salts or alkaloids in oleic acid. The term oleate is also used com- mercially to designate solid preparations, which are supposed to be chemical compounds of oleic acid with various bases. (See Part V.) The officinal oleates are not assumed to be definite chemical compounds. The proportion of oleic acid is very excessive, and they must be re- garded as solutions of the medicating agent in oleic acid, the latter having special advantages as a basis for administering external reme- dies, being more readily absorbed than most of the fatty substances used in making ointments. Two oleates are officinal. Officinal Oleates. Name. Proportions. Oleatum Hydrargyri. Oleatum Veratrinae. 10 p. Yellow Oxide of Mercury to 90 p. Oleic Acid. 2 p. Veratrine to 98 p. Oleic Acid. OLEAGINOUS SOLUTIONS OR EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS. 323 OLEATUM HYDRARGYRI. U. S. Oleate of Mercury. By measure. Yellow Oxide of Mercury, thoroughly dried, 10 parts, or 40 grains. Oleic Acid, 90 parts, or about 1 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Heat the Oleic Acid, contained in a porcelain vessel, to near 74° C. (165.2° F.), taking care not to exceed this temperature. Gradually add the Oxide of Mercury, and stir until it is dissolved. OLEATUM VERATRINA1. U.S. Oleate of Veratrine. By measure. Veratrine, 2 parts, or 8 grains. Oleic Acid, 98 parts, or ' *. 1 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Rub the Yeratrine with a small quantity of the Oleic Acid, in a warm mortar, to a smooth paste. Add this to the remainder of the Oleic Acid, heated in a porcelain capsule, on a water-bath, and stir until it is dissolved. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTERS XXIV. AND XXV. ETHEREAL SOLUTIONS, OLEAGINOUS SOLUTIONS OR EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS. "What are collodions, and how are they used ? How many are officinal, and what are their names? Give the formula and mode of making collodium. What is the officinal name of cantharidal collodion ? Give its formula and mode of preparation. What is flexible collodion? Give its formula and mode of preparation. What is styptic collodion? Give its formula and mode of preparation. What are liniments ? How many are officinal ? What substances are used as the bases for these liniments ? How is ammonia liniment made ? Give the formula and mode of making belladonna liniment. Lime liniment. Camphor liniment. Cantharides liniment. Chloroform liniment. Liniment of subacetate of lead. Soap liniment. What kind of soap should be used ? Give the formula and mode of making compound liniment of mustard. Tur- pentine liniment. What are officinal oleates ? How many are there, and what are their names ? What advantage are they supposed to possess over the fatty substances that are commonly used in ointments ? Give the formula and mode of making oleate of mercury. Oleate of veratrine. CHAPTER XXVI. AQUEOUS LIQUIDS MADE BY PERCOLATION OR MACERATION. Infusa. Infusions. Infusions are liquid preparations made by treating vegetable sub- stances with either hot or cold water. The drug is not subjected to the boiling process, although it is common to pour boiling wrater over it; the whole is allowed to stand in a close vessel until cold. Whilst the use of hot water has the advantage of saving time in some cases, it is often objectionable because the inert principles in the drug are dissolved by the hot water, and as the infusion cools, they are precipitated out in such a very finely divided condition that they cannot be readily sepa- rated by eolation or filtration. Cold water should be selected as the menstruum when the drug contains a valuable volatile principle, wlien the active agent is injured by heat, or when the desirable principles are readily soluble in water of ordinary temperature. The time required to make the infusion must be considered, for in warm weather it is quite possible for an infusion to ferment or decompose before it is finished. Pure water should be used in making infusions, and large quantities should not be made at one time unless demanded for immediate use, as, without special precautions to preserve them, they soon become decom- posed. Of the inert principles found in plants, starch is extracted by hot water and albumen by cold water, whilst gum, sugar, and extractive are dissolved by both. In making infusions the drug is usually coarsely comminuted, sliced, or bruised. Fine powders should be avoided whenever possible, be- cause it is difficult to separate the fine particles from the infusion; and if percolation is resorted to, so much time is consumed in the operation, owing to the swelling of the powder, that decomposition may set in be- fore the preparation is finished. The number of officinal infusions is jive. Infusions are usually made in four ways: 1. By maceration. 2. By digestion. 3. By percolation. 4. By diluting fluid extracts. 1. By Maceration.—This is the process which is most frequently used. The general formula of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, which is here appended, furnishes a model. GENERAL OFFICINAL FORMULA FOR INFUSIONS. An ordinary Infusion, the strength of which is not directed by the physician, nor specified by the Pharmacopoeia, shall be prepared by the following formula: 324 AQUEOUS LIQUIDS. 325 Take of By measure. The Substance, coarsely comminuted, 10 parts, or i oz. av. Boiling Water, 100 parts, or io fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or io fl. oz. Put the substance into a suitable vessel, provided with a cover, pour upon it the Boiling Water, cover the vessel tightly, and let it stand two hours. Then strain, and pass enough Water through the strainer to make the Infusion weigh one hundred parts, or measure 10 fluid- ounces.1 Caution.—The strength of Infusions of energetic or powerful sub- stances should be specially prescribed by the physician. It will be found most convenient to provide special apparatus for making infusions by maceration. One of the oldest forms is known as Alsop’s Infusion Jar. This presents a very neat and effectual method of making the hot infusions. It con- sists of an earthen-ware mug, repre- sented in Fig. 337, with a spout, d, proceeding from the bottom, and placed closely to the side of the vessel to pre- vent fracture; a perforated plate or diaphragm, b, supported on a ledge, c, at about one-quarter or one-third of the height of the vessel from the top; and a lid, a, which may be fastened on by a string through holes//. The material to be submitted to infusion is placed on the perforated plate, and the hot water poured in so as to cover it, the vessel having been previously warmed, so as not to chill the liquid. As the water becomes impregnated, it acquires an increased specific gravity, and'sinks to the bottom, its place being supplied by the unsaturated portion; and this circulation goes on until the whole of the soluble matter is extracted. In order to maintain a due warmth, the vessel may be placed upon a stove, or upon an iron plate near the fire. The advantage of the process is that the material is subjected to the solvent power of the least impregnated portion of the menstruum. In order that the vessel may be adapted for the preparation of different quantities of infusions, it would be an advantage to have ledges ar- ranged within, at different heights, so that the diaphragm may be sup- ported at any desired point. The surface of the liquid, e, should of course always be above the medicinal substance placed upon the dia- phragm. Fig. 337. Alsop’s infusion jar. 1 The average difference between the relation by weight and that by measure is 5 per cent. For the sake of simplicity, this has been disregarded, as the drugs themselves often vary this much in the amount of moisture present, and the dosage varies even more widely. 326 AQUEOUS LIQUIDS. Squire’s Infusion Mug differs from the preceding in having a colander of queen’s-ware, which is closely cov- ered with a lid, and descends into the jar so as to form a diaphragm for the support of the substance to be infused. It has the advantage that the material, after having been ex- hausted, may be lifted out without disturbing the infusion. Fig. 338 shows the mug. It is made of queen’s- ware, of the capacity of one pint, B: into it a thimble-shaped colander, A, descends, supported on the rim of the mug by a projecting ledge, with a carefully-fitted cover, C, which closes the whole. The substance to be sub- mitted to infusion is introduced into the colander either before or after it has been fitted to the mug; the water, hot or cold, as the case may be, is then poured in so as to fill the lower vessel and cover the materials in the upper; and, the cover having been applied, the vessel is set aside for the length of time required. The colander is then to Fig. 338. Fig. 339. Fig. 340. Infusion pitcher. Infusion mug (home-made). be lifted out, and the infusion, without having to strain it, is ready for use. AQUEOUS LIQUIDS. 327 Fig. 339 represents an earthen-ware infusion pitcher, which may be used for making a gallon of infusion: it is useful where there is a large demand. Its principle of action is similar to that of Squire’s infusion mug. A still better and cheaper apparatus may be made by the phar- macist himself, by selecting a queen’s-ware or porcelain tea- or coffee-pot, A, as in Fig. 340, and if a hole is bored with the broken end of a small file through the top, close to the handle, a copper wire may be passed through the hole and around the handle, and made to terminate in a hook. The material to be infused is loosely tied up in a square piece of cheese-cloth (coarse, thin muslin) and suspended from the hook: the hot water soon penetrates all parts of the drug and dissolves out the soluble principles by circulatory displacement. This method has the great advantage that no further straining is needed, as the bag retains all of the solid undissolved portion; this may be pressed and the con- tents thrown away. Officinal Infusions made by Maceration. Name. Proportion. Use and Dose. Infusum Brayerae. Infusum Digitalis. Infusum Sennae Compositum. 6 p.c. Koosso; Boiling Water; not to be strained. 1J p.c. Digitalis; 1J p.c. Cinnamon; 7£ p.c. Alcohol; Boiling W ater. 6 p.c. Senna; 12 p.c. Manna; 12 p.c. Sulph. Magnesium; 2p.c. Fennel; Boiling Water. Taenicide,f§viij. Diuretic, etc., f^iv. Purgative, fgij to f§iv. 2. By Digestion.—The process of digestion consists in subjecting the substance to the continued action of moderate heat below the boiling tem- perature. In making infusions digestion is often very useful, although it may not be directed in the formula. It generally suffices to place the infusion vessel (see Fig. 340) upon a moderately hot portion of the stove-plate, or upon the floor near the stove or source of heat. 3. By Percolation.—This method of making infusions is by far the most satisfactory, and should be used whenever possible. It should be selected when the desirable principles are easily dissolved in water, and when the amount of menstruum is amply sufficient to exhaust the drug thoroughly. Percolation presents the advantages of furnishing a finished preparation, straining being unnecessary. Again, precipi- tation from the deposition of inert principles after the infusion has been strained, due to the principles being soluble in hot water but insoluble in cold water, is avoided. The chief drawback to the adop- tion of percolation in making infusions is the length of time it takes to exhaust the drug with water. Infusions are generally extemporaneous preparations, and they are frequently desired quickly : hence the process of maceration is often selected in preference. Officinal Infusions made by Percolation. Name. Proportion. Use. Infusum Cinchonse. 6 p.c. Cinchona; 1 p.c. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid and Water. Tonic. Infusum Pruni Virginians. 4 p.c. Wild-Cherry Bark; Water. Tonic. 328 AQUEOUS LIQUIDS. Preservation of Infusions.—The difficulty in preserving infusions arises from the decomposition of the principles which are extracted by water and retained in the preparation. If sufficient alcohol is added to prevent decomposition, the therapeutic action of the infusion is usually interfered with, owing to the comparatively large proportion of spirit contained in the dose. Alcohol is successfully used in preparations like infusion of gentian, orange peel, etc., or simple tonics. If an antiseptic, like boric, carbolic, or salicylic acid, is used, the same objection exists,— the interference due to the therapeutic action of the antiseptic. It has been proved that infusions may be preserved for a long time if they are protected from the microscopic organisms which float in the air. A simple method is to heat the infusion contained in the bottle gradually to the boiling- point, in order to destroy any of the. spores that may be present, and then to transfer it at once to small bottles, which are filled to the brim, the corks forced in and tied over, and the cork, lip, and neck of each bottle dipped into hot sealing-wax. A useful modification of A linen’s method consists in heating to the boil- ing-point the infusion contained in a bottle in a water-bath. The rubber cork of the bottle is perforated so as to admit a long bent tube and a short tube; the short tube is loosely filled with cotton, the long limb of the bent tube is passed through the cork, and a rubber tube with a pinch-cock attached, as shown in Fig. 341. The cotton permits the admission of air into the bottle, but excludes spores and dust. The infusion may be drawn as wanted from the bottle by the rubber tube and syphon, the flow being controlled by the pinch-cock and started by suction. Infusions from Fluid Extracts.—The habit of making infusions from concentrated alcoholic tinctures or fluid extracts is improper and unjustifiable, except in those few cases in which the active and desirable principles of the drug are equally soluble in alcohol and in water, or in the menstrua used for both fluid extract and infusion. This is well illustrated in those preparations in which the activity of the drug is due to resinous bodies. Alcoholic menstrua here are necessary to dissolve the resins, and if such a fluid extract is added to water, precipitation takes place and the filtered infusion is worthless. If the precipitate is inert or does not carry down with it any portion of the active principle, and is readily separated, the only objection to the infusion is the presence of the alcohol, which may or may not seriously interfere with the thera- peutic action, according as the quantity present is large or small. The saving in time and labor by making infusions in this way is the cause of the frequent employment of this method, but it should never be used if the therapeutic action of the drug is weakened thereby. The substi- tution of a fluid extract infusion in a prescription for one directed to be made by the officinal process is very reprehensible. Fig. 341. Infusion bottle. AQUEOUS LIQUIDS. 329 PRACTICAL PROCESSES FOR OFFICINAL INFUSIONS. INFUSA. Infusions. General Officinal Formula.—An ordinary infusion, the strength of which is not directed by the physician, nor specified by the Pharmaco- poeia, shall be prepared by the following formula: Take of By measure. The Substance, coarsely comminuted, 10 parts, or i oz. av. Boiling Water, 100 parts, or 10 fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or xo fl. oz. Put the substance into a suitable vessel, provided with a cover, pour upon it the Boiling Water, cover the vessel tightly, and let it stand two hours. Then strain, and pass enough Water through the strainer to make the Infusion weigh one hundred parts [or measure 10 fl. oz.]. Caution.—The strength of infusions of energetic or powerful sub- stances should be specially prescribed by the physician. INFUSUM BRAYERA2. U. S. Infusion of Brayera. By measure. Brayera, in No. 20 powder, 6 parts, or i oz. av. Boiling Water, 100 parts, or i pint. Pour the Boiling Water upon the Brayera, and let it macerate in a covered vessel until cool. This Infusion should be dispensed without straining. INFUSUM CINCHONAS. U.S. Infusion of Cinchona. By measuro. Cinchona, in No. 40 powder, 6 parts, or i oz. av. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid, 1 part, or 8o minims. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or i pint. Mix the Acid with fifty parts [or £ pint] of Water, and moisten the powder with three parts [or £ fl. oz.] of the mixture; pack it firmly in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour upon it, first, the re- mainder of the mixture, and afterward, Water, until the Infusion weighs one hundred parts [or measures 1 pint]. When no variety of Cinchona is specified by the physician directing this Infusion, use Yellow Cinchona. INFUSUM DIGITALIS. U.S. Infusion of Digitalis. By measure. Digitalis, in No. 20 powder, 3 parts, or 55 grains. Cinnamon, in No. 20 powder, 3 parts, or 55 grains. Boiling Water, 185 parts, or fl. oz. Alcohol, 15 parts, or 6 fl. dr. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 200 parts or 8 fl. oz. 330 AQUEOUS LIQUIDS. Pour the Boiling Water upon the mixed powders, and macerate for two hours in a covered vessel. Then strain, add the Alcohol, and pass enough Water through the strainer to make the Infusion weigh two hundred parts [or measure 8 fl. oz.]. INFUSUM PRUNI VIRGINIAN®. U.S. Infusion of Wil'd Cherry. By measure. Wild Cherry, in No. 40 powder, 4 parts, or 1 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 24 fl. oz. Moisten the powder with six parts [or 12 fl. dr.] of Water, and macerate for one hour; then pack it firmly in a conical glass perco- lator, and gradually pour Water upon it until the Infusion weighs one hundred parts [or measures 24 fl. oz.]. INFUSUM SENN® COMPOSITUM. U.S. Compound Infusion of Senna. [Black Draught.] By measure. Senna, 6 parts, or % oz. av. Manna, 12 parts, or 1 oz. av. Sulphate of Magnesium, 12 parts, or 1 oz. av. Fennel, bruised, 2 parts, or 73 grains. Boiling Water, 100 parts, or 8 fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 8 fl. oz. Pour the Boiling Water upon the solid ingredients and macerate in a covered vessel until cool. Then strain, and add enough Water through the strainer to make the Infusion weigh one hundred parts [or measure 8 fl. oz.]. UNOFFICINAL INFUSIONS. INFUSUM GENTIAN.® COMPOSITUM. U. S. P. 1870. Compound Infusion of Gentian, By measure. Gentian, in moderately coarse powder ]/2 troy oz. Bitter Orange Peel, in moderately coarse powder 60 grains. Coriander, in moderately coarse powder 60 grains. Alcohol 2 fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol with fourteen fluidounces of Water, and, having moistened the mixed powders with three fluidrachms of the men- struum, pack them firmly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour upon them first the remainder of the menstruum, and afterwards Water, until the filtered liquid measures a pint. INFUSUM GENTIAN.® COMPOSITUM FORTIUS. Concentrated Compound Infusion of Gentian (quadruple strength). Gentian, in moderately coarse powder 2 troy oz. Bitter Orange Peel, in moderately coarse powder yi troy oz. Coriander, in moderately coarse powder troy oz. Alcohol 2 fl. oz. Water 14 fl. oz. AQUEOUS LIQUIDS. 331 Mix the Alcohol with the Water, and, having moistened the mixed powders with one fluidounce of the menstruum, pack them firmly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour upon them first the re- mainder of the menstruum, and afterwards Water, until the filtered liquid measures a pint. This preparation keeps well, is four times the strength of the U. S. P. 1870 infusion, and may be diluted with Water containing Alcohol in the same proportion (1 Alcohol, 7 Water) when Compound Infusion of Gentian is prescribed. If water alone is used to dilute it, a precipitate is apt to occur. INFUSUM COMPOSITUM. U.S. 1870. Compound Infusion of Rose. Red Rose (dried petals) yz troy oz. Diluted Sulphuric Acid 3 fl. dr. Sugar (in coarse powder) xyi troy oz. Boiling Water 21/2 pints. Pour the Water upon the Rose, in a covered glass or porcelain ves- sel ; add the Acid, and macerate for half an hour. Lastly, dissolve the Sugar in the liquid, and strain. INFUSUM SALVIA. U.S. 1870. Infusion of Sage. Sage y troy oz. Boiling Water i pint. Macerate for half an hour in a covered vessel, and strain. Decocta. Decoctions. Decoctions are liquid preparations made by boiling vegetable sub- stances with water. The object sought to be gained in preparing decoctions is to secure the soluble active principles of drugs which are not injured by heat in aqueous solution. It is Fig. 342. Fig. 343. obvious that very few drugs are suited to this form of administra- tion ; and decoctions are rapidly declining in favor. Hot infusion will generally afford a means of obtaining all the benefits that are derived from boiling the drug with water, whilst the prolonged action of boiling water generally exer- cises a dissociating effect upon the active principles. The disadvantages Block-tin decoction vessel. Brass water-bath. 332 AQUEOUS LIQUIDS. of hot infusions are possessed in a more marked degree by decoctions (see page 324). In compound decoctions the ingredients are preferably added at different periods of the operation, the hard, ligneous drugs being added first, and the aromatics, or those containing volatile oils, at the close of the process, so that loss of activity of the latter may not ensue. The earthen-ware or porcelain vessels used in preparing infusions are preferred for decoctions (see page 326), as they will bear the heat of boiling water, if heated gradually. Fig. 342 shows a block-tin vessel employed for preparing decoctions, used largely in Germany, and to some extent here. It is preferably used in connection with the brass water- bath, R (see Fig. 343). The rim, F, is somewhat flexible, whilst a small aperture permits the escape of steam. The empyreumatic odor which many decoctions possess when made over a naked fire, and caused by particles adhering to the bottom of the vessel and becoming charred, is avoided by the use of the water-bath. Iron vessels are not used advantageously, because of the discoloration which is caused by the tannin of astringent drugs reacting with the iron. The number of officinal decoctions is two. PRACTICAL PROCESSES FOR OFFICINAL DECOCTIONS. General Officinal Formula.—An ordinary Decoction, the strength of which is not directed by the physician, nor specified by the Pharma- copoeia, shall be prepared by the following formula: Take of By measure. The Substance, coarsely comminuted, 10 parts, or . i oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or io fl. oz. Put the substance into a suitable vessel, provided with a cover, pour upon it one hundred 'parts [or 10 fl. oz.] of cold Water, cover it well, and boil for fifteen minutes; then let it cool to about 45° C. (113° F.), strain the liquid, and pass through the strainer enough cold Water to make the product weigh one hundred parts [or measure 10 fl. oz.]. Caution.—The strength of Decoctions of energetic or powerful sub- stances should be specially prescribed by the physician. DECOCTUM CETRARI./E. U.S. Decoction of Cetraria. By measure. Cetraria, 5 parts, or . . . I oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 20 fl. oz. Cover the Cetraria, in a suitable vessel, with forty parts [or 8 fl. oz.] of cold Water, express after half an hour, and throw away the liquid. Then boil the Cetraria with one hundred parts [or 20 fl. oz.] of Water for half an hour, strain, and add enough cold Water, through the strainer, to make the product weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2d fl. oz.]. DECOCTA. Decoctions. AQUEOUS LIQUIDS. 333 DECOCTUM SARSAPARILLA COMPOSITUM. U.S. Compound De- coction of Sarsaparilla. • By measure. Sarsaparilla, cut and bruised, 10 parts, or 720 grains. Sassafras, in No. 20 powder, 2 parts, or 144 grains. Guaiacum Wood, rasped, 2 parts, or 144 grains. Glycyrrhiza, bruised, 2 parts, or 144 grains. Mezereum, cut and bruised, 1 part, or 72 grains. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. Boil the Sarsaparilla and Guaiacum Wood for half an hour in a suitable vessel with one hundred parts [or 1 pint] of Water; then add the Sassafras, Glycyrrhiza, and Mezereum, cover the vessel well, and macerate for two hours; finally strain, and add enough cold Water, through the strainer, to make the product weigh one hundred parts [or measure 1 pint]. DECOCTUM SARSAPARILLA COMPOSITUM FORTIUS. P. G. Zittmann’s Decoction (Stronger). By measure. Sarsaparilla, cut, 100 parts, or . 2 oz. av. Water, 2600 parts, or 50 fl. oz. Digest for twenty-four hours and, having added Sugar, 5 parts, or 44 grains, Alum, 5 parts, or 44 grains, expose them in a covered vessel, with occasional stirring, for three hours, to the heat of boiling water; then add to the mixture Anise, bruised, 5 parts, or 44 grains. Fennel, bruised, 5 parts, or 44 grains. Senna, cut, 25 parts, or y oz. av. Liquorice Root, cut, 10 parts, or 88 grains. Digest for a quarter of an hour, and strain the liquid with expression. Allow the Decoction to settle; then pour olf the liquid, and, by the ad- dition of water, bring it to two thousand five hundred parts [or 3 pints]. DECOCTUM SARSAPARILLA COMPOSITUM MITIUS. P. G. Zittmann’s Decoction (Milder). „ By measure. Sarsaparilla, cut, 50 parts, or 1 oz. av. Water, 2400 parts, or 46 fl. oz. Digest for twenty-four hours, and expose in a covered vessel, with occasional stirring, for three hours, to the heat of boiling water on a water-bath. Then add to the decoction : Lemon Peel, cut, 5 parts, or 44 grains. Cinnamon, bruised, 5 parts, or 44 grains. Cardamom, bruised, 5 parts, or 44 grains. Liquorice Root, cut, 5 parts, or 44 grains. Digest for a quarter of an hour, and strain the liquid with expres- sion. Allow the Decoction to settle; then pour olf the liquid, and, by the addition of water, bring it to two thousand five hundred parts [or 3 pints]. TJNOFFICINAL DECOCTIONS. 334 AQUEOUS LIQUIDS. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XXVI. AQUEOUS LIQUIDS MADE BY PERCOLATION OR MACERATION. What are infusions ? In making infusions, should the substances be boiled? In what cases is hot water preferable ? Cold water ? What inert principles found in drugs are extracted by hot water, and what by cold water? What is the objection to using fine powders in making infusions ? How many officinal infusions are there ? By what four methods are infusions usually made? Which process is most frequently used in the U. S. P. ? Give the general officinal formula for infusions. Describe Alsop’s infusion jar. Squire’s infusion mug. What special advantage has this mug ? How may a cheap and convenient apparatus be made ? What officinal infusions are made by maceration? How is the process of digestion used in making infusions ? Is percolation a good process for making infusions ? What are its advantages ? What is its chief disadvantage ? What officinal infusions are made by percolation ? How may infusions be preserved ? What is the objection to the use of antiseptics? Describe Almen’s method of preserving infusions. Is the method of making infusions from fluid extracts a desirable one ? What are the objections to it? Give the formula and mode of making infusion of brayera. Infusion of cinchona. What kind of cinchona should be used in this infusion ? Give the formula and mode of making infusion of digitalis. Infusion of wild cherry. Compound infusion of senna. What is the proper name of this preparation ? Give the formula and mode of making compound infusion of gentian. Is this officinal in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia ? May this preparation be made in a more concentrated form ? What is the use of such a preparation ? Give the formula and mode of making compound infusion of rose. Infusion of sage. Is either of these two preparations officinal in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia ? What are decoctions ? What is the object sought in preparing decoctions ? What are the disadvantages attending decoctions ? In making decoctions, should all the ingredients be put in together ? Why ? How may the empyreumatic odor which sometimes occurs in decoctions be avoided ? Are iron vessels used advantageously in making decoctions ? Why ? How many officinal decoctions are there, and what are their names ? Give the general officinal formula for making a decoction, where the strength has not been directed or specified. Give the Latin name, formula, and mode of making decoction of cetraria. Com- pound decoction of sarsaparilla. Zittmann’s stronger decoction. Zittmann’s milder decoction. In what pharmacopoeia are the last two officinal ? CHAPTER XXVII. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS MADE BY PERCOLATION OR MACERATION. Tincturse. Tinctures. Tinctures are alcoholic solutions of medicinal substances. They differ from spirits in being made from non-volatile bodies, there being but one officinal exception to this rule.1 They are made by percolation, maceration, solution, or dilution, and the menstrua employed in the officinal tinctures are alcohol, diluted alcohol of various strengths, aromatic spirit of ammonia, or mixtures of alcohol, water, and glycerin. The officinal tinctures are seventy-three in number. In some unofficinal tinctures, ether, spirit of ether, ammoniated alcohol, and spirit of nitrous ether are used. The use of alcohol as a solvent for the active or useful principles in drugs has been practised for many years, but it has required a long time and much experience to determine the proper proportion of water to dilute the alcohol so that the menstrua should thoroughly ex- haust the drugs without extracting the inert principles, and yet contain sufficient alcohol to secure permanent preparations that will not deposit in time a portion of their active constituents. The advantages of alcohol as a menstruum have been proved so thoroughly, that the use of aqueous preparations has greatly declined in this country; and yet there are some instances, particularly in the case of the weak tinctures and those requiring a large dose, in which the therapeutic action of the menstruum almost equals that of the drug. In these cases, however, the physician may prefer the fluid extract when he does not desire the stimulating action of the alcohol in the tincture. In selecting the menstrua the proportion of water in each case was made as great as possible without endangering the permanency of the preparation, one especial advantage being that such tinctures may be added in small proportions to aqueous preparations without serious precipitation. In this respect tinctures have usually a great advan- tage over fluid extracts, and weaker alcoholic menstrua are often used successfully for tinctures when such would be entirely unsuitable for fluid extracts, because the tincture, on account of its comparative weakness, having a much larger proportion of menstruum to exhaust the drug with, than the fluid extract, may have the excess over the pro- portion of alcohol used in the fluid extract made up with water. It has been proved that a pint of diluted alcohol will extract by percolation a larger proportion of the soluble principles of a drug than half a pint of alcohol and half a pint of water percolated separately through the drug. 1 Tincture of Iodine. 335 336 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. The properties of alcohol are considered under another head (Part IV.), yet it seems desirable to notice here the solvent properties of this valu- able preservative. It mixes freely with water, ether, acetic acid, a number of volatile oils, and castor oil; it dissolves resins, camphor, tannin, benzoic acid, chlorophyl, the alkaloids, balsams, iodine, ferric chloride, ammonium carbonate, etc. Diluted alcohol extracts from drugs, gum, extractive, chlorophyl, albumen, coloring matter, resins, volatile oils, alkaloids, sugar, tannin, etc. Glycerin is used in tinctures to pre- vent precipitation by retaining in solution principles which would other- wise in time be deposited. Preparation.—Tinctures are officinally made in three ways: 1. By percolation. 2. By maceration. 3. By solution or dilution. 1. By Percolation.—This is the best method for making tinctures, and it is always directed by the Pharmacopoeia when practicable. Tinctures are made in this way from all drugs which are capable of being readily comminuted and displaced. The special advantages of percola- tion over maceration and expression are seen in the saving of time and labor, and in the greater efficiency of the product if the process has been carefully and skilfully performed. In working practically from the offi- cinal formulas, it will be found that the use of the alternative measure formula will be very much more convenient than the use of parts by weight, as the frequent weighings necessary to bring the end-product to the exact weight, in the case of the tinctures made by percolation, will prove to be an annoyance which few practical operators will care to en- dure. If the drugs from which the tinctures are directed to be made could be standardized so that they would always contain a definite and uniform weight of the active principles, there might be an advantage in bringing the end-product to a weight which would bear a simple rela- tion to the proportion of active principles selected as a standard; but the Pharmacopoeia, for obvious reasons, has not fixed a limit for even the amount of moisture in air-dried drugs, and to assay all of them and fix a maximum and minimum limit of each active principle present in each drug would be impracticable, and in most cases impossible. Now, the variation in the amount of moisture and in the proportion of active principles in commercial drugs is far greater than is generally supposed; and so long as this ever-present bar to uniformity is not overcome, it is useless to regard here the trifling advantage supposed to exist in favor of accuracy and convenience in weighing liquids : practi- cally, the accuracy resolves itself into a question of personal error, for a careful operator will make more accurate tinctures by using measures than a careless one will by using weights, and vice versa. Fifty-four officinal tinctures, or more than two-thirds of the whole number, are made by percolation. 2. By Maceration.—This method of making tinctures is officinally used in the case of resins, balsams, gums, soap, etc., where the practical difficulties likely to be encountered in percolation would offset any advantages that the latter process might possess (see page 244). 3. By Solution or Dilution.—A few tinctures are made in this way, such as tincture of iodine by dissolving iodine in alcohol, tincture of chloride of iron by diluting the solution of ferric chloride with alcohol. a l coholic Liq uids. 337 The following tables exhibit the officinal tinctures, classified so as to show their relative strength both as to weight and volume, the varia- tions in menstrua, and other useful data : Table of Officinal Tinctures arranged in the Order of their Relative Strength, with other Data. °l • Kf. * S.sa -5 ~ S 2 si o c M © © fcc g ° < f? J, ? 2 “ 1 oM 3 Officinal Name. o Menstruum. Ingredients in 100 Parts by Weight. © a Ma © a H fc 1.6 & grain Tinctura Opii Cam- 50 Dil. Alcohol. .4 Powd. Opium; .4 Benzoic Powd. phorata. Acid; .4 Oil of Anise; .4 Opium. Cantharidis. Camphor; 4 p. Glycerin. 60 Alcohol. 5 p. Cantharides. Capsici. 30 95 p. Alcohol; 5 p. Capsicum. 5 p. Water. 5 2*< Lavandulae Com- 20 68 p. Alcohol; .8 p. Oil Lavender; .2 p. Oil posita. 27 p. Water. Rosemary; 1.8 p. Cinna- mon ; .4 p. Cloves; 1 p. Nut- meg ; .8 p. Red Saunders. 5.5 Cardamomi Com- 40 Dil. Alcohol; 2 p. Cardamom; 2 p. Cinna- posita. 6 p.c. Glyc. mon; 1 p. Caraway; .5 p. Cochineal. 8 4 Iodi. Alcohol. 8 p. Iodine. 4| Bryoniae. 40 Alcohol. 10 p. Brjmnia. 10 Physostigmatis. 40 Alcohol. 10 p. Physostigma. Sumbul. 30 Alcohol. 10 p. Sumbul. Tolutana. Alcohol. 10 p. Balsam of Tolu. Arnieae Radicis. 40 Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Arnica Root. Chiratae. 40 Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Chirata. Croci. Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Saffron. Cubebae. 30 Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Cubeb. Matieo. 40 Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Matieo. 10 H Moschi. Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Musk. Quassiae. 40 Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Quassia. Serpentariae. 40 Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Serpentaria. Stramonii. 40 Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Stramonium Seed. Vanillae. Bruised. Ale. 2; Wat. 1. 10 p. Vanilla. Calumbae. 20 Ale. 3; Wat. 2. 10 p. Calumba. Cinnamomi. 40 Ale. 3; Wat. 2. 10 p. Cinnamon. 4 gr. Ext. Ignatiae. 60 Ale. 8; Wat. 1. 10 p. Ignatia. Opii. Opii Deodorata. 50 Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Powdered Opium. H- 50 Ale. 2 ; Wat. 8. 10 p. Powdered Opium. Kino. Ale. 60; Glyc. 10 p. Kino. 15; Wat. 15. Gentianae Com- 40 Dil. Alcohol. 8 p. Gentian; 4 p. Bitter posita. Orange Peel; 2 p. Carda- 14 Rhei. 40 Dil. Alcohol. mom. 12 p. Rhubarb; 2 p. Carda- mom. Gelsemii. 60 Alcohol. 15 p. Gelsemium. Belladonnae. 60 Dil. Alcohol. 15 p. Belladonna Leaves. Cardamomi. 30 Dil. Alcohol. 15 p. Cardamom. Colchici. 30 Dil. Alcohol. 15 p. Colchicum Seed. Conii. 30 Dil. Alcohol. 15 p. Conium; .4 p.c. Dil. 15 CO ioH Digitalis. 60 Dil. Alcohol. HC1. 15 p. Digitalis. Hyoscyami. 60 Dil. Alcohol. 15 p. Hyoscyamus. Scillae. 30 Dil. Alcohol. 15 p. Squill. Sanguinariae. 60 Ale. 2; Wat. 1. 15 p. Sanguinaria. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 338 Table of Tinctures, U. S. P.—(Continued,.) Total Percentage by Weight of Drugs or Active Agents. Number of Grains of Active Ingredients in a Fluidrachm. Officinal Name. Fineness of Powder. Menstruum. Ingredients in 100 Parts by Weight. 17 9 Tinctura Ehei Dul- 40 Dil. Alcohol. 8 p. Rhubarb; 4 p. Glycyr- cis. rhiza; 4 p. Anise; 1 p. Cardamom. r Aloes et Myrrh®. 50 Alcohol. 10 p. Aloes; 10 p. Myrrh. Asafoetid®. Bruised. Alcohol. 20 p. Asafetida. Aurantii Dulcis. Cut. Alcohol. 20 p. Sweet Orange Peel. Benzoini. 40 Alcohol. 20 p. Benzoin. Cannabis Indie®. 40 Alcohol. 20 p. Indian Cannabis. 20 10* Cimicifug®. 60 Alcohol. 20 p. Cimicifuga. Guaiaci. 20 Alcohol. 20 p. Guaiac. Myrrh®. 20 Alcohol. 20 p. Myrrh. Pyrethri. 40 Alcohol. 20 p. Pyrethrum. Zingiberis. 40 Alcohol. 20 p. Ginger. Aloes. 50 Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Aloes; 10 p. Extract Glycyrrhiza. Arnic® Florum. 20 Dil. Alcohol. 20 p. Arnica Flowers. Aurantii Amari. 30 Dil. Alcohol. 20 p. Bitter Orange Peel. Calendul®. 20 Dil. Alcohol. 20 p. Calendula. Catechu Compos- 40 Dil. Alcohol. 12 p. Catechu; 8 p. Cinna- ita. mon. Gall®. 40 Dil. Alcohol; 20 p. Nutgall. 10 p.c. Glyc. Humuli. 20 Dil. Alcohol. 20 p. Hops. Hydrastis. 60 Dil. Alcohol. 20 p. Hydrastis. Ipecacuanh® et Dil. Alcohol. 10 p. Fluid Extract Ipecacu- Opii. anha; Deod. Tinct. Opium 20 101-j to 100 parts. Krameri®. 40 Dil. Alcohol. 20 p. Krameria. Lobeli®. 40 Dil. Alcohol. 20 p. Lobelia. Hucis Yomic®. 60 Ale. 8 ; Wat. 1. 20 p. Nux Vomica. Valerian®. 60 Ale. 2; Wat. 1. 20 p. Valerian. Cinchon®. 60 Ale. 65; Wat. 20 p. Yellow Cinchona. 25; Glyc. 10. Cinchon® Com- 60 Ale. 80; Wat. 10 p. Red Cinchona; 8 p. posita. 10; Glyc. 10. Bitter Orange Peel; 2 p. Serpentaria. Guaiaci Ammoni- 20 Spirit. Ammon. 20 p. Guaiac. ata. Aromaticus. Valerian® Am- 60 Spirit. Ammon. 20 p. Valerian. moniata. Aromaticus. 26 13* Benzoini Compos- Alcohol. 12 p. Benzoin ; 2 p. Aloes; 8 ita. p. Storax; 4 p. Balsam of Tolu. 30 16* Rhei Aromatica. 40 Dil. Alcohol. 20 p. Rhubarb; 4 p. Cinna- mon; 4 p. Cloves; 2 p. Nutmeg. 35 Ferri Chloridi. Alcohol. 35 p. Solution of Chloride of Iron. 40 19 Aconiti. 60 Alcohol. 40 p. Aconite (Root); .4 p. Tartaric Acid. 50 Ferri Acetatis. Alcohol. 50 p. Solution Acetate of Iron; 20 p. Acetic Ether. 24 Veratri Viridis. 60 Alcohol. 50 p. Veratrum Viride. Tinctur® Herbarum Bruised. Alcohol. 50 p. Fresh Herb. Recentium. 65 36* Tinctura Saponis Alcohol. 65 p. Green Soap ; 2 p. Oil of Viridis. Lavender. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 339 PRACTICAL PROCESSES FOR OFFICINAL TINCTURES. TINCTURA ACONITI. U.S. Tincture of Aconite. By measure. Aconite, in No. 60 powder, 400 parts, or ny2 oz. av. Tartaric Acid, 4 parts, or 48 grains. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with two hundred parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, in which the Tartaric Acid has previously been dissolved, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass per- colator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one thousand parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA ALOES. U.S. Tincture of Aloes. By measure. Purified Aloes, in moderately fine powder, 10 parts, or 3% oz. av. Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in moderately fine powder, 10 parts, or . . . oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the powders with eighty parts [or 1| pints] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate the mixture for seven days, in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. TINCTURA ALOES ET MYRRH®. U.S. Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh. By measure. Purified Aloes, in moderately fine powder, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Myrrh, in moderately fine powder, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the powders with eighty parts [or 1£ pints] of Alcohol, and macerate the mixture for seven days, in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. TINCTURA ARNICAS FLORUM. U.S. Tincture of Arnica Flowers. [Tinctura Arnica, Pharm. 1870.] By measure. Arnica Flowers, in No. 20 powder, 20 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 12 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA ARNICAS RADICIS. U. S. Tincture of Arnica Root. By measure. Arnica Root, in No. 40 powder, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. 340 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hun- dred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA ASAFCETIDjE. U. S. Tincture of Asafetida. By measure. Asafetida, bruised, 20 parts, or 6 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the Asafetida with eighty parts [or 1£ pints] of Alcohol, and macerate for seven days, in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. TINCTURA AURANTII AMARI. U. S. Tincture of Bitter Orange Peel. [Tinctura Aurantii, Pharm. 1870.] By measure. Bitter Orange Peel, in No. 30 powder, 20 parts, or 6 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it moderately in a conical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA AURANTII DULCIS. U.S. Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel. By measure. Sweet Orange Peel, recently separated from the fresh fruit and deprived of the inner, white layer, 20 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the Orange Peel, previously cut into small pieces, with eighty parts [or 1| pints] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it moderately in a conical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA BELLADONNAS. U.S. Tincture of Belladonna. By measure. Belladonna Leaves, in No. 60 powder, 15 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hun- dred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA BENZOINI. U.S. Tincture of Benzoin. By measure. Benzoin, in moderately coarse powder, 20 parts, or . oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 341 Mix the powder with eighty parts [or 1£ pints] of Alcohol, and macer- ate for seven days, in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding through the filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. TINCTURA BENZOINI COMPOSITA. U. S. Compound Tincture of Benzoin. By measure. Benzoin, in coarse powder, 12 parts, or 3oz. av. Purified Aloes, in coarse powder, 2 parts, or 260 grains, Storax, 8 parts, or 2]/2 oz. av. Balsam of Tolu, 4 parts, or 1 % oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the Benzoin, Aloes, Storax, and Balsam of Tolu with seventy-five parts [or 1J pints] of Alcohol, and macerate the mixture for seven days, in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. TINCTURA BRYONIAS. U. S. Tincture of Bryonia. By measure. Bryonia, recently dried and in No. 40 powder, 10 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 2f oz. av.] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CALENDULAS. U. S. Tincture of Calendula. By measure. Calendula, in No. 20 powder, 20 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 12 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CALUMB/B. U. S. Tincture of Calumba. By measure. Calumba, in No. 20 powder, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or • 2 pints. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of three parts [or 1£ pints] of Alcohol to two parts [or 12 fl. oz.] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with ten parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of the mixture, macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it in a cylindrical percolator, and gradu- ally pour menstruum upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. 342 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. TINCTURA CANNABIS INDICT. U.S. Tincture of Indian Cannabis. [Tinctura Cannabis, Pharm. 1870.] By measure. Indian Cannabis, in No. 40 powder, 20 parts, or 5)4 oz- av* Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CANTHARIDIS. U.S. Tincture of Cantharides. • By measure. Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, 5 parts, or 6oo grains. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with three parts [or 6 fl. dr.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CAPSICI. U.S. Tincture of Capsicum. By measure. Capsicum, in No. 30 powder, 5 parts, or 6oo grains. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of nineteen parts [or 2 pints] of Alcohol to one part [or If fl. oz.] of Water, and, having moist- ened the powder with three parts [or 5 fl. dr.] of the mixture," pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then gradually pour menstruum upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CARDAMOMI. U.S. Tincture of Cardamom. / By measure. Cardamom, in No. 30 powder, 15 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CARDAMOMI COMPOSITA. U.S. Compound Tincture of Cardamom. By measure. Cardamom, 20 parts, or 280 grains. Cinnamon, 20 parts, or 280 grains. Caraway, 10 parts, or 140 grains. Cochineal, 5 parts, or 70 grains. Glycerin, 60 parts, or 1 >4 fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 343 Mix the Cardamom, Cinnamon, Caraway, and Cochineal, and reduce them to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder. Having moistened the powder with twenty-five parts [or 6 fl. dr.] of Diluted Alcohol, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until nine hundred and forty parts [or 30? fl. oz.] of Tincture are obtained ; then add the Glycerin and mix them. TINCTURA CATECHU COMPOSITA. U. S. Compound Tincture of Catechu. [Tinctura Catechu, Pharm. 1870.] By measure. Catechu, in No. 40 powder, 12 parts, or 4 oz. av. Cinnamon, in No. 40 powder, 8 parts, or 2 oz. av. 300 gr. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the powders, and, having moistened the mixture with fifteen parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CHIRAT.®. U.S. Tincture of Chirata. By measure. Chirata, in No. 40 powder, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 2? fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylin- drical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or two pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CIMICIFUGiE. U.S. Tincture of Cimicifuga. By measure. Cimicifuga, in No. 60 powder, 20 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 4J fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CINCHONA. U.S. Tincture of Cinchona. By measure. Yellow Cinchona, in No. 60 powder, 20 parts, or 6 oz. av. Glycerin, 10 parts, or fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the Glycerin with sixty five parts [or 23 fl. oz.] of Alcohol and twenty-five parts [or 7 fl. oz.] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with twenty parts [or fl. oz.] of the mixture, macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass perco- 344 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. lator, and gradually pour on the remainder of the mixture. When the liquid has disappeared from the surface, gradually pour on more of the mixture of Alcohol and Water, using the same proportions as before, and continue the percolation, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CINCHONA COMPOSITA. U. S. Compound Tincture of Cinchona. By measure. Red Cinchona, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Bitter Orange Peel, 8 parts, or 2)4 oz• av. Serpentaria, 2 parts, or l/2 oz• av. Glycerin, 10 parts, or 2)4 fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the Glycerin with eighty parts [or 28 fl. oz.] of Alcohol and ten parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Water. Having mixed the Cinchona, Orange Peel, and Serpentaria, reduce them to a fine (Ho. 60) powder. Moisten the powder with twenty parts [or 5£ fl. oz.] of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator, and gradually pour on the remainder of the men- struum. When the liquid has disappeared from the surface, gradually pour upon it enough of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, using the same proportions as before, and continue the percolation, until one hun- dred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CINNAMOMI. V. S. Tincture of Cinnamon. By measure. Cinnamon, in No. 40 powder, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of three parts [or 1£ pints] of Alcohol to two parts [or 12 fl. oz.] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with five parts [or 1£ fl. oz.] of menstruum, pack it in a conical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA COLCHICI. U. S. Tincture of Colchicum. By measure. Colchicum Seed, in No. 30 powder, 15 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CONII. U. S. Tincture of Conium. By measure. Conium, in No. 30 powder, 150 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 4 parts, or 1 fl. dr. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 345 Moisten the powder with forty-five parts [or 2 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, previously mixed with the Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it moderately in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA CROCI. U. S. Tincture of Saffron. By measure. Saffron, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the Saffron with ten parts [or 2| fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it tirmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hun- dred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA U. S. Tincture of Cubeb. By measure. Cubeb, in No. 30 powder, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 2$ fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hun- dred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA DIGITALIS. U. S. Tincture of Digitalis. By measure. Digitalis, recently dried and in No. 60 powder, 15 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hun- dred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURE HERBARUM RECENTIUM. U.S. Tinctures of Fresh Herbs. These Tinctures, when not otherwise directed, are to be prepared by the following formula: Take of By measure. The Fresh Herb, bruised or crushed, 50 parts, or 16 oz. Alcohol, 100 parts, or pints. Macerate the Herb with the Alcohol for fourteen days; then express the liquid and filter. TINCTURA FERRI ACETATIS. U.S. Tincture of Acetate of Iron. [Tincture of Ferric Acetate.] By measure. Solution of Acetate of Iron, 50 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Alcohol, 80 parts, or 3 fl. oz. 3 fl. dr. Acetic Ether, 20 parts, or 2 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 9 fl. oz. 346 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. Mix the Alcohol and Acetic Ether, and gradually add the Solution of Acetate of Iron, taking care that the mixture remains cool. Keep the Tincture in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool and dark place. A clear, dark reddish-brown liquid, transparent in thin layers, having the odor of acetic ether, an acidulous and astringent taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.950. It is miscible, in all proportions, with water, without becoming tur- bid. The Tincture, diluted with water, affords a brownish-red precipitate with water of ammonia, and a blue one with test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium. When mixed with sulphuric acid, and gently warmed, it evolves acetous vapors. If the iron be completely precipitated from a portion of the diluted Tincture by excess of water of ammonia, the tiltrate should not yield either a white or a dark-colored pre- cipitate with hydrosulphuric acid (abs. of zinc, copper). Another portion of the fil- trate should not leave any fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition (abs. of fixed alkalies). A few drops added to freshly-prepared test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium should impart to the latter a pure greenish-brown color without a trace of blue (abs. of ferrous salt). 20 Gm. of the Tincture carefully evaporated and, after addition of a few drops of nitric acid, ignited, should yield a residue weighing 1.12 Gm. TINCTURA FERRI CHLORIDI. U.S. Tincture of Chloride of Iron. [Tincture of Ferric Chloride.] By measure. Solution of Chloride of Iron, 35 parts, or A- oz* Alcohol, 65 parts, or 25 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Mix the Solution with the Alcohol, and let it stand, in a closely- covered vessel, at least three months; then transfer it to glass-stop- pered bottles. A bright, brownish liquid of a slightly ethereal odor, a very astringent styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.980. The Tincture affords a brownish-red pre- cipitate with water of ammonia, a blue one with test-solution of ferrocyanide of po- tassium, and a white one, insoluble in nitric acid, with test-solution of nitrate of silver. If the iron be completely precipitated from a portion of the Tincture by ex- cess of water of ammonia, the filtrate should not yield either a white or a dark-colored precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid (abs. of zinc, copper). Another portion of the filtrate should leave no fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition (abs. of fixed alkalies). On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and the moderately diluted Tincture, the crystal should not become brown, nor should there be a brownish-black zone devel- oped around it (abs. of nitric acid). A few drops added to freshly-prepared test- solution of ferricyanide of potassium should impart to the latter a pure greenish- brown color without a trace of blue (abs. of ferrous salt). On diluting 8 parts of the Tincture with distilled water to 100 parts, and boiling in a test-tube, the liquid should remain clear (abs. of oxychloride). 10 Gm. of the Tincture, when completely precipitated by excess of water of am- monia, yield a precipitate which, when washed, dried, and ignited, should weigh 0.652 Gm. TINCTURA GALL.®. U.S. Tincture of Nutgall. By measure. Nutgall, in No. 40 powder, 20 parts, or 6)4 oz. av. Glycerin, 10 parts, or 2)4 oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 347 Mix the Glycerin with ninety parts [or 30 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder \yith ten parts of the mixture, pack it in a conical glass percolator; then gradually pour upon it, first, the remainder of the mixture, and afterward, Diluted Alcohol, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA GELSEMII. U.S. Tincture of Gelsemium. By measure. Gelsemium, in No. 60 powder, 15 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA GENTIANS COMPOSITA. U.S. Compound Tincture of Gentian. By measure. Gentian, 8 parts, or 5 oz. av. Bitter Orange Peel, 4 parts, or 2]/2 oz. av. Cardamom, 2 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 4 pints. Mix the Gentian, Orange Peel, and Cardamom, and reduce the mix- ture to a moderately coarse (No. 40) pow’der. Moisten, the powder with ten parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty- four hours; then pack it in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 4 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA GUAIACI. U.S. Tincture of Guaiac. By measure. Guaiac, in coarse powder, 20 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the powder with eighty parts [or 1? pints] of Alcohol, and macerate for seven days, in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. TINCTURA GUAIACI AMMONIATA. U.S. Ammoniated Tincture of Guaiac. By measure. Guaiac, in coarse powder, 20 parts, or oz. av. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the powder with eighty parts [or 1£ pints] of Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, and macerate for seven days, in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. 348 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. TINCTURA HUMULI. U.S. Tincture of Hops. By measure. Hops, well dried and in No. 20 powder, 20 parts, or 6% oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 12 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA HYDRASTIS. U.S. Tincture of Hydrastis. By measure. Hydrastis, in No. 60 powder, 20 parts, or 6% oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 4£ fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hun- dred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA HYOSCYAMI. U.S. Tincture of Hyoscyamus. By measure. Hyoscyamus, recently dried and in No. 60 powder, 15 parts, or . . . oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 4J fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA IGNATIY. U.S. Tincture of Ignatia. By measure. Ignatia, in No. 60 powder, 10 parts, or 8 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of eight parts [or 4£ pints] of Alcohol to one part [or £ pint] of Water. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or £ pint] of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until the Ignatia is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety parts [or 4$ pints] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder to ten parts [or J pint], and mix with the reserved portion. Of this Tincture take any convenient number of parts, and, by means of a water-bath, evaporate it to dryness. Weigh the resulting extract, and from its weight calculate the quantity of extract contained in the one hundred parts of Tincture obtained; then dissolve the dried extract in the remainder of the Tincture, and add enough of the above men- struum to make the product weigh so many parts that each one hun- dred parts of Tincture shall contain one part of dry extract. Lastly, mix thoroughly, and filter through paper. Tincture of Ignatia thus prepared represents about 10 parts of Ignatia in 100 parts. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 349 TINCTURA IODI. U.S. Tincture of Iodine. [Tinctura Iodinii, Pharm. 1870.] By measure. Iodine, 8 parts, or 255 grains. Alcohol, 92 parts, or . y2 pint. To make 100 parts, or about '/2 pint. Dissolve the Iodine in the Alcohol. • 6.33 Gm. of the Tincture, mixed with a solution of 2 Gm. of iodide of potassium in 25 C.c. of water and a little gelatinized starch, should require, for complete de- coloration, 40 C.c. of the volumetric solution of hyposulphite of sodium. TINCTURA IPECACUANHA ET OPII. U.S. Tincture of Ipecac and Opium. By measure. Deodorized Tincture of Opium, 100 parts, or 9y fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Ipecac, 10 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or . 10 fl. oz. Evaporate the Deodorized Tincture of Opium, on a water-bath, until it weighs eighty-five parts [or measures \ pint]. When it has become cold, add to it the Fluid Extract of Ipecac, filter the mixture and pass enough Diluted Alcohol through the filter to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure 10 fl. oz.]. TINCTURA KINO. U.S. Tincture of Kino. By measure. Kino, 10 parts, or 360 grains. Glycerin, 15 parts, or 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or y pint. Mix the Glycerin with sixty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol and fifteen parts [or 10 fl. dr.] of Water. Kub the Kino in a mortar, adding, gradually, thirty parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of this menstruum, until a smooth paste is made; transfer this to a bottle, add the remainder of the men- struum, and macerate for twenty-four hours, occasionally shaking the bottle; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of four parts [or 5 fl. dr.] of Alcohol to one part [or 1 fl. dr.] of Water, to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure £ pint]. Keep the Tincture in well-stopped bottles. TINCTURA KRAMERIA. U.S. Tincture of Krameria. By measure. Krameria, in No. 40 powder, 20 parts, or 6% oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it in a cylindrical per- colator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. 350 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. TINCTURA LAVANDULA COMPOSITA. V. S. Compound Tincture of Lavender. [Spiritus Lavandulae Compositus, Pharm. 1870.] By measure. Oil of Lavender, 8 parts, or I fl. oz. Oil of Rosemary, 2 parts, or 2 fl. dr. Cinnamon, in coarse powder, 18 parts, or 2oz. av. Cloves, 4 parts, or . ., y. oz. av. Nutmeg, 10 parts, or itf oz. av. Red Saunders, in coarse powder, 8 parts, or ... i oz. av. Alcohol, 680 parts, or ' • . . . . 6 pints. Water, 270 parts, or 2 pints. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 8 pints. Dissolve the Oils in the Alcohol and add the Water. Crush the Nutmeg in a mortar, mix it with the Cinnamon, Cloves, and Bed Saunders, and reduce the mixture, by grinding, to a coarse (No. 20) powder. Moisten the mixture with a sufficient quantity of the alco- holic solution of the Oils, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, gradually pour upon it the remainder of the alcoholic solution, and afterward, Diluted Alcohol, until one thousand parts [or 8 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA LOBELIA. U.S. Tincture of Lobelia. By measure. Lobelia, in No. 40 powder, 20 parts, or 6y oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindri- cal percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA MATICO. U. S. Tincture of Matico. By measure. Matico, in No. 40 powder, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or pints. Moisten the Matico with ten parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hun- dred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA MOSCHI. U. S. Tincture of Musk. By measure. Musk, 10 parts, or 340 grains. Alcohol, 45 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Water, 45 parts, or $y fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or y pint. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 351 Rub the Musk in a mortar, first, with a little of the Water, until a smooth mixture is made, and then with the remainder of the Water. Transfer the whole to a bottle, add the Alcohol, and macerate the mixture for seven days, occasionally shaking the bottle. Then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure £ pint]. TINCTURA MYRRHS. U.S. Tincture of Myrrh. By measure. Myrrh, in moderately coarse powder, 20 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or ’ 2 pints. Mix the powder with eighty parts [or 1 % pints] of Alcohol, and macer- ate for seven days in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure two pints]. TINCTURA NUCIS VOMICA. U. S. Tincture of Nux Vomica. By measure. Nux Vomica, in No. 60 powder, 20 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of eight parts [or 4i pints] of Alcohol to one part [or i pint] of Water. Moisten the powder with twenty parts [or 1 pint] of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until the Nux Yomica is exhausted. Reserve the first .ninety parts [or 4i pints] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder to ten parts [or $ pint], and mix with the reserved portion. Of this Tincture take any convenient number of parts, and, by means of a water-bath, evaporate to dryness; weigh the resulting extract, and from its weight calculate the quantity of dry extract contained in the one hundred parts of Tincture; then dissolve the dried extract in the remainder of the Tincture, and add enough of the above men- st» uum to make the product weigh so many parts, that each one hun- dred parts of Tincture shall contain two parts of dry extract. Lastly, mix thoroughly, and filter through paper. Tincture of Nux Vomica thus prepared represents about 20 parts of Nux Vomica in 100 parts. TINCTURA OPII. U. S. Tincture of Opium. By measure. Powdered Opium, 10 parts, or 1 oz. av. Water, 40 parts, or 4 A* oz- Alcohol, 40 parts, or fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. To make 100 parts, or 10 fl. oz. Rub the Opium in a mortar, with the Water previously heated to the temperature of 90° C. (194° F.), until a smooth mixture is made, and macerate for twelve hours; then add the Alcohol, mix thoroughly, and transfer the whole to a conical percolator. Return to the perco- 352 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. lator the first portion of percolate, until it becomes clear, and, when the liquid ceases to drop, gradually pour on Diluted Alcohol, continuing the percolation until one hundred parts [or 10 fl. oz.] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA OPII CAMPHORATA. U.S. Camphorated Tincture of Opium. By measure. Powdered Opium, 4 parts, or 35 grains. Benzoic Acid, 4 parts, or 35 grains. Camphor, 4 parts, or 35 grains. Oil of Anise, 4 parts, or 37 minims. Glycerin, 40 parts, or 5 fl. dr. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 20 fl. oz. Add nine hundred parts [or 18 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol to the other ingredients, contained in a suitable vessel, and macerate for seven days, frequently stirring; then filter through paper, in a well-covered funnel, and pass enough Diluted Alcohol through the filter to make the product weigh one thousand parts [or measure 20 fl. oz.]. TINCTURA OPII DEODORATA. U.S. Deodorized Tincture of Opium. By measure Powdered Opium, 10 parts, or 450 grains. Ether, 20 parts, or fl. oz. Alcohol, 20 parts, or fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 10 fl. oz. Rub the Opium in a mortar with forty parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Water, gradually added, until thoroughly softened, and macerate for twelve hours; then express, and repeat the operation twice, using the same amount of Water each time. Mix the expressed liquids, evaporate the mixture to ten parts [or 1 fl. oz.], and, when it has cooled, shake it repeat- edly with the Ether in a bottle. When the ethereal solution has sepa- rated by standing, pour it off, and evaporate the remaining liquid until all traces of Ether have disappeared. Mix the residue with fifty parts [or 5 fl. oz.] of Water, and filter the mixture through paper. When the liquid has ceased to pass, add enough Water, through the filter, to make the filtered liquid weigh eighty parts [or measure % pint]. Lastly, add the Alcohol and mix them. TINCTURA PHYSOSTIGMATIS. U.S. Tincture of Physostigma. By measure. Physostigma, in No. 40 powder, 10 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 353 TINCTURA PYRETHRI. U. S. Tincture of Pyrethrum. By measure. Pyrethrum, in No. 40 powder, 20 parts, or 5oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 5 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA QUASSIAS. U.S. Tincture of Quassia. By measure. Quassia, in No. 40 powder, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylin- drical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA RHEI. U.S. Tincture of Rhubarb. By measure.. Rhubarb, 12 parts, or oz. av. Cardamom, 2 parts, or 290 grains. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the Rhubarb and Cardamom, and reduce the mixture to a mod- erately coarse (No. 40) powder; moisten the powder with ten parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA RHEI AROMATICA. U.S. Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb. By measure. Rhubarb, 20 parts, or 6*4 oz. av. Cinnamon, 4 parts, or oz. av. Cloves, 4 parts, or iX 02• av> Nutmeg, 2 parts, or 273 grains. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the Rhubarb, Cinnamon, Cloves, and Nutmeg, and reduce the mixture to a moderately coarse [No. 40] powder; moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. 354 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. TINCTURA RHEI DULCIS. U. S. Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb. By measure. Rhubarb, 8 parts, or 2]/2 02. av. Glycyrrhiza, 4 parts, or oz. av. Anise, 4 parts, or 1 % oz. av. Cardamom, 1 part, or 140 grains. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the Rhubarb, Glycyrrhiza, Anise, and Cardamom, and reduce the mixture to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder; moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA SANGUINARY. U. S. Tincture of Sanguinaria. By measure. Sanguinaria, in No. 60 powder, 15 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of two parts [or 25 fl. oz.] of Alcohol to one part [or 11 fl. oz.] of Water. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 2 fl. oz.] of the mixture, and macerate for twenty- four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradu- ally pour menstruum upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA SAPONIS VIRIDIS. U. S. Tincture of Green Soap. By measure. Green Soap, 65 parts, or 10 oz. av. Oil of Lavender, 2 parts, or 3 fl. dr. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 15 fl. oz. Mix the Soap and Oil of Lavender with thirty-three parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and let the mixture macerate until the Soap is dissolved; then filter through paper, adding Alcohol, through the filter, until one hundred parts [or 15 fl. oz.] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA SCILL/E. U. S. Tincture of Squill. By measure. Squill, in No. 30 powder, 15 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it moderately in a conical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 355 TINCTURA SERPENTARI®. U. S. Tincture of Serpentaria. By measure. Serpentaria, in No. 40 powder, 10 parts, or. . 3 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylin- drical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA STRAMONII. U. S. Tincture of Stramonium. By measure. Stramonium Seed, in No. 40 powder, 10 parts, or 3 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylin- drical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA SUMBUL. U. S. Tincture of Sumbul. By measure. Sumbul, in No. 30 powder, 10 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 2} fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA TOLUTANA. U. S. Tincture of Tolu. By measure. Balsam of Tolu, 10 parts, or . . 3 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Add the Balsam of Tolu to ninety parts [or 30 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and macerate until dissolved; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. TINCTURA VALERIAN.®. U. S. Tincture of Valerian. By measure. Valerian, in No. 60 powder, 20 parts, or 6 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of two parts [or 25 fl. oz.] of Alcohol to one part [or 11 fl. oz.] of Water. Moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 5 fl. oz.] of the mixture, and macerate for twenty- four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradu- ally pour menstruum upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. 356 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. TINCTURA VALERIANS AMMONIATA. U.S. Ammoniated Tincture of Valerian. By measure. Valerian, in No. 60 powder, 20 parts, or 6 oz. av. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, and macerate for twenty-four hours, in a closed vessel; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator, and gradu- ally pour Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA VANILLAS. U.S. Tincture of Vanilla. By measure. Vanilla, cut into small pieces and bruised, 10 parts, or oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 20 parts, or 6 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of two parts [or 25 fl. oz.] of Alcohol to one part [or 11 fl. oz.] of Water; macerate the Vanilla in fifty parts [or 1 pint] of this mixture for twelve hours, then drain off the liquid, and set it aside. Transfer the Vanilla to a mortar, beat it with the Sugar into a uniform powder, then pack it in a percolator, and pour upon it the reserved liquid; when this has disappeared from the surface, gradually pour on menstruum, and continue the percola- tion, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA VERATRI VIRipiS. U.S. Tincture of Veratrum Viride. By measure. Veratrum Viride, in No. 60 powder, 50 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with fifteen parts [or 5 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. TINCTURA ZINGIBERIS. U.S. Tincture of Ginger. By measure. Ginger, in No. 40 powder, 20 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the Ginger with five parts [or 1J fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one hundred parts [or 2 pints] of Tincture are obtained. Vina Medicata. Medicated TVines. These are liquid preparations containing the soluble principles of medicinal substances dissolved in wine. Pharmaceutically they most ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 357 resemble tinctures, differing from them merely in the character of the menstruum. The fermented juice of the grape, known officinally as “ vinum album,” or “ white wine,” when brought to a definite alcoholic strength, is the menstruum used as the basis for medicated wines; and wines have the advantage over infusions and decoctions of being much more permanent preparations, on account of the presence of alcohol. Although the stability of medicated wines is greatly improved by the requirements of the U.S. P. 1880 that they shall be made from stronger white wine, a menstruum containing from twenty per cent, to twenty-five per cent, of absolute alcohol by weight, it is apparent that more useful and permanent preparations could be made by substituting a menstruum composed of alcohol and water, and hence tinctures are preferable. Of the fourteen officinal wines, three are not medicated, four are made by solution or admixture, three by maceration, and four by 'percolation. Table of the Officinal Wines. Name. Definition and Proportions. Not Medicated. Vinum Album. A pale amber-colored or straw-colored, alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the unmodified juice of the grape, freed from seeds, stems, and skins. Album Fortius. 7 p. White Wine ; 1 p. Alcohol. Rubrum. A deep red, alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the juice of colored grapes in presence of their skins. Made by Solution. Vinum Antimonii. 4 p. Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium; 60 p. Boiling Distilled Water; sufficient Stronger White Wine to make 1000 p. Ferri Amarum. 8 p. Solution Citrate of Iron and Quinine; 12 p. Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel; 36 p. Syrup; 44 p. Stronger White Wine. Ferri Citratis. 4 p. Citrate of Iron and Ammonium; 12 p. Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel; 12 p. Syrup; 72 p. Stronger White Wine. Ipecacuanha;. 7 p. Fluid Extract of Ipecac ; 93 p. Stronger White Wine. Made by Maceration. Vinum Aloes. 6 p. Purified Aloes; 1 p. Cardamom; 1 p. Ginger (all in No. 40 powder); macerate with 90 parts Stronger White Wine for 7 days, filter, and add sufficient Stronger White Wine to make 100 p. Colchici Seminis. 15 p. Colchicum Seed, No. 20 powder; sufficient Stronger White Wine to make 100 p. Opii. 10 p. Powdered Opium ; 1 p. Powdered Cinnamon ; 1 p. Pow- dered Cloves ; 90 p. Stronger White Wine ; macerate for 7 days, filter, and add sufficient Stronger White Wine to make 100 p. Made by Percolation. Vinum Aromaticum. 1 p. each of Lavender, Origanum, Peppermint, Rosemary, • Sage, and Wormwood; percolate with sufficient Stronger White Wine to make 100 p. Colchici Radicis. 40 p. Colchicum Root, No. 30 powder; percolate with suf- ficient Stronger White Wine to make 100 p. Ergotae. ' 15 p. Ergot, No. 30 powder; percolate with sufficient Stronger White Wine to make 100 p. Rhei. 10 p. Rhubarb, No. 30 powder; 1 p. Calamus, No. 30 powder; percolate with .sufficient Stronger White Wine to make 100 p. 358 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. VINUM ALBUM. White Wine. A pale amber-colored or straw-colored, alcoholic liquid, made by fer- menting the unmodified juice of the grape, free from seeds, stems, and skins. White Wine should be preserved in well-closed, full casks or bottles, and in a cool place. White Wine should contain not less than ten per cent, nor more than twelve per cent, by weight of absolute alcohol. VINUM ALBUM FORTIUS. U.S. Stronger White Wine. By measure. White Wine, 7 parts, or 55 fl- oz. Alcohol, 1 part, or fl. oz. Mix them. Stronger White Wine should contain not less than twenty per cent, nor more than twenty-five per cent, of absolute alcohol, by weight. VINUM ALOES. U.S. Wine of Aloes. By measure. Purified Aloes, 6 parts, or ... 2 oz. av. Cardamom, 1 part, or 146 grains. Ginger, 1 part, or 146 grains. Stronger White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix the Aloes, Cardamom, and Ginger, and reduce them to a mod- erately coarse (No. 40) powder. Macerate the powder with ninety parts [or 26 fl. oz.] of Stronger White Wine for seven days, with oc- casional agitation, and filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Stronger White Wine to make the filtered liquid weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. VINUM ANTIMONII. U.S. Wine of Antimony. By measure. Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium, 4 parts, or 58 grains. Boiling Distilled Water, 60 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Stronger White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. Dissolve the Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium in the Water, and, while the solution is hot, add six hundred parts [or 20 fl. oz.] of Stronger White Wine, and filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Stronger White Wine to make the filtered liquid weigh one thousand parts [or measure 2 pints]. VINUM AROMATICUM. U. S. Aromatic Wine. By measure. Lavender, 1 part, or 72 grains. Origanum, 1 part, or 72 grains. Peppermint, 1 part, or 72 grains. Rosemary, 1 part, or 72 grains. Sage, 1 part, or .72 grains. Wormwood, 1 part, or 72 grains. Stronger White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 359 Mix the solid ingredients, and reduce them to a coarse (ISTo. 20) powder. Moisten the powder with four parts [or 6 fl. dr.] of Stronger White Wine, pack it moderately in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour enough Stronger White Wine upon it to make the filtered liquid weigh one hundred parts [or measure 1 pint]. VINUM COLCHICI RADICIS. U. S. Wine of Colchicum Root. By measure. Colchicum Root, in No. 30 powder, 40 parts, or 13 oz. av. Stronger White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or . 2 pints. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Stronger White Wine, pack it moderately in a conical percolator, and gradually pour enough Stronger White Wine upon it to make the filtered liquid weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. VINUM COLCHICI SEMINIS. U.S. Wine of Colchicum Seed. By measure. Colchicum Seed, in No. 20 powder, 15 parts, or 5 oz. av. Stronger White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. To the powder add ninety parts [or 28 fl. oz.] of Stronger White Wine, and macerate for seven days, with occasional agitation; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough Stronger White Wine to make the filtered liquid weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. VINUM ERGOT®. U.S. Wine of Ergot. By measuie. Ergot, recently ground and in No. 30 powder, 15 parts, or 5 oz. av. Stronger White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the powder with four parts [or 10 fl. dr.] of Stronger White Wine, pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour enough Stronger White Wine upon it to make the filtered liquid weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. VINUM FERRI AMARUM. U.S. Bitter Wine of Iron. By measure. Solution of Citrate of Iron and Quinine, 8 parts, or 17 fl. dr. Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel, 12 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Syrup, 36 parts, or 10 fl. oz. Stronger White Wine, 44 parts, or 1 pint. To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Mix and filter through paper. VINUM FERRI CITRATIS. U.S. Wine of Citrate of Iron. By measure. Citrate of Iron and Ammonium, 4 parts, or 580 grains. Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel, 12 parts, or 5 fl. oz. Syrup, 12 parts, or 3 fl. oz. Stronger White Wine, 72 parts, or 23 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Mix and filter through paper. 360 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. VINUM IPECACUANHA. U.S. Wine of Ipecac. By measure. Fluid Extract of Ipecac, 7 parts, or 20 fl. dr. Stronger White Wine, 93 parts, or 30 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 2 pints. Mix and filter through paper VINUM OPII. U.S. Wine of Opium. By measure. Powdered Opium, 10 parts, or 456 grains. Cinnamon, in No. 60 powder, 1 part, or 45 grains. Cloves, in No. 30 powder, 1 part, or • 45 grains. Stronger White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or . . . to fl. oz. To the mixed powders add ninety parts [or 9 fl. oz.] of Stronger White Wine, and macerate the mixture for seven days, with occasional agitation; then transfer it to a filter, and gradually pour enough Stronger White Wine upon it to make the filtered liquid weigh one hundred parts [or measure 10 fl. oz.]. VINUM RHEI. U. S. Wine of Rhubarb. By measure. Rhubarb, in No. 30 powder, 10 parts, or oz. av. Calamus, in No. 30 powder, 1 part, or 140 grains. Stronger White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 pints. Moisten the mixed powders with five parts [or 11 fl. oz.] of Stronger White Wine, pack the mixture in a conical glass percolator, and gradu- ally pour enough Stronger White Wine upon it to make the filtered liquid weigh one hundred parts [or measure 2 pints]. VINUM RUBRUM. Red Wine. A. deep red, alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the juice of colored grapes in presence of their skins. Red Wine should be preserved in well-closed, full casks or bottles, ar.d in a cool place. Red Wine should contain not less than 10 per cent, nor more than 12 per cent, by weight of absolute alcohol. Extracta Fluida. Fluid Extracts. Fluid extracts are liquid alcoholic preparations of uniform and defi- nite strength, made by percolating drugs with menstrua, and concen- trating a portion of the percolate so that in each case a cubic centimetre represents the medicinal virtues of one gramme of the drug: they are mostly concentrated tinctures. Fluid extracts were officinal for the first time in 1850, and the list was then made up of seven concentrated prepa- rations, although but one of these could be called a fluid extract within the present meaning of the term; of the seven, two were oleoresins, four were concentrated syrups, and but one a concentrated tincture. Since 1850 the use of fluid extracts has increased to an enormous extent, ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 361 and the Pharmacopoeia of 1880 contains formulas for seventy-nine, the list embracing a greater number than any other class of preparations in the work. Fluid extracts may be justly called “ American prepara- tions/’ and the advance made in pharmacy in this country within the last quarter of a century is largely due to the stimulus given to the studies in percolation by the demand for these useful liquids. The striking advantages possessed by fluid extracts are—1. Permanence. 2. Concentration. 3. The uniform relation existing between the fluid extract and the drug. Permanence is secured by the adoption of alcoholic menstrua: formerly, sugar and glycerin were relied upon as preservatives, but continued experience has developed the value of alcohol, so that at present it is exclusively used as the antiseptic. Concentration enables the physician to decrease the bulk of the dose, diminishing the volume of the preparation so that portability is secured. It also aids greatly in securing permanence. The uniform relation existing between the fluid extract and the drug is of great assistance to the physician in fixing the dose, because, as one cubic centimetre is represented by one gramme, the dose of the fluid ex- tract must be practically the same as that of the drug. It has also ob- vious advantages in arranging the formulas and working from them. The present strength of fluid extracts renders them five per cent, weaker than the fluid extracts of U. S. P. 1870: this is practically of no sig- nificance, so long as the drugs themselves are not brought to a standard to limit the amount of moisture or active principles present; for there would be more variation than five per cent, between different lots of the same drug, in these particulars: indeed, the proposition to make fluid extracts just half their present strength has met with favor from many able pharmacists, the principal arguments being that more thorough exhaustion can be secured by the ordinary operator upon the small scale, and that the fluid extracts can be made to represent the drug more accu- rately and honestly when one hundred parts by measure are made from fifty parts by weight of drug than when one hundred parts by measure are made from one hundred parts by weight of drug. The standard of strength of the officinal fluid extracts is based upon the theory that from a given weight of drug an amount of fluid extract shall be made equal in measure to the bulk of the same weight of distilled water; in other words, the relation of gramme to cubic centimetre. Preparation.—Fluid extracts are made in several ways. The manu- facturer generally adopts a different process from that directed by the Pharmacopoeia, because upon the large scale some practical modifications are necessary: the finished preparation is, however, generally brought to the officinal standard. The processes at present in use may be classi- fied as follows : 1. Percolation with partial evaporation (officinal). 2. Percolation with incomplete exhaustion. 3. Repercolation. 4. Macer- ation with hydraulic pressure. 5. Vacuum maceration with percola- tion. 1. Percolation with Partial Evaporation.—This process can be best described by selecting from the officinal formulas one which will serve as an example. 362 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. Typical Formula for an Officinal Fluid Extract. 100 Gm. of the powdered drug is moistened with a certain quantity of menstruum, packed in a suitable percolator, and enough menstruum added to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it; the lower orifice of the percolator is closed when the liquid begins to drop, and the percolator is closely covered to prevent evaporation and permit maceration for a speci- fied time ; additional menstruum is poured on and percolation continued until the drug is exhausted. Usually from seven- to nine-tenths of the first portion of the percolate is reserved, and the remainder evaporated at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.) to a soft extract; this is to be dissolved in the reserved portion, and enough menstruum added to make the fluid extract measure 100 C.c. The precipitation experienced here- tofore when the evaporated weak percolate was added to the reserved portion is considerably diminished by causing the former to be evapo- rated to a soft extract. This precipitation, formerly noticed more par- ticularly in alcoholic fluid extracts, was due to the volatility of the alcohol in the weak percolates, which, when evaporated, left the resi- due to a great extent aqueous; when this residue was added to the strongly alcoholic reserved portion, a precipitation of resinous and fre- quently of active matter took place, which necessitated the storing of the fluid extract until precipitation ceased, and subsequent filtration. This is almost altogether avoided by evaporating to a soft extract, and the loss of activity through precipitation thus greatly diminished. The argument is frequently advanced that the application of heat is det- rimental to solutions of organic principles, that it dissociates some, and always proves injurious to the desirable constituents, and that no heat whatever should be used in making fluid extracts: these views are un- doubtedly correct, when considered in connection with a few special cases, but do not apply with any practical force to the moderate use of heat recommended by the officinal processes upon that portion of the perco- late which represents the least active and least desirable constituents of the drug; for from seven-tenths to nine-tenths of the whole amount of percolate (frequently representing ninety-five per cent, of the activity of the drug) is reserved and is not subjected to heat at all. 2. Percolation with Incomplete Exhaustion.—This process con- sists in percolating a given weight of a drug with the proper menstruum in the usual manner, and stopping the percolation when an amount of percolate has been received which is equal to about three-fourths of the weight of the drug. To illustrate: 1000 grammes, or 16 ounces, of drug is percolated with the menstruum until 750 C.c., or 12 fluidounces, of percolate has been received; this is the complete process, and the residue containing absorbed menstruum is sacrificed. This method has the merit of saving time and labor, and avoiding evaporation with the necessary contact of heat. It is based on the assumption that when percolation is properly conducted the first seventy-five per cent, of percolate received contains at least seventy-five per cent, of the soluble and desirable principles of the drug, and that the wastage of alcohol comes chiefly from the effort to obtain the last twenty-five per cent, or less of soluble principles. In addition, this smaller amount of extrac- ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 363 tive matter in the weak percolate is said to be lessened in activity by the effects of the heat during the evaporation to recover the alcohol from it: hence the argument that in carefully-conducted operations the active matter left after receiving the percolate representing seventy-five per cent, of the drug, does not represent twenty-five per cent, of activity, but oftentimes less than ten per cent. The principal disadvantage of this method is that the strength of the finished fluid extract depends entirely upon the skill and care of the operator. If careful, in one operation he may obtain seventy-five per cent, of the active principles in the first seventy-five per cent, of percolate; in another case, cir- cumstances may prevent his obtaining more than fifty per cent, of the active principles in the first seventy-five per cent, of percolate. By this method of making fluid extracts he cannot invariably secure uniformity, whilst in making fluid extracts by the officinal process a valuable check always exists,—i.e., that percolation proceeds until exhaustion is reached, the weak percolate is evaporated at a limited temperature, and the soft extract is incorporated with the reserved portion, so that imperfect perco- lation happening in the first part of the process is compensated for in the latter part, the only difference being that the weak percolate in this case contains a larger proportion of activity than if the operation had been thoroughly conducted from the first. 3. Repercolation.—This process, already treated of under the head of percolation (see page 271), is an improvement upon the method just noticed, because the drug is percolated to exhaustion, and evaporation obviated by storing away the weak percolate until the next operation upon the same drug, when it is used in the place of fresh menstruum. This process may be best explained by selecting a typical fluid extract and noting the details. Fluid Extract of Cinchona by Repercolation (Squibb).—Take of Yellow Cinchona, in powder No. 50, 32 parts; Stronger Alcohol, sp. gr. .819, 2 parts; Glycerin, sp. gr. 1.250,1 part; Water, 2 parts, or a sufficient quantity of menstruum. Weigh the Stronger Alcohol, Glycerin, and Water in succession, in any convenient quantity at a time, into a tared bottle, and mix them thoroughly for a menstruum. Moisten 8 parts of the Cinchona with 8 parts of the menstruum, by thoroughly mixing them, and allow the mixture to stand 8 hours in a closely-covered vessel. Then pass the moist powder through a No. 8 sieve, and pack it firmly in a percolator. Pour menstruum on top until the mass is filled with liquid and a stratum remains on top unabsorbed; cover the percolator closely, and macerate for 48 hours. Then arrange the percolator for an automatic supply of menstruum, and start the percolation at such a rate as to give 1 part of percolate in about 4 hours. Reserve the first 6 parts of percolate, and continue the percolation until the Cinchona is exhausted, separating the percolate received after the reserved portion into fractions of about 8 parts each. Moisten a second portion of 8 parts of the Cinchona with 8 parts of the weak percolate,—the first portion that was obtained next after the reserved percolate,—and allow the moist powder to stand for 8 hours in a vessel closelv covered. Then pack it moderately in a percolator, and 364 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. supply the percolator automatically with the remaining fractions of the weak percolate in the order in which they were received, and finally with fresh menstruum, until the Cinchona is exhausted. Percolate in the same manner and at the same rate as with the first portion of Cin- chona, and, reserving 8 parts of the first percolate, separate the weaker percolate into fractions of about 8 parts each. Percolate the third and fourth portions of 8 parts each of the Cinchona in the same way as the second portion. Finally, mix the four reserved percolates together to make 30 parts of finished fluid extract; and, having corked, labelled, and numbered the bottles containing the fractions of weak percolate, set them away until the process for Cinchona is to be resumed. When this fluid extract is to be again made, repeat the process as with the second portion, and reserve 8 parts of the first percolate as finished fluid extract from each 8 parts of Cinchona from that time forward so long as the fractions of weak percolate are carried forward with which to commence each operation. 4. Percolation and Maceration with Hydraulic Pressure.— These are the prin- cipal methods used by Parke, Davis & Co. in the prepara- tion of fluid ext racts: they are, of course, not practicable upon a small scale. The following description of the processes, with typical formulas, was furnished the author upon application to Geo. S. Davis, of De- troit. The following formula illustrates percolation with hy- draulic pressure: Fluid Extract of Podophyllum.—One hundred pounds of the drug, in No. 30 powder, are moist- ened in the usual way with the men- struum, consisting of a mixture of two volumes of alcohol and one volume of water; it is packed in a suitable percolator, and more of the menstruum is then added, exactly as in the ordinary U. S. P. process: the drug is allowed to Fig. 344. Hydraulic press (P., D. & Co.). ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 365 macerate four days. Percolation is then commenced, and allowed to proceed slowly until 120 pints of menstruum have been added to the powder, and all dropping has ceased. The upper stratum, amounting to about one-fifth of the drug, is then removed from the percolator, placed in a suitable canvas sack, and pressed out in the hydraulic press (see Fig. 344). The fluid obtained is poured upon the rest of the moist powder in the percolator, and when dropping has again ceased a second portion of the drug is pressed out as before, and this process is repeated until the whole of the drug has been pressed. The fluid obtained by the last pressing, together with the reserved percolate, which should amount to 95 pints, constitutes the fluid extract. The marc will be found to contain almost no resin if the operation has been carefully conducted, particularly if a little of the menstruum is reserved to be added towards the close of the operation. The following illustration shows the method of exhausting a drug which yields its soluble principles more readily than podophyllum. The process is maceration with hydraulic pressure. Fluid Extract of Burdock.—Burdock Root, in No. 20 powder, 100 pounds; menstruum, diluted alcohol. Moisten the drug thoroughly, place in a macer- ator (see Fig. 345) (a cylin- drical vessel mounted on uprights by trunnions, having a tight cover). Add about 120 pints of menstruum, cover the powder closely, and macerate ten days. The action of the sol- vent is greatly facilitated by inverting the macerator at in- tervals. The solvent is thus brought in contact with every portion of the powder, and a complete equilibrium of satu- ration is established between the principal volume of the menstruum and that contained in the interstices of the vege- table tissues. At the end of ten days the drug is pressed out, and the marc returned to the macerator, together with men- struum enough to make up the desired yield. Thus, if press- ing has yielded 80 pints of fluid, 15J pints of additional menstruum will be required. This is macerated two or three days, and then pressed. The product of these two expressions consti- tutes the finished fluid extract. Exhaustion of the drug by this process Fig. 345. Macerator (P., D. & Co.). 366 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. is not so complete as by that previously described, but is generally sufficiently so for all practical purposes. Leaves, however, and compact barks, seeds, etc., unless reduced to an unmanageably fine powder, require a supplementary treatment of the marc by maceration and pressing, to procure a weak fluid which can be employed in a subsequent operation as menstruum for moistening and macerating the drug. 5. Vacuum Maceration followed by Percolation.—This method of making fluid extracts was proposed in 1869 by S. P. Duffield. His original process was to introduce the drug, ground to the requisite fine- ness, into a strong cylinder connected with an air-pump. The air was exhausted by the pump, and through a syphon-tube the requisite amount of menstruum was sucked into the vacuum-chamber. The air enclosed in the interstices and pores of the drug was thus expelled, and, the menstruum being brought immediately in contact with the soluble constituents, maceration was facilitated. The same process was suggested by Needles many years ago. Fig. 346 is an illustration of his original apparatus, the vessel upon the right hand being the percolator and re- ceiver, the pump for exhausting the receiver being connected by a short tube carrying a stop-cock. The most effective apparatus known to the author for using this principle upon the large scale is that devised by Vm. M. Thomson, of Philadelphia, and illustrated in the American Journal of Pharmacy, page 237,1882. The percolators are egg-shaped, and made of tinned copper; they are ca- pable of being tightly covered, and communicate with a very efficient double-acting air-pump by means of stop-cocks above and below, and iron and stout rubber tubing. The moist- ened powder is packed tightly in the percolator, and the cover securely bolted on. The stop-cock in the cover, communicating with the air- pump, is opened, and a partial vacu- um created in the space above the moistened drug; it is then closed, and another stop-cock in the cover opened, which communicates by a tube with the reservoir containing the menstruum. The menstruum quickly penetrates the powder, taking the place of the interstitial air, and when the powder is saturated it is permitted to macerate in vacuo a sufficient length of time. To start percolation, a receiver is con- nected with the beak of the percolator, and the air exhausted from it. When the flow slackens, air may be forced by the pump into the space above the powder, and the receiver again exhausted below. In this way entire control of these powerful physical forces may be secured. The advantages are apparent in preventing the loss of alcohol and pro- tecting from chemical change caused by exposure to the air. It is quite Fig. 346. Needles’s vacuum percolator. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 367 possible to make an officinal fluid extract without recourse to the sub- sequent evaporation of weak percolate. Preservation of Fluid Extracts.—Very little trouble is experienced in keeping fluid extracts which have been properly made. They should be placed in glass vessels and stored in rooms of uniform tempera- ture : precipitation to a greater or less extent will certainly take place. This is often especially noticeable in fluid extracts made during warm weather, and is due to the greater solvent action of the menstruum at higher temperatures. Precipitation is also caused by the variation in the strength of different portions of the menstruum in an alcoholic fluid extract: the first part of the percolate which is received contains the displaced water which was present as moisture in the powder, and the mixture of this with the strong alcoholic percolate which follows causes in time precipitation. The character of the precipitates should be ascer- tained : if active, they should be incorporated by shaking with the fluid extract; if inert, they should be filtered out. Officinal Fluid Extracts arranged in Classes according to the Alcoholic Strength of their Menstrua, with Manipulative Notes. >» i ja £ Ph S> s ?r = Name. Menstruum. la.. o ~ 5 Process and Bemarks. Class i. Alcohol. C.c. Extractum Aconiti 40 U 90 ' From Aconite Root; Tartaric Fluidum. Acid 1 p.c. Aromaticum. 35 u 85 From Aromatic Powder. Belladonnse. 35 a 90 Bray eras. Calami. Cannabis Indicse. 40 35 30 50 25 25 35 35 30 a 90 90 90 90 90 90 85 85 90 Percolate with the menstruum a directed until the drug is ex- hausted, reserving the num- Cup&ai. Cimicifugaj. Cubebse. Cypripedii. Eucalypti. Gelsemii. a a a a a ber of C.c. set opposite each fluid extract in the proper col- umn ; evaporate or distil the rest of the percolate at a tem- perature not above 122° F. to a soft extract. Dissolve this Lupulini. Mezerei. Sabinae. 20 40 25 u 70 90 90 in the reserved portion, and tt add sufficient Alcohol to make the whole measure 100 C.c. Sanguinarisc. 30 85 Scillse. 20 75 Yeratri Yiridis. 30 a 90 Xanthoxyli. 25 a 90 Zingiberis. 25 Si 90 Ipecacuanha. 35 ct Percolate the Ipecac with Alco- hoi until it is exhausted; distil off the Alcohol until the resi- due measures 50 C.c., add to this 100 C.c. of water; evapo- rate the mixture to 75 C.c., and, when cool, filter. Wash the precipitate upon the filter with water until the washings are tasteless; evaporate all to 50 C.c. Cool, and add enough Alcohol to make 100 C.c. 368 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. Officinal Fluid Extracts.—(Continued.) •a ® © ** c Name. ft; .a Menstruum. Sf 2 Process and Remarks. 0 © « gl i &>* Class 2. Alcohol, 8. Water, 1. C.c. Extractum Nucis Yomi- 100 90 Macerate the Nux Vomica with cas Fluidum. 100 C.c. of the menstruum in a warm place for 48 hours; percolate until exhausted; dis- til off the Alcohol from the weak percolate; evaporate res- idue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion and make up with menstru- um to 100 C.c. Class 3, Alcohol, 3. Water, 1. Digitalis. Grindeli®. Guaran®. Hydrastis. Hyoscyami. Iridis. Podophylli. Rhei. Serpen tari®. Stramonii. 35 30 20 30 40 40 30 40 30 20 if if a a u a if if a a u a u a a a a a a if 85 85 80 85 90 90 85 75 90 90 Mix the Alcohol and Water, and exhaust the drug with the menstruum; reserve the num- ber of C.c. directed, and distil or evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; add this to the Class 4. Alcohol, 2. reserved portion and sufficient Water, 1. menstruum to make 100 C.c. Aurantii Amari. 35 if if 80 Buchu. 30 u a 85 ' Colchici Radicis. 35 u a 85 Colchici Seminis. 30 a a 85 Senegas. 45 a a 85 With 2 p.c. Water of Ammonia to Fluid Extract to dissolve Valerian®. 30 a a 85 Pectin. Viburni. 30 a a 85 J Class 5. Diluted Alcohol. Arnicas Radicis. 40 if if 90 ' Calumbas. 30 a a 70 Conii. 30 a a 90 Dulcamaras. Erythroxyli. 40 45 a a a a 80 80 Exhaust the drug with the men- Eupatorii. Gentianse. 40 a a 80 struum, reserving the number 35 a a 80 of C.c. directed; evaporate the Glycyrrhizse. 35 35 a a a a 75 g5 remainder to a soft extract, dissolve this in the reserved Pilocarpi. Quassias. 35 40 a a a a 85 90 portion and add sufficient Di- luted Alcohol to measure 100 Rumicis. 35 a a 80 C.c. Spigeliae. 30 a a 85 Stillingiae. 30 a a 85 J ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 369 Officinal Fluid Extracts.—(Continued.) •°iS © C © *£ Name. Percental Weight to Moist Menstruum. Perce ntaf Volume serve. Process and Remarks. Class 6. Containing Gly cerin. C.c. Extractum Gossypii 50 Glycerin, 35 70 From Cotton Root Bark; finish Radicis Fluidum. . Alcohol, 65 percolation with Alcohol. Chimaphilae. 40 Glycerin, 10 70 Finish percolation with Diluted Dil. Ale., 90 Alcohol. Chiratas. 35 1 Glycerin, 10 Dil. Ale., 90 85 it it it Geranii. 35 1 Glycerin, 10 Dil. Ale., 90 70 it tt it Rhois Glabrae. 35 1 Glycerin, 10 Dil. Ale., 90 80 ii it u Rosae. 40 • Glycerin, 10 Dil. Ale., 90 75 it it it Uvae Ursi. 35 Glycerin, 10 Dil. Ale., 90 70 ii tt a Leptandrae. 40 Glycerin, 15 Dil. Ale., 85 80 a a a Cornus. 30 Glycerin, 20 Dil. Ale., 80 85 u a a Krameriae. 40 Glycerin, 20 Dil. Ale., 80 70 u it a Pareirae. 40 Glycerin, 20 Dil. Ale., 80 85 a a a Cinchonae. 35 Glycerin, 25 Alcohol, 75 75 Finish percolation with Alcohol, 3; Water, 1. Glycerin, 10' Matico. 30 Alcohol, 75 Water, 25 85 it it ii Rubi. 35 ' Glycerin, 20 Alcohol, 45 Water, 35 70 Finish percolation with Alcohol, 9; Water, 7. Sarsaparillae Composi- 40 j Glycerin, 10 Alcohol, 30 80 Sarsaparilla, 75; Glycyrrhiza, 12; Sassafras Bark, 10; Mezereum, 3. Finish percolation with Al- turn. 1 Water, 60 1 cohol, 1; Water, 2. Finish percolation with Alcohol, [Glycerin, 10 Sarsaparillae. 40 j Alcohol, 30 Water, 60. Water, 2 Glycerin, 1 80 1; Water, 2. Pruni Virginianae. 50 1 80 Finish percolation with Diluted Alcohol; evaporate the first 120 C.c. of weak percolate to a thin syrup; distil off Alcohol from the remainder, and evaporate the residue to a thin syrup; unite these syrupy liquids, and evaporate them to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved por- tion and add Diluted Alcohol to ' 100 C.c. Class 7. Alcohol, 3. Water, 4. Sennae. 40 a tt 80 Finish percolation with Alcohol, 3; Water, 4. Ergotae. 30 u tt 85 ii ii it Add 6 p.c. of Diluted Hydro- chloric Acid to the weak perco- late before evaporation, to fix alkaloids. 370 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. Officinal Fluid Extracts.—(Continued.) Name. Percentage by Weight used to Moisten. Menstruum. Percentage by Volume of Re- serve. Process and Remarks. Class 8. Alcohol, a. Water, 3. C.c. Extractum Taraxaci Fluidum. Class g. 30 « u Alcohol, I. Water, a. 85 Finish percolation with Alcohol, 2; Water, 3. Frangulae. 35 if tt 80 Finish percolation with Alcohol, 1; Water, 2. Hamamelidis. 35 tt tt 85 tt U it Scutellariae. Class xo. Lactucarii. Class n, Tritici. 35 tt it Alcohol. Water. a tt Boiling Water. tt tt 80 u u tt Macerate 100 Gm. Laetuearium with an equal weight of Ether, add 3 times its weight of Water, agitate, distil off the Ether; add Alcohol, macerate, express, filter, and reserve filtrate; macerate dregs repeatedly with Alcohol, 1; Water, 3; filter liquids from dregs, evaporate to 60 p.c. of weight of Lactu- carium, unite this filtrate with reserved filtrate, add Alcohol and Water to 100 C.c.; decant clear liquid, wash precipitate with Alcohol, 3; Water, 4; concen- trate washings, mix with de- canted liquid, add sufficient Alcohol and Water to make up to 100 C.c. Percolate the Triticum with Boil- ing Water until exhausted, evaporate to 80 p.c., add 20 p.c. of Alcohol, filter, make up quan- tity with Alcohol, 1; Water, 4; to 100 p.c. Castaneae. 500 n it 200 Macerate 100 Gm. Castanea with Boiling Water, express, perco- late residue to exhaustion; mix liquids, evaporate, add Alcohol, decant, filter remainder, evap- orate united liquids, make up measure with Alcohol to 100 C.c. alcoholic liquids. 371 PEACTICAL PEOCESSES FOE FLUID EXTEACTS. EXTRACTUM ACONITI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Aconite. By measure. Aconite, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Tartaric Acid, 1 gramme, or ... y2 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with forty grammes [or 23 fl. oz.] of Alcohol in which the Tartaric Acid has previously been dissolved, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Aconite is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, in a porcelain capsule, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM ARNICA RADICIS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Arnica Root. By measure. Arnica Root, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with forty grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, grad- ually adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Arnica Root is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM AROMATICUM FLUIDUM. U.S. Aromatic Fluid Extract. By measure. Aromatic Powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Aromatic Powder is exhausted. Reserve the first 372 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. eighty five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM AURANTII AMARI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of By measure. Bitter Orange Peel, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix two parts [or 4£ pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 2 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty five grammes [or 19 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a conical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Orange Peel is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. Bitter Orange Peel. EXTRACTUM BELLADONNA FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Belladonna. By measure. Belladonna Root, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Belladonna Boot is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM BRAYER/E FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Brayera. By measure. Brayera, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or . . 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with forty grammes [or 23 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 373 having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Brayera is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centi- meters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate; by means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centi- meters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM BUCHU FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Buchu. By measure. Buchu, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix two parts [or 4£ pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 2 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 1 pint] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Buchu is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the per- colate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CALAMI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Calamus. By measure. Calamus, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or . 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Calamus is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CALUMBiE FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Calumba. By measure. Calumba, in No. 20 powder, 100 grammes, or 5° 02• av* Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty grammes [or 15£ fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 374 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a’ stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pi’oceed, gradu- ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Calumba is exhausted. Eeserve the first seventy cubic centimeters [or 34 fl. oz.] of the percolate; by means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CANNABIS INDICT FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Indian Cannabis. By measure. Indian Cannabis, in No. 20 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Indian Cannabis is exhausted. Eeserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate; by means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centi- meters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CAPSICI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Capsicum. By measure. Capsicum, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with fifty grammes [or 29 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, 'having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Capsicum is exhausted. Eeserve the first ninety cubic centi- meters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centi- meters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CASTANET FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Castanea. By measure. Castanea, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 375 Pour five hundred cubic centimeters [or 15 pints] of boiling Water upon the powder, allow it to macerate for two hours, then express the liquid, transfer the residue to a percolator, and pour Water upon it until the powder is exhausted. Evaporate the united liquids, on a water-bath, to two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 pints], let cool, and add sixty cubic centimeters [or 29 fl. oz.] of Alcohol. When the insolu- ble matter has subsided, separate the clear liquid, filter the remainder, evaporate the united liquids to eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.], allow to cool, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CHIMAPHILAS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Chimaphila. By measure. Chimaphila, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 10 grammes, or fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with ninety grammes [or 46£ fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol. Moisten the powder with forty grammes [or 20 n. oz.] of the mixture, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterward, Diluted Alcohol, until the Chimaphila is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy cubic centimeters [or 34 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CHIRAT.® FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Chirata. By measure. Chirata, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 10 grammes, or fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient'quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or . 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with ninety grammes [or 46£ fl. ozj of Diluted Alcohol. Moisten the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of the mixture, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterward Diluted Alcohol, until the Chirata is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate; by means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. 376 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Cimicifuga. By measure. Cimicifuga, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty-five grammes [or 14J fl. oz.] of Alco- hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- hol, until the Cimicifuga is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CINCHONA FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Cinchona. By measure. Yellow Cinchona, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 25 grammes, or fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with seventy-five grammes [or 44 fl. oz.] of Alcohol. Moisten the powder with thirty five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of the mix- ture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and pour on the re- mainder of the menstruum. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percola- tion to proceed, and, when the liquid in the percolator has disappeared from the surface, gradually pour on a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of three parts [or 3£ pints] of Alcohol to one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and continue the percolation until the Cinchona is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy five cubic centimeters [or 36 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, using the same proportions as before, to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM COLCHICI RADICIS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Colchicum Root. By measure. Colchicum Root, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, " _____ To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix two parts [or 4£ pints] of Alcohol, with one part [or 2 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty-five grammes ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 377 [or 20 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a cylindrical per- colator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percola- tion to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Colchicum Root is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM COLCHICI SEMINIS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Colchicum Seed. By measure. Colchicum Seed, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix two parts [or 4£ pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 2 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, then add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding menstruum, until the Colchicum Seed is exhausted. Re- serve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Ex- tract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CONII FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Conium. By measure. Conium, (Fruit) in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 3 grammes, or A* oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty grammes [or 15£ fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Conium is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and, having added the Diluted Hydrochloric Acid to the remainder, evap- orate it, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centi- meters [or 3 pints]. 378 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. EXTRACTUM CORNUS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Cornus. By measure. Cornus, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 5° oz- av* Glycerin, 20 grammes, or 7/4 A* oz- Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with eighty grammes [or 41 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol. Moisten the powder with thirty grammes [or 15 fl. oz.] of the mixture, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterward, Diluted Alcohol, until the Cornus is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evapo- rate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CUBEB2E FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Cubeb. By measure. Cubeb, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 5° oz* Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, ___ To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty-five grammes [or 14| fl. oz.l of Alco- hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- hol, until the Cubeb is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centu meters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centi meters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM CYPRIPEDII FLUIDUM. V. S. Fluid Extract of Cypripedium. By measure. Cypripedium, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints Moisten the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Alco- hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- hol, until the Cypripedium is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the re- ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 379 mainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the roserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM DIGITALIS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Digitalis. By measure. Digitalis, recently dried and in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or ... . 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3£ pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Digitalis is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty five cubic centimeter's [or 40 fl. oz.] of the perco- late, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM DULCAMAR® FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Dulcamara. By measure. Dulcamara, in No 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with forty grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Dulcamara is exhausted. Re- serve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the l’cmainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM ERGOT,® FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Ergot. By measure. Ergot, recently ground and in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or .... 50 oz. av. Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 6 grammes, or 3 fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 2\ pints] of Alcohol with four parts [or 2| pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 15£ fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave 380 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Ergot is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the per- colate, and, having added the Diluted Hydrochloric Acid to the remainder, evaporate to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM ERYTHROXYLI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Erythroxylon. By measure. Erythroxylon, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with forty-five grammes [or 23£ fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Erythroxylon is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evapo- rate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM EUCALYPTI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Eucalyptus. By measure. Eucalyptus, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Alco- hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- hol, until the Eucalyptus is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM EUPATORII FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Eupatorium. By measure. Eupatorium, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with forty grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 381 enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Eupatorium is exhausted. Re- serve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the re- served portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM FRANGUL® FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Frangula. By measure. Frangula, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix one part [or 2} pints] of Alcohol with two parts [or 4 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Frangula is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the re- served portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM GELSEMII FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Gelsemium. By measure. Gelsemium, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Gelsemium is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alco- hol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM GENTIAN-® FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Gentian. By measure. Gentian, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. 382 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. Moisten the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Gentian is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM GERANII FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Geranium. By measure. Geranium, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 10 grammes, or fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with ninety grammes [or 46£ fl. oz.] of Diluted Al- cohol, and, having moistened the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator,-close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and after- ward, Diluted Alcohol, until the Geranium is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy cubic centimeters [or 34 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evapo- rate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM GLYCYRRHIZA FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Glycyrrhiza. By measure. Glycyrrhiza, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Water of Ammonia, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Water of Ammonia with ninety- seven parts [or 6t pints] of Diluted Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Glycyrrhiza is exhausted. Deserve 'the first seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 36 fl. oz.l of the percolate, and, having added three grammes [or li fl. oz.] of Water of Ammonia to the re- mainder, evaporate to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 383 EXTRACTUM GOSSYPII RADICIS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Cotton Root. By measure. Cotton Root, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 35 grammes, or fl. oz. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with sixty-five grammes [or 38 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder with fifty grammes [or 26 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and pour on the remainder of the menstruum. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, and, when the liquid in the percolator has disappeared from the surface, gradually pour on Alcohol, and continue the percolation until the Cotton Root is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy cubic centimeters [or 33£ fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract ; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM GRINDELIiE FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Grindelia. By measure. Grindelia, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3 pints 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 flint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes or 17 i fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; th en add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding menstruum, until the Grindelia is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM GUARAN-® FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Guarana. By measure. Guarana, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3 pints 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with twenty grammes [or 12 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 384 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Guarana is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the re- sexwed portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM HAMAMELIDIS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Hamamelis. By measure. Hamamelis, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix one part [or 2\ pints] of Alcohol with two parts [or 4 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the perco- lator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Hamamelis is ex- hausted. Reserve the first eighty five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM HYDRASTIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Hydrastis. By measure. Hydrastis, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3 pints 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the perco- lator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Hydrastis is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the perco- late. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the re- mainder, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM HYOSCYAMI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Hyoscyamus. By measure. Hyoscyamus, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 385 Mix three parts [or 3 pints 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with forty grammes [or 23 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Hyoscyamus is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hun- dred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM IPECACUANHAS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Ipecac. By measure. Ipecac, in No. 80 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed until the Ipecac is exhausted. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the tincture until the residue measures fifty cubic centimeters [or 1£ pints! and add to it one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints] of Water. Evaporate the mixture to seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 21 pints], and, when cool, filter. Wash the precipitate upon the filter, with Water, until the latter passes through tasteless, evaporate the filtrate and wash- ings to fifty cubic centimeters [or 1£ pints], allow to cool, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centi- meters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM IRIDIS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Iris. By measure. Iris, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3 pints 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with forty grammes [or 23 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the per- colator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the perco- lator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Iris is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, 386 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. and evaporate the remainder, on a water-bath, to a soft extract; dis- solve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM KRAMERIiE FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Krameria. By measure. Krameria, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 20 grammes, or A- oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with eighty grammes [or 41 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol, and, having moistened the powder with forty grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and after- ward, Diluted Alcohol, until the Krameria is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy cubic centimeters [or 33 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evap- orate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM LACTUCARII FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Lactucarium. By measure. Lactucarium, in coarse pieces, 100 grammes, or 12% oz. av. Ether, 100 grammes, or 1 pint. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 12 fl. oz. Add the Lactucarium to the Ether contained in a fared flask having the capacity of six hundred cubic centimeters [or about 4} pints], and let it macerate for twenty-four hours; then add three hundred grammes [or 2J pints] of Water, and shake the mixture well. Fit a bent glass tube into the neck of the flask, and, having immersed the flask in hot water, recover the Ether by distillation. When all the Ether has dis- tilled over, remove the tube, and, after thoroughly shaking the con- tents of the flask, continue the heat for half an hour. Let the mix- ture cool, add one hundred grammes [or 14£ fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and enough Water to make the whole mixture weigh five hundred grammes [or 64 oz. av.] ; after maceration for twenty-four hours, with occasional agitation, express and filter the liquid. Return the dregs to the flask and macerate them with two hundred grammes [or 28 fl. oz.] of a mix- ture of Alcohol and Water made in the proportion of one part [or 8 fl. oz.] of Alcohol to three parts [or 20 fl. oz.] of Water; repeat the macer- ation two or three times, successively, with fresh portions of the mix- ture, until the dregs are tasteless, or nearly so. Mix, and filter the liquids thus obtained, and concentrate them, by means of a water-bath (the first expressed liquid by itself), until the combined weight of the liquids is sixty grammes [or 7% oz. av.]; mix the liquids, add forty grammes [or 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and let the mixture cool in the evap- ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 387 orating vessel, stirring the mixture frequently, and during the inter- vals keeping the vessel -well covered. When cool, add enough Alco- hol to make the mixture weigh one hundred grammes [or 12£ oz. av.], transfer the liquid to a flask, and add enough Water to make the mix- ture measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 12 fl. oz.], using the Water so required to rinse the evaporating vessel. Shake the mixture occasionally, during several hours (and frequently, if a portion of the precipitate is found to be tenacious), and, when a uniform mixture re- sults, set it aside for twenty-four hours, so that any precipitate formed may subside. Decant the clear liquid, transfer the precipitate to a filter, and, after thoroughly draining it into the decanted liquid, wash it with a mixture of Alcohol and Water made in the proportion of three parts [or 10 fl. dr.] of Alcohol to four parts [or 11 fl. dr.] of Water, until the washings pass tasteless. Concentrate the washings, by evap- oration, to a syrupy consistence, mix with the decanted liquid, and add enough of the last-named mixture of Alcohol and Water to make the whole measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 12 fl. oz.]. Lastly, after twenty-four hours, having meanwhile shaken the Fluid Extract occasionally, filter it through paper. EXTRACTUM LEPTANDRAE FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Leptandra. By measur-v Leptandra, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 15 grammes, or fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with eighty-jive grammes [or 44 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder with forty grammes [or 23 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack moderately in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and after- ward, Diluted Alcohol, until the Leptandra is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM LOBELIAS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Lobelia. By measure. Lobelia, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty-jive grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Lobelia is exhausted. Reserve the first 388 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evap- orate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM LUPULINI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Lupulin. By measure. Lupulin, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the Lupulin with twenty grammes [or 12 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the Lupulin and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Lupulin is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy cubic centimeters [or 33 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM MATICO FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Matico. By measure. Matico, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 10 grammes, or fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with seventy-five grammes [or 44 fl. oz.] of Alcohol and twenty-five grammes [or 12 fl. oz.] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 15 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterward, a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of three parts [or 3£ pints] of Alcohol to one part [or 1 pint] of Water, until the Matico is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, using the same proportions as before, to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM MEZEREI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Mezereum. By measure. Mezereum, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or . 3 pints. Moisten the powder with forty grammes [or 23 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Mezereum is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centi- meters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, r nd evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 389 EXTRACTUM NUCIS VOMICAE FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Nux Vomica. By measure. Nux Vomica, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix eight parts [or 9 pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with one hundred cubic centi- meters [or 3 pints] of the mixture, let it macerate in a closed vessel, in a warm place, for forty-eight hours. Then pack it firmly in a cylin- drical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until the tincture passes hut slightly imbued with bitterness. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol 1'rom the remainder, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hun- dred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints.] EXTRACTUM PAREIRiE FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Pareira. By measure. Pareira, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. Glycerin, 20 grammes, or fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with eighty grammes [or 41 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol, and, having moistened the powder with forty grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterward, Diluted Alcohol, until the Pareira is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and evap- orate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved por- tion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. 390 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. EXTRACTUM PILOCARPI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Pilocarpus. By measure. Pilocarpus, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Pilocarpus is exhausted. Re- serve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM PODOPHYLLI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Podophyllum. By measure. Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3£ pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 1 pint] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Podophyllum is ex- hausted. Reserve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate; by means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder; dissolve the residue in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM PRUNI VIRGINIAN-® FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Wild Cherry. By measure. Wild Cherry, in No. 20 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, Glycerin, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix two parts [or 17 fl. oz.] of Water with one part, [or 7 fl. oz.] of Glycerin, and, having moistened the powder with fifty grammes [or 24 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it loosely in a cylindrical percolator, cover the latter well, and set it aside for forty-eight hours. Then pack the ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 391 damp powder firmly in the percolator, and pour on enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Wild Cherry is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate and set it aside; collect the next one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters [or 57 fl. oz.] sepa- rately, and evaporate to a thin syrup. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder of the percolate, and evapo- rate the residue to a thin syrup. Unite the two syrupy liquids, and evaporate them, on a water-bath, to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM QUASSIA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Quassia. By measure. Quassia, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with forty grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Quassia is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM RHEI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb. By measure. Rhubarb, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3£ pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with forty grammes [or 1 pint] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a conical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Rhubarb is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 36 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evap- orate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 70° C. (158° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic cen- timeters [or 3 pints]. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 390 EXTRACTUM PILOCARPI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Pilocarpus. By measure. Pilocarpus, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Pilocarpus is exhausted. Ee- serve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM PODOPHYLLI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Podophyllum. By measure. Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3£ pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 1 pint] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Podophyllum is ex- hausted. Eeserve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate; by means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder; dissolve the residue in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM PRUNI VIRGINIANS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Wild Cherry. By measure. Wild Cherry, in No. 20 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, Glycerin, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix hvo parts [or 17 fl. oz.] of Water with one part [or 7 fl. oz.] of Glycerin, and, having moistened the powder with fifty grammes [or 24 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it loosely in a cylindrical percolator, cover the latter well, and set it aside for forty-eight hours. Then pack the ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 391 damp powder firmly in the percolator, and pour on enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Wild Cherry is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate and set it aside; collect the next one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters [or 57 fl. oz.] sepa- rately, and evaporate to a thin syrnp. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder of the percolate, and evapo- rate the residue to a thin syrup. Unite the two syrupy liquids, and evaporate them, on a water-bath, to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM QUASSIA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Quassia. By measure. Quassia, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with forty grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Quassia is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM RHEI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb. By measure. Rhubarb, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3J pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with forty grammes [or 1 pint] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a conical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Rhubarb is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 36 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evap- orate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 70° C. (158° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic cen- timeters [or 3 pints]. 392 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. EXTRACTUM RHOIS GLABRAE FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Rhus Glabra. By measure. Rhus Glabra, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 10 grammes, or fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with ninety grammes [or 46£ fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterward, Diluted Alcohol, until the Rhus Glabra is exhausted. Re- serve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Rose. By measure. Red Rose, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 10 grammes, or fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with ninety grammes [or 46J fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder with forty grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the perco- lator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterward, Diluted Alcohol, until the Red Rose is exhausted. Reserve tne first seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 36 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM RUBI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Rubus. By measure. Rubus, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 20 grammes, or A- oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, dr 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with forty-five grammes [or 26 fl. oz.] of Alcohol and thirty five grammes [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the men- ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 393 struum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterward, a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of nine parts [or 26 fl. oz.] of Alco- hol to seven parts [or 1 pint] of Water, until the Rubus is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy cubic centimeters [or 33 fl. oz.] of the percolate; by means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the re- served portion, and add enough of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, using the last-named proportions, to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM RUMICIS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Rumex. By measure. Rumex, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Rumex is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM SABINJE FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Savine. By measure. Savine, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or . . 3 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty-five grammes [or 15 fl. oz.] of Alco- hol, and pack, it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- hol, until the Savine is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centi- meters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM SANGUINARY FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Sanguinaria. By measure. Sanguinaria, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or ... 3 pints. 394 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. Moisten the powder with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Sanguinaria is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty-five cubic centi- meters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centime- ters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM SARSAPARILLA COMPOSITUM FLUIDUM. U.S. Compound Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla. By measure. Sarsaparilla, in No. 30 powder, 75 grammes, or oz. av. Glycyrrhiza, in No. 30 powder, 12 grammes, or 6 oz. av. Sassafras, in No. 30 powder, 10 grammes, or 5 oz. av. Mezereum, in No. 30 powder, 3 grammes, or oz. av. Glycerin, 10 grammes, or fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of Alcohol and sixty grammes [or 30 fl. oz.] of Water, and, having moistened the mixed powders with forty grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterward, a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of one part [or pints] of Alcohol to two parts [or 4 pints] of Water, until the powder is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evapo- rate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved por- tion, and add enough of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, using the last-named proportions, to make the Fluid Extract measure one hun- dred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM SARSAPARILLA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla. By measure. Sarsaparilla, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 10 grammes, or fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of Alcohol and sixty grammes [or 30 fl. oz.] of Water, and, having moistened the pow- der with forty grammes [or 20 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 395 covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterward, a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of one part [or 2£ pints] of Alcohol to two parts [or 4 pints] of Water, until the Sarsaparilla is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, using the last-named proportions, to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic cen- timeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM SCILLaE FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Squill. By measure. Squill, in No. 20 powder, 100 grammes, or . . 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty grammes [or 12 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to satu- rate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Squill is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy five cubic centimeters [or 36 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM SCUTELLARIAE FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Scutellaria. By measure. Scutellaria, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix one part [or 2\ pints] of Alcohol with two parts [or 4 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 1 pint] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Scutellaria is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Ex- tract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM SENEGA FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Senega. By measure. Senega, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Water of Ammonia, 2 grammes, or 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. 396 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. Mix two parts [or 4£ pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 2 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with forty-five grammes [or 26 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Senega is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add, first, the Water of Ammonia, and afterward, enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic cen- timeters [01 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM SENN® FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Senna. By measure. Senna, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or .. 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3 pints 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol with four parts [or 4 [)ints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with forty grammes or 20 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical perco- ator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation tc proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Senna is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM SERPENTARI® FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Serpentaria. By measure. Serpentaria, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3 pints 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Serpentaria is exhausted. Re- serve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 397 EXTRACTUM SPIGELIA FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Spigelia. By measure. Spigelia, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty grammes [or 15 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Spigelia is exhausted. Beserve the first eighty five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM STILLINGIA FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Stillingia. By measure. Stillingia, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty grammes [or 15 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Stillingia is exhausted. Be- serve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the re- served portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM STRAMONII FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Stramonium. By measure. Stramonium Seed, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix three parts [or 3 pints 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol with one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with twenty grammes [or 12 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower Orifice, and, having closely covered the perco- lator, macerate for fo»ty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Stramonium Seed is exhausted. Beserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of 398 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS, the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not ex- ceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract meas- ure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM TARAXACI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Taraxacum. By measure. Taraxacum, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or . 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix two parts [or 4£ pints] of Alcohol with three parts [or 6 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Taraxacum is exhausted. Re- serve the first eighty five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the percolate; by means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM TRITICI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Triticum. By measure. Triticum, finely cut, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Pack the Triticum in a cylindrical percolator, and pour Boiling Water upon it until it is exhausted. Evaporate the percolate to eighty cubic centimeters [or 38 fl. oz.], and, having added to it twenty cubic cen- timeters [or 10 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, mix well, and set it aside for forty- eight hours. Then filter the liquid and add to the filtrate enough of a mixture composed of four parts [or 4 fl. ozj of Water and one part [or li fl. oz.] of Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hun- dred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM URSI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Uva Ursi. By measure. Uva Ursi, in No. 30 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Glycerin, 10 grammes, or 3% oz- Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or ... 3 pints. Mix the Glycerin with ninety grammes [or 46 fl. oz.] of Dilated Alco- hol, and, having moistened the powder with thirty-five grammes [or 18 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 399 macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and after- ward, Diluted Alcohol, until the Uva Ursi is exhausted. Reserve the first seventy cubic centimeters [or 33 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evapo- rate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved por- tion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM VALERIAN AS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Valerian. By measure. Valerian, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Mix two parts [or 4£ pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 2 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Yalerian is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the perco- late, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM VERATRI VIRIDIS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Veratrum Viride. By measure. Veratrum Viride, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Yeratrum Yiride is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic cen- timeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centime- ters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM VIBURNI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Viburnum. By measure. Viburnum, in No. 60 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. 400 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. Mix two parts [or 4£ pints] of Alcohol with one part [or 2 pints] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty grammes [or 17 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the perco- lator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to pro- ceed, gradually adding menstruum, until the Viburnum is exhausted. Reserve the first eighty five cubic centimeters [or 40 fl. oz.] of the perco- late, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM XANTHOXYLI FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Xanthoxylum. By measure. Xanthoxylum, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty five grammes [or 14 fl. oz.] of Alco- hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- hol, until the Xanthoxylum is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centimeters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the re- mainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. EXTRACTUM ZINGIBERIS FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Ginger. By measure. Ginger, in No. 40 powder, 100 grammes, or 50 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 cubic centimeters, or 3 pints. Moisten the powder with twenty-five grammes [or 14 fl. oz.] of Alco- hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- hol, until the Ginger is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety cubic centi- meters [or 43 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 pints]. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 401 QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XXVII. ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS MADE BY PERCOLATION OR MACERATION. What are tinctures ? How many are officinal ? Wherein do they differ from spirits ? What exception is there to this rule ? By what different methods are tinctures made ? What menstruums are used in making tinctures ? What are the advantages, and what the disadvantages, of using alcohol as a menstruum ? Where the alcohol is objectionable, what other preparation may be substituted for a tincture ? Which will extract a larger amount of the soluble principles of a drug, a pint of diluted alcohol or half a pint of alcohol and half a pint of water, used separately ? Name some of the principal substances that are soluble in alcohol. What substances are soluble in diluted alcohol ? For what purpose is glycerin used in tinctures ? In what different ways are officinal tinctures made? Which is the best method for making tinctures ? What are the special advantages of percolation ? Which will be found more convenient in practice, the use of measures or the use of parts by weight in making tinctures ? How many officinal tinctures are made by percolation ? In what cases is the process of maceration preferably used ? What tincture is made by simple solution ? What officinal tincture is made by dilution ? Give the formula and mode of making tincture of aconite. What part of the plant is meant by aconite ? What fineness of powder is used in this formula ? What is the object of adding tartaric acid? Give the officinal name, formula, and mode of making tincture of aloes. Tincture of aloes and myrrh. Tincture of arnica flowers. The name of this preparation in the U. S. P. of 1870 was tincture of arnica. Why was it changed ? Give the officinal name, formula, and mode of making tincture of arnica root. Tincture of asafetida. Tincture of bitter orange peel. Tincture of sweet orange peel. Tincture of belladonna. Tincture of benzoin. Compound tincture of ben- zoin. Tincture of bryonia. Tincture of calendula. Tincture of calumba. Tincture of Indian cannabis. Tincture of cantharides. Tincture of capsicum. Tincture of cardamom. Compound tincture of cardamom. Compound tincture of catechu. Tincture of chirata. Tincture of cimicifuga. Tincture of cinchona. What kind of cinchona is used in this tincture ? Give the formula and mode of making compound tincture of cinchona. What kind of cinchona is used in this tincture ? What degree of fineness is directed for the powder ? Give the formula and mode of making tincture of cinnamon. Tincture of col- chicum. Tincture of conium. Tincture of saffron. Tincture of cubeb. Tincture of digitalis. How should tincture of fresh herbs be made when no special direction has been given ? Give the formula for tincture of acetate of iron. Describe its appearance and physical properties. What is its specific gravity ? Give the formula for tincture of chloride of iron. What salt of iron does it contain ? Describe its appearance and properties. What is its specific gravity ? Give the formula and mode of making tincture of nutgall. Tincture of gelsemium. Compound tincture of gentian. What degree of fineness is directed for the powder? 402 ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. Give the formula and mode of making tincture of guaiac. Ammoniated tincture of guaiac. Tincture of hops. Tincture of hydrastis. Tincture of hyoscyamus. Tincture of ignatia. How many parts of dry extract of ignatia are contained in each 100 parts of tincture ? About how much ignatia does one part of extract represent ? Give the formula and mode of making tincture of iodine. How does the present name (Latin) differ from that of U. S. P. 1870? Give the formula for making tincture of ipecac and opium. Give the formula and mode of making tincture of kino. Tincture of krameria. Compound tincture of lavender. What degree of fineness is directed for the powder ? Give the formula and mode of making tincture of lobelia. What part of the plant is meant by lobelia ? Give the formula and mode of making tincture of matico. Tincture of musk. Tincture of myrrh. Tincture of nux vomica. How much dry extract of nux vomica does each 100 parts of tincture contain ? How much nux vomica does each grain of dry extract represent ? How is tincture of opium made ? How much opium is there in each 100 parts of tincture ? About how much is there in a teaspoonful of tincture? Give the formula and mode of making camphorated tincture of opium. How much opium is there in each 100 parts of this tincture ? How is deodorized tincture of opium made ? How much opium is there in each 100 parts of tincture ? Give the formula and mode of making tincture of physostigma. Tincture of py- rethrum. Tincture of quassia. Tincture of rhubarb. Aromatic tincture of rhubarb. Sweet tincture of rhubarb. Tincture of sanguinaria. Tincture of green soap. Tinc- ture of squill. Tincture of serpentaria. Tincture of stramonium. Tincture of sumbul. Tincture of tolu. Tincture of valerian. Ammoniated tincture of valerian. Tincture of vanilla. Tincture of veratrum viride. Tincture of ginger. What are medicated wines? Which are preferable preparations, wines or tinctures ? and why ? How many officinal wines are there ? In how many different ways are officinal wines prepared? Which are not medicated ? How many are made by solution? Name them. Name those made by maceration. By percolation. How are they made? What is white wine? What per cent, of alcohol should it contain ? What is stronger white wine ? How is it prepared ? How much alcohol should it contain ? Give the formula and mode of making wine of aloes. Wine of antimony. What percentage of tartrate does it contain ? About how much in a teaspoonful ? Give the formula and mode of making aromatic wine? What degree of fineness is directed for the powder? Give the formula and mode of making wine of colchicum root. Wine of colchi- cum seed. Wine of ergot. Bitter wine of iron. Wine of citrate of iron. Wine of ipecac. Wine of opium. How much opium is there in 100 parts of the wine ? Give the formula and mode of making wine of rhubarb. What is red wine ? How much alcohol should it contain ? What are fluid extracts ? When Avere they made oflicinal in the U. S. P. for the first time ? How many are there in the present Pharmacopoeia ? What are the special advantages of fluid extracts ? How is permanency secured ? What is the advantage of concentration ? Are the fluid extracts of the present Pharmacopoeia of the same strength as those of the U. S. P. 1870? & What difference is there between them? ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS. 403 Upon what is the present system arranged? In what different methods are fluid extracts made ? What is the officinal process ? Give a typical formula for preparing a fluid extract. Explain the process of percolation with incomplete exhaustion in making fluid extracts. What is the principal disadvantage of this process, and why is the officinal process better ? Give a description of the process of repercolation. Of repercolation with hydraulic pressure. Of vacuum maceration and percolation. How may fluid extracts be best preserved ? Into how many classes are fluid extracts divided ? How many have for a menstruum alcohol? Name them. Which one has for a menstruum 8 parts alcohol, 1 part water ? How many have for a menstruum 3 parts alcohol, 1 part water? Name them. How many have for a menstruum 2 parts alcohol, 1 part water? Name them. How many have for a menstruum diluted alcohol ? Name them. How many have a menstruum containing glycerin? Name them. How many have for a menstruum 3 parts alcohol, 4 parts water ? How many have for a menstruum 2 parts alcohol, 3 parts water? Name them. How many have for a menstruum 1 part alcohol, 2 parts water? Which two have for a menstruum boiling water ? Which officinal fluid extract is made with water of ammonia in the menstruum ? What is the object of using water of ammonia? CHAPTER XXVIII. ETHEREAL LIQUIDS MADE BY PERCOLATION. Oleoresin®. Oleoresins. The oleoresins are officinal liquid preparations, consisting principally of natural oils and resins extracted from vegetable substances by perco- lation with stronger ether. The oleoresins were formerly classed Avith fluid extracts, but they differ essentially from the latter: 1. They do not bear any uniform relation to the drug, as the fluid extracts do, of gramme to cubic centi- metre,—the yield of oleoresin obtained from the drug ATary- ing according to the proportion of oil and resin naturally present. 2. The menstruum used, stronger ether, extracts principles which are often insoluble in alcohol or in diluted alcohol, and vice versa. Oleoresin of cubeb, for instance, is not identical in properties with fluid extract of cubeb. 3. They are Avithout exception the most concentrated liquid preparations of the drugs that are produced. Oleoresins are prepared by percolating the powdered drug, contained in a cylindrical percolator provided with a coArer and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids, Avith stronger ether, until exhausted, recovering the greater part of the ether by distillation, and exposing the residue in a capsule to spontaneous evaporation until the remaining ether has evaporated. Fig. 347 shoAvs a convenient percolator for making oleoresins. The poAAtler should not be packed too tightly in the narrow percolator: the exit-tube affords a means of easily regulating the floAV. A continuous extraction apparatus can be made of this percolator by enclosing the upper part in a suitable case and passing cold water be- tween, arranging the apparatus like a Liebig’s condenser (see page 150). A glass tube is connected AA'ith the top of the percolator and the mouth of the bottle by rubber-tube connections, and if the receiving-bottle is placed in a water- bath and the gently heated, the ether will evaporate from the percolate, the ATapors rising in the tube and con- densing in the upper part of the percolator. Oleoresins which have not been evaporated sufficiently are frequently found in commerce : they have a decided odor of ether, and sometimes of benzin, showing in the latter case that a menstruum which is a much inferior solvent has been substituted for the one authorized by the Pharma- copoeia. Six oleoresins are officinal. Fig. 347. Percolator for volatile liquids 404 ETHEREAL LIQUIDS. 405 Table of Officinal Oleoresins Name. Yield. Dose. Oleoresina Aspidii. 10 to 15 per cent. fjss to f^i. “ Capsici. 5 per cent. Db i to n\,i. “ Cubebao. 18 to 25 per cent. Tt\,V to TTbXXX. “ Lupulini. 50 per cent. rtbij to rr\y. “ Piperis. 5 per cent. * to nbi- “ Zingiberis. 6 to 8 per cent. OLEORESINA ASPIDII. U.S. Oleoresin of Aspidium. [Oleoresina Filicis, Pharm. 1870.] By measure. Aspidium, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Stronger Ether, a sufficient quantity, To make about 2 fl. oz. Put the Aspidium into a cjdindrical glass percolator, provided with a cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids, press it firmly, and gradually pour Stronger Ether upon it, until one hundred and fifty parts [or 2 pints] of liquid have slowly passed. Recover the greater part of the Ether by distillation on a water-bath, and expose the residue, in a capsule, until the remaining Ether has evaporated. Keep the Oleoresin in a well-stopped bottle. Note.—Oleoresin of Aspidium usually deposits, on standing, a granu- lar-crystalline substance. This should be thoroughly mixed with the liquid portion, before use. OLEORESINA CAPSICI. U.S. Oleoresin of Capsicum. By measure. Capsicum, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 32 oz. av. Stronger Ether, a sufficient quantity, To make . .* about 1 ]/2 fl. oz. Put the Capsicum into a cylindrical percolator, provided with a cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids, press it firmly, and gradually pour Stronger Ether upon it, until one hundred and fifty parts [or 4 pints] of liquid have slowly passed. Recover the greater part of the Ether by distillation on a water-bath, and expose the residue, in a capsule, until the remaining Ether has evaporated. Lastly, pour off the liquid portion, transfer the remainder to a strainer, and, when the separated fatty matter (which is to be rejected) has been com- pletely drained, mix all the liquid portions together. Keep the Oleoresin in a well-stopped bottle. OLEORESINA CUBEBiE. U.S. Oleoresin of Cubeb. By measure. Cubeb, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Stronger Ether, a sufficient quantity, To make about 4 fl. oz. Put the Cubeb into a cylindrical percolator, provided with a cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids, press it firmly, and gradu- 406 ETHEREAL LIQUIDS. ally pour Stronger Ether upon it, until one hundred and fifty parts [or 2 pints] of liquid have slowly passed. Recover the greater part of the Ether by distillation on a water-bath, and expose the residue, in a capsule, until the remaining Ether has evaporated. Transfer the re- mainder to a close vessel, and let it stand until it ceases to deposit a waxy and crystalline matter. Lastly, pour olf the Oleoresin. Keep the Oleoresin in a well-stopped bottle. OLEORESINA LUPULINI. U.S. Oleoresin of Lupulin. [Oleoresina Lupulin2E, Pharm. 1870.] By measure. Lupulin, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Stronger Ether, a sufficient quantity, To make about 8 fl. oz. Put the Lupulin into a narrow, cylindrical percolator, provided with a’cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids, press it firmly, and gradually pour Stronger Ether upon it, until one hundred and fifty parts [or 2 pints] of liquid have slowly passed. Recover the greater part of the Ether by distillation on a water-bath, and expose the residue, in a capsule, until the remaining Ether has evaporated. Keep the Oleoresin in a well-stopped, wide-mouthed bottle. OLEORESINA PIPERIS. U.S. Oleoresin of Pepper. By measure. Pepper, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 32 oz. av. Stronger Ether, a sufficient quantity, To make about fl. oz. Put the Pepper into a cylindrical percolator, provided with a cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids, press it firmly, and gradu- ally pour Stronger Ether upon it, until one hundred and fifty parts [or 4 pints] of liquid have slowly passed. Recover the greater part of the Ether by distillation on a water-bath, and expose the residue, in a cap- sule, until the remaining Ether has evaporated, and the deposition of piperine, in crystals, has ceased. Lastly, separate the Oleoresin from the piperine by expression through a muslin strainer. Keep the Oleoresin in a well-stopped bottle. OLEORESINA ZINGIBERIS. U.S. Oleoresin of Ginger. By measure. Ginger, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Stronger Ether, a sufficient quantity, To make about 1 fl. oz. Put the Ginger into a cylindrical percolator, provided with a cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids, press it firmly, and gradu- ally pour Stronger Ether upon it, until one hundred and fifty parts [or 2 pints] of liquid have slowly passed, or until the Ginger is exhausted. Recover the greater part of the Ether by distillation on a water-bath, and expose the residue, in a capsule, until the remaining Ether has evaporated. Keep the Oleoresin in a well-stopped bottle. CHAPTER XXIX. ACETOUS LIQUIDS MADE BY PERCOLATION. Aceta. Vinegars. This class of preparations is an old one, having been in use since the days of Hippocrates. Medicated vinegars are solutions of the active principles of drugs in diluted acetic acid, the latter being chosen as a menstruum because acetic acid is not only a good solvent but also pos- sesses antiseptic properties. Diluted acetic acid replaces the menstrua formerly used, wine and cider vinegar having been discarded on account of their variable quality. Acetic acid may be obtained in all parts of the country very cheaply and of unexceptionable quality, and by simple admixture with about five times its weight of water the menstruum is produced. The prop- erties of acetic acid are noticed in Part IV. of this work. Four vinegars are officinal at present: three are made from drugs which owe their activity to alkaloids. The advantage of using acidu- lous menstruum is apparent in forming soluble salts with the alkaloids, and experience has proved the value of diluted acetic acid as a solvent in exhausting drugs of this character. The medicated vinegars should not be made in larger quantities than can be used within a reasonable time, for, although possessed of most of the characters of permanent preparations, they are liable to deposit in time. The officinal vinegars are now uniform in strength, each containing the soluble principles from ten per cent, of drug. They are all made by percolation. Name. Proportions. Acetum Lobeliae . . . 10 p. Lobelia, No. 30 powder, with sufficient Diluted Acetic Acid to make 100 parts. “• Opii . . . . 10 p. Powdered Opium; 3 p. Powdered Nutmeg; 20 p. Sugar, with sufficient Diluted Acetic Acid to make 100 parts. “ Sanguinariae . 10 p. Sanguinaria, No. 30 powder, with sufficient Diluted Acetic Acid to make 100 parts. “ Scillse. . . . 10 p. Squill, No. 30 powder, with sufficient Diluted Acetic Acid to make 100 parts. ACETUM LOBELIAS. U. S. Vinegar of Lobelia. By measure. Lobelia, in No. 30 powder, 10 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Acetic Acid, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or i pint. Moisten the powder with five parts [or 1 fl. oz.] of Diluted Acetic Table of Officinal Vinegars. 407 408 ACETOUS LIQUIDS. Acid, pack it firmly in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Acetic Acid upon it until one hundred parts [or 1 pint] of filtered liquid are obtained. ACETUM OPII. U.S. Vinegar of Opium. By measure. Powdered Opium, 10 parts, or 2 oz. av. Nutmeg, in No. 30 powder, 3 parts, or 260 grains. Sugar, 20 parts, or 4 oz. av. Diluted Acetic Acid, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 18 fl. oz. Macerate the Opium and Nutmeg in fifty parts [or 9 fl. oz.] of Diluted Acetic Acid for twenty-four hours. Put the mixture into a conical glass percolator and return the percolate until it passes clear. Then gradu- ally pour on Diluted Acetic Acid until eighty parts [or 15 fl. oz.] of liquid are obtained. In this dissolve the Sugar by agitation, without heat, and strain. ACETUM SANGUINARIA. U.S. Vinegar of Sanguinaria. By measure. Sanguinaria, in No. 30 powder, 10 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Acetic Acid, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. Moisten the powder with five parts [or 1 fl. oz.] of Diluted Acetic Acid, pack it firmly in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Acetic Acid upon it until one hundred parts [or 1 pint] of filtered liquid are obtained. ACETUM SCILLA. U. S. Vinegar of Squill. By measure. Squill, in No. 30 powder, 10 parts, or oz. av. Diluted Acetic Acid, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. Moisten the powder with thirty parts [or 5 fl. oz.] of Diluted Acetic Acid, and, after the mixture has ceased to swell, transfer it to a conical glass percolator, pack it carefully, and gradually pour Diluted Acetic Acid upon it until one hundred parts [or 1 pint] of filtered liquid are obtained. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTERS XXVIII. AND XXIX. ETHEREAL AND ACETOUS LIQUIDS MADE BY PER- COLATION. What are oleoresins ? In what respects do they differ from fluid extracts ? How are they prepared ? How many oleoresins are officinal? Name them. Give the officinal name, menstruum, and mode of preparing oleoresin of aspidium. ETHEREAL AND ACETOUS LIQUIDS. 409 Should the deposit which usually occurs in this oleoresin upon standing be filtered out? Give the Latin name, menstruum, and mode of preparing oleoresin of capsicum. Oleoresin of cubeb. Should the waxy and crystalline matter which is deposited from oleoresin of cubeb be separated from the oleoresin ? Give the Latin name, menstruum, and mode of preparing oleoresin of lupulin. Oleoresin of pepper. Should the latter oleoresin be separated from the piperine which is deposited? Give the Latin name, menstruum, and mode of preparing oleoresin of ginger. What are medicated vinegars ? Why was vinegar chosen as a menstruum, and why is acetic acid used in place of vinegar ? How many vinegars are officinal? Name them. What is their percentage strength ? How are they made ? Give the Latin name and menstruum of acetum lobelise. What are the ingredients of acetum opii, and in what condition of fineness are they directed ? CHAPTER XXX. SOLID PREPARATIONS MADE BY PERCOLATION. Extracta. Extracts. Extracts are solid or semi-solid preparations produced by evapo- rating solutions of vegetable principles. The solutions may be made by percolating the drug with water, alcohol, diluted alcohol of various strengths, ether, diluted acetic acid, or diluted solution of ammonia, and the extracts made from such percolates are termed respectively aqueous, alcoholic, hydro-alcoholic, dhereal, acetic, or ammoniated ex- tracts. In addition to this, the juices of fresh plants extracted by con- tusion and expression are evaporated, and such extracts are frequently called Sued Spissati, or inspissated juices. Preparation of Inspissated Juices.—The variation in the amount of extractive matter afforded by expressing fresh plants is so great that the quality of this class of extracts is necessarily very uncertain. Al- though alcoholic extracts are also subject to variations, experience has shown that they are much more reliable, when properly made, than extracts prepared from expressed juices. For this reason inspissated juices, with one exception, were not recognized ,in the U. S. Pharma- copoeia of 1880. Extract of taraxacum, the sole representative of the class remaining, is at best a feeble preparation, and is fast passing out of use as an active remedy. The inspissated juices most largely con- sumed in America are made in Great Britain, and the general formula of the British Pharmacopoeia is appended: Bruise the fresh plant in a stone mortar, and press out the juice; heat it gradually to 130° F., and separate the green colouring matter by a calico filter. Heat the strained liquid to 200° F. to coagulate the albumen, and filter again. Evaporate the filtrate by a water-bath to the consistence of a thin syrup; then add to it the green colouring matter previously separated, and, stirring the whole assiduously, con- tinue the evaporation at a temperature not exceeding 140° F., until the extract is of a suitable consistence for forming pills. Prof. Herrara has proposed a plan of making extracts without the use of much heat,—by freezing the juices. He finds that by compress- ing the frozen juice the expressed liquid, or mother-liquor, is greatly strengthened, the water being largely removed as ice, which remains in the press-cloth, and the concentrated juice is then dried by exposure on plates to the sun. The percolates, or expressed juices of drugs, contain, in addition to the active principles, certain inert substances, which exist in the liquids in varying quantities. The amount of inert matter found in the extract 410 SOLID PREPARATIONS. 411 depends largely upon the manipulation, but the composition of extracts also varies with the nature of the drug, the character of the solvent, and the mode of preparation. The object is generally to obtain as much of the active principle of the plant, with as little of the inert matter, as possible; though sometimes it may be desirable to separate two active ingredients from each other, when their effects upon the system are materially different: this may be partially accomplished by employing a menstruum which, while it dissolves one, leaves the other untouched. The proximate principles most commonly present in ex- tracts are gum, sugar, starch, tannin, extractive, chlorophyl, coloring- matter, salts, and the peculiar principles of plants; to which, when a spirituous solvent is employed, may usually be added resinous substances, fatty matter, and frequently more or less volatile oil; gum and starch being excluded when the menstruum is pure alcohol. Extractive.—It has long been known that in most vegetable bodies there is a substance, soluble both in water and in alcohol, which, in the preparation of extracts, undergoes chemical change during the process of evaporation, imparting to the liquid, even if originally limpid, first a greenish, then a yellowish-brown, and ultimately a deep brown color, and becoming itself insoluble. This substance has received the appro- priate name of extractive, derived from its frequent presence in extracts. Its existence as a distinct principle is denied, or at least doubted, by some chemists, who consider the phenomena supposed to result from its presence as depending upon the mutual reaction of other principles. The most important property of extractive is its disposition to pass, by the influence of atmospheric air at a high temperature, into an insoluble substance. If a vegetable infusion or decoction be evaporated in the open air to the consistence of an extract, then diluted, filtered, and again evaporated, and the process repeated so long as any insoluble matter is formed, the whole of the extractive will be separated from the liquid, while the other ingredients may remain. If chlorine be passed through an infusion or decoction, a similar precipitate is formed with much greater rapidity. The change is usually ascribed to the absorption of oxygen by the extractive, which has, therefore, been called, in its altered condition, oxidized extractive; but De Saussure ascertained that, though oxygen is absorbed during the process, an equal measure of carbonic acid gas is given out, and the oxygen and hydrogen of the extractive unite to form water in such a manner as to leave the principle richer in carbon than it was originally. The name of oxidized extractive is, therefore, obviously incorrect; and Berzelius long ago proposed to sub- stitute for it that of apotheme, synonymous with deposit. According to Berzelius, apotheme is not completely insoluble in water, but imparts a slight color to that liquid when cold, and is rather more soluble in boil- ing water, which becomes turbid upon cooling. It is still more soluble in alcohol, and is freely dissolved by solutions of the alkalies and alka- line carbonates, from which it is precipitated by acids. It has a great tendency, when precipitated from solutions, to unite with other princi- ples and to carry them along with it, thus acquiring properties somewhat different according to the source from which it is obtained. In this way, also, even when the extractive of a plant is itself medicinally 412 SOLID PREPARATIONS. inert, its conversion into apotheme may be injurious by causing a pre- cipitation of a portion of the active principle; and in practical phar- maceutical operations this change should always, if possible, be avoided. Variable Quality of Extracts.—It is evident that there must be great variation in the quality of these preparations as found in commerce, for, whether made by any of the processes commonly employed, or by a special patented process, the lack of a fixed standard to determine the amount of moisture which is to remain in the extracts renders them very variable in strength. The Pharmacopoeia is necessarily compelled to avoid specifying an exact limit in this respect, and the approximate standard of “ pilular consistence” is adopted. The new preparations con- sidered in another place, called abstracts, have a great advantage over extracts in this respect. It should be said in addition that the varia- tion in the strength of extracts of pilular consistence does not cease even after their manufacture. The exposure to the air which they are sub- ject to in dispensing, particularly if kept in the customary open queen’s- ware jars, causes loss of moisture, and they become hard, and conse- quently stronger, in proportion to the quantity of moisture that is thus lost: this loss may in some cases amount to as much as twenty-five per cent. In moist climates, however, some extracts absorb moisture and become thinner. The greatest variation in the commercial ex- tracts, however, arises from the difference in the alcoholic strength of the menstruum employed. This may be best illustrated by taking the case of extract of jalap. Alcohol always dissolves the active prin- ciples, whilst water is the best solvent for those that are inert. If a manufacturer in making extract of jalap uses equal parts of alcohol and water, he will obtain twice as much extract as the manufacturer who simply uses alcohol; but the alcoholic extract or resin has twice the strength of the hydro-alcoholic extract, and is worth double the price, because it has been shown by actual experiment that the aqueous extract of jalap is absolutely inert even in doses of two hundred and forty grains. The difference between the relative merits of alcoholic and aqueous extracts does not so clearly appear in many of the extracts as in the instance just noted, but it is shown in such important extracts as those from belladonna, hyoscyamus, digitalis, etc., for here the strength depends largely upon the menstrua used in exhausting them, water removing the inert principles, starch, gum, albumen, sugar, salt, etc. The relative value of commercial extracts must depend upon the amount of active principles present; and as the manufacturer never states upon the label the menstruum that he has employed in making the extract, nor the yield of the extract from the drug from which it was prepared, and as each manufacturer uses the menstruum that he thinks best, the pharmacist and physician have no means of knowing the dose of the extract, nor can they usually form any correct judgment of its value without a therapeutical experiment or analytical assay. It will be seen, therefore, from the foregoing considerations that extracts are among the most unreliable of all classes of preparations. It is greatly to be regretted that manufacturers do not strictly adhere to the menstrua directed in the Pharmacopoeia, for the sake of securing uniformity, if for no other reason. Preparation of Extracts.—The manipulations necessary to produce SOLID PREPARATIONS. 413 extracts have all been treated of under the various heads of Maceration, Expression, Percolation, Decoction, Infusion, Evaporation, Use of Steam Heat, Vacuum Apparatus, etc. The special precautions necessary for each extract will be noticed in the officinal working formulas which follow. The details of the formulas vary so much that a general formula is of little value, except to serve as a type for the alcoholic extracts, which resemble one another more closely than any of the others do. Preservation of Extracts.—The general practice is to take no es- pecial care in the preservation of extracts. This arises from the incor- rect impression that they are permanent preparations and do not need it. The manufacturers seal the jars or bottles which contain them, because experience has compelled them to be very careful about this, to avoid loss in transportation,—in the case of soft extracts, through inversion of the jar. The loosely-fitting covers to the jars permit the exposure which causes the variation above noticed, and it is impracticable for the phar- macist on every occasion to seal the jar immediately after he has used a portion of the extract. Several expedients have been suggested to overcome these difficulties. It is a good practice to enclose the jar in a tightly-fitting tin can, or to put the extract in a jar with a screw-cap cover which has a thin cork disk in the top to aid in making a tight joint. General Formula for Alcoholic Extracts.—Percolate the pow- dered drug with the menstruum directed, until it is exhausted; reserve the first third of the percolate, evaporate the remainder at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.) until it weighs ten per cent, of the weight of the drug. Mix this with the reserved portion, and evaporate both at the above temperature to a pilular consistence. Or, instead of reserving a part of the percolate, the whole quantity is distilled until the alcohol is recovered, and the residue is evaporated to a pilular consistence. In the case of those extracts which are apt to become hard, five per cent, of glycerin is added to enable them to retain their consistence. Officinal Extracts.—The officinal extracts are thirty-two in number. Of these, nineteen are made with alcoholic menstrua of various strengths, —viz., Extracts of Aconite, Cannabis Indica, Juglans, Mezereum, Physo- stigma, Nux Vomica, Cinchona (yellow), Podophyllum, Iris, Rhubarb, Belladonna (leaves), Digitalis, Leptandra, Hyoscyamus, Arnica Root, Colocynth, Conium (fruit), Euonymus, Stramonium (seed). Nine officinal extracts are made with an aqueous menstruum,—viz., Extracts of Aloes, Gentian, Glycyrrhiza, Hsematoxylon, Krameria, Malt, Opium, Quassia, Colchicum (root). One extract is percolated with water containing five per cent, of water of ammonia,—i.e., Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza. One extract is made with a menstruum composed of water contain- ing 23.3 per cent, of officinal acetic acid,—i.e., Extract of Colchicum Root. One extract is made by evaporating a fluid extract,—i.e., Extract of Ergot. One extract is made by mixing extracts with aromatics, etc.,—i.e., Compound Extract of Colocynth. One extract is an inspissated juice,—i.e., Extract of Taraxacum. 414 SOLID PREPARATIONS. Table of Officinal Extracts arranged according to the Alcoholic Strength of their Menstrua. Name and Men- struum. Fineness of Powder. Quantity to moisten 100 Parts of Drug. Quantity reserved. Percentage of Gly- cerin added to Ex- tract. Process and Notes. Alcohol. Extractum Aco- niti (Root with 1 p.c. Tartaric Acid). 60 40 90 5 Percolating after 48 hours’ maceration, reserving 90 per cent, of percolate, evaporating the remainder to 10 per cent., adding the reserved portion, and evaporating at temperature not above 50° C. (122° P.) to pilular consistence. Mezerei. 30 40 90 ii ll U ll Physostigma- tis. Cannabis Indi- es. 40 20 40 30 90 n n u a Percolating to exhaustion after 48 hours’ maceration, distilling off alcohol, evap- orating to pilular consistence. Juglandis. Alcohol 8, Water x. Extractum Nucis Vomic®. 30 60 40 100 5 u u n n n a u u Alcohol 3, Water i. Extractum Cin- chon®. Iridis. Podophylli. 60 60 60 35 40 30 6 Percolating to exhaustion after 48 hours’ maceration, using diluted alcohol to finish, and distilling off alcohol, evapo- rating to pilular consistence. n «« a n Percolating until five times the weight of powder in percolate is obtained, dis- tilling off alcohol, evaporating to pil- ular consistence. Rhei. Alcohol a, Water i. 30 40 100 Percolating to exhaustion without macer- ation, reserving the first 100 parts of percolate from 100 parts of drug, and spontaneously evaporating this re- served portion to one-half its weight, evaporating the remainder to the con- sistence of syrup, mixing with reserved portion, evaporating to pilular consist- ence. Extractum Belladonn® Alcoholicum (leaves). 60 40 90 6 Percolating to exhaustion after 48 hours' maceration, using diluted alcohol to finish, reserving 90 per cent, of perco- late, evaporating the remainder to 10 per cent., mixing with reserved por- tion, and evaporating at temperature not above 60° C. (122° F.) to pilular consistence. Hyoscyami Alcoholicum. 60 40 90 ll ll ll ll SOLID PREPARATIONS. 415 © 73 fl bo S S cn 73 >> * £ O O ft f, Name and Men- struum. Ph «M 0 i ■2.3 © © °-g ©'d Sra & 3 Process and Notes. a © a S| 3 rH a p g'C 2 8 g 2 N O’ c? A, Alcohol 2, Water x. Extractum Digi- 60 40 6 Percolating to exhaustion after 48 hours’ talis. maceration, using diluted alcohol to finish, distilling off alcohol, evapo- rating to a pilular consistence. Leptandrse. 40 40 5 u u u u Diluted Alcohol. Extractum Ami- 60 40 90 6 Percolating to exhaustion after 24 hours’ cae Radicis. maceration, reserving 90 per cent, of percolate, evaporating the remainder to 10 per cent., mixing with reserved portion, and evaporating at a temper- ature not above 50° C. (122° P.) to a pilular consistence. Conii Alcohol- 40 30 90 5 Same process as for Arnica Eoot, except icum (fruit). the time of maceration, which is 48 hours, and with the addition of 3 per cent, of diluted hydrochloric acid to weak percolate to fix the alkaloid. Euonymi. 30 40 5 Percolating to exhaustion after 48 hours’ maceration, distilling otf alcohol from percolate, evaporating to a pilular con- sistence. Stramonii 40 30 90 Percolating to exhaustion after 48 hours’ (seed). maceration, reserving 90 per cent, of percolate, evaporating the remainder to 10 per cent., mixing with reserved portion, and evaporating at a temper- ature not above 50° C. (122° F.) to a pilular consistence. Colocynthidis Coarse Macerating for 4 days, expressing and (freed from pow- straining tincture through flannel, per- seeds). der. colating residue, distilling the mixed tinctures to recover the alcohol, evap- orating residue to dryness: making into a powdered extract. Alcohol 3, Water 4. Extractum Ergo- Made by evaporating Fluid Extract of tse. Ergot (which is made with a men- struum consisting of 3 parts of alcohol and 4 parts of water) to a pilular con- sistence. Water. Extractum Aloes ' Macerating in boiling water, with Aquosum. a .2 1 - © stirring, letting the mixture stand for 12 hours, decanting the liquid, evaporating to dryness: making into a powdered extract. Haematoxyli. Macerating with cold water for 48 c5 S hours, boiling, straining the de- coction while hot, evaporating to dryness: making into a powdered extract. Officinal Extracts.—(Continued.) 416 SOLID PREPARATIONS. Officinal Extracts.—(Continued.) g » 5W 12 £ O i V.-2 Name and Men- <*- " 0 OD to* © © TJ Process and Notes. STRUUM. 1 s EPM h* C* £3 -*-> a © a Sf <§ P g'C § £ gs * a & pm Water. Extractum Opii. 5 ‘ Macerating repeatedly in cold water, a expressing, evaporating the mixed liquids to a pilular consistence. Malti. 12 1 ■ © % a Macerating and digesting with warm and hot water, expressing, evapo- rating strained liquid at a temper- ature not above 55° C. (131° F.) to consistence of thick honey. Taraxaci. Inspissated juice from the fresh plant. Gentian®. 20 40 Percolating to exhaustion after 24 hours’ maceration, boiling the percolate until reduced to three-fourths of its weight, straining, evaporating to a pilular con- sistence. Glycyrrhiz® Purum. 20 100 Percolating to exhaustion after 24 hours’ maceration with water, containing 5 per cent, of Water of Ammonia to dis- solve the Glycyrrhizin, evaporating to a pilular consistence. Krameri®. 40 30 Percolating to exhaustion, heating the liquid to the boiling-point, straining, evaporating at a temperature not above 70° C. (158° F.) to dryness. Quassi®. 20 40 5 Percolating to exhaustion, reducing the liquid to three-fourths of its weight by boiling, straining, evaporating to a pilular consistence. Colchici Radi- 60 50 Percolating to exhaustion after macer- cis. ating with water containing 23.3 per cent, of Officinal Acetic Acid, evapo- rating the percolate at a temperature not above 80° C. (176° F.) to a pilular Glycyrrhiz®. consistence. Commercial extract in rolls: not less than 60 per cent, of it should be soluble in cold water. Compound Extract. Colocynthidis Extract of Colocynth, 16 Melting the Aloes by heating, adding Compositum. p.c. the Alcohol, straining the mixture, adding the Soap, Extract of Colocynth, Aloes, 50 p.c. Cardamom, No. 60 pow- and Resin of Scammony, heating the der, 6 p.c. mixture until homogeneous, with- Resin of Scammony, 14 drawing the heat, and adding the p.c. Cardamom; - when cold, reducing the product to a fine powder. Soap, dried, and in coarse powder, 14 p.c. Alcohol, 10 p.c. of the combined weight of the other ingredients. SOLID PREPARATIONS. 417 EXTRACTUM ACONITI. U.S. Extract of Aconite. By measure. Aconite, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Tartaric Acid, 1 part, or 70 grains. Glycerin, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 7£ fl. oz.] of Alcohol in wThich the Tartaric Acid has previously been dissolved, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow" the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3£ pints] of tincture are obtained, or the Aconite is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety parts [or 15? fl. oz.] of the perco- late, evaporate the remainder in a porcelain capsule at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to ten parts [or li fl. oz.], add the reserved portion, and evaporate at or below the above-mentioned temperature, until an extract of a pilular consistence remains. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorporate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. EXTRACTUM ALOES AQUOSUM. U.S. Aqueous Extract of Aloes. By measure. Aloes, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Boiling Distilled Water, 1000 parts, or 10 pints. Mix the Aloes with the Water in a suitable vessel, stirring con- stantly, until the particles of Aloes are thoroughly disintegrated, and let the mixture stand for twelve hours ; then pour off the clear liquor, strain the residue, mix the liquids, and evaporate to dryness by means of a water- or steam-bath. EXTRACTUM ARNICA RADICIS. U.S. Extract of Arnica Root. - By measure. Arnica Root, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Glycerin, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 6? fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for twenty- four hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture are obtained, or the Arnica Root is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of the percolate; evaporate the remainder to ten parts [or 2 fl. oz.], at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), mix the residue with the reserved portion, and evaporate, at or below the above-mentioned temperature, to a pilular consistence. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorporate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. 418 SOLID PREPARATIONS. EXTRACTUM BELLADONNA ALCOHOLICUM. U.S. Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna. By measure. Belladonna Leaves, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or ... . 16 oz. av. Alcohol, 200 parts, or 2 pints and 4 fl. oz. Water, 100 parts, or 1 pint. Glycerin, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol and Water, and, having moistened the powder with forty parts [or 7 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the pow- der and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the perco- lation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the men- struum, and then Diluted Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture are obtained, or the Belladonna Leaves are exhausted. Reserve the first ninety parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to ten parts [or 2 fl. oz.], mix the residue with the reserved portion, and evaporate at or below the above-mentioned temperature to a pilular consistence. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorporate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. EXTRACTUM CANNABIS INDICT. U. S. Extract of Indian Cannabis. By measure. Indian Cannabis, in No. 20 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with thirty parts [or 7 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol until three hundred parts [or 3£ pints] of Tincture are obtained, or the Can- nabis is exhausted. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the tincture, and, having placed the residue in a porcelain cap- sule, evaporate it, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence. EXTRACTUM CINCHONA. U.S. Extract of Cinchona. By measure. Yellow Cinchona, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, 300 parts, or pints. Water, 100 parts, or 1 pint. Glycerin, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol and Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty-five parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation SOLID PREPARATIONS. 419 to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then Diluted Alcohol, until four hundred parts [or 4£ pints] of tinc- ture are obtained, or the Cinchona is exhausted. By means of a water- bath, distil off the Alcohol from the tincture, and, having placed the residue in a porcelain capsule, evaporate it on a water-bath, to a pilu- lar consistence. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorpo- rate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. EXTRACTUM COLCHICI RADICIS. U. S. Extract of Colchicum Root. By measure. Colchicum Root, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Acetic Acid, 35 parts, or fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Acetic Acid with one hundred and fifty parts [or 23 fl. ozJ of Water, and, having moistened the powder with fifty parts [or 7£ fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a cylindrical glass percola- tor ; then add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then Water, until the Colchicum Boot is exhausted. Evaporate the perco- late, in a porcelain vessel, by means of a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 80° C. (176° F.), to a pilular consistence. EXTRACTUM COLOCYNTHIDIS. U.S. Extract of Colocynth. By measure. Colocynth, dried, apd freed from the seeds, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Beduce the Colocynth to a coarse powder by grinding or bruising, and macerate it in two hundred and fifty parts [or 41 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol for four days, with occasional stirring; then express strongly, and strain through flannel. Pack the residue, previously broken up with the hands, firmly in a cylindrical percolator, cover it with the strainer, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it until the tincture and expressed liquid, mixed together, weigh five hundred parts [or measure 5 pints]. Having recovered from the mixture three hundred parts [or 3| pints] of Alcohol by distillation, evaporate the residue to dryness, by means of a water-bath. Lastly, reduce the dry mass to powder. Extract of Colocynth should be kept in well-stopped bottles. EXTRACTUM COLOCYNTHIDIS COMPOSITUM. U.S. Compound Extract of Colocynth. By measure. Extract of Colocynth, 16 parts, or 8 oz. av. Aloes, 50 parts, or 25 oz. av. Cardamom, in No. 60 powder, 6 parts, or ........ . 3 oz. av. Resin of Scammony, in fine powder, 14 parts, or , 7 oz. av. Soap, dried and in coarse powder, 14 parts, or 7 oz. av. Alcohol, 10 parts, or 6 fl. oz. Heat the Aloes, on a water-bath, until it is completely melted; then add the Alcohol, and, having stirred the mixture thoroughly, strain it 420 SOLID PREPARATIONS. through a fine sieve, which has just been dipped into boiling water. To the strained mixture, contained in a suitable vessel, add the Soap, Extract of Colocynth, and Resin of Scammony, and heat the mixture at a temperature not exceeding 120° C. (248° F.), until it is perfectly homogeneous, and a thread taken from the mass becomes brittle when cool. Then withdraw the heat, thoroughly incorporate the Cardamom with the mixture, and cover the vessel until the contents are cold. Finally, reduce the product to a fine powder. Compound Extract of Colocynth should be kept in well-stopped bottles. EXTRACTUM CONII ALCOHOLICUM. U. S. Alcoholic Extract of Conium. By measure. Conium, in No. 40 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 3 parts, or 3 fl. dr. Glycerin, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with thirty parts [or 4} fl. oz.] of Diluted Alco- hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture are obtained, or until the Conium is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of the percolate, add the Diluted Hydrochloric Acid to the remainder, and evaporate it, at a temperature not exceed- ing 50° C. (122° F.), to ten parts [or 1£ fl- oz.]; mix this with the reserved portion, in a porcelain capsule, and evaporate at or below the before-mentioned temperature, to a pilular consistence. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorporate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. EXTRACTUM DIGITALIS. U.S. Extract of Digitalis. By measure. Digitalis, recently dried and in No 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, 200 parts, or pints. Water, 100 parts, or i pint. Glycerin, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol and Water, and, having moistened the powder with jorty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the pow- der and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely cov- ered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then, Diluted Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture are obtained, or the Digitalis is exhausted. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the tincture, and, having placed the residue in a porcelain capsule, evaporate it, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorporate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. SOLID PREPARATIONS. 421 EXTRACTUM ERGOT.®. U. S. Extract of Ergot. Fluid Extract of Ergot, 500 parts, or 16 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 3 oz. 88 gr. av. Evaporate the Fluid Extract of Ergot in a porcelain capsule, by means of a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), constantly stirring, until it is reduced to one hundred parts [or 3 oz. 88 grains av.]. EXTRACTUM EUONYMI. U.S. Extract of Euonymus. By measure. Euonymus, in No. 30 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Glycerin, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Di- luted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture are obtained, or the Euonymus is exhausted. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the tincture, and, having placed the residue in a porcelain capsule, evaporate it, on a water-bath, to a pilular con- sistence. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorporate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. EXTRACTUM GENTIAN®. U. S. Extract of Gentian. By measure. Gentian, in No. 20 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Water, and let it macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it in a conical percolator, and gradually pour Water upon it until the infusion passes but slightly imbued with the properties of the Gentian. Reduce the liquid to three- fourths of its weight by boiling, and strain; then, by means of a water- bath, evaporate to a pilular consistence. EXTRACTUM GLYCYRRHIZ®. U. S. Extract of Glycyrrhiza. [Extract of Liquorice.] The commercial extract of the root of Glycyrrhiza glabra Linne (Nat. Ord., Leguminosce, Papilionacece). In flattened, cylindrical rolls, from six inches to six and three-quarter inches (150 to 175 millimeters) long, and from five-eighths to one and one-sixteenth inches (15 to 30 millimeters) thick; of a glossy black color. It breaks with a sharp, conchoidal, shining fracture, and has a very sweet, peculiar taste. Not less than 60 per cent, of it should be soluble in cold water. 422 SOLID PREPARATIONS. EXTRACTUM GLYCYRRHIZ2E PURUM. U. S. Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza. By measure. Glycyrrhiza, in No. 20 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Water of Ammonia, 15 parts, or 2A- oz. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Water of Ammonia with three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of Distilled Water, and, having moistened the powder with one hundred parts [or 1 pint] of the menstruum, let it macerate for twenty-four hours. Then pack it moderately in a cylindrical glass percolator, and gradually pour upon it, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then, Distilled Water, until the Glycyrrhiza is exhausted. Lastly, by means of a water-bath, evaporate the infusion to a pilular consistence. EXTRACTUM H/EMATOXYLI. U. S. Extract of Haematoxylon. • By measure. Haematoxylon, rasped, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Water, 1000 parts, or io pints. Macerate the Haematoxylon with the Water for forty-eight hours. Then boil (avoiding the use of metallic vessels) until one-half of the Water has evaporated; strain the decoction, while hot, and evaporate to dryness. EXTRACTUM HYOSCYAMI ALCOHOLICUM. U. S. Alcoholic Extract of Hyoscyamus. By measure. Hyoscyamus, recently dried and in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or . . . 16 oz. av. Alcohol, 200 parts, or 2% pints. Water, 100 parts, or I pint. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol and Water, and, having moistened the powder with forty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then, Diluted Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tinc- ture are obtained, or the Hyoscyamus is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to ten parts [or 1 fl. oz.]; mix this with the reserved portion, and evaporate, at or below the before-mentioned temperature, to a pilular consistence. EXTRACTUM IRIDIS. U. S. Extract of Iris. By measure. Iris, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, 225 parts, or 2)/z pints. Water, 75 parts, or 12 fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol and Water, and, having moistened the powder with SOLID PREPARATIONS. 423 forty parts [or 6 | fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then, Diluted Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tinc- ture are obtained, or the Iris is exhausted. By means of a water-bath, distil otf the Alcohol from the tincture, and, having placed the residue in a porcelain capsule, evaporate it, on a water-bath, to a pilular con- sistence. EXTRACTUM JUGLANDIS. U.S. Extract of Juglans. By measure. Juglans, in No. 30 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Glycerin, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture are obtained, or the Juglans is exhausted. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the tincture, and, having placed the residue in a porcelain capsule, evap- orate it, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorporate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. EXTRACTUM U.S. Extract of Krameria. By measure. Krameria, in No. 40 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with thirty parts [or 4£ fl. oz.] of Water, pack it in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour Water upon it, until the infusion passes but slightly imbued with the astringency of the Krameria. Heat the liquid to the boiling point, strain, and, by means of a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 70° C. (158° F.), evaporate to dryness. EXTRACTUM LEPTANDRiE. U. S. Extract of Leptandra. By measure. Leptandra, in No. 40 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, 200 parts, or 7% pints. Water, 100 parts, or i pint. Glycerin, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol and Water, and, having moistened the powder with forty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the pow- der and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely cov- 424 SOLID PREPARATIONS. ered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then, Diluted Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture are obtained or the Leptandra is exhausted. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the tincture, and, having placed the residue in a porcelain capsule, evaporate it, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorporate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. EXTRACTUM MALTI. U.S. Extract of Malt. By measure. Malt, in coarse powder, not finer than No. 12, 100 parts, or 80 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity. . Upon the powder, contained in a suitable vessel, pour one hundred 'parts [or 5 pints] of Water, and macerate for six hours. Then add four hundred parts [or 20 pints] of Water, heated to about 30° C. (86° F.), and digest for an hour at a temperature not exceeding 55° C. (131° R). Strain the mixture with strong expression. Finally, by means of a water-bath, or vacuum-apparatus, at a temperature not exceeding 55° C. (131° F.), evaporate the strained liquid rapidly to the consist- ence of thick honey. Keep the product in well-closed vessels, in a cool place. EXTRACTUM MEZEREI. U.S. Extract of Mezereum. By measure, Mezereum, in No. 30 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture are obtained, or the Mezereum is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety parts [or 13 fl. oz.] of the perco- late ; evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to ten parts [or 2 fl. oz.] ; mix this with the reserved portion, and evaporate, at or below the before-mentioned temperature, in a porcelain capsule, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence. EXTRACTUM NUCIS VOMICA. U.S. Extract of Nux Vomica. By measure. Nux Vomica, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of eight parts [or 4$ pints] of Alcohol and one part [or £ pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with one hundred parts [or 15 fl. oz.] of the mixture, let it macerate in a closed vessel, in a warm place, for forty-eight hours. Then pack it in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until the tincture passes but slightly imbued with bitterness. By means of a water-bath, distil olf the Alcohol from the tincture, SOLID PREPARATIONS. 425 and, having placed the residue in a porcelain capsule, evaporate it, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence. EXTRACTUM OPII. U.S. Extract of Opium. By measure. Opium, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Water, 750 parts, or pints. Glycerin, a sufficient quantity. Cut the Opium into small pieces, let it macerate for twenty-four hours in one hundred and fifty parts [or 1J-pints] of the Water, and re- duce it to a soft mass by trituration. Express the liquid from it, and treat the residue again in the same manner with one hundred and fifty parts [or 1£ pints] of the Water. Repeat the maceration and expres- sion three times more, using a fresh portion of the Water each time. Having mixed the liquids, filter the mixture, and evaporate, by means of a water-bath, to a pilular consistence. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorporate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. EXTRACTUM PHYSOSTIGMATIS. U.S. Extract of Physostigma. By measure. Physostigma, in No. 40 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, adding Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture are obtained, or the Physostigma is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of the perco- late ; evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to ten parts [or 2 fl. oz.], mix this with the reserved portion, and evaporate, at or below the before-mentioned temperature, in a porcelain capsule, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence. EXTRACTUM PODOPHYLLI. U. S. Extract of Podophyllum. By measure. Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of three parts [or 3£ pints] of Alcohol and one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with thirty parts [or 4£ fl. oz.] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, until five hundred parts [or 5 pints] of tincture have passed. By means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol from the tincture, and evaporate the residue to a pilular consistence. 426 SOLID PREPARATIONS. EXTRACTUM QUASSIA. U.S. Extract of Quassia. By measure. Quassia, in No. 20 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Glycerin, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Water, pack it firmly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour Water upon it until the infusion passes but slightly imbued with bitterness. Reduce the liquid to three-fourths of its weight, by boiling, and strain; then, by means of a water-bath, evaporate to a pilular consistence. Lastly, weigh the Extract, and thoroughly incorporate with it, while still warm, five per cent, of Glycerin. EXTRACTUM RHEI. U.S. Extract of Rhubarb. By measure. Rhubarb, in No. 30 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of three parts [or 3£ pints] of Alcohol and one part [or 1 pint] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with forty parts [or £ pint] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a conical percolator; then gradually pour the menstruum upon it until the tincture passes nearly tasteless. Reserve the first one hun- dred parts [or 15 fl. oz.] of the percolate, and set it aside in a warm place, until it is reduced by spontaneous evaporation to fifty parts [or 8 oz. av.]. Evaporate the remainder of the percolate, in a porcelain vessel, by means of a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 70° C. (158° F.), to the consistence of syrup; mix this with the reserved por- tion, and continue the evaporation until the mixture is reduced to a pilular consistence. EXTRACTUM STRAMONII. U.S. Extract of Stramonium. By measure. Stramonium Seed, in No. 40 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with thirty parts [or 5 fl. oz.] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until three hundred parts [or 3 pints] of tincture are obtained, or the Stramonium Seed is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder, at a tempera- ture not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to ten parts [or 2 fl. oz.], mix the residue with the reserved portion in a porcelain capsule, and, by means of a water-bath, evaporate, at or below the before-mentioned tempera- ture, to a pilular consistence. EXTRACTUM TARAXACI. U.S. Extract of Taraxacum. Fresh Taraxacum, gathered in September, a convenient quantity, Water, a sufficient quantity. SOLID PREPARATIONS. 427 Slice the Taraxacum, and bruise it in a stone mortar, sprinkling on it a little Water, until reduced to a pulp; then express and strain the juice, and evaporate it in a vacuum-apparatus, or in a shallow porce- lain dish, by means of a water-bath, to a pilular consistence. Abstracta. Abstracts. Abstracts are solid powdered preparations containing the soluble con- stituents of the drugs from which they are made, and bearing a definite and uniform relation to the drug. These preparations "were first intro- duced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880, and have many advantages over ordinary extracts. They are prepared by evaporating an alcoholic tincture of a drug spontaneously and at a low temperature, mixing it with a sufficient quantity of dried sugar of milk to make the final prod- uct when dry weigh one-lialf the weight of the drug, and then powdering it. The following general formula exhibits the typical officinal process. Drug, in No. 60 powder, two hundred 'parts [or four ounces av.] ; Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a suf- ficient quantity, To make one hundred parts [or two ounces av.J. Moisten the drug with eighty parts [or one and three-quarter fluid- ounces] of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the drug is exhausted. Reserve the first one hundred and seventy parts [or three and one-half fluidounces] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder to thirty parts [or half a fluidounce] at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.) and mix with the re- served portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or one ounce av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or two ounces av.], reduce it to a fine, uni- form powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. The advantages possessed by abstracts may be briefly stated as fol- lows : 1. Each abstract represents twice the strength of the drug or fluid extract from which it is prepared. 2. They are dry powders, if properly made, and thus are permanent and portable; not subject to precipitation as fluid extracts are; not liable to become hard, brittle, and variable in strength, as is the case with extracts. 3. Injurious exposure to heat is entirely avoided, and the officinal process requires no apparatus but such as either is at hand in the phar- macy or can be easily obtained by a pharmacist operating upon the small scale. General Formula. 428 SOLID PREPARATIONS. 4. The final thorough trituration of the dry powder reduces the sol- uble and active constituents of the drug to a pulverulent condition, the diluent is soluble, and the fine state of division of abstracts is the most favorable condition that a powder can possess to secure efficient medication. The improvement suggested for the officinal processes for abstracts is, that the temperature 50° C. (122° F.), which is lower than need be, for abstracts of aconite, belladonna, digitalis, hyoscyamus, ignatia, jalap, nux vomica, podophyllum, and senega, be increased to 80° C. (176° F.). Conium and valerian require a very low temperature, but the tem- perature of 80° C. (176° F.) is not injurious to those first mentioned if the evaporation of the fluid extract is quickly and carefully effected. An alcoholic fluid extract may be used to prepare an abstract from, if the menstruum used in making it was not too aqueous, and if it is free from glycerin. Dr. Squibb’s modification for making abstracts from fluid extracts, as shown in the case of fluid extract of aconite, is as follows: “ Put the fluid extract (a weighed quantity) upon a flat- bottomed dinner-plate and allow it to evaporate spontaneously, without heating, for twenty-four or thirty-six hours. At the end of that time there will remain upon the plate a thin layer of solid extract. Add to this extract about double its weight of powdered sugar of milk, warm the plate and contents until it can be just comfortably held in the hand, and incorporate the melted extract and powder by means of a stiff spatula. When thoroughly incorporated and cold, remove the mixture from the plate, weigh it, and add enough powdered sugar of milk to make the whole weigh one-half the original weight of the fluid extract. Finally, rub it to a fine, uniform powder, sifting it through a No. 60 sieve.” Abstracts are not well made when the dry powdered solid extract is simply rubbed up with dry powdered sugar of milk, as sug- gested by some writers, because such mixtures of dry powders in- variably stratify in time. This fault may be easily discovered on close examination, a darker layer of powdered extract being succeeded by a lighter one containing variable proportions of sugar of milk: this arrangement of the particles is largely owing to the vibration to which the bottles containing them are continually subjected on the shelves of the dispensing counter and by use elsewhere. If the officinal process is employed, this fault does not exist, because the particles of sugar of milk become thoroughly saturated with the concentrated liquid extract when mixed together, and when the alcohol evaporates the solid extract is thoroughly diffused among, and is closely adherent to, the particles of sugar of milk: hence a dose taken from the portion at the top or at the middle of the bottle would have the same medicinal effect as one taken from the portion at the bottom. Preservation and Administration.—Abstracts should be carefully protected from exposure to moist air. They should be kept in small bottles with mouths wide enough to admit the end of a spatula. Corks of the best quality should be used, and the bottles should not be kept near a hot flue, but in as cool a place as possible. The following table exhibits the eleven officinal abstracts in a form convenient for study: SOLID PREPARATIONS. 429 Abstracta. Abstracts. ll l-S Name. © o .2* Menstruum. o q! fs t5 > 5 © Notes and Additions. O Abstractum Aconiti. 60 Alcohol. 80 170 2 per cent. Tartaric Acid added Belladonnae. to menstruum to exhaust Aconite Boot. 60 It 80 170 From Belladonna Boot. Conii. 40 It 80 170 6 per cent. Hydrochloric Acid Digitalis. added to menstruum to ex- haust Conium Fruit. 60 It 80 170 Hyoscyami. 60 (t 80 170 Jalapae. 40 (( 100 170 Podophylli. 60 U 80 170 Senegae. 60 It 80 170 Valerianae. 60 it 80 170 Ignatiae. 60 J Alcohol, 8\ \ Water, 1/ 100 170 Nucis Vomicae. 60 J Alcohol, 8 \ \ Water, 1 / 100 170 ABSTRACTUM ACONITI. U.S. Abstract of Aconite By measure. Aconite, in No. 60 powder, 200 parts, or 4 oz. av. Tartaric Acid, 2 parts, or 18 grains. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Moisten the Aconite with eighty parts [or If fl. oz.] of Alcohol, in which the Tartaric Acid has previously been dissolved, and pack firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. "When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely cov- ered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Aconite is exhausted. Reserve the first one hundred and seventy parts [or 3£ fl. ozj of the percolate, evaporate the remainder to thirty parts [or $ fl. oz.], at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), and mix with the re- served portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the tem- perature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. ABSTRACTUM BELLADONNA. U.S. Abstract of Belladonna. By measure. Belladonna Root, in No. 60 powder, 200 parts, or 4 oz. av. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. 430 SOLID PREPARATIONS. Moisten the Belladonna Root with eighty parts [or If fl. oz.] of Alco- hol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- hol, until the Belladonna Root is exhausted. Reserve the first one hundred and seventy parts [or 3£ fl. oz.] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder to thirty parts [or £ fl. oz.], at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), and mix with the reserved portion. Place the mix- ture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. ABSTRACTUM CONII. U.S. Abstract of Conium. By measure. Conium, in No. 40 powder, 200 parts, or 4 oz. av. Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 6 parts, or 50 minims. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Mix the Hydrochloric Acid with eighty parts [or If fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and, having moistened the Conium with the mixture, pack firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the perco- lation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Conium is ex- hausted. Reserve the first one hundred and seventy parts [or 3$ fl. oz.] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder to thirty parts [or £ fl. oz.], at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), and mix with the re- served portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the tem- perature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. ABSTRACTUM DIGITALIS. U.S. Abstract of Digitalis. By measure. Digitalis, recently dried and in No. 60 powder, 200 parts, or 4 oz. av. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Moisten the Digitalis with eighty parts [or If fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having SOLID PREPARATIONS. 431 closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Digitalis is exhausted. Reserve the first one hundred and seventy parts Eor 3J fl. oz.] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder to thirty parts or £ fl. oz.], at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), and mix with the reserved portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it •with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mix- ture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. ABSTRACTUM HYOSCYAMI. U.S. Abstract of Hyoscyamus. By measure. Hyoscyamus, recently dried and in No. 60 powder, 200 parts, or ... . 4 oz. av. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Moisten the Hyoscyamus with eighty parts [or If fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop.from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Hyoscyamus is exhausted. Keserve the first one hundred and seventy parts [or 3z fl. ozj of the percolate, evaporate the remainder to thirty parts [or J fl. oz.J, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), and mix with the reserved portion. Place the mixture in an evapo- rating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. ABSTRACTUM IGNATIY. U. S. Abstract of Ignatia. By measure. Ignatia, in No. 60 powder, 200 parts, or 4 oz. av. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Mix the Alcohol and Water in the proportion of eight parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol to one part [or 5 fl. dr.] of Water, and, having moist- ened the Ignatia with one hundred parts [or 2 fl. oz.] of the menstruum, pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the men- struum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding men- 432 SOLID PREPARATIONS. struum, until the Ignatia is exhausted. Reserve the first one hundred and seventy parts [or 3f fl. oz.] of the percolate, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and mix the residue with the reserved portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and sot aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. ABSTRACTUM JALAP.®. U. S. Abstract of Jalap. By measure. Jalap, in No. 40 powder, 200 parts, or 4 oz. av. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Moisten the Jalap with one hundred parts [or 2 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Jalap is exhausted. Reserve the first one hundred and seventy parts [or 3£ fl. oz.] of the percolate, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and mix the residue with the reserved portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. ABSTRACTUM NUCIS VOMIC®. V. S. Abstract of Nux Vomica. By measure. Nux Vomica, in No. 60 powder, 200 parts, or 4 oz. av. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of eight parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Alcohol to one part [or 5 fl. dr.] of Water, and, having moistened the Nux Vomica with one hundred parts [or 2 fl. oz.] of the menstruum, pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the men- struum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding men- struum, until the Nux Vomica is exhausted. Reserve the first one hundred and seventy parts [or 3£ fl. oz.] of the percolate, distil off the Alcohol from the remainder, and mix the residue with the reserved portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added SOLID PREPARATIONS. 433 fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. ABSTRACTUM PODOPHYLLI. U S. Abstract of Podophyllum. By measure. Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, 200 parts, or 4 oz. av. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a suflicient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Moisten the Podophyllum with eighty parts [or If fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Podophyllum is exhausted. Reserve the first one hundred and seventy parts [or 3? fl. oz.] of the percolate, distil off the Alcohol from the re- mainder, and mix the residue with the reserved portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. ABSTRACTUM SENEGAS. U. S. Abstract of Senega. By measure. Senega, in No. 60 powder, 200 parts, or * . . . 4 oz. av. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Moisten the Senega with eighty parts [or If fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Senega is exhausted. Reserve the first one hundred and seventy parts for 3£ fl. oz.] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder to thirty parts or £ fl. oz.], at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), and mix with the reserved portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mix- ture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. 434 SOLID PREPARATIONS. ABSTRACTUM VALERIANAE. U. S. Abstract of Valerian. By measure. Valerian, in No. 60 powder, 200 parts, or 4 oz. av. Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Moisten the Valerian with eighty parts [or If fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Valerian is exhausted. Eeserve the first one hundred and seventy parts tor 3J fl. oz.] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder to thirty parts or £ fl. oz.], at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), and mix with the reserved portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or 1 oz. av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mix- ture weigh one hundred parts [or 2 oz. av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. The officinal resins are solid preparations consisting principally of the resinous principles from vegetable bodies, usually prepared by precipi- tating them from their alcoholic solution with water. Resins differ from alcoholic extracts in the fact that the latter contain all the principles in the drug which alcohol is capable of dissolving, whilst the resins contain only those principles which are soluble in alcohol and are insolu- ble in water. It is obvious that the resins prepared from those drugs which owe their activity exclusively to resinous principles, which are insoluble in water, are stronger preparations than the alcoholic extracts from such drugs. Four resins are officinal: Resinae. Resins. Name. Preparation. Eesina Copaib* . . . By-product, the residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from Copaiba. Jalap* Percolate Jalap, in No. 60 powder, with Alcohol until the tincture ceases to produce more than a slight turbidity when dropped into water. Distil off the Alcohol, and add the con- centrated tincture to water, collect, wash, drain, and dry the precipitate. Podophylli . . . Percolate Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, with Alcohol until the tincture ceases to produce more than a slight turbidity when dropped into water. Distil off the Alcohol, and add the concentrated tincture to cold water, acidulated with 1 per cent, of Hydrochloric Acid, collect, wash, drain, and dry the precipitate. Scammonii . . . Digest Scammony with boiling Alcohol until exhausted, mix the tinctures, distil off the alcohol, add the concentrated tinc- ture to water, wash, drain, and dry the precipitate. Officinal Resins. SOLID PREPARATIONS. 435 RESINA COPAIBAS. U. S. Resin of Copaiba. The residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from Copaiba. A yellowish or brownish-yellow, brittle resin, of a weak odor and taste of copaiba, and an acid reaction. Soluble in alcohol, benzol, or amylic alcohol. RESINA JALAP/E. U. S. Resin of Jalap. By measure. Jalap, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with twenty-five parts [or 3f fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alco- hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until two hundred parts [or 2 pints] of tincture are obtained, or until the tincture ceases to produce more than a slight turbidity when dropped into water. Distil off the Alcohol, by means of a water-bath, until the tincture is reduced to forty parts [or 6£ fl. oz.], and add the latter, with constant stirring, to nine hundred parts [or 8 pints] of Water. When the precipitate has subsided, decant the supernatant liquid, and wash the precipitate twice, by decantation, with fresh portions of Water. Place it upon a strainer, and, having pressed out the liquid, dry the Resin with a gentle heat. Resin of Jalap is partly soluble in ether, and the residue, when dissolved in solu- tion of potassa, is not precipitated by the addition of diluted hydrochloric acid in excess. It is insoluble in disulphide of carbon. One part of the Resin is soluble in 50 parts of warm water of ammonia. On cooling, the solution does not gelatinize, and remains clear after being supersaturated with acids. If the ammoniacal solution is ouiekly evaporated, the residue is soluble in water. RESINA PODOPHYLLI. U.S. Resin of Podophyllum. By measure. Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Hydrochloric Acid, 1 part, or i fl. dr. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 7 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until one hundred and fifty parts [or 1£ pints] of tincture are obtained, or until the tincture ceases to produce more than a slight turbidity when dropped into water. Distil off the Alcohol, by means of a water-bath, until the tincture is reduced to the consistence of honey, and pour it slowly, with constant stirring, into one hundred parts [or 1 pint] of Water, previously cooled to a temperature below 10° C. (50° F.), and 436 SOLID PREPARATIONS. mixed with the Hydrochloric Acid. "When the precipitate has sub- sided, decant the supernatant liquid, and wash the precipitate twice, by decantation, with fresh portions of cold Water. Spread it, in a thin layer, upon a strainer, and dry the resin by exposure to the air, in a cool place. Besin of Podophyllum is partly soluble in ether, and the residue, when dissolved in solution of potassa, is precipitated by the addition of diluted hydrochloric acid in excess. RESINA SCAMMONII. U.S. Resin of Scammony. By measure. Scammony, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Digest the Scammony with successive portions of boiling Alcohol until exhausted. Mix the tinctures, and reduce the mixture to a syrupy consistence by distilling off the Alcohol. Then add the residue to two hundred and fifty parts [or 2£ pints] of Water, separate the pre- cipitate formed, wash it thoroughly with Water, and dry it with a gentle heat. Eesin of Scammony is wholly soluble in ether. It dissolves in solution of potassa, and the heated solution is not precipitated by the addition of hydrochloric acid in excess. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XXX. SOLID PREPARATIONS MADE BY PERCOLATION. What are extracts? What various menstrua are used in making them ? By what names are such extracts called ? What are inspissated juices ? t Why are alcoholic extracts preferred to those made from inspissated juices ? What representative of this class of preparations is officinal in the U. S. P. ? How are these juices prepared by the British Pharmacopoeia? How have extracts been prepared by the freezing process ? Do the percolates or expressed juices of drugs contain anything in addition to the active principles ? What proximate principles are most commonly present in extracts ? Which of these principles are absent when a menstruum of part alcohol is used ? What is meant by extractive ? What name was proposed for this substance by Berzelius ? Why are extracts variable in strength ? What is the Pharmacopoeia’s standard for the consistence of extracts ? In what respect have “ abstracts” an advantage over “ extracts” ? Are extracts a reliable class of preparations ? How may extracts be preserved ? Give the general formula for alcoholic extracts ? To what extracts is glycerin added ? How many officinal extracts are there ? Give the Latin officinal name, menstruum, and mode of preparing extract of aconite, cannabis indica, juglans, mezereum, physostigma, nux vomica, cinchona, podophyllum, iris, rhubarb, belladonna (leaves), digitalis, loptandra, liyoscyamus, arnica root, colocynth, conium (fruit), euonymus, stramonium (seed). How many officinal extracts are made with an aqueous menstruum? Name them. SOLID PREPARATIONS. 437 "Which one is percolated with water containing five per cent, of water of ammonia ? Which is made with a menstruum of water containing 23.3 per cent, of officinal acetic acid ? Which by evaporating a fluid extract? Which by mixing extracts with aromatics ? Which one is an inspissated juice? What kind of cinchona is directed to be used in extract of cinchona ? What are the ingredients of compound extract of colocynth ? What fineness of powder is directed ? What is the consistence of the finished product? What is the strength of extract of ergot ? From what plant is extract of glycyrrhiza obtained ? How much of it should be soluble in cold water? Why should the use of metallic vessels be avoided in making extract of hsema- toxylon ? Should metallic vessels be avoided in making extract of krameria ? Why ? What are abstracts ? When were they introduced into the U. S. P. ? Give the general formula for their preparation. What advantages do they possess over ordinary extracts ? What improvements for the officinal processes for making abstracts may be sug- gested ? What is Dr. Squibb’s modification of the process ? Can abstracts be made satisfactorily from solid extracts ? Why not? How many officinal abstracts are there ? How many officinal abstracts have for a menstruum alcohol? Name them. Which have for a menstruum 8 parts alcohol 1 part water? At what temperature should the abstract of conium be prepared ? At what temperature should the percolate be evaporated from abstract of valerian ? Give the Latin name of abstract of digitalis. Hyoscyamus. Ignatia. Jalap. Aconite. Belladonna. Conium. JSTux vomica. Podophyllum. Senega. Valerian. What are officinal resins ? How are they prepared ? In what respect do they differ from alcoholic extracts ? How many resins are officinal ? Name them. How is resin of copaiba prepared ? Give a description of it. Give the Latin name and menstruum of resin of jalap. How is it prepared ? How may it be distinguished from resin of podophyllum ? From resin of scam- mony ? Give the Latin name and menstruum of podophyllum. Eesin of scammony. How may these be distinguished ? CHAPTER XXXI. SOLID OFFICINAL PREPARATIONS MADE WITHOUT PERCOLATION. It is not the intention in this chapter to consider in detail the classes of solid officinal preparations included in the above title, because their manufacture either belongs to the domain of extemporaneous pharmacy or is intimately connected with it. They are more appropriately treated in the final chapters of the work, because their preparation generally demands a higher degree of skill, and a more intimate knowledge of the physical properties of medicinal substances, than are necessary in making those which have been heretofore considered. For these reasons it has been the author’s custom, in lecturing upon the subjects treated of in this work, to reserve the consideration of the solid officinal prep- arations made without percolation, and those which are embraced under the general term “ extemporaneous,” until after the student has studied the physical and chemical properties of the various substances which compose the materia medica. It is well for the student to have suffi- cient knowledge of these preparations to be able to define each class, so that when they are incidentally mentioned in Parts III. and IV. he may be able to describe the use and appearance of a powder, troche, plaster, pill, etc. If it is considered desirable to deviate from this plan, the chapters on these subjects are so constructed that the student may easily turn to them and study them out of the order given here. They will be found in Part VI. It will be well, however, in this place, in order to keep the classifi- cation in view, to enumerate them briefly. They are Pills, Troches, Masses, Confections, Powders, Triturations, Suppositories, Cerates, Ointments, Plasters, and Papers. Among those intended for internal administration pills and troches are largely used, and, because their preparation requires the drugs to be in the form of powder, the classes termed powders and triturations, which are dispensed extemporaneously, are grouped with them. Masses and confections are of course consid- ered in connection with pills, because they are used in their preparation. Suppositories stand alone as a class, whilst cerates, ointments, plasters, and papers form a natural group, being preparations that are used externally. PART III. INORGANIC SUBSTANCES. INTRODUCTORY. The various operations and processes which are used m the practice of pharmacy having been treated of in their general relations to . one another in the preceding chapters, it is now necessary to consider in detail the physical and chemical properties of the substances that enter into the preparations which are used in medicine. The plan which will be followed presupposes on the part of the student a knowledge of elementary chemistry, and hence chemical physics, nomenclature, the theoretical construction of formulae, etc., will not be entered into. The great number of valuable text-books on chemistry, now accessible to every student, renders the introduction of even brief articles on these subjects unnecessary, and the space will be reserved for the consideration of the chemical substances of the materia medica from a pharmaceutical stand-point. For reasons which need not be entered into here, the latest (and to some extent conflicting) views of modern chemists upon the classification of these substances are not adopted, but a method is employed which, whilst it does not do violence to the accepted theories, is simple and practical. The substances are grouped together according to their physical or therapeutical prop- erties, whilst their supposed chemical analogies have not been entirely overlooked. This plan has the merit of giving the student a ditferent view of the chemical substances from that to which he is accustomed in his study of chemistry, and will, perhaps, enhance the interest and impress the points of difference in the substances more forcibly upon the mind. As an illustration, the chemical properties of the non-metallic ele- ments—Hydrogen, Oxygen, and Nitrogen—will not be noticed at length • they are not recognized articles of the materia medica in their free state; but the acids, bases, and salts containing them are largely used, and they form substances which can be advantageously grouped together for profitable study by the pharmacist. 439 440 INTRODUCTORY. The table which follows gives the symbols and atomic weights of the elements; those which are of special interest from a pharmaceutical point of view are distinguished from the rest by being printed in heavier type. The revised figures given in the last column are those of Prof. F. W. Clarke. Table of Elementary Substances. Element. Sym- Officinal Atomic Revised Atomic bol. Weight. Weight. Aluminium. . A1 27 27.0090 Antimony . . Sb 120 119.9550 Arsenic . . . As 74.9 74.9180 Barium . . . Ba 136.8 136.7630 Beryllium (Glueinum) Be 9 Bismuth . . . Bi 210 207.5230 Boron . . . . B 11 10.9410 Bromine . . . Br 79.8 79.7680 Cadmium. . . Cd 111.8 111.8350 Caesium . . . Cs 132.6 132.5830 Calcium . . . Ca 40 39.9900 Carbon. . . . C 12 11.9736 Cerium. . . . Ce 141 140.4240 Chlorine . . . Cl 35.4 35.3700 Chromium . . Cr 52.4 52.0090 Cobalt . . . . Co 58.9 58.8870 Copper. . . . Cu 63.2 63.1730 Didymium . . Di 144.6 144.5730 Erbium . . . E 165.9 165.8910 Fluorine . . . FI 19 18.9840 Gallium . . . G 68.8 68.8540 Gold Au 196.2 196.1550 Hydrogen . . H 1 1.0000 Indium. . . . In 113.4 113.3980 Iodine .... I 126.6 126.5570 Iridium . . . Ir 192.7 192.6510 Iron Fe 55.9 55.9130 Lanthanum. . La 138.5 138.5260 Lead Pb 206.5 206.4710 Lithium . . . Li 7 7.0073 Magnesium . Mg 24 23.9590 Manganese. . Mn 54 63.9060 Mercury . . . Hg 199.7 199.7120 Element. Sym- Officinal Atomic Revised Atomic bol. Weight. Weight. Molybdenum . Mo 95.5 95.5270 Nickel . . . . Ni 58 57.9280 Niobium . . . Nb 94 93.8120 Nitrogen. . . N 14 14.0210 Osmium . . . Os 198.5 198.4940 Oxygen . . . 0 16 15.9633 Palladium . . Pd 105.7 105.7370 Phosphorus . P 31 30.9580 Platinum . . Pt 194.4 194.4150 Potassium . . K 39 39.0190 Bhodium. . . Eh 104.1 104.0550 Eubidium . . Eb 85.3 85.2510 Euthenium. . Eu 104.2 104.2170 Scandium . . Sc 44 43.9800 Selenium. . . Se 78.8 78.7970 Silicon. . . . Si 28 28.1950 Silver . . . . AS 107.7 107.6750 Sodium . . . Na 23 22.9980 Strontium . . Sr 87.4 87.3740 Sulphur . . . S 32 31.9840 Tantalum. . . Ta 182 182.1440 Tellurium . . Te 128 127.9600 Thallium . . . T1 203.7 203.7150 Thorium . . . Th 233 233.4140 Tin Sn 117.7 117.6980 Titanium. . . Ti 48 47.9997 Tungsten. . . W 183.6 183.6100 Uranium . . . U 238.5 238.4820 Yanadium . . V 51.3 51.2560 Ytterbium . . Yb 172.7 172.7010 Yttrium . . . Y 89.8 89.8160 Zinc Zn 64.9 64.9045 Zirconium . . Zr 90 89.3670 CHAPTER XXXII. HYDROGEN, OXYGEN, AND WATER. H; 1. 0; 16. H20; 18. Hydrogen is a colorless, inodorous, and combustible gas; it is the lightest of all substances. Chemically, it is one of the most important and interesting of the elements, the atomic weights of all being re- ferred to it as unity. Pharmaceutically, in its uncombined state, it is of very little importance, and the reader is referred, for further infor- mation, to the chemical text-books. Oxygen, as usually seen, is a colorless, inodorous gas which aids com- bustion ; it is the most abundant of the elements, forming about one-fifth of the total weight of our atmosphere. Water contains nearly ninety per cent, by weight of oxygen, and it is present in varying quantities in most vegetable and animal substances. The compounds which it forms with other bodies are termed oxides : these are of great pharma- ceutical interest, and they will be considered hereafter under their ap- propriate heads. Oxygen in its free, gaseous condition is sometimes used medicinally, but in this state it is of little importance in pharmacy. Water is the most important and useful compound known to the pharmacist: its molecule, H20, is composed of two parts of hydrogen and one part of oxygen. The purity of water is specified in the officinal description, which is as follows: Name. Description. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Aqua. U. S. A colorless, limpid liquid, without odor and taste at ordi- nary temperatures, and remaining odorless while be- ing heated to boil- ing, of a perfectly neutral reaction, and containing not . more than 1 part of fixed impurities in 10,000 parts. Metallic impurities. ■ More than traces of organic or other oxidizable mat- ters. ' The transparency or color of Water should not be affected by hydro- sulphuric acid or sulphide of ammonium. ’On heating 100 C.e. of Water acidulated with 10 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid, to boiling, and adding enough of a dilute solu- tion of permanganate of potas- sium (1 in 1000) to impart to the liquid a decided rose-red tint, this tint should not be en- tirely destroyed by boiling for five minutes. Uses.—The powers and uses of water as a solvent have been already noticed in the previous chapters. The United States Pharmacopoeia directs water, under the name of Aqua, or distilled water, under the 442 HYDROGEN, OXYGEN, AND WATER. name of Aqua Destillata, to be used in the various processes according to the necessities of the occasion. Ordinary water always contains solid matter and traces of various salts in solution or suspension : these do not unfit it for drinking purposes, but would often seriously in- terfere with the purity of many chemical substances if such water were used in their preparation. The officinal processes err on the safe side, and direct distilled water in all cases where the use of ordinary water might be injurious or of doubtful propriety. In some sec- tions of the country the drinking-water might be pure enough for the processes, or at least not contain serious impurities; in other sections the water would be totally unfit for the preparations. The purity of officinal distilled water is beyond question, and its use therefore removes all doubts. For distilled water the tests for purity are, of course, much more exacting. Aqua Destillata. U. S. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A colorless, limpid liquid, without odor or taste, and of a neu- tral reaction. On evaporating 1 litre of Distilled Water, no fixed residue should remain. The transparency or color of Distilled Water should not be affected by any of the following tests : Metals. Hydrosulphuric acid or sulphide of ammonium. Sulphate. Test-solution of chloride of barium. Chloride. Test-solution of nitrate of silver. Calcium. Test-solution of oxalate of ammonium. Ammonium f Test-solution of mercuric chloride, with or with- Salts,orFree out the subsequent addition of carbonate of Ammonia. potassium. ' On heating 100 C.c. of Distilled Water, acidulated with 10 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid, to boil- . ing, and adding enough of a dilute solution of r^nlC •1v°r permanganate of potassium (1 in 1000) to im- 0KiCr°X/t 1Z" part to the liquid a decided rose-red tint, this tint should not be entirely destroyed by boiling for five minutes, nor by subsequently setting the vessel aside, well covered, for ten hours. Uses.—Distilled water is used in pharmacy principally as a solvent for delicate chemical salts, and for purposes for which ordinary water is unfitted (see page 280). CHAPTER XXXIII. THE INORGANIC ACIDS. The inorganic acids form one of the most important classes of com- pounds used in pharmacy. Acids are distinguished from other bodies by the following properties: 1. They all contain hydrogen, and are sometimes called hydrogen salts. The hydrogen is capable of being replaced by metals. 2. Those which are soluble in water have a char- acteristic sour taste and corrosive action. 3. They act on litmus and other vegetable substances, changing their color. The officinal inorganic acids will be considered in the following order : 1. Those which do not contain oxygen or hydradds, and which are derived from non-metallic elements,—viz., Hydrochloric and Hydro- bromic Acids. 2. The oxygen acids, from non-metallic elements,— Nitric, Nitrohydrochloric, Sulphuric, Sulphurous, and Phosphoric Acids. 3. Those obtained from metallic elements,—Arsenious and Chromic Acids,—and now termed anhydrides, including the weak acid obtained from Boron, will not be treated as acids, but will be described under the headings of the elements from which they are formed. The names of the acids which contain oxygen vary in their termina- tions like the salts of certain metals,—the suffixes ous and ic being used, the former to denote the lower proportion of oxygen, the latter the higher. Thus, sulphurous acid, H2S03, contains less oxygen than sul- phuric acid, H2S04; nitrous acid, HN02, less than nitric acid, HNOs, etc. Practical Points in Handling Strong Acids.—The strong inor- ganic acids are never made by the pharmacist for commercial purposes, as they can be manufac- tured much more eco- nomically upon the large scale. They are corro- sive in their action, and must be handled very cautiously to avoid per- sonal injury. They are usually sent out by man- ufacturers in one-pound, or in five-pint, glass- stoppered bottles, or in carboys holding about ten gallons. One of the common annoyances is the liability of the glass stopper to become so tightly fastened in the neck of the bottle that it is Fig. 348. Stopper-wrench. 444 THE INORGANIC ACIDS. extracted with difficulty. As this always happens with bottles which have well-fitting and hence most valuable stoppers, it becomes an ob- ject to extract the stopper without injury. This may frequently be done by grasping the bottle firmly, and, after cleaning off the lute, care- fully tapping the stopper gently with the wooden handle of a pestle or spatula. If very moderate measures do not succeed, the stopper-wrench (see Fig. 348) should be used. This is made of hard wood, of the shape shown in the cut, the upper cut giving the end view and showing the relative sizes of three holes in the wrench. These should be made somewliat larger than the stoppers of the bottles that the wrench is likely to be used for. The lower cut gives the side view of the wrench, which is shaped to fit the hand, and shows the relative depths of the holes. The refractory stopper is placed in the hole, and the operator grasps the wrench with the right hand and endeavors to twist the stopper out. If it does not yield to moderate treatment, the neck of the bottle may be cautiously heated by wrapping it in a cloth wet with hot water, or by means of a spirit-lamp or Bunsen burner with a low flame, passing the flame quickly around it several times so that it shall be uniformly heated. This will cause expansion of the neck, and if the right moment is seized, which is just before the outer surface of the stopper becomes corre- spondingly heated, the stopper may be easily extracted, the principle of action depending upon unequal expan- sion. If these means do not succeed, the bottle should be inverted in a vessel of wrarm water to a depth sufficient to cover the neck, and allowed to remain several hours; if the wrench is then used, success is generally as- sured. Corks should not be used as stoppers for the strong acids, because of the corrosive action of the latter on them,—a portion of the cork almost invariably contaminating and discoloring the acid. The handling of carboys containing strong acids is some- times attended with difficulty and dan- ger. The simplest method knowm to the author is by the use of the trunnions and frame made by J. W. Tufts, of Boston (see Fig. 349). A strong iron frame, which is easily put together, supports the carboy; the trunnions are screwed into the side of the carboy with an ordinary wrench, the proper position for them being slightly above the Fig. 349. Use of carboy trunnions. THE INORGANIC ACIDS. 445 centre of the side. The cut shows the method of using, rendering further description unnecessary. Quality of Commercial Acids.—Two grades of acids are found in commerce. The first is designated as C. P. (chemically pure), and this is the quality indicated by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia to be used in making preparations and for tests, etc. The lower grade is sometimes known as medicinally pure, and is intended to be employed in the arts and for common uses. Too much importance cannot be attached to the duty of securing pure and strong acids. The introduction of full and reliable tests in the Pharmacopoeia of 1880 leaves the pharmacist without excuse if he neglects their careful examination. They are used in many of the qualitative and quantitative officinal tests. If the reagent used for test- ing is impure itself, the substance which is suspected and is being tested will fall under condemnation when it may be absolutely faultless. Then, again, loss and annoyance in making many preparations, like the iron salts and solutions, will surely follow the use of acids deficient in strength and purity. Strength of the Officinal Acids.—The officinal inorganic acids are mostly solutions of gaseous acids in water, and no uniformity is to be found among them in the amount of water contained in the strong acids. For instance, hydrochloric acid contains 31.9 per cent, of gas- eous hydrochloric acid; nitric acid contains 69.4 per cent, of gaseous nitric acid; and sulphuric acid contains 96 per cent, of absolute sul- phuric acid. On the other hand, the diluted acids are intended to be uniform,—diluted hydrochloric, nitric, and sulphuric acids each containing 10 per cent, of absolute acid. Medical Properties.—The inorganic acids are gen- erally tonic and refrigerant when administered in a diluted condition; externally, if applied undiluted, they are caustic and corrosive, and should be used with the greatest care. Brushes made of spun glass are sometimes employed to apply strong acids externally to ulcers. Test-bottles with elongated stoppers, or the bottle shown in Fig. 350, are also advantageously used. One of the principal difficulties attendant upon the internal admin- istration of acids is their injurious action upon the teeth. To avoid the destructive contact with the enamel, the diluted acid should be sucked through a narrow glass tube. Antidotes.—The strong acids are sometimes acciden- tally taken internally in poisonous doses : their corrosive action is rapidly manifested, and dangerous results may be justly apprehended. Mild alkalies in large doses should be at once administered in connection with some bland fixed oil. Lime liniment is usually upon the shelf already prepared, and valuable time may often be saved by at once giving it to the patient in large doses. Soap or either of the carbonates of sodium in dilute solution may be given. Fig. 350. Acid-dropper. 446 THE INORGANIC ACIDS. Officinal Inorganic Acids. Name. Sp. Gr. Composition. Hydracids. Acidum Hydrochloricum . 1.160 . . .31.9 per cent. HC1. “ Hydrochloricum Dilutum . . . . 1.049 . . . 10 per cent. HC1. “ Hydrobromicum Dilutum . . . 1.077 . . . 10 per cent. HBr. Oxyacids. Acidum Nitricum . 1.420 . . . 69.4 per cent. HNOs. “ Nitricum Dilutum . 1.059 . . . 10 per cent, HNOs. “ Nitro-Hydrochloricum .... ( 4 parts Nitric Acid. \ 15 parts Hydrochloric Acid. ( 4 parts Nitric Acid. “ Nitro-Hydrochloricum Dilutum -j 15 parts Hydrochloric Acid. (76 parts Distilled Water. “ Sulphuricum . 1.840 . . . 96 per cent. H2S04. “ Sulphuricum Dilutum .... . 1.067 . . . 10 per cent. H,S04. r 200 parts Sulphuric Acid. “ Sulphuricum Aromaticum . .. . .955 . , 1 45 parts Tincture of Ginger. ' j 1 part Oil of Cinnamon. (754 parts Alcohol. “ Sulphurosum . 1.023 . . . 50 per cent. H3P04. “ Phosphoricum . 1.347 . “ Phosphoricum Dilutum.... . 1.057 . . . 10 per cent. H3P04. “ Boricum . . H3B03 (Boracic Acid). Anhydrides or Oxides. Acidum Arseniosum . . As203, Arsenious Oxide. . . Cr03, Chromic Anhydride. “ Chromicum ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM. U.S. Hydrochloric Acid. [Acidum Muriaticum, Pharm. 1870.] A liquid composed of 81.9 per cent, of absolute Hydrochloric Acid [HC1; 36.4] and 68.1 per cent, of water. Preparation.—Hydrochloric acid, the only known compound of chlorine and hydrogen, is made on a very large scale both abroad and in this country. It is obtained most cheaply as a by-product re- sulting from the manufacture of soda-ash, by decomposing common salt heated to a high temperature with sulphuric acid. Sulphate of sodium is formed, and gaseous hydrochloric acid is liberated. The latter is conducted into a tall tower filled with coke, called a coke- scrubber ; the ascending gas is met by a descending flow of water, which trickles from a reservoir near the top. The gas readily dissolves in the water, and the relative quantities are so arranged that a strong solution passes out at the bottom of the tower. A purer product is formed by selecting the chloride of sodium and sulphuric acid and using a series of stone-ware jars shaped like AVoulfe’s bottles. About 120 parts of the salt require 100 parts of strong sulphuric acid. Two steps in the process are recognized. In the first reaction but one-half of the chloride of sodium is decomposed, the decomposition of the remainder being effected at a temperature of 220° C. (428° F.) or over. The reaction is thus shown: 2NaCl + H2S04 = HC1 + NaCl + NaHS04, Sodium Sulphuric Hydrochloric Sodium Acid Sodium Chloride. Acid. * Acid. Chloride. Sulphate. THE INORGANIC ACIDS. 447 and the residue, when heated, yields the rest of the hydrochloric acid, as follows: NaCl + NaHSO, = HC1 + Na2S04. Sodium Acid Sodium Hydrochloric Sodium Chloride. Sulphate. Acid. Sulphate. Hydrochloric acid, or, more properly, solution of hydrochloric acid, is used in pharmacy to make the officinal preparations of the diluted hy- drochloric acid, nitrohydrochloric acid, and diluted nitrohydrochloric acid, in the preparation of chlorine water, chlorides, and many other compounds. The yellow color of the common acid is generally due to organic substances or a trace of iron; the white fumes produced when the acid is exposed to the air are caused by the gaseous acid com- bining with the moisture in the air, and also with a trace of ammonia usually present, forming chloride of ammonium. The officinal descrip- tion and tests are as follows : Acidum Hydrochloricum. V. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A colorless, fuming liquid. By heat it is completely volatilized. Sp. gr. 1.16. Pungent, suffoca- ting odor; in- tensely acid taste; strongly acid reaction. Miscible in all proportions with water and alcohol. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On heating it with black oxide of manganese, an abundance of chlorine gas is given off. To neutralize 3.64 Gm. of the Acid should require 31.9 C.c. of the volumetric solu- tion of soda. f If 1 C.c. of the Acid be diluted with water to 10 Iron or much J C.c., and slightly supersaturated with water of Lead. 1 ammonia, no precipitate should be formed on [ gently warming. Copper. The liquid should not have a blue tint. (And the further addition of 2 drops of test-solu- Lead and Iron. -{ tion of sulphide of ammonium should not cause [ a black coloration. Non - volatile f The remaining liquid should leave no fixed residue Metals. | on evaporation and gentle ignition. f When diluted with 5 volumes of water, it should Chlorine. -j not liberate iodine from test-solution of iodide of [ potassium. o i i, • f Nor should 10 C.c. of the diluted Acid be precipi- A Fd U r 1 ° j tated within five minutes after the addition of [ 20 drops of test-solution of chloride of barium. Sulphurous or f If another portion of the diluted acid be treated Arsenious -j with test-zinc, the evolved gas should not blacken Acid. [ paper wet with test-solution of nitrate of silver. ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM DILUTUM. U.S. Diluted Hydrochloric Acid. [Acidum Muriaticum Dilutum, Pharm. 1870.] By measure. Hydrochloric Acid, 6 parts, or fl. oz. Distilled Water, 13 parts, or 14 fl. oz. Mix the acid with the water, and preserve the product in glass- stoppered bottles. 448 THE INORGANIC ACIDS. A colorless liquid, containing 10 per cent, by weight of absolute hydrochloric acid. The officinal test of strength is as follows: To neutralize 7.28 Gm. of Diluted Hydrochloric Acid should re- quire 20 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. The tests for impurities are those of hydrochloric acid. Uses.—Diluted hydrochloric acid is used as a refrigerant and tonic, in doses of fifteen to thirty minims, largely diluted with water. It should be sucked through a glass tube or a straw, to avoid injury to the teeth. ACIDUM HYDROBROMICUM DILUTUM. U.S. Diluted Hydrobromic Acid. A liquid composed of 10 per cent, of absolute Hydrobromic Acid [HBr: 80.8] and 90 per cent, of water. Preparation.—Two methods are generally used for making this preparation,—one by distillation, the other by double decomposition and precipitation. The former method yields the purer product, the latter is the more convenient. For other methods of preparation, see U.S. Dispensatory, 16th ed., p. 62. Diluted Hydrobromic Add {Distillation Process).—Take of Bromide of Potassium and Sulphuric Acid, each, 150 parts, Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Add the Sulphuric Acid to 25 parts of Distilled Water, and cool the mixture. Then dissolve the Potassium Bromide in 150 parts of water by the aid of heat, supplying the loss of water by evaporation during the heating. Carefully pour the diluted Sul- phuric Acid into the hot solution with constant stirring, and set the mixture aside for twenty-four hours, in order that the Potassium Sul- phate may crystallize. Pour off the liquid into a retort, break up the crystalline mass, transfer it to a funnel, and, having drained the crys- tals, drop slowly upon them 50 parts of cold Distilled Water so as to wash out the acid liquid. Add this liquid to that in the retort, and distil nearly to dryness at a moderate heat. If red fumes of bromine are given off during any stage of the distillation, change the receiver as soon as such fumes cease to appear. Finally determine in the distil- late the amount of actual Hydrobromic Acid (16.2 Gm. should require 20 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda), and add to the remaining weighed distillate such an amount of cold Distilled Water as shall cause the finished acid to contain 10 per cent, of actual Hydrobromic Acid. This process is based upon that proposed by Dr. E. R. Squibb, the acid preferred by him having, however, the strength of 34 per cent, instead of 10 per cent. KBr + H2S04 = KHS04 + HBr. Potassium Sulphuric Acid Potassium Hydrobromic Bromide. Acid. Sulphate. Acid. Diluted Hydrobromic Acid (Precipitation Process). — Dissolve 340 grains of Bromide of Potassium in 4 fluidounces of Water, add 400 grains of Tartaric Acid to the solution, cool the mixture tc 4C° F., allow- ing it to stand without agitation as long as possible before pouring off the clear solution from the precipitated acid Tartrate of Potassium. If it can be kept in a cool place for several weeks before it is used, it will THE INORGANIC ACIDS. 449 be improved : it will contain about 10 per cent, of absolute hydro- bromic acid. This method is a modification of Wade’s and Fother- gill’s processes, and has the advantage of separating the acid tartrate of potassium more effectually. The crystals which form upon the bottom and sides of the bottle act as nuclei, and in time serve to abstract all of the acid tartrate from the liquid. Acidum Hydrobromicum Silutum. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A cleaj, colorless liquid. By heat completely volatilized. Sp. gr. 1.077. Odorless; strongly acid taste; acid reaction. Miscible in all proportions with water and alcohol. Tests foe Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. On adding chlorine or nitric acid to Diluted Hydro- bromic Acid, bromine is liberated, which is soluble in chloroform or in disulphide of carbon, impart- ing to these liquids a yellow color. Test-solution of nitrate of silver causes a white precipitate, in- soluble in nitric acid and in water of ammonia, and sparingly soluble in stronger water of am- monia. To neutralize 16.2 Gm. of Diluted Hydrobromic Acid should require 20 C.c. of the volumetric so- lution of soda. ' On being kept for t, . some time, the Acid Bromme. j should no’t become colored. Test-solution of chlo- ride of barium Sulphuric Acid. should not produce a turbidity or pre- cipitate. Uses.—Diluted hydrobromic acid is used as a nervine and hypnotic, in doses of two fluidrachms. ACIDUM NITRICUM. U.S. Nitric Acid. A liquid composed of 69.4 per cent, of absolute Nitric Acid [HN03; 63] and 30.6 per cent, of Water. Preparation.—Nitric acid is prepared from N205, one of the five compounds of nitrogen and oxygen: these are nitrogen monoxide, or hyponitrous oxide (laughing gas), N20; nitrogen dioxide, N202 or (NO)2; nitrous oxide, N203 ; nitrogen tetroxide or peroxide, N204; and nitric oxide, N205. From this latter, by the addition of water, nitric acid is formed : N205 -f- H20 = (HNOa)2. Nitric acid is prepared commercially by reacting on sodium nitrate or Chili saltpetre with sul- phuric acid. Sodium nitrate is preferred as the source, because it is cheaper than potassium nitrate, and, in addition, it affords a larger yield of nitric acid. If two molecules of the sodium salt and one of sul- phuric acid be taken, the reactions will be as follows: NaN03 + H2S04 = NaHS04 + IIN03. Sodium Sulphuric Acid Sodium Nitric Nitrate. Acid. Sulphate. Acid. Then, by raising the heat, the acid sodium sulphate acts upon the second molecule of sodium nitrate : NaNOa + NaHS04 = Na2S04 + HN03. Sodium Acid Sodium Sodium Nitric Nitrate. Sulphate. Sulphate. Acid. The specific gravity of the officinal acid, or, as it is technically termed, 43° acid, is 1.42 That which is usually furnished in commerce 450 THE INORGANIC ACIDS. is not so strong as this, but has the specific gravity of 1.355, and is known as 38° acid. Care should always be observed to specify, in ordering from the manufacturing chemist or dealer, the specific gravity of the acid desired ; for if preparations are to be made like the officinal solutions of iron, success cannot be expected if acids of officinal strength are not used. The reddish acid, called nitrous acid, is nitric acid con- taining more or less nitrogen tetroxide (N204). The same acid may be formed by impregnating nitric acid with nitrogen dioxide (N202). Acidum Nitricum zr.s. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A colorless, fuming, very caustic and corrosive liquid. Sp. gr. 1.420. Peculiar, some- what suffoca- ting odor; strongly acid. Miscible in all proportions with water Or alcohol. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. 1 By heat it is completely volatilized. It dis- solves copper with evolution of red va- pors, and stains wool- len fabrics and animal tissues a bright yel- low. To neutralize 3.15 Gm. of Nitric Acid should require 34.7 C.c. of the volumetric solu- tion of soda. Iron or much Lead. Copper. Lead and Iron. Non-volatile Metals. Sulphuric Acid. Hydrochloric Acid. Arsenic Acid. • Free Iodine. Iodic Acid. If 1 C.c. of Nitric Acid be treated with a slight ex- cess of water of ammonia, no precipitate should be formed. The liquid should not have a blue tint. The further addition of 2 drops of test-solution of sulphide of ammonium should not cause a black precipitate. The remaining liquid should leave no fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition. A portion diluted with 5 volumes of water should afford no precipitate with test-solution of chloride of barium. Or with test-solution of nitrate of silver. If 1 part of Nitric Acid be neutralized with solution of potassa, 2 parts of potassa then added, and the mixture boiled with test-zinc, a gas is evolved which should not blacken paper wet with test-solu- tion of nitrate of silver. If 5 C.c. of Nitric Acid are diluted with an equal volume of water, no blue color should be produced by the addition of a few drops of gelatinized starch. Nor should the further addition, without agitation, of a layer of solution of hydrosulphuric acid cause a blue zone at the line of contact of the two liquids. Uses.—Nitric acid, sometimes called aqua fortis, is used in pharma- ceutical operations to form nitrates and as an oxidizing agent. Free nitric acid, however, will evolve oxygen at a red heat, according to the following reaction: 4HN03 = (N204)2 + 02 + (H20)2. Nitric Acid. Nitrogen Oxygen. Water. Tetroxide. It oxidizes sulphur and phosphorus, giving rise to sulphuric and phos- phoric acids, and all the metals, with a few exceptions. It combines with salifiable bases and forms nitrates. Medicinally, nitric acid, when taken internally in doses of five to ten minims, largely diluted, is tonic, anti- septic, and astringent; when applied to the skin it is escharotic, pro- ducing a yellow stain, due to the formation of xantho-proteic acid. THE INORGANIC ACIDS. 451 ACIDUM NITRICUM DILUTUM. U.S. Diluted Nitric Acid. By measure. Nitric Acid, 1 part, or fl. oz. Distilled Water, 6 parts, or fl. oz. 14 fl. oz. Mix the Acid with the Water, and preserve the product in glass- stoppered bottles. Diluted nitric acid contains about 14.3 per cent, of officinal nitric acid, corresponding to 10 per cent, of absolute nitric acid. Sp. gr. 1.059. The officinal test of strength is that 12.6 Gm. of diluted nitric acid should require 20 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda to neutralize it. Uses.—It is used medicinally for the same purposes as the strong nitric acid; when taken internally, the dose is twenty minims. ACIDUM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM. U.S. Nitrohydrochloric Acid. By measure, Nitric Acid, 4 parts, or 3 fl. oz. Hydrochloric Acid, 15 parts, or fl. oz. i6}4 fl. oz. Mix the Acids in a capacious open glass vessel, and, when efferves- cence has ceased, pour the product into glass-stoppered bottles, which should not be more than half filled, and keep them in a cool place. When nitric acid is mixed with hydrochloric acid, mutual decompo- sition takes place, according to the reaction HNOa + 3HC1 = NOC1 + Cl2 + 2H20, Nitric Acid. Hydrochloric Nitrosyl Chlorine. Water. Acid. Chloride. and a liquid is formed, capable of dissolving gold, called aqua regta. The value of this acid depends upon the completion of the above re- action and the production of nitrosyl chloride and free chlorine. It should be kept in a cool dark place, on account of its liability to lose chlorine by heat, and to have its chlorine converted into hydrochloric acid by the action of light and the decomposition of water. On account of its tendency to decomposition, it should not be made in large quanti- ties, nor be kept on hand very long; care should be taken not to transfer it to the bottle in which it is to be dispensed, until effervescence has ceased, lest the pressure within should drive out the stopper or cause the bottle to explode violently. Nitrohydrochloric acid is a golden-yellow, fuming, and very corro- sive liquid, having a strong odor of chlorine and a strongly acid reaction. By heat it is wholly volatilized. It readily dissolves gold leaf, and a drop added to test-solution of iodide of potassium liberates iodine abundantly. Uses.—Nitrohydrochloric acid, or, as it is still called, nitromuriatic acid, is given internally in hepatic affections, in doses of three minims and upwards, well diluted with water. Great care should be taken in dispensing this acid, particularly if directed in combination with infu- 452 THE INORGANIC ACIDS. sions, tinctures, etc. : the reaction occurring upon mixing should be per - mitted to cease entirely before dispensing, to avoid the possibility of an explosion taking place when the preparation is in the patient’s hands. ACIDUM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM DILUTUM. U. S. Diluted Nitrohydrochloric Acid. By measure. Nitric Acid, 4 parts, or 3 fl. dr. Hydrochloric Acid, 15 parts, or fl. dr. Distilled Water, 76 parts, or 10 fl. oz. To make about 12 fl. oz. Mix the Acids in a capacious, open glass vessel, and, when efferves- cence has ceased, add the Distilled Water. Keep the product in glass- stoppered bottles, in a cool place. Diluted nitrohydrochloric acid is a colorless or faintly yellow liquid, odorless or having a faint odor of chlorine, and a very acid taste and reaction. By heat it is wholly volatilized. On adding a few drops to test-solution of iodide of potassium, iodine is liberated. It should be made strictly according to the officinal directions. The acids must be mixed whilst concentrated, otherwise the nitrosyl chloride and chlorine are not produced. Hence the “rapid method,” so fre- quently used, of mixing the acids and immediately diluting with water, does not produce an officinal preparation, and is reprehensible in practice. Uses.—Diluted nitrohydrochloric acid is given in doses of ten minims, properly diluted, as a tonic and stimulant to the liver. ACIDUM SULPHURICUM. U. S. Sulphuric Acid. A liquid composed of not less than 96 per cent, of absolute Sulphuric Acid £H2S04; 98] and not more than 4 per cent, of Water. Preparation.—Sulphuric acid is obtained by burning sulphur or iron pyrites, FeS2, and allowing the product of combustion, S02, to mix with nitrous fumes obtained from the decomposition of sodium nitrate, which change S02 into SOa, and this uniting with steam yields H2S04. If the sulphur were burned by itself, the product would be sulphurous oxide, which contains only two-thirds as much oxygen as sulphuric oxide. The object of the sodium nitrate is to furnish, by its decomposition, the requisite additional quantity of oxygen. To understand the’process, it is necessary to remember that several of the oxides of nitrogen have oxidizing power. The reactions are thus expressed : 280, + N,04 = 2S03 + N202; Sulphurous Nitrogen Sulphuric Nitrogen Oxide. Tetroxide. Oxide. Dioxide. N202 + o2 = NA 5 Nitrogen Oxygen. Nitrogen Dioxide. Tetroxide. then SOs + H20 = H2S04; Sulphuric Water. Sulphuric Oxide. Acid. then THE INORGANIC ACIDS. 453 in which the sulphurous oxide,tfrom the burning pyrites or sulphur, is oxidized to sulphuric oxide by the nitrogen tetroxide, which readily parts with two atoms of oxygen to such bodies as sulphurous oxide, and then takes two atoms of oxygen again from the atmosphere, regenerating the original tetroxide. The nitrogen tetroxide thus acts simply as a carrier of atmospheric oxygen, whereby the S02 is changed into SOs. This latter compound then unites with steam to form H2S04, the final product. This acid is made on an immense scale, the reactions taking place in leaden chambers. Sulphur is used most largely in the United States as the source of production, whilst pyrites are used almost exclusively abroad. As the latter nearly always contain arsenical compounds, the foreign commercial product is contaminated with them. Acidum Sulphuricum. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A colorless liquid, of an oily appear- ance. Sp. gr. not below 1.840. Inodorous; strongly caustic and corrosive; strongly acid reaction. In water and alcohol in all propor- tions with evolution of heat. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. When heated on plati- num foil, it is vapor- ized without leaving a residue. If the Acid be warmed with sugar, it blackens the latter; if diluted with 5 volumes of water, the liquid yields, with test-solution of chlo- ride of barium, a white precipitate in- soluble in hydrochlo- ric acid. To neutralize 2.45 Gm. of Sulphuric Acid, diluted with about 10 volumes of water, should require not less than 48 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. f On pouring the Acid into 4 volumes of alcohol, no precipitate should be formed. ' If there be carefully poured upon sulphuric acid, in a test-tube, a layer of freshly prepared test- Nitric Acid. - solution of ferrous sulphate, no brownish or red- dish zone should appear at the line of contact of the two liquids. TTvrliwhlnrin f When diluted with 10 volumes of water, no pre- - cipitate should be formed by the addition of an aqueous solution of sulphate of silver. T , . . When diluted with 10 volumes of water, no pre- Conner 1 ’ " cipitate should be formed by the addition of an [ aqueous solution of hydrosulphuric acid. 'When diluted with 10 volumes of water, no pre- iron. cipitate should be formed by the addition of an excess of water of ammonia. ,T , ... f When diluted with 10 volumes of water containing Metals 1 excess °t ammonia, no fixed residue should be left on evaporation and gentle ignition. . . f When considerably diluted and treated with test- r|e?1?u or J zinc, it evolves a gas which should not blacken up ur us -j paper moistened with test-solution of nitrate of 1 C1 [ silver. Uses.—Sulphuric acid is the most powerful of the officinal inorganic acids. It is employed in making many preparations, mostly on account of its energetic action in decomposing salts, and the large use made of its compounds with metals, alkaloids, and other bodies. It is rarely used in the pure state as an escharotic, owing to its tendency to spread. When accidentally dropped upon the skin, a quick and profuse appli- cation of magnesia will prove effective. Unless the quantity of acid is very small, care should be used in applying water, except when a very 454 THE INORGANIC ACIDS. large quantity can be applied at once, as the amount of heat produced when water is mixed with sulphuric acid would increase the pain. Internally, sulphuric acid is administered either in its diluted form or as aromatic sulphuric acid. ACIDUM SULPHURICUM AROMATICUM. U. S. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. By measure. Sulphuric Acid, 200 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Tincture of Ginger, 45 parts, or i fl. oz. Oil of Cinnamon, 1 part, or 9 minims. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 20 fl. oz. Add the Sulphuric Acid gradually to seven hundred parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and allow the mixture to cool. Then add to it the Tincture of Ginger and the Oil of Cinnamon, and afterwards enough Alcohol to make the product weigh one thousand parts [or measure 20 fl. oz.]. On diluting 9.8 Gm. of Aromatic Sulphuric Acid with 20 volumes of water, and filtering, the filtrate (with washings) should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 36 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid contains 20 per cent, of officinal sulphuric acid, and has the specific gravity .955. Uses.—This preparation, known as elixir of vitriol, and largely used, is employed principally as a remedy in the night-sweats of phthisis. It is used somewhat as an excipient for quinine pills, to reduce their size and render them more soluble. The introduction of the acid sul- phate of quinine has diminished this use. Its employment in the preparation of infusion of cinchona is to aid in the extraction of the alkaloids. ACIDUM SULPHURICUM DILUTUM. U. S. Diluted Sulphuric Acid. By measure. Sulphuric Acid, 1 part, or i fl. oz. Distilled Water, 9 parts, or fl. oz. Pour the Acid gradually, with constant stirring, into the Distilled Water, and preserve the product in glass-stoppered bottles. Diluted Sulphuric Acid contains 10 per cent, of officinal Sulphuric Acid, and has the specific gravity 1.067 nearly. To neutralize 9.8 Gm. of Di- luted Sulphuric Acid should require 19.2 to 20 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. The strong acid is added gradually to the water, to guard against the too sudden production of heat, which might cause the fracture of a glass vessel. During the dilution, when commercial sulphuric acid is used, the liquid becomes slightly turbid, and in the course of a few days deposits a grayish-white powder, which is sulphate of lead, and from which the diluted acid should be poured off. The formation of this precipitate does not occur if officinal or chem- ically pure sulphuric acid is used. The lead salt is present only in sulphuric acid which has not been purified. TIIE INORGANIC ACIDS. 455 Uses.—Diluted sulphuric acid has the same properties as the acid from which it is made, except1 those which are dependent upon the strength of the latter. It is given internally, properly diluted, in doses of ten to twrenty minims. ACIDUM SULPHUROSUM. U. S. Sulphurous Acid. A liquid composed of about 3.5 per cent, of Sulphurous Acid Gas [S02; 64] and about 96.5 per cent, of Water. By measure. Sulphuric Acid, 14 parts, or 5 fl. oz. Charcoal, in coarse powder, 2 parts, or oz. av. Distilled Water, 100 parts, or 4 pints. Pour the Acid upon the Charcoal, wrhich has been previously intro- duced into a glass flask, and mix the two well together. By means of a glass tube and well-fitting corks, connect the flask with a wash- bottle, which is one-third filled with water, and fitted with a cork hav- ing three perforations. Into one of these perforations insert a safety- tube, which should reach nearly to the bottom of the bottle; into the remaining perforation fit a glass tube, and connect it with a bottle which is about three-fourths filled by the Distilled Water. This tube should dip about an inch below the surface of the water. By means of a second tube connect this bottle with another bottle containing a dilute solution of carbonate of sodium, to absorb any gas which may not be retained by the Distilled Water. Having ascertained that all the connections are air-tight, apply a moderate heat to the flask until the evolution of gas has nearly ceased, and, during the passage of the gas, keep the bottle containing the Distilled Water at or below 10° C. (50° F.) by surrounding it with cold water or ice. Finally, pour the Sul- phurous Acid into glass-stoppered, dark amber-colored bottles, and keep them in a cool and dark place. The reactions which take place are simple. When the sulphuric acid (H2S04) and charcoal are heated together, two molecules of the former each give up an atom of oxygen to the latter, and there are thus pro- duced sulphurous and carbonic acid gases, which, having been first passed through a wash-bottle containing a little water to absorb im- purities, are received into the distilled water, where the sulphurous acid is absorbed, whilst the greater part of the carbonic acid gas escapes. 4H2S04 + C2 = 4S02 + 2C02 + 4H20. Sulphuric Carbon. Sulphurous Carbon Water. Acid. Acid. Dioxide. The mounted flask figured on page 142 is well adapted for preparing sulphurous acid (the thermometer may be omitted). The wash-bottle illustrated upon page 197 can be used in lieu of the bottle directed in the officinal formula: as the generation of the gas progresses, the liquid in the wash-bottle accumulates. Care must be observed in making sulphurous acid to disconnect the wash-bottle from the tube leading to the flask the instant the gas ceases to come over, otherwise a portion of the liquid in the wash-bottle will be sucked into the flask by the partial vacuum produced, almost certainly involving fracture of the flask. 456 TIIE INORGANIC ACIDS. Acidum Sulphurosum. XJ. 8 Odor, Taste, and Re- action. Solubility. A colorless liquid, of sp. gr. 1.022 -1.023. Characteristic odor of burning sulphur; very acid sulphurous taste; strongly acid reaction. Miscible in all proportions with water and alcohol. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. By heat it is completely volatilized. Litmus-paper brought in contact with the Acid is at first turned red, and afterward bleached. On pouring a few drops of the Acid into a test-tube containing di- luted hydrochloric acid and some test-zinc, a gas is evolved which blackens paper wet with solution of acetate of lead. If 1.28 Gm. of Sulphurous Acid be diluted with 20 volumes of water and a little gelatinized starch be added, at least 14 C.c. of the volumetric solution of iodine should be required, before a permanent blue tint is developed. ' If to 10 C.c. of Sul- phurous Acid there be added 1 C.c. of di- luted hydrochloric T. .. c a i acid, followed by 1 Limit of Sul- c.c. of test-solution phunc Acid. of chloride of ba_ rium, not more than a very slight tur- bidity should be produced. The officinal quantitative test depends for its action upon the decom- position of a quantity of iodine proportionate to the amount of sul- phurous acid present in the sample tested. The iodine is converted into hydriodic acid, which is colorless whilst the sulphurous acid becomes sulphuric acid : thus, H2S03 -(- I2 + H20 = 2HI -f H2S04. The gelat- inized starch is used simply to show, by the blue color which it assumes, when free iodine is present: this takes place when all the sulphurous acid has been decomposed. Uses.—Sulphurous acid is principally used to prevent the growth of the microscopic organisms which induce fermentation. Internally, it is rarely administered, its salts, the sulphites, being preferred. The dose is from three minims to one fluidrachm, diluted with water. ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM. U. S. Phosphoric Acid. A liquid composed of 50 per cent, of Orthophosphoric Acid [1I3P04; 98] and 50 per cent, of Water. By measure. Phosphorus, 16 parts, or 2 oz. av. Nitric Acid, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or . about g fl. oz. Mix one hundred 'parts [or 8 J fl. oz.] of Nitric Acid with one hundred parts [or 9 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, in a glass retort having the capacity of four hundred parts [or 3 pints]. Having placed the retort upon a sand-bath or wire-gauze support, connect it loosely with a well- cooled receiver and add to the acid in the retort the Phosphorus pre- viously cut into fine pieces. Insert a funnel through the tubulure of the retort, and then gradually apply heat until the reaction is seen to commence. Regulate the heat carefully so as to prevent the reaction from becoming too violent, or, if necessary, check it by the addition of a little Distilled Water through the funnel. From time to time return THE INORGANIC ACIDS. 457 the acid liquid, which collects in the receiver into the retort, until all the Phosphorus is dissolved. <• Then transfer the liquid to a weighed porcelain capsule, and continue the heat, at a temperature not exceeding 190° C. (374° F.), until the excess of Nitric Acid is driven off, and an odorless syrupy liquid remains. Cool the dish and contents, and add enough Distilled Water to make the liquid weigh one hundred parts [or measure 8f fl. oz.]. Test small portions for Nitric, Phosphorous, and Arsenic Acids by the methods given below. If Nitric Acid should be present, evaporate the liquid until no reaction for Nitric Acid can be obtained. Then cool the Acid and add enough Distilled Water to make the product weigh one hundred parts [or measure 8f fl. oz.]. If Phos- phorous Acid be present, add to the liquid a mixture of six parts of Nitric Acid and six parts of Distilled Water, and again evaporate until no reaction for Phosphorous or Nitric Acid can be obtained. Then, having cooled the Acid, add sufficient Distilled Water to make the prod- uct weigh one hundred parts [or measure 8£ fl. oz.]. If Arsenic Acid be present, dilute the Acid with one hundred and fifty parts [or 13 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, heat to about 70° C. (158° F.), and pass through the liquid a stream of Hydrosulphuric Acid Gas for half an hour, then remove the heat and continue passing the gas until the liquid is cold. Close the vessel tightly, set it aside for 24 hours, filter the liquid, heat it until all the odor of the gas has been driven off, again filter, and evaporate until the residue weighs one hundred parts [or measures 8£ fl. oz.]. Preserve the product in glass-stoppered bottles. The preparation of this acid is not dangerous if the details of the above process are carefully carried out. It is a slow process at best, and all attempts to hasten the action usually result in wasting the phos- phorus, by driving off the phosphorous acid or developing a violent ac- tion. Upon the large scale, Prof. Markoe’s process has been used by the author with good results. (See U. S. Dispensatory, 16th edition, p. 95.) A modification of this process, which obviates any likelihood of danger, is as follows: Pour 12 fluiclounces of distilled water, mixed with 11 fluidounces of nitric acid, into a two-pint flask. Add 40 grains of bromine, and shake it gently until it is dissolved. Now add two ounces of phosphorus, and set the flask aside, where the nitrous vapors may be carried off without injury. In winter-time, or if the acid is needed at once, it will be necessary to aid the reaction by a gentle heat; but if sufficient time can be allowed, the phosphorus will disappear gradually at the ordinary temperature, and no particular attention will be needed until the phosphorus is oxidized. The nearly colorless liquid remaining in the flask is then evaporated, tested for impurities by the officinal method, and diluted to the proper strength. The rationale of the officinal method is simple, and it affords a good illustration of the use of nitric acid as an oxidizing agent. 12P + 2OHNO3 + 8H20 = I2H3PO, + 20NO. Phosphorus. Nitric Acid. Water. Phosphoric Acid. Nitrogen Oxide. The most dangerous impurity likely to be found in the finished prepa- ration is arsenic,—its presence being traced to the sulphuric acid made from pyrites, which is used in making the phosphorus. THE INORGANIC ACIDS. 458 Acidum Phosphoricum. V• S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A colorless liquid, of the specific gravity 1.347. Odorless; strongly acid taste; acid reaction. Miscible in all proportions with water and alcohol. Tests for Identity and Quantita- tive Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. When heated, the liquid loses water, and when a temperature of about 200° C. (392° F.) has been reached, the Acid is grad- ually converted into pyrophos- phoric and metaphosphoric acids, which may be volatilized at a red heat. If the diluted Acid be supersaturated with ammonia, addition of test-mix- ture of magnesium produces a white, crystalline precipitate. If this precipitate be dissolved in diluted acetic acid, the solu- tion yields a yellow precipitate with test-solution of nitrate of silver. On pouring 5 Gm. of Phosphoric Acid upon 10 Gm. of oxide of lead free from carbonate of lead and from moisture, evaporating and igniting, a residue will be obtained which should weigh 11.81 Gm. Phosphorous Acid. Arsenic Acid. Nitric Acid. Sulphuric Acid. Hydrochloric Acid. Pyrophospho- ric and Me- taphosphoric Acids. ' Phosphoric Acid, diluted with 5 volumes of water, and gently warmed, should not be blackened by test-solution of nitrate of silver, nor be turned white or whitish by test-solution of mercuric chloride. When Phosphoric Acid is heated to about 70° C. (158° F.), thoroughly saturated during half an hour, and afterward until it is cold, with hydrosulphuric acid gas, then set aside for twenty-four hours, it should not deposit a lemon-yellow sedi- ment. ' If a crystal of ferrous sulphate be dropped into a cooled mixture of Phosphoric and Sulphuric Acids, no brown or reddish zone should make its appearance around the crystal. After diluting Phosphoric Acid with 5 volumes of distilled water, no precipi- tate should be produced on the addition of small portions of test-solution of chloride of barium. The diluted acid should yield no precipitate with test-solution of nitrate of silver. 'Nor should any precipitate be formed, after several hours, by the addition of an equal volume of tincture of chloride of iron. Uses.—Phosphoric acid, sometimes called “syrupy phosphoric acid,” is used almost solely to make the diluted phosphoric acid. ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM DILUTUM. U.S. Diluted Phosphoric Acid. By measure. Phosphoric Acid, 20 parts, or 2]/2 fl. oz. Distilled Water, 80 parts, or 131/2 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 16 fl. oz. Mix the Phosphoric Acid with the Distilled Water. Dilated Phos- phoric Acid has a specific gravity of 1.057, and contains 10 per cent, of orthophosphoric acid. It should respond to the tests of purity required for Phosphoric Acid. On pouring 5 Gm. of Diluted Phos- phoric Acid upon 5 Gm. of oxide of lead free from carbonate and from moisture, evaporating and igniting, a residue will be obtained which should weigh 5.36 Gm. The precipitation which sometimes occurs when this acid is mixed with tincture of chloride of iron is generally due to the presence of pyrophosphoric acid. Pyrophosphate of iron is precipitated in the form of an insoluble gelatinous precipitate. Uses.—Diluted phosphoric acid is tonic and refrigerant in doses of twenty minims. THE INORGANIC ACIDS. 459 QUESTIONS ON CHAPTERS XXXII. AND XXXIII. HYDROGEN, OXYGEN, WATER, AND INORGANIC ACIDS. What are the atomic weights of hydrogen ? Of oxygen ? Of water ? Give a description of hydrogen. Of oxygen. What per cent, of oxygen by weight does water contain ? What is the formula in symbols of water ? How may metallic impurities he detected ? If the transparency or color of distilled water is affected by any of the following tests, what impurity is indicated?—viz.: Hydro-sulphuric acid or sulphide of am- monium; test solution of chloride of barium ; test solution of nitrate of silver; test solution of oxalate of ammonium ; test solution of mercuric chloride, with or without the subsequent addition of carbonate of potassium. What are the uses of distilled water in pharmacy ? How are acids distinguished from other bodies? What do the suffixes “ ous” and “ ic” designate when applied to acids? How may glass stoppers be removed without injury from bottles in which they have become tightly fastened ? Why should corks not be used as stoppers for strong acids ? How may carboys containing strong acids be handled conveniently and safely? What grades of acid are found in commerce? What injurious results may follow the use of weak and impure acids? Are the officinal inorganic acids uniform in strength? What is the strength of hydrochloric acid? Of nitric acid? Of sulphuric acid? Are the diluted acids uniform in strength ? What per cent, of absolute acid do they contain ? What are the medical properties of the inorganic acids ? H(tw may their injurious action on the teeth be avoided? What are the proper antidotes for strong acids which may have been taken in poisonous doses ? Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight of hydrochloric acid. What is officinal hydrochloric acid ? How is it made ? Explain the reaction which takes place in its manufacture. For what purposes in pharmacy is hydrochloric acid used ? To what is the yellow color of the common acid usually due ? What is the cause of the white fumes which are produced when the acid is exposed to the air ? What are tests for the following impurities?—viz.: Iron or much lead; copper; lead and iron ; non-volatile metals ; chlorine; sulphuric acid; sulphurous or arseni- ous acid. What is the specific gravity of hydrochloric acid ? Give the formula for diluted hydrochloric acid How much absolute hydrochloric acid does it contain? What is the officinal test of its strength ? What are its uses ? What is the composition of diluted hydi’obromic acid ? Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight of diluted hydrobromic acid. How is diluted hydrobromic acid usually made? Describe the distillation process. Explain the chemical reaction. Describe the precipitation process. What chemical reaction takes place in this process? What is the specific gravity of diluted hydrobromic acid? How may free bromine be detected ? How may sulphuric acid be detected ? For what is diluted hydrobromic acid used, and what is the dose? Give the symbol and molecular weight of absolute nitric acid. How much is contained in officinal nitric acid ? What five compounds are there of nitrogen and oxygen ? From which of these is nitric acid formed, and how ? How is nitric acid prepared commercially ? If two molecules of the sodium salt and one of sulphuric be used, what will be the reaction? Upon raising the heat, what further reaction takes place? What is the specific gravity of the officinal acid? Of the commercial acid? What is the composition of the reddish acid called nitrous acid ? What are tests for the following impurities ?—viz.: Iron or much lead ; copper; 460 THE INORGANIC ACIDS. lead and iron; non-volatile metals; sulphuric acid; hydrochloric acid; arsenic acid; free iodine; iodic acid. For what is nitric acid used in pharmaceutical operations ? Explain the decomposition which takes place when nitric acid is exposed to a red heat. What acids are produced by its action on phosphorus and sulphur? What does it form in combination with salifiable bases ? What are its medicinal properties ? To what is the yellow stain due when nitric acid is applied to the skin ? Give the formula for diluted nitric acid. How much real nitric acid does it contain ? What is its specific gravity ? What is the officinal test of its strength ? What is its medicinal use and dose ? Give the formula for nitrohydrochloric acid. What reaction takes place when nitric acid is mixed with hydrochloric acid? What is the liquid thus formed popularly called ? Upon what does the value of this acid depend? Why should it he kept in a cool and dark place ? Describe its physical properties. What is its medicinal use ? What is the dose ? Why is especial care necessary in dispensing this acid ? Give the formula for diluted nitrohydrochloric acid. Should the ingredients he all mixed together at once ? Why ? Describe its physical properties. What are its medicinal uses and dose ? Give the symbol and molecular weight of absolute sulphuric acid. How much does the officinal sulphuric acid contain ? How is sulphuric acid obtained ? Explain the reactions that take place in the process. What is the principal source of production of sulphuric acid in America ? What in Europe ? What is the foreign commercial article apt to be contaminated with ? What is the specific gravity of the officinal acid ? What are the tests for the following impurities ?—viz.: Lead ; nitric acid ; hydro- chloric acid; copper ; iron; non-volatile metals; arsenious or sulphurous acid. What are its uses ? . How is it administered internally ? Give the formula for aromatic sulphuric acid. How much officinal sulphuric acid does it contain ? What is its specific gravity ? What is its popular name What are its uses ? What is the dose ? Give the formula for diluted sulphuric acid. How much officinal sulphuric acid does it contain? What is its specific gravity? When commercial sulphuric acid is diluted, what precipitate is thrown down, and why? What are the uses of sulphuric acid? What is the dose? Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight of sulphurous acid gas. How much of this does the officinal sulphurous acid contain ? How is the officinal acid prepared ? Explain the reaction which takes place in its production. What is its specific gravity ? How may excess of sulphuric acid be detected? What are its uses ? Give the dose. What is officinal phosphoric acid ? Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight of orthophosphoric acid. How may the officinal acid be prepared ? Explain the rationale of the reaction which takes place. What dangerous impurity is likely to be present ? Where does it come from ? What is the specific gravity of the officinal acid? What is its principal use ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Phosphorous acid ; arsenic acid; nitric acid; sulphuric acid; hydrochloric acid; pyrophosphoric and meta- phosphoric acids. How is diluted phosphoric acid made? How much orthophosphoric acid does it contain ? What is its specific gravity ? If a precipitate* occurs when this acid is mixed with tincture of chloride of iron, what is indicated ? What are its uses and doses ? CHAPTER XXXIV. PREPARATIONS OF THE HALOGENS. Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine. Cl; 85.4. Br; 79.8. I; 126.6. Four elements, chlorine, bromine, iodine, and fluorine, are termed halogens (salt-producers). Fluorine is of so little interest in pharmacy that it will not be noticed: the other three are of great interest both to medicine and to pharmacy. Chlorine. Cl; 35.4. Chlorine is a greenish-yellow, gaseous body, having a very suffocating odor; its specific gravity is 2.45. Its most useful and characteristic prop- erty is that of bleaching organic coloring principles: the presence of water is necessary to effect this object. Chlorine is one of the most re- liable disinfectants: it is principally used in combination with lime as bleaching powder, the officinal name being Calx Chlorata. Chlorine combines with hydrogen and the metals, but has very little attraction for oxygen ; its principal hydrogen compound is hydrochloric acid, HC1 (see Acidum Hydrochloricum). The compounds of chlorine with metals and bases are termed chlorides: they will be considered under the heads of their respective bases. Chlorine combines indirectly with oxygen, and the compounds pro- duced by the union of the oxyacid, chloric acid, HC103, with metals or bases are termed chlorates. Perchlorates are also known. Chlorides in solution, or hydrochloric acid, may be recognized by the addition of a solution of silver nitrate; a curdy white precipitate is pro- duced, which is soluble in water of ammonia, but insoluble in nitric acid. Chlorates are recognized by the evolution of oxygen when heated, and by the reaction of the residue corresponding with that of chlorides. Tests for Chlorides and Chlorates. Officinal Preparations of Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine. Chlorine.—Made by the action of heat upon hydrochloric acid and manganese dioxide. Aqua Chlori.—An aqueous solution of chlorine containing 0.4 p.c. of the gas. Chlorine loosely combined. Calx Chlorata.—Made by subjecting calcium hydrate to the action of chlorine. Liquor Sodae Chloratae.—Made by decomposing solution of chlorinated lime with sodium carbonate. Bromum (Bromine).—Made by decomposing crude magnesium bromide with chlorine. Iodum (Iodine).—Made by decomposing crude sodium iodide with manganese di- oxide and sulphuric acid and subliming. Tinctura Iodi.—An 8 p.c. alcoholic solution of iodine. Liquor Iodi Compositus.—A 5 p.c. aqueous solution of iodine, made soluble by the addition of 10 p.c. of potassium iodide. 462 PREPARATIONS OF THE HALOGENS. Unguentum Iodi.—4 p.c. iodine; 1 p.c. potassium iodide; 2 p.c. water, with ben- zoinated lard. Iodine loosely combined. Amylum Iodatum.—5 p.c. iodine triturated with starch. Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici.—1 p.c. syrupy solution of hydriodic acid. Unofficinal Preparations of Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine. Acidum Hypochlorosum, HC10. Agitate chlorine water with precipitated mercuric oxide. Hypochlorous Acid. Distil the liquid to remove mercuric chloride, and col- lect the distillate. Acidum Chloricum, HCIO3. Decompose barium chlorate with an equivalent amount Chloric Acid. of pure diluted sulphuric acid; pour off the clear solu- tion of chloric acid, and evaporate carefully in vacuo over strong sulphuric acid. Acidum Perchloricum, HCIO4. Distil pure dry potassium perchlorate with four times its Perchloric Acid. weight of concentrated (previously boiled) sulphuric acid. Collect the yellow distillate. Bromii Chloridum.' Pass chlorine gas over bromine. Chloride of Bromine. Acidum Bromicum. Decompose barium bromate with an equivalent amount Bromic Acid. of diluted sulphuric acid, filter, and evaporate. Acidum Hydriodicum, HI. See Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici, U. S. P. Hydriodic Acid. Acidum Iodicum, HIOs, = 175.6. Heat 1 p. iodine with 10 p. of nitric acid in a retort until Iodic Acid. the iodine is dissolved and fumes cease to be evolved. Evaporate the solution, and heat the residue to 200° F. until all trace of acid is removed. Collect the white powder. Acidum Periodicum, HIO4, = 191.6. Add 1 p. iodine to a solution of 7 p. sodium carbonate in Periodic Acid. 100 p. water, and pass chlorine into the heated liquid until a precipitate ceases to form. Dissolve this pre- cipitate in pure nitric acid, then add silver nitrate, and dissolve the resulting precipitate in hot diluted nitric acid; then concentrate to crystallize. Treat the crys- tals with water, filter, and evaporate. Chlorine in its free state is used officinally in aqua chlori, or chlorine water (see page 279). AQUA CHLORI. U.S. Chlorine Water. Chlorine water is made by heating hydrochloric acid with manganese dioxide, and conducting the generated chlorine into distilled water until a saturated solution is produced : it should contain at least 0.4 per cent, of the gas (see page 279). Mn02 + 4HC1 = MnCl2 + Cl2 + 2H20. Manganese Hydrochloric Manganese Chlorine. Water. Dioxide. Acid. Chloride. The chlorine water must be kept secluded from the light, to prevent its partial conversion into hydrochloric acid through the decomposition of the water by the union of the chlorine with its hydrogen. Aqua Chlori. U.S. Tests. A greenish-yellow, clear liquid, hav- ing the suffocating odor and dis- agreeable taste of chlorine, and leaving no residue on evaporation. It instantly decolorizes dilute so- lutions of litmus and indigo. On mixing 35.4 Gm. of Chlorine Water with a solution of 0.9 Gm. of iodide of potassium in 20 Gm. of water, the resulting deep-red liquid should require for com- plete discoloration at least 40 C.c. of the volumetric solution of hyposulphite of sodium (corresponding to at least 0.4 per cent, of Chlorine). When Chlorine Water is shaken with an excess of mer- cury until the odor of Chlorine has disappeared, the remaining liquid should be at most but faintly acid (limit of hydrochloric acid). PREPARATIONS OF THE HALOGENS. 463 The little apparatus shown iif Fig. 225 is well adapted for making small quantities of chlorine water rapidly. Chlorine water is sometimes made extemporaneously by placing three fluidrachms of hydrochloric acid in a pint bottle, adding forty grains of potassium chlorate, and when the bottle is nearly filled with chlorine vapor, adding one fluid- ounce of distilled water. The bottle should now be stoppered, and, when the crystals have dissolved, sufficient distilled water is added to make one pint. This method is not to be compared in efficiency with the of- ficinal process. The liquid contains free hydrochloric acid and potassium chloride ; the explosive gas C1204 is generated also, but not in sufficient quantity to be dangerous if the above directions are carefully carried out. Uses.—Chlorine water is antiseptic and stimulant: it is used as a gargle in scarlet fever, diphtheria, and similar diseases. Chlorine in the gaseous state is largely used as a disinfectant. A convenient way of generating it is by the well-known chlorine saucer disinfectant: this is made by pouring half a fluidounce of equal measures of sulphuric acid and water upon two hundred grains of a finely-ground mixture of equal parts of black oxide of manganese and common salt, contained in a saucer. Chlorine is gradually evolved from this mixture for several days. Chlorinated lime and solution of chlorinated soda both owe their proper- ties to the presence of chlorine. They will therefore be considered here. “ A compound resulting from the action of Chlorine upon Hydrate of Calcium, and containing at least 25 per cent, of available Chlorine.” Preparation.—Chlorinated lime—or chloride of lime, as it is more frequently and less properly called—is made by exposing finely-powdered calcium hydrate, which is placed on trays in a suitable chamber, to the action of chlorine. The gas is absorbed by the lime, and a chemical compound is formed, which is represented by the formula CaOCl2. Various views have been held by chemists as to its exact composition, but the weight of opinion is now in favor of considering it to be as above stated, and yielding, by decomposition with water, calcium hypo- chlorite and calcium chloride. The value of chlorinated lime, whether used for bleaching purposes or in medicine, depends upon the amount of chlorine which can be eliminated; for, whatever view is accepted as to its composition, it is admitted that the chlorine is very loosely combined. CALX CHLORATA. U.S. Chlorinated Lime. Calx Chlorata. V'.8. Tests. A white or grayish-white, dry, or hut slightly damp powder, or friable lumps, becoming moist and gradually decomposing on ex- posure to air, having a feeble, chlorine- like odor, and a disagreeable, saline taste. It is partially soluble in water and in alco- hol. On dissolving Chlorinated Lime in diluted hydrochloric acid, chlorine gas is given off, and there should not remain more than a trifling amount of insoluble matter. Its solution in diluted acetic acid yields, with test-solution of oxalate of ammonium, a white precipitate soluble in hydrochloric acid. The aqueous solution quickly destroys the color of a dilute solution of litmus or of indigo. If 0.71 Gm. of Chlorinated Lime be mixed with a solution of 1.25 Gm. of iodide of potassium in 120 C.c. of water, and 9 Gm. of diluted hydrochloric acid be then added, the red-brown liquid should require for com- plete decoloration not less than 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of hyposulphite of sodium. 464 PREPARATIONS OF THE HALOGENS. Chlorinated Lime should be preserved in well-closed vessels in a cool or dry place. A very excellent method of preservation is now in vogue, in which the dry chlorinated lime is hermetically sealed in straw-board boxes, which are protected on the inside by a composition coating containing rosin. When exposed to the air it soon becomes moist, on account of the hygroscopic character of the calcium chloride present. Uses.—Chlorinated lime is used in the preparation of solution of chlorinated soda, but most largely as a disinfectant, through its power of arresting animal and vegetable putrefaction. It is rarely given in- ternally, but is sometimes used as a stimulant and alterative, in doses of three to six grains. Externally, it is used in solution as an application to ulcers, burns, etc. LIQUOR CHLORATE. U.S. Solution of Chlorinated Soda. By measure. Carbonate of Sodium, 100 parts, or 25 oz. av. Chlorinated Lime, 80 parts, or 20 oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 14 pints. Mix the Chlorinated Lime intimately with four hundred parts [or 5J pints] of Water in a tared vessel provided with a tightly fitting cover. Dissolve the Carbonate of Sodium in four hundred parts [or 5J pints] of boiling Water, and immediately pour the latter solution into the former. Cover the vessel tightly, and, when the contents are cold, add enough Water to make them weigh one thousand parts [or measure 14 pints]. Lastly, strain the mixture through muslin, allow the precipitate to subside, and remove the clear solution by means of a syphon. Keep the product in well-stopped bottles. Double decomposition results in the formation of insoluble calcium carbonate or precipitated chalk, whilst sodium hypochlorite and sodium chloride remain in solution. Ca(OCl)2 + CaCl2 + 2Na2C03 = 2NaOCl + 2NaCl + 2CaC03. Chlorinated Calcium Sodium Sodium Sodium Calcium Lime. Chloride. Carbonate. Hypochlorite. Chloride. Carbonate. liquor Sodse Chlorate. V. S. Tests. A clear, pale greenish liquid, of a faint odor of chlorine, a disagreeable and alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. Sp. gr. 1.044. Addition of hydrochloric acid causes an effervescence of chlorine and carbonic acid gas. It rapidly decolorizes indigo, and produces a copious, light brown precipitate with solution of ferrous sulphate. 8.88 Gm. of the Solution, when mixed with a solution of 2.6 Gm. of iodide of potassium in 200 C.c. of water, and afterward with 18 Gm. of hydrochloric acid and a little gelat- inized starch, should require, for complete decoloration, not less than 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of hyposulphite of so- dium (corresponding to at least 2 per cent, of available chlorine). Uses.—Solution of chlorinated soda is principally employed as a disinfectant or bleaching solution: it is frequently termed Labarraque’s Solution, and is sometimes substituted for Eau de JaveUe (Javelle’s water), a French preparation made with potassium carbonate instead of sodium carbonate. PREPARATIONS OF THE HALOGENS. 465 BROMUM. U.S. Bromine. Br; 79.8. Preparation.—This non-metallic element, wrhich is in the form of a dark red, volatile liquid, is produced largely in the United States, in Ohio, West Virginia, and Pennsylvania. It is prepared from the brine obtained from salt-wells by the following process. The brine is con- centrated to separate chlorides, sulphates, etc., by crystallization. The mother-liquor, containing the bromine principally in the form of mag- nesium bromide, is decomposed by treating it with chlorine gas produced from manganese dioxide and hydrochloric acid. The manner of conducting this process is peculiar. The original salt-liquor, or brine, is pumped out of the ground and evaporated to about 15° B. in large iron pans, then allowed to settle, and is further evaporated in wooden tanks heated by steam pipes to the point of crys- tallization. These tanks, five in number, are placed at different eleva- tions, one above the other. Each day the liquor is run off from No. 1, the highest, to No. 2, next day to No. 3, and so on until it reaches No. 5, the crystallized salt being removed from each tank after drain- ing off the liquor. The brine which reaches No. 5 is bittern, and con- sists chiefly of calcium, magnesium, sodium, and aluminium chlorides, with varying percentages of sodium and calcium bromides. The bittern marking 30° to 38° B. is evaporated to about 45° B. The liquor is then run into stone stills, materials for generation of chlorine added, and heat applied by means of steam until the bromine has all been vaporized. It is condensed and collected in cooled receivers. MgBr2 -f- 2C1 = MgCl2 -f- 2Br. Magnesium Chlorine. Magnesium Bromine. Bromide. Chloride. On account of its very caustic and irritating properties, great care must be used in handling bromine. Its vapor is very corrosive and suffocating. Chemically, there is a close analogy between bromine and chlorine. Its combination with hydrogen is hydrobromic acid, which is officinal (see page 448). The salts, termed bromides, are used very largely in medicine. They will be considered under the heads of their respective bases. Bromates, formed, like chlorates, by combination with the corresponding oxyacid, bromic acid, HBr03, are rarely used. 1. If a solution of a bromide be treated with a solution of silver nitrate, a yellowish-white precipitate of silver bromide is produced, which is insoluble in nitric acid and but slightly soluble in water of ammonia. 2. If chlorine water be added to a strong solution of a bromide, bromine is liberated. This may be dissolved by agitation with carbon disulphide or ether. 3. If concentrated sulphuric acid be added to a bromide (not in solu- tion), reddish vapors of bromine are evolved. Tests. 466 PREPARATIONS OF THE HALOGENS. Bromum. U.S. Odob. Solubility Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A dark brownish-red, mobile liquid, evolving, even at the ordinary temperature, a yellowish-red vapor highly irritating to the eyes and lungs. It boils at 63° C. (145.4° F.). Sp. gr. 2.990. A peculiar suffo- cating odor, re- sembling that of chlorine. 33 parts. Very soluble, with gradual decomposition of the alcohol. Very soluble in ether, with gradual de- composition of the ether; very soluble in chlo- roform and in disulphide of carbon. Tests foe Identity. Impubities. Tests fob Impubities. It is completely volati- lized by exposure to air or to heat. It de- stroys the color of litmus and of sul- phate of indigo, and renders gelatinized starch yellow. If 3 Gm. of Bromine be mixed with 30 C.c. of water and enough water of ammonia to render More than 3 the solution colorless, the liquid then digested per cent, of with carbonate of barium, filtered, evaporated to Chlorine. dryness, and the residue gently ignited, the latter should be soluble in absolute alcohol without leaving more than 0.26 Gm. of residue. If an aqueous solution of Bromine be poured upon reduced Iron and shaken with the latter until it has become nearly colorless, then filtered, mixed Iodine. - with gelatinized starch, and a few drops of Bro- mine solution now carefully poured on top, not more than a very faint blue zone should appear at the line of contact of the two liquids. Uses.—Bromine is rarely used in its undiluted condition. When diluted with water in the proportion of forty minims in a pint, it forms a powerful wash. It is the important ingredient in Bibron’s antidote to rattlesnake poison, which is made by dissolving three hundred grains of bromine in half a pint of diluted alcohol, and then placing four grains of potassium iodide and two grains of corrosive chloride of mer- cury in a mortar; sufficient of the solution is added to dissolve the salts, this being mixed with the rest of the solution. IODUM. U. S. Iodine. I; 126.6. Preparation.—Iodine is a non-metallic element widely distributed in nature. It was formerly exclusively obtained from help, the ashes of certain sea-weeds. In addition to this source, it is now made from the mother-liquors obtained from the crystallization of sodium nitrate in South America. These contain the iodine in the form of sodium iodide and sodium iodate. The iodides are decomposed by chlorine, iodine being set free, whilst the iodine from the iodates is precipitated by treat- ment with acid sodium sulphite. The liquid obtained by lixiviating kelp contains the iodine as sodium iodide. A concentrated solution of the impure iodide is treated with sulphuric acid, then distilled with man- ganese dioxide; the separated iodine condenses in a series of glass receivers. 2NaI + 2H2S04 + Mn02 = I2 + MnS04 + Na2S04 + 2H20. Sodium Sulphuric Manganese Iodine. Manganese Sodium Water. Iodide. Acid. Dioxide. Sulphate. Sulphate. PREPARATIONS OF THE HALOGENS. 467 Iodine of excellent quality is now readily obtained : the presence of a small quantity of water, however, is often noticed. Iodum. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Heavy, bluish-black, dry and friable, rhombic plates of a metallic lustre. Iodine imparts a deep brown, slowly evanescing stain to the skin, and slowly destroys vegetable colors. Distinctive odor; sharp and acrid taste; neutral reaction. Sparingly soluble. 11 parts. Very soluble in ether, di- sulphide of carbon, and chloroform. Tests for Identity and Quan- titative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. It is slowly volatilized at ordi- nary temperatures. When heated to 114° C. (237.2° F.) it melts, and then rises in purple vapor, being grad- ually dissipated without leaving a residue. With gelatinized starch, in a cold solution, it produces a dark blue color. If 0.633 Gm. of Iodine, with 1 Gm. of iodide of potas- sium, be dissolved in 25 C.c. of water, it should require 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of hyposulphite of sodium to fully decolorize the liquid (corresponding to 100 per cent, of absolute Iodine). M . . f A solution of Iodine in chloroform should be ‘ perfectly clear and limpid. Chloride of When shaken with distilled water, it should not ■ communicate to the latter more than a light brownish tinge, and no deep brown color. ' If the Iodine be removed from a dilute aque- ous solution by agitation with disulphide of carbon, and, after the separation of the p ., - latter, some dilute solution of ferrous sul- 6 ■ phate with a trace of ferric chloride be added, finally solution of soda, and the whole supersaturated with hydrochloric acid, no blue precipitate should make its appearance. ' If Iodine be dissolved in sulphurous acid, the More than solution strongly supersaturated with am- traces of , monia, and completely precipitated by Chlorine or nitrate of silver, the filtrate, on being su- Bromine. persaturated with nitric acid, should not at once become more than faintly cloudy. Iodine is closely related chemically to bromine and chlorine. Its combination with hydrogen (hydriodic acid) is officinal as Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici, syrup being necessary to preserve it from decomposition. The iodides are largely used in medicine. The iodates, like the chlorates and bromates, are produced by combination with the oxyacids of iodine, iodic and periodic acids. They are of little interest pharmaceutically. Tests for Iodine and Iodides. 1. A dark blue color (fading upon the application of heat) is produced when iodine is brought in contact with starch mucilage. 2. An iodide is detected by first liberating the iodine by adding a little chlorine water and then using starch mucilage, or if carbon bisulphide be added the iodine dissolves in it. 3. Silver nitrate produces with a solution of an iodide a yellowish- white precipitate of silver iodide, which is insoluble in nitric acid, and but slightly soluble in water of ammonia. 4. A yellow precipitate of lead iodide is produced by adding a solu- tion of lead-salt to a neutral solution of an iodide. 5. A red precipitate of mercuric iodide is produced by adding a solu- tion of mercuric chloride to a neutral solution of an iodide. 468 PREPARATIONS OF THE HALOGENS. Uses.—Iodine is very largely used in medicine. It excites the action of the absorbent and glandular systems, and is employed both internally and externally. TINCTURA IODI. U.S. Tincture of Iodine. An 8 per cent, alcoholic solution of Iodine (see page 349), 6.33 Gm. of the Tincture, mixed with a solution of 2 Gm. of iodide of potassium in 25 C.c. of water and a little gelatinized starch, should require, for complete decoloration, 40 C.c. of the volumetric solution of hyposul- phite of sodium. LIQUOR IODI COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Solution of Iodine. [Liquor Iodinii Compositus, U.S. 1870. Lugol’s Solution.] Iodine, 5 parts, or J4 oz• av. Iodide of Potassium, 10 parts, or 1 oz. av. Distilled Water, 85 parts, or 8 fl. oz. 3 fl. dr. To make 100 parts, or about 9 fl. oz. Dissolve the Iodine and Iodide of Potassium in the Distilled Water. Keep the solution in well-stopped bottles. In this solution iodine is dissolved in water with the assistance of iodide of potassium. Iodine dissolves sparingly in water, but freely in a solution of that salt. In using iodide of potassium to render iodine more soluble in water, the iodide is generally taken in a quantity twice the weight of the iodine. The solution contains about 3.25 grains of iodine in the fluidrachm. The officinal quantitative test requires that 12.66 Gm. of the Solu- tion, mixed with a little gelatinized starch, should require, for complete decoloration, 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of hyposulphite of sodium. Uses.—This solution affords an efficient means of administering iodine internally. It is given in five-minim doses, and, to prevent gastric irritation, it must be largely diluted. An ointment containing 4 per cent, of Iodine, 1 per cent, of Iodide of Potassium, 2 per cent, of Water, and 93 per cent, of Benzoinated Lard. (See Unguenta, Part VI.). UNGUENTUM IODI. U.S. Iodine Ointment. AMYLUM IODATUM. U. S. Iodized Starch. Starch, 95 parts, or 418 grains. Iodine, 5 parts, or 22 grains. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or * about 1 oz. av. Triturate the Iodine with a little distilled water, add the starch gradually, and continue triturating until the compound assumes a uni- form blue color, approaching black. Dry it at a temperature not ex- ceeding 40° C. (104° F.), and rub it to a fine powder. Iodide of Starch should be preserved in glass-stoppered vials. PREPARATIONS OF TffE HALOGENS. 469 It has been asserted by Bondonneau, Payen, Fritzsche, and others that iodine forms with starch a definite compound, and the formulas (C6H10O5)5I and (C6H10O5)10I have been assigned to it. The existence of these compounds is regarded as doubtful, however, and the Pharma- copoeia terms the mixture iodized starch. Uses.—Iodized starch is a convenient preparation for administering iodine internally, the principal advantage being that starch forms an admirable diluent, and the iodine is freed from irritant properties. The dose is two to four drachms. SYRUPUS ACIDI HYDRIODICI. U.S. Syrup of Hydriodic Acid. This is a syrupy liquid containing 1 per cent, of absolute hydriodic acid [HI; 127.6], having the specific gravity 1.300. It is made by adding an alcoholic solution of iodine to syrup, and passing through the mixture hydrosulphuric acid gas, until the color of iodine is discharged. The liquid is filtered, and the filtrate evaporated at a low temperature, until all odor of hydrosulphuric acid has disappeared. When cold, the liquid is flavored with spirit of orange, and further sweetened by the addition of sugar (see page 289). The object of this preparation is to furnish an agreeable mode of administering hydriodic acid, and also a liquid which will be reasonably stable. Hydriodic acid, HI, is easily decomposed in simple aqueous solution, free iodine being liberated, and if taken internally when in this condition, serious results might follow. The chemical reaction which takes place when hydrosulphuric acid is passed into a solution containing iodine may be expressed as follows: 41 -f 2H2S = 4HI + 2S. Iodine. Hydrosulphuric Hydriodic Sulphur. Acid. Acid. Uses.—Syrup of hydriodic acid is used as an alterative and anti- pyretic. The dose is twenty to forty minims. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XXXIV. PREPARATIONS OF THE HALOGENS. “What is meant by the term “ halogen” ? "What four elements are called “halogens” ? Describe chlorine. Give its symbol and molecular weight. "What is its specific gravity? "What is its most characteristic property ? What is its principal use, and how is it generally employed ? What is its principal hydrogen compound ? What are its compounds with metals and bases termed ? When combined with oxygen, what are its compounds with metals and bases termed ? How may chlorides in solution or hydrochloric acid be recognized ? How may chlorates be recognized ? How is chlorine water recognized ? What amount of the gas does it contain ? 470 PREPARATIONS OF THE HALOGENS. Explain the reaction which takes place in its production. How may its strength be tested ? How may excess of hydrochloric acid he detected ? How may chlorine water be prepared extemporaneously ? What explosive gas is generated at the same time ? What does the liquid contain besides chlorine ? What are the uses of chlorine water ? How may chlorine be conveniently used as a disinfectant What is chlorinated lime ? Give its Latin name. How much available chlorine should it contain ? How is it prepared ? What is a popular name for it ? Wherein does it differ from the French preparation known as “ Eau de Javelle” (Javelle’s Water) ? Give the symbol and atomic weight of bromine. Where is it obtained, and how is it prepared ? Describe the process. What is bittern, and what does it contain ? What is the character of the vapor of bromine? What is its combination with hydrogen called ? What are its salts called ? What are the tests for bromine ? What is its specific gravity ? How may the presence of iodine be detected ? What is its medicinal use ? What is “ Bibron’s antidote” to rattlesnake poison? Give the symbol and atomic weight of iodine. How was it formerly obtained, and how is it now obtained? Explain the reaction which takes place in its production. How soluble is iodine in alcohol ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Moisture; chloride of iodine; cyanide of iodine; more than traces of chlorine or bromine. In what form is its combination with hydrogen officinal ? What are the tests for iodine and the iodides ? What is its use in medicine ? What is tincture of iodine ? How may its strength be tested ? How is it used medicinally, and what is the dose? Give the formula for compound solution of iodine. What is the officinal name and synonyme of compound solution of iodine ? How much iodine does a fluidounce of the solution contain ? What is the object of using iodide of potassium in this preparation ? How much iodine is there in a fluidounce? How is it used medicinally, and what is the dose? What is ointment of iodine? How is iodized starch prepared ? What is its Latin name ? What is its use, and what is the dose ? How is syrup of hydriodic acid prepared ? How much absolute hydriodic acid does it contain ? What is its specific gravity ? What are the*objects of this preparation ? What is the chemical reaction which takes place when hydrosulphuric acid is passed into a solution containing iodine? What is the use of syrup of hydriodic acid, and what is the dose ? CHAPTER XXXV. SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. S; 32. P; 81. These two elements furnish many important compounds to medi- cine. They present several analogies, both physically and chemically. Officinal Preparations of Sulphur and Phosphorus. Sulphur Sublimatum.—Made by subliming crude sulphur. Sulphur Lotum.—Made by washing sublimed sulphur. Sulphur Prsecipitatum.—Made by precipitating a solution of calcium disulphide with HC1. Sulphuris Iodidum.—Made by heating iodine with sulphur. Unguentum Sulphuris.—Made by mixing 30 parts of sublimed sulphur with 70 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Sulphuris Alkalinum.—20 parts of washed sulphur; 10 parts of carbonate of potassium; 5 parts of water, and 65 parts of benzoinated lard. Sulphur loosely combined. Acidum Hydrosulphuricum.—By acting on ferrous sulphide with diluted sulphuric acid. (See Tests.) Carbonei Bisulphidum.—By passing sulphur vapor over red-hot charcoal. Phosphorus.—Made by deoxidizing phosphoric acid with carbon. Oleum Phosphoratum.—Made by dissolving 1 per cent, of phosphorus in almond oil. Pilulse Phosphori.—Each pill contains of a grain of phosphorus. Acidum Hyposulphurosum, H2SO2, = 66. Hyposulphurous Acid. Acidum Hypophosphorosum, II3PO2. Hypophosphorous Acid. Acidum Metaphosphoricum, HPO3. Metaphosphoric Acid. Acidum Phosphorosum, HsPOs. Phosphorous Acid. Acidum Pyrophosphorosum, II4P2O7. Pyrophosphorous Acid. Unofficinal Compounds of Sulphur and Phosphorus. Add metallic zinc to sulphurous acid contained in a closed vessel. Decompose barium hypophosphite by the aid of sulphuric acid, filter, and evaporate to a syrupy consistence. Evaporate a solution of phosphoric acid until the residue ceases to give off water. This solidifies on cooling, and on exposure absorbs moisture and deliquesces. Expose phosphorus to moist air under a bell-jar, and collect the heavy white vapor which falls, in a vessel containing water. Precipitate sodium pyrophosphate with a solution of lead acetate, and decompose the well-washed lead pyrophosphate with hydrogen sulphide. Sulphur. S; 32. Sulphur is found uncombined in Sicily and in other parts of the world. In the form of sulphates and sulphides it is widely diffused. It is prepared for use by fusing it, allowing it to stand to permit the earthy impurities to settle, and then pouring it into cylindrical moulds. The sulphur in cylinders is termed roll-sulphur. 471 472 SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. Three forms of sulphur are officinal,—sublimed, washed, and pre- cipitated sulphur. Sulphur forms with hydrogen an offensive gas, which is known officinally as hydrosulphuric acid, It is also termed sulphuretted hydrogen and hydrogen sulphide. The formula for its preparation will be found under “ Tests,” in Part V. It is used for proving the pres- ence or absence of certain metallic salts, lead, bismuth, antimony, cop- per, mercury, zinc, etc., with which it produces characteristic precipi- tates. Sulphides are compounds of elements with sulphur. Some of the sulphides are analogous to acids, others to bases; and these differ- ent sulphides, by combining with one another, form compounds, which, from their analogy to salts, are called by Berzelius sidpho-salts. It forms with oxygen two oxides, sulphurous oxide, S02, and sulphuric oxide, SOs. These oxides, by their union with water, form sulphurous add, H2SOs, and sulphuric add, H2S04. These are considered in the chapter on inorganic acids. There is also known hyposulphurous acid, H2S02, the corresponding oxide of which is not known, and thiosul- phuric add (frequently known as hyposulphurous acid), H2S203, and a series of acids, H2S206, H2S306, H2S406, and H2S606, known as the thionic series. Sulphurous acid forms with bases salts which are termed sulphites. The salts similarly produced from sulphuric acid are termed sulphates. The sulphates are much more important salts. Pharma- ceutically, they have totally different properties. The officinal sulphites and sulphates will be considered under their respective bases. Tests for Sulphites and Sulphurous Acid. 1. Solution of barium chloride produces with sulphurous acid or a solution of a sulphite, a white precipitate of barium sulphite, which is soluble in hydrochloric acid. 2. If a solution of a sulphite or sulphurous acid be added to diluted sulphuric acid and zinc, hydrosulphuric acid gas is liberated. 3. An acid solution of potassium permanganate is decolorized and deoxidized by sulphurous acid. Tests for Sulphates and Sulphuric Acid. 1. A solution of barium chloride produces a white insoluble precipi- tate of barium sulphate with sulphuric acid or a soluble sulphate. 2. A soluble salt of lead produces a white insoluble precipitate of lead sulphate with sulphuric acid or a soluble sulphate. SULPHUR SUBLIMATUM. V. S. Sublimed Sulphur. S; 32. Preparation.—When vapors of sulphur are conducted into a cham- ber properly cooled, they are condensed in the form of a crystalline powder, which collects on the sides and bottom of the chamber. The yellowish powder is known as sublimed sulphur, or flowers of sulphur. It is in the form of a fine, citron-yellow powder, of a slight, character- istic odor, and generally of a faintly acid taste, and an acid reaction. It SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. 473 is insoluble in water or alcohol. When ignited, it burns with a blue flame, forming sulphurous acid gas, and leaving no residue or only a trace. Uses.—Sublimed sulphur is given internally as a laxative and dia- phoretic, in doses of from one to three drachms. It is often combined with bitartrate of potassium and administered to children mixed with honey or molasses. In diphtheritic croup it is sometimes used to re- move the exudation by insufflation; externally, it is used as an oint- ment in scabies and other skin diseases. (See Unguentum Sulphuris.) SULPHUR LOTUM. U. S. Washed Sulphur. S; 32. By measure. Sublimed Sulphur, 12 parts, or 16 oz. av. Water of Ammonia, 1 part, or io fl. dr. Water, a sufficient quantity. Add the Sulphur to twelve parts [or 1 pint] of Water previously- mixed with the Water of Ammonia, and digest for three days, agitating occasionally. Then add twelve parts [or 1 pint] of Water, transfer the mixture to a muslin strainer, and wash the Sulphur with Water, until the liquid running from the strainer ceases to produce a precipitate in test-solution of chloride of barium. Then allow it to drain, press the residue strongly, dry it at a very gentle heat, and pass it through a No. 30 sieve. Sublimed Sulphur is frequently contaminated with small quantities of sulphuric acid and other impurities, and the object of the ammonia in the above process is to neutralize the acid, the ammonium sulphate being subsequently washed out. Sulphur Lotum. U.8. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A fine, citron-yellow powder. When heated to 115° C. (239° F.), Washed Sulphur melts, and at a higher temperature it is volatilized, without leaving more than a trace of residue. Odorless; almost tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Completely solu- ble in a boil- ing solution of soda or in disulphide of carbon. Impurities. Free Acid. Arsenious Sulphide. Arsenious Acid. Tests for Impurities. Water agitated with it should not redden blue litmus paper. If Washed Sulphur be digested with 2 parts of water of ammonia and the mixture filtered, the filtrate, on being supersaturated with hydro- chloric acid, should remain unaltered. ' If Washed Sulphur be digested with 2 parts of water of ammonia and the mixture filtered, no precipitate should be produced on passing hydrosulphuric acid through the filtrate. Uses.—Washed sulphur is preferred to sublimed sulphur for in- ternal administration; the small quantity of sulphuric acid present in the latter sometimes produces griping. The dose is from one to three drachms. It is used in the preparation of Compound Liquorice Powder, Iodide of Sulphur, and Alkaline Sulphur Ointment. (See Pulveres and Unguenta.) 474 SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. SULPHUR U. S. Precipitated Sulphur. S; 32. Sublimed Sulphur, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Lime, 50 parts, or 8 oz. av. Hydrochloric Acid, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Slake the Lime, and make it into a uniform mixture with five hun- dred parts [or 5 pints] of Water. Add the Sulphur, previously well dried and sifted, mix well, add one thousand parts [or 10 pints] of Water, and heat the mixture to boiling, over a fire, for one hour, stirring con- stantly, and replacing the Water lost by evaporation. Then cover the vessel, allow the contents to cool, pour off the clear solution, filter the remainder, and to the united liquids add, gradually, Hydrochloric Acid, previously diluted with an equal volume of Water, until the liquid is nearly neutralized, still retaining, however, an alkaline reaction. Collect the precipitate on a strainer, and wash it with Water until the washings are tasteless. Then dry it with a gentle heat. In the above process the lime and sulphur react so as to form calcium disulphide and calcium thiosulphate (hyposulphite). 3CaO + 6S = 2CaS2 + CaS2Os. Calcium Sulphur. Calcium Calcium Oxide. Disulphide. Thiosulphate. On the addition of hydrochloric acid, the sulphur is precipitated. 2CaS2 -4- CaS203 + 6HC1 = 3CaCl2 + 6S + 3H20. Calcium Calcium Hydrochloric Calcium Sulphur. Watar. Disulphide. Thiosulphate. Acid. Chloride. In some processes sulphuric acid is used instead of hydrochloric acid, and calcium sulphate is precipitated with the sulphur. This furnishes an inferior product, and is called lac sulphuris, or milk of sulphur. Sulphur Praecipitatum, U.S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A very fine, yellowish-white, amorphous powder. By heat it is completely vola- tilized. Odorless; almost tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Completely soluble in a boiling solution of soda or in disul- phide of carbon. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. Free Acid. Water agitated with it should not redden blue litmus paper. Sulphate of Calcium. ' If Precipitated Sulphur be boiled with diluted hydrochloric acid, the liquid filtered, and the filtrate divided into two portions, one portion should not be precipitated by test-solution of chloride of barium, and the other portion should not be rendered more than slightly turbid by test-solution of carbonate of ammonium with excess of water of ammonia. Alkalies, Alkaline ' When Precipitated Sulphur is digested successively with water, hydro- Earths, or Sulphide. • chloric acid, and water of ammonia, these liquids, after filtration, should leave no residue on evaporation. Arsenious Sulphide. If Precipitated Sulphur be digested with twice its weight of water of ammonia and the mixture filtered, the filtrate, after being super- saturated with hydrochloric acid, should remain unaltered. ' If Precipitated Sulphur be digested with twice its weight of water of ammonia, and the mixture filtered, no precipitate should be formed on passing hydrosulphuric acid through the filtrate. Arsenious Acid. SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. 475 Uses.—Precipitated sulphur is much to be preferred to the other forms in liquid mixtures, as the particles are lighter and more easily suspended; the ointments made with it are smoother than those made with sublimed sulphur. The dose is from one to three drachms. By measure. Washed Sulphur, 1 part, or 6o grains. Iodine, 4 parts, or 240 grains. 300 grains. SULPHURIS IODIDUM. U. S. Iodide of Sulphur, Rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed. Introduce the mixture into a flask, close the orifice loosely, and apply a gentle heat so as to darken the mass without melting it. When the color has be- come uniformly dark throughout, increase the heat so as to produce liquefaction, and incline the flask in different directions, in order to return into the liquid any portion of Iodine which may have been con- densed on the inner surface of the flask. Then withdraw the heat, and, after the liquid has become solid, break the flask, reduce the fused mass to pieces, and keep them in a glass-stoppered bottle. This compound is one of the instances of the direct chemical union of two elements, heat being the only agent used to effect the combina- tion : it is sometimes called subiodide of sulphur, or iodine disulphide, S2I2. There are some doubts, however, as to its being a definite chem- ical compound. Sulphuris lodidum. U. S. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A grayish-black solid, gen- erally in pieces having a radiated, crystalline ap- pearance. When exposed to the air, it gradually loses iodine. On being heated, it sublimes, the first part of the sublimate consisting of iodine, and the subsequent portion containing both iodine and sulphur. On contin- ued heating it is volati- lized, without leaving more than a trace of resi- due. Characteristic odor of iodine; some- what acrid taste; faintly acid re- action. Insoluble. Alcohol dis- solves out the iodine and leaves the sul- phur. Very soluble in disulphide of carbon; also in 60 parts of gly- cerin. Ether dissolves out the iodine and leaves the sul- phur. Test. If 100 parts of Iodide of Sulphur be thoroughly boiled with water, all the Iodine will escape, and about 20 parts of sulphur will remain. Uses.—Iodide of sulphur is principally used externally in skin dis- eases in the form of an ointment. 476 SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. CARBONEI BISULPHIDUM. U.S. Bisulphide of Carbon. [Disulphide of Carbon.] CS2; 76. This sulphide is prepared by the direct combination of carbon and sulphur at a moderate red heat. To effect this, charcoal is heated to redness in a vertical cylinder, while sulphur is admitted through a lateral tubulure near the bottom. As the sulphur melts and vaporizes, it combines with the carbon, and the carbon disulphide formed distils over through a series of condensing tubes, which, while they serve to collect the crude carbon disulphide, allow of the escape of the hydrogen sulphide formed at the same time. It is purified by agitation with mercury and distillation in contact with white wax. It can by repeated rectification be entirely freed from its usual disgusting odor. Bisulphide of Carbon should be kept in well-stopped bottles, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire. Carbone! Bisulphidum. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A clear, colorless, very dif- fusive, highly refractive liquid. Sp. gr. 1.272. Strong characteris- tic odor; sharp, aromatic taste; neutral. Insoluble. Soluble. Soluble in ether, chloroform, and fixed or volatile oils. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. It vaporizes abundantly at ordinary temperatures, is highly inflamma- ble, boils at 46° C. (114.8° F.), and, when ignited, burns with a blue flame, producing carbonic and sulphurous acids. Sulphurous Acid. Sulphur. Hydrosulphu- ric Acid. Bisulphide of carbon should not af- fect the color of blue litmus paper moistened with water. 'A portion of the liquid evaporated spontaneously in a glass vessel should leave no residue. Test-solution of acetate of lead agi- tated with the liquid should not be blackened. Uses.—Bisulphide of carbon is used principally as a solvent. It is the best solvent for rubber and similar bodies. It is poisonous when taken internally, and the continuous inhalation of its vapor is very injurious. Phosphorus. P; 31. Preparation.—Phosphorus is a non-metallic element prepared by- heating acid calcium phosphate with charcoal. The acid calcium phos- phate is obtained by treating calcium phosphate with sulphuric acid, calcium sulphate also being formed; the latter is afterwards separated. Ca3(P04)2 + 2H2S04 = CaH4(P04)2 + 2CaS04. Calcium Sulphuric Acid Calcium Calcium Phosphate. Acid. Phosphate. Sulphate. SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. 477 Of the allotropic forms of phosphorus, red phosphorus, or amor- phous phosphorus, is the most important. It is obtained by allowing phosphorus to remain for several days in an atmosphere of carbon dioxide at a temperature varying from 215° C. (419° F.) to 250° C. (482° F.) Red phosphorus is not luminous and not poisonous until it is heated to 280° C. (536° F.), when it is converted into ordinary phosphorus. Phosphorus forms with oxygen three oxides,—phosphoric, P206, phos- phorous, P203, and hypophosphorous, P20, although the existence of the latter is somewhat doubtful. Corresponding to the first of these are three acids, known as orthophosphoi'ic (tribasic phosphoric), H3P04, pyrophosphon'ic, H4P207, and metaphosphonc, HP03. Orthophosphoric acid is formed by dissolving P2Os in boiling water, or by the action of nitric acid upon phosphorus itself; pyrophosphoric acid, by the heating of the tribasic phosphoric acid to 213° C. (415.4° F.); and metaphos- phoric acid, by the ignition of the tribasic variety, or by dissolving P2Os in cold water. Phosphorous acid, H3P03, cannot be formed di- rectly from phosphorous oxide. This is a dibasic acid, containing one hydrogen atom not replaceable by metal. Hypophosphorous acid, h3po2, is not capable of being derived directly from hypophosphorous oxide. It is monobasic, containing two hydrogen atoms not replaceable by metal. Tests for Phosphates and Phosphoric Acids. 1. Solution of silver nitrate produces a yellow precipitate with a neutral solution of an orthophosphate, soluble both in nitric acid and in ammonia. It produces a white precipitate with pyrophosphoric acid or metaphosphoric acid. 2. If albumen be added to metaphosphoric acid, or to a solution of a metaphosphate containing acetic acid, a white precipitate is produced. No precipitate occurs if it be added to pyrophosphoric acid or ortho- phosphoric acid. 3. Officinal test-solution of magnesium (see Tests) produces with phosphoric acid or a solution of a phosphate a precipitate of ammonio- magnesium phosphate. 4. If solution of ammonium molybdate in diluted nitric acid be added in excess to phosphoric acid or to a solution of a phosphate in nitric acid, and heat applied, a yellow precipitate of ammonium phos- phomolybdate will be produced. 5. If a solution of barium chloride be added to a neutral solution of a phosphate, a white precipitate of barium phosphate is produced, which is soluble in acids. Tests for Hypophosphites. 1. When heated, they evolve spontaneously inflammable phosphoretted hydrogen. 2. An acid solution of potassium permanganate is decolorized. 3. From solution of mercuric chloride, mercury is precipitated upon the addition of a solution of a hypophosphite. 478 SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. Phosphorus. V.S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Other Solvents. A translucent, nearly colorless solid, of a waxy lustre, having, at the ordinary tem- perature, about the consistence of bees- wax. It melts at 44° C. (111.2° F.). Sp. gr. 1.830 at 10° C. (50° F.). Distinctive and disa- greeable odor; dis- tinctive and dis- agreeable taste. Insoluble. Soluble in 350 parts of absolute alco- hol, in 240 parts of boiling abso- lute alcohol, in 80 parts of absolute ether, in about 50 parts of any fatty oil, and very abundantly sol- uble in disulphide of carbon, the latter yielding a solution which must be handled with the great- est care to prevent danger from fire. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. When exposed to the air, it emits white fumes, which are luminous in the dark, and have an Arsenic. If 3 Gm. of Phosphorus are digested with 24 Gm. of nitric acid and 18 Gm. of distilled water until it is completely dissolved, the solution evaporated ufttil no more nitrous vapors are given off, then diluted with distilled water, so as to weigh about 36 Gm., and hydrosulphuric acid gas be passed through the larger portion of the liquid, odor somewhat re- sembling that of garlic. On longer exposure to air, it takes fire spontane- ously. Sulphur. heated for half an hour to about 70° C. (158° E.) and afterward until the liquid cools, there should not appear more than a trifling quantity of a lemon-yellow pre- cipitate after the lapse of twenty-four hours. On adding test-solution of chloride of barium to the remainder of the above liquid, not more than a slight opalescence should make its appearance. Uses.—Phosphorus is administered internally, in doses of of a grain, as a nervous stimulant. In large doses it is poisonous. Its value in this connection depends upon its being administered in a free state. The oxide of phosphorus, phosphoric acid, does not have the same action: hence all pharmaceutical preparations of phosphorus must be protected from oxidation. (See Pilulse Phosphori.) OLEUM PHOSPHORATUM. U. S. Phosphorated Oil. By measure. Phosphorus, 1 part, or 4 grains. Stronger Ether, 9 parts, or i fl. dr. Expressed Oil of Almond, a sufficient quantity. To make 100 parts, or i fl. oz. Introduce a sufficient quantity of Expressed Oil of Almond into a flask, heat it, on a sand-bath, to 250° C. (482° F.), and keep it at that temperature for fifteen minutes. Then allow it to cool, and filter it. Put ninety parts [or 7 fl. dr.] of the filtered Oil, together with the Phos- phorus, previously well dried by blotting-paper, into a dry bottle capable of holding somewhat more than one hundred parts [or 1 fl. oz.], insert the stopper and heat the bottle in a water-bath until the Phosphorus melts, agitate it until the Phosphorus is dissolved, allow it to cool, and add the Ether. Lastly, transfer the solution to small, glass-stoppered vials, which should be completely filled, and kept in a cool and dark place. SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. 479 The object of this preparation is to administer phosphorus in minute doses, dissolved in a bland oil. When fresh, it is a clear and colorless or but slightly colored oil, phosphorescent in the dark, and having the odor and taste of phosphorus quite distinctly. The object of heating the oil is to expel air and traces of water, which would aid in oxidizing the phosphorus. The ether not only assists in the preservation of the finished preparation, but is of use in rendering the oil less disagreeable to the taste. It may be administered in the form of an emulsion, preferably the officinal almond emulsion, and flavored with oil of bitter almond, or in capsules: each minim contains about of a grain of phosphorus. The dose of the U. S. solution is from three to five minims. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XXXV. SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. Give the symbol and atomic weight of sulphur. Where does it come from, and how is it prepared ? What is roll-sulphur ? . In what forms is sulphur officinal ? What gas is formed by it in combination with hydrogen ? For what is this gas used ? What are sulphides ? What are salts, called sulpho-salts by Berzelius ? What combination does sulphur form with oxygen ? What do these oxides form by their union with water? Give their formulas in symbols. What is hyposulphurous acid ? Is there an oxide corresponding to this acid? What is thiosulphuric acid? What acids are known as the thionic series of acids ? What are the salts which sulphurous acid forms with bases called, and what those which are similarly produced from sulphuric acid ? Which are more important salts, sulphates or sulphites ? What are the tests for sulphites and sulphurous acid? For sulphates and sul- phuric acid ? What is sublimed sulphur? What are its physical properties ? How is it used medicinally, and what is the dose ? How is washed sulphur prepared? What is the use of adding ammonia in washing it ? At what temperature does it melt ? How may impurities of free acid be detected? Of arsenious sulphide? Of arsenious acid ? Why is washed sulphur preferred for medicinal purposes ? What is the dose ? In what officinal preparations is it used? How is precipitated sulphur prepared ? z Explain the reaction that takes place between lime and sulphur in the above process. What would be the result if sulphuric acid were used instead of hydrochloric acid to precipitate the sulphur ? What is the popular name of this preparation ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Free acid; sulphate of calcium; alkalies, alkaline earths, or sulphide; arsenious sulphide ; arsenious acid. 480 SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS. For what uses is precipitated sulphur preferable to other forms of sulphur ? What is the dose ? How is iodide of sulphur prepared ? What is it called chemically ? Is it a definite chemical compound ? How may it be tested ? What is its use ? Bisulphide of carbon—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it prepared, and how may it be purified? What are its physical properties ? What is its specific gravity ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Sulphurous acid; sulphur; hydrosulphuric acid. For what is it used ? Is it ever used internally ? Phosphorus—Give symbol and atomic weight. What is phosphorus, and how is it prepared ? How is acid calcium phosphate obtained ? Explain the reaction which takes place in its formation. How is red phosphorus, or amorphous phosphorus, obtained? What are its peculiar properties ? What oxides does phosphorus form with oxygen ? Give their formulas in symbols. What three acids correspond to phosphoric oxide ? How is orthophosphoric acid formed ? What is its formula in symbols ? How is pyrophosphoric acid obtained ? Give its formula in symbols. How is metaphosphoric acid obtained? Give its formula in symbols. Can phosphorous acid be formed directly from phosphorous oxide ? What is the character of its basicity ? Can hypophosphorous acid be obtained directly from hypophosphorous oxide ? What is the character of its basicity ? What are the tests for phosphates and phosphoric acid ? What are the tests for hypophosphites ? What is the specific gravity of phosphorus ? What is its melting-point ? How may impurities be detected ?—Sulphur; arsenic. What is its medicinal action, and what is the dose? Upon what does its value depend? Does phosphoric acid have the same action ? Give the formula for phosphorated oil. What is the object of this preparation? How may it be administered ? What is the dose ? How much phosphorus is there in 5 minims ? CHAPTER XXXVI. CARBON, BORON, AND SILICON. C; 12. B; 11. Si; 28. These three elements present some analogies, and, although the number of pharmaceutical preparations made from them is not great, they are of considerable interest. Officinal Preparations of Carbon, Boron, and Silicon. Carbo Animalis.—Prepared by burning bones out of contact with air. Carbo Animalis Purificatus.—Made by purifying animal charcoal with HC1. Carbo Ligni.—Made by burning wood out of contact with air. Carbonei Bisulphidum.—See preparations of sulphur. Acidum Boricum.—Made by purifying the natural product. Sodii Boras.—See preparations of soda. Liquor Sodii Silicatis.—Made by fusing silica with dried sodium carbonate and dis- solving the product. Carbon. C; 12. Carbon is a very widely diffused element. It is a constituent of all organic substances, and is found in nature in the form of the diamond, graphite, plumbago, coal, etc. Two compounds with oxygen are known,—carbon dioxide, C02, and carbon monoxide, CO. Carbon dioxide, C02, is a colorless, odorless gas, with a slightly acid taste, heavier than ordinary air. It is not combustible, and not a supporter of combustion; indeed, it is used extensively in fire-extin- guishers and other contrivances to extinguish flame. Water is capable of absorbing its own volume of carbon dioxide, but many times its volume under pressure. This solution was formerly officinal, under the name of Aqua Acidi Carbonid, or carbonic acid water, the well-known “ soda water ” Carbonic acid, H2C03, is produced when carbon dioxide is> brought in contact with water. co2 + h2o = h2co3. Carbon Water. Carbonic Dioxide. Acid. The salts known as carbonates are widely diffused in nature, and many chemical processes are based upon the decomposition of carbon- ates by strong acids. Carbonic acid, although present everywhere, is one of the weakest acids known. 481 482 CARBON, BORON, AND SILICON. Carbon monoxide, CO, is of little interest in pharmacy. The compounds of carbon and hydrogen are very numerous, and of great importance. They are mostly obtained from organic substances, and will be considered under Part IV. With nitrogen, carbon forms cyanogen, the compound radical of hydrocyanic or prussic acid. 1. Decompose by the addition of a strong acid, and pass the gas through lime-water. Insoluble calcium carbonate is formed. 2. The solutions of many of the salts of the metals, like iron, copper, lead, etc., are precipitated by the soluble carbonates. Tests for Carbonates. CARBO ANIMALIS. V. S. Animal Charcoal. Preparation.—Animal charcoal is made by subjecting bones to a red heat in close vessels. Bone consists of animal matter with calcium phosphate and car- bonate. In consequence of the decomposition of the animal matter in- volved by the destructive distillation, the nitrogen and hydrogen, united as ammonia, distil over, while the greater part of the carbon is left in the cylinder, intermingled with the calcium salts. The charcoal is termed boner-black or ivory-black, and in manufac- turing it the bones are boiled in water, to separate the fat, before being subjected to destructive distillation in the iron cylinders. These are connected with vessels which receive the ammoniacal liquor, called bone- spirit, together with a dark tarry liquid (bone-oil). Officinal animal charcoal is in dull-black, granular fragments, or a dull-black powder, odorless and nearly tasteless, and insoluble in water or in alcohol. When ignited, it leaves a white ash, amounting to at least 86 per cent, of the original weight, which should be completely soluble in hydrochloric acid, with the aid of heat. Uses.—Animal charcoal is used to deprive substances of color (see Decoloration, page 224). C; 12. CARBO ANIMALIS PURIFICATUS. U. S. Purified Animal Charcoal. By measure. Animal Charcoal, in No. 60 powder, 2 parts, or 16 oz. av. Hydrochloric Acid, 3 parts, or 20 fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity. Pour the Hydrochloric Acid, previously mixed with fifteen parts [or 7£ pints] of Water, upon the Animal Charcoal, and digest the mixture on a water-bath for twenty-four hours, occasionally stirring. Pour off the supernatant liquid, and digest the undissolved portion with fifteen parts [or 7£ pints] of Water for two hours. Transfer the mixture to a strainer, and, when the liquid portion has run off, wash the residue with Water until the washings cease to be affected by test-solution of nitrate of silver. Dry the product, heat it to dull redness in a closely- covered crucible, and, when cool, keep it in well-stopped bottles. The object of purifying animal charcoal by treatment with hydro- chloric acid is to separate the calcium phosphate and carbonate which CARBON, BORON, AND SILICON. 483 are invariably present in the crude bone-black. In some decolorizing operations these impurities are harmless, but in many delicate chemical processes they may be dissolved or decomposed, and thus seriously con- taminate the products which the charcoal is intended to purify. Officinal purified animal charcoal is a dull-black powder, odorless and tasteless, and insoluble in water, alcohol, or other solvents. When ignited at a high temperature with a little red oxide of mercury and with free access of air, it leaves at most only a trace of residue. If 1 part be digested with 2 parts of hydrochloric acid and 6 parts of water, the filtrate, after being supersaturated with water of ammonia, should remain unaffected by test-solution of magnesium. Preparation.—Charcoal prepared from soft wood is preferred for medical purposes. It is made by burning wood out of contact with air, either in iron cylinders or in stacks. In the former case, the vola- tile products resulting from the destructive distillation are collected by condensation, and contribute valuable products to pharmacy (see Acidum Aceticum). In the latter, the charcoal is made in the neighborhood of a cheap wood-supply. Billets of wood are piled in a conical form, and covered with earth and sod to prevent the free access of air, several holes being left at the bottom and one at the top of the pile in order to produce a draught to commence the combustion. The wood is kindled from the bottom, and soon after ignition the hole at the top is closed, and when the wood is all ignited the holes at the bottom are stopped. The result is that the volatile portions of the wood, hydrogen, oxygen, water, etc., are dissipated, carbon being left. Uses.—Charcoal is used in medicine as an absorbent and disinfectant. It is given in the form of powder, in doses of one to two drachms. Owing to its absorbent powers, it should never be kept exposed to the air, as it will become unfit for use if subjected to the atmosphere of a laboratory or pharmacy. Tin cans with tightly-fitting covers are ap- propriate containers. Boron. Bj 11. Boron, like carbon, exists in three allotropic conditions,—amorphous, crystallized, and graphitoidal. Boron combines with hydrogen and oxygen, and boric (or boracic) acid is produced, H3B03, the principal salt of which is Sodii Boras, or borax (see page 527). CARBO LIGNI. U. S. Charcoal. Tests for Borates and Boric Acid. 1. A colorless flame is tinged green by an alcoholic solution of boric acid. 2. A solution of a borate, if slightly acidified by hydrochloric acid, turns the yellow color of turmeric paper brown, if the paper is allowed to dry. Unofficinal Preparations of Boron. Acidum Metaboricum, HBO2, = 44. By heating boric acid to 38° C. (100° F.). Metaboric Acid. Acidum Pvroboricum, H2B4O7, = 125. By heating boric acid for a long time to 60° C. Pyroboric Acid. (140° F.). Boron Trisulphidum, B2S3, = 118. By heating boron in the vapor of sulphur and collect- Trisulphide of Boron. ing the resulting white mass. 484 CARBON, BORON, AND SILICON. ACIDUM BORICUM. U.S. Boric Acid (Boracic Acid). HsBOs; 62. Preparation.—The lagoons of the volcanic districts of Tuscany formerly furnished the greater part of the boric acid and borax of com- merce. Borax is now found native in California, and boric acid is produced by decomposing borax with hydrochloric acid. Ka2B4O710HaO +' 2HC1 = 2NaCl + 4H3B03 + 5H20. Sodium Borate. Hydrochloric Sodium Boric Acid. Water. Acid. Chloride. Boric acid is required in very fine powder for most medical uses, Acidum Boricum. V.8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Transparent, colorless, six-sided Odorless; cooling, bitterish; fee- bly acid in solution, turning blue litmus paper red, and tur- meric paper brown; the tint in the latter case remaining un- altered in the presence of free hydrochloric acid. Cold, 25 parts. Boiling, 3 parts. Cold, 15 parts. Boiling, 5 parts. plates, slightly unctuous to the touch, permanent in the air. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. On ignition, the acid loses 43.5 per cent, of its weight, and on cooling becomes transparent and brittle. The alcoholic solution burns with a flame tinged with green. Sulphate. Chloride. Lead, Copper, Iron, etc. Calcium. Sodium Salt. f An aqueous solution of the acid -I should not be precipitated by test- is solution of chloride of barium. Nitrate of silver with nitric acid. Sulphide of ammonium. Oxalate of ammonium, f A fragment heated on a clean plati- num wire in a non-luminous flame should not impart a persistent [ yellow color. Uses.—Boric acid is used in what is known as antiseptic surgery, and externally in the form of an ointment. It is added in small quan- tities to various liquids, to prevent fermentation. It is well adapted for such uses, as it communicates but little taste. It has not been proved to be innocuous, however, and therefore should be sparingly used. See Boroglycerinum, Part VI. Silicon. Si; 28. Very few of the compounds of the non-metallic element silicon are used medicinally. Silicon, like carbon and boron, is obtained in three allotropic states,—amorphous, crystalline, and graphitoidal. In some of its combinations, notably in glass, earthen-ware, china, mortar, and cements of various kinds, it is of vast importance commercially. Sili- con is found in nature combined with aluminium, magnesium, or cal- cium, ill pumice-stone, meerschaum, asbestos, talcum, soapstone, etc.; or as an anhydride (silica), in sand, flint, agate, quartz, etc. Silica, Si02, may be obtained in a pure condition by treating officinal solution of silicate of sodium with hydrochloric acid. Na2Si03 + 2HC1 = Si02 + 2NaCl + HzO. Sodium Hydrochloric Silica. Sodium Water. Silicate. Acid. Chloride. CARBON, BORON, AND SILICON. 485 Test for Silicates. Silicates are insoluble in most reagents. If the soluble sodium and potassium silicates, in aqueous solution, be neutralized with hydro- chloric acid, and water of ammonia be added in excess, a gelatinous precipitate of silicic hydrate will separate. LIQUOR SODII SILICATIS. U. S. Solution of Silicate of Sodium. Preparation.—Sodium silicate (Na2Si03), or soluble glass, is made by fusing one part of fine sand and two parts of dried sodium carbonate, mixed in powder, in an earthen-ware crucible, and pouring out the fused mass on a stone slab to cool. This is pulverized, and treated with boiling water, to dissolve the soluble part. The solution is fil- tered and concentrated : crystals may be formed upon evaporation, if desired. The salt is used commercially entirely in solution. This usually contains about 20 per cent, of silica and 10 per cent, of soda. liquor Sodii Silicatis. TJ. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A semi-transparent, almost colorless, or yellowish, or pale greenish-yel- low, viscid liquid. Sp. gr. between 1.300 and 1.400. Odorless; sharp, saline, and al- kaline taste; al- kaline reaction. Miscible with boiling water, insolu- ble in alcohol. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. A drop of the solution, when held in a non-lumi- nous flame, imparts to it an intense yellow color. If a portion of the solution, consider- ably diluted with water, be supersaturated with nitric acid, a gelatinous or pulverulent, white precipitate of silicic hydrate will be produced. E xcessive amount of Alkali. f A small quantity should not produce any caus- 1 tic effect when ap- [ plied to the skin. Uses.—This solution is used in surgery in preparing mechanical dressings. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XXXVI. CARBON, BORON, AND SILICON. Carbon—Give symbol and atomic weight. In what forms is carbon found in nature ? What compounds with oxygen are known ? Give their formulas. What are the physical properties of carbon dioxide? What is carbonic acid ? Is it a strong acid ? What is carbon monoxide ? What is cyanogen ? What are the tests for carbonates ? How is animal charcoal made ? What is the composition of bone ? 486 CARBON, BORON, AND SILICON. What are the products when hones are subjected to destructive distillation ? Describe officinal animal charcoal. For what purpose is it used ? How is “ purified animal charcoal” made? What is the object of purifying animal charcoal ? How is charcoal prepared ? What is its medicinal use ? What is the dose ? Boron—Give symbol and atomic weight. In what forms does boron exist? What combination of it is formed with oxygen and hydrogen ? What are the tests for borates and boric acid ? What is boric acid ? What is its synonyme? Give symbol and atomic weight. How is it prepared ? Where does it come from ? What chemical reaction takes place when borax is decomposed by hydrochloric acid ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: sulphate; chloride; lead, copper, iron, etc.; calcium; sodium salt. What are the uses of boric acid ? Silicon—Give symbol and atomic weight. In what forms is silicon obtained? In what combinations is it important, commercially ? How is it found in nature ? What is silica, and how may it be obtained pure ? Give the chemical reaction when officinal solution of silicate of sodium is treated with hydrochloric acid. What are the tests for silicates ? How is solution of silicate of sodium prepared ? What is the usual strength of the solution ? For what is it used ? CHAPTEK XXXYII. THE ALKALIES AND THEIR COMPOUNDS. Potassium, Sodium, Lithium, and Ammonium. K; 39. Na; 23. Li; 7. NH4; 18. The alkalies are bodies having strongly-marked physical and chem- ical properties: 1. They combine with acids to form salts. 2. They restore the color of reddened litmus paper, and change the colors of vege- table blues to green, and of vegetable yellows to brown. 3. Their taste is never sour, but it is characteristic, and caustic if the alkali is in con- centrated solution. The salts formed by their combinations with acids possess acid, alkaline, or neutral reactions according to the relative strength and proportion of the component parts. The metals known as alkali-metals which form compounds of phar- maceutical interest are potassium, sodium, and lithium. They are all univalent, and of a white color resembling that of silver, and are so prone to oxidation that they must be kept constantly immersed in some carbo-hydrogen or body free from oxygen, like naphtha or petro- leum. They are so soft that they can be easily cut with a penknife. They float upon water, and inflame spontaneously and immediately when brought in contact with it. The alkali-metals are often called light metals, on account of their low specific gravity when compared with the others. Their carbonates are all soluble in water, and each metal forms but one chloride. Their oxides are strongly basic, restoring the color of reddened litmus quickly. The oxides are also very soluble in water, forming caustic and powerfully alkaline hydrates, which cannot be decomposed by heat. Their sulphates, phosphates, nitrates, sulphides, chlorides, bromides, iodides, and nearly all their salts, are soluble in water, are almost without exception colorless, or of an opaque white color, and many of them, if heated to redness, fuse without decomposition. The processes for obtaining the metals are very similar, and consist in exposing their carbonates, intimately mixed with finely-powdered charcoal, in suitable iron vessels, to an intense heat: carbon monoxide is liberated, and the vapors of the metals are condensed in flattened receivers. Ammonium is a compound radical, NH4, but has so many analogies with the alkali-metals that it is classed with them. CHAPTER XXXYIII. THE POTASSIUM SALTS. The salts of potassium are among the most important of any that are used in medicine. They are generally very soluble, and, with a few exceptions, are colorless or of an opaque white color. The sole source of the potassium salts was formerly wood-ashes, but at present cheaper sources have been discovered. The wood-ashes were lixiviated, the liquid containing the soluble salts evaporated to dryness, and the residue allowed to cool. This constituted the crude potash of commerce. Potash is now made from the ashes from beet-sugar residues, from suint, the residue obtained by evaporating the water used to scour the fleeces of sheep, and from an impure chloride of potassium obtained from the Stassfurt mines in Germany, which is now the principal source of the potassium compounds. The salts are converted into potassium sulphate, and this into car- bonate by heating with coal and limestone. For the purpose of con- verting the sulphate into the carbonate, it is heated in a reverberatory furnace with the proper quantity of coal and limestone, with the coal in order to form potassium sulphide, and wflth the limestone to convert the sulphide into carbonate, the sulphur uniting with the calcium to form calcium sulphide. The mass, after cooling, is lixiviated with water, and this solution of impure potassium carbonate is filtered to separate the insoluble calcium sulphide, and subsequently treated with milk of lime, by which insoluble calcium carbonate is precipitated, and potassium hydrate in solution remains. The liquid is- then evaporated to dryness. Tests for Potassium Salts. Potassium may be recognized in its combinations by the following tests: 1. The addition of platinic chloride with a little alcohol and a few drops of hydrochloric acid produces a yellow crystalline precipitate, PtCl42KCl (double chloride of platinum and potassium). 2. With an excess of a concentrated solution of tartaric acid, a white crystalline precipitate is slowly formed when a strong solution of a potassium salt is added with stirring. This is the well-known acid potassium tartrate (cream, of tartar). 3. A colorless flame is tinted violet by pure potassium salts. 4. Potassium salts are soluble in water, and not volatile at a red heat. THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 489 Officinal Name. Preparation. With Inorganic Radicals. Potassa From the ashes of plants, etc., by lixiviating, concen- trating the solutions, evaporating to dryness, purify- ing by treating a dilute solution with lime, evap- orating, fusing, and casting into moulds. Potassa cum Calce By mixing equal parts of well-dried potassa and lime together. Liquor Potass* About 5 per cent, solution of potassium hydrate made by dissolving the hydrate in water. Potassa Sulphurata .... By melting potassa and sulphur together in a crucible, pouring the liquid on a slab, and cooling. Potassii Bicarbonas .... By passing carbon dioxide into a solution of carbonate, evaporating and crystallizing. Potassii Bichromas .... By treating potassium chromate with sulphuric acid, evaporating and crystallizing. Potassii Bromidum .... By treating solution of potassa with bromine and char- coal. Potassii Carbonas By purifying pearl-ash by dissolving it in water, filter- ing, evaporating, and granulating. Potassii Chloras By reacting on potassium chloride with calcium hypo- chlorite. Potassii Cyanidum By fusing potassium ferrocyanide with potassium car- bonate, separating the insoluble precipitate of me- tallic iron, and pouring the fused mass on a slab. Potassii Ferrocyanidum . . By heating nitrogenized substances with iron and potassa. Potassii Hypophosphis . . . By precipitating calcium hypophosphite with potassium carbonate. Potassii Iodidum By treating solution of potassa with iodine, evaporating to dryness, and heating with charcoal. Potassii Nitras By decomposition of sodium nitrate with potassium chloride. Potassii Permanganas . . . By heating together manganese dioxide, potassium chlorate, and potassa. Potassii Sulphas By purifying the residue from nitric acid manufacture, and from other sources. Potassii Sulphis By passing sulphurous acid gas through a solution of potassium carbonate. Liquor Potassii Arsenitis . . By boiling potassium bicarbonate with arsenious acid, and adding a small quantity of compound tincture of lavender. Trochisci Potassii Chloratis . Each troche contains five grains of potassium chlorate, with spirit of lemon, sugar, tragacanth, and sufficient water to form a mass. With Organic Radicals. Potassii Acetas By decomposing potassium bicarbonate with acetic acid, and evaporating the filtered solution, carefully avoid- ing contact with iron. Potassii Bitartras By purifying argols, the sediment deposited in wine- casks during fermentation. Potassii Citras By decomposing potassium bicarbonate with citric acid, evaporating and granulating. Potassii et Sodii Tartras . . By treating solution of potassium bitartrate with sodium carbonate. Potassii Tartras By treating solution of potassium bitartrate with potas- sium carbonate. Liquor Potassii Citratis... 8 parts of potassium bicarbonate with 6 parts of citric acid in 100 parts of water. Mistura Potassii Citratis . . 10 parts of potassium bicarbonate to 100 parts of lemon- juice. Officinal Preparations of Potassium. 490 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. Unofficinal Potassium Salts. Names. Potassii Antimonias, KSbOj, = 207. Antimoniate of Potassium. Potassii Bisulphas, KIISO4, = 272. Bisulphate of Potassium. Potassii Bisulphis, KHSO3, = 120. Bisulphite of Potassium. Potassii Borotartras. Borotartrate of Potassium. Potassii Chloridum, KC1, = 74.4. Chloride of Potassium. Potassii Chromas, K2Cr04, = 194.4. Chromate of Potassium. Potassii et Ammonii Tartras, KNII4C4II4O6, = 205. Tartrate of Potassium and Ammonium. Potassii et Sodii Borotartras. Borotartrate of Potassium and Sodium. Potassii Ferricyanidum, KeFe2Cyi2, = 658. Ferricyanide of Potassium. Potassii Iodas, KIO3, = 214. Iodate of Potassium. Potassii Iodohydrargyras, (2KI.H9l2)3H20, = 1290.7. Iodohydrargyrate of Potassium. Potassii Nitris, KNO2, = 85. Nitrite of Potassium. Potassii Perchloras, KCIO4, = 138.4. Perchlorate of Potassium. Potassii Platinocyanidum, 2KCN.Pt(CN)2. 3H20, = 676.8. Platinocyanide of Potassium. Potassii Pyrosulphis, K2(S0)20, = 190. Pyrosulphite of Potassium. Potassii Salicylas, = 370. Salicylate of Potassium. Potassii Silicas, K2Si08, = 154. Silicate of Potassium. Potassii Sulphidum, K2S, = 110. Sulphide of Potassium. Potassii Sulphocarbonas, K2CSS, — 186. Sulphocarbonate of Potassium. Potassii Sulphocyanas, KSCN, = 97. Sulphocyanate of Potassium. Preparation. Deflagrating 1 p. metallic antimony with 4 p. potassium nitrate, and lixiviating with water. Residue remaining in retort on preparing nitric acid from potassium nitrate and sulphuric acid. Passing an excess of sulphurous acid gas into a concentrated solution of potassium carbonate. Dissolve by heat 4 p. potassium bitartrate, 1 p. boric acid in 10 p. water, and evaporate to dry- ness. Obtained as a by-product in many salts. Add potassium carbonate to a hot solution of bi- chromate until effervescence ceases. Diffuse 1 p. potassium bitartrate in 3 p. boiling water; then add ammonium carbonate until effervescence ceases; filter and crystallize. Dissolve 2 p. sodium borate in 20 p. distilled water, and digest with 5 p. potassium bitartrate. Pass chlorine gas into a cold solution of potassium ferrocyanide until it ceases to produce blue precipitate with ferric chloride. Pass chlorine gas into cold water containing iodine in suspension until wholly dissolved; then add potassium chlorate and warm. Dissolve 3 p. mercuric iodide in a concentrated solution of potassium iodide containing 2 p. of the salt; when cool, yellow prisms will deposit from the mother-liquid. Made by heating the nitrate to redness and sepa- rating undecomposed nitrate; by dissolving the fused mass in water the nitrate will crystallize out; the mother-liquor is treated with diluted acetic acid and twice its volume of alcohol, to sep- arate more nitrate. The nitrite may be obtained by evaporating the solution over sulphuric acid. Heat potassium chlorate until it melts; keep at this temperature until gas ceases to be evolved, and a portion tested with strong HC1 acquires only a faint yellow color. Dissolve in water and recrystallize. Mix concentrated solutions of 1 p. exsiccated platinic chloride and 2 p. potassium cyanide; heat the mixture until the precipitate is redis- solved. Pass sulphurous acid gas into a warm, saturated solution of potassium carbonate; on cooling, it deposits crystals. Dissolve 7 p. potassium bicarbonate in water; then add gradual 1 j' 10 p. salicylic acid, and evaporate. Fuse 10 p. potassium carbonate, 15 p. fine sand, and 1 p. charcoal. Pass sulphuretted hydrogen gas into a solution of potassa as long as it is absorbed, and add an equal bulk of potassa solution ; evaporate. Mix a solution of potassium sulphide with carbon disulphide; on evaporation, orange-yellow crys- tals are deposited. Melt together 17 p. potassium carbonate, 32 p. sulphur, and 46 p. anhydrous potassium ferro- cyanide, and heat to low redness. When cool, treat with boiling alcohol. KHO; 56. Preparation.—Potassa, called commercially caustic potash, is made by evaporating a solution of potassium hydrate rapidly in a silver or POTASSA. U.S. Potassa. THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 491 clean iron vessel until a fluid of oily consistence remains, a drop of which, when removed on a warm glass rod, solidifies on cooling. The hot caustic potassa is poured into cylindrical moulds, and while the sticks are still warm they are bottled quickly, to prevent deliquescence. Pure caustic potassa is sometimes prepared in the form of powder by stirring the fused mass rapidly with a silver spatula until a granulated powder is formed. This must be placed in warm dry bottles and quickly sealed hermetically. Potassa by Alcohol and Potassa by Barytes are terms used to desig- nate pure caustic potassa made by purifying with alcohol and barium hydroxide, alcohol dissolving only the caustic potassa, whilst the sul- phate is separated by treatment with baryta-water, forming the insoluble barium sulphate. Fotassa. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white, hard and dry solid, generally in Odorless, or having a Cold. Cold. form of pencils, very deliquescent. When heated nearly to a red heat, it melts, faint odor of lye; very acrid and caustic taste; 0.5 parts. 2 parts. forming an oily liquid. At a strong red strongly alkaline reac- Boiling. Boiling. heat it is slowly volatilized unchanged. tion. Very soluble. Very soluble. Test for Identity and Quan- titative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Its aqueous solution dropped Organic Matter. An aqueous solution of Potassa should into solution of tartaric acid be colorless. produces a white, crystalline precipitate which is redis- Chloride. After being supersaturated with nitric acid, should not be more than slightly solved by an excess of solu- clouded on the addition of test-solution tion of Potassa. To neutralize 2.8 Gm. of Po- tassa should require not less than 45 C.c. of the volumet- Sulphate. of nitrate of silver. ' After supersaturating a solution of Potassa with nitric acid, it should not be more than slightly clouded on the addition ric solution of oxalic acid (corresponding to at least 90 per cent, of absolute hydrate Carbonate. of test-solution of chloride of barium. ' A solution of Potassa dropped into an acid should not produce more than a faint ef- of potassium). fervescence of isolated bubbles. ’ If 1 part of Potassa be dissolved in 2 parts of water, and the solution dropped into Carbonate. 4 parts of alcohol, not more than a slight precipitate should be separated. ’ If 1 part of Potassa be dissolved in 2 parts of water, and the solution dropped into 4 parts of alcohol, not more than a small amount of a dense aqueous layer should be separated. Uses.—Potassa is used as a caustic, principally, however, in veteri- nary practice: the end of the stick may be wrapped several times with tin-foil, to avoid cauterizing the finger of the operator. When this form of potassium hydrate is used for making officinal solution of po- tassa, care should be taken to allow for the moisture contained in it: commercial caustic potassa rarely contains less than 30 per cent, of water. 492 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. POTASSA CUM CALCE. U. S. Potassa with Lime. Potassa, 50 parts, or I oz. av. Lime, 50 parts, or ; . . i oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 2 oz. av. Rub them together so as to form a powder, and keep it in a well- stopped bottle. This preparation is a grayish-white powder, deliquescent, having a strongly alkaline reaction, and responding to the tests for Calx and Potassa. It should be soluble in hydrochloric acid without leaving more than a small residue. It should not effervesce on the addition of an acid. It is found in commerce moulded into sticks, which are often more convenient than the powdered form, because less deliquescent. Uses.—Potassa with lime is used medicinally for the same purposes as caustic potassa: it is slower in its operation and more manageable than the latter. LIQUOR POTASS.®. U. S. Solution of Potassa. An aqueous solution of Hydrate of Potassium [KHO; 56], containing about 5 per cent, of the hydrate. By measure. Bicarbonate of Potassium, 90 parts, or 21/2 oz. av. Lime, 40 parts, or i oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or iy2 pints. Dissolve the Bicarbonate of Potassium in four hundred parts [or 10 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, heat the solution until effervescence ceases, and then raise it to boiling. Slake the Lime, make it into a smooth mixture with four hundred parts [or 10 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, and heat it to boiling. Then gradually add the first liquid to the second, and continue the boiling for ten minutes. Remove the heat, cover the vessel tightly, and, when the contents are cold, add enough Distilled Water to make the whole mixture weigh one thousand parts [or measure 1£ pints]. Lastly, strain it through linen, set the liquid aside until it is clear, and remove the clear solution by means of a syphon. Alternative Process. By measure. Potassa, 56 parts, or i oz. av. Distilled Water, 944 parts, or i pint. To make 1000 parts, or about i pint. Dissolve the Potassa in the Distilled Water. The Potassa used in this process should be of the full strength directed by the Pharmaco- poeia (90 per cent.). Potassa of any other strength, however, may be used, if a proportionately larger or smaller quantity be taken, the proper amount for the above formula being ascertained by dividing 5000 by the percentage of absolute Potassa (hydrate of potassium) con- THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 493 tained therein. Solution of Potassa should be kept in well-stopped bottles. The potassium hydrate is obtained in the first formula by decomposing potassium bicarbonate through the action of calcium hydrate and heat. The direction to heat the solution of potassium bicarbonate until effer- vescence ceases is for the purpose of driving off as much of the car- bonic acid as possible by the simplest method: the remainder is disposed of through double decomposition, as shown by the equation K2COs + Ca(HO)2 = 2KH0 + CaCOa. Potassium Calcium Potassium Calcium Carbonate. Hydrate. Hydrate. Carbonate. Preference is given to the bicarbonate as the source of the potassium, because the cheaper carbonates nearly always contain silicates and other impurities in sufficient quantities to render the product inferior. The proportion of water is not a matter of indifference. The quan- tity used should be at least five times as great as that of the bicar- bonate, and the lime must greatly exceed the amount indicated by theory. The sparing solubility of the lime sufficiently accounts for this. It is advisable to strain the solution as rapidly as possible, merely to separate the bulk of the lime, and set it aside in tightly-covered jars until all sediment has deposited, and then decant the clear solution. This plan avoids the injurious contact of the air, by which carbonic acid is absorbed. In the alternative formula ready-made potassa is used by simply dis- solving it in water, the only advantages being those of greater conve- nience and the saving of labor and time. Liquor Potass®. U-S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A clear, colorless liquid. When dropped into a con- centrated solution of tartaric acid, a white, crys- talline precipitate, soluble in an excess of potassa, is produced (diiference from solution of soda). Sp. gr. about 1.036. Odorless; very acrid and caustic taste; strongly alkaline reaction. Miscible in all pro- portions with water and alcohol. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A drop taken up by a ' When dropped into an acid, it should produce no effer- vescence, or, at most, only an escape of isolated bubbles. platinum loop and held in a non-lumi- Carbonate. nous flame imparts to it a violet tint. Alkaline Earths. ’When neutralized by nitric acid, the Solution should not yield more than a faint cloudiness with test-solu- To neutralize 28 Gm. of Solution of Po- tion of carbonate of sodium. When neutralized by nitric acid, the Solution should tassa should require 25 C.c. of the volu- metric solution of Sulphate. not yield more than a faint cloudiness with test-solu- tion of chloride of barium. rWhen neutralized by nitric acid, the Solution should oxalic acid. Chloride. Foreign Im- purities. not yield more than a faint cloudiness with test-solu- tion of nitrate of silver with a little nitric acid. The neutralized Solution, when evaporated to dryness, should yield a residue which should dissolve in water without leaving more than a small quantity of in- soluble matter. 494 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. Uses.—Solution of potassa is a valuable antacid when given in doses of twenty minims, diluted with milk. If a large quantity should be swallowed accidentally, the proper antidotes would be mild acid liquids, like vinegar or lemon-juice, accompanied with bland oils. POTASSA SULPHURATA. U.S. Sulphurated Potass*. Sublimed Sulphur, 1 part, or i oz. av. Carbonate of Potassium, 2 parts, or 2 oz. av. 3 oz. av. Rub the Carbonate of Potassium, previously dried, with the Sulphur, and heat the mixture gradually, in a covered crucible, until it ceases to swell and is completely melted. Then pour the liquid on a marble slab, and, when it has solidified and become cold, break it into pieces, and keep them in a well-stopped bottle of hard glass. This preparation is not a definite chemical compound, as shown by its vague officinal name and the absence of a chemical formula. It is some- times called liver of sulphur, and is a mixture of potassium hyposulphite and potassium sulphide, with probably some potassium pentasulphide and traces of undecomposed potassium carbonate. The effervescence is caused by the escape of carbonic acid gas. 3K2COs + 4S2 = 2K2S3 + K2S203 + 3C02. Potassium Sulphur. Potassium Potassium Carbon Carbonate. Sulphide. Hyposulphite. Dioxide. This preparation should be made by the pharmacist in small quan- tities and dispensed in a fresh condition, as it is impossible to prevent deterioration. Potassium sulphide, which is its principal medicinal con- stituent, is converted, through oxidation, into inert potassium sulphate. Potassa Sulpliurata. U. S. Odob, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Irregular pieces of a liver-brown color when freshly prepared, turning gradually to greenish-yellow or brownish-yellow. The aqueous solution has an orange-yellow color and exhales the odor of hydrosul- phuric acid. The latter is abundantly evolved on the addition of hydrochloric acid, while at the same time sulphur is deposited. Faint, disagree- able odor; bit- ter, alkaline, repulsive taste; alkaline reac- tion. 2 parts, with the ex- ception of a small residue. Partly soluble in alcohol, leaving un- dissolved the accompanying impurities. Test. * Quantitative Test. If a solution of the salt be boiled with an ex- cess of hydrochloric acid, until no more hydrosulphuric acid is given off, the cold filtrate, after being neutralized with soda, yields a white, crystalline precipitate with a saturated solution of bitartrate of sodium. On triturating together 10 parts of sulphu- rated potassa and 12.69 parts of crystallized sulphate of copper with 60 parts of water, and filtering, the filtrate should remain un- affected by hydrosulphuric acid (presence of at least 56 per cent, of true sulphide of potassium). The addition of the solution of sodium bitartrate identifies the potas- sium salt by forming a white, crystalline precipitate of potassium bitartrate. The quantitative test depends for its action upon the decomposition of a certain amount of cupric sulphate. If the officinal percentage of potas- THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 495 sium sulphide is present (56 per cent.), the quantity of copper in the cupric sulphate taken (12.69 parts) will be entirely converted into sulphide, so that no discoloration will be caused by the addition of hydrosulphuric acid. K2S3 + CuS04 = K2S04 + CuS + S2. Potassium Cupric Potassium Cupric Sulphur. Sulphide. Sulphate. Sulphate. Sulphide. Uses.—Sulphurated potassa is sometimes given internally, in five- grain doses. It is generally used externally, in skin diseases. POTASSII ACETAS. U. S. Acetate of Potassium. KC2II302; 98. Preparation.—This salt may be made by adding crystals of potas- sium bicarbonate to pure acetic acid until effervescence ceases, and, after acidulating slightly with a few drops of the acid, cautiously evaporating to dryness in a porcelain capsule by means of a sand-bath. Great care is necessary to avoid contamination with iron, and it is not safe to use an enamelled iron dish. khco3 + hc2h3o2 = kc2h3o2 + co2 + h2o. Potassium Acetic Acid. Potassium Carbon Water. Bicarbonate. Acetate. Dioxide. The manufacturer nearly always uses the carbonate in making potas- sium acetate, instead of the bicarbonate, because it is much cheaper. The product from the carbonate is not apt to be pure, however, because of the silica, sulphate, chlorides, etc., always present in the ordinary carbonate. Potassii Acetas. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. White, foliaceous, satiny, crystalline masses, or a white, granular powder, very deliquescent. When strongly heated, the salt melts; at a higher temperature it evolves empyreumatic, inflammable vapors, and leaves a blackened residue of an alkaline reaction. Odorless; warming, mildly pungent, and saline taste; neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Cold. 0.4 part. Boiling. Very soluble. Cold. 2.5 parts. Boiling. Very soluble. Tests for Identity and Quan- titative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution yields a white, crystalline precipitate Chloride. ’ A 2 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with acetic acid, should not on the addition of a saturated yield more than a faint opalescence on the solution of bitartrate of so- dium. On adding sulphuric acid to the salt and heating, vapor of acetic acid is evolved. Sulphate. addition of test-solution of nitrate of silver. ' A 2 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with acetic acid, should not yield, more than a faint opalescence on the addi- A cold solution of the salt is rendered deep red by ferric chloride, and, on boiling, a Silica. tion of test-solution of chloride of barium. ! If a solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric acid, is evaporated to dryness, the residue red precipitate is formed. If 4.9 6m. of Acetate of Potas- sium are ignited until gases Metals. should be completely soluble in water. ' A solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric acid, should remain unaffected by hydro- cease to be evolved, the alka- line residue should require, for complete neutralization, Alkaline sulphuric acid or sulphide of ammonium. ' A solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric acid, should yield no precipitate, or at not less than 49 C.c. of the Earths. most only a trace, on the addition of test- volumetric solution of oxalic acid (corresponding to at least 98 per cent, of absolute Carbonate. solution of carbonate of sodium. Fragments of the salt added to acetic acid should produce no effervescence. Acetate of Potassium). Organic Impurities. Fragments of the salt sprinkled upon color- less, concentrated sulphuric acid should not impart any color to the latter. 496 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. Uses.—Acetate of potassium is a reliable diuretic when given in doses of twenty grains to one drachm. In larger doses it acts as a cathartic. POTASSII BICARBONAS. U. S. Bicarbonate of Potassium. KHCOs; 100. Preparation.—This salt is made by passing carbon dioxide through a solution of potassium carbonate until it is fully saturated, then filter- ing the liquid, and evaporating at a temperature below 71° C. (160° F.) to prevent decomposition. The crystals formed should be well washed and dried. K2C03 + C02 + H20 = 2KHCO3. Potassium Carbon Water. Potassium Carbonate. Dicixide. Bicarbonate. The cheapest way to make this salt is to suspend a dish containing a concentrated solution of potassium carbonate within the fermenting tuns of a brewery: the carbon dioxide produced during fermentation is thus utilized. The crude salt obtained on evaporation is called Salaeratus. When purified by crystallization, it constitutes the officinal bicarbonate. Potassii Bicarbonas, V. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, mono- clinic prisms, permanent in dry air. At a red heat the salt loses 31 per cent, of its weight. Odorless; saline and slightly alkaline taste; feebly alka- line reaction. Cold. 3.2 parts. Decomposed by boiling water. Almost in- soluble. Tests foe Identity and Quantitative Test. Impueities. Tests foe Impueities. The aqueous solution, on being heated, disengages carbonic acid gas, and finally contains carbonate of potas- sium. It effervesces on the addi- tion of acids, and, with tartaric acid in excess, it produces a white, crys- talline precipitate. To neutralize 5.0 Gm. of Bicarbonate of Potassium should require 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of ox- alic acid (corresponding to 100 per cent, of pure Bicarbonate of Potas- sium). ' When supersaturated with nitric acid, q . , , the aqueous solution should yield no P ' " precipitate with test-solution of chloride of barium. When supersaturated with nitric acid, Thin VI the aqueous solution should yield at rl e‘ most only a slight cloudiness with test-solution of nitrate of silver. If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 200 C.c. of cold water, and the solution be carefully mixed, without agita- p . , tion, with a solution of 1.22 Gm. of ar ona e. chloride of barium in 200 C.c. of cold water, no precipitate or opales- cence should make its appearance within ten minutes. Uses.—This salt is largely used as affording the purest available source of the potassium salts. The large quantity of carbonic acid which it yields on decomposition renders it useful in beverages and laxative draughts, such as solution of magnesium citrate. It is milder than the carbonate, and when administered internally it is more accept- able to the stomach The dose is from fifteen to thirty grains. THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 497 POTASSII BICHROMAS. U.S. Bichromate of Potassium. K2Cr207; 294.8. Preparation.—The source of this salt is chrome iron ore, which is found in several localities, notably in the neighborhood of Baltimore, Md. The ore is first roasted, then powdered, mixed with potassium carbonate and chalk, and the mixture heated strongly with access of air. The iron and chromium are both oxidized to ferric oxide and chromic acid; the latter attacks the potassium carbonate, and causes an evolution of carbon dioxide by combining with the potassium and form- ing neutral potassium chromate. The solution of the latter is treated with an acid, usually sulphuric, but nitric acid would be preferable on some accounts, potassium nitrate being more readily separated from potassium bichromate than potassium sulphate. Sulphuric acid, however, is cheaper. 2(Fe0Cr203) + 4K2C03 + 70 = 4(K2Cr04) + Fe203 + 4C02; Chrome Iron Ore. Potassium Oxygen. Potassium Ferric Carbon Carbonate. Chromate. Oxide. Dioxide. then 2(K2Cr04) + H2S04 = K2Cr207 + K2S04 + H20. Potassium Sulphuric Potassium Potassium Water. Chromate. Acid. Bichromate. Sulphate. This salt is sometimes called potassium dichromate, and is considered to be a compound of potassium chromate with chromic anhydride, K2Cr04,Cr03. Potassii Biohromas. U.S. Odob, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Large, orange-red, transparent, four-sided tabular prisms, permanent in the air. The salt fuses below a red heat, forming a dark brown liquid, without loss of weight. Odorless; bitter, disagree- able, metallic taste; acid reaction. Cold. 10 parts. Boiling. 1.5 parts. Insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. At a white heat it evolves oxygen, and leaves a residue of neutral chromate of potassium and green chromic oxide, from which the former may be washed out by water. The aqueous solution yields a white, crystalline precipitate on the ad- dition of a saturated solution of bitartrate of sodium. On heating the powdered salt with hydrochloric acid, chlorine vapor is given off. Sulphate. ' A 1 per cent, solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric acid, should not be precipitated nor be rendered cloudy on the ad- dition of test-solution of chlo- ride of barium. Uses.—This salt is used in the preparation of chromic and valerianic acids, and for forming an officinal test-liquid, the value of which as an indicator depends upon its yielding its oxygen to acid liquids (see Test- Liquids). When given internally, in large doses, it is an irritant poison : the proper dose is one-fifth of a grain : soap, magnesia, or chalk would be a suitable antidote. 498 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. POTASSII BITARTRAS. U.S. Bitartrate of Potassium. KHC4Ht06; 188. [Cream of Tartar.] Preparation.—This well-known salt is made by purifying argols, or tartar, a substance deposited in wine-casks during the fermentation of the grape-juice. (See Acid Saccharine Fruits, Part IV.) Potassii Bitartras. V.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Beaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless or slightly opaque, rhombic crystals, or a white, somewhat gritty powder, permanent in the air. When heated, the salt chars and evolves inflammable vapors having the odor of burnt sugar. Odorless; pleasant acidulous taste; acid reaction. Cold. 210 parts. Boiling. 15 parts. Very slightly soluble Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On moderate ignition, it leaves a blackened residue of an alkaline reaction, which strongly effervesces with acids. The salt is dissolved by warm solution of potassa, and is again precipitated on the addition of hydro- chloric acid. Its aqueous solution, rendered neutral by potassa, produces, with test-solution of nitrate of silver, a white precipitate, becoming black by boiling. Sulphate. Chloride. Metals. More than 6 per cent, of Tartrate of Calcium. rThe aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric acid, should not be rendered tur- bid by test-solution of chloride of barium. The aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric acid, should not be rendered turbid by test-solution of nitrate of silver. A solution of the salt in water of ammonia should remain unaffected by sulphide of ammonium. If 1 Gm. of Bitartrate of Potassium be di- gested with 5 C.c. of diluted acetic acid for half an hour, then diluted with distilled water to 500 C.c., the solution agitated and filtered, and 25 C.c. of the filtrate treated with 5 C.c. of test-solution of oxalate of ammonium, the liquid should not become cloudy in less than one minute, nor dis- tinctly turbid in less than one minute and a half. Calcium tartrate is always present in grape-juice, and it is permitted by the officinal test in potassium bitartrate if not in greater proportion than 6 per cent. Uses.—This salt is the source of tartaric acid and some of the tar- trates. It is one of the ingredients in compound powder of jalap, and is frequently used as a refrigerant and purgative in doses of one to four drachms. POTASSII BROMIDUM. U. S. Bromide of Potassium. Preparation.—Two methods are used in making this salt. In the one which was formerly officinal, ferrous bromide, made by acting on iron with bromine, is treated with potassium carbonate; ferrous car- bonate precipitates, and potassium bromide remains in solution. The latter is filtered and evaporated, that crystals may form. KBr; 118.8. FeBr2 + K2COa = FeC03 + 2KBr. Ferrous Potassium Ferrous Potassium Bromide. Carbonate. Carbonate. Bromide. THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 499 In the other method, bromine is added to solution of potassa, pro- ducing potassium bromide and bromate. The solution is evaporated to dryness, mixed with charcoal, and heated to redness. The bromate is deoxidized and converted into bromide, carbon monoxide escaping. 2KBr03 + 3C2 = 2KBr + 6CO. Potassium Carbon. Potassium Carbon Bromate. Bromide. Monoxide. Formerly this salt was imported. It is now made in the United States upon a large scale, and is exported. Potassii Bromidum. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubit.it Y, Water. Alcohol. Colorless, translucent, cubical crystals, permanent Odorless; pun- Cold. Cold. in dry air. The commercial salt generally appears in white, opaque or semi-transparent crystals, gent, saline taste; neutral 1.6 parts. 200 parts. having a faintly alkaline reaction. At a dull red heat the salt melts without losing weight. At a full red heat it is slowly volatilized with- out decomposition. reaction. Boiling. 1 part. Boiling. 16 parts. Tests for Identity and Quan- titative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the 'If diluted sulphuric acid be dropped upon salt yields a white, crystal- Bromate. crushed crystals of the salt, they should not line precipitate on the addi- at once assume a yellow color. tion of a saturated solution 'If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of of bitartrate of sodium. If water, some gelatinized starch added, and disulphide of carbon be Iodide. then a few drops of chlorine water be care- poured into a solution of the fully poured on top, no blue zone should salt, then chlorine water make its appearance at the line of contact added drop by drop, and the of the two liquids. whole agitated, the disul- On adding to 1 Gm. of the salt, dissolved in 20 phide will acquire a yellow C.c. of water, 5 or 6 drops of test-solution or yellowish-brown color Sulphate. of nitrate of barium, no immediate cloudi- without a violet tint. ness or precipitate should make its appear- 1 Gm. of the powdered and ance. dried salt, when completely If 3 Gm. of the well-dried salt be dissolved precipitated by nitrate of in distilled water to make 100 C.c., and 10 silver, yields, if perfectly More than 3 per cent, of Chlo- ' ride. C.c. of this solution be treated with a few pure, 1.579 Gm. of dry bro- drops of test-solution of bichromate of po- mide of silver. i tassium, and then volumetric solution of nitrate of silver be added, not more than 25.7 C.c. of the latter should be consumed before the red color ceases to disappear on stirring. More than Single crystals laid upon moistened red lit- 0.1 per cent. mus paper should not at once produce a of Alkali. violet-blue stain. The officinal test to indicate the presence of more than 3 per cent, of chloride depends upon the formation of red argentic chromate, which does not take place until after all of the chlorine has entered into com- bination with the silver. Uses.—Potassium bromide is largely used as a nervine, in doses of twenty grains, frequently repeated. 500 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. POTASSII CARBONAS. U. S. Carbonate of Potassium. (K2C03)2.3II20; 330. Preparation.—This salt, known commercially as Sal Tartar, is made by dissolving pearlash, or impure potassium carbonate, in an equal weight of cold water, allowing the mixture to stand a day or two, filter- ing the solution, pouring it into a bright iron dish, and evaporating over a gentle fire until it thickens, then removing it from the fire and stirring constantly with an iron spatula, so as to form a granular salt (see page 240). A purer carbonate is produced by decomposing potassium bicarbonate by heating to redness, thus driving off water of crystallization and a portion of the carbon dioxide. 2KHC03 = k2co3 + co2 + h2o. Potassium Potassium Carbon Water. Bicarbonate. Carbonate. Dioxide. Fotassii Carbonas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. A white, crystalline or granular powder, very deliquescent at 15° C. (59° F.). At a red heat the salt loses between 15 and 18 per cent, of its weight, and at a bright red heat it melts. The aqueous solution strongly effervesces on the ad- dition of acids, and with an excess of tartaric acid produces a white, crystalline precipitate. Odorless; strongly alkaline taste; alkaline reaction. Cold. 1 part. Boiling. 0.7 part. Insoluble. Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. To neutralize 3.45 6m. of Carbonate of Potas- sium should require not less than 40.5 C.c. of the volumetric so- lution of oxalic acid (corresponding to at least 81 per cent, of pure anhydrous Car- bonate of Potassium). Silica, etc. Alkaline Earths. Chloride. Sulphate. - ' If a solution of the salt be supersaturated with nitric acid, and evaporated to dryness, a residue remains which should be soluble in water without leaving more than a trifling amount of insoluble matter. 'The above solution should not produce more than a cloudiness on the addition of test-solution of carbonate of sodium. An aqueous solution of the salt, supersaturated with nitric acid, should not be rendered more than slightly turbid by test-solution of nitrate of silver. An aqueous solution of the salt, supersaturated with nitric acid, should not be rendered more than slightly turbid by test-solution of chloride of barium. Uses.—Potassium carbonate is an antacid, but it is less agreeable than the bicarbonate. The dose is fifteen grains, largely diluted. In large doses it is an irritant caustic, the proper antidotes to administer being diluted vinegar, lemon-juice, or weak acids. POTASSII CHLORAS. U. S. Chlorate of Potassium. KClOj; 122.4. Preparation.—Chlorate of potash, as it is always termed commer- cially, was formerly made by passing chlorine gas into a solution of potassa. This is a very wasteful process, as only one-fifth of the potassa THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 501 is obtained as chlorate, the rest passing into potassium chloride. It is now more economically prepared by boiling together solutions of potas- sium chloride and calcium hypochlorite, whereby potassium chlorate and calcium chloride are produced. When a solution of calcium hypochlorite is boiled, it is decomposed, and calcium chlorate and calcium chloride are formed : 3Ca(OCl)2 = 2CaCl2 + Ca(03Cl)2. Calcium Calcium Calcium Hypochlorite. Chloride. Chlorate. When solution of calcium chlorate is heated in contact with potas- sium chloride, double decomposition takes place, as shown by the fol- lowing equation: Ca(03Cl)2 + 2KC1 = 2KC103 + CaCl2. Calcium Potassium Potassium Calcium Chlorate. Chloride. Chlorate. Chloride. The potassium chlorate is easily separated from the calcium chloride, because it is much less soluble than the latter. Potassii Chloras. V. S. Odob, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, monoclinic prisms or plates, of a pearly lustre, permanent in the air. Soluble in 16.5 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.). When heated, the salt melts and afterwards gives off an abun- dance of oxygen, finally leaving a residue of a neutral reaction, amounting to 60.8 per cent, of the original weight, and completely soluble in water. Odorless; cooling saline taste; neu- tral reaction. Cold. 16.5 parts. Boiling. 2 parts. Slightly soluble. Tests foe Identity. Impubities. Tests foe Impubities. The aqueous solution of this resi- A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt due yields a white, crystalline precipitate with a saturated so- lution of bitartrate of sodium, Sulphate. should yield no precipitate with test-so- lution of chloride of barium. A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt and, with test-solution of nitrate of silver, a white precipitate in- soluble in nitric acid, but soluble Calcium. should yield no precipitate with test-so- lution of oxalate of ammonium. ' A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt in ammonia. Chloride. should yield at most only a faint cloudi- ness with test-solution of nitrate of silver. Chlorate of 'potassium should not he triturated with readily oxidizable or combustible substances, if explosions are to be avoided. Uses.—Potassium chlorate is used chemically as a source for ob- taining oxygen, and medicinally is largely employed in diphtheria, sore throat, scarlet fever, etc., in doses of ten to twenty grains. POTASSII CITRAS. U. S. Citrate of Potassium. K3C6H50rHJ0; 324. Preparation.—This salt is made by adding potassium bicarbonate to a solution of citric acid until effervescence ceases, filtering the solu- tion, evaporating to dryness, and granulating (see page 240). 502 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 3KHCO3 + H3C6H507 = K3C6H507 + 3HzO + 3C02. Potassium Citric Acid. Potassium Water. Carbon Bicarbonate. Citrate. Dioxide. Manufacturers generally use the carbonate as the source of the potas- sium, as it is much cheaper than the bicarbonate. When carelessly made from the carbonate, silica may be present, which is to be sus- pected if the potassium citrate is not entirely soluble in water. Potassii Citras. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. A white, granular powder, deliquescent on ex- posure to air. When heated to about 200° C. (392° F.), the salt loses nearly 5.5 per cent, of water. At a higher temperature it chars, and, if kept at a red heat, until gases cease to be evolved, it is converted into a blackened mass of an alkaline reaction, which strongly effer- vesces with acids. Odorless; slightly cooling, faintly alkaline taste; neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Cold. 0.6 part. Boiling. Very soluble. Very slightly soluble. Tests tor Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a white, crystalline precipitate on the Carbonate. ' The aqueous solution of the salt should not effervesce on the addition of an addition of a saturated solution of bitartrate of sodium. It remains clear on the addition of chloride of calcium until it is boiled, when a Sulphate. acid. ' The aqueous solution of the salt, acidu- lated with nitric acid, should remain unaffected by test-solution of chloride white, granular precipitate is pro- duced. If 5.4 Gm. of Citrate of Potassium are ig- Chloride. of barium. ' The aqueous solution of the salt, acidu- lated with nitric acid, should remain nited until gases cease to be evolved, unaffected by test-solution of nitrate the alkaline residue should require for complete neutralization not less than 50 C.c. of the volumetric solu- tion of oxalic acid (corresponding to Tartrate. of silver. A concentrated solution of the salt should not deposit a white, crystal- line precipitate on the addition of 100 per cent, of the pure Citrate of Potassium). acetic acid. Uses.—Potassium citrate is principally employed in medicine as a diaphoretic, in doses of twenty grains. It is found in the officinal solu- tion of citrate of potassium and in the officinal mixture. POTASSII CYANIDUM. U. S. Cyanide of Potassium. KCN; 65. Preparation.—A process for making this salt was formerly officinal. It is as follows: Take of Ferrocyanide of Potassium, dried, 8 troy- ounces ; Pure Carbonate of Potassium, dried, 3 troy ounces. Mix the salts intimately, and throw the mixture into a deep iron crucible pre- viously heated to redness. Maintain the temperature until effervescence ceases, and the fused mass concretes, of a pure white color, upon a warm glass rod dipped into it. Then pour out the liquid carefully into a shallow dish to solidify, ceasing to pour before the salt becomes con- taminated with the precipitated iron. Break up the mass while yet warm, and keep the pieces in a well-stopped bottle. THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 503 The reaction between the potassium ferrocyanicle and the potassium carbonate results in the production of potassium cyanide, potassium cyanate, iron, and carbon dioxide. The iron is precipitated out in the form of a fine powder, carbon dioxide escapes, and potassium cyanide with a small proportion of cyanate, is produced. K4Fe(CN)6 + K2COs = 5KCN + KOCN + C02 + Fe. Potassium Potassium Potassium Potassium Carbon Iron. I’errocyanide. Carbonate. Cyanide. Cyanate. Dioxide. Cyanide of potassium is found in commerce of several qualities. The cheapest grade is used for mining and metallurgical processes and in the arts. A granulated salt is used medicinally. It is sometimes cast into sticks, and in this form, of German manufacture, is of good quality. Chemically pure crystallized potassium cyanide is also in the market. Potassii Cyanidum. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. White, opaque, amorphous pieces, or a white, granular powder, deliquescent in damp air. When heated to a low red heat, the salt fuses. Odorless when perfectly dry, but generally of a peculiar, characteristic odor; sharp, somewhat alkaline and bitter-al- mond taste; strongly alkaline reaction. Cold. 2 parts. Boiling. 1 part. Sparingly soluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Its aqueous solution yields a white, crystalline precipitate on the addi- Carbonate. • rAn aqueous solution of the salt should not produce more than a slight effer- tion of a saturated solution of bitar- trate of sodium. When exposed to the air, the solution exhales the odor of hydrocyanic acid, and, when added to test-solution of nitrate of silver, it yields a white precipitate which is Limit of vescence on the addition of an acid. If 0.65 Gm. of Cyanide of Potassium be dissolved in 12 C.c. of water, and volu- metric solution of nitrate of silver be gradually added, the precipitate first formed should dissolve on stirring, and wholly soluble in an excess of cyanide Impuri- a permanent precipitate should not of potassium and also in water of ties. appear until at least 45 C.c. of the volu- metric solution have been used (cor- responding to at least 90 per cent, of pure Cyanide of Potassium). ammonia. Uses.—The action of this salt upon animals as a poison is the same as that of hydrocyanic acid. The dose is one-eighth of a grain. It is more stable than the acid, and is frequently used as a substitute for it. POTASSII ET SODII TARTRAS. U. S. Tartrate of Potassium and Sodium. KNaC4H406.4H20; 282. [Rochelle Salt.] Preparation.—This salt is made by adding potassium bitartrate to a solution of sodium carbonate: the proportions are shown by the former officinal process, which is as follows: Take of Carbonate of Sodium, 12 troy ounces ; Bitartrate of Potassium, in fine powder, 16 troy ounces; Boiling Water, 5 'pints. Dissolve the Carbonate of Sodium in the Water, and gradually add the Bitartrate 504 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. of Potassium. Filter the solution, and evaporate until a pellicle begins to form; then set it aside to crystallize. Pour off the mother-water, and dry the crystals on bibulous paper. Lastly, evaporate the mother- water, that it may furnish more crystals. It is advantageous to filter the solution after one-half of its volume has been evaporated and it has cooled and settled, in order to free it from the calcium tartrate which separates, otherwise the crystals will be contaminated. The following equation shows the reaction : 2KHC4H406 + Na2COa = 2KNaC4H4Oe + H20 + C02. Potassium Sodium Potassium and Water. Carbon Bitartrate. Carbonate. Sodium Tartrate. Dioxide. The chemical constitution of the tartrates will be fully explained under Acidum Tartaricum, but this opportunity will be embraced to note that tartaric acid is a dibasic acid ; in its acid salts the hydrogen can be replaced by a base, which in this case is sodium. Potassii et Sodii Tartras. 17.8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Keaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals, slightly efflorescent in dry air, or a white powder. When rapidly heated to about 75° C. (167° F.), the salt melts in its water of crystallization; at a higher temperature it dries, then chars, evolves inflammable vapors having the odor of burnt sugar, and, on moderate ignition, leaves a black- ened residue of an alkaline reaction, strongly effervescing with acids, and imparting to a non- luminous flame an intense yellow color, which appears red when observed through a blue glass. Odorless; cooling, mildly saline and slightly bitter taste; neutral reac- tion. Cold. 2.5 parts. Boiling. Very sol- uble. Almost in- soluble. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A concentrated aqueous solution of the salt yields a white, crystalline pre- Calcium. A dilute aqueous solution should yield no precipitate with test-so- cipitate on the addition of acetic acid. With test-solution of nitrate of silver it yields a white precipi- tate which becomes black on boil- ing. Sulphate. lution of oxalate of ammonium. On adding nitric acid to a dilute aqueous solution of the salt, until the precipitate first formed is re- dissolved, the resulting solution should yield no precipitate with test-solution of chloride of barium. 'On adding nitric acid to a dilute aqueous solution of the salt, until the precipitate first formed is re- dissolved, the resulting solution If 3.525 6m. of Tartrate of Potas- sium and Sodium are ignited until gases cease to be evolved, the alka- line residue should require for com- plete neutralization not less than 25 C.c. of the volumetric solution of Chloride. oxalic acid (corresponding to 100 per cent, of crystallized Tartrate of Potassium and Sodium). Ammonium Salts. should yield at most only a cloudi- ness with test-solution of nitrate of silver. A portion heated with potassa should not give off vapor of ammonia. Uses.—Rochelle salt, as it is habitually termed, is an efficient pur- gative in the dose of half an ounce to an ounce. It is an important ingredient in the well-known Seidlitz powders. THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 505 POTASSII FERROCYANIDUM. U.S. Ferrocyanide of Potassium. Preparation.—When refuse animal substances which contain nitro- gen are heated in an iron pot with crude pearlash, impure potassium cyanide is formed. If the fused mass is lixiviated and treated with freshly-precipitated ferrous carbonate, potassium ferrocyanide is pro- duced, according to the following reaction : K4Fe(CN)6.3H20; 421.9. 6KCN + FeCOs = K4Fe(CN)6 + K2C03. Potassium Ferrous Potassium Potassium Cyanide. Carbonate. Ferrocyanide. Carbonate. This salt is important, because it is the source of all the cyanogen compounds used in medicine. Potassii Ferrocyanidum. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Large, coherent, lemon-yellow, translucent and rather soft, four-sided prisms or tablets, slightly efflores- cent in dry air. When gently heated, the salt be- comes white; and at 100° C. (212° F.) it becomes anhydrous, losing 12.8 per cent, of its weight. Odorless; sweet- ish and saline taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 4 parts. Boiling. 2 parts. Insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution yields a white, crystalline precipitate on the ad- Carbonate. ' A concentrated aqueous solution of the salt should not effervesce on the addition of dition of a saturated solution of bitartrate of sodium, a dark blue precipitate with ferric salts, a bluish-white precipitate, gradu- Sulphate. diluted sulphuric acid. ' A diluted aqueous solution of the salt, when acidulated with hydrochloric acid, should not yield more than a trifling precipitate ally turning darker, with ferrous salts, a red-brown precipitate with salts of copper, and a white one with acetate of lead. Chloride. or cloudiness with chloride of barium. ' If equal parts of the salt and of nitrate of potassium be cautiously deflagrated in a porcelain crucible, the residue extracted with water, and to the filtered solution, acidulated with nitric acid, test-solution of nitrate of silver be added, not more than a faint white opalescence should make its appearance. Uses.—This salt is rarely employed medicinally : it is not poisonous if pure. Chemically, it is important as furnishing a reliable test for ferric salts. POTASSII HYPOPHOSPHIS. U.S. Hypophosphite of Potassium. KH2P02; 104. Preparation.—When solutions of calcium hypophosphite and potas- sium carbonate are mixed, potassium hypophosphite and calcium carbon- ate are produced by double decomposition, thus : Ca2H2P02 + K2C03 = 2KH2P02 + CaC03. Calcium Potassium Potassium Calcium Hypophosphite. Carbonate. Hypophosphite. Carbonate. The calcium carbonate is removed by filtration, and the clear solu- tion is evaporated till a pellicle forms, after which it is constantly stirred, 506 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. with continuance of the heat, until the salt granulates. The heat em- ployed in the evaporation should be kept considerably below 100° C. (212° F.), for fear of explosion. If the salt is required quite pure, it should be dissolved in the granulated state, in officinal alcohol, and the solution evaporated to a syrupy consistence, and then set aside to crystallize. Fotassii Hypophosphis. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. White, opaque, confused-crystalline masses, or a white, granular powder, very deliquescent. When heated in a dry test-tube, the salt loses adhering moisture, then evolves a spontaneously Odorless; sharp, saline, slightly bitter taste; Cold. Cold. 0.6 part. 7.3 parts. neutral reac- Boiling. Boiling. inflammable gas (phosphoretted hydrogen). On triturating or heating the salt with an oxidizing agent, the mixture will explode. tion. 0.3 part. 3.6 parts. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a white, crystalline precipitate on the Carbonate. ’ The aqueous solution of the salt should not effervesce on the addition of an addition of a saturated solution of bitartrate of sodium. With test-solu- tion of nitrate of silver it yields a Calcium. acid. ‘ The aqueous solution of the salt should not be precipitated or rendered white precipitate which rapidly turns cloudy by test-solution of oxalate of brown and black, separating metallic silver. Acidulated with hydrochloric acid and added to excess of test-solu- tion of mercuric chloride, it first pro- duces a white precipitate of calomel, and, on further addition, causes the separation of metallic mercury. Sulphate. ammonium. ’ When the aqueous solution of the salt is acidulated with hydrochloric acid, it should not produce a white pre- ' Phosphate. cipitate or cloudiriess with test-solu- tion of chloride of barium. ’ On mixing the aqueous solution of the salt with test-solution of magnesium, not more than a slight cloudiness should make its appearance. Uses.—The only officinal use made of potassium hypophosphite is to form one of the ingredients of the largely-used syrup of the hypo- phosphites. It may be given internally in the dose of fifteen grains. POTASSII IODIDUM. U. S. Iodide of Potassium KI; 165 6. Preparation.—An aqueous solution of potassa is treated with iodine in slight excess. The result is the formation of two salts, iodide and iodate of potassium. 6KOH + (I?)3 = 5KI + KI03 + 3H20. Potassium Iodine. Potassium Potassium Water. Hydrate. Iodide. Iodate. By evaporating the solution to dryness the mixed salts are obtained; and, if the dry mass be exposed to a red heat, the iodate will be con- verted into iodide of potassium, thus removing this impurity from the iodide. The mixed salts, towards the close of their evaporation to dryness, should be mixed with powdered charcoal, which facilitates the deoxida- THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 507 tion of the iodate. This being accomplished by a dull red heat, the iodide of potassium is dissolved out of the mass, and the solution is set aside to crystallize. Potassium iodide is always crystallized from an alkaline solution if the manufacturer expects to avoid loss through the discoloration of the product from the separation of free iodine. The officinal test permits the presence of a small excess of alkali. Potassii Iodidum, U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, translucent, cubical crystals, slightly deliquescent. The commercial salt generally appears in white, opaque crystals, having a faintly alkaline reaction; but single crystals laid upon moistened red litmus paper should not at once produce a violet-blue stain (ab- sence of more than about 0.1 per cent, of al- kali). At a dull red heat the salt melts with- out losing weight. At a full red heat it is slowly volatilized without decomposition. Peculiar, faint odor; pungent, saline, af- terwards somewhat bitter taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 0.8 part. Boiling. 0.5 part. Cold. 18 parts. Boiling. 6 parts. Tests fob Identity and Quan- titative Test. Impurities. Tests fob Impubities. Tho aqueous solution of the salt yields a white,crystalline pre- The aqueous solution of the salt, mixed with gelatinized starch and afterwards cipitate on the addition of a saturated solution of bitar- trate of sodium. If disulphide of carbon be poured into a solution of the salt, then More than about 0.5 per cent, of Chloride or Bromide. with diluted sulphuric acid, should not at once acquire a blue color. ' If 1 Gm. of the salt be' dissolved in 10 C.c. of water of ammonia, then shaken with a solution of 1.1 Gm. of nitrate of silver chlorine water added drop by in 20 C.c. of water, and the filtrate be drop, and the whole agitated, supersaturated with 7 C.c. of nitric acid, the disulphide of carbon will acquire a violet color. 1 Gm. of the powdered and dried salt, when completely pre- no cloudiness should make its appear- ance within ten minutes. ’ On adding to 1 Gm. of the salt, dissolved in 30 C.c. of water, 5 or 6 drops of test- cipitated by nitrate of silver, yields, if perfectly pure, 1.415 Gm. of dry iodide of silver. Sulphate. solution of nitrate of barium, no imme- diate cloudiness or precipitate should make its appearance. Uses.—This is the most valuable medicinal compound of iodine, if the extent to which it is employed is a criterion. It is used as an alter- ative in five-grain doses; as an antisyphilitic, four drachms, largely diluted, may be given. POTASSII NITRAS. U. S. Nitrate of Potassium. KN03; 101. Preparation.—Nitre, or Saltpetre, is sometimes a natural product; usually, however, it is produced artificially in what are known as nitre- beds, which are made up of earth and wood-ashes, with animal and vegetable refuse : these are protected from rain by sheds. In time the ammonia, produced by the decomposition of the organic matter in the mixture, is oxidized, nitric acid is formed, which unites with the potassa in the wood-ashes, and potassium nitrate is gradually formed: this is 508 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. separated by lixiviation, filtration, evaporation, and crystallization. It is generally imported from Europe or India in a crude state and refined in this country. Fotassii Nitras. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Eeaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, six-sided, rhombic prisms, or a crystalline powder, permanent in the air. When heated to about 340° C. (644° F.), the salt melts; at a higher temperature it is decomposed, giving off oxygen, and leaving a residue which emits nitrous vapors on the addition of sulphuric acid. Thrown upon red-hot coals, the salt deflagrates. Odorless j cool- ing, saline, and pungent taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 4 parts. Boiling. 0.4 part. I Almost in, soluble. Tests fob Identity and Quantitative Test. Impukities. Tests fob Impubities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a white, crystalline pre- cipitate on the addition of a satu- rated solution of bitartrate of so- dium. If 1 Gm. of the dried salt he moist- ened with 1 Gm. of concentrated sulphuric acid, and the mixture be kept at a red heat until it ceases to lose weight, the residue should weigh 0.86 Gm. ' The aqueous solution of the salt should Metals. remain unaffected by hydrosulphuric acid or sulphide of ammonium. ... .. The aqueous solution should remain un- a ine affected by test-solution of carbonate Earths. - of ammonium. ’ If an aqueous solution of the salt is pre- viously acidulated with nitric acid, it Sulphate. - should yield no precipitate or cloudi- ness with test-solution of nitrate of barium. ' If an aqueous solution of the salt is pre- viously acidulated with nitric acid, it Chloride. • should yield at most only a faint opalescence with test-solution of ni- trate of silver. Uses.—Nitrate of potassium is diuretic and diaphoretic in doses of ten to twenty grains. In concentrated solution it is antiseptic. It is most largely used in making gunpowder. POTASSII PERMANGANAS. U. S. Permanganate of Potassium. Preparation.—This salt may be prepared by the British process, which is as follows : Take of Caustic Potash 5 oz. av.; Black Oxide of Manganese, in fine powder, 4 oz. av.; Chlorate of Potash 3J oz. av.; Diluted Sul- phuric Acid a sufficiency; Distilled Water pints (Imp. measure). Reduce the Chlorate of Potash to fine powder, and mix it with the Oxide of Manganese; put the mixture into a porcelain basin, and add to it the Caustic Potash, previously dissolved in 4 fl. oz. of the Water. Evaporate to dryness on a sand-bath, stirring diligently to prevent spurting. Pulverize the mass, put it into a covered Hessian or Cor- nish crucible, and expose it to a dull red heat for an hour, or till it has assumed the condition of a semi-fused mass. Let it cool, pulverize it, and boil with 1J pints of the Water. Let the insoluble matter subside, decant the fluid, boil again with \ pint of the Water, again decant, neutralize the united liquors accurately with the Diluted Sul- K2Mn208; 314. THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 509 pliuric Acid, and evaporate till a pellicle forms. Set aside to cool and crystallize. Drain the crystalline mass, boil it in 6 fl. oz. of the Water and strain through a funnel, the throat of which is lightly obstructed by a little asbestos. Let the fluid cool and crystallize, drain the crys- tals, and dry them by placing them under a bell-jar over a vessel con- taining sulphuric acid. By this process potassium chlorate yields oxygen to manganese diox- ide, converting it into manganic acid, which unites with the potassa to form the manganate, potassium chloride being formed at the same time. 3MnOa + 6KHO + KC103 = 3K2Mn04 + KC1 + 3H20. Manganese Potassium Potassium Potassium Potassium Water. Dioxide. Hydrate. Chlorate. Manganate. Chloride. When this solution is boiled with water, the potassium manganate is converted into potassium permanganate, according to the following reaction: 3K2Mn04 + 3H20 = K2Mn2Os + MnOsH2 + 4KHO. Potassium Water. Potassium Manganese Potassium Manganate. Permanganate. Peroxide. Hydrate. The potassium hydrate liberated by the reaction requires neutraliza- tion with an acid if all the permanganate is to be obtained, because the latter, in the presence of an excess of potassa, remains in the condition of manganate. Potassii Permanganas. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Deep purple-violet, or nearly black, needle-shaped, rhombic prisms, of a metallic lustre, permanent in the air. When heated to redness, the salt gives off oxygen and leaves a black residue of an alkaline reaction. Odorless; sweet,after- wards disagreeable, astringent taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 20 parts, with the exception of a scanty brown residue. Boiling. 3 parts. Cold. Decomposed. Boiling. Decomposed. Tests foe Identity and Quantitative Test. Impueities. Tests for Impurities. A very dilute solution of the salt has a rose color without a tinge of green. This color is destroyed by the addi- tion of oxalic acid, or of many other Nitrate. If a solution of the salt be mixed with enough oxalic and diluted sulphuric acid to produce a clear, colorless liquid, and a portion of this be poured upon a organic or readily oxidizable sub- cold solution of ferrous sulphate in sul- stances, with the formation of a brown precipitate, soluble in di- luted sulphuric acid, forming a colorless liquid. If 0.785 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 50 C.c. of boiling distilled water Chloride. • phuric acid, no brown or blackish-brown zone should make its appearance at the line of contact of the two liquids. If a solution of the salt be mixed with enough oxalic and diluted sulphuric acid to produce a clear, colorless liquid, it should yield no permanent precipitate and 5 C.c. of sulphuric acid be cautiously added, the solution so formed should require for complete decoloration not less than 24.7 C.c. of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid (corresponding to at least 98.8 per cent, of pure Permanganate of Sulphate. or cloudiness on the addition of a few drops of test-solution of nitrate of silver. On boiling an aqueous solution of the salt with an excess of ammonia, until all the manganese is precipitated as hydrated oxide, the colorless filtrate, acidulated with nitric acid, should yield no precipi- tate, or at most only a faint cloudiness, with test-solution of nitrate of barium. Potassium). 510 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. Uses.—Potassium permanganate is one of the most powerful oxidizing agents known, and it is for this reason that the cautionary officinal note is appended, “ It should not be triturated nor combined in solution with organic or readily oxidizable substances.” It is owing to the facility with which it parts with oxygen, when in contact with organic matter, that it is useful as a disinfectant: hence when used externally its application by means of lint, towels, etc., should be avoided, because its energy would be spent upon these instead of upon the part of the body intended to be affected by it. Chemically, it is used as a vol- umetric test and oxidizer, for which it is admirably adapted on account of the distinctness of its color reactions, although the difficulty of keeping the solution from partial decomposition through the action of light and air is a serious annoyance and interferes with the accuracy of the esti- mation. POTASSII SULPHAS. U. S. Sulphate of Potassium. K2S04; 174. Preparation.—Sulphate of potassium is obtained as a by-product in many chemical processes, although since the introduction of sodium nitrate as the source of the nitrates it is not produced very largely. It is also obtained from kainite, the mineral found in the Stassfurt salt-beds, which is a double sulphate of potassium and magnesium. If it should be necessary to make it directly at any time, it can be made by decom- posing potassium nitrate with sulphuric acid. 2KNOa + H2S04 = K2S04 + 2HN03. Potassium Sulphuric Potassium Nitric Nitrate. Acid. Sulphate. Acid. Potassii Sulphas. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, hard, six-sided, rhombic prisms, perma- nent in the air. When heated, the crystals de- crepitate, and at a white heat they fuse, solidi- fying, on cooling, to a crystalline mass of an alkaline reaction. Odorless; sharp, saline, slightly bitter taste; neutral reac- tion. Cold. 9 parts. Boiling. 4 parts. Insoluble. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution yields a white, crystalline precipitate on the addi- tion of a saturated solution of bitar- trate'of sodium. With test-solution of chloride of barium it yields a white precipitate, insoluble in nitric acid. 1 Gm. of Sulphate of Potassium, when completely precipitated by chloride of barium} yields 1.338 Gm. of dry sulphate of barium. Alkaline Earths. Metals. Chloride. ' The aqueous solution of the salt should not be precipitated, nor be rendered cloudy, by test-solution of carbonate of ammonium, nor by test-solution of phosphate of sodium with addi. tion of ammonia. The aqueous solution of the salt should remain unaffected by hydrosulphuric acid or sulphide of ammonium. ' The aqueous solution of the salt should not be precipitated or rendered cloudy by test-solution of nitrate of silver. Uses.—The principal use for potassium sulphate in pharmacy has been to act as a diluent in powdering ipecac and opium in the so-called Dover’s powder. It is well adapted for this purpose, for, on account THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 511 of the hardness of the crystals, the ingredients are thoroughly blended during the time required to produce a fine powder. Sugar of milk is employed now as a substitute for it, although many still continue to use potassium sulphate. POTASSII SULPHIS. U. S. Sulphite of Potassium. K2S03.2H20; 194. Preparation.—Neutral potassium sulphite is made by passing sul- phurous acid gas through a strong solution of potassium carbonate until the carbon dioxide is expelled and the liquid is strongly acid, and then forming the neutral sulphite by the addition of an equal weight of potassium carbonate, evaporating the solution, and crystallizing. K2C03 T" SOz = K2SOs -f- C02. Potassium Sulphurous Potassium Carbon Carbonate. Acid. Sulphite. Dioxide. The solution should be cautiously but quickly evaporated, to prevent the formation of more sulphate than is unavoidable. Fotassii Sulphis. V.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. White, opaque, obliquely rhombic, octahedral crystals, or a crystalline powder, somewhat de- liquescent. When gently heated, the salt loses its water of crystallization (18.5 per cent.); at a red heat it is decomposed and leaves a residue of an alkaline reaction. Odorless; bitter, saline, and sul- phurous taste; neutral or fee- bly alkaline re- action. Cold. 4 parts. Boiling. 5 parts. Sparingly soluble. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a white, crystal- line precipitate on the addition of a saturated solution of bitartrate of sodium. Addition of diluted hydro- chloric acid to the aqueous solution gives rise to the odor of burning sulphur, and the solution does not become cloudy (difference from hyposulphite). If 0.485 6m. of the salt be dissolved in 25 C.c. of water, and a little gelatinized starch added, at least 45 C.c. of the volumetric solution of iodine should be required, until a permanent blue tint appears after stirring (corresponding to at least 90 per cent, of pure Sul- phite of Potassium). ' A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, strongly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, should produce Sulphate. no precipitate, or at * most only a white cloudiness, on the addition of a few drops of test-solu- tion of chloride of barium. Uses.—This salt, in doses of fifteen to sixty grains, is used as an antiferment, and to destroy the lower forms of organic life. POTASSII TARTRAS. U. S. Tartrate of Potassium, Preparation.—Neutral potassium tartrate may be made by the fol- lowing process: Carbonate of Potassium 4 oz. av.; Bitartrate of Potassium, in fine powder, 9 oz. av., or a sufficient quantity; Boiling Water 2 pints. Dis- solve the Carbonate of Potassium in the Water; then gradually add Bitartrate of Potassium to the solution until it is completely saturated, (K2C4H406)2.H20; 470. 512 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. and boil. Filter the liquid, evaporate it until a pellicle forms, and set it aside to crystallize. Lastly, pour off the mother-water, and, having dried the crystals on bibulous paper, keep them in a well-stopped bottle. The rationale of the process is that the hydrogen present in the acid potassium tartrate is replaced by one atom of potassium and the neutral tartrate is produced. 2KHC4H4Og + K2C03 = 2K2C4H406 + H20 + C02. Acid Potassium Potassium Potassium Water. Carbon Tartrate. Carbonate. Tartrate. Dioxide. The precipitate which is formed, and which must be filtered out, is the calcium tartrate, always found in potassium bitartrate. Fotassii Tartras. U. S. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Small, transparent or white, monoclinic crystals, or a white powder, somewhat deliquescent. When heated, the salt melts, then chars, and evolves in- flammable vapors having the odor of burnt sugar. On moderate ignition, it leaves a blackened residue of an alkaline reaction, strongly effervescing with acids. Odorless; sa- line, slightly bitter taste; neutral reac- tion. Cold. 0.7 part. Boiling. 0.5 part. Almost insoluble. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A concentrated aqueous solution of the salt yields a white, crystalline precipi- Calcium. A 10 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt should yield no precipitate with tate on the addition of acetic acid. With test-solution of nitrate of silver it yields a white precipitate which be- comes black on boiling. If 2.938 6m. of Tartrate of Potassium are Sulphate. test-solution of oxalate of ammonium. On adding nitric acid to a 1 per cent, solution of the salt, until the precipi- tate first formed is redissolved, the resulting solution should yield no ignited till gases cease to be evolved, the alkaline residue should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 25 C.c. of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid (corresponding to 100 per Chloride. precipitate with test-solution of chlo- ride of barium. On adding nitric acid to a 1 per cent, solution of the salt, until the precipi- tate first formed is redissolved, the cent, of pure Tartrate of Potassium). resulting solution should yield at most only a cloudiness with test- solution of nitrate of silver. Uses.—Neutral potassium tartrate is used medicinally as a purgative, in doses of from two drachms to one ounce. Chemically, it enters into Fehling’s solution, the well-known test for glucose. LIQUOR POTASSII CITRATIS. U. S. Solution of Citrate of Potassium. By measure. Citric Acid, 6 parts, or 360 grains. Bicarbonate of Potassium, 8 parts, or 480 grains. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 12 fl. oz. Dissolve the Citric Acid and the Bicarbonate of Potassium, each, in forty parts [or 5| fl. oz.] of Water. Filter the solutions separately, and wash the filters with enough Water to obtain, in each case, fifty THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 513 parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of solution. Finally, mix the two solutions, and, when effervescence has ceased, transfer the liquid to a bottle. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use. For this preparation it will be found convenient in dispensing prac- tice to keep the separate solutions of citric acid and bicarbonate of potas- sium on hand ready to be mixed when the solution of citrate of potassium is needed. The solutions keep moderately well, and the alternative process, by measure, will be found most useful. It is officinally de- scribed as a clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a mildly saline taste and a slightly acid reaction. Sp. gr. 1.059. The solution contains about 9 per cent, of citrate of potassium, with some free citric acid and carbonic acid gas. It responds to the reactions and tests of citrate of potassium (see Potassii Citras). Uses.—Solution of citrate of potassium is refrigerant and diaphoretic, in doses of one fluidrachm. MISTURA POTASSII CITRATIS. U.S. Mixture of Citrate of Potassium. [Neutral Mixture.] This mixture differs from Liquor Potassii Citratis in being made from lemon-juice instead of solution of citrio acid : it is more agreeable to the taste on this account than the former, and it is always to be preferred to it. It is used as a refrigerant and diaphoretic, in doses of one fluidrachm (see page 304). QUESTIONS ON CHAPTERS XXXVII. AND XXXVIII. THE ALKALIES AND THEIR COMPOUNDS AND THE POTASSIUM SALTS. What are alkalies, and what are their properties ? What are the alkali-metals, and their properties ? How many chlorides are obtained from the alkali-metals? Are their oxides acid or basic ? Are the alkaline hydrates decomposable by heat ? What is the process for obtaining the alkali-metals ? What is ammonium, and why is it classed with the metals? What was formerly the source of the potassium salts ? What is the present source, and how are they obtained ? How may potassium in its combinations be recognized ? Potassa—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is caustic potash, and how is it made ? What is meant by “ potassa by alcohol” ? What is meant by “ potassa by barytes” ? What are the physical properties of potassa ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Organic matter; chloride; sulphate; carbonate; silica'. Eor what is potassa used ? How much water does commercial caustic potassa usually contain ? What is potassa with lime, and how is it prepared? What is its medicinal use? What is solution of potassa, and how is it made ? 514 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. What is its Latin officinal name? How much hydrate of potassium does it contain ? By what other process may it be made ? How strong should the potassa be ? and if the potassa is not of the proper strength, how may it be used ? Explain the chemical reaction which takes place between the lime and the bicar- bonate of potassium in making this solution. Why is bicarbonate of potassium used in preference to the carbonates (which are cheaper) in preparing this solution ? Is the proportion of water in making the solution of the bicarbonate a matter of indifference? How much should be used? Should more than the theoretical quantity of lime be used ? Why ? How is this solution injured by exposure to air? What are the advantages of the alternative formula ? How may this solution be distinguished from solution of soda? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Carbonate; alkaline earths ; sulphate; chloride ; foreign impurities. What is its medicinal use? Give the dose. If a large quantity should be swallowed, what would be the proper antidotes ? What is sulphurated potassa, and how is it made ? Is this a definite chemical compound ? Explain the chemical reaction which probably takes place between the carbonate and the sulphur. What is the common or popular name of this preparation ? Does it deteriorate by keeping ? What change takes place ? How may it be identified as a potassium salt ? What percentage of potassium sulphide should be present? How may it be shown whether it contains this amount? Explain the reaction which takes place when cupric sulphate and potassium sul- phide are mixed in the presence of water. What is its medicinal use ? Give its dose. Potassii acetas—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may this salt be made ? Explain the chemical reaction which takes place betweeen bicarbonate of potas- sium and acetic acid. What are its solubilities ? How may it be identified ? What are the tests for the following impurities?—viz.: Chloride; sulphate; silica; metals; alkaline earths; carbonate ; organic impurities. What are its uses in medicine ? Give its dose. Potassii bicarbonas—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it made ? What is salasratus, and how is it prepared ? What are the physical properties of bicarbonate of potassium ? What are its solubilities? How much of its weight does it lose at a red heat ? How may it be identified ? How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Sulphate; chloride; carbonate. What are the uses of this salt, and what is the dose ? Bichromate of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is the source of this salt, and where is it found? How is the salt prepared ? Explain the chemical reactions which take place. What is supposed to be the chemical composition of ibis salt ? What are its physical properties ? What are its solubilities ? How may it be identified ? How may the presence of a sulphate be detected ? For what is this salt used? What is its proper dose ? What is the effect of large doses ? In case of poisoning by it, what would be proper antidotes ? Cream of tartar—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it made ? What are argols ? THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 515 Give the physical properties of cream of tartar. "What are its solubilities ? How may it be identified ? How may the following impurities be detected ? — viz.: Sulphate; chloride; metals ; more than 6 per cent, of tartrate of calcium. What chemical substance besides bitartrate of potassium is always present in grape juice ? How much of this impurity is permitted by the officinal test ? For what purposes in pharmacy is it used ? What are its medicinal uses ? Give the dose. Bromide of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What process was formerly officinal for making this salt ? Explain the chemical reaction which takes place. In what other way may it be made ? Explain the reaction which takes place. Where does this salt come from ? Describe its physical properties and solubilities. How may it be identified ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Bromate; iodide; sul- phate; more than 3 per cent, of chloride ; more than 0.1 per cent, of alkali. Upon what does the officinal test to indicate the presence of more than 3 per cent, of chloride depend ? What is its medicinal use ? Give the dose. Carbonate of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is the commercial name of this salt ? How is it made? How may a purer carbonate be produced ? What reaction takes place when posassium bicarbonate is heated to redness ? Describe the physical properties of carbonate of potassium. What are its solubilities ? How much pure anhydrous carbonate of potassium should it contain ? How may this be tested ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Silica; alkaline earths; chloride; sulphate. What is its medicinal use, and what is the dose? What are its effects in an overdose ? What are the proper antidotes to administer ? Chlorate of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How was this formerly made ? What is the objection to this process ? How is it now prepared ? Explain the reactions which take place in its preparation. Describe its physical properties and solubilities. How may it be identified ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Sulphate; calcium; chloride. What follows when chlorate of potassium is triturated with readily oxidizable or combustible substances ? For what is chlorate of potassium used chemically ? What is its medicinal use? Give the dose. Citrate of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is this salt made ? When made from carbonate instead of bicarbonate of potassium, what impurity is apt to be present ? What are its physical properties and solubilities ? How may it be identified ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Carbonate; sulphate ; chloride; tartrate. What are its medicinal uses ? Give the dose. Into what officinal preparations does it enter ? Cyanide of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is the process for making this salt, which was formerly officinal ? Explain the reaction which takes place between potassium ferrocyanide and potas- sium carbonate. In what forms does it occur in commerce ? 516 THE POTASSIUM SALTS. Describe the physical properties of the officinal salt. What are its solubilities ? How may it be identified ? What per cent, of pure cyanide of potassium should it contain, and how may this be tested ? How may the impurity of carbonate be detected ? What is the medicinal use of it, and what is the dose ? What advantage has it over hydrocyanic acid ? Rochelle salt—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is this salt made ? Explain the reaction which takes place. What is meant by saying tartaric acid is a dibasic acid ? Describe its physical properties and solubilities. How may its identity and purity be tested ? What are the tests for the following impurities ?—viz.: Calcium ; sulphate; chlo- ride ; ammonium salts. What is its medicinal use, and what is the dose ? Eerrocyanide of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is this salt made? What reaction takes place when potassium cyanide is mixed with ferrous carbonate in the presence of water ? What renders this salt important ? Describe its physical properties and solubilities. What are the tests for the following impurities ?—viz.: Carbonate; sulphate ; chloride. Is this salt poisonous ? Of what importance is it chemically ? Hypophosphite of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may this salt be prepared ? Explain the reaction which takes place. Should the evaporation of the solution be conducted at a high heat or a low one ? Why ? How may the salt be rendered pure ? Describe its physical properties and solubilities. How may it be identified ? What are the tests for the following impurities ?—viz.: Carbonate; calcium; sul- phate ; phosphate. Into what officinal preparation does it enter ? What is the dose of it? Iodide of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it prepared, and what reaction takes place? Should it be crystallized from an acid or alkaline solution? Why? The presence of how much alkali is permitted by the officinal test ? How may it be identified ? What are the tests for the following impurities?—viz.: Iodate; more than about 0.5 per cent, of chloride or bromide; sulphate. What are its uses, and what is the dose ? Nitrate of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Where does it come from ? How is it made ? Describe its physical properties and solubilities. How may it be identified ? What are the tests for the following impurities ?—viz.: Metals; alkaline earths; sulphate; chloride. What are its uses ? What is the dose ? Permanganate of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is the British process for making this salt"? Explain the reactions which’take place in its formation. Describe its physical properties and solubilities. How may its identity and purity be tested ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Nitrate: chloride; sul- phate. Why is the cautionary officinal note appended, as follows?—viz.: “It should not be triturated nor combined in solution with organic or readily oxidizable sub- stances.” THE POTASSIUM SALTS. 517 What renders it useful as a disinfectant, and what special care should be used in its application ? How and why is it used chemically ? Sulphate of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is this salt obtained ? Describe its physical properties and solubilities. How may its identity and purity be tested ? What are the tests for the following impurities ?—viz. : Alkaline earths ; metals; chloride. For what was it formerly used in pharmacy ? What is now used as a substitute for it ? Sulphite of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it made ? Give the rationale of the process. What chemical reaction takes place during the process ? How much water of crystallization does it contain ? What is the dose ? How may the impurity of sulphate be detected ? Tartrate of potassium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be made. Give the rationale of the process. What chemical reaction takes place during the process ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Calcium; sulphate; chloride. Solution of citrate of potassium—What is its officinal Latin name ? How is it made ? How much citrate of potassium does it contain ? Neutral mixture—What is its officinal Latin name? Wherein does this differ from liquor potassii citratis ? Which of the two is the preferable preparation, and why ? What is the dose ? CHAPTER XXXIX. THE SODIUM SALTS. The sodium salts are generally more frequently used than those having potassium for their base, because they are relatively cheaper, and are often more soluble. The metal Sodium is a soft, malleable, ductile solid, which must be protected from the oxygen of the air by being constantly immersed in petroleum or naphtha. Tests for Sodium Salts. Sodium may be recognized in its salts by the following reactions : 1. The intensely yellow color produced when even a trace of a sodium compound is introduced into a colorless flame. 2. A reliable and practical precipitant is yet to be discovered for the sodium salts, because the compounds are generally very soluble. Neu- tral solutions may be precipitated by potassium metantimoniate: this reaction, however, has but a limited application. 3. Sodium salts are generally colorless, and not volatile below a red heat. Officinal Name. Preparation. With Inorganic Radicals. Soda . By boiling solution of sodium carbonate with calcium Sodii Arsenias hydrate and evaporating. . By heating together arsenious acid, sodium nitrate, and sodium carbonate. Sodii Bicarbonas . By washing commercial sodium bicarbonate with water. Sodii Bicarbonas Venalis . . By exposing sodium carbonate to the action of carbon dioxide. Sodii Bisulphis . By saturating a solution of sodium carbonate with sul- Sodii Boras phurous acid. . By purifying the native salt. Sodii Bromidum . By treating ferrous bromide with sodium carbonate. Sodii Carbonas . By heating sodium sulphate with chalk and coal. Sodii Carbonas Exsiccatus . . By heating the carbonate. Sodii Chloras . By double decomposition between sodium bitartrate Sodii Chloridum Sodii Hypophosphis . . . and potassium chlorate. . By evaporating sea-water. . By double decomposition between calcium hypophos- phite and sodium carbonate. . By decomposing calcium thiosulphate with sodium Sodii Hyposulphis .... sulphate. Sodii Iodiduin . By treating ferrous iodide with sodium carbonate. Sodii Nitras . By purifying the native salt. Officinal Preparations of Sodium. THE SODIUM SALTS. 519 Officinal Preparations of Sodium.—(Continued.) Officinal Name. Preparation. With Inorganic Radicals. Sodii Phosphas By treating acid calcium phosphate with sodium car- bonate. Sodii Pyrophosphas .... By heating sodium phosphate to redness, dissolving and crystallizing. Sodii Sulphas By treating common salt with sulphuric acid. Sodii Sulphis By decomposing sodium carbonate with sulphurous acid. Liquor Sodas By dissolving sodium hydrate in water. Liquor Sodae Chloratae . . . Double decomposition between chlorinated lime and sodium carbonate. Liquor Sodii Arseniatis ... 1 per cent, solution of sodium arseniate. Liquor Sodii Silicatis .... Solution of sodium silicate. Trochisci Sodii Bicarbonatis . Each contains three grains of sodium bicarbonate. With Organic Radicals. Sodii Acetas By decomposing sodium carbonate with acetic acid. Sodii Benzoas By decomposing sodium carbonate with benzoic acid. Sodii Salicylas By decomposing sodium carbonate with salicylic acid. Sodii Santoninas By adding santonin to hot solution of sodium carbonate. Sodii Sulphocarbolas .... By double decomposition between barium sulpliocar- bolate and sodium carbonate. Trochisci Sodii Santoninatis . Each contains one grain of sodium santoninate. Mistura Khei et Sodae.... Contains sodium bicarbonate. Unofficinal Preparations of Sodium. Sodii Carbolas, NaCellsO, = 116. Add metallic sodium to carbolic acid, and allow it Carbolate of Sodium. to crystallize. Sodii Citras, 2C6H5Na307.11H20, = 912. Saturate a solution of citric acid with sodium bi- Citrate of Sodium. carbonate, evaporate, and allow it to crystallize. Sodii Citro-Tartras Effervescens. 17 p. sodium bicarbonate; 8 p. tartaric acid; 6 p. Effervescent Citro-tartrate of Sodium. citric acid. Mix, and place in a dish heated to about 200° F. Stir constantly until a granular salt is obtained. Lastly, sift it. Sodii et Ammonii Phosphas, NILNaHPCh. Dissolve 5 p. crystallized sodium phosphate and 4H20, = 209. 2 p. ammonium phosphate in 20 p. hot water ; Phosphate of Sodium and Ammonium. then add water of ammonia until the liquid is alkaline, and crystallize. Sodii et Argenti Hyposulphis. Dissolve freshly precipitated silver oxide in a so- Hyposulphite of Sodium and Silver. lution of hyposulphite of sodium, and evapo- rate to crystallize. Sodii Nitro-Prussidum, Na2Fe(CN)sN0. Digest 1 p. potassium ferrocyanide with 2 p. nitric 2H20, = 297.9. acid and 2 p. water until it ceases to produce a Nitro-prussicle of Sodium. blue precipitate with iron salts. When cool, neutralize mother-liquid with sodium carbon- ate, then collect the red crystals. Sodii Nitris, NaN02, = 69. Introduce carefully into a heated iron crucible a Nitrite of Sodium. mixture of 7 p. sodium nitrate and 1 p. starch. Dissolve the residue in water, and evaporate. Sodii et Platini Chloridum, 2NaCl.PtCL. Dissolve 3 p. platinic chloride and 5 p. sodium 6H20, = 801.4. chloride in water, and evaporate to dryness, Chloride of Sodium and Platinum. stirring continually. Sodii Silicas, Na2Si03, = 122. Mix 1 p. silica and 2 p. dried sodium carbonate; Silicate of Sodium. fuse in an earthen-ware crucible, and pour the mass on a slab. Dissolve in water, filter, and concentrate to crystallize. Sodii Stannas, Na2Sn03, = 211.7. Fuse tin-ore with soda and sodium nitrate. Stannate of Sodium. Sodii Tartras, 2H20, = 226. Dissolve 6 p. tartaric acid and 7£ p. sodium bicar- Tartrate of Sodium. bonate, each separately in water. Mix the so- lutions, filter, and concentrate to crystallize. Sodii Valerianas, NaC5H902, = 124. Saturate valerianic acid with sodium carbonate. Valerianate of Sodium. 520 THE SODIUM SALTS. SODA. U. S. Soda. NaHO; 40. Preparation.—Owing to the improvements in the manufacture of metallic sodium and the cheapening of the product, soda can be found in commerce which has been made by oxidizing the metal by bringing it in contact with water and evaporating the pure solution of soda. When the pure hydrate is not needed, the white caustic soda, in sticks, made by evaporating a solution of soda (see Liquor Sodse) and casting the fused residue into moulds, is used. (See Potassa, page 490.) Odor, Taste, and Solubility. soaa. u.o. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. A white, hard, opaque solid, generally in form of fibrous pieces, or of white cylindrical pencils, deliquescent in moist air, but in dry air be- coming dry and efflorescent. When heated nearly to a red heat, it melts, forming an oily liquid. At a strong red heat it is slowly vola- tilized unchanged. Odorless; intensely acrid and caustic taste; strongly al- kaline reaction. Cold. 1.7 parts. Boiling. 0.8 part. Very soluble. Test fob Identity and Quantitative Test. Impubities. Tests fob Impurities. Its aqueous solution dropped into solution of tartaric acid, so that the latter remains in excess, produces neither a precipitate nor cloudiness. To neutralize 2.0 Gm. of Soda should require not less than 45 C.c. of the volumetric solu- tion of oxalic acid, (corresponding to at least 90 per cent, of absolute hydrate of sodium). Organic Matter. The aqueous solution of soda should be colorless. f An aqueous solution of soda, after being super- Chloride J saturated with nitric acid, should not be more | than slightly clouded on the addition of test- is solution of nitrate of silver, f An aqueous solution of soda, after being super- Sulnhate J saturated with nitric acid, should not be more " ‘ ] than slightly clouded on the addition of test- is solution of chloride of barium, f Solution of soda dropped into an acid should not Carbonate. j produce more than a faint effervescence of iso- ( lated bubbles. Silica or Car- fsoda be (lissolve(i in 2 parts of water and the bonate " 1 solution dropped into alcohol, not more than a [ slight precipitate should make its appearance. Uses.—Caustic Soda, as it is termed commercially, is sometimes pre- ferred to the analogous potassium salt, in the belief that it is milder and less deliquescent. It is used pharmaceutically in making solution of soda by the alternative process. An aqueous solution of hydrate of sodium [NaHO: 40], containing about 5 net cent, of the hydrate. By measure. Carbonate of Sodium, 180 parts, or 5 oz. av. Lime, 60 parts, or i oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or ly2 pints. LIQUOR SODAS. U.S. Solution of Soda. THE SODIUM SALTS. 521 Dissolve the Carbonate of Sodium in four hundred parts [or 10 fl. oz.] of boiling, Distilled Water. Slake the Lime and make it into a smooth mixture with four hundred parts [or 10 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, and heat it to boiling. Then gradually add the first liquid to the second, and continue the boiling for ten minutes. Remove the heat, cover the vessel tightly, and, when the contents are cold, add enough Distilled Water to make the whole mixture weigh one thousand par-ts [or measure 1£ pints]. Lastly, strain it through linen, set the liquid aside until it is clear, and remove the clear solution by means of a syphon. Alternative Process. Soda, 56 parts, or i oz. av. Distilled Water, 944 parts, or i pint. To make 1000 parts, or about i pint. Dissolve the Soda in the Distilled Water. The Soda used in this process should be of the full strength directed by the Pharmacopoeia (90 per cent.). Soda of any other strength, however, may be used, if a proportionately larger or smaller quantity be taken, the proper amount for the above formula being ascertained by dividing 5000 by the percentage of absolute Soda (hydrate of sodium) contained therein. Solution of Soda should be kept in well-stopped bottles. The sodium hydrate is obtained in this process by decomposing the carbonate by heating it in contact with an aqueous mixture of calcium hydrate: calcium carbonate is formed, and sodium hydrate remains in solution. + Ca(HO)2 = 2NaHO + CaC03. Sodium Calcium Sodium Calcium Carbonate. Hydrate. Hydrate. Carbonate. Liquor Sodas. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A clear, colorless liquid. When dropped into a concentrated solution of tartaric acid, no precipi- tate is produced (difference from solution of po- tassa). Sp. gr. 1.059. Odorless; very acrid and caustic taste; strongly alkaline reaction. Freely miscible with water and alcohol. Jest for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A drop taken up by a platinum loop and held in a non-lumi- nous flame imparts to it an intense yel- low color. To neutralize 20 Gm. of Solution of Soda should require 25 C.c. of the volu- metric solution of oxalic acid. f When dropped into an acid, it should produce no ef- Carbonate. 1 fervescence, or, at most, only a slight escape of [ isolated bubbles. Alkaline f neutralized by nitric acid, the Solution should Earths i yield more than a faint cloudiness with test- is solution of carbonate of sodium, f When neutralized by nitric acid, the Solution should Sulphate. J not yield more than a faint cloudiness with test- is solution of chloride of barium, f When neutralized by nitric acid, the Solution should Chloride. -j not yield more than a faint cloudiness with test- is solution of nitrate of silver, with a little nitric acid, f The neutralized Solution, when evaporated to dryness, Foreign Im- J should yield a residue which is dissolved by water purities. 1 without leaving more than a small quantity of ( insoluble matter. 522 THE SODIUM SALTS. Uses.—Solution of soda is an antacid, and is used for the same pur- poses and in the same dose as solution of potassa (see p. 492). SODII ACETAS. U.S. Acetate of Sodium. NaC2H302.3H20; 136. Preparation.—This salt is obtained on the large scale in the process for making acetic acid. For medicinal purposes it may be made con- veniently by saturating acetic acid with sodium carbonate, filtering the solution, concentrating it, and obtaining the salt in crystals. 2HC2H302 + Na2COa = 2NaC2H3Q2 + H20 + C02. Acetic Sodium Sodium Water. Carbon Acid. Carbonate. Acetate. Dioxide. It is sometimes granulated, and in this form it is more convenient for dispensing purposes than the usual large crystals. Sodii Aoetas. V. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Large, colorless, transparent, monoclinie prisms, efflo- rescent in dry air. When heated, the salt melts, and on further heating loses all its water (39.7 per cent.), and falls into a white powder. At a higher temper- ature this powder again melts, and at red heat it is decomposed with the evolution of empyreumatic, inflammable vapors, leaving a blackened residue of an alkaline reaction, which imparts to a non-lumi- nous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. Odorless; sa- line, bitter taste; neu- tral or faintly al- kaline re- action. Cold. 3 parts. Boiling. 1 part. Cold. 30 parts. Boiling. 2 parts. Tests fob Identity and Quan- titative Test. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. On adding sulphuric acid to a concentrated solution of the salt, and heating, vapor of acetic acid is evolved. A solution of the salt is rendered deep red by ferric chloride, and, on boiling, a red precipitate is formed. If 3.4 Gm. of Acetate of So- dium be ignited until gases cease to be evolved, the al- kaline residue should re- quire for complete neutrali- zation 25 C.c. of the volu- metric solution of oxalic acid (corresponding to 100 per cent, of pure Acetate of Sodium). ' A 2 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, acid- ulated with acetic acid, should yield no pre- Chloride. • cipitate, or at most only a faint opalescence, on the addition of test-solution of nitrate of silver. ' A 2 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, acid- ulated with acetic acid, should yield no pre- Sulphato. -! cipitate, or at most only a faint opalescence, on the addition of test-solution of chloride of ( barium. f If a solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric Silica. -j acid, is evaporated to dryness, the residue [ should be completely soluble in water, f A solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric Metals. -i acid, should remain unaffected by hydrosul- 1 phurio acid or sulphide of ammonium. | A solution of the salt, acidulated with nitrio Alkaline J acid, should yield no precipitate, or at most Earths. 1 only a trace, on the addition of test-solution [ of carbonate of sodium, f Fragments of the salt, added to acetic acid, vuirUvlldvwt y tit i jv ( should produce no effervescence. Organic Im- f fragments of the salt, when sprinkled upon col- nurities " 1 orless> concentrated sulphuric acid, should not ” ‘ ( impart to it any color. Uses.—Sodium acetate is often preferred to potassium acetate as a diu- retic. It is not deliquescent like the latter, and is said to be as efficient, although milder in its action. The dose is from twenty to sixty grains. THE SODIUM SALTS. 523 SODII ARSENIAS. U.S. Arseniate of Sodium. Preparation.—A process for this salt was formerly officinal: it is as follows: Take of Arsenious Acid, in fine powder, 960 grains ; Nitrate of So- dium, in fine powder, 816 grains; Dried Carbonate of Sodium, in fine powder, 528 grains ; Distilled Water, boiling hot, half a 'pint. Having mixed the powders thoroughly, put the mixture into a large clay cruci- ble, and cover it with the lid. Expose it to a full red heat until effer- vescence has ceased, and complete fusion has taken place. Pour the fused salt on a porcelain slab, and, as soon as it has solidified, and while it is still warm, put it into the hot water, and stir until it is dissolved. Filter the solution, and set it aside to crystallize. Drain the crystals, and, having dried them rapidly on filtering paper, keep them in a well- stopped bottle. The rationale of this process is that when arsenious acid, sodium nitrate, and sodium carbonate are fused together, sodium pyroarseniate is formed, whilst nitrous anhydride and carbon dioxide escape as gases. Na2HAs04.7H20 ; 311.9. As203 -f- 2NaN03 + Na2C03 = Na4As207 -j- N203 + C02. Arsenious Sodium Sodium Sodium Nitrous Carbon Acid. Nitrate. Carbonate. Pyroarseniate. Anhydride. Dioxide. Sodium pyroarseniate is converted into the orthoarseniate (the offici- nal salt) by dissolving the former in water, filtering the solution, and crystallizing. Na4As207 + 15H20 = 2(Na2HAs04,7H20). Sodium Water. Sodium Pyroarseniate. Orthoarseniate. Sodii Arsenias. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, prismatic crystals, slightly efflorescent in dry air. When gently heated, the salt loses 28.8 per cent, of its weight (water of crystallization), and, if further heated to near 148° C. (298.4° F.), it loses the remainder of its water (11.5 per cent.). Odorless; mild, feebly alka- line taste; faintly alka- line reaction. Cold. 4 parts. Boiling. Very soluble. Cold. Very slightly soluble. Boiling. 60 parts. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. A fragment of the salt imparts to a non-lumi- nous flame an intense yellow color, not appear- ing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a white precipitate with test-solutions of chloride of barium, chloride of calcium, or sulphate of zinc, and a brick- red precipitate with test-solution of nitrate of silver, all of which precipitates are soluble in nitric acid. ' The cold aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with hydro- chloric acid, should not at Arsenite. - once produce a yellow precip- itate or assume a yellow color on the addition of solution of hydrosulphuric acid. Uses.—The only advantage in using this salt in preference to ar- senious acid is that the practitioner is more apt to get it of uniform quality: their properties are identical. The dose is from one-twelfth to one-third of a grain. 524 THE SODIUM SALTS. SODII BENZOAS. U. S. Benzoate of Sodium. NaC7H502.H20; 162. Preparation.—Benzoic acid is added to a hot concentrated solution of pure sodium carbonate until effervescence ceases. The solution is evaporated, cooled, and allowed to crystallize, or, preferably, evaporated to dryness and granulated. 2HC7H502 + Na.COg = 2NaC?H502 + C02 -f H20. Benzoic Acid. Sodium Sodium Carbon Water. Carbonate. Benzoate. Dioxide. The yield of granulated salt is about one and one-third times the quantity of benzoic acid used. Sodii Benzoas, TJ. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white, semi-crystalline or amorphous powder, efflorescent on exposure to air. When heated, the salt melts, emits vapors having the odor of benzoic acid, then chars, and finally leaves a blackened residue of an alkaline reaction, which imparts to a non-luminous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. Odorless, or having a faint odor of ben- zoin ; sweetly as- tringent taste, free from bitterness; neutral reaction. Cold. 1.8 parts. Boiling. 1.3 parts. Cold. 45 parts. Boiling. 20 parts. Test for Identity. Test fob Impurities. On mixing an aqueous solution of the salt with a dilute solution of ferric sulphate, a flesh-colored precipitate is produced. If the benzoic acid be separated from the salt by pre- cipitating it with diluted nitric acid, and thoroughly washed, it should respond to the tests of purity mentioned under Acidum Benzoicum. Uses.—Sodium benzoate has been prescribed as a remedy in phthisis, diphtheria, and similar complaints, in sixty-grain doses. It is employed also in rheumatism. SODII BICARBONAS. U. S. Bicarbonate of Sodium. NaHC03; 84. Preparation.—This is not the ordinary “ Bicarbonate of Soda the officinal requirement of this is that it shall contain 99 per cent, of bicarbonate of sodium. In order to attain this high grade, it is neces- sary to purify the commercial salt. This may be done by the process formerly officinal: Take of Commercial Bicarbonate of Sodium, in powder, 64 oz. av.; Distilled Water, 6 pints. Introduce the powder into a suitable conical glass percolator, cover it with a piece of wet muslin, and pour the Water gradually upon it. When the liquid has ceased to drop, or when the washings cease to precipitate a solution of Sulphate of Mag- nesium, remove the Bicarbonate of Sodium from the percolator, and dry it on bibulous paper, in a warm place. THE SODIUM SALTS. 525 This purification amounts to nothing more than washing the salt with distilled water. The common impurities, sodium carbonate, chloride, and sulphate, and ammonium salts, are much more soluble than the bicarbonate, and they are easily dissolved out, without any serious loss of the bicarbonate. Alcohol is sometimes substituted for water for dissolving the carbonate. Sodii Bicarbonas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Soeubidity. Water. Alcohol. A white, opaque powder, permanent in the air. When heated to about 70° C. (158° F.), the salt begins to lose moisture and carbonic acid gas, and, on con- tinued heating, loses about 37 per cent, in weight. At a red heat the anhydrous residue melts, and a fragment of the salt imparts an intense yellow color to a non-luminous flame. Odorless; cool- ing, mildly saline taste; slightly al- kaline reac- tion. Cold. 12 parts. Boiling. Decom- posed. Insoluble. Test for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution, on being heated, disen- gages carbonic acid, and finally contains carbon- ate of sodium. To neutralize 4.2 Gm. of Bicarbonate of Sodium should require not less than 49.5 C.c. of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid (correspond- ing to at least 99 per cent, of Bicarbonate of Sodium). A 1 per cent, solution of the salt, supersaturated Chloride. with nitric acid, should yield at most only a slight opalescence with test-solution of nitrate of silver. A 1 per cent, solution of the salt, supersaturated Sulphate. - with nitric acid, should yield only a slight opales- cence with test-solution of chloride of barium. Ammonium On heating a small quantity of the salt with solution Salts. ( of soda, no ammoniacal vapor should be given off. If 2 Gm. of the salt be dissolved, with very gentle More than agitation, in 30 C.c. of cold water, and the solu- about 3 per tion added to a cold solution of 0.3 Gm. of mer- cent. of curie chloride in 6 C.c. of water, only a white Carbonate. cloud, but neither a red precipitate nor a red color, should make its appearance within three minutes. Uses.—If officinal bicarbonate of sodium were universally used, the preparations into which the commercial article now enters would be largely deprived of the disagreeable, bitter taste which is caused by the presence of carbonate. The dose and uses of the purified salt are about the same as those of the commercial. SODII BICARBONAS VENALIS. U.S. Commercial Bicarbonate of Sodium. NaHCOj; 84. Preparation.—All the processes for making this important salt of sodium, with one exception, consist in the addition of carbon dioxide to sodium carbonate. This operation cannot be carried on profitably upon the small scale: hence it is most advantageous for the pharmacist to buy commercial sodium bicarbonate and purify it for dispensing purposes (see page 524). Sodium carbonate contains ten molecules of water of crystallization; sodium bicarbonate contains none: hence provision must be made for the escape of this water, which is thrown out of combination during the process of carbonating. The 526 THE SODIUM SALTS. crystallized sodium carbonate is placed upon false bottoms in chambers arranged so that the water can escape as it is liberated. + C02 + H20 = 2HNaC03. Sodium Carbon Water. Sodium Carbonate. Dioxide. Bicarbonate. Sodium bicarbonate is also prepared by the ammonia-soda process, or Solvay’s, as it is usually called. In this, carbon dioxide is passed into a solution of common salt in ammonia water, double decomposition en- sues, sodium bicarbonate is precipitated, and ammonium chloride, being very soluble, remains in solution. NaCl 4- NH? + C02 + H20 = HNaC03 + NH4C1. Sodium Ammonia. Carbon Water. Sodium Ammonium Chloride. Dioxide. Bicarbonate. Chloride. Sodii Bicarbonas Venalis. U. S. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. See Sodii Bicarbonas. To neutralize 4.2 Gm. of the salt Chloride. ’ A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric acid, should not should require not less than yield an immediate precipitate with test- 47.5 C.c. of the volumetric so- lution of oxalic acid (corre- sponding to at least 95 per cent, of Bicarbonate of So- Sulphate. solution of nitrate of silver. ' A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric acid, should not yield an immediate precipitate with test- dium). Carbonate. solution of chloride of barium. ' If a portion of the salt be agitated with a quantity of water insufficient to dissolve it, the cold filtrate should not yield more than a slight precipitate with a concen- trated solution of sulphate of magnesium. Uses.—Commercial “ bicarbonate of soda” is largely used as an antacid in doses of ten to fifteen grains. It is preferably administered in carbonic acid water, and the draught is popularly known as “ extra soda.” The misnomer is caused by the erroneous use of the term “ soda water.” SODII BISULPHIS. U.S. Bisulphite of Sodium. HaHSOs; 104. Preparation.—The acid sodium sulphite is used in solution in the arts, but, owing to its unstable character, it is inferior to the normal sul- phite. It is prepared by passing sulphurous acid gas into a solution of sodium carbonate until saturation takes place and all the carbon di- oxide is expelled: the liquid is then evaporated, and the crystals which form on cooling are washed and dried. Na2C03 + 2H2S03 = 2NaHS03 + C02 + H20. Sodium Sulphurous Sodium Carbon Water. Carbonate. Acid. Bisulphite. Dioxide. It is converted by exposure to the air into sulphate and carbonate. It is largely manufactured for use in the arts as an antichlor, to neutralize the effects of the chlorine used in bleaching fabrics. THE SODIUM SALTS. 527 Sodii Bisulphis. V. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Opaque, prismatic crystals, or a crystalline or granular powder, slowly oxidized and losing sulphurous acid on exposure to air. When strongly heated, the salt decrepitates and is converted into sulphur and sul- phate of sodium. A small fragment of the salt im- parts to a non-luminous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. Faint sulphu- rous odor; disagreeable, sulphurous taste; acid reaction. Cold. 4 parts. Boiling. 2 parts. Cold. 72 parts. Boiling. 49 parts. Test for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. On adding hydrochloric acid to an aqueous solution of the salt, sulphurous vapors are evolved, and the solu- tion does not become cloudy (difference from hyposul- phite). If 0.26 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 C.e. of water, and a little gelatinized starch added, at least 45 C.c. of the volumetric solution of iodine should be required before a permanent blue tint appears after stirring (corresponding to at least 90 per cent, of pure Bisul- phite of Sodium). Sulphate. A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with hy- drochloric acid, should not yield more than a faint cloudiness with test-solution of chlo- ride of barium. Uses.—Bisulphite of sodium is used as an antiseptic and antiferment, in doses of five to ten grains. The sulphite, however, is usually preferred. SODII BORAS. U.S. Borate of Sodium. Na2B4Or10H2O; 382. Preparation.—This salt is found in immense quantities in California as a crystalline deposit in the blue mud of an offset of Clear Lake. It is probable that this will continue to be the principal source of borax for many years to come. The process of purification consists simply in picking the large and perfect crystals out, washing them, and lixiviating the earth, which is strongly impregnated with borax, evaporating the solution, and crystallizing. It is sometimes called biborate of sodium. Borax is found native in Thibet, Persia, and other localities. It is sometimes called tincal. Crude boric acid, obtained from Tuscany, is fused with dried sodium carbonate, and a hot solution of the residue is crystallized in order to produce borax. Sodii Boras. TJ. 8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Colorless, transparent, shining, monoclinic prisms, slightly ef- florescent in dry air. When heated, the powdered salt be- gins to lose water, then melts, on further heating swells up and forms a white, porous mass, which, at a red heat, fuses to a colorless glass, with complete loss of water of crystallization (47.1 per cent.). Odorless; mild, cooling, sweet- ish, afterwards somewhat alka- line taste; alka- line reaction. Cold. 16 parts. Boiling. 0.5 part. Insoluble. At 80° C.(176° F.) it is solu- ble in 1 part of glycerin. 528 THE SODIUM SALTS. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. A fragment of the salt Carbonate. The aqueous solution should not effervesce with acids. imparts an intense yellow color to a non- Alkaline Earths. ' The aqueous solution should not be precipitated nor be rendered cloudy by test-solution of carbonate luminous flame. The saturated aqueous so- of sodium. The aqueous solution should not be affected by hy- lution, on the addi- tion of sulphuric acid, deposits shining crys- Sulphate. drosulphuric acid. A 1 per cent, solution, strongly acidulated with nitric acid, should not be rendered turbid by the talline scales, which impart a green color to the flame of al- addition of a few drops of test-solution of chlo- ride of barium. A 1 per cent, solution, strongly acidulated with cohol. Chloride. - nitric acid, should not be rendered turbid by the addition of a few drops of test-solution of nitrate of silver. Uses.—Borax, as it is almost universally called, is antacid and diu- retic. It enters into many mouth-washes, and is frequently applied in the form of powder to ulcers in the mouth, for which purpose it is ad- mirably adapted, being mildly alkaline and not very soluble. Pharma- ceutically, it is frequently used in small quantity to whiten ointments, particularly the ointment of rose-water. It is used for this purpose by dissolving it in water, and incorporating the solution. SODII BROMIDUM. U.S. Bromide of Sodium. NaBr; 102.8. Preparation.—The process most used in making this salt is by de- composing ferrous bromide by treating it with sodium carbonate. The ferrous bromide is made by acting on iron wire with bromine in the presence of water, and, after filtering the solution, adding solution of sodium carbonate. The reaction may be thus expressed : FeBr2 -f- = 2NaBr -f FeCOs. Ferrous Sodium Sodium Ferrous Bromide. Carbonate. Bromide. Carbonate. Sodium bromide may also be made by first producing ammonium bromide by treating a solution of ammonia with bromine (see Ammonii Bromidum), and then by double decomposition with sodium carbonate, forming sodium bromide and ammonium carbonate. The solution, by careful evaporation and granulation, may be made to yield sodium bromide, whilst ammonium carbonate, being composed of volatile com- pounds, is dissipated by the amount of heat used to granulate the sodium salt. Sodii Bromidum. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Beaction. Water. Alcohol. Small, colorless or white, monoclinic crystals, or a crystalline powder, permanent in dry air. When heated to a dull red heat, the salt melts without losing weight. At a full red heat it is slowly volatilized without decomposition. A fragment of the salt imparts to a non-luminous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. Odorless; saline, slightly bitter taste; neutral or faintly alka- line reaction. Cold. 1.2 parts. Boiling. 0.5 part. Cold. 13 parts. Boiling. 11 parts. THE SODIUM SALTS. 529 Test for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. If disulphide of carbon be poured into a solution Bromate. ' If diluted sulphuric acid be dropped on a portion of the salt, the latter should not at once assume a of the salt, then chlo- rine water added drop by drop, and the whole agitated, the disulphide Iodide. yellow color. If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, some gelatinized starch added, and then a few drops of chlorine water be carefully poured on will acquire a yellow or yellowish-brown color without a violet tint. 1 Gm. of the salt, when completely precipitated Sulphate. top, no blue zone should make its appearance at the line of contact of the two liquids. On adding to 1 Gm. of the salt, dissolved in 20 C.c. of water, 5 or 6 drops of test-solution of nitrate of barium, no immediate cloudiness or precipitate by nitrate of silver, yields, if perfectly pure, 1.824 Gm. of dry bro- mide of silver. More than 3 should make its appearance. If 3 Gm. of the well-dried salt be dissolved in dis- tilled water to 100 C.c., and 10 C.c. of this solution be treated with a few drops of test-solution of percent, of Chloride. bichromate of potassium, and then volumetric solution of nitrate of silver be added, not more than 29.8 C.c. of the latter should be consumed before the red color ceases to disappear on stirring. Uses.—Bromide of sodium is used for the same purposes as bromide of potassium. It is probably inferior to the latter as a nervous sedative, although frequently combined with it. The dose is thirty to sixty grains. SODII CARBONAS. U.S. Carbonate of Sodium. Preparation.—Impure sodium carbonate, or soda-ash, is consumed in enormous quantities in the arts, and cheap methods of production have been long sought for. The process elaborated by Leblanc in 1784, a French apothecary, has been most largely used, and it possesses a his- toric interest because of the public endorsements which it received from the French government in 1794. It is remarkable that this process has been successfully worked, without material modifications, for a century, and has supplied the world with cheap soap and cheap glass. It also furnishes a striking illustration of the unrequited labors of inventors and benefactors, from the fact that Leblanc died a pauper in a French asylum. Sodium carbonate is made from common salt by two steps: first, by converting the salt by sulphuric acid into sodium sulphate, and, secondly, by decomposing the sulphate by calcium carbonate and charcoal at a high temperature, so as to yield sodium carbonate. The chemical reactions are as follows : Na2CO3.10H2O; 286. 2NaCl + H2S04 = Na2S04 + 2HC1, Sodium Sulphuric Sodium Hydrochloric Chloride. Acid. Sulphate. Acid. Na2S04 + CaC03 + C4 = Na2C03 + CaS + 4CO. Sodium Calcium Carbon. Sodium Calcium Carbon Sulphate. Carbonate. Carbonate. Sulphide. Monoxide. The sulphate, first dried, is mixed with its own weight of ground lime- stone, and half its weight of small coal, ground and sifted, and the whole is heated in a reverberatory furnace, where it fuses and forms a black mass. The coal, at the temperature employed, converts the sodium sulphate into sodium sulphide. This reacts with the limestone, so as to 530 THE SODIUM SALTS. form calcium sulphide and sodium carbonate. The black mass is next digested in warm water, which takes up the alkali and other soluble matters, and leaves the insoluble impurities, called soda waste, largely utilized in the manufacture of sodium hyposulphite. The solution is evaporated to dryness, and the mass obtained is calcined with one-fourth of its weight of sawdust, to convert the alkali fully into carbonate, by means of the carbonic acid resulting from the combustion of the sawdust. The product is redissolved in water, and the solution evaporated to dry- ness. This soda-ash contains about 50 per cent, of sodium carbonate. Solvay’s process for making sodium bicarbonate is given on page 526 ; the bicarbonate is easily converted into carbonate by heating, and the carbon dioxide is utilized in another part of the process. The cryolite process is used largely in the United States. Cryolite, A12F6 + 6NaF, consists mainly of a double fluoride of aluminium and sodium, containing in 100 parts 13 of aluminium, 34 of sodium, and 53 of fluorine. Sodium carbonate is obtained by heating cryolite with chalk, whereby calcium fluoride is formed, while the sodium and alu- minium combine to form sodium aluminate, a weak salt, which is dis- solved out by lixiviation. The soda is converted into carbonate by passing carbon dioxide under pressure through the solution; and the alumina, separated from the soda, becomes insoluble, and is deposited. A12F6 + 6NaF + 6CaC03 = A1A, + 6CaF2 + 6COz. Cryolite. Calcium Sodium Calcium Carbon Carbonate. Aluminate. Fluoride. Dioxide. Sodii Carbonas. U. S. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Large, colorless, monoclinic crystals, rapidly efflorescing in dry air and falling into a white powder. When heated to'about 35° C. (95° F.), the salt melts; on further heating, all the water (62.9 per cent.) gradually escapes, and at a red heat the an- hydrous residue fuses. A fragment of the salt imparts an intense yel- low color to a non-luminous flame. Odorless; sharp, alkaline taste; alkaline reac- tion. Cold. 1.6 parts. Boiling. 0.25 part. Insoluble. Soluble in 0.09 part of water at 38° C. (100.4° F.). Test for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution strongly effervesces on the addition of an acid. To neutralize 7.15 Gm. of Car- bonate of Sodium should re- quire not less than 49 C.c. of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid (corresponding to at least 98 per cent, of pure, crystallized Carbonate of Sodium). ' The aqueous solution of the salt should be free from suspended or colored impurities, and, after being Chloride. supersaturated with nitric acid, should not yield more than a trifling precipitate with test-solu- tion of nitrate of silver. The aqueous solution of the salt should be free from suspended or colored impurities, and, after Sulphate. being supersaturated with nitric acid, should not yield more than a trifling precipitate with test-solution of chloride of barium. The aqueous solution of the salt should remain Metals unaffected by hydrosulphuric acid, either before or after being supersaturated with hydrochloric acid. A solution of the salt acidified by the last-named Alumina. -! acid, when supersaturated with ammonia and boiled, should not yield a gelatinous precipitate. THE SODIUM SALTS. 531 Uses.—Sodium carbonate is one of the most useful of the alkaline salts : it is the source of most of the sodium salts made by the pharma- cist. It is important in this connection not to use the effloresced carbonate, as it is stronger in proportion to the amount of water that it has lost. It is rarely given internally, on account of its disagreeable taste. The dose is from ten to twenty grains. SODII CARBONAS EXSICCATUS. U.S. Dried Carbonate of Sodium. Carbonate of Sodium, 200 parts, or 32 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Break the salt into small fragments, allow it to effloresce by exposure to warm air for several days, then expose it to a temperature of about 45° C. (113° F.), until it has been converted into a white powder weighing one hundred parts [or 16 oz. av.]. Pass the powder through a sieve, and preserve it in well-stopped bottles. The theoretical proportion of water in officinal sodium carbonate is nearly 63 per cent., so that the exsiccated carbonate still retains some water of crystallization. It is a white, hygroscopic powder, correspond- ing to the tests of purity under Sodii Carbonas. It is, of course, twice the strength of sodium carbonate. To neutralize 2.65 Gm. of Dried Carbonate of Sodium should require not less than 36.3 C.c. of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid (corresponding to at least 72.6 per cent, of anhydrous carbonate of sodium). Uses.—The object of driving off water from sodium carbonate is to furnish a more uniform product, and to render the dose, when admin- istered in pill or powder form, less bulky. The dose is from five to ten grains. SODII CHLORAS. U.S. Chlorate of Sodium. NaC103; 106.4. Preparation.—This salt is usually prepared by Wittstein’s process, which consists in first preparing acid sodium tartrate by adding a strong solution containing nine and a half parts of tartaric acid to a hot aque- ous solution of nine parts of sodium carbonate. The hot solution is mixed with one in which eight parts of potassium chlorate have been dissolved. Acid potassium tartrate separates, whilst sodium chlorate re- mains in solution. The filtered solution is evaporated and crystallized. If desired of absolute purity, it may be recrystallized from an alcoholic solution. Na2COs + 2H2C4H406 = 2NaHC4H4Os + C02 + HaO, Sodium Tartaric Acid Sodium Carbon Water. Carbonate. Acid. Tartrate. Dioxide. NaHC4H406 + KC103 = NaC103 + KHC4H406. Acid Sodium Potassium Sodium Acid Potassium Tartrate. Chlorate. Chlorate. Tartrate. Owing to the facility with which this salt parts with its oxygen, the following officinal cautionary direction should be borne in mind. Chlo- rate of Sodium should be kept in well-stopped bottles, and should not be triturated with readily oxidizable or combustible substances. Acci- dents have occurred from triturating it with sulphur, sugar, etc. 532 THE SODIUM SALTS. Sodii Chloras. U.8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. | Alcohol. Colorless, transparent tetrahedrons of the regular system, permanent in dry air. When heated, the salt melts and afterwards gives off a portion of its oxygen, finally leaving a residue of a neu- tral reaction completely soluble in water. Odorless; cooling, saline taste; neutral reac- tion. Cold. 1.1 parts. Boiling. 0.5 part. Cold. 40 parts. Boiling. 43 parts. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A fragment of this residue imparts to a non-luminous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass; and its aqueous solu- tion, acidulated with nitric acid, yields, with test-solu- tion of nitrate of silver, a white precipitate soluble in ammonia. f The aqueous solution of the salt should not pro- Potassium i duce a white, crystalline precipitate on the addition of a saturated solution of bitartrate [ of sodium. f A dilute aqueous solution of the salt should Sulphate. -! yield no precipitate with test-solution of chlo- [ ride of barium. Calcium. Nor with test-solution of oxalate of ammonium. , f And at most only a faint cloudiness with test- on e' ( solution of nitrate of silver. Uses.—This salt has an advantage over potassium chlorate in point of solubility, thus permitting the use of stronger solutions. The dose is from ten to twenty grains. SODII CHLORIDUM. U.S. Chloride of Sodium NaCl; 58.4. Preparation.—Common salt is universally distributed over the world, and may be mined, as rock salt, or obtained by evaporating sea-water. Sodii Chloridum. U- S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility'. Water. Alcohol. White, shining, hard, cubical crystals, or a crystal- line powder, permanent in the air. When heated, the salt decrepitates; at a red heat it melts, and at a still higher temperature it is slowly vola- tilized, with partial decomposition. A fragment of the salt imparts to a non-luminous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. Odorless; purely saline taste; neutral reac- tion. Cold. 2.8 parts. Boiling. 2.5 parts. Almost in- soluble. Test for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution, acidulated with nitric acid, yields, with test- solution of nitrate of silver, a white precipi- tate soluble in ammo- nia. 1 Gm. of Chloride of So- dium, when completely precipitated by nitrate of silver, should yield 2.450 Gm. of dry chlo- , ride, of silver. Alkaline aclueous solution of the salt should yield no pre- Earths. 1 cipitate or cloudiness on the addition of test-solu- t tion of carbonate of sodium. Sulphate Nor 011 the a(i(lition °f test-solution of chloride of 1 ' ( barium. Metals. ( r an le addition of hydrosulphuric acid or sul- phide of ammonium. 'If 2 Gm. of the salt be digested with 20 Gm. of alcohol, the cold and filtered alcoholic solution Iodide or evaporated to dryness, the residue dissolved in Bromide. " water> a little gelatinized starch added, and sub- sequently chlorine water, drop by drop, no col- ored tint should make its appearance at the line . of contact of the two liquid?. THE SODIUM SALTS. 533 Uses.—Chloride of sodium is largely used as a condiment and anti- septic. It undoubtedly serves a useful purpose in the animal economy, as many animals possess an instinctive craving for it. Salt baths are tonic, and valuable aids in many diseases. Common salt is used as a styptic in hemorrhage. SODII HYPOPHOSPHIS. U.S. Hypophosphite of Sodium. NaH2P02.H20; 106. Preparation.—This salt is prepared by mixing a solution of six ounces of calcium hypophosphite in four pints of water with a solution of ten ounces of sodium carbonate in one and a half pints of water. Ca2H2P02 + Na2COa = 2NaH2P02 + CaC03. Calcium Sodium Sodium Calcium Hypophosphite. Carbonate. Hypophosphite. Carbonate. Double decomposition takes place, with the formation of calcium carbonate and sodium hypophosphite, of which the latter is held in solution, and the former precipitated. After filtration to separate the calcium carbonate, the solution is evaporated to a pellicle, and then stirred constantly till the salt granulates, the heat being continued. If required quite pure, the granulated salt is dissolved in officinal alcohol, and the liquid, having been evaporated to a syrupy consistence, is set aside to crystallize. Sometimes the sodium hypophosphite explodes with violence during the evaporation of its solution. This was ascribed to the use of too high a heat; but the same accident has occurred when the heat was applied by means of a water-bath. Evaporation, therefore, should be performed below 100° C. (212° F.). 5NaH2POa = Na4P207 + NaP03 + 2PH3 + 2H2. Sodium Sodium Sodium Phosphoretted Hydrogen. Hypophosphite. Pyrophosphate. Metaphosphate. Hydrogen. The gases evolved by heat are hydrogen and phosphoretted hydrogen. The latter is well known to be spontaneously inflammable. The acid present in this salt is hypophosphorous add. It consists of one atom of phosphorus, two atoms of oxygen, and three atoms of hydrogen, only one of the latter being replaceable by a metal. This acid is a powerful deoxidizer : as it reduces mercury and silver from their combinations, it should not be prescribed with either. The solubility of sodium hypophosphite and of other hypophosphites is increased by the addition of hypophosphorous acid. Sodii Hypophosphis. TJ. S. Odoe, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Small, colorless or white, rectangular plates, or a white, granular powder, deliquescent on exposure Odorless; sweet- Cold. Cold. ish, saline taste; 1 part. 30 parts. to air. When heated in a dry test-tube, the salt loses water, then evolves a spontaneously inflam- mable gas (phosphoretted hydrogen) burning with a bright yellow flame. A fragment of the salt imparts to a non-luminous flame an intense yel- low color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. neutral reaction. Boiling. 0.12 part. Boiling. 1 part. 534 THE SODIUM SALTS. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On triturating or heating the salt with an oxidizing agent, the Carbonate. The aqueous solution of the salt should not effervesce on the addition of an acid. mixture will explode. The aqueous solution yields, with Calcium. The aqueous solution of the salt should not be precipitated nor be rendered cloudy by test- test-solution of nitrate of silver, a white precipitate, which rap- idly turns brown and black; Potassium. ■ solution of oxalate of ammonium. The aqueous solution of the salt should not be precipitated nor be rendered cloudy by a and, when acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and added to excess of test-solution of mercuric chloride, it first pro- Sulphate. saturated solution of bitartrate of sodium. An aqueous solution of the salt, after being acidulated with hydrochloric acid, should not produce a white precipitate or cloudiness duces a white precipitate of calomel, and, on further ad- dition, metallic mercury sepa- Phosphate. with test-solution of chloride of barium. " On mixing the aqueous solution with test-solu- tion of magnesium, not more than a slight rates. cloudiness should make its appearance. Uses.—Sodium hypophosphite is used in exhausted conditions of the nervous system; in pharmacy, solely as an ingredient in syrup of the hypophosphites. SODII HYPOSULPHIS. U. S. Hyposulphite of Sodium. Preparation.—Sodium hyposulphite, or, more correctly, sodium thiosulphate, is made by decomposing soluble calcium thiosulphate, obtained by the oxidation of alkali waste, with either sodium sulphate or sodium carbonate. Na2S203.5H20; 248. CaS2Os + Na2S04 = Na&Os + CaS04. Calcium Sodium Sodium Calcium Thiosulphate. Sulphate. Thiosulphate. Sulphate. Other methods of making “ hyposulphite of soda” have been used, but the above process has superseded them because of its economy. It is now made on a very large scale. Sodii Hyposulphis. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubil Water. ITY. Alcohol. Large, colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms or plates, efflorescent in dry air. When rap- idly heated to about 50° C. (122° F.), the salt melts; when slowly heated until it is effloresced, and afterward to 100° C. (212° F.), it loses all its water (36.3 per cent.), and at a low red heat it is decomposed. A fragment of the salt imparts to a non-luminous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. Odorless; cooling, somewhat bitter and sulphurous taste; neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Cold. 1.5 parts. Boiling. 0.5 part, with partial de- composition. Insoluble. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution dissolves chloride or oxide of silver, and discharges the color of solution of iodized starch and of solution of iodine. Sulphuric acid added to the solution gives rise to the odor of burning sulphur and causes a white precipitate of sulphur (difference from bisulphite and sulphite). A solution of 2 Gm. of the salt in 10 Gm. of water, agi- tated for a short time with 1 Gm. of iodine, should yield a colorless liquid, with at most only a faint white opalescence (corresponding to about 98 per cent, of pure Hyposulphite of Sodium). Sulphate. Carbonate. ■ A solution of the salt in 80 parts of water should not be ren- dered cloudy by a few drops of test-solution of chloride of barium. "A concentrated solution of the salt should not effervesce when added to diluted acetic acid. THE SODIUM SALTS. 535 Uses.—This compound is used in the officinal volumetric test of hyposulphite of sodium, and occasionally in medicine, as an alterative and resolvent, in doses of ten to thirty grains. Externally, it is used in baths, and also as an ointment. Its principal use is in the arts, as an antichlor in paper-manufacture ; whilst in photography, under the abbre- viated name of “ hypo,” it is invaluable as a solvent for the unaltered silver chloride or bromide in the film. SODII IODIDUM. U. S. Iodide of Sodium. Nal; 149.6. Preparation.—This iodide may be prepared by double decomposition between solutions of ferrous iodide and sodium carbonate, or by treating a solution of sodium hydrate with iodine, exactly as in the preparation of potassium iodide. The former process is preferable if working on a small scale. Fel2 “b Na2C03 = 2NaI -f~ FeC03. Ferrous Sodium Sodium Ferrous Iodide. Carbonate. Iodide. Carbonate. By boiling the solution containing the ferrous carbonate the latter is rendered less bulky, and it can be easily separated by filtration. Sodii Iodidum. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. . Water. Alcohol. Minute, colorless or white, monoclinic crystals, or a crystalline powder, deliquescent on expo- sure to air. At a dull red heat the salt melts without losing weight. At a full red heat it is slowly volatilized, with partial decomposi- tion. A fragment of the salt imparts to a non-luminous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. Odorless; saline and slightly bitter taste; neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Cold. 0.6 part. Boiling. 0.3 part. Cold. 1.8 parts. Boiling. 1.4 parts. Test foe Identity and Quan- titative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. If disulphide of carbon be poured into a solution of the salt, then chlorine water added drop by drop, and the whole agitated, the disul- phide of carbon will acquire a violet color. 1 Gm. of the powdered and dried salt, when completely precipitated by nitrate of silver, yields, if perfectly pure, 1.566 Gm. of dry iodide of silver. ' The aqueous solution of the salt, mixed with T , , gelatinized starch, and afterwards with di- luted hydrochloric acid, should not at once acquire a blue color. ' If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of More than water of ammonia, then shaken with a solu- ahout 0.5 per tion of 1.2 Gm. of nitrate of silver in 20 C.c. cent, of Ohio- of water, and the filtrate be supersaturated ride or Bro- with 7 C.c. of nitric acid, no cloudiness mide. should make its appearance within ten minr utes. ' On adding to 1 Gm. of the salt, dissolved in 20 C.c. of water, 5 or 6 drops of test-solution Sulphate. ■ of nitrate of barium, no immediate cloudi- ness or precipitate should make its appear- ance. Uses.—Medicinally, this salt is preferred to potassium iodide by some practitioners, although apparently without good reasons. The dose is from five to fifteen grains. 536 THE SODIUM SALTS. SODII NITRAS. U.S. Nitrate of Sodium. NaN03; 85. Preparation.—Sodium nitrate, called also cubic nitre, and Chili saltpetre, is a native salt found in Chili and Peru, purified by crystal- lization from its aqueous solution. It is the cheapest source for obtain- ing nitrates, as explained elsewhere (see Acidum Nitricum). Odor, Taste, and Solubility. soaii n liras, u.o. Reaction. W ater. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, rhombohedral crystals, slightly deliquescent in damp air. When heated to about 312° C. (594° F.), the salt melts, and, on further heating, it is decomposed, giving off oxygen, and leaving a residue which emits ni- trous vapors on the addition of sulphuric acid. Odorless; cooling, saline, and slightly bitter taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 1.3 parts. Boiling. 0.6 part. Scarcely soluble. Boiling. 40 parts. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Thrown upon red-hot coals, the salt deflagrates. A fragment of the salt im- parts to a non-luminous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing-more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. If 1 6m. of Nitrate of So- dium be heated with 1 Gm. of concentrated sul- phuric acid, and the mixture be kept at a red heat until it ceases to lose weight, the residue should weigh 0.835 Gm. Metals. Alkaline Earths. Potassium. Sulphate. Chloride. Iodide. ' The aqueous solution of the salt should remain unaffected by hydrosulphuric acid or sulphide of ammonium. The aqueous solution of the salt should remain unaffected by carbonate of ammonium. The aqueous solution of the salt should remain unaffected by a saturated solution of bitartrate of sodium. An aqueous solution of the salt, previously acid- ulated with nitric acid, should yield no pre- cipitate or cloudiness with test-solution of nitrate of barium. Similar solution of the salt should yield at most only a faint opalescence with test-solution of nitrate of silver. On adding to a solution of the salt a few drops of solution of hydrosulphuric acid, then some gelatinized starch, and carefully pouring a few drops of chlorine water on top, no blue zone should make its appearance at the line of contact of the two liquids. Uses.—Sodium nitrate is used in a number of diseases, such as epi- lepsy, angina pectoris, dysentery, etc., but evidently without marked effects. The dose is fifteen to twenty grains. SODII PHOSPHAS. U.S. Phosphate of Sodium. Na2HP04.12H20; 358. Preparation.—Sodium phosphate may be prepared by the process formerly officinal, as follows : Take of Bone, calcined to whiteness and in fine powder, 120 oz. troy; Sulphuric Acid 72 oz. troy; Carbonate of Sodium, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the powder with the Sulphuric Acid in an earthen vessel; then add 8 pints of Water, and, having stirred the mixture thoroughly, digest for three days, occasionally adding a little Water to replace that which is lost by evaporation, and frequently stir- ring the mixture. At the expiration of that time, pour in 8 pints of THE SODIUM SALTS. 537 boiling Water, and strain through muslin, gradually adding more boil- ing Water until the liquid passes nearly tasteless. Set by the strained liquor that the dregs may subside, and, having poured off the clear so- lution, boil it down to 8 pints. To the concentrated liquid, poured off from the newly formed dregs and heated in an iron vessel, add by degrees Carbonate of Sodium, previously dissolved in hot Water, until effervescence ceases, and the phosphoric acid is completely saturated; then filter the liquid, and set it aside to crystallize. Having removed the crystals, add, if necessary, a small quantity of Carbonate of Sodium to the liquid, so as to render it slightly alkaline; then alternately evap- orate and crystallize, so long as crystals are produced. Lastly, keep the crystals in a well-stopped bottle. The part of bones which is incombustible is obtained by burning them to whiteness, and consists of neutral calcium phosphate, called bone-phosphate, or bone-ash, associated with some calcium carbonate. When this is mixed with sulphuric acid, the calcium carbonate is en- tirely decomposed, giving rise to effervescence. The calcium phosphate undergoes partial decomposition; the greater part of the lime, being liberated, precipitates as calcium sulphate, while the phosphoric acid combines with the undecomposed portion of the phosphate, and remains in solution as an acid calcium phosphate, holding dissolved a small portion of calcium sulphate. Ca32P04 + 2H2S04 = CaH42P04 + 2CaS04. Calcium Sulphuric Acid Calcium Calcium Phosphate. Acid. Phosphate. Sulphate. In order to separate the acid phosphate from the precipitated mass of calcium sulphate, boiling water is added to the mixture, the whole is strained, and the sulphate washed as long as acid phosphate is removed, which is known by the water passing through in an acid state. The different liquids which have passed the strainer, consisting of the solu- tion of acid calcium phosphate, are mixed and allowed to stand; and by cooling a portion of calcium sulphate is deposited, which is got rid of by decantation. The bulk of the liquid is now reduced by evapora- tion, and, in consequence of the diminution of the water, a fresh portion of calcium sulphate is deposited, which is separated by subsidence and decantation as before. The acid calcium phosphate solution, being heated, is now saturated by means of a hot solution of sodium carbon- ate. The carbonic acid is liberated with effervescence, and the alkali, combining with the excess of acid of the acid phosphate, produces sodium phosphate; while the acid calcium phosphate, by the loss of its excess of acid, becomes the neutral phosphate and precipitates. CaH42P04 + Na2C03 = CaHP04 + Na2HPG4 + H20 + C02. Acid Calcium Sodium Calcium Sodium Water. Carbon Phosphate. Carbonate. Phosphate. Phosphate. Dioxide. The calcium phosphate is separated by filtration; and the filtered liquor, which is a solution of sodium phosphate, is evaporated so as to crystallize. THE SODIUM SALTS. 538 Sodii Phosphas. U.8. Odor, Taste, and Keaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Large, colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, speedily efflorescing and becoming opaque on exposure to air. When heated to about 40° C. (104° F.), the salt melts, yielding a clear liquid, and, on continued heating to near 100° C. (212° F.), it loses all its water of crystallization (60.3 per cent.). Odorless; cooling, saline, and fee- bly alkaline taste; slightly alkaline reac- tion. Cold. 6 parts. Boiling. 2 parts. Insoluble. Tests fob Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. A fragment of the salt imparts to a non-luminous flame an intense yel- low color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with test- solution of magnesium, a white, crystalline precipitate soluble in acids. If 1 Gm. of Phosphate of Sodium be completely precipitated by test-mix- ture of magnesium, the washed, dried, and ignited precipitate should weigh 0.31 Gm. ' The aqueous solution of the salt should Carbonate. not effervesce on the addition of an acid. ' An aqueous solution of the salt, when acidified with hydrochloric acid, Metals. ■ should remain unaffected by hydro- sulphuric acid or sulphide of am- monium. ' An aqueous solution of the salt, when acidified with nitric acid, should not Sulphate. yield more than a faint cloudiness with test-solution of nitrate of barium. An aqueous solution of the salt, when . ., acidified with nitric acid, should not ori e‘ yield more than a faint cloudiness with test-solution of nitrate of silver. Uses.—Sodium phosphate is principally used as a cathartic, in doses of half an ounce to one ounce. SODII PYROPHOSPHAS. U. S. Pyrophosphate of Sodium. Na4P2O7.10H2O; 446. Preparation.—Sodium pyrophosphate, as its name would indicate, is prepared by heating sodium phosphate in a suitable vessel to redness. When sodium phosphate is subjected to a temperature of 44° C. (111.2° F.), it melts in its water of crystallization; if the heat be increased to 100° C. (212° F.), all the water is dispelled, and but 40 per cent, of the original weight remains; at 300° C. (572° F.) it is converted into the tetrabasic phosphate or pyrophosphate. By dissolving this residue in water, filtering, and crystallizing, the salt may be obtained. Sodii Pyrophosphas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, translucent, monoclinic prisms, perma- nent in the air. When heated, the salt loses its water of crystallization (40.36 per cent.); at a higher temperature it fuses, and, on cooling, concretes to a crystalline mass. Odorless; cooling, saline, and fee- bly alkaline taste; slightly alkaline reac- tion. Cold. 12 parts. Boiling. 1.1 parts. Insoluble. THE SODIUM SALTS. 539 Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A fragment of the salt imparts to a non-luminous flame an in- Carbonate. The aqueous solution of the salt should not • effervesce on the addition of an acid. tense yellow color, not appear- ing more than transiently red when observed through a blue Metals. An aqueous solution of the salt, when acidified with hydrochloric acid, should remain un- affected by hydrosulphuric acid or sulphide glass. Its aqueous solution yields, with excess of test-solu- tion of nitrate of silver, a white precipitate and a neutral fil- Sulphate. of ammonium. The aqueous solution of the salt, when acidified with nitric acid, should not yield more than a faint opalescence with test-solution of ni- trate. Chloride. trate of barium. The aqueous solution of the salt, when acidified with nitric acid, should not yield more than a faint opalescence with test-solution of ni- trate of silver. Uses.—This salt was made officinal solely because of its use in pre- paring ferric pyrophosphate. SODII SALICYLAS. U. S. Salicylate of Sodium 2NaC,H503.H20 ; 338. Preparation.—Sodium salicylate is prepared by mixing one hundred parts of pure salicylic acid with sufficient distilled wrater to form a paste, and then with one hundred and four parts of pure crystallized carbonate of sodium (uneffloresced) in a glass or porcelain vessel; carbon dioxide will be evolved, and sodium salicylate will remain in solution. 2HC?H503 + Na2C03 = 2NaC7H503 + HzO + C02. Salicylic Acid. Sodium Sodium Water. Carbon Carbonate. Salicylate. Dioxide. The liquid may be strained through thoroughly-washed muslin if found necessary, and heated in a capsule until the carbon dioxide is expelled. It should not be filtered through ordinary paper, on account of the impurities generally present; the slightest contact with iron will discolor the product, and for this reason the commercial sodium carbonate is un- fitted for use in making this salt. If alkaline to litmus paper, enough salicylic acid must be added to be slightly in excess, and the solution should be evaporated at a low heat to dryness. If the acid is not in excess, the salt will not be white, but gray or lead-colored; and if heated too much, the odor of carbolic acid will be noticed. Sodii Salicylas, U. S. Odok, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Small, white, crystalline plates, or a crystalline pow- der, permanent in the air. When heated, the salt gives off inflammable vapors and leaves an alka- line residue amounting to between 30 and 31 per cent, of the original weight, which effervesces with acids, and imparts to a non-luminous flame an in- tense yellow color, not appearing more than tran- siently red when observed through a blue glass. Odorless; sweet- ish, saline, and mildly alkaline taste; feebly acid reaction. Cold. 1.5 parts. Boiling. Very soluble. Cold. 6 parts. Boiling. Very soluble. 540 THE SODIUM SALTS. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On supersaturating the aqueous solution with sulphuric acid, a bulky white precipi- tate is obtained, which is soluble in boiling water, from which it crystallizes on cool- ing ; also soluble in ether, and striking an intense violet color with ferric salts. Carbonate. Foreign Organic Matter. Sulphate. Chloride. The aqueous solution of the salt should be color- less, and should not effervesce on the addition of acids. Agitated with about 15 parts of concentrated sulphuric acid, the salt should not impart color to the acid within fifteen minutes. If a solution of 1 Gm. of the'salt in a mixture of 50 C.c. of alcohol and 25 C.c. of water be acidulated with nitric acid, the filtered solu- tion should yield no precipitate, nor be ren- dered turbid on the addition of a few drops of test-solution of chloride of barium. ' If a solution of 1 Gm. of the salt in a mixture of 50 C.c. of alcohol and 25 C.c. of water be acidulated with nitric acid, the filtered solu- tion should yield no precipitate, nor be ren- dered turbid on the addition of a few drops of test-solution of nitrate of silver. Uses.—This salt is administered in rheumatic and neuralgic affections, in doses of twenty to thirty grains. 2NaC15H1904.7H20; 698. Preparation.—Sodium santoninate may be made by diluting four fluidounces of solution of soda with one fluidounce of water, adding one ounce (av.) of santonin, and heating with stirring until the latter is dissolved, filtering, and setting the solution aside to crystallize. By carefully evaporating the mother-liquors the yield of sodium santoni- nate may be at least one and a quarter ounces (av.). SODII SANTONINAS. U. S. Santoninate of Sodium. Sodii Santoninas. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, tabular, rhombic crystals, slowly colored yellow by exposure to light, slightly efflorescent in dry air. When heated to 100° C. (212° F.), until it ceases to lose weight, the salt loses 18 per cent, of its weight (water of crystallization). At a higher heat it chars and finally leaves an alkaline residue, which imparts an intense yellow color to a non-luminous flame. Odorless; mildly saline and some- what bitter taste; slightly alkaline reac- tion. Cold. 3 parts. Boiling. 0.5 part. Cold. 12 parts. Boiling. 3.4 parts. Test foe Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. The aqueous solution, on the addition of hydrochloric acid, deposits a crys- talline precipitate which is soluble in chloroform, and which yields, with alcoholic solution of potassa, a scarlet-red liquid gradually be- coming colorless. f A 5 per cent, aqueous solution of the Alkaline | salt should not be precipitated nor Earths. 1 be rendered turbid by test-solution ( of carbonate of sodium. ( A 5 per cent, aqueous solution of the .... J salt should not be precipitated nor Alkaloids. S jje ren(jored turbid by picric or ( tannic acid. XjSes.—The only advantage claimed for this salt over santonin is its greater solubility, and this is a doubtful one, because as an anthelmintic THE SODIUM SALTS. 541 for lumbricoid worms, santonin is preferable; and there is an advan- tage in its insolubility,—i.e., it is less bitter and less disagreeable to the taste. The dose is three grains. SODII SULPHAS. U. S. Sulphate of Sodium. Na2SO4.10H2O; 322. Preparation.—This salt is largely obtained as a by-product in the manufacture of soda-ash, hydrochloric and nitric acids, ammonium chloride, etc. It is often termed Glauber’s Salt. Sodii Sulphas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. REACTION. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Large, colorless, transparent, mo- noclinic prisms, rapidly efflores- cing on exposure to air, and ulti- mately falling into a white pow- der ; insoluble in alcohol. When heated to about 30° C. (86° F.), the salt melts, and, on further heating, gradually loses all its water (55.9 per cent.). At a red heat the anhydrous salt melts without decomposition. Odorless; cool- ing, saline, and somewhat bit- ter taste; neu- tral reaction. Cold. 2.8 parts. Boiling. 0.4 part. Insoluble. Soluble in 0.25 part of water at 33° C. (91.4° F.). Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A fragment of the salt imparts to a non-luminous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. The aqueous solution yields, with test-solution of chloride of barium, a white pre- cipitate insoluble in nitric acid. 1 Gm. of Sulphate of Sodium, when completely precipitated by chloride of barium, should yield 0.723 Gm. of dry sulphate of barium. Carbonate 1 a1ueous solution of the salt should not { effervesce on the addition of an acid. ' The aqueous solution of the salt should not Metals. be affected by hydrosulphuric acid or sulphide of ammonium. ' A dilute aqueous solution of the salt, acid- ulated with nitric acid, should yield no Chloride. precipitate, or at most only a slight one, on the addition of test-solution of nitrate of silver. ' A dilute aqueous solution of the salt, acid- . . ulated with nitric acid, should not give i mmonia. 0ff alkaline vapors when heated with soda. Care must be employed, in using the formulas requiring this salt, to see that it is not effloresced, as such a salt may have lost half of its water of crystallization, and be therefore twice as strong as it should be. Uses.—This well-known sulphate is largely used in veterinary prac- tice. As a purgative it is not so well suited for administration to human beings, the magnesium sulphate being preferred. It may be given to adults in doses of half an ounce to one ounce. SODII SULPHIS. U. S. Sulphite of Sodium. Na2S03.7H20; 252. Preparation.—A very satisfactory mode of making this sulphite is by dissolving a convenient weight of sodium carbonate in a small quan- 542 THE SODIUM SALTS. tity of water, then passing sulphurous acid gas through the solution until it is completely saturated and acid sodium sulphite is formed. The ad- dition of an equal weight of sodium carbonate forms a solution of the neutral sulphite, which is to be evaporated and crystallized. Na2COa + S02 = + C02. Sodium Sulphurous Sodium Carbon Carbonate. Acid. Sulphite. Dioxide. The sodium sulphite which is most frequently used now is the granu- lated sulphite of sodium: this is prepared by evaporating a solution of the sulphite to dryness in the usual manner. As thus prepared, it is much more stable than the crystallized salt: it should be remembered, however, that it is nearly twice the strength of the latter, and the quantity used should be proportionally lessened. Theoretically, the quantity of water present in the crystals is exactly half their weight. Sodii Sulphis. XJ.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, efflorescent in dry air. When gently heated, the salt melts, then loses its water (50 per cent.), and at a red heat it is decomposed and leaves a residue having an alkaline reaction. A fragment of the salt im- parts to a non-luminous flame an intense yellow color, not appearing more than transiently red when observed through a blue glass. Odorless; cooling, saline and sul- phurous taste; neutral or fee- bly alkaline re- action. Cold. 4 parts. Boiling. 0.9 part. Sparingly soluble, Test for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. Addition of diluted hydrochloric acid to the aqueous solution gives rise to the odor of burning sulphur, and the solution does not become cloudy (differ- ence from hyposulphite). If 0.63 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 25 C.c. of water, and a little gelatinized starch added, at least 45 C.c. of the volumetric solution of iodine should be required before a permanent blue tint appears after stirring (corresponding to at least 90 per cent, of pure Sulphite of Sodium). ' A 1 per cent, aqueous solu- tion of the salt, strongly acidulated with hydro- chloric acid, should yield Sulphate. no precipitate, or at most only a white cloudiness,, on the addition of a few drops of test-solution of chloride of barium. Uses.—Sodium sulphite is one of the most useful antiferments. It is given in doses of ten to thirty grains. SODII SULPHOCARBOLAS. U.S. Sulphocarbolate of Sodium. NaC6H5S04.2H20; 232. Preparation.—Sodium sulphocarbolate may be made by mixing equal parts of pure carbolic acid and strong sulphuric acid, whereby sulphocarbolic acid, C6H5HS04, is produced. The mixed liquids must be subjected to a temperature of 55° C. (131° F.) for several days, and then twenty parts of water should be added. Two parts of barium carbonate are mixed with the liquid, a little at a time, carefully gradu- ating the quantity until effervescence ceases. The liquid is now allowed to stand, to permit the precipitation of the barium sulphate, and of any THE SODIUM SALTS. 543 carbonate which may be present, and the liquor filtered. The solution of barium sulphocarbolate is decomposed by adding sodium carbonate until precipitation ceases, when the liquid is filtered from the barium carbonate, and the sodium sulphocarbolate may be obtained by evap- orating the filtrate and crystallizing. c6h5ho + h2so4 = hc6h5so4 + h2o. Carbolic Sulphuric Sulphocarbolic Water. Acid. Acid. Acid. Sodii Sulphocarbolas. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, rhombic prisms, permanent in the air. When heated, the salt loses its water and becomes a white powder. At a higher tem- perature it emits inflammable vapors having the odor of carbolic acid, and leaves a residue amounting to 36 per cent, of the original weight, the filtered solution of which, acidulated with nitric acid, produces a white precipitate with test-solution of chloride of barium. Odorless, or nearly so; cooling, sa- line, somewhat bitter taste; neutral reac- tion. Cold. 5 parts. Boiling. 0.7 part. Cold. 132 parts. Boiling. 10 parts. Tests for Identity. Impurities Test for Impurities. A fragment of the salt imparts an in- tense yellow color to a non-luminous flame. The dilute aqueous solution of the salt is colored violet by test- solution of ferric chloride. Sulphate. 'A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt should not at once be rendered turbid nor be precipitated by test- solution of chloride of barium. Uses.—This salt is used as an antiferment, in doses of ten to twenty grains. It is also used in injections. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XXXIX. THE SODIUM SALTS. "Why are sodium salts more frequently used than potassium salts ? Describe sodium. How may sodium be recognized in its salts? Table of preparations of sodium. Soda—Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight. . How is it obtained ? Give rationale of process and chemical reaction; odor, taste, and tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Organic matter; chloride; sulphate ; carbonate ; silica or carbonate. Why is caustic soda preferred to potassa ? How is it used pharmaceutically ? Solution of soda—Give Latin officinal name. How is it made ? How much hydrate of sodium does it contain ? What is the alternative process for making it? Of what strength should the soda used in this process be ; and if not of the proper strength, how can it be used? How is sodium hydrate obtained ? Give rationale of process; chemical reaction ; description and specific gravity ; odor, taste, and tests for identity. 544 THE SODIUM SALTS. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Carbonate; alkaline earths; sulphate ; chloride ; foreign impurities. What is the dose ? Acetate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it obtained ? How much water does it contain ? Give rationale of process and chemical reaction. Describe the odor and taste. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities he detected?—viz.: Chloride; sulphate; silica; metals ; alkaline earths ; carbonate; organic impurities. What is the dose ? Arseniate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Give the process for making it which was formerly officinal. Give rationale of process. How much water does it contain? Give chemical reaction. How may impurity of arsenite be detected ? What is the dose ? Benzoate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it made? Give rationale of process and chemical reaction. Bicarbonate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is this prepared ? What is the object of washing the commercial bicarbonate ? How much of its weight does it lose on being heated ? What per cent, of pure bicarbonate of sodium is required in the officinal prepara- tion ? Give rationale of process. What chemical reaction takes place during the process ? How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Chloride; sulphate; am- monium salts ; more than about 3 per cent, of carbonate. What is the dose ? Commercial bicarbonate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is this salt prepared ? How much water of crystallization does it contain ? How much water of crystallization does sodium carbonate contain ? Give rationale of process. What is Solvay’s process, or the ammonia-soda process ? Give rationale of process. What percentage of pure bicarbonate of sodium is it required to contain ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Chloride • sulphate; car- bonate. What is the dose? Bisulphite of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? Give rationale of process. What change takes place on exposure to the air? For what purpose is it used in the arts? Describe the chemical reaction which takes place during the process ? How may an impurity of sulphate be detected ? What is the dose ? Berate of sodium—Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight. Where does the commercial article come from, and how is it obtained ? What other names has it? Where is it found native? How is it made from boric acid? How much water of crystallization does it contain ? Give odor, taste, and chemical reaction. What are the tests for identity? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Carbonate; alkaline earths; metals ; sulphate; chloride. What are its medicinal uses ? For what is it used in pharmacy ? Bromide of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is this generally made? Give' the rationale of the process. Describe the chemical reaction. How else may it be made ? THE SODIUM SALTS. 545 How may the following impurities he detected?—viz.: Bromate; iodide; sul- phate ; more than 3 per cent, of chloride. What is the dose ? Carbonate of sodium—Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is Leblanc’s process for its manufacture ? Give the rationale of the process. What is soda-waste, and for what is it used ? How much sodium carbonate does the soda-ash thus prepared contain ? How may carbonate of sodium be obtained from the bicarbonate, and in what pro- cess is it so obtained ? What is the process known as the cryolite process ? What is cryolite, and how much sodium is contained in 100 parts of it ? What is its formula in symbols ? How is sodium carbonate obtained from cryolite ? Give the rationale of the process. What percentage of water does carbonate of sodium contain ? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Chloride; sulphate; metals; alumina. What is its use in pharmacy ? Why should the effloresced salt not be used ? What is the dose of it ? Why is it rarely used internally ? Dried carbonate of sodium—Give the Latin officinal name. How is it prepared ? What is the object of driving off the water from the carbonate ? What is the dose ? Chlorate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is Wittstein’s process for preparing this salt? Give rationale of the process. What special cautionary direction is given with this in the U. S. P., and for what reason ? Describe the odor, taste, and chemical reaction. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz. : Potassium; sulphate ; calcium ; chloride. What is the dose ? What advantage has it over potassium chlorate ? Chloride of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Where does it come from ? Describe the odor, taste, and chemical reaction. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Alkaline earths; sulphate ; metals ; iodide or bromide. What is the dose ? Hypophosphite of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is the salt prepared ? What danger attends the use of too great heat? What gases are evolved by heat? What acid is present in this salt, and what is its composition ? Why should it not be prescribed with combinations of mercury or of silver? Describe the odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Give the tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Carbonate; calcium ; potas- sium ; sulphate; phosphate. What are its uses in medicine and in pharmacy ? Hyposulphite of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is this salt more correctly called ? Give rationale of the process. How is it made? Describe the odor, taste, and chemical reaction. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Sulphate; carbonate. What is the dose ? Iodide of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be prepared ? Give rationale of process. Describe the odor, taste, and chemical reaction. What are the tests for identity ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Iodate; more than about 0.5 per cent, of chloride or bromide; sulphate. What is the dose ? Nitrate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What are common names of this salt, and where is it found ? Describe the odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Give the tests for identity. 546 THE SODIUM SALTS. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Metals; alkaline earths ; potassium ; sulphate ; chloride ; iodide. Phosphate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. "What is the process for making it, which was formerly officinal ? Describe rationale of process. Describe the odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Carbonate; metals; sul- phate ; chloride. What is the dose? What is bone-phosphate or bone-ash ? Pyrophosphate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? How much water of crystallization does sodium phosphate contain ? Describe the odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Carbonate; metals; sul- phate ; chloride. Por what is it used ? Salicylate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it made ? What precautions must be used in evaporating the solution in order to obtain the salt white and free from the odor of carbolic acid? Describe the odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz. : Carbonate; foreign organic matter; sulphate ; chloride. What is the dose ? Santoninate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may this salt be prepared? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Alkaline earths; alka- loids. What is the dose? What are its supposed advantages over santonin ? Sulphate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is this salt obtained ? What is its common or popular name? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Carbonate; metals ; chlo- ride; ammonia. How much water of crystallization does it contain ? What is the dose ? Sulphite of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may this salt be prepared? Describe rationale of process. What difference is there between the crystallized salt and the granulated salt ? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Give tests for identity. How may impurity of sulphate be detected ? What is the dose? Sulphocarbolate of sodium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may this salt be made? Describe rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Give tests for identity. How may impurity of sulphate be detected? What is the dose? CHAPTER XL. THE LITHIUM SALTS. The lithium salts resemble those of potassium and sodium. The metal lithium is comparatively rare, for, although widely distributed in nature, it occurs in such small quantities that the necessary labor to extract it makes it expensive: it is found in triphyline, in spodumene, and in many mineral waters. Lithium is a metal resembling potassium and sodium, although much less prone to oxidation : it is soft, and is the lightest of all known metals, having the specific gravity of 0.5891. Heated in the air, lithium ignites at a temperature above its fusing point, burning with a bright white light; when thrown on water, it oxidizes, but does not fuse like sodium. Chemically, lithium is a monad, like sodium and potassium. Tests for Lithium Salts. 1. A colorless flame is colored a vivid red by volatile salts of lithium. 2. Concentrated solutions of lithium salts yield a white precipitate with ammonium carbonate : no precipitate is produced in dilute solution or if ammonia salts are present. 3. Sodium phosphate produces a white precipitate in alkaline or neu- tral solution, which is soluble in acids and in solutions of ammonia salts. Officinal Preparations of Lithium. Officinal Name. Preparation. Inorganic Radicals. Lithii Broinidum . . By decomposing ferrous bromide with lithium carbonate. Lithii Carbonas. . . By precipitating lithium sulphate with ammonium carbonate. Organic Radicals. Lithii Benzoas . . . By treating lithium carbonate with benzoic acid. L'thii Citras .... By treating lithium carbonate with citric acid. Lithii Salicylas . . . By treating lithium carbonate with salicylic acid. Unofficinal Preparations of Lithium. Lithii Borocitras. Dissolve 20 p. citric acid, 4 p. lithium carbonate, and 6 Borocitrate of Lithium. p. boric acid in sufficient boiling water, evaporate care- fully to dryness, and reduce to a powder. Lithii Chloridum, LiCl, = 42.4. Dissolve lithium carbonate in hydrochloric acid, and con- Chloride of Lithium. centrate to crystallize. Lithii Diborocitras. Dissolve 20 p. citric acid, 7 p. lithium carbonate, and 12 Diborocitrate of Lithium. p. boric acid in sufficient boiling water, evaporate care- fully to dryness, and reduce to a powder. Lithii Iodidum, Lil, = 133.6. Digest a solution of calcium iodide with lithium carbon- iodide of Lithium. ate in slight excess, filter, and evaporate to dryness. Lithii Nitras, LiNC>3, = 69. Dissolve lithium carbonate in nitric acid, filter, and con- N it rate of Lithium. centrate to crystallize. Lithii Phosphas, Li3PC>4, = 164. Add a solution of lithium carbonate to a solution of so- Phosphate of Lithium. dium phosphate with caustic soda, a crystalline powder will be precipitated. Lithii Sulphas, = 128. Dissolve lithium carbonate in sulphuric acid,.filter, and Sulphate of Lithium. concentrate to crystallize. 547 548 THE LITHIUM SALTS. LITHII BENZOAS. U.S. Benzoate of Lithium. LiC7H502; 128. Preparation.—This may be made by Shuttleworth’s process, which is as follows: One ounce (av.) of lithium carbonate is put in a capsule with nine fluidounces of water, the mixture is heated, and three and a quarter ounces (av.) of benzoic acid in small portions added, until the carbon- ate is all decomposed and effervescence ceases: the solution is filtered and evaporated to dryness, or crystallized if desired. The yield is three and a half ounces. The advantage of this process is a saving in time and labor in evaporating. Li2C03 + 2HC7H502 = 2LiC7H502 + H20 + C02. Lithium Benzoic Lithium Water. Carbon Carbonate. Acid. Benzoate. Dioxide. Lithii Benzoas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white powder, or small, shining scales, perma- nent in the air. When heated, the salt fuses; at a higher temperature it chars, emits in- flammable vapors having a benzoin-like odor, and finally leaves a black residue of an alka- line reaction, and imparting a crimson color to a non-luminous flame. Odorless, or having a faintly benzoin- like odor; cool- ing and sweet- ish taste; faintly acid reaction. Cold. 4 parts. Boiling. 2.5 parts. Cold. 12 parts. Boiling. 10 parts. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On mixing the aqueous solution with a dilute solution of ferric sul- phate, a flesh-colored precipitate is pro- duced. If the benzoic acid be separated from the salt by precipita- tion with diluted ni- tric acid, and thor- oughly washed, it should respond to the tests of purity men- tioned under Acidum Benzoicum. ' On dissolving the residue, left on ignition, in di- luted hydrochloric acid, and evaporating the fil- tered solution to dryness, 1 part of the residue Salts of Alka- should be completely soluble in 3 parts of absolute lies. alcohol, which, when ignited, should burn with a crimson flame, and the addition of an equal vol- ume of stronger ether to the alcoholic solution should produce no precipitate. On dissolving another portion of the residue left Salts of Alka- J on ignition in a small quantity of water, the so- line Earths. lution should produce no precipitate with test- solution of oxalate of ammonium. ' The aqueous solution of the salt should remain un- Metals. affected by hydrosulphuric acid or sulphide of ammonium. Uses.—Lithium benzoate is used as a remedy in gout and rheuma- tism, in doses of fifteen to twenty grains. LITHII BROMIDUM. U.S. Bromide of Lithium. LiBr; 86.8. Preparation.—There are several methods for making this salt: 1. By dissolving lithium carbonate in hydrobromic acid. 2. By mixing solutions of lithium sulphate and potassium bromide. 3. By mixing lithium carbonate, bromine, and water together, and passing hydro- sulphuric acid gas through the mixture. 4. By placing 300 grains of THE LITHIUM SALTS. 549 iron and 2 fluidounces of wrater in a flask, and adding gradually 1 oz. av. of bromine, shaking with the application of moderate heat until the mixture has acquired a green color and lost the odor of bromine : the solution of ferrous bromide is then filtered, heated, and 200 grains of lithium carbonate are added. The solution is filtered, and evaporated until the salt granulates. FeBr2 + Li2C03 = 2LiBr + FeC03. Ferrous Lithium Lithium Ferrous Bromide. Carbonate. Bromide. Carbonate. Lithii Bromidum. TJ.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white, granular salt, very deliquescent. At a low red heat the salt fuses, and at a higher heat it is slowly volatilized. A fragment of the salt imparts a crimson color to a non- luminous flame. Odorless; very sharp, somewhat bitter taste; neutral reac- tion. Very solu- ble. Very solu- ble. Test fob. Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. If disulphide of carbon be poured into a solution of the salt, then chlorine ■water added drop by drop, and the whole agitated, the disulphide will ac- quire a yellow or yellow- ish-brown color without a violet tint. f One part of the salt should be completely soluble Salts of Al- J in 3 parts of absolute alcohol, and the addition kalies. 1 of an equal volume of stronger ether to the al- coholic solution should produce no precipitate. Salts of Al f dissolving a portion of the salt in a small quan- kaline ' i tity °f water, the solution should produce no Earths 1 precipitate with test-solution of oxalate of am- ’ [ monium. fThe aqueous solution of the salt should remain Metals. -j unaffected by hydrosulphuric acid or sulphide [ of ammonium. Uses.—Lithium bromide is probably the most efficient of all the bromides as a hypnotic. The dose is fifteen to thirty grains. LITHII CARBONAS. U.S. Carbonate of Lithium. Preparation.—Lithium carbonate may be prepared from lepidolite, one of the minerals in which it is found, in the following manner: 10 parts of finely powdered lepidolite, 10 parts of barium carbonate, 5 parts of barium sulphate, and 3 parts of potassium sulphate are fused at a very high temperature in a wind furnace. The heavy silicate and barium sulphate sink to the bottom, and a layer of potassium and lithium sulphates is found at the top of the fused mass. These can be extracted by simple lixiviation, and then the carbonate prepared by double decomposition with ammonium carbonate. Li2C03; 74. Lithii Carbonas. V. S. Odor, Taste, Solubility. AND REACTION. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A light, white powder, permanent in the air. On heating a small quan- tity of the salt on a platinum loop in a non-luminous flame, it fuses to a clear, transparent bead, imparting a crimson color to the flame. Odorless; al- kaline taste; alkaline re- action. Cold. 130 parts. Cold. Insoluble. Boiling. 130 parts. Soluble in acids, with copious ef- fervescence. 550 THE LITHIUM SALTS. Test fob Impurities. If a solution of the salt in diluted hydrochloric acid be evaporated to dryness, the residue should respond to the tests of purity mentioned, for the corresponding residue, under Lithii Benzoas. Uses.—This salt is the source of the lithium salts, and it is prescribed in gout, in doses of five to fifteen grains. LITHII CITRAS. U. S. Citrate of Lithium. Lii3C6H507; 210. Preparation.—The process formerly officinal may be usefully em- ployed in making this salt: Take of Carbonate of Lithium 100 grains; Citrie Acid, in crystals, 200 grains; Distilled Water 2 fl. oz. Dissolve the Citric Acid in the water gently heated, and to the solution gradually add the Carbonate of Lithium until perfectly dissolved, heating the solution so long as effervescence is produced. Evaporate, by means of a steam- or sand- bath, to a viscid consistence, dry the residue in an oven, at a temperature of about 240° F., then rapidly pulverize it, and preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle. 3Li2C03 + 2H3C6H507 = 2Li3C6H507 + 3H20 + 3C02. Lithium Citric Acid. Lithium Citrate. Water. Carbon Carbonate. Dioxide. Lithium citrate should be kept in well-stopped bottles. lithii Citras. U.B. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Beaction. Water. Alcohol. A white powder, deliquescent on exposure to air. When exposed to a red heat, the salt chars, emits inflammable vapors, and finally leaves a black residue having an alkaline reaction, which imparts a crimson color to a non-luminous flame. The aqueous solution of the salt, mixed with test- solution of chloride of calcium, deposits a white precipitate on boiling. Odorless; slightly cooling, faintly alkaline taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 5.5 parts. Boiling. 2.5 parts. Slightly soluble. Test fob Impurities. On dissolving the residue, left on ignition, in diluted hydrochloric acid, and evaporating the filtered solution to dryness, the residue should respond to the tests of purity mentioned, for the corresponding residue, under Lithii Benzoas. Uses.—Lithium citrate is used for the same purposes as lithium car- bonate : it is more soluble than the latter. The dose is from fifteen to twenty grains. LITHII SALICYLAS. U. S. Salicylate of Lithium. 2LiC7H50s.H20; 306. Preparation.—This salt may be prepared by adding 60 grains of lithium carbonate to 1 fluidounce of distilled water and heating the mixture to boiling, then adding 220 grains of salicylic acid and con- tinuing the heat until effervescence ceases, filtering, and evaporating. THE LITHIUM SALTS. 551 Li2C03 + 2HCrH503 = 2LiC?H503 + H20 + C02 Lithium Salicylic Acid. Lithium Water. Carbon Carbonate. Salicylate. Dioxide. This salt should be kept in well-stopped bottles, Lithii Salicylas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white powder, deliquescent on exposure to air. When strongly heated, the salt chars, emits inflam- mable vapors, and finally leaves a black residue having an alkaline reaction, and imparting a crim- son color to a non-luminous flame. Odorless, or near- ly so; sweetish taste; faintly acid reaction. Very soluble. Very soluble. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On supersaturating the dilute aqueous solution with hydro- chloric acid, a bulky, white precipitate is obtained, which is soluble in boiling water, from which it crystallizes on cool- ing ; also soluble in ether; and producing an intense violet color with ferric salts. The aqueous solution should be colorless, and Carbonate. ■ should not effervesce on the addition of an acid. Foreign When agitated with 15 parts of concentrated Organic - sulphuric acid, the salt should not impart Matters. any color to the acid within fifteen minutes. ' On dissolving the residue, left on ignition, in diluted hydrochloric acid, and evaporating Salts of Al- the filtered solution to dryness, the residue kalies. should respond to the tests of purity men- tioned, for the corresponding residue, under Lithii Benzoas. Uses.—This salicylate is used, like sodium salicylate, for rheumatism and gout: it is given in doses of twenty to forty grains. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XL ■What salts do the lithium salts resemble? How is lithium obtained? "What is its specific gravity ? What is its chemical quantivalence ? What are the tests for lithium salts ? Benzoate of lithium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be made? Describe rationale of process. Give tests for identity. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Salts of alkalies; salts of alkaline earths ; metals. What is the dose? Bromide of lithium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. In what various ways may this salt be made? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Salts of alkalies ; salts of alkaline earths ; metals. What is the dose? Carbonate of lithium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be prepared ? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. What is the dose ? Citrate of lithium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is the process for making it which was formerly officinal ? Give rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Salicylate of lithium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be prepared ? Describe rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz. : Carbonate ; foreign organic matters; salts of alkalies. What is the dose ? THE LITHIUM SALTS. CHAPTER XL! AMMONIUM. The ammonium salts resemble those of the alkali metals so closely in their physical and chemical properties that they are appropriately considered in this place. The metal ammonium has not yet been isolated in the free state, so that its appearance cannot be described. An ammonium amalgam is known, however, made by dissolving potassium in mercury and adding a strong solution of ammonium chloride to it. It is a spongy, metal- lic substance, which easily decomposes into ammonia, mercury, and hydrogen. Tests for Ammonium Salts. 1. At high temperatures ammonium compounds are volatilized. 2. When heated with sodium, potassium, or calcium hydrate, the odor of ammonia is evolved: the latter restores the color of reddened litmus paper, and darkens the blue color of paper moistened with solu- tion of copper sulphate. Ammonia forms a white cloud with vapor of hydrochloric acid. 3. Solution of platinic chloride, with a few drops of hydrochloric acid, if added to a solution of an ammonium salt, produces a yellow precipitate. 4. Ammonium salts are mostly colorless, and generally very soluble in water. Officinal Name. Composition and Preparation. Aqua Ammonise 10 per cent, by weight aqueous solution of NH3. Aqua Ammonise Fortior .... 28 per cent, by weight aqueous solution of NH3. Spiritus Ammonise 10 per cent, by weight alcoholic solution of NH3 Spiritus Ammonise Aromaticus . An aromatic hydro-alcoholic solution of ammonium carbonate. Linimentum Ammonias . . . . 30 p. water of ammonia; 70 p. cotton seed oil. Liquor Ammonii Acetatis . . . Made by mixing solution of acetic acid and ammo- nium carbonate. Ammonii Benzoas By dissolving benzoic acid in water of ammonia. Ammonii Bromidum By adding water of ammonia gradually to bromine under water. Ammonii Carbonas By subliming a mixture of ammonium chloride and calcium carbonate. Ammonii Chloridum By subliming a mixture of ammonium sulphate and sodium chloride. Ammonii Iodidum By mixing solutions of potassium iodide and am- monium sulphate. Ammonii Nitras By treating ammonium carbonate with nitric acid. Ammonii Phosphas By mixing solutions of phosphoric acid and am- monia. Ammonii Sulphas By saturating gas liquor with sulphuric acid and crystallizing. Ammonii Yalerianas By passing ammonia gas into monohydrated vale- rianic acid. Trochisci Ammonii Chloridi . . 2 gr. ammonium chloride in each lozenge. Officinal Preparations of Ammonium. 652 AMMONIUM. 553 Unofficinal Preparations of Ammonium. Ammonii Arsenias, (NH4)2,H,As04, = Saturate a concentrated solution of arsenious acid 175.9. with water of ammonia, and allow it to evapo- Arseniate of Ammonium. rate spontaneously. Ammonii Bicarbonas, NH4HCO3, = 79. Treat 1 p. powdered ammonium carbonate with Bicarbonate of Ammonium. 2 p. water, and decant the liquid, the residue being the bicarbonate. Ammonii Bichromas, (NIl4)2Cr2C>7, = Add chromic acid to water of ammonia, and con- 252.8. centrate to crystallize. Bichromate of Ammonium. Ammonii Boras, 2(NH4HBi-204).3H20, = Dissolve 1 p. boric acid in 3 p. warm water of 264. ammonia, sp. gr. 960, and allow to cool slowly. Borate of Ammonium. Ammonii Carbonas Pyro-oleosus. Incorporate thoroughly 32 p. ammonium carbon- Pyro-oleous Carbonate of Ammonium. ate with 1 p. ethereal animal oil. Ammonii Citras, + 3H2O, = Dissolve 1 p. citric acid in water, add sufficient 303. water of ammonia to neutralize, filter, and con- Citrate of Ammonium. centrate to crystallize. Ammonii et Ferri Chloridum. Mix 32 p. ammonium chloride with 9 p. solution Chloride of Ammonium and Iron. of ferric chloride, and evaporate to dryness with constant stirring. Ammonii et Potassii Tartras. Add ammonium carbonate to a hot solution pf acid Tartrate of Ammonium and Potassium. potassium tartrate until neutralized, evaporate and crystallize. Ammonii Formas, NH4CHO2, = 63. Neutralize formic acid with water of ammonia, Formate of Ammonium. and evaporate to crystallize. Ammonii Fluoridum, NH4F, = 37. Saturate hydrofluoric acid with water of ammonia. Fluoride of Ammonium. Ammonii Nitris, NH4NO2, = 64. Adda solution of ammonium chloride to one of Nitrite of Ammonium. silver nitrate, and evaporate the clear solution over sulphuric acid to dryness. Ammonii Salicylas, = 155. Neutralize salicylic acid with water of ammonia, Salicylate of Ammonium. and evaporate to crystallize. Ammonii Sulphis, NH4HSO3, = 99. Pass sulphurous acid into an alcoholic solution of Sulphite of Ammonium. ammonia, and collect the precipitate. Ammonii Sulphocyanidum, NH4CNS, = Dissolve carbon bisulphide in alcohol, and heat in 76. the presence of water of ammonia. Lastly, Sulphocyanide of Ammonium. concentrate to crystallize. AQUA AMMONIAS. U. S. Water of Ammonia. An aqueous solution of ammonia [NH3; 17], containing 10 per cent., by weight, of the gas. Preparation.—This useful liquid is rarely prepared by the pharma- cist, for the reason that it can be made more economically by the manu- facturer. The officinal process of 1870 (see U. S. Dispensatory, 16th edition, p. 229) directed that it should be made by mixing ammonium chloride, in small pieces, with milk of lime, and placing the mixture in a retort, connected with a cooled receiver by means of a glass tube, the end of which was dipped beneath the surface of distilled water contained in the receiver. The rationale of this process is that the lime is converted into chloride of calcium, whilst the ammoniacal gas, liber- ated by the heat, is dissolved in the distilled water. 2NH4CI + Ca2HO = 2NH3 + CaCl2 + 2H20. Ammonium Calcium Ammonia. Calcium Water. Chloride. Hydrate. Chloride. The manufacturer rarely uses ammonium chloride: the sulphate is cheaper, and it is frequently employed instead. But upon the large scale the ammoniacal liquor obtained from gas-works is used directly as the source, being mixed with milk of lime and heated; the gaseous ammonia is then passed through a series of tubes filled with charcoal, which retain the empyreumatic products. If the tubes are long enough, 554 AMMONIUM. and sufficient charcoal is employed, a pure product is assured; but much of the commercial water of ammonia is empyreumatic through defective purification. Aqua Ammoniae. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Keaction. Solubility. A colorless, transparent liquid. It is completely volatilized by the heat of a water-bath. Sp. gr. 0.959. Yery pungent odor; acrid, alkaline taste; strongly alkaline reaction. Miscible in all propor- tions with water and alcohol. Test foe Identity and Quantitative Test. Impubities. Tests foe Impurities. On bringing a glass rod dipped into hydro- chloric acid near the liquid, dense white fumes are evolved. To neutralize 8.5 Gm. (or 8.9 C.c.) of Water of Ammonia should require 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid. Empyreuma. Traces of Car- bonic Acid. Sulphate. Chloride. Metallic Im- purities. Calcium. On supersaturating Water of Ammonia with diluted sulphuric acid, no empyreumatic odor should be developed. ' Water of Ammonia should remain clear or be at most only faintly clouded when mixed with 5 times its volume of lime-water. "When Water of Ammonia is supersaturated with nitric acid, the liquid should remain clear on the [ addition of test-solution of chloride of barium, f When Water of Ammonia is supersaturated with nitric acid, the liquid should remain clear on the [ addition of test-solution of nitrate of silver. | Either before or after neutralizing AVater of Am- monia with nitric acid, it should not be affected [ by hydrosulphuric acid. ' Test-solution of oxalate of ammonium should pro- _ duce no cloudiness with water of ammonia. Uses.—Pharmaceutically, water of ammonia is frequently used to precipitate iron salts by combining with the acid radicals, ferric hydrate being thrown down. Its advantage over the fixed alkalies consists in its volatility, any excess being readily detected by the odor. It is largely used for cleaning fabrics, although the strength technically known as “ Aqua Ammonias F. F. F.,” or “ 20° Ammonia,” is em- ployed most frequently in the arts; the latter may be diluted with water, according to the formula given on page 96, if it is desirable to make officinal water of ammonia from it. In round numbers, three parts of 20° water of ammonia require two parts of water to reduce it to the strength of officinal water of ammonia. Water of ammonia is rarely used internally, the aromatic spirit being preferred. The dose is ten to twenty minims, largely diluted. Externally, it is caustic and stimulating. Its old name is Spirits of Hartshorn. AQUA AMMONIAS FORTIOR. U.S. Stronger Water of Ammonia. An aqueous solution of Ammonia [NH3; 17], containing 28 per cent., by weight, of the gas. Preparation.—Stronger water of ammonia is prepared in the same way that water of ammonia is, the only difference between the two solutions being that of relative strength. Description and Tests.—It is officinally described as a colorless, transparent liquid, of an excessively pungent odor, a very acrid and alkaline taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Specific gravity, 0.900 at 15° C. (59° F.). Its reactions for identity and purity are the same AMMONIUM. 555 as those of Aqua Ammonise. To neutralize 3.4 Grn. (or 3.9 C.c.) of Stronger Water of Ammonia should require 56 C.c. of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid. Stronger water of ammonia should be kept in strong, glass-stoppered bottles, not completely filled, in a cool place. Uses.—This liquid is used externally as a caustic and vesicant. It is too strong for internal administration. SPIRITUS AMMONIA. U.S. Spirit of Ammonia. An alcoholic solution of ammonia [hTH3; 17], containing 10 per cent., by weight, of the gas. By measure. Stronger Water of Ammonia, 45 parts, or 8 fl. oz. Alcohol, recently distilled, and which has been kept in glass vessels, a suffi- cient quantity, To make about 16 fl. oz Pour the Stronger Water of Ammonia into a flask connected with a well-cooled receiver, into which eighty parts [or 1 pint] of Alcohol are introduced. Heat the flask carefully, and very gradually, to a temper- ature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), and maintain it at that tempera- ture for about ten minutes. Then disconnect the receiver, and, having ascertained the amraoniacal strength of the contents by means of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid, add enough Alcohol to make the product contain ten per cent, of Ammonia. Keep the product in glass- stoppered bottles, in a cool place. This is an alcoholic solution of ammonia gas, of exactly the same strength as water of ammonia. The object of selecting a stronger aqueous solution of the same gas, to furnish the active ingredient, was to obtain an accurate and uniform quantity of the latter conveniently and without contamination. Practically, considerable difficulty will be experienced in maintaining the temperature of 60° C. (140° F.) for ten minutes. The amount of ammonia present is determined by a volu- metric assay, in which 8.5 Gm. of the spirit of ammonia, diluted with distilled water, should require, for complete neutralization, 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid. When diluted with water it should respond to the tests and reactions for Water of Ammonia. Sp. gr. 0.810. Uses.—Spirit of ammonia is antacid and stimulant. It is not used internally to any extent, the aromatic spirit of ammonia being preferred. The dose is from ten to twenty minims, largely diluted with water. SPIRITUS AMMONIA AROMATICUS. U.S. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia. By measure. Carbonate of Ammonium, 40 parts, or 500 grains. Water of Ammonia, 100 parts, or 22 fl. dr. Oil of Lemon, 12 parts, or fl. dr. Oil of Lavender Flowers, 1 part, or 12 minims. Oil of Pimenta, 1 part, or 10 minims. Alcohol, recently distilled, and which has been kept in glass vessels, 700 parts, or 22 fl. oz. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 2 pints. 556 AMMONIUM. To the Water of Ammonia, contained in a flask, add one hundred and forty parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, and afterward the Car- bonate of Ammonium reduced to a moderately fine powder. Close the flask and agitate the contents until the Carbonate is dissolved. Weigh the Alcohol in a tared flask of suitable capacity, or pour twenty-two fluidounces in a bottle, add the oils, and then gradually add the solution of Carbonate of Ammonium, and afterward enough Distilled Water to make the product weigh one thousand parts [or measure 2 pints]. Lastly, filter the liquid, through paper, in a well-covered funnel. Keep the product in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. This preparation acquires a dark color by keeping, although nearly colorless when freshly prepared. The discoloration is due to the action of the alkali upon the alcohol and volatile oils, more particularly the oil of pimenta. It should have the specific gravity of 0.885. As ordi- narily prepared, from unselected ammonium carbonate, precipitation is very apt to take place: this is due to the use of exposed and effloresced ammonium carbonate, which contains more than the proper quantity of bicarbonate (see Ammonii Carbonas). The addition of water of ammonia in the formula is to convert the bicarbonate into the carbonate, the latter being soluble in the mixture of water atid alcohol, whilst the bicarbonate is insoluble in alcohol. The ammonium carbonate should be carefully selected, and only the translucent pieces used. Uses.—This is a very valuable and largely used antacid and stimu- lant : the dose is from twenty to sixty minims, largely diluted with water. LIQUOR AMMONII ACETATIS. U. S. Solution of Acetate of Ammonium. [Spirit of Mindererus.] By measure. Diluted Acetic Acid, 100 parts, or x pint. Carbonate of Ammonium, a sufficient quantity. Add a sufficient quantity of Carbonate of Ammonium gradually to the Diluted Acetic Acid, until it is neutralized. This preparation should be freshly made when required for use. Solution of Acetate of Ammonium may also be prepared in the follow- ing manner: By measure. Carbonate of Ammonium, 10 parts, or 2 oz. av. Acetic Acid, 28 parts, or fl. oz. Distilled Water, 142 parts, or about 27 fl. oz. Dissolve the Carbonate of Ammonium in eighty parts [or 1 pint] of Distilled Water, and filter the solution. To the Acetic Acid add sixty- two parts [or sufficient to make 1 pint] of Distilled Water. Keep the solutions in separate, well-stopped bottles, and, when Solution of Acetate of Ammonium is to be dispensed, weigh (or, if the alternative formula is used, measure) equal quantities of each solution and mix them. The reaction involved in this process depends upon the decomposition of the ammonium carbonate with acetic acid: the free carbonic acid is a desirable addition to the solution, which should be dispensed with a moderate amount in solution. AMMONIUM. 557 (NH4HC03)NH4NH2C02 + 3HC2H302 = 3NH4C2H302 + Acid Ammonium Carbonate and Carbamate. Acetic Acid. Ammonium Acetate. 2C02 + H20. Carbon Dioxide. Water. It will be found in practice that the second officinal formula is much more satisfactory than the first. The solutions keep well, and it is very convenient to mix them at the time of dispensing, and thus always be enabled to send out a fresh preparation, which retains sufficient carbonic acid gas to be grateful to the patient. Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. U. 8. Taste and Solubility. A clear, colorless liquid, free from empyreuma. It is wholly volatilized by heat. Mildly saline taste; neutral or slightly acid reaction. Freely miscible with water and alcohol. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. When heated with potassa, it evolves vapor of ammonia, and, when heated with sulphuric acid, it gives out vapor of acetic acid. It contains about 7.6 per cent, of acetate of am- monium. Metals. | It should not be darkened by hydrosulphurio acid or sul- phide of ammonium. Uses.—This solution is used as a diaphoretic or diuretic, in the dose of half a fluidounce. AMMONII BENZOAS. U. S. Benzoate of Ammonium. Preparation.—This salt may be advantageously prepared by the former officinal process, which is as follows : Take of Benzoic Acid 2 oz. troy; Water of Ammonia 3J fl. oz., or a sufficient quantity; Distilled Water 4 fl. oz. Dissolve the Acid in fl. oz. of the Water of Ammonia, previously mixed with the Dis- tilled Water; evaporate with a gentle heat, occasionally adding Water of Ammonia, if necessary, to maintain a slight excess of the alkali; then set aside to crystallize, and dry the crystals without heat. The process is one of direct combination, the reaction being as follows: NH4C7H502; 139. hc7h5o2 + nh4ho = nh4c7h5o2 + h2o. Benzoic Water of Ammonium Water. Acid. Ammonia. Benzoate. The object of retaining an excess of alkali in the process is to pre- vent the formation of the acid benzoate, which is less soluble than the officinal salt. The acid benzoate is frequently sold commercially as “ benzoate of sodium.” Ammonii Benzoas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Thin, white, four-sided, laminar crystals, per- manent in the air. When strongly heated, the salt melts, emits vapors having the odor of ammonia and of benzoic acid, and is finally wholly dissipated. Slight odor of ben- zoic acid; saline, bitter, afterwards slightly acrid taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 5 parts. Boiling. 1.2 parts. Cold. 28 parts. Boiling. 7.6 parts. 558 AMMONIUM. The officinal tests for identity and purity are as follows : The aqueous solution of the salt, when heated with potassa, evolves ammonia. On mixing the aqueous solution with a dilute solution of ferric sulphate, a flesh-colored precipitate is thrown down. If the ben- zoic acid be separated from the salt by precipitating with diluted nitric acid, and thoroughly washed, it should answer to the reactions of purity mentioned under Acidum Benzoicum. Uses.—Ammonium benzoate is used as a stimulant diuretic, in doses of five to twenty grains. AMMONII BROMIDUM. U. S. Bromide of Ammonium. NH4Br; 97.8. Preparation.—Several methods have been employed in making this salt: 1. By double decomposition between solutions of ammonium sul- phate and potassium bromide, alcohol being added to separate the am- monium bromide. 2. By adding water of ammonia to a solution of ferrous bromide. 3. By Pile’s process, in which one pound of bromine is poured carefully into four times its weight of distilled water in a stone jar, adding very gradually, a fluidounce at a time, about one quart of water of ammonia, covering the top of the jar with a glass plate when vapors arise, and, when all the ammonia has been added, and the solution is free from‘the smell of bromine, evaporating and granu- lating : the yield is about twenty ounces. 6Br + 8NH3 = 6NH4Br + N2. Bromine. Ammonia. Ammonium Nitrogen, Bromide. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, prismatic crystals, or a white, granular salt, becoming yellow on long exposure to air. Upon ignition the salt vola- tilizes completely without melting. Odorless; pungent, saline taste; neu- tral reaction. Cold. 1.5 parts. Boiling. 0.7 part. Cold. 150 parts. Boiling. 15 parts. Tests foe Identity and Quantitative Test. Impubities. Tests fob Impurities. The aqueous solution, when heated with po- tassa, evolves ammonia. If disulphide of carbon be poured into the so- lution, then chlorine water added drop by drop, and the whole agitated, the disulphide will acquire a yellow or yellowish-brown color without a violet tint. 1 Gm. of the powdered and dry salt, when com- pletely precipitated by nitrate of silver, yields, if perfectly pure, 1.917 Gm. of dry bromide of silver. Bromate. Iodide. Sulphate. More than 3 per cent, of • Chloride. ' If diluted sulphuric acid be dropped on the salt, the latter should not at once assume a yellow color. ' If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in water, some gelatinized starch added, and then a few drops of chlorine water carefully poured on top, no blue zone should make its appearance at the line of contact of the two liquids. On adding to 1 Gm. of the salt dissolved in 20 C.c. of water, 5 or 6 drops of test-solution of chloride of barium, no immediate cloudiness or pre- cipitate should make its appearance. If 3 Gm. of the well-dried salt be dissolved in distilled water to 100 C.c., and 10 C.c. of this solution treated with a few drops of test-solution of bichromate of potassium, and then volumetric solution of nitrate of silver be added, not more than 31.4 C.c. of the latter should be consumed before the red color ceases to disappear on stir- ring. AMMONIUM. 559 Uses.—Bromide of ammonium is sometimes preferred to bromide of potassium as a hypnotic and sedative: it is asserted that it does not produce bromism. The dose is from ten to sixty grains. AMMONII CARBONAS. U. S. Carbonate of Ammonium. Preparation.—The large consumption of this salt of ammonium has led to several methods of preparation. The one which is most used at present is the dry sublimation of ammonium chloride or ammonium sul- phate with chalk or calcium carbonate: by double decomposition calcium chloride or calcium sulphate and ammonium carbonate are produced. NH4HC03.NH4NH2C02 or NsHuC205; 157. 4NH4C1 + 2CaCOa = N3HuC205 + 2CaCl2 + NH? + HzO. Ammonium Calcium Ammonium Calcium Ammonia. Water. Chloride. Carbonate. Carbonate. Chloride. The advantage claimed for the use of ammonium sulphate is simply that of greater economy. Officinal carbonate of ammonium is, chemically, a mixed salt. It consists of one molecule of acid ammonium carbonate or bicarbonate and one of ammonium carbamate: the latter may be regarded as am- monium carbonate minus a molecule of water. If ammonium carba- mate is dissolved in water, it is soon changed to neutral ammonium carbonate. nh4nh2co2 + h2o = (NH4)2C03. Ammonium Water. Neutral Ammonium Carbamate. Carbonate. Hence an aqueous solution of commercial ammonium carbonate con- tains both the neutral and acid carbonates. If the officinal ammonium carbonate is exposed to the air, it is soon changed into the acid carbon- ate or bicarbonate, through loss of ammonia, and it is thus depreciated in quality. The bicarbonate may be converted into the carbonate by treating it with water of ammonia. This fact is officinally recognized in the preparation of Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, and smelling salts is frequently made by coarsely grinding ammonium carbonate, placing it in a bottle, and adding strong water of ammonia until it is saturated. The principal impurity in the commercial salt is empyreuma, due to the presence of substances which communicate a disagreeable, charred odor and taste. The officinal test given below, of neutralizing the alkali and then proving the presence of empyreumatic substances by testing with potassium permanganate, is not as satisfactory as the physical test of the taste and odor of the solution after it has been neutralized. Ammonii Carbonas. TT. S. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. White, translucent masses, consisting of Bicarbonate (Acid Carbonate) of Ammonium and Carbamate of Ammo- nium, losing both ammonia and car- bonic acid gas on exposure to air, becoming opaque and finally con- verted into friable, porous lumps, or a white powder (Acid Carbonate of Ammonium). Pungent, ammo- niacal odor, free from empyreu- ma; sharp, sa- line taste; alka- line reaction. 4 parts at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 1.5 parts at 65° C. (149° F.). Dissolves the carbamate and leaves the Acid Carbonate of Ammonium. 560 AMMONIUM. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. When heated, the salt is On acidulating the aqueous solution of Carbonate wholly dissipated, without Sulphate. of Ammonium with nitric acid, no turbidity charring. If the aqueous should be produced by test-solution of chlo- solution is heated to near ride of barium. 47° C. (116.6° F.), it be- ' On acidulating the aqueous solution of Carbonate gins to lose carbonic acid Chloride. of Ammonium with nitric acid, no turbidity gas, and at 88° C. (190.4° should be produced by test-solution of nitrate F.) it begins to give off of silver. vapor of ammonia. Dilute ' On acidulating the aqueous solution of Carbonate acids wholly dissolve the Metals. of Ammonium with nitric acid, no turbidity salt with effervescence. should be produced by test-solution of hydro- To neutralize 2.616 Gm. of sulphuric acid. Carbonate of Ammonium f If 1 Gm. of the salt be supersaturated with di- should require 60 C.c. of luted sulphuric acid, then diluted to 20 C.c. the volumetric solution of Empyreu- with distilled water, and treated with a few oxalic acid. maticsub- ■ drops of test-solution of permanganate of stances. potassium, the color should not be perceptibly changed by standing for five minutes at the ordinary temperature. Uses.—Ammonium carbonate is a stimulant in doses of three to five grains. It is generally administered in mucilaginous syrups. Phar- maceutically, it is employed in making the well-known solution of ammonium acetate, and in the aromatic spirit of ammonia, before men- tioned. AMMONII CHLORIDUM. U. S. Chloride of Ammonium. Preparation.—Sal ammoniac, as it is termed commercially, is chiefly made from gas liquor, the ammoniacal liquid obtained from gas-works during the destructive distillation of the coal. The ammonia is gener- ally neutralized with hydrochloric acid, the solution evaporated, and the dry mass sublimed in iron pots. The tough, fibrous sublimate is fitted for pharmaceutical and medicinal purposes by purification. It nearly always contains traces of iron, due to the reaction of a portion of the salt upon the cast-iron dome. This may be separated by treat- ment with water of ammonia, as shown in the following process of purification, formerly officinal: Take of Chloride of Ammonium, in small pieces, 20 oz. troy; Water of Ammonia, 5 fi. dr.; Water, 2 pints. Dissolve the Chloride of Am- monium in the Water, in a porcelain dish, with the aid of heat; add the Water of Ammonia, and continue the heat for a short time ; filter the solution while hot, and evaporate to dryness, with constant stirring, at a moderate heat, until it granulates : the ferrous chloride is converted into insoluble ferric hydrate, through the combination of the hydrochloric acid with water of ammonia. NH4C1; 63.4. Ammonii Chloridum, U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. A snow-white, crystalline powder, permanent in the air. On ignition, the salt volatilizes, without charring and without leaving a residue. Odorless; cooling, saline taste; slightly acid re- action. Cold. 3 parts. Boiling. 1.37 parts. Very sparingly. AMMONIUM. 561 Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt, Barium. The aqueous solution of the salt should remain when heated with potassa, unaffected by diluted sulphuric acid. evolves vapor of ammonia. Test-solution of nitrate of sil- Metals. The aqueous solution of the salt should remain unaffected by hydrosulphuric acid or sul ver, added to the aqueous solu- tion previously acidulated with nitric acid, produces a white precipitate soluble in ammonia. Sulphate. phide of ammonium. ' After an aqueous solution of the salt has been acidulated with hydrochloric acid, it should not be rendered turbid by test-solution of Iron. nitrate of barium. 'A 1 per cent, aqueous solution should not be rendered blue by test-solution of ferrocy- anide of potassium. Uses.—Ammonium chloride is a stimulant, and largely used as an addition to expectorant remedies, in doses of five to ten grains. It is sometimes used as an inhalation in catarrh, by drawing the vapors of hydrochloric acid and ammonia into a bottle, where they combine to form ammonium chloride in very fine powder. AMMONII IODIDUM. U.S. Iodide of Ammonium. Preparation.—This salt may be made by a modification of a former officinal process, as follows : Take of Iodide of Potassium, in coarse powder, 4 oz. troy; Sulphate of Ammonium, in coarse powder, 867 grains; Boiling Distilled Water 2 fl. oz.; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the salts, add them to the Boiling Water, stir well, and allow the mixture to cool; then add a fluidounce of Alcohol, mix well, and reduce the tem- perature, by a bath of iced water, to about 40° F.; throw the mixture into a cool glass funnel, stopped with moistened cotton, and, when the clear solution has passed, pour upon the salt a fluidounce of a mixture containing two parts of Water and one part of Alcohol. Lastly, evap- orate the solution rapidly to dryness, stirring constantly; and preserve the residue in a well-stopped bottle. In this process double decomposition takes place, ammonium iodide and potassium sulphate being produced. NH4I; 144.6. 2KI + (NH4)2S04 = 2NH4I + K2S04. Potassium Ammonium Ammonium Potassium Iodide. Sulphate. Iodide. Sulphate. The object of cooling the mixture and adding alcohol is to cause as much of the potassium sulphate to separate as possible, potassium sul- phate being almost insoluble in alcohol. Ammonii Iodidum. U. 8■ Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. A white, granular salt, or minute crystalline cubes, very deliquescent, and soon becoming yellow or yellowish-brown on exposure to air. When heated on platinum foil, the salt evolves vapor of iodine, and volatilizes with- out melting. Odorless when white, but emitting a slight odor of iodine when colored; sharp, sa- line taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 1 part. Boiling. 0,5 part. Cold. 9 parts. Boiling. 3.7 parts. 562 AMMONIUM. Tests for Identity and Quan- titative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt, when heated with po- tassa, evolves vapor of am- monia. If disulphide of car- Sulphate. On adding to 1 Gm. of the salt, dissolved in 20 C.c. of water (with a few drops of di- luted hydrochloric acid), 5 or 6 drops of test-solution of nitrate of barium, no im- bon be poured into the solu- tion, then chlorine water added drop by drop, and the whole agitated, the disul- More than mediate cloudiness or precipitate should make its appearance. If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 Gin. of water of ammonia, then shaken with a phide will acquire a violet about 0.5 solution of 1.3 Gm. of nitrate of silver in color. per cent, of 20 Gm. of water, and the filtrate be super- 1 Gtm. of the dried salt, when Chloride and saturated with 8 Gm. of nitric acid, no completely precipitated with Bromide. cloudiness should make its appearance nitrate of silver, yields, if perfectly pure, 1.62 Gm. of dry iodide of silver. Iron. within ten minutes. ' A 1 per cent, aqueous solution should not be colored blue by test-solution of ferro- Iodine. cyanide of potassium. A 1 per cent, aqueous solution, after being mixed with gelatinized starch, should not assume a deep blue color. Uses.—Ammonium iodide is used as a resolvent and alterative, for the same purposes as potassium iodide. The dose is from three to five grains. AMMONII NITRAS. U. S. Nitrate of Ammonium. NH4N03; 80. Preparation.—Ammonium nitrate may be prepared by treating com- mercial ammonium carbonate with nitric acid so long as effervescence takes place, or to saturation, filtering, and evaporating the solution. If the solution be heated till all the water is driven off, the ammonium nitrate will form, on cooling, an opaque mass. (NH4HC03)NH4NH2C02 + 3HNO3 = 3NH4NOs + 2CO, + H20. Acid Ammonium Carbonate and Nitric Acid. Ammonium Carbon Water. Carbamate. Nitrate. Dioxide. Ammonium nitrate is found commercially either crystallized, granu- lated, or in fused masses. Ammonii Nitras. U.8. Odor, Taste, and Keaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless crystals, generally in the form of long, thin, rhombic prisms, or in fused masses, somewhat deliquescent. Odorless; sharp, bitter taste; neutral reac- tion. Cold. 0.5 part. Boiling. Very soluble. Cold. 20 parts. Boiling. 3 parts. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. When gradually heated, the salt melts at 165°-166° C. (329°-331° F.), and at about 185° C. (365° F.) it is decomposed into nitrous oxide gas and water, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution of the salt, when heated with potassa, evolves vapor of ammonia. On heating the salt with sulphuric acid, it emits ni- trous vapors. f The aqueous solution of nitrate of ammo- rtil ., 1 nium, when acidulated with nitric acid, ' 1 should not be rendered cloudy by test- [ solution of nitrate of silver, f The aqueous solution, when acidulated with Sulphate, -j nitric acid, should not be rendered cloudy [ by test-solution of nitrate of barium. AMMONIUM. Usee.—This salt is used largely for preparing nitrogen monoxide (nitrous oxide, or laughing gas) by simply heating the ammonium nitrate and purifying the gas. 563 NH4N03 = K.O + 2HzO. Ammonium Nitrous Water. Nitrate. Oxide. AMMONII PHOSPHAS. U. S. Phosphate of Ammonium. Preparation.—This may be prepared by the British officinal process : Take of Diluted Phosphoric Acid 20 fluidounces; Strong Solution of Ammonia a sufficiency. Add the Ammonia to the Phosphoric Acid, until the solution is slightly alkaline, then evaporate the liquid, adding more Ammonia from time to time, so as to keep it in slight excess, and when crystals are formed on the cooling of the solution, dry them quickly on filtering paper placed on a porous tile, and preserve them in a stoppered bottle. (NH4)2HP04; 132. 2NH4HO + H3P04 = (NH4)2HP04 + 2HaO. Ammonia Phosphoric Ammonium Water. Water. Acid. Phosphate. This salt is known chemically as hydrogen di-ammonium phosphate. Ammonii Phosphas. V. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, translucent, monoclinic prisms, losing ammonia on exposure to dry air. When strongly heated, the salt fuses, afterwards evolves ammo- nia, and at a bright red heat is wholly dissipated. Odorless; cooling, saline taste; neutral or faint- ly alkaline reac- tion. Cold. 4 parts. Boiling. 0.5 part. Insoluble. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt, when heated with potassa, evolves vapor of ammonia. Addition of test-solution of nitrate of silver to the aqueous so- lution produces a canary-yellow pre- cipitate, soluble in nitric acid and in ammonia. 2 Gm. of the salt, dissolved in water and precipitated with test-mixture of mag- nesium, yields a crystalline precipitate, which, when washed with diluted water of ammonia, dried, and ignited, should weigh 1.68 Gm. f The aqueous solution of Phosphate of Ammonium should remain unaffected Metals. -j by sulphide of ammonium, or, after being acidulated with hydrochloric [ acid, by hydrosulphuric acid, f The aqueous solution of Phosphate of Sulphate, -j Ammonium should remain unaffected [ by test-solution of chloride of barium. | When Phosphate of Ammonium is acid- Chloride. j ulated with nitric acid, it should not be rendered turbid by test-solution [ of nitrate of silver. Uses.—Ammonium phosphate is used as a remedy in gout and rheu- matism, in doses of twenty grains. 132. Preparation.—The impure salt resulting from the sublimation of gas liquor or fetid bone-spirit, saturated with sulphuric acid, is sub- mitted repeatedly to solution and crystallization until obtained pure. AMMONII SULPHAS. U.S. Sulphate of Ammonium. 564 AMMONIUM. Ammonium sulphate may also be obtained by adding the gas liquor to powdered calcium sulphate contained in a suitable vessel: calcium carbonate remains, whilst the ammonium sulphate is found in solu- tion, which is evaporated. The crystals may be purified by redissolving, filtering, and recrystallizing. Ammonii Sulphas. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, rhombic prisms, per- manent in the air. When heated to about 140° C. (284° F.), the salt fuses, is gradually decomposed, and on ignition is wholly dissipated. Odorless; sharp, saline taste; neutral reac- tion. Cold. 1.3 parts. Boiling. 1 part. Insoluble in abso- lute alcohol, but slightly in alco- hol of sp. gr. 0.817. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt, when heated with potasSa, evolves vapor of ammonia. With test- solution of chloride of barium it yields a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. T , , f A 1 per cent, solution of the salt should an -! not be blackened by test-solution of r ‘ [ sulphide of ammonium. f A 1 per cent, solution of the salt, when . ., J acidulated with nitric acid, should not on e. rendered more than opalescent by [ test-solution of nitrate of silver. AMMONII VALERIANAS. U. S. Valerianate of Ammonium. Preparation.—This valerianate may be prepared by passing dried gaseous ammonia into monohydrated valerianic acid. The former offici- nal process may be used, which is as follows : Take of Valerianic Acid 4 fl. oz.; Chloride of Ammonium, Lime, each, a sufficient quantity. From a mixture of Chloride of Ammo- nium, in coarse powder, and an equal weight of Lime, previously slaked and in powder, contained in a suitable vessel, obtain gaseous ammonia, and cause it to pass, first through a bottle filled with pieces of Lime, and afterwards into the Valerianic Acid, in a tall, narrow, glass vessel, until the Acid is neutralized. Then discontinue the process, and set the vessel aside that the Valerianate of Ammonium may crys- tallize. Lastly, break the salt into pieces, drain it in a glass funnel, dry it on bibulous paper, and keep it in a well-stopped bottle. The salt which is found in commerce is usually the acid salt: hence, in making a solution of it, as in the process for elixir of valerianate of ammonium, the excess of acid should be neutralized by the addition of sufficient water of ammonia. NH4C5H90,; 119 Ammonii Valerianas. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, or white, quadrangular plates, deliques- cent in moist air. When heated, the salt fuses, gives off vapor of ammonia and of valerianic acid, and is finally dissipated without leaving a residue. Valerianic acid odor; sharp and sweetish taste; neutral reac- tion. Very solu- ble. Very solu- ble. AMMONIUM. 565 Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities, The aqueous solution, if heated with po- tassa, evolves vapor of ammonia, and, if Acetate. The aqueous solution, if heated with potassa, evolves vapor of ammonia, and, if supersaturated with sul- phuric acid, separates an oily layer of valerianic acid on the surface. If this mixture be neutralized with supersaturated with sulphuric acid, sep- arates an oily layer of valerianic acid Sulphate. ammonia, the clear liquid should not be rendered deep red by test-solution of ferric chloride. The aqueous solution of Valerianate of Ammonium, when acidified by nitric acid, should not be precip- on the surface. Chloride. itated by test-solution of nitrate of barium. The aqueous solution of Valerianate of Ammonium, when acidified by nitric acid, should not be precip- itated by test-solution of nitrate of silver. Uses.—Ammonium valerianate is used in hysteria, neuralgia, and similar diseases as a nervine, in doses of five to twenty grains. It is used pharmaceutically in the preparation of an elixir. SATURATION TABLES, Table showing the Quantity of Officinal Acids required to Saturate ioo Parts by weight of an Officinal Alkali, together with the Quantity of Product. Per cent. Ammonii Carbonas . . . 100 Aqua Ammoniee 10 Aqua Ammonias Fort. . 28 Potassa 90 Liquor Potassas 6 Potassii Bicarbonas. . . 100 Potassii Carbonas .... 81 Soda 90 Liquor Sodse 5 Sodii Bicarbonas .... 99 Sodii Bicarb. Venalis. . 95 Sodii Carbonas 96 Alkalies. MMH CO tO M tO tO CO MOO©tO*JOO)HC3-JICDH MOOCiMCnOSOOiOOrf^COGD Acidum Aceticum, 36 per cent. 1911 588 1647 1607 89 1000 1239 2250 125 1178 1131 1 669 Acid. Aceticum Dil., 6 per cent. M MM co-jos (Oowm OOOM»JffiOiOOi^OUiO) Acid. Acet. Glaciale, 99 per cent. o O' 05 M O M O O' tO M M Product. MM tO M M M M 03 M tO M M M O Cn -J 03 CO CCMOtOOCDLOCOMOOOi Acid. Arseniosum, 97 per cent. mm to m m to to to CCMC"'-‘CO~4MMCOO^JCO Product. mm to m m m to to CDCOf i-*00l?in^WK)MO3h‘tOW Acidum Benzoicum, 100 per cent. M M M CO tO tO CO tO tO 000-lOCT5tOCOOl Product. M M M M CiCO-4 MMI^CO -atf>toco-Jrtoo05too’Mrf^ Acidum Citricum, 100 per cent. mm to m m mm m *4 O' 03 CnM-4MCi-«O^MHtf*O^OOMtC Product. Ammonn Carbonas . . . 100 Aqua Ammoniae 10 Aqua Ammonise Fort. . 28 Potassa 80 Liquor Potass® 5 Potassii Bicarbonas, . . 100 Potassii Carbonas . ... 81 Soda 90 Liquor Sod® 5 Sodii Bicarbonas .... 99 Sodii Bicarb. Venalis . . 95 Sodii Carbonas 96 1 Alkalies. MM tO M M MM tO OOitOCnCOH-OOCO-JOcc Acidum Lacticum, 75 per cent. MM tOMM tOM tO Cn©tOCntC©OOMO»©tO»^ Product. MM to M MM M © © © M © O CO rfk. M or “4 MtO-JMl£.©f-‘GO©COWW Acidum Nitricum, 69.4 per cent. -1 -I M © OOtCtO COtOtOCO-JfCOOOitO^O^ Acid. Nitricum Dil., 10 per cent. M M M M MM M OitOOMtDMO OWrfi.Cn Product. M tO MM M M CO M M tc CC CO cn o cn 00 OiCOCntOOCiOOCO-4M-4-4 Acid. Phosphoric., 50 per cent. 936 288 807 787 44 490 430 1102 61 1155 494 229 Acid. Phos. Dil., 10 per cent. M tO tO >£• M M MM M tO O M tO O O “4 M © CO tO ©tOMtOWtOMCOOCC©© Product. MMqqMMM to to to OOlO)- OiOCOMtOtOCod) tootocncntooototo^r-w Acid. Salicylicum, 100 per cent. M M M CO to M to to to MCOlOtOOOMCCMCOQiCOCO WMOHO^dOMlfkMfl) Product. wen© m cn cn co oo w © rfk-JOOiO’COMifitOi^OM Acid. Sulphuricum, 96 per cent. 975 300 840 820 45 510 583 1148 64 601 577 341 Acid. Sulph. Dil., 9.6 per cent. 118 36 102 140 8 174 102 362 20 189 181 104 Product. © 00 00 M © 00 •-* v—* t-1 k-* tO H-* to *-* tOCOCON)CO-4tO©4».k£>kf*tOrf*.CO©CO>-*© ©COCOCOkf*CO)-JOO>— ©©k-CO©©©-4tO Aqua Ammonite, 10 per cent. OO k-* —1 © © CD k-» CD OC CD CD O CO HlCKOifkMlOCiOOaitO*IOiOOOOlO> Aqua Amm. Fort., 28 per cent. to k-« to k-« C5 *-* 00 00 k-4 rf*. ►-» G £ 5 5 tOtOH- tOCO-4tOOO©kf*-4tOk-*kfa*tO-4-*© Product. 00 CD 05 O CO C0t0t0CDb0CCOH-»t0“400 00C»l-‘t-*t0O5-4 Potassa, 90 per cent. >—1 tO k—* k—* M MM WO>^MOOWOOOW“4tOOOOOOOOOOtOtO Liquor Potasste, 6 per cent. COk-k©-JtO©l-‘©OOtOOOH-kk^ao©©k-*© CO CD COO5*4C0-4*-4C0kf^»—*COkf^O*-J©CO©00»—* Potassii Carbonas, 81 per cent. diH-lC0^00MHOt0C5HCn-l^OH0t ©^©COOO©©k-‘©©Oikf*.kf^CD^ICO©CO Product. CD 00 tO kf* ©COkfk-4 to ©00-4©©CD-4k£-ltC©CDC0©COCOH*.© Soda, 90 per cent. © k-k CD CD H-* 00 k-« -4 05 tO -4 M 05 *4 W © CD © tO © k—• tO © © tO © © k£» CD 00 k—* QO GO ©©—4*~*-4©—4C0©©k—‘©WCDk^©©© Liquor Sodse, 6 per cent. >-• k-* *-* k-* k-* k-* © © k-k 00 k-* 00 -4 tO -4 k-< tO © 00 kU CD CO©©h-‘-4©COk^©COkf*-©CO©CO©OOk-‘ Sodii Bicarbonas, 99 per cent. >—‘k—k-4©>—*COk—‘OC-4tO—Tk—‘tO—JCOkt*- © 00-4C0kf*00©kfk.-4CCkf>--4M©t>0CD© OC © tO CO-4 4*- k-k CD 00 W tO © © CD © Sodii Carbonas, 96 per cent. k-J CO k-* k-» k—k k-* k-k to 0«COk-*tOCO©M©©k-kCDk-k*4COtOtOk-k© COk-*CDtO©tOCOCOCO©r-‘tO©CO-^k^CO»-‘ Product. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XLI. AMMONIUM. Is ammonium a metal ? Has it been isolated ? What is ammonium amalgam ? What are the tests for ammonium salts ? Ammonia—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is water of ammonia ? How much by weight of the gas does it contain ? What is the process by which it was directed to be made in the U. S. Pharmaco- poeia of 1870? Describe rationale of process. What is its specific gravity? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solu- bility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Empyreuma; traces of carbonic acid ; sulphate ; chloride ; metallic impurities; calcium. What is the dose ? Stronger water of ammonia—How much by weight of the gas does this contain ? Give description and specific gravity. What is the dose ? Spirit of ammonia—How much gas does it contain ? How is it made ? How may its strength be tested ? Give description and specific gravity. What is the dose? Aromatic spirit of ammonia—Give Latin officinal name. How is it made? Why does this preparation become dark-colored upon being kept? Give descrip- tion and specific gravity. Why is precipitation very apt to take place ? What is the object of adding aqua ammonise? What is the dose? What is spirit of mindererus? Give Latin officinal name. How is it made? What is the alternative formula? Give rationale of the process. Which of the formulas is more satisfactory, and why ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. AMMONIUM. 567 How may impurities of metals be detected ? What is the dose ? Benzoate of ammonium—Give Latin officinal name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Describe the process, formerly officinal, for making it. Describe rationale of process. What is the object of retaining an excess of alkali ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Bromide of ammonium—Give Latin officinal name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. By what different methods may this be prepared ? Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Bromate ; iodide ; sulphate ; more than 3 per cent, of chloride. What is the dose? Carbonate of ammonium—Give Latin officinal name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Which is the usual process for making this salt? Give rationale of process. Why is ammonium sulphate preferred to ammonium chloride? What is officinal carbonate of ammonium, chemically ? If the officinal salt is exposed to the air, what change takes place ? How may the bicarbonate be converted into carbonate? What is the principal impurity in the commercial salt, and how may it be detected ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Sulphate; chloride; metals ; empyreumatic substances. What is the dose ? Chloride of ammonium—Give Latin officinal name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. What is its common or popular name ? How is it obtained ? How may it be purified from traces of iron ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Barium ; metals; sul- phate ; iron. What is the dose ? Iodide of ammonium—Give Latin officinal name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Give the process, formerly officinal, by which it may be made. Give rationale of process. What is the object of cooling the mixture and adding alcohol? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Sulphate; more than about 0.5 per cent, of chloride and bromide; iron ; iodine. What is the dose? Nitrate of ammonium—Give Latin officinal name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. How may it be prepared ? Describe rationale of process. How is it found in commerce ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: chloride ; sulphate. Dor what is it used? What decomposition takes place? Phosphate of ammonium—Give Latin officinal name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. What is the British officinal process for making this salt? What is its chemical name ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Metals; sulphate; chloride. What is the dose ? Sulphate of ammonium—Give Latin officinal name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Lead and iron ; chloride. Valerianate of ammonium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Describe the process, formerly officinal, by which it may be prepared. Why should water of ammonia be added to the commercial salt in making solu- tions of it? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz. acetate; sulphate ; chloride. CHAPTER XL 11. MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. Mg; 24. Ca; 40. Ba; 136.8. The compounds of these three metals form a natural group. They have numerous physical and chemical characteristics in common. Barium does not enter into any officinal salts; some of its compounds are used as tests.' Magnesium was formerly classed with the alkaline earths, but it is now usually separated from them, because of its closer chemical analogies to zinc. It is so closely allied to the alkaline earths in its pharmaceutical and medical aspects that it will be most useful to consider it in its former relation. Magnesium, in the forms of chloride, sulphate, carbonate, magnesia- calcic carbonate, and silicate, is widely distributed. The metal is of a silver-white color, losing its lustre through the oxidation of its surface, and burning with a radiant light when heated to redness, magnesia being formed. The oxide, MgO, is officinal, and is largely used medicinally. Tests for Salts of Magnesium. 1. The caustic alkalies produce gelatinous, white precipitates with solu- tions of magnesium salts, insoluble in excess, but soluble in solution of ammonium chloride. 2. Sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate produces white pre- cipitates with solutions of magnesium salts. 3. Solution of sodium phosphate produces a white crystalline pre- cipitate, on the addition of a small quantity of water of ammonia, of ammonio-magnesium phosphate, NH4,Mg,P04. Officinal Preparations of Magnesium. Officinal Name. Preparation. Magnesia Made by calcining light magnesium carbonate. Magnesia Ponderosa Made by calcining heavy magnesium carbonate. Magnesii Carbonas Double decomposition between magnesium sulphate and sodium carbonate. Magnesii Citras Granulatus. . . Made from magnesium carbonate, citric acid, sodium bicarbonate, sugar, alcohol, and distilled water. Magnesii Sulphas By treating native magnesium hydrate with sul- phuric acid. Magnesii Sulphis By treating magnesia in suspension with sulphurous acid. Liquor Magnesii Citratis .... Bv dissolving magnesium carbonate in citric acid, flavoring, and adding potassium bicarbonate. Mistura Magnesiae et Asafcetidse . Contains magnesia, tinctures of asafoetida and opium, sugar, and water. Trochisci Magnesia 3 grains of magnesia in each lozenge. 568 MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. 569 Unofficinal Salts of Magnesium. Magnesii Acetas, Mg(C2H302)2, = 142. Acetate of Magnesium. Magnesii Iodidum, Mgl2, = 277.2. Iodide of Magnesium. Magnesii Lactas, Mg2CsH50s.3H20, = 256. Lactate of Magnesium. Magnesii Silicas. Silicate of Magnesium. Magnesii Sulphas Exsiccatus, MgS04. Dried Sulphate of Magnesium. Magnesii Sulphocarbolas, Mg2C6ll5S04.7H20, = 496. Sulphocarbolate of Magnesium. By dissolving 10 p. magnesium carbonate in sufficient acetic acid, filtering and concentrating, then crystallizing. By dissolving magnesia in hydriodic acid, filtering and concentrating, then crystallizing. By dissolving separately in hot water 6 p. calcium lactate and 5 p. magnesium sulphate, mixing the solutions and fil- tering, evaporating the filtrate, then crystallizing. Occurs in nature. By exposing the crystallized sulphate in a warm place until it has lost 35 per cent, of its weight, then sifting it. By mixing concentrated solutions of barium sulphocarbolate and magne- sium carbonate and collecting the pre- cipitate. MAGNESIA. U. S. Magnesia. MgO; 40. [Light Magnesia.] Preparation.—Magnesium carbonate is exposed in crucibles to a red heat, carbon dioxide and water are expelled, and magnesia is left. (MgC03)4Mg(H0)2 + 5H20 = 5MgO + 4C02 + 6H20. Magnesium Carbonate. Water. Magnesia. Carbon Water. Dioxide. Magnesia is rendered less soluble if heated too strongly. Magnesia should always be kept in well-closed vessels: exposure to air and moist- ure causes the formation of carbonate and hydrate. Magnesia. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white, very light and very fine pow- der, slowly absorbing carbonic acid from the air. Magnesia is not altered or affected by heat. Odorless; an earthy, but no saline taste; faintly alka- line reaction when moist- ened with water. Almost insoluble. Insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On stirring 1 part of Magnesia with 15 parts of water, in a beaker, and allowing the mixture to stand for about half an hour, it will form a gelatinous mass of sufficient firmness to prevent it from falling out when the glass is inverted. A filtered solu- tion of Magnesia in diluted sulphuric acid, mixed with chloride of ammonium and supersaturated with water of ammonia, yields, with test-solution of phosphate of sodium, a copious white precipitate, soluble in acids. ' On dropping a small portion of Magnesia into hot water, waiting until all air- n J bubbles have escaped, and then pouring the mixture into an excess of diluted sulphuric acid, no effervescence should take place. More than traces f No insoluble residue should remain after of other Alka- ■ treating Magnesia with warm water and line Earths. [ diluted sulphuric acid. ' A solution of Magnesia in a slight excess , , . j of diluted nitric acid should yield at u P a e* most only a faint cloudiness with test- solution of chloride of barium. 'A.solution of Magnesia in a slight excess p,. ., , of diluted nitric acid should yield at most only a faint cloudiness with test- solution of nitrate of silver. 570 MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. Uses.—Magnesia is popularly used as a laxative and antacid, in doses of thirty grains. In administering, the magnesia should be added to the diluent, water or milk, and not vice versa. MAGNESIA PONDEROSA. U.S. Heavy Magnesia. MgO; 40. A white, dense, and very fine powder, corresponding in all other properties and reactions with Magnesia. Heavy magnesia is preferable to the ordinary magnesia, on account of its density. This often per- mits the decrease in bulk of the dose in the ratio of nearly four to one. Magnesia is rendered less bulky by trituration; and if the heavy car- bonate is used for the calcination, a heavier powder is produced. The tests and uses of heavy magnesia are the same as those of the light magnesia. MAGNESII CARBONAS. U.S. Carbonate of Magnesium. (MgC03)4.Mg(H0)2.5H20; 484. Preparation.—The process of the British Pharmacopoeia is as follows: Take of Sulphate of Magnesia 10 ounces [avoirdupois]; Carbonate of Soda 12 ounces [avoird.]; Boiling Distilled Water a sufficiency. Dissolve the Sulphate of Magnesia and Carbonate of Soda, each, in a pint [Imp. Meas.] of the Water, mix the two solutions, and evaporate the whole to perfect dryness, by means of a sand-bath. Digest the residue for half an hour with two pints [Imp. Meas.] of the Water, and, having collected the insoluble matter on a calico filter, wash it repeatedly with Distilled Water, until the washings cease to give a precipitate with chloride of barium. Finally, dry the product at a temperature not exceeding 212° F. Magnesium carbonate varies in composition somewhat according to the process used. The reaction in making the U. S. carbonate would in its preparation be as follows : 5MgS04 + 5Na2C03 + HaO = 4MgCOs,Mg(HO)2 + 5N&SO, + C02. Magnesium Sodium Water. Magnesium Carbonate. Sodium Carbon Sulphate. Carbonate. Sulphate. Dioxide. The process for making light magnesium carbonate differs from the above in the substitution of a larger proportion of cold water for the boiling water. This furnishes a good illustration of the general rule in precipitation, that dilute solutions produce light precipitates, and dense solutions heavy precipitates. Magrnesii Carbonas. J7.8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Light, white, friable masses, or a light, white powder. When strongly heated, it loses water and carbonic acid gas, and is converted into magnesia. Odorless; tasteless; feebly alkaline reaction. Almost insoluble. Insoluble. MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. 571 Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. It is soluble in diluted hydrochloric acid, with copious effer- vescence. On su- persaturating this solution with water of ammonia, and adding test-solution of phosphate of so- dium, a white, crys- talline precipitate, soluble in acids, is thrown down. Aluminium or more than traces of • Calcium. Metals. Limit of Sulphate. Chloride. The salt should be soluble in diluted hydrochloric acid to a colorless liquid ; on supersaturating the clear solution with test-solution of car- bonate of ammonium, it should not be ren- dered more than faintly opalescent. Distilled water, boiled with the salt, and, after filtration, evaporated to dryness, should not leave more than a trace of residue. 'A 2 per cent, solution of the salt, prepared with the aid of acetic acid, should not be affected by hydrochloric acid, nor, after addition of test- solution of carbonate of ammonium with an excess of water of ammonia, by solution of sulphide of ammonium. Another portion of the 2 per cent, solution should not at once be rendered more than faintly opalescent by test-solution of nitrate of barium. Another portion of the 2 per cent, solution should not at once be rendered more than faintly opalescent by test-solution of nitrate of silver. Uses.—Magnesium carbonate is antacid, and in large doses cathartic. The dose is from thirty to sixty grains. It has been largely employed in making medicated waters to assist in diffusing the oils used in pre- paring them. MAGNESII CITRAS GRANULATUS. U.S. Granulated Citrate of Magnesium. Carbonate of Magnesium, 11 parts, or 3 oz. av. 292 gr. Citric Acid, 48 parts, or 16 oz. av. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 37 parts, or 12 oz. av. 146 gr. Sugar, in No. 60 powder, 8 parts, or 2 oz. av. 2g2 gr. Alcohol, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 32 oz. av. Mix the Carbonate of Magnesium intimately with thirty-three parts [or 11 oz. ay.] of Citric Acid, and enough Distilled Water to make a thick paste; dry this at a temperature not exceeding 30° C. (86° F.), and reduce it to a fine powder. Then mix it intimately with the Sugar, the Bicarbonate of Sodium, and the remainder of the Citric Acid pre- viously reduced to a very fine powder. Dampen the mass with a suf- ficient quantity of Alcohol, and rub it through a No. 20 tinned-iron sieve, to form a coarse, granular powder. Lastly, dry it in a moder- ately warm place. Granulated Citrate of Magnesium should be kept in well-closed bottles. This is the only officinal effervescent granular salt. It is intended to furnish an agreeable, effervescent draught. It is very important to obey the direction to keep it in well-closed bottles, for if access of air be permitted, the moisture will soon cause the acid to act upon the carbonates and liberate the carbonic acid gas gradually, and thus destroy the effervescent character of the draught, which is its principal recom- mendation. 572 MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. Mag-nesii Citras Granulatus. U. S. Odob, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white, coarsely granular salt, deliquescent on exposure to air. Odorless; mildly acid- ulous, refreshing taste; acid reac- tion. Cold. 2 parts, with co- pious efferves- cence. Boiling. Very soluble. Almost insoluble. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Test fob Impubities. On adding chloride of ammonium to the aqueous so- lution of the salt, a portion of the liquid, when mixed with excess of solution of phosphate of am- monium and water of ammonia, yields a white, crystalline precipitate, soluble in acids. On mix- ing another portion with test-solution of chloride of calcium, supersaturating with water of ammo- nia and filtering, the filtrate deposits a white pre- cipitate on boiling. The saturated solution of the salt, when mixed with a satu- rated solution of ace- Tartrate. tate of potassium and some acetic acid, should not yield a white, crystalline pre- cipitate. Uses.—Granulated citrate of magnesium is given as a pleasant cathartic, in doses of one to three teaspoonfuls, in cold water. MAGNESII SULPHAS. U.S. Sulphate of Magnesium. MgS047H20; 246. [Epsom Salt.] Preparation.—This well-known salt is prepared from a number of mineral substances, but in the United States, principally from a silicious magnesium hydrate, which is practically free from lime. The mineral is reduced to a fine powder and treated with sulphuric acid. The mass is then dried and calcined at a red heat, in order to convert into red oxide any ferrous sulphate which may be present. It is then dissolved in water, and calcium sulphide added to separate any remaining portion of iron. The salt is crystallized and dissolved a third time, in order to purify it. In England, Epsom salt is sometimes prepared from dolomite, the double carbonate of magnesium and calcium, by driving off the carbon dioxide by heat, converting the residue into hydrates, and then treating these with hydrochloric acid. Calcium chloride is formed, this is dis- solved out by washing with water, and the purified magnesia is con- verted into sulphate by treating it with sulphuric acid. Magnesii Sulphas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Small, colorless, right-rhombic prisms, or acicular crystals, slowly efflorescent in dry air. When heated, the salt gradually loses nearly 44 per cent, of its weight (water of crystallization), and at a strong red heat it fuses, congealing on cooling to a white mass, which amounts to 48.7 per cent, of the original weight. Odorless; cooling, saline and bit- ter taste; neu- tral reaction. Cold. 0.8 part. Boiling. 0.15 part. Insoluble. MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. 573 Tests fob Identity. Impubities. Tests fob Impubities. The aqueous solution, mixed with solution Metals. ' The aqueous solution should not be colored nor be precipitated by test-solution of ferrocyanide of of chloride of ammo- nium, yields, with ex- cess of test-solution of potassium, hydrosulphuric acid, or sulphide of ammonium. A 5 per cent, solution, after addition of chloride of phosphate of sodium Alkaline ammonium, should not be precipitated nor ren- and water of ammo- nia, a white, crystal- line precipitate, solu- Earths. dered turbid by test-solution of carbonate of am- monium and water of ammonia. A 1 per cent, solution should not yield more than a ble in acids. With test-solution of chlo- Chloride. slight opalescence with test-solution of nitrate of silver. ride of barium it yields a white precipitate in- soluble in hydrochlo- If an aqueous solution of 1 Gm. of the salt, mixed with chloride of ammonium, be completely pre- cipitated by solution of phosphate of ammonium and water of ammonia, the filtrate evaporated to dryness, the residue gently ignited and then dis- solved in 5 C.c. of water, this solution, acidulated with a few drops of hydrochloric acid, should not become more than faintly opalescent on mixing 1 volume of it with 2 volumes of alcohol, nor on adding test-solution of chloride of barium to an- other portion. ric acid. More than about 1 per cent, of Sul- ■ phates of Al- kalies. Uses.—Sulphate of magnesium is a valuable refrigerant cathartic, in doses of one ounce: if dissolved in iced water, its nauseous taste is not so perceptible as when water of ordinary temperature is used. MAGNESII SULPHIS. U. S. Sulphite of Magnesium. MgS036H20 ; 212. Preparation.—This salt is easily prepared by passing purified sul- phurous acid gas into a rather thick milk of magnesia until the acid is in slight excess. Magnesii Sulphis. U.8. Odor, Taste, and Re- action. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white, crystalline powder, gradually becom- ing oxidized on exposure to air. When heated to. 200° C. (392° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (50.9 per cent.), and is converted into magnesia and anhydrous sulphate of magnesium. Odorless; slightly bit- ter, somewhat sul- phurous taste; neu- tral or slightly al- kaline reaction. Cold. 20 parts. Boiling. 19 parts. Insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt, mixed with chloride of ammonium, yields, with excess of test-solution of phosphate of sodium and water of ammonia, a white, crystalline precipitate soluble in acids. When treated with 4 times its weight Of diluted hydro- chloric acid, the salt dissolves completely and emits the odor of burning sulphur, without becoming cloudy (difference from hyposulphite). Sulphate. ' A 1 per cent, aqueous solution, strongly acidulated with hy- drochloric acid, should not afford more than a slight cloudiness with test- solution of chloride of barium. 574 MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. Uses.—Magnesium sulphite has an advantage over the sodium and potassium salts in being less soluble, and hence less disagreeable to the taste. The dose is fifteen to thirty grains. LIQUOR MAGNESII CITRATIS. U.S. Solution of Citrate of Magnesium. Carbonate of Magnesium, 200 grains 200 grains. Citric Acid, 400 grains 400 grains. Syrup of Citric Acid, 1200 grains, or 2 fl. oz. Bicarbonate of Potassium, in crystals, 30 grains 30 grains. Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Citric Acid in two thousand grains [or 4 fluidounces] of Water, and, having added the Carbonate of Magnesium, stir until it is dissolved. Filter the solution into a strong bottle of the capacity of 12 fluidounces, containing the Syrup of Citric Acid. Then add enough Water, previously boiled and filtered, to nearly fill the bottle, drop in the Bicarbonate of Potassium, and immediately close the bottle with a cork, which must be secured with twine. Lastly, shake the mixture occasionally until the Bicarbonate of Potassium is dissolved. A few modifications in the manipulation of the officinal process are advisable. The bulky magnesium carbonate may be replaced by one- half of the quantity of Jenning’s light calcined magnesia. The syrup of citric acid should be introduced into the bottle, and the filtered solu- tion of magnesium citrate very carefully poured in without stirring up the syrup. The potassium bicarbonate, in large crystals, is dropped into the bottle,—they gradually dissolve in the syrup of citric acid,—and the cork is at once inserted, to prevent loss of carbonic acid gas. The bottle is not disturbed until it is called for, when a vigorous shake mixes the solution of the bicarbonate in the bottom of the bottle with the acid liquid above, liberating the carbonic acid gas, and the solution can then always be dispensed in a sparkling condition. Uses.—“ Solution of citrate of magnesia,” as it will probably be always called, is one of the most agreeable cathartics known. It is usually given in the quantity made by the officinal formula,—twelve fluidounces. The practice of dividing the dose, taking one-half three or four hours after the other, is often preferable. MISTURA MAGNESIZE ET ASAFCETID.®. U. S. Mixture of Magnesia and Asafetida. This mixture is the only officinal one containing magnesia. It is popularly known as Dewees’s carminative. For the formula, see page 304. TROCHISCI MAGNESIA. U.S. Troches of Magnesia. Each troche contains three grains of magnesia (see Part VI.). Calcium. Ca; 40. Calcium is a very abundant element, occuring in nature as carbonate, sulphate, phosphate, silicate, chloride, fluoride, etc. It belongs to the class of metals. When heated, it burns with a bright light. It is of a MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AAZ> BARIUM. 575 light yellow color, and is ductile, like gold : it may be hammered into very thin sheets. It forms but one chloride. The oxide, carbonate, sulphate, phosphate, and hypophosphite are of pharmaceutical interest. Tests for Salts of Calcium. 1. Alkaline carbonates produce white precipitates with soluble salts of calcium, insoluble in excess. 2. The soluble oxalates (ammonium or potassium oxalate) produce, even in dilute solutions of calcium salts, a white precipitate of calcium oxalate, not soluble in an excess of acetic acid, but soluble in an excess of hydrochloric acid. Officinal Preparations of Calcium. Officinal Name. Preparation. Calx Made by calcining chalk or limestone. Calx Chlorata By treating calcium hydrate with chlorine. Calx Sulphurata By heating lime and sulphur to a low red heat. Calcii Bromidum By dissolving lime in hydrobromic acid. Calcii Carbonas Prsecipitatus . . By double decomposition between calcium chloride and sodium carbonate. Calcii Chloridum By acting on calcium carbonate with hydrochloric acid. Calcii Hypophosphis By heating phosphorus with milk of lime. Calcii Phosphas Praecipitatus . . By treating bone-ash with HOI, and precipitating with ammonia. Creta Praeparata By elutriating chalk and forming into cones. Pulvis Crete Compositus .... Chalk, sugar, gum, etc., for making chalk-mixture. Mistura Cretae Compound chalk powder suspended in cinnamon- water and water. Trochisci Crete Each containing 4 grains of prepared chalk. Liquor Calcis By dissolving lime in water. Linimentum Calcis Equal parts of lime-water and cotton-seed oil. Syrupus Calcis A saccharine solution of lime. Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis . A saccharine solution of calcium lactophosphate. Calcii Hydras, Ca(H0)2, = 74. By adding 1 p. water to 2 p. lime contained in a metal Hydrate of Calcium. pot, covering and setting aside to cool, sifting and preserving the fine powder. Calcii Iodas, Ca2I0s.6H20, = 497.2. By mixing gradually an alcoholic solution of iodine Iodate of Calcium. with excess of filtered aqueous solution of chlorinated lime. After decolorization, slightly acidulating with hydrochloric acid, heating to boiling, filtering, then crystallizing. Calcii Iodidum, CaL, = 293.2. By dissolving slaked lime in hydriodic acid and concen- Iodide of Calcium. trating, then crystallizing. Calcii Oxysulphidum. By mixing 50 p. sulphur, 150 p. slaked lime, 250 p. Oxysulphide of Calcium. water, boiling, stirring frequently until a portion dropped on a cold slab will solidify, then pouring on a marble slab to cool. Calcii Sulphidum, CaS, =72. By mixing 12 p. powdered gypsum with 4 p. powdered Sulphide of Calcium. charcoal, and heating the mixture in a covered crucible until gas ceases to be evolved. Calcii Sulphas, = 172. Occurs in nature. Sulphate of Calcium. Calcii Sulphis, CaSOs, = 120. By mixing concentrated solutions of sodium sulphite Sulphite of Calcium. and calcium chloride and collecting the precipitate. Calcii Sulphocarbolas, Ca2CeH5SOt. By mixing concentrated solutions of barium sulphocar- 6H2O, = 602. bolate and calcium carbonate and collecting the pre- Sulphocarbolate of Calcium. cipitate. Calcii Sulphydras, CaH2S2, = 196. By passing hydrosulphuric acid into a mixture of 2 p. Sulphydrate of Calcium. slaked lime and 3 p. water as long as absorbed. Unofficinal Salts of Calcium. 576 MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. CALX. U. S. Lime. Preparation.—Lime, or calcium oxide, is a very important alkaline earth, and is made by calcining limestone, or native calcium carbonate, in kilns with strong heat: carbon dioxide and water are expelled. CaO; 56. Calx. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Hard, white or grayish-white masses, gradually attracting moisture and carbonic acid gas on exposure to air and falling to a white powder. Odorless; sharp, caustic taste; alkaline reac- tion. Cold. 750 parts. Boiling. 1300 parts. Insoluble. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. When heated to a white heat, Lime is neither fused nor altered. Brought into contact with about half its weight of water, it absorbs the latter, becomes heated, and is gradually con- verted into a white powder (slaked lime). Distilled water agitated with slaked lime should give the reactions mentioned under Liquor Calcis. f Lime mixed with water to a thin 1 milk should be dissolved by 1 na o. j nitric acid with but little ef- 1 fervescence. t i r. ( The above-named mixture ... ,. -j should not leave more than Matter* 1 a slight residue. Uses.—Externally, lime acts as an escharotic : it enters into the com- position of many depilatory powders; internally, in solution, it is a valuable antacid. .LIQUOR CALCIS. U. S. Solution of Lime. [Lime-water.] An aqueous solution containing about 0.15 per cent, of Hydrate of Calcium [Ca(HO)2; 74], Lime, 1 part, or % oz. av. Water, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Slake the Lime by the gradual addition of six parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Water, then add thirty parts [or 1 pint] of Water and stir occasionally during half an hour. Allow the mixture to settle, decant the liquid and throw it away. Then add to the residue three, hundred parts [or 8 pints] of Distilled Water, stir well, wait a short time for the coarser particles to subside, and pour the liquid, holding the undissolved Lime in sus- pension, into a glass-stoppered bottle. Pour off the clear liquid when wanted for use. Lime-water is very extensively used in pharmacy: the object of keeping it upon undissolved Lime is to insure a saturated solution. Lime is but sparingly soluble in water, and less soluble in hot water than in cold: when the solution is heated, a deposition of lime takes place, which is redissolved on cooling. A solution of lime containing particles of undissolved lime in suspension is termed milk of lime. MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. 577 Liquor Calcis. V.8. Odob, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A clear, colorless liquid. Sp. gr. 1.0015 at 15° C. (59° F.). When heated to boiling, it becomes cloudy. Odorless; saline and fee- bly caustic taste; al- kaline reaction. Miscible with water and alcohol in all propor- tions. Test fob Identity. Impurities. Test fob Impurities. Test-solution of oxalic acid added to it produces a white precipitate soluble in hy- drochloric, but insoluble in acetic acid- The alkaline reaction of the liquid en- Alkalies or their Car- tirtel? *saPP°ars »fter ifc bas bee° bonates saturated with carbonic acid gas and the excess of the latter has been expelled by boiling. Uses.—Probably the most extensive use of lime-water in medicine is in checking nausea. It is usually administered with milk when used for this purpose. It is employed externally to allay inflammation, and in washes of various kinds. The dose of lime-water is from two to four fluidounces. SYRUPUS CALCIS. U. S. Syrup of Lime. A syrupy liquid made by boiling five parts of lime and thirty parts of sugar in fifty parts of water, and adding sufficient water to make one hundred parts. Lime is more soluble in syrup than in water, and hence this syrup is more strongly alkaline than lime-water: this is ac- counted for by the fact that lime forms soluble saccharates with sugar (see page 292). LINIMENTUM CALCIS. U. S. Lime Liniment. This liniment is made by mixing equal weights of lime-water and cotton-seed oil. It is used largely as an external application for burns, and is sometimes called Carron oil (see page 321). CALX CHLORATA. U. S. Chlorinated Lime. The activity of this compound depends upon the amount of chlorine present, and it is therefore most appropriately considered under that head (see page 463). CALX SULPHURATA. U. S. Sulphurated Lime. A mixture (commonly misnamed Sulphide of Calcium) consisting chiefly of Sul- phide of Calcium [CaS; 72] and Sulphate of Calcium [CaS04; 136], in varying proportions, hut containing not less than 36 per cent, of absolute Sulphide of Calcium. Lime, in very fine powder, 100 parts, or io oz. av. Precipitated Sulphur, 90 parts, or 9 oz- av. To make about 16 oz. av. Mix the Lime and Sulphur intimately, pack the mixture with gentle pressure in a crucible so as nearly to fill it, and, having luted down the cover, expose the crucible for one hour to a low red heat, by means of a charcoal fire so arranged that the upper part of the crucible shall be 578 MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. heated first. Then remove the crucible, allow it to cool, rub its con- tents to powder, and at once transfer the latter to small, glass-stoppered vials. This is not a definite chemical compound, but contains varying amounts of the active constituent, calcium sulphide. Calx Sulphurata. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. A grayish-white or yellowish-white powder, grad- ually altered by exposure to air. On dissolving Sulphurated Lime with the aid of acetic acid, hydrosulphuric acid is abundantly given off, and a white precipitate (sulphate of calcium) is thrown down. The filtrate yields, with test-solution of oxalate of ammonium, a white precipitate soluble in hydrochloric, but insoluble in acetic acid. Exhaling a faint odor of hydro- sulphuric acid; offensive alka- line taste; al- kaline reaction. Cold. Very slightly soluble. Insoluble. Quantitative Test. If 1 Gm. of Sulphurated Lime be gradually added to a boiling solution of 1.25 Gm. of sulphate of copper in 50 C.c. of water, the mixture digested on a water-bath for fifteen minutes, and filtered when cold, no color should be imparted to the filtrate by 1 drop of test-solution of ferroeyanide of potassium (presence of at least 36 per cent, of real Sulphide of Calcium). Uses.—Sulphurated lime is used as a depilatory for removing super- fluous hair from the body, by mixing a small quantity with water and applying the paste to the part. It is used internally in acne and other skin diseases: the dose is one-half grain to one grain. CALCII BROMIDUM. U.S. Bromide of Calcium. CaBr2; 199.6. Preparation.—Calcium bromide may be made by the simple process of adding precipitated calcium carbonate, in excess, to hydrobromic acid, filtering, evaporating the solution to dryness, and granulating the product. It may also be made by adding milk of lime to a boiling solution of ammonium bromide until ammoniacal vapors cease to be evolved. The solution is then filtered, and the salt granulated. CaCOa + 2HBr = CaBr2 + H20 + C02. ' Calcium Hydrobromic Calcium Water. Carbon Carbonate. Acid. Bromide. Dioxide. Calcii Bromidum. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. A white, granular salt, very deliquescent. At a dull red heat the salt fuses without losing anything but moisture. At a higher tem- perature it is partially decomposed. Odorless; pungent, saline, and bitter taste; noutral re- action. Cold. 0.7 part. Boiling. Very sol- uble. Cold. 1 part. Boiling. Very sol- uble. MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. 579 Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. An aqueous solution of Bromate. If diluted sulphuric acid be dropped upon the salt, the salt yields, with test-solution of oxa- late of ammonium, a white precipitate sol- the latter should not at once assume a yellow color. If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, some gelatinized starch added, and then a few uble in hydrochloric, Iodide. drops of chlorine water carefully poured on top, but insoluble in acetic no blue zone should make its appearance at the acid. If disulphide of carbon be poured into a solution of the ' Sulphate. line of contact of the two liquids. On adding to l Gm. of the salt dissolved in 20 C.c. of water, 5 or 6 drops of test-solution of nitrate salt, then chlorine water added drop by drop, and the whole agitated, the disul- phide will acquire a of barium, no immediate cloudiness or precipitate should make its appearance. If a solution of the salt be precipitated with an ex- cess of nitrate of silver, the washed precipitate for some time shaken with a cold, saturated solu- yellow or yellowish- brown color without a violet tint. 1 Gm. of the dry salt, when completely pre- cipitated by nitrate of silver, yields, if per- Chloride. tion of carbonate of ammonium, and the decanted and filtered liquid supersaturated with nitric acid, not more than a faint cloudiness, insufficient to produce a precipitate, should appear. On adding to the aqueous solution of the salt, first, chloride of ammonium, then test-solution of car- bonate of ammonium and water of ammonia in fectly pure, 1.878 Gm. of dry bromide of silver. Magnesium. slight excess, and gently warming, the filtrate separated from the resulting precipitate should not be rendered more than faintly turbid by test- solution of phosphate of sodium. Uses.—Calcium bromide is used as a hypnotic, in doses of thirty to sixty grains. CALCII CARBONAS PRAECIPITATUS. U.S. PrecipitatedCarbonate of Calcium. Preparation.—This salt is readily prepared by double decomposi- tion. The following process is officinal in the British Pharmacopoeia: Take of Chloride of Calcium 5 oz. av.; Carbonate of Soda 13 oz. av.; Boiling Distilled Water a sufficiency. Dissolve the Chloride of Calcium and the Carbonate of Soda each in 2 pints [Imperial meas- ure] of the Water; mix the two Solutions; and allow the precipitate to subside. Collect this on a calico filter, wash it with boiling Distilled Water until the washings cease to give a precipitate with nitrate of sil- ver, and dry the product at the temperature of 212° (F.). Calcium carbonate precipitates, and sodium chloride remains in so- lution. CaC03; 100. CaCl2 + Na2C03 = CaC03 + 2NaCl. Calcium Sodium Calcium Sodium Chloride. Carbonate. Carbonate. Chloride. The fineness of the powder is greatly promoted by using hot, dense solutions. This salt of calcium is also obtained as a by-product in the process for making solution of chlorinated soda, double decomposition taking place between solution of chlorinated lime and solution of sodium car- bonate. The precipitated calcium carbonate must be boiled in water, and afterwards thoroughly washed, to free it from the ehlorinous odor. The product is unfit for internal use. 580 MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. Caleii Carbonas Precipi- Odor and Taste. Solubility. tatus. V. S. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A very fine, white, impal- pable powder, permanent in the air. By exposure to a red heat the salt loses carbonic acid gas, and the residue has an alkaline reaction. Odorless; taste- less. Insoluble. Insoluble. Wholly soluble in hydro- chloric, nitric, or acetic acid, with copious effer- vescence. Test for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A neutral solution of the salt in acetic acid yields, with test-solution of oxa- late of ammonium, a white precipitate soluble in hydrochloric, but in- soluble in acetic acid. ' On adding to a neutral solution of the salt in acetic acid, first, chloride of ammonium, then test-solution of carbonate of ammonium M . and water of ammonia in slight excess, and agnesium. ■ gently warming, the filtrate separated from the resulting precipitate should not be ren- dered more than faintly turbid by test-solu- L tion of phosphate of sodium. ' A solution of the salt in hydrochloric acid, Aluminium, Iron, . • freed from carbonic acid gas by heat, should or Phosphate. not be rendered turbid when supersaturated with water of ammonia. Uses.—This form of calcium carbonate, known popularly as pre- cipitated chalk, is largely used in tooth-powders and similar preparations: it is inferior to the prepared chalk as an ingredient in chalk mixtures, because it does not possess the adhesive powers of the latter. Native, friable Carbonate of Calcium [CaC03; 100], freed from most of its im- purities by elutriation. CRETA PRiEPARATA. U. S. Prepared Chalk. Preparation.—The process formerly officinal is as follows: Take of Chalk a convenient quantity. Add a little water to the Chalk, and rub it into fine powder. Throw this into a large vessel nearly full of water, stir briskly, and, after a short interval, decant the supernatant liquor, while yet turbid, into another vessel. Treat the coarser particles of the Chalk, remaining in the first vessel, in a similar manner, and add the turbid liquid to that previously decanted. Lastly, set the liquor by, that the powder may subside, and, having poured off the water, dry the powder. The object of this process is to effect the separation of the gritty par- ticles in ordinary chalk by elutriation. It is usual to form the moist powder into cones by trochiscation (see page 187). Whilst elutriation effects the purification of the chalk to a certain extent, it does not sepa- rate the insoluble line particles, and hence prepared chalk is chemically not so pure as precipitated carbonate of calcium. Prepared chalk differs greatly in appearance from precipitated chalk, even after it has been reduced to a fine powder. It is usually not so white as the latter, and it adheres to the fingers when handled. This adhesiveness fits it for many purposes. Whiting, a cheap form of pre- pared chalk, is used for polishing. MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. 581 Creta Praeparata. U.S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white, amorphous powder, generally agglutinated in form of small cones, perma- nent in the air. By exposure to a red heat the salt loses carbonic acid gas, and the residue has an alkaline reac- tion. Odorless; taste- less. Insoluble. Insoluble. Soluble in hydro- chloric, nitric, or acetic acid, with copious efferves- cence, and with- out leaving more than a trifling residue. Test foe Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A neutral solution of the salt in acetic acid yields, with test-solution of ox- alate of ammonium, a white precipitate soluble in hydro- chloric, but insolu- ble in acetic acid. Barium 0r P01'ti°n of a neutral solution of the salt in acetic acid o, ,. -! should yield no precipitate with test-solution of sul- Strontmm. phate J calciuml; * ' On adding to a neutral solution of the salt in acetic acid, first, chloride of ammonium, then carbonate of am- monium and water of ammonia in slight excess, and Magnesium. - gently warming, the filtrate separated from the re- sulting precipitate should not be rendered more than faintly turbid by test-solution of phosphate of so- dium. ' A portion of a neutral solution of the salt in acetic acid T _ should not assume more than a slightly bluish tint with a few drops of test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium. Uses.—This is the form of chalk which is used in medicine almost exclusively: it is an antacid, and is admirably adapted for the treat- ment of diarrhoea. It is used in the compound chalk powder and in troches of chalk. CALCII CHLORIDUM. U. S. Chloride of Calcium. CaCl2; 110.8. Chloride of Calcium, deprived of its water by fusion at a low red heat. It should he preserved in well-stopped bottles. Preparation.—Chloride of calcium may be readily formed by satu- rating hydrochloric acid with chalk or marble, evaporating to dryness, and heating to redness. CaC03 + 2HC1 = CaCl2 + C02 + H20. Calcium Hydrochloric Calcium Carbon Water. Carbonate. Acid. Chloride. Dioxide. It is frequently obtained as a by-product in chemical operations, Calcii Chloridum. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, slightly translucent, hard and friable masses, very deliquescent. At a low red heat the salt fuses to an oily liquid, which, on cool- ing, solidifies to a mass of the original appear- ance, entirely soluble in water. Odorless; hot, sharp, saline taste ; neutral or faintly alka- line reaction. Cold. 1.5 parts. Boiling. Very soluble. Cold. 8 parts. Boiling. 1.5 parts. 582 MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. Tests fob Identity. Impueities. Tests fob Impueities. The aqueous solution yields, Aluminium, Iron. The dilute aqueous solution of the salt should not be precipitated by water of with test-solution of oxalate of ammonium, a white pre- ammonia. cipitate, soluble in hydrochlo- ric, but insoluble in acetic Sulphate. The dilute aqueous solution of the salt should not be precipitated by test-solu- acid. With test-solution of nitrate of silver it yields a white precipitate soluble in ammonia. Magnesium. tion of chloride of barium. On adding to the aqueous solution of the salt, first, chloride of ammonium, then test-solution of carbonate of ammonium and water of ammonia in slight excess, and gently warming, the filtrate sepa- rated from the resulting precipitate should not be rendered more than faintly turbid by test-solution of phosphate of sodium. Uses.—Calcium chloride, when in fused masses, is used in chemical operations for dehydrating gases: this it does through its powerful af- finity for water. CALCII HYPOPHOSPHIS. U. S. Hypophosphite of Calcium. CaH4(P02)2; 170. Preparation.—This salt is made by boiling milk of lime and phos- phorus together until the spontaneously inflammable gas, phosphoretted hydrogen, ceases to be evolved: it is necessary to provide for the safe escape of this gas by conducting it by a hood into a powerful draught. 8P + 3CaH202 + 6H20 = 3CaH4(P02)2 + 2PH3 Phosphorus. Calcium Water. Calcium Phosphoretted Hydrate. Hypophosphite. Hydrogen. The liquid is filtered to separate the insoluble phosphate and residu- ary lime, then concentrated, and refiltered to separate the calcium carbon- ate formed by the action of the air on a little lime held in solution, and lastly evaporated till a pellicle appears; after which the salt may be allowed to crystallize by setting the liquid aside, or may be obtained in the granular form by continuing the heat, and stirring. The heat employed in evaporating the solution should not be above 85° C. (185° F.), for fear of explosions, several accidents having oc- curred through carelessness in this respect, even when the evaporation was conducted with a water-bath. Calcii Hypophosphis. V.B. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless or white, six-sided prisms, or thin, flexible scales, of a pearly lustre, permanent in dry air. When heated in a dry test-tube, the salt decrepi- tates, gives off water, then evolves spontaneously - inflammable phosphoretted hydrogen, leaving a red- dish residue which amounts to about 80 per cent. Odorless; nau- seous, bitter taste; neu- tral reac- tion. Cold. 6.8 parts. Boiling. 6 parts. Insoluble. MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. 583 Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with test-solution of oxalate of ammonium, a white precipitate soluble in hydro- chloric, but insoluble in acetic acid. Acidified with hydro- chloric acid and added to ex- cess of test-solution of mer- curic chloride, it produces a white precipitate of mercu- rous chloride, and, on further addition, metallic mercury separates. Insoluble Cal- cium Salts. Soluble Phos- phate. Soluble Sul- phate. Magnesium. When dissolved in water, the salt should leave no insoluble residue. The aqueous solution of the salt should yield no precipitate with test-solution of acetate of lead. The aqueous solution of the salt, after being acidulated with nitric acid, should yield no precipitate with test-solution of chlo- ride of barium. ' On adding to the aqueous solution of the salt, first, chloride of ammonium, then test- solution of carbonate of ammonium and water of ammonia in slight excess, and gently warming, the filtrate separated from the resulting precipitate should not be rendered more than faintly turbid by test-solution of phosphate of sodium. Uses.—Calcium hypophosphite is used pharmaceutically to prepare the other hypophosphites and hypophosphorous acid. Medicinally, it is used in phthisis and other wasting diseases, and in cases of defective nerve-nutrition. The dose is from ten to thirty grains. SYRUPUS HYPOPHOSPHITUM. U.S. Syrup of Hypophosphites. This syrup is made by dissolving thirty-five parts of calcium hypo- phosphite and twelve parts each of sodium and potassium hypophos- phites in water, aiding the solution by the use of one part of citric acid. After the addition of two parts of spirit of lemon, the liquid is filtered and sufficient water and sugar are added to make one thousand parts of finished syrup (see page 294). There is usually a trifling residue left after dissolving the hypophosphites: this consists generally of in- soluble calcium salts. Citric acid is used to dissolve the residue. The citric acid serves also to prevent precipitation in the finished syrup. SYRUPUS HYPOPHOSPHITUM CUM FERRO. U.S. Syrup of Hypophosphites with Iron. This preparation is made by dissolving one part of ferrous lactate in ninety-nine parts of syrup of hypophosphites. It is used, like the preceding syrup, in phthisis and other wasting diseases, under the belief that the hypophosphites stimulate defective nutrition. CALCII PHOSPHAS PR.S2CIPITATUS. U.S. Precipitated Phosphate of Calcium. Ca3(P04)j; 310. Preparation.—Take of Bone, calcined to whiteness, and in fine powder, 4 oz. troy; Hydrochloric Acid 8 oz. troy; Water of Ammonia 12 fl. oz., or a sufficient quantity; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Macerate the Bone in the Acid, diluted with a pint of Distilled Water, until it is dissolved, and filter the solution. Add another pint of Dis- tilled Water, and then, gradually, Water of Ammonia, until the liquid acquires an alkaline reaction. Mix the precipitate obtained, while yet 584 MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. in the state of magma, with twice its bulk of boiling Distilled Water, and pour the whole upon a strainer. Wash the precipitate with boiling Distilled Water until the washings cease to be affected by a solution of nitrate of silver, acidulated with nitric acid. Lastly, dry the precipi- tate with a gentle heat. Calcium phosphate exists in calcined bone: it is soluble in hydro- chloric acid, but is precipitated from its solution by water of ammonia, ammonium chloride remaining in solution. Calcii Phosphas Praecipitatus. V. S. Odob and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A light, white, amorphous powder, permanent in the air. At an intense heat it is fusible without decomposition. Odorless; taste- less. Insoluble. Insoluble. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A solution of the salt in diluted nitric acid, after being mixed with an excess of acetate of sodium, yields a white precipitate with test-solution of oxalate of ammonium, and a lemon-yellow pre- cipitate with test-solution of ammonio-nitrate of silver. On dissolving 1 6m. of the salt in hydrochloric acid, and subsequently adding water of ammo- nia, the salt is precipitated unaltered. When the above precipitate is washed and dried, it should weigh 1 Gm. 'Wholly soluble in nitric or Carbonate. - in hydrochloric acid with- out effervescence. The precipitate formed by adding water of ammonia to a solution of 1 Gm. of Aluminium. ■ the salt in hydrochloric acid should yield nothing to a boiling solution of potassa. Uses.—Precipitated phosphate of calcium, on account of its insolu- bility in water, has been used in making medicated waters in preference to magnesium carbonate and other similar substances. It is adminis- tered largely now in proprietary medicines, in combination with lactic acid and phosphoric acid, in cases of defective nutrition. The dose is from ten to thirty grains. SYRUPUS CALCII LACTOPHOSPHATIS. U.S. Syrup of Lactophosphate of Calcium. This syrup is made by dissolving precipitated phosphate of calcium in diluted hydrochloric acid, and precipitating the dissolved phosphate by the addition of water of ammonia. The washed magma is dissolved in lactic acid and water, and orange-flower water and sugar added to the solution to complete the syrup (see page 291 for the working formula). The object of the first part of the process is to obtain freshly precipi- tated calcium phosphate, because lactic acid will not dissolve the dried salt. It is sometimes made extemporaneously by dissolving 200 grains of calcium lactophosphate in one pint of syrup of orange flowers, which contains one fluidrachm of hydrochloric acid. It is given in doses of one to four teaspoon fills. PULVIS CRET/E COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Chalk Powder. The preparation is made by mixing thirty parts of prepared chalk with twenty parts of powdered acacia and fifty parts of powdered sugar. It is used for making chalk mixture (see Part VI.). MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. 585 MISTURA U.S. Chalk Mixture. This mixture is made by rubbing twenty parts of compound chalk powder with forty parts each of water and cinnamon-water (see page 302). TROCHISCI U. S. Troches of Chalk. Each troche contains four grains of prepared chalk, one grain of acacia, one-seventh of a grain of nutmeg, and six grains of sugar (see Part VI.). Barium. Ba; 136.8. Although this element furnishes no salt to the Materia Medica of the Pharmacopoeia, two of its salts are used oflicinally in making test-solu- tions. Barium occurs abundantly as carbonate and sulphate. It is a malleable metal, having a silver-white lustre, decomposes water, and gradually oxidizes in the air. 1. A soluble barium salt produces with sulphuric acid or soluble sul- phate a white precipitate of barium sulphate, which is entirely insoluble in all acids. 2. Barium causes a colorless flame to be colored green. 3. Alkaline carbonates produce white precipitates with soluble barium salts, insoluble in excess. Tests for Salts of Barium. Officinal Preparations of Barium. Preparations. Test-solution of Chloride of Barium. Test-solution of Nitrate of Barium. Unofficinal Salts of Barium, Barii Acetas, Ba(C2Hs02)2, = 254.8. By decomposing barium carbonate with acetic acid, Acetate of Barium. evaporating, then crystallizing. Barii Benzoas, Ba(C7H502)2 + By adding to a solution of barium carbonate, benzoic 2II20, =414.8. acid until neutralized, then evaporating and crys- Benzoate of Barium. tallizing. Barii Boras. By adding to a solution of barium carbonate a solution Borate of Barium. of sodium borate, and collecting and drying the pre- cipitate. Barii Bromidum, BaBr2.2H20,= By saturating baryta water with hydrobromio acid, 332.8. evaporating, then crystallizing. Bromide of Barium. Barii Chloridum, BaCl2.2H20, = By dissolving barium carbonate in hydrochloric acid, 243.6. evaporating, then crystallizing. Chloride of Barium. (See U.S. P. Test-Solution.) Barii Chromas, BaCr04, — 253.2. By adding to a solution of potassium chromate, baryta Chromate of Barium. water, and collecting and drying the precipitate. Barii Citras, BasCeHsCb, = 599.4. By adding citric acid to baryta water in excess, and col- Citrate of Barium. lecting the precipitate. Barii Nitras, Ba2N03, = 260.8. By adding to a solution of barium chloride a solution of Nitrate of Barium. sodium nitrate, and collecting and drying the precipi- (See U.S. P. Test-Solution.) tate. Barii Oxalas, BaC204.2H20, = 260.8. By adding a solution of oxalic acid to an excess of Oxalate of Barium. baryta water, and collecting the precipitate. Barii Sulphas, BaS04, = 232.8. By adding to a solution of barium chloride, sulphuric Sulphate of Barium. acid, and collecting the precipitate. 586 MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XLII. * MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, BARIUM. Magnesium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it found ? What are the tests for the salts of magnesium ? Magnesia—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? Describe rationale of process. What change takes place on exposure to air and moisture ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Carbonate; more than traces of other alkaline earths ; sulphates; chloride. What is the dose ? Magnesia ponderosa—Wherein does this differ from magnesia ? Carbonate of magnesium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is the process of the British Pharmacopoeia for making this ? Describe rationale of process. How may light magnesium carbonate be prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Aluminium, or more than traces of calcium ; metals ; limit of sulphate ; chloride. What is the dose ? Granulated citrate of magnesium—Give Latin officinal name. How is it prepared, and what is the object of this preparation ? If exposed to the air, what change takes place ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may impurity of tartrate be detected ? What is the dose ? Sulphate of magnesium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is this salt obtained in the United States? How is it sometimes prepared in England ? How much water of crystallization does it contain ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Metals; alkaline earths ; chloride; more than about 1 per cent, of sulphates of alkalies. What is the dose ? Sulphite of magnesium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may this salt be prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may impurity of sulphate be detected ? What is the dose ? Solution of citrate of magnesium—Give Latin officinal name. How is it prepared ? What modifications of the officinal process are advisable ? What is the dose ? What is the common name of “ Mixture of magnesia and asafetida?” How much magnesia does each troche of magnesia contain ? Calcium—Give symbol and atomic weight. In what forms does calcium occur ? What are its physical properties ? What are the tests for salts of calcium ? Lime—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it obtained ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Carbonate; insoluble matter. What is the dose ? Lime water—Give Latin officinal name. How is it made ? How much hydrate of calcium does it contain ? Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight of hydrate of calcium. Is lime more soluble in hot or in cold water ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, AND BARIUM. 587 now may impurities of alkalies or their carbonates be detected ? "What is the dose ? How is syrup of lime made ? What is the object of making a syrup of lime? What is lime liniment ? What is a popular name for it ? For what purpose is it used ? Chlorinated lime—Give Latin officinal name. TJpon what does the activity of this compound depend ? What is sulphurated lime ? How is it made ? How much sulphide of calcium should it contain ? How may this be tested ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. What is the dose? Bromide of calcium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. In what two ways may this preparation be made? Explain the reaction which takes place between milk of lime and solution of am, monium bromide when mixed. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Bromate; iodide; sulphate; chloride; magnesium. What is the dose ? Precipitated carbonate of calcium—Give the British officinal process for making it. How may the fineness of the powder he promoted ? In what process is this salt obtained as a by-product ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities he detected ?—viz.: Magnesium; aluminium, iron, or phosphate. What is the dose ? Which is preferred for chalk mixtures—this, or prepared chalk, and why? What is prepared chalk ? What is the process for making it (formerly officinal) ? What is the object of this process? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Barium or strontium; magnesium; iron. For what is it used, and into what officinal preparations does it enter ? What is whiting, and for what is it used ? Chloride of calcium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may this salt he prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities he detected ?—viz.: Aluminium or iron; sul- phate ; magnesium. For what purpose is it used ? Hypophosphite of calcium—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. How is this salt prepared ? Describe rationale of process. What temperature should he employed in evaporating the solution ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Insoluble calcium salts ; soluble phosphate; soluble sulphate; magnesium. What is the dose ? How is syrup of hypophosphites made ? What is the object of using citric acid ? How is syrup of hypophosphites with iron made ? Precipitated phosphate of calcium—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Carbonate; aluminium. What is the dose ? Syrup of lactophosphate of calcium—Give Latin officinal name. How is it made ? What is the dose ? Compound chalk powder—Give Latin officinal name. How is it made ? For what is it used ? How is chalk mixture made ? What is the composition of troches of chalk ? Barium—Give symbol and atomic weight. What salts of barium are used officinally, and for what? How is it found in nature ? What are the tests for salts of barium ? CHAPTER XLIII. ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. Zn; 64.9. Al; 27. Ce; 141. Cd;. 111.8. These metals are grouped together on account of the similarity in some of their physical properties, rather than because of the chemical analogies existing between them. ZINCUM. U.S. Zinc. Metallic Zinc, in the form of thin sheets, or irregular, granulated pieces. Preparation.—Zinc is made by roasting calamine, or the impure carbonate of zinc, with charcoal, in powder, and collecting the zinc by distillation, the vapors being conducted into water, where the zinc is condensed. It is bivalent, and combines with oxygen, chlorine, and phosphorus, forming zinc oxide, chloride, and phosphide, and with numerous acids to form salts. Zn; 64.9. Tests for Zinc Salts. 1. Ammonium sulphide, if added to a solution of a zinc salt con- taining an excess of alkaline hydrate, produces a characteristic white precipitate of zinc sulphide. 2. The alkaline hydrates of either sodium, potassium, or ammonium produce white precipitates of zinc hydrate, freely soluble in an excess of alkali. 3. Sodium and potassium carbonates yield white precipitates, insolu- ble in an excess. 4. The zinc salts are all colorless. Zincum. U.8. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A bluish-white metal. When treated with warm, diluted sul- phuric acid, it is almost com- pletely dissolved, forming a colorless liquid which yields a white precipitate with test-so- lution of ferrocyanide of potas- sium or of sulphide of ammo- nium. Arsenic. More than traces of Lead, Iron, and Cop- per. ’ If the gas which is given off during the so- lution he made to come in contact with paper wet with test-solution of nitrate of silver, no brown or black stain should be produced on the paper. On adding water of ammonia to a colorless solution of the metal in diluted sulphuric acid, a white precipitate is produced which should be soluble in an excess of water of ammonia, yielding a colorless liquid. Uses.—Zinc is used in making hydrogen and in preparing the zinc salts. 588 ZINC; ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. 589 Officinal Preparations of Zinc. Officinal Name. Preparation. Zincum Made by roasting the impure carbonate with charcoal and distilling. Zinci Acetas By treating zinc carbonate with acetic acid. Zinci Bromidum By double decomposition of zinc sulphate and potas- sium bromide. Zinci Carbonas Prsecipitatus . By double decomposition of zinc sulphate and sodium carbonate. Zinci Chloridum By evaporating the solution of zinc chloride. Liquor Zinci Chloridi . . . By treating zinc with hydrochloric acid. Zinci Iodidum By digesting zinc with iodine diffused in water. Zinci Oxidum By calcining zinc carbonate. Unguentum Zinci Oxidi . . By incorporating zinc oxide with benzoinated lard. Zinci Phosphidum By passing vapors of phosphorus over fused zinc in a current of dry hydrogen. Zinci Sulphas By acting on zinc with diluted sulphuric acid. Zinci Yalerianas By double decomposition of zinc sulphate and sodium valerianate. Unofficinal Salts of Zinc. Zinci Cyanidum, Zn(CN)2, = 116.9. By adding hydrocyanic acid to a solution of zinc Cyanide of Zinc. acetate and collecting the precipitate. Zinci et Potassii Cyanidum, K2ZnCy4, = By dissolving zinc cyanide in a solution of pure 246.9. potassium cyanide, filtering, concentrating, then Cyanide of Zinc and Potassium. crystallizing. Zinci Ferrocyanidum, Zn4(CsNs)4Fe2, = By making a solution of zinc sulphate and one of 683.4. potassium ferrocyanide, mixing them, and col- Ferrocyanide of Zinc. lecting the precipitate. Zinci Lactas, Zn(C3H503)2.3H20, = Dissolving, by the aid of heat, zinc carbonate In 296.9. diluted lactic acid, filtering and concentrating, Lactate of Zinc. then crystallizing. Zinci Salicylas, Zn(C7H503)2.3H20,= By heating salicylic acid with distilled water, 392.9. gradually adding zinc oxide suspended in water, Salicylate of Zinc. until no longer dissolved, filtering, and then crystallizing. Zinci Sulphocarbolas, Zn(CeH5S04)2. By mixing concentrated solutions of barium sul- 8H2O, = 554.9. phocarbolate and zinc carbonate and collecting Sulphocarbolate of Zinc. the precipitate. Zinci Tartras. By mixing hot concentrated solutions of zinc sul- Tartrate of Zinc. phate and neutral potassium tartrate, collecting the precipitate and drying it. ZINCI ACETAS. U. S. Acetate of Zinc. Zn(C2H302)2.3H20; 236.9. Preparation.—This salt may be made by the former officinal process: Take of Commercial Oxide of Zinc 2 oz. troy; Acetic Acid 8J fl. oz.; Distilled Water 5 fl. oz. Mix the Acid and Water, and digest the Oxide of Zinc in the mixture for half an hour, then heat to the boiling point, filter while hot, and set aside to crystallize. Drain the crystals in a funnel, and dry them upon bibulous paper. An additional quantity of crystals may be obtained by evaporating the mother-liquor to one-half, slightly acidulating with acetic acid, and crystallizing. The reaction is expressed as follows: ZnO + 2HC2H302 = Zd(C2H302)2 + H20. Zinc Oxide. Acetic Acid. Zinc Acetate. Water. 590 ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. Odor, Taste, and Reac- Solubility. Zmci Acetas. U. b. TION. Water. Alcohol. Soft, white, micaceous or pearly, six-sided tablets or scales, somewhat efflorescent in dry air. When strongly heated, the salt melts, and at a higher temperature it is decomposed with evolution of acetous vapors, a residue of oxide of zinc being finally left. Faintly acetous odor; sharp, metallic taste; slightly acid reac- tion. Cold. 3 parts. Boiling. 1.5 parts. Cold. 30 parts. Boiling. 3 parts. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a white precipitate with test-solution of ferrocyanide of po- tassium or of sul- phide of ammonium. On heating the salt with sulphuric acid, acetous vapors are evolved. Lead or Copper, Iron, Aluminium, and most of the Alkaline Earths. Salts of Alkalies or of Alkaline Earths. f The aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated -j with hydrochloric acid, should yield no dark- ly colored precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid, f On adding test-solution of carbonate of am- J monium to the aqueous solution, a white 1 precipitate is produced which should be [ wholly soluble in an excess of the reagent, f On completely precipitating the zinc from this alkaline solution by sulphide of ammonium, 1 the filtrate should leave no fixed residue on [ evaporation and gentle ignition. Uses.—Acetate of zinc is used principally as a local remedy, in eye- washes, injections, etc. ZINCI BROMIDUM. U. S. Bromide of Zinc. ZnBr,; 224.5. Preparation.—Zinc bromide may be made by the process suggested by Lyons, of dissolving 100 grains of potassium bromide and 240 grains of crystallized sulphate of zinc, each, in the smallest quantity of hot water, and mixing while hot. When the mixture has cooled, twice its bulk of alcohol is added, and the whole filtered through asbestos to separate the potassium sulphate. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness, and the residue granulated. This salt may also be made by adding bromine to water and dropping in mossy zine, a form of metallic zinc made by pouring the pure melted metal in water (the pieces bear some resemblance to moss); zinc bromide remains in solution, and may be obtained by filtration, evaporation, and granulation. ZnS04 + 2KBr = ZnBr2 + K2S04. Zinc Potassium Zinc Potassium Sulphate. Bromide. Bromide. Sulphate. Zinci Bromidum. U.8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. A white, or nearly white, granular powder, very deliquescent. When strongly heated, it fuses, and at a higher temperature it is volatilized with partial decomposition. Odorless; sharp, sa- line, and metallic taste; neutral reac- tion. Very solu- ble. Very solu- ble. ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. 591 Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a white precipitate with test-solu- tion of ferrocyanide of potassium or of sulphide of ammonium. On adding some disulphide of carbon to the aqueous solution, then chlo- rine water, drop by drop, and agi- tating, the disulphide will separate with a yellow to brownish-red color, free from violet tint. 1 Gm. of the dry salt, when com- pletely precipitated by nitrate of silver, yields 1.67 Gm. of dry bro- mide of silver. Lead or Cop- per. Iron, Alumi- nium, and most of the Alkaline Earths. Salts of Alka- lies or of Al- kaline Earths. When acidulated with hydrochloric acid, the aqueous solution of the salt should yield no dark-colored precipi- tate with hydrosulphuric acid. On adding test-solution of carbonate of ammonium to the aqueous solu- tion, a white precipitate is produced which should be wholly soluble in an excess of the reagent. On completely precipitating the zinc from this alkaline solution by sul- phide of ammonium, the filtrate should leave no fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition. Uses.—Zinc bromide is used medicinally as a hypnotic, in doses of five grains. ZINCI CARBONAS PR.ECIPITATUS. U. S. Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc. (ZnC03)2.3Zn(H0)2; 546.5. Preparation.—This salt may be made by the British process, as follows: Take of Sulphate of Zinc 10 oz. av.; Carbonate of Soda 10J oz. av.; Boiling Distilled Water a sufficiency. Dissolve the Carbonate of Soda with a pint [Imperial measure] of the Water in a capacious porcelain vessel, and pour into it the Sulphate of Zinc also dissolved in a pint [Imp. meas.] of the Water, stirring diligently. Boil for fifteen minutes after effervescence has ceased ; and let the precipitate subside. Decant the supernatant liquor, pour on the precipitate 3 pints of boiling Dis- tilled Water, agitating briskly; let the precipitate again subside; and repeat the process of effusion of hot Distilled Water and subsidence, till the washings are no longer precipitated by chloride of barium. Col- lect the precipitate on calico, let it drain, and dry it with a gentle heat. 5ZnS044- 3H20==(ZnC03)23Zn(H0)2-{- -f- 3C02. Sodium Zinc Water. Zinc Sodium Carbon Carbonate. Sulphate. Carbonate. Sulphate. Dioxide. If cold solutions of zinc sulphate and sodium carbonate are mixed together, neutral zinc carbonate is precipitated. This carbonate quickly decomposes, carbon dioxide being evolved, which, upon escaping, makes a portion of the precipitate soluble. This loss is prevented by con- ducting the precipitation at the boiling temperature, whereby the carbon dioxide is driven otf as quickly as it is formed, and solution thereby prevented. Zinci Carbonas Prsecipitatus, V.B. Oboe and Solubility. Taste. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white, impalpable powder, permanent in the air. When strongly heated, the salt loses water and carbonic acid gas, and leaves a residue of oxide of zinc. Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Soluble in acids with copi- ous efferves- cence. 592 ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impubities. On dissolving the salt to saturation in diluted sul- phuric acid, a portion of the filtrate, when mixed with test-solution of fer- rocyanide of potassium or of sulphide of ammo- nium, yields a white pre- cipitate. Lead or Copper. Iron, Aluminium, and most of the • Alkaline Earths. Salts of Alkalies or of Alkaline • Earths. r0n dissolving the salt in diluted sulphuric acid, the filtrate, acidulated with hydro- chloric acid, should not yield a dark-col- ored precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid. On dissolving the salt in diluted sulphuric acid, the filtrate, with test-solution of car- bonate of ammonium, yields a white pre- cipitate which should be wholly soluble in an excess of the reagent. On completely precipitating the zinc from this alkaline solution by sulphide of am- monium, the filtrate should not leave more than a trifling, fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition. Uses.—Precipitated carbonate of zinc is used principally in oint- ments, and takes the place of the former impure carbonate termed Gold- mine. It is sometimes dusted upon inflamed surfaces as an astringent and absorbent. ZINCI CHLORIDUM. U.S. Chloride of Zinc. Preparation.—Zinc chloride is easily prepared by digesting metallic zinc in hydrochloric acid and evaporating the solution to dryness; or, preferably, by evaporating the officinal solution of chloride of zinc. ZnCl2; 135.7. 2Zn + 4HC1 = 2ZnCl2 + 4H. Zinc. Hydrochloric Zinc Hydrogen. Acid. Chloride. Zinci Cbloridum. V.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white, crystalline powder, or white, opaque pieces, very deliquescent. When heated to about 115° C. (239° F.), the salt melts, yielding a clear liquid, which, on cooling, con- geals to a white or grayish- white solid. At a higher tem- perature it is partially vola- tilized and decomposed. Odorless; very caustic, saline, and metallic taste; acid re- action. Very soluble, form- ing a clear or only faintly opalescent liquid. The opal- escence is removed by the addition of a few drops of hy- drochloric acid. Very soluble, form- ing a clear or only faintly opalescent liquid. The opal- escence is removed by the addition of a few drops of hy- drochloric acid. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. The aqueous solution yields a white pre- cipitate with test- solution of ferrocy- anide of potassium, or of sulphide of ammonium, or of nitrate of silver. Basic Salt 1 The aqueous solution of the salt should be ( miscible with alcohol without precipitation. fWhen aqueous solution of the salt is acidu- Lead or Copper. J latef w,ith hydrochloric acid, it should yield no dark-colored precipitate with hydrosul- t phuric acid. Iron, Aluminium, and f0n adding test-solution of carbonate of am- most of the Alka- \ monm“ *° .the aTueoas solution a white line Earths precipitate is produced which should be [ wholly soluble in an excess of the reagent, f On completely precipitating the zinc from this Salts of Alkalies or of J alkaline solution by sulphide of ammonium, Alkaline Earths. 1 the filtrate should leave no fixed residue on [ evaporation and gentle ignition. ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. 593 Uses.—Zinc chloride in solution is used as an antiseptic and dis- infectant (see Liquor Zinci Chloridi, below). Externally, mixed with flour and water, it is used as an escharotic. LIQUOR ZINCI CHLORIDI. U.S. Solution of Chloride of Zinc. An aqueous solution of Chloride of Zinc [ZnCl2; 135.7], containing about 50 per cent, of the salt. By nteasuro. Zinc, granulated, 240 parts, or oz. av. Nitric Acid, 12 parts, or ioo minims. Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc, 12 parts, or 136 grains. Hydrochloric Acid, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 1 pint. To the Zinc, contained in a glass or porcelain vessel, add, gradually, enough Hydrochloric Acid to dissolve it; then strain the solution, add the Nitric Acid, evaporate to dryness, and bring the dry mass to fusion. Let it cool, dissolve it in one hundred and fifty parts [or 4J fl. oz.] of Dis- tilled Water, add the Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc, and agitate the mix- ture occasionally during twenty-four hours. Finally, filter through white filtering paper free from iron, and pass enough Distilled Water through the filter to make the solution weigh one thousand parts [or measure 1 pint]. When zinc is treated with hydrochloric acid, hydrogen is evolved and zinc chloride is produced. 2Zn + 4HC1 = 2ZnCl2 + 4H. Zinc. Hydrochloric Zinc Hydrogen, Acid. Chloride. Zinc is almost invariably contaminated with iron, and more or less ferrous chloride is present in the first solution. Nitric acid is added, and the solution is evaporated to dryness. The iron salt is thus oxi- dized, and it is then precipitated by the addition of zinc carbonate, the insoluble ferric hydrate and carbonate, with any excess of zinc carbon- ate, being filtered out. Solution of chloride of zinc is a clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a very astringent, sweetish taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. 1.555. (See Zinci Chloridum, page 592, for the tests.) Uses.—This solution, sometimes called Burnett’s disinfecting fluid, is used principally as an antiseptic and disinfectant. Among its ad- vantages, absence of odor is one of the most prominent. ZINCI IODIDUM. U.S. Iodide of Zinc. Znl2; 818.1. Preparation.—Zinc iodide may be formed by digesting an excess of zinc with iodine diffused in water, in a manner similar to that used in making the corresponding iron salt. Zn + 2HI = Znl2 + 2H. Zinc. Hydriodic Zinc Hydrogen. Acid. Iodide. 594 ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. Zinci Iodidum. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white, or nearly white, granular powder, very deliquescent. When strongly heated, it melts, and at a higher temperature it is volatilized with partial decomposition. Odorless; sharp, sa- line, and metallic taste; acid reac- tion. Very soluble. Very soluble. Tests fob Identity and Quan- titative Test. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. The aqueous solution yields a white precipitate with test- solution of ferrocyanide of po- tassium or of sulphide of am- monium, a yellow precipitate with test-solution of acetate of lead, and a red one with test-solution of mercuric chlo- ride. 1 Gm. of the dry salt, when com- pletely precipitated with ni- trate of silver, yields 1.47 Gm. of dry iodide of silver. The aqueous solution of the salt, when acidulated with hydro- Lead or Copper. chloric acid, should yield no dark- colored precipitate with hydro- sulphuric acid. On adding test-solution of carbonate Iron, Aluminium, of ammonium to the aqueous so- and most of the lution, a white precipitate is pro- Alkaline Earths. duced which should be wholly sol- uble in an excess of the reagent. On completely precipitating the zinc from this alkaline solution Salts of Alkalies or , by sulphide of ammonium, the of Alkaline Earths. filtrate should leave no fixed resi- due on evaporation and gentle ignition. Uses.—Iodide of zinc is used as an alterative, in doses of one-half grain to two grains. ZINCI OXIDUM. U. S. Oxide of Zinc. ZnO; 80.9, Preparation.—Zinc oxide may be prepared by the former officinal process, as follows: Take of Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc 12 oz. troy. Expose it, in a shallow vessel, to a low red heat until the water and carbonic acid are wholly expelled. Commercial oxide of zinc is made on the large scale by heating cala- mine and coal ground together, roasting in a furnace of peculiar construc- tion, and separating the impurities by blowing the mixed vapors up a large tower, allowing the heavier particles to subside in the tower, and then by a powerful draught blowing the zinc oxide into a room contain- ing muslin bags, when the oxide is deposited. Zinci Oxidum. U. S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A soft, pale yellowish, nearly white powder, permanent in the air. When strongly heated, the Oxide assumes a deep lemon-yellow color, but turns nearly white again on cooling. Odorless; taste- less. Insoluble. Insoluble. Soluble in acids without effer- vescence. ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. 595 Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On dissolving the Oxide, to saturation, in di- luted sulphuric acid and filtering, a por- tion of the filtrate, when mixed with test- solution of ferrocy- anide of potassium or sulphide of ammo- nium, yields a white precipitate. Carbonate. Lead or Copper. Iron, Aluminium, and most of the Alka- • line Earths. Salts of Alkalies or of Alkaline Earths. The salt is soluble in acids without effer- vescence. On dissolving the Oxide, to saturation, in diluted sulphuric acid and filtering, the filtrate, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, should yield no dark-colored precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid. On dissolving the Oxide, to saturation, in diluted sulphuric acid and filtering, the filtrate, mixed with test-solution of car- bonate of ammonium, yields a white pre- cipitate which should be wholly soluble in an excess of the reagent. On completely precipitating the zinc from this alkaline solution by sulphide of am- monium, the filtrate should not leave more than a trifling, fixed residue on evapora- tion. Commercial oxide of zinc will not usually conform to the officinal tests: it is generally very white and filled with hard lumps, which are difficult to reduce to powder. The officinal powder has a decided cream tint, and can be mixed with ointment so that a smooth preparation is easily made without trituration. (See Ungrfentum Zinci Oxidi.) Uses.—Zinc oxide is rarely used internally; externally, it is used as an exsiccant to inflamed surfaces, and it may be dusted on the part or used in the form of an ointment. UNGUENTUM ZINCI OXIDI. U.S. Oxide of Zinc Ointment. Made by incorporating twenty parts of zinc oxide with eighty parts of benzoinated lard. ZINCI PHOSPHIDUM. U. S. Phosphide of Zinc. Zn3P2; 256.7. Preparation.—Zinc phosphide is made by passing vapors of phos- phorus in a current of dry hydrogen over fused zinc. The product is a spongy, gray mass, of metallic appearance, containing rhomboidal crys- tals, and when powdered somewhat resembling reduced iron. The metallic particles of zinc should be separated. It is a heavy powder, its sp. gr. being 4.72. Zinci Phosphidum. U.S. Odor and Solubility. Taste. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Minutely crystalline, friable frag- ments, having a metallic lustre on the fractured surfaces, or a grayish- black powder, permanent in the air. When strongly heated, with exclusion of air, the salt melts and is completely volatilized. If heated for some time in the air, it is par- tially converted into phosphate of zinc. Faint odor and taste of phos- phorus. Insoluble. Insoluble. Completely solu- ble in hydrochlo- ric or sulphuric acid with evo- lution of phos- phor etted hy- drogen. 596 ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. On dissolving the salt, to saturation, in diluted sulphuric acid, and driving off the phosphoretted hydrogen by heat, a portion of the cold filtrate, when mixed with test-solution of ferrocya- nide of potassium or of sulphide of ammonium, yields a white precipitate. Lead or Copper. ' On dissolving the salt, to saturation, in diluted sulphuric acid, and driving off the phosphoretted hydrogen by heat, the filtrate, acidulated with hy- drochloric acid, should not yield a dark-colored precipitate with hydro- sulphuric acid. Uses.—Zinc phosphide is used as a nervous stimulant and aphro- disiac : it is frequently preferred to phosphorus for these purposes. The dose is one-twentieth to one-eighth of a grain. ZINCI SULPHAS. U. S. Sulphate of Zinc. ZnS04.7H20 ; 286.9. Preparation.—Zinc sulphate is made by acting on metallic zinc with diluted sulphuric acid, hydrogen being evolved ; the resulting solution is freed from the contamination of iron by first passing chlorine into it, when ferric chloride is produced, and, upon the addition of zinc carbon- ate, decomposition takes place, ferric hydrate separating as an insoluble precipitate, which is removed by filtration, and a small quantity of zinc chloride is formed, which, being very soluble, remains in the mother- liquor after the crystallization of the sulphate. 2Zn + 2H2S04 + H20 = 2ZnS04 + 4H + H20. Zinc. Sulphuric Water. Zinc Hydrogen. Water. Acid. Sulphate. Zinci Sulphas. U.8. Odor, Taste, and So LUBII.IT Y. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Small, colorless, right-rhombic prisms, or acic- ular crystals, slowly efflorescing in dry air. When strongly heated, the salt melts, gradu- ally loses water, and at a higher tempera- ture it is decomposed with evolution of sul- phurous vapors. Odorless; sharp, sa- line, nauseous, and metallic taste; acid reaction. Cold. 0.6 part. Boiling. 0.3 part. Insoluble. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. The aqueous solu- tion of the salt yields a white precipitate with test-solution of ferroeyanide of potassium, or of sulphide of am- monium, or of chloride of ba- rium. Chloride. r , o Lead or Copper. - Iron, Alumini- um, and most of the Alka- line Earths. Salts of Alka- lies or of Alka- line Earths. A 1 jier cent, aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with nitric acid, should not be rendered turbid by test-solution of nitrate of silver. The aqueous solution, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, should yield no dark-colored precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid. On adding test-solution of carbonate of ammonium to an aqueous solution of the salt, a white precipitate is produced which should be wholly soluble in an ex- cess of the reagent. On completely precipitating the zinc from this alkaline solution by sulphide of ammonium, the filtrate should leave no fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition. Uses.—This salt is the most important of those made from zinc. It is used medicinally as a prompt and certain emetic in doses of ten to thirty grains; as a tonic and* astringent, one to two grains. ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. 597 ZINCI VALERIANAS. U. S. Valerianate of Zinc. Zn(C5H902)2.H20; 284.9. Preparation.—The process for making this salt affords an illustration of the rather rare operation of “ upward precipitation,” the crystals of zinc valerianate being lighter than the mixed solutions : Take of Valerianate of Soda 2J oz. troy; Sulphate of Zinc 2 oz. troy, 420 grains; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the salts separately, each in 20 fluidounces of Distilled Water, and, having heated the solutions to 100° C. (212° F.), mix them, and set the mixture aside to crystallize. Decant the mother-water from the crystals, and put them upon a filter in a funnel to drain. Mix the mother-water and the drainings, evaporate at a heat not exceeding 93.3° C. (200° F.) to 4 fluidounces, and again set aside to crystallize. Add the crystals, thus obtained, to those in the funnel, wash the whole with a little Dis- tilled Water, and, having removed them with the filter, spread them on bibulous paper, and dry them writh a heat not exceeding 93.3° C. (200° F.). 2VaC5H902 + ZnS04 = Zn(C5H902)2 + Na^SC^. Sodium Valerianate. Zinc Sulphate. Zinc Valerianate. Sodium Sulphate. Zinci Valerianas. U.S. Odor. Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Soft, white, pearly scales, perma- nent in the air. When heated, the salt melts; at a higher tem- perature it gives off white, inflammable vapors, and finally leaves a residue of oxide of zinc. Faint odor of vale- rianic acid; sweet, afterwards styptic and metallic taste; acid reaction. 100 parts, becom- ing turbid on boiling. 40 parts, becoming turbid on boil- ing. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The salt is completely dissolved by an excess of water of ammonia, and, on adding test-solution of sulphide of ammonium, a white precipitate is produced. On moistening 1 Gm. of the salt with nitric acid, evaporating to dryness, again moistening with nitric acid, drying, and igniting, a residue will be left which should weigh 0.283 Gm. Salts of Alkalies and Alkaline Earths. Butyrate. ' The salt is completely dissolved by ah excess of water of ammonia, and, on adding test-solution of sulphide of ammonium to this solution, a white precipitate is produced. The filtrate should leave no residue on evaporation. ' On mixing a cold, concentrated solu- tion of the salt and a similar one of acetate of copper, no turbidity or precipitate should be produced in the mixture. Uses.—Valerianate of zinc is used as a nervine and antispasmodic, in doses of one to three grains. This metal is found largely in combination with silicic acid, in the rocks and clays forming a great portion of the earth’s surface. Some of the precious stones and valuable minerals are compounds of alumin- Aluminium. Al; 27. 598 ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. ium; the ruby and sapphire, corundum and emery, are crystallized forms of aluminium oxide. Aluminium is of a silver-white color. The metal, owing to improvements in its extraction, is much cheaper than it was formerly, and it is used in making ornamental and useful articles. Owing to its very low specific gravity (2.67), it is used for grain weights, because they are much larger, and thus more easily handled, than they would be if made from brass (see page 61). Alu- minium forms but one class of compounds, in which it is trivalent. The oxides and sulphates unite with those of the alkali metals and form double salts called alums. Tests for Salts of Aluminium. 1. Potassium or sodium hydrate produces white, gelatinous precipi- tates of aluminium hydrate in solutions of alum, which are freely sol- uble in excess of the alkali. 2. Water of ammonia produces a similar precipitate, insoluble in excess. 3. The alkaline carbonates precipitate the hydrate, carbon dioxide being evolved. 4. Ammonium sulphide also precipitates the hydrate, sulphuretted hydrogen being evolved. Officinal Name. Preparation. Alumen By treating alum-clay with sulphuric acid and potassium sulphate. Alumen Exsiccatum . . By heating alum to a temperature of 205° C. (401° F.). Aluminii Hydras.... By double decomposition of alum and sodium carbonate. Aluminii Sulphas . . . By treating aluminium hydrate with sulphuric acid and crystallizing. Officinal Preparations of Aluminium. Unofficinal Preparations of Aluminium. Aluminii Acetas, AI26C2H3O2, = 408. By dissolving aluminium hydrate in cold acetic Acetate of Aluminium. acid, filtering and concentrating, then crystal- lizing. Aluminii Bromidum, ApBrg, = 532.8. By passing the vapor of bromine over a heated Bromide of Aluminium. mixture of alumina and carbon. Aluminii Chloridum, AI2CI6, = 266.4. By dissolving aluminium hydrate in hydrochloric Chloride of Aluminium. acid and evaporating carefully, then crystal- lizing. Aluminii Iodidum, Able, = 813.6. By heating aluminium and iodine together in Iodide of Aluminium. closed tubes and collecting the crystals. Aluminii Nitras, Al2(N03)6.18H20, = 750. By dissolving aluminium hydrate in nitric acid, Nitrate of Aluminium. filtering and concentrating, then crystallizing. Aluminii Oxidum, AI2O3, = 102. Occurs in nature. Oxide of Aluminium. Aluminii Phosphas, =244. By adding a neutral solution of alumina to a solu- Phosphate of Aluminium. tion of sodium phosphate, and collecting the gelatinous precipitate. [Aluminii et Potassii Sulphas. Pharm. 1870. Potassa-alum.] K2A12(S04)4,24H20 ; 948. Preparation.—This valuable salt is made principally from alum- clay, which is chiefly aluminium silicate, by treating it with sulphuric acid, thereby forming aluminium sulphate. Potassium sulphate is then added, when the double salt K2A12(S04)4 is produced. It crystallizes with twenty-four molecules of water. Ammonia-alum, (NH4)2A12(S04)4, is generally found in the market, because of its greater cheapness. ALUMEN. U.S. Alum. ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. 599 Alumen. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Large, colorless, octahedral crystals, sometimes modified by cubes, acquiring a whitish coating on exposure to air. When gradually heated, the salt loses water; at 92° C. (197.6° F.) it melts, and if heat be gradually increased to 200° C. (392° F.), it loses 45.57 per cent, of its weight (water of crystallization), leaving a bulky, white residue. Odorless; sweet- ish, astringent taste; acid re- action. Cold. 10.5 parts. Boiling. 0.3 part. Insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. With solution of potassa or of soda, Alum yields a white precipitate which is com- pletely soluble in an excess of the alkali, no odor of ammonia being evolved (differ- ence from, and absence of, ammonia-alum. The aqueous solution of the salt dissolves zinc and iron with evolution of hydrogen. Water of ammonia produces a bulky, white precipitate, which is nearly insolu- ble in an excess of ammonia. The clear alkaline solution of n- T Alum should yield no precip- itate with test-solution of sul- phide of ammonium. ' A solution of 1 Gm. of Alum in 30 C.c. of water should not jrQn assume more than a bluish coloration on the addition of a drop of test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium. Uses.—Alum is a powerful astringent. When powdered, it is used as an emetic in croup, in doses of a teaspoonful. It is sometimes used as a local styptic, and is frequently employed in making astringent lotions and injections. ALUMEN EXSICCATUM. 11. S. Dried Alum. Alum, in small pieces, 184 parts, or 30 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. K2A12(S0J4; 516. Expose the Alum for several days to a temperature of about 80° C. (176° F.), until it has thoroughly effloresced. Then place it in a porce- lain capsule, and gradually heat it to a temperature of 200° C. (392° F.), being careful not to allow the heat to rise above 205° C. (401° F.). Continue heating at the before-mentioned temperature until the mass becomes white and porous, and weighs one hundred parts [or 16 oz. av.]. When cold, reduce it to a fine powder, and preserve it in well-stopped vessels. This preparation represents alum nearly deprived of its water of crystallization : the latter exists in alum in the enormous proportion of nearly 45 per cent., thus constituting almost half of its weight. Dried alum is officinally described as a white, granular powder, at- tracting moisture when exposed to the air, odorless, having a sweetish, astringent taste, very slowly but completely soluble in 20 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and quickly soluble in 0.7 part of boiling water. It answers to the same reactions as Alum. (See Alumen.) Before pulverization, it is a light, white, opaque, porous mass. Uses.—It is used as an escharotic. It is more powerful than alum, although not so soluble. 600 ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. ALUMINII HYDRAS. U.S. Hydrate of Aluminium. (Hydrated Alumina.) Al2(HO)6; 156. Alum, 11 parts, or 16 oz. av. Carbonate of Sodium, 10 parts, or 14 oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve each salt in one hundred and fifty parts [or 15 pints] of Distilled Water, filter the solutions and heat them to boiling. Then, having poured the hot solution of Carbonate of Sodium into a capacious vessel, gradually pour in the hot solution of Alum with constant stir- ring, and add about one hundred parts [or 10 pints] of boiling Distilled Water. Let the precipitate subside, decant the clear liquid, and pour upon the precipitate two hundred parts [or 20 pints] of hot Distilled Water. Again decant, transfer the precipitate to a strainer, and wash it with hot Distilled Water until the washings give but a faint cloudi- ness with test-solution of chloride of barium. Then allow it to drain, dry it with a heat not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.), and reduce it to a uniform powder. K2Al2(S04)4+3Na2C03+3H20=Al2(H0)6+K2S04+3Na2S04 + 3C02. Potassa- Sodium Water. Aluminium Potassium Sodium Carbon Alum. Carbonate. Hydrate. Sulphate. Sulphate. Dioxide. The direction to add the alum solution to that of the sodium car- bonate is important. If the mixing of the solution is reversed, the precipitated hydrate will be contaminated with the alkaline sulphates, so that it will be much more difficult to separate them. Odor and Solubility. Alumina Hydras, u.o. Taste. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white, light, amorphous powder, permanent in dry air. When heated to redness, it loses 34.6 per cent, of its weight (water of hydration). Odorless; tasteless. Insolu- ble. Insolu- ble. Soluble without resi- due in hydrochloric or sulphuric acid; also in solution of potassa or of soda. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Iron. Sulphate. Zinc or Lead. Salts of Alka- lies. ' A solution of 1 Gm. of Hydrate of Aluminium in 30 C.c. of diluted hydro- chloric acid should not be colored blue by a drop of test-solution of ferro- cyanide of potassium. A solution of 1 Gm. of Hydrate of Aluminium in 30 C.c. of diluted hydro- chloric acid should not give more than a faint cloudiness with test-solu- tion of chloride of barium. When Hydrate of Aluminium is dissolved in solution of potassa or of soda, it should yield no precipitate with test-solution of sulphide of ammonium. ‘ When Hydrate of Aluminium is boiled with 20 parts of water, and filtered, the filtrate should leave not more than a slight residue on evaporation. Uses.—Hydrated alumina is a desiccant powder: it is absorbent and antacid. The dose is from two to five grains. Externally, it is used like zinc oxide, by dusting on the inflamed surface. ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. 601 ALUMINII SULPHAS. U. S. Sulphate of Aluminium A12(S0J3.18H20; 666. Preparation.—This sulphate may be made by the process formerly officinal : Take of Alum, Carbonate of Sodium, each, 4 oz. troy; Sulphuric Acid 1 oz. troy 150 gr.; Water a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the salts separately, each in 6 fluidounces of boiling water, and pour the solution of the Alum gradually into that of the Carbonate of Sodium; then digest with a gentle heat until the evolution of carbonic acid ceases. Collect upon a filter the precipitate formed, and wash it with water, until the washings are no longer affected by chloride of barium. Next, with the aid of heat, dissolve the precipitate in the Sulphuric Acid, pre- viously diluted with \ pint of Water, and, having filtered the solution, evaporate it until a pellicle begins to form. Then remove it to a water- bath, and continue the evaporation, with constant stirring, until a dry salt remains. Lastly, preserve this in a well-stopped bottle. Or the hydrate obtained by the process just noted (page 600) may be dissolved in diluted sulphuric acid, the solution evaporated, and the salt granulated. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Aiummn ouipnas. u. a. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. A white, crystalline powder, permanent in the air. When heated, the salt melts in its water of crystallization, and at or near 200° C. (392° F.) it loses the whole of it, amounting to 48.6 per cent, of its weight. Odorless; sweetish and afterwards astringent taste; acid reaction. Cold. 1.2 parts, with a trifling residue. Boiling. Very soluble. Almost insoluble. Tests foe Identity. Impukities. Tests foe Impueities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with water of ammonia, a white, gelatinous pre- cipitate, soluble in so- lution of potassa or of soda, and, with test- solution of chloride of barium, a white pre- cipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Iron. More than 5 per cent, of Sul- phates of Al- kalies. A solution of 1 6m. of the salt in 30 C.c. of water should not give more than a faint blue colora- tion with a drop of test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium. ’ If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 50 C.c. of water, a slight excess of water of ammonia added, the liquid heated until all odor of am- monia has disappeared, and then filtered, the precipitate well washed with water, and the filtrate and washings evaporated to dryness and gently ignited, the residue should not weigh more than 0.05 Gm. Uses.—Aluminium sulphate is antiseptic : it is rarely used internally. Cerium. Ce; 141. Cerium is a metal occurring in cerite, gadolinite, etc.; it is of a choco- late-brown color, in masses; it takes fire more easily than magnesium; at ordinary temperatures it oxidizes in a moist atmosphere. Two oxides of cerium are known, CfejOg, cerous oxide, and Ce02, ceric oxide. 602 ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. If sodium hypochlorite be added to a solution of a colorless cerous salt, a red precipitate separates: this dissolves in warm hydrochloric acicl, and evolves chlorine. Test for Cerium Compounds. Officinal Preparation of Cerium. Officinal Name. Preparation. Cerii Oxalas By precipitating cerium chloride with oxalic acid. Unofficinal Preparations of Cerium. Ceroso-cerii Oxidum, Ces04, = 487. By igniting cerium oxalate in an open vessel and then Ceroso-ceric Oxide. collecting the mass. Cerii Chloridum, CeCh, = 211.8. By burning cerium in chlorine gas and collecting the Chloride of Cerium. mass. t Cerii Nitras, CeN03.2H20, = 239. By dissolving oeroso-ceric oxide in nitric acid in presence Nitrate of Cerium. of alcohol or some other reducing substance. Cerii Oxidum, CeO, = 157. By heating cerium oxalate in a current of dry hydrogen Oxide of Cerium. perfectly free from air. Cerii Sulphas, Ce2(S04)3, = 570. By dissolving ceric oxide in sulphurio acid and evapo- Sulphate of Cerium. rating, then crystallizing. CERII OXALAS. U. S. Oxalate of Cerium. Ce2(C204)3.9H20; 708. Preparation.—This salt is made by decomposing the silicates in the powdered mineral containing the metal, with strong sulphuric acid, then heating the mass, and subsequently treating it with nitric and hydrosul- phuric acids to separate contaminating metals. Hydrochloric acid is now added in small quantity, and the cerium compounds are precipitated by oxalic acid. This oxalate is impure, containing lanthanum and di- dymium compounds : it is therefore mixed with magnesium carbonate, and the mixture heated to redness to decompose the oxalates ; the residue is dissolved in a small quantity of nitric acid, and the solution added to water containing a little sulphuric acid ; ceric sulphate is produced, which is dissolved in sulphuric acid, and sodium hyposulphite added to reduce it to cerous sulphate; this is collected and treated with oxalic acid, when cerium oxalate precipitates. The complication in the method of prepa- ration of this salt is due to the presence of the two rare metals didymium and lanthanum, which can be separated only with difficulty. Cerii Oxalas, U. S. Odor and Solubility. Taste. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white, slightly granular powder, perma- nent in the air. On heating the salt to a dull red heat, a yellow or yellowish-red residue of oxide of cerium is left (a brown color would indicate the presence of oxide of didymium). Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Soluble in hy- drochloric acid. ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. 603 Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On boiling the salt with solution of potassa, fil- tering, supersaturating a portion of the cold fil- trate with acetic acid, and adding test-solu- tion of chloride of cal- cium, a white precipi- tate is obtained, soluble in hydrochloric acid. Aluminium. Zinc. Carbonate, Me- tallic Impu- rities. A portion of the filtrate, obtained by boiling the salt with solution of potassa, should not yield a precipitate on the addition of an excess of test- solution of chloride of ammonium. A portion of the filtrate, obtained by boiling the salt with solution of potassa, should not yield a precipitate on the addition of test-solution of sulphide of ammonium. On dissolving the salt in hydrochloric acid, no effervescence should occur, and the solution should not be precipitated or rendered turbid by hydrosulphuric acid. Uses.—Oxalate of cerium is a valuable remedy in controlling nausea. It is given in doses of two to ten grains. Cadmium. Cd; 111.8. This metal is associated with zinc in its ores. Although it enters into no officinal preparations, it is used to some extent in medicine, and hence merits a notice here. It is a white metal, resembling tin, but somewhat heavier and more tenacious. Like that metal, it crackles when bent. Its sp. gr. is 8.7. It is little affected by the air, but, when heated, com- bines with an atom of oxygen, forming a reddish brown or orange-col- ored oxide, CdO. Cadmium combines with chlorine, iodine, bromine, and sulphur. 1. Hydrosulphuric acid and ammonium sulphide produce precipitates of a yellow color (sulphide) when added to solutions of cadmium salts. 2. Sodium or potassium hydrate produces, with cadmium salts, white precipitates (hydroxide), insoluble in excess. Water of ammonia pro- duces similar precipitates soluble in excess. 3. Sodium or potassium carbonate produces white precipitates of cadmium carbonate, insoluble in excess. Tests for Cadmium Salts. Unofficinal Compounds of Cadmium. Cadmii Bromidum, CdBr2, = 271.4. By double decomposition between potassium bromide Bromide of Cadmium. and cadmium sulphate. Cadmii Chloridum, CdCl2, = 182.6. By treating cadmium or cadmium carbonate with hy- Chloride of Cadmium. droehloric acid. Cadmii Iodidum, Cdl2, = 365. By double decomposition between potassium iodide Iodide of Cadmium. and cadmium sulphate. Cadmii Oxidum, CdO, = 127.8. By igniting cadmium nitrate or carbonate. Oxide of Cadmium. Cadmii Sulphidum, CdS, = 143.8. By passing hydrosulphuric acid through a solution of Sulphide of Cadmium. cadmium chloride, nitrate, or sulphate. Cadmii Sulphas, CdS04.4H20 = 279.8. By treating cadmium carbonate or oxide with diluted Sulphate of Cadmium. sulphuric acid. 604 ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XLIII. ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. Zinc—Give symbol and atomic weight. In what form is zinc officinal ? How is it made ? What is its quantivalence ? What are the tests for zinc salts ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Arsenic ; more than traces of lead, iron, and copper. What are its uses? Acetate of zinc—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Describe the process (formerly officinal) by which it may be prepared. Describe rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Lead or copper; iron, aluminium, and most of the alkaline earths ; salts of alkalies or of alkaline earths. For what is it used ? Bromide of zinc—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may zinc bromide be made (process of Lyons) ? In what other way may it be made ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz. : Lead or copper, iron, aluminium, and most of the alkaline earths ; salts of alkalies or of alkaline earths. What is the dose ? Precipitated carbonate of zinc—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. What is the British process for making this salt? Give rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Lead or copper ; iron, aluminium, and most of the alkaline earths ; salts of alkalies or of alkaline earths. For what is it used ? Chloride of zinc—What is its formula in symbols ? What is its molecular weight ? How is it prepared ? Describe rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz. : Basic salt; lead or copper; iron, aluminium, and most of the alkaline earths; salts of alkalies or of alkaline earths. For what purposes is it used ? Solution of chloride of zinc-p-What is the Latin officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How much chloride of zinc does it contain ? How is it prepared ? How may it be freed from iron which is usually present in the zinc from which it is prepared ? Give description and specific gravity. What is this solution sometimes called ? For what is it used ? Iodide of zinc—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Lead or copper; iron, aluminium, and most of the alkaline earths; salts of alkalies or of alkaline earths. What is the dose ? Oxide of zinc—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. What is the process (formerly officinal) by which it may be made ? How is it made on the large scale ? What is the difference between commercial oxide of zinc and the officinal prepa- ration ? ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM, AND CADMIUM. 605 Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz* : Carbonate; lead or copper; iron, aluminium, and most of the alkaline earths; salts of alkalies or of alkaline earths. For what purposes is it used ? How is oxide of zinc ointment made ? Phosphide of zinc—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it made ? Give description and specific gravity. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Lead or copper. What is the dose ? Sulphate of zinc—How is it prepared ? Give rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Chloride; lead or copper; iron, aluminium, and most of the alkaline earths; salts of alkaline earths or of alkalies. What is the dose ? Valerianate of zinc—How is this salt prepared ? Give rationale of process. What is meant by upward precipitation ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Salts of alkalies and alka- line earths ; butyrate. What is the dose ? Aluminium—Give symbol and atomic weight. Where is this found ? Give description and specific gravity. What is its chemical quanti valence ? What are the salts known as alums ? are the tests for salts of aluminium? Alum—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What was the officinal name of this salt in the U. S. P., 1870 ? How is it generally made ? With how many molecules of water does it crystallize ? What kind of alum is generally found in the market ? What is its chemical composition? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for Identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Zinc or lead; iron. What is the dose ? Dried alum—Give its Latin officinal name. How much water does alum contain ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. For what is it used ? Hydrate of aluminium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? Describe rationale of the process. In what manner should the solutions be mixed, and why ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Iron; sulphate; zinc or lead ; salts of alkalies. What is the dose ? Sulphate of aluminium—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Give the process, formerly officinal, by which it may be made. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Iron; more than 5 per cent, of sulphates of alkalies. What is it used for ? Cerium—Give symbol and atomic weight. Where is it found, and what are its physical properties ? What oxides are known, and what is their composition? What is the test for cerium compounds ? What officinal preparation is there of cerium ? Oxalate of cerium—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. How is this salt made? What two rare .metals are usually found in combination with cerium ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Aluminium; zinc; car-* bonate ; metallic impurities. What is the dose ? Cadmium—Give symbol, atomic weight, description, and specific gravity. Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. What combinations does it form ? What are the tests for cadmium salts ? CHAPTER XLIY. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Mn; 54. Fe; 55.9. Cr; 52;4. These three metals form a group exhibiting some chemical and physical analogies. They unite with oxygen, producing basic oxides. Manganese. Mn; 54. Manganese is found, as a mineral, quite extensively in the state of black oxide, as pyrolusite, braunite, and hausmannite. The carbonate also is sometimes found. The metal is very hard and brittle; when powdered, decomposing water readily. With oxygen it forms five— possibly seven—compounds. The monoxide, MnO, is of a light green color, and is the oxide present in or corresponding to manganous salts. The sesquioxide, Mn203, is black or dark brown, when in the hydrated state ; the magnetic oxide, Mn304, is red ; the dioxide, Mn02, is black ; and the permanganic oxide, Mn207, is, when in the free state, a very unstable dark reddish-brown liquid. The monoxide is a stable base, the sesquioxide feebly basic, and the dioxide when acted upon by acids yields manganous salts, while oxygen is evolved. The highest oxide is acid-forming, yielding permanganic acid, HMn04, the salts of which are known as permanganates. (See Potassii Permanganas, p. 508.) There exists also an acid, H2Mn04 (manganic), of which the salts formed are called manganates. The corresponding oxide, however, is not known. Tests for Salts of Manganese. 1. Ammonium sulphide, added to a solution of a manganese salt, produces a flesh-colored precipitate of manganese sulphide. 2. Potassium or sodium carbonate in solution produces white pre- cipitates, which are insoluble in excess of solution of ammonium car- bonate. 3. With the blow-pipe, manganese gives with borax a bead having an amethystine color in the oxidizing flame, and a colorless bead in the deoxidizing flame. 4. If manganese be heated with sodium carbonate, green sodium manganate is produced. If this be added to water, it communicates a purplish-red color. Officinal Preparations of Manganese. Officinal Name. Preparation. Mangani Oxidum Nigrum . Binoxide of manganese, containing at least 66 per cent. of pure oxide. Mangani Sulphas Made by treating manganese dioxide with sulphuric acid. Potassii Permanganas . . .By heating manganese dioxide, potassium hydrate, and potassium chlorate together. 606 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 607 Unofficinal Preparations of Manganese. Mangani Arsenias, MnllAsO*, = 193.9. Arseniate of Manganese. Mangani Benzoas. Benzoate of Manganese. Mangani Carbonas, MnCOs, = 114. Carbonate of Manganese. Mangani Chloridum, MnCl2, = 124.8. Chloride of Manganese. Mangani Citras. Citrate of Manganese. Mangani Oxalas, 2MnC204.5H20, = 374. Oxalate of Manganese. Mangani Tartras. Tartrate of Manganese. By saturating a solution of arsenic acid with freshly- precipitated manganese carbonate. By adding to a solution of benzoic acid, manganese carbonate as long as combination is effected. By adding to a solution of manganese sulphate a solution of potassium carbonate, and collecting and drying the precipitate. By treating manganese dioxide with hydrochloric acid, purifying from iron salts, evaporating and crystallizing. By digesting manganese carbonate with citric acid, and collecting the precipitate. By adding to a solution of manganese sulphate a solution of oxalic acid, and collecting the precipi- tate. By adding a solution of neutral potassium tartrate to a solution of manganous chloride, and, after the acid tartrate of potassium has deposited, col- lecting the colorless crystals. MANGANI OXIDUM NIGRUM. U.S. Black Oxide of Manganese. [Dioxide of Manganese.] Native, crude Binoxide of Manganese, containing at least 66 per cent, of the pure Oxide [Mn02; 86]. Black oxide of manganese is frequently found in commerce of poor and variable quality :' some pyrolusite from Nova Scotia was examined by the author a few years ago, however, which assayed 96 per cent, of pure oxide. It is the safest rule to buy it only upon assay, and, when a good sample can be found, to secure a large quantity of it. Jtangani Oxidum Nigrum. V.S. Quantitative Test. A heavy, grayish-black, more or less gritty powder, permanent in the air, odorless and tasteless, and insoluble in water or alcohol. At a red heat the Oxide gives off oxygen gas; and, if heated with hydrochloric acid, it causes the evolution of chlo- rine gas. On intimately mixing 1 part of the Oxide with 1 part of hydrate of potassium and 1 part of chlorate of potassium, introducing the mass into a crucible, moistening with water, dry- ing and igniting, a dark, fused mass is obtained, which yields a green solution with water, changing to purplish red on being boiled or on the addition of diluted sulphuric acid. If 5 Gm. of the finely powdered Oxide be digested with 15 Gm. of water and 20 Gm. of hydrochloric acid, then 21 Gm. of ferrous sulphate be added, and the mixture heated to boiling, the cooled filtrate should not acquire a blue color on the addition of freshly prepared test-solution of ferricyanide of potas- sium (presence of at least 66 per cent, of pure Dioxide of Manganese). Uses.—Manganese dioxide is occasionally used internally, in doses of three to twenty grains. Its principal use is to form the salts of man- ganese. MANGANI SULPHAS. U. S. Sulphate of Manganese. MnS04.4H20; 222. Preparation.—This salt is best made by Prof. Diehl’s process, by heating manganese dioxide and charcoal together to redness, treating the residue with sulphuric acid, and again heating to redness; the residue is dissolved in water, the solution filtered and crystallized. (See U. S. Dispensatory, 16th ed., p. 953.) 608 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Mangani Sulphas. U.8. Odob, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, or pale rose-colored, transparent, right- rhombic prisms, crystallized at a temperature between 20° and 30° C. (68°-86° F.), slightly efflorescent in dry air. Odorless; slightly bitter and astrin- gent taste; faintly acid reaction. Cold. 0.7 part. Boiling. 0.8 part. Insoluble. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. Sulphate of Manganese af- fords with test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium a reddish-white precipitate, and a brown one with test- solution of ferricyanide of potassium. Test-solution of chloride of barium pro- duces a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Zinc. Iron. Copper. Alkalies or Magnesia. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with sulphide of ammonium, a flesh-colored pre- cipitate completely soluble in moderately diluted acetic acid. The aqueous solution of the salt should not be affected by solution of tannic acid. When slightly acidulated with hydrochlorio acid, it should remain unaffected by hydro- sulphuric acid. If all the Manganese be precipitated from the aqueous solution by sulphide of ammonium, and the filtrate be evaporated, not more than a trace of fixed residue should remain on gentle ignition. Uses.—Manganese sulphate is used as a tonic, in doses of five to twenty grains. This is the most important officinal compound of manganese. It is considered under the potassium compounds (page 508). POTASSII PERMANGANAS. U. S. Permanganate of Potassium. Iron. Fe; 55.9. Iron, the most useful and abundant of the metals, is widely diffused in nature: it is found not only in the mineral kingdom, but in animal and vegetable products as well. Iron is a hard, malleable, ductile, and tenacious metal, of a grayish- white color and fibrous texture, a slightly styptic taste, and a sensible odor when rubbed. Its sp. gr. is 7.8. It is combustible, and, when heated to whiteness, burns in atmospheric air, and with brilliant scintil- lations in oxygen. At a red heat its surface is converted into black oxide, and at common temperatures, by the combined agency of air and moisture, it becomes covered with a reddish matter, called rust, which is hydrated ferric oxide. It combines with all the non-metallic elements except hydrogen and nitrogen, and with most of the metals. It forms three compounds with oxygen,—ferrous and ferric oxide, which, by their union, form the native magnetic oxide, and a teroxide possessing acid properties, called ferric acid. Tests for Iron Salts. 1. Potassium ferrocyanide produces a nearly white precipitate with a ferrous salt, which rapidly turns blue on exposure to the air; with a ferric salt it strikes a deep blue color (Prussian blue) at once. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 609 2. Potassium ferricy ankle produces a deep blue color (Turnbull’s blue) at once with a ferrous salt, and a greenish or olive color with a ferric salt. 3. Tannin does not change the color of a solution of a ferrous salt, provided it has not been oxidized; with a ferric salt a dark greenish- black precipitate (ink) is produced. 4. Ammonium sulphide produces a black precipitate (sulphide) with either a ferrous or a ferric salt. 5. Water of ammonia precipitates from ferrous salts, ferrous hydrate, a white precipitate turning green, then black, and finally a brown color; the same reagent precipitates brown ferric hydrate from ferric salts. Officinal Preparations of Iron. Officinal Name. Preparation. Ferrum Metallic iron in the form of fine, bright, and non- elastic wire. Ferrum Keductum Made by passing hydrogen over suhcarhonate of iron. Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus . Double decomposition between ferrous sulphate and sodium bicarbonate; the precipitate is preserved with sugar. Massa Ferri Carbonatis . . . Double decomposition between ferrous sulphate and sodium carbonate; the precipitate is preserved with honey. Mistura Ferri Composita . . 6 p. sulphate of iron; 18 p. myrrh ; 18 p. sugar; 8 p. carbonate of potassium; 50 p. spirit of lavender; 900 p. rose water. Pilulae Ferri Composite . . . Sulphate of iron, f gr., carbonate of sodium, f gr., myrrh 1J gr., syrup q. s., in each pill. Ferri Chloridum By acting on iron with hydrochloric acid and crystal- lizing the solution. Liquor Ferri Chloridi.... By oxidizing solution of ferrous chloride with nitric acid. Tinctura Ferri Chloridi ... 35 parts of solution of ferric chloride to 65 parts of alcohol. Ferri Citras By evaporating and scaling solution of ferric citrate. Ferri et Ammonii Citras . . By adding water of ammonia to solution of ferric citrate, evaporating, and scaling. Liquor Ferri Citratis .... By dissolving ferric hydrate in citric acid. Vinum Ferri Citratis . . . . 4 p. citrate of iron and ammonia; 12 p. tincture of sweet orange peel; 12 p. syrup; 72 p. stronger white wine. Ferri et Quininae Citras . . . By dissolving quinine (alkaloid) in solution of ferric citrate, evaporating, and scaling. Liquor Ferri et Quininse Ci- tratis . . . By adding to a solution of citrate of iron and ammo- nium citric acid and quinine. Vinum Ferri Amarum . . . 8 p. solution of citrate of iron and quinine; 12 p. tincture of sweet orange peel; 36 p. syrup; 44 p. stronger white wine. Ferri et Strychninse Citras . . By adding to a solution of citrate of iron and ammo- nium citric acid and strychnine, and scaling. Syrupus Ferri, Quininse et Strychninse Phosphatum . By dissolving in an acid solution of ferric phosphate quinine, strychnine, and sugar. Ferri et Ammonii Sulphas . By dissolving sulphate of ammonium in solution of tersulphate of iron, evaporating, and crystallizing. Ferri et Ammonii Tartras . . By dissolving ferric hydrate in solution of acid ammo- nium tartrate, and scaling. Ferri et Potassii Tartras. . . By adding to ferric hydrate acid potassium tartrate and a trace of water of ammonia, and scaling. Ferri Hypophosphis . . . . Double decomposition between calcium hypophosphite and ferrous sulphate. 610 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Officinal Preparations of Iron.—(Continued.) Officinal Name. Preparation. Ferri Iodidum Saccharatum . By adding solution of ferrous iodide to sugar of milk. Syrupus Ferri Iodidi .... By adding solution of ferrous iodide to sugar. Syrupus Ferri Bromidi . . . By adding solution of ferrous bromide to sugar. Pilula9 Ferri Iodidi 0.6 gr. reduced iron, 0.8 gr. iodine, 0.5 gr. glycyrrhiza, 0.5 gr. sugar, 0.12 gr. ext. glycyrrhiza, 0.12 gr. acacia, water q. s., in each pill. Ferri Lactas By acting on iron with lactic acid and crystallizing the solution. Ferri Oxalas By mixing solutions of ferrous sulphate and oxalic acid and collecting the precipitate. Ferri Oxidum Hydratum . . By adding water of ammonia to solution of tersulphate of iron, and collecting and washing the precipitate. Ferri Oxidum Hydratum cum Magnesia By mixing solution of tersulphate of iron with mag- nesia mixture. Trochisci Ferri Each lozenge contains 5 gr. of dried ferric hydrate. Emplastrum Ferri 10 p. dried hydrated oxide of iron ; 10 p. Canada tur- pentine ; 10 p. Burgundy pitch ; 70 p. lead plaster. Ferri Phosphas By mixing solutions of citrate of iron and phosphate of sodium, evaporating and scaling. Ferri Pyrophosphas .... By mixing solutions of citrate of iron and pyrophos- phate of sodium, evaporating and scaling. Ferri Sulphas By treating iron with diluted sulphuric acid, evapo- rating and crystallizing. Ferri Sulphas Exsiccatus . . By exsiccating ferrous, sulphate at a temperature not above 149° C. (300° F.). Pilulse Aloes et Ferri . . . . 1 gr. purified aloes, 1 gr. dried sulphate of iron, 1 gr. aromatic powder, confection of rose q. s., in each pill. Ferri Sulphas Prsecipitatus . By precipitating an aqueous solution of ferrous sulphate with alcohol. Ferri Yalerianas By double decomposition between ferric sulphate and sodium valerianate. Liquor Ferri Acetatis .... By dissolving ferric hydrate in glacial aeetic acid. Tinctura Ferri Acetatis . . . By mixing 50 p. solution of acetate of iron; 30 p. alcohol; 20 p. acetic ether. Mistura Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis 2 p. tincture chloride of iron; 3 p. diluted acetic acid; 20 p. solution acetate of ammonium; 10 p. elixir of orange ; 15 p. syrup; 50 p. water. Liquor Ferri Nitratis .... By dissolving ferric hydrate in diluted nitric acid. Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis. . By heating ferrous sulphate in a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids. Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis . . By heating ferrous sulphate in a mixture of nitric acid with excess of sulphuric acid. Unofficinal Salts of Iron. Terri Acetas, Fe2(C2Hs02)«, = 465.8. By dissolving ferric hydrate in acetic acid, evaporating, Acetate of Iron. then crystallizing. Ferri Arsenias, 3Fe(FeO)AsCh. By dissolving 1 oz. sodium arseniate and } oz. sodium . I6H2O, = 1088.1. acetate in 8 oz. water, then dissolving 2 oz. ferrous Arseniate of Iron. sulphate in 10 fl. oz. water, mixing both solutions, collecting the precipitate, washing and drying. Ferri Benzoas, Fe26C7ll502.6H20, = By adding to a solution of normal ferric sulphate a con- 945.8. centrated solution of sodium benzoate, collecting the Benzoate of Iron. precipitate, washing and drying. Ferri Bromidum, FeBr2, = 215.9. By adding 2 p. bromine to 1 p. iron filings and 10 p. Bromide of Iron. water, digesting until the liquid assumes a greenish color, then filtering and evaporating to dryness. Ferri et Sodii Pyrophosphas. By adding to a solution of 50 p. sodium pyrophosphate Pyrophosphate of Iron and Sodium. in 100 p. water sufficient ferric chloride in aqueous solution so that a permanent precipitate is not pro- duced, then adding 250 p. alcohol and collecting the precipitate. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 611 Unofficinal Salts of Iron.—(Continued.) Ferri Ferrocyanidum, Fe4(FeCNe)s, By dissolving 4£ oz. potassium ferrocyanide in 1 pint — 859.3. water, adding this solution to 8 fl. oz. solution of normal Ferrocyanide of Iron. ferric sulphate diluted previously with 8 fl. oz. water, stirring continually and collecting the precipitate, washing and drying. Ferri Nitras, Fe2(NOs)6, =483.8. By concentrating a solution of ferric nitrate, filtering Nitrate of Iron. and allowing to crystallize. Ferri Oxidum Magneticum, Fe304, = By dissolving 2 oz. ferrous sulphate in 2 pints’ water 231.7. and adding 5£ fl. oz. solution of normal ferric sulphate, Magnetic Oxide of Iron. then mixing this with 4 pints solution of soda, stir- ring well, boiling, letting it stand for 2 hours, occa- sionally stirring, collecting the precipitate, washing, and drying carefully. Ferri Oxidum Rubrum. By igniting ferrous sulphate in contact with air. Red Oxide of Iron. Ferri Phosphas Albus, Fe22P04. By mixing 4 fl. oz. solution of normal ferric sulphate with 4II2O, = 373.8. a solution of 1 oz. sodium acetate, then adding solu- White Phosphate of Iron. tion of sodium phosphate, and collecting the precipi- tate, washing and drying. Ferri Salicylas. By mixing a solution containing 24 grains of ferrous Salicylate of Iron. sulphate and 20 grains of sodium acetate in half a fluidounce of water with a solution made by dis- solving 30 grains of sodium salicylate in half a fluid- ounce of water. The resulting liquid is administered in doses of a teaspoonful, each containing about 4 grains of salicylate of iron. Ferri Subcarbonas. By mixing solutions of 8 oz. ferrous sulphate and 9 oz. Subcarbonate of Iron. sodium carbonate, collecting the precipitate, wash- ing, and drying without heat. Ferri Sulphidum, FeS, = 87.9. By mixing 3 p. iron filings with 2 p. sublimed sulphur, Sulphide of Iron. then adding in small portions the above mixture into a crucible heated to redness, and keeping covered after each addition. FERRUM. U.S. Iron. Fe; 55.9. Metallic Iron, in the form of fine, bright, non-elastic wire. Iron, when employed in pharmaceutical operations, should be of the purest kind: hence the Pharmacopoeias generally direct it, when wanted in small masses, to be in the form of iron wire, which is neces- sarily made from the purest, because the softest and most ductile, iron, and is readily cut into pieces. Such wire is very flexible and without elasticity. The wire clippings and the ends of card-teeth obtained from the manufacturers of cotton-cards are frequently used in Philadelphia for making iron preparations. They are very convenient; and it may be incidentally mentioned that they are sometimes used as a substitute for sand, in sand-baths. FERRUM REDUCTUM. U.S. Reduced Iron. Fe; 55.9. Preparation.—Reduced iron may be made by a process originally proposed by Prof. Procter, and afterwards made officinal in 1870 : Take of Subcarbonate of Iron 30 oz. troy. Wash the Subcarbonate thoroughly with water until no traces of sulphate of sodium are indi- cated by the appropriate tests, and calcine it in a shallow vessel until free from moisture. Then spread it upon a tray, made by bending an oblong piece of sheet-iron in the form of an incomplete cylinder, and introduce this into a wrought-iron reduction-tube, of about four inches 612 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. in diameter. Place the reduction-tube in a charcoal furnace, and, by means of a self-regulating generator of hydrogen, pass through it a stream of that gas, previously purified by bubbling successively through solution of subacetate of lead, diluted with three times its volume of water, and through milk of lime, severally contained in four-pint bot- tles about one-third filled. Connect with the further extremity of the reduction-tube a lead tube bent so as to dip into water. Make all the junctions air-tight by appropriate lutes; and, when the hydrogen has passed long enough to fill the whole of the apparatus to the exclusion of atmospheric air, light the fire, and bring that part of the reduction- tube, occupied by the Subcarbonate, to a dull-red heat, which must be kept up so long as the bubbles of hydrogen, breaking from the water covering the orifice of the lead tube, are accompanied by visible aque- ous vapor. When the reduction is completed, remove the fire, and allow the whole to cool to the ordinary temperature, keeping up, during the refrigeration, a moderate current of hydrogen through the appara- tus. Withdraw the product from the reduction-tube, and, should any portion of it be black instead of iron-gray, separate such portion for use in a subsequent operation. Lastly, having powdered the Reduced Iron, keep it in a well-stopped bottle. When thirty troyounces of Subcarbonate of Iron are operated on, the process occupies from five to eight hours. The subcarbonate directed in the above formula is, more correctly, a ferric oxyhydrate, and the hydrogen combines with the oxygen to form water, metallic iron, in fine powder, being left. Fe2Oa 6H = 2Fe -f- 3H20. Ferric Hydrogen. Iron. Water. Oxide. Ferrum Reductum. U.S. Quantitative Test. A very fine, grayish-black, lustreless powder, perma- nent in dry air, without odor or taste, and insol- uble in water or alcohol. When ignited in contact with air, it is converted into ferric oxide. When treated with diluted sulphuric acid, it causes the evolution of nearly odorless hydrogen gas, and, on being warmed, it is dissolved without leaving a residue. If 1 Gm. of Keduced Iron be digested with 3.5 Gm. of iodine, 2.5 Gm. of iodide of potassium, and 50 C.c. of distilled water for two hours, the resulting filtrate should have a green color, and should not be rendered blue by gelatinized starch (presence of at least 80 per cent, of metallic iron). Uses.—Powder of iron, or reduced iron, is one of the best of the chalybeate tonics. It is generally given in pill form, in doses of three to six grains. An elegant form of administering it is combined with chocolate in the form of lozenges. FERRI CARBONAS SACCHARATUS. U. S. Saccharated Carbonate of Iron. Sulphate of Iron, 10 parts, or 50z. av. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 7 parts, or oz. av. Sugar, in fine powder, 16 parts, or 8 oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. [Saccharated Ferrous Carbonate.] MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 613 Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron in forty parts [or 20 fl. oz.] of hot Dis- tilled Water, and the Bicarbonate of Sodium in one hundred parts [or 3 pints] of warm Distilled Water, and filter the solutions separately, and allow them to cool. Add the solution of Sulphate of Iron gradu- ally to the solution of Bicarbonate of Sodium contained in a capacious flask, and mix thoroughly by shaking. Fill up the flask with boiling Distilled Water, and set the mixture aside for two hours. Draw otf the supernatant liquid from the precipitate by means of a syphon, and then fill the flask again with hot Distilled Water and shake it. Pour otf the clear liquid and repeat the operation until the decanted liquid gives but a slight turbidity with test-solution of chloride of barium. Transfer the drained precipitate to a porcelain capsule containing the Sugar, and mix intimately; evaporate the mixture to dryness, by means of a water- bath, and reduce the product to powder. Keep the powder in small, well-stopped vials. In this preparation ferrous carbonate is formed, sodium sulphate re- maining in solution. Sodium bicarbonate is preferred because the evolu- tion of carbonic acid during the decomposition measurably prevents oxidation: it would have been an improvement to use syrup in the solutions to protect them still further. The object of boiling the water that is used in washing is to expel the air, so that the ferrous carbonate may escape its oxidizing action; the evaporation of the mixture should be conducted as rapidly as possi- ble, for the same reason. FeS04 + 2NaHCOa = Na2S04 + FeCOa + II20 + C02. Ferrous Sodium Sodium Ferrous Water. Carbon Sulphate. Bicarbonate. Sulphate. Carbonate. Dioxide. Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Other Solvents. A greenish-gray powder, gradually oxidized by contact with air, but completely soluble, with copious evo- lution of carbonic acid gas, in diluted hydrochloric acid, forming a clear, yellow liquid. Odorless; at first a sweetish, after- wards a slight- ly ferruginous taste; neutral reaction. Partially soluble. Completely soluble, with copious evolu- tion of carbonic acid gas, in diluted hydrochloric acid, forming a clear, yel- low liquid. Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. If 8 Gm. of the Saccharated Carbonate of Iron be dissolved in water with an excess of hydrochloric acid, and the solution mixed with 33 C.c. of the volumetric so- lution of bichromate of potassium, the mixture should still afford a blue color or precipitate with test-solution of ferricy- anide of potassium (presence of at least 15 per cent, of ferrous carbonate). Sulphate. - . A solution of the salt in hydrochlo- ric acid affords a blue precipitate with test-solution either of ferro- cyanide or of ferricyanide of po- tassium, but should not be ren- dered more than slightly turbid by test-solution of chloride of barium. Uses.—Saccharated ferrous carbonate is used as a tonic, in doses of five to thirty grains. 614 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. MASSA FERRI CARBONATIS. U. S. Mass of Carbonate of Iron. By measure. Sulphate of Iron, 100 parts, or 8 oz. av. Carbonate of Sodium, 110 parts, or 8 oz. av. 350 gr. Clarified Honey, 38 parts, or 3 oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 25 parts, or 2 oz. av. Syrup, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 8 oz. av. [Pilula Ferri Carbonatis, Pharm. 1870.] Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron and the Carbonate of Sodium sepa- rately, each in two hundred parts [or 1 pint] of boiling Distilled Water, and, having added twenty-jive parts [or 1J fl. oz.] of Syrup to the solution of the iron salt, filter both solutions. Mix them, when cold, in a bottle just large enough to hold them, or add enough Dis- tilled Water to fill it; close the bottle accurately with a stopper, and set it aside so that the carbonate of iron may subside. Pour off the super- natant liquid, and, having mixed Syrup and Distilled Water in the proportion of one part [or 6 fl. dr.] of Syrup to sixteen parts [or 1 pint] of Water, wash the precipitate with the mixture until the washings no longer have a saline taste. Drain the precipitate on a flannel cloth, and express as much of the Water as possible. Lastly, mix the pre- cipitate immediately with the Honey and Sugar, and, by means of a water-bath, evaporate the mixture, constantly stirring, until it is re- duced to one hundred parts [or 8 oz. av.]. This preparation consists of ferrous carbonate preserved from oxida- tion by contact with syrup and honey. The reaction is as follows: FeS04 -(- xs a2C03 = -f- 2S04. Ferrous Sodium Ferrous Sodium Sulphate. Carbonate. Carbonate. Sulphate. Uses.—Mass of carbonate of iron is widely known as Vallet’s mass .- it is a valuable chalybeate tonic, and is administered in pill form, in doses of five to fifteen grains. MISTURA FERRI COMPOSITA. U.S. Compound Iron Mixture. This mixture depends for its usefulness upon the ferrous carbonate produced by double decomposition between ferrous sulphate and potas- sium carbonate. The myrrh, sugar, spirit of lavender, and rose-water are used as adjuvants and diluents (see p. 303). PILULE FERRI COMPOSITE. U. S. Compound Pills of Iron. Each pill contains 1J gr. of myrrh, £ gr. of ferrous sulphate, and | gr. of sodium carbonate, with sufficient syrup to form a mass. When the pill reaches the fluids in the stomach, ferrous carbonate is pro- duced through the reaction between the ferrous sulphate and sodium carbonate. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 615 FERRI CHLORIDUM. U.S. Chloride of Iron. Fe2Cl6.12H20; 540.2. [Ferric Chloride.] By measure. Iron, in the form of fine wire and cut into small pieces, 15 parts, or . . 2 oz. av. Hydrochloric Acid, 86 parts, or 9y2 fl. oz. Nitric Acid, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Put the Iron Wire into a flask capable of holding double the volume of the intended product, pour upon \t fifty-four parts [or 6 fl. oz.] of Hydrochloric Acid previously diluted with twenty-five parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Water, and let the mixture stand until effervescence ceases; then heat it to the boiling point, filter through paper, and, having rinsed the flask and Iron Wire with a little boiling Distilled Water, pass the rinsings through the filter. To the filtered liquid add twenty-seven parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Hydrochloric Acid, and pour the mixture slowly and gradually, in a stream, into eight parts [or 6 fl. dr.] of Nitric Acid, contained in a capacious porcelain vessel. After effervescence ceases, apply heat, by means of a sand-bath, until the liquid is free from ni- trous odor; then test a small portion with freshly-prepared test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium. Should this reagent produce a blue color, add a little more Nitric Acid and evaporate off the excess. Then add the remaining five parts [or 4 fl. dr.] of Hydrochloric Acid, and enough Distilled Water to make the whole weigh sixty parts [or 8 oz. av.], and set this aside, covered with glass, until it forms a solid, crys- talline mass. Lastly, break it into pieces, and keep the fragments in a glass-stoppered bottle, protected from light. When hydrochloric acid acts upon iron, hydrogen is evolved, and ferrous chloride is produced. Fe2 + 4HC1 = (FeCl2)2 + 4H. Iron. Hydrochloric Ferrous Hydrogen. Acid. Chloride. Ferrous chloride is converted into ferric chloride by the addition of nitric and hydrochloric acids; thus,— 6FeCl2 + 6HC1 + 2HN03 = 3Fe2Cl6 + N202 + 4H20. Ferrous Hydrochloric Nitric Ferric Nitrogen Water. Chloride. Acid. Acid. Chloride. Dioxide. Ferri Chloridum, U.S. Oboe, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Orange-yellow, crystalline pieces, very deliquescent. On ignition, the salt suf- fers partial decomposi- tion. Odorless, or having a faint odor of hy- drochloric acid; strongly styptic taste; acid reaction. Freely and wholly sol- uble. Freely and wholly sol- uble. Freely and wholly solu- ble in ether. 616 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Tests fob Identitt. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The dilute aqueous so- lution yields a brown- Zinc and Cop- ' If the iron be completely precipitated from a solu- tion of the salt by an excess of water of ammo- red precipitate with per. nia, the filtrate should not yield either a white or a water of ammonia, a blue one with test- solution of ferrocyan- Fixed Alka- dark-colored precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid. " A solution of the salt, after the iron has been com- pletely precipitated by an excess of ammonia, should not leave a fixed residue on evaporation ide of potassium, and lies. a white one, insolu- ble in nitric acid, with test-solution of nitrate of silver. Nitric Acid. Ferrous Salt. Oxychloride. and gentle ignition. ' On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and a moderately dilute solution of the salt, the crystal should not become colored brown, nor should there be a brownish-black zone developed around it. A few drops of a solution of the salt, added to freshly prepared test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium, should impart to the latter a pure greenish-brown color without a trace of blue. A 1 per cent, solution of the salt in distilled water, when boiled in a test-tube, should remain clear. Uses.—Chloride of iron is used externally as a styptic, and inter- nally as a chalybeate tonic, in doses of three to five grains. LIQUOR FERRI CHLQRIDI. U.S. Solution of Chloride of Iron. [Solution of Ferric Chloride.] An aqueous solution (with some free Hydrochloric Acid) of Ferric Chloride [Fe 2C16; 324.2], containing 37.8 per cent, of the anhydrous salt. By measure. Iron, in the form of fine wire and cut into small pieces, 15 parts, or . . oz. av- Hydrochloric Acid, 86 parts, or fl. oz. Nitric Acid, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or i pint. Put the Iron Wire into a flask capable of holding double the volume of the intended product. Pour upon it fifty-four parts [or 10| fl. oz.] of Hydrochloric Acid previously diluted with twenty-five parts [or 5J fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, and let the mixture stand until effervescence ceases; then heat it to the boiling point, filter through paper, and, hav- ing rinsed the flask and Iron Wire with a little boiling Distilled Water, pass the washings through the filter. To the filtered liquid add twenty- seven parts [or 5f fl. oz.] of Hydrochloric Acid, and pour the mixture, slowly and gradually, in a stream, into eight parts [or 1 fl. oz. 3 fl. dr.] of Nitric Acid contained in a capacious porcelain vessel. After effer- vescence ceases, apply heat, by means of a sand-bath, until the liquid is free from nitrous odor. Then test a small portion with freshly prepared test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium. Should this reagent produce a blue color, add a little more Nitric Acid and evaporate off the excess. Finally, add the remaining five parts [or 1 fl. oz.] of Hydrochloric Acid, and enough Distilled Water to make the solution weigh one hundred parts [or measure 1 pint]. The reaction which takes place here is exactly the same as that in fer- ric chloride, which has been described on page 615 ; the processes being MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 617 identical with one exception, that the solution is crystallized to make the salt. If this solution, when finished, has a blackish color, it is due to incomplete oxidation, and the remedy is to heat it to boiling in a capa- cious dish, adding a few drops of nitric acid until the color changes to a clear ruby-red and effervescence ceases. If a brown precipitate is deposited upon dilution or standing, deficiency of hydrochloric acid is indicated, and the solution must be heated, and a few drops of the acid added until the precipitate is dissolved. Liquor Ferri Chloridi. V. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. A reddish-brown liquid. Faint odor of hydrochloric acid • acid, strongly styptic taste; acid reaction. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The diluted Solution af- fords a brown-red pre- cipitate with water of ammonia, a blue one with test-solution of ferrocyanide of potas- sium, and a white one, insoluble in nitric acid, with test-solu- tion of nitrate of sil- ver. 10 Gm. of the Solution, when completely pre- cipitated by excess of water of ammonia, yield a precipitate, which, when washed, dried, and ignited, should weigh 1.86 Gm. ' If the iron be completely precipitated from a portion Zinc, Cop- of the Solution by excess of water of ammonia, the per. filtrate should not yield either a white or a dark- colored precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid. The Solution, after the iron has been completely pre- Fixed Alka- cipitated from it by an excess of ammonia, should lies. leave no fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition. ' On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated TSTt i« Ap'd sulphuric acid and a moderately dilute portion of ln 1 ' the Solution, the crystal should not be colored brown, nor should there be a brownish-black zone developed around it. ' A few drops added to freshly prepared test-solution of Ferrous Salt. • ferricyanide of potassium should impart to it a pure greenish-brown color without a trace of blue. On diluting 3 parts of the Solution with distilled Oxychloride. • Water to 100 parts,, and boiling in a test-tube, the liquid should remain clear. Uses.—This solution is occasionally used as a haemostatic : its prin- cipal use, however, is to form, by dilution with alcohol, the well-known tincture of chloride of iron. This tincture is made by diluting thirty-five parts of solution of chloride of iron with sixty-five parts of alcohol, the mixture to stand in a closely-covered vessel at least three months: it is then to be transferred to glass-stoppered bottles (see page 346). The object of allowing the mixture to stand three months before it is to be used is to permit the formation of ethyl chloride and other similar ethereal compounds, the result of the action of the free acid on the alcohol. These ethers are supposed to give to the tincture diuretic properties. If a brownish-red precipitate of ferric oxychloride takes place upon diluting the solution of chloride of iron, it shows that the solution has not been made properly and is deficient in free hydrochloric acid (see above). TINCTURA FERRI CHLORIDI. U.S. Tincture of Chloride of Iron. 618 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Uses.—Tincture of chloride of iron is undoubtedly the most im- portant liquid iron preparation that is used: it is an efficient chalybeate, tonic, and styptic. The dose is from ten to thirty minims, diluted with water: it should be sucked through a glass tube, to prevent injury to the teeth. Fe2(CeH50T)2.6H20 ; 597.8. [Ferric Citrate.] FERRI CITRAS. U.S. Citrate of Iron. Solution of Citrate of Iron, a convenient quantity. Evaporate the Solution, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), to the con- sistence of syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Ferri Citras. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Transparent, garnet-red scales, perma- nent in the air. Odorless; very faint ferruginous taste$ acid reaction. Cold. Slowly but com- pletely soluble. Boiling. Readily soluble. Insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt is not precipitated, but is rendered darker, by water of ammonia. If heated with solution of potassa, it affords a brown-red precipitate, without evolving any vapor of ammonia. On adding test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium to an aqueous solution of the salt, a bluish-green color or precipitate is produced, which is increased and rendered dark blue by the subsequent addition of hydrochlorie acid (difference from citrate of iron and ammo- nium). If a solution of the salt be deprived of its iron by boiling with an exe'ess of solution of potassa, the concentrated and cooled filtrate pre- cipitated with test-solution of chloride of cal- cium, and the new filtrate heated to boiling, a white, granular precipitate will be produced. 'When strongly heated, the salt emits fumes having the odor of burnt sugar, and t-,. , ... .. finally leaves a resi- due amounting to 26 per cent, of the orig- inal weight, which should not have an alkaline reaction. Uses.—This salt is very sloicly soluble in water, and hence is not largely used in making solutions. It is very useful in making pills, where its slow solubility is an advantage in preventing the flattening and cohering which usually takes place when the more soluble form is used. The dose is five to twenty grains. FERRI ET AMMONII CITRAS. U. S. Citrate of Iron and Ammonium. [Ammonio-Ferric Citrate.] By measure. Solution of Citrate of Iron, 3 parts, or i pint. Water of Ammonia, 1 part, or 7 fl. oz. Mix the Solution of Citrate of Iron with the Water of Ammonia, evaporate the mixture, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 619 to the consistence of syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in well-stopped bottles in a dark place. Prof. J. U. Lloyd modifies this process with advantage by using, in- stead of water of ammonia, a definite quantity of ammonium citrate in solution (see U. S. Dispensatory, 16th ed., p. 683). Ferri et Ammonii Citras. U■ S. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Transparent, garnet-red scales, deliquescent on exposure to damp air. Odorless; saline, mildly ferrugi- nous taste; neutral reaction. Readily and wholly sol- uble. Insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt is not precipitated, but is rendered darker, by water of ammonia. If heated with solution of potassa, it affords a brown- red precipitate, and vapor of ammonia is evolved. On adding test-solution of ferrocyanide of potas- sium to an aqueous solution of the salt, no blue color or precipitate is produced unless the solu- tion is acidulated with hydrochloric acid (differ- ence from citrate of iron). If a solution of the salt be deprived of its iron by boiling with an excess of solution of potassa, the concentrated and cooled filtrate precipitated with test-solution of chloride of calcium, and the new filtrate heated to boiling, a white, granular precipitate will be produced. "When strongly heated, the salt emits fumes having the odor of burnt sugar, p,. j *i and finally leaves a resi- ifer " due, amounting to about a ies" 25 per cent, of the origi- nal weight, which should not have an alkaline re- action. Uses.—Ammonio-ferric citrate is a useful modification of ferric citrate, the object of adding the water of ammonia being to make the salt more soluble. The dose is five to twenty grains. LIQUOR FERRI CITRATIS. U.S. Solution of Citrate of Iron. [Solution of Ferric Citrate.] An aqueous solution of Ferric Citrate [Fe2(C6H507)2; 489.8], containing about 35.5 per cent, of the anhydrous salt. By measure. Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, 105 parts, or io)4 oz. av. Citric Acid, 30 parts, or 3 oz. av. Water of Ammonia, 84 parts, or 8)4 A* oz. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or io oz. av. To the Water of Ammonia previously diluted with two hundred parts [or 20 fl. oz.] of cold Water, add, constantly stirring, the Solution of Tersulphate of Iron previously diluted with one thousand parts [or 6 pints] of cold Water. Pour the whole on a wet muslin strainer, allow the precipitate to drain, then return it to the vessel and mix it intimately with twelve hundred parts [or 7J pints] of cold Water. Again drain it on a strainer, and repeat the operation until the washings cause but a very slight cloudiness with test-solution of chloride of barium; then 620 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. allow the excess of Water to drain off. Transfer the moist precipitate to a porcelain dish, add the Citric Acid, and heat the mixture, on a water-bath, to 60° C. (140° F.), stirring constantly, until the precipitate is dissolved. Lastly, filter the liquid and evaporate it, at the above- mentioned temperature, until it weighs one hundred parts [or 10 oz. av.]. In this preparation ferric hydrate is precipitated, ammonium sulphate being washed out, and the former is then dissolved in citric acid and the solution brought to a definite strength. Fe23S04 + 6NH4HO = Fe2(HO)6 + 3(NH4)2S04. Ferric Sulphate. Ammonium Ferric Hydrate. Ammonium Hydrate. Sulphate. liquor Ferri Citratis. U. S. Tests fob Identity. A dark brown liquid, odorless, having a slightly ferruginous taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. 1.260. When allowed to evaporate spontaneously, or at a moderate heat, and spread on plates of glass, it forms transparent, garnet-red scales, which are easily detached from the glass. 100 parts of the Solution, thus treated, yield 43 to 44 parts of scales, which, when completely incinerated, leave about 11 parts of residue. The Solution is not precipitated, but only rendered darker, by water of ammonia. If heated with solu- tion of potassa, it affords a brown-red precipitate, without evolving any vapor of ammonia. If a por- tion of the Solution be deprived of its iron by boiling with an excess of solution of potassa, the concent trated and cooled filtrate precipitated by test-solution of chloride of calcium, and the new filtrate heated to boiling, a white, granular precipitate will be pro- duced. On adding test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium to the diluted Solution, a bluish-green color or precipitate is produced, which is increased and rendered dark blue by the subsequent addition of hydrochloric acid. Uses.—This solution deserves to be known better and used oftener than it has been in the past. It keeps well, and much labor is saved by the pharmacist if he will use it in all cases where an aqueous solu- tion of ferric citrate is needed. It is just half the strength of the scaled salt, and therefore the use of a double quantity of this solution will be found, very convenient. VINUM FERRI CITRATIS. U.S. Wine of Citrate of Iron. This preparation, known more frequently as Wine of Iron, is made by dissolving four parts of citrate of iron and ammonium in a mixture of twelve parts each of syrup and tincture of sweet orange-peel, and seventy-two parts of stronger white wine. It is used as an agreeable chalybeate tonic, in doses of a fluidrachm (see page 359). FERRI ET QUININiE CITRAS. U.S. Citrate of Iron and Quinine. Citrate of Iron, 88 parts, or 22 oz. av. Quinine, dried at 100° C. (212° F.), until it ceases to lose weight, 12 parts, or 3 oz. av. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or about 25 oz. av. Dissolve the Citrate of Iron in one hundred and sixty parts [or 38 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, by heating on a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.). To this solution add the Quinine and MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 621 stir constantly until it is dissolved. Lastly, evaporate the solution, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), to the consistence of syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in well-stopped bottles, in a dark place. This well-known salt is simply a citrate of iron containing quinine in the proper quantity to make a good medicinal preparation. No chemical formula is officinally given to it, for the sufficient reason that it is not regarded as a definite chemical compound. It is frequently found deficient in quinine, and sometimes with a cheaper alkaloid sub- stituted for it. It is frequently found in the market in light-green scales. This color is due to the use of ammonia or ammonium citrate with the view of making the salt more soluble. The officinal salt is not intended to be very soluble, the bitter taste being much less perceptible than when ammonia is combined with the citric acid. Care should be exercised in buying this salt from the manufacturer to specify the U. S. P. salt, as two kinds are sometimes kept for sale. Ferri et Quinin® Citras. TJ. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Transparent, thin scales, varying in color from reddish-brown to yellowish-brown, slowly deliquescent on exposure to air. Slowly but wholly soluble in cold water, more readily so in hot water, and but slightly soluble in alcohol. Odorless; bitter and mildly fer- ruginous taste; slightly acid re- action. Cold. Slowly but wholly soluble. Boiling. More readily. Slightly soluble. Tests for Identity. Quantitative Test. On supersaturating the aqueous solution of the salt with a slight excess of water of ammonia, the color of the liquid is deepened, and a white, curdy precipitate is thrown down, which is soluble in ether and answers to the reactions of quinine (see Quinina). A small por- tion of the filtrate, when mixed with test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium, does not produce a blue color or precipitate unless it is acidulated with hydro- chloric acid. If another portion of the filtrate be de- prived of its iron by boiling with an excess of potassa, the concentrated and cooled filtrate precipitated by test-solution of chloride of calcium, and the new fil- trate heated to boiling, a white, granular precipitate will be produced. On heating the solution of the salt with potassa, no vapor of ammonia should be evolved. When strongly heated, the salt emits fumes having the odor of burnt sugar, and finally leaves a residue which should not have an alkaline reac- tion. The salt contains 12 per cent, of dry quinine. It may be assayed as follows: Dissolve 4 Gm. .of the scales in 30 C.c. of water, in a cap- sule, with the aid of heat. Cool, and transfer the solution to a glass separator, rinsing the capsule; add an aqueous solution of 0.5 Gm. of tartaric acid, and then solution of soda in decided excess. Extract the alkaloid by agitating the mix- ture with four successive portions of chloroform, each of 15 C.c. Sepa- rate the chloroformic layers, mix them, evaporate them in a weighed capsule, on a water-bath, and dry the residue at a temperature of 100° C. (212° E.). It should weigh 0.48 Gm. Uses.—This is a valuable tonic combination, and is particularly use- ful in making pills, because of its slow solubility (see Ferri Citras). To supply the demand for a soluble form, the solution of citrate of iron and quinine was made officinal. The dose of the salt is from five to ten grains. 622 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. LIQUOR FERRI ET QUININE CITRATIS. U.S. Solution of Citrate of Iron and Quinine. Citrate of Iron and Ammonium, 65 parts, or 568 grains. Quinine, dried at 100° C. (212° F.), until it ceases to lose weight, 12 parts, or 105 grains. Citric Acid, 28 parts, or 245 grains. Alcohol, 30 parts, or 6 fl. dr. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 200 parts, or 4 oz. av. Dissolve the Citrate of Iron and Ammonium in two hundred parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, contained in a tared porcelain capsule, neat the solution to 60° C. (140° F.), on a water-bath, add the Citric Acid, and, when it is dissolved, add the Quinine, stirring the mixture until a perfect solution has been obtained. Evaporate this to one hun- dred and sixty parts [or 3 oz. av.], allow it to cool, add the Alcohol, and finally enough Distilled Water to make the solution weigh two hundred parts [or 4 oz. av.]. Liquor Ferri et Quinines Citratis. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. A dark greenish-yellow to yellowish-brown liquid, transparent in thin layers. On supersaturating the diluted Solution with a slight excess of ammonia, the color of the liquid is deepened and a white, curdy precipitate is thrown down, which is soluble in ether and answers to the reaction of quinine (see Quinina). Odorless; bitter and mildly fer- ruginous taste; slightly acid reaction. Tests fob Identity. Quantitative Test. A small portion of the filtrate, when mixed with test-solution of ferrocyanide of potas- sium, does not produce a blue color or pre- cipitate, unless it is acidulated with hydro- chloric acid. If another portion of the filtrate be deprived of its iron by boiling with an excess of potassa, the concen- trated and cooled filtrate precipitated by test-solution of chloride of calcium, and the new filtrate heated to boiling, a white granular precipitate is produced. On heat- ing the Solution with potassa, vapor of ammonia is evolved. The Solution contains 6 per cent, of quinine. It may be assayed as follows: Dilute 8 Gm. of the Solution with water to 30 C.c., introduce it, with any rinsings, into a glass separator, add an aqueous solution of 0.5 Gm. of tartaric acid, and then solution of soda in decided ex- cess. Extract the alkaloid by agitating the mixture with four successive portions of chloro- form, each of 15 C.c. Separate the chloroform ic layers, mix them, evaporate them in a weighed capsule, on a water-bath, and dry the residue at a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.). It should weigh 0.48 Gm. Uses.—This solution was made officinal in order to satisfy a demand for a soluble form of citrate of iron and quinine. It is an excellent preparation, and it needs only to be known to be appreciated. It is just half the strength of the scaled salt, and the dose is therefore double,—from ten to twenty minims. This wine is made by mixing eight parts of solution of citrate of iron and quinine, twelve parts of tincture of sweet orange-peel, thirty-six parts of syrup, and forty-four parts of stronger white wine (see page VINUM FERRI AMARUM. U.S. Bitter Wine of Iron. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 623 359). It is used as a mild ferruginous tonic, in doses of two to four teaspoonfuls. FERRI ET STRYCHNIN® CITRAS. V. S. Citrate of Iron and Strychnine. By measure. Citrate of Iron and Ammonium, 98 parts, or 4go grains. Strychnine, 1 part, or 5 grains. Citric Acid, 1 part, or 5 grains. Distilled Water, 120 parts, or n fl. dr. To make 100 parts, or about 1 02. av. Dissolve the Citrate of Iron and Ammonium in one hundred parts [or 9 fl. dr.] of Distilled Water, and the Strychnine, together with the Citric Acid, in twenty parts [or 2 fl. dr.] of Distilled Water. Mix the two solutions, evaporate the mixture, by means of a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), to the consistence of syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be ob- tained in scales. Keep the product in well-stopped bottles, in a dark place. This salt contains 1 per cent, of strychnine. Ferri et Strychnin® Citras. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Transparent, garnet-red scales, deliquescent on exposure to air. Odorless; bitter and slightly ferruginous taste; slightly acid reaction. Readily and wholly sol- uble. Slightly soluble. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. On heating the aqueous solution of the salt with solution of potassa, a brown-red precipitate is produced and vapor of ammonia is evolved. If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 4 C.c. of water, in a small test-tube, then 1 C.c. of solution of potassa added, and the mixture shaken with 2 C.c. of chloroform, the residue left on evaporating the chloroform will answer to the reactions of strychnine (see Strychnina). On adding test-solution of ferrocyanide of potas- sium to a dilute aqueous solution of the salt, no blue color or precipitate is produced unless the solution is acidulated with hydrochloric acid. If a solution of the salt be deprived of its iron by boiling with an excess of solution of potassa, the concentrated and cooled filtrate precipitated with test-solution of chloride of calcium, and the new filtrate heated to boiling, a white, granular precipitate will be produced. When strongly heated, the salt emits fumes having the odor of burnt sugar, and finally leaves a residue which should not have an alka- line reaction (fixed alkalies). Uses.—This salt is used as a bitter ferruginous tonic, in doses of three to five grains. SYRUPUS FERRI QUININ® ET STRYCHNIN-® PHOSPHATUM. Syrup of the Phosphates of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. This syrup is made by dissolving one hundred and thirty-three parts each of phosphate of iron and quinine, four parts of strychnine, six thousand parts of sugar in eight hundred parts of phosphoric acid, and sufficient distilled water to make ten thousand parts (see page 293). It is sometimes known as Easton’s Syrup. On keeping, it gradually de- posits an insoluble precipitate containing a portion of the alkaloids. The dose is one to two teaspoonfuls. 624 MANGANESE, IliON, AND CHROMIUM. FERRI ET AMMONII SULPHAS. U.S. Sulphate of Iron and Ammonium. [Ammonio-Ferric Sulphate. Ammonio-Ferric Alum. Iron Alum.] Fe2(NH4)2(S04)4.24H20; 963.8. Preparation.—Ammonio-ferric alum may be made by the process formerly officinal: Take of Solution of Tersulphate of Iron 2 pints, Sulphate of Ammo- nium 4\ oz. troy. Heat the Solution of Tersulphate of Iron to the boiling point, add the Sulphate of Ammonium, stirring until it is dis- solved, and set the liquid aside to crystallize. Wash the crystals quickly with very cold water, wrap them in bibulous paper, and dry them in the open air. Fe23S04 + (NH4)2S04 = Fe2(NH4)2(S04)4. Ferric Ammonium Ammonio-ferric Sulphate. Sulphate. Sulphate. It is well to choose the cold winter weather to prepare this salt, if it is possible to make a choice, as handsome crystals may then be obtained with little labor. This compound is not very stable, melting oftentimes in hot summer weather in its water of crystallization. Ferri et Ammonii Sulphas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Eeaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Pale violet, octahedral crystals, efflorescent on exposure to air. When strongly heated, the crystals fuse, lose their water of crystalliza- tion, swell up, and finally leave a pale brown residue. Odorless; acid, styp- tic taste; slightly acid reaction. Cold. 3 parts. Boiling. 0.8 part. Insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a blue precipitate with test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium. With solu- tion of potassa it affords a brown-red precipitate, and, if the mixture be heated, vapor of ammonia is evolved. With test-solution of chloride of barium it produces a white precipitate insolu- ble in hydrochloric acid. ' If all the iron be precipitated from a solution of the salt by heat- ing with an excess of solution of potassa, the resulting filtrate, Aluminium. when mixed and heated with test-solution of chloride of am- monium in excess, should not yield a white, gelatinous pre- cipitate. Uses.—Iron alum is used as a styptic in saturated solution. It par- takes more of the characteristics of an alum than of an iron salt. FERRI ET AMMONII TARTRAS. U. S. Tartrate of Iron and Ammonium. [Ammonio-Ferric Tartrate.] By measure. Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, 90 parts, or 13 fl. oz. Tartaric Acid, 60 parts, or 12 oz. av. Water of Ammonia, 72 parts, or fl. oz. Carbonate of Ammonium, Distilled Water, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM.. 625 To the Water of Ammonia, previously diluted with one hundred and eighty parts [or pints] of cold Water, add, constantly stirring, the Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, previously diluted with nine hundred parts [or 10 pints] of cold Water. Pour the whole on a wet muslin strainer, allow the precipitate to drain, then return it to the vessel and mix it intimately with one thousand parts [or 12 pints] of cold Water. Again drain it on the strainer and repeat the operation once, or oftener, until the washings cause but a slight cloudiness with test-solution of chloride of barium. Then allow the precipitate to drain completely. Dissolve one half of the Tartaric Acid in one hundred and thirty parts [or 1-| pints] of Distilled Water, neutralize the solution exactly with Carbonate ot Ammonium, then add the other half of the Tartaric Acid and dissolve by the application of a gentle heat. Then, while continu- ing the heat, which should not exceed 60° C. (140° F.), add the magma of hydrated oxide of iron, in small portions at a time, until it is no longer dissolved. Filter the solution, evaporate it, at the before-men- tioned temperature, to the consistence of syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in well-stopped bottles, in a dark place. Theoretically, this salt is supposed to have the following composi- tion : 2(Fe0)NH4,C4H406.3H20. The formula indicates a double tartrate, in wrhich the two basylous hydrogen atoms have been substi- tuted by one of iron and one of ammonium radical. The scaled salts are, however, not definite compounds. The object in this process is to form a compound in which ferric hydrate is made soluble by acid tartrate of ammonium, and the double salt tartrate of iron and ammonium is produced. Ferri et Ammonii Tartras. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Transparent scales, varying in color from gar- net-red to yellowish-brown, only slightly deliquescent. Odorless; sweetish and slightly ferru- ginous taste; neu- tral reaction. Very sol- uble. Insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt is not precipitated, but is rendered darker, by water of ammonia. If heated with solution of potassa, it yields a brown-red precipi- tate, and vapor of ammonia is evolved. On adding test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium to an aque- ous solution of the salt, no blue color or precipitate is produced unless the solution is acidulated with hydrochloric acid. If a solution of the salt be de- prived of iron by boiling with an excess of solution of soda, the concentrated and cooled filtrate, when supersaturated with acetic acid, will afford a white, crystalline precipitate. ’ When strongly heat- ed, the salt emits fumes having the odor of burnt su- gar, and finally Fixed Alka- leaves a residue lies. amounting to about 25 per cent, of the original weight, which should not have an alkaline reaction. Uses.—This preparation is a mild chalybeate, the dose being ten to thirty grains. 626 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. FERRI ET POTASSII TARTRAS. U. S. Tartrate of Iron and Potassium. [Potassio-Ferric Tartrate.] Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, 12 parts, or 13 fl. oz. Bitartrate of Potassium, 4 parts, or 6 oz. av. Distilled Water, 32 parts, or 3 pints. Water of Ammonia, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. To ten parts [or 15 fl. oz.] of Water of Ammonia, diluted with twenty parts [or 2 pints] of cold Water, add, constantly stirring, the Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, previously diluted with one hundred parts [or 9 pints] of cold Water. Pour the whole on a wet muslin strainer, allow the precipitate to drain, then return it to the vessel and mix it intimately with one hundred and twenty parts [or 11 pints] of cold Water. Again drain it on the strainer, and repeat the operation once, or oftener, until the washings produce but a slight cloudiness with test-solution of chloride of barium. Put the drained precipitate into a stone-ware or porcelain vessel, add to it thirty-two parts [or 3 pints] of Distilled Water, heat the mixture, on a water-bath, to a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), add the Bi tart rate of Potassium, and stir until the hydrated oxide of iron is dissolved. Filter while hot, and let the filtrate stand in a cool, dark place for twenty-four hours ; then stir it well with a porcelain or glass spatula, so that the precipitate which has formed in it may be thoroughly incorporated with the liquid. Now add, very cautiously, just enough Water of Ammonia to dissolve the precipitate, evaporate the solution, in a porcelain vessel, to the con- sistence of thick syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in well- stopped bottles, in a dark place. The intention in making tartrate of iron and potassium is to replace the hydrogen in the acid tartrate of potassium with iron, so that a double salt is produced like the tartrate of potassium and sodium. Ferri et Potassii Tartras. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Transparent, garnet-red scales, only slightly deliquescent. When strongly heated, the salt emits fumes having the odor of burnt sugar, and finally leaves a dark brown residue having a strongly alkaline reaction and effervescing with acids. Odorless; sweetish, slightly ferrugi- nous taste; neu- tral reaction. Very Insoluble. soluble. Tests for Identity. The aqueous solution of the salt is not precipitated, but is rendered darker, by water of ammonia. If heated with solution of potassa, it affords a brown-red precipitate, and a slight odor of am- monia is evolved. On adding test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium to an aqueous solution of the salt, no blue color or precipitate is produced, unless the solution is acidulated with hydrochloric acid. If a solution of the salt be deprived of its iron, by boiling with an excess of solution of soda, the concentrated and cooled filtrate, when supersaturated with acetic acid, will afford a white, crystalline precipitate. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 627 Uses.—This is a mild ferruginous tonic, and is given in doses of ten to thirty grains. The French use this salt by making it into an olive-shaped ball, to which a loop of string is attached; a lead-pencil or any convenient stick is run through the loop, and the ball suspended over a glass containing wine or water, at such a height as to dip into the liquid, so as to dissolve the necessary quantity: the liquid is soon impregnated with the iron salt, and a second dose is prepared like the first by refilling the glass. This form is called “ Boule de Mars,” and furnishes a ready method of obtaining a mild chalybeate draught. FERRI HYPOPHOSPHIS. U. S. Hypophosphite of Iron, Preparation.—This is among the hypophosphites brought into notice in consequence of their recommendation by Dr. Churchill in the treat- ment of phthisis, in which they were thought to be useful by the intro- duction of phosphorus into the system. This particular salt may be considered preferable to others when a marked condition of anaemia indicates a deficiency of iron in the tissues. It may be made by the action of hypophosphorous acid on carbonate of iron formed by pre- cipitation from ferrous sulphate; but, as some difficulty has been found in obtaining this acid perfectly pure, preference has been given to the plan of double decomposition. This salt may be made by causing ferrous sulphate and calcium hypophosphite to react on each other in molecular proportions represented by 480 grains of crystallized ferrous sulphate and 326 grains of commercial hypophosphite,—in the latter an allowance of 10 per cent, being made for impurities ordinarily found in that salt. These quantities will yield 320 grains of ferric hypophos- phite, and the reaction will be represented by the following formula: Fe2(H2P02)6; 501.8. [Ferric Hypophosphite.] Ca(H2P02)2 + FeS04 = CaS04 + Fe(H2P02)2. Calcium Ferrous Calcium Ferrous flypopliosphite. Sulphate. Sulphate. Hypophosphite. Calcium sulphate is precipitated, and ferrous hvpophosphite is held in solution. In this condition the salt is a ferrous compound; but on evaporation the ferrous salt becomes ferric, and acquires the properties detailed in the Pharmacopoeia. Ferri Hypophosphis. TJ. S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Other Solvents. A white or grayish-white pow- der, permanent in the air. Odorless; nearly tasteless. Slightly soluble, more readily so in presence of hypophos- phorous acid. Freely soluble in hy- drochloric acid or in solution of citrate of sodium, forming with the latter a green solution. 628 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Tests toe Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. When strongly heated in a dry test-tube, the salt evolves a spontaneously in- flammable gas (phosphoretted hydro- gen), and, on ignition, leaves behind ferric pyrophosphate. The salt is readily oxidized by nitric acid or other oxidizing agents. Ferric Phos- phate. The salt should be completely solu- ble in acetic acid. A solution of the salt in acetic acid, when mixed with test-solution of oxalate of ammonium, should not afford a white precipitate soluble in hydrochloric acid. Uses.—Hypophospliite of iron is given in anaemia and in cases of defective nerve-nutrition: it is administered in the form of pills, powders, or syrup. The dose is from five to ten grains. FERRI IODIDUM SACCHARATUM. U.S. Saccharated Iodide of Iron. Iron, in the form of fine wire, and cut into small pieces, 6 parts, or . . 30 grains. Iodine, 17 parts, or 85 grains. Distilled Water, 20 parts, or fl. dr. Sugar of Milk, 80 parts, or 400 grains. [Saccharated Ferrous Iodide.] Mix the Iron, Iodine, and Distilled Water in a flask of thin glass, shake the mixture occasionally until the reaction ceases and the solu- tion has acquired a green color and lost the smell of Iodine; then filter it through a wetted filter into a porcelain capsule containing forty parts [or 200 gr.] of Sugar of Milk. Rinse the flask and Iron Wire with a little Distilled Water, pass the rinsings through the filter into the cap- sule, and evaporate, on a water-bath, constantly stirring, until a dry mass remains. Transfer the mass quickly to a heated iron mortar con- taining the remainder of the Sugar of Milk, and reduce the whole to powder. Transfer the powder at once to small, well-dried bottles, which must be securely stopped, and kept in a cool and dark place. This process requires first the production of ferrous iodide (see Syrupus Ferri Iodidi, page 293); the solution is then evaporated quickly and granulated, diluted with sugar of milk, powdered, and at once introduced into bottles. This powder, upon keeping, is very apt to become oxidized and show the presence of free iodine. When of a brown color it should not be dispensed. Ferri Iodidum Saccharatum. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A yellowish-white or grayish powder, very hygroscopic. Soluble in 7 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), forming an almost clear solution ; only partially soluble in alcohol. Odorless; sweetish, ferrugi- nous taste; slightly acid reaction. 7 parts, form- ing an al- most clear solution. Partially soluble. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 629 Tests fob Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. The aqueous solution yields a blue pre- cipitate with test-solution of ferri- cyanide of potassium. If mixed with Salts or Al- When strongly heated, the com- pound swells up, chars, evolves the odor of iodine and of burnt sugar, some gelatinized starch and afterwards kalies. and, on ignition, leaves a residue, with a little chlorine water, the solu- tion assumes a deep blue color. On mixing an aqueous solution of 5 Gm. of Saccharated Iodide of Iron with a solution of 1 Gm. of nitrate of silver, Free Iodine. ■ which should yield nothing solu- ble to water. The color produced by adding to the salt some gelatinized starch, and afterwards a little chlorine water, and filtering, the filtrate should still should not be developed in the produce a precipitate or cloudiness with test-solution of nitrate of silver (presence of at least 20 per cent, of ferrous iodide). aqueous solution by gelatinized starch alone. SYRUPUS FERRI IODIDI. U.S. Syrup of Iodide of Iron. A syrupy liquid containing 10 per cent, of Ferrous Iodide [Fel2; 309.1]. This syrup is prepared by forming a solution of ferrous iodide by acting on iron wire with iodine in the presence of water; the green solu- tion of ferrous iodide is then protected by the addition of sugar, and the mixture is boiled and strained, and filled into small bottles accessible to daylight. The object of exposing the syrup to daylight is to prevent the separation of free iodine, to which the irritant action is due, the syrup being prone to decomposition and discoloration from this separation: when iodine is diffused through water and is exposed to light, colorless hydriodic acid is formed, and this is measurably protected from change through the intervention of the syrup. (See Syrupus Acidi Hydri- odici, page 289.) The dose of this syrup is from ten to thirty minims : it should be largely diluted, and sucked through a glass tube, to protect the teeth from injury. SYRUPUS FERRI BROMIDI. U. S. Syrup of Bromide of Iron. A syrupy liquid containing 10 per cent, of Ferrous Bromide [FeBr2; 215.5]. This syrup, like the preceding, is a solution of a ferrous salt preserved from decomposition by the use of sugar. Ferrous bromide is produced by the action of bromine upon iron in water, and the green solution is added to sugar, just as in the case of the syrup of ferrous iodide. It is given in doses of thirty to sixty minims. PILULES FERRI IODIDI. U.S. Pills of Iodide of Iron. The liability to decomposition of ferrous iodide has led to various forms of administration which will present it unaltered. The officinal pills of iodide of iron are directed to be coated with an ethereal solution of tolu to preserve them from change. The pills contain ferrous iodide, sugar, extract of glycyrrhiza, glycyrrhiza, and acacia. There is in each pill nearly one grain of ferrous iodide. Ferrous iodide is a valuable salt in diseases attended with anaemia which require the use of an alter- ative. The dose is one or two pills. 630 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Fe(C3H503)2.3H20; 287.9. FERRI LACTAS. U.S. Lactate of Iron. [Ferrous Lactate.] Preparation.—This salt may be made by the former officinal process : Take of Lactic Acid, 1 fl. oz.; Iron, in the form of filings, 240 grains; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Acid with a pint of Distilled Water in an iron vessel, add the Iron, and digest the mixture on a water-bath, supplying Distilled Water, from time to time, to pre- serve the measure. When the action has ceased, filter the solution, while hot, into a porcelain capsule, and set it aside to crystallize. At the end of forty-eight hours, decant the liquid, wash the crystals with a little alcohol, and dry them on bibulous paper. By evaporating the mother-water in an iron vessel to one-half, filtering while hot, and set- ting the liquid aside, more crystals may be obtained. Fe2 + 4HC3HA = 2Fe(C3H503)2 + H4. Iron. Lactic Acid. Ferrous Lactate. Hydrogen. Ferri Xactas. V. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Keaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Pale greenish-white, crystalline crusts or grains, permanent in the air. When heated on plati- num foil, the salt froths up, gives out thick, white, acrid fumes, and chars, a brown-red residue being finally left. Odorless; mild, sweetish, ferru- ginous taste; slightly acid re- action. Cold. 40 parts. Boiling. 12 parts. Almost insoluble. Freely soluble in solution of ci- trate of sodi- um, yielding a green solu- tion. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The aqueous solution yields a blue precipitate with test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium. If the salt be boiled for fifteen minutes with nitric acid of the sp. gr. 1.200, white, granular mucic acid will he deposited on cooling the liquid. Sulphate, Citrate, Tartrate. ’An aqueous solution of the salt should not be rendered more than faintly opales- cent by test-solution of ace- tate of lead. Uses.—Lactate of iron is used as a chalybeate because it is believed to be more readily assimilated than other iron salts. It is given in doses of one to five grains. FERRI OXALAS. U. S. Oxalate of Iron. FeC204.H20; 161.9. [Ferrous Oxalate.] Preparation.—The former officinal process may be used in making this salt: Take of Sulphate of Iron, 2 oz. troy ; Oxalic Acid, 436 grains; Dis- tilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron in 30 fl. oz., and the Oxalic Acid in 15 fl. oz. of Distilled Water. Filter the solutions, and, having mixed them with agitation, set aside the mixture until the precipitate is deposited. Decant the clear liquid, wash the precipitate until the washings cease to redden litmus, and dry it with a gentle heat. The insolubility of this salt is utilized in its preparation : ferrous sul- phate and oxalic acid are both soluble, but when their solutions are mixed insoluble ferrous oxalate is precipitated, and sulphuric acid is set free. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 631 Ferri Oxalas. U.8. and Taste. Water. Other Solvents. A pale yellow, or lemon-yellow, crys- talline powder, permanent in the air. When heated in contact with air, it decomposes with a faint com- bustion, and, on ignition, leaves a residue amounting to not less than 49.3 per cent, of the original weight. Odorless; nearly tasteless. Cold. Very slightly soluble. Boiling. Very slightly soluble. Soluble in cold, con- centrated hydro- chloric acid, and in hot, diluted sul- phuric acid. Tests fob Identity. On heating the salt with excess of test-solution of carbonate of sodium, it is decomposed, yielding a precipitate, which, when dissolved in diluted hydrochloric acid, affords a blue precipitate with test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium, and a filtrate which, when super- saturated with acetic acid, yields, with test-solution of chloride of calcium, a white precipi- tate soluble in hydrochloric acid. Uses.—It is doubtful whether the introduction of this salt has served a useful purpose. It is very nearly insoluble, and, although on this ac- count it has the advantage of being nearly tasteless, it is questionable whether sufficient dissolves in the stomach to have any perceptible effect. The dose is two to three grains. FERRI OXIDUM HYDRATUM. U.S. Hydrated Oxide of Iron. Fe2(HO)6; 213.8. [Ferric Hydrate.] By measure. Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, 10 parts, or 3 fl. oz. Water of Ammonia, 8 parts, or fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity. To the Water of Ammonia, previously diluted with twenty parts [or 8 fl. oz.] of cold Water, add, constantly stirring, the Solution of Ter- sulphate of Iron, previously diluted with one hundred parts [or pints] of cold Water. Pour the whole on a wet muslin strainer, and allow the precipitate to drain; then return it to the vessel and mix it intimately with one hundred and twenty parts [or 3 pints] of cold Water. Again drain it on the strainer and repeat the operation. Lastly, mix the precipitate with enough cold Water to make the mixture weigh twenty parts [or 8 oz. av.]. When Hydrated Oxide of Iron is to be made in haste for use as an antidote, the washing may be performed more quickly, though less perfectly, by pressing the strainer forcibly with the hands until no more liquid passes, and then adding enough Water to make the whole weigh about twenty parts [or 8 oz. av.]. Note.—The ingredients for preparing Hydrated Oxide of Iron as an antidote should always be kept on hand, in bottles holding, respect- ively, about 10 oz. troy or 300 Gm. of Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, and about 8 oz. troy or 240 Gm. of Water of Ammonia. The reaction is as follows : Fe23S04 + 6NIT4HO = Fe2(HO)6 + 3(NH4)2S04. Ferric Ammonium Ferric Ammonium Sulphate. Hydrate. Hydrate. Sulphate. 632 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Water of ammonia is preferred as the precipitant, because an excess is easily detected by the odor, and the salt formed is easily washed out. Uses,—This compound is used as the basis of several iron salts, citrate, tartrate, etc., and also as the antidote to poisoning by arsenic. For the latter purpose it should be administered freely. It acts by producing insoluble ferrous arseniate. 2Fe2(HO)6 + AsA = Fe3(As04)2 + Fe(HO)2 + 5HzO. Ferric Areeuious Ferrous Ferrous Water. Hydrate. Oxide. Arseniate. Hydrate. It should never be kept on hand, as it decomposes even wdien kept under water: the ingredients should always be kept already weighed out, placed in suitable bottles, and in an accessible and well-known place in the store, so that if wanted quickly it can be made without the un- necessary loss of a moment’s time. FERRI OXIDUM HYDRATUM CUM MAGNESIA. U.S. Hydrated Oxide of Iron with Magnesia. Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, 1000 grains (65.00 Gin.), or . 1 fl. oz. 6 fl. dr. Magnesia, 150 grains (10.00 Gm.), or 150 grains. Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 2 pints. Mix the Solution of Tersulphate of Iron with twice its weight (or volume) of Water, and keep the mixture in a well-stopped bottle. Rub the Magnesia with Water to a smooth and thin mixture, transfer this to a bottle capable of holding thirty-two fluidounees, or about one litre, and fill it up with Water. When the preparation is wanted for use, mix the two liquids by adding the Magnesia mixture, gradually, to the Iron solution, and shake them together until a homogeneous mass results. Note.—The diluted Solution of Tersulphate of Iron and the mixture of Magnesia with Water should always be kept on hand, ready for immediate use. Uses.—This preparation furnishes a ready and efficient antidote against arsenious acid. Ferric hydrate is produced when the mixture of magnesia is added to the diluted solution of tersulphate of iron, and, as the magnesia is in excess and acidity thus prevented, no harm can result from not separating the by-products of the reaction. It contains in addition magnesium sulphate and hydrate. It has been shown that no soluble compound with arsenic is formed when it is used as an anti- dote, and the presence of the magnesium salts, from a therapeutical point of view, is not at all objectionable. FERRI PHOSPHAS. U. S. Phosphate of Iron. [Ferric Phosphate.] Citrate of Iron, 5 parts, or io oz. av. Phosphate of Sodium, 6 parts, or 12 oz. av. Distilled Water, 10 parts, or 19 fl. oz. Dissolve the Citrate of Iron in the Distilled Water by heating on a water-bath. To this solution add the Phosphate of Sodium, and stir MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 633 constantly until it is dissolved. Evaporate the solution, at a tempera- ture not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), to the consistence of thick syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in well-stopped bottles, in a dark place. This is a scaled salt, and very different from the insoluble slate- colored powder of phosphate of iron formerly officinal. It is not a definite chemical compound, but is sometimes termed sodio-ferric citro- phosphate. It greatly resembles the officinal ferric pyrophosphate. Ferri Fhosphas. U. 8. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Thin, bright green, transparent scales, perma- nent in dry air when excluded from light, but turning dark on exposure to light. The aqueous solution of the salt is rendered blue by test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium, but does not yield a blue precipitate with this reagent, unless it has been acidulated with hydrochloric acid. Odorless; acidu- lous, slightly saline taste; slightly acid reaction. Freely and com- pletely soluble. Insoluble. Tests fob Identity. When heated with solution of potassa in excess, a brown-red precipitate is thrown down, and the filtrate, after being supersaturated with acetic acid, yields a light yellow precipitate with test-solution of nitrate of silver (difference from pyrophosphate). 100 parts of the salt represent about 13.5 parts of metallic iron. Uses.—This is a mild and safe ferruginous tonic. It is given in doses of five to ten grains. FERRI PYROPHOSPHAS. U.S. Pyrophosphate of Iron, [Ferric Pyrophosphate.] Citrate of Iron, 9 parts, or 9 oz. av. Pyrophosphate of Sodium, 10 parts, or io oz. av. Distilled Water, 18 parts, or 17 fl. oz. Dissolve the Citrate of Iron in the Distilled Water by heating, on a water-bath. To this solution add the Pyrophosphate of Sodium and stir constantly until it is dissolved. Evaporate the solution, at a tem- perature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), to the consistence of thick syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in well-stopped bottles, in a dark place. This compound is a mixture of several salts,—sodio-ferric pyrophos- phate, sodio-ferric citrate, and ferric citrate. It differs from the salt formerly officinal, which was the insoluble ferric pyrophosphate, Fe43P207, dissolved in solution of ammonium citrate: the ammonium salt is less stable than the sodium compound, being slowly decomposed on exposure to the air, and the process yielded an unsatisfactory product. 634 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Ferri Fyrophosphas. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Thin, apple-green, transparent scales, perma- nent in dry air when excluded from light, but turning dark on exposure to light. The aqueous solution of the salt is rendered blue by test-solution of ferrocyanide of potas- sium, but does not yield a blue precipitate with this reagent, unless it has been acidu- lated with hydrochloric acid. Odorless; acidu- lous, slightly saline taste; slightly acid reaction. Freely and com- pletely soluble. Insoluble. Tests foe Identity. When heated with solution of potassa in excess, a brown-red precipitate is thrown down, and the filtrate, after being supersaturated with acetic acid, yields a white precipitate with test- solution of nitrate of silver (difference from phosphate). 100 parts of the salt represent about 11.5 parts of metallic iron. Uses.—This is one of the best of the mild ferruginous preparations. It is very largely used on account of its solubility and the ease with which it can be administered either in pills or in solution. The dose is two to five grains. FERRI SULPHAS. U. S. Sulphate of Iron. Preparation.—This salt is rarely made by the pharmacist, because the commercial article is furnished much more cheaply than the salt made on the small scale. The following is the British process : Take of Iron Wire 4 oz. av.; Sulphuric Acid 4 fl. oz. [Imperial measure] ; Distilled Water 1J pints [Imp. meas.]. Pour the Water on the Iron placed in a porcelain dish, add the Sulphuric Acid, and, when the disengagement of gas has nearly ceased, boil for ten minutes. Filter now through paper, and, after the lapse of twenty-four hours, separate the crystals which have been deposited from the solution. Let these be dried on filtering paper placed on porous bricks, and be pre- served in a stoppered bottle. The salt is a by-product in the manufacture of hydrogen, the follow- ing being the reaction: FeS04.7H20 ; 277.9. [Ferrous Sulphate.] Fe2 + 2H2S04 = 2FeS04 + 4H. Iron. Sulphuric Ferrous Hydrogen. Acid. Sulphate. Ferri Sulphas. U.8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Large, pale bluish-green, monoelinic prisms, efflo- rescent and absorbing oxygen on exposure to air. When quickly heated, the crystals fuse. When slowly heated to 115° C. (239° F.), they fall to powder and lose 38.86 per cent, of their weight (water of crystallization). Odorless; saline, styptic taste; acid reaction. Cold. 1.8 parts. Boiling. 0.3 part. Insoluble. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 635 Tests foe Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests foe Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt affords a blue precipitate with test-solution of ferri- cyanide of potassium, and a white pre- Ferric Salt. • ' When the salt is acidulated with sulphuric acid, the solution should yield not more than a cipitate, insoluble in hydrochloric acid, with test-solution of chloride of barium. If 4.167 6m. of Sulphate of Iron are dis- solved in water acidified with diluted sul- Copper. faint white turbidity with hy- drosulphuric acid. 'When acidulated with sulphuric acid, the solution should yield phuric acid, and the solution treated with volumetric solution of bichromate of po- tassium, until a drop no longer gives a blue color with test-solution of ferri- cyanide of potassium, the required num- ber of C.c. of the volumetric solution, mul- tiplied by tioo, equals the percentage of unoxidized ferrous sulphate in crystals. no colored precipitate. Uses.—This is a very astringent iron salt. When used internally, the exsiccated salt is preferred. The impure ferrous sulphate, called copperas,1 is used as a disinfectant. The dose of the sulphate is one to two grains. FERRI SULPHAS EXSICCATUS. U.S. Dried Sulphate of Iron. FeS04.H20; 169.9. [Dried Ferrous Sulphate.] Sulphate of Iron, in coarse powder, a convenient quantity. Expose the Sulphate of Iron, in an unglazed earthen vessel, to a moderate heat, occasionally stirring, until it has effloresced. Then increase the heat to 149° C. (300° F.), and maintain it at that temperature until the salt ceases to lose weight. Lastly, reduce the residue to fine powder, and keep it in well-stopped bottles. This process does not deprive the ferrous sulphate of all of its water of crystallization, about 15 per cent, being retained. One hundred parts of crystallized sulphate of iron yield about 61 per cent, of the dried salt. Uses.—Dried sulphate of iron is a grayish-white powder, and is prin- cipally used in making pills, the crystallized sulphate being unfitted for the purpose on account of the large proportion of water that it contains. Five grains of the crystals are represented by three grains of the dried sulphate. It is used in the officinal pills of aloes and iron. FERRI SULPHAS PR2ECIPITATUS. U.S. Precipitated Sulphate of Iron. FeS04.7H20; 277.9. [Precipitated Ferrous Sulphate.] Sulphate of Iron, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Distilled Water, 170 parts, or 26 fl. oz. Sulphuric Acid, 4 parts, or 2% fl. dr. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron in the Distilled Water, previously- mixed with the Sulphuric Acid, and filter the solution. Allow the 1 This unfortunate synonyme, “copperas,” has led to a great many errors, through the im- pression that this salt must contain copper. It is often confounded with the poisonous salt sulphate of copper, or blue vitriol, and they have been substituted for each other* (See Synonymes, page 30.) 636 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. filtrate to become cold, pour it gradually, with constant stirring, into an equal volume of Alcohol [or 2 pints], and set the mixture aside for one day in a well-covered vessel. Drain the crystalline powder, which has settled, in a funnel, wash it with Alcohol, until the washings cease to redden blue litmus paper, fold it in a piece of muslin and press it gently. Finally, spread the powder on bibulous paper and dry it quickly in the sunlight, or in a dry-room, at the ordinary temperature, and keep it in well-stopped bottles. Ferrous sulphate is insoluble in alcohol: hence, if a strong aqueous solution is poured into alcohol, it is precipitated in the form of a granu- lar crystalline powder. Uses.—Precipitated sulphate of iron should be used in preference to the large crystals at the prescription counter ; the precipitation in alcohol not only furnishes it in a convenient form, but the soluble impurities are washed out. It is much less liable to oxidation and change than the ordinary crystallized sulphate. Ferri Sulphas Prsecipitatrus. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Beaction. Water. Alcohol. A very pale bluish-green, crystalline powder, efflo- rescent in dry air, but, when in contact with moist- ure, becoming gradually oxidized. It should respond to the same reactions and tests as sul- phate of iron (see Ferri Sulphas). Odorless ; saline, styptic taste; acid reaction. Cold. 1.8 parts. Boiling. 0.3 part. Insoluble. Quantitative Test. If 4.167 Gm. of Precipitated Sulphate of Iron are dissolved in water acidified with diluted sulphuric acid, and the solution treated with volumetric solution of bichromate of potassium, until a drop no longer gives a blue color with test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium, the required number of C.c. of the volumetric solution, multiplied by two, equals the percentage of unoxidized ferrous sulphate in crystals. FERRI VALERIANAS. U. S. Valerianate of Iron. Fe2(C5H902)6; 717.8. [Ferric Valerianate.] Preparation.—Ferric valerianate may be made by mixing solutions of ferric sulphate and sodium valerianate : double decomposition results in the precipitation of ferric valerianate, whilst sodium sulphate remains in solution. Ferri Valerianas. U.S. Odob and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A dark tile-red, amorphous powder, permanent in dry air. Faint odor of vale- rianic acid; mildly styptic taste. Cold. Insoluble. Boiling. Is decomposed, setting free the valerianic acid and leaving ferric hydrate. Readily soluble. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 637 Tests for Identity. When slowly heated, the salt parts with its acid without fusing, but, when rapidly heated, it fuses and gives off inflammable vapors having the odor of butyric acid. On ignition, ferric oxide remains. Mineral acids decompose the Valerianate, forming the respective ferric salts and liberating valerianic acid. Uses.—This salt is of very little use in pharmacy or medicine: it is rarely prescribed. The dose is one to ten grains. TINCTURA FERRI ACETATIS. U. S. Tincture of Acetate of Iron. [Tincture of Ferric Acetate.] This tincture is made by mixing fifty parts of solution of acetate of iron, thirty parts of alcohol, and twenty parts of acetic ether (see page 345). It decomposes in time, depositing an insoluble reddish-brown precipitate. The dose is from fifteen to thirty minims. LIQUOR FERRI ACETATIS. U.S. Solution of Acetate of Iron. An aqueous solution of Ferric Acetate [Fe2(C2H302)6; 465.8], containing 33 per cent, of the anhydrous salt. Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, 100 parts, or fl. oz. Glacial Acetic Acid, 26 parts, or fl. oz. Water of Ammonia, 80 parts, or 16 fl. oz. Water, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 1 pint. To the Water of Ammonia diluted with two hundred parts [or 2J pints] of cold Water, add, constantly stirring, the solution of Tersul- phate of Iron, previously diluted with three hundred and fifty parts [or 4 pints] of cold Water. Pour the whole on a wet muslin strainer, allow the precipitate to drain, then return it to the vessel, and mix it intimately with six hundred parts (or 7 pints) of cold water, again drain it on the strainer, and repeat the operation, until the washings cause but a slight cloudiness with test-solution of chloride of barium. Then allow the excess of Water to drain off, and press the precipitate, folded in the strainer, until its weight is reduced to seventy parts [or 14 oz. av.] or less. Add the precipitate to the Glacial Acetic Acid contained in a capacious por- celain capsule, and stir occasionally, until the oxide is entirely dissolved. Finally, add enough cold, Distilled Water to make the solution weigh one hundred parts [or measure 1 pint], and filter, if necessary. Solu- tion of Acetate of Iron should be kept in well-stopped bottles, protected from light. Liquor Ferri Aoetatis. U.8. Odoe, Taste, and Beaction. A dark red-brown, transparent liquid. Sp. gr. 1.160. Acetous odor; sweetish, faintly styptic taste; slightly acid reaction. 638 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Tests fob Identity and Quan- titative Test. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. The diluted Solution affords a brown-red precipitate with water of ammonia, and a Zinc, Copper. - If the iron be completely precipitated from the Solution by an excess of ammonia, a portion of the filtrate should not yield a blue precipitate with test- solution of ferrocyanide of potassium. When heated with sulphuric acid, the so- Fixed Alka- white or a dark-colored precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid. The Solution, after the iron has been com- pletely precipitated from it by an excess lution evolves acetous va- lies. of ammonia, should leave no fixed residue pors. 10 Gm. of the Solution mixed with a few drops of nitric acid, carefully evaporated Ferrous Salt. on evaporation and gentle ignition. A few drops of the Solution added to freshly prepared test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium should impart to it a pure and ignited, should yield a residue weighing 1.13 Gm. greenish-brown color without a trace of blue. Uses.—This solution has been made officinal, principally because it is used in making the tincture of acetate of iron. The dose is five minims. MISTURA FERRI ET AMMONII ACETATIS. U.S. Mixture of Acetate of Iron and Ammonium. This so-called mixture is a valuable solution. It is made by mixing two parts of tincture of chloride of iron, three parts of diluted acetic acid, twenty parts of solution of acetate of ammonium, ten parts of elixir of orange, fifteen parts of syrup, and fifty parts of water. It is a mild fer- ruginous solution, of very pleasant taste, and is often known as Basham’s mixture. It is given in doses of four fluidrachms to one fluidounce. LIQUOR FERRI NITRATIS. U.S. Solution of Nitrate of Iron. [Solution of Ferric Nitrate.] An aqueous solution of Ferric Nitrate [Fe2(N03)6; 483.8], containing about 6 per cent, of the anhydrous salt. Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, 18 parts, or 2 fl. oz. 5 fl. dr. Water of Ammonia, 15 parts, or 3 ft. oz. Nitric Acid, 7 parts, or t)/z fl. dr. Distilled Water, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 20 oz. av. To the Water of Ammonia previously diluted with forty parts [or 8 fl. oz.] of cold Water, add, constantly stirring, the Solution of Tersul- phate of Iron, previously diluted with one hundred parts [or 20 fl. oz.] of cold Water. Pour the whole on a wet muslin strainer, allow the precipitate to drain, then return it to the vessel and mix it intimately with one hundred parts [or 20 fl. oz.] of cold Water. Again drain it on a strainer and repeat the operation, until the washings cause but a very slight cloudiness with test-solution of chloride of barium. Then allow the excess of Water to drain off, transfer the precipitate to a capacious (tared) porcelain dish, and add the Nitric Acid, stirring till a clear solu- tion is obtained. Finally, add enough Distilled Water to make the solution weigh one hundred parts [or 20 oz. av.]. This solution is simply made by dissolving moist ferric hydrate in nitric acid. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 639 liquor Ferri Nitratis. U.S. Test fob Identity and Quantitative Test. A transparent, amber-cdlored or reddish liquid, without odor, having an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid re- action. Sp. gr. 1.050. The Solution affords a brown-red precipitate with water of ammonia, and a blue precipi- tate with test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium. If a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate be added to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and of the Solution, the crystal rapidly becomes brown and surrounded by a brownish-black zone. 10 Gm. of the Solution, when precipitated by water of ammonia in excess, yield a precipitate, which, when washed, dried, and ignited, should weigh 0.2 Gm. Uses.—This solution is tonic and astringent. It is given in doses of five to ten minims. LIQUOR FERRI SUBSULPHATIS. U. S. Solution of Subsulphate of Iron. [Solution of Basic Ferric Sulphate. Monsel’s Solution.] An aqueous solution of Basic Ferric Sulphate rFe.OfSOA: 719.61, containing 43.7 per cent, of the salt. Sulphate of Iron, 77 parts, or 13 oz. av. Sulphuric Acid, 7 parts, or 1 oz. av. 72 gr. Nitric Acid, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 114 parts, or 19 oz. av. Mix the Sulphuric Acid with eleven parts [or 1 oz. av. 360 gr.] of Nitric Acid and fifty parts [or 8 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water in a ca- pacious porcelain capsule, and, having heated the mixture to the boiling point, add the Sulphate of Iron (one-fourth of it at a time), stirring after each addition until effervescence ceases. Should the addition of a few drops of Nitric Acid cause a further evolution of red fumes, cau- tiously add Nitric Acid until red fumes cease to be evolved. Then keep the solution in brisk ebullition until nitrous vapors are no longer per- ceptible, and the liquid assumes a deep ruby-red tint. Lastly, add enough Distilled Water to make the solution weigh one hundred and fourteen parts [or 19 oz. av.]. Solution of Subsulphate of Iron is to be dispensed when Solution of Persulphate of Iron is prescribed by the physician. When ferrous sulphate is added to a hot mixture of nitric and sul- phuric acids, a copious evolution of reddish-yellow vapors of nitrogen tetroxide takes place, and the iron assumes a blackish tint, due to the formation of a compound of the ferrous sulphate with the nitric oxide. This black color disappears under the influence of heat, and, when effer- vescence ceases, the dark reddish-brown liquid is left which is widely known as MonseVs Solution (see Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis). Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A dark reddish-brown, almost syrupy liquid. Sp. gr. 1.555. The diluted Solution affords a brown-red pre- cipitate with water of ammonia, a blue one with test- solution of ferrocyanide of potassium, and a white one, insoluble in hydrochloric acid, with test-solution of chloride of barium. Odorless, or nearly so; extremely astrin- gent taste, free from causticity; acid reaction. Miscible in all proport ions with water and alcohol without de- composition. 640 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Test fob Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. On slowly mixing 2 volumes of the Solu- tion with 1 volume of concentrated sul- phuric acid, in a beaker, the mixture ' On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sul- separates a solid, white mass on standing (difference from tersulphate). 10 6m. of the Solution, when completely precipitated by excess of water of am- monia, yield a precipitate, which, when washed, dried, and ignited, should weigh Nitric phuric acid and a diluted portion Acid. of the Solution, the crystal should not become brown, nor should there be a brownish-black zone devel- oped around it. ' A few drops added to freshly pre- 1.938 Gm. Ferrous Salt. pared test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium should impart to it a pure, greenish-brown color, with- out a trace of blue. Uses.—This preparation is probably the most valuable officinal styptic solution. It is less irritating than the solution' of the tersul- phate, owing to the smaller proportion of sulphuric acid. It is used externally in stopping hemorrhages, and internally in doses of three to six minims, largely diluted with water. LIQUOR FERRI TERSULPHATIS. U.S. Solution of Tersulphate of Iron. [Solution op Normal Ferric Sulphate.] An aqueous solution of Normal Ferric Sulphate [Fe2(S04)3; 399.8], containing 28.7 per cent, of the salt. Sulphate of Iron, 80 parts, or 8 oz. av. Sulphuric Acid, 15 parts, or i}4 oz. av. Nitric Acid, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 200 parts, or 20 oz. av. Mix the Sulphuric Acid with eleven parts [or 1 oz. av. 45 gr.] of Nitric Acid and with fifty parts [or 5 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water in a capacious porcelain capsule, and, having heated the mixture to the boil- ing point, add the Sulphate of Iron (one-fourth of it at a time), stir- ring, after each addition, until effervescence ceases. Should the addition of a few drops of Nitric Acid cause a further evolution of red fumes, cautiously add Nitric Acid until red fumes cease to be evolved. Then continue the heat until the solution acquires a reddish-brown color and is free from nitrous odor. Lastly, add enough Distilled Water to make the whole weigh two hundred parts [or 20 oz. av.]. This solution differs from the solution of subsulphate of iron merely in containing a larger proportion of sulphuric acid. It has the sp. gr. 1.320, and is a solution of the true persulphate Fe2(S04)3, or normal ferric sulphate. Solution of persulphate of iron is the name under which Monsel’s solution is erroneously prescribed. The latter is a solution of a subsalt, Fe40(S04)5. The reaction is as follows : 6FeS04 + 3H2S04 + 2HX03 = 3(Fe23S04) + 2X0 + 4H20, Ferrous Sulphuric Nitric Ferric Nitrogen Water. Sulphate. Acid. Acid. Sulphate. Dioxide. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 641 Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. A dark reddish-brown liquid. The diluted So- lution affords a brown-red precipitate with water of ammonia, a blue one with test-solu- tion of ferrocyanide of potassium, and a white one, insoluble in hydrochloric acid, with test-solution of chloride of barium. Almost odorless; acid, strongly styptic taste; acid reaction. Miscible in all propor- tions with- out decom- position. Miscible in all propor- tions with- out decom- position. Test fob Identity and Quantita- tive Test. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. On slowly mixing 2 volumes of the Solution with 1 volume of con- centrated sulphuric acid, in a beaker, the mixture does not separate a solid, white mass on standing (difference from subsul- phate). 10 Gm. of the Solution, when com- pletely precipitated by excess of water of ammonia, yield a pre- cipitate, which, when washed, dried, and ignited, should weigh 1.147 Gm. ' On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sul- phate to a cooled mixture of equal vol- umes of concentrated sulphuric acid TV!*™ aad a moderately diluted portion of the Solution, the crystal should not become brown, nor should there be a brownish-black zone developed around it. 'A few drops added to freshly prepared test-solution of ferricyanide of potas- Ferrous Salt. sium should impart to it a pure green- ish-brown color without a trace of blue. Uses.—This solution is largely used in pharmacy in preparing ferric hydrate through precipitation with ammonia. From this many of the iron salts and solutions are made. It is not used medicinally to any great extent, the solution of the subsulphate of iron being preferred. Chromium occurs in nature as chrome-iron ore, large deposits of which are found in Southeastern Pennsylvania. This metal is brittle, of a grayish-white color, and very hard, being capable of scratching glass. It forms five compounds with oxygen: 1. Monoxide, or chromous oxide, CrO. 2. Trichromic tdroxide, Cr304. 3. Sesquioxide, or chromic oxide, Cr203. 4. Dioxide, Cr02. 5. Chromium trioxide, Cr03. The latter alone and its salts are of pharmaceutical interest. Chromium. Cr; 52.4. Tests for Chromium Salts. 1. Ammonium sulphide precipitates from solutions of chromium salts a greenish precipitate of chromic hydroxide. 2. Sodium or potassium hydrate also produces a precipitate of chromic hydroxide, soluble in excess. 3. Soluble lead salts produce yellow precipitates of lead chromate (chrome yellow). Officinal Preparations containing Chromium. Officinal Name. Preparation. Acidum Chromicum . . Made by decomposing potassium bichromate with sulphuric acid. Potassii Bichromas. . . Made by removing one-half of the potassium from potassium chromate with sulphuric acid, evaporating and crystal- lizing (see page 497). 642 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Unofficinal Preparations of Chromium. Chromii Bromidum, Cr2Br6, = 583.6. By passing bromine vapor over an ignited mixture Bromide of Chromium. of chromic oxide with charcoal and starch paste. Chromii Dichloridum, CrCl2, = 123.2. By passing dry chlorine gas over a red-hot mix- Dichloride of Chromium. ture of charcoal and chromic oxide. Chromii Fluoridum, = 218.8. By treating chromic oxide, dried, but not ignited, Fluoride of Chromium. with excess of hydrofluoric acid, and heating the dried mass very strongly in a platinum cru- cible. Chromii Iodidum, = 864.4. By treating silver chromate with hydriodic acid Iodide of Chromium. and alcohol. Chromii Sulphas, Cr2(S04)s.5H20, = 482.8. By dissolving chromic oxide in strong sulphuric Sulphate of Chromium (Green). acid at a temperature between 50° and 60° C. ACIDUM CHROMICUM. U. S. Chromic Acid. Preparation.—Chromic acid is readily obtained by mixing one hun- dred measures of a cold saturated solution of potassium bichromate with one hundred and fifty measures of sulphuric acid, and allowing the mixture to cool. The sulphuric acid unites with the potassium, and sets free the chromic anhydride, which is deposited in crystals. The mother-liquor having been poured off, these are transferred to a glass funnel, and the mother-liquor displaced by nitric acid; they are then placed upon a tile to drain, covered with a glass bell-jar. Chromic acid should be preserved in glass-stoppered vials. CrOs; 100.4. K2Cr207 + 2H2S04 = 2CrOa + 2KHSO, + H20. Potassium Sulphuric Chromic Potassium Water. Bichromate. Acid. Acid. Acid Sulphate. Acidum Chromicum. U.S. Odor and Re- action. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Small, crimson, needle-shaped or columnar crystals, deliquescent, having a caustic effect upon the skin and other animal tissues. Odorless; acid reaction. Very soluble, forming an orange - red solution. Brought in con- tact with alcohol, mutual decom- position takes place. Tests fob Identity, Impurities. Test for Impurities. When heated to about 190° C. (374° F.), the acid melts, and at 250° C. (482° F.) it is mostly decomposed with the formation of dark green chromic oxide and the evolu- tion of oxygen. On contact, trituration, or warming with strong alcohol, glycerin, spirits of nitrous ether, or other easily oxidizable substances, it is liable to cause sudden combustion or explosion. Sulphuric Acid. If 1 Gm of the acid be dissolved in 100 C.c. of cold water and mixed with 10 C.c. of hydro- chloric acid, the further addi- tion of 1 C.c. of test-solution of chloride of barium should cause not more than a white turbidity. Uses.—Chromic acid, or, more properly, chromic anhydride, is a powerful caustic and antiseptic: it parts with its combined oxygen with great facility. It is a very effective caustic in destroying warty growths. Care must be used, in mixing it with glycerin, sugar, or similar deoxi- dizing bodies, to avoid explosions. It is not used internally. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 643 QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XLIV. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Manganese—Give Latin name, symbol, and atomic weight. How is it found ? How many compounds does it form with oxygen ? Give their names and chemical composition. What are the tests for the salts of manganese ? Black oxide of manganese—What is it ? How much per cent, of pure binoxide of manganese does it contain ? Does the commercial article always contain this much ? How may its quality be tested ? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Sulphate of manganese—Give Latin name, formula in symbols and molecular weight. Give Prof. Diehl’s process for making this salt. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected 9—viz.: Zinc; iron ; copper; alka- lies or magnesia. What is the dose ? Permanganate of potassium—Give Latin name. Iron—Give Latin name, symbol, and atomic weight. With which of the non-metallic elements does it not comb: What compounds does it form with oxygen? What are the tests for iron salts ? In what form is iron officinal ? Reduced iron—Give Latin name. Describe Prof. Procter’s process for making it. How may its quality be tested ? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. Saceharated cai'bonate of iron—Give Latin name. What is the dose ? How is it prepared ? Give rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility How may impurity of sulphate be detected ? What is the dose ? Mass of carbonate of iron—Give Latin name. What was the title of this preparation in U. S. P., 1870? How is it made ? Describe rationale of process. What are syrup and honey used for in this preparation ? What is a common or popular name for it? Compound iron mixture—Give Latin name. Upon what ingredient does the usefulness of this depend Compound pills of iron—Give Latin name. What is the composition of one of these pills ? Chloride of iron—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Is this a ferrous or ferric salt ? How is it made ? Describe rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Zinc and copper; fixed alkalies ; nitric acid ; ferrous salt; oxychloride. What is the dose ? Solution of chloride of iron—Give Latin name. How much anhydrous ferric chloride does it contain How is it made? If this solution when finished has a blackish color, what is indicated ? What is the remedy ? If a brown precipitate occurs upon dilution or standing, what is indicated ? What is the remedy ? Describe rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Zinc, copper; fixed alka- lies ; nitric acid; ferrous salt; oxychloride. 644 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. What are its uses ? Tincture of chloride of iron—Give Latin name. How is this tincture prepared ? What is the object of allowing the mixture to stand three months before it is to be used ? If a brownish-red precipitate occurs upon diluting the solution of chloride of iron, what is indicated ? What is the dose ? Citrate of iron—Give the Latin name. How is it prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may impurities of fixed alkalies be detected ? What is the dose? • Citrate of iron and ammonium—Give Latin name. How is it prepared ? What is Lloyd's modification of this process ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Fixed alkalies. What is the dose ? Solution of citrate of iron—What is its Latin officinal name ? How much anhydrous ferric citrate does it contain ? How is it prepared ? Describe rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the strength of this preparation as compared with the scaled salt ? What is the dose ? Wine of citrate of iron—What is the Latin name ? How is it made ? What is the dose ? Citrate of iron and quinine—Give the Latin name. How is it prepared ? To what is the green color of the salt as frequently found in the market owing ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may its quality be tested ? What is the dose ? Solution of citrate of iron and quinine—How is this solution prepared? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give teste for identity. How much quinine should it contain ? How may its quality be tested ? How does it compare in strength with the scaled salt ? How is bitter wine of iron made? What is the dose? Citrate of iron and strychnine—How is this salt prepared ? How much strychnine does it contain ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give teste for identity. What is the dose ? Syrup of the phosphates of iron, quinine, and strychnine—What is the Latin name ? How is it made ? What is a common or popular name for it ? What is its dose ? Sulphate of iron and ammonium—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. What is its symonyme? Describe the process (formerly officinal) by which it may be made. With how many molecules of water does the salt crystallize ? Is it a stable compound ? Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may impurity of aluminium be detected ? What is its use ? Tartrate of iron and ammonium—How is it made ? What is its chemical composition, theoretically ? Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give teste for identity. How may impurity of fixed alkalies be detected ? How is tartrate of iron and potassium made ? Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? What is “ Boule de Mars,” and how is it used ? Hypophosphite of iron—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Describe rationale of process. MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. 645 Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Ferric phosphate; calcium. What is the dose ? Saccharated iodide of iron—Give Latin name. How is it made ? Is it liable to change on keeping? What change takes place? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Salts or alkalies; free iodine. Syrup of iodide of iron—How much ferrous iodide does it contain ? How is it made ? What is the object of exposing this syrup to the light? What is the dose, and how should it be taken ? How is syrup of bromide of iron prepared ? How much ferrous bromide does it contain? What is the dose ? How are pills of iodide of iron prepared to preserve them from change ? How much ferrous iodide is there in each pill ? What is the dose ? Lactate of Iron—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Describe the process (formerly officinal) for making it. Describe rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Sulphate, citrate, or tar- trate ? What is the dose ? Oxalate of iron—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Describe the process (formerly officinal) for making it. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. Is this a valuable preparation ? Why ? What is the dose ? Hydrated oxide of iron—How is it prepared ? What is the advantage of keeping the ingredients on hand ? Why is ammonia preferred to other alkalies as a precipitant ? For what purposes is it used ? When used as an antidote to poisoning by arsenic, how does it act? Does this preparation keep well ? Hydrated oxide of iron with magnesia—How is it made ? What is its use, and what are its advantages ? Phosphate of iron—How is it made ? Is this a definite chemical compound ? What other salt does it closely resemble ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Pyrophosphate of iron—How is this made ? What is this salt chemically ? In what respect does it differ from the salt which was formerly officinal? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Sulphate of iron—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. What is the British process for making this salt ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Ferric salt; copper. What is the popular name of the impure ferrous sulphate ? How much water of crystallization do the crystals contain ? Dried sulphate of iron—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? How many parts of the dried salt will 100 parts of the crystallized salt make ? Precipitated sulphate of iron—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molec- ular weight. Does this differ in composition from “ ferri sulphas” ? How is it prepared ? What is the use of alcohol in this formula ? What advantages does this powder possess over the ordinary form of crystals ? 646 MANGANESE, IRON, AND CHROMIUM. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may its quality be tested ? Valerianate of iron—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. How may this salt be made ? Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Tincture of acetate of iron—Give Latin name. How is this tincture made? What is the dose? Solution of acetate of iron—Give Latin name. How much anhydrous ferric acetate does it contain ? Ferric acetate—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is the solution prepared ? Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Zinc or copper; fixed alkalies; ferrous salt. What is the dose ? Mixture of acetate of iron and ammonium—What is the Latin name ? How is it made ? What is its popular name ? Is this preparation properly named ? Why ? What should it be called ? What is the dose ? Solution of nitrate of iron—Give the Latin name. How much anhydrous ferric nitrate does it contain ? Ferric nitrate—Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is the solution made ? Give description and specific gravity. Describe the odor, taste, and chemical reaction. What is the dose ? How may its quality be estimated ? Solution of subsulphate of iron— What synonymes lias this solution ? How much basic ferric sulphate does it contain ? How is it prepared ? Give description and specific gravity. Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Nitric acid; ferrous salt. What is the dose? Solution of tersulphate of iron—What is the Latin name ? What sulphate of iron does this solution contain, and how much ? How is it made ? Describe the rationale of the process. Wherein does this solution differ from the solution of the subsulphate of iron ? Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Nitric acid; ferrous salt. For what is this solution used ? Chromium—What is its formula in symbols ? What is its molecular weight ? How does it occur in nature, and whence is it obtained ? What compounds does it form with oxygen ? What are the tests for chromium salts ? Chromic acid—What is the Latin name? What is its formula in symbols ? What is its molecular weight? How is it obtained ? Describe the rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may impurity of sulphuric acid be detected ? What are its uses ? Why should care be used in mixing it with deoxidizing bodies ? CHAPTER XLV. NICKEL, COBALT, AND TIN. Ni; 58. Co; 58.9. Sn; 117.7. Neither of these metals nor any of their compounds are considered of sufficient medicinal importance to give them a place in the U. S. Phar- macopoeia. Their salts are sometimes used medicinally, and two of the metals are important in many respects, particularly in the arts. This metal is found in magnetic pyrites in Pennsylvania; also as arsenide or kupfernickel in Germany and Sweden, and as a silicate in New Caledonia. Its sp. gr. is 8.9. It is a white, malleable metal, and forms with copper a valuable alloy, known as German silver. This alloy is also used for making coins. Salts of nickel are very largely employed in electro-plating. Nickel. Ni; 58. Tests for Compounds of Nickel. 1. Ammonium sulphide produces with a solution of a nickel salt a black precipitate (sulphide), insoluble in diluted hydrochloric acid, but soluble in hot nitric acid. 2. Potassium or sodium hydrate produces with nickel salts pale green precipitates of hydroxide insoluble in an excess. 3. Potassium cyanide produces a green precipitate with a solution of a nickel salt, soluble in an excess, but reprecipitated by hydrochloric acid. Unofficinal Salts of Nickel. Niccoli Bromidum, NiBr2, = 217.6. By dissolving nickel carbonate in hydrobromic acid, Bromide of Nickel. concentrating, then crystallizing. Niccoli Carbonas, Ni(X>3, = 118. By heating nickel chloride with an alkaline carbonate Carbonate of Nickel. in sealed tubes and collecting the powder. Niccoli Chloridum, NiCh, = 128.8. 'Sy heating nickel filings to low redness in a stream Chloride of Nickel. of chlorine. Niccoli Cyanidum, NiCN2, = 98. By adding to a solution of potassium cyanide a solution Cyanide of Nickel. of any nickel salt in slight excess and collecting the precipitate. Niccoli Sulphas, NiS04.7H20, = 280. By dissolving pure nickel carbonate in diluted sulphuric Sulphate of Nickel. acid, concentrating the solution, then crystallizing. This metal is usually found associated with arsenical ores. It is white, tough, and brittle, unalterable in the air, and strongly mag- netic. Sp. gr. 8.5. It forms two classes of salts, cobaltous and cobaltic, in this respect resembling iron. The native ore skutterudite, Cobalt. Co; 58.9. 647 648 NICKEL, COBALT, AND TIN. CoAs3, and other cobalt minerals containing arsenic, are often sold in commerce under the name of flystone. It is used as a fly-poison by breaking it into small fragments and mixing them with sweetened water. The chloride and sulphocyanate of cobalt have been used to make barometer paper, by dipping ordinary white paper into a solution and drying it: when dry the color is blue, but an increase of moisture in the air changes the color to pink. Cobalt forms no officinal salts, and none of the unofficinal salts are of pharmaceutical interest. 1. Ammonium sulphide produces in a solution of a cobaltous salt a black precipitate (sulphide), insoluble in diluted hydrochloric acid. 2. Solution of potassa produces with a solution of a cobaltous salt a blue precipitate, changing by heat first to a violet and subsequently to a red color. 3. Potassium cyanide produces a yellowish-brown precipitate, soluble in an excess; the clear solution after being boiled does not afford a precipitate with hydrochloric acid (difference from nickel salts). Tests for Salts of Cobalt. The sulphide and oxide are the forms in which tin is usually found. Tin is a valuable white metal, of a silvery color, which, when bent, emits a peculiar crackling sound. Its sp. gr. is 7.3. It forms two classes of compounds, called stannous and stannic salts. These are not used to any extent in medicine or pharmacy, but are of great importance in the arts. Tin. Sn; 117.7. Tests for Compounds of Tin. 1. Potassium or sodium hydrate produces in a solution of a salt of tin a white precipitate (hydroxide), soluble in an excess. 2. Water of ammonia produces a white precipitate (hydroxide) with a solution of a stannous salt, nearly insoluble in an excess. The same reagent with a stannic salt produces a similar white precipitate (hydroxide), slightly soluble in an excess. 3. Ammonium sulphide produces in solutions of stannous salts a brownish-black precipitate, soluble in an excess (if an excess of sulphur be present in the reagent). The yellow sulphide is precipitated from this solution on the addition of an acid. Ammonium sulphide with stannic salts produces a yellow precipitate, soluble in an excess. 4. Mercuric chloride in contact with stannous salts is reduced to mer- curous chloride or metallic mercury; no change occurs when it is added to stannic salts. Unofficinal Salts of Tin. Stanni Chloridum, SnC]2,2H20, = 224.5. By dissolving tin in hot hydrochloric acid. Chloride of Tin (tin salt). Stanni Sulphidutn, SnS, = 149.7. By passing hydrosulphuric acid gas into a solution of stannic chloride. Sodii Stannas, Na2Sn0s, = 211.7. By boiling tin ore with solution of caustic soda. Aciduin Stannicum, Sn02,211*0, = 185.7. By precipitating a solution of an alkaline stannate with an acid. Acidum Metastannicuin, 5Sn02,10H20, = 928.5. By acting on tin with nitric acid. CHAPTER XLVI. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. Pb; 206.5. Cu; 63.2. Ag; 107.7. Hg; 199.7. This group embraces four well-known metals, which furnish com- pounds of great value as medicines. They are allied to one another chemically, although they differ greatly in their physical properties. Lead. Pb; 206.5. Lead is obtained from the native sulphide, galena, by roasting in a reverberatory furnace. It is often associated with silver. It is a heavy, soft, bluish metal, with a specific gravity of 11.45. Lead forms five compounds with oxygen: 1. Suboxide, Pb20. 2. Monoxide, PbO. 3. Sesquioxide, Pb203. 4. Dioxide, Pb02. 5. Triplumbic tetroxide, Pb304. Tests for Compounds of Lead. 1. Hydrosulphuric acid or ammonium sulphide precipitates the in- soluble black sulphide from salts of lead. 2. Sulphuric acid or a sulphate causes the precipitation of the white sulphate, insoluble in nitric acid. 3. The alkaline carbonates (sodium, potassium, and ammonium) pre- cipitate lead carbonate, insoluble in an excess. Poisonous Properties of Lead and its Compounds. Pure water dissolves appreciable quantities of lead through the for- mation of a slightly soluble hydroxide or carbonate. If traces of sul- phates or chlorides be present in the water, an insoluble coating is formed on the surface of the metal, which protects it from further de- composition. Lead pipes and lead tanks for containing drinking-water should be used with care (see U. S. Dispensatory, 16th ed., page 1178). Officinal Preparations of Lead. Officinal Name. Preparation. Plumbi Acetas Made by treating lead oxide with acetic acid, evaporating and crystallizing. Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis .... By boiling solution of lead acetate with lead oxide. Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus . By diluting 3 parts of solution of subacetate of lead with 97 parts of water. Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis .... By mixing 20 parts of solution of subacetate of lead with 80 parts of camphor cerate. 650 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. Officinal Name. . Preparation. Linimentum Plumbi Subacetatis . . By mixing 40 parts of solution of subacetate of lead with 60 parts of cotton seed oil. Plumbi Carbonas By acting on metallic lead with fumes of acetic acid and decaying matter. Unguentum Plumbi Carbonatis . . By rubbing 10 parts of lead carbonate with 90 parts of benzoinated lard. Plumbi Iodidum By double decomposition between lead nitrate and potassium iodide. Unguentum Plumbi Iodidi .... By rubbing 10 parts of lead iodide with 90 parts of benzoinated lard. Plumbi Nitras By treating lead oxide with diluted nitric acid, evaporating and crystallizing. Plumbi Oxidum By roasting lead ore in reverberatory furnaces Unguentum Diachylon By diluting lead plaster with olive oil and add- ing a little oil of lavender. Emplastrum Plumbi By boiling lead oxide with olive oil and water. Unofficinal Preparations of Lead. Plumbi Binoxidum, Pb02, = 238.5. By treating red lead with diluted nitric acid and collect- Binoxide of Lead. ing the insoluble powder. Plumbi Bromidum, PbBra, = 366.5. By making separate solutions of lead acetate and potas- Bromide of Lead. sium bromide, mixing them, and collecting the precipi- tate. Plumbi Chloridum, PbCL, = 277.3. By dissolving lead acetate in water and adding hydro- chloride of Lead. chloric acid, then collecting the precipitate. Plumbi Chloris, Pb(C102)2> = 341.3. By making separate solutions of lead nitrate and neutral Chlorite of Lead. calcium chlorite, mixing them, and collecting the pre- cipitate. Plumbi Chromas, PbCrCU, = 322.9. By making separate solutions of lead nitrate and potas- Chromate of Lead. sium bichromate, mixing them, and collecting the pre- cipitate. Plumbi Oxidum Rubrum, PbsO*, = By heating massicot to near 450° C. (840° F.); it gradu- 683.5. ally combines with the oxygen of the air, which con- Red Oxide of Lead. verts it into red lead. Plumbi Saccharas. By saturating a solution of saccharic acid in water with Saccharate of Lead. freshly precipitated lead carbonate gradually added. Plumbi Sulphas, PbSOi, = 302.5. By dissolving lead nitrate in water and adding sulphuric Sulphate of Lead. acid, then collecting the precipitate. Plumbi Tannas. By adding a solution of tannin to one of lead acetate Tannate of Lead. and collecting the precipitate. Officinal Preparations of Lead.—(Continued.) PLUMBI ACETAS. U.S. Acetate of Lead. Pb(C2H302)2.3H20; 378.5. [Sugar of Lead.] Preparation.—This important salt is made by adding lead oxide to acetic acid, and gently heating the mixture until combination takes place. PbO + 2HC2H302 = Pb(C2H802)2 + H20. Lead Oxide. Acetic Acid. Lead Acetate. Water. The commercial salt is unfit for pharmaceutical uses; it is not ex- pected to be pure, and usually contains both carbonate and oxide. The officinal salt is thus described : Plumbi Acetas. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, shining, transparent, prismatic crys- Faintly acetous odor; sweetish, astringent, afterwards metallic Cold. Cold. tals or scales, efflorescent and attracting car- bonic acid on exposure to air. The solutions 1.8 parts. 8 parts. exhibit generally a slight turbidity, which taste; faintly acid re- Boiling. Boiling. is removed by the addition of a few drops of acetic acid. action. 0.5 part. 1 part. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 651 Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. When heated, the salt melts, then be- gins to lose water and acetic acid, and at a higher temperature it is decomposed. The aqueous solution yields a black precipitate with hy- drosulphuric acid, a white one with diluted sulphuric acid, and a yellow one with test-solution of iodide of potassium. On heating the salt with sulphuric acid, acetous vapors are evolved. Zinc, Alka- lies or Alka- ■ line Earths. Copper. ' The aqueous solution of the salt, when completely precipitated by hydrosul- phuric acid, should yield a filtrate which leaves no residue on evapo- ration. On precipitating a 10 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt with diluted sul- phuric acid, the filtrate, when super- saturated with ammonia, should not exhibit a blue tint. Uses.—Acetate of lead is a valuable astringent and sedative: it is used both internally and externally. The dose is from one to three grains. Its solution in water is turbid, due to the formation of a trace of carbonate through the carbonic acid present in the water: this pre- cipitate may be dissolved by the addition of a little acetic acid. LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS. U. S. Solution of Subacetate of Lead. An aqueous liquid containing in solution about 25 per cent, of Subacetate of Lead. By measure. Acetate of Lead, 170 parts, or 4 oz. av. 150 gr. Oxide of Lead, 120 parts, or 3 oz. av. 30 gr. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 20 fl. oz. Dissolve the Acetate of Lead in eight hundred parts [or 20 fl. oz.] of boiling, Distilled Water, in a glass or porcelain vessel. Then add the Oxide of Lead and boil for half an hour, occasionally adding enough hot, Distilled Water to make up the loss by evaporation. Remove the heat, allow the liquid to cool, and add enough Distilled Water, pre- viously boiled and cooled, to make the product weigh one thousand parts [or measure 20 fl. oz.]. Finally, filter the liquid in a well-covered funnel. Solution of Subacetate of Lead should be kept in well-stopped bottles. The object of this process is to furnish a concentrated solution of a lead compound containing a small proportion of acetic acid. The “ subacetate” is not a definite salt, but as found in the officinal solu- tion it is a mixture of oxyacetates, produced by boiling the normal acetate in water in contact with the oxide. 3PbO + 3(Pb2C2H302) = Pb30(C2H302)( + Pb302(C2H302)2. Lead Lead Lead Oxide. Acetate. Oxyacetates. Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. U. S. Quantitative Test. A clear, colorless liquid, of a sweetish, astringent taste, and an alkaline reaction. Sp. gr. 1.228. When added to a solution of acacia, it produces a dense white pre- cipitate. In other respects it possesses the reactions of an aqueous solution of acetate of lead (see Plumbi Acetas). 13.7 Grin, of the Solution should re- quire for complete precipitation 25 C.e. of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid. 652 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. Uses.—This solution, which is frequently termed Goulard’s Extract, is sedative and astringent: it is employed externally as an application to inflamed surfaces. LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS DILUTUS. U. S. Diluted Solution of Subacetate of Lead. [Lead-water.] By measure. Solution of Subacetate of Lead, 3 parts, or i fl. dr. Distilled Water, 97 parts, or 5 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 5 fl. oz. Mix the Solution of Subacetate of Lead with the Distilled Water previously boiled and cooled. Keep the liquid in well-stopped bot- tles. This solution is opalescent, through the formation of a trace of car- bonate, if the distilled water used has not been recently boiled and cooled, the object of which is to deprive the water of carbonic acid gas. The addition of a few drops of acetic acid clears the solution by dis- solving the precipitate; but, as many serious errors have occurred through the internal use by patients of lead-water in mistake for lime- water, it is a good practice to dispense lead-water in a slightly opales- cent condition and lime-water always as a transparent liquid, and, as an additional safeguard, to use blue poison-bottles for the lead-water. Uses.—Lead-water is used as a soothing application to inflamed surfaces. CERATUM PLUMBI SUBACETATIS. U.S. Cerate of Subacetate of Lead. [Goulard’s Cerate.] This cerate is made by mixing twenty parts of solution of subacetate of lead with eighty parts of camphor cerate. It possesses the sedative and astringent properties of the lead solution. It may be prevented from assuming a yellow color by the addition of a trace of acetic acid (see Part V.). LINIMENTUM PLUMBI SUBACETATIS. U. S. Liniment of Subacetate of Lead. This liniment is made by mixing forty parts of solution of subacetate of lead with sixty parts of cotton seed oil (see page 321). It is used principally as a sedative application to burns. PLUMBI CARBONAS. U.S. Carbonate of Lead, (PbCOs)2.Pb(HO)2; 773.5. [White Lead.] Preparation.—This compound of lead may be made by mixing solutions of lead nitrate and sodium carbonate. It is manufactured on an immense scale for use in the arts by exposing lead to the action of the air, acetic acid, and carbon dioxide. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 653 Plumbi Carbonas. U. S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A heavy, white, opaque powder or pulverulent mass, permanent in the air. When strongly heated, the salt turns yellow, without charring, and, if heated in contact with charcoal, is reduced to metallic lead. Odorless; taste- less. Insoluble. Insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The salt dissolves in diluted nitric acid with effervescence, and without leaving more than a trifling residue. This solution yields a black precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid, a white one with diluted sulphuric acid, and a yellow one with test-solution of iodide of potassium. 'On completely precipitating i7- „ the solution of the salt Zinc, Alkfi” • 11 i i it,* • j lies nr Alkn- wlth hydrosulphuric acid, the filtrate should not leave line Earths. more than a trifling residuQ on evaporation. Uses.—Carbonate of lead is employed externally in the form of an ointment, and is popularly used as a cosmetic. Its use is dangerous, however, owing to the risk from absorption. It is used in solution of gutta-percha to clarify it, by aiding in carrying down mechanical im- purities by its weight. When ground in oil this salt of lead is largely used as a paint; it is also employed occasionally in this form as an application to inflamed surfaces. It is rarely administered internally. UNGUENTUM PLUMBI CARBONATIS. U.S. Ointment of Carbonate of Lead. This ointment is made by rubbing ten parts of carbonate of lead with ninety parts of benzoinated lard. It is used as a soothing appli- cation to inflamed surfaces. PLUMBI IODIDUM. U.S. Iodide of Lead. Pbl2; 459.7. Preparation.—This iodide may be made by the British process : Take of Nitrate of Lead, Iodide of Potassium, each, 4 oz. av.; Dis- tilled Water a sufficiency. Dissolve the Nitrate of Lead, by the aid of heat, in a pint and a half, and the Iodide of Potassium in half a pint of the Water, and mix the solutions. Collect the precipitate on a filter, wash it with Distilled Water, and dry it at a gentle heat. This is an instance of double decomposition, lead iodide and potas- sium nitrate being formed. The nitrate is preferred to the acetate, because lead iodide is more soluble in solution of potassium acetate than in that of potassium nitrate. 2KI + Pb2N03 = Pbl2 + 2KN03. Potassium Lead Nitrate. Lead Potassium Iodide. . Iodide. Nitrate. 654 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. Plumbi Iodidum. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A heavy, bright citron-yellow powder, permanent in the air. When strongly heated, the salt fuses, and at a higher temperature it is decomposed, emitting vio- let vapors of iodine, and leaving a citron-yellow residue. Odorless; taste- less ; neutral reaction. Cold. 2000 parts. Boiling. 200 parts. Very slightly soluble. Readily dissolved by aqueous so- lutions of the acetates of alka- lies and by solu- tion of chloride of ammonium. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. On triturating 1 part of the salt with 2 parts of chloride of ammonium in a porcelain mortar, and adding 2 parts of water, a colorless liquid should result. This liquid, diluted with water, affords a white precipitate with diluted sulphuric acid, and a black one with hydrosulphuric acid. ’ If all the lead has been precipitated from a Zinc, Alkalies solution of the salt by or Alkaline hydrosulphuric acid, Earths. the filtrate should leave no residue on evaporation and gen- tle ignition. Uses.—Lead iodide is used principally to form an officinal ointment. It may be given internally in doses of one to three grains. UNGUENTUM PLUMBI IODIDI. U. S. Ointment of Iodide of Lead. This ointment is made by rubbing ten parts of lead iodide with ninety parts of benzoinated lard. It is used as an application to tumors and indolent swellings. PLUMBI NITRAS. U. S. Nitrate of Lead. Pb(N03)2; 330.5. Preparation.—This salt may be easily made by adding lead oxide t* equal parts of nitric acid and water, heating the mixture until the solu- tion is effected, and, after filtering, evaporating the solution of lead nitrate and crystallizing. Flumbi Nitras, U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent or white, nearly opaque, octahedral crystals, permanent in the air. When strongly heated, the salt decrepitates, emits nitrous vapors, and finally leaves a resi- due of oxide of lead. Odorless; sweetish, astringent, after- wards metallic taste; acid reac- tion. Cold. 2 parts. Boiling. 0.8 part. Almost insoluble. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a black precipi- tate with hydrosulphuric acid, a white one with ' diluted sulphuric acid, and a yellow one with test-solu- tion of iodide of potassium. Zinc, Alkalies or Alkaline Earths. Copper. When the salt is completely precipitated with hydrosulphuric acid, the solution should yield a filtrate which leaves no residue on evaporation. On precipitating a 10 per cent, solution of the salt with diluted sulphuric acid, the filtrate, when supersaturated with ammonia, should not blue tint. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 655 Uses.—Nitrate of lead is used in solution principally as an external application to excoriated surfaces. PLUMBI OXIDUM. U.S. Oxide of Lead. PbO; 222.5. [Litharge.] Preparation.—Litharge is lead oxide which has been rendered semi- crystalline by incomplete fusion. Almost all the litharge of commerce is obtained as a secondary product in the process for extracting silver from argentiferous galenas. After extracting the lead from the ore, the alloy is calcined in the open air; whereby the lead becomes oxi- dized, and by fusion passes into the state of litharge, while the silver remains unchanged. JRed lead is a higher oxide, Pb304; 683.5, and is made by sprinkling hot litharge with water, powdering and drying it, and then heating it out of contact with air. Litharge is officinally described as follows: Plumbi Oxidum, U.8. Odob and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A heavy, yellowish or reddish-yellow powder, or minute scales, permanent in the air. When heated in contact with charcoal, it is reduced to metallic lead. Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests foe Impurities. The diluted and filtered solution of the salt yields a black precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid, a white one with diluted sulphuric acid, and a yellow one with test-solution of iodide of potassium. 'Oxide of Lead should he soluble in pi. diluted nitric acid, without leaving ar ona . more than a trifling residue, and with but little effervescence. If the lead be completely precipi- Zinc, Alka- tated with hydrosulphuric acid, liesorAlka- ■ the resulting filtrate should not line Earths. leave more than a trace of residue on evaporation. EMPLASTRUM PLUMBI. U.S. Lead Plaster. This compound of lead is made by boiling lead oxide with olive oil and water, whereby the lead enters into combination with the fatty acids of the oil: it is an oleo-palmitate of lead. (See Glycerinum.) It is used as the basis of many plasters. UNGUENTUM DIACHYLON. U.S. Diachylon Ointment. This ointment is simply lead plaster diluted with olive oil to the consistence of an ointment, and slightly perfumed with oil of lavender. (See Unguenta.) It is used externally in several skin diseases. Copper. Cu; 63.2. Copper is found naturally in its metallic condition, as a sulphide or oxide, and as a sulphate, carbonate, phosphate, or arseniate. It is a brilliant metal, of a red color, having a sp. gr. of 8.92 to 8.95. It 656 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. forms two oxides: 1. Red cuprous oxide, Cu20, and, 2. Black cupric oxide, CuO. Tests for Compounds of Copper. 1. Hydrosulphuric acid or ammonium sulphide produces a black precipitate of cupric sulphide. 2. Water of ammonia produces in concentrated solutions of copper salts a pale blue precipitate of cupric hydroxide, in dilute solutions a deep blue coloration. 3. Potassium ferrocyanide produces a reddish-brown precipitate of cupric ferrocyanide. 4. A bright surface of metallic iron or zinc immersed in an acidulated solution of a copper salt is coated with metallic copper. 5. Copper salts color the flame of an alcohol lamp or Bunsen burner green. Officinal Preparations of Copper. Officinal Name. Preparation. Cupri Acetas . . . By treating copper with acetic acid and purifying the product by crystallization. Cupri Sulphas . . By treating copper with diluted sulphuric acid, evaporating the solution, and crystallizing. Unofficinal Preparations of Copper. Cupri Arsenias, C113AS2O8, = 392.1. By adding a solution of copper sulphate to a solution of Arseniate of Copper. disodic arseniate, collecting and drying the precipitate. Cupri Bromidum, CuBr2, = 223.2. By evaporating a solution of cupric oxide in aqueous hy- Bromide of Copper. drobromic acid, and fusing the residue at a gentle heat. Cupri Citras. By heating a solution of cupric acetate with citric acid Citrate of Copper. and setting aside to crystallize. Cupri Nitras, Cu(N0s)2, =187.2. By dissolving metallic copper in nitric acid and concen- Nitrate of Copper. trating the solution, then crystallizing. Cupri Oxidum, CuO, = 79.2. By continued ignition of copper in contact with air. Oxide of Copper. Cupri Subacetas, = Cu(H0)2. Cu(C2H302)2, = 278.4. Made by acting on sheets of copper with acetic acid. Verdigris. Cupri Tartras. By adding a solution of neutral potassium tartrate to a Tartrate of Copper. solution of cupric sulphate and collecting the precipi- tate. CUPRI ACETAS. U. S. Acetate of Copper. Cu(C2H302)2.H20 ; 199.2. Preparation.—Cupric acetate may be prepared by dissolving ver- digris in acetic acid, or by precipitating a concentrated solution of lead acetate with copper sulphate. The filtered solution is evaporated and crystallized. It is the normal cupric acetate, as distinguished from the other basic salts. Cupri Acetas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Deep green, prismatic crystals, yielding a bright green powder, efflorescent on exposure to air. When heated above 100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses .its water of crystallization, and at a tem- perature above 200° C. (392° F.) it is gradually decomposed. Odorless; nause- ating, metallic taste; acid re- action. Cold. 15 parts. Boiling. 5 parts. Cold. 135 parts. Boiling. 14 parts. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 657 Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt has a bluish-green color, which is rendered deep blue by an excess of ammonia. On heating the salt with sulphuric acid, acetous vapors are evolved. Alkalies, Al- kaline Earths • and Iron. Lead, Zinc. If the aqueous solution of the salt be treated with hydrosulphuric acid until all the cop- per is precipitated, the filtrate should leave no residue on evaporation. If the aqueous solution be heated to boiling with solution of soda in excess, it will yield a filtrate which should not be clouded by hydrosulphuric acid. Uses.—Acetate of copper and verdigris are used for the same pur- poses as the sulphate of copper. The latter enters into a popular remedy for corns; it is supposed to soften and remove them. CUPRI SULPHAS. U. S. Sulphate of Copper. CuS04.5H20; 249.2. Preparation.—This salt is economically made by acting on scrap copper with diluted sulphuric acid, heating, evaporating the solution, and crystallizing. Cupri Sulphas. V. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Large, translucent, deep blue, triclinic crystals, efflorescent. When heated to 100° C. (212° F.), the salt gradually loses 28.9 per cent, of its weight. At a temperature of about 230° C. (446° F.) it becomes anhydrous, and at a red heat it is decomposed, evolving sulphurous va- pors and finally leaving black cupric oxide. Odorless; nause- ous, metallic taste; acid re- action. Cold. 2.6 parts. Boiling. 0.5 part. Insoluble. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt has a pale blue color, which is rendered deep blue by an ex- cess of ammonia. With test- solution of chloride of barium it yields a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Foreign Metals, Alkalies and Al- kaline Earths. ' If a little hydrochloric and some diluted sulphuric acid be added to a 5 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, and this be treated with hydrosulphuric aciduntil the copper is completely pre- cipitated, the filtrate should leave no residue on evaporation. Uses.—Sulphate of copper, called commercially blue vitriol, is used internally as an emetic in doses of five grains; as an astringent or tonic, from one-quarter to one-half grain is given. It is used as an injection in gonorrhoea and other diseases, and also as a stimulant wash, and in substance as an escharotic. Silver. Ag; 107.7. Silver is found in the metallic state, but usually as a sulphide, and associated with lead sulphide, or galena. Silver is a brilliant white metal, very malleable and ductile, having a sp. gr. of 10.4 to 10.5. It forms but one oxide, Ag20. 658 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. Tests for Silver Salts. 1. Hydrochloric acid or any soluble chloride produces with a solu- ble salt of silver a characteristic, curdy, white precipitate of silver chloride, which is insoluble in hot nitric acid, but soluble in water of ammonia. 2. Hydrosulphuric acid or ammonium sulphide produces a black precipitate of silver sulphide. 3. Caustic alkalies produce a brown precipitate of silver oxide. Officinal Preparations of Silver. Officinal Name. Preparation. Argenti Cyanidum . . By passing hydrocyanic acid gas into solution of silver nitrate. Argenti Iodidum . . . By double decomposition between potassium iodide and silver nitrate. Argenti Nitras .... By treating metallic silver with nitric acid, evaporating the solution, and crystallizing. Argenti Nitras Dilutus . By fusing equal parts of silver nitrate and potassium nitrate. Argenti Nitras Fusus . By fusing and moulding silver nitrate. Argenti Oxidum ... By precipitating solution of silver nitrate with solution of potassa. Unofficinal Preparations of Silver. Argenti Acstas, AgC2Hs02,= 166.7. By adding a solution of silver nitrate to a solution Acetate of Silver. of sodium acetate, then collecting and drying the precipitate. Argenti Bromidum, AgBr, = 187.7. By adding to a solution of silver nitrate a solution Bromide of Silver. of potassium bromide, collecting and drying the precipitate. Argenti Chloridum, AgCl, = 143.1. By adding to a solution of silver nitrate hydrochloric Chloride of Silver. acid as long as a precipitate is produced, then collecting and drying the precipitate. Argenti Chromas, Ag2Cr04, = 331.8. By adding a solution of neutral potassium chromate Chromate of Silver. to a solution of silver nitrate, collecting and dry- ing the precipitate. Argenti Lactas, = 214.7. By boiling silver carbonate with lactic acid, collect- Lactate of Silver. ing and drying the precipitate. Argenti Oxalas, Ag2C204, = 303.4. By adding a solution of oxalic acid to a solution of Oxalate of Silver. silver nitrate, collecting and drying the pre- cipitate. Argenti Phosphas, Ag3P04, =418.1. By adding a solution of silver nitrate to a solution Phosphate of Silver. of sodium phosphate, collecting and drying the precipitate. Argenti Sulphas, Ag2S04, =311.4. By adding a solution of silver nitrate to a solution Sulphate of Silver. of sodium sulphate, collecting and drying the precipitate. ARGENTI CYANIDUM. U. S. Cyanide of Silver. Preparation.—Silver cyanide is easily prepared by passing hydro- cyanic acid gas into a solution of silver nitrate, or by mixing solutions of potassium cyanide and silver nitrate. AgCN; 133.7. AgNOj + KCN = AgCN + KNOs. Silver Potassium Silver Potassium Nitrate. Cyanide. Cyanide. Nitrate. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 659 Argrenti Cyanidum. TJ. S. Odor and Solubility. Taste. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white powder, permanent in dry air, hut gradually turning brown by expo- sure to light. Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Insoluble in cold, but solu- ble in boiling nitric acid, with evolution of hydro- cyanic acid; soluble in water of ammonia and in solution of hyposul- phite of sodium. Test for Identity. When heated, the salt fuses, gives off cyanogen gas, and, on ignition, metallic silver is left. Uses.—This salt was made officinal to use in the extemporaneous preparation of hydrocyanic acid. (See Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilu- tum.) ARGENTI IODIDUM. 77. S. Iodide of Silver. Agl; 234.3. Preparation.—This iodide may be made by double decomposition between potassium iodide and silver nitrate. KI + AgNOs = Agl + KNOa. Potassium Silver Silver Potassium Iodide. Nitrate. Iodide. Nitrate. Argenti Iodidum. U.S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A heavy, amorphous, light yel- lowish powder, unaltered by light if pure, but generally becoming somewhat greenish- yellow. When heated to about 400° C. (752° F.), it melts to a dark red liquid, which, on cool- ing, congeals to a soft, yellow, slightly translucent mass. Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Insoluble in diluted acids or in solution of carbonate of am- monium; soluble in about 2500 parts of stronger water of ammonia. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. When mixed with water of ammonia, it turns white, but regains its yellowish color by wash- ing with water. It is dissolved by an aqueous solution of cyanide of potassium, and the re- sulting solution yields a black precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid or sulphide of ammonium. If a small quantity of chlorine water be agi- tated with an excess of the salt, the filtrate acquires a dark blue color on the addition of gelatinized starch. ' If the salt be boiled with test- solution of carbonate of am- monium previously diluted with an equal volume of Chloride. water, the resulting filtrate, on being supersaturated with nitric acid, should not be ren- dered more than faintly opa- [ lescent. Uses.—Silver iodide has been used in syphilis, in doses of one-half grain to two grains. 660 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. ARGENTI NITRAS. U.S. Nitrate of Silver. AgN03; 169.7. Preparation.—This valuable salt may be made by the former offici- nal process: Take of Silver, in small pieces, 2 oz. troy ; Nitric Acid 2J oz. troy; Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Mix the Acid with a fluidounce of Distilled Water in a porcelain capsule, add the Silver to the mix- ture, cover it with an inverted glass funnel, resting within the edge of the capsule, and apply a gentle heat until the metal is dissolved, and red vapors cease to be produced; then remove the funnel, and, in- creasing the heat, evaporate the solution to dryness. Melt the dry mass, and continue the heat, stirring constantly with a glass rod, until free nitric acid is entirely dissipated. Dissolve the melted salt, when cold, in six fluidounces of Distilled Water, allow the insoluble matter to subside, and decant the clear solution. Mix the residue with a fluid- ounce of Distilled Water, filter through paper, and, having added the filtrate to the decanted solution, evaporate the liquid until a pellicle be- gins to form, and set it aside in a warm place to crystallize. Lastly, drain the crystals in a glass funnel until dry, and preserve them in a well-stopped bottle. By evaporating the mother-water, more crystals may be obtained. The silver employed is usually coin, and this always contains cop- per : hence copper nitrate is present, which is known by the bluish color of the solution. By evaporating the solution and fusing the resi- due the copper salt is decomposed and the insoluble copper oxide pro- duced ; by solution and filtration this is separated, and the purified solution of silver nitrate is evaporated and crystallized. Ag3 + 4HN03 = 3AgNOs + NO + 2H20. Silver. Nitric Silver Nitrogen Water. Acid. Nitrate. Monoxide. Argenti Nitras. U.S. Odok, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, transparent, tabular, rhombic crystals, becoming gray or grayish-black on exposure to light in presence of organic matter. Odorless; bitter, * caustic, and strongly metal- lic taste; neu- tral reaction. Cold. 0.8 part. Boiling. 0.1 part. Cold. 26 parts. Boiling. 5 parts. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. When heated to about 200° C. (392° F.), the salt fuses to a faintly yellow liquid, which, on cooling, congeals to a purely white, crystalline mass. At a higher temperature the salt is gradually decomposed, with evolution of nitrous vapors. An aqueous solution of the salt yields, with hydrochloric acid, a white pre- cipitate soluble in ammonia. 1 Gm. of Nitrate of Silver, when completely precipi- tated by hydrochloric acid, should yield 0.84 Gm. of dry chloride of silver. Foreign Metallic Impuri- ties. If all the silver be pre- cipitated with hydro- chloric acid, and the filtrate be evaporated to dryness, no fixed residue should be left. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 661 Uses.—Silver nitrate is used externally as a caustic and escharotic; internally, it is given in gastritis and diarrhoea, in doses of one-fourth to one-half grain. ARGENTI NITRAS DILUTUS. U. S. Diluted Nitrate of Silver. Nitrate of Silver, 50 parts, or x oz. av. Nitrate of Potassium, 50 parts, or i oz. av. To make 100 parts, or . ..2 oz. av. Melt the salts together in a porcelain crucible, at as low a tempera- ture as possible, stirring the melted mass well until it flows smoothly. Then cast it in suitable moulds. Keep the product in dark amber- colored vials, protected from light. Uses.—The object of this preparation is to provide a fused nitrate of silver, which may often be useful where the undiluted caustic might prove too severe in its action. Argenti Nitras Dilutus. U.S. Quantitative Test. A white, hard solid, generally in form of pencils or cones of a finely granular fracture, becoming gray or grayish- black on exposure to light in presence of organic matter. Odorless, having a caustic, metallic taste and a neutral reaction. Each of its constituents re- tains the solubility in water and in al- cohol mentioned respectively under Argenti Nitras and Potassii Nitras. An aqueous solution of 2 6m. of Diluted Nitrate of Silver, acidulated with nitric acid, when com- pletely precipitated by hydrochloric acid, should yield not less than 0.84 Gm. of dry chloride of silver. The filtrate, separated from the precipi- tate, when evaporated to dryness, leaves a resi- due which is completely soluble in water, and which yields a white, crystalline precipitate with a concentrated solution of bitartrate of sodium. Uses.—This preparation is used only externally. It is similar in its action to the moulded nitrate, but less energetic. ARGENTI NITRAS FUSUS. U.S. Moulded Nitrate of Silver. Nitrate of Silver, 100 parts, or i oz. av. Hydrochloric Acid, 4 parts, or 16 minims. Melt the Nitrate of Silver in a porcelain capsule, at as low a tem- perature as possible; then add to it, gradually, the Hydrochloric Acid, stir well, and, when nitrous vapors cease to be evolved, pour the melted mass in suitable moulds. Keep the product in dark amber-colored vials, pro- tected from light. When pure fused silver nitrate is cooled, the mass is very brittle, but the ad- dition of hydrochloric acid produces sufficient silver chloride to toughen it, so that the cast cones or sticks will not break so easily. In order to keep the sticks from becoming discolored during the casting process, it is Fig. 351. Caustic point mould. 662 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. advisable to add a little diluted nitric acid (1 in 5) occasionally to the melted nitrate, and carefully prevent the mass from becoming overheated. Fig. 351 illustrates the silver moulds used in moulding the cones. Argenti Nitras Fusus. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white, hard solid, generally in form of pencils or cones of a fibrous frac- ture, becoming gray or grayish-black on exposure to light in presence of organic matter. Odorless; bitter, caustic, and strongly me- tallic taste; neutral reac- tion. Cold. Soluble, with the exception of about 5 per cent, of chlo- ride of silver, in 0.6 part. Boiling. Soluble, with the exception of about 5 per cent, of chlo- ride of silver, in 0.5 part. Cold. Soluble, with the exception of about 5 per cent, of chlo- ride of silver, in 25 parts. Boiling. Soluble, with the exception of about 5 per cent, of chlo- ride of silver, in 5 parts. Insoluble in ether. Whatever is left undissolved by water is com- pletely soluble in water of am- monia. Quantitative Test. A filtered aqueous solution of 2 Gm. of the salt, acidulated with nitric acid, when completely precipitated by hydrochloric acid, should yield 1.6 Gm. of dry chloride of silver. Uses.—Moulded silver nitrate is used as an escharotic: a good caustic- holder may be made from a glass stirring-rod of the same diameter as the cone by joining it to the cone with a short length of rubber tubing. The cone may be protected from the action of the air by slipping over it another short length of rubber tubing, having a very short piece of glass rod in the other end as a stopper. Death has resulted more than once through the careless use of silver nitrate in cauterizing the throat, the cone having slipped out of the holder and then been swallowed by the patient. ARGENTI OXIDUM. U. S. Oxide of Silver.' Ag20; 231.4. Preparation.—This salt may be made by a former officinal process: Take of Nitrate of Silver 4 oz. troy ; Distilled Water half a pint; Solution of Potassa 1J pints, or a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Nitrate of Silver in the Water, and to the solution add Solution of Po- tassa so long as it produces a precipitate. Wash this repeatedly with water until the washings are nearly tasteless. Lastly, dry the precipi- tate and keep it in a well-stopped bottle, protected from the light. 2AgNOa + 2KHO = AgzO + 2KNOs + HzO. Silver Potassium Silver Potassium Water. Nitrate. Hydrate. Oxide. Nitrate. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 663 Argenti Oxidum. If. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A heavy, dark brownish-black powder, liable to reduction by exposure to light. When heated, it loses oxygen, and metallic silver is left behind. Odorless; metallic taste; imparting an alkaline re- action to water. Very slightly soluble. Insoluble. Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. 1 Gm. of the Oxide, when treated with an excess of hydrochloric acid, should yield 1.236 Gm. of chloride of silver. f On adding the Oxide of Silver to Carbonate. -j hydrochloric acid, no effervescence |_ should take place. Uses.—Silver oxide is used as a substitute for the nitrate, being much less caustic than the latter, and better suited for internal use, owing to the facility with which it parts with its oxygen. Oxide of silver should not be triturated with readily oxidizable or combustible substances, and should not be brought in contact with ammonia. Gelatin capsules are well fitted for dispensing this compound. With most excipients decomposition ensues, and the pills have been known to explode with some violence. Mercury. Hg; 199.7. Mercury, or quicksilver, is found most abundantly as sulphide, or cin- nabar : the principal mines are in Spain and California. It is a bril- liant silver-white metal, liquid above —40° C. (—40° F.), and having the sp. gr. 13.5. Mercury forms two series of compounds,—mercurous, containing the group (Hg2), and mercuric, containing the single atom Hg. It is used more largely in medicine in the metallic state than any other element. Tests for Compounds of Mercury. 1. Ammonium sulphide or hydrosulphuric acid, in excess, produces a black precipitate (sulphide) in solutions of salts of mercury. 2. Potassium iodide produces with mercurous salts a green precipitate of mercurous iodide, or with mercuric salts a red precipitate of mercuric iodide, soluble in excess. 3. With hydrochloric acid or soluble chlorides a white precipitate of mercurous chloride is produced with mercurous salts, whilst with mer- curic salts no precipitation occurs. 4. A plate of copper or a solution of stannous chloride, in excess, precipitates the metal from its soluble combinations. Officinal Preparations of Mercury. Officinal Name. Preparation. Preparations of the Metal. Hydrargyrum cum Creta By extinguishing 38 parts of mercury with 12 parts of sugar of milk and 50 parts of pre- pared chalk. Emplastrum Hydrargyri By extinguishing 30 parts of mercury with 10 parts each of melted resin and olive oil, and incorporating with 50 parts of melted lead plaster. 664 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. Officinal Preparations of Mercury.—(Continued.) Officinal Name. Preparation. Preparations of the Metal. Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Ily- By extinguishing 18 per cent, of mercury with drargyro ammoniac, olive oil, sublimed sulphur, diluted acetic acid, and lead plaster. Massa Hydrargyri By extinguishing 38 per cent, of mercury with honey of rose and glycerin, and then adding powdered glycyrrhiza and powdered althaaa. Unguentum Hydrargyri By extinguishing 450 parts of mercury with 40 parts of compound tincture of benzoin and 100 parts of mercurial ointment, then adding 225 parts each of melted lard and suet. Salts of Mercury and their Preparations. Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum .... By precipitating solution of mercuric chloride 1 with water of ammonia. Unguentum Hydrargyri Ammoniati. By incorporating 10 parts of ammoniated mer- cury with 90 parts of benzoinated lard. Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum . By subliming mercuric sulphate with sodium chloride. Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite .... By subliming mercuric sulphate and mercury with sodium chloride. Hydrargyri Cyanidum By passing hydrocyanic acid into a vessel con- taining mercuric oxide with water. Hydrargyri Iodidum Bubrum . . . By double decomposition between mercuric chloride and potassium iodide. Hydrargyri Iodidum Yiride .... By rubbing together mercury and iodine, and washing with alcohol. Hydrargyri Oxidum Flavum.... By precipitating solution of mercuric chloride with potassium hydrate. Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi. By incorporating 10 parts of yellow mercuric oxide with 90 parts of ointment. Oleatum Hydrargyri By dissolving 10 parts of yellow mercuric oxide in 90 parts of oleic acid. Hydrargyri Oxidum Bubrum .... By decomposing mercuric nitrate by heat. Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Bubri. By incorporating 10 parts of red mercuric oxide with 90 parts of ointment. Hydrargyri Subsulphas Flavus ... By adding mercuric sulphate to boiling water. Hydrargyri Sulphidum Bubrum . . By fusing and subliming mercury and sulphur. Liquor Hydrargyri Nitratis .... By dissolving 40 parts of red mercuric oxide in 45 parts of nitric acid and 15 parts of water. Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis . . By treating lard oil with nitric acid, and then incorporating solution of mercuric nitrate. Unofficinal Preparations of Mercury. Hydrargyri Acetas. By dissolving mercuric oxide in acetic acid, filter- Aeetate of Mercury, ing, and concentrating to crystallize. Hydrargyri Arsenias. By adding a solution of arsenic acid to a solution Arseniate of Mercury. of mercuric nitrate, and collecting the precipitate. Hydrargyri Bromidum, HgBi-2, = 359.7. By dissolving mercuric oxide in hot aqueous hy- Bromide of Mercury. drobromic acid, filtering and concentrating, then crystallizing. Hydrargyri Carbonas, HgjCOg, = 459.4. By precipitating a solution of mercurous nitrate Carbonate of Mercury. with acid potassium carbonate, and collecting the precipitate. Hydrargyri Chloras, Hg(C10a)2 + H2O, By dissolving mercuric oxide in warm chloric acid, = 384.5. filtering and concentrating, then crystallizing. Chlorate of Mercury.. Hydrargyri Chromas, HgCrO*, = 316.1. By boiling equal parts of chromic acid and yellow Chromate of Mercury. mercuric oxide in water and collecting the red crystals. Hydrargyri Lactas (Hg2)2(CsH5(>3)2. By mixing boiling solutions of sodium lactate and 2H2O, = 1012.8. mercurous nitrate, and collecting the precipitate. Lactate of Mercury. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 665 Hydrargyri Nitras, Hg2(N03)2.2Il20, = By mixing4 p. mercury, 3 p. nitric acid, 1 p. water; 559.4. after twenty-four hours collecting the crystals. Nitrate of Mercury. Hydrargyri Sulphas, HgS04, = 295.7. By heating 10 oz. mercury with 6 fl. oz. sulphuric Sulphate of Mercury. acid, in a porcelain vessel, and stirring constantly until a white salt is obtained. Unofficinal Preparations of Mercury.—(Continued.) HYDRARGYRUM. U.S. Mercury. Mercury for pharmaceutical uses should be pure. To separate me- chanical impurities, moisture, or small quantities of oxide, mercury may be filtered by collecting it in a sound piece of chamois leather and gathering the corners together, forcibly squeezing the particles through the pores of the leather. But distillation is preferable in most cases to purify the metal effectually, which may be accomplished by a process formerly officinal in the British Pharmacopoeia, as follows : Take of Mercury of Commerce 3 pounds [avoirdupois]; Hydro- chloric Acid 3 fluidraehms ; Distilled Water a sufficiency. Place the Commercial Mercury in a glass retort or iron bottle, and, applying heat, cause two pounds and a half of the metal to distil over into a flask employed as a receiver. Boil on this for five minutes the Hydrochloric Acid diluted with 9 fluidraehms of Distilled Water, and having, by repeated affusions of Distilled Water and decantations, removed every trace of acid, let the mercury be transferred to a porcelain capsule, and dried first by filtering paper, and finally on a water-bath. Hg; 199.7. [Quicksilver.] Hydrargyrum. U.S. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A shining, silver-white metal, liquid at temperatures above •—40° C. (—40° F.), odorless, and tasteless, and insoluble in ordinary solvents, but soluble in nitric acid without residue. Sp. gr. 13.5. At the common temperature it volatilizes very slowly, more rapidly as the temperature increases, and at 350° C. (662° F.) it boils, being finally volatilized without residue. Tin and other Metals. Moisture. Organic Im- purities. More than slight traces of Foreign Metals. When globules of Mercury are dropped upon white paper, they should roll about freely, retaining their globular form, and leaving no streaks or traces. Mercury should be perfectly dry. Mercury should present a bright surface. ' On boiling 5 Gm. of distilled water with 5 Gm. of Mercury, and 4.5 Gm. of hyposul- phite of sodium, in a test-tube, for about one minute, the Mercury should not lose its lustre, and should not acquire more than a slightly yellowish shade. Uses.—When mercury is administered in a finely-divided condition, as in blue mass, or in mercury with chalk, it exerts a peculiar action on the liver, which is termed alterative. This action is possessed by some of its salts. MASSA HYDRARGYRI. U. S. Mass of Mercury. [Pilulje Hydrargyri, Pharm. 1870. Blue Mass. Blue Pill.] Mercury, 33 parts, or 5 oz. av. 122 gr. Glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, 5 parts, or 350 gr. Althaea, in No. 60 powder, 25 parts, or • . . 4 oz. av. Glycerin, 3 parts, or 3 fl. dr. Honey of Rose, 34 parts, or 4/■£ A* oz* To make 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. 666 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. Triturate the Mercury with the Honey of Rose and Glycerin until it is extinguished. Then gradually add the Glycyrrhiza and Althaea, and continue the trituration until globules of Mercury cease to be visible under a lens magnifying ten diameters. By using this formula the pharmacist is enabled to make blue mass extemporaneously with very little labor. The mass should not be forcibly pressed, or the globules of mercury will run together, and will grow larger instead of smaller. Uses.—The object of this preparation is to furnish mercury in a finely-divided condition. It is given to produce salivation in small doses, and in doses of three to ten grains, as an alterative or purgative. HYDRARGYRUM CUM CRETA. U. S. Mercury with Chalk. Mercury, 38 parts, or . 167 gr. Sugar of Milk, in fine powder, 12 parts, or ... . • 53 gr- Prepared Chalk, 50 parts, or Ether, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 1 oz. av. Mix the Mercury, Sugar of Milk, and twelve parts [or 53 grains] of the Chalk in a suitable mortar; moisten the mass with a mixture of equal parts of Ether and Alcohol, and triturate it briskly. Gradually add the remainder of the Chalk, dampen the powder occasionally with a mixture of Ether and Alcohol made in the same proportions as before, and continue the trituration until globules of Mercury are no longer visible under a magnifying power of ten diameters, and the powder is of a uniform, gray color, and dry. The intention here is to furnish mercury in a finely-divided condi- tion in the form of a powder. The above process is a very tedious one. In Matter’s process, fifty-three grains of powdered acacia are substituted for the sugar of milk; this is mixed with fifty-three grains of chalk, enough water added to form a thin paste, the mercury added and trit- urated until extinguished. The remainder of the chalk is made into a paste with water, and added to it, and the water evaporated from the mixture in a water-bath; it is rubbed to powder when dry. Uses.—Mercury with chalk is a mild mercurial, frequently given to children. It should be free from mercurous or mercuric oxide; through exposure to air old specimens frequently contain both. The dose is five to ten grains. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI. U. S. Mercurial Ointment. This ointment is made by extinguishing four hundred and fifty parts of mercury with forty parts of compound tincture of benzoin, aided by one hundred parts of mercurial ointment; the mixture is then incor- porated with two hundred and twenty-five parts each of melted lard and suet. (See Unguenta.) The object of this process is to furnish finely-divided mercury in a convenient form for external administra- tion. The ointment is largely used, and the extemporaneous process furnishes a satisfactory preparation. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 667 EMPLASTRUM HYDRARGYRI. U.S. Mercurial Plaster. This plaster contains thirty parts of finely-divided mercury extin- guished by ten parts each of melted resin and olive oil, and then incor- porated with fifty parts of melted lead plaster, the whole being thor- oughly mixed whilst cooling. (See Emplastra.) Its uses are the same as those of the ointment, metallic mercury in a finely-divided condition being present in both, the only difference being in the form of the preparations. EMPLASTRUM AMMONIACI CUM HYDRARGYRO. U.S. Ammoniac This plaster contains 18 per cent, of mercury with ammoniac, olive oil, sublimed sulphur, diluted acetic acid, and lead plaster. (See Em- plastra.) Its uses are the same as those of mercurial plaster: it is a milder external application. Plaster with Mercury. HYDRARGYRUM AMMONIATUM. U. S. Ammoniated Mercury. [White Precipitate. Mercurammonium Chloride.] NH2HgCl; 251.1. Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 10 parts, or Water of Ammonia, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity., To make about Dissolve the Corrosive Chloride of Mercury in two hundred parts [or 20 fl. oz.] of warm Distilled Water; filter the solution and allow it to cool. Pour the filtrate gradually, and constantly stirring, into fifteen parts [or 1|- fl. oz.] of Water of Ammonia, taking care that the latter shall remain in slight excess. Collect the precipitate upon a filter, and, when the liquid has drained from it as much as possible, wash it twice with a mixture of twenty parts [or 2 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water and one part [or 50 minims] of Water of Ammonia. Finally, dry the precipi- tate, between sheets of bibulous paper, in a dark place, at a temperature not exceeding 30° C. (86° F.). In this process the ammonium of one-half of the ammonium chloride, which is formed upon mixing the solutions, has two of its hydrogen atoms replaced by one atom of bivalent mercury, NH4C1 becoming NII2HgCl. HgCl2 + 2NH4HO = NH4C1 + NH2HgCl + 2H20. Mercuric Water of Ammonium Mercurammonium Water. Chloride. Ammonia. Chloride. Chloride. Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum. U. S. Odob and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. White, pulverulent pieces, or a white powder, per- manent in the air. At a temperature below a red heat the salt is decomposed without fusion, and at a red heat it is wholly volatilized. When heated with solution of potassa, the salt becomes yellow and evolves vapor of ammonia. Odorless; taste- less. Cold. Insoluble. Boiling. Insoluble. Cold. Insoluble. Boiling. Insoluble. 668 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. It is completely soluble in a cold solu- tion of hyposulphite of sodium, with evolution of ammonia; on heating this solution for a short time, it separates red mercuric sulphide, which, on protracted boiling, turns black. Mercurous Salt. Carbonate. Lead. The salt should be soluble in hydrochloric acid without residue. The salt should be soluble in hydrochloric acid without effervescence. Its solution in acetic acid should not be rendered turbid by diluted sulphuric acid. Uses.—This compound of mercury is not used internally: it is applied externally in the form of ointment. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI AMMONIATI. U.S. Ointment of This ointment is made by incorporating ten parts of ammoniated mercury with ninety parts of benzoinated lard. It is a valuable appli- cation in certain forms of eczema and psoriasis and other skin diseases. Ammoniated Mercury. HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. U.S. Corrosive Chloride of Mercury. HgCl2; 270.5. [Corrosive Sublimate. Mercuric Chloride.] Preparation.—This important mercuric salt may be made by the former officinal process, as follows : Take of Mercury 24 oz.; Sulphuric Acid 36 oz.; Chloride of Sodium 18 oz. Boil the Mercury with the Sulphuric Acid, by means of a sand-bath, until a dry white mass is left. Rub this, when cold, with the Chloride of Sodium in an earthen-ware mortar; then sublime with a gradually increasing heat. By boiling sulphuric acid in excess with mercury to dryness a white salt (mercuric sulphate) is formed, according to the reaction 2H2S04 + Hg = HgS04 + S02 + 2HaO. Sulphuric Mercury. Mercuric Sulphurous Water Acid. Sulphate. Acid. When this is mixed with sodium chloride, and the mixture exposed to a subliming heat, decomposition takes place, according to the re- action HgS04 + (NaCl)2 = Na2S04 + HgCl2. Mercuric Sodium Sodium Mercuric Sulphate. Chloride. Sulphate. Chloride. The mercuric chloride thus formed sublimes, and the sodium sulphate remains behind. Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. U.S. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Heavy, colorless, rhombio crystals or crystalline masses, permanent in the air. When heated to about 265° C. (509° F.), the salt fuses ; at a higher tempera- ture it sublimes unchanged, and without residue. Odorless; acrid and persistent metallic taste; acid reaction. Cold. 16 parts. Boiling. 2 parts. Cold. 3 parts. Boiling. 1.2 parts. Soluble in 4 parts of ether. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 669 Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a reddish or yellowish precipitate on the ad- dition of lime-water, ’ If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in boiling water, then mixed with 5 C.c. of strong solution of soda (sp. gr. about 1.260) in a long test-tube, and about 0.5 Gm. of fine aluminium wire, cut into small pieces, be added (a loose plug of cotton being pushed a short distance down the tube), and, on the addition of test-solution of ni- trate of silver, a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid but sol- uble in ammonia. the generated gas should not impart any tint to paper wet with test-solution of nitrate of silver and kept over the mouth of the test-tube for half an hour. This chloride is always sublimed in masses, to distinguish it from mercurous chloride, or calomel, which is in powder. Uses.—Pharmaceutically, mercuric chloride is used in several prep- arations to furnish the mercury in the compounds. Medicinally, as an alterative, it is one of the most valuable internal remedies in syphilis and chronic rheumatism. Externally, it is used as a stimulant and escharotic. Recently it has been very extensively employed in an- tiseptic surgery. It is undoubtedly the most powerful antiseptic avail- able, the only serious disadvantage being the necessity for great care on account of its poisonous properties. The antidote to poisoning by cor- rosive sublimate is the free use of white of egg, milk, or other albumi- nous liquids, followed by an emetic. HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. U. S. Mild Chloride of Mercury. Hg2Cl2; 470.2. [Calomel. Mercurous Chloride.] Preparation.—The former officinal process may be used to prepare mercurous chloride, as follows : Take of Mercury 48 oz.; Sulphuric Acid 36 oz.; Chloride of Sodium 18 oz.; Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Boil, by means of a sand- bath, 24 oz. of the Mercury with the Sulphuric Acid, until a dry white mass is left. Rub this, when cold, with the remainder of the Mercury, in an earthen-ware mortar, until they are thoroughly mixed. Then add the Chloride of Sodium, and, having rubbed it with the other ingre- dients until globules of Mercury cease to be visible, sublime the mixture into a large chamber so that the sublimate may fall in powder. Wash the sublimed matter with boiling Distilled Water, until the washings afford no precipitate with water of ammonia, and dry it. In this preparation mercuric sulphate is first formed; this is then triturated with a quantity of mercury equal to that used in forming it; mercurous sulphate is produced, and when this is mixed with sodium chloride and sublimed, mercurous chloride is produced as a fine white sublimate, and sodium sulphate remains behind. 2H2S04 + Hg = HgSO, + S02 + 2H20. Sulphuric Mercury. Mercuric Sulphurous Water. Acid. Sulphate. Acid. HgSO, + Hg = Hg2S04. Mercuric Mercury. Mercurous Sulphate. Sulphate. 670 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. Hg2S04 + 2NaCl = Hg2Cl2 + Na2S04. Mercurous Sodium Mercurous Sodium Sulphate. Chloride. Chloride. Sulphate. Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. U-S. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white, impalpable powder, perma- nent in the air. When strongly heated, it is wholly volatilized, without melting. The salt is blackened by water of ammonia. A portion heated in a dry glass tube with dried carbonate of sodium yields metallic mercury. Odorless; taste- less. Insoluble. Insoluble. Insoluble in ether. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On heating the salt with solution of potassa, no odor of ammonia should be evolved; and acetic acid, agitated with the salt and filtered, should re- main unaffected by hydrosulphuric acid or by test-solution of nitrate of silver (absence of and difference from ammoniated mercury). Mercuric Chloride. 1 Fixed solu- ble impu- -( rities. Distilled water or alcohol, after having been agitated with a portion of the salt, and filtered, should not be af- fected by hydrosulphuric acid Dor by test-solution of nitrate of silver. Distilled water or alcohol, after having been agitated with a portion of the salt, and filtered, should not leave any residue on evaporation. Uses.—Calomel is largely used as a hepatic stimulant and alterative; it is also purgative, and in large doses sedative. It is given in doses of one-half grain to twenty grains. Care must be exercised in prescribing calomel with other remedies that the chemical action does not produce corrosive sublimate. (See U. S. Dispensatory, 16th ed., page 774.) HYDRARGYRI CYANIDUM. U. S. Cyanide of Mercury. Hg(CN)2; 251.7. [Mercuric Cyanide.] Preparation.—This compound may be made by a former officinal process, as follows: Take of Ferrocyanide of Potassium, 5 oz. troy; Sulphuric Acid, 4 oz. troy 120 gr.; Red Oxide of Mercury, in fine powder, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Ferrocyanide of Potassium in 20 fl. oz. of Water, and add the solution to the Sulphuric Acid, pre- viously diluted with 10 fl. oz. of Water, and contained in a glass retort. Distil the mixture nearly to dryness into a receiver, containing 10 fl. oz. of Water and 3 oz. troy of Red Oxide of Mercury. Set aside 2 fl. oz. of the distilled liquid, and to the remainder add, with agitation, suffi- cient Red Oxide to destroy the odor of hydrocyanic acid. Then filter the solution, and, having added the reserved liquid, evaporate the whole in a dark place, in order that crystals may form. Lastly, dry the crys- tals, and keep them in a well-stopped bottle, protected from the light. The object of this process is to produce hydrocyanic acid by decom- posing potassium ferrocyanide with sulphuric acid, and to conduct the vapor into a receiving vessel containing mercuric oxide and water. Mercuric cyanide is produced ; this dissolves in the water, and the solu- tion is evaporated and crystallized. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 671 (HCN)2 + HgO = Hg(CN)2 + H20. Hydrocyanic Mercuric Mercuric Water. Acid. Oxide. Cyanide. Hydrargyri Cyanidum. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless or white, prismatic crystals, becoming dark-colored on exposure to light. Odorless; bitter, me- tallic taste; neu- tral reaction. Cold. 12.8 parts. Boiling. 3 parts. Cold. 15 parts. Boiling. 6 parts. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. When slowly heated, the salt decomposes into metallic mercury and cyanogen gas, which is inflammable, burning with a purplish flame. On further heating, the blackish residue, containing globules of metallic mercury, is wholly dissipated. On adding hydrochloric acid to the aqueous so- lution, hydrocyanic acid vapor is evolved. 'A 5 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, when mixed with Mercuric a dilute aqueous solution of Chloride " i°dide of potassium, should not yield a red or reddish precipi- tate soluble in excess of either liquid. Uses.—This cyanide is used as an alterative in syphilis, in doses of one-sixteenth to one-eighth of a grain. HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM RUBRUM. U. S. Red Iodide of Mercury. Hgl2; 452.9. [Biniodide of Mercury. Mercuric Iodide.] Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 9 parts, or i oz. av. Iodide of Potassium, 11 parts, or 535 grains. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make about 1)4 oz. av. Dissolve the Corrosive Chloride of Mercury in one hundred, and fifty parts [or 1 pint] of warm Distilled Water, and the Iodide of Potassium in thirty parts [or 3 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, and filter the solutions separately. Add the solution of Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, when cold, to the solution of Iodide of Potassium, constantly stirring. Col- lect the precipitate on a filter, wash it with Distilled Water until the washings cease to give a precipitate with test-solution of nitrate of silver, and dry it between sheets of bibulous paper, at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.). Keep the product in well-stopped bottles. In this process mercuric iodide and potassium chloride are formed by double decomposition. HgCl2 + 2KI = Hgl2 + 2KC1. Mercuric Potassium Mercuric Potassium Chloride. Iodide. Iodide. • Chloride. As mercuric iodide is soluble in solutions both of mercuric chloride and of potassium iodide, it is not profitable to use an excess of either. It may be obtained in handsome crystals by dissolving it in hot hydro- chloric acid to saturation and allowing the solution to cool slowly. 672 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. Hydrargryri Iodidum Rubrum. V. S. Solubility. UDOR AND AA8TE. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A scarlet-red, crystalline powder, permanent in the air. When heated, the salt turns yellow, but reassumes its red color on cooling. On ignition, it is wholly dissipated. Odorless; taste- less. Almost insoluble. Cold. 130 parts. Boiling. 15 parts. Soluble in solution of iodide of po- tassium or of mercuric chlo- ride. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. On heating the salt with solution of soda and adding a little sugar of milk, metallic mer- cury is precipitated. If the salt be heated with sulphuric acid and some black oxide of manganese, vapor of iodino will be given off. Soluble Iodide, Chloride. f Water agitated with the salt, J and filtered, should remain 1 unaffected by test-solution [ of nitrate of silver. Uses.—This iodide is used internally in the treatment of syphilis, in doses of one-sixteenth of a grain: it is frequently given in pill form- combined with potassium iodide. Externally, it is often used in the form of an ointment, of the strength of sixteen grains to the ounce, which was formerly officinal. HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM VIRIDE. U.S. Green Iodide of Mercury. [Protiodide of Mercury. Mercurous Iodide.] Hg2I2; 652.6. Mercury, 8 parts, or I oz. av. Iodine, 5 parts, or 274 grains. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make about i}4 oz. av. Pour about three parts [or 4 fl. dr.] of Alcohol into a mortar con- taining the Mercury, add tlie Iodine in several successive portions, and triturate the mixture, adding sufficient Alcohol from time to time to keep the mass constantly moist, and taking care that it shall neither be- come too hot, nor be exposed to light during the various steps of the process. Continue the trituration until all globules of Mercury have disappeared, and the mixture has become nearly dry and has acquired a greenish-yellow color. Then add sufficient Alcohol to reduce the vTliole to a thin paste, pour this into a bottle, let it stand for several days, and then wash the Iodide twice with about fifty parts [or 8 fl. oz.] of Alcohol each time, and decant the washings. Transfer the Iodide to a filter, and continue washing with Alcohol until the washings are no longer affected by hydrosulphuric acid. Lastly, dry the product in a dark place, between sheets of bibulous paper, at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.). Keep the product in well-stopped bottles, protected from light. In this process direct combination takes place between the mercury and the iodine, alcohol being added to prevent, by its evaporation, too great an elevation of temperature. Some mercuric iodide is formed at the same time; and, as this is much more active than the mercurous salt, and is soluble in alcohol, it is directed to be washed out. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 673 Hydrarg-yri Iodidum Viride. U. 8. Quantitative Test. A dull green to greenish-yellow powder, becoming more yellow by exposure to air, and darker by exposure to light, odorless and tasteless, almost insoluble in water, and wholly insoluble in alcohol or ether. When strongly heated, the salt is volatilized without resi- due. When added to a solution of iodide of potas- sium, the salt is decomposed into metallic mercury, which precipitates, and mercuric iodide, which dis- solves. If 10 C.c. of alcohol are shaken with 1 Gm. of the salt and filtered, the filtrate should not produce more than a very faint, transient opales- cence when dropped into water; and when 5 C.c. of the filtrate are evap- orated from a white porcelain sur- face, not more than a very faint red stain should remain behind. Uses.—Green iodide of mercury is used as an alterative. It is better adapted for internal administration than the red iodide, because it is milder. The dose is one grain. HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM FLAVUM. U.S. Yellow Oxide of Mercury. HgO; 215.7. [Yellow Mercuric Oxide.] Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 1 part, or x oz. av. Solution of Potassa, 9 parts, or 8 x/z fl. oz. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Corrosive Chloride of Mercury in one hundred parts [or about 6 pints] of warm Distilled Water, and filter the solution. Pour the filtrate into the Solution of Potassa, previously diluted with one hun- dred parts [or 6 pints] of Distilled Water, stirring constantly, and set the liquid containing the precipitate aside for twenty-four hours. Then decant the supernatant, clear liquid from the precipitate, and wash the latter repeatedly by the affusion and decantation of Distilled Water, using about one hundred parts [or 6 pints] of Water each time. Con- tinue the washing on a strainer until the washings cease to be affected by test-solution of nitrate of silver. Let the precipitate drain, and dry it, between sheets of bibulous paper, in a dark place, at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.). Keep the product in well-stopped bottles, protected from light. HgCl2 + 2KH0 = HgO + 2KC1 + H20. Mercuric Potassium Mercuric Potassium Water. Chloride. Hydrate. Oxide. Chloride. Hydrargyri Oxidum Flavum. TJ-S. Test for Identity. A light orange-yellow, heavy, impalpable pow- der, permanent in the air, and turning darker on exposure to light. When strongly heated, it assumes a red color; at a higher tempera- ture it is decomposed, giving off oxygen and separating metallic mercury, and is finally volatilized without residue. The difference between this oxide and red mercuric oxide is that when this is di- gested, on a water-bath, for fifteen min- utes, with a strong solution of oxalic acid, it forms mercuric oxalate of a white color. Uses.—Yellow mercuric oxide is used in making the oleate of mer- cury and in the officinal ointment: it is employed only externally. 674 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI OXIDI FLAVI. U.S. Ointment of Yellow Oxide of Mercury. This preparation is made by incorporating ten parts of yellow mer- curic oxide with ninety parts of ointment. Its uses are the same as those of the older ointment of red mercuric oxide. (See Unguenta.) OLEATUM HYDRARGYRI. U.S. Oleate of Mercury. This oleate is made by dissolving ten parts of dried yellow oxide of mercury in ninety parts of oleic acid. It is best to avoid heat in making this preparation, to prevent partial decomposition and separation of metallic mercury; in time this change slowly takes place, even when the directions have been strictly followed (see page 323). HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM. U.S. Red Oxide of Mercury. HgO ; 215.7. [Red Precipitate. Red Mercuric Oxide.] Preparation.—This oxide may be made by a former officinal process, as follows: Take of Mercury 36 oz.; Nitric Acid 24 oz.; Water 2 pints. Dis- solve the Mercury, with the aid of a gentle heat, in the Acid and Water previously mixed, and evaporate to dryness. Rub the dry mass into powder, and heat it in a very shallow vessel until red vapors cease to rise. Mercuric nitrate is first formed, and this is decomposed by heat. (Hg2N03)2 = (HgO)2 + 4N02 + 02. Mercuric Mercuric Nitrogen Oxygen. Nitrate. Oxide. Dioxide. It is more economical to add an equal weight of mercury to the mer- curic nitrate, before heating, as it also may be converted into oxide through the escaping nitrogen dioxide and heat. Hydrargyri Oxidum Kubrum. U. S- Odob and Taste. Solubility. j Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Heavy, orange-red, crystalline scales, or a crystalline powder, becoming more yellow the finer it is divided, perma- nent in the air. At a high tempera- ture it is decomposed, giving off oxygen and separating metallic mercury, and is finally volatilized without residue. Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. "Wholly soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid. Test foe Identity. Impurities. Test foe Impurities. When digested, on a water-bath, with a strong solution of oxalic acid, it does not change color within two hours (difference from yellow mercuric oxide). f When strongly heated, it turns Nitrate. -j darker, without emitting red- [ dish fumes. Uses.—Red mercuric oxide has the same chemical composition as the yellow oxide. It is used in the form of ointment for inflamed eyelids, in skin diseases, and for destroying body-vermin. LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 675 UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI OXIDI RUBRI. U.S. Ointment of Red Oxide of Mercury. This preparation, usually known as red precipitate ointment, is made by incorporating ten parts of red mercuric oxide with ninety parts of ointment. It is used as a stimulating application to indolent sores and in blepharitis. HYDRARGYRI SUBSULPHAS FLAVUS. U.S. Yellow Subsulphate of Mercury. Hg(Hg0)2S04; 727.1. [Basic Mercuric Sulphate. Turpeth Mineral.] Mercury, 10 parts, or 4 oz. av. Sulphuric Acid, 5 parts, or oz. av. Nitric Acid, 4 parts, or 9 fl. dr. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Upon the Mercury, contained in a capacious flask, pour the Sulphuric Acid, then gradually add the Nitric Acid, previously mixed with three parts [or 1 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, and digest at a gentle heat until reddish fumes are no longer given off. Transfer the mixture to a porce- lain capsule, and heat it on a sand-bath, frequently stirring, until a dry, white mass remains. Reduce this to a fine powder and throw it, in small portions at a time, and constantly stirring, into two hundred parts [or 5 pints] of boiling Distilled Water. When all has been added, continue the boiling for ten minutes, then allow the mixture to settle, decant the supernatant liquid, transfer the precipitate to a strainer, wash it with warm Distilled Water until the washings no longer have an acid reaction, and dry it in a moderately warm place. When normal mercuric sulphate (HgS04) is mixed with boiling water it is decomposed, and basic mercuric sulphate, Hg(Hg0)2S04, separates, as a yellow precipitate, whilst acid mercuric sulphate remains in solution. Hydrargyri Subsulphas Flavus, U.S. Odor AND Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A heavy, lemon-yellow powder, permanent in the air. When heated, the salt turns red, becoming yellow again on cooling. At a red heat it is volatilized without residue, evolving vapors of mercury and of sulphurous acid. Odorless; almost tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Soluble in ni- tric or hydro- chloric acid. Test for Identity. To prove the absence of mercurous salt, this compound should be soluble in 20 parts of hydro- chloric acid without residue. Uses.—This mercurial salt is rarely used. It is powerfully irritant, and may be replaced by milder mercurials with advantage. The dose, as an alterative, is from one-quarter to one-half grain. 676 LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. HYDRARGYRI SULPHIDUM RUBRUM. U.S. Red Sulphide of Mercury. HgS; 231.7. [Red Mercuric Sulphide. Cinnabar.] Preparation.—This compound may be made by the process for- merly officinal, as follows: Take of Mercury 40 oz.; Sulphur 8 oz. To the Sulphur, previously melted, gradually add the Mercury, with constant stirring, and continue the heat until the mass begins to swell. Then remove the vessel from the fire, and cover it closely to prevent the contents from inflaming. When the mass is cold, rub it into powder, and sublime. Red mercuric sulphide is known in the arts as vermilion: it is made on a large scale in China, Austria, Holland, England, and the United States. The manufacturers carefully guard their secrets concerning their method of obtaining a very brilliant color. The above process will not yield a product equal to the Chinese vermilion as a pigment. Hydrarg-yri Sulphidum Kubrum. V. S. Odoe and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Brilliant, dark red, crys- talline masses, or a fine, bright, scarlet powder, permanent in the air. Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Insoluble in nitric or hydro- chloric acid, or in dilute solu- tions of alkalies. Dissolved by nitrohydrochlorie acid with separation of sulphur. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests foe Impurities. When heated, the salt becomes brown and then black, but, on cooling, it reassumes its red color. At a higher tempera- ture it takes fire, burns with a bluish flame, emitting the odor of burning sulphur, and is finally volatilized without res- idue. On dissolving the salt in nitrohydrochlorie acid and adding an excess of stannous chloride, metallic mercury is precipitated. f If the salt be treated with warm solution Arepnic An 1 of potassa, the filtrate, after being acid- tirnonv " '* tdated with hydrochloric acid, should ■v‘ 1 not yield a yellow or orange-colored ( precipitate. pr , f If the salt be treated with warm solution T ,i: ’ nr 1 of potassa, the filtrate, after being acid- other 'sul J] u'ate(l with hydrochloric acid, should . - , ' 1 n°t produce a colored precipitate with pnmes. acetate of lead, pi i Av.vIp nf I the digeste3. By boiling 1 p. black antimony with 250 p. Oxysulphide of Antimony. water containing 23 p. sodium carbonate, filtering, and collecting the precipitate. Antimonii Pentasulphidum. By adding 70 p. crystallized sodium carbonate Pentasulphide of Antimony. to 250 p. water and boiling; then mixing with 26 p. lime and 80 p. water; lastly, adding 36 p. levigated sulphide of antimony and 7 p. sublimed sulphur, boiling until gray color disappears, filtering, and then crystal- lizing. Antimonii Sulphas, Sb2(S04)3, = 526. By boiling antimony with strong sulphuric Sulphate of Antimony. acid, and collecting the white mass. ANTIMONII ET POTASSII TARTRAS. U.S. Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium. This, the most important antimonial compound, may be made by a former officinal process, as follows : Take of Oxide of Antimony, in very fine powder, 2 oz.; Bitartrate of Potassium, in very fine powder, 2J oz.; Distilled Water, 18 fl. oz. To the Water, heated to the boiling point in a glass vessel, add the powders, previously mixed, and boil for an hour ; then filter the liquid while hot, and set it aside that crystals may form. Lastly, dry the crystals, and keep them in a well-stopped bottle. By further evapora- tion the mother-water may be made to yield more crystals, which should be purified by a second crystallization. 2KSb0C4H406.H20; 664. [Tartar Embtic.] 684 ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. Like potassium and sodium tartrate, this is a double salt. Two replaceable hydrogen atoms of tartaric acid (H2C4H406) are substituted by one of antimonyl (SbO) and one of potassium (K). The group (SbO) is hypothetical. 2KHC4H406 + Sb2Oa = 2KSbOC4H4Oe + H20. Acid Potassium Antimonous Antimony Potassium Water. Tartrate. Oxide. Tartrate. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Antimonn et rotassn rartras. u.o. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Small, transparent crystals of the rhombic system, becoming opaque and white on exposure to air, or a white granular pow- der. When heated to redness, the salt chars, emits the odor of burnt sugar, and leaves a blackened residue of an alkaline reaction. Sweet, afterwards disagre e a b 1 e, metallic taste; feebly acid re- action. Cold. 11 parts. Boiling. 3 parts. Insoluble. It pre- cipitates it from its aqueous solu- tion in form of a crystalline pow- der. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with hydrochloric acid, a white precipitate sol- uble in an excess of the acid; but no pre- cipitate occurs if tar- taric acid has been previously added. In a solution of the salt acidulated with hy- drochloric acid, hy- drosulphuric acid causes an orange-red precipitate. A dilute solution at once be- comes permanently turbid on the addi- tion of a little carbon- ate of potassium. Sulphate. Iron and other Met- ■ als. Calcium. * « Chloride. More than traces of - Arsenic. ' A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, previously acidulated with acetic acid, should not be clouded by the addition of a few drops of test-solution of chloride of barium. A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, previously acidulated with acetic acid, should not be clouded by the addition of a few drops of test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium. A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, previously acidulated with acetic acid, should not be clouded by the addition of a few drops of test-solution of oxalate of ammonium. ’ A 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, previously acidulated with acetic acid, should not be clouded by the addition of a few drops of test-solution of nitrate of silver. If 1 Gm. of the salt and some pieces of aluminium wire be added to strong solution of soda (sp. gr. about 1.260), contained in a long test-tube, a gas is given off which should not impart any color to filtering paper wet with test-solution of nitrate of silver and held over the mouth of the test-tube. Uses.—Tartar emetic, as its name implies, is used as an emetic, in doses of half a grain to one grain, repeated until vomiting takes place. It is given in minute doses as an alterative or diaphoretic. In cases of poisoning by an overdose, tannin should be administered in some form, freely : the insoluble tannate is formed. ANTIMONII OXIDUM. U.S. Oxide of Antimony. Sb203; 288. Preparation.—The former officinal process may be used in making this oxide. It is as follows : Take of Sulphide of Antimony, in very fine powder, 4 oz. troy; Hydrochloric Acid, 18 oz. troy; Nitric Acid, 1 oz. troy, 120 grains; Water of Ammonia, 1J fl. oz.; Water, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. 685 quantity. Introduce the Sulphide into a flask, of the capacity of two pints, and, having added the Hydrochloric Acid, digest, by means of a sand-bath, until effervescence ceases. Then, having removed the flask from the sand-bath, add the Nitric Acid gradually; and, vdien nitrous acid vapors cease to be given off, and the liquid has grown cold, add to it half a pint of Water, and filter. Pour the filtered liquid gradually into twelve pints of Water, constantly stirring, and allow the precipitate to subside. Decant the supernatant liquid, and wash the precipitate twice by decantation, using, each time, eight pints of Water. Then trans- fer it to a muslin filter to drain, and, after the draining is completed, wash it with Water until the washings cease to have an acid reaction. Next introduce it into a suitable vessel, and subject it to the action of the Water of Ammonia for two hours; at the end of which time transfer it to a moistened muslin filter, and wash it with Distilled Water as long as the washings produce a precipitate with nitrate of silver. Lastly, dry the precipitate upon bibulous paper with the aid of a gentle heat. The first step in this process is the formation of antimonous chloride, SbCl3. When this is added to water it is decomposed, an oxychloride being formed, 2SbCl3.5Sb203. This is converted into oxide by treating it with ammonia. Sb2S3 + 6HC1 = 2SbCl3 + 3H2S; Antimony Hydrochloric Antimonous Hydrosulphuric Sulphide. Acid. Chloride. Acid. 12SbCl3 + 15H20 = 2SbCl3.5Sb203 + 30HC1, Antimonous Water. Antimony Hydrochloric Chloride. Oxychloride. Acid. then 2SbCl3,5Sb203 + 6XH3 + 3H20 = 6Sb2Oa + 6XH.C1. Antimony Ammonia. Water. Antimony Ammonium Oxychloride. Oxide. Chloride. and Antimonii Oxidum. 17. S. Odoe and Solubility. Taste. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A heavy, grayish-white powder, permanent in the air. Odorless; tasteless. Almost insoluble. Insoluble. Hydrochloric acid dissolves it; soluble in warm solution of tartaric acid, and in boiling solution of bitartrate of po- tassium ; insoluble in nitric acid. Tests foe Identity. Impueities. Tests foe Impueities. When heated, the Oxide turns yellow, and at a dull red heat fuses to a yellowish liquid, which concretes, on cooling, to a crystalline mass of a pearly color. At a higher tem- perature it sublimes, producing col- orless and transparent, or white, shining, needle-shaped crystals. By dropping its solution in hydro- chloric acid into water, a white pre- cipitate is formed, which is at once changed to orange by hydrosul- phuric acid. Chloride. Sulphate. Iron and other Metals. ' A solution of Oxide of Antimony in an ex- cess of tartaric acid should yield no pre- cipitate with test-solution of nitrate of silver. ' A solution of Oxide of Antimony in an ex- cess of tartaric acid should yield no pre- cipitate with test-solution of chloride of barium. s A solution of Oxide of Antimony in an ex- cess of tartaric acid should yield no pre- cipitate with test-solution of ferrocyanide of potassium. 686 ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. Uses.—This oxide is rarely given uncombined; internally, it is the active ingredient in the officinal antimonial powder (Pulvis Antimoni- alis). It is used in the preparation of tartar emetic. ANTIMONII SULPHIDUM. U. S. Sulphide of Antimony. Sb2S3; 336. [Antimonii Sulphuretum, Pharm. 1870.] Native Sulphide of Antimony, purified by fusion, and as nearly free from Arsenic as possible. Preparation.—The crude antimony ore is purified by placing it in melting-pots, which are connected with the receiving-pots by earthen- ware tubes ; the infusible substances remain in the melting-pots, and are separated from the fused mass, and the latter, when cold, in the form of conical masses or loaves, is called crude antimony. Antimonii Sulphidum. TJ.S. Odor and Solubility. Taste. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Steel-gray masses of a me- tallic lustre and a stri- ated, crystalline frac- ture, forming a black or grayish-black, lus- treless powder. When heated, it fuses at a temperature below red heat. Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. 1 part of powdered sulphide, when boiled with 10 parts of hydrochloric acid, dis- solves without leaving more than a slight residue, hydro- sulphuric acid being evolved. Tests for Identity. The solution when added to water gives a white precipitate, which is soluble in a solution of tartaric acid. After separation of the precipitate by filtration, the filtrate gives an orange- red precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid. Uses.—Sulphide of antimony is used almost exclusively in veterinary practice as an alterative. ANTIMONII SULPHIDUM PURIFICATUM. U. S. Purified Sulphide of Antimony. Sb2S3; 336. Sulphide of Antimony, 10 parts, or 16 oz. av. Water of Ammonia, 5 parts, or fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity. Reduce the Sulphide of Antimony to a very fine powder. Separate the coarser particles by elutriation, and, when the finely-divided sulphide has been deposited, pour off the water, add the Water of Ammonia, and macerate for five days, agitating the mixture frequently. Then let the powder settle, pour off the Water of Ammonia, and wash the residue by repeated affusion and decantation of water. Finally, dry the product by the aid of heat. The intention of this process is to purify the commercial sulphide from arsenious sulphide, the latter being soluble in ammonia. Hager prefers to use a solution of ammonium carbonate with the ammonia, because it is more economical, antimony sulphide being less soluble in the mixture. ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. 687 Antimonii Sulphidum Purificatum. U.S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A dark gray powder. It fuses at a tem- perature below red heat. Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. When boiled with 10 parts of hy- drochloric acid it is nearly all dissolved, hydrosulphuric acid being evolved. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The solution, when added to water, yields a white precipitate, which is soluble in a solution of tartaric acid. After separation of the pre- cipitate by filtration, the filtrate gives an orange-red precipitate with hydrosulphuric acid. ' If 2 Gm. of the salt be mixed and cautiously ignited, Other Me *n a Porce'ain crucible, with 8 Gm. of pure nitrate tallic Sul S0(iium, and the fused mass boiled with 25 Gm. hides * °f water, there will remain a residue which should be white, or nearly so, and not yellowish nor brown- ish. ' On boiling the above filtrate with an excess of nitric acid, until no more nitrous vapors are evolved, then More than dissolving in it 0.1 Gm. of nitrate of silver, filtering traces of again, if necessary, and cautiously pouring a few Arsenic drops of water of ammonia on top, not more than a white cloud, but no red nor reddish precipitate, should appear at the line of contact of the two liquids. Uses.—Purified sulphide of antimony should be used exclusively in all the preparations into which the sulphide enters. It is not used internally to any extent. ANTIMONIUM SULPHURATUM. U. S. Sulphurated Antimony. Chiefly Antimonious Sulphide [Sb2S3 ; 336], with a very small amount of Anti- monious Oxide. Purified Sulphide of Antimony, 1 part, or 4 oz. av. Solution of Soda, 12 parts, or 2 pints 13 fl. oz. Distilled Water, Diluted Sulphuric Acid, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Purified Sulphide of Antimony with the Solution of Soda and thirty parts [or 8 pints] of Distilled Water, and boil the mixture ever a gentle fire, for two hours, constantly stirring, and occasionally adding Distilled Water so as to preserve the same volume. Strain the liquid immediately through a double muslin strainer, and drop into it, while yet hot, Diluted Sulphuric Acid so long as it produces a precipi- tate. Wash the precipitate with hot Distilled Water until the wash- ings are at most but very slightly clouded by test-solution of chloride of barium ; then dry the precipitate and rub it to a fine powder. When antimonous sulphide is boiled with solution of sodium hydrate, sodium antimonite and sodium sulph-antimonite are formed, and when sulphuric acid is added to the hot solution, these salts are decomposed, and antimonous sulphide and antimonous oxide are pre- cipitated, whilst sodium sulphate remains in solution. Sb2S3 + 6NaHO = Na3Sb03 + Na3SbS3 + 3H20, Antimonous Sodium Sodium Sodium Sulph- Water. Sulphide. Hydrate. Antimonite. Antimonite. 688 ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. 2Na3Sb03 + 3H2S04 = 3Na2S04 + Sb203 + 3H20, Sodium Sulphuric Sodium Antimonous Water. Antimonite. Acid. Sulphate. Oxide. and and 2Na3SbS3 + 3H2S04 = 3Na£04 + Sb2S3 + 3H2S. Sodium Sulph- Sulpiiuric Sodium Antimonous Hydrosul- Antimonite. Acid. Sulphate. Sulphide. phuric Acid. Antimonium Sulphuratum. U.S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A reddish-brown, amorphous powder. The residue, after having been washed and dried, burns, on the ap- plication of a flame, with the charac- teristic odor of sulphur, and should leave not more than a scanty ash. Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. When heated with 12 parts of hy- drochloric acid it is nearly all dis- solved with evo- lution of hydro- sulphuric acid. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. On dropping a solution of Sulphurated Antimony in hydrochloric acid into water, a white precipitate is pro- duced, which, after washing and dry- ing, should weigh not less than 85 per cent, of the sulphide. The liquid fil- tered from this precipitate yields an orange-red precipitate with hydrosul- phuric acid. 'Distilled Water boiled with Sulphu- rated Antimony, filtered and acid- ulated with hydrochloric acid, should Sulphate. - ren(jereq not more than slightly opalescent by test-solution of chloride of barium. Uses.—Sulphurated antimony is alterative, emetic, and diaphoretic, in doses of one to five grains. ANTIMONII COMPOSITE. U. S. Compound Pills of Antimony. [Plummer’s Pills.] Each pill contains one-half grain of sulphurated antimony, one-half grain of mild chloride of mercury, one grain of guaiac, with sufficient mucilage of tragacanth to form a mass. This pill is used in secondary syphilis and in various skin diseases. (See Pilulse.) PULVIS ANTIMONIALIS. U. S. Antimonial Powder. [James’ Powder.] This powder is made from thirty-three parts of oxide of antimony and sixty-seven parts of precipitated phosphate of calcium. It is used as a diaphoretic, in doses of three to five grains. (See Pulveres.) VINUM ANTIMONII. XJ. S. Wine of Antimony. Made by dissolving four parts of tartrate of antimony and potassium in sixty parts of boiling distilled water, and adding sufficient stronger white wine to make one thousand parts. It is used as an addition to diaphoretic and expectorant mixtures. The dose is ten to twenty minims. ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. 689 Arsenic. As; 74.9. Arsenic is found in many minerals, generally as a sulphide or arsen- ide. It may be easily obtained from arsenious oxide by heating it with charcoal. Arsenic is a brilliant, crystalline element, of a steel-gray color when freshly sublimed; upon exposure to the air its surface be- comes blackish and dull. Its sp. gr. is about 5.73 to 5.88. It forms two combinations with oxygen, arsenious and arsenic oxides, As203 and As2Os respectively, to each of which the corresponding acid is known, and three with sulphur, namely, the disulphide, or realgar, As2S2; the tri- sulphide, or orpiment, As2S3, corresponding in composition to arsenious oxide; and the pentasulphide, As2S5, corresponding to arsenic oxide. 1. Hydrosulphuric acid, when added to an acidulated solution of arsenious acid, produces a bright yellow precipitate (orpiment). This is soluble in water of ammonia and reprecipitated by acids. 2. If silver nitrate is added to a solution of arsenious acid, with a small quantity of water of ammonia, a yellow precipitate (silver arsenite) is produced. This precipitate is soluble in an excess of ammonia, and also in nitric acid. 3. If cupric sulphate is added to a solution of arsenious acid, with a small quantity of water of ammonia, a green precipitate (Scheele’s green) is produced. This precipitate is soluble in an excess of ammonia. 4. If a liquid containing arsenic is added to a flask containing zine and sulphuric acid, the hydrogen gas produced will upon ignition deposit a ring of metallic arsenic upon a cold surface (Marsh’s test). 5. If a thin piece of bright copper plate be placed in an acidulated arsenical solution, and the latter be heated, a film of metallic arsenic will be deposited upon it (Iieinsch’s test). Tests for Arsenic and its Salts. Officinal Preparations of Arsenic. Officinal Name. Preparation. Acidum Arseniosum By roasting arsenical ores and resubliming the sublimate. Liquor Acidi Arseniosi 1 part arsenious acid, 2 parts hydrochloric acid, distilled water to make 100 parts. Liquor Potassii Arsenitis 1 part arsenious acid, 1 part potassium bicar- bonate, 3 parts compound tincture of laven- der, distilled water to make 100 parts. Sodii Arsenias By fusing arsenious acid with sodium nitrate and carbonate. Liquor Sodii Arseniatis By dissolving 1 part of sodium arseniate in 99 parts of distilled water. Arsenii Iodidum '. . . . By fusing 1 part of arsenic and 5 parts of iodine together. Liquor Arsenii et Hydrargyri Iodidi . By dissolving 1 part each of arsenic iodide and mercuric iodide in 100 parts of distilled water. Unofficinal Compounds of Arsenic. Arsenii Bisulphidum, AS2S2, = 213.8. By fusing together 5 parts arsenious acid and 3 parts Bisulphide of Arsenic. sulphur, then collecting the mass. 690 ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. Unofficinal Compounds of Arsenic.—(Continued.) Arsenii Bromidum, AsBr3, = 314.3. By diffusing arsenic in powder in a retort filled with Bromide of Arsenic. bromine vapor, then distilling the arsenic bromide from the excess of arsenic. Arsenii Chloridum, AsCls, = 181.1. By direct combination of arsenic and chlorine. Chloride of Arsenic. Arsenii Trisulphidum, AS2S3, = 245.8. By fusing 5 parts arsenious acid with 4 to 5 parts Trisulphide of Arsenic. sulphur, then collecting the mass. ACIDUM ARSENIOSUM. U. S. Arsenious Acid. As203; 197.8. [Arsenious Oxide; White Arsenic.] Preparation.—Arsenious acid, or, as it is commonly termed, arsenic, is made by roasting arsenical ores in reverberatory furnaces with long horizontal flues : the arsenious acid collects as a solid sublimate, which is afterwards resublimed in cast-iron vessels with conical heads. Chemi- cally, it is not regarded as an acid, but is an oxide, As2Oa, the true acid being formed when the oxide is dissolved in water. 2As2Os -f- 6H20 = 4H3ASO3. Arsenious Oxide. Water. Arsenious Acid. Acidum Arseniosum. 17. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A heavy, white solid, occur- ring either as an opaque powder, or in transparent or semi-transparent masses which usually have a stri- ated appearance ; perma- nent in the air. Heated to about 218° C. (424.4° F.), it is completely volatilized without melting, and, when thrown on ignited charcoal, it emits an alliaceous odor. Odorless; taste- less ; faintly acid reaction. Cold. 30 to 80 parts. Boiling. 15 parts. Cold. Sparingly. Boiling. Sparingly. Freely by hydro- chloric acid, the alkalies and their carbonates, mod- erately in glyce- rin. Tests foe Identity. Quantitative Test. An aqueous solution of the acid affords a lemon-yellow precipitate with test-solution of ammonio-nitrate of silver, and a grass-green one with test-solution of ammonio-sulphate of copper; and, if the solution is acidulated with hydrochloric acid, a bright yellow one with hydrosulphuric acid. This latter precipitate is soluble in test-solution of carbonate of ammonium and insoluble in diluted hydrochloric acid (distinction from sulphides of antimony and tin). If 0.247 Gm. of the acid be dissolved, with 2 Gm. of bicarbonate of sodium, in boiling water, the solution should decolorize not less than 48.5 C.c. of the volumetric solution of iodine (corresponding to at least 97 per cent, of pure arsenious acid). Uses.—Arsenious acid is used as an alterative, in doses of one- twentieth of a grain; externally, it is employed as an escharotic, and, mixed with various substances in the form of a paste, is often applied to cancers and ulcers. Two antidotes to arsenical poisoning are officinal (see pages 631, 632). ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. 691 LIQUOR ACIDI ARSENIOSI. U. S. Solution of Arsenious Acid. [Liquor Arsenici Chloridi, Pharm. 1870.] By measure. Arsenious Acid, in small pieces, 1 part, or 37 grains. Hydrochloric Acid, 2 parts, or . 67 minims. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 8 fl. oz. Boil the Arsenious Acid with the Hydrochloric Acid and with twenty-jive parts [or 2 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, until it is dissolved. Filter the liquid, and pass enough Distilled Water through the filter to make the solution weigh one hundred parts [or measure 8 fl. oz.]. This is simply a solution of arsenious acid in diluted hydrochloric acid, no chemical action taking place. The officinal quantitative test is as follows: If 24.7 Gm. of Solution of Arsenious Acid be boiled for a few min- utes with 2 Gm. of bicarbonate of sodium, the resulting liquid should not decolorize less than 48.5 C.c. of the volumetric solution of iodine (corresponding to 1 per cent, of arsenious acid of the required purity). Uses.—This solution is used as an alterative, in doses of two to five minims. LIQUOR POTASSII ARSENITIS. U. S. Solution of Arsenite of Potassium. [Fowler’s Solution.] By measure. Arsenious Acid, in small pieces, 1 part, or 37 grains. Bicarbonate of Potassium, 1 part, or 37 grains. Compound Tincture of Lavender, 3 parts, or 2 fl. dr. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 8 fl. oz. Boil the Arsenious Acid and Bicarbonate of Potassium in a glass ves- sel with ten parts [or 6 fl. clr.] of Distilled Water, until the Acid is completely dissolved. Then add the Compound Tincture of Lavender, and enough Distilled Water to make the product weigh one hundred parts [or measure 8 fl. oz.]. Lastly, set the mixture aside for eight days, and then filter through paper. 2KHCOs + As203 + H20 = 2KH2As03 + 2C02. Acid Potassium Arsenious Water. Potassium Carbon Carbonate. Oxide. Arsenite. Dioxide. When arsenious oxide is boiled with acid potassium carbonate in concentrated solution, carbon dioxide is evolved, and potassium arsenite is produced; but, owing to the fact that the salts are soluble in the quantity of water directed in the formula, a solution can be effected without involving any chemical change. The corresponding British solution (Liquor Arsenicalis) is made from dilute solutions, and its title does not indicate any chemical action. The officinal quantitative test is as follows : If 24.7 Gm. of the Solution be boiled with 2 Gm. of bicarbonate of sodium, the liquid, when cold, diluted with 100 C.c. of water, and some gelatinized starch added, should require from 48.5 to 50 C.c. of 692 ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. the volumetric solution of iodine, before the blue color ceases to dis- appear on stirring (corresponding to 1 per cent, of arsenious acid of the required purity). Uses.—Solution of arsenite of potassium is largely used as an alter- ative, in doses of three to five minims. SODII ARSENIAS. U. S. Arseniate of Sodium. Na2HAs04.7H20; 311.9. For an account of the preparation and uses of this salt, see page 523. LIQUOR SODII ARSENIATIS. U.S. Solution of Arseniate of Sodium. Made by dissolving one part of sodium arseniate in ninety-nine parts of distilled water (see page 523). ARSENII IODIDUM. U.S. Iodide of Arsenic. AsI3; 454.7. [Arsenici Ioridum, Pharm. 1870.] Preparation.—In the former officinal process this iodide was made by a direct combination of the elements. Take of Arsenic, 60 grains; Iodine, 300 grains. Rub the Arsenic in a mortar until reduced to a fine powder; then add the Iodine, and rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed. Put the mixture into a small flask or a test-tube, loosely stopped, and heat it very gently until liquefaction occurs. Then incline the vessel in different directions, in order that any portion of the iodine, which may have condensed on its surface, may be returned into the melted mass. Lastly, pour the melted iodide on a porcelain slab, and, when it is cold, break it into pieces, and keep it in a well-stopped bottle. By this process it is difficult to secure entire combination, and it has been made by dissolving the iodine in carbon disulphide, and gradually adding the finely-powdered metallic arsenic until the purple color, show- ing the presence of free iodine, has disappeared; the solution is then evaporated and crystallized. Arsenii Iodidum. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Glossy, orange-red, crystalline masses, or shining, orange- red, crystalline scales, gradu- ally losing iodine when ex- posed to the air. By heat the salt is completely volatilized. 'Iodine-like odor; iodine-like taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 3.5 parts. Gradually decom- posed. Cold. 10 parts. Gradually decom- posed. Soluble in ether and disulphide of carbon. Tests for Identity. The aqueous solution has a yellow color, and, on standing, gradually decomposes into arsenious and hydriodic acids. On passing liydrosulphuric acid through the solution, a lemon-yellow precipitate is thrown down. If the salt be heated with diluted nitric acid, vapor of iodine will be given off. Uses.—The principal use of this compound is in making solution of iodide of arsenic and mercury. The dose is one-sixteenth of a grain as an alterative. ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. 693 LIQUOR ARSENII ET HYDRARGYRI IODIDI. U. S. Solution of Iodide of Arsenic and Mercury. [Liquor Arsenici et Hydrargyri Iodidi, Pharm. 1870. Donovan’s Solution.] By measure. Iodide of Arsenic, l*part, or 35 grains. Red Iodide of Mercury, 1 part, or 35 grains. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 8 fl. oz. Triturate the Iodides with fifteen parts [or 1 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, until they are dissolved. Filter the liquid, and pass enough Distilled Water through the filter to make the solution weigh one hundred parts [or measure 8 fl. oz.]. This solution, in which no chemical change occurs, should be of a light straw color; when darker than this, free iodine is probably present, and if a globule of mercury and a few grains of metallic arsenic are dropped into the bottle containing the solution, and the whole well agitated and filtered, the proper color may be restored. Uses.—Solution of iodide of arsenic and mercury is used as an alter- ative. The dose is from three to five minims, largely diluted. Bismuth. Bi; 210. Bismuth is found in the metallic state, and occasionally as a sulphide. It is a crystalline, brittle, pulverizable, brilliant metal, having a sil- ver color with a reddish tint. Its sp. gr. is 9.8. It closely resembles metallic antimony in appearance. 1. Hydrosulphuric acid or ammonium sulphide produces in solutions of bismuth salts a black precipitate of sulphide, insoluble in excess. 2. When acid solutions of bismuth salts are poured into water, white precipitates (subsalts) are produced. Tests for Salts of Bismuth. Officinal Preparations of Bismuth. Officinal Name. Preparation. Bismuthi Citras By boiling bismuth subnitrate with citric acid and water, and adding distilled water to the clear solu- tion. Bismuthi et Ammonii Citras . By dissolving bismuth citrate in water of ammonia, evaporating the solution, and scaling. Bismuthi Subcarbonas . . . By dissolving bismuth in nitric acid, purifying, and precipitating by adding solution of sodium carbonate. Bismuthi Subnitras By dissolving bismuth in nitric acid, purifying, and adding the solution in nitric acid to water. Bismuthi Bromidum, BiBr3, =450. By treating bismuth with excess of bromine and collect- Bromide of Bismuth. ing the steel-gray mass. Bismuthi Chromas, 3Bi203.2Cr03, = By adding a solution of’bismuth nitrate to a moderately 1604.8. concentrated solution of acid potassium chromate in Chromate of Bismuth. slight excess, and collecting the precipitate. ' Bismuthi Lactas. By boiling 10 p. bismuth subnitrate with excess of soda, Lactate of Bismuth. washing the oxide well with water, then mixing with 9 p. lactic acid, digesting the mixture, and drying in a water-bath. Unofficinal Preparations of Bismuth. 694 ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. Unofficinal Preparations of Bismuth.—(Continued.) Bismuthi Oxalas, By mixing bismuth nitrate with a solution of oxalic acid, = 954. and collecting the precipitate. Oxalate of Bismuth. Bismuthi Oxidum, Bi203, = 468. By mixing 4 oz. bismuth subnitrate and 1 pint solution Oxide of Bismuth. of soda, then boiling for 5 minutes, decanting the liquid, and washing the precipitate with distilled water. Bismuthi Oxychloridum, BiOCl, = By pouring slowly a solution of bismuth in nitric acid 261.4. into a solution of sodium chloride, and collecting the Oxychloride of Bismuth. precipitate. Bismuthi Phosphas, BiP04, = 305. By adding bismuth nitrate to a solution of phosphoric Phosphate of Bismuth. acid containing nitric acid, and collecting the pre- cipitate. Bismuthi Salicylas. By dissolving bismuth nitrate in glycerin and adding a Salicylate of Bismuth. concentrated solution of sodium salicylate, then col- lecting the precipitate. Bismuthi Tannas. By dissolving 22 p. bismuth nitrate in the least amount Tannate of Bismuth. of nitric acid, previously diluted with half its weight of water, pouring the solution into an excess of solu- tion of soda, washing the precipitate with water, then triturating the precipitate with 10 p. tannin diluted with water, straining and drying. Bismuthi Tartras. By adding a hot, concentrated solution of 4 p. tartaric Tartrate of Bismuth. acid to a hot, moderately strong solution of 5 p. bis- muth oxide in nitric acid, then washing the precipitate with an aqueous solution of tartaric acid. Bismuthi Valerianas. By dissolving bismuth nitrate in the smallest amount of Valerianate of Bismuth. nitric acid, previously diluted with half its weight of water, then adding a concentrated solution of sodium valerianate, washing the precipitate with water mixed with valerianic acid; lastly, drying the precipitate. BISMUTHI CITRAS. U.S. Citrate of Bismuth. BiC6H507; 399. Subnitrate of Bismuth, 10 parts, or i oz. av. Citric Acid, 7 parts, or 306 grains. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Boil the Subnitrate of Bismuth and the Citric Acid with forty parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water, until a drop of the mixture yields a clear solution with water of ammonia. Then add five hundred parts [or 3 pints] of Distilled Water, allow the suspended matter to deposit, wash the precipitate (first by decantation, and afterwards on a strainer), with Distilled Water, until the washings are tasteless, and dry the residue at a gentle heat. In this process the bismuth salt is decomposed by the boiling solution of citric acid. Bi0N03.H20 + H3C6H507 = BiC6H507 + HXOa + 2H20. Bismuth Citric Bismuth Nitric Water. Subnitrate. Acid. Citrate. Acid. Bismuthi Citras. U.S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white, amorphous powder, per- manent in the air. Odorless; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Soluble in water of ammonia. ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. 695 Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Test fob Impurities. When strongly heated, the salt chars, and, on ignition, leaves a more or less blackened residue with a yellow sur- face, which is dissolved by warm nitric acid. This solution, on being dropped 'When a portion of the filtrate ob- tained by treating the ammoniacal solution with hydrosulphuric acid in excess is deprived of the excess of hydrosulphuric acid by heating, into water, occasions a white turbidity. The ammoniacal solution, when treated with hydrosulphuric acid in excess, yields a black precipitate. The fil- trate, deprived, by heat, of the excess of hydrosulphuric acid and cooled, when boiled with lime-water, pro- duces a white precipitate. . Nitrate. and is mixed with an equal volume of concentrated sulphuric acid and cooled, a brown or brownish-black zone should not appear around a crystal of ferrous sulphate dropped into the liquid. Uses.—This salt may be used for the same purposes as the sub- nitrate. It was made officinal because it is used in making the soluble double salt of citrate of bismuth and ammonium. BISMUTHI ET AMMONII CITRAS. U.S. Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium. Citrate of Bismuth, 10 parts, or i oz. av. Water of Ammonia, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Citrate of Bismuth with twenty parts [or 2 fl. oz.] of Distilled Water to a smooth paste, and gradually add Water of Ammonia until the salt is dissolved, and the liquid has a neutral or only faintly alka- line reaction. Then filter the solution, evaporate it to a syrupy consist- ence, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, on drying, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in small, well-stopped vials, protected from light. This is the only soluble salt of bismuth officinal. If its aqueous solution is not perfectly transparent, it is probably due to the loss of ammonia on keeping the salt: a drop or two of water of ammonia added to the cloudy solution will generally make it transparent. Liquor Bismuthi.—An aqueous solution of citrate of bismuth has been largely used in England. It may be made by dissolving 260 grains of citrate of bismuth and ammonium in 14 fl. oz. of distilled water, neutralizing the solution with water of ammonia, and adding 2 fl. oz. of alcohol. Bismuthi et Ammonii Citras. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Keaction. Water. Alcohol. Small, shining, pearly or translucent scales, be- coming opaque on exposure to air. When strongly heated, the salt melts, then chars, and finally leaves a more or less blackened resi- due with a yellow surface, which is dissolved by warm nitric acid. This solution, on being dropped into water, occasions a white turbidity. Odorless; slightly acidulous and metallic taste; neutral or faint- ly alkaline re- action. Very solu- ble. Sparingly soluble. 696 ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Test foe Impueities. The aqueous solution of the salt, when boiled with solution of po- tassa, evolves vapor of ammonia; and, when treated with hydrosul- phuric acid, yields a black precipi- tate. If the filtrate be deprived, by heat, of the excess of hydro- sulphuric acid and cooled, a por- tion of it, boiled with lime-water, produces a white precipitate. When a portion of the filtrate, obtained by treating an aqueous solution of the salt with hydrosulphuric acid, is de- prived of the excess of acid by heat- er., ing, and is mixed with an equal vol- ume of concentrated sulphuric acid and cooled, there should not be pro- duced a brown or brownish-black zone around a crystal of ferrous sulphate when dropped into the liquid. Uses.—This salt is astringent, and is generally prescribed in solu- tion. The dose is from one to three grains. BISMUTHI SUBCARBONAS. U.S. Subcarbonate of Bismuth. (Bi0)2C03.H20; 630. Preparation.—Subcarbonate of bismuth may be made by the former officinal process, as follows : Take of Bismuth, in pieces, 2 oz. troy; Nitric Acid 8|- oz. troy; Water of Ammonia 5 fl. oz.; Carbonate of Sodium 10 oz. troy; Dis- tilled Water a sufficient quantity. Mix 4J oz. troy of the Nitric Acid with 4 fl. oz. of Distilled Water in a capacious glass vessel, and, having added the Bismuth, set the whole aside for twenty-four hours. Dilute the resulting solution with 10 fl. oz. of Distilled Water, stir it thor- oughly, and, after twenty-four hours, filter through paper. To the filtered liquid, previously diluted with 4 pints of Distilled Water, slowly add the Water of Ammonia, constantly stirring. Transfer the whole to a strainer, and, after the precipitate has been drained, wash it with 2 pints of Distilled Water, and drain it again. Then place the precipitate in a proper vessel, add the remainder of the Nitric Acid, and afterwards 4 fl. oz. of Distilled Water, and set the solution aside. At the end of twenty-four hours, filter through paper. Dis- solve the Carbonate of Sodium in 12 fl. oz. of Distilled Water, with the aid of heat, and filter the solution through paper. To this, when cold, slowly add the solution of nitrate of bismuth, with constant stir- ring. Transfer the whole to a strainer, and, after the precipitate has been drained, wash it with Distilled Water until the washings pass tasteless. Lastly, press, dry it on bibulous paper with a gentle heat, and rub it into powder. As metallic bismuth generally contains arsenic, it is very important to provide that this should be left behind, in the processes for making its medicinal preparations. It is on this account that the above formula is so elaborate. The bismuth is first dissolved in nitric acid, a portion of which oxidizes the metal, with the evolution of nitrous vapors, while another portion combines with the oxide produced to form bis- muth nitrate. At the same time the arsenic is also oxidized at the expense of the nitric acid, and unites with a portion of the oxidized metal so as to produce bismuth arseniate. Both of these salts, there- fore, are contained in the solution, which is very concentrated. Both ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. 697 have the property, when their solution is diluted with water, of sepa- rating into two salts, one an insoluble subsalt which is deposited, and the other a soluble acid salt which is held in solution. But the arseni- ate is more disposed to the change than the nitrate, and requires for the purpose a smaller amount of water of dilution. The subarseniate is slowly deposited in twenty-four hours, and is then separated by filtra- tion. The addition of a large quantity of distilled water precipitates the bismuth subnitrate, the ammonia being added to separate it more thoroughly by combining with the nitric acid. The precipitate, thus freed from arsenic, is now redissolved in nitric acid partially diluted and added to solution of sodium carbonate; by double decomposition, bismuth subcarbonate and sodium nitrate are thus produced. Bismuthi Subcarbonas. U. S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A white or pale yellowish-white powder, perma- nent in the air. When heated to redness, the salt loses moisture and carbonic acid gas, and leaves a yellow residue which is soluble in nitric or in hydrochloric acid, and which is blackened by hydrosulphuric acid. Odorless; taste- less. Insoluble. Insoluble. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Insoluble Foreign Salts. Load. Copper. Chloride. Sulphate. Silver. Alkalies and Al- kaline Earths. Traces of Ammo- nia. Traces of Anti- mony, Arsenic, - and Tin. More than traces of Arsenic. On dissolving 1 part of the salt in 6 parts of warm nitric acid (sp. gr. 1.200) a copious effervescence takes place, and no residue should be left. On pouring a solution of 1 part of the salt in 6 parts of warm nitric acid (sp. gr. 1.200) into 50 parts of water, a white precipitate is produced, and, on filtering and concentrating the filtrate to 6 parts, a portion of this, mixed with 5 times its volume of diluted sulphuric acid, should not become cloudy. ' If a solution of 1 part of the salt in 6 parts of warm nitric acid (sp. gr. 1.200) be precipitated with an excess of water of ammonia, the super- natant liquid should not exhibit a blue tint. ’ On diluting a solution of 1 part of the salt in 6 parts of warm nitric acid (sp. gr. 1.200) with 5 volumes of distilled water, the filtrate should not be affected by test-solution of nitrate of silver. Nor by test-solution of nitrate of barium. Nor by hydrochloric acid. If the salt be boiled with acetic acid diluted with an equal volume of water, and the cold filtrate freed from bismuth by hydrosulphuric acid, the new filtrate should leave no fixed residue on evaporation. On boiling 1 Gm. of the salt with 10 C.c. of solution of soda (sp. gr. 1.260), and holding a glass rod dipped in acetic acid over the test-tube, not more than a faint, white cloud, but no heavy, white fumes, should appear. ' If the mixture of 1 Gm. of the salt with 10 C.c. of solution of soda (sp. gr. 1.260), after thorough boiling, be diluted with water to 50 C.c. and filtered, the filtrate, when supersaturated with hydrochloric acid, and treated with hydrosulphuric acid, should not deposit more than a trace of a precipitate, which should not have a yellow or orange color. On boiling 1 Gm. of the salt with 10 C.c. of strong solution of soda, de- canting the liquid from the precipitated oxide of bismuth into a long test-tube, and adding about 0.5 Gm. of aluminium wire cut into small pieces (a loose plug of cotton being pushed a short distance down the tube), the generated gas should not impart any color or tint to paper wet with test-solution of nitrate of silver and kept over the mouth of the test-tube for half an hour. Uses.—This bismuth compound is astringent and tonic. It is em- ployed for the same purposes as the subnitrate: the latter is much more frequently used. The dose is five to ten grains. 698 ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. BISMUTHI SUBNITRAS. U. S. Subnitrate of Bismuth. Bi0N03.H20; 306. Preparation.—This important salt may be made by the former officinal process, as follows : Take of Bismuth, in pieces, 2 oz. troy; Nitric Acid 8\ oz. troy; Carbonate of Sodium 10 oz. troy; Water of Ammonia 5 fl. oz.; Dis- tilled Water a sufficient quantity. Mix 4J oz. troy of the Nitric Acid with 4 fl. oz. of Distilled Water, in a capacious glass vessel, and, having added the Bismuth, set the whole aside for twenty-four hours. Dilute the resulting solution with 10 fl. oz. of Distilled Water, stir it thor- oughly, and, after twenty-four hours, filter through paper. Dissolve the Carbonate of Sodium in 20 fl. oz. of Distilled Water with the aid of heat, and filter the solution through paper. To this, when cold, slowly add the solution of nitrate of bismuth, with constant stirring. Transfer the whole to a strainer, and, after the precipitate has been drained, wash it with Distilled Water until the washings pass tasteless, and drain again as completely as possible. Then place the moist pre- cipitate in a capacious vessel, gradually add the remainder of the Nitric Acid, and afterwards 4 fl. oz. of Distilled Water, and set the solution aside. At the end of twenty-four hours, filter through paper, and to the filtered liquid, previously diluted with 4 pints of Distilled Water, slowly add the Water of Ammonia, with constant stirring. Transfer the whole to a strainer, and, after the precipitate has been drained, wash it with 2 pints of Distilled Water, drain it again, and press out as much of the liquid as possible. Lastly, dry it upon bibulous paper with a gentle heat, and rub it into powder. The separation of the arsenic is accomplished by first preparing the carbonate, by adding the acid solution of bismuth to a solution of sodium carbonate in excess, whereby most of the arsenic is retained in the solution, probably as sodium arseniate, while the insoluble carbonate is precipitated. This is dissolved, with the aid of heat, in nitric acid, sc> as to make a very concentrated solution of the nitrate, to which, when cold, just so much water is added as to begin to produce a permanent turbidness. The object of this is to allow any arsenic that may be still present to be deposited, which happens for reasons stated in explaining the process for procuring the subcarbonate (see page 696). The de- posited matter having been precipitated, only the pure nitrate remains in solution, which is made to yield the subnitrate by large dilution with water, and still more completely by the addition of ammonia. Bi2 + 8HNOs = (Bi3N03)2 + 4H20 + 2N0; Bismuth. Nitric Acid. Bismuth Nitrate. Water. Nitrogen Monoxide. then 5(Bi3N03) + 8H20 = 4Bi0N03H20 + Bi3NOa + 8HNOs. Bismuth Water. Bismuth Subnitrate. Bismuth Nitric Nitrate. titrate. Acid. ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. 699 Bismuthi Subnitras. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A heavy white powder, permanent in the air. Odorless; almost tasteless; slightly acid reaction. Insoluble. Insoluble. Test for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. When heated to redness, the salt gives off moisture, and afterwards nitrous vapors, leaving a yellow residue which is soluble in nitric or in hydro- chloric acid, and which is blackened by hydrosul- phuric acid. f On dissolving 1 part of the salt in 5 parts of Carbonate. -j warm nitric acid (sp. gr. 1.200), no efferves- [ cence should occur. Insoluble For- f residue should be left by treating 1 part of ei„n gaits | the salt with 5 parts of nitric acid (sp. gr. See Bismuthi Subcarbonas. Uses.—Subnitrate of bismuth is largely used in intestinal disorders : it is astringent, tonic, and sedative. The dose is from three to ten grains. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XLVII. ANTIMONY, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. Antimony—Give Latin name, symbol, and atomic weight. What is its melting-point ? How is it found ? What combinations does it form with oxygen ? From which of these oxides are antimonites formed ? From which of these oxides are antimoniates formed? What are the tests for salts of antimony ? Tartrate of antimony and potassium—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Describe the process (formerly officinal) by which this may be made. Give rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solu- bility. What are the tests for identity ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Sulphate ; iron and other metals; calcium; chloride; more than traces of arsenic. In case of poisoning by. an overdose, what is the proper antidote? Oxide of antimony—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Give rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solu- bility. What are the tests for identity ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Chloride; sulphate ; iron and other metals. In what officinal preparations is it used? Sulphide of antimony—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. What was its name in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870? How is it prepared ? What is crude antimony ? For what is it used ? Purified sulphide of antimony—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and mole- cular weight. How is it prepared ? What is the object of this process ? Give rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solu- bility. What are the tests for identity ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Other metallic sulphides ; more than traces of arsenic. For what is it used ? 700 ANTI MOST, ARSENIC, AND BISMUTH. Sulphurated antimony—What is its composition? How is it prepared ? Give rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may impurity of sulphate be detected? What is the dose ? Compound pills of antimony—Give the Latin name. What is the composition of this pill ? For what is it used ? Antimonial powder—Give the Latin name. What is its composition ? What is the dose ? Wine of antimony—Give the Latin name. How is it made ? What is the dose ? Arsenic—Give the Latin name, symbol, and atomic weight. Where is it found, and how is it obtained ? What combinations does it form with oxygen ? What combinations does it form with sulphur ? What are the tests for arsenic and its salts ? Arsenious acid—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight How is it made ? Chemically, is it regarded as an acid ? What is true arsenious acid ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? What are the officinal antidotes to arsenical poisoning ? Solution of arsenious acid—Give Latin name. What was the name of this solution in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870? Why was the name changed ? How is it made ? How can its quality be tested ? What is the dose ? Solution of arsenite of potassium—What is the Latin name? How is it made? Give rationale of the process. Wherein does it differ from the British “ liquor arsenicalis” ? How may its quality be tested ? What is the dose ? Arseniate of sodium—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Iodide of arsenic—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. What objection is there to this process? How otherwise may it be made? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Solution of iodide of arsenic and mercury—Give the Latin name. How is it made ? How may the color of the solution, which has become dark upon standing, be restored ? What is the dose ? Bismuth—Give the symbol and atomic weight. Give description and specific gravity. Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. How is it found ? What are tests for salts of bismuth ? Citrate of bismuth—What is its formula in symbols ? Give its molecular weight. How is it made ? Give rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may impurity of nitrate be detected ? For what is it used ? Citrate of bismuth and ammonium—How is it made ? Why is the solution of this salt sometimes not perfectly transparent, and how may it be made so ? What is liquor bismuthi, and how is it made? Citrate of bismuth and ammonium—Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may impurity of nitrate be detected? What is the dose? Subcarbonate of bismuth—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Why is such an elaborate process adopted for obtaining this salt ? Give rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Insoluble foreign sub- stances ; lead ; copper; chloride; sulphate; silver; alkalies and alkaline earths ; traces of ammonium ; traces of antimony, arsenic, and tin; more than traces of arsenic. What is the dose ? Subnitrate of bismuth— How is the separation of arsenic accomplished? Give rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz. : Carbonate; insoluble foreign salts. What is the dose ? CHAPTER XLVIII GOLD AND PLATINUM. * Au; 196.2. Pt; 194.4. Salts of these precious metals are officinal,—the gold salt as a sub- stance in the materia medica, the platinum salt as a test-liquid: both are chlorides. Gold and platinum are both found native in the free state. Tests for Gold Salts. 1. If hydrosulphuric acid be added to the solution of a gold salt, a dark brown, almost black, precipitate (auric sulphide) is produced, which is soluble in ammonium sulphide. 2. If ferrous sulphate be added to a solution of a gold salt, metallic gold in the form of a fine precipitate is produced : this may be fused into a button of gold by the use of the blow-pipe. 3. Stannous chloride if added to dilute solutions of gold salts pro- duces a purple precipitate (purple of Cassius). 1. If hydrosulphuric acid or ammonium sulphide be added to a solution of platinic chloride, a brown precipitate of platinic sulphide is produced, soluble in excess of ammonium sulphide. 2. If a solution of potassium chloride be added to a solution of pla- tinic chloride acidulated with hydrochloric acid, a yellow precipitate (double chloride) is formed. Tests for Platinum Salts. Officinal Name. Preparation. Auri et Sodii Chloridum . . Equal parts of dry auric chloride and sodium chloride. Platini Chloridum .... Test-solution of platinic chloride, 1 part of platinic chlo- ride in 20 parts of distilled water. Officinal Salts of Gold and Platinum. Unofficinal Preparations of Gold. Auri Bromidum, AuBr3, = 436.2. By dissolving gold in a mixture of nitric and hydrobromic Bromide of Gold. acids, concentrating, then crystallizing. Auri Chloridum, AuCls, = 106.2. By dissolving gold in nitrohydrochloric acid, concentrating Chloride of Gold. carefully, then crystallizing. Auri Iodidum, AuL, = 576. By gradually adding a neutral solution of auric chloride to Iodide of Gold. a solution of potassium iodide, collecting and drying the precipitate. 701 702 GOLD AND PLATINUM. AURI ET SODII CHLORIDUM. U.S. Chloride of Gold and Sodium. A mixture composed of equal parts of dry Chloride of Gold [AuC13; 302.4] and Chloride of Sodium [NaCl; 58.4]. Preparation.—It may be made by dissolving gold in nitrohydro- chloric acid, evaporating the solution to dryness, weighing, and dis- solving the dry mass in eight times its weight of distilled water. To this solution a weight of pure decrepitated common salt equalling that of the dry chloride of gold is added, previously dissolved in four parts of water. The mixed solution is then evaporated to dryness, being constantly stirred with a glass rod. Auri et Sodii Chloridum. U. & Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. An orange-yellow powder, slightly deliquescent in damp air. When exposed to a red heat, it is de- composed and metallic gold is separated. A frag- ment of the compound imparts an intense, per- sistent yellow color to a non-luminous flame. Its aqueous solution yields, with test-solution of ni- trate of silver, a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid, but soluble in ammonia. Odorless; saline, metallic taste; slightly acid reaction. Very solu- ble. At least one- half should be soluble. Quantitative Test. Impurities. Test for Impurities. If 0.5 Gm. of Chloride of Gold and Sodium be dis- solved in 20 C.c. of water, and treated with a clear solution of 2 Gm. of ferrous sulphate in 20 C.c. of Water acidulated with a few drops of sulphuric acid, a brown precipitate of metallic gold will be thrown down. If, after at least two hours, this precipitate be separated, well washed, dried, and ignited, the residue of metallic gold should weigh not less than 0.162 Gm. (corresponding to 32.4 per cent, of me- tallic gold). ' On bringing a glass rod dipped into water of ammonia close to a Free Acid. • portion of the com- pound, no white fumes should make their ap- pearance. Uses.—This salt is used internally as an alterative. The dose is from one-twelfth to one-fourth of a grain. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XLVIII. Gold—"VVhat is the Latin name? Give the symbol and atomic weight. In what form is it officinal ? How is it found ? What are the tests for gold salts ? Platinum—Give the symbol and atomic weight. What salt of it is officinal, and for what is it used? How is it found? What are the tests for platinum salts ? Chloride of gold and sodium—What is the composition of this salt ? Give the formulas and equivalents of each of the ingredients. How is it made ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may its quality be tested ? How may free acid be detected ? What is the dose ? GOLD AND PLATINUM. OFFICINAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. 703 Officinal Chemical Substances, with their Preparations. Officinal Name. Chemical Com- position. Uses and Dose. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those in which the Substance is used in Roman type. Acidum Aceticum. HC2H30j. Rubefacient. Diluted Acetic Acid, Extract of Colchicum Root. Acidum Aceticum Dilu- Refrigerant; Vinegars, Ammoniac Plaster, Am- turn. m. x. moniac Plaster with Mercury, So- lution of Acetate of Ammonium, Mixture of Acetate of Iron and Ammonium, Syrup of Garlic. Acidum Aceticum Gla- HC2H3O2. Solvent. Solution of Acetate of Iron. ciale. Acidum Arseniosum. AS2O3. Alterative; gr. Solution (with HC1), Solution of Arsenite of Potassium. Acidum Benzoicum. HC7H5O2. Stimulant; gr. x. Camphorated Tincture of Opium. Acidum Borieum. HsB03. Antiseptic; gr. v. Acidum Carbolicum. Acidum Carbolicum Cru- c6h5,ho. Irritant. Disinfectant. Ointment. dum. Acidum Chromicum. Cr03. Escbarotic. Acidum Citricum. H3C6H5OT, Refrigerant; Syrup, Citrate of Bismuth, Citrate H20. gr. v-xxx. of Iron and Strychnine, Solution of Citrate of Iron, Solution of Ci- trate of Iron and Quinine, Solu- tion of Citrate of Magnesium, So- lution of Citrate of Potassium, Granulated Citrate of Magnesium, Syrup of Hypophosphites. Acidum Gallicum. hc7h5o5. H20. Astringent; gr. v-xv. Ointment. Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum. HBr. Hypnotic; f^ii- Acidum Hydrochloricum. HC1. Tonic, refriger- ant; m. v-x. Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, Ni- trohydrochloric Acid, Diluted Nitrohydrochlorie Acid, Chlo- rine Water, Chloride of Iron, Moulded Nitrate of Silver, Puri- fied Animal Charcoal, Solution of Arsenious Acid, Solution of Chlo- ride of Iron, Solution of Pepsin, Solution of Chloride of Zinc, Resin of Podophyllum, Precipitated Sul- phur, Syrup of Laetophosphate of Calcium. Acidum Hydrochloricum Tonic, refriger- Abstract of Conium, Alcoholic Ex- Dilutum. ant; m.xv-xxx. tract of Conium, Fluid Extract of Conium, Fluid Extract of Ergot, Tincture of Conium. Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. HCN. Sedative, ano- dyne; m. ij. Acidum Lacticum. HC3H5O3. Solvent. Syrup of Laetophosphate of Cal- cium. 704 OFFICINAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. Officinal Name. ** Chemical Com- position. Uses and Dose. Officinal Preparations in heavy type: those in which the Substance is used in Roman type. Acidum Nitricuin. Acidum Nitricum Di- lutum. Acidum Nitrohydrochlo- ricum. Acidum Nitrohydrochlo- ricum Dilutum. HNOg. Tonic, antisep- tic; m. v. Tonic, antisep- tic; m. xx. Cholagogue; m. iij. Cholagogue; m. x. Diluted Nitric Acid, Nitrohydro- chloric Acid, Diluted Nitrohy- drochloric Acid, Chloride of Iron, Ointment of Nitrate of Mercury, Pyroxylin, Phosphoric Acid, Spirit of Nitrous Ether, Solution of Chloride of Iron, So- lution of Nitrate of Iron, Solu- tion of Subsulphate of Iron, Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, Solution of Nitrate of Mercury, Solution of Chloride of Zinc, Yellow Subsulphate of Mercury. Acidum Oleicum. HC18HS3O2. Vehicle, exter- nally. Oleate of Mercury, Oleate of Vera- trine. • Acidum Phosphoricum. Acidum Phosphoricum Dilutum. II3PO4. Tonic, refriger- ant ; m. v. Tonic, refriger- ant ; m. xx. Diluted Phosphoric Acid, Syrup of the Phosphates of Iron, Qui- nine, and Strychnine. Acidum Salicylicum. HC7II5O3. Antirheu- matic ; gr. x. Acidum Sulphuricum. II2SO4. Tonic, refriger- ant ; m. i. Diluted Sulphuric Acid, Aromatic Sulphuric Acid, Ammoniated Gly- cyrrhizin, Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid, Ethereal Oil, Purified Chlo- roform, Precipitated Sulphate of Iron, Pyroxylin, Spirit of Nitrous Ether, Solution of Subsulphate of Iron, Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, Sulphurous Acid, Yellow Subsulphate of Mercury. Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum. Tonic, astrin- gent; m. x. Infusion of Cinchona. Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum. Tonic, refriger- ant; m. x. Sulphurated Antimony. Acidum Sulphurosum. S02. Antiferment; m. iij. Acidum Tannicum. C14H10O9. Astringent; gr- iij- Ointment, Troches, Styptic Collo- dion. Acidum Tartaricum. H2C4H406. Refrigerant; gr. x. Abstract of Aconite, Extract of Aco- nite, Compound Effervescing Pow- der, Fluid Extract of Aconite, Tar- trate of Iron and Ammonium, Tincture of Aconite. JSther. (C2H5)20. Ansesthetic, m. xxx. Deodorized Tincture of Opium, Fluid Extract of Lactucarium, Mercury with Chalk. ASther Aceticus. C2H5C2H802. Stimulant, an- tispasmodic; m. xv. Perfumed Spirit, Tincture of Ace- tate of Iron. J3ther Fortior. (C2Hb)20. Anaesthetic; Spirit, Compound Spirit, Denar- m. xxx. cotized Opium, Collodion, Ethe- real Oil, Phosphorated Oil, Oleo- resins, Pills of Iodide of Iron, Pills of Phosphorus, Pyroxylin, Styptic Collodion. Alcohol. Alcohol Dilutum. c2h5,(H0). Tinctures, Fluid Extracts, etc. Tinctures, Fluid Extracts, etc. OFFICINAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. 705 Officinal Name. Chemical Com- position. Uses and Dose. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those in which the Substance is used in Roman type. Alumen. K2A12(S04)4. Astringent, Dried Alum, Hydrate of Alumin- 24H20. emetic; gr. v-xxx. ium. Alumen Exsiccatum. k2ai2(S04)4. Astringent, escharotic; gr- iij- Aluminii Hydras. Al2(HO)e. Astringent; gr. v. Aluminii Sulphas. ai2(S04)3. 18H20. Astringent; gr. v. Ammonii Benzoas. nh4c7h5o2. Stimulant; gr. v. Ammonii Bromidum. NH4Br. Nervine; gr. x. Ammonii Carbonas. NH4HC03. Stimulant, irri- Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, Tar- nh4nh2co2. tant; gr. v. trate of Iron and Ammonium, So- lution of Aoetate of Ammonium. Ammonii Chloridum. nh4ci. Expectorant; gr. x. Troches. Ammonii Iodidum. nh4i. Resolvent; gr- iij- Ammonii Nitras. nh4no3. in making Ni- trous Oxide. Ammonii Phosphas. Ammonii Sulphas. (NH4)2IIP04. (NH4)2S04. Antirheu- matic; gr. xx. Ammonii Yalerianas. nh4c5h9o2. Nervine; gr. v. Amyl Nitris. C5HhN02. Anaesthetic; m. iij. Antimonii et Potassii 2KSb0C4H406. Expectorant; Compound Syrup of Squill, Wine of Tartras. H20. gr- dri- Emetic; gr. i. Antimony. Antimonii Oxidum. Sb203. Alterative, sed- ative; gr. iij. Antimonial Powder. Antimonii Sulphidum. Sb2S3. Alterative; gr. iij. Purified Sulphide of Antimony (with Water of Ammonia). Antimonii Sulphidum Purificatum. Alterative; gr- iij- Sulphurated Antimony. Antimonium Sulphura- tum. Alterative, diaphoretic; gr. i. Compound Pills of Antimony. Apomorphinso Hydro- chloras. Aqua. C'17jHi7JN|02 HC1. H20. Emetic; gr. Aqua Ammoniae. NHs. Liniment, Ammoniated Glycyrrhi- zin, Ammoniated Mercury, Aro- matic Spirit of Ammonia, Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium, Ci- trate of Iron and Ammonium, Hydrated Oxide of Iron, Fluid Extract of Glycyrrhiza, Fluid Ex- tract of Senega, Purified Sulphide of Antimony, Pure Extract of Gly- cyrrhiza, Solution of Acetate of Iron, Solution of Citrate of Iron, Solution of Nitrate of Iron, Tar- trate of Iron and Ammonium, Tar- trate of Iron and Potassium, Syrup of Lactophosphate of Calcium, Syrup of Senega, Washed Sulphur. Aqua Ammoniae Fortior. Aqua Chlori. NH3. Stimulant, anti- septic; f.5i. Spirit. Argenti Cyanidum. AgCN. Externally. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. Argenti Iodidum. Agl. Nervine, anti- syphilitic ; gr. i. 706 OFFICINAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. Officinal Name. Chemical Com- position. Uses and Dose. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those in which the Substance is used in Roman type. Argenti Nitras. AgNOs. Stimulant, Diluted Nitrate of Silver (with Argenti Nitras Dilutus. astringent; gr- i Caustic. KNOs). Moulded Nitrate of Silver (with HC1). Argenti Nitras Fusus. Argenti Oxidum. Ag20. Caustic. Tonic; gr. £-ij. Arsenii Iodidum. Asls. Alterative; Solution of Iodide of Arsenic and Atropina. C17H23NO8. gr- b Sedative; Mercury. Atropinoe Sulphas. (CitH23N03)2 Sr- jhj ~ ibs* Mydriatic; H2SO4. gr. Auri et Sodii Chloridum. AuCls and Alterative; Benzinum. NaCl. c5h12. e P- Solvent. Mustard Paper. Bismuthi Citras. BiCeHsCh. Nervine; gr. iij. Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium. Bismuthi et Ammonii Ci- tras. Bismuthi Subcarbonas. (BiO)2COs. Nervine; gr. ij. Astringent, an- Bismuthi Subnitras. H20. Bi0N03.H20. tispasmodic; gr. viij. Astringent, an- Citrate of Bismuth. Bromum. Br. tispasmodic; gr. viij. Alterative, Syrup of Bromide of Iron. Caffeina. CsHioN402. stimulant; gr- b Stimulant; Calcii Bromidum. h2o. CaBr2. gr. iij-x. Stimulant, Calcii Carbonas Precipi- CaCOs. nervine; gr. xxx. Antacid, as- Compound Powder of Morphine tatus. Calcii Chloridum. CaCl2. tringent; gr. x-xl. Alterative; Calcii Hypophosphis. CaIl4(P02)2. gr. x. Alterative ; Syrup of Hypophosphites. Calcii Phosphas Precipi- Cas(P04)2. gr. x. .Syrup of Lactophosphate of Cal- tatus. Calx. CaO. Escharotic. cium, Antimonial Powder, Syrup of Orange, Compound Syrup of Squill. Solution, Syrup, Potassa with Calx Chlorata. Disinfectant. Lime, Sulphurated Lime, Puri- fied Chloroform, Solution of Po- tassa, Solution of Soda, Precipi- tated Sulphur. Solution of Chlorinated Soda. Calx Sulphurata. CaS and Depilatory. Camphora Monobromata. Ca.SU4. CioHisBrO. Nervous seda- Carbonei Bisulphidum. CS2. tive; gr. v. Solvent. Cerii Oxalas. Ce2(C204)s Sedative, tonic; Chinoidinum. Chloral. 9II20. c2hci3o. gr- ij- Antiperiodic; gr. xv. Sedative; gr. x. Chloroformum Purifica- h2o. CHCI3. Anassthetic; Mixture, Spirit, Pills of Phospho- turn. f3i. rus. Chloroformum Yenale. CIICI3. Solvent, and Purified Chloroform, Liniment, used exter- nally. Collodion with Cantharides, So- lution of Gutta-Percha. OFFICINAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. 707 Officinal Name. Chemical Com- position. Uses and Dose. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those in which the Substance is used in Roman type. Cinchonidinas Sulphas. (C2oH24?^20)2 H2SO4. 3H20. Tonic, febrifuge; gr. i-xxx. Cinchonina. C20H24N2O. Tonic. Cinchonine Sulphas. (C2oH24N20)2 H2S04. 2H20. Tonic, antiperi- odic; gr. i-x. Codeina. C18II21NO3. h2o. Narcotic; gr. £-i. Creasotum. Antiferment; Water. Creta Prseparata. CaCOs. Antacid; gr. x-lx. Compound Powder, Troches, Mer- cury with Chalk. Cupri Acetas. Cu(C2HS02)2. H20. Tonic; gr. $. Cupri Sulphas. CUSO4.0II2O. Tonic, escha- rotic; gr. £. Hydragogue cathartic; gr. Tonic; gr. v-xx. Elaterinum. Ferri Carbonas Sacchara- tus. C20H28O5. Trituration. Ferri Chloridum. Fe2Cl6. 12H20. Hemostatic. Ferri Citras. Fe2(C6H507)2. Mild tonic; Citrate of Iron and Quinine, Phos- 6H20. gr. v-xx. phate of Iron, Pyrophosphate of Iron. Ferri et Ammonii Citras. Tonic; gr. v. Citrate of Iron and Strychnine, So- lution of Citrate of Iron and Qui- nine, Wine of Citrate of Iron. Ferri et Ammonii Sul- phas. Ferri et Ammonii Tar- Fe2(NH4)2 (S04)4. 24H20. Styptic; gr. v. Tonic; gr. x. tras. Ferri et Potassii Tartras. Ferri et Quinine Citras. Ferri et Strychnine Ci- Tonic; gr. x. Tonic; gr. v. Tonic; gr. iv. tras. Ferri Hypophosphis. Ferri Iodidum Sacchara- tum. Fe2(H2P02)6- Tonic; gr. v. Tonic, altera- tive; gr. iij. Ferri Lactas. Fe(C3H503)2. 3H20. Tonic; gr. ij. Syrup of Hypophosphites with Iron. Ferri Oxalas. FeC204.H20. Tonic; gr. ij. Ferri Oxidum Hydra- Fe2(IIO)6. Antidote. Iron Plaster, Troches of Iron. turn. Ferri Oxidum Hydratum Antidote. cum Magnesia. Ferri Phosphas. Ferri Pyrophosphas. Tonic; gr. v. Tonic ; gr. ij-v. Syrup of the Phosphates of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. Ferri Sulphas. FeS04.7H20. Astringent, tonic; gr. ij. Dried Sulphate of Iron, Precipi- tated Sulphate of Iron (with Al- cohol and Sulphuric Acid), Mass of Carbonate of Iron, Compound Iron Mixture, Compound Pills of Iron, Saccharated Carbonate of Iron, Solution of Subsulphate of Iron, Solution of Tersulphate of Iron. Ferri Sulphas Exsicea- tus. FeSU4.-H20. Astringent, tonic; gr. i. Pills of Aloes and Iron. Ferri Sulphas Precipita- FeS04.7H20. Astringent, tus. tonic; gr. ij. r Ferri Valerianas. 05H902)6* Tonic, nervine; gr. i. 708 OFFICINAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. Officinal Name. Chemical Com- position. Uses and Dose. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those in which the Substance is used in Roman type. Ferrum. Fe. \ Chloride of Iron, Saccharated Iodide of Iron, Solution of Chloride of Iron, Syrup of Bromide of Iron, Syrup of Iodide of Iron. Ferrum Reductum. Fe. Tonic; gr. v. Pills of Iodide of Iron. Glycerinum. Glyeyrrhizinum Ammo- niaturn. C3H5(HO)8. Solvent, and used exter- nally. Expectorant; gr. x. Glycerites, Extracts, Fluid Extracts, Tinctures, etc. Hydrargyri Chloridum HgClj. Antisypbilitic, Red Iodide of Mercury, Yellow Ox- Corrosivum. alterative ; gr- h- ide of Mercury, Ammoniated Mer- cury. Hydrargyri Chloridum iig2d2. Purgative; Compound Pills of Antimony, Com- Mito. gr. v-x. pound Cathartic Pills. Hydrargyri Cyanidum. Hg(CN)2. Alterative; gr- it- Hydrargyri Iodidum Ru- Hgl2. Alterative, Solution of Iodide of Arsenic and brum. antisyphi- litic ; gr. fj. Mercury. Hydrargyri Iodidum Vi- ride. Hg2l2. Alterative, antisyphi- litie; gr. i. Externally. Hydrargyri Oxidum Fla- vum. HgO. Oleate, Ointment. Hydrargyri Oxidum Ru- brum. HgO. Externally. Ointment, Solution of Nitrate of Mercury. Hydrargyri Subsulphas Hg(HgO)2 Alterative; Flavus. S04. gr- i- Hydrargyri Sulphidum Rubrum. HgS. Sialagogue; gr. v. Hydrargyrum. Hg. Mass, Mercury with Chalk, Oint- ment, Plaster, Ointment of Ni- trate of Mercury, Ammoniac Plas- ter with Mercury, Green Iodide of Mercury, Yellow Subsulphate of Mercury. Hydrargyrum Ammoni- atum. Hydrargyrum cum Greta. NH2HgCl. Used exter- nally. Alterative; gr. v. Ointment. Hyoscyaminae Sulphas. (CnHzsNOs),. h2so4. Sedative; gr- sV Ointment. Iodoformum. CHIS. Anaesthetic, antiseptic; Iodum. Liquor Acidi Arseniosi. I. gi • i. Alterative, stimulant; gr- i- Alterative; m. iv. Ointment, Tincture, Compound Solution, Green Iodide of Mer- cury, Iodized Starch, Iodide of Sulphur, Pills of Iodide of Iron, Saccharated Iodide of Iron, Syrup of Hydriodic Acid, Syrup of Io- dide of Iron. Liquor Ammonii Aceta- Diaphoretic; Mixture of Acetate of Iron and Am- tis. Liquor Arsenii et Hy- drargyri Iodidi. f3iij- Alterative; m. v. monium. Liquor Calcis. Ca(HO)2. Antacid; f.^ij. Liniment. Liquor Ferri Acetatis. Fe2(C2H302)e. Tonic; m. v. Tincture. Liquor Ferri Chloridi. Fe2Cl6. Styptic. Tincture. Liquor Ferri Citratis. Fe2(C6H507)2. Tonic; m. x. Citrate of Iron, Citrate of Iron and Ammonium. Liquor Ferri et Quininse Citratis. Tonic; m. xv. Bitter Wine of Iron. OFFICINAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. 709 Officinal Name. Chemical Com- position. Uses and Dose. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those in which the Substance is used in Roman type. Liquor Ferri Nitratis. Fe2(NOs)6. Tonic, astrin- gent; m. v. Liquor Ferri Subsulpha- Fe4O(S04)5. Styptic; m. iij. tis. Liquor Ferri Tersulpha- tis. Fe2(S04)8. Styptic; m. iij. Hydrated Oxide of Iron, Hydrated Oxide of Iron with Magnesia, Tartrate of Iron and Ammonium, Tartrate of Iron and Potassium, Solution of Acetate of Iron, Solu- tion of Citrate of Iron, Solution of Nitrate of Iron. Liquor Gutta-Perchse. Protective. Mustard Paper. Liquor Hydrargyri Ni- tratis. Hg(NOs)2. Escharotic. Liquor Iodi Compositus. Alterative; • Liquor Magnesii Citra- tis. Liquor Pepsini. Cathartic; fgxij. Digestive; i'S Hi* Externally. Externally. Liquor Plumbi Subaceta- tis. Liquor Plumbi Subaceta- Cerate, Liniment, Diluted Solu- tion. tis Dilutus. Liquor Potassae. Liquor Potassii Arseni- tis. Liquor Potassii Citratis. KHO. Antacid, anti- lithic; m. x. Alterative; m. v. Refrigerant, diaphoretic; f3i. Yellow Oxide of Mercury. Liquor Sodae. Liquor Sodae Chloratae. Liquor Sodii Arseniatis. Liquor Sodii Silicatis. NaHO. Antacid, anti- lithic; m. x. Stimulant, antiseptic; m. xxx. Alterative; m. iv. Used exter- nally. Sulphurated Antimony. Liquor Zinci Chloridi. ZnCl2. Disinfectant. Lithii Benzoas. LiC7H502. Diuretic; gr. xv. Lithii Bromidum. LiBr. Nervine; gr. xv. Lithii Carbonas. liisCOs* Diuretic; gr. v. Lithii Citras. Li3C6Hs07. Diuretic; gr. xv. Lithii Salicylas. 2LiC7H503. H20. Antirheumatic; gr. xxv. Magnesia. MgO. Antacid, laxa- tive; gr. xx. Troches, Hydrated Oxide of Iron with Magnesia, Compound Pow- der of Rhubarb, Mass of Co- paiba. Magnesia Ponderosa. MgO. Antacid, laxa- tive; gr. xx. Magnesii Carbonas. Magnesii Citras Granula- tus. (xMgC03)4. Mg(HO)2. 5H20. Antacid; gr. lx. Cathartic; gr. lx. Solution of Citrate of Magnesium, Mixture of Magnesia and Asa- fetida, Granulated Citrate of Mag- nesium. Magnesii Sulphas. MgS04. 7H20. MgS03. 6H20. Cathartic; §i. Compound Infusion of Senna. Magnesii Sulphis. Antiferment; gr. xv. 710 OFFICINAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. Officinal Name. Chemical Com- position. Uses and Dose. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those in which the Substance is used in Boman type. Mangani Oxidum Ni- Mn02- Tonic, altera- Chlorine Water. grum. Mangani Sulphas. MnS0*.4H20. tive; gr. v. Cholagogue, Massa Ferri Carbonatis. Massa Hydrargyri. Morphina. CnHwNOs. tonic; gr. x. Tonic; gr. xv. Purgative; gr. x. Sedative; gr. i. Morphines Acetas. h2o. C17H19N03. Sedative; gr. Morphinse Hydroehloras. HC2H302. 3H20. C17H19NO3. Sedative; gr. 1. Morphinae Sulphas. HC1.3H20. (Cl7H19N03)2. Sedative; gr. i. Compound Powder, Troches of Oleum ASthereum. 06 Anodyne; m. i. Morphine and Ipecac. Compound Spirit of Ether. Petrolatum. C16H34. Externally. Phosphorus. p. Aphrodisiac, Phosphoric Acid (with Nitric Physostigminas Salicy- C15H21X3O2 stimulant; gr- t$it- Sedative; Acid), Pills, Phosphorated Oil. las. C7H60s. gr- Picrotoxinum. C9H10O4. Sedative; Pilocarpinas Hydrochlo- C11H16N202. gr- •&- Diaphoretic; ras. HC1. gr- i- Piperina. C17H19NO3. Stimulant; Plumbi Acetas. Pb(C2H302)2. gr. v. Astringent, Solution of Subacetate of Lead. Plumbi Carbonas. 3H20. (PbC03)2. sedative; gr. ij- Externally. Ointment, Solution of Gutta-Per- Plumbi Iodidum. Pb(HO)2. Pbl2. Externally. cha. Ointment. Plumbi Nitras. Pb(NOs)2. Externally. Plumbi Oxidum. PbO. Externally. Lead-Plaster, Solution of Subacetate Potassa. KHO. Escharotic. of Lead. Solution, Potassa with Lime. Potassa cum Calce. Potassa Sulphurata. Potassii Acetas. KC2H3O2. Escharotic. Antacid; gr. iij. Diuretic; Potassii Bicarbonas. KHCO3. gr. xx. Antacid, diu- Mixture of Citrate of Potassium, Potassii Bichromas. K2Cr207. retie; gr. xv. Escharotic. Solution of Citrate of Magnesium, Solution of Potassa, Solution of Arsenite of Potassium, Solution of Citrate of Potassium. Potassii Bitartras. KHC4H4O6. Purgative; Tartrate of Iron and Potassium, Potassii Bromidum. KBr. 3i-iv. Nervine; Compound Powder of Jalap. Potassii Carbonas. (K2C03)2. gr. xx. Antacid, diu- Alkaline Sulphur Ointment, Com- 3H20. retie; gr. xv. pound Mixture of Iron, Sulphu- Potassii Chloras. KCIO3. Alterative; rated Potassa, Syrup of Rhubarb. Troches. Potassii Citras. KsC6H507. gr. xv. Refrigerant; Potassii Cyanidum. H20. KCN. gr. xx. Sedative; gr. -j^. Potassii et Sodii Tartras. KNaC4H406. Purgative; 3iv. Compound Effervescing Powder. Potassii Ferrocyanidum. 4H20. K4Fe(CN)6- Sedative; gr. x. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. 3H20. OFFICINAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. 711 Officinal Name. Chemical Com- position. Uses and Dose. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those in which the Substance is used in Roman type. Potassii Hypophosphis. KH2PO2. Alterative; Syrup of Hypophosphites. Potassii Iodidum. KI. gr. xv. Alterative; Ointment, Compound Solution of Potassii Nitras. KNOg. gr. v. Refrigerant, Iodine, Iodine Ointment, Red Iodide of Mercury. Paper, Diluted Nitrate of Silver- Potassii Permanganas. K2Mn208. diuretic; gr. x. Disinfectant, Potassii Sulphas. k2so4. emmena- gogue; gr. i. Purgative; Potassii Sulphis. K2S03. gr. lx. Antiferment; Potassii Tartras. 2H20. (K2C4H406)2. gr. xv. Purgative; Pyroxylinum. Quinidinm Sulphas. h2o. (C2oH24N202)2 3ij- Tonic; gr. v. Collodion. Quinina. h2so4. 2H20. C2oH24N202. Tonic; gr. v. Citrate of Iron and Quinine, Solu- Quininas Bisulphas. 3H20. C2oH24N202 Tonic; gr. v. tion of Citrate of Iron and Qui- nine, Syrup of the Phosphates of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. Quininae Hydrohromas. h2so4. 7H20. C2oH24N202 Tonic; gr. v. Quininae Hydrochloras. HBr.2H20. C20H24N2O2 Tonic; gr. v. Quininae Sulphas. HC1.2H20. (C2oH24N202)2 Tonic; gr. v. Quininae Valerianas. h2so4. 7H20. C2oH24N202 Tonic; gr. ij. Saccharum. C5Hio02. h2o. Ci2H220ii. Syrup, Syrups, Troches, etc. Salicinum. C13H18O7. Tonic; gr. x. Santoninum. Ci5H803. Anthelmintic; Sapo. gr- ij- Antacid; gr. x. Plaster, Liniment, Compound Ex- Sapo Viridis. Externally. tract of Colocynth, Pills of Aloes, Pills of Aloes and Asafetida, Pills of Asafetida, Pills of Opium, Pills of Rhubarb. Tincture. Soda. NaHO. Escharotic. Solution. Sodii Acetas. NaC^HaOs. Diuretic; Sodii Arsenias. 3H20. Na^HAsO^ gr. xx. Alterative; Solution. Sodii Benzoas. 7H20. NaC7H502. Antirheumatic; Sodii Bicarbonas. H20. NallCOs. gr. lx. Antacid; gr. xv. Troches, Compound Effervescing Sodii Bicarbonas Venalis. NaHCOs. Antacid; gr.xv. Powder, Granulated Citrate of Magnesium, Mixture of Rhubarb and Soda, Saccharated Carbonate of Iron. Sodii Bisulphis. NallSOs. Antiseptic; Sodii Boras. Na2B407. gr. v. Refrigerant, di- Sodii Bromidum. 10H2O. NaBr. uretic; gr.xv. Nervine; gr. xxx. 712 OFFICINAL CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. Officinal Name. Chemical Com- position. Uses and Dose. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those in which the Substance is used in Roman type. Sodii Carbonas. Na*COs. Antacid; gr. x. Dried Carbonate, Compound Pills of Iron, Hydrate of Aluminium, Mass of Carbonate of Iron, Puri- fied Chloroform, Solution of Chlo- rinated Soda, Solution of Soda. Sodii Carbonas Exsicca- IOH2O. Na^COs. Antacid; gr. v. tus. Sodii Chloras. NaClOs. Alterative; Sodii Chloridum. NaCl. gr. x. Tonio; gr. xx. Sodii Hypophosphis. NaH2P02. Nervine, tonic; Syrup of Hypophosphites. Sodii Hyposulphis. II20. Na^Os. gr. v. Alterative; Ointment of Iodide of Potassium. Sodii Iodidum. 5H20. Nal. gr. x. Alterative; Sodii Nitras. NaNOs. gr. xv. Diuretic; Sodii Phosphas. Na2HP04. gr. xv. Purgative; ifi. Phosphate of Iron. Sodii Pyrophosphas. 12H20. Na4P207. Purgative; Pyrophosphate of Iron. Sodii Salicylas. 10H2O. 2NaCTH50s. gr. x. Stimulant; Sodii Santoninas. H20. 2NaCi5Hi904. gr. xxx. Anthelmintic; Troches. Sodii Sulphas. 7H20. NasSCU. gr. iij. Cathartic; Sodii Sulphis. ioh2o. NajjSOg. 3ij-iv. Antiferment; Sodii Sulphocarbolas. 7H20. NaC6H5S04. gr. x. Antiferment; Strychnina. 2H20. C2iH22N202. gr. xx. Tonic; gr. Citrate of Iron and Strychnine, Strychnin® Sulphas. (C2iH22N202)2 Tonio; gr. Syrup of the Phosphates of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. Sulphuris Iodidum. Sulphur Lotum. h2so4. 7H20. s. Externally. Diaphoretic, re- Alkaline Sulphur Ointment, Com- Sulphur Prascipitatum. s. solvent; 3i. Diaphoretic, re- pound Powder of Glycyrrhiza, Iodide of Sulphur. Sulphur Sublimatum. s. solvent; Si- Diaphoretic, re- Ointment, Ammoniac Plaster with Mercury, Sulphurated Potassa, Precipitated Sulphur, Washed Sulphur. Thymol. CioHisHO. solvent; Si- Antiseptic. Veratrina. Externally. Oleate, Ointment. Zinci Acetas. Zn(C2HsU2)2. Externally. Zinci Bromidum. 3H20. ZnBr2. Nervine; gr. v. Externally. Zinci Carbonas Praocipi- (ZnCOs)2. Solution of Chloride of Zinc. tatus. Zinci Chloridum. 3Zn(H0)a. ZnCl2. Escharotic. Zinci Iodidum. Znl2. Externally. Zinci Oxidum. ZnO. Externally. Ointment. Zinci Phosphidum. ZnjP2. Aphrodisiac; Zinci Sulphas. ZnS04.7H20. gr-1- Astringent; Zinci Yalerianas. Zn(C5H902)2. gr. ij. Antispasmodic: Zincum. H20. Zn. gr- i- Solution of Chloride of Zinc. PART IY. ORGANIC SUBSTANCES. INTRODUCTORY. The view formerly held by chemists, that vegetable and animal sub- stances owed their peculiar chemical and physical properties exclusively to the mysterious action of life, was seriously affected by the labors of such chemists as Wohler, in 1828, and Kolbe and Frankland, in 1847, who succeeded in producing synthetically a number of compounds from mineral substances. These so-called artificial bodies were proved to be identical in chemical composition and physical properties with those obtained from nature, and the subsequent discovery of many others has necessitated a change in the definition of the term organic chemistry. This no longer means the study of substances produced through living organisms, but, as all organic bodies have been found upon analysis to contain carbon (generally associated with hydrogen, and often with oxygen and nitrogen), the following modern definition must be accepted: Organic chemistry is the science which treats of the carbon compounds. The plan of this work will not admit of the acceptance of the latest systems of classification which have been advanced, for, notwithstanding the ingenious skill which is clearly perceptible in many of the groupings, they are not well adapted for the study of the carbon compounds from a pharmaceutical point of view. The groups which are characterized in modern organic chemistry as alcohols, ethers, compound ethers, aldehyds, ketones, amines, and amides, necessarily bring together many substances used in the materia medica which possess few pharmaceutical or medical analogies. For instance, glycerin, mannit, and carbolic acid are properly regarded as alcohols, and they would have to be grouped together, notwithstanding their physical dissimilarities. The same clas- sification would compel the consideration of such an incongruous phar- maceutical group as spirit of nitrous ether, stearin, and beeswax under the head of compound ethers. It must not be understood that the present methods of grouping the carbon atoms is not of great value in studying chemistry from a purely chemical stand-point. Indeed, with the enormous advances which have been made in theoretical chemistry within the last half-century, it would be impossible to reject the results upon which the present system of classification rests. 713 714 INTRODUCTORY. In the following pages the carbon compounds are considered in the usual groups only when the substances composing them have similar chemical and physical properties. The opening chapters are devoted to lignin and its derivatives; then its isomer, starch, and the allied products, gums, mucilages, etc.; then the sugars and the products derived from them as the result of decomposition and fermentation, alcohol, ether, etc. Following these the acid saccharine fruits, with the important acids which they contain, are considered, and then the prod- ucts obtained from them and from other plants,—the volatile oils. Oleoresins, resins, gum-resins, and balsams naturally succeed these, and then the classification is based upon the prominent constituents which are found in the substances, astringents, cathartics, etc., being all grouped together. Drugs containing alkaloids are among the last groups of carbon compounds. The alkaloids are highly organized, and most of them are powerful poisons. This plan thus begins with elementary substances, like lignin, starch, and gum, and leads by regular progression to the most powerful compounds in the materia medica, the alkaloids. A sharp distinction is made between the officinal and the unofficinal preparations, the latter always following the former. This will enable the student to distinguish at a glance the more important compounds, and they can be studied either together or separately at will. CHAPTER XLIX. THE CELLULIN GROUP. Cellulin. C6H10O5. Cellulin.—The woody fibre of plants, which forms the skeleton or framework for the vegetable tissues, is termed cellulin, or cellulose. During the natural growth of the plant the walls of the cells become filled with various principles, coloring-matter, resins, salts of various kinds, etc., and these give to the plant physical properties which render it useful in medicine. Pharmacy teaches the various methods of ex- tracting the valuable 'principles from plants. Cellulin constitutes the greater part of the inert residues. (See Percolation, page 254.) The term lignin was formerly applied to cellulin; indeed, three words, lignin, cellulin, and cellulose, were used synonymously: a distinction, however, is now made, the substances which are found adhering to the cellulin skeleton of plants and vegetable tissues being called lignin. The latter is less digestible than cellulin, and it is believed by Payen and others to vary from it somewhat in chemical composition. Fung in, from fungi, hordein, from barley, medullin, from the pith of various plants, pollenin, from pollen granules, are mixed and special forms of cellulin. Cellulin is seen in a pure form in raw cotton, the hairs of the seed of various species of Gossypium, and in many other vegetable products. It is the most useful and valuable substance obtained from plants: fabrics like cotton, linen, or hemp goods are made on an immense scale from cellulin. When pure, cellulin is white, translucent, unalter- able in the air, and has the specific gravity of 1.5. It is insoluble in water, alcohol, ether, benzin, and oils, but is soluble in an ammoniacal solution of oxide of copper, and this latter fact has been taken advan- tage of to form many useful articles by partially dissolving a woven cotton material and rolling or pressing it into any desired shape. When cellulin is treated with strong sulphuric acid or phosphoric acid, it is converted into dextrin. If the mixture be diluted with water and heated, glucose is produced. If cellulin in the form of unsized paper is passed through a mixture made from two parts of sulphuric acid of sp. gr. 1.840 and one part of water (both by measure), and the whole cooled to 15° C. (59° F.), the valuable product known as parchment- paper is produced. The strips of paper should be well washed by passing them through a dilute solution of ammonia and water. This paper is useful as a dialyzing medium; it forms, when perfect, the best 715 716 THE CELLULIN GROUP. septum. (See Dialysis.) When cellulin is treated with nitric acid, pyroxylin, or gun cotton, is produced. [Purified Cotton. Absorbent Cotton.] GOSSYPIUM. U. S. Cotton. The hairs of the seed of Oossypium herbaceum Linne, and of other species of Gossypium (Nat. Ord. Malvaceae), freed from adhering impurities and deprived of fatty matter. Purified cotton wool is cellulin in one of its purest forms. For a long time one of the most important uses of this valuable staple, that of an absorbent and substitute for sponge, was neglected, because a trace of fatty matter was permitted to remain, which coated the filaments and prevented it from absorbing liquids freely and uniformly. The so-called absorbent cotton of commerce was introduced, and it soon became an important product. This is cotton freed from the trace of fatty matter by boiling it in a weak alkaline solution, rinsing it in a weak solution of chlorinated lime to whiten it, dipping it into a very dilute solution of hydrochloric acid, and then thoroughly rinsing it with pure water; the cotton having been thoroughly dried, is then carded. The loss is about ten per cent. Cellulin is employed in pharmacy in the form of filtering paper, in muslin and cotton cloth strainers, for surgical ban- dages, paper, lint, etc. Products resulting1 from the Decomposition of Cellulin. Under this head will be included—1. The preparations made by de- composing cellulin or lignin by the action of acids or alkalies. 2. Those made by destructive distillation. Pyroxylin is placed in the first class, primarily because of its im- portance in pharmacy, medicine, and the arts. PYROXYLINUM. U.S. Pyroxylin. [Pyroxylon, Pharm. 1870. Soluble Gun Cotton.] Cotton, 1 part, or yx oz. av. Nitric Acid, 10 parts, or 5 oz. av. Sulphuric Acid, 12 parts, or 6 oz. av. Alcohol, Stronger Ether, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Acids gradually in a glass or porcelain vessel, and, when the temperature of the mixture has fallen to 32° C. (90° F.), add the Cotton. By means of a glass rod imbue it thoroughly with the Acids, and allow it to macerate for ten hours, or until a small sample of the Cotton, taken out, thoroughly washed with a large quantity of Water and subsequently with Alcohol and pressed, is found to be soluble, when shaken in a test-tube with a mixture of one volume [or 1 fl. dr.] of Alcohol and three volumes [or 3 fl. dr.] of Stronger Ether. Then re- move the Cotton from the Acids, transfer it to a larger vessel and wash it, first with cold Water until the washings cease to have an acid taste, and afterwards with boiling Water. Finally drain the Pyroxylin on THE CELLULIN GROUP. 717 filtering paper and dry it, in small, detached pellets, by means of a water-bath. Pyroxylin should be kept loosely packed, in well-closed vessels, containing not more than about 31 grammes (or about 480 grains), in a cool and dry place, remote from lights or fire. Schbnbein first pointed out the fact that nitric acid acts on cotton and produces a soluble compound. It was subsequently proved that this substance, pyroxylin, or gun cotton, belongs to a series of closely related nitro-compounds in which the nitric acid radicle replaces the hy- droxyl of the cellulin formula. This may be shown by taking the double formula for cellulin C12H20O10 and the displacement of the HO, thus : 6HN03 + C12H20O10 = C12H,A(N03)6 + 6H20. Nitric Acid. Cellulin. Cellulin-hexanitrate. Water. 5HN03 + C12HmO10 = C12H,A(NOs)s + 5H2o. Nitric Acid. Cellulin. Cellulin-pentanitrate. Water. 4HNOa + C12H20O10 = c12h16o6(no3)4 + 4H2o. Nitric Acid. Cellulin. Cellulin-tetranitrate. Water. 3HNO3 + C12H20O10 = C12H1707(N03)3 + 3H2o. Nitric Acid. Cellulin. Cellulin-trinitrate. Water. 2HNO, + C,2HmO,o = Ci2H18Os(NOs)2 + 2H20. Nitric Acid. Cellulin. Cellulin-dinitrate. Water. The soluble pyroxylin used in preparing collodion is a varying mix- ture of the di-, tri-, tetra-, and pentanitrates. The hexanitrate is the true explosive gun-cotton, and is insoluble in ether, alcohol, and water. Uses.—Pyroxylin has been used very largely by photographers for producing the basis of the sensitized film upon which impressions are made. It is now replaced to a great extent by gelatin. The com- position known as celluloid, which is used so largely for useful and ornamental articles, is made from pyroxylin, camphor, and coloring- matter heated together and powerfully pressed into appropriate moulds. Pharmaceutically, pyroxylin is used in collodions (see page 318). Officinal Preparations of Pyroxylin. Collodium This is made by placing 4 parts of pyroxylin in a fared bottle and Collodion. adding 26 parts of alcohol and allowing it to stand for fifteen min- utes, to permit the penetration of the alcohol to all parts of the pyroxylin; 7 0 parts of stronger ether are now added, and the mixture shaken until the pyroxylin is dissolved. Pyroxylin is not soluble in pure ether or pure aleohol, hut a mixture of the two in the above proportions makes the best solvent. Pyroxylin, even of the best quality, is never entirely soluble: hence the direction to decant the liquid from any sediment and transfer it to bottles. The sedi- ment consists of little filaments, probably of unaltered cotton: many physicians prefer to shake the bottle so as to incorporate the sediment, under the belief that the film is stronger on account of their presence. Collodion should be dispensed in a small bottle having a cork stopper, and the cork should be perforated so that a camel’s-hair brush may be inserted, the brush being kept in the liquid. Collodion is used to protect inflamed surfaces by applying a small quantity with a brush: a thin, closely-adherent film re- mains after the ether and alcohol evaporate; this film is contractile, and is useful on this account in many minor surgical operations. It is desirable at times to have a flexible film, especially when ap- plied to parts of the body which are required to he in motion. The following preparation may then he used (see page 318): Collodium Flexile . . . This is made by mixing 5 parts of Canada turpentine and 3 parts of Flexible Collodion. castor oil with 92 parts of collodion. If an astringent application is needed to a bleeding surface, the styptic collodion may be em- ployed (see page 319). 718 THE CELLULIN CROUP. Collodium Stypticum . This is made by placing 20 parts of tannic acid in a tared bottle, Styptic Collodion. adding 5 parts of alcohol, 20 parts of stronger ether, and 55 parts of 1 * collodion, then agitating until the tannic acid is dissolved. If a blistering effect is desired, the cantharidal collodion may be used (see page 319). Collodium cum Can- This is made by percolating 60 parts of powdered cantharides with tharide. commercial chloroform until the cantharides are exhausted, then Cantharidal Collodion.' recovering by distillation all but one-fifth of the percolate, and, after evaporating the residue by a water-bath to 15 parts, mixing it with 85 parts of flexible collodion. Cantharidin, the vesicating principle of cantharides, is very soluble in chloroform, and, al- though the first cost of the menstruum is greater than that of ether (the solvent formerly used), it has the advantage over ether of not being inflammable. There is considerable loss of menstruum in carrying out the process practically. The percolator shown on page 404 may be used, and distillation very carefully performed with acondenser having a large refrigerating surface (see page 319). Acidum Oxalicum. Oxalic Add. H2C2042H20; 126. This acid was omitted from the alphabetical list of chemical sub- stances in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia: it is found, however, in the offici- nal test-solutions. Preparation.—Oxalic acid may be made by acting on cellulin, sugar, or starch with nitric acid, with the aid of heat, but is prepared on a commercial scale by heating saw-dust with a mixture of two molecules of caustic soda and one molecule of potassa. The mixture of caustic alkalies and saw-dust is made in a thick paste, and then heated for sev- eral hours to a temperature of 200° C. (392° F.) to 220° C. (428° F.). The gray mass is then washed with sodium carbonate, whereby the potash is removed as carbonate, the less soluble sodium oxalate remain- ing. This is converted into calcium oxalate by milk of lime, and the calcium salt is then decomposed with sulphuric acid. The impure oxalic acid is then purified by recrystallization. It occurs in small, colorless, prismatic crystals, which are odorless and have a very sour taste; it is slightly efflorescent in dry air, fusible at 98° C. (208° F.), and entirely volatile at a red heat. The crystals should dissolve in not less than eight to ten parts of dis- tilled water at 15° C. (59° F.) (greater solubility indicating contami- nation with adherent nitric acid). It is soluble in 4.5 parts of absolute alcohol, and in 7 parts of alcohol, and almost insoluble in ether, chloro- form, benzol, and benzin. It fuses in its water of hydration at 98° C. (208.4° F.), although continued exposure to a heat of 60° C. (140° F.) to 70° C. (158° F.) will render it perfectly anhydrous. Solutions of oxalic acid at 100° C. (212° F.) lose acid by sublimation, and at 157° C. (314.6° F.) it sublimes rapidly. If the heat rise to 160° C. (320° F.), much loss of acid occurs. It combines with salifiable bases, and forms salts called oxalates. The most important of these are the three potassium salts,—oxalate, bi- noxalate, and quadroxalate (acid potassium oxalate plus free oxalic acid), ammonium oxalate (used as a test), and caleium oxalate. The binoxalate and quadroxalate, both popularly called salt of sorrel or essential salt of lemons, are employed for removing iron moulds from linen, and act by THE CELLULIN GROUP. 719 their excess of acid, which forms a soluble salt with the ferric oxide con- stituting the stain. This acid in solution combines readily with lime, and forms with it an insoluble white precipitate consisting of calcium oxalate, which is insoluble in an excess of oxalic or acetic acid, but is dissolved by dilute hydrochloric acid. Uses.—This acid is used analytically in volumetric estimations, par- ticularly of alkalies. It is valuable in this connection, because a pure acid may be easily obtained. The indications afforded are generally distinct, and the solution may be made quickly. (See Test-Solutions.) The best antidote to poisoning by oxalic acid is a paste made by mixing prepared chalk or powdered chalk with water or lime-water: it must be administered promptly and freely. Products resulting from the Destructive Distillation of Cellulin and Lignin. When wood is distilled in close vessels many products are obtained. These vary with the kind of wood used, the care used in the distilla- tion, and the temperature at which the distillation is effected. When dry hard woods (oak, walnut, or beech) are distilled, about 25 per cent, of charcoal is obtained, the liquid portion amounts to about 53 per cent., whilst the remainder, 22 per cent., is represented by waste products, principally uncondensible gases, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, etc. The principal solid, liquid, and gaseous products are shown by the following list: Solids.—Charcoal, inorganic salts, etc. Liquids.—1. Aqueous liquid, containing acetic, formic, butyric, crotonic, capronic, propionic acids, acetone, methylic alcohol, furfurol, methylamine, pyrocatechin, and small quantities of empyreumatic oils and resins. 2. Tarry liquid, con- taining toluol, xylol, cumol, methol, mesitylene, pseudocumol, phenol, cresol, guaiacol, creasol, phlorol, and methylcreasol, naphthalene, paraffin, pyrene, chrysene, retene, mesit. Gases.—Carbon dioxide, carbon mon- oxide, marsh-gas, acetylene, ethylene, propene, and others. The most important products are charcoal, tar, acetic acid, acetone, methylic alcohol, and creasote. Of these, charcoal has been considered in Part III. ACIDUM ACETICUM. U.S. Acetic Acid. A liquid composed of 36 per cent, of absolute Acetic Acid [HC2H302; 60] and 64 per cent, of water. Preparation.—The best acetic acid for pharmaceutical and medical uses is now made by subjecting oak wood, cut into small billets, to a carefully-regulated heat, the temperature being much less than that necessary to produce charcoal. The advantages are that the production of the empyreumatic substances which constitute the most objectionable impurities in the commercial acid is largely curtailed, the process being at the same time more economical, as the residue of slightly darkened wood is more valuable than the completely charred carbon left by the ordinary process (see U. S. Dispensatory, 16th edition, p. 25). 720 THE CELLULIN GROUP. Acetic acid is also made by distilling vinegar, a liquid made by the oxi- dation of dilute alcoholic liquids, such as cider, wine, etc. In Germany acetic acid is made by mixing alcohol with water in the proportion of eight parts of the former to ninety-two parts of the latter, and then pouring it upon beech-wood shavings, so that as it trickles through it is oxidized by the action of the air in contact. Aldehyd is an intermediate product in this process. Acidum Acetioum. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Reac- tion. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. A clear, colorless liquid, wholly volatilized by heat. Sp. gr. 1.048. Distinctly vinegar-like odor; purely acid taste; strongly acid reaction. Cold. All proportions. Boiling. All proportions. Cold. All proportions. Boiling. All proportions. Test foe Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests fob Impueities. Neutralized with water of ammonia it is colored deep red by ferric chlo- ride, and decolorized again by strongly acid- ulating with sulphuric acid. To neutralize 6.0 Gm. should require 36 C.c. of the volumetric solu- tion of soda. Lead, Copper, Tin. Precipitated with hydrosulphuric acid. jron f Precipitated when supersaturated with water ( of ammonia. Calcium 1 Prec'pdated with test-solution of oxalate of { ammonium. Conner I when slightly supersaturated with PP * { water of ammonia. Acid and Fixed {Residue left on evaporating the acid in a Impurities. { water-bath. f Smoky odor or taste when supersaturated with solution of potassa; diluted with 6 volumes r, .. of distilled water, the color caused by the Substan e-1 1 addition of a few drops of test-solution of permanganate of potassium is sensibly changed by standing five minutes at the [ ordinary temperature. Organic Sub- f Darkened by boiling the acid with an equal stances. ( volume of sulphuric acid. f Brown or reddish-brown zone around the crys- Nitri A ‘d -! 011 adding a crystal of ferrous sulphate 1 ' 1 to a cooled mixture of equal volume of acetic [ and sulphuric acids. c , , . ... f Precipitated on the addition of a few drops of Sulphuric Acid. | test-wdution of chloride of barium. Hydrochloric j Precipitated by adding some test-solution of Acid. ( nitrate of silver. Sulphurous Acid. { addition*118 ***** Two strengths of acetic acid are found in commerce,—the officinal acid, which has the sp. gr. 1.048, and the No. 8 acid, as it is called, which is still very largely used : the latter has the sp. gr. 1.040, and is 20 per cent, weaker than the officinal acid. It is termed “ No. 8” be- cause it was formerly used in the proportion of one part in eight to make the ordinary diluted acetic acid, or distilled vinegar. The salts of acetic acid are termed acetates: they are all soluble in water, and may be recog- nized by heating with sulphuric acid, when the odor of acetic acid will be developed; a neutral solution of an acetate is colored deep red by a solution of ferric chloride, and, if the mixture is boiled, a brownish-red oxyacetate is precipitated. THE CELLVL1N GROUP. 721 Acetic Acid, 17 parts, or 8 fl. oz. Distilled Water, 83 parts, or 41 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about 3 pints. This is the liquid which is used as the menstruum for the officinal vinegars (see page 369): it contains 6 per cent, of absolute acetic acid, HC2H302, and has the sp. gr. 1.0083. To neutralize 24 Gm. of Diluted Acetic Acid should require 24 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. Diluted acetic acid is superior to vinegar as a menstruum, because of its greater purity, more uniform strength, and freedom from color. ACIDUM ACETICUM DILUTUM. U. S. Diluted Acetic Acid. ACIDUM ACETICUM GLACIALE. U. S. Glacial Acetic Acid. HC2H302; 60. Preparation.—This acid (which is termed “glacial,” because of its glassy appearance at low temperatures) is made by fusing carefully fifty- tour parts of pure crystallized sodium acetate; the residue is coarsely powdered, placed in a retort, mixed with forty parts of pure concen- trated sulphuric acid, and distilled : the distillate is glacial acetic acid. Nearly or quite absolute Acetic Acid. NaC2H302 + H2S04 = HC2H302 + NaHS04. Sodium Acetate. Sulphuric Acid. Glacial Acetic Acid Sodium Sulphate. Acid. Acidum Aceticum Giaciale. U.S. Quantitative Test. At or below 15° C. (59° F.) a crystalline solid, at higher temperatures a colorless liquid. Sp. gr. 1.056 to 1.058 at 15° C. (59° F.). To neutralize 3 Gm. should require not less than 49.5 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. The specific gravity of glacial acetic acid (100 per cent.) is 1.0553, and the specific gravity of 43 per cent, acid is nearly the same, 1.0552, whilst 80, 79,78, and 77 per cent, acids have exactly the same density,—namely, 1.0748. It will thus be seen that specific gravity cannot be relied upon as a criterion for strength. The glacial acid may, however, be distin- guished from the 43 per cent, acid by adding 10 per cent, of water, when, if the density increases, the specimen is the stronger acid. (See Oudemans’ table, U. S. Dispensatory, 16th ed., page 26.) Uses.—Glacial acetic acid is a solvent for oil of lemon and other oils; it is used in the solution of acetate of iron, and, medicinally, it is a caustic and vesicant when applied externally. It is often sold in various disguises as a corn-solvent. An empyreumatic oleoresin obtained by the destructive distillation of tbe wood of Pinus palustris Miller, and of other species of Pinus (Nat. Ord. Coniferce). Tar is usually obtained as a by-product in the manufacture of char- coal or acetic acid (see page 719). It is thick, viscid, semi-fluid, black- ish brown, heavier than water, transparent in thin layers, becoming granular and opaque by age ; having an acid reaction, an empyreumatic, terebinthinate odor, and a sharp, empyreumatic taste; slightly soluble in water, soluble in alcohol, in fixed or volatile oils, and in solution of PIX LIQUIDA. U.S. Tar. 722 THE CELLULIN GROUP. potassa or of soda. The volatile products of tar are expectorant, and tar inhalations are often used. Externally, tar is stimulating, and is used in skin diseases. Officinal Preparations. Syrupus Picis Liquidas . . . Made by washing 6 parts of tar with cold water, pouring 50 „ „ _ parts of boiling distilled water upon the residue, filtering the Syrup o ar. solution, and dissolving 60 parts of sugar in the filtrate (see page 295). Dose, one to two fluidrachms. Unguentum Picis Liquid© . Made by mixing 50 parts of tar with 50 parts of melted suet, Tar Ointment. straining, and stirring until cold. (See Unguenta.) OLEUM PICIS LIQUIDS. U. S. Oil of Tar. Oil of tar is an almost colorless liquid when freshly distilled, but soon acquires a dark, reddish-brown color, having a strong, tarry odor and taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.970. It is readily soluble in alcohol. The constituents of oil of tar are complex and numerous (see page 719): the residue left after the distillation of tar is black pitch. The oil is preferred to tar for most medicinal uses, because the insoluble and inert resins have been separated. A volatile oil distilled from Tar. Preparation.—This is a product of the distillation of wood-tar, con- sisting mainly of the following phenols : guiacol, or oxycresol, C7H802, boiling at 200° C. (392° F.), creasol, C8H10O2, boiling at 217° C. (422.6° F.), methyl-creasol, C9H1202, boiling at 214° C. (417° F.) to 218° C. (424.4° FA andpMorol, boiling at 219° C. (426.2° F.). The lower oily layer which forms in the distillate from wood-tar is treated with potassium carbonate to neutralize the acid present. Frac- tional distillation is now resorted to, with alternate treatment of the distillate with sulphuric acid and solution of potassa to separate im- purities ; the liquid is finally distilled, and the portion coming over between 205° C. (401° F.) and 220° C. (428° F.) is considered to be creasote. Nearly all of the liquid sold for and labelled “ creasote” in the market is impure carbolic acid or coal-tar creasote. It may be dis- tinguished from true wood creasote by the tests given below The odor of each is distinctive and characteristic. CREASOTUM. U. S. Creasote. Creasotum, U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Other Solvents. An almost colorless or yellowish, strong- ly refractive, oily liquid, turning to reddish-yellow or brown by exposure to light. It begins to boil near 200° C. (392° F.), and most of it distils over between 205° and 220° C. (401°- 428° F.). When cooled to —20° C. (—4° F.) it becomes thick, but does not solidify. It is inflammable, burning with a luminous, smoky flame. When applied to the skin, it produces a white stain. Penetrating, smoky odor; burning, caustic taste; neutral reaction. Sp. gr. 1.035 to 1.085. Cold. 80 parts to a some- what tur- bid liquid. • Boiling. 12 parts. Dissolves, in all proportions, in absolute alcohol, ether, chloro- form, benzin, disulphide of carbon or acetic acid. THE CELLULIN GROUP. 723 Tests fob Identity. Creasote may be distinguished from carbolic acid by the following tests. Creasote does not co- agulate albumen or collodion. If 1 volume of Creasote be mixed with 1 volume of glycerin, a nearly clear mixture will result, from which the Creasote will be separated by the ad- dition of 1 or more volumes of water. On adding to 10 C.c. of a 1 per cent, aqueous solu- tion of Creasote 1 drop of test-solution of ferric chloride, the liquid acquires a violet-blue tint, which rapidly changes to greenish and brown, with formation, usually, of a brown precipitate. Uses.—Creasote is a powerful antiseptic. It is used as a caustic ap- plication, and is frequently applied upon cotton to exposed nerves in teeth, when it acts as a local anaesthetic. It is also haemostatic when applied to bleeding surfaces. In the form of creasote water it is used internally to check nausea. When taken internally, undiluted, and in large doses, it is a powerful poison. The administration of mucilagi- nous drinks, and the prompt evacuation of the stomach by the stomach- pump, would be the best treatment, no antidote to poisoning by creasote being known. Officinal Preparation. Aqua Creasoti . . One per cent, aqueous solution of. ereasote (see page 279). Dose, one to Creasote Water. two fluidrachms. Unofficinal Products of the Destructive Distillation of Cellulin and Allied Substances. Acetone, C3H6O, = 58. A colorless, limpid liquid, of a peculiar ethereal odor and a burning taste. It is an excellent solvent for nearly all resins, gums, camphor, and fats. Acetone occurs largely in some varieties of wood spirit, and is a constant product of the dry distillation of acetates; it is also obtained from the residue left after manufacturing aniline by the distil- lation of nitrobenzene with acetic acid and iron. Methylic Alcohol, CH3HO, = 32. It occurs among the products of the dry distillation of wood. The watery liquid is separated from the tar and distilled; then the first portion of the distillate is rectified over slaked lime, so as to remove acid, etc., and the product treated with sulphuric acid to remove tar and neutralize ammonia and methylamine, and, lastly, redistilled. It is a colorless, limpid liquid, of a peculiar odor, resembling alcohol and acetic ether, and of a warm taste. It is a good solvent for volatile oils, fats, and many resins. Oleum Cadini. ’ An empyreumatic, dark brown, tar-like liquid, obtained Oil of Cade. from the wood of Juniperub Oxycedrus, and imported from the south of France. It is used as a local applica- tion in skin diseases. Products resulting1 from the Natural Decomposition of Cellulin and Lignin and their Derivatives. Coal is fossil fuel, which is found in the earth at various depths, and which has been formed by the decomposition of the cellulin, lignin, and other constituents of vegetable matter under the changing influences of moisture, temperature, and pressure to which it is subjected. The dif- ferences in the structure and composition of coal are undoubtedly due to the variations in these influences, as well as to the alterations in the character of the vegetable substances. 724 THE CELLE LIN GROUP. Coal-Tar.—Many valuable compounds have been contributed by recent researches to the arts and medicine from this formerly useless by-product. Coal-tar is a residue left after the dry distillation of bitu- minous coal in the process for making illuminating gas (see page 106). It is a very complex substance: its composition varies considerably with the temperature at which the distillation of the coal is effected, the yield of solid bodies and of gases being larger when the temperature is higher, while at a lower temperature the liquid portion of the tar is in increased amount. When coal-tar is submitted to distillation and rectification, it yields a brown, oily liquid, known technically as light oil, and consisting of benzol, toluol, etc.; then a black liquid, dead oil, is obtained, which contains aniline, naphthalin, phenol, etc.; the residue in the still is pitch, sometimes called asphalt. The products may be arranged in three classes. 1. Solids.—Naphthalin, C10H8, methyl-naphthalin, CnH10, acetyl- naphthalin and diphenyl, C12H10, fluoren/C13H10, anthracen and phenan- thren, C14H10, fluoranthen, C15H10, methyl-anthracen, C15H12, reten, Ci6Hi2, chrysen, C18H12, pyren, C16H10, and' earbazol, C16HUN. 2. Liquids.—These may be neutral hydrocarbons, acids, and ethers of the same, or bases. The neutral hydrocarbons are benzol, C6H6, toluol, C7H8, methyl-toluol and iso-xylol, C8H10, pseudocumol and mesitylen, C9H12, and cymol, C10H14. The acid constituents are phenol, Cy i60, kresol, orthokresol, parakresol, and metakresol, C7HgO, phlorol, C8lI10O, rosolic acid, C20II16O3, pyrocatechin, C6H602, and kreosot, con- sisting of the methyl ethers of pyrocatechin and its homologues, C7H802, QsHioOjj, and C9H1202. There are also present, probably in combination with the ammonia of the ammoniacal liquor, acetic, butyric, carbonic, hydrocyanic, sulphocyanic, and hvdrosulphuric acids. The bases are ammonia, NH3, methylamine, CH3,NH2, ethylamine, C2H5,NH2, phe- nylamine, C6H5,NH2, pyridine, C8H5N, picoline, C6H8N, lutidine, C7H9N, collidine, C8HnN, leukoline, C9H7N, iridoline, CI0H9N, kryp- tidine, CnHuN, acridine, C12H9N, coridine, C10H15N, rubidine, CUH17N, and viridine, C12H19N. 3. Gases.—(a.) Illuminating gases. Acetylen, C2H2, ethylen, C2H4, propylen, C3H6, butylen, C4H8, allylen, C3H4, crotonylen, C4H6, teren, C5H8, and vapors of benzol, C6H6, styrolene, C8H8, naphthalin, Ci0Id8, methyl-naphthalin, CUH10, fluoren, C13II10, fluoranthen, C,,H10, propyl, (C3H7)2, and butyl, (C4H9), (b.) Heating and diluting gases. Hydrogen, H2, marsh-gas (methane), CH4, and carbon monoxide, CO. (c.) Impurities. Carbon dioxide, C02, ammonia, NH3, cyanogen, (CN)2, methyl-cyanide, CH3,CN, sulphocyanic acid, CN,SH, hydrogen sulphide, H2S, carbon disulphide, CS2, carbon oxysulphide, COS, and nitrogen, N2. A volatile oil obtained by the destructive distillation of Amber, and purified by subsequent rectification. Amber is a fossil. resin of an extinct coniferous wood, found prin- cipally upon the Baltic coast. By destructive distillation an acid liquor OLEUM SUCCINI. U.S. Oil of Amber. THE CELLULIN GROUP. 725 containing succinic acid is produced, together with crude oil of amber; the latter is redistilled, and rectified oil of amber is the product. It is a pale yellow liquid, having an empyreumatic odor and a warm, acrid taste. Sp. gr. 0.920. It is soluble in alcohol, and when mixed with fuming nitric acid acquires a red color and is subsequently converted into a brown resinous mass known as artificial musk. ACIDUM CARBOLICUM CRUDUM. U. S. Crude Carbolic Acid. A liquid obtained during the distillation of coal-tar between the temperatures of 170° and 190° C. (338° and 374° F.), and containing Carbolic and Cresylic Acids in variable proportions, together with other substances. Preparation.—That portion of the heavy oil obtained by distilling coal-tar which comes over between 165° C. (329° F.) and 190° C. (374° F.) is technically called “dead oil,” which name was given to this fraction of the crude distillate because it was formerly believed to have no value. When “ dead oil” is redistilled, the product is crude carbolic acid: if the latter is redistilled, the first distillate is principally water, until the temperature of 165° C. (329° F.) is reached. From this point to 185° C. (365° F.) nearly pure and crystallizable phenol, or carbolic acid, will distil over, whilst the portion received between the temperatures of 185° C. (365° F.) and 195° C. (383° F.) will not crys- tallize, but will consist mainly of cresol and other phenols. At tem- peratures from 195° C. (383° F.) to 211° C. (411.8° F.) cresol, C7H80, and xylenol, C8H10O, are obtained. Crude carbolic acid, therefore, ac- cording to the officinal boiling points, consists of phenol, with small quantities of cresol and other phenols. According to Dr. Squibb, how- ever, it is principally the second distillate above mentioned, from 185° C. (365° F.) to 195° C. (383° F.), and consists mainly of cresol. Acidum Carbolicum Crudum. XT. S. Tests foe Identity. A nearly colorless or reddish-brown liquid, of a strongly empyreu- matic and disagreeable odor; having a benumbing, blanching, and caustic effect on the skin or mucous membrane, and a neutral reaction. Bromine water produces, in an aqueous solution of Carbolic or Cresylic Acid, a white, floeculent precipitate. The crude acid should not dissolve in less than 15 parts, of water, nor should the solution have an alkaline reaction. If 50 volumes of the crude acid be diluted with warm water to measure 1000 volumes, and the mixture well shaken, cooled, and allowed to separate, the amount of undissolved impurities should not exceed 5 volumes, or 10 per cent, by volume of the crude acid. The amount of water in a solution of crude acid may be determined by agitating the solution, in a graduated cylinder, with an equal volume of chloroform. After standing, the upper layer consists of the water con- tained in the mixture. Uses.—Crude carbolic acid is a powerful antiseptic, and is largely used in hospitals and in domestic practice as a disinfectant. It is well adapted for this purpose; and if it is of the officinal quality, it is superior to pure carbolic acid, as cresol is known to be more energetic than phenol. For profuse use, two parts of crude carbolic acid should be thoroughly agitated with eighty-eight parts of water, and, after the mixture has been allowed to stand a short time, the solution is filtered. 726 THE CELLULIN GROUP. ACIDUM CARBOLICUM. U.S. Carbolic Acid. C6H5HO; 94. [Phenol.] A product of the distillation of coal-tar between the temperatures of 180° and 190° C. (356° and 374° F.). Preparation.—This valuable product is properly termed phenol, and it belongs to a well-marked class of hydrocarbons of which it is the type. It is made by distilling crude carbolic acid, and separating and purifying the distillate by repeated crystallizations. When perfectly pure, carbolic acid is devoid of the odor of creasote, but it has a pecu- liar aromatic odor, which is not disagreeable. Acidum Carbolicum. U.B. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Colorless, interlaced, needle-shaped crys- tals, sometimes ac- quiring a pinkish tint, deliquescent on expo- sure. It produces a benumbing, blanch- ing, and caustic effect on the skin. The crystals melt at 36°- 42° C. (96.8°-107.6° F.), and boil at 181°- 186°C. (357.8°-366.8° F.),—the higher melt- ing and the lower boil- ing points being those of the pure and anhy- drous acid. On con- tinued heating the acid is completely vol- atilized. Distinctive, slight- ly aromatic odor resembling crea- sote ; when di- luted, a sweetish taste, with a slightly burning after-taste; neu- tral reaction. 20 parts. 100 parts of the crys- tals are liquefied by /he addition of about 5 parts of wTater; this liquid is ren- dered turbid by the further ad- dition of water, until 2000 parts have been add- ed, when a stable and clear solu- tion is formed. Very soluble. Very soluble in ether, chloro- form, benzol, di- sulphide of car- bon, commercial and absolute glycerin, fixed and volatile oils. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Carbolic Acid coagulates albumen or collodion (difference from crea- sote). Its aqueous solution forms a white precipitate with bromine water. On adding to 10 C.c. of a 1 per cent, aqueous solution of the Acid 1 drop of test-solution of ferric chloride, the liquid ac- quires a violet-blue color which is permanent, the color thus caused by creasote rapidly chang- ing to greenish and brown, with formation, usually, of a brown precipitate. r One volume of the liquefied Acid, contain - Creasote and f Per ««?• of .water> forms, with Oresvlie Aeirl 1 1 volume of glycerin, a clear mixture ' which is not rendered • turbid by the addition of 3 volumes of water. The amount of water contained in a solution of the Acid may be deter- mined by agitating the solution, in a Water. graduated cylinder, with an equal vol- ume of chloroform. After standing, the upper layer consists of the water contained in the mixture. Carbolic acid, as it is found in commerce, varies in the proportion of water that it contains, and a slight variation materially alters the melting and boiling points. The congealing point is regarded by Dr. Squibb as a better test of the quantity of real phenol present in a sample than the THE CELLULIN GROUP. 727 melting point; the congealing point should be between 29.4° C. (85° F.) and 38.5° C. (101° F.), and is ascertained by melting some of the acid in a beaker and stirring with a thermometer until it completely crystal- lizes. The mercury rises in the thermometer and remains constant for a considerable length of time during the congelation. The solubility in water, 5 per cent., given in the officinal test has been proved to be incor- rect ; pure carbolic acid of the quality now easily attainable will dissolve in water to the extent of 26 per cent.: the discrepancy is accounted for by the improved quality of the phenol now in the market. The offici- nal chloroform test to show the presence of water is not reliable for fine indications. Whilst carbolic acid is soluble in chloroform, so that it can be abstracted from its aqueous solution, water itself is sufficiently soluble in chloroform to vitiate the results. Uses.—Pure carbolic acid is largely used as an antiseptic; it is often found of two qualities, known as “ No. 1 gold label” and “ No. 2the former should be exclusively used in antiseptic surgery and for making all preparations intended for internal use. It is a good practice to add one fluidounce of water to a pound of carbolic acid in the bottle, and warm the whole up on a water-bath until the solution is effected. The contents may then be used in a liquid form without the troublesome necessity of weighing the crystals. Officinal Preparation. TJngnentum Acidi Carbolici . 10 parts of carbolic acid; 90 parts of ointment. (See Un- Ointment of Carbolic Acid. guenta.) ACIDUM SALICYLICUM. U.S. Salicylic Acid. HC7H503; 138. Preparation.—Although salicylic acid may be obtained from several natural sources, it is now obtained, according to Kolbe’s patent, by treat- ing sodium phenol (or carbolate) with carbon dioxide. For this pur- pose, the most concentrated caustic soda solution is evaporated with the corresponding amount of phenol to a dry powder; this is then heated to 100° C. (212° F.), while a stream of dry carbon dioxide is passed over it. The temperature is gradually raised to 180° C. (356° F.), and increased to 220° C. (428° F.) as soon as phenol distils over, and finally raised to 250° C. (482° F.), until no more phenol distils. In the re- tort, the half of the phenol used remains as sodium salicylate, while the other half has distilled over unchanged. The reaction is as follows: 2NaC?H50 + C02 = C6HsO + Na,C7H403. Sodium Carbon Phenol. Normal Sodium Phenol. Dioxide. Salicylate. The sodium salt thus obtained is dissolved in water, decomposed by hydrochloric acid, and the salicylic acid filtered off, washed, and crys- tallized out of hot water, or purified by sublimation in a current of superheated steam or dialyzed. 728 THE CELLULIN GROUP. Acidum Salicylicum. U.8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Fine, white, light, prismatic, needle-shaped crystals, per- manent in the air, free from odor of carbolic acid. Having sometimes a slight aromatic odor; sweetish and Blightly acrid taste; acid reac- tion. Cold. 450 parts. Boiling. 14 parts. Cold. 2.5 parts. Boiling. Very soluble. Soluble in 2 parts of ether, in 2 parts of absolute alcohol, in 3.5 parts of amylic alcohol, and in 80 parts of chloroform. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. When heated to about 175° C. (347° F.) the crystals melt, and at about 200° C. (392° F.) they begin to sublime; at a higher tempera- ture they are volati- lized and decomposed with odor of carbolic acid. The aqueous so- lution is colored in- tensely violet-red by test-solution of ferric chloride. ' A solution of 1 part of Salicylic Acid in 10 parts TTvdrnp}ilnn> of alcohol, mixed with a few drops of nitric ■ acid, should not become turbid upon the addi- tion of a few drops of test-solution of nitrate of silver. 'A saturated solution of the acid in absolute,al- cohol, when allowed to evaporate spontane- Organic Impuri- ously in an atmosphere free from dust, should ties and Iron. " leave a perfectly white crystalline residue, without a trace of color at the points of the crystals. On agitating a portion of Salicylic Acid with 15 Foreign Or- parts of concentrated sulphuric acid, no color ganic Matter. should be imparted to the latter within fifteen minutes. If 5 C.c. of a saturated aqueous solution of Sali- cylic Acid be poured into a test-tube, into which has been introduced, shortly before, a Carbolic Acid. - crystal of chlorate of potassium and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and some water of ammo- nia be now carefully poured on top, the latter should not assume a reddish or brownish tint. Uses.—Salicylic acid is an important product. It is used as an antipyretic, in doses of seventy-five grains, given in divided doses, until the temperature is lowered. Its principal use is in rheumatism and gout, the dose being ten grains. Three salts of the acid are officinal,— salicylates of sodium, lithium, and pliysostigmine. The former is a very valuable salt, and is generally relied upon now for the internal administration of the acid. Unofficinal Products of the Destructive Distillation of Coal-Tar. Aniline, Prepared by treating an alcoholic solution of nitrobenzol with am- C6H7N. monia and hydrogen sulphide until a precipitation of sulphur takes place. The brown liquid is again saturated with hydrogen sulphide until sulphur ceases to be deposited. The liquid is then mixed with excess of acid, filtered, boiled, and then distilled with excess of caustic potash. A colorless, limpid, oily, inflammable liquid, of a peculiar wine-like odor and burning, aromatic taste. It is used chiefly in the preparation of aniline dyes. Antifebrin-Acetanilid, Prepared by distilling pure aniline with glacial acetic acid and purify- ing the residue. It is used as an antipyretic in doses of ten grains. Antipyrin It is found as a white, crystalline powder which is very freely soluble (Phenyl-dimethyl- in cold water. It gives an intense red coloration with ferric chlo- pyrazolon), ride; with nitrous acids or nitrites it turns emerald green. It is C6H5(CH3)2C3HN20. one of the most successful of the antipyretics. Dose, fifteen to forty grains. Benzol, Obtained by subjecting coal-tar to fractional distillation. A thin, color- CeH6. less, very inflammable liquid, having an aromatic odor. Nearly insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol, ether, etc. It is a valuable solvent. In Europe it is often termed benzene, and it is sometimes employed as a thermo-cautery. THE CELLULIN GROUP. 729 tJnofficinal Products of the Destructive Distillation of Coal-Tar.—(Continued.) Chinoline, By mixing aniline, nitrobenzol, glycerin, and sulphuric acid, heating, C9H7N. then diluting with water and distilling to drive off nitrobenzol; on rendering the residue alkaline and distilling with steam, chinoline passes over. A colorless, mobile liquid, having a pungent, somewhat bitter-almond odor, and a bitter taste.' Sp. gr. 1.081. Di-phenyl-methyl- A substitute for antipyrin in the form of white needles. Not very pyrazole. soluble in water or ether; easily soluble in alcohol and glacial acetic acid. Eosin, A bronze-colored, crystalline powder, obtained from the action of CsoHsBnOs. phthalic acid upon phenols. Eosin is largely used as a dye, and for making a brilliant red ink, by dissolving 5 grains in a fluidounee of water in which 10 grains of acacia have been dissolved. Fuchsin (Rosaniline), A non-volatile, colorless, bitter substance, produced whenever a mix- C20H19N3. ture of aniline and toluidine is heated to about 180° C. with an oxidizing agent of moderate power, as, for example, arsenic acid. The solutions of some of its acid salts are used largely for dye- ing silk and wool a magnificent crimson. Dose, three to four grains. Guaiacol (Oxycresol), Dose, one to one and one-half grains. (Methyl Ether of Pyro- catechin). Hydro-quinone, Prepared by oxidizing aniline with chromic acid mixture. Dose, five Hydrochinone, to ten grains. C6H4(HO)2. Hypnone (Acetophe- It is a colorless liquid, having an almond-like odor, insoluble in water none), or glycerin, soluble in alcohol and ether. Used as a hypnotic in C8H80. doses of ten to twenty minims. Ichthyol. A tarry-looking substance, obtained from a brownish mineral, con- taining animal residues of fish, etc., found in Sufeld, in Tyrol. Purified by distillation and treatment with sulphuric acid. Ichthyol has an herb-like odor, is faintly alkaline. Used for skin diseases. Dose, ten to fifteen grains. Naphthalin, Obtained by distilling coal-tar oil and collecting that portion by itself CioH8. which passes over between 170° and 200° C. (338° and 392° F.). The dark-colored product is purified by resubliming it several times. It occurs in brilliant, white, crystalline plates, with a tarry odor. Volatile like camphor. Soluble in alcohol. Used as a stimulant and antiseptic, and for destroying low animal and vegetable organisms. Dose, eight to thirty grains. Naphthol, A phenol-like body, obtained from naphthalin. White, shining, rhom- CioH80. bic, tabular crystals, without odor or color. Soluble in spirit and fat. Used chiefly as an antiseptic and disinfectant. Beta Naphthol. Prepared from naphthalin. Soluble in 1000 parts of cold water; readily soluble in alcohol and ether. Dose, ten to fifteen grains. Phenacetin (Para- Dose, ten to fifteen grains, acet-phenetidin). Phenol-phthalein, Prepared by digesting 10 parts phenol, 5 parts phthalic anhydride, C20H14O4. and 4 parts concentrated sulphuric acid for several hours at 120°- 130° C., then boiling the residuum with water to remove soluble matter. The resinous substance so left is boiled in benzol. It is a yellowish-brown powder. The test-solution used as an indicator is prepared by dissolving 1 part phenol-phthalein in 30 parts 90 per cent, alcohol. Phthalic Acid, Produced by heating salicylic acid with a mixture of sulphuric acid C8IIg04. and potassium ferrocyanide, and, when the reaction is ended, treating the resulting mass with ether, which extracts the phthalic acid. It occurs in nacreous laminae or shining monoclinic prisms. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and benzol. Picric Acid, Prepared by dissolving crystallized carbolic acid in strong sulphuric C6H3N3OT. acid, and adding nitric acid to the resultant sulphophenic acid. It is purified by neutralizing with sodium carbonate and filtering to separate resin, then adding to the filtrate excess of sodium carbonate, when sodium picrate is precipitated. This salt is decomposed by sulphuric acid, and the picric acid crystallized. It is much employed for dyeing wool and silk yellow, also for staining wood. Pyridine Nitrate, Colorless needles. Easily soluble in water, less so in alcohol. C5H5N.HN03. Pyridine Sulphate, Crystalline. Very soluble in water or in alcohol. (C5H6N)2.S04H2. 730 THE CELLULIN GROUP. Unofficinal Products of the Destructive Distillation of Coal-Tar.—(Continued.) Resorcin, Prepared by carefully fusing sodium benzol-disulphonate with purified CelleOj. caustic soda in excess. Colorless, short, rhombic prisms or plates, of a neutral reaction and an unpleasant, sweet, and somewhat acrid taste. Freely soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Used as an antiseptic, and has been used for cholera. Dose, internally, seven to ten grains in solution. Rosolic Acid Obtained by acting on commercial phenol with oxalic and sulphuric (Corallin). acids. Salol (Phenyl Salicy- A white, crystalline powder. Sparingly soluble in water; soluble in late), alcohol and ether. Used as an antipyretic and antiseptic, and in C6H4(OII)CO.OC6H5. rheumatism. Dose, thirty grains. Sulpho-Carbolic Acid This substance is produced by the direct action of concentrated sul- (Sulphophenic Acid), phuric acid upon carbolic acid. It is soluble in water and in alcohol. C6H6SO4. The acid is a decided antiseptic, and its solutions coagulate albumen. Thalline (Tetrahydro- An antipyretic. The sulphate and tartrate are most used. The dose paraquinanisol), of either would be from two to five grains. C9H«H4K(OCHs). Tropaeolin. Dye-color used as an indicator in volumetric analysis. Xylol, By treating the oily liquid separating from diluted crude wood-spirit Callio- and from the light oil of wood-tar or coal-tar, first with sulphuric acid, and afterwards subjecting these liquids to fractional distillation, collecting only that portion which distils between 136° and 140° 0. (277° and 286° F). A thin, colorless, dily liquid, resembling benzol. It has a burning taste. Soluble in alcohol. Dose, twenty to thirty grains. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER XLIX. THE CELLULIN GROUP. What is cellulin ? What is its formula in symbols ? What is lignin ? What are some other special forms of cellulin ? Give an example of pure cellulin. Describe it, and give specific gravity. In what solution is it soluble, and to what purpose is this fact applied ? When cellulin is treated with strong sulphuric acid, what change takes place ? If the mixture be diluted with water and heated, what will he produced ? How is parchment paper made, and for what is it used ? When cellulin is treated with nitric acid, what is produced ? Cotton—What is the Latin officinal name ? What kind of cotton is meant ? How is it obtained ? For what purposes in pharmacy is cellulin used ? Pyroxylin—What is the Latin officinal name? How is it made? What compounds are made by the action of nitric acid on cellulin ? Explain the reactions which take place in their formation. What is celluloid ? For what purposes is it used ? Oxalic acid—Give its formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it he made? Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. In combination with bases, what salts does it form ? What are the most important of these salts ? What is “ salt of sorrel” or “ essential salt of lemons” ? How do these act in removing iron rust from linen ? For what is oxalic acid used ? In case of poisoning by oxalic acid, what is the best antidote ? What is the result when wood is distilled in close vessels ? From dry hard woods about what per cent, of charcoal is obtained, and about what per cent, of liquid products ? Name some of the principal solid, liquid, and gaseous products. Of these products which are the most important ? Acetic acid—What is the officinal Latin name ? How much absolute acetic acid does it contain ? Give its formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is the best acid for medicinal purposes obtained ? THE CELL VEIN GROUP. 731 How is acetic acid made in Germany ? Describe its odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for its identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Lead, copper, tin ; iron ; calcium ; copper; acetic acid and fixed impurities; empyreumatic substances; organic substances ; nitric acid ; sulphuric acid ; hydrochloric acid ; sulphurous acid. What two strengths of acid are found in commerce ? Why is one of them called No. 8 ? What is the specific gravity of each of these acids ? What is the difference between the two kinds ? What are the salts of acetic acid called ? How may they be recognized? Diluted acetic acid—What is the Latin name? Give description and specific gravity. How is it made, and for what is it used ? How much absolute acetic acid does it contain? Why is it superior to vinegar as a menstruum ? Glacial acetic acid—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it made ? Give rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. What is its specific gravity ? How may its strength be tested ? Can its specific gravity be relied on as a criterion of its strength ? Why ? How may the glacial acid be distinguished from the weaker acid having the same specific gravity ? For what substances is glacial acetic acid a solvent? What are its uses? Tar—What is the Latin officinal name ? What is it, and how is it obtained ? Describe its physical properties. What are its uses ? What officinal preparations are there of tar? Oil of tar—What is the Latin officinal name? How is it obtained? Give description and specific gravity. What is black pitch? Why is it generally preferred to tar for medicinal uses ? What is creasote, and of what phenols does it consist ? How is it obtained ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may it be distinguished from carbolic acid ? What are its uses ? In case of poisoning by it, what would be the proper treatment ? What officinal preparation is there of creasote ? What is the strength of it, and what is the dose ? What is coal? Explain the differences in its structure and composition ? What is coal tar ? When coal tar is subjected to distillation and rectification, what products does it yield ? 1. Solids ; 2. Liquids; 3. Gases. What is oil of amber? Give description. What is amber, and where is it found ? When the oil is mixed with fuming nitric acid, what change takes place ? What is crude carbolic acid ? What is the Latin officinal name ? What is “ dead oil.” When dead oil is redistilled, what is the product ? Is this product uniform in composition ? Of what does it consist, and how may its constituents be separated ? According to Dr. Squibb, of what does crude carbolic acid mainly consist ? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. For what purpose and how is it used ? Carbolic acid—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is carbolic acid ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz. : Creasote and cresylic acid; water. What is a good test of the quantity of phenol present ? Are the officinal tests for solubility in water and that for showing the amount of water present correct ? For what purpose is it used ? What officinal preparation is there of it ? What is the strength of the ointment? Salicylic acid—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Describe Kolbe’s patent process for obtaining it. Give rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Hydrochloric acid; organic impurities and iron ; foreign organic matter; carbolic acid. What is the dose ? What salts of this acid are officinal ? CHAPTER L. AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRINCIPLES AND THEIR PRODUCTS. Starch has the same chemical composition as cellulin, C6H10O5, and is closely allied to it in its properties. Starch is stored up in plants in anticipation of future usefulness in the formation of their cell- walls, growing tissues, or other constituents. It exists in the form of granules, which in young and small plants appear to be always spheri- cal ; their shape subsequently becomes ovoid, lenticular, polyhedral, or irregular, and it is possible to identify the varieties of starch obtained from various plants, with the aid of the microscope, by the shape and size of the granules. The granules consist of layers of different densities, arranged concen- trically around a central point termed the hilum, which is usually at one end of the granule. Wheat starch is officinal. AMYLUM. U.S. Starch. The fecula of the seed of Triticum vulgare Villars (Nat. Ord. Qraminacece'). Starch is present in many drugs, and is an important constituent of many vegetable foods. Preparation.—Starch is made from potatoes by first grating them, and then pressing the soft mass upon a sieve, which separates the cel- lular substances and permits the starch granules to fall through. These must be thoroughly washed, the quality of starch depending largely upon the purity of the water that is used in washing it. In making starch from wheat or corn the gluten must be separated. This is gen- erally done by permitting it to become sour and disintegrated through acetous fermentation; stopping the fermentation before the starch is af- fected. Upon the small scale, starch may be made from wheat flour by placing it in a fine linen bag and kneading it whilst a small stream of water is trickling on it. The starch is carried off with the water, whilst the gluten remains as a soft mass in the bag. Starch by the action of diluted acids, diastase, or heat is converted into dextrin, a substance resembling gum in appearance and properties Dex- trin is largely dissolved by water, hot or cold, and forms a mucilaginous solution, from which it is precipitated by alcohol. Large quantities of dextrin are now made both here and abroad, and employed for various purposes in the arts, under the name of artificial gum or British gum. It is found in the market in the form of a white, brilliant powder, and in small masses or fragments resembling natural gum. It may be dis- tinguished from gum arabic by the taste and smell of potato oil which it always possesses. 732 AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRINCIPLES. 733 Starch is completely dissolved by calcium and zinc chlorides in con- centrated solution. Inulin, C12H20O10, is a substance closely allied to starch. It is found particularly in the plants belonging to the order Composite, as Inula, Taraxacum, etc. It has also been found, according to Kraus, in plants of the Campanulacese, Goodeniacese, Lobeliacese, and Sty lithe. It differs from starch in the following particulars: it is colored yellow by iodine, does not gelatinize with water, and is not found in plants in the form of granules having concentric layers like starch. Amylum. U.S. Odok and Solubility. Taste. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. In irregular, angular masses, which are easily reduced to powder of a white color. Under the microscope appear- ing as granules, mostly very minute, more or less lenticular in form, and indistinctly, concentrically striated. Inodorous; tasteless. Insoluble. Insoluble. Insoluble in ether. Tests foe Identity. Triturated with cold water, it gives neither an acid nor an alkaline reaction with test-paper. When boiled with water, it yields a white jelly having a bluish tinge, which, when cool, acquires a deep blue color on the addition of test-solution of iodine. Uses.—Starch was made officinal because it is used in making iodized starch and glycerite of starch. It is used externally as an absorbent, and is applied to the skin by dusting. Officinal Preparations. Amylum Iodatum . . Starch containing 5 per cent, of iodine (see page 468). Iodized Starch. Glyceritum Amyli . . Starch jelly, made with 10 parts of starch and 90 parts of glycerin Glycerite of Starch. (see page 305). Acorn. From the genus Quercua. They contain besides starch a peculiar saccharine substance, quercite. Bean. From Faba vulgaris and Phaseolus vulgaris. Barley. Hordeum distichon. Contains 60 to 68 per cent, of starch, also gluten, gum, and sugar. Canna. From the rhizome of Oanna edulis. Nat. Ord. Marantacem, Canneas. Indige- nous to Peru and Brazil. The starch granules are very large, and exhibit a glistening or satiny appearance. It forms a cloudy but very tenacious jelly • with boiling water. Cassava. From the root of Manihot utilissima. Nat. Ord. Euphorbiacem. Habitat, Tapioca. Tropical America. The starch granules are about half the size of the potato Manioc. granules, in somewhat translucent pieces, inodorous, having an insipid taste. Corn. From the seed of Zea Mays. Nat. Ord. Graminace®. Habitat, North America. The starch granules are irregularly angular, and about two-thirds as large as those of wheat starch. Curcuma. From the rhizome of Curcuma longa. Nat. Ord. Zingiberace®. Habitat, South- Turmeric. era Asia, cult. The starch granules are rather larger than those of maranta. Maranta. From the rhizome of Maranta arundinacea. Nat. Ord. Marantaee®. Indige- Arrowroot. nous to West Indies and Tropical America. Prepared by removing the scales from the rhizome, mashing and grinding in a mill until reduced to a pulp, then suspending this in water, and separating the fibrous portion, either by Unofficinal Amylaceous Substances. 734 AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRINCIPLES. Unofficinal Amylaceous Substances.—(Continued.) hand or sieve; lastly, washing thoroughly, and drying with a gentle heat. The yield is from 13 to 20 per cent, of fecula. It forms an opaque jelly with concentrated hydrochloric acid. Oats. From Avena sativa. Nat. Ord. Graminaceae. Habitat, Asia, cult. The grain contains 64 to 66 per cent, of starch, besides protein compounds, fat, salts, etc. Pea. From Pisum sativum. It yields about 37 per cent, of starch. Potato From the tubers of Solanum tuberosum. Nat. Ord. Solanaceae. Habitat, Eu- rope and America. Prepared by drenching washed and rasped potatoes in a sieve with a continuous stream of cold water, allowing the liquid to stand for a short time, and washing repeatedly the granules which collect at the bottom of the liquid; lastly, drying carefully. The yield is about 20 per cent. It is largely used as an adulterant. Sweet Potato. From Convolvulus Batatas. The yield of starch is about 16 per cent. Rice. From Oryza sativa. Prepared by heating rice with weak soda-lye, which dis- solves the nitrogenous impurities and leaves pure starch, then adding a solu- tion of borax to facilitate the separation of the starch from the gluten. The yield is about 88 per cent. Rye. From Secale cereale. The yield of starch is about 64 per cent. Sago. From the pith of Metroxylon Sagu. Nat. Ord. Pal mm. Prepared by powder- ing the pith of the tree, washing with water to remove woody tissue and other impurities; lastly, drying carefully and granulating. MALTUM. U. S. Malt. The seed of Hordeum distichum Linne (Nat. Ord. Grnminncece), caused to enter the incipient stage of germination by artificial means and dried. Preparation.—When barley is steeped for two or three days in water, it swells, becomes somewhat tender, and the water is colored reddish brown. If the water is drained off, and the barley is spread about two feet thick upon a floor (a stone floor is generally used), it heats spontaneously, and germination begins, the radicle making its ap- pearance first. The growth of the grain is partially stopped at this stage by spreading it more thinly, and turning it over for two days. It is then raked into heaps and allowed to stand a day, when it becomes hot, and it is subsequently thoroughly dried in a kiln by a slow, regulated heat. This is malt, and it differs in quality according as it is more or less soaked, drained, germinated, dried, or baked. It is distinguished by its color, being pale, amber, brown, or black malt, according to the degrees of heat used in drying it. The object of converting grain into malt is to change the starch, naturally present in the grain, into maltose, a peculiar kind of sugar, and dextrin. This is effected through the presence of diastase, a pe- culiar and powerful ferment, which is developed during the partial germination to which the grain is subjected in malting. A portion of the starch is always left unchanged by the process of germination, its conversion into maltose being completed during the heating in the kiln. The diastase which is developed is capable of converting into maltose much more starch than is contained in the grain in which it is produced : hence, if good malt be added to a certain quantity of unmalted grain, the starch in the latter may be also converted into maltose. Malt seldom contains diastase in larger proportion than two parts in a thousand. It is obtained by bruising fresh malt, adding about half its weight of water, expressing strongly, treating the viscid liquid thus obtained with sufficient alcohol to destroy its viscidity, then separating the coagulated albumen, and adding a fresh portion of alcohol, which precipitates the diastase in an impure state. To render it pure, it must AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRINCIPLES. 735 be redissolved as often as three times in water, and precipitated by al- cohol. Diastase is solid, white, tasteless, soluble in water and in weak alcohol, but insoluble in the latter fluid when concentrated. Though without action upon gum and sugar, it has the extraordinary property, when mixed, in the proportion of only one part to two thousand, with starch suspended in water, and maintained at a temperature of about 71.1° C. (160° F.), of converting that principle into dextrin and maltose. Uses.—Although malt has been manufactured in large quantities for centuries for brewing purposes, it has only recently been employed in medicine, in the form of extracts of malt, malt foods, etc. (see Ex- tractum Malti, page 424). Its usefulness in this connection is due to the fact that the amount of diastase present in good malt has the power of rendering soluble, starchy substances which are taken into the stomach as food; and good preparations of malt are not only easily- digested food-products themselves, but also actively aid in the diges- tion of other substances. Some of the commercial malt extracts consist of glucose colored with caramel, and slightly flavored with extract of malt. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Malti . Made by macerating and digesting 100 parts of malt, first with cold Extract of Malt water, and then with water warmed to a temperature not exceeding 55° A ‘ C. (131° F.), straining the mixture, and evaporating the strained liquid in a vacuum or at a low temperature to the consistence of thick honey (see page 424). CETRARIA. U. S. Cetraria. [Iceland Moss.] Cetraria islandica Acharius (Nat. Ord. Lichenes). This lichen is found in northern latitudes on both continents. It contains 70 per cent, of lichenin, C12H20O10, a substance which is allied to starch, and which swells up when soaked in water; about 3 per cent, of cetraric add, C18H1608, a very bitter crystalline body; lichenstearic add, C14H3P3; sugar, oxalic acid, fumaric acid, and cellulin. Uses.—It is used as a demulcent and nutritive when made into a jelly or decoction. Officinal Preparation. Decoctum Cetrarise. Made by macerating 5 parts of cetraria in 40 parts of water, express- Decoetion of Cetraria inS and throwing away the liquid (this is done to separate the bit- ter principle eetraric acid), then boiling the cetraria with 100 parts of water, straining, and making the product up to 100 parts: The bitter principle may be more effectually separated by boiling the cetraria with an alkaline solution (see page 332). CHONDRUS. U.S. Chondrus. [Irish Moss.] Chondrus crispus Lyngbye, and Chondrus mammilosus Greville (Nat. Ord. Algce). This alga grows in the Atlantic Ocean. It contains 70 per cent, of a mucilaginous principle, which has been termed carrageenin. This differs from gum by not precipitating with alcohol, from starch by not becoming blue upon the addition of iodine, and from pectin by not being precipi- tated by subacetate of lead. 736 AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRINCIPLES. Uses.—Chondrus is used principally to form a sick-diet jelly, one part being sufficient to form a jelly with sixty parts of water. It should be previously soaked in a small quantity of water, to dissolve adherent salts, and this water thrown away. Gums and Mucilaginous Substances. The proximate principle arabin (formerly termed gum) may be de- scribed as a vegetable substance, which forms with water a thick glu- tinous liquid, is insoluble in alcohol, and, when treated with nitric acid, is converted into mucic and oxalic acids. Three proximate principles are found in gums : 1. Arabin, or Arabic acid, the soluble form, found largely in acacia. 2. Bassoi'in, C12H20O10, or insoluble gum, found in tragacanth. 3. Cerasin (insoluble), found in cherry gum. Some exudations are composed of both soluble and insoluble gum. Vegetable mucilage and insoluble gum appear to be “ degradation products/’ or compounds produced by subsequent changes in the sub- stance of the organized structures of plants, which are of no further use to the plant in the work of building up new cell-walls. Gums differ from starch, or cellulin, by being soluble in water, or by swelling up in contact with it. They differ from sugars by being incapable of vinous fermentation with yeast. There will be frequent occasion to refer to the uses of gum in the subsequent chapters. ACACIA. U.S. Acacia. [Gum Arabic.] A gummy exudation from Acacia Verek Guillemin et Perrottet, and from other species of Acacia (Nat. Ord. Leguminosce, Mimosece). This valuable gum consists mainly of arabic acid, or arabin, com- bined with lime, potassa, or magnesium, and hence it may be called calcium, potassium, or magnesium arabate. It is in roundish or amor- phous pieces, or irregular fragments, of various sizes, more or less trans- parent, hard, brittle, pulverizable, and breaking with a shining fracture. It is usually white, or yellowish white, but frequently presents different shades of red, and is sometimes of a deep-orange or brownish color. It is bleached by exposure to the sun. In powder it is always white. It is inodorous, has a feeble, slightly sweetish taste, and when pure dis- solves wholly in the mouth. The sp. gr. varies from 1.31 to 1.525 for the dried gum. The gum dissolves at ordinary temperatures slowly, in an equal weight of wrater, forming a thick glutinous liquid of distinctly acid reaction. It is insoluble in alcohol, ether, and the oils. One hundred parts of di- luted alcohol containing 22 per cent, of alcohol by volume dissolve fifty- seven parts of gum, diluted alcohol containing 40 per cent, of alcohol takes up ten parts, whilst 50 per cent, alcohol dissolves only four parts. Neutral lead acetate does not precipitate its aqueous solution, but the basic acetate forms even in a very dilute solution a precipitate. Solu- ble silicates, borates, and ferric salts render solution of gum turbid, or thicken it to a jelly. No alteration is produced by silver salts, mercuric AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRINCIPLES. 737 chloride, or iodine. Gum dissolves in an ammoniacal solution of cupric oxide. Uses.—In pharmacy, acacia is extensively used for the suspension of insoluble substances in water, and for the formation of pills and troches. Two kinds of powdered acacia are used, one a coarse powder called granulated, the other finely dusted. The granulated dissolves more readily in water, because it has lost during desiccation only a part of its moisture, whilst in preparing the “ finely dusted” powder the high heat necessarily used to dry it thoroughly, drives off nearly all the water. Its easy solubility and its absence of tendency to form “ lumps” cause the coarse powder to be preferred for solutions, emul- sions, etc. Officinal Preparations. Mucilago Acaciae. . . Made by dissolving 34 parts of acacia in 66 parts of cold water, prefer- Mucilage of Acacia. ably made by circulatory solution (see Fig. 302, page 244). Syrupus Acaciae . . . Made by mixing 25 parts of mucilage of acacia with 75 parts of Syrup of Acacia. syrup (see page 289). The mucilage must be freshly made and free from acidity. The syrup does not keep well. TRAGACANTHA. U. S. Tragacanth. A gummy exudation from Astragalus gummifer Labillardiere, and from other species of Astragalus (Nat. Ord. Leguminosce, Papilionaceoe). This gum upon analysis was found to consist of 33 per cent, of bas- sorin, or insoluble gum, 53 per cent, of soluble gum (not arabin), 11 per cent, of water, and 3 per cent, of impurities. Tragacanth is either in flaky, leaf-like pieces, or in tortuous vermicu- lar filaments, of a whitish color, somewhat translucent, and resembling horn in appearance. It is hard and more or less fragile, but difficult of pulverization, unless exposed to a freezing temperature, or thoroughly dried, and powdered in a heated mortar. Tragacanth has no smell, and very little taste. Its sp. gr. is 1.384. Introduced into water, it absorbs a certain proportion of that liquid, swells very much, and forms a soft adhesive paste, but does not dissolve. If agitated with an additional quantity of water, this paste forms a uniform mixture; but in the course of one or two days the greater part separates, and is deposited, leaving a portion dissolved in the supernatant fluid. The gelatinous mass is tinged blue by test-solution of iodine, and the fluid portion is not pre- cipitated on the addition of alcohol. Tragacanth is wholly insoluble in alcohol. It appears to be composed of two different constituents, one soluble in water and resembling acacia, the other swelling in water, but not dissolving. The former differs from acacia in affording no precipitate with potassium silicate or ferric chloride. Officinal Preparation. Mucilago Tragacanthse . . Made by mixing 18 parts of glycerin with 76 parts of water, Mucilace of Trao-aeanth heating to boiling, adding 6 parts of tragacanth, macerating, ® ® ' making the weight up to 100 parts, and then straining forcibly through muslin (see page 300). 738 AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRINCIPLES. ULMUS. U. S. Elm. [Slippery Elm.] The inner bark of Ulmusfulva Michaux (Nat. Ord. Urticacece, Ulmece). This bark contains a mucilage which is capable of being precipitated by alcohol and lead acetate from its aqueous solution. It is much used as a demulcent. Officinal Preparation. Mucilago TJlmi . . Made by macerating 6 parts of dried and sliced elm in 100 parts of Mucilage of Elm. boiling water (see page 301). SASSAFRAS MEDULLA. U. S. Sassafras Pith. The pith of Sassafras officinalis Nees (Nat. Ord. Lauracece). This pith contains a delicate mucilage, which is not precipitated from its aqueous solution by alcohol. It is used for making the officinal mucilage, which is principally employed as an eye-wash. Officinal Preparation. Mucilago Sassafras Medullse . Made by macerating 2 parts of sassafras pith in 100 parts Mucilage of Sassafras Pith. of water and straining (see page 300). CYDONIUM. U.S. Cydonium. [Quince Seed.] The seed of Cydonia vulgaris Persoon (Nat. Ord. Rosacece, Pomece). Quince seed contains about 20 per cent, of a peculiar mucilage, which is not precipitated by borax from its aqueous solution. The officinal mucilage is used in injections and eye-washes. Officinal Preparation. Mucilago Cydonii .... Made by macerating 2 parts of cydonium in 100 parts of distilled Mucilage of Cvdonium water, and draining the liquid without pressure through muslin g y ‘ (see page 300). ALTHAEA. U. S. Althaea. [Marshmallow.] The root of Althaea officinalis Linne (Nat. Ord. Malvaceae). This root, which is generally imported from Europe, contains a large quantity of mucilage, associated with asparagin, sugar, and starch. It is used solely as a demulcent. Officinal Preparation. Syrupus Althaeae . . This syrup is made by pouring 60 parts of cold water on 4 parts of cut Svrup of Altlnca althaea, macerating for one hour, then draining through flannel without " * expressing; 60 parts of sugar are added to the liquid and dissolved by agitation without heat (see page 290). LINUM. U.S. Flaxseed. [Linseed.] The seed of Linum usitatissimum Linne (Nat. Ord. Linaccce). Flaxseed contains 15 per cent, of mucilage, in the epithe- lium, and from 20 to 35 per cent, of fixed oil in the nucleus, besides resin, sugar, wax, etc. The mucilage is soluble in water, but more readily in hot water, forming a thick, viscid liquid. Alcohol and sub- acetate of lead precipitate it from its aqueous solution. The mucilage AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRINCIPLES. 739 is an important constituent; the seed is used in its unground state for making a demulcent infusion. Ground flaxseed is very useful to the pharmacist for making lutes, and, medicinally, it is used for making poultices. The fixed oil present is very valuable because of its drying properties. (See Oleum Lini.) Unofficinal Mucilaginous Substances. Bael-fruit. The dried, half-ripe fruit of AEgle Marmelos. Nat. Ord. Aurantiaceae. Habitat, Himalaya Mountains. Used principally in dysentery. Dose of fluid extract, 1 to 2 fluidrachms. Baobab. From Adansonia digitata. Nat. Ord. Sterculiaceae. Habitat, Tropical Africa. Used as a tonic. Benne Leaves. From Sesamum Indicum. Nat. Ord. Pedaliaceae. Habitat, India. Used as a stimulant. Blue-weed. From Echium vulgare. Habitat, Europe. Used chiefly as an emollient and protective. Borage. From Borago officinalis. Nat. Ord. Boraginaceae. Habitat, Southern Europe. Used chiefly as an emollient and protective. Cashew-nut. From Anacardium occidentale. Nat. Ord. Terebinthaceae. Habitat, Tropi- cal America. Used externally and as a vermifuge. Comfrey-root. The root of Symphytum officinale. Nat. Ord. Boraginaceae. Habitat, Europe. Used as a demulcent and astringent. Evening Primrose. From (Enothera biennis. Nat. Ord. Onagraceae. Habitat, North America. Fenugreek. The seeds of Trigonella Fcenum-grsecum. Nat. Ord. Leguminosae. Habitat, Western Asia. Used as an emollient. Hog Gum. From Rhus metopium. Habitat, South America. Used as a demulcent. Hound’s Tongue. From Cynoglossum officinale. Habitat, Europe and United States. Used as an emollient and protective. Jujube Berries. The fruit of Zizyphus vulgaris. Nat. Ord. Rhamnaceaa. Habitat, Asia Minor. Used as a laxative. Laminaria. From Laminaria Cloustoni. Nat. Ord. Algae. Habitat, North Atlantic Ocean. Luagwort. From Pulmonaria officinalis. Habitat, Europe. Maidenhair. The fronds of Adiantum Capillus- Veneris. Nat. Ord. Filices. Used as a demulcent and stimulant. Mezquite Gum. From Algarobia glandulosa. Habitat, Texas. Mullein. The leaves and flowers of Verbascum Thapsus. Nat. Ord. Scrophulariaceae. Habitat, North America. Used as a demulcent. Okra. From Hibiscus esculentus. Habitat, Africa. Salep. From the tubers of Orchis mascula. Is very mucilaginous, only four grains being sufiicient to make one fluidounce of water gelatinous. Virginia Lungwort. From Pulmonaria Virginica. Habitat, United States. Willow Herb. From Epilobium angustifolium. Nat. Ord. Onagraceae. Used as a tonic and demulcent. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER L. AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRINCIPLES. What is starch ? Give the Latin officinal name. What is its chemical composition ? How is it made? ., What change takes place when starch is subjected to the action of diluted acids, diastase, or heat ? _ . Under what names is dextrin largely used in the arts ? Describe its appearance. How may it he distinguished from gum arabic? In what solutions is starch soluble? What is the composition of inulin? Where is it found ? In what particulars does it differ from starch? 740 AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRINCIPLES. For what is starch used ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What are the officinal preparations of starch ? What is malt, and how is it prepared ? What is the object of converting grain into malt? How is this change effected ? How much diastase is contained in malt? How is it obtained ? What extraordinary property does it possess ? What are the uses of malt? Upon what does its medicinal value depend ? What officinal preparation is there of malt ? Iceland moss—Give the Latin officinal name. Where is it found ? What principles does it contain? What is its use ? What officinal preparation of it is there ? Irish moss—Give the Latin officinal name. Where does this alga come from? What principle does it contain? Wherein does this principle differ from gum ? Wherein does this principle differ from starch ? Wherein does this principle differ from pectin ? For what is chondrus used ? What is arabin ? What three proximate principles are found in gums? In what gums are these principles found ? Wherein do gums differ from starch or cellulin? Wherein do gums differ from sugars ? Gum arabic—What is the Latin officinal name? Describe odor, taste, and chem- ical reaction. What is its specific gravity ? Of what does this gum mainly consist ? Does neutral acetate of lead precipitate its aqueous solution? Does basic acetate of lead precipitate its aqueous solution ? What action is produced by soluble silicates or ferric salts ? What are its uses in pharmacy? What are the officinal preparations of acacia? Tragacanth—What is the Latin officinal name? Whence obtained? What are its constituents ? What is its specific gravity ? What color is produced when test solution of iodine is added to mucilage of tragacanth ? Wherein does the portion soluble in water differ from acacia? What officinal preparation is there of tragacanth ? Slippery elm—What is the Latin officinal name? Of what tree is this the bark ? What does the bark contain ? For what is it used ? What officinal preparation is there of it? Sassafras pith—What is the Latin officinal name? Whence obtained? What does it contain, and for what is it used ? What officinal preparation is there of it? Quince seed—What is the Latin officinal name? Whence obtained? What does it contain, and for what is it used? What officinal preparation is there of it? Marshmallow—What is the Latin officinal name? What part is officinal ? Where does it come from ? What does it contain, and for what is it used? What officinal preparation is there of it ? Flaxseed—What is the Latin officinal name ? Whence obtained ? What does it contain ? For what purposes is it used ? Why is the fixed oil especially valuable ? CHAPTEK LI. SUGARS AND SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. Sugaes may be defined as organic bodies having a sweet taste, gen- erally of vegetable origin and crystallizable, of a neutral reaction, sol- uble in water, their solutions being optically active to polarized light. The term sugar is popularly applied to but one product, saccharose, the sweet substance obtained from sugar-cane, beets, sorghum, etc. There are, however, many sugars varying not only in external appearance and properties, but also in chemical composition. They may be divided into two classes: 1. Fermentable sugars, and, 2. Non-fermentable sugars. 1. Fermentable Sugars.—This is by far the more important class, as it embraces the sugars which are largely consumed in food-products. It will be found convenient to divide this class into two subclasses: Glucoses, or sugars directly subject to vinous fermentation, and Sac- charoses, sugars indirectly subject to vinous fermentation. The follow- ing table shows these in detail: Glucoses, C6Hi20e. Glucose (Dextro-glucose, Rotates the plane of polarization strongly to the right. Obtained or Dextrose). by treating starch with diluted sulphuric acid, neutralizing the acid with lime, separating the calcium sulphate, and evaporating the solution. Grape-Sugar (Crystallized Obtained by crystallizing the above-named solution. Glucose). Laevulose (Laevo-glucose). Rotates the plane of polarization strongly to the left. Found in the sugar-cane, and may be obtained from molasses, or by heat- ing inulin under pressure with water. Maltose, C12H22O11 + H2O ? Made by the action of diastase on starch. Dulcitose. Obtained by oxidizing dulcit with nitric acid. Mannitose. Found in muscular flesh. Galactose. Made by treating milk-sugar with diluted sulphuric acid. Saccharoses, C12H22O11. Fermentable only after being converted into a sugar belonging to the class of glucoses. Cane-Sugar (Saccharose). Obtained from sugar-cane, beets, etc. (see Saecharum). Parasaccharose. Produced by spontaneous fermentation of cane-sugar Milk-Sugar (Lactose, Lactin). Obtained from milk (see Saecharum Lactis). Mycose. Obtained from ergot; identical with trehalose. Melezitose. Obtained from manna found in Tasmania and Persia. Melitose. Obtained from various species of Eucalyptus. Trehalose. Obtained from the cocoons of Larinus maculatus. 2. Non-fermentable Sugars.—These are sometimes termed saccha- roids. Some of them have the chemical composition of glucose. 742 SUGAR AND SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. Mannit, CgHuOe. Obtained from Manna and many other plants. Dulcit, C6Hu06. Also called Melampyrit. Obtained from Melampyrum nemorosum. Eucalyn, CeHiaO#. Produced in the fermentation of melitose. Inosit, Obtained from muscular flesh. Quercitose, By decomposing quercitrin with diluted sulphuric acid. Sorbit, CeHizOe- From Sorbus aucuparia,—mountain-ash berries. Erythromannit, C12H30O12. Obtained from Protococcus vulgaris, also called Phycit. Isodulcit, C6H14O6. From quercitrin. Pinit, C6H12O5. From Pinus Lambertiana. Quercit, C6H12O5. Obtained from acorns. Glucose, C6H1206, may be obtained from candied honey, from grapes, and from many other sources, but it is prepared from starch upon an immense scale by the action of very weak sulphuric acid. The term glucose is applied to the syrupy product of this process, while the name grape-sugar is applied to the solid product from the same source. The process is as follows. The corn is first soaked in warm water, and is then ground on specially-prepared stones with a stream of water. The meal is next passed into a trough, the bottom of which is made of fine bolting-cloth. Here the starch is washed through and led to large tanks, where it is allowed to settle. It is next beaten up with caustic soda to separate the gluten, and the starch is again al- lowed to settle in long shallow troughs. The starch, washed from all adhering alkali, is next beaten up with water into a cream, and con- ducted into the converting-tubs. Here the starch cream is treated with dilute sulphuric acid, and steam is allowed to bubble up through the mixture. This process of conversion, wdiich is called “open conver- sion,” is completed in about two hours. Another method is called “ close conversion.” The substances are enclosed in stout copper cyl- inders and subjected to the action of superheated steam. This process occupies about fifteen minutes. After conversion, the liquid is treated with marble-dust and animal charcoal. After neutralization, the liquid is filtered through cloth and animal charcoal, and is then conveyed to the vacuum-pan. When glucose syrup alone is desired, the process of conversion is stopped when the starch has disappeared, so that the syrup contains both glucose and dextrin, while, w7hen solid grape- sugar is desired, the conversion is carried further to the change of dextrin into dextrose. Glucose can be obtained as a hydrate in small and laminated crystals from aqueous solution, and anhydrous in hard crystalline masses either from alcoholic solution or from very concen- trated aqueous solution. It is less sweet than cane-sugar. It is also less soluble in water, and much more soluble in alcohol. It has the sp. gr. 1.54-1.57 when anhydrous. Strong mineral acids hardly act on grape-sugar, but destroy cane-sugar with facility. On the other hand, grape-sugar is destroyed by alkalies, with which cane-sugar forms definite compounds. Dissolved in water and subjected to pro- longed ebullition, grape-sugar undergoes very little alteration. Its solution rotates the plane of polarization of polarized light to the right, and is capable of undergoing the vinous fermentation directly, without passing through any intermediate state. It is characterized, also, in boiling solution, by reducing alkaline tartrate of copper (see Test- Solution of Potassio-Cupric Tartrate), producing a reddish precipitate. SUGAR AND SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. 743 Manufactured glucose almost always contains calcium sulphate, which may be detected by adding a solution of barium nitrate, which pro- duces a white precipitate of barium sulphate. SACCHARUM. U. S. Sugar. The refined sugar of Saccharum officinarum Linne (Nat. Ord. Oraminacece). CuHaOu; 342. Preparation.—Sugar is prepared commercially from the sugar-cane, beet-root, and sorghum. Formerly, sugar-cane was the only source; but at present the root of Beta vulgaris is largely used in Europe for making cane-sugar, and from the rapid growth of this industry there is a prospect of its supplanting all others. To prepare sugar the sugar- cane is crushed, and the juice, amounting to about 80 per cent., is ex- pressed ; this is then heated, a little lime and calcium bisulphite added, strained, and the liquid quickly evaporated, cooled, and stirred. The thick liquid is transferred to casks perforated at the bottom, and the crystals drained. Sugar made in this way is called “ open pan” sugar. It is now almost completely displaced by “ vacuum-pan” sugar. In the production of raw sugars by the vacuum-pan process, the juice, after “ defecation” with lime and removal of excess of lime by carbonic acid gas, is run through large filters of bone-black, and then into the vacuum-pan for concentration. The vacuum-pan is a large evaporating- pan, closed above by a dome-like top, which connects with an exhausting steam-pump, so that the liquid can be concentrated under very reduced pressure (see page 133). The heat is supplied by coils of steam-pipes which run through the interior of the pan. The saccharine juice is evaporated in this until it begins to crystallize, and even after this fresh portions are added, so that the crystals already formed grow by accretion of fresh material. After the crystallization is complete, the warm mix- ture of crystals and syrup is run into “ centrifugals,” to which a rapid revolution is given, and the crystals thus drained and dried. Beet-root sugar is made in a similar manner, but is more trouble- some to purify than that made from sugar-cane. The best sugar for pharmaceutical uses is known technically as “ granulated.” Loaf-sugar is generally pure, but if kept in a damp atmosphere it is liable to absorb moisture, and if kept in a very dry air it will lose weight. For making troches, lozenge-sugar, a very pure, finely-powdered sugar, may be had through dealers in confectioners’ supplies. “Pulverized” sugar, as it is called, is unfitted for such a purpose. Saccharum. IT.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. White, dry, hard, distinctly crys- talline granules, permanent in the air. The aqueous solution, saturated at 15° C. (59° F.), has the sp. gr. 1.345, and is miscible with alcohol in all proportions. Odorless; purely sweet taste; neutral reac- tion. Cold. 0.5 part. Boiling. 0.2 part. Cold. 175 parts. Boiling. 28 parts. Soluble in 80 parts of boil- ing absolute alcohol, but insoluble in ether. 744 SUGAR AND SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. Impobities. Tests foe Impurities. » Insoluble Salts, For- eign Matters, Ultra- marine, Prussian Blue, etc. Grape-Sugar, and of more than a slight amount of Inverted Sugar. Neither an aqueous nor an alcoholic solution of Sugar, kept in large, well-closed and completely filled bottles, should deposit a sediment on prolonged standing. ' If a portion of about 1 Gm. of Sugar be dissolved in 10 C.c. of boiling water, then mixed with 4 or 5 drops of test-solution of nitrate of silver and about 2 C.c. of water of ammonia, and quickly heated until the liquid begins to boil, not more than a slight coloration, but no black precipitate, should appear in the liquid after standing at rest for five minutes. When sugar is crystallized in regular large monoclinic prisms, it is called rock-candy, and has the sp. gr. 1.606. The officinal test excludes sugar which contains ultramarine; this is often added by refiners to save the expense of using bone-black: a sugar not entirely free from yellow color can be blued by ultramarine, and the fault thus covered up, so that most consumers remain ignorant of the deception; when solution is attempted, however, it is discovered, for the syrup is never colorless, and a sediment is deposited. Sugar in dilute aqueous solu- tion is converted into alcohol, carbon dioxide, and eventually acetic acid, if exposed to warm air. Cane-sugar may be distinguished from grape-sugar by Trommer’s test, which consists in the use of copper sulphate and caustic potassa. If a solution of cane-sugar be mixed with a solution of copper sulphate, and potassa be added in excess, a deep blue liquid is obtained, which on being heated deposits, after a time, a little red powder. A solution of grape-sugar, similarly treated, yields, by heat, a copious greenish precipitate, which rapidly changes to scarlet, and eventually to dark red. When heated to 185° C. (365° F.), cane-sugar melts into a viscid, color- less liquid, which on being suddenly cooled forms a transparent amor- phous mass, called barley-sugar. At a higher temperature (between 204.4° C. and 215.5° C. (400° F. and 420° F.) it loses two molecules of water, and is converted into a very thick, black liquid, called cara- mel, which is used largely for coloring aqueous or hydro-alcoholic liquids. At a still higher heat it yields combustible gases, carbonic acid, empyreumatic oil, and acetic acid, and there remains one-fourth of its weight of charcoal, which burns without residue. Uses.—Sugar is used principally in pharmacy for making syrups, troches, masses, confections, etc., as already noted. Saccharures are preparations made by saturating sugar with tinctures, drying it, and then reducing the mixture to a fine powder. Oleo-saccharures (Elseosacchara) are similar preparations made by incorporating one drop of a volatile oil with thirty grains of sugar: they form convenient modes of administering remedies to children. A saccharine secretion deposited in the honey-comb by Apis mellifica Linn6 (Class, Insecta; Order, Hymenoptera). It is not known whether honey is secreted by the bee, or whether it exists ready formed in plants. The nectaries of flowers contain a MEL. U.S. Honey. SUGAR AND SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. 745 sweet substance, which is extracted by the insect. Large quantities of honey are obtained from California, the Southern States, and the West Indies. A still larger amount, however, is manufactured by flavoring and coloring artificial glucose. The officinal test ingeniously detects this adulteration through the nitrate of barium test, as already stated. Artificial glucose nearly always contains a trace of calcium sulphate, which produces a slight precipitate of barium sulphate (see page 742). Mel. U.S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. A syrupy liquid of a light yellowish or pale brownish- yellow color, translucent, gradually becoming crystal- line and opaque. When diluted with 2 parts of water, the resulting liquid is almost clear, not stringy, has the sp. gr. 1.101 to 1.115, a brownish or yellowish color, and a faintly acid reaction. Characteristic odor; sweet, faintly acrid taste. Miscible with water and al- cohol. Impurities. Tests por Impurities. Chloride. Sulphate. Glucose or other Foreign Ad- - mixtures. Starch. If 1 part of Honey he dissolved in 4 parts of water, a clear solution should result, which should not be rendered more than faintly opalescent by a few drops of test-solution of nitrate of silver. If 1 part of Honey be dissolved in 4 parts of water, a clear solution should result, which should not be rendered more than faintly opalescent by a few drops of test-solution of nitrate of barium. If a small portion of Honey be diluted with 1 volume of water and then gradually mixed with 5 volumes of absolute alcohol, it should not be- come more than faintly opalescent, and should neither become opaque, nor deposit a slimy substance at the bottom and along the sides of the test-tube. When incinerated in small portions at a time, in a platinum crucible, it should not leave more than 0.2 per cent, of ash. Water boiled with Honey, and allowed to cool, should not be rendered blue or green on the addition of test-solution of iodine. Uses.—Honey is used pharmaceutically in the class Mellita (page 299), and as a vehicle and excipient. Owing to the difficulty of obtain- ing pure honey in large cities and towns, its place in many officinal preparations has been filled by substituting syrup or glycerin. Puri- fied honey is officinal as Mel Despumatum (see page 299). MANNA. U.S. Manna. The concrete, saccharine exudation of Fraxinus Ornus Linne (Nat. Ord. Oleacece). This substance, which is found in commerce of varying quality, is of a yellowish-white color externally; internally, white, porous, and crys- talline. Its sp. gr. is 0.834. When pure, it is soluble in three parts of cold water and in its own weight of boiling water. It separates in crystalline masses from a boiling, saturated, aqueous solution. It is soluble in alcohol; boiling alcohol will dissolve fifteen per cent, of it, and upon cooling deposit beautiful crystals of mannit. The principal constituent of manna is mannit, a peculiar, sweet prin- ciple, which is also found in many other plants. Mannit is white, inodorous, crystallizable in semi-transparent needles, of a sweetish taste, soluble in five parts of cold water, scarcely soluble in cold alcohol, but readily dissolved by that liquid when hot, and de- 746 SUGAR AND SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. posited when it cools. Its composition is C6H1406, and it is considered as belonging to the class of hexatomic alcohols. It may be obtained by boiling manna in alcohol, allowing the solution to cool, and redissolving the crystalline precipitate : pure mannit is then deposited. Uses.—Manna is used as a laxative, and often added to senna leaves to make a cathartic infusion. The dose is from one to two ounces. GLYCYRRHIZA. U.S. Glycyrrhiza. [Liquorice Root.] This well-known root contains the sweet principle glycyrrhizin, or glycyrrhizic acid, C44H63N018. This was found by Roussin to exist in the root in combination with ammonium. There is also present an oleoresinous substance which communicates to the root a slight acridity. Uses.—Glycyrrhiza is valuable in pharmacy solely on account of the sweet principle. It is one of the most efficient substances known for masking the taste of bitter substances, like quinine sulphate, etc. The root of Glycyrrhiza glabra Linne (Nat. Ord. Leguminosce, Papilionacece). Officinal Preparations. Extractum Glycyrrhizae The commercial extract of the root, prepared by evapo- Extract of Gycyrrhiza. rat.inf aqueous extract and forming it into oylin- J J dncal rolls about six inches long (see page 421). Extractum Glycyrrhizae Purum . . Made by percolating glycyrrhiza with dilute solution of Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza. ammonia and evaporating the percolate to a pilular J J consistence (see page 421). (See Mistura, page 303.) Pulvis Glycyrrhizae Compositus . Made by mixing together 18 parts senna, 16 parts glycyr- Compound Powder of Glycyrrhiza. rhif’ 8 fennel, 8 parts washed sulphur, and 50 r J J parts sugar, all in fine powder. Extractum Glycyrrlxizae Fluidum . Made of the strength of 1 C.c. representing 1 Gm., with Fluid Extract of G1 c rrhiza a menstruum consisting of 3 parts of water of ammonia ' and 97 parts of diluted alcohol (see page 382). GLYCYRRHIZINUM AMMONIATUM. V. S. Ammoniated Glycyrrhizin. Glycyrrhiza, in No. 20 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Water, Water of Ammonia, Sulphuric Acid, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix ninety-jive parts [or 1 pint] of Water with five parts [or 6 fl. dr.] of Water of Ammonia, and, having moistened the powder with the mix- ture, macerate for twenty-four hours. Then pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator and gradually pour water upon it until jive hun- dred parts [or 5 pints] of percolate are obtained. Add to the percolate, slowly and while stirring, a sufficient quantity of Sulphuric Acid, so long as a precipitate is produced. Collect this on a strainer, wash it with cold Water, redissolve it in Water with the aid of Water of Ammonia, filter, if necessary, and again add Sulphuric Acid so long as a precipitate is produced. Collect this, wash it, dissolve it in a sufficient quantity of Water of Ammonia previously diluted with an equal volume of Water, and spread the clear solution upon plates of glass, so that, on drying, the product may be obtained in scales. The yield is about 10 per cent. . SUGAR AND SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. 747 The introduction of this preparation is the result of the very im- portant researches of Z. Roussin, who noticed that glycyrrhizin, the sweet principle of liquorice root, was insipid when compared with the root itself, and inferred that it existed in a modified form in the root. Experiment showed that alkalies developed the sweet taste, and he ultimately proved that the alkali with which it was combined in the root was ammonia, and that glycyrrhizin played the part of an acid. Liquorice root which has lost a portion of its sweetness through fer- mentation and the development of acetic acid and precipitation of in- soluble glycyrrhizin can be restored to its former sweetness if allowed to remain a sufficient length of time in an ammoniacal atmosphere. Uses.—This compound is useful when mixed with bitter or dis- agreeable powders to mask their taste. TRITICUM. U.S. Triticum. [Couch-grass.] The rhizome of Triticum, repens Linne (Nat. Ord. Oraminacece), gathered in the spring and deprived of the rootlets. Triticum is usually found in the market cut into small sections. It contains triticin, a principle resembling inulin, also glucose, laevulose, etc. It is used as a diuretic and for its special action on the urinary organs. Extractum Tritici Fluidum . . Made with boiling water, concentrated by evaporation, ana ., t. . , - . preserved by the addition of a mixture of 1 part of alcohol Fluid Extract of Tnticum. £nd 4 part/of water (see page 398)> 1 Officinal Preparation. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LI. SUGAR AND SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. What are sugars ? To what is the term sugar popularly applied ? Into what two classes may sugars be divided ? Into what two sub-classes may fermentable sugars be conveniently divided ? What are glucoses, and what are saccharoses? What are the non-fermentable sugars sometimes called ? Glucose—What is its formula in symbols ? How is it obtained on the large scale ? Is glucose more or less sweet than cane-sugar ? What is its specific gravity when anhydrous ? Wherein does the action of strong mineral acids and of alkalies upon glucose differ from their action upon cane-sugar ? In what direction does its solution rotate the plane of polarization of polarized light ? Is it capable of direct fermentation ? What effect has it in boiling solution upon alkaline tartrate of copper? What impurity does it almost always contain ? How may this be detected ? Sugar—What is the Latin name ? Give its formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it prepared commercially ? What is the difference between the “ open pan process” and the “ vacuum process” ? 748 SUGAR AND SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. What is the best sugar for pharmaceutical purposes ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Insoluble salts, foreign matters, ultramarine, Prussian blue, etc.; grape-sugar, and of more than a slight amount of inverted sugar. What is the specific gravity of rock-candy ? What is the object of adding ultramarine to sugar? What change takes place when sugar in dilute solution is exposed to warm air ? When cane-sugar is heated to 185° 0. (365° F.), what change takes place, and what is formed ? At a higher temperature, 204.4° to 215.5° 0. (400° to 420° F.), what change takes place ? At a still higher temperature what occurs ? For what purposes in pharmacy is sugar used ? What are saccharures ? What are oleo-saecharures (elaeosaccbara) ? Honey—Whence is it obtained? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Chloride ; sulphate; glucose or other foreign admixtures; starch. For what is honey used in pharmacy ? In what form is it officinal? f What is manna? What is its specific gravity ? What is its solubility in water ? In alcohol ? What is the principal constituent of manna ? What are the physical properties of mannit? What is its chemical composition, and to what class is it considered to belong ? How may it be obtained ? For what is manna used, and what is the dose ? Liquorice root—What is the Latin officinal name ? Whence obtained ? What sweet principle does glycyrrhiza contain ? What is its chemical composition, and in what combination does it exist in the root ? To what does the root owe its acridity ? What are the officinal preparations of glycyrrhiza ? Ammoniated glycyrrhizin—What is the Latin officinal name ? How is it made ? What amount is obtained from glycyrrhiza? What effect do alkalies have upon glycyrrhizin ? For what is this compound useful ? What is triticum, and how is it found in commerce ? What principles does triticum contain ? For what is it used ? What officinal preparation of triticum is there ? CHAPTER LII. DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS THROUGH THE ACTION OF FERMENTS. Fermentation.—When certain organic bodies are subjected to the action of water, air, and a warm temperature, decomposition takes place. This is accompanied by the presence of microscopic organisms, and the result is the formation of new products. When decomposition is followed by the production of worthless or offensive substances, it is termed putrefaction; when useful products are formed, the process is called fermentation. Two prominent theories accounting for the phenomena of fermenta- tion have been advanced,—one, in which the action is regarded as a chemical process, the presence of the microscopic bodies being consid- ered unimportant; the other, and by far the more generally accepted, that fermentation is caused by the presence of the organisms. Ferments may be divided into two classes,—1. Organized or physio- logical ferments, as yeast, mycoderms, torulas, etc.; 2. Unorganized or chemical ferments, like diastase, synaptase, myrosin, etc. It will be necessary in the subsequent chapters to refer frequently to the various ferments and their products. Vinous Fermentation.—Cane-sugar, as before stated, is capable of being decomposed by this process and converted into alcohol and carbon dioxide, but it will not undergo the vinous fermentation by itself. It re- quires to be dissolved in water, subjected to the influence of a ferment, and kept at a certain temperature. Accordingly, sugar, water, the pres- ence of a ferment, and the maintenance of an adequate temperature must be deemed the prerequisites of the vinous fermentation. The water acts by giving fluidity, and the ferment and temperature by commencing and maintaining the chemical changes. The precise manner in which the ferment operates has not been positively determined; but the fer- mentative change seems to be intimately connected with the multiplica- tion of a microscopic plant, Torula cerevisice. Beginning with the simple substances cellulin and starch, it will be found that, through the action of dilute acids and ferments, they may be converted into alcohol or acetic acid : (C6H10O5)3 + H20 = C12H22Ou + C6H10O5; Cellulin or Starch. Water. Maltose. Starch. then -j- C6H10O5 + 2HaO — (C6H1206)3; Maltose. Starch. Water. Glueose. 749 750 DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. then C6H1206 = (C2H5HO)2 + 2C02. Glucose. Alcohol. Carlxin Dioxide. And if the action is not arrested, the acetous fermentation begins, resulting in the conversion of the alcohol into acetic acid through oxi- dation : c2h5ho + o2 = c2h4o2 + h2o. Alcohol. Oxygen. Acetic Acid. Water. The most important derivative of sugar through the action of a fer- ment is alcohol: this is usually obtained from whisky by distillation. The distilled product of vinous liquors forms the different ardent spirits of commerce. When obtained from wine, it is called brandy; from fer- mented molasses, rum; from cider, malted barley, or rye, whisky; from malted barley and rye-meal with hops, and rectified from juniper berries, Holland gin; from malted barley, rye, or potatoes, and rectified from turpentine, common gin; and from fermented rice, arrack. These spirits are of different strengths,—that is, contain different proportions of alco- hol,—and have various peculiarities by which they are distinguished by the taste. The compounds derived from sugars will be considered under the following subheads : 1. Ethyl hydrate and oxide and their preparations. 2. Preparations of the compound ethers of the ethyl and amyl series. 3. Aldehyd, its derivatives and preparations. The compounds containing the radical ethyl are the most important of those derived from organic substances, alcohol being the source of all. Alcohol is regarded chemically as the type of a class of carbon com- pounds called alcohols, of which there are many important members. They are the hydrates of the alcohol radicals (ethyl hydrate, alcohol; amyl hydrate, amylic alcohol), just as slaked lime, or calcium hydrate, is the hydrate of the metal calcium. Ethers are the oxides of these radicals, just as lime, or calcium oxide, is the oxide of the metal calcium. Compound ethers are analogous to the salts of the metals, being formed by the decomposition of their alcohols by acids,—i.e., ethyl nitrite, ethyl acetate, amyl nitrite,—just as potassium nitrate, sodium acetate, and calcium sulphate may be produced by decomposing the hydrates of their respective metals with acids. In each case water is formed as one of the results of the decomposition. This may be shown by the reactions Ethyl Hydrate and Oxide and their Preparations. NaHO + C2II402 = NaC2H302 + H20. Sodium Acetic Sodium Water. Hydrate. Acid. Acetate. c2h5ho + c2h4o2 = C2H5C2H302 + h2o. Alcohol or Acetic Ethyl Acetate. Water. Ethyl Hydrate. Acid. DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. 751 SPIRITUS FRUMENTI. U.S. Whisky. An alcoholic liquid, obtained by the distillation of fermented grain (usually corn, wheat, or rye), and at least two years old. Owing to the immense production of grain in this country, the cheap- est sources of starch (corn, wheat, and rye) are used in making alco- holic liquids. The operations by which whisky is obtained from grain are technically termed,—1. Masking, by which the starch is converted into sugar. 2. Fermentation, or the production of the alcohol. 3. Distillation, or the separation of the crude spirit. The crushed grain, mixed with malt, is added to water at 15.4° C. (60° F.), and allowed to stand, to permit the conversion of the starch into maltose, through the action of the diastase. The liquid is now termed the wort. This is caused to ferment by the addition of yeast, and alcohol is gradually formed, carbon dioxide escaping: the liquor is then distilled, the distillate being termed low wines. This is again distilled, and raw whisky is the product. This upon keeping, especially in a warm room, improves in quality through the formation of compound ethers, which are supposed to communicate an agreeable flavor to the liquid. Spiritus Frumenti. U. S. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Whisky has an amber color, a distinctive taste and odor, and a sp. gr. not above 0.930 nor below 0.917, corresponding approximately with an alcoholic strength of 44 to 50 per cent, by weight, or 50 to 58 per cent, by vol- ume. More than traces of Fusel Oil from grain ■ or potato spirit. An undue amount of Solids. Added Sugar, Glyce- rin, or Spices. Traces of Oak Tan- nin from casks. An undue amount of Free Acid. If 100 C.c. of Whisky be very slowly evap- orated in a weighed capsule, on a water- bath, the last portions volatilized should not have a harsh or disagreeable odor. The residue, fully dried at 100° C. (212° F.), should weigh not more than 0.250 6m., equivalent to 0.25 per cent. This residue should have no sweet or dis- tinctly spicy taste. The residue should nearly all dissolve in 10 C.c. of cold water, forming a solution which is colored light green by a dilute solution of ferric chloride. 100 C.c. of Whisky should be rendered dis- tinctly alkaline to litmus by 2 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. Uses.—Crude whisky is used as the source of alcohol. When puri- fied and mellowed by age, it is used as a stimulant. ALCOHOL. U. S. Alcohol. A liquid composed of 91 per cent, by weight (94 per cent, by volume) of Ethyl Alcohol [C2H5HO ; 46], and 9 per cent, by weight (6 per cent, by volume) of Water. Sp. gr. 0.820 at 15.6° C. (60° F.) and 0.8i2 at 25° C. (77° F.). Preparation.—The natural sources of alcohol are starch and sugar as they exist in various plants, and alcohol, if pure, is the same from whatever source it is derived. It is generally made by distilling whisky, and redistilling and rectifying the distillate in an apparatus termed an alcohol column and still. The yield of alcohol, sp. gr. .835, obtained from good whisky is about’ 58 per cent, by volume. The principal 752 DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. impurity is fusel oil, or amylic alcohol. Alcohol may be deprived of odor by treating it with potassium permanganate and redistilling. Absolute alcohol is the name given to the strongest alcohol which can be made, and which is intended to be absolutely free from water. This is a diffi- cult preparation to make, owing to the very strong affinity existing between the two liquids. The strongest alcohol that can be made by simple distillation contains 11 per cent, of water, and in order to sepa- rate the latter from it, it is necessary to use some substance having a still stronger affinity for water. This is found in recently-burned lime, and the method employed is to percolate the strongest and purest alco- hol attainable through the lime, out of contact with air, and then to re- distil the percolate in vacuo. In this way alcohol may be obtained having a sp. gr. as low as 0.79355 at 15.6° C. (60° F.). (Squibb.) Absolute alcohol is a colorless, volatile liquid, of an agreeable odor and a burning taste. It boils at 78.4° C. (173.1° F.), and is not congealed by a cold of 202° F. below zero. Its freedom from water may be ascertained by dropping into it a piece of anhydrous baryta, which will remain un- changed if the alcohol be free from water, but otherwise will fall to powder; or (a more delicate test) by its forming a clear solution when mixed with an equal bulk of pure benzol. Absolute alcohol should be free from fusel oil. Alcohol. V.S. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. A transparent, color- Fixed Impurities, or Coloring-Matter. ' If a portion of at least 50 C.c. of Alcohol be less, mobile, and evaporated to dryness in a glass vessel, no volatile liquid, of a residue or color should appear. characteristic, pun- gent, and agreeable odor, and a burning Fusel Oil. If Alcohol is mixed with its own volume of water and one-fifth its volume of glycerin, a piece of blotting-paper, on being wet with taste. It boils at the mixture, after the vapor of Alcohol has 78° C. (172.4° F.), and is readily in- flammable, giving a blue flame without smoke. Sp. gr. 0.820 Amyl Alcohol. wholly disappeared, should give no irri- tating or foreign odor. ’ If a portion of Alcohol be evaporated to one- fifth its volume, the residue should not turn reddish upon the addition of an equal vol- at 15.6° C. (60° F.) and 0.812 at 25° C. (77° F.). It should Methyl Alcohol, Al- ume of sulphuric acid. ' When Alcohol is treated, in a test-tube, with an equal volume of solution of potassa, there not change the color dehyd, and Oak should not be an immediate darkening of of blue or red lit- Tannin. the liquid. mus paper pre- viously moistened with water. Methyl Alcohol. More than traces of Organic Matters, ■ Fusel Oil, etc. 'If a portion of about 150 C.c. of Alcohol be digested for an hour with 20 Gm. of carbon- ate of lead, and filtered, the filtrate then distilled from a water-bath, and the first 20 C.c. of the distillate treated with 1 C.c. of test-solution of permanganate of potassium, the color should not disappear within one or two minutes. If 20 C.c. of Alcohol are shaken in a glass- stoppered vial, previously well rinsed with the same Alcohol, with 2 C.c. of test-solution of nitrate of silver, the mixture should not be rendered more than faintly opalescent during one day’s exposure to direct sunlight. It burns with a pale flame without residue, the products being car- bonic acid and water. Absolute alcohol consists of two atoms of car- DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. 753 bon, 24, six of hydrogen, 6, and one of oxygen, 16, = 46. Its em- pirical formula is, therefore, C2H60. It is, however, recognized as the hydrate of the radical ethyl (C2H5), so that its rational formula would be C2H5,HO. Alcohol is officinal of two strengths, the stronger having the sp. gr. 0.820; the other, diluted alcohol, having the sp. gr. 0.928. Uses.—Alcohol is used in pharmacy principally for its solvent powers (see pages 335, 336). It is used as the source of many important com- pounds, like ether, chloroform, iodoform, etc., and as an antiseptic. The cologne spirit is generally a purified product, and cleaner than ordi- nary alcohol. A specially fine brand of alcohol can now be had which is rectified particularly for perfumers’ use: it is said to be made by diluting the cologne spirit with sufficient water to bring it to about the strength of diluted alcohol, passing this through bone-black, and then redistilling and concentrating it again to the proper strength in the rectifying column and still. ALCOHOL DILUTUM. U.S. Diluted Alcohol. A liquid composed of 45.5 per cent, by weight (53 per cent, by volume) of Ethyl Alcohol and 55.4 per cent, by weight (47 per cent, by volume) of Water. Sp. gr. 0.928 at 15.6° C. (60° F.) and 0.920 at 25° C. (77° F.). By measure. Alcohol, 50 parts, or 17 fl. oz. Distilled Water, 50 parts, or 14 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or about fl. oz. When alcohol and water are mixed together, a rise in temperature, and a contraction in volume takes place. In small operations the con- traction is generally disregarded; in larger operations the loss is very apparent. If 55 gallons of alcohol be mixed with 45 gallons of water, the product will not be 100 gallons of diluted alcohol, but only 96 j gallons, showing a loss of 3f gallons. United States Proof Spirit differs from diluted alcohol in containing 50 per cent, by volume of absolute alcohol. It has the sp. gr. 0.934.1 Uses.—Diluted alcohol is used as a menstruum in making tinctures, fluid extracts, extracts, etc. Its properties have been already fully de- scribed in connection with the various preparations. Its value consists not only in antiseptic properties, but also in its possessing the solvent powers of both water and alcohol. 1 Pile’s Buies for Diluting Alcohol.—1. To reduce alcohol to any required strength. To as many parts of the given alcohol as are indicated by the percentage required, add sufficient water to make the number of parts of the mixture equal to the percentage of the given alcohol. Example: It is desired to make an alcohol of 30 per cent, from one of 95 per cent. Take 30 fluidounces of the alcohol and add a sufficient amount of water to make 95 fluidounces. 2. To make any required quantity of any per cent. As the percentage of the alcohol given is to that of the alcohol required, so is the quantity desired to the quantity of the alcohol to be taken. And to this quantity of alcohol sufficient water must be added to make up the re- quired quantity. Example: It is desired to make 80 fluidounces of 75 per cent, alcohol from that of 95 per cent. As 95 : 75 :: 80 : This represents the number of fluidounces of 95 per cent, alcohol that is to be made up to 80 fluidouncos by the addition of water. By these rules allowance is made for any contraction that may take place, and a mixture after being made should be allowed to stand for a short time for such contraction to take place, when a final amount of water is to be added to make up the full measure (see page 91). 754 DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. ALCOHOLMETRICAL TABLE. Based on the Relation between Absolute Alcohol (Sp. Gr. 0.7938) and Pure Water at 15.6° C. (6o° F.).—Abridged from Dr. E. R. Squibb’s Table. Percentage. Specific Gravity. Weight of One Pint. Wei One Avoir ;ht of iallon, Percentage. Specific Gravity. Weight of One Pint. Weight of One Gallon, Avoirdupois. By wt. By vol. Uupois. By wt. By vol. In Gms. In Grs. In Gms. In Grs. £ a tsa O Grs. i a ts G Grs. 1.0000 472.39 7290 8 5 132 31 0.9643 455.53 7030 8 0 238 1 0.9985 471.68 7279 8 5 44 26 0.9638 455.30 7026 8 0 209 1 0.9981 471.49 7276 8 5 22 32 0.9631 454.96 7021 8 0 168 2 0.9970 470.98 7268 8 4 395 27 0.9623 454.58 7015 8 0 121 2 0.9965 470.74 7264 8 4 366 33 0.9618 454.35 7011 8 0 92 8 0.9956 470.31 7258 8 4 313 28 34 0.9609 453.93 7005 8 0 40 3 0.9947 469.89 7251 8 4 261 0.9602 453.59 7000 7 15 436 4 0.9942 469.66 7248 8 4 232 0.9595 453.26 6995 7 15 395 4 5 0.9930 469.09 7239 8 4 162 29 35 0.9593 453.17 6993 7 15 383 5 6 0.9914 468.33 7227 8 4 68 0.9587 452.88 6989 7 15 348 6 7 0.9898 467.58 7216 8 3 413 30 36 0.9578 452.46 6982 7 15 296 8 0.9890 467.19 7210 8 3 366 0.9572 452.18 6978 7 15 261 7 0.9884 466.91 7205 8 3 331 37 0.9565 451.84 6973 7 15 220 9 0.9878 466.63 7201 8 3 296 31 0.9560 451.61 6969 7 15 191 8 10 0.9869 466.21 7194 8 3 243 0.9555 451.38 6966 7 15 162 9 11 0.9855 465.54 7184 8 3 161 38 0.9550 451.14 6962 7 15 133 10 12 0.9841 464.89 7174 8 3 81 32 0.9544 450.86 6958 7 15 98 11 13 0.9828 464.27 7165 8 3 5 0.9539 450.61 6954 7 15 68 14 0.9821 463.94 7159 8 2 401 39 0.9535 450.43 6951 7 15 45 12 15 0.9815 463.65 7155 8 2 366 33 0.9528 450.09 6946 7 15 4 13 16 0.9802 463.04 7146 8 2 290 40 0.9519 449.67 6939 7 14 390 0.9794 462.67 7140 8 2 244 34 0.9511 449.29 6933 7 14 343 14 17 0.9789 462.42 7136 8 2 214 41 0.9503 448.91 6928 7 14 296 0.9784 462.19 7132 8 2 185 0.9495 448.54 6922 7 14 250 15 18 0.9778 461.90 7128 8 2 150 35 42 0.9490 448.30 6918 7 14 221 0.9775 461.77 7126 8 2 123 0.9475 447.59 6907 7 14 133 0.9772 461.62 7124 8 2 115 36 43 0.9470 447.36 6904 7 14 104 16 19 0.9766 461.34 7119 8 2 80 0.9465 447.12 0900 7 14 75 20 0.9760 461.05 7115 8 2 45 37 44 0.9452 446.51 6890 7 13 437 17 21 0.9753 460.72 7110 8 2 4 0.9446 446.22 6886 7 13 401 0.9749 460.54 7107 8 1 418 38 45 0.9434 445.66 6877 7 13 331 0.9743 460.25 7103 8 1 383 0.9426 445.28 6871 7 13 284 18 22 0.9741 460.16 7101 8 1 373 39 46 0.9416 444.81 6864 7 13 226 0.9737 459.97 7098 8 1 348 0.9405 444.29 6856 7 13 162 0.9732 459.73 7095 8 1 319 40 47 0.9396 443.86 6850 7 13 109 19 23 0.9728 459.55 7092 8 1 297 0.9391 443.62 6846 7 13 75 0.9720 459.16 7086 8 1 249 48 0.9381 443.15 6839 7 13 22 20 24 0.9716 458.98 7083 8 1 227 41 0.9376 442.92 6835 7 12 431 0.9714 458.88 7081 8 1 214 0.9373 442.77 6833 7 12 413 25 0.9709 458.65 7078 8 1 186 49 0.9362 442.25 6825 7 12 349 21 0.9704 458.41 7074 8 1 157 42 0.9356 441.97 6820 7 12 314 26 0.9698 458.13 7070 8 1 122 0.9352 441.78 6818 7 12 291 0.9693 457.90 7066 8 1 92 50 0.9343 441.35 6811 7 12 238 22 27 0.9691 457.80 7065 8 1 81 43 0.9335 440.98 6805 7 12 192 0.9683 457.42 7059 8 1 33 0.9329 440.70 6801 7 12 157 23 28 0.9678 457.18 7055 8 1 5 51 0.9323 440.42 6796 7 12 122 0.9671 456.85 7050 8 0 401 0.9318 440.18 6793 7 12 93 24 29 0.9665 456.57 7046 8 0 366 44 0.9314 439.99 6790 7 12 69 0.9658 456.24 7041 8 0 325 0.9306 439.61 6784 7 12 23 25 30 0.9652 455.95 7036 8 0 290 52 0.9303 439.47 6782 7 12 5 0.9645 455.63 7031 8 0 250 45 0.9292 438.95 6774 7 11 379 DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. 755 ALCOHOLMETRICAL TABLE.—(Continued.) Percentage. Specific Gravity. Weight of One Pint. Weight of One Gallon, Avoirdupois. Percentage. Specific Gravity. Weight of One Pint. Weight of One Gallon, Avoirdupois. By wt. By vol. By wt. By vol. In Gms. In Grs. In Gms. In Grs. & « s' O Grs. i |J N* O Grs. 53 0.9283 438.52 6767 7 li 326 79 0.8664 409.28 6316 7 3 216 46 0.9270 437.91 6758 7 li 251 73 0.8649 408.57 6305 7 3 129 54 0.9262 437.53 6752 7 li 204 80 0.8639 408.10 6298 7 3 71 47 0.9249 436.92 6742 7 li 128 74 0.8625 407.44 6288 7 2 426 55 0.9242 436.58 6737 7 n 87 81 0.8611 406.78 6277 7 2 344 0.9236 436.30 6733 7 li 51 75 0.8603 406.40 6272 7 2 298 48 0.9228 435.93 6727 7 li 6 0.8599 406.21 6269 7 2 274 56 0.9221 435.60 6722 7 10 402 76 82 0.8581 405.36 6255 7 2 169 • 0.9212 435.17 6715 7 10 349 0.8566 404.65 6245 7 2 82 49 0.9206 434.88 6711 7 10 314 77 83 0.8557 404.22 6238 7 2 29 57 0.9200 434.60 6707 7 10 279 0.8539 403.38 6225 7 1 361 50 0.9184 433.85 6695 7 10 186 78 0.8533 403.09 6220 7 1 327 58 0.9178 433.56 6691 7 10 151 84 0.8526 402.77 6215 7 1 287 51 59 0.9160 432.71 6678 7 10 46 0.8516 402.29 6208 7 1 227 0.9150 432.24 6670 7 9 425 79 0.8508 401.92 6202 7 1 182 52 60 0.9135 431.53 6659 7 9 338 85 0.8496 401.35 6194 7 1 112 0.9124 431.01 6651 7 9 273 80 0.8483 400.73 6184 7 1 36 53 61 0.9113 430.49 6643 7 9 210 86 0.8466 399.93 6172 7 0 374 0.9100 429.88 6634 7 9 133 81 0.8459 399.60 6167 7 0 333 54 62 0.9090 429.41 6627 7 9 76 82 87 0.8434 398.42 6148 7 0 187 0.9075 428.69 6616 7 8 425 0.8415 397.52 6134 7 0 76 55 63 0.9069 428.41 6611 7 8 390 83 88 0.8408 397.19 6129 7 0 35 0.9062 428.09 6606 7 8 350 0.8396 396.62 6121 6 15 402 56 64 0.9047 427.37 6595 7 8 262 84 0.8382 395.96 6110 6 15 322 0.9036 426.86 6587 7 8 198 89 0.8373 395.53 6104 6 15 269 57 65 0.9025 426.34 6579 7 8 134 85 0.8357 394.78 6092 6 15 176 58 66 0.9001 425.20 6562 7 7 432 90 0.8340 393.98 6080 6 15 77 59 0.8979 424.17 6546 7 7 304 0.8336 393.79 6077 6 15 53 67 0.8973 423.88 6541 7 7 269 86 0.8331 393.55 6073 6 15 24 0.8966 423.55 6536 7 7 227 0.8317 392.89 6063 6 14 380 60 0.8956 423.07 6529 7 7 169 87 91 0.8305 392.33 6054 6 14 310 68 0.8949 422.75 6524 7 7 129 0.8298 391.99 6049 6 14 269 61 0.8932 421.94 6511 7 7 29 88 0.8279 391.09 6035 6 14 158 69 0.8925 421.62 6506 7 6 426 92 0.8272 390.76 6030 6 14 117 0.8910 420.90 6495 7 6 338 0.8259 390.14 6021 6 14 41 62 0.8908 420.81 6494 7 6 326 89 0.8254 389.91 6017 6 14 12 70 0.8900 420.43 6488 7 6 280 93 0.8237 389.11 6005 6 13 351 0.8897 420.29 6486 7 6 262 90 0.8228 388.69 5998 6 13 299 63 0.8886 419.77 6478 7 6 198 91 94 0.8199 387.32 5977 6 13 130 71 0.8875 419.25 6470 7 6 134 92 0.8172 386.04 5957 6 12 409 64 0.8863 418.68 6461 7 6 64 95 0.8164 385.66 5951 6 12 362 72 0.8850 418.07 6452 7 5 426 93 0.8145 384.77 5938 6 12 252 65 0.8840 417.60 6444 7 5 368 96 0.8125 383.82 5923 6 12 135 73 0.8825 416.88 6433 7 5 279 94 0.8118 383.49 5918 6 12 94 66 0.8816 416.46 6427 7 5 228 95 0.8089 382.12 5897 6 11 363 74 0.8799 415.66 6414 7 5 129 97 0.8084 381.88 5893 6 11 334 67 0.8793 415.38 6410 7 5 94 96 0.8061 380.79 5876 6 11 200 68 75 0.8769 414.25 6393 7 4 391 98 0.8041 379.85 5862 6 11 83 69 76 0.8745 413.11 6375 7 4 251 97 0.8031 379.38 5855 6 11 25 0.8739 412.83 6371 7 4 216 98 0.8001 377.96 5833 6 10 287 70 77 0.8721 411.98 6358 7 4 111 99 0.7995 377.68 5828 6 10 252 71 78 0.8696 410.79 6339 7 3 403 99 0.7969 376.45 5809 6 10 100 0.8678 409.94 6326 7 3 297 0.7946 375.37 5793 6 9 404 72 0.8672 409.66 6322 7 3 263 100 100 0.7938 374.98 5787 6 9 357 * Officinal diluted alcohol. f Officinal alcohol. 756 DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. A liquid composed of about 74 per cent, of Ethyl Oxide [(C2H5)20 ; 74] and about 26 per cent, of Alcohol containing a little water. Sp. gr. about 0.750 at 15° C. (59° F.). Preparation.—The Pharmacopoeia of 1870 contained a process for the preparation of Ether. It was rarely or never used, because this is one of the liquids which cannot be safely or profitably made upon the small scale with the usual facilities afforded by the pharmacist’s labora- tory. Ether is made by acting on alcohol with sulphuric acid between the temperatures of 130° C. (266° F.) and 137.7° C. (280° F.). The sulphuric acid is not consumed in the process, but is regenerated, so that the making of ether is continuous. This will be understood when the reactions are explained. Ether is the oxide of the monad radical ethyl C2II5. Alcohol, as has been already stated, is the hydrate C2H5HO: now, iETHER. US. Ether. C2H5HO + H2S04 = C2H5HS04 + H20; Alcohol. Sulphuric Ethyl-sulphuric Water. Acid. Acid. then c2h5iiso4 + C2II5IIO = (C2H5)20 + H2so4. Ethyl-sulphuric Alcohol. Ether. Sulphuric Acid. Acid. Formerly it was believed that the sulphuric acid acted by catalysis, and that it dehydrated the alcohol through its affinity for water; but, the presence of ethyl-sulphuric acid, which was formed during the process, having been proved, this simple theory had to be abandoned. The properties of Ether are given under Stronger Ether (see iEther Fortior). It dissolves in about five times its volume of water. Tested, as directed under Stronger Ether, the reaction should be neutral; on evaporation it should leave no fixed residue, and the last portion should have not more than a very slight foreign odor; a volume of 10 C.c., upon agitation with an equal volume of glycerin, should not be reduced to less than 7.5 C.c. Uses.—This kind of ether is used as a solvent. It dissolves iodine and bromine freely, and sulphur and phosphorus sparingly. Its power to dissolve corrosive sublimate makes it a useful agent in the manipula- tions for detecting that poison. It is also a solvent of volatile and fixed oils, many resins and balsams, tannic acid, caoutchouc, and most of the alkaloids. It is not suited for inhalation, stronger ether being preferred (see below). Ether should be kept in well-stopped bottles, or in soldered tins, in a cool place remote from lights and fire. Especial care should be observed in pouring ether from one vessel to another by gas-light: the vapor is heavy,—two and a half times as heavy as air,—and it will at once take fire with explosive force on contact with flame. /ETHER FORTIOR. U. S. Stronger Ether. A liquid composed of about 94 per cent, of Ethyl Oxide [(C2H5)20; 74] and about 6 per cent, of Alcohol containing a little water. Sp. gr. not higher than 0.725 at 15° C. (59° F.) or 0.716 at 25° C. (77° F.). Preparation.—Stronger ether is made in exactly the same way as ordinary ether (see above), and it differs from the latter merely in its greater strength and purity. DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. 757 AJther Fortior. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A thin and very diffusive, clear, and colorless liquid. It boils at 37° €.(98.6° F.). Stronger Ether is highly inflammable, and its vapor, when mixed with air and ignited, explodes violently. Refreshing, char- acteristic odor; burning and sweetish taste, slightly bitter after-taste; neu- tral reaction. Eight times its volume of water. All pro- portions. All proportions of chloroform, ben- zol, benzin, fixed and volatile oils. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. It should boil actively, in a test-tube half filled with it and held a short time in the hand, on the addition of small pieces of broken glass. When 10 C.c. of Stronger Ether are agi- tated with an equal volume of gly- cerin in a graduated test-tube, the Ether layer, when fully separated, should not measure less than 8.6 C.c. If a piece of pale blue litmus paper Ae'd'tv moistened with water be immersed 1 ten minutes in a portion of the Ether, the color should not change. On evaporating at least 50 C.c. of Non-volatile Stronger Ether in a glass vessel, no Impurities fixed residue should appear, and, on and For- evaporating a portion dropped upon eign Odors. blotting-paper, no foreign odor should be developed. Uses.—Stronger ether is used pharmaceutically in preparing the oleoresins, but its chief use is as an anaesthetic. Too much care cannot be observed to see that the officinal tests are strictly complied with. SPIRITUS jETHERIS. U. S. Spirit of Ether. By measurs. Stronger Ether, 30 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Alcohol, 70 parts, or 8*4 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or fl. oz. Mix them. Uses.—This simple mixture of ether and alcohol is used as a dif- fusible stimulant in doses of one to three fluidrachms. SPIRITUS iETHERIS COMPOSITUS. U.S. Compound Spirit of Ether. [Hoffmann’s Anodyne.] By measure. Stronger Ether, 30 parts, or 8 fl. oz. Alcohol, 67 parts, or 16 fl. oz. Ethereal Oil, 3 parts, or 5 fl. dr. To make 100 parts, or about 24 fl. oz. Mix them. Commercial Hoffmann’s anodyne is usually bought by the pharma- cist and substituted for this preparation. It differs from the officinal liquid in containing variable proportions of light and heavy oil of wine, ether, and alcohol: it is obtained as a supplementary product by the manufacturing chemist. During the rectification of crude ether, the distillation is continued as long as the ether comes over of the proper specific gravity; after which the receiver is changed, and an additional distillate is obtained, 758 DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. consisting of ether and alcohol impregnated with a little ethereal oil. It is this second distillate, variously modified by the addition of alcohol, ether, or water, so as to make it conform in taste, smell, opalescence, etc., to a standard preparation kept by the manufacturer, that is sold as Hoffmann’s anodyne. The expensiveness of the ethereal oil is alleged to be the cause of this substitution. The cheap commercial liquid may be known by adding it to water : it usually mixes without causing milkiness. The officinal compound spirit of ether produces a slight opalescence when forty drops are added to a pint of water, and the peculiar odor of ethereal oil is dis- tinctly noticed; but castor oil is sometimes added by dishonest manu- facturers to circumvent this test. This fraud may be detected by mixing equal parts of the suspected liquid and water, and collecting the oil which separates on a piece of filtering-paper and exposing it to heat: a perma- nent greasy stain indicates a fixed oil, an ethereal oil stain disappears on heating. Uses.—Compound spirit of ether is used as an anodyne, in doses of thirty minims to two fluidrachms. It is sometimes given in combination with laudanum. Preparations of the Compound Ethers of the Ethyl and Amyl Series. A volatile liquid, consisting of equal volumes of Heavy Oil of Wine and of Stronger Ether. Alcohol, 24 parts, or 14 fl. oz. Sulphuric Acid, 54 parts, or 27 oz. av. Distilled Water, 1 part, or l/2 fl. oz. Stronger Ether, a sufficient quantity. Add the Acid slowly to the Alcohol, mix them thoroughly, and allow the mixture to stand for twelve hours; then pour the clear liquid into a tubulated retort of such capacity that the mixture shall nearly fill it. Insert a thermometer through the tubulure, so that the bulb shall be deeply immersed in the liquid, and, having connected the retort with a well-cooled condenser, distil, by means of a sand-bath, at a temperature between 150° and 157° C. (302° and 314.6° F.), until the liquid ceases to come over, or until a black froth begins to rise in the retort. Sepa- rate the yellow, ethereal liquid from the distillate, and expose it to the air, for twenty-four hours, in a shallow capsule. Then transfer it to a wet filter, and, when the watery portion has drained off, wash the oil which is left on the filter with the Distilled Water. When this, also, has drained off, transfer the oil to a graduated measure, and add to it an equal volume of Stronger Ether. Compound ethers, as already explained, are produced by the action of acids on alcohols (page 750). Ethereal oil is a mixture of compound ethers. If alcohol is distilled with a large excess of sulphuric acid, there are formed towards the close of the distillation heavy oil of wine, sulphurous acid, olefiant gas, and empyreumatic products. The product of the dis- OLEUM /ETHEREUM. U.S. Ethereal Oil. DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. 759 tillation is generally in two layers, one consisting of water holding sul- phurous acid in solution, and the other, of ether containing the heavy oil of wine. After separation, the latter liquid is exposed for twenty-four hours to the air, in order to dissipate the ether by evaporation; and the oil which is left is washed with water to deprive it of all traces of sul- phurous acid. In the early stage of the distillation of a mixture of sulphuric acid and alcohol, ethyl-sulphuric acid, C2H5HS04, is formed. During its progress this is decomposed so as to yield ether. When, however, the alcohol is distilled with a large excess of sulphuric acid, the ethyl-sulphuric acid is decomposed so as to form a small quantity of the heavy oil of wine. This is a mixture of ethyl sulphate, (C2H5)2S04, ethyl sulphite, (C2H5)2S03 (the sulphurous acid having been formed by reduction of sulphuric acid), with polymeric forms of ethylene, C2H4. Ethereal oil is a transparent, nearly colorless, volatile liquid, of a peculiar, aromatic, ethereal odor, a pungent, refreshing, bitterish taste, and a neutral re- action to dry litmus paper. Sp. gr. 0.910. Uses.—Ethereal oil is used solely as an ingredient in compound spirit of ether. SPIRITUS .ffiTHERIS NITROSI. U.S. Spirit of Nitrous Ether. [Sweet Spirit of Nitre.] An alcoholic solution of Ethyl Nitrite [CflH5.N02; 75], containing 5 per cent, of the crude Ether. Nitric Acid, 9 parts, or 4oz. av„ Sulphuric Acid, 7 parts, or oz. av. Alcohol, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Add the Sulphuric Acid gradually to thirty-one parts [or 18 fl. oz.] of Alcohol. When the mixture has cooled, transfer it to a tubulated retort connected with a well-cooled condenser, to which a receiver, sur- rounded by broken ice, is connected air-tight, and which is further con- nected, by means of a glass tube, with a small vial containing water, the end of the tube dipping into the latter. Now add the Nitric Acid to the contents of the retort, and, having introduced a thermometer through the tubulure, heat rapidly, by means of a water-bath, until strong reac- tion occurs and the temperature reaches 80° C. (176° F.). Continue the distillation at that temperature, and not exceeding 82° C. (180° F.), until the reaction ceases. Disconnect the receiver, and immediately pour the distillate into a flask containing sixteen parts [or 8 fl. oz.] of ice-cold Distilled Water. Close the flask, and agitate the contents repeatedly, keeping down the temperature by immersing the flask occasionally in ice-water. Then separate the ethereal layer and mix it immediately with nineteen times its weight of alcohol. Keep the product in small, glass-stoppered vials, in a dark place, remote from lights or fire. The object of this process is to form ethyl nitrite, a compound ether produced by substituting the acid radical for the hydrogen of the hydroxyl in the alcohol: this is then preserved from decomposition by the addition of sufficient alcohol. 760 DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. The reactions for the production of ethyl nitrite from alcohol are as follows: C2H60 + HNOs = C2H40 + HNO, + H20; Alcohol. Nitric Acid. Aldehyd. Nitrous Acid. Water. C2H5(HO) + hno2 = c2h5no2 + h2o, Alcohol. Nitrous Acid. Ethyl Nitrite. Water. then Nitric acid reacts with alcohol to produce nitrous acid, aldehyd, and water ; the nitrous acid then reacts with a second molecule of alcohol to form ethyl nitrite. Pure ethyl nitrite is pale yellow, has the smell of apples, boils at 18° C. (64.4° F.), and has the sp. gr. 0.900 at 15.5° C. (60° F.). The density of its vapor is 2.627. Litmus is not affected by it. It is solu- ble in forty-eight parts of water, and in all proportions in alcohol or rectified spirit. It is highly inflammable, and burns with a white flame without residue. Mixed with an alcoholic solution of potassa, it be- comes dark brown, showing the presence of aldehyd. When kept, it becomes acid in a short time, as shown by litmus; and nitric oxide is given off, which often causes the bursting of the bottle. Its tendency to become acid is rendered greater by the action of the air, and depends on the absorption of oxygen by the aldehyd, which is converted into acetic acid. These facts show the necessity of preserving this ether in small, strong bottles, kept full and in a cool place, and, in warm weather, of cooling a bottle thoroughly before opening it. Spiritus JEtheris Nitrosi. IIS. Odor and Taste. Solubility. A clear, mobile, volatile and inflammable liquid, of a pale straw-color, inclining slightly to green. »Sp. gr. 0.823 to 0.825. It slightly reddens litmus paper, but should not effervesce when a crystal of bicarbonate of potassium is dropped into it. When mixed with half its volume of solution of potassa, previously diluted with an equal volume of water, it assumes a yellow color, which slightly deepens, without becoming brown, in twelve hours. Fragrant, ethereal odor, free from pungency;sharp, burning taste. Miscible with water and alcohol in all proportions. Test for Identity. Quantitative Test. A portion of the Spirit, in a test-tube naif filled with it, plunged into water heated to 63° C. (145.4° F.), and held there until it has acquired that temperature, should boil dis- tinctly on the addition of a few small pieces of glass. If 10 Gm. of Spirit of Nitrous Ether be macerated with 1.5 Gm. of potassa for twelve hours, with occasional agitation, the mixture then diluted in a beaker with an equal volume of water, and set aside until the odor of alcohol has disappeared, then slightly acidulated with diluted sulphuric acid, and a solution of 0.335 Gm. of permanganate of potassium gradually added, the color of the whole of this solution should he discharged (presence of at least 4 per cent, of real Ethyl Nitrite). Spirit of nitrous ether is never quite free from aldehyd; and, if the distillation is too long continued, it is apt to contain a good deal of this liquid, which afterwards becomes acetic acid by absorbing oxygen. The change goes on rapidly if the preparation be insecurely kept. Aldehyd, if in considerable proportion, may be detected by imparting a pungent DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. 761 odor and acrid flavor, and by the preparation assuming a brown tint on the addition of a weak solution of potassa, owing to the formation of aldehyd resin. The officinal potassa test, with the best specimens, pro- duces a straw-yellow tint within twelve hours. Specific gravity cannot be relied upon as a test of the quantity of ethyl nitrite present, because both it and water are heavier specifically than the diluting liquid, alcohol. The sp. gr. of alcohol being 0.820, and that of spirit of nitrous ether 0.823 to 0.825, it follows that the heavier specific gravity of the latter should be caused by the addition of ethyl nitrite (sp. gr. 0.900), but it may be increased by diluting it with water (sp. gr. 1.000), or by adding alcohol of the sp. gr. 0.825, and this is a common practice. It unfortunately happens that no simple, practical test has yet been discovered to determine the percentage of ethyl nitrite in the spirit, and the officinal quantitative test is very unre- liable : so that the safest course for the pharmacist to pursue is to make his own spirit of nitrous ether, which may be easily done by following out the officinal process. Uses.—Spirit of nitrous ether is a valuable diaphoretic and diuretic. The dose is thirty minims to one* fluidrachm. iETHER ACETICUS. U.S. Acetic Ether. Preparation.—Acetic ether may be made in several ways. The best method is probably that of distilling a mixture of sixteen parts of dried sodium acetate, ten parts of alcohol, and twenty parts of sulphuric acid, shaking the distillate in a bottle with exsiccated sodium acetate, and subsequently redistilling it. It is a solution of ethyl acetate in a mixture of alcohol and water. CjH5C2Hs02; 88. [Acetate of Ethyl.] NaC2H302 + C2H5HS04 = C2H5C2H302 + NaHS04. Sodium Ethyl Sulphuric Ethyl Acetate. Acid Sodium Acetate. Acid. Sulphate. Ethyl sulphuric acid is formed through the action of the sulphuric acid and heat upon the alcohol. This is then decomposed by contact with sodium acetate, ethyl acetate and acid sodium sulphate being pro- duced. Odob, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A transparent and colorless liquid. It boils at about 76° C. (168.8° F.). It is inflammable, burning with a bluish-yellow flame and acetous odor. Strong, fragrant, ethereal and somewhat ace- tous odor; re- freshing taste; neutral reaction. 17 parts. All pro- portions. In all pro- portions of ether and chloroform. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. Free Acid, fixed residue. Alcohol, Ether. f Acetic Ether should not change the color of blue litmus paper previously { moistened with water, nor leave any fixed residue upon evaporation. (When 10 C.c. of Acetic Ether are agitated with an equal volume of water, in a graduated test-tube, the upper, ethereal layer, after its ( separation, should not measure less than 9 C.c. 762 DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. Uses.—Acetic ether is sometimes employed as an anaesthetic. It is used oificinally as one of the ingredients in tincture of acetate of iron. Its odor is frequently noticed in old tinctures and extemporaneous mix- tures which have once contained alcohol and acetic acid. AMYL NITRIS. U. S. Nitrite of Amyl. C6HuN02 ; 117. Preparation.—This compound ether may be made by acting on amylic alcohol with nitric acid. The latter is deoxidized into nitrous acid, which acts on amylic alcohol, as shown in the reaction : c6huho + hno2 = c6huno2 + h2o. Aniylic Nitrous Amyl Water. Alcohol. Acid. Nitrite. Amyl Kitris. U.S. Odob, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A clear, pale yellowish liquid. When freely exposed to air it decomposes, leaving a large residue of amyl alcohol. It boils at about 96° C. (205° F.), giving an orange-colored vapor. It burns with a fawn-colored flame. Sp. gr. 0.872 to 0.874. Ethereal, fruity odor; aromatic taste; neutral or slightly acid reaction. Insoluble. In all pro- portions. In all propor- tions of ether, chloroform, benzol, and benzin. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Nitrite of amyl, warmed with excess of solu- tion of potassa, gives the odor of amyl al- cohol. If this alkaline mixture be treated with a little test-solution of iodide of po- tassium, and then with acetic acid to an acid reaction, there is an immediate separation of iodine, and on the addi- tion of gelatinized starch a deep blue color appears (distinction from nitrate). f On shaking 10 C.c. of Nitrite of Amyl with 2 C.c. of a mixture of 1 part Free Acid, -j of water of ammonia and 9 parts of water, the liquid should not red- [ den blue litmus paper, f It should remain transparent, or Water. j nearly so, when exposed to the [ temperature of melting ice. Tanner’s process, which is adapted for small operations, is as follows : 10 fl. oz. of purified amylic alcohol is introduced into a large tubulated retort containing copper wire, 1 fl. oz. of strong sulphuric acid is now added, and then 1 fl. oz. of nitric acid, previously diluted with an equal bulk of water. It is gently heated to 63° C. (145.4° F.). At this tem- perature the reaction commences, and goes on very quietly until a bulk about equal to double the quantity of nitric acid collects in the receiver. The chemical movement now ceases, and the temperature, which lias risen to near 100° C. (212° F.), begins to fall. More dilute nitric acid is added, and the process carried out as before. These additions are repeated until the amylic alcohol is exhausted, which is known by the appearance of red fumes in the retort. The whole product is washed with caustic soda, to remove hydrocyanic and other acids, and rectified over carbonate of potassium, to get rid of moisture. The portion which distils over between 95° C. (203° F.) and 100° C. (212° F.) is medici- nally pure nitrite of amyl. DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. 763 Difficulties are experienced in rectifying nitrite of amyl on account of the number of products present having similar boiling-points. If strong nitric acid is used instead of diluted acid, explosions are almost sure to occur. Uses.—Amyl nitrite is one of the valuable new remedies. It is very volatile, and is used in asthma, angina pectoris, and similar complaints, by inhalation. It is a stimulant, producing an excessive action of the heart, and may be administered by dropping a small quantity on a handkerchief and inhaling the vapor, or by crushing a glass pearl of nitrite of amyl in the handkerchief and inhaling. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LII. DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS THROUGH THE ACTION OF FERMENTS. What is fermentation, and what is the difference between fermentation and putre- faction? What are the two theories of fermentation ? Into what two classes may ferments be divided ? What are the necessary conditions to cause cane-sugar to undergo vinous fer- mentation ? What is the probable action of the ferment ? Explain the reactions which take place in the conversion of cellulin or starch, first, into maltose, then into glucose, then into alcohol, and finally into acetic acid. What is the most important derivative of sugar by the action of a ferment ? What are the sources of the various ardent spirits of commerce ? Of brandy ? Eum ? Whisky ? Holland gin ? Common gin ? Arrack ? Chemically considered, why are the carbon compounds called alcohols ? What are ethers? What are compound ethers ? Explain the reaction which occurs when alcohol is decomposed by acetic acid. Whisky—What is the Latin officinal name? What is its officinal definition ? How is it obtained, and what are the operations termed by which it is obtained from grain ? Describe it. What is its specific gravity ? What is its alcoholic strength ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: More than traces of fusel oil from grain or potato spirit; an undue amount of solids; glycerin, added sugar, or spices ; traces of oak tannin from casks ; an undue amount of free acid. "What are its medicinal uses ? Alcohol—Describe it and give its specific gravity. How much ethyl alcohol does it contain ? Give its formula in symbols and molecular weight. What are the natural sources of alcohol, and how is it made ? How much alcohol, specific gravity .835, is obtained from good whisky? What is its principal impurity ? How may it be deprived of odor ? What is absolute alcohol ? What is the strongest alcohol which can be obtained by simple distillation ? How may it be freed from water ? Alcohol of what specific gravity may be obtained by the use of lime ? What is its boiling-point, and to what degree of cold may it be reduced without congealing ? How may its freedom from water be ascertained? What is the empirical formula of alcohol ? 764 DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS. What two strengths of alcohol are officinal ? What are its uses ? What is the composition of diluted alcohol ? What is its specific gravity ? How is it made ? How may it be made from alcohol of greater than the officinal strength ? If 55 gallons of alcohol be mixed with 45 gallons of water, how much will the mixture measure ? What is the difference between diluted alcohol and United States proof spirit? What is the specific gravity of the latter ? What are the uses of diluted alcohol ? Ether—What is its composition ? What is its specific gravity ? What is the formula in symbols of ethyl oxide ? How is stronger ether made ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Acidity , non-volatile im- purities, and foreign odors. What are its uses ? How is spirit of ether made ? What is the Latin officinal name ? What is the dose ? Compound spirit of ether—What is the Latin name ? Give the synonyme ? How is it made ? How may the cheap commercial article be known? Where castor oil has been used to give it opalescence, how may the fraud be detected ? What is the dose ? What is ethereal oil ? What is the Latin officinal name ? Give description and specific gravity. How is it made ? What is ethyl-sulphuric acid? If alcohol is distilled with a large excess of sulphuric acid, what is formed ? What are the physical properties of ethereal oil ? What is its use ? Spirit of nitrous ether—What is the Latin officinal name ? What is its synonyme ? Give description and specific gravity. How much ethyl nitrite does it contain ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it made ? Give rationale of process. What is the object of this process ? Pure ethyl nitrite—What is the specific gravity ? Give odor, taste, chemical reaction. Spirit of nitrous ether—How may its quality be tested ? What impurity is always present, and what change results from its presence? If in considerable proportion, how may it be detected ? Is its specific gravity a reliable test of the amount of ethyl nitrite present ? Why ? Is thei-e any reliable test to ascertain its quality ? What is the dose ? Acetic ether—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is probably the best method of making it ? Give rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Free acid, fixed impurities ; alcohol, ether. What is the dose ? Nitrite of amyl—What is the Latin officinal name? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Give description and specific gravity. How may it be made ? Describe rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Free acid; water. What is Tanner’s process for preparing it ? If strong nitric acid is used, what occurs ? What is the dose ? CHAPTER LIII. ALDEHYD, ITS DERIVATIVES AND PREPARATIONS. The term aldehyd, like the terms alcohol and ether, was formerly ap- plied to one compound. It is now used to define a class of organic bodies. The word is derived from the first syllables of the term afcohol Jehy dr ogemitum, which means alcohol from which hydrogen has been abstracted. Aldehyd has the composition C2H40, and is made by depriving alcohol, GjHgO, of two hydrogen atoms. This abstraction of hydro- gen may be effected by acting on alcohol with oxidizing agents, as in making ethyl nitrite, and in other ways. By the oxidation of aldehyds acids are formed, as in making acetic acid by the beech-wood shavings process (see page 720). The addition of 2H to aldehyd, C2H40, reproduces alcohol, C2H60, whilst the addition of O to aldehyd, C2H40, produces acetic acid, C2H402. CHLORAL. U. S. Chloral. C2HC130,H20; 165.2. [Hydrate of Chloral.] Chloral should he preserved in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool and dark place. Preparation.—This valuable compound is made by passing dry chlorine gas, in a continuous stream, through absolute alcohol for six or eight weeks. The chlorine is led into cold alcohol at first, and when no more is absorbed, the alcohol is heated at first gently and then to 60° C. (140° F.). When saturated, the mixture formed is agitated with sulphuric acid at a temperature of 60° C. (140° F.) for several hours, during which time most of the hydrochloric acid escapes. The sepa- rated chloral is then rectified over calcium carbonate. This is anhy- drous chloral, a colorless liquid, of a penetrating odor, of the sp. gr. 1.502. The pure chloral so obtained is then mixed in glass flasks with the necessary amount of water, and the resulting hydrate either cast into cakes or purified by crystallization. As solvents for this purpose, certain of the side-products of the chloral manufacture, after being puri- fied and rectified, are used,—for instance, ethylen and ethyliden chlo- ride ; or, in their absence, chloroform, petroleum benzin, or bisulphide of carbon may be employed. The name chloral is derived from the first two syllables of chlorine and afcohol. The reaction may be thus expressed: C2H4H20 + 20 = C2H40 + 2HC1; Alcohol. Chlorine. Aldehyd. Hydrochloric Acid. then C2H40 + 6 Cl = C2HC130 + 3HC1. Afdehyd. Chlorine. Chloral. Hydrochloric Acid. 766 ALDEIIYD, ITS DERIVATIVES AND PREPARATIONS. Chloral is thus seen to be aldehyd in which three of the atoms of hydrogen have been replaced by three atoms of chlorine: hence it is termed, in systematic nomenclature, trichloraldehyd. Chloral. U.8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Separate, rliomboidal, colorless and transparent crystals, slowly evapo- rating when exposed to air. It liquefies when mixed with carbolic acid or with camphor. Its aqueous solution soon acquires an acid reac- tion, but its alcoholic solution re- mains neutral. At about 58° C. (136.4° F.) it melts to a clear liquid, which solidifies to a crystal- line mass at a temperature between 35° and 50° C. (95° and 122° F.). At about 78° C. (172° F.) it begins to yield vapors of water and of an- hydrous chloral, and it boils at 95° C. (203° F.). Aromatic, pene- trating, and slightly acrid odor; a bit- terish, caustic taste; neutral reaction. Freely soluble. Freely soluble. Freely soluble in ether, also solu- ble in 4 parts of chloroform, in glycerin, benzol, benzin, disul- phide of carbon, fixed or volatile oils. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. When dissolved in water and treated, while hot, with solution of potassa or of soda, or with water of ammonia, a vaporous, milky mixture of chloroform is obtained, with a formate in solution. If the addition of the water of ammonia be made in a test-tube, after adding a few drops of test-solution of nitrate of silver, a silver mirror will be ob- tained upon the glass. An aqueous solu- tion, treated with test-solution of sulphide of ammonium, gives a reddish-brown pre- cipitate. Chloral should be dry, and should not readily attract moisture in ordinarily dry air. It should not dissolve in less than four times its weight of chloroform at 15° C. (59° F.), (difference from alcoholate). A portion, in a test-tube, containing a fragment of broken glass, held in water nearly boiling, should boil at about 97° C. (206.6° F.), (difference from alcoholate, which boils at 115° C. (239° F.), and evidence of due hydration). ' When Chloral is dissolved in Acids. 1 diluted alcohol it should not redden blue litmus paper. ' When Chloral is dissolved in di- luted alcohol it should not be Hydrochloric precipitated upon addition of Acid. a few drops of nitric acid, and of test-solution of nitrate of silver. 'Warmed in contact with an Organic Im- equal volume of sulphuric purities. acid, it liquefies, but should not blacken. Inorganic Im- f When vaporized by heat, no purities. ( residue should remain. ' If 1 6m. of Chloral be dissolved in 2 C.c. of distilled water, the solution warmed, and about 8 C.c. (or a slight ex- cess) of solution of potassa a i i I added, the mixture filtered p?,° a, clear through wet filter paper, ora ' and the. filtrate treated with test-solution of iodine until it is yellowish, no yellow, crystalline precipitate (iodo- form) should appear, even after standing half an hour. Uses.—Hydrate of chloral is a hypnotic : it is generally administered in a flavored syrup. The dose is fifteen to thirty grains. CHLOROFORMUM VENALE. U. S. Commercial Chloroform, A liquid containing at least 98 per cent, of Chloroform. Preparation.—Chloroform is made bv mixing six parts of chlorinated lime with twenty-five parts of water, and after transferring the mixture ALDEHYD, ITS DERIVATIVES AND PREPARATIONS. 767 to a still, one part of alcohol is added. Heat is applied, and w hen the temperature of 40° C. (122° F.) is reached, chloroform containing some alcohol begins to distil over. This is washed with water to separate the alcohol, and the heavy liquid is further purified by redistillation. (See Chloroformum Purificatum.) Chloroform, CHC13, is termed chemically trichlormethane, because it can be produced by substituting three atoms of chlorine for three hydro- gen atoms of methane, marsh-gas, CH4. It may also be produced by acting on chloral hydrate with an alkali, and this process is sometimes used upon a commercial scale. C2HC130H20 + KHO = CHC13 + KCHO, + H20. Chloral Hydrate. Potassium Chloroform. Potassium Water. Hydrate. Formate. When made from alcohol and chlorinated lime, the reactions are more complicated. In the first place, aldehyd, calcium chloride, and water are formed, thus: C2H60 + CaOCLj = C2H40 + CaCl2 + H20. Alcohol. Calcium Aldehyd. Calcium Water. Hypochlorite. Chloride. Then the aldehyd reacting with calcium hypochlorite is decomposed, chloral, calcium chloride, and calcium hydrate being produced. (C2H40)2 + 6(CaOCl2) = (C2HC130)2 + 3CaCl2 + 3Ca(HO)2. Aldehyd. Calcium Chloral. Calcium Calcium Hypochlorite. Chloride. Hydrate. Then chloral is decomposed by calcium hydrate, chloroform and calcium formate being produced. (C2HC130)2 + Ca(HO)2 = (CHC13)2 + Ca(CH02)2. Chloral. Calcium Chloroform. Calcium Formate. Hydrate. The tests of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia are as follows. Its sp. gr. should not be lower than 1.470. If 1 C.c. be agitated with 20 C.c. of distilled water, the latter, when separated, should not render test-solution of nitrate of silver more than slightly turbid (limit of foreign chlorine compounds). When shaken with an equal volume of sulphuric acid, the subsiding acid layer should not become quite black within twenty- four hours. A portion evaporated should leave no fixed residue. Uses.—Commercial chloroform should be employed only in prepa- rations for external application, or as a solvent. (See Chloroformum Purificatum.) CHLOROFORMUM PURIFICATUM. U.S. Purified Chloroform. CHClj; 119.2. By measure. Commercial Chloroform, 200 parts, or 70 fl. oz. Sulphuric Acid, 40 parts, or n}£ A- oz. Carbonate of Sodium, 10 parts, or 5 oz. av. Lime, in coarse powder, 1 part, or oz. av. Alcohol, 2 parts, or A- oz- Water, 20 parts, or 10 A. oz. Add the Acid to the Chloroform and shake them together, occasion- ally, during twenty-four hours. Separate the lighter liquid and add to 768 ALDEIIYD, ITS DERIVATIVES AND PREPARATIONS. it the Carbonate of Sodium previously dissolved in the water. Agitate the mixture thoroughly for half an hour and set it aside; then separate the Chloroform from the supernatant layer, mix it with the Alcohol, transfer it to a dry retort, add the Lime, and, taking care that the tem- perature in the retort does not rise above 67.2° C. (153° F.), distil, by means of a water-bath, into a well-cooled receiver, until the residue in the retort is reduced to two 'parts [or 6 fl. dr.]. Keep the product in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool and dark place. Commercial chloroform contains a chlorinated pyrogenous oil which renders it unfit for its most important use, that of an anaesthetic, and the object of the above process is to purify it. Sulphuric acid decomposes this contaminating oil, and in turn is blackened by it. The chloroform is separated from the sulphuric acid, agitated with solution of sodium carbonate to neutralize adhering acid, then mixed with alcohol, which acts as a preservative from decomposition, and redistilled from lime to separate water. Odor, Taste, and Solubilitt. umoroiormum rurincatum. u. a. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A very volatile, heavy, clear, colorless, diffusive liquid. Bp.gr. 1.485-1.490. It boils at 60° to 61° C. (140° to 142° F.), corresponding to the pres- ence of three-fourths (|) to one (1) per cent, of alcohol. Characteristic, pleas- ant, ethereal odor; burning, sweet taste; neutral reaction. 200 parts. All pro- portions. All proportions of ether, also benzol, benzin, fixed or vola- tile oils. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Acids. Chloride. Free Chlorine. Aldehyd. Organic Impurities. - Volatile Impurities. - 'If 5 C.c. of Purified Chloroform be thoroughly agitated with 10 C.c. of distilled water, the latter, when separated, should not affect blue litmus paper. 'If 5 C.c. of Purified Chloroform be thoroughly agitated with 10 C.c. of distilled water, the latter, when separated, should not be affected by test-solution of nitrate of silver. ' If 5 C.c. of Purified Chloroform be thoroughly agitated with 10 C.c. of distilled water, the latter should not be affected by test-solution of iodide of potassium. If a portion of Purified Chloroform be digested, warm, with solution of potassa, the latter should not become dark-colored. On shaking 10 C.c. of the Chloroform with 5 C.c. of sulphuric acid, in a glass-stoppered bottle, and allowing them to remain in contact for twenty-four hours, no color should be imparted to either liquid. If a few C.c. be permitted to evaporate from blotting-paper, no foreign odor should be perceptible after the odor of Chloroform ceases to be recognized. Uses.—Purified chloroform is used as an anaesthetic by inhalation. Taken internally, in large doses (one to two fluidrachms) it is narcotic; in small doses (ten to fifteen minims) it is carminative and sedative. Externally it is irritant, and may produce blisters. Spiritus Chloroformi . . . Made by mixing 10 parts of purified chloroform with 90 parts Spirit of Chloroform. of alcohol. Mistura Chloroformi . . . Made hy mixing 8 parts of purified chloroform with 2 parts of Chloroform Mixture. camphor, 10 parts of yolk of egg, and 80 parts of water (see page 302). Linimentum Chloroformi . Made by mixing 40 parts of commercial chloroform with 60 parts Chloroform Liniment. of soap liniment. Officinal Preparations. ALDEHYD, ITS DERIVATIVES AND PREPARATIONS. 769 IODOFORMUM. U.S. Iodoform. CHIS; 392.8. Preparation.—Iodoform may be made by Filhol’s process, which consists in heating, in a water-bath, one hundred parts of alcohol, two hundred parts of acid potassium carbonate, and one thousand parts of distilled water, and gradually adding one hundred parts of iodine in small portions. Chlorine gas is passed through the mixture to cause the separation of the iodoform, which may be filtered out. The filtrate may be concentrated and decomposed by excess of nitric acid. The collected crystals of iodoform are now well washed with the smallest quantity of cold distilled water, spread out on pieces of bibulous paper, and dried in the open air. C2H5HO + 81 + 2KHCO3 = 2KI + 2CHI3 + 3H20 + 2C02. Alcohol. Iodine. Acid Potassium Potassium Iodoform? Water. Carbon Carbonate. Iodide. Dioxide. Iodoformum. V.S. Odor, Taste, and Beaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Small, lemon-yel- low, lustrous crys- tals of the hex- agonal system. Sp. gr. 2.000. Saffron-like and almost insuppressible odor; unpleasant, slightly sweetish, iodine-like taste; solutions have a neutral reaction. Not perceptibly soluble in water, to which it im- parts a slight odor and taste. Cold. 80 parts. Boiling. 12 parts. Soluble in 5.2 parts of ether, and in chloroform, ben- zol, benzin, di- sulphide of car- bon, fixed and volatile oils. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. It sublimes slightly at ordinary temperatures, and distils slowly with water; at about 115° C. (239° F.) it melts to a brown liquid, and at a higher temperature yields vapors containing iodine and carbona- ceous matter. If Iodoform be digested with an alcoholic solution of potassa, the mixture, when acidulated with diluted nitric acid, will give a blue color with gelatinized starch. ' Distilled water shaken with Iodoform should not change the color of blue litmus Iodine. paper, and when filtered should give no precipitate with test-solution of nitrate of silver. Foreign Im- Upon full combustion, Iodoform purities. should leave no residue. Uses.—Iodoform is used principally as an.alterative. It is also anti- septic and anaesthetic. The dose is one to three grains. Officinal Preparation. Unguentum Iodoformi . 10 parts of Iodoform to 90 parts of Benzoinated Lard. Iodoform Ointment. Unofficinal Ethyl and Amyl Compounds, and Allied Products. Aldehyd, By gently warming a mixture of alcohol, black oxide of manganese, C2H4O. sulphuric acid, and water, and collecting the vapor which is formed by means of a condenser. If exposed, it will gradually be con- verted into acetic acid. It is a colorless, thin, and very inflam- mable liquid, having an ethereal odor, and the sp. gr. .805. Amyl Acetate, By distilling amyl alcohol with an acetate and sulphuric acid. It is C5H11.C2H3O2. when pure a colorless liquid having a very fragrant odor. Insolu- ble in water. Sp. gr. .876. Amyl Butyrate, Sp. gr. .852. Fragrant odor. C5Hll,C4HT02. Amyl Chloride, By the action of strong hydrochloric acid upon amylic alcohol. C6Hii,C1. Sp. gr. .874. 770 ALDEHYD, ITS DERIVATIVES AND PREPARATIONS. Unofficinal Ethyl and Amyl Compounds, and Allied Products.—(Continued.) Amyl Iodide, By acting upon amylie alcohol with iodine and phosphorus. It is a C5H11.I. colorless, transparent liquid, of a faint odor and a pun0ent taste. Sp. gr. 1.509. Amyl Valerianate, Sp. gr. .864. Odor of apples. C5II11AH9O2. Amylene hydrate. Used as a hypnotic. Dose, Barium Sulphethylate, By neutralizing ethyl-sulphuric acid with barium carbonate, filtering off the insoluble barium sulphate, and evaporating the filtrate to crystallization. Bromoform, By acting simultaneously upon wood spirit with bromine and potassa. CHBr3. It is a limpid liquid, resembling chloroform, and has an agreeable odor and a saccharine taste. Butyl Chloral, By passing chlorine gas into aldehyd, when it is formed in addition C4H5CI3O. to chloral. It is a dense, oily liquid, of peculiar odor. It dissolves Butyl Chloral-Hydrate, when treated with an excess of warm water, and on cooling deposits C4II5CI3O.H2O. Butyl chloral-hydrate. Used as a hypnotic in ten-grain doses. Calcium Sulphethylate, By neutralizing ethyl-sulphuric acid with calcium carbonate, filter- Ca(C2H5S04)2. ing off the insoluble calcium sulphate, and evaporating the filtrate to crystallization. Chloral-Ammonium, Used as a hypnotic and substitute for chloral and urethane. Dose, CClsCH(NH2)OH. fifteen to thirty grains. Called also tri-chlor-amidoethylic alcohol. Copper Sulphethylate, By mixing alcoholic solutions of ethyl sulphydrate and copper ace- Cu(CsHsS04)2. tate and collecting the gelatinous precipitate. Croton Chloral-Hydrate. The same as butyl chloral-hydrate (see above). Ethyl Benzoate, By heating to 100° C. in a sealed glass tube a mixture of alcohol and C2H5.C7H5O. benzoic acid. It is a colorless, oily liquid, with a pleasant aro- matic smell and a pungent taste. Sp. gr. 1.051. Ethyl Bromide, By mixing amorphous phosphorus with absolute alcohol, and adding C2HsBr. bromine gradually, then distilling carefully, and washing with a small quantity of solution of soda to remove any free bromine. A transparent and colorless liquid. Sp. gr. 1.40. Very volatile. It has a strong ethereal odor and a pungent taste. Ethyl Butyrate, By heating together a mixture of strong sulphuric acid, butyric acid, C2H5AH7O2. and strong alcohol. A transparent, colorless, very thin liquid. It has an odor resembling that of pineapple. Sp. gr. .902. Ethyl Chloride, By saturating absolute alcohol with hydrochloric acid gas, distilling C2ll5,Cl. in a water-bath, collecting the distillate in a bottle containing water, then immersing in water surrounded by ice, and, lastly, wash- ing with water to remove free alcohol, then rectifying over mag- nesia. A thin, colorless liquid, having an ethereal odor, and a sweet, afterwards alliaceous, taste. Very inflammable. Sp. gr. .920. Ethyl Disulphide, By acting upon potassium disulphide in concentrated solution with C2II5S. potassium sulphethylate. A colorless, oily liquid, having a very strong odor and a sharp, sweetish taste. Ethyl Iodide, By acting upon alcohol with iodine and phosphorus. A colorless, C2H5I. volatile liquid, but gradually turning brown in the light. Slightly soluble in water. Sp. gr. 1.946; Ethyl Pelargonate By adding sulphuric acid and water to wine lees, and distilling in a (Grape Oil), current of steam. A colorless, mobile liquid, of a strong vinous C2H5AH17O2. odor. Almost insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol. Sp. gr. .860. Ethyl Sulphydrate By distilling crystallized calcium sulphethylate with a solution of (Mercaptan), barium sulphydrate, collecting the product in a well-cooled re- C2Hs,HS. ceiver, then decanting the aqueous portion, and purifying the mer- captan by distilling with mercury, and dehydrating by calcium chloride. A colorless, very mobile liquid, having an alliaceous odor. Ethyl-Sulphuric Acid By reacting upon sulphuric acid with alcohol. It is found in the (Sulphovinic Acid), preparation of ether. C2H6,HS04. Ethyl Valerate, A colorless liquid, having a fruity odor, also like that of valerian. C2H5.C5H9O2. Sp. gr., .866. It is also called ethyl valerianate. Iodol, Tetraiodopyrrol, Nearly insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, C4I4NH. and fatty oils. Contains nearly 90 per cent, of iodine. Used as a substitute for iodoform. Dose, one to three grains. Methyl Acetate, (Prepared by processes similar to those employed for obtaining ethyl CH3AH3O2. acetate, quod vide.) It is present to some extent in crude wood naphtha. Sp. gr. .919. Readily soluble in water. Methyl Chloride, By distilling together a mixture of methyl alcohol, sodium chloride, CH3CI. and sulphuric acid. It is a gas at ordinary temperatures, but may be condensed by pressure to a colorless, very mobile liquid. It has an ethereal smell and a sweet taste. Used chiefly as a refrigerating agent. ALDEHYD, ITS DERIVATIVES AND PREPARATIONS. 771 Unofficinal Ethyl and Amyl Compounds, and Allied Products.—(Continued.) Methyl Iodide, By distilling 1 part phosphorus, 8 parts iodine, and 12 parts wood CH3I. spirit, allowing the distillate to pass into a bottle containing water, then rectifying the product in a water-bath over calcium chloride and lead oxide. A colorless liquid. Sp. gr. 2.23. Methylal, A colorless liquid, easily soluble in water, in alcohol, in fatty and /'OCH3 in ethereal oils. Used as a hypnotic. Dose, seventy-five to one 2 \OCH3. hundred grains. Paraldehyd, By acting upon aldehyd with small quantities of mineral acids or C6H12O3. zinc chloride; also by adding a few drops of concentrated sulphuric acid to aldehyd. A colorless liquid, soluble in cold water. Used as a hypnotic and anodyne, in doses of A to 1£ A- dr. Potassium Ethylate, By treating absolute alcohol with potassium. It crystallizes in color- C2II5KO. less crystals. Potassium Sulphethyl- By acting upon mercaptan with potassium. It is a dull white, gran- ate, KC2H5SO4. ular mass, very soluble in water. Silver Sulphethylate, By adding silver nitrate to an aqueous solution of mercaptan and AgC2H5S04. collecting the white precipitate. Sodium Ethylate, By treating absolute alcohol with sodium. It crystallizes in broad C2H5NaO. laminae. Sulphonal, Not very soluble in water; soluble in alcohol and ether. Hypnotic (CH3)2C(C2H5S02)2. dose, fifteen to thirty grains. It is also called Diethylsulphondi- methylmethane. Tri-methyl-amine, The chloride is usually preferred for internal use. Dose, seven to Propylamine. twenty grains. Urethane (Ethyl Car- Used as a hypnotic, in doses of forty to sixty grains, bonate), CO.(NH2)OC2H6. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LIII. ALDEHYD, ITS DERIVATIVES AND PREPARATIONS. What is meant by the term aldehyd ? What is the derivation of the word ? What is its chemical composition ? What is produced when 2H is added to aldehyd ? What is the dose ? Chloral—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, molecular weight, and synonyme. From what is the name derived ? How is it made ? Describe the rationale of process. What is the difference in composition between chloral and aldehyd ? Hence, what is its name in systematic nomenclature ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Acids ; hydrochloric acid; organic impurities; inorganic impurities ; alcoholate of chloral. What is the dose ? Commercial chloroform—What is the Latin officinal name ? How is it made ? How much chloroform should it contain ? What is it termed chemically, and why ? What is the reaction when it is produced by acting on chloral hydrate with an alkali ? What are the reactions occurring when it is made from alcohol and chlorinated lime ? What are the tests of the TJ. S. Pharmacopoeia? Wffiat are, or should be, its uses? Purified chloroform—What is the Latin name ? Give formula in symbols, and molecular weight. How is it made ? What is the object of this process, and how does it act ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Acids; chloride; free chlorine; aldehyd; organic impurities ; volatile impurities. What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Iodoform—What is the Latin name? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is Filhol’s process for making it ? What is the rationale of the process ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. What are tests for its identity ? What is the dose ? How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Iodine; foreign impurities. CHAPTEE LIV. PRODUCTS OF THE ACTION OF FERMENTS UPON ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. The acid saccharine fruits form an important class in medicine and pharmacy. Their principal constituent is usually a vegetable acid (in some fruits several acids are found); sugar and albuminous principles are present in small amount, and on account of their presence vinous fer- mentation may be induced in their juices, resulting in the production of important alcoholic liquids. The fruits of this class which contribute the most useful products to pharmacy are grapes, lemons, limes, oranges, apples, tamarinds, raspberries, mulberries, pineapples, strawberries, cur- rants, blackberries, etc. Most of the juices of these fruits readily undergo fermentation : the clear alcoholic liquid left after decomposition has received various names according to the fruit from which it is de- rived,—viz., wine from grapes, cider from apples, perry from pears, etc. The products from the grape will be considered first. VINUM ALBUM. U. S. White Wine. A pale amber-colored or straw-colored, alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the unmodified juice of the grape, freed from seeds, stems, and skins. A deep red, alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the juice of colored grapes in presence of their skins. The grape is the fruit of Vitis vinifera ; the juice contains grape-sugar, tannin, acid potassium tartrate, calcium tartrate, potassium sulphate, sodium chloride, pectin, albuminous principles, and water. It will be seen that grape-juice naturally contains all the substances essential to the production of vinous fermentation, a favorable temperature and the presence of the atmosphere being alone needed to convert it into wine. Preparation.—The grape-juice is run into vats, and constitutes the must. The temperature of the air being about 15.6° C. (60° F.), fermentation gradually takes place in the must, which becomes sensibly warmer and emits a large quantity of carbonic acid. The liquor from being sweet becomes vinous, owing to the conversion of the grape-sugar into alcohol. When the liquor has acquired a strong vinous taste and become perfectly clear, the wine is considered formed, and is racked off into casks. But even after this stage of the process the fermentation continues for several months. During the whole of this period a VINUM RUBRUM. U. S. Red Wine. PRODUCTS FROM ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. 773 frothy matter is formed, which for the first few days collects round the bung, but afterwards precipitates along with coloring-matter and tartar, forming a deposit which constitutes the wine-lees. Wines are sweet, dry, light, sparkling, still, acid, or rough, according to the character of the grape-juice and the method employed in making the wine. When the quantity of sugar in the juice is large, and the amount of ferment insufficient to convert all the sugar into alcohol, a sweet wine is produced; if, on the other hand, the quantity of ferment is sufficient to convert all the sugar into alcohol, a strong or geneft'ous wine is formed. If only a moderate amount of sugar is present in the juice, with enough ferment to convert all of it into alcohol, the wine is termed dry. A small proportion of sugar results in the production of a light wine; if a large quantity of ferment is present, however, a sour wine is produced, because the fermentation has progressed until acetic acid is formed. Wines are spariding or still according as they contain carbonic acid or not, and, if fermented in contact with the seeds which contain tannin, they are rough or astringent. Two kinds of wine are officinal,— Vinum album, white wine, and Vinum rubrum, red wine: any of the commercial brands of wine which fulfil the requirements of the Pharma- copoeia may therefore be used. Vinum Album. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction.' Solubility. White Wine should have a sp. gr. of not less than 0.990, nor more than 1.010. A pleasant odor, free from y eastiness; a full, fruity, and agreeable taste; without ex- cessive acidity or sweetness. Miscible in all propor- tions with water or alcohol. Alcoiiolmetbic Test. Impurities. Test and Limits for Impurities. Tested by the following method, White Wine should contain not less than 10 per cent., nor more than 12 per cent., by weight, of absolute alcohol. Weigh a definite volume of the Wine at the temperature of 15.6° C. (60° F.); evaporate it in a porcelain capsule to one-third of its original volume, cool, and add distilled water until the mix- ture measures its original volume at the temperature of 15.6° C. (60° F.); then weigh again. The first weight divided by the second will afford a quo- tient (to be carried out to four decimal places) which corresponds to the per- centage of absolute alcohol, by weight, in the Wine (which may be ascertained by consulting the alcoholmetrical table) (see page 684). ' If 10 C.c. of White Wine be diluted with an equal volume of distilled Tannic water and treated with 5 drops of Acid. test-solution of ferric chloride, only a faint greenish-brown color should make its appearance. t • •. f Upon evaporation and twelve hours’ 'Fixed drying on the water-bath, it should ■d ., leave a residue of not less than 1.5 esic ue. pgr cent_ nor more than 3.0 per cent. ' Using litmus paper as an indicator, 250 L'mit of C.c. of White Wine should require, . .... -{ for complete neutralization, not less C1 1 than 15 nor more than 26 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. The explanation of the officinal quantitative test for the amount of alcohol in wine is based upon the assumption that when the alcohol from a measured weight of wine at a given temperature is entirely evaporated without boiling or wasting it, and when the original volume has been exactly restored by the addition of pure water at the same 774 PRODUCTS FROM ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. temperature, if the weight of the wine be divided by that of the liquid which had its volume restored, the quotient will express the specific gravity of the mixture of alcohol and water in the wine. By referring to the alcohol table the percentage of alcohol by weight corresponding to this specific gravity is ascertained, and thus the percentage of alcohol in the wine is obtained. * An example will illustrate this. If 6 fl. oz. of the wine to be tested weigh 2727 grains, when it has been evaporated to 2 fl. oz. and the alcohol has all been driven off, and distilled water added to the residu- ary liquid until its original volume of 6 fl. oz. is restored, it weighs 2789 grains. Now, fff-g- = 0.9778, aiid, consulting the alcohol- metrical table, a mixture of alcohol and water of the sp. gr. 0.9778 is found to contain 15 per cent, of alcohol, which is the percentage by weight that the wine contains. Vinum Rubrum. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. lied Wine should have a sp. gr. of not less than 0.989, nor more than 1.010. A pleasant odor, free from yeastiness; a full, fruity, moderately astringent, pleasant taste; without excessive acidity or decided sweetness. Miscible in all propor- tions with water or al- cohol. Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities and Alcohol Test. If 10 C.c. of Red Wine be di- luted with an equal volume of distilled water, and treated with 5 drops of test- solution of ferric chloride, the liquid should acquire a brownish-green color, due to tannic acid. Upon evapo- ration and twelve hours’ drying on the water-bath, it should leave a residue of not less than 1.6 per cent., nor more than 3.6 per cent. With test-solution of ace- tate of lead, Red Wine should form a heavy pre- cipitate, which may vary in color from bluish-green to green. fUsing litmus paper as an indicator, 269 C.c. Limit of Acid- j of ed,.W‘“e Sh r6rre> ,f?r comPlete .. -j neutralization, not less than 15 nor more than 26 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. ' If 50 C.c. of Red Wine be treated with a slight excess of water of ammonia, the liquid should acquire a green or brown- ish-green color; if it be then well shaken Aniline Col- with 25 C.c. of ether, the greater portion of oring. the ethereal layer removed and evaporated in a porcelain capsule with excess of acetic acid and a few fibres of uncolored silk, the latter should not acquire a crimson or violet color. Tested by the method given above under Amount of , White Wine, Red Wine should contain not Alcohol. less than ten per cent., nor more than twelve per cent., by weight, of absolute alcohol. The aroma of wines, termed their “ bouquet,” depends upon the for- mation of certain compound ethers during the fermentation, and also during the ageing or ripening process. These are said to be oenanthic, caprylic, butyric, caproic, acetic, and pelargonic ethers. Argols.—During the fermentation of wines, especially those that are acid, a peculiar matter is deposited upon the sides and bottom of the casks, forming a crystalline crust, called crude tartar, or argols. That deposited from red wines is of a reddish color, and is called red argols ; that derived from white wines is of a dirty-white color, and is de- nominated white argols. Both kinds consist of potassium acid tartrate rendered impure by calcium tartrate, more or less coloring-matter, and PRODUCTS FROM ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. 775 other matters which are deposited during the clarification of the wine. The deposition of the tartar is thus explained : the acid tartrate exists naturally in the juice of the grape, held in solution by the sweet aque- ous liquid; when the juice is submitted to fermentation in the process for converting it into wine, the sugar disappears, and is replaced by alcohol, in which the salt is insoluble. It is from this substance that potassium acid tartrate is obtained by a process of purification (see Potassii Bitartras, page 498), and from the latter tartaric acid is pro- duced. Uses.—Wine is used, pharmaceutically, as a menstruum (see Vinum Album Fortius, page 358), the present requirements being that it shall contain at least 20 per cent., but not more than 25 per cent., by weight, of absolute alcohol. This insures greater stability in the medicated wines. Medicinally, wine is used as a stimulant. SPIRITUS VINI GALLICI. U. S. Brandy. An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distillation of fermented grapes, and at least four years old. Brandy varies in quality according to the source from which it is obtained. The best brandy is obtained from French wines, and the kind called Cognac is most esteemed. Very large quantities of brandy are now made in California, but the taste is peculiar and easily distin- guished from that of Cognac. The Pharmacopoeia recognizes all spirits when obtained from the juice of grapes, if sufficiently strong and pure to meet the tests given below. Spiritus Viiii Gallici. TJ. 8. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Brandy has a pale amber color, a distinctive taste and odor, and a sp. gr. not above 0.941 nor below 0.925, cor- responding approxi- mately with an alco- holic strength of 39 to 47 per cent, by weight, or 46 to 55 per cent, by volume. Fusel Oil from grain or potato spirit. An undue amount of Solids. Added Sugar, Glyce- rin, or Spices. Traces of Oak Tannin from casks. An undue amount of Free Acid. ” If 100 C.c. of Brandy be very slowly evapo- rated in a weighed capsule, on a water- bath, the last portions volatilized should have an agreeable odor, free from harsh- ness. ’The residue, dried at 100° C. (212° F.), should weigh not more than 0.250 Gnu, equivalent to 0.25 per cent. This residue should have no sweet or dis- tinctly spicy taste. ’ The residue should nearly all dissolve in 10 C.c. of cold water, forming a solution which is colored light green by a dilute solution of ferric chloride. 100 C.c. of Brandy should be rendered dis- tinctly alkaline to litmus by 3 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. Brandy owes its aroma to cenanthic and acetic ethers and other vola- tile products. (See Vinum Album.) (Enanthic ether is known chemi- cally as ethyl pelargonate, CuH2202, but in commerce it is called oil of cognac. It is a fragrant, ethereal oil, of a greenish color, and is largely used in making factitious brandy. 776 PRODUCTS FROM ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. Uses.—Brandy is not used in any officinal preparation. It is em- ployed as a stimulant, and often administered with milk, yolk of eggs, etc. ACIDUM TARTARICUM. U.S. Tartaric Acid. h2c4h4o6 ; iso. Preparation.—This important acid may be prepared by saturating the excess of acid in acid potassium tartrate or cream of tartar with calcium carbonate, and decomposing the resulting insoluble calcium tartrate by sulphuric acid, which precipitates in combination with the lime as calcium sulphate, and liberates the tartaric acid. The process, when thus conducted, furnishes only one-half of the tartaric acid. The other half may be procured by decomposing the neutral potassium tar- trate remaining in the solution after the precipitation of the calcium tartrate by calcium chloride in excess. By double decomposition, potas- sium chloride will be formed in solution, and a second portion of calcium tartrate will precipitate, which may be decomposed by sulphuric acid together with the first portion. 2KHC4H4Os + CaC03 = K2C4I1406 + CaC4H406 + H20 + C02; Acid Potassium Calcium Potassium Calcium Water. Carbon Tartrate. Carbonate. Tartrate. Tartrate. Dioxide. then K2C4H406 + CaCl2 = 0aC4H4O6 + 2KC1, Potassium Calcium Calcium Potassium Tartrate. Chloride. Tartrate. Chloride. 2CaC4H406 + 2H2S04 = 2CaS04 + 2H2C4H406; Calcium Sulphuric Calcium Tartaric Acid. Tartrate. Acid. Sulphate. and Calcium sulphate is sometimes substituted for calcium chloride in the second stage of the decomposition. Tartaric acid is a dibasic acid, one or two of its hydrogen atoms are capable of being replaced by metals; with monad metals, acid, neutral, and double tartrates may be formed, thus: C4H406 H2 Tartaric Acid. C4H406 HK Acid Potassium Tartrate. C4H406 K2 Neutral Potas- Bium Tartrate. C4H406 KNa. Potassio-Sodium Tartrate. Tartaric acid contains no water of crystallization. The tartrates are important salts; six are officinal, four of them being double salts, viz., tartrate of antimony and potassium, tartrate of iron and potassium, tartrate of iron and ammonium, tartrate of potassium and sodium; the other two salts are tartrate of potassium and bitartrate of potassium. Tartrates may be recognized by becoming blackened on the addition of sulphuric acid, evolving at the same time an empyreumatic odor: their solutions, if neutral, yield with calcium chloride white precipitates of calcium tartrate, which are soluble in solution of potassa. Tartaric acid is recognized by a strong solution producing with a solution of potassium hydrate a white crystalline precipitate of acid potassium tartrate. PRODUCTS FROM ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. 777 Acidum Tartaricum. U. 8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Nearly or entirely colorless, trans- parent, monoclinic prisms, per- manent in air. When heated for two hours at 100° 0. (212° F.), the crystals do not lose more than a trace in weight. On ignition they should not leave more than 0.05 per cent, of ash. Odorless; purely acid taste; acid reaction. Cold. 0.7 part. Boiling. 0.5 part. Cold. 2.5 parts. Boiling. 0.2 part. 36 parts of absolute alcohol, 23 parts of ether, and 250 parts of absolute ether; nearly in- soluble in chloro- form, benzol, and benzin. Tests foe Identity and Quantita- tive Test. Impueities.1 Tests foe Impubities. An aqueous solution of 1 part of Tartaric Acid in 3 parts of cold water, when mixed with a solu- tion of 1 part of acetate of po- tassium in 3 parts of cold water, followed by the addition of a volume of alcohol equal to the whole mixture, yields a white, crystalline precipitate. If, after standing two hours at the or- dinary temperature, the liquid is separated by filtration and the precipitate well washed with diluted alcohol and dried at 100° C. (212° F.) in an air- bath, it should weigh between 1.25 and 1.26 parts. To neutralize 3.75 Gm. of Tar- taric Acid should require 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. Lead and Copper. Lead, Copper, and Iron. Copper. Sulphuric Acid. A concentrated aqueous solution of Tartaric Acid should not be black- ened, at the line of contact, by the careful addition of test-solution of hydrosulphuric acid. ' If the crystals have left, on ignition, some ash, this ash, by treatment with a few drops of water of ammo- nia and one drop of test-solution of sulphide of ammonium, should not cause any black coloration. If the crystals of Tartaric Acid have left, on ignition, some ash (see above), this ash should not turn blue by treatment with a few drops of water of ammonia. ' 10 C.c. of a concentrated solution of Tartaric Acid should show no pre- cipitate within five minutes after the addition of 1 C.c. of test-solution of chloride of barium with an excess of hydrochloric acid. Officinal Preparation containing Tartaric Acid. Pulvis Effervescens Compositus . Prepared by wrapping 35 grains of powdered tartaric j • j acid in white paper, and 160 grains of Seidlitz mixture Compound Effervescing Powder (com d ofV g;ains of S0Bdium bicarbonate and 120 (bei i z ow er). grains of Rochelle salt) in blue paper. (See Pulveres.) LIMONIS SUCCUS. U. S. Lemon-Juice. The freshly expressed juice of the ripe fruit of Citrus Limonum Eisso (Nat. Ord. Aurantiacece). Lemon-juice owes its acidity to citric acid (see Acidum Citricum). It is a yellowish, slightly turbid, acid liquid, having a slight odor of lemon, due to the presence of a trace of the volatile oil of the rind. Its specific gravity should be not less than 1.030, and it should contain about 7 per cent, of citric acid. Lemon-juice can only with difficulty be preserved. It is generally heated so as to coagulate albuminous matter, and then a small quantity of alcohol is added as an antiseptic. Officinal Preparations. Syrupus Limonis Made by heating 40 parts of lemon-juice to boiling, add- Syrup of Lemon. ing 2 parts of fresh lemon peel, 60 parts of sugar, and sufficient water to make 100 parts (see page 295). Mistura Potassii Citratis .... Made by neutralizing fresh lemon-juice with bicarbonate Mixture of Citrate of Potassium. of potassium (see page 304). 778 PRODUCTS FROM ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. ACIDUM CITRICUM. U. S. Citric Acid. Preparation.—Although this acid is found in many plants, it is ob- tained upon a commercial scale only from the juice of limes and lemons.1 It is extracted from lime-jutce by a very simple process, but one re- quiring some careful manipulation. The boiling juice is first completely saturated with calcium carbonate (chalk or whiting) in fine powder, and the calcium citrate formed is allowed to subside. This is then washed repeatedly with water, and decomposed by diluted sulphuric acid. An insoluble calcium sulphate is precipitated, and the disengaged citric acid remains in solution. This is carefully concentrated in leaden boilers until a pellicle begins to form, when it is transferred to other vessels to cool and crystallize. H8C6H60rH20; 210. 2H3C6H507 4- 3CaCOs = Ca32C6H507 + 3H20 -f 3C02; Citric Acid in Calcium Calcium Citrate. Water. Carbon Lime-Juice. Carbonate. Dioxide. then + 3H2S04 = 2H3CeH507 + 3CaS04. Calcium Citrate. Sulphuric Acid. Citric Acid. Calcium Sulphate. Acidum Citricum. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Beaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Colorless, right-rhombic prisms, not deliquescent except in moist air, efflorescent in warm air. Odorless; agree- able acid taste; acid reaction. Cold. 0.75 part. Boiling. 0.5 part. Cold. 1 part. Boiling. 0.5 part. Ether 48 parts ; nearly insolu- ble in absolute ether, chloro- form, benzol, and benzin. Tests for Identity and IQuantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. When heated to 100° C. (212° F.), the Acid melts and gradually loses 8.6 per cent, of its weight. At a higher temperature it emits inflammable vapors, chars, and is finally dissipated without leaving more than 0.05 per cent, of ash. On adding an aqueous solution of the Acid to an excess of lime-water, the mixture remains clear until boiled, when a white precipi- tate separates, which is nearly all redissolved on cooling. I'o neutralize 3.5 (1m. of the Acid should require 50 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. Tartaric and Oxalic Acids. 1 per cent, or more of Tar- ■ taric Acid. Lead or Cop- per. Copper. Lead, Copper, and Iron. Sulphuric Acid. If 1 part of the Acid be dissolved in 2 parts of water and treated with a solution of 1 part of acetate of potassium in 2 parts of water, the mixture should remain clear after the addition of an equal volume of alcohol. If 1 Gm. of the Acid be dissolved, without heat, in 10 C.c. of a cold, saturated solu- tion of bichromate of potassium, no dark- ening of the liquid should be observed within five minutes. An aqueous solution of the Acid should not be darkened nor be precipitated by hydrosulphuric acid. If the crystals have left, on ignition, some ash, this ash should not turn blue by treatment with a few drops of water of ammonia. Nor should the furtfier addition of one drop of test-solution of sulphide of ammonium cause any black coloration. 10 C.c. of a concentrated solution should show no precipitate within five minutes after the addition of 1 C.c. of‘test-solu- tion of chloride of barium with excess of hydrochloric acid. 1 Limes—the fruit of Citrus acris—are usually smaller than lemons, and abound in a very acid juice. PRODUCTS FROM ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. 779 Citric acid contains one molecule of water of crystallization : it differs in this respect from tartaric acid, which contains none. It is a tribasic acid ; in other words, three atoms of hydrogen are replaceable by metals, three classes of citrates being formed according as one, two, or three hydrogen atoms are replaced. The citrates are a valuable class of medicinal salts, nine being offici- nal,—four are simple salts and four are double,—as follows: citrates of bismuth, iron, lithium, and potassium, granulated citrate of magne- sium, citrate of bismuth and ammonium, citrate of iron and ammonium, citrate of iron and quinine, citrate of iron and strychnine. It is used in four solutions,—solution of citrate of iron, solution of citrate of iron and quinine, solution of citrate of magnesium, solution of citrate of potassium. Uses.—Citric acid in solution is used as a substitute for lemon-juice. The dose is from five to thirty grains. It is rarely given in its free state. Syrupus Acidi Citrici. Made by mixing 4 parts of spirit of lemon with 980 parts of syrup, a f p-x • » adding gradually a solution of 8 parts of citric acid in 8 parts of syrup oi citric acui. water (gee page 289)< Officinal Preparation. TAMARINDUS. U. S. Tamarind. The preserved pulp of the fruit of Tamarindus indica Linne (Nat. Ord. Legumi- nosce, Ccesalpiniece). Among the constituents of the pulp of tamarinds are citric and tartaric acids : malic acid is present in small quantity. Uses.—This pulp is one of the ingredients in confection of senna : it is purgative, and is often used to make laxative confections. RHUS GLABRA. U.S. Rhus Glabra. [Rhus Glabrum, Pharm. 1870. Sumach.] The fruit of Rhus glabra Linne (Nat. Ord. Terebinthacece, Anacardiece). This fruit owes its acidity to malic acid, which exists in it as calcium and potassium malate : this acid is found in unripe apples and in a great number of fruits, roots, leaves, stems, etc. Rhus glabra also contains tannin, gallic acid, and red coloring-matter. Malic acid may be obtained from rhus glabra by exhausting the ber- ries with water, evaporating, filtering, and crystallizing the acid calcium malate, which is then dissolved in boiling water, and treated with lead acetate, when lead malate is precipitated ; this is then suspended in water, hydrosulphuric acid passed through it, lead sulphide precipitated, and the solution of malic acid evaporated to permit crystallization. Malic acid is found in colorless shining needles having a sour taste and an acid reaction. It is soluble in alcohol and deliquescent in the air. It is dibasic. Uses.—Rhus glabra is a useful refrigerant and astringent. The dose is thirty grains to two drachms. Officinal Preparation. Extraction Rhois Glabrse Fluidum. Made with 10 per cent, of glycerin and a menstruum Fluid Extract of Rhus Glabra. of diluted alcohol (see page 392). 780 PRODUCTS FROM ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. Acid Saccharine Fruits containing- Pectinous Bodies. The pulpy constituents of fruits and fleshy roots undergo naturally certain changes when subjected to the influences of a ferment known as pectase: these changes can be closely imitated artificially when the pulp is treated with acids or alkalies in aqueous solution, by the aid of heat. According to Fremy, pectase exists in fruits in either a soluble or an in- soluble condition. Green unripe fruits contain pectose, a substance which is supposed to be isomeric with cellulin, and which gives to such fruits their hardness. Pectose is insoluble in water, alcohol, or ether. In the process of ripening fruits, the pectase slowly acts on the pec- tose, the hardness disappears, pectin is formed, and the fruit is soft and ripe. When it is overripe, parapedin and metapedic acid are produced. The moderate action of heat and water upon fruits is thus explained : the citric, tartaric, or malic acid in the fruit acts on the pectose, soften- ing it, and converting it into pectin, and the pectin is then acted upon by the ferment pectase, which causes it to gelatinize, on cooling, through the production of pectosic acid: this is the cause of the formation of fruit jellies. The rapid application of strong heat to the pulp of fruits results in the coagulation and destruction of the ferment pectase, and the production of jelly is thus prevented. Alkalies form soluble compounds with pectosic acid and pectin, and hence, when gelatinous precipitates are found in fluid extracts and tinc- tures, due to the formation of either of these substances, they may be dissolved by the application of an alkaline solution: the use of water of ammonia in fluid extract of senega is an illustration of this. Syrupns Rubi Idsei. Express the juice from fresh ripe raspberries, allow it to stand until o f Pa„r, it ferments, then filter it, and add 60 parts of sugar to 40 parts of P P the filtered liquid, heat to boiling, and strain (see page 296). Officinal Preparation of Pectinous Fruit. Unofficinal Fruits. Apple. The fruit of Pyrus mains. The constituents are 7 to 10 per cent, sugar, £ to 1 per cent, free acid, and 5 per cent, each albuminous and pectinous substances. The fermented juice of the apple is termed cider or vinegar. Apricot. The fruit of Prunus Armeniaca. The average constituents are 1 to 2 per cent. sugar, £ to 1 per cent, free acid, £ to 1 per cent, albuminous substances, and 5 to 10 per cent, pectinous substances. Blackberry. The fruit of Rubus villosus, 11. canadensis, and R. trivialis. The average con- stituents are 4 per cent, sugar, 1 per cent, free acid, £ per cent, albuminous substances, and 1 to 1£ per cent, pectinous substances. Bilberry. The fruit of Vaccinium resinosum. The average constituents are 5 per cent. sugar, 1 per cent, free acid, 1 per cent, albuminous substances, and £ per cent, pectinous substances. Cherry. The fruit of a species of Prunus. The average constituents are 8 to 13 per cent. sugar, 1 per cent, free acid, and £ to 3 per cent, each albuminous and pectinous substances. Currant. The fruit of Ribes rubrum. The average constituents are 4 to 7 per cent, sugar, 1 to 2 per cent, free acid, £ to £ per cent, albuminous substances, and £ per cent, pectinous substances. Gooseberry. The fruit of Ribes Grossularia. The average constituents are 6 to 8 per cent. sugar, 1 to 1£ per cent, free acid (chiefly citric), £ per cent, albuminous sub- stances, and £ to 2 per cent, pectinous substances. Peach. The fruit of Amygdalus Persica. The average constituents are 1£ per cent, sugar, £ per cent, free acid, £ per cent, albuminous substances, and 6 per cent, pectinous substances. PRODUCTS FROM ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. 781 Unofficinal Fruits.—[Continued.) Pear. The fruit of Pyrus communis. The average constituents are 7 per cent, sugar, 7 per cent, free acid, l per cent, albuminous substances, and 3 per cent, pectinous substances. Pineapple. The fruit of Bromelia Ananas. The juice contains 2 per cent, sugar, 1 per cent, free acid, and 3 per cent, albuminous and pectinous substances. Plum. The fruit-trees belonging to the genus Prunus. The average constituents are about 1 to 2 per cent, sugar, £ to 1 per cent, free acid, i per cent, albuminous substances, and 2 to 11 per cent, pectinous substances. Baspberry. The fruit of Rubus Idseus. The average constituents are 3 to 5 per cent, sugar* 1 per cent, free acid, 1 per cent, albuminous substances, and 2 to 5 per cent, pectinous bodies. Strawberry. The fruit of different species of Fragaria. The average constituents are 3 to 7 per cent, sugar, 1 per cent, free acid, i per cent, albuminous substances, and 2 per cent, pectinous substances. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LTV. PRODUCTS OP THE ACTION OP FERMENTS UPON ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. "What is white wine ? Describe it and give its specific gravity. What is red wine ? Describe it and give its specific gravity. What is must ? How is wine made? What is meant by the following terms as applied to wines ?—viz.: Sweet, dry, light, generous, sparkling, still, sour, rough. What kinds of wine are officinal ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the alcoholic strength of wine be ascertained ? How much alcohol should wine contain ? White wine—How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Tannic acid; limit of fixed residue ; limit of acidity. Red wine—How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Limit of acidity; aniline coloring. What is the aroma of wines termed, and upon what does it depend ? What ethers are said to formed in wines ? What are argols ? What is the difference between red and white argols ? Why are argols deposited during the clarification of wine ? What salt is obtained from argols ? What are the uses of wine ? , What alcoholic strength is required of wine for pharmaceutical purposes ? How is it obtained, and why is it required ? Brandy—What is the Latin officinal name ? What is its officinal definition ? Describe the best kind. What kind of brandy is recognized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia ? How much alcohol should brandy contain? Give description and specific gravity. Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Fusel oil from grain or potato spirit; an undue amount of solids; added sugar, glycerin, or spices ; traces of oak tannin from casks; an undue amount of free acid. To what does brandy owe its aroma ? What is cenanthic ether chemically, and what is its commercial name ? Is any preparation of brandy officinal ? What is its medicinal use ? Tartaric acid—What is the Latin name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? Describe rationale of process. What is its quantivalence ? 782 PRODUCTS FROM ACID SACCHARINE FRUITS. Does it contain water of crystallization ? What tartrates are officinal ? How may they be recognized ? How may tartaric acid be recognized ? Describe rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How mav the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Lead and copper; lead, copper, and iron; copper; sulphuric acid. What officinal preparation contains tartaric acid ? To what does lemon-juice owe its acidity? How much acid should it contain ? What should be its specific gravity ? What officinal preparations are made with lemon-juice ? Citric acid—What is the Latin name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is this acid obtained commercially ? Describe rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Tartaric and oxalic acids ; 1 per cent, or more of tartaric acid ; lead or copper; copper; lead, copper, and iron ; sulphuric acid. How much water of crystallization does it contain ? What is its quantivalence ? What citrates are officinal ? What is the dose ? What officinal preparation is made with it ? What is tamarind ? What acids are contained in the pulp of tamarinds ? For what is it used ? Sumach—What is the Latin officinal name ? What is it ? To what does it owe its acidity ? How may malic acid be obtained from it ? What is the quantivalence of malic acid ? For what is rhus glabra used, and what is the dose ? What officinal preparation is there of it? What is pectase, and what is pectose ? To what substance do green, unripe fruits owe their hardness ? In the ripening of fruits, what change takes place* whereby the fruits are rendered soft ? When fruit is over-ripe, what substances are produced ? How is the formation of fruit jellies explained ? What action do alkalies have upon pectosic acid and pectin ? Give an illustration of the application of this principle. CHAPTER LY. VOLATILE OILS. Volatile oils, or essential oils, are found in the various parts of plants. They usually constitute the odorous principles, and they either pre-exist in the plant, or are produced by the reaction of certain con- stituents when brought in contact with water. Volatile oils are some- times formed through destructive distillation, as the oil of amber, and may also be obtained from the animal kingdom, as the oil from ambergris. They may be divided into four classes: 1. Terpenes. 2. Oxygenated oils. 3. Sulphurated oils. 4. Nitrogenated oils. 1. Terpenes, or hydrocarbons, consist of carbon and hydrogen, and mostly have the formula C10H16, oil of turpentine being the type. 2. Oxygenated Oils.—Hydrocarbons containing oxygen, like the oil of cinnamon. 3. Sulphurated Oils.—Containing sulphur, like the volatile oil from mustard. 4. Nitrogenated Oils.—A very small class containing hydrocyanic acid, like oil of bitter almond; otherwise, nitrogen is never one of the constituents of volatile oils. Proximately, volatile oils consist of two principles, which differ in their point of volatilization or congelation, or in their composition. They are termed stearopten and eleopten. It is, however, impossible to separate these by distillation alone so as to obtain them entirely pure. When, as often happens, they congeal at different temperatures, they may be separated by compressing the frozen oil between folds of bibu- lous paper. The solid matter, stearopten, remains within the folds, and the fluid, eleopten, is absorbed by the paper, from which it may be separated by distillation with water. The solid crystalline substances deposited by volatile oils upon standing are also called stearoptens. Some of them are denominated camphors, from their resemblance to true camphor. Some are isomeric with the oils in which they are formed; others are oxides or hydrates, alcohol-like in character. Certain oils, under the influence of water, deposit crystalline hydrates of the respective oils. Color of Volatile Oils.—Most oils are colorless when pure and fresh, or can be made colorless by redistillation. Upon exposure to the air they acquire various colors, becoming green, as in oil of worm- wood, yellow, as in oil of peppermint, red, as in oil of origanum, brown, as in oil of cinnamon, or blue, as in oil of chamomile. Odor.—The odor of volatile oils is very variable. It is their most characteristic feature. It is sensibly modified by the exposure of the 784 VOLATILE OILS. oils to the air. Oil of turpentine may be rectified by distillation in an atmosphere of carbonic acid, or in vacuo, so that it will be odorless, or have an agreeable fragrant odor. A very slight exposure to the air is sufficient, however, to restore the well-known unpleasant odor. Taste.—Their taste is almost as variable as their odor. Some are sweet, others have a mild, pungent, hot, acrid, caustic, or burning taste. Density.—The specific gravity of volatile oils also varies (from 0.847 to 1.17). They are mostly lighter than water (see table, page 81). Boiling Point.—This is also variable. The oils volatilize to some extent at ordinary temperatures and diffuse their peculiar odors. Upon heating, however, they may be completely vaporized. AVhen suffi- ciently heated, they take fire, and burn with a bright flame. Solubilities.—Water is a poor solvent for volatile oils, although it acquires a decided odor and flavor when brought in contact with the oil in a finely-divided state, as has been shown in the medicated waters. Alcohol, ether, chloroform, naphtha, glacial acetic acid, benzin, and benzol are solvents for volatile oils. Alcohol is a better solvent for the oxygenated oils than for the terpenes. Volatile oils freely dissolve fixed oils, fats, resins, camphors, sulphur, phosphorus, and similar bodies. Exposure to Light and Air injures the quality and destroys the fragrance of volatile oils. Ozone is developed, and they thicken and become resinified, or deposit crystalline compounds upon exposure. The whitening of corks which have been inserted in bottles containing volatile oils and kept a long time is due to the bleaching action of the ozone which is gradually produced during their decomposition. They should be kept in tightly-stoppered, amber-colored vials. Action of Acids, Alkalies, etc.—Nitric acid, if strong, decom- poses volatile oils with great rapidity. Iodine reacts with some oils with explosive violence. Alkalies have generally little effect on vola- tile oils, with the exception of a few with which it forms chemical compounds, like the oils from cloves, gaultheria, cinnamon, etc. Adulterations.—The volatile oils are costly enough to tempt the cupidity of those who make a business of adulterating. A fixed oil is sometimes used to mix with the volatile oil. This mixture may be detected by dropping the suspected oil on a piece of filtering-paper. The stain of a pure volatile oil is not permanent. By slightly heating it the oil is vaporized ; if fixed oil is present, the stain remains. Alcohol may be detected by shaking the mixed oil in a graduated tube with glycerin or water. The volume of the oil will be diminished, and that of the water or glycerin correspondingly increased, in proportion to the amount used. This test is not susceptible of fine determination, be- cause of the slight solubility of volatile oils in water and in mixtures of alcohol and water. If a large quantity of alcohol has been added, it may be shown by setting fire to a small portion in a dish in a dark room, when the lambent blue flame of burning alcohol will be seen. Volatile oils burn with a yellow, sooty flame. Metallic sodium, cal- cium chloride, aniline red, have all been used to show the presence of alcohol and traces of water in volatile oils. The adulteration of vola- tile oils by the addition of cheaper grades of the same oil, or by using a cheaper oil having a similar odor, is largely practised. The only VOLATILE OILS. 785 reliable test here is the use of the olfactories. By practice the sense of smell can be cultivated so that most adulterations of this kind can be detected. Preparation of Volatile Oils. Volatile oils are generally obtained from plants by the following methods: 1. Distillation with water. 2. Distillation per se. 3. Ex- pression. 4. Solution. 1. Distillation with Water.—This is the method most frequently employed. The general formula is as follows: Put the substance from which the Oil is to be extracted into a still (see Distillation, page 157), and add enough water to cover it; then distil by a regulated heat into a large refrigeratory. Separate the Distilled Oil from the water which comes over with it. The substances from which the volatile oils are extracted may be em- ployed in either the recent or the dried state. Certain flowers, however, such as orange flowers and roses, must be used fresh, or preserved with salt or by means of glycerin, as they afford little or no oil after desic- cation. Dried substances, before being submitted to distillation, require to be macerated in water till they are thoroughly penetrated by this fluid; and, to facilitate the action of the water, it is necessary that, when of a hard or tough consistence, they should be properly comminuted. The water which is put with the substance to be distilled into the still, answers the double purpose of preventing the decomposition of the vege- table matter by regulating the temperature, and of facilitating the vola- tilization of the oil, which, though in most instances it readily rises with the vapor of boiling water, requires, when distilled alone, a considerably higher temperature, and is at the same time liable to be partly decom- posed. Some oils, however, will not ascend readily with steam at 100° C. (212° F.), and in the distillation of these it is customary to use water satu- rated with common salt, which does not boil under 118.4° C. (227.1° F.) (see page 120). Other oils, again, may be volatilized with water at a temperature below the boiling point; and, as heat exercises an injurious influence over the oils, it is desirable that the distillation should be effected at as low a temperature as possible. To prevent injury from heat, it has been recommended to suspend the substance containing the oil in a basket, or to place it upon a perforated shelf, in the upper part of the still, so that it may be penetrated by the steam without being in direct contact with the water. Another mode of effecting the same object is to distil it in vacuo. Steam can be very conveniently applied to this purpose by causing it to pass through a coil of tube, of an inch or three- quarters of an inch bore, placed in the bottom of a common still (see page 126). The end at which the steam is admitted enters the still at the upper part, and the other end, at which the steam and condensed water escape, passes out laterally below, being furnished with a stop- cock, by which the pressure of the steam may be regulated, and the wrater drawn off when necessary. In some instances it is desirable to conduct the steam immediately into the still near the bottom, by which the contents are kept in a state of brisk ebullition (see Fig. 102). The quantity of water added is not a matter of indifference. An 786 VOLATILE OILS. amount above what is necessary acts injuriously, by holding the oil in solution, when the mixed vapors are condensed ; and if the proportion be very large, it is possible that no oil whatever may be obtained separate. On the contrary, if the quantity be too small, the whole of the oil will not be distilled, and there will be danger of the substance in the still adhering to the sides of the vessel and thus becoming burnt. The cage shown on page 159 will be found useful in this connection. Sometimes the quantity of oil is so small that it entirely dissolves in the water, and then the process of cohobation is applicable: this consists in repeatedly returning the distillate to a fresh portion of the plant, the water in this way becoming supersaturated, and then the oil can be separated. 2. Distillation per se.—By this is meant the distillation of certain bodies without the use of water [per se, “ by itself”). This is done in the cases of certain oleoresins, oils, copaiba, etc., water not being required in the process, and always being difficult to separate from the distillate. 3. Expression (see page 246).—This method generally produces the most fragrant products, because there are very few volatile oils whose aroma is not injuriously affected by the action of heat. The volatile oils of the Aurantiacese are mostly made by expressing the rind of the fresh fruit (see page 788). 4. Solution or Absorption.—Some volatile oils are so susceptible to decomposition that they are dissociated by distillation, whilst they do not exist in sufficient quantity in the plant to pay for their extraction by expression : in such cases the odorous principle may be extracted by some form of solution or absorption. This may be effected by macera- tion, digestion, percolation with carbon bisulphide or similar solvent, enfleurage, or the pneumatic process. Maceration.—In obtaining volatile oils by maceration, the odorous portions of the plant (generally fragrant flowers) are allowed to stand in contact with a bland, inodorous fixed oil, like fine olive oil, oil of ben, or purified cotton-seed oil: the oil absorbs the odor, and after a certain length of time it is strained. The odorous fixed oil is generally used in perfumery. Digestion.—This process is similar to maceration, except that a mod- erate heat is employed, by the use of a salt-bath, to aid in the extraction. Enfleurage is largely used for extracting the odors of very delicate flowers. It is a cold process, and consists in spreading a thin layer of purified inodorous fat upon glass frames (chassis) : these resemble an ordinary window-sash, with one pane of glass in each. The flowers are sprinkled on the fat, and the frames piled in a stack. The whole is left undisturbed for a time varying from twelve hours to four days. The fat absorbs the odor completely. When strong pomades are desired, fresh flowers are continually added as long as the absorption continues, and the pomades are known commercially as Nos. 6, 12, 18, and 24, the numbers indicating the strength. The volatile products may be ob- tained from the pomade by chopping the latter into small pieces and macerating them in pure alcohol. A small portion of the fat is apt to be dissolved by this treatment and give a fatty odor to the solution, but this may be separated by subjecting it to cold, when it can be fil- tered out. VOLATILE OILS. 787 The process of extracting odors from pomades by agitating them in contact with alcohol has been largely used in late years in the United States. The pomades are mostly imported from Grasse, France, and Fig. 354 illustrates Day’s pomade washer, a machine con- structed for agitating the mix- ture of pomade and alcohol in order to hasten the process of extraction. Pneumatic Process. — This method is used only with very delicate volatile oils. It con- sists in forcing a current of air into a vessel filled with fresh flowers, and then conveying the perfumed air into another vessel containing purified fat which is kept melted. Circular plates, half immersed, revolve in the fat, and these, when coated, absorb the odor from the perfumed air. Percolation.—This process consists in percolating odorous flowers with purified carbon disulphide: the latter is distilled, and the volatile oils are found in the residue. Fig. 354. Day’s pomade, washer. Officinal Products from the Aurantiacese. The natural order Aurantiacese furnishes valuable products to medi- cine and pharmacy, which are conveniently grouped together. AURANTII DULCIS CORTEX. U.S. Sweet Orange Peel. The rind of the fruit of Citrus Aurantium Risso (Nat. Ord. Aurantiaeece). Sweet orange peel owes its virtues to the volatile oil found in the epidermis. It also communicates a yellowish color to the preparations made with it. It is used as a flavoring substance. Officinal Preparations. Syrupus Aurantii Made by macerating sweet orange peel with a little aleo- Syrun of Orange hoi, making a medicated water by the aid of precipitated P ° calcium phosphate, and dissolving sugar in it by agita- tion (see page 291). Tinctura Aurantii Dulcis .... Made by percolating 20 parts of sweet orange peel with Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel. ™fficient alc?ko1 make 100 Parts (see PaSe 340b & Dose, one fluidrachm. AURANTII AMARI CORTEX. U.S. Bitter Orange Peel. The rind of the fruit of Citrus vulgaris Risso (Nat. Ord. Aurantiaeem). The peel from the bitter orange contains hesperidin and a small quantity of volatile oil. It is not used to communicate flavor, but as a bitter tonic. The dose is ten to forty grains. 788 VOLATILE OILS. Officinal Preparations. Extractum Aurantii Amari Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of 2 parts of alcohol and r. , 1 part of water (see page 372). Dose, half a Fluid Extract of Bitter Orange Peel. fluidrachm. Tinotura Aurantii Amari Made by exhausting 20 parts of bitter orange peel _ t, , with sufficient diluted alcohol to make 100 parts Tincture of Bitter Orange Peel. (see page 340)- Dose> one to tw0 fluidrach£s. OLEUM AURANTII CORTICIS. U. S. Oil of Orange Peel. A volatile oil extracted by mechanical means from fresh Orange Peel. This oil is of a pale yellowish color, and has the composition of the terpenes, C10H16. Its sp. gr. is 0.860. It is soluble in alcohol, and may be preserved by shaking it with one-fourth of its volume of water, separating, and mixing with five times its measure of alcohol. It is very prone to decomposition, and rapidly acquires a terebinthinate odor. It is used in making cologne water and bay rum, and to flavor elixirs. Officinal Preparations. Elixir Aurantii . . Made by dissolving 1 part of oil of orange peel and 100 parts of sugar in ~ 200 parts of a mixture consisting of 50 parts of alcohol and 150 parts Elixir of Orange. of (see page 316). F P Spiritus Aurantii . Made by dissolving 6 parts of oil of orange peel in 94 parts of alcohol Spirit of Orange. (see page 313). Dose, one fluidrachm. AURANTII FLORES. U.S. Orange Flowers. The partly expanded, fresh flowers of Citrus vulgaris and Citrus Aurantium Risso (Nat. Ord. Aurantiacece). Orange flowers afford a number of agreeable flavoring and odorous products, of which the oil and the distilled water are the most useful. When it is desired to keep fresh orange flowers for some time, they may be preserved by mixing them well with half their weight of chloride of sodium, pressing the mixture in a suitable jar, and keep- ing it, well closed, in a cool place. Officinal Preparation. Aqua Aurantii Florum . Made by distilling 100 parts of water from 40 parts of recent orange Orange Flower Water. flowers (p. 278). Used for making syrup of orange flowers (p. 291). OLEUM AURANTII FLORUM. U.S. Oil of Orange Flowers. [Oil of Neroli.] A volatile oil distilled from fresh Orange Flowers. This is a brownish-yellow, very fragrant terpene (C10H16). Sp. gr. 0.850 to 0.890. It is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol, and is well preserved by this addition. If a little alcohol be poured on the surface of the oil and the mixture gently undulated, a bright violet fluorescence will be observed. This oil as found in the market is very variable in quality. The best comes from Nice, and is derived from the flowers of the Citrus Aurantium, or sweet orange, by distillation with water: this is called neroli petale. The next quality is obtained in the same way, but by using the blossoms of the Citrus Bigaradia, or bitter orange: this is called neroli bigarade. An inferior sort, essence de petit grain, is made by distilling the leaves and unripe fruit. Uses.—This oil is almost exclusively used in perfumery. VOLATILE OILS. 789 LIMONIS CORTEX. U. S. Lemon Peel. The rind of the recent fruit of Citrus Limonum Risso (Nat. Ord. Aurantiacece). Lemon peel is principally used to communicate flavor and color to spirit and syrup of lemon. It contains volatile oil and hesperidin. OLEUM LIMONIS. U.S. Oil of Lemon. A volatile oil extracted by mechanical means from fresh Lemon Peel. This important volatile oil is a terpene, C10H16: when fresh it has the fragrant odor of lemons. Sp. gr. 0.850. It is soluble in two parts of alcohol, in glacial acetic acid, and in all proportions in absolute alcohol. It may be preserved from the effects of oxidation by the addition of 5 per cent, of alcohol and separation from the sediment. Officinal Preparation. Spiritus Limonis . Made by dissolving 6 parts of oil of lemon in 90 parts of alcohol to which q ...» T 4 parts of freshly-grated lemon peel have been added. This spirit is pin o emon. used in flavoring syrup of citric acid (see page 314). OLEUM BERGAMII. U. S. Oil of Bergamot. A volatile oil extracted by mechanical means from the rind of the fresh fruit of Citrus Bergamia, var. vulgaris Bisso et Poiteau (Nat. Ord. Aurantiacece). This is an important volatile oil commercially, although it is not used medicinally. It derives its name from Ber- gamo, a city of Italy, and is largely produced in that country. It is a terpene (C10H16). Sp. gr. from 0.860 to 0.890. It is soluble in all proportions in alcohol and glacial acetic acid. This oil is usually prepared by ex- pression in the same manner as the oils of lemon and orange peel. The ecuette (Fig. 355) is a convenient instrument for rapidly rup- turing the oil-vesicles : it is held in one hand by the operator, whilst with the other hand the bergamot, lemon, or orange fruit is skil- fully rotated on the sharp points : the oil flows into the gutter in the cup, and then through the hollow handle into a suitable vessel. Oil of bergamot is used solely for its perfume. Fia. 355. Ecuelle. Officinal Products from the Labiatae. The natural order of the mints is a strongly-marked group, the mem- bers of it being remarkable for their botanical analogy with one another and for the similarity of their chemical constituents. MENTHA PIPERITA. U. S. Peppermint. The leaves and tops of Mentha piperita Linne (Nat. Ord. Labiatae). Its properties are due to the presence of about two per cent, of vol- atile oil. It is largely cultivated, and is a grateful aromatic stimulant. OLEUM MENTH/E PIPERITA2. U. S. Oil of Peppermint. A volatile oil distilled from Peppermint. It is a colorless or yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, strong odor of peppermint, a strongly aromatic taste, followed by a sensation of 790 VOLATILE OILS. cold when air is drawn into the mouth, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.900. It is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol. The oil of peppermint owes its odor to menthol (C10H20O), a stearopten obtained from it through fractional distillation, cooling, and crystalliza- tion. The crystals are beautiful, colorless needles, melting at 42° C. (107.6° F.), boiling at 212° C. (414° F.), insoluble in water, but solu- ble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and benzin. It is largely used, com- pressed into cones, as a remedy in neuralgia and headache. A portion of the oil has the composition C10H18O. Officinal Preparations. Aqua Menthse Piperitae. . . Made by adding 2 parts of oil of peppermint to 4 parts of Peppermint Water cotton, and percolating with distilled water until 1000 parts ' have been obtained (see page 280). Spiritus Menthse Piperitae . Made by dissolving 10 parts of oil of peppermint in 90 parts Spirit of Peppermint °f alcohol in which 1 part of peppermint has been macerated * II * (see page 315). Dose, twenty minims. Trochisci Menthse Piperitae . Each troche contains .15 grain of oil of peppermint (see Troches of Peppermint. Part V.). MENTHA VIRIDIS. U.S. Spearmint. The leaves and tops of Mentha viridis Linne (Nat. Ord. Labiatce). The volatile oil is the only constituent of importance in this plant: the yield is from J to 1 per cent. OLEUM MENTHAE VIRIDIS. U.S. Oil of Spearmint. A volatile oil distilled from Spearmint. It is a colorless or yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, strong odor of spearmint, a hot, aromatic taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.900. It is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol. Oil of spearmint contains an oxygenated oil, C10H14O, which is the odorous portion, and a terpene, C10H16. It is used as a stimulant and carminative. Officinal Preparations. Aqua Menthse Viridis . . Made by adding 2 parts of oil of spearmint to 4 parts of cotton, <5 . , w , and percolating with distilled water until 1000 parts have been Spearmint Water. obtained (see page 280). Spiritus Menthse Viridis . Made by dissolving 10 parts of oil of spearmint in 90 parts of a ... a a . . alcohol in which 1 part of spearmint has been macerated (see Spirit of Spearmint. page315). Dose, twenty minims. LAVANDULA. U. S. Lavender. The flowers of Lavandula vera De Candolle (Nat. Ord. Labiatce). This plant is found growing wild in many parts of Europe and the United States ; it is largely cultivated here, and in England and France, for the sake of the volatile oil, which is the important constituent. OLEUM LAVANDULAE. U. S. Oil of Lavender. A volatile oil distilled from the flowering tops or the whole herb of Lavandula vera De Candolle (Nat. Ord. Labiatce). It is a colorless or yellowish liquid, having the aromatic odor of lav- ender, a pungent and bitterish taste, and a neutral reaction while fresh. Sp. gr. about 0.890. It is readily soluble in alcohol, and in acetic acid of 90 per cent, or over. VOLATILE OILS. 791 This is an oxygenated oil, containing C10H16, and compound ethers of C10H16O and C10H18O. Officinal Preparation. Tinotura Lavandulae Composita . . Made by dissolving 8 parts of oil of lavender and 2 parts Compound Tincture of Lavender. of f f ™em*ry in 680 parts of alcohol and 270 * parts of water, percolating 4 parts of cloves, 18 parts of cinnamon, 10 parts of nutmeg, and 8 parts of red saunders with the liquid, and adding sufficient diluted alcohol to obtain 1000 parts (see page 350). Dose, one to two fluidrachms. OLEUM LAVANDULA FLORUM. U.S. Oil of Lavender Flowers. A volatile oil distilled from fresh Lavender. It is a colorless or yellowish liquid, having the fragrant odor of lavender flowers, a pungent and bitterish taste, and a neutral reaction while fresh. Sp. gr. about 0.890. It is readily soluble in alcohol and in acetic acid of 90 per cent, or over. When heated to about 80° C. (176° F.), it should not yield a color- less distillate having the characteristics of alcohol. Oil of lavender flowers is most largely used in perfumery. The best quality is distilled at Mitcham, England. It has the same composition and properties as oil of lavender : it is more fragrant and more expen- sive. Officinal Preparation. Spiritus Lavandulae . Made by dissolving 3 parts of oil of lavender flowers in 97 parts of Spirit of Lavender. alcohol (see page 314). Dose, one fluidrachm. ROSMARINUS. U. S. Rosemary. The leaves of Rosmarinus officinalis Linne (Nat. Ord. Labiates). This plant is valuable solely on account of the fragrant volatile oil which it contains. OLEUM ROSMARINI. U.S. Oil of Rosemary. A volatile oil distilled from Rosemary. It is a colorless or yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, pungent odor of rosemary, a warm, somewhat camplioraceous taste, and a neutral or faintly acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.900. It is readily soluble in alcohol. This oil consists of a terpene, C10H16, and the oxygenated compounds C10H16O, C10H18O. It is used as an ingredient in soap liniment, cologne, and compound tincture of lavender. HEDEOMA. U. S. Hedeoma. [Pennyroyal.] The leaves and tops of Hedeoma pulegioides Persoon (Nat. Ord. Labiates). This indigenous plant is frequently confounded with Mentha pule- gium, or European pennyroyal, which yields an oil having a similar odor and properties. It is stimulant and aromatic. OLEUM HEDEOMA. U. S. Oil of Hedeoma. [Oil of Pennyroyal.] A volatile oil distilled from Hedeoma. It is a colorless or yellowish liquid, of a pungent, mint-like odor and taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.940. It is readily soluble in alcohol. 792 VOLATILE OILS. This is an oxygenated oil, and is used principally to protect the ex- posed parts of the body from the bites of flies, mosquitoes, fleas, etc. It is employed sometimes in amenorrhcea, in doses of one or two minims. MARRUBIUM. U.S. Marrubium. [Horehound.] The leaves and tops of Marrubium vulgare Linne (Nat. Ord. Labiates). This plant contains a volatile oil associated with resin and a bitter principle, marrubiin. It is stimulant, tonic, and expectorant. MELISSA. U.S. Melissa. [Balm.] The leaves and tops of Melissa officinalis Linne (Nat. Ord. Labiates). This plant owes its properties of a stimulant and carminative to an oxygenated volatile oil. ORIGANUM. U.S. Origanum. [Wild Marjoram.] Origanum vulgare Linne (Nat. Ord. Labiates). This herb contains an oxygenated volatile oil in very small quantity. This is not the plant which yields commercial oil of origanum. (See Oleum Thymi.) OLEUM THYMI. U.S. Oil of Thyme. A volatile oil distilled from Thymus vulgaris Linne (Nat. Ord. Labiates). It is a colorless or pale yellow, thin liquid, having a strong odor of thyme, a warm, pungent, and afterwards cooling taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.880. It is readily soluble in alcohol. The oil, as prepared in the south of France, is known commercially as oil of origanum. It is, after one distillation, of a reddish-brown color, and is called the red oil, but when again distilled is colorless, and in this condition is distinguished as the white oil. The sp. gr. of the red or common oil is stated at 0.905, but probably varies, as the oil is a complex body; The more volatile portion, that coming over below 180° C. (356° F.) in distillation, is a mixture of cymene, C10H14, boiling at 175° C. (347° F.), and thymene, CieH16, boiling at 165° C. (329° F.). The less volatile portion is chiefly thymol, C10HuO, a white, crys- talline solid, melting at 44° C. (111.2° F.), and possessing a pungent taste. This substance is also found in oil of monarda (horsemint). (See Thymol.) Uses.—Oil of origanum, as it is usually called, is largely used in liniments as a stimulant. SALVIA. U.S. Salvia. [Sage.] The leaves of Salvia officinalis Linne (Nat. Ord. Labiates). This useful plant contains a volatile oil, which consists of a terpene, C10H16, and an oxygenated portion, salviol, C10H18O. It also contains tannin and extractive. It is used largely as a condiment. Infusion of sage is a popular remedy in sore throat. VOLATILE OILS. 793 SCUTELLARIA. U.S. Scutellaria. [Scullcap.] Scutellaria lateriflora Linne (Nat. Ord. Labiatce). This plant contains volatile oil, tannin, and a bitter principle. It is used as a tonic and antispasmodic. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Scutellariae Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of 1 part of alcohol and 2 parts F,uid Extract of Scutellaria. t> \ pimenta, and one part of oil of orange peel, with alcohol Spirit of Myrcia (Bay Rum). £nd wa(er to maFke 1800 parts (se° £age’ 315). Used externally. The fruit of Vanilla planifolin Andrews (Nat. Ord. Orchidacece). This valuable drug contains a trace of a volatile oil, 10 per cent, of fixed oil, resin, sugar, etc., and vanillin, C8H803. This is the aldehyd of methyl-protocatechuic acid, and is now largely prepared from eugenol, coniferin, phenol, and benzoin. Artificial vanillin has been used as a substitute for vanilla in flavor- ing ; but, owing to the presence of the odorous oil in “ vanilla bean,” it is not identical. VANILLA. U. S. Vanilla. 798 VOLATILE OILS. Officinal Preparation. Tinotura Vanillae . . . Made by macerating 10 parts of vanilla with 50 parts of a mixture Tincture of Vanilla Parts °f alcohol and 1 part of water, draining and reserving the macerate, beating the residue with 20 parts of sugar, and per- colating with the reserved liquid and sufficient menstruum to make 100 parts (see page 356). OLEUM CAJUPUTI. U.S. Oil of Cajuput. A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Melaleuca Cajuputi Roxburgh (Nat. Ord. Myrtacece). This aromatic oil is very fluid, transparent, of a green color, a pene- trating odor analogous to that of cardamom, and a warm, pungent taste. Its composition is C10H16.H2O. It is termed chemically cajuputene hy- drate, or cajuputol. It boils at 175° C. (347° F.), and is freely soluble in alcohol. Sp. gr. about 0.920. On shaking 5 C.c. of the Oil with 5 C.c. of water containing a drop of diluted hydrochloric acid, the Oil loses its green tint and becomes nearly colorless. When it is distilled, a light, colorless liquid first comes over, and afterwards a green and denser one. The green color has been ascribed to a salt of copper de- rived from the vessels in which the distillation is performed; and various investigators have found traces of copper present in it. Others, again, have carefully tested the green oil and proved its absence. A fair in- ference is that the oil of cajuput is naturally green, but .that as found in commerce it sometimes contains copper, either accidentally present, or added with a view of imitating or maintaining the fine color of the oil. EUCALYPTUS. U.S. Eucalyptus. The leaves of Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiere (Nat. Ord. Myrtacece), collected from rather old trees. The virtues of eucalyptus leaves depend upon a volatile oil: there are also present resin, tannin, chlorophyl, fatty acid, etc. The leaves are used as a stimulant, febrifuge, or astringent. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Eucalypti Fluidum . Made by percolating Eucalyptus with alcohol (seepage 380). Fluid Extract of Eucalyptus. Dose, ten to forty minims. A volatile oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyptus globulus or Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiere, and some other species of Eucalyptus (Nat. Ord. Myrtacece). It is a colorless or very pale yellowish liquid, having a characteristic aromatic odor, a pungent, spicy, and cooling taste, and a neutral re- action. Sp. gr. about 0.900. It is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol. The larger portion of the oil consists of euccdyptol, C10H16O, which is very soluble in alcohol; there are also present two terpenes, C10H14, Ci0H16. OLEUM EUCALYPTI. U.S. Oil of Eucalyptus. MYRISTICA. U.S. Nutmeg. The kernel of the seed of Myristica fragrans Houttuyn (Nat. Ord. Myristicacece), deprived of its testa. This valuable spice owes its activity to the presence of an oxygenated VOLATILE OILS. 799 volatile oil. Nutmeg contains about 25 per cent, of fixed oil, together with proteids, starch, etc. It forms one of the ingredients in at least seven officinal preparations. OLEUM MYRISTICjE. U.S. Oil of Nutmeg. A volatile oil distilled from Nutmeg. It is a colorless or pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic odor of nutmeg, a hot, spicy taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.930. It is readily soluble in alcohol. This oil consists of a terpene called myristicene, C10H16, and an oxygenated portion, C10HuO, myristicol. It was formerly used in aro- matic spirit of ammonia. Expressed oil of nutmeg, or oil of mace, is made by expressing nutmegs between hot plates, or macerating them in carbon disulphide, and distil- ling the macerate. It is a fat, having the composition C3H5(C14II2702)3, myristicin. Officinal Preparation. Spiritus Myristicse . Made by mixing 3 parts of oil of nutmeg with 97 parts of alcohol (see Spirit of Nutmeg. page 315). MACIS. U.S. Mace. The arillus of the fruit of Myristicafragrans Houttuyn (Nat. Ord. Myristicacece). This aromatic contains about 10 per cent, of a light, volatile oil, chiefly a terpene, C10H16 (macene). A fixed oil is obtained from mace: it is not a solid, and is not identical with the expressed oil of nutmeg, erroneously called oil of mace. CASCARILLA. U.S. Cascarilla. The bark of Croton Eluteria Bennett (Nat. Ord. Euphorbiacece). Cascarilla contains about 2 per cent, of an oxygenated volatile oil, a crystalline principle, cascarittin, C12H1804, 15 per cent, of resin, also tannin, gum, pectin, etc. It is used as a stimulant and tonic. Dose, twenty grains. SASSAFRAS. U. S. Sassafras. The bark of the root of Sassafras officinalis Nees (Nat. Ord. Lauracece). This well-known bark contains volatile oil, sassafrid, tannin, starch, resin, etc. It is principally used on account of its aromatic oil. It enters into three officinal preparations of sarsaparilla. OLEUM SASSAFRAS. U. S. Oil of Sassafras. A volatile oil distilled from Sassafras. It is a colorless or yellowish liquid, becoming darker and somewhat thicker by age and exposure to air, having the characteristic odor of sassafras, a warm, aromatic taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 1.090. It is readily soluble in alcohol. When treated with cold nitric acid, it becomes dark red, and is finally converted into a red resin. This oil is largely produced in New Jersey and Maryland from the wood and bark of the sassafras : the yield is about 2 per cent. It con- sists of a terpene, C10H1S (safrene), and an oxygenated portion, C10H10O2 (safrol), now also obtained on an immense scale from oil of camphor. 800 VOLATILE OILS. GAULTHERIA. U.S. Gaultheria. [Wintergreen.] The leaves of Gaultheria procumbens Linne (Nat. Ord. Ericaceae). Gaultheria contains a heavy volatile oil, ericolin, arbutin, urson, tannin, gum, sugar, etc. It is aromatic and astringent. It is, used in compound syrup of sarsaparilla. OLEUM GAULTHERIA2. U. S. Oil of Gaultheria. [Oil of Wintergreen.] A volatile oil distilled from Gaultheria. This oil consists of a terpene, C10H16, termed gaultherilene, and methyl salicylate, CH3,C7H503. It is the heaviest of all the volatile oils, having the sp. gr. 1.180. When mixed with concentrated solution of soda or potassa it becomes a solid crystalline mass, and the odor of the oil is lost. It is a colorless or yellow or reddish liquid, of a peculiar, strong, and aromatic odor, a sweetish, warm, and aromatic taste, and a slightly acid reaction. It is readily soluble in alcohol. The reddish color is due to a trace of iron. The adulteration with chloroform or alcohol is shown by heating it to about 80° C. (176° F.), when the oil should not yield a colorless distillate having the characteristics of chloroform or of alcohol; and that of oil of sassafras by mixing 5 drops of the oil with 5 drops of nitric acid, when the mixture should not acquire a deep red color and should not solidify to a dark red, resinous mass. Spiritus Gaultheriae . Made by mixing 3 parts of oil of gaultheria with 97 parts of alcohol Spirit of Gaultheria (see page 314). Dose, ten to twenty minims. Officinal Preparation. CALAMUS. U.S. Calamus. [Sweet Flag.] The rhizome of Acorus Calamus Linne (Nat. Ord. Aracece). Calamus contains a volatile oil having the composition of a terpene, C10H16, soft resin, a bitter principle, acorin, starch, and mucilage. It is esteemed solely on account of its aromatic properties, which are due to the volatile oil. It is used in wine of rhubarb. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Calami Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of alcohol (see page 373). Dose, Fluid Extract of Calamus one-half to one fluidrachm. CARDAMOMUM. U.S. Cardamom. The fruit of Elettaria Cardamomum Maton (Nat. Ord. Zingiber acece). This valuable aromatic is imported from India. The seeds contain 5 per cent, of an oxygenated volatile oil, of the sp. gr. 0.943, 10 per cent, of fixed oil, starch, mucilage, etc. Owing to the presence of the fixed oil, they are very difficult to powder alone : hence the practice in com- pound powders containing cardamom of mixing the other ingredients with it, so that they may absorb the oil. The oil of cardamom is usually made by percolation with ether, and is a mixture of both volatile and fixed oils. Cardamom enters into a number of officinal preparations, in two of which it is the principal ingredient. VOLATILE OILS. 801 Officinal Preparations. Tinctura Cardamomi . Made by percolating 15 parts cardamom with sufficient Tincture of Cardamom. diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 342). Dose, one fluidrachm. Tinctura Cardamomi Composita. . Made by percolating 20 parts each of cardamom and „ , m. , - „ . cinnamon, 10 parts caraway, and 5 parts cochineal Compound Tincture of Cardamom. with suffi ’ient £iluted ai00hol to obtain 940 parts, and adding 60 parts glycerin to the percolate (see page 342). Dose, one fluidrachm. The rhizome of Zingiber officinale Eoseoe (Nat. Ord. Zingiber aceaz). This well-known and largely-used rhizome owes its virtues to about 4 per cent, of volatile oil, having the composition C10H16, and therefore a terpene, and a soft, pungent, aromatic resin, which is soluble in alcohol and ether. It is used in a number of officinal preparations, in three of which it is the sole medicinal ingredient. Officinal Preparations. Extractum Zingiberis Eluidum . Made with a menstruum of alcohol (see page 400). Dose, Fluid Extract of Ginger. ten to thirty minims. Oleoresina Zingiberis Made by percolating powdered ginger with stronger ether Oleoresin of Gino-er (see page 406). The yield is 6 to 8 per cent. Dose, one ® * minim. Syrupus Zingiberis ...... Made from 2 parts fluid extract of ginger, 65 parts sugar, Syrup of Ginger. and sufficient water to make 100 parts (see page 298). Tinotnra Zingiberis Made by percolating 20 parts of powdered ginger with suf- T' t f ficient alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 356). Dose, ® * one fluidrachm. Trochisci Zingiberis Each troche contains 2 grains of tincture of ginger (see Troches of Ginger. Trochisci). Unofficinal Terpenes. Oil of Burgundy Pitch. From Abies excelsa. Nat Ord. Coniferse. Habitat, Europe. Calamus. From the rhizome of Acorns Calamus. Nat. Ord. Araeeae. Habitat, North America. The yield is about 1£ to 2 per cent. Canada Turpentine. From the oleoresin of Abies balsamea. Nat. Ord. Coniferse. Cedrat. From Citrus medica. Nat Ord. Aurantiacese. Used in perfumery. Elemi. From Canarium commune. Nat. Ord. Burseracese. Habitat, Philip- pine Islands. The yield is about 10 per cent. Gurjun Balsam. From Dipterocarpus turbinatus. Nat. Ord. Dipterocarpaceae. Hab- itat, India. The yield is about from 40 to 70 per cent. Hemlock Spruce. From Abies canadensis. Nat. Ord. Coniferse. Habitat, Canada. Hungarian Turpentine. From Pinus Pumilio. Nat. Ord. Coniferse. Jaborandi. From the leaflets of Pilocarpus pennatifolius. Nat. Ord. Rutaceae. Habitat, Brazil. Myrtle. From Myrtus communis. Nat. Ord. Myrtaceae. Sage. From the leaves of Salvia officinalis. Nat. Ord. Labiatae. The yield is about £ per cent. Strassburg Turpentine. From Abies pectinata. Nat. Ord. Coniferse. Templin. From the shoots of Pinus Pumilio. It is a colorless or yellowish- green oil, of an agreeable, somewhat terebinthinate odor. Venice Turpentine. From Larix cur op sea. Nat. Ord. Coniferae. Unofficinal Oxygenated Oils. Oil of Absinthium. From Artemisia Absinthium. Nat. Ord. Compositae. Angustura. From the bark of Galipea Cusparia. Nat. Ord. Rutaceae. Habitat, South America. Yield about £ per cent. Composition, Anthemis. From the flower-heads of Anihemis nobilis. Nat. Ord. Compositae. Habitat, Europe. Arnica. From the root and flowers of Arnica montana. Nat. Ord. Compositae. Habitat, Europe. Yield about £ to 1 per cent. Asarum. From the rhizome of Asarum canadense. It is used to give perma- nence to the odors of cologne waters. ZINGIBER. U.S. Ginger. 802 VOLATILE OILS. Unofficinal Oxygenated Oils.—(Continued.) Oil of Buchu. From the leaves of Barosma betulina, B. crenulata, and B. serrati- folia. Nat. Ord. Rutacesc. Habitat, Southern Africa. The yield is from 4 to 14 per cent. Camphor. From the preparation of crude camphor. Nat. Ord. Lauraceae. Habitat, Asia. Canella. From the bark of Ganella alba. Nat. Ord. Canellaceae. Habitat, Southern United States. The yield is about from 4 to 1 per cent. Capsicum. From the fruit of Capsicum fastigiatum. Nat. Ord. Solanaceaa. Habitat, Southern and Central America. The yield is very small. Cardamom. From the fruit of Elettaria Cardamomum. Nat. Ord. Zingiberacese. Habitat, Hindostan. The yield is about 4 per cent. Carrot. From the fruit of Daucus Carota. Nat. Ord. Umbelliferas. Indige- nous to Northern Asia. The yield is very small. Cascarilla. From the bark of Croton Eluteria. Nat. Ord. Euphorbiaceae. In- digenous to the Bahama Islands. The yield of oil is about 14 per cent. Catnep. From the leaves and tops of Nepeta Cataria. Nat. Ord. Labiatae. Habitat, Europe. The yield is small. Celery. From the fruit of Apiurn graveolens. Nat. Ord. Umbelliferas. Hab- itat, Europe. Citronella. From the leaves of Andropogon Nardus. Habitat, Ceylon. Used in perfumery. Clove Cinnamon. From Persea caryophyllata. Curcuma. From the rhizome of Curcuma longa. Nat. Ord. Zingiberaceae. Hab- itat, India. The yield is about 1 per cent. Cyna. From the flowers of Artemisia maritima. Nat. Ord. Composita3. Habitat, Asia. A pale yellow oil. The yield is about 2 per cent. Dahlia. From the tubers of Dahlia pinnata. Elder (European). From the flowers of Sambucus nigra. Nat. Ord. Caprifoliaceae. Habitat, Europe. The yield is about from 4 to 4 per cent. Feverfew. From Pyrethrum Parthenium. Nat. Ord. Composites. Habitat, Europe. Galangal. From the rhizome of Alpinia officinarum. Nat. Ord. Zingiberaceae. Habitat, China. The yield of oil is about 4 per cent. Ginger. From the rhizome of Zingiber officinale. Nat. Ord. Zingiberaceae. Habitat, Jamaica. The yield is about from 1 to 2 per cent. Ginger Grass. From the flowers of Andropogon Schoenanthus. Golden Rod. From the leaves of Solidago odora. Heliotrope. From the flowers of Heliotropium peruvianum and H. grandifiorum. Hop. From the strobiles of Humulus Lupulus. Nat. Ord. Urticaceae. Hab- itat, North America. The yield is about 0.8 per cent. Horsemint. From the leaves and flowers of Monarda punctata. Nat. Ord. Labiatae. Habitat, United States. Hyssop. From the herb of Hyssopus officinalis. Nat. Ord. Labiatae. Hab- itat, Southern Europe. The yield is about from 4 to 4 per cent. Ihlang-Ihlang. From Unona odoratissima. Indian Cannabis. From Cannabis sativa. Nat. Ord. Urticaceae. Habitat, Asia. Inula. From the root of Inula Helenium. Nat. Ord. Composite. Habitat, Europe. The yield is very small. Jessamine. From the flowers of Jasminum grandifiorum and J. fragrans. Nat. Ord. Jasmineae. The yield is very small. Used in perfumery. Laurel. From Laurus nobilis. Nat. Ord. Lauraceae. Habitat, Southern Europe. The yield of oil is about 20 per cent. Lilac. From "the flowers of Syringa vulgaris. Nat. Ord. Oleaceae. Used in perfumery. Lily of the Valley. From the flowers of Convallaria majalis. Nat. Ord. Liliaceae. The yield is very small. Used in perfumery. Linden. From the inflorescence of different species of Tilia. Nat. Ord. Tiliaceae. Habitat, Europe and America. The yield is about from fa to fa per cent. Lovago. From the root of Levisticum officinale. Nat. Ord. Umbelliferae. Habitat, Europe- Mace. From the arillus of Myristica fragrans. Nat. Ord. Myristicaceae. Habitat, Molucca Islands. The yield is about 8 per cent. Marrubium. From Marrubium vulgare. Nat. Ord. Labiatae. Habitat, Europe and Asia. The yield is small. Marsh Tea. From the leaves of Ledum palustre. Nat. Ord. Ericaceae. Habitat, Europe and Asia. The yield is variable, but about from f to 14 per cent. VOLATILE OILS. 803 Unofficinal Oxygenated Oils.—(Continued.) Oil of Masterwort. From Heracleum lanatum. Nat. Ord. Umbelliferse. Habitat, United States. The yield is small. Matico. From the leaves of Artanthe elongatei. Nat. Ord. Piperacese. Hab- itat, tropical America. The yield is about li per cent. Matricaria. From the flowers of Matricaria Chamomilla. Nat. Ord. Composite, Habitat, Europe and United States. The yield is about £ per cent. Melissa. From the leaves and tops of Melissa officinalis. Nat. Ord. Labiatae. Habitat, Europe and United States. The yield is about from £ to J per cent. Mignonette. From the flowers of Reseda odorata. Nat. Ord. Resedaceae. Hab- itat, Southern France. The yield is very small. Used in perfumery. Mountain Balm. From the leaves of Eriodictyon californicum. Nat. Ord. Hydro- phyllaceae. Habitat, California. Myrrh. From the gum-resin of Balsamodendron Myrrha. Nat. Ord. Burse- raceaa. Habitat, Arabia. The yield is about from 2 to 2£ per cent. Olibanum. From Boswellia Oarterii. Nat. Ord. Burseraceae. Habitat, Arabia. The yield is about from 4 to 8 per cent. Parsley. From the fruit of Petroselinum sativum. Nat. Ord. Umbelliferse. Habitat, Southern Europe. The yield is about 1£ per cent. Patchouly. From Pogostemon Patchouly. Nat. Ord. Labiatae. Habitat, East India. Phellandrium. From the fruit of (Enanthe Phellandrium. Nat. Ord. Umbelliferse. The yield is about 1£ per cent. Red Cedar. From Juniper us virginiana. Nat. Ord. Coniferae. Habitat, Canada and United States. Rhodium. From the root of Convolvulus Scoparius. Habitat, Canary Islands. The oil of rhodium sold in pharmacy is usually a factitious article, made by mixing 1 part of oil of rose with 20 parts of oil of copaiba. It is used as a lure for rats. Saffron. From Crocus sativus. Nat. Ord. Iridaceae. Habitat, Europe. The yield is about 1 per cent. Serpentaria. From the rhizome and rootlets of Aristolochia Serpentaria and A. reticulata. Nat. Ord. Aristolochiacese. Habitat, Virginia. The yield is about V per cent. Summer Savory. From the herb of Satureja hortensis. Nat. Ord. Labiatae. Sweet Basil. From Ocymum Basilicum. Nat. Ord. Labiatae. Habitat, Asia and Africa. Sweet Cicely. From Osmorhiza longistylis. Nat. Ord. Umbelliferae. Sweet Marjoram. . From Origanum marjorana. Nat. Ord. Labiatae. Sweet Violet. From the flowers of Viola odorata. Nat. Ord. Violaceae. Tansy. From the leaves of Tanacetum vulgare. Nat. Ord. Composite. Hab- itat, Europe and North America. The yield is variable, but about i to £ per cent. Tea. From the leaves of Thea chinensis. Nat. Ord. Ternstroemiacese. Habitat, China. The yield is about from to 1 per cent. Thuja. From the branches of Thuja occidentalis. Nat. Ord. Coniferae. Habitat, Canada and United States. The yield is variable, but about 1 per cent. Tuberose. From the flowers of Polianthes tuherosa. Nat. Ord. Amaryllidaceae. Verbena (Lemon- From Andropogon Citratis. A grass cultivated in Ceylon and grass). Singapore. Wormwood. From the herb of Artemisia Absinthium. Nat. Ord. Composite. Habitat, Europe. The yield is about 4 per cent. Zedoary. From the rhizome of Curcuma Zedoaria. Nat. Ord. Zingiberaeeae. Habitat, East India Islands. Stearoptens from Volatile Oils. CAMPHORA. 17. S. Camphor. C10H16O; 152. A stearopten derived from Cinnamomum Camphor a F. Nees et Ebermaier (Nat. Ord. Lauracece), and purified by sublimation. Camphor is sometimes sublimed in powder by conducting the vapor into a large chamber (see Sublimation, page 162). This powder is often compressed into oblong cakes, forming compressed camphor. 804 VOLATILE OILS. It is in white, translucent masses of a tough consistence and crystalline structure, readily pulverizable in the presence of a little alcohol, ether, or chloroform. Ithasthesp.gr. 0.990-0.995, melts at 175° C. (347° F.), boils at 205° C. (401° F.), sublimes without residue, and burns with a luminous, smoky flame. It has a penetrating odor and a pungent taste, dissolves readily in alcohol, ether, chloroform, disulphide of carbon, benzin, and fixed and volatile oils, and is sparingly soluble in water. It has the property of softening many resinous substances when brought in contact with them. Preparation.—Refined camphor is usually made by subliming in cir- cular cakes the crude granular camphor imported from China and Japan. The vessels in which the camphor is put are of cast iron, circular, from twelve to fifteen inches or more in diameter, and four inches deep, with perpendicular sides, and a ledge at top, on which the cover rests. This consists of sheet-iron, with a hole through the centre about an inch in diameter, over which a small hollow cone of sheet-iron is placed loosely. The crude camphor, mixed with lime,—the object of which is said to be to combine with the moisture present, which would interfere with the due solidification of the camphor vapor,—is placed in the iron vessels described, of which from twenty to fifty are arranged in a long sand- bath. Heat is then applied until the camphor melts, after which the heat is kept as nearly uniform as possible, so that the vaporization may take place regularly, without violent ebullition. The camphor sub- limes on the lower surface of the lid in a solid circular cake, care being taken, by the occasional removal of the iron cone and clearing of the opening by means of a knife, to allow the escape of any accidental excess of the vapor: the round hole in the cakes of camphor is thus accounted for. Uses.—Camphor is a stimulant. It is given in doses of five to ten grains. There are four officinal preparations of camphor, and it is an ingredient in six others,—soap liniment, camphorated tincture of opium, belladonna liniment, compound liniment of mustard, mixture of chloro- form, compound powder of morphine. Aqna Camphor® .... Made by dissolving 8 parts of camphor in 16 parts of alcohol, dis- CirrmVmr Wntor tributing the solution through cotton, and percolating this with P ' distilled water until 1000 parts have been obtained (seepage 278). Ceratum Camphor® . . . Made by mixing 3 parts of camphor liniment, 12 parts of olive Camphor Cerate. oil, and 85 parts of cerate. Linimentum Camphor® . Made by dissolving 20 parts of camphor in 80 parts of cotton-seed Camphor Liniment. oil (see page 321). Spiritus Camphor® . . . Made by dissolving 10 parts of camphor in 70 parts of alcohol and Spirit of Camphor. 20 parts of water (see page 313). Dose, five to forty minims. Officinal Preparations. CAMPHORA MONOBROMATA. U.S. Monobromated Camphor. C,0H15BrO; 230.8. Preparation.—This compound of camphor may be made by Prof. Maisch’s process, as follows. Four ounces of bromine are introduced gradually into a retort in which thirteen ounces of camphor have been previously placed. In fifteen or twenty minutes a brisk reaction will commence. When this subsides, eight or nine ounces more of bromine are to be poured in, in four portions, waiting after each ad- VOLATILE OILS. 805 dition until the reaction ceases. The liquid in the retort is now to be heated to about 132° C. (270° F.), then cooled, and sufficient petro- leum benzin added to dissolve the crystalline mass. The crystals which are formed on cooling may be purified by recrystallization from benzin or hot alcohol. Camphora Monobromata. U.8. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. j Alcohol. Other Solvents. Colorless, prismatic needles or scales, permanent in the air, and unaf- fected by light. When heated, Monobromated Camphor slowly volatilizes; at 65° C. (149° F.) it melts, and may be sublimed at a slightly higher temperature. At 274° C. (525° F.) it boils and is completely volatilized with par- tial decomposition. Mild, camphora- ceous odor; mild, campho- raceous taste; neutral reac- tion. Almost in- soluble. Freely soluble. Freely soluble in ether, chloroform, hot benzin, and fixed oils; slightly soluble in glycerin. Tests for Identity. If Monobromated Camphor is boiled with test-solution of nitrate of silver, it is decomposed, and yields bromide of silver amounting to 81.2 per cent, of the weight of Monobromated Camphor taken. It is soluble, without decomposition, in cold, concentrated sulphuric acid, and will again separate unaltered if the solution be poured into water. Uses.—Monobromated camphor is given as a nervous sedative, in doses of five grains. THYMOL. U.S. Thymol. C10H13HO; 150. Preparation.—Thymol is obtained from the volatile oils of several plants by fractional distillation, by which terpenes are separated. The portion distilling above 190° C. (374° F.) is collected, agitated with solution of soda to separate more of the terpenes, and cooled ; the com- pound of thymol with soda is then decomposed by hydrochloric acid. Thymol is recrystallized from an alcoholic solution. It has been ob- tained from Monarda didyma Linn., M. punctata, Ammi copticum, and Ptychotis ajowan. The phenol of the oil of Thymus serpyllum Linn, closely resembles thymol, but differs from it in not congealing at 10° C. (50° F.), in its solution in diluted alcohol turning green with ferric chloride, and in the potassium salt with its sulpho-acid being amorphous. Thymol. XJ. 8. Odor, Taste, and Beaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Large crystals of the hexagonal system, nearly or quite colorless. It liquefies with camphor. Its sp. gr. as a solid is 1.028; after fusion it is lighter than water. It melts at about 50° C. (122° F.), remaining liquid at lower temper- atures, and boils at about 230° C. (446° F.). Aromatic, thyme- like odor; pun- gent, aromatic taste, with a very slight caustic effect upon the lips; neutral reac- tion. Cold. 1200 parts. Boiling. 900 parts. Cold. 1 part. Boiling. Freely soluble. Soluble in ether, chloroform, ben- zol, benzin, gla- cial acetic acid, and in fixed and volatile oils. 806 VOLATILE OILS. Test for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. A portion mixed with half its volume of glacial acetic acid, then with an equal or somewhat greater volume of sulphuric acid, and gently heated, gives a bright reddish-violet color. Carbolic Acid. Water saturated with Thymol, when treated with a few drops of test-solution of ferric chlo- ride, should not give a blue color. Uses.—Thymol is a valuable antiseptic, and may be used for the same purposes as carbolic acid. Officinal Substances containing- Nitrogenated and Sulphurated Oils with Allied Products. AMYGDALA AMARA. U. S. Bitter Almond. The seed of Amygdalus communis, var. amara Linne (Nat. Ord. Rosacece, Amyg- dalece. Bitter almond contains amygdalin, C20H27NOU, a glucoside which splits into benzyl-aldehyd, or oil of bitter almond, hydrocyanic acid, and glucose, under the influence of emulsin, or synaptase, a ferment which becomes active in the presence of water. CANOu + 3HzO = 2(CcH1206) + HCN + C7II60 + H20. Crystallized Water. Dextroglucose. Hydrocyanic Oil of Bitter Water. Amygdalin. Acid. Almond. It also contains about 35 per cent, of fixed oil, mucilage, sugar, etc., with a trace of tannin in the testa. Bitter almond is used in making the volatile oil, and in syrup of almond. OLEUM AMYGDALAE AMARiE. U.S. Oil of Bitter Almond. A volatile oil obtained from Bitter Almond by maceration with water, and subse- quent distillation. Preparation.—As stated above, oil of bitter almond, or benzyl- aldehyd, is produced as the result of the reaction of emulsin on amyg- dalin in aqueous mixture : it therefore does not pre-exist in the almond, and cannot be obtained from sweet almond, because amygdalin is not present in the latter. C,JI2^On + 2H20 = C7HeO + 2C6H1206 + HCN. Amygdalin. Water. Benzyl-aldehyd. Glucose. Hydrocyanic Acid. The process is simply to make a mixture of the bitter almond cake (obtained after the fixed oil has been extracted) with water, and distil it by passing a current of steam through it. Artificial benzyl-aldehyd, which is identical with the product obtained from the almond, is now made from toluol, C7H8. By the action of chlorine upon the hot toluol, benzyl chloride, C6H5CH2C1, results, and this yields benzyl-aldehyd on distillation with lead nitrate and w'ater in an atmosphere of carbon dioxide. Artificial benzyl-aldehyd is free from hydrocyanic acid, but is liable to retain traces of chlorine compounds. This artificial product must not be confounded with nitrobenzol, or oil of myrbane, which is made by reacting on benzol with nitric acid. Nitrobenzol is made in large quantities for perfuming soap: its odor is similar to, but by no means identical with, that of oil of bitter almond. VOLATILE OILS. 807 Uses.—Oil of bitter almond is sedative and poisonous if it contains hydrocyanic acid. The dose is from one-half to one minim. It is used for flavoring. Oleum Amygdalae Odob, Taste, and Solubility. Amarse. U.S. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A colorless or yellowish, thin liquid. Sp. gr. 1.060 to 1.070 (after re- moval of hydrocyanic acid, 1.043 to 1.049). Peculiar, aro- matic odor; bitter and burning taste; neutral reac- tion. 300 parts. Soluble in all pro- portions. Soluble in all proportions of ether; also in nitric acid, at the ordinary tem- perature, without evolu- tion of nitrous vapors. Impurities. Tests tor Impurities. Chloroform or Alcohol, i Nitrobenzol. | \ When heated to 80° C. (176° F.), the Oil should yield no distillate having the [ odor or characteristics of chloroform or of alcohol. f If 1 part of the Oil be dissolved in 4 parts of alcohol, then 1 part of potassa added, the mixture heated for a few minutes, then evaporated to one-third, and cooled, the resulting liquid should have a brownish-yellow color, and should be soluble in water with hut slight turbidity, but without depositing [ a brownish-yellow sediment. Officinal Preparation. Aqua Amygdalae Amarae . Made by dissolving 1 part of oil of bitter almond in 999 parts of Bitter Almond Water. distilled water (see page 278). Dose, one to two fluidrachms. PRUNUS VIRGINIANA. U.S. Wild Cherry. The bark of Prunus serotina Ehrhart (Cerasus serotina Loiseleur. Nat. Ord. Rosacece, Amygdalece), collected in autumn. This bark contains amygdalin, emulsin, tannin, bitter principle, starch, resin, etc. As with bitter almond, contact with water results in the production of oil of bitter almond and hydrocyanic acid: as both of the latter principles are volatile and active, all the preparations of wild cherry should be made without heat. An insoluble precipitate of altered tannin is often noticed in old fluid extract of wild cherry. Wild cherry bark is sedative and tonic. Infusum Pruni Virginians Made with 4 parts of wild cherry and sufficient Infusion of Wild Cherry. wateT “ake 100 Parts (see PaSe 330)- Dos tlien dissolving 60 parts of sugar in it by agitation (see page 290. Dose, one fluidrachm. Unofficinal Volatile Oils and Allied Products. Oil of Asafetida. From the gum-resin of Ferula Narthex. Nat. Ord. Umbelliferaa. Habitat, Western Thibet. The yield is about 6 to 9 per cent. Bitter Candytuft. Iberis amara contains a sulphurated volatile oil. Common Scurvy Grass. From the herb of Cochlearia officinalis. Nat. Ord. Crucifer*. Habitat, Europe. Cress. The seed of Lepidium sativum. Nat. Ord. Crucifer*. Contains a sulphurated volatile oil. Garlic. From the bulb of Allium sativum. Nat. Ord. Liliace*. Habitat, Europe and Asia. The yield of oil is about | per cent. Hedge Garlic. Alliaria officinalis. Nat. Ord. Crucifer*. Contains a sulphurated oil. Horseradish. From the root of Cochlearia Armoracia. Nat. Ord. Crucifer*. Habitat, Europe. The yield is about per cent. Radish. Raphanus sativa contains a sulphurated volatile oil. Sagapenum. From Ferula persica. The yield of volatile oil is small. Shepherd’s Purse. The seeds of Capsella bursa-pastoris contain a- sulphurated volatile oil. Wallflower. The seed of Cheiranthus annum contains a sulphurated volatile oil. Wild Mustard. The seed of Sisymbrium nasturtium contains a sulphurated volatile oil. Wild Radish. The seed of Raphanus Raphanistrum contains a sulphurated volatile oil. Allyl Tri-bromide, A slightly yellowish liquid, identical with Tri-brom-hydrin ; sedative CgHsBrs. and anodyne in its action. Dose, five or six drops. Apiol. A yellowish, oily liquid, obtained from Apium petroselinum. Dose, fifteen grains, as an emmenagogue. Apiol Camphor (crys- Dose, fifteen grains, tallized), C12H14O4. VOLATILE OILS. 811 QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LY. vVhat are volatile oils, and whence are they obtained ? Into what four classes may they be divided ? What is the characteristic of each of these divisions ? Of what two principles do volatile oils proximately consist? How may they be separated ? Why are some stearoptens called camphors ? fVhat is the color of most volatile oils when pure? vVhat is the most characteristic feature of volatile oils ? vVhat variation exists in the specific gravity of volatile oils ? What are good solvents of volatile oils, and of what substances are they solvents ? What effect does exposure to light and air have on them ? How should they he kept ? What effect does strong nitric acid have upon them ? What effect does strong iodine have upon them ? How are they affected by alkalies ? How may their adulteration with fixed oils be detected ? How may the presence of alcohol be detected ? How may the presence of inferior qualities of the same kind of oil he detected ? In what ways are volatile oils obtained from plants ? What is the method most frequently employed ? What is the general formula for this process ? How should dried substances be treated before being subjected to distillation ? vVhat purposes does water serve in distilling vegetable substances along with it ? When vegetable substances contain volatile oils which do not readily distil at the temperature of boiling water, how are they treated ? Where oils are injured by heat, and it is desirable to distil them at as low a tem- perature as possible, how may the distillation be accomplished ? What will be the effect where too much water is used ? vVhat will he the effect where not enough water is used ? *Vhat is the process known as cohobation ? How may oils be freed from the disagreeable odor which they are apt to have when first procured ? When altered by exposure to air, how may they be partially restored to their former quality ? What is meant by distillation “ per se” ? In what cases and for what reason is this used ? Expression—Is this a good method of obtaining oils ? What is the principal objection to it? What is meant by the process of solution or absorption ? How is the process of maceration conducted ? How is the process of digestion conducted ? What is the process known as enfleurage ? How is the “pneumatic process” conducted? How are oils prepared by the “percolation process” ? Sweet orange peel—Give the Latin name. Whence is it obtained ? To what does it owe its virtues, and for what is it used ?' What are the officinal preparations of it ? Bitter orange peel—Give the Latin officinal name. Whence is it obtained ? What principles does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are officinal preparations of it ? Oil of orange peel—Give the Latin officinal name. How is it obtained ? What is its composition ? Give description, specific gravity, and solubility. For what is it used ? What are officinal preparations of it ? Orange flowers—What is the Latin officinal name? From what plants is it obtained ? For what are they used ? How may fresh orange flowers be preserved ? What officinal preparation is there of them ? Oil of orange flowers—What is its synonyme ? VOLATILE OILS. 812 VOLATILE OILS. How is it obtained, and where does it come from ? What is its composition ? Describe it and give its specific gravity. What is the best quality called? What is “ neroli bigarade” ? What is “ essence de petit grain” ? For what is this oil used? What is lemon peel, and for what is it used ? What does it contain ? Oil of lemon—What is the Latin officinal name ? How is it obtained ? What is its chemical composition ? Give description, specific gravity, and solu- bility. How may it be preserved from the effects of oxidation ? What officinal preparation is there of it? Oil of bergamot—How and whence is it obtained ? From what does it derive its name ? Give description, specific gravity, and solu- bility. What is an “ ecuelle,” and how is it used ? For what is this oil used ? Peppermint—What is the Latin officinal name? What part of the plant is officinal ? To what are its properties due ? Oil of peppermint—Give Latin name, description, specific gravity, and solubility. To what does oil of peppermint owe its odor ? Menthol—Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. What is its melting-point ? What is its boiling-point? For what is it used ? What are the officinal preparations of oil of peppermint ? Spearmint—What is the Latin officinal name ? To what does it owe its properties ? What is the yield of volatile oil? Oil of spearmint—Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give its specific gravity. What does it contain ? For what is it used ? What are the officinal preparations of it ? Lavender—What is the Latin officinal name ? From what plant is this obtained ? Where is it found ? What is its important constituent ? Oil of lavender—What is the Latin name? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. , What is its specific gravity ? What kind of an oil is it, and what does it contain ? What preparation of it is officinal ? Oil of lavender flowers—What is the Latin name? Wherein does this differ from oil of lavender? How may the presence of alcohol be detected ? Where does the best quality come from ? * What preparation of it is officinal ? Rosemary—What is the Latin name ? What is the name of the plant furnish- ing it? For what is it valuable ? Oil of rosemary—What is the Latin name ? Give description and specific gravity. How is it obtained ? Of what does it consist ? In what preparations is it used ? Hedeoma—What is its synonyme ? Where does it come from ? To what does it owe its virtues ? What are its medicinal properties ? Oil of pennyroyal—What is the Latin name? Give description and specific gravity. What is its solubility ? What is the dose ? Marrubium—What is its synonyme ? What part of the plant is officinal ? What does it contain ? What are its medicinal properties ? Melissa—What is its synonyme ? What part of the plant is officinal ? To what does it owe its properties, and what are they ? Origanum—What is its synonyme ? What is the name of the herb ? Is the commercial oil of origanum derived from this ? Oil of thyme—What is the name of the herb ? VOLATILE OILS. 813 Give description and specific gravity. Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. By what name is this oil known commercially ? What is the difference between the red oil and the white oil ? Does this oil vary in composition ? Of what does the more volatile portion consist ? What is the less volatile portion ? What is the formula in symbols of the latter ? Describe the odor, taste, and chemi- cal reaction. In what other oil is this substance found ? For what purpose is oil of thyme used ? Salvia—What is its synonyme ? What part of the plant is officinal ? Of what does its volatile oil consist ? For what is it used ? Scutellaria—What is the name of the plant from which it is derived ? What is its synonyme ? What does it contain ? For what is it used ? "What officinal preparation is made of it ? Caraway—From what plant is it derived? What does it contain ? What are its medicinal properties ? Oil of caraway—What is its specific gravity. Describe the odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Of what does it consist? Fennel—What is the Latin name ? From what plant is it derived ? What does it contain ? For what is it used ? Oil of fennel—What is its specific gravity ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Of what does it consist ? What officinal preparation is made of it ? Coriander—Whence is it derived ? How much volatile oil does it yield ? How much fixed oil does it yield? Into what officinal preparation does it enter ? Oil of coriander—What is its specific gravity ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. What is its chemical composition ? For what is it used? Sumbul—From what plant is it derived? What does it contain, and for what is it used ? What officinal preparation is made of it ? Anise—From what plant is it derived? What does it contain ? For what is it used ? Oil of anise—From what plants is it obtained ? Are these products identical ? What is its specific gravity ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Of what does it consist ? What preparations of it are officinal ? Illicium—What is its synonyme ? What is the name of the plant from which this is derived ? How much volatile oil does it contain ? What other constituents has it ? Cinnamon—Give the Latin officinal name. What is cinnamon defined to be? To what does cinnamon owe its virtues ? What other constituents are present ? Into how many officinal preparations does it enter ? In what one is it the sole active ingredient ? Oil of cinnamon—What is known as oil of cinnamon in commerce ? Are these two oils identical ? What is the difference in their specific gravities and other properties? Of what does oil of cinnamon consist? When slightly oxidized what is produced ? Up on further oxidation what is produced ? "Why is cinnamon water made from Ceylon cinnamon cloudy ? What officinal preparations are made from it ? Cloves—What is the Latin name ? What are cloves ? What two crystallizable principles do they contain ? What other constituents do they contain ? For what is it used ? Oil of cloves—Give description and specific gravity. What is the Latin name ? 814 VOLATILE OILS. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Of what does the oil of cloves consist ? How may these oils be separated ? What combination is formed when oil of cloves is mixed with concentrated sohr tion of potassa ? What is the composition and specific gravity of light oil of cloves ? Heavy oil of cloves—Give description and specific gravity. What is its boiling-point? Of what does it consist, and what effect does it have on alkalies ? Into what principle may eugenic acid be converted ? What is its use? Allspice—What is the Latin officinal name ? What is it ? How much volatile oil does it contain ? What else does it contain ? Oil of pimenta—What is its specific gravity? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. What action does solution of potassa have upon it? Of what does it consist ? For what is it used ? Oil of myrcia.—What is its synonyme? Whence is it obtained? What action does solution of potassa have upon it ? Of what does it consist? What officinal preparation is made from it ? Vanilla—Whence is it obtained ? What are its constituents ? Considered chemically, what is vanillin ? From what is artificial vanillin made? Are the flavors of vanilla and artificial vanillin identical? What causes the difference? What officinal preparation is made from vanilla ? Oil of cajuput—From what is it obtained? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. What is its composition, and what is it termed chemically ? What is its boiling-point? Its solubility? Its specific gravity? To what is its green color owing ? Eucalyptus—From what tree is it obtained ? What are its constituents ? Upon which of these do the virtues depend? What are its properties ? What officinal preparation is made from it ? Oil of eucalyptus—Whence is it obtained? What is its specific gravity? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Of what does it consist? Myristica—What is it ? What is the common name ? To what does it owe its activity ? How much fixed oil does it contain ? In how many officinal preparations is it found ? Oil of nutmeg—What is the Latin name? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Of what does it consist ? Expressed oil of nutmeg—What is this usually called? How is it made ? What is its chemical composition ? What officinal preparation is made from it ? Mace—What is the Latin name ? What is mace ? What does it contain ? Is the fixed oil identical with the expressed oil of nutmeg? Is this the commercial oil of mace ? Cascarilla—From what shrub or tree is it obtained ? What are its constituents ? What is the dose ? Sassafras—What are its constituents? For what is it used, and into what preparations does it enter ? Oil of sassafras—Describe it. What is its specific gravity ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. What action does nitric acid have upon it ? Where is it largely produced, and what is the yield ? Of what does it consist ? VOLATILE OILS. 815 How much safrol does it contain ? "Wintergreen—What is the Latin name ? Whence is it obtained? What are its constituents ? What are its properties and use ? Oil of wintergreen—What is the Latin name? Describe it and give specific gravity. Of what does it consist? What action does concentrated solution of soda or of potassa have upon it ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. To what is its reddish color due ? How may its adulteration with chloroform or alcohol be detected ? How may the presence of oil of sassafras be detected? What officinal preparation is made from it? Calamus—What is its synonyme ? What are its constituents ? What are its properties and use ? What officinal preparation is made from it ? Cardamom—Give the Latin name. Whence is it obtained, and where does it come from? What do the seeds contain ? What is the specific gravity of the volatile oil ? How is it usually made ? When made in this way, is it pure ? Of what two preparations is it the principal ingredient? Ginger—To what does it owe its virtues ? How much volatile oil does it contain ? What are the officinal preparations of it ? Camphor—What is the Latin name ? Give the symbol and atomic weight. What is camphor ? What is compressed camphor ? What is its specific gravity ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. What are its melting- and boiling-points ? How is refined camphor usually made ? What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations of camphor? Monobromated camphor—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. Describe a process for making this. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is fhe dose ? Thymol—What is the formula in symbols ? How is it obtained ? From what different plants has it been obtained ? In what respects does the phenol of the oil of Thymus serpyllum (Linn.) differ from thymol ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the impurity of carbolic acid be detected ? What are its properties and uses ? Bitter almond—What is the Latin name ? What does it contain ? Into what is amygdalin decomposed in the presence of water? Describe rationale of process. For what is bitter almond used ? Oil of bitter almond:—Give Latin officinal name. Does this oil pre-exist in the almond ? Why can it not be obtained from sweet almond ? How is it made? Describe rationale of process. What is the dose? Is artificial benzyl-aldehyd identical with the product obtained from almond? How is it made ? Does it contain hydrocyanic acid ? What impurities is it likely to contain ? Is this artificial product identical with the oil of myrbane ? How is this latter substance made, and for what is it used ? Oil of bitter almond—Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Chloroform or alcohol; nitrobenzol. What officinal preparation is made from it? Wild cherry—What is the Latin name? Of what tree is this the bark ? should it be collected? What does it contain ? 816 VOLATILE OILS. Why should the preparations of wild cherry be made without heat ? What are its properties ? What officinal preparations are made from it ? Diluted hydrocyanic acid—What is the Latin name? What is its synonyme? How much absolute hydrocyanic acid does it contain ? How is it made ? How may its strength of 2 per cent, be tested ? How may it be prepared extemporaneously ? Give rationale of process. How may it be identified ? What is cyanogen ? Does it exist ready formed in nature ? Combined with hydrogen, what does it form ? Combined with metals and bases, what are formed ? What is Scheele’s hydrocyanic acid ? When hydrocyanic acid is decomposed upon keeping what substance is formed ? How may its decomposition be prevented or lessened ? What is the dose ? What is the effect of prescribing cyanide of potassium in combination with an acid ? White mustard—What is the Latin name ? What does it contain ? Under the influence of myrosin and water, into what substances is sinalbin decom- posed ? Is this volatile oil the officinal oil of mustard ? What are the other constituents of white mustard ? Does it contain starch ? For what is it used ? Black mustard—What is the Latin name? What does it contain ? Under the influence of myrosin and water, into what is potassium myronate con- verted ? Does this action take place at ordinary temperatures ? What officinal preparation is made from black mustard ? Volatile oil of mustard—What is the Latin name ? How is it obtained ? What is this oil chemically considered ? How is it prepared artificially ? Give description and specific gravity. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. At what temperature does it boil ? What action does sulphuric acid have upon it ? How may the presence of disulphide of carbon be detected ? What is its use ? What officinal preparation contains it ? Garlic—What is the Latin officinal name ? What does it contain ? What is the active principle ? How may it be obtained artificially ? What are the medicinal properties of garlic ? What officinal preparation is made from it ? CHAPTER LYI. OFFICINAL DRUGS AND PRODUCTS CONTAINING VOL« ATILE OIL WITH SOFT RESIN. PIPER. U.S. Pepper. [Black Pepper.] The unripe fruit of Piper nigrum Linne (Nat. Ord. Piperacece). Black pepper contains piperine, a feeble alkaloid, 2 per cent, of vola- tile oil, a pungent resin, soluble in alcohol, ether, and alkaline solutions. The volatile oil is a terpene, C10H16. Its principal use is as a condi- ment. Officinal Preparation. Oleoresina Piperis . . . Made by percolating pepper with stronger ether and evaporating Oleoresin of Penner the ether (see Pa8e 406)- The yield is about 5 Per ceilt- Dose» V ouicam ui cypc . one to two minims. PIPERINA. U.S. Piperine. C17H19N03; 285. A proximate principle of feebly alkaloidal power, prepared from Pepper, and occurring also in other plants of the Nat. Ord. Piperacepe. Preparation.—Piperine is obtained by treating pepper with alcohol, evaporating the tincture to the consistence of an extract, submitting the extract to the action of an alkaline solution, by which the oleaginous matter is converted into soap, washing the undissolved portion with cold water, separating the liquid by filtration, treating the matter left on the filter with alcohol, and allowing the solution thus obtained to evaporate spontaneously, or by a gentle heat. Crystals of piperine are deposited, and may be purified by alternate solution in alcohol or ether, and crystallization. Piperine is decomposed by alkalies in alcoholic solution into piperic add, C12H10O4, and piperidine, C6HUN. Piperina. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Colorless or pale yellowish, shining, four-sided prisms, permanent in the air. When heated to about 128° C. (about 264° F.), Piperine melts, yielding a clear, yellowish liquid, which, on cooling, congeals to a resin- ous mass. When heated on platinum foil, it takes fire and is consumed without residue. Odorless; almost taste- less when first put in the mouth, but on pro- longed contact pro- ducing a sharp and biting sensation; neu- tral reaction. Almost insoluble. Cold. 30 parts. Boiling. 1 part. Slightly solu- ble in ether. 817 818 VOLATILE OIL WITH RESIN PRODUCTS. Tests for Identity. Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves Piperine with a dark, blood-red color, which disappears on dilution with water. When treated with cold nitric acid, Piperine turns rapidly greenish yellow, orange, and red, and gradually dissolves with a reddish color. On adding to this solution an excess of solution of potassa, the color is at first pale yellow, but on boiling it deepens to blood-red, while, at the same time, vapors of an alkaline reaction and of a pecu- liar odor (piperidine) are given off. Uses.—Piperine has been used as a stimulant and an antiperiodic. Its virtues, however, in this connection depend principally upon its im- purities,—i.e.} adhering resin and oil. When absolutely pure and color- less it has but little medicinal action. MATICO. U. S. Matico. The leaves of Artanthe elongata Miquel (Nat. Ord.' Piperaceas). Matico leaves contain about 2 per cent, of volatile oil, a pungent resin, a crystalline principle, artardhio acid, and tannin. Matico is stimulant and haemostatic. Officinal Preparations. Extractum Matico Fluidum . Made with a menstruum consisting of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 Fluid Extract of Matico. Eart of with 10 per cent, of glycerin (see page 388). Dose, one-half to one fluidrachm. Tinctura Matico Made by percolating 10 parts of powdered matico with di- Tincture of Matico luted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 350). Dose, one 1 ' fluidrachm. CUBEB A. U.S. Cubeb. The unripe fruit of Cubeba officinalis Miquel (Nat. Ord. Piperacece). This useful fruit, or berry as it is commonly called, contains about 10 per cent, of volatile oil, 3 per cent, of resin, cubebin, cubebic acid, wax, fat, etc. The virtues of cubeb reside in the cubebic acid, resin, and oil, cubebin when pure being destitute of activity. Cubebic acid, cubebic resin, and cubebin are all colored red by strong sulphuric acid. Cubeb is used as a diuretic, stimulant, and expectorant. Officinal Preparations. Extractum Cubeb® Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of alcohol (see page 378). Dose, Fluid Extract of Cubeb. one-half to one fluidrachm. Oleoresina Cubeb® Made by percolating cubeb with stronger ether, distilling off, OWpsin nf and evaporating the ether (see page 405). The yield is 18 Uieoresm ot Cubeb. to 25 per cent. Dose, five to fifteen minims. Trochisoi Cubeb® Each troche contains £ grain of oleoresin of cubeb (see Troches of Cubeb. Trochisci, Part V.). Tinctura Cubeb® Made by percolating 10 parts of cubeb with sufficient diluted T' ture of C beb alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 34f). Dose, one to two lnc u ' fluidrachms. OLEUM CUBEBA2. U. S. Oil of Cubeb. A volatile oil distilled from Cubeb. It is a colorless, or pale greenish, or yellowish liquid, having the characteristic odor of cubeb, a warm, camphoraceous, aromatic taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.920. It is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol. The oil contains a small amount of a hydrocarbon, C10H16, boiling at 158°-163° C. (316.4°-325.4° F.), and two oils of the formula Cl0H24, boiling at 262°-265° C. (503.G°-509° F.), one of which unites with VOLATILE OIL WITH RESIN PRODUCTS. 819 IICl, while the other does not. Upon standing, it sometimes deposits rhomboidal prismatic crystals of a stearopten. The crystals have the formula -f- 2H20, are fusible at 67°-68° C. (152.6°-154.4° F.), and volatilize without change at 148°-150° C. (298.4°-302° F.). Oil of cubeb is an aromatic stimulant and carminative. CAPSICUM. U. S. Capsicum. [Cayenne Peppep.. African Pepper.] The fruit of Capsicum fastigiatum Blume (Nat. Ord. Solanacecp.). The principal constituents of capsicum are capsaicin, C9II1402, traces . of a volatile alkaloid and a volatile oil, fixed oil, resin, coloring-matter, etc. Capsaicin is in colorless crystals, volatile, intensely acrid, and soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed oils. Capsicum is stimulant and rubefacient. Officinal Preparations. Emplastrum Capsici Made by spreading resin plaster upon muslin, cooling, and Capsicum Plaster. applying a thin coating of oleoresin of capsicum. Extractum Capsici Eluidum . Made with alcohol (see page 374). Dose, one-half to one Fluid Extract of Capsicum. minim. Oleoresina Capsici Made by percolating powdered capsicum with stronger ether, . Oleoresin of Cansicum distilling, and evaporating (see page 405). Yield 5 per Uieoresm ot Lapsicum. cent. Dose> one_fourth to one minim. Tinctura Capsici Made by percolating 5 parts of powdered capsicum with a m. , - „ . menstruum of 19 parts of alcohol and 1 part of water until Tincture of Capsicum. 100 parts are obtained (see page 342). Dose, one-half to one fluidraehin. The oleoresin of Copaifera Langsdorffii Desfontaines, and of other species of Copaifera (Nat. Ord. Leguminosce, Papilionacece). Copaiba is mostly imported from Pard, in Brazil, Maracaibo, in Venezuela, and other South American ports. It contains copaivie acid, volatile oil, and a bitter principle. Copaivie acid, C20H30O2, the resin- ous mass left after distilling the oil, forms a series of amorphous salts. (See Massa Copaiba.) It may be obtained pure by exposing a mixture of nine parts of copaiba and two parts of aqueous ammonia (sp. gr. 0.95) to a temperature of 10° C. (50° F.). Copaiba is often adulterated. COPAIBA. U.S. Copaiba. [Balsam op Copaiba.] Copaiba. U.S. Odor and Taste. Solubility. Other Solvents. A transparent or translucent, more or less viscid liquid, of a col«r varying from pale yellow to brownish yel- low. Sp. gr. 0.940 to 0.993. A Peculiar aromatic odor; persist- ently bitter and acrid taste. Readily solu- ble in abso- lute alcohol. Test foe Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. It is not fluorescent, and when heated to 130° C. (266° F.) does not become ge- latinous. Fixed Oils. Admixture of Foreign Vol- ■ atile Oil. Gurjun Bal- sam. When subjected to heat, it does not evolve the odor of turpentine, and, after distilling off the volatile oil, the residue, when cool, should be hard and friable. The essential oil distilled off from the oleoresin, when rectified, should not begin to boil below 200° C. (392° F.). On adding 1 drop of Copaiba to 19 drops of disulphide of carbon and shaking the mixture with 1 drop of a cold mixture of equal parts of sulphuric and nitric acids, it should not acquire a purplish-red or violet color. 820 VOLATILE OIL WITH RESIN PRODUCTS. Uses.—Copaiba is stimulant and diuretic, and has a special irritant action upon the mucous membranes of the urinary passages. Dose, from twenty minims to one fiuidrachm. Officinal Preparations. Massa Copaibae. . . This is a copaivate of magnesia, and is made by mixing 6 parts of M ,. p ., magnesia with 94 parts of copaiba: the solidification takes place bet- ass o opai a. ter tjle magnesia be hydrated. Dose, five to ten grains. (See Part V.) Resina Copaibae . . The residue left after distilling copaiba (copaivic acid) (see page 435). Resin of Copaiba. Dose, five to ten grains. OLEUM COPAIBAS. U. S. Oil of Copaiba. A volatile oil distilled from Copaiba. It is a colorless or pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic odor of copaiba, a pungent, bitterish taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.890. It is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol. This oil is a hydrocarbon, consisting of C10H16 and C15H24. It is used as a stimulant, and for the same purposes as copaiba. Dose, five to ten minims. OLEUM SANTALI. U.S. Oil of Santal. [Oil of Sandal-Wood.] A volatile oil distilled from the wood of Santalum album Linne (Nat. Ord. San- talacece). It is a pale yellowish or yellow liquid, of a peculiar, strongly aro- matic odor, a pungent and spicy taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.945. It is readily soluble in alcohol. This is an oxygenated oil, consisting of C15H240 and C15H260. It is used as a stimulant to the mucous membranes, especially in the treat- ment of gonorrhoea. It is generally administered in capsules. Dose, five to fifteen minims. OLEUM RUT/E. U. S. Oil of Rue. A volatile oil distilled from Ruta graveolens Linne (Nat. Ord. Rutacece, Rutece). It is a colorless or greenish-yellow liquid, of a characteristic, aromatic odor, a pungent, bitterish taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.880. It is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol. This oil has been proved to be methyl-nonyl-ketone, CH3.CO.C9H19. It is the most soluble in water of the officinal volatile oils. SCOPARIUS. U. S. Scoparius. [Broom.] The tops of Sarothamnus Scoparius Koch (Nat. Ord. Leguminosce, Papilionacecc). Scoparius contains a volatile oil, sparteine, C15H26]Si2 (bitter oil), sco- parin, fat, tannin, wax, etc. Water or alcohol extracts its virtues. It is diuretic, and in large doses emetic. Dose, two drachms in decoction. BUCHU. U.S. Buchu. The leaves of Barosma betulina Bartling, Barosma. crenulata Hooker, and Barosma serratifolia Willdenow (Nat. Ord. Rutacefe, Diosmece). This drug owes its valuable properties to the presence of a volatile oil and resin : it also contains a bitter principle, mucilage, etc. The stea- ropten diosphenol is colored dark green by ferric chloride. Buchu is used as a diuretic and stimulant. VOLATILE OIL WITH RESIN PRODUCTS. 821 Extractum Buchu Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of 2 parts of alcohol and 1 part of Fluid Extract of Buchu. water (see page 373). Dose, one fluidrachm. SERPENTARIA. U.S. Serpentaria. [Virginia Snakeroot.] The rhizome and rootlets .of Aristolochia Serpentaria Linne, and of Aristolochia reticulata Nuttall (Nat. Ord. Aristolochiacece). This rhizome, when fresh, contains 1 per cent, of volatile oil, a bitter principle, starch, sugar, etc. It yields its virtues to alcohol and diluted alcohol. It is one of the ingredients in compound tincture of cinchona. Officinal Preparations. Extractum Serpentari® Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part Fluid Extract of Serpentaria. of water (see page 396). Dose, twenty to thirty minims. Tinctura Serpentari® Made by percolating 10 parts of powdered serpentaria m. , r. 0 . . with sufficient diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see Tincture of Serpentaria. page 355). Dose, one fluidrachm. 1 Officinal Preparation. HUMULUS. TJ. S. Hops. The strobiles of Humulus Lupulus Linne (Nat. Ord. Urticacece, Cannabinece). Hops owe their sedative virtues to a small quantity of volatile oil; their bitterness is due to the resin and lupulin present. Officinal Preparation. Tinctura Humuli . Made by percolating 20 parts of hops with sufficient diluted alcohol to Tincture of Hops. make 100 parts (see page 348). Dose, one fluidrachm. LUPULINUM. U.S. Lupulin. [Lupulina, Pharm. 1870.] The glandular powder separated from the strobiles of Humulus Lupulus Linne (Nat. Ord. Urticacece, Cannabinece). Lupulin contains 10 per cent, of volatile oil, which, on exposure, yields valerianic acid, trimethylamine, a bitter principle (lupamaric acid), CWIIsA, resin, wax, and an alkaline liquid termed lupuline. Alcohol and ether are the best solvents. Officinal Preparations. Extractum Lupulin® Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of alcohol (see page 388). Dose, Fluid Extract of Lupulin. ten to fifteen minims. Oleoresina Lupulini Made by percolating lupulin with stronger ether, distilling, Oleoresin of Lupulin. and+ evaporating the ether. The yield is about 50 per r cent, (see page 406). Dose, three to ten minims. CANNABIS INDICA. U.S. Indian Cannabis. [Indian Hemp.] The flowering tops of the female plant of Cannabis sativa Linne (Nat. Ord. Urti~ eacece, Cannabinece), grown in the East Indies. Indian cannabis contains a resinous substance, cannabinine, volatile oil, and tetanocannabinine. Alcohol is the best solvent for the active principles. It is used as an anodyne and nervous stimulant. Officinal Preparations. Extraction Cannabis Indie® Made by percolating Indian cannabis with alcohol, Extract of Indian Cannabis. domingthe a“ from *e orating to a pilular consistence (see page 418). Dose, one-fourth grain to two grains. Extractum Cannabis Indie® Eluidum . Made with alcohol (see page 374). Dose, one-half Fluid Extract of Indian Cannabis. to one minim. Tinctura Cannabis Indie® Made by percolating 20 parts of Indian cannabis m. , , T ,. ,. with sufficient alcohol to make 100 parts (see page Tincture of Indian Cannabis. 342). Dose> thirty minims. F 822 VOLATILE OIL WITH RESIN PRODUCT*. CANNABIS AMERICANA. U.S. American Cannabis. Cannabis saliva Linne (Nat. Ord. Urticacece, Cannabinece), grown in the Southern United States and collected while flowering. American cannabis contains resin and a trace of volatile oil. It is used like Indian cannabis. VALERIANA. U.S. Valerian. The rhizome and rootlets of Valeriana officinalis Linne (Nat. Ord. Valerianacece). Valerian contains about 1 per cent, of volatile oil, valerianic acid, resin, starch, tannin, etc.; there are also present some acetic and formic acids. Alcohol and ether are good solvents for the active principles. It is used as a nervine. Officinal Preparations. Abstractum Valerianae Made by adding an evaporated alcoholic fluid extract to Abstract of Valerian. fu«ar of : 1 ffain 2 grains of valerian (see page 434). Dose, two to ten grams. Extractum Valerianae Fluidum . . Made with a menstruum of 2 parts of alcohol and 1 part Fluid Extract of Valerian. of water (see page 399). Dose, one fluidrachm. Tinctura Valerianae Made by percolating 20 parts of powdered valerian with Tincture of Valerian. a ofJ Partts alc°ho1 and 1 paH of water until 100 parts of tincture have been obtained (see page 355). Dose, two fluidrachms. Tinctura Valerianae Ammoniata . Made by percolating 20 parts of powdered valerian with Ammoniated Tincture of Valerian. aromatic sPirit °v a“m°T UDtil U'° PartsTl°f t?0‘ ture have been obtained (see page 3o6). Dose, two fluidrachms. OLEUM VALERIAN/E. U.S. Oil of Valerian. Oil of valerian is an oxygenated oil, having a slightly acid reaction, and a sp. gr. about 0.950. It is readily soluble in alcohol. It consists of a terpene, C10H16, and a liquid compound, C10H18O, which by means of chromic acid affords common camphor and formic, acetic, and vale- rianic acids, which are met with in old valerian root, owing no doubt to the slow oxidation of the compound C10H18O. A crystallizable com- pound of the same composition, probably borneol, is also found in the oil. VIBURNUM. U.S. Viburnum. [Black Haw.] The bark of Viburnum prunifolium Linne (Nat. Ord. Caprifoliacece). Viburnum contains valerianic acid, a bitter, resinous principle, vibur- nin, tannin, sugar, etc. Alcohol is the best solvent for its active prin- ciples. It is used like valerian, as a nervine and tonic; it has also diuretic properties. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Viburni Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of 2 parts of alcohol and 1 part of Fluid Extract of Viburnum. water (see page 399). Dose, one-half to one fluidrachm. SAMBUCUS. U. S. Sambucus. [Elder.] The flowers of Sambucus canadensis Linne (Nat. Ord. Caprifoliacece). Elder flowers contain a little volatile oil and resin, sugar, mucilage, etc. Water and diluted alcohol are capable of extracting all the virtues that they possess. VOLATILE OIL WITH RESIN PRODUCTS. 823 CHENOPODIUM. U. S. Chenopodium. [American Wormseed.] The fruit of Chenopodium ambrosioides Linne, var. anthelminiicum Gray (Nat. Ord. Chenopodiacece). Chenopodium contains a volatile oil, a small quantity of resin, and bitter extractive. Alcohol and ether are good solvents for its active principles. It is used as an anthelmintic. OLEUM CHENOPODII. U. S. Oil of Chenopodium. [Oil of American Wormseed.] A volatile oil distilled from Chenopodium. It is a thin, colorless or yellowish liquid, of a peculiar aromatic odor, a pungent and bitterish taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.920, increasing by age. It is readily soluble in alcohol. This oil consists of a terpene, C10H16, and an oxygenated portion, C10H16O. It is used as an anthelmintic. It is best administered as an emulsion, first mixing the oil with twice its volume of olive oil. JUNIPERUS. U. S. Juniper. The fruit of Juniperus communis Linne (Nat. Ord. Coniferce). This fruit owes its stimulant and diuretic properties to volatile oil and resins; there are also present juniperin, wax, mucilage, fat, etc. Alcohol is a good solvent for it. It is used as a diuretic and stimulant. OLEUM JUNIPERI. U. S. Oil of Juniper. A volatile oil distilled from Juniper. It is a colorless or faintly greenish-yellow liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to air; having the characteristic odor of juniper, a warm, aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate and sweetish taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.870. It is soluble in about twelve parts of alcohol, forming a turbid liquid. Oil of juniper (berries) is a terpene, C10H16. It has diuretic and stimulant properties. Officinal Preparations. Spiritus Juniperi Made by mixing 3 parts of oil of juniper with 97 parts of Spirit of Juniper. alcohol (see page 314). Dose, one to four fluidrachms. Spiritus Juniperi Compositus . Made by mixing 10 parts of oil of juniper and 1 part each of Compound Spirit of Juniper. oil2, °.f ffnne’ aad f°,° Parts ofQ^ohol and r r 1 sumcient water to make 5000 parts (see page 314). Dose, one to four fluidrachms. SABINA. U. S. Savine. The tops of Juniperus Sabina Linne (Nat. Ord. Coniferce). Savine contains a terpene, C10H16, and resin, with a trace of tannin. Alcohol is the best menstruum. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Sabinae Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of alcohol (see page 393). Dose, Fluid Extract of Savine. tbree \° +Savtin,e c^/ate J? made b7 addi”S 25 parts of this fluid extract to 90 parts of resin cerate, evaporating the alcohol, and stirring uptil cold. 824 VOLATILE OIL WITH RESIN PRODUCTS. A volatile oil distilled from Savine. It is a colorless or yellowish liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to air, having a peculiar, terebinthinate odor, a pun- gent, bitterish, and camphoraceous taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.910. This oil is a terpene, C10H16. It is used as a stimulant and emmena- gogue. Owing to its having been frequently used to produce abortion, it should not be dispensed except upon the order of a physician. Dose, two to five minims. OLEUM SABIN.®. U. S. Oil of Savine. THUJA. U. S. Thuja. [Arbor Vit.e.] The fresh tops of Thuja occidentals Linne (Nat. Ord. Coniferce). This coniferous plant yields volatile oil, resin, pinipicrin, and thujin, It is used as a diuretic and stimulant. Alcohol makes the best menstruum. Unofficinal Substances containing Volatile Oil and Resin. Agaricus Albus. A fungus from Polyporus officinalis, which grows on the trunks of White Agaric. old trees. Alisma. From Alisma Plantago, indigenous to Europe. Contains an acrid Water Plantain. resin. Oil of Water Plantain. A pungent oil. Aralia Racemosa. The rhizome of A. racemosa, found in North America. It con- American Spikenard. tains volatile oil, resin, etc. Cunila. From C. Mariana, found in the United States. It contains vola- Dittany. tile oil and resin. Galanga. The rhizome of Alpinia officinarum, grown in China. It contains Galangal. £ per cent, of volatile oil, and a pungent, soft resin, etc. Oil of Galangal, CioIIisO. A pale yellow or brownish-yellow volatile oil. Iris Florentina. The rhizome of different species of Iris, grown in Europe. It Florentine Orris. contains a volatile oil, soft, acrid* resin, etc. Juniperus Virginiana. The tops of J. virginiana, grown in Canada and the United States. Red Cedar. It contains volatile oil, resin, etc. Oil of Red Cedar. Distilled from the wood of Juniperus virginiana. Laserpitium. From L. latifolium, found in Europe. It contains volatile oil and White Gentian. a bitter principle. Laurocerasus. From Prunus Laurocerasus, found in Western Asia. It contains Cherry Laurel. volatile oil, resin, etc. Lauras. The leaves and fruit of L. nobilis, indigenous to the Levant. It Laurel. contains volatile and fixed oils, also resin, etc. Oil of Laurel. A pale yellow oxygenated oil, sp. gr. 91. The yield is about 2 per cent. Levisticum. From L. officinale, found in Europe. It contains volatile oil, Lovage. resins, etc. Liatris. From different species of Liatris, indigenous to North America. Liatris. Myrica. The leaves of M. cerifera, found near Lake Erie and the Atlantic Bayberry. coast. It contains volatile oil, resin, etc. Myrtus. From M. communis, found along the Mediterranean. It contains Myrtle. a volatile oil, resin, etc. Piper Methysticum. The root of P. Methysticum, indigenous to the Sandwich Islands. Kava-Kava. It contains a volatile oil and acrid resin. Psoralea. From different species of Psoralea, found in the United States. Psoralea. It contains a volatile oil and resin. Ptolea. From P. trifoliata, found in North America. It contains a vola- Shrubby Trefoil. tile oil and pungent resin. Santalum Album. The wood of S. album. It contains an oxygenated volatile oil Santal-wood. and resin. (See Oleum Santali.) Wintera. The bark of Drimys Winteri, grown in South America. Winter’s Bark. Oil of Winter’s Bark. The yield of volatile oil is about per cent. VOLATILE OIL WITH EXTRACTIVE PRODUCTS. 825 Officinal Drugs and Products containing Volatile Oil associated with Bitter Principle or Extractive. ABSINTHIUM. U.S. Absinthium. [Wormwood.] The leaves and tops of Artemisia Absinthium Linne (Nat. Ord. Composites). This drug contains 1 per cent, of an oxygenated volatile oil, which is chiefly absinthol, C10H16O; the bitter principle is absinthin, C40H58O9. It also contains tannin, resin, and succinic acid. It is one of the in- gredients in aromatic wine. TANACETUM. U. S. Tansy. The leaves and tops of Tanacetum vulgare Linne (Nat. Ord. Composites). Tansy contains a small quantity of volatile oil, which is freely solu- ble in alcohol; the bitter principle is tanacetin. It also contains tannin, fat, resin, etc. ARNICA FLORES. U. S. Arnica Flowers. The flower-heads of Arnica montana Linne (Nat. Ord. Composites). Arnica flowers contain a trace of volatile oil, and a bitter principle, arnicin, with resin, coloring-matter, etc. Alcohol and water extract their virtues. Officinal Preparation. Tinctura Arnicae Florum . . Made by percolating 20 parts of powdered arnica flowers with Tincture of Arnica Flowers. sufficient diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 339). ARNIC/B RADIX. U. S. Arnica Root. The rhizome and rootlets, of Arnica montana Linne (Nat. Ord. Composites). This rhizome contains about 1 per cent, of volatile oil, the bitter principle arnicin, acrid resin, tannin, etc. Officinal Preparations. Extraotum Arnicas Radicis Made by percolating powdered arnica root with di- Extract of Arnica Root. luted alcohol, evaporating the percolate to pilular consistence, and adding 5 per cent, of glycerin (see page 417). Dose, three to five grains. Emplastrum Arnicas Made by mixing 50 parts of extract of arnica root with Arnica Plaster. 100 parts of melted resin plaster. (See Emplastra.) Extractum Arnicae Radicis Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol (see page 371). Dose, five Fluid Extract of Arnica Root. to ten minims. Tinctura Arnicae Radicis Made by percolating 10 parts of arnica root with suf- Tincture of Arnica Root. 2““* d|luted alc°ho1 to ,make 1°°,,Pa,ts tw0 t0 ’ three minims. Syrupus Scillse Made by dissolving 60 parts of sugar in 40 parts of vinegar of Syrup of Squill. squill (see page 297). Dose, thirty minims. Syrupus Scillae Compositus . Made with 120 parts each of squill and senega, 3 parts of tar- Compound Syrup of Squill. ff® °f and potassium, 1200 parts of sugar; di- r j r 'i luted alcohol to percolate the drugs, and precipitated phos- • phate of calcium to aid in clearing the filtrate (see page 297). Dose, fifteen to thirty minims. Tinctura Scillae Made by percolating 15 parts of squill with sufficient diluted Tincture f S 'll alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 354). Dose, ten to r U1 ' twenty minims. DIGITALIS. U.S. Digitalis. [Foxglove.] The leaves of Digitalis purpurea Linne (Nat. Ord. Scrophulariacece), collected from plants of the second year’s growth. Digitalis has been the subject of exhaustive investigation. The principle digitalin was at one time considered to be an alkaloid. It is, as usually seen, a mixture of digitoxin and other neutral principles. Digitoxin is converted into toxiresin by the action of diluted acids and heat. Digitalis is used as a sedative and cardiac stimulant. Officinal Preparations. Abstractum Digitalis .... Made by adding an evaporated fluid extract to sugar of milk, Abstract of Digitalis. Srain 2 grains of digitalis (see page 6 430). Dose, one gram. Infusum Digitalis Made by pouring 185 parts of boiling water on 3 parts each Infusion of Di italis °f digitalis and cinnamon, and, after macerating and strain- ® ' ing, adding 15 parts of alcohol (see page 329). Dose, half a fluidounce. Extractum Digitalis Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part Fluid Extract of Digitalis. of water (see page 379). Dose, one to two minims. Extractum Digitalis Made with a menstruum of 2 parts of alcohol and 1 part of ■pV+rnM- nf nimtolia water, 5 per cent, of glycerin added to extract (see page extract ot Digitalis. 420). Dose, half a grain. Tinctura Digitalis Made by percolating 15 parts of digitalis with sufficient di- Tincture of Digitalis luted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 345). Dose, ten lg * to fifteen minims. 866 DRUGS CONTAINING GLUCOSIDES, ETC. VIOLA TRICOLOR. U.S. Viola Tricolor. [Pansy.] The wild-grown, flowering herb of Viola tricolor Linne (Nat. Ord. Violacece). This plant yields a bitter principle, resin, salicylic acid, mucilage, sugar, etc. Diluted alcohol extracts its virtues. It is expectorant and alterative, in doses of fifteen to forty grains. AZEDARACH. U.S. Azedarach. The bark of the root of Melia Azedarach Linne (Nat. Ord. Meliacece). This bark contains a resinous principle, which is soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. Alcohol is a good menstruum to exhaust it. It is used as an anthelmintic and emetic, in doses of fifteen to thirty grains. SPIGELIA. U.S. Spigelia. [Pinkroot.] The rhizome and rootlets of Spigelia marilandica Linne (Nat. Ord. Loganiacece). Spigelia contains a bitter principle, resin, and a trace of volatile oil, with tannin and wax. It is used as an anthelmintic. Alcohol and water extract its virtues. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Spigelise Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of diluted alcohol (see page 397). Fluid Extract of Spigelia. Dose, one to two fluidrachms. BRAYERA. U. S. Brayera. [Koosso.] The female inflorescence of Brayera anthelmintica Kunth (Nat. Ord. Rosaceos, Rosece. Brayera contains a bitter resinous principle, kosin, C3iH38O10, about 24 per cent, of tannin, gum, sugar, etc. It is used as an anthelmintic. Officinal Preparations. Infusum Brayerse Made with 6 parts of brayera, in No. 20 powder, with suffi- Infusion of Brayera. boiling water to make 100 parts (see page 329). Dose, _ halt a pint (to be taken without straining it). Extractum Brayerse Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of alcohol (see page 372). Dose, Fluid Extract of Brayera. one-half to one fluidounce. SANTONICA. U. S. Santonica. [Levant Wormseed.] The unexpanded flower-heads of Artemisia maritima, var. Stechmanniana Besser (Nat. Ord. Composites). Santonica contains about 2 per cent, of santonin, resin, volatile oil, gum, etc. It is used as an anthelmintic. The dose is fifteen to fifty grains. SANTONINUM. U. S. Santonin. 3; 246. A neutral principle prepared from Santonica. It should be kept in dark, amber-colored vials, and should not be exposed to light. Preparation.—Santonin may be made by exhausting santonica mixed with lime with diluted alcohol, distilling off the alcohol and adding acetic acid to the residue. The precipitated santonin is puri- fied by dissolving it in alcohol, treating with animal charcoal, and DRUGS CONTAINING GLUCOSIDES, ETC. 867 crystallizing. Santonin forms soluble compounds with alkalies, and it may be precipitated from its solutions by acids. (See Sodii Santoninas, page 540.) Santoninum. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Colorless, shining, flattened, pris- matic crystals, not altered by ex- posure to air, but turning yellow on exposure to light. The alcoholic and ethereal solutions have an in- tensely bitter taste. When heated to 170° C. (338° F.), Santonin melts, and forms, if rapidly cooled, an amorphous mass, which in- stantly crystallizes on coming in contact with a minute quantity of one of its solvents. At a higher temperature it sublimes, partly unchanged, in dense, white, irri- tating vapors, and is finally wholly dissipated. Odorless; nearly tasteless when first placed in the mouth, but afterwards bit- ter ; neutral reaction. Cold. Nearly in- soluble. Boiling. 250 parts. Cold. 40 parts. Boiling. 3 parts. Soluble in 160 parts of ether, in 4 parts of chlo- roform, and in solutions of the alka- lies. Tests for Identitt. Impurities. Test for Impurities. With alcoholic solution of potassa, Santo- nin yields a scarlet-red liquid, which gradually becomes colorless. From its solution in alkalies it is completely pre- cipitated by supersaturating with an acid. Its solution in cold, concentrated sulphuric acid is at first colorless, then turns yellow, red, and brown. 'If water be added, immediately after it is dissolved in sulphuric acid, it is completely precipitated, A iv 1 vie and the supernatant liquor is not a 01 ' ' altered upon the addition of test- solution of bichromate of potas- sium, or of iodide of mercury and potassium. Uses.—Santonin is used as an anthelmintic, in doses of two grains. PICROTOXINUM. U. S. Picrotoxin. A neutral principle prepared from the seeds of Anamirta paniculata Colebrooke (Nat. Ord. Menispermacece). Preparation.—Picrotoxin is made from the kernel of cocculus In- dicus by treating an aqueous extract, which has been triturated with magnesia, with hot alcohol; the solution is evaporated, and the crys- talline mass purified by recrystallization after decolorizing with animal charcoal. C9H10O4; 182. Ficrotoxinum. U. S. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Colorless, flexible, shining, prismatic crystals, permanent in the air. When heated to about 200° C. (392° F.), the crystals melt, forming a yellow liquid; when heated on plat- inum foil, they char and are finally completely dissipated. Odorless; very hitter taste; neutral re- action. Cold. 150 parts. Boiling. 25 parts. Cold. 10 parts. Boiling. 3 parts. Soluble in acids and in solu- tions of the alkalies. 868 DRUGS CONTAINING GLUCOSIDES, ETC. Tests foe Identity. Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves Piorotoxin with a golden-yellow color, which turns violet- red on the addition of a trace of bichromate of potassium. When mixed with three times its weight of nitrate of potassium, moistened with sulphuric acid, and then treated with strong solution of soda in excess, Picrotoxin assumes a brick-red color, of short duration. The aqueous solution should remain unaffected by solutions of salts of mercury or platinum, tannic acid, iodide of mercury and potassium, or other reagents for alkaloids. Uses.—It has been used as a tonic and antispasmodic, in doses of one-sixtieth of a grain : it is very poisonous in large doses. ERGOTA. U.S. Ergot. [Ergot of Rye.] The sclerotium of Claviceps purpurea Tulasne (Nat. Ord. Fungi), replacing the grain of Secale cereale Linne (Nat. Ord. Graminacece). Ergot should be preserved in a dry place, and should not be kept longer than a year. Ergot owes its activity to- sclerotic acid, sclererythrin, scleromudn, scleroiodin, and picrosclerotin; there is also present scleroxanthin and scleroa'ystallin, with 25 per cent, of fixed oil, mycose, and protein com- pounds. Diluted alcohol is a good solvent for the active principles. It is used as a parturient and haemostatic. Sclerotic acid has been used in medicine in doses of one-half to three-fourths of a grain. Officinal Preparations. Extractum Ergotae Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of 3 parts of alcohol and 4 parts p, ., T-, , , f tt, , of water; 6 per cent, of diluted hydrochloric acid is added nuia extract oi r.rgot. to the weak percolate before evaporating (see page 379). Dose, one-half to four fluidrachms. Extractum Ergotae Made by evaporating 500 parts of fluid extract of ergot to Extract of Ergot. 100 parts (see page 421). Dose, five to twenty grains. Vinum Ergotae Made by percolating 15 parts of ergot with sufficient f „ . stronger white wine to make 100 parts (see page 359). me o rgo . Dose, one to four fluidrachms. USTILAGO. U.S. Ustilago. [Corn Smut.] Ustilago Maydis Leveille (Nat. Ord. Fungi), grown upon Zea Mays Linne (Nat. Ord. Graminacece). Ustilago should be preserved in a dry place, and should not be kept longer than a year. Ustilago contains a principle analogous to sclerotic acid, resin, muci- lage, sugar, gum, etc. It is used, like ergot, as a parturient. Diluted alcohol extracts its virtues. Dose, fifteen to thirty grains. GOSSYPII RADICIS CORTEX. U.S. Cotton Root Bark. The bark of the root of Gossypium herbaceum Linne, and of other species of Gossypium (Nat. Ord. Malvacece). Cotton root bark contains a yellow resin, which becomes red upon exposure to air, fixed oil, tannin, starch, sugar, etc. It is emmena- gogue. Dose, sixty grains. DRUGS CONTAINING SAPONINOID PRINCIPLES, ETC. 869 Officinal Preparation. Extractum Gossypii Radicis Fluidum . Made with alcohol, 65 parts; glycerin, 35 parts; Fluid Extract of Cotton Root. witflh alcoh.01 (see PaSe 383)‘ Dose> be- half to one nuidrachm. CROCUS. U.S. Saffron. The stigmas of Crocus sativus Linne (Nat. Ord. Iridacece). Saffron contains polychroit, a glucoside which splits into C7'odn and glucose, volatile oil, wax, fixed oil, protein compounds, sugar, wax, etc. Saffron is chiefly used as a coloring-substance. It is dia- ph oretic, anodyne, and carminative. Dose, twenty grains. Officinal Preparation. Tinctura Croci .... Made by percolating 10 parts of saffron with sufficient diluted alcohol Tincture of Saffron. to make 100 parts (see page 345). SANTALUM RUBRUM. U.S. Red Saunders. The wood of Pterocarpus santalinus Linne (Nat. Ord. Leguminosce, Papilionacece). This wood contains santalie add, a resinous substance, pterocarpin, and santol. It is used solely as a red coloring. (See Tinctura Lavandulae Composita.) RHUS TOXICODENDRON. U.S. Rhus Toxicodendron. [Toxicodendron, Pharm. 1870. Poison Ivy.] The fresh leaves of Rhus Toxicodendron Michaux, Rhus Toxicodendron and Rhus radicans Linne (Nat. Ord. Terebinthacece, Anacardiece). These leaves contain toxicodendric add, fixed oil, tannin, mucilage, •wax, etc. It is considered to be tonic, irritant, and rubefacient. Dose, five grains. Drugs containing Saponinoid Principles, with their Preparations. QUILLAIA. U.S. Quillaia. [Soap Bark.] The hark of Quillaia Saponaria Molina (Nat. Ord. Rosacece, Rosece). This South American bark owes its action to a peculiar principle, saponin, C32H54018, a glucoside, splitting upon heating with dilute acid into sapogenin and sugar. Saponin is a sternutatory white powder, solu- ble in alcohol and hot water; its aqueous solution froths when agitated, like soapsuds; it is found in several other drugs. Quillaia also contains calcium sulphate. It is used principally for cleansing silk. It is some- times used as a medicine, and is irritant, diuretic, and stimulating. SARSAPARILLA. U.S. Sarsaparilla. The root of Smilax officinalis Kunth, Smilax medica Schlechtendal et Chamisso, and of other undetermined species of Smilax (Nat. Ord. Smilacece). Sarsaparilla contains a glucoside analogous, if not identical, with saponin, termed parillin. When boiled with dilute acids, it splits into parigenin and grape-sugar. There are also present starch, resin, color- ing-matter, and extractive. It is popularly believed to be an alterative. Alcohol and water are good solvents. 870 DRUGS CONTAINING SAPONINOID PRINCIPLES, ETC. Decoctum Sarsaparillae Compositum Made by boiling 10 parts of sarsaparilla, n j t\ i- e a 2 parts each of sassafras, guaiacum Compound Decoction of Sarsaparilla. WOod, and glycyrrhiza, and 1 part of mezereum, with 100 parts of water (see page 333). Dose, four to six fluidounces. Extraotum Sarsaparillae Fluidum Made with a menstruum composed of 1 ■n. -j-m x , ? a •„ part of alcohol and 2 parts of water, with Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla. ft per cent. 0f glycerin (see page 394). Dose, thirty to sixty minims. Extraotum Sarsaparillae Compositum Fluidum . Made by mixing 75 parts of sarsaparilla, „ j T3i -j m x j. c a -ii 12 parts of glycyrrhiza, 10 parts of sas- Compound Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla. 8afJas> and 3 parts of mezereum together, and percolating with a menstruum of 1 part of alcohol and 2 parts of water, with 10 per cent, of glycerin (see page 394). Dose, thirty to sixty minims. Syrupus Sarsaparillae Compositus Made by mixing 150 parts of sarsaparilla, „ 20 parts of guaiacum wood, 12 parts each Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla. of £ale ros|, glycyrrhiza, and senna, 6 parts each of anise, gaultheria, and sas- safras, and percolating with diluted al- cohol until 600 parts of tincture are ob- tained. This is evaporated to 300 parts, 100 parts of water are added, the whole filtered, and 600 parts of sugar dis- solved in it (see page 296). Dose, four fluidrachms. Officinal Preparations. SENEGA. U. S. Senega. The root of Polygala Senega Linne (Nat. Ord. Polygalacece). Senega contains polygalic acid (sometimes called senegin), fixed oil, pec- tose, etc. Polygalic acid is analogous to, if not identical with, saponin. Alcohol and water are good menstrua for extracting its virtues. Liquid preparations of senega are very apt to gelatinize, owing to the presence of pectin: this is obviated by using water of ammonia or other alkali to dissolve it. Senega is a valuable expectorant and stimulant. It is used in compound syrup of squill (see page 297). Officinal Preparations. Abstraotum Senegae Made by adding an evaporated alcoholic fluid extract to sugar Abstract of Senega. of mi£»f° 1 Srai° represents 2 grains of senega (see ° page 433). Dose, one to three grains. Extraotum Senegae Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of 2 parts of alcohol and 1 part of Fluid Extract of Senega water, with 2 per cent, of water of ammonia (see page 395). ° ' Dose, ten to thirty minims. Syrupus Senegae Made with 160 parts of fluid extract of senega, 4 parts of water o , of ammonia, 600 parts of sugar, and enough water to make ° 1000 parts (see page 297). Dose, one to two fluidrachms. CAULOPHYLLUM. U. S. Caulophyllum. [Blue Cohosh.] The rhizome and rootlets of Caulophyllum thalictroides Michaux (Nat. Ord. Ber- beridacece). Caulophyllum contains saponin, associated with resin, starch, gum, albumen, coloring-matter, extractive, etc. Alcohol is the best menstruum for extracting the virtues of this drug. It is sometimes used as an antispasmodic and emmenagogue. DRUGS CONTAINING CATHARTIC PRINCIPLES, ETC. 871 Unofficinal Drugs containing Glucosides or Bitter Principles. Chamaalirium. The rhizome of C. luteum and other species. It contains about 8 per Starwort. cent, of the glucoside chainselirin. Condurango. Contains condurangin, an amorphous powder, soluble in water, alcohol, and chloroform. It is poisonous. Convallaria. The flowers of 0. majalix, indigenous to Europe and North America. Lily of the Valley. It contains the glucoside convallamarin, C23H44O12. Dose £ grain. Coto Bark. Contains cotoin, C22H18O6. Used in diarrhoea. Dose three grains j dose of cotoin one grain. Frasera. The root of F. Walteri, indigenous to the United States. It contains American Calumba. gentisic acid and gentiopicrin. Gillenia. The rhizome of G. tri/oliata and others, indigenous to the United States. Gillenia. It contains the bitter principle gillenin, resin, tannin, etc. Gratiola. From G. officinalis, indigenous to Southern Europe. It contains a Hedge-Hyssop. bitter glucoside, gratiolin, etc. Helleborus. The rhizome of H. niger, grown in Europe. It contains a crystalline Black Hellebore. glucoside, helleborin, C26H44O15. Ilex. The leaves of different species of Ilex, indigenous to the United States. Holly. It contains ilixanthin, C17H22O11, and ilicic acid. Ledum. The leaves of L. palustre, grown in North America. It contains the Marsh Tea. glucoside ericolin, C34H56O21; also about 1 per cent, of volatile oil. Ligustrum. The leaves of L. vulgare, indigenous to Southern Europe. It contains Privet. ligustrin, etc. Liriodendron. The bark of L. tulipifera, found in the Northern United States. It con- Tulip-Tree Bark. tains liriodendrin, which occurs in white prisms. Lolium. The fruit of L. temulentum, found in the United States. It contains Darnel. loliin, a dingy white powder, etc. Melilotus. The leaves and flowering branches of M. officinalis, indigenous to Eu- Melilot. rope. It contains coumarin, C9II6O2, and melilotic acid, C9H10O3. Panax. The root of P. quinquefolium, found in North America. It contains Ginseng. panaquilon, C12H25O9. Para-Coto Bark. Contains para-ootoin, C19H12O6. Rhamnus Catharticus. From R. catharticus, found in Europe. It contains rhamnocathartin, Purging Buckthorn. which occurs as a yellowish mass, etc. Ruta. The leaves of R. graveolens, which grows in Southern Europe. It con- Rue. tains a volatile oil and rutin, C25H28O15, which occurs in needle-shaped . crystals. Simaruba. The bark of the root of S. officinalis, grown in South America. It Slmaruba. contains a bitter principle, a volatile oil, etc. Strophanthus. Seeds and comose hairs of strophanthus komb6. Contains Strophan- Komb<5 Arrow thin, a poisonous glucoside, dose of which is -gjg of a grain. See Poison. tincture of strophanthus, Part VI. Taxus. From Taxus baccata, grown in Asia. It contains volatile oil, taxina, Yew. etc. Drugs containing Cathartic Principles, and their Preparations. SENNA. U. S. Senna. The leaflets of Cassia acutifolia Delile (Alexandria Senna), and of Cassia elongata Lemaire-Lisancourt (India Senna) ; (Nat. Ord. Leguminosce, Ccesalpiniece). Senna contains cathartic acid, which, under the influence of dilute acids and heat, splits into cathartogenic acid and glucose : there are also present pheeoretin, sennocrol, cathartomannit, chrysophan, mucilage, etc. Cathartic acid is believed to be the chief purgative principle, although several of the others possess cathartic properties. When senna leaves are macerated in strong alcohol, the principles which produce griping and give odor and taste are dissolved, whilst the purgative properties are unaffected. Water and diluted alcohol are good solvents for its virtues. The dose of senna is four drachms to one ounce when given in infusion. 872 DRUGS CONTAINING CATHARTIC PRINCIPLES, ETC. Extractum Sennse Fluidum . . Made with a menstruum of 3 parts of alcohol and 4 parts of Fluid Extract of Senna. water (see page 396). Dose, one to four fluidrachms. Infusum Sennas Compositmn . 6 parts of senna, 12 parts each of manna and sulphate of „ , r e • e a magnesium, 2 parts of fennel, and 100 parts of boiling Compound Infusion of Senna. wafer (gee Dose> f’ur fluidounces. Syrupus Sennas Made by digesting 33 parts of senna in 160 parts of water, o f „ expressing and straining, repeating with the residue, k,yrup o enna. evaporating the strained liquids to 30 parts, adding 4 parts of alcohol mixed with 1 per cent, of oil of coriander, filter- ing the mixture, and agitating with 60 parts of sugar (see page 298). , Confectio Sennae Made from 10 parts each of senna and tamarind, 16 parts of „ „ . „ Q cassia fistula, 7 parts of prune, 6 parts of coriander, 12 Confection of benna. parts of fig, 50 parts of sugar, and 60 parts of water. (See Confectiones.) Dose, two drachms. Officinal Preparations. TAMARINDUS. U.S. Tamarind. The preserved pulp of the fruit of Tamarindus indica Linne (Nat. Ord. Legumi- nosce, Ccesalpiniece). Tamarind belongs to the class of acid saccharine fruits (see page 779) and also to the cathartics. It is laxative, and is used in confection of senna. Copper is sometimes present in the acid pulp, owing to its having been concentrated in copper kettles. CASSIA FISTULA. U.S. Cassia Fistula. [Purging Cassia.] The fruit of Cassia Fistula Linne (Nat. Ord. Leguminosce, Ccesalpiniece). Cassia fistula yields about 25 per cent, of pulp, which contains pectin, sugar, albuminous principles, salts, etc. The pulp is laxative, and is used in confection of senna. FICUS. U. S. Fig. The fleshy receptacle of Ficus Carica Linne (Nat. Ord. Urticacece, Artocarpece), bearing fruit upon its inner surface. Figs contain mucilaginous constituents, sugar, fat, gum, etc. They are nutritious, demulcent, and laxative, and the pulp is used in confec- tion of senna. PRUNUM. U.S. Prune. The fruit of Prunus domestica Linne (Nat. Ord. Rosacece, Amygdaleae). This fruit contains sugar, malic acid, pectin, salts, etc. The pulp is laxative, and is used in confection of senna. RHEUM. U. S. Rhubarb. The root of Rheum officinale Baillon, and of other undetermined species of Rheum (Nat. Ord. Polygonacece). Rhubarb contains four resins, which are cathartic in their properties, —erytkroretin, phceoretin, aporetin, emodin. There are also present chrysophan and chrysophanic acid, both yellow, the former yielding the latter and glucose when treated with diluted acids. The astringent properties of rhubarb are due to rheotannie acid, C26H26014; rheumic acid, and calcium oxalate are also present. The therapeutical properties of rhubarb depend upon the valuable natural combination of its cathartic and astringent constituents. It is given in doses of ten to twenty grains. DRUGS CONTAINING CATHARTIC PRINCIPLES, ETC. 873 Officinal Preparations. Extractum Rhei Made with a menstruum of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part of Extract of Rhubarb. water (see page 426). Dose, five to ten grains. Extractum Rhei Fluidurn.... Made with a menstruum of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part of Fluid Extract of Rhubarb. water (see page 391). Dose, twenty minims. Tinctura Rhei Made by percolating 12 parts of rhubarb and 2 parts of Tincture of Rhubarb. cardamom with sufficient diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 353). Dose, one-half to one fluidrachm. Tinctura Rhei Aromatica.... Made by percolating 20 parts of rhubarb, 4 parts each of Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb. Ta C!°T’i !“d 77 eg’ with„£{‘ ficient diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 353). Dose, one-half to one fluidrachm. Tinctura Rhei Dulois Made by percolating 8 parts of rhubarb, 4 parts each of Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb. glycyrrhizaand an.ise’ and 1 P,art °f„ cardamom, with sumcient diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 354). Dose, two to three fluidrachms. Syrupus Rhei 90 parts of rhuharb, 18 parts of cinnamon, 6 parts of carbon- Syrup of Rhubarb. °f Potafsium> «00 parts °f suSar> with water to make J r _ 1000 parts (see page 295). Dose, one to four fluidrachms. Syrupus Rhei Aromaticus . . . Made by adding 10 parts of aromatic tincture of rhubarb Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb. to 90 parts of syrup (see page 296). Vinum Rhei Made by percolating 10 parts of rhubarb and 1 part of Wine of Rhubarb. calam,us with sufficient stronger white wine to make 100 parts (see page 360). Dose, one to four fluidrachms. Mistura Rhei et Sod© 30 parts each of fluid extract of rhubarb/spirit of pepper- Mixture of Rhubarb and Soda. 77’ and bicarbonate of sodium, with water to make 1000 parts (see page 304). Dose, one to eight fluidrachms. Pulvis Rhei Compositus .... 25 parts of powdered rhubarb, 65 parts of magnesia, and Compound Powder of Rhubarb. JQ° (See Pulveres0 Dose, half a drachm Pilulae Rhei Each pill contains 3 grains of rhubarb and 1 grain of soap. Pills of Rhubarb. Pilulse Rhei Compositse .... Each pill contains 2 grains of rhubarb, 1J grains of purified Compound Pills of Rhubarb. aloes, 1 grain of myrrh, and grain of oil of peppermint. CHRYSAROBINUM. U. S. Chrysarobin. A mixture of proximate principles (commonly misnamed Chrysophanic Acid), extracted from Goa-Powder, a substance found deposited in the wood of the trunk of Andira Araroba Aguiar (Nat. Ord. Leguminosce, Papilionacece). Chrysarobin is a pale orange-yellow, crystalline powder, permanent in the air, odorless and tasteless, almost insoluble in water, only slightly soluble in alcohol, readily soluble in ether and in boiling benzol. When heated to about 162° C. (323.6° F.), it melts, and may be partially sub- limed. On ignition it is wholly dissipated. In solutions of alkalies it is soluble with a reddish-yellow color, which is changed to red by pass- ing air through the liquid. This is due to its conversion into chryso- phanic acid. C30H26O7 + 40 = 2C15H10O4 + 3H20 Chrysarobin. Oxygen. Chrysophanic Acid. Water. Sulphuric acid dissolves chrysarobin with a deep blood-red color ; on pouring the solution into water, the substance separates again unchanged. Chrysarobin has been largely used in certain skin diseases, notably psoriasis : it has fallen into disuse mainly on account of the almost in- delible stain produced upon the skin and clothing when it is employed. Internally, chrysarobin is cathartic, in the dose of one-sixteenth grain. Officinal Preparation. TJnguentum Chrysarobini . Made by rubbing 10 parts of chrysarobin with 90 parts of ben- Chrysarobin Ointment. zoinated lard. (See Unguenta.) 874 DRUGS CONTAINING CATHARTIC PRINCIPLES, ETC. KAMALA. U.S. Kamala. [Rottlera, Pharm. 1870.] The glands and hairs from the capsules of Mallotus philippinensis Mueller Arg. (Nat. Ord. Euphorbiacece). Kamala contains rottlerin, C22H20O6, nearly 75 per cent, of resins soluble in alcohol, coloring-matter, etc. It is used as a taenifuge and purgative, and is administered in doses of one to three drachms, suspended in mucilage or syrup. CAMBOGIA. U. S. Gamboge. [Gambogia, Pharm. 1870.] A gum-resin obtained from Garcinia Hanburii Hooker filius (Nat. Ord. Guttiferce). Gamboge contains about 75 per cent, of resin called gambogic acid, which is dissolved by alkaline solutions, producing a red color; 20 per cent of gum is present, and this enables gamboge to be emulsified like the other gum-resins. It is a powerful hydragogue cathartic, and is generally used in combination with other substances, which modify its action, as in compound cathartic pills. Dose, one-half to three grains. JALAPA. U.S. Jalap. The tuberous root of Exogonium Purga Bentham (Nat. Ord. Convolvulacece). Jalap contains from 12 to 20 per cent, of resin, the greater part of which is convolvulin, C62H100Oj2, a glucoside insoluble in ether; there are also present gum, sugar, starch, etc. The value of jalap depends ex- clusively upon the amount of convolvulin present, and the U. S. Phar- macopoeia gives the following test of its efficiency: On exhausting 100 parts of Jalap by alcohol, concentrating the tincture, and pouring it into water, a precipitate of resin should be obtained, which, after washing with water, and drying, should weigh not less than 12 parts, and of which not over 10 per cent, should be soluble in ether. Jalap is an esteemed cathartic, and is generally used in combination with substances having similar properties. Dose, ten to twenty grains. Officinal Preparations. Abstraction Jalapae .... Made by adding an evaporated fluid extract to sugar of milk. Abstract of Jalan 1 grain rePresents 2 grains of jalap (see page 432). Dose, . ten grains. Pulvis Jalapae Compositus . Made by mixing 35 parts of powdered jalap with 65 parts of Compound Powder of Jalap. bitartrate of potassium. Dose, thirty to sixty grains. Resina Jalapae Made by exhausting jalap with alcohol, evaporating the tinc- Resin of Jala ture, adding it to water, and collecting the precipitated resin (see page 435). Dose, two to five grains. SCAMMONIUM. V. S. Scammony. A resinous exudation from the root of Convolvulus Seammonia Linne (Nat. Ord. Convolvulacece). Scammony contains from 80 to 90 per cent, of resin having cathartic properties, called scammonin, C34H56016: this is identical with the jalapin obtained from Ipomsea orizabensis (see U. S. Dispensatory, p. 846). Scammony is a hydragogue cathartic: it is usually combined with other purgatives. Dose, ten grains. DRUGS CONTAINING CATHARTIC PRINCIPLES, ETC. 875 Officinal Preparation. Resina Scammonii . Made by digesting scammony with boiling alcohol several times, mixing Resin of Scammony. thc> tinctures, distilling off the alcohol, adding the residue to water, J and collecting the precipitate (see page 436). Dose, five grains. PODOPHYLLUM. U.S. Podophyllum. [May Apple.] The rhizome and rootlets of Podophyllum peltatum Linne (Nat. Ord. Berberi- dacece). Podophyllum contains picropodophyllin, podophyllotoxin, and podo- phyllinic add. The resinous substances extracted from the powdered rhizome with alcohol contain the purgative principles. It is chola- gogue and cathartic, in doses of ten to twenty grains. Officinal Preparations. Abstractum Podophylli Made by mixing a concentrated fluid extract with dried Abstract of Podophyllum. fgaf °/ milk and Peering (see page 433). Dose, r J five to ten grams. Extractum Podophylli Made with a menstruum of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part Extract of Podophyllum. of water (see page 425). Dose, one to three grains. Extractum Podophylli Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part Fluid Extract of Podophyllum. of water (see page 390). Dose, five to fifteen minims. Resina Podophylli Made by percolating podophyllum with alcohol, distilling Rosin nf Pnrlnnhvlliim the alcohol from the tincture, and pouring the residue xvesm oi roaopnynum. into water, cooled to 10° C. (50° F.), containing 1 per cent, of hydrochloric acid (see page 435). Dose, one- eighth to one-half grain. LEPTANDRA. U.S. Leptandra. [Culver’s Root.] The rhizome and rootlets of Leptandra virginica Nuttall (Veronica virginica Linne.—Nat. Ord. Scrophulariacece). Leptandra contains a crystalline principle, leptandrin,1 resin, tannin, saponin, gum, mannit, etc. Crystalline leptandrin is bitter, and soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Leptandra is cholagogue, cathartic, and alterative, in doses of twenty to forty grains. Officinal Preparations. Extractum Leptandrse Made with a menstruum of 2 parts of alcohol and 1 part - T . j of water: finishing with diluted alcohol; and adding 5 Extract of Leptandra. per cent. of glycerin to the tinished extract (see page 423). Dose, ten grains. Extractum Leptandrse Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of diluted alcohol with 15 per Fluid Extract of Leptandra. cent, of glycerin (see page 387). Dose, twenty minims. FRANGULA. U.S. Frangula. The bark of Rhamnus Frangula Linne (Nat. Ord. Rhamnacece), collected at least One year before being used. This bark contains frangulin, C20H20O10, sometimes called rhamno- xanthin, and emodin: both are glucosides. Tannin, resin, and a bitter principle are the other constituents. When frangula is fresh, it is emetic; when old, it is purgative, tonic, and diuretic. The dose is twenty grains. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Frangulse Fluidum . Made with 1 part of alcohol and 2 parts of water (see page Fluid Extract of Frangula. 381). Dose, twenty minims. 1 This must not be confounded with the eclectic leptandrin, which is simply a resin extracted by alcohol. 876 DRUGS CONTAINING CATHARTIC PRINCIPLES, ETC. RUMEX. U.S. Rumex. [Yellow Dock.] The root of Rumex crispus Linne, and of other species of Rumex (Nat. Ord. Polygonacece). This root contains chrysophanic acid (rumicin, lapathin), mucilage, tannin, starch, calcium oxalate, gum, coloring-matter, etc. Alcohol or water extracts its virtues. It is considered to be tonic, alterative, and astringent. Dose, forty to sixty grains. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Rumiois Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol (see page 393). Dose, one Fluid Extract of Rumex. fluidrachm. JUGLANS. U.S. Juglans. [Butternut.] The inner bark of the root of Juglans cinerea Linne (Nat. Ord. Juglandacece), collected in autumn. Juglans contains nucin, C36H12O10, fixed oil, volatile oil, tannin, etc. It is cathartic and tonic, in doses of sixty grains. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Juglandis . Made with alcohol: 5 per cent, of glycerin is incorporated with the Extract of Juglans. finished extract (see page 423). Dose, ten grains. EUONYMUS. U.S. Euonymus. [Wahoo.] The bark of Euonymus atropurpureus Jacquin (Nat. Ord. Celastracece). This bark contains resins, a bitter principle called euonymin, monk, acid, starch, asparagin, and pectin. Euonymin is cholagogue, cathartic, and tonic. The dose of euonymus is sixty grains. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Euonymi . Made with diluted alcohol: 5 per cent, of glycerin is incorporated Extract of Euonymus. with the finished extract (see page 421). Dose, one to three grains. ALOE. U.S. Aloes. [Aloe Socotrina, Pharm. 1870.] The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe socotrina Lamarck (Nat. Ord. Liliacece). Aloes contains aloin, a trace of volatile oil, and a substance which has been improperly called resin. The aloin present in officinal aloes is socaloin, C15H1607. This may be distinguished from nataloin and bar- baloin by Histed’s test, as follows : Barbaloin and nataloin are colored bright red by nitric acid; socaloin is not colored red. If nataloin be added to a drop of sulphuric acid on a white porcelain plate and a rod dipped in nitric acid be passed over it, the color changes to blue; with the other aloins no blue color is produced. Aloes is cathartic and emmenagogue. Dose, ten to twenty grains. Extractum Aloes Aquosum . Made by dissolving aloes in boiling distilled water, cooling, Aqueous Extract of Aloes. decanting, straining, and evaporating (see page 417). Dose, live to ten grains. Aloe Purificata See next article. Purified Aloes. Officinal Preparations. DRUGS CONTAINING CATHARTIC PRINCIPLES, ETC. 877 ALOE PURIFICATA. U.S. Purified Aloes. Aloes, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, 15 parts, or 3 fl. oz. Heat the Aloes, by means of a water-bath, until it is completely melted. Then add the Alcohol, and, having stirred the mixture thor- oughly, strain it through a fine sieve which has just been dipped into boiling water. Evaporate the strained mixture by means of a water- bath, constantly stirring, until a thread of the mass becomes brittle on cooling. Lastly, break the product, when cold, into pieces of a con- venient size, and keep it in well-stopped bottles. Purified Aloes is in irregular, brittle pieces of a dull brown or red- dish-brown color, and having the peculiar aromatic odor of Socotrine Aloes. It is almost entirely soluble in alcohol. Aloes, owing to its method of preparation, always contains mechani- cal impurities,—sand, earth, chips, etc. Alcohol reduces the consistency of the melted aloes so that' it can be strained, and it is easily evaporated afterwards. Purified aloes is directed to be used in all the officinal preparations of the drug. (See preceding article.) Tinctura Aloes Made by macerating 10 parts each of purified aloes and extract q,. . f 41 of glycyrrhiza in sufficient diluted alcohol to make 100 parts Juncture ot Aloes. (see page 339)> Doge) twQ to four fluidrachms. Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhse . Made by macerating 10 parts each of purified aloes and myrrh m. , , ... i. in sufficient alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 339). Dose, Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh. one to two fiuidrachms. 1 P Vinum Aloes Made by macerating 6 parts of purified aloes and 1 part each of w. „ .. cardamom and ginger in sufficient stronger white wine to me o oes. make 100 parts (see page 358). Dose, one to four fiuidrachms. Pilulae Aloes ........ 1 pill contains 2 grains each of purified aloes and soap. Pills of Aloes. Pilulae Aloes et Asafoetidse . 1 pill contains 1£ grains each of purified aloes, asafetida, and Pills of Aloes and Asafetida. soap. Pilulae Aloes et Ferri.... 1 pill contains 1 grain each of purified aloes, dried sulphate of Pills of Aloes and Iron. iron, and aromatic powder, with sufficient confection of rose. Pilulae Aloes et Mastiches . 1 pill contains 2 grains of purified aloes and i grain each of Pills of Aloes and Mastic. mastic and red rose. Pilulae Aloes et Myrrhse . . 1 pill contains 2 grains of purified aloes, 1 grain of myrrh, Pills of Aloes and Myrrh. and i grain of aromatic powder. Officinal Preparations. COLOCYNTHIS. U.S. Colocynth. The fruit of Citrullus Colocynthis Schrader (Nat. Ord. Cucurbitacece), deprived of its rind. Colocynth contains colocynihin, colocynthitin, gum, resin, etc. Colo- cynthin is a very bitter glucoside, splitting under the action of diluted acids into colocynthein and grape-sugar. The seeds should be rejected. Colocynth is a hydragogue cathartic. Dose, five grains. Officinal Preparations. Extractum Colocynthidis Made by percolating colocyntb with diluted alco- Extract of Colocynth. oI> di?*ini“« f tho ,aIcoho1’ and evaporating J the residue to dryness (see page 419). Extractum Colocynthidis Compositum . 16 parts of extract of colocynth; 60 parts of aloes; „ , , , . „ , .. 6 parts of cardamom; 14 parts each of resin of Compound Extract of Colocynth. scLmony and soap ; 10 parts of alcohol (see page 419). 878 DRUGS CONTAINING ASTRINGENT PRINCIPLES, ETC. ELATERINUM. U.S. Elaterin. C20H28O5; 348. A neutral principle extracted from Elaterium, a substance deposited by the juice of the fruit of Ecballium Elaterium A. Richard (Nat. Ord. Cucurbitacece). Preparation.—It may be made by evaporating an alcoholic tincture of elaterium to the consistence of thin oil, and throwing the residue while yet warm into a weak boiling solution of potassa. The potassa holds the green resin in solution, and the elaterin crystallizes as the liquor cools. Or it may be made by exhausting elaterium with chloro- form, and adding ether to the solution, which precipitates the elaterin. Elaterium.—When the fruit of the squirting cucumber is sliced and placed upon a sieve, a perfectly limpid and colorless juice flows out, which soon becomes turbid, and in the course of a few hours begins to deposit a sediment. This, when collected and carefully dried, is very light and pulverulent, of a yellowish-white color, slightly tinged with green, and is called elaterium. The yield is small,—only six grains from forty cucumbers,—but the elaterium is very powerful, one-eighth of a grain purging violently. Commercial elaterium is not usually made in this way, but by expression or other processes, whereby the yield is increased. The elaterium is, of course, weaker. Elaterinum. U. 8. Tests fok Identity. Small, colorless, shining, hexagonal scales or prisms, permanent in the air, odorless, having a bitter, some- what acrid taste and a neutral reaction. Insoluble in water; soluble in 125 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.); in 2 parts of boiling alcohol, in 290 parts of ether, and also in solutions of the alkalies, from which it is precipitated by supersaturating with an acid. When heated to 200 C. (392° F.), the crystals turn yellow and melt; on ignition they are wholly dissipated. A solution of Elaterin in cold, con- centrated sulphuric acid assumes a yellow color gradually changing to red. The alcoholic solution of Elaterin should not be precipitated by tan- nic acid nor by salts of mercury or of platinum. Elaterin is the purgative principle of elaterium. The dose is one- sixteenth of a grain. Officinal Preparation. Trituratio Elaterini ... 10 parts of elaterin are rubbed up with 90 parts of sugar of milk. Trituration of Elaterin. Dose, one-half grain. BRYONIA. U.S. Bryonia. [Bryony.] The root of Bryonia alba, and of Bryonia dioica Linne (Nat. Ord. CucurbUacece). Bryonia contains bryonin, a bitter glucoside soluble in alcohol and in water; starch, sugar, resin, etc. Diluted alcohol extracts its virtues. It is used as a hydragogue cathartic, in doses of twenty grains. Officinal Preparation. Tinctura Bryoniae . . Made by percolating 10 parts of bryonia with sufficient alcohol to Tincture of Bryonia. make 100 parts (see page 341). Dose, one to two fluidrachms. Drugs containing Astringent Principles, and their Preparations. GALLA. U.S. Nutgall. Excrescences on Quercus lusitanica Webb, var. infectoria De Candolle (Nat. Ord. Cupulifertr,), caused by the punctures and deposited ova of Oynips Gallce tinctorice Olivier (Class, Insecta; Order, Hymenoptera). Nutgall contains about 50 per cent, of tannin, 2 per cent, of gallic DRUGS CONTAINING ASTRINGENT PRINCIPLES, ETC. 879 acid, sugar, gum, resin, and starch. Nutgall is astringent. Dose, ten to fifteen grains. Officinal Preparations. Tinctura Gallae . . Made by percolating 20 parts of nutgall with diluted alcohol contain- Tincture of Nutgall ing 10 per cent' of Sb'cerin to obtain 100 parts (see page 346). Dose, ° ’ 'one fluidrachm. TJnguentum Gallae . Made by rubbing 10 parts of finely-powdered nutgall with 90 parts of Nutgall Ointment. benzoinated lard. (See Unguenta.) ACIDUM TANNICUM. U.S. Tannic Acid. CuH10O9 chiefly; 322. Preparation.—Tannic acid may be made by the modification of Leconnet’s method, which was formerly officinal, as follows: Take of Nutgall, in fine powder, Ether, each, a sufficient quantity. Expose the Nutgall to a damp atmosphere for twenty-four hours, and then mix it with sufficient Ether, previously washed with water, to form a soft paste. Set this aside, covered closely, for six hours; then, having quickly enveloped it in a close canvas cloth, express it power- fully between tinned plates, so as to obtain the liquid portion. Reduce the resulting cake to powder, and mix it with sufficient Ether, shaken with one-sixteenth of its bulk of water, to form again a soft paste, and express as before. Mix the liquids, and allow the mixture to evapo- rate spontaneously until it assumes a syrupy consistence; then spread it on glass or tinned plates, and dry it quickly in a drying closet. Lastly, remove the dry residue from the plates with a spatula, and keep it in a well-stopped bottle. The explanation of this process is that water and ether form a solu- ble compound with tannic acid, which may be separated from the nut- gall residue by expression ; then, by exposing the thick solution to heat, the ether and water are evaporated, leaving the tannic acid in soft, cellular, friable scales upon the plates. Tannic acid, chemically, is an anhydride of gallic acid, thus shown : 2C7h6o6 - h20 = C14Hi0O9. Gallic Acid. Water. Tannic Acid. Acidum Tannicum. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Light-yellowish scales, permanent in the air. Faint, peculiar odor; strongly astrin- gent taste; acid reaction. Cold. 6 parts. Boiling. Very soluble. Cold. 0.6 part. Boiling. Very soluble. In 6 parts of glycerin, sparingly in absolute alco- hol, freely in diluted alco- hol, moderately in washed ether, almost insoluble in absolute ether, chloro- form, benzol, and benzin. Tests fob Identity. When heated on platinum foil, it is completely volatilized. With solution of ferric chloride Tannic Acid forms a bluish-black ink. In aqueous solution it causes precipitates with alka- loids, gelatin, albumen, gelatinized starch, and solution of tartrate of antimony and potas- sium (distinction from gallic acid). Uses.—Tannic acid is powerfully astringent, in doses of three to ten 880 DRUGS CONTAINING ASTRINGENT PRINCIPLES, ETC. grains. Its solution in glycerin is a valuable liquid form of adminis- tration. Officinal Preparations. TJnguentum Acidi Tannici . Made by rubbing 10 parts of tannic acid with 90 parts of ben- Ointment of Tannic Acid. zoinated lard. (See Unguenta.) Troohisci Acidi Tannici . . Each troche contains one grain of tannic acid. (See Trochisci.) Troches of Tannic Acid. ACIDUM GALLICUM. U. S. Gallic Acid. HC7H505.H20; 188. Preparation.—The former officinal process may be Used for making gallic acid: Take of Nutgall, in fine powder, 36 oz.; Purified Ani- mal Charcoal, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Nutgall with sufficient Distilled Water to form a thin paste, and expose the mixture to the air, in a shallow glass or porcelain vessel, in a warm place, for a month, occasionally stirring it with a glass rod, and adding from time to time sufficient Distilled Water to preserve the semi-fluid consistence. Then submit the paste to expression, and, rejecting the expressed liquor, boil the residue in 8 pints of Distilled Water for a few minutes, and filter while hot through Purified Animal Charcoal. Set the liquid aside that crystals may form, and dry them on bibulous paper. If the crystals be not sufficiently free from color, they may be purified by dissolving them in boiling Distilled Water, filtering through a fresh portion of Purified Animal Charcoal, and again crystallizing. The present accepted view of the relative chemical positions of tan- nic and gallic acids—i. e., that tannic acid is an anhydride of gallic acid— seems to be practically confirmed by the above process, the tannic acid of the galls being converted into gallic acid through the continued maceration with water. CuH10Og + H20 = 2C7H605. Tannic Acid. Water. Gallic Acid. Acidum Gallicum. U.8. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A nearly or quite colorless solid, crystallizing from water in long, silky needles or triclinic prisms, permanent in air. When dried at 100° C. (212° F.), the crystals lose 9.5 to 10 per cent, of combined water. At a low red heat they are completely volatilized. Odorless; astrin- gent and slight- ly acidulous taste; acid re- action. Cold. 100 parts. Boiling. 3 parts. Cold. 4.5 parts. Boiling. 1 part. Absolute ether, 39 parts; less solu- ble in chloro- form, benzol, or benzin. Tests for Identity. If 5 C.c. of a cold saturated solution of the Acid be treated in a watch-glass with not more than 2 drops of solution of potassa, a deep green color will gradually be developed. This color is changed to purple-red by acids, and is prevented by an excess of alkaline hydrate or carbonate. An aqueous solution of the Acid should not precipitate alkaloids, gelatin, albumen, gelatinized starch, or solution of tartrate of antimony and potassium with chloride of ammonium (distinction from tannic acid). When gallic acid is sublimed, it is converted by the heat into py> °- gallic acid and carbon dioxide. DRUGS CONTAINING ASTRINGENT PRINCIPLES, ETC. 881 c7h6o5 = c6h6o3 + C02. Gallic Acid. Pyrogallic Carbon Acid. Dioxide. Pyrogallic acid is used in the form of ointment in the treatment of psoriasis, although this use is not without danger : it is also employed in photography. Gallic acid is astringent. Dose, five to fifteen grains. Officinal Preparation. Unguentum Acidi Gallici . Made by rubbing 10 parts of gallic acid with 90 parts of ben- Ointment of Gallic Acid. zoinated lard. (See Unguenta.) CATECHU. U. S. Catechu. An extract prepared from the wood of Acacia Catechu Willdenow (Nat. Ord. Leguminosce, Mimosece). Catechu contains catechu-tannic acid, a peculiar form of tannin, which is insoluble in ether, and turns greenish black with ferric salts. Cate- chin and catechol are also present. Owing to the decomposition of the tannic acid, the liquid preparations often gelatinize. It is astringent and tonic. Dose, twenty grains. Officinal Preparations. Tinctura Catechu Composita . . Made by percolating 12 parts of catechu and 8 parts of Compound Tincture of Catechu. cinjf“on with sufficient diluted alcohol to make 100 r parts (see page 343). Dose, one to four fluidrachms. Trochisci Catechu Each troche contains 1 grain of catechu. Troches of Catechu. KINO. U. S. Kino. The inspissated juice of Pterocarpus marsupium Roxburgh (Nat. Ord. Legumi- nosce, Papilionacece). Kino contains kino-tannic acid, pyrocatechin, kino red, kinoin, gum, etc. Owing to the decomposition of the kino-tannic acid, the liquid preparations frequently gelatinize. Kino is astringent and tonic. Dose, twenty grains. Officinal Preparation. Tinotura Kino . . . Made by dissolving 10 parts of kino in a mixture of 60 parts of alcohol rp. , f Tz- and 15 parts each of glycerin and water, filtering and washing the inc ure o l . residue with enough of a mixture of 4 parts of alcohol and 1 part of water to make 100 parts of tincture (see page 349). Dose, one fluidrachm. H/EMATOXYLON. U.S. Haematoxylon. [Logwood.] The heart-wood of Hcematoxylon campechianum Linne (Nat. Ord. Leguminosae, Papilionacece). Logwood contains hcematoxylin, C16H1406, a colorless, sweet principle, which is reddened upon exposure to light, and turned blackish purple upon contact with alkalies, yielding hcematein, C16H1206.H20; it also contains tannin, resin, etc. Logwood is astringent. Dose, forty grains. It is used largely in the arts for dyeing. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Haematoxyli . An aqueous extract made by evaporating the decoction (see page Extract of Hasmatoxylon. 422). Dose, twenty grains. KRAMERIA. U. S. Krameria. [Rhatany.] The root of Krameria triandra Ruiz et Pavon, and of Krameria tomentosa St. Hilaire (Nat. Ord. Polygalacece, Krameriece). Krameria contains about 18 per cent, of kramero-tannic acid, starch, 882 DRUGS CONTAINING ASTRINGENT PRINCIPLES, ETC. gum, rhatannic red, etc. It is a valuable astringent. Dose, twenty grains. Officinal Preparations. Extractum Kramerise An aqueous extract made with cold water (see page 423). „ , „ Tr . Dose, fifteen grains. Used in making Trochisci Kra- Extract of Kramena. merik (See Trochisci.) Extraotum Kramerise Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol containing 20 per cent, of . glycerin (see page 386). Dose, thirty minims. Used Fluid Extract of Kramena. jn making Syrupus Kramerise (see page 294). Tinctura Kramerise Made by percolating 20 parts of krameria with sufficient , „ _ . diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 349). Tincture of Kramena. Dose, two fluidrachms. QUERCUS ALBA. U.S. White Oak. The hark of Quercus alba Linne (Nat. Ord. Cupuliferce). White oak is largely used in tanning leather: it contains about 10 per cent, of tannic acid, with pectin, resin, and brownish-red coloring- matter. It is astringent. Dose, thirty grains. ROSA GALLICA. U.S. Red Rose. The petals of Rosa gallica Linne (Nat. Ord. Rosacece, Rosece), collected before expanding. Red rose contains quercitrin and quercitannic acid: the pale red color- ing-matter is made bright red by the addition of sulphuric acid. It is slightly astringent and tonic. The infusion of red rose is an elegant vehicle for many substances. (See Part VI.) Officinal Preparations.. Extractum Rosae Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol containing 10 per cent, of glycerin Fluid Extract of Rose. (s,ee Page 392)* £?!?’ one fluidrachm. Used to make syrup of rose (see page 296). Mel Rosae Made by mixing a concentrated hydro-alcoholic fluid extract with Honey of Rose. honey (see page 299). Used as a flavor. Confectio Rosae 8 parts of red rose, 64 parts of sugar, 12 parts of clarified honey, Confection of Rose. and 16 parts of rose-water. Used as an excipient. ROSA CENTIFOLIA. U.S. Pale Rose. The petals of Rosa centifolia Linne (Nat. Ord. Rosacece, Rosece). Pale rose petals contain a little tannin, volatile oil, sugar, mucilage, etc. They are used principally on account of their flavor. Officinal Preparation. Aqua Rosse . Made by distilling 40 parts of fresh pale rose with 200 parts of water to Rose-water. obtain 100 parts (see page 280). Used as a vehicle. OLEUM U. S. Oil of Rose. A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of Rosa damascena Miller (Nat. Ord. Rosacece, Rosece). It is a pale-yellowish, transparent liquid, having a strong odor of rose, a sweetish, rather mild taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.860. It is but slightly soluble in alcohol. When slowly cooled to near 10° C. (50° F.), the Oil becomes a transparent solid, interspersed with numerous slender, shining, iridescent, scale-like crys- DRUGS CONTAINING ASTRINGENT PRINCIPLES, ETC. 883 tais. When rapidly cooled to 12.5° C. (54.5° F.), it congeals to a solid mass of light, feathery, shining scales or plates. Otto, or attar, of rose, as it is frequently called, is used chiefly as a perfume or flavor. RHUS GLABRA. U.S. Rhus Glabra. The fruit of Rhus glabra Linne (Nat. Ord. Terebint/iacece, Anacardiece). (See page 779). ’ V RUBUS. U.S. Rubus. [Blackberry.] The hark of the root of Rubus villosus Aiton, Rubus canadensis Linne, and Rubus trivialis Michaux (Nat. Ord. Rosacece, Dryadece). Rubus owes its astringent properties to tannic acid: there are also present gum, coloring-matter, etc. The dose is twenty grains. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Rubi Fluidum . Made with a menstruum consisting of 9 parts of alcohol, 7 Fluid Extract of Rubus. Parjs .®f water> a?Td 4 I,arts of glycerin (see page 392). Dose, a fluidrachm. Used m making Syrupus Rubi (see page 296). GERANIUM. U.S. Geranium. [Cranesbill.] The rhizome of Geranium maculatum Linne (Nat. Ord. Geraniacece). Geranium contains about 15 per cent, of tannic acid, with brownish- red coloring-matter, starch, sugar, pectin, etc. It is astringent and tonic. Dose, thirty grains. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Geranii Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol containing 10 per cent, of glycerin Fluid Extract of Geranium. (see page 382). Dose, a fluidrachm. HAMAMELIS. U.S. Hamamelis. [Witchhazel.] The leaves of Hamamelis virginica Linne (Nat. Ord. Hamamelaceai), collected in autumn. Hamamelis contains tannic acid, chlorophyll, bitter principle, muci- lage, etc. It is astringent, slightly haemostatic, and sedative. Dose, sixty grains. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Hamamelidis Fluidum . Made with 1 part of alcohol and 2 parts of water (see Fluid Extract of Hamamelis. page 384). Dose, a fluidrachm. CHIMAPHILA. U. S. Chimaphila. [Pipsissewa.] The leaves of Chimaphila umbellata Nuttall (Nat. Ord. Ericaceae). Chimaphila contains about 5 per cent, of tannic acid, with chima- philin, ericolin, arbutin, urson, sugar, gum, etc. It is used as an astringent, diuretic, and tonic, in doses of thirty grains. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Chimaphilse Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol containing 10 per cent, of Fluid Extract of Chimaphila. glycerin (see page 375). Dose, a fluidrachm. UVA URSI. U.S. Uva Ursi. [Bearberry.] The leaves of Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi Sprengel (Nat. Ord. Ericaceae). Uva ursi contains about 6 per cent, of tannic acid, with gallic acid, urson, arbutin, ericolin, gum, resin, coloring-matter, etc. It is used as a diuretic, astringent, and tonic. Dose, thirty grains. 884 DRUGS CONTAINING ASTRINGENT PRINCIPLES, ETC. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Uvae Ursi Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol containing 10 per cent, of glycerin Fluid Extract of Uva Ursi. (see page 398). Dose, one fluidrachm. CASTANEA. U.S. Castanea. [Chestnut.] The leaves of Castanea vesca Linne (Nat. Ord. Cupuli/erce), collected in Sep- tember or October, while still green. Chestnut leaves contain tannic acid, mucilage, etc. They are astrin- gent, tonic, and slightly sedative. Dose, thirty grains. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Castaneae Fluidum . Made with boiling water and alcohol (see page 374). Dost,, Fluid Extract of Castanea. two fluidrachms. SALVIA. U.S. Salvia. [Sage.] The leaves of Salvia officinalis Linne (Nat. Ord. Labiates). (See page 792.) Unofficinal Astringent Substances. Agrimonia. From A. Eupatoria, grown in North America. It contains tannin Agrimony. and bitter principle. Bistorta. The rhizome of Polygonum, B., grown in Canada and the United Bistort. States. It contains about 20 per cent, of tannin, etc. Catechu Pallidum. From Uncaria Gambir, grown in the East India Islands. It con- Gambir. tains catechin, catechutannin, etc. Comptonia. The leaves of C. asplenifolia, found in North America. It contains Sweet Fern. volatile oil, tannin, etc. Diospyros. The bark of D. virginiana, grown in the United States. It con- Persimmon. tains tannin and malic acid. Epigaea. From E. repens, found in North America. It contains tannin, and Trailing Arbutus. the principles common to the Ericaceae. Epilobium. From E. angustifolium, found in the Northern Hemisphere. It Willow Herb. contains tannin, mucilage, etc. Epiphegus. From E. virginiana, a parasitic plant found in North America. It Beech-drop. contains tannin, bitter principle, etc. Hepatica. The leaves of H. triloba, found in North America. It contains Liverwort. tannin, mucilage, etc. Heuchera. The root of H. americana, found in the United States. It contains Alum-root. about 20 per cent, of tannin. Hioraceum. From different species of Hieraceum, found in North America. It Hawkweed. contains tannin. Hippocastanum. The bark of AEsculus Hippocastanum, grown in North America. It Horsechestnut Bark. contains tannin and various other principles. Ilex Paraguayensis. The leaves of I. paraguayensis, grown in Brazil. It contains 10 to Mate, Paraguay Tea. 15 per cent, of caffeine, etc. Monesia. From Chrysopliyllum glycyphlseum, found in Brazil. Monesia. Myrobalanus. From different species of Terminalia, grown in Southern Asia. It Myrobalans. contains about 45 per cent, of gallo-tannic acid. Nyrnphaea. The rhizome of iV. odorata, found in the United States. It con- Water-Lily. tains tannin and mucilage. Potentilla. From P. canadensis, found in North America. It contains tannin. Cinquefoil. Pulmonaria. From P. officinalis, grown in Europe. It contains tannin. Lungwort. Quercus Tinctoria. From Q. coccinea, var. tinctoria, grown in the United States. It Black Oak Bark. contains tannin, etc. Rhus Aromatica. From It. aromatica. It contains tannin, coloring-matter, gum- Sweet Sumach. resin, etc. Spiraaa. From S. tomentosa, found in North America. It contains tannin Hardhack. and bitter principle. Statice. The root of S. Limonium, grown in Europe. It contains tannin and Marsh Rosemary. volatile oil. Tormentilla. From T. erecta, grown in Europe. It contains about 20 per cent. Tormentil. of tannin. DRUGS CONTAINING GLUCOSIDES, ETC. 885 QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LIX. DRUGS CONTAINING GLUCOSIDES OR NEUTRAL PRINCIPLES. What are glueosides ? If salicin is boiled with sulphuric acid, what does it yield ? Explain the reaction which takes place. How may glueosides be split into glucose and the derived product ? How do these principles act ? How are glueosides usually found ? Gentian—What is the Latin name ? Whence is it derived ? What does gentian contain ? Into what does the glucoside gentiopicrin split when heated with dilute acids? What effect is produced by ferric salts upon preparations of gentian ? To what is this reaction due ? If treated with ferric hydrate, will the preparation still become discolored ? What are the medicinal properties of gentian ? Calumha—What was its former officinal name? Whence is it derived, and to what does it owe its virtues ? What other constituents are present ? For what is it used ? What are the officinal preparations ? Quassia—Whence is it derived ? What are its constituents ? To what does it owe its bitterness ? What is the formula in symbols of quassin ? What are its properties ? What are the officinal preparations ? Chirata—Whence is it derived? What principles does it contain ? Give their formulas in symbols. What are its uses? What are the officinal preparations ? Cornus—What is its synonvme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What are tbe officinal preparations ? Salix—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? To what does it owe its bitterness ? What are its properties ? Salicin—What is the Latin name? Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is salicin ? How is it made ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Prinos—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain? What are its properties? Taraxacum—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? When should it be gathered ? What are its constituents ? To what does it owe its bitterness ? What is the chemical composition of taraxacin ? What are the officinal preparations ? Lappa—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What are its properties ? Scilla—What is its definition ? What principles does squill contain ? What are good solvents ? What are its properties ? What are the officinal preparations ? Digitalis—What is its synonyme ? What is its definition ? What is digitalin? Into what is digitoxin converted by the action of diluted acids and heat ? What are its medicinal properties ? What are its officinal preparations ? Viola tricolor—What is its synonyme? What is its definition? What are its constituents ? What is a good solvent ? What is the dose ? Azedarach—Whence is it derived ? What does it contain? What is a good solvent? What is the dose? Spigelia—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is a jmod solvent ? What is its use ? What are its officinal preparations ? Brayera—What is its synonyme ? What is its definition ? What does it contain ? For what is it used ? What are its officinal preparations ? 886 DRUGS CONTAINING GLUCOSIDES, ETC. Santonica—What is its synonyme? What is its definition? How much santonin does it contain ? What else is in it ? What is the dose ? Santonin—What is the Latin name? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What is santonin ? How may it be made ? Does it combine with alkalies ? What action do acids have upon these solutions ? How may the presence of alkaloids be detected ? What is the dose ? Picrotoxin—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. What is picrotoxin ? How is it made ? Describe taste, odor, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Ergot—What is the Latin name ? What is its definition ? What are the constituents of ergot? To which of these principles does it owe its activity? What is a good solvent? For what is it used? What are its officinal preparations ? Ustilago—What is its synonyme? What is its definition? What does it contain ? What is a good solvent ? What is the dose ? Cotton root hark—Whence is it derived ? What are its constituents ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Crocus—Whence is it derived ? What glucoside does it contain ? Into what does this glucoside split? What are its other constituents? What are its medicinal properties ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Eed saunders—What is the Latin officinal name ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? For what is it used ? Ehus toxicodendron—What is its synonyme ? What do these leaves contain ? What is the dose ? Quillaia—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? Where does it come from ? What glucoside does it contain ? Into what does this split upon heating with dilute acid? What are the properties of saponin ? What else does it contain ? What are its uses ? Sarsaparilla—Whence is it derived? What glucoside does it contain ? Into what does this glucoside split when boiled with dilute acids ? What are its other constituents ? What are good solvents ? What are its properties ? What are its officinal preparations ? Senega—Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What are good solvents ? Why are preparations of senega apt to gelatinize ? How may this be obviated ? What are its properties ? In what preparation is it used ? What are its officinal preparations ? Caulophyllum—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is the best solvent ? What are its medical properties ? Senna—Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? Which of these is believed to be the chief purgative principle ? Under the influence of dilute acids and heat, into what does cathartic acid split? Are the purgative principles soluble in strong alcohol? What portions are soluble ? What are good solvents for the purgative principles ? What is the dose of senna given in infusion ? What are its officinal preparations ? Tamarind—What is the Latin name? What is tamarind ? What is'its medicinal property ? In what officinal preparation is it used? Where does the copper which is sometimes present come from ? Cassia fistula—What is its synonyme ? How much pulp does cassia fistula yield ? What does it contain ? In what preparation is it used ? What is its medicinal property ? DRUGS CONTAINING GLUCOSIDES, ETC. 887 Fig—"What is the Latin officinal name? What is its definition? What do figs contain ? What are their properties ? In what officinal preparation do they enter ? Prune—What is the Latin officinal name ? What does it contain ? What is its property ? In what preparation is it used ? Ehubarb—What is the Latin officinal name? Whence is it derived? What four cathartic resins does rhubarb contain ? What glucoside does it contain ? Into what does this split when treated with diluted acids ? To what are the astringent properties of rhubarb due ? What other ingredients are present ? Upon what do the medicinal properties of rhubarb depend? What is the dose? What are the officinal preparations ? Chrysarobin—Wbat is the Latin name? What is chrysarobin? Describe its solubility. At what temperature does it melt ? What color is its solution in alkaline solutions ? What change takes place on exposure to air ? Describe rationale of process. What action does sulphuric acid have upon it ? What are its properties and uses ? What are its officinal preparations ? Kamala—What is its definition? What was its former officinal name? What does it contain? What is the dose? Gamboge—What is the Latin name ? Whence is it obtained ? What does it contain ? What effect have alkaline solutions upon the resin ? What is the dose ? Jalap—Whence is it derived ? What glucoside does it contain ? What other constituents ? Upon what does the value of jalap depend ? How may its efficiency be tested? What is the dose? What are the officinal preparations ? Scammony—What is the Latin name? What is scammony? What resin does it contain, and how much? With what other principle is this identical ? What is the dose? What are its officinal preparations ? Podophyllum—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is a good solvent ? What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? Leptandra—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is the active principle ? Is this identical with the eclectic preparation leptandrin ? What are the properties of true leptandrin ? Leptandra—What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? Frangula—Whence is it derived ? What two glucosides does it contain ? What other constituents ? What are its properties when fresh ? and when old ? What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? Iiumex—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it obtained ? What does it contain ? What are good solvents ? What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? Juglans—What is its synonyme? Whence is it derived? What does it contain? What is the dose? What are its officinal preparations ? Euonymus—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Aloes—What is the Latin name ? Whence is it derived ? What was this called in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870? What does it contain? What variety of ajoin is present in officinal aloes ? How may this be distinguished from barbaloin and from nataloin ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Purified aloes—What is the Latin name? How is it prepared? What impurities are removed by this process ? What are the officinal preparations ? Colocynth—What is its definition ? What glucoside does it contain ? Into what does this glucoside split under the action of diluted acids ? Are the seeds valuable ? What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? 888 DRUGS CONTAINING GLUCOSIDES, ETC. Elaterin—Give Latin name, symbol, and atomic weight. "What is elaterin? How may it be prepared ? What is elaterium, and how is it obtained ? What is the yield of elaterium from the cucumber ? How is commercial elaterium usually made? Elaterin—Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Bryonia—What is its synonyme? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is a good solvent ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations? N utgall—What is the Latin name ? What are nutgalls ? What do they contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Tannic acid—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What was the former officinal name ? Describe rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Gallic acid—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What was the former officinal name ? Describe rationale of process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? W'hat are its officinal preparations ? Into what is gallic acid converted when it is sublimed ? Describe rationale of process. For what is pyrogallic acid used ? Catechu—Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? Why do its liquid preparations frequently gelatinize? What is the dose? What are its officinal preparations? Kino—What is it? What does it contain? Why do its liquid preparations frequently gelatinize ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Hsematoxylon—What is its synonyme? Whence is it derived? What does it contain ? What effect do alkalies have upon haematoxylin ? What are its medicinal properties? What is the dose? What are its officinal preparations ? ' Krameria—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? White oak—Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is its chief use? Ked rose—What is the Latin officinal name ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What effect does sulphuric acid have upon the coloring matter ? For what is the infusion used ? What are its medicinal properties? What are its officinal preparations? Pale rose—What is the Latin officinal name? Whence is it derived? What does it contain? For what is it used ? What are its officinal preparations ? Oil of rose—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it obtained ? What effect does cold have upon it ? What is its principal use ? Rhus glabra—Whence is it derived ? Rubus—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? To what does it owe its virtues ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Geranium—What is its synonyme ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Hamamelis—What is its synonyme ? What does it contain ? What is the dose? What are its officinal preparations ? Chimaphila—What is its synonyme? What does it contain ? What is*the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Uva ursi—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Castanea—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? When should the leaves be collected ? What do they contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations? Salvia—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? CHAPTER LX. ALKALOIDS. The alkaloids are unquestionably the most important of all the organic compounds which are of interest to the pharmacist, the most active and potent remedies that he dispenses belonging to this class of principles. Chemically, alkaloids are either amides or amines. If the former, they are composed of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, and oxygen; if the latter, the oxygen is wanting. Alkaloids are obtained from both the vegetable and the animal kingdom. They are found in nearly all the organs of plants, in roots, barks, stems, leaves, petals, seeds, etc. The distinctive features of alkaloids are as follows: 1. They all contain nitrogen. The non-volatile alkaloids (amides) are solids, the volatile alkaloids (amines) are liquids. 2. Alkaloids restore the color of reddened litmus. They combine with acids to form salts, and they are precipitated from their saline solutions upon the addition of alkalies. 3. They are generally the active principles of the plants in which they reside, and are mostly very poisonous or energetic remedies, having a bitter, acrid, or pungent taste. 4. They are mostly crystallizable and colorless, and are insoluble in water, but are soluble in alcohol, chloroform, benzin, benzol, and some in ether. Their salts, on the other hand, are mostly soluble in water, less so in alcohol, but insoluble in chloroform, ether, benzin, and benzol. 5. Alkaloids are mostly precipitated by one or more of the following reagents : potassio-mercuric iodide, auric chloride, tannic acid, phospho- molybdic acid, and picric acid. The nomenclature adopted for alkaloids requires that the last syl- lable shall terminate in ine: thus, quinine, morphine, strychnine. The Latin termination is ina: as, quinina, morphina, etc. The names of neu- tral principles and glucosides end in in: as, salicin, santonin, gelatin. OPIUM. U.S. Opium. The concrete, milky exudation, obtained in Asia Minor by incising the unripe capsules of Papaver somniferum Linne (Nat. Ord. Papaveracece). On exhausting 100 parts of Opium, previously dried at a tempera- ture of 105° C. (221° F.), with cold water, and evaporating the solu- tion to dryness, an extract is obtained which should weigh between 55 and 60 parts. Opium, in its normal, moist condition, should yield not less than 9 per cent, of morphine when assayed. (See process, p. 889.) 889 890 ALKALOIDS. OPII PULVIS. U.S. Powdered Opium. Opium dried at a temperature not exceeding 85° C. (185° F.), and reduced to a moderately fine (No. 50) powder. Powdered Opium, for pharmaceutical or medici- nal uses, should contain not less than 12 nor more than 16 per cent, of morphine, when assayed by the process given below. Any Powdered Opium of a higher per- centage may be brought within these limits by admixture with Powdered Opium of a lower percentage, in proper proportions. Morphiometric Assay.—The proportion of morphine which any particular specimen of opium will furnish may be considered as the best test of its value, except that of an actual trial upon the system. The following is the officinal process for assaying it: Opium, in any condition to be valued 7 grammes. Lime, freshly slaked 3 grammes. Chloride of Ammonium 3 grammes. Alcohol, Stronger Ether, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Triturate together the Opium, Lime, and 20 C.c. of Distilled Water, in a mortar, until a uniform mixture results; then add 50 C.c. of Distilled Water, and stir occa- sionally, during half an hour. Filter the mixture through a plaited filter, three to three and one-half inches (75 to 90 mm.) in diameter, into a wide-mouthed bottle or stoppered flask (having the capacity of about 120 C.c. and marked at exactly 50 C.c.), until the filtrate reaches this mark. To the filtered liquid (representing 5 grammes of opium) add 5 C.c. of Alcohol and 25 C.c. of Stronger Ether, and shake the mix- ture ; then add the Chloride of Ammonium, shake well and frequently during half an hour, and set it aside for twelve hours. Counterbalance two small filters, place one within the other in a small funnel, and decant the ethereal layer as completely as practicable upon the filter. Add 10 C.c. of Stronger Ether to the contents of the bottle and rotate it; again decant the ethereal layer upon the filter, and afterwards wash the latter with 5 C.c. of Stronger Ether, added slowly and in portions. Now let the filter dry in the air, and pour upon it the liquid in the bottle, in portions, in such a way as to transfer the greater portion of the crystals to the filter. Wash the bottle, and transfer the remaining crystals to the filter, with several small portions of Distilled Water, using not much more than 10 C.c. in all, and distributing the poi’tions evenly upon the filter. Allow the filter to drain, and dry it, first by pressing it between sheets of bibulous paper, and afterwards at a temperature between 55° and 60° C. (131° to 140° F.). Weigh the crystals in the inner filter, counterbalancing by the outer filter. The weight of the crystals in grammes, multiplied by twenty, equals the percentage of morphine in the Opium taken. OPIUM DENARCOTISATUM. U.S. Denarcotized Opium. Powdered Opium, containing 14 per cent, of morphine, 100 parts, or . i oz. av. Stronger Ether, 1000 parts, or 14 fl. oz. Sugar of Milk, in fine powder, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 1 oz. av. Macerate the Powdered Opium with five hundred parts [or 7 fl. oz.] of Stronger Ether, in a well-closed flask, for twenty-four hours, agi- tating from time to time. Pour off* the clear, ethereaj solution, and repeat the maceration with two other portions of the Ether, each of two hundred and fifty parts [or 3J fl. oz.], first for twelve hours, and the last time for two hours. Collect the residue in a weighed dish, dry it, first by a very gentle heat, and, finally, at a temperature not above 85° C. (185° F.), and mix it thoroughly, by trituration, with enough Sugar of Milk to make the product weigh one hundred parts [or ALKALOIDS. 891 1 oz. av.]. Instead of taking one hundred parts of Powdered Opium containing fourteen per cent, of morphine, a proportionately smaller quantity of Powdered Opium of any higher percentage of morphine may be taken. The proper quantity, in parts by weight, for the above formula, is ascertained by dividing 1400 by the percentage of morphine in the Powdered Opium selected. Denarcotized Opium, when assayed by the process given on page 890, should yield 14 per cent, of morphine. Opium owes its value to the narcotic alkaloids present in it. Nine- teen alkaloids have been proved to exist in various kinds of opium, and several more have been announced, but their existence has not been cer- tainly confirmed. Two acids are found in opium combined with the alkaloids,—i.e., meconic and lactic acids; there are also present me- conin, C10H10O4, meconoiosin, C8H10O2, both neutral principles, pectin, glucose, mucilage, caoutchouc, wax, and odorous, fatty, and coloring matters. Meconic acid is colored red by ferric salts, the color not being discharged by solution of mercuric chloride. A solution of potassium sulphocyanide is colored in a similar manner, but it is rendered color- less by solution of mercuric chloride. The alkaloids are as follows: Morphine, C17H19N03.H20. The chief principle, and the first alka- loid discovered (see separate article, page 893). Codeine, C18H21N03. An important narcotic alkaloid (see page 896). Narcotine, An alkaloid discovered and named by De- rosne in 1803, and erroneously supposed to be the narcotic principle. It is white, tasteless, and inodorous, and crystallizes in silky flexible .needles, usually larger than the crystals of morphine, fusible at 115.5° C. (240° F.) and volatilizable at 154.4° C. (310° F.), insoluble in cold water, soluble in 400 parts of boiling water, in 100 parts of cold alcohol, and in 24 parts of boiling alcohol, which deposits it upon cooling, and very soluble in ether. It is colored red by a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids. It is not narcotic, but is said to be antiperiodic. Thebaine (Paramorphine), C19H21N03, is white, crystallizable, of an acrid and styptic rather than bitter taste, fusible at about 98.8° C. (210° F.) and volatilizable at 160° C. (320° F.), scarcely soluble in water, very soluble in alcohol and ether when cold, and still more so when heated. Alkalies precipitate it from its acid solutions, and, unless in very concentrated solution, do not dissolve it when added in excess. Unlike morphine, it is not reddened by nitric acid, nor does it become blue with solutions of ferric salts. It is colored red by a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids. It is not narcotic, but in its effects on the system is closely analogous to strychnine, producing tetanic spasms in the dose of a grain. Papaverine, C21H21N04, is crystallizable in needles, fusible at 98.8° C. (210° F.) and volatilizable at 154.4° C. (310° F.). It is insoluble in water, very sparingly soluble in cold alcohol or ether, more soluble in these liquids boiling hot, and deposited by them on cooling, soluble in benzol and chloroform. It is colored dark blue by sulphuric acid, changing to green if a crystal of potassium nitrate be added to it. It is narcotic. Narceine, is in white, silky crystals, inodorous, of a bitter 892 ALKALOIDS. taste, fusible at 76.6° C. (170° F.) and volatilizable at 215.5° C. (420° F.), soluble in 375 pails of cold and 220 of boiling water, soluble also in alcohol, and insoluble in ether. It forms a bluish compound with a little iodine, the color of which is destroyed by heat and the alkalies. It is rendered blue by the action of mineral acids so far diluted as not to decompose it; but, unlike morphine, it does not become blue by the action of ferric salts, nor red by that of nitric acid. Narceine is narcotic, and may be given in doses of one-third to one-half of a grain. Hydroeotarnine, C12H15N03, is soluble in alcohol, acetone, chloro- form, benzin, and ether. It melts at 50° C. (122° F.), and loses at a somewhat greater heat the molecule of water with which it crystallizes. Sulphuric acid dissolves it, coloring it yellow in the cold, and crimson- red if heated. Nitric acid colors it yellow; ferric chloride does not affect its color. Pseudomorphine, C17H19N04, possesses two properties of morphine: it dissolves in concentrated nitric acid with an intense orange-red, and in solution of ferric chloride with a blue color. Cryptopine, produces a blue color with sulphuric acid; it is but slightly soluble in water or alcohol. It is narcotic. Protopine, C^H^N05, is insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and chloroform. Laudanine, C20H25NO4. Colored red by sulphuric acid, a reddish- violet when heated. Codamine, Isomeric with laudanine; colored green with nitric acid and ferric chloride. Rlweadine, C21H21N06. Nearly insoluble in water, alcohol, ether, benzin, and chloroform ; with sulphuric acid it turns a purple color. Meeonidine, Amorphous; easily soluble in alcohol,ether, benzol, and chloroform; colored olive-green by sulphuric acid, orange- red by nitric acid. Laudanosine, Produces rose color with sulphuric acid, violet when heated ; soluble in ether. Lanthopine, Easily soluble in chloroform, sparingly in alcohol, ether, or benzol. Gnoseopine, C34Il3gN2011. Crystallizable; soluble in chloroform, car- bon disulphide, and benzol, but not in ether. Peuteropine, C20H21NO5. Similar to cryptopine. Oxynarcotine, Nearly insoluble in water, alcohol, chlo- roform, and benzol, but soluble in alkaline solutions. Uses.—Opium is narcotic, sedative, and antispasmodic. The dose is one grain. Officinal Preparations of Opium. Extraofrum Opii .... An aqueous extract. 1 grain represents about 2 grains of opium. Extract of Opium. Dose, one-half grain (see page 425). Pulvis Opii In No. 50 powder, 8 grains represent about 10 grains of opium. Powdered Opium. Officinal Preparations of Powdered Opium. Opium Denarcotisatum . See page 890). Denarcotized Opium. Tiuotura Opii Made by macerating and percolating 10 parts of powdered opium Tincture of Onium w'th sufficient diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 351). ' Dose, twelve minims. ALKALOIDS. 893 Officinal Preparations of Powdered Opium.—(Continued.) Tinctura Opii Deodorata .... Made by macerating 10 parts of powdered opium with 40 Deodorized Tincture of Opium. Parts °f watcr’ expressing, repeating, mixing the ex- pressed liquids, evaporating to 10 parts, agitating with 20 parts of ether to dissolve the narcotine and odorous principles, separating the liquids, evaporating the aque- ous portion, filtering, and adding sufficient water to make 80 parts, then adding 20 parts of alcohol (see page 352). Dose, twelve minims. Acetum Opii Made by macerating and percolating 10 parts of powdered Vinegar of Opium. opium, 3 parts of nutmeg, and 20 parts of sugar, with suffi- ° * cient diluted acetic acid to make 100 parts (see page 408). Dose, twelve minims. Tinctura Opii Camphorata . . . Made by macerating and percolating 4 parts each of pow- Camphorated Tincture of Opium. dfed ?P™“>benzoic acid, camphor, and oil of anise, with r 40 parts of glycerin, and sufficient diluted alcohol to make 1000 parts (see page 352). Dose, one to four fluidrachms. Vinum Opii Made by macerating and percolating 10 parts of powdered Wine of Opium. opium and 1 part each of cinnamon and cloves, with suf- ” ’ ficient stronger white wine to make 100 parts (see page 360). Dose, twelve minims. Pilulae Opii Each pill contains 1 grain of powdered opium and J grain Pills of Opium. of soap. (See Pilulee.) Pulvis Ipecacuanha; et Opii ... 10 parts each of powdered opium and ipecac, and 80 parts Powder of Ipecac and Opium . . ot sugar of milk. (See Pulveres, also Tincture of Ipecac and Opium. Officinal Preparations of Extract of Opium. Emplastrum Opii 6 parts of extract of opium, 18 parts of Burgundy pitch, Opium Plaster. and 76 parts of lead plaster. (See Emplastra.) Trochisci Glycyrrhizse et Opii . Each troche contains fa grain of extract of opium and Troches of Glycyrrhiza and Opium. 2 grains of extract of glycyrrhiza. (See Trochisci.) MORPHINA. U. S. Morphine. [Morphia, Pharm. 1870.] C17H19N03.H20; 303. Morphine was the first alkaloid to be discovered. The credit of its isolation belongs to Serturner, an apothecary of Eimbeck, Germany, who announced its presence in opium in 1817, and named it morphium. Preparation.—Morphine may be prepared by the former officinal process, as follows: Take of Opium, sliced, 12 oz. troy; Water of Ammonia 6 fl. oz.,• Animal Charcoal, in fine powder, Alcohol, Distilled Water, each, a suf- ficient quantity. Macerate the Opium with 4 pints of Distilled Water for twenty-four hours, and, having worked it with the hand, again macerate for twenty-four hours, and strain. In like manner, macerate the residue twice successively with the same quantity of Distilled Water, and strain. Mix the infusions, evaporate to 6 pints, and filter; then add 5 pints of Alcohol, and afterwards 3 fl. oz. of the Water of Ammonia, previously mixed with 8 fl. oz. of Alcohol. After twenty- four hours, pour in the remainder of the Water of Ammonia, mixed, as before, with 8 fl. oz. of Alcohol; and set the liquid aside for twenty- four hours that crystals may form. To purify these, boil them with 2 pints of Alcohol until they are dissolved, filter the solution, while hot, through Animal Charcoal, and set it aside to crystallize. In this process the infusions containing the morphine, in combination with meconic and lactic acids, are treated with alcohol and water of ammonia: the former retains the coloring-matter, caoutchouc, resins, 894 ALKALOIDS. etc., in solution, whilst the ammonia combines with the natural acids, the morphine being precipitated as an insoluble precipitate. Morphina. U.8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Colorless or white, shining, prismatic crystals, or a crystalline powder, per- manent in the air. When heated to 120° C. (248° F.), the crystals lose their water of crystallization (5.94 per cent.). When heated on platinum foil, they fuse, then char, and are finally completely dissipated. Odorless; bitter taste; alkaline reaction. Cold. Very slightly soluble. Boiling. 500 parts. Cold. 100 parts. Boiling. 36 parts. Soluble in 13 parts of boiling abso- lute alcohol, al- most insoluble in ether, and very slightly soluble in chloroform. Tests for Identity. Nitric acid first reddens Morphine and then renders it yellow. With test-solution of ferric chloride Morphine yields a blue color which is changed to green by an excess of the reagent, and which is destroyed by free acids or alcohol, but not by alkalies. A solution of Morphine, acidified with acetic or sulphuric acid, is not precipitated by tannic acid. Morphine yields a colorless solution with cold, concentrated sulphuric acid, which should not acquire more than a reddish tint by standing for some time, and which should not assume a purple or violet, but merely a greenish color on the addition of a small crystal of bichromate of potassium (absence of and difference from strychnine, brucine, etc.). On adding 20 parts of colorless solution of soda or of potassa to 1 part of Morphine, a clear, colorless solution should result, without a residue (absence of other alkaloids). Uses.—Morphine is rarely used medicinally, its salts—the sulphate, acetate, hydrochlorate, etc.—being preferred, because of their solubility in water. MORPHINES ACETAS. U. S. Acetate of Morphine. [Morphia Acetas, Pharm. 1870.] C17H19N03.HC2H302.3H20; 399. Preparation.—This salt may be made by the former officinal process, as follows: Take of Morphine, in fine powder, 1 oz. troy; Distilled Water 8 fl. oz.; Acetic Acid a sufficient quantity. Mix the Morphine with the Dis- tilled Water; then carefully drop Acetic Acid into the mixture, stirring it constantly until the Morphine is neutralized and dissolved. Evaporate the solution, by means of a water-bath, to the consistence of syrup, and set aside until it concretes. Lastly, dry the salt with a gentle heat, and rub it into powder. Care is required not to employ too much heat in the evaporation, as the acetate is easily decomposed, a portion of the acetic acid escaping and leaving an equivalent portion of uncombined morphine. The salt itself is subject to loss of acetic acid, and this may be dis- covered upon attempting to make a solution. When turbidity results, due to the inability of the water to dissolve the alkaloid, a few drops of acetic acid are needed to make the solution perfect. 895 ALKALOIDS. Morphinae Aoetas. U.S. Tests for Identity. A white, or yellowish-white, crystalline or amor- phous powder, slowly losing acetic acid when kept for some time and exposed to the air, having a faintly acetous odor, a bitter taste, and a neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. When freshly prepared, the salt is soluble in 12 parts of water and in 68 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.); if it has been kept for some time, it is in- completely soluble in water, unless a little acetic acid is added. It is also soluble in 1.5 parts of boiling water, in 14 parts of boiling alcohol, and in 60 parts of chloroform. When heated on platinum foil, the salt is entirely dissipated. Solution of soda or potassa added to an aqueous solution of the salt throws down a white pre- cipitate, which is soluble in an excess of the alkali. The precipitate is af- fected by reagents in the same manner as morphine. (See Morphina.) On adding sulphuric acid to the salt, ace- tous vapors are evolved. Uses.—Acetate of morphine is narcotic and sedative. Dose, one- eighth of a grain. MORPHIN.® HYDROCHLORAS. U. S. Hydrochlorate of Morphine. C17H19N03.HC1.3H20; 375.4. [Morphia Murias, Pharm. 1870.] Preparation.—This salt may be prepared by a process similar to that used for making acetate of morphine (see preceding article), by substituting hydrochloric acid for acetic acid. It is a more stable salt than the acetate. Morphia® Hydroehloras. U. 8. Odob, Taste, Solubility. and Beaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. "White, feathery, flexible, acicular crys- tals of a silky lustre, permanent in the air. When heated to 130° C. (266° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (14.38 per cent.). When heated on platinum foil, it is entirely dissipated. Odorless; bit- ter taste; neutral re- action. Cold. 24 parts. Boiling. 0.5 part. Cold. 63 parts. Boiling. 31 parts. Insoluble in ether. Tests for Identity. Solution of soda or potassa added to an aqueous solution of the salt throws down a white pre- cipitate, which is soluble in an excess of the alkali. The precipitate is affected by reagents in the same manner as morphine. (See Morphina.) The aqueous solution yields, with test- solution of nitrate of silver, a white precipitate, insoluble in nitric acid, but soluble in ammonia. Uses.—Hydrochlorate of morphine is used as a narcotic and seda- tive very largely in Great Britain. The dose is one-eighth of a grain. MORPHINE SULPHAS. V. S. Sulphate of Morphine. (C17H19N03)2.H2S04.5H20; 758. [Morphine Sulphas, Pharm. 1870.] Preparation.—This useful salt may be made by the former officinal process, as follows: Take of Morphine, in fine powder, 1 oz. troy; Distilled Water 8 fl. oz.; Diluted Sulphuric Acid a sufficient quantity. Mix the Morphine with the Distilled Water, then carefully drop in Diluted Sulphuric Acid, con- 896 ALKALOIDS. stantly stirring until the Morphine is neutralized and dissolved. Evapo- rate the solution, by means of a water-bath, so that on cooling it may crystallize. Lastly, drain the crystals, and dry them on bibulous paper. Morphinoe Sulphas. V.B. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. White, feathery, acicular crystals of a silky lustre, permanent in the air. When heated to 130° C. (266 F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (11.87 per cent.). When heated on platinum foil, it is entirely dissipated. Odorless; bitter taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 24 parts. Boiling. 0.75 part. Cold. 702 parts. Boiling. 144 parts. Tests foe Identity. Solution of soda or potassa added to an aqueous solution of the salt throws down a white pro. cipitate, which is soluble in an excess of the alkali. The precipitate is affected by reagents in the same manner as morphine. (See Morphina.) The aqueous solution yields, with test- solution of chloride of barium, a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Uses.—Sulphate of morphine is much more largely employed in the United States than any other salt of morphine: the dose is one-eighth of a grain. The solution of sulphate of morphine formerly officinal was made by dissolving one grain of sulphate of morphine in one fluidounce of distilled water, and, although the solution is more stable than that of any other of the morphine salts in use, it will in time become deteriorated, either through the presence of microscopic plants or from other causes, and hence it is not desirable to keep it on hand. This solution must not be confounded with Magendie’s solution, which is sixteen times as strong,—i.e., sixteen grains in a fluidounce. This solution is often used hypodermically. Pulvis Morphinse Compositus .... Made by mixing 1 part of sulphate of morphine with Compound Morphine Powder. 20 Partf eac,h of powdered camphor, glycyrrhiza, and 1 r precipitated carbonate of calcium. (See Pulveres.) Dose, ten grains. Trochisoi Morphinae et Ipecacuanhse . Each troche contains grain of sulphate of morphine Troches of Morphine and Ipecac. and .08 grain of ipecac. (See Trochisci.) Officinal Preparations. CODEINA. U.S. Codeine. [Codeia.] C18H21N0s.H20 ; 317. An alkaloid prepared from Opium. When the solution of the mixed hydrochlorates of morphine and codeine is treated with ammonia, the former alkaloid is precipitated, and the codeine, remaining in solution, may be obtained by evaporation and crystallization. It may be purified by treating the crystals with hot ether, which dissolves them, and yields the codeine in colorless crystals on spontaneous evaporation. Codeine is remarkable for being the most soluble alkaloid in use, there being no necessity for salifying it. It is usually seen in larger crystals than any other alkaloid. ALKALOIDS. 897 Codeina. U.8. Odok, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. White, or yellowish-white, more or less translucent, rhombic prisms, somewhat efflorescent in warm air. When heated to 120° C. (248° F.), Codeine loses its water of crystallization. At about 150° C. (302° F.) it melts, and on ignition it is completely dissi- pated. Codeine is dissolved by sulphuric acid containing 1 per cent, of molybdate of sodium, to a liquid having at first a dirty green color, which after a while becomes pure blue and gradually fades, within a few hours, to pale yellow. Odorless; slightly bitter taste; al- kaline reaction. Cold. 80 parts. Boiling. 17 parts. Very soluble. Very soluble in chloroform; also soluble in 6 parts of ether and in 10 parts of benzol, but almost insoluble in benzin. Test fob Identity and Pubity. On dissolving Codeine in sulphuric acid, a colorless liquid results, which, on the addition of a trace of ferric chloride, and gentle warming, becomes deep blue. An aqueous solution of Codeine, added to test-solution of mercuric chloride, should produce no precipitate; and if Codeine be added to nitric acid of sp. gr. 1.200, it will dissolve to a yellow liquid which should not become red (difference from and absence of morphine). Uses.—Codeine is sedative, in doses of one-fourth to one grain. APOMORPHINE HYDROCHLORAS. U.S. Hydrochlorate of Apomorphine. Preparation.—It may be made by heating morphine in a closed tube with a great excess of hydrochloric acid for two or three hours to the temperature of 140°-150° C. (284°-302° F.). The contents of the tube are then dissolved in water, an excess of the bicarbonate of sodium added, and the precipitate exhausted with ether or chloroform. On the addition to the solution of a very small quantity of hydrochloric acid, crystals of apomorphine hydrochlorate form. The process is one of dehydration,—the morphine parting with one molecule of water, thus : C„H17N02HC1; 303.4. c17h19no3 — h2o = c17h„no2. Morphine. Water. Apomorphine. Apomorphinee Hydrochloras. V.S. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Minute, colorless, or grayish-white, shining crystals, turning greenish on exposure to light and air. Should Hydrochlorate of Apomorphine im- part color to either chloroform or ether, it should be rejected, or it may be purified by thoroughly agitating it . with either liquid, filtering, and then rapidly drying the salt on bibulous paper, in a dark place. The aqueous solution, on gentle warming, rapidly turns green, but retains a neutral re- action. Odorless; bitter taste; neutral or faintly acid reaction. Cold. 6.8 parts. Boiling. Slowlyj' decom- posed. Cold. 50 parts. Boiling. Slowly decom- posed. Almost insolu- ble in ether or chloro- form. 898 ALKALOIDS. Tests fob Identity. Solution of bicarbonate of sodium, added to an aqueous solution of the salt, throws down the white, amorphous alkaloid, which soon turns green on exposure to air, and forms a bluish- green solution with alcohol, a purple one with ether or pure benzol, and a violet or blue one with chloroform. Addition of test-solution of nitrate of silver to an aqueous solution of the salt produces a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid, but instantly reduced to metallic silver by water of ammonia. Uses.—This remarkable compound is devoid of narcotic properties, but is powerfully emetic. The dose is one-fourth grain, or, hypodermi- cally, one-tenth grain. CINCHONA. U. S. Cinchona. The bark of any species of Cinchona (Nat. Ord. Rubiacece, Cinchonece), containing at least 3 per cent, of its peculiar alkaloids. CINCHONA FLAVA. U.S. Yellow Cinchona. [Calisaya Bark.] The hark of the trunk of Cinchona Calisaya Weddell (Nat. Ord. Rubiacece, Cin- chonece)1, containing at least 2 per cent, of quinine. CINCHONA RUBRA. U.S. Red Cinchona. [Red Bark.] The hark of the trunk of Cinchona succirubra Pavon (Nat. Ord. Rubiacece, Cin- chonece), containing at least 2 per cent, of quinine. The value of cinchona bark depends entirely upon the percentage of alkaloids present in it; and, as barks are found in the market greatly varying in quality, it is necessary to prove their worth by assay. Assay of Cinchona Bark. U.S. I. For Total Alkaloids. Cinchona, in No. 80 powder, and fully dried at 100° C. (212° F.) . . 20 grammes. Lime 5 grammes. Diluted Sulphuric Acid, Solution of Soda, Alcohol, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Make the Lime into a milk with 50 C.c. of Distilled Water, thor- oughly mix therewith the Cinchona, and dry the mixture completely at a temperature not above 80° C. (176° F.). Digest the dried mix- ture with 300 C.c. of Alcohol, in a flask, near the temperature of boiling, for an hour. When cool, pour the mixture upon a filter of about six inches (15 cm.) diameter. Rinse the flask and wash the filter with 200 C.c. of Alcohol, used in several portions, letting the filter drain after use of each portion. To the filtered liquid add enough Diluted Sulphuric Acid to render the liquid acid to test-paper. Let any result- ing precipitate (sulphate of calcium) subside; then decant the liquid, in portions, upon a very small filter, and wash the residue and filter with small portions of Alcohol. Distil or evaporate the filtrate to expel all the Alcohol, cool, pass through a small filter, and wash the latter ALKALOIDS. 899 with Distilled Water slightly acidulated with Diluted Sulphuric Acid, until the washings are no longer made turbid by Solution of Soda. To the filtered liquid, concentrated to the volume of about 50 C.c., when nearly cool, add enough Solution of Soda to render it strongly alkaline. Collect the precipitate on a wetted filter, let it drain, and wash it with small portions of Distilled Water (using as little as possible), until the washings give but a slight turbidity with test-solution of chloride of barium. Drain the filter by laying it upon blotting- or filter-papers until it is nearly dry. Detach the precipitate carefully from the filter and transfer it to a weighed capsule, wash the filter with Distilled Water acidulated with Diluted Sulphuric Acid, make the filtrate alka- line by Solution of Soda, and, if a precipitate result, wash it on a very small filter, let it drain well, and transfer it to the capsule. Dry the contents of the latter at 100° C. (212° F.) to a constant weight, cool it in a desiccator, and weigh.- The number of grammes, multiplied by jive, equals the percentage of total alkaloids in the Cinchona. II. For Quinine. To the total alkaloids from 20 grammes of Cinchona, previously weighed, add Distilled Water acidulated with Diluted Sulphuric Acid, until the mixture remains for ten or fifteen minutes after digestion, just distinctly acid to test-paper. Transfer to a weighed beaker, rinsing with Distilled Water, and adding of this enough to make the whole weigh seventy times the weight of the alkaloids. Add now, in drops, Solution of Soda previously well diluted with Distilled Water, until the mixture is exactly neutral to test-paper. Digest at 60° C. (140° F.) for five minutes, then cool to 15° C. (59° F.) and maintain at this tem- perature for half an hour. If crystals do not appear in the glass ves- sel, the total alkaloids do not contain quinine in quantity over eight per cent, of their weight (corresponding to nine per cent, of sulphate of quinine, crystallized). If crystals appear in the mixture, pass the latter through a filter not larger than necessary, prepared by drying two filter- papers of two to three and a half inches (5 to 9 cm.) diameter, trim- ming them to an equal weight, folding them separately, and placing one within the other so as to make a plain filter four-fold on each side. When the liquid has drained away, wash the filter and contents with Distilled Water of a temperature of 15° C. (59° F.),.added in small portions, until the entire filtered liquid weighs ninety times the weight of the alkaloids taken. Dry the filter, without separating its folds, at 60° C. (140° F.) to a constant weight, cool, and weigh the inner filter and contents, taking the outer filter for a counter-weight. To the weight of effloresced sulphate of quinine so obtained, add 11.5 per cent, of its amount (for water of crystallization), and add 0.12 per cent, of the weight of the entire filtered liquid (for solubility of the crystals at 15° G. or 59° F.). The sum in grammes, multiplied by Jive, equals the percentage of crystallized sulphate of quinine equivalent to the quinine in the Cinchona. About twenty alkaloids have been discovered in cinchona barks. Some of these are found only in one kind of bark, some are doubtless 900 ALKALOIDS. “ split products/’—that is, not existing naturally in the bark, But the result of the action of chemical agents upon it. Quinine, Quinidine, Cinchonine, and Cinchonidine are the most im- portant alkaloids found in cinchona barks, and they, or their important salts, will be considered in separate articles. The acids present are kinic, or quinic, cinchotcinnic, and kinovic, or quinovic. The neutral principle is kinomn, or quinovin, whilst cinchonie red, volatile oil, and red and yellow coloring-matter are also present. The first four of the alkaloids in the following list are used practically. The full list is as follows: Natural Alkaloids.—1. Quinine, C20H24X2O2- 2. Quinidine (Con- chinine of Hesse), 3. Cinchonine, C20H24N2O. 4. Cin- chonidine, C20H24X2O. 5. Quinamine, C19II24X202. 6. Quinidamine (Conchinamine of Hesse), C19H24N202. 7. Homoquinine or Ultra- quinine. 8. Cinchonamine. 9. Paytine, C21H24X20H20. 10. Homo- cinchonine, 11. Homocinchonidine, C19H22X20. 12. Cus- conine, 13. Cusconidine. 14. Aricine (Cinchovatine of Manzini), 15. Paricine, C16H18N20. 16. Paytamine. 17. Dihomocinchonine. 18. Dicinchonine, 19. Diquini- dine (Diconchinine of Hesse), C40H46N4O3. 20. Javanine. 21. Cin- choline. The Artificial Alkaloids at present known are: 1. Quinicine, C20H24N2O2. 2. Cinchonicine, C20H24N2O. 3. Quinamicine, C1#H*NA. 4. Quinamidine, C19H24X202. 5. Protoquinamicine, C17H20X2O2. 6. Apoquinamine, 7. Homocinchonicine, 2^* Hydrocinchonine, These are chiefly produced by the action of heat upon the natural alkaloids. One of the principal difficulties in preserving galenical preparations of cinchona arises from the alteration and precipitation which the cincho- tannic acid and its compounds undergo upon keeping. Glycerin has proved to be very useful by dissolving and holding these in solution, and hence it is present in nearly every one of the preparations. Officinal Preparations. Infusum Cinchonae Made by percolating 6 parts of cinchona with water con- infusion of Cinchona taining 1 per cent, of aromatic sulphuric acid to obtain 100 parts. Extractum Cinchonae Made from yellow cinchona with a menstruum of 3 parts Extract of Cinchona. °* alc?hoJ a“d \ P** f ™ter> adding 5 P« cent- of glycerin to the finished extract (see page 418). Extractum Cinchonae Fluidum . Made from yellow cinchona with a menstruum of 3 parts Fluid Extract of Cinchona. °f alcohol_ and 1 Par‘ °* %]Jc°r[n\ fi1nishing with a men- struum of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part of water (see page 376). Dose, one to two fluidrachms. Tinctura Cinchonae Made by percolating 20 parts of yellow cinchona with a Tincture of Cinchona. menstruum of 65 parts of alcohol 25 parts of water and 10 parts of glycerin to obtain 100 parts (see page 343). Dose, one to four fluidrachms. Tinctura Cinchonae Composita . Made by percolating 10 parts of red cinchona, 8 parts of Compound Tincture of Cinchona. bitter4 oranSe, Pee1’ and 2 Part® °f serpentaria with a r menstruum of 8 parts of alcohol, 1 part of water, and 1 part of glycerin to obtain 100 parts (see page 344). Dose, one to four fluidrachms. QUININA. U.S. Quinine. C20H24N2O2.3H2O (crystallized); 378. Preparation.—This alkaloid is usually made by adding to the acid solution of the sulphate a quantity of water of ammonia or solution ALKALOIDS. 901 of soda just sufficient to precipitate the quinine, carefully avoiding an excess. Quinina. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white, flaky, amorphous or minutely crystalline powder, permanent in the air. When heated to 57° C. (134.6° melts, and, at the tempera- ture of the water-bath, loses about 9 per cent, (about 2 molecules) of its water of crystallization, the remain- der being expelled at 125° C. (257° F.). On ignition, the alkaloid burns slowly with- out leaving a residue. Odorless; very bit- ter taste; alka- line reaction. Cold. 1600 parts. Boiling. 700 parts. Cold. 6 parts. Boiling. 2 parts. Soluble in 25 parts of ether, in about 5 parts of chlo- roform, in about 200 parts of glycerin, and also soluble in benzin, benzol, water of ammo- nia, or in diluted acids, which lat- ter it neutral- izes. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The solution of Quinine in diluted sulphuric acid has a vivid, blue fluo- rescence. Treated, first, with fresh chlorine water, and then with a slight excess of water of ammonia, Quinine produces an emerald- green color. Quinine should not be reddened by nitric acid (differ- ence from morphine). Onrnnin Quinine should afford no color, or none darker Matters ° than a pale yellow, with undiluted sulphuric acid. ' If 1 Gm. of Quinine be mixed, in a mortar, with 0.5 Gm. of sulphate of ammonium and 5 C.c. of distilled water, the mixture thoroughly dried on the water-bath, the residue (which should be neutral to test-paper) agitated with 10 C.c. of distilled water, this mixture macer- Absence of more ated at 15° C* (59° F‘) for half an hour’ then ., i , filtered through a small filter, 5 C.c. of the fil- f ,PC1 .c?.n ‘ trate taken in a test-tube, and 7 C.c. of water ° .w! 0m1.lne j °f ammonia (sp. gr. 0.960) then added,—on anc yumic ine, closing the test-tube with the finger and gently am more an turning it until the ammonia is fully inter- races o in- mixed, a clear liquid should be obtained. If the temperature of maceration has been 16° C. (60.8° F.), 7.5 C.c. of the water of ammonia may be added; if 17° C. (62.6° F.), 8 C.c. may be added. In each instance a clear liquid in- dicates the absence of more than about 1 per cent, of cinchonidine and quinidine, and of more than traces of cinchonine. Uses.—The alkaloid quinine is never used medicinally. Pharma- ceutically, it is employed in making elixirs, in citrate of iron and qui- nine and its solution, and in syrup of the phosphates of iron, quinine, and strychnine. QUININiE SULPHAS. U.S. Sulphate of Quinine. [Quinine Sulphas, Pharm. 1870.] (C20H24N2O2)2H2SO4.7H2O; 872. Preparation.—The processes which are used for making sulphate of quinine, commercially, are regarded as valuable trade secrets, and the manufacturers carefully guard them. The following process, which was formerly officinal, illustrates one method of making the sulphate of the principal alkaloid from cinchona: Take of Yellow Cinchona, in coarse powder, 48 oz. troy; Hydro- 902 ALKALOIDS. chloric Acid 3£ oz. troy; Lime, in fine powder, 5 oz. troy; Animal Charcoal, in fine powder, Sulphuric Acid, Alcohol, Water, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Boil the Cinchona in 13 pints of water mixed with one-third of the Hydrochloric Acid, and strain through muslin. Boil the residue twice successively with the same quantity of Water and Acid as before, and strain. Mix the decoctions, and, while the liquid is hot, gradually add the Lime, previously mixed with 2 pints of Water, stirring constantly, until the quinine is com- pletely precipitated. Wash the precipitate with Distilled Water, and, having pressed, dried, and powdered it, digest it in boiling Alcohol. Pour oft* the liquid, and repeat the digestion several times, until the Alcohol is no longer rendered bitter. Mix the liquids, and distil off the Alcohol until a brown viscid mass remains. Upon this, transferred to a suitable vessel, pour 4 pints of Distilled Water, and, having heated the mixture to the boiling point, add as much Sulphuric Acid as may be necessary to dissolve the quinine. Then add 1J oz. troy of Animal Charcoal, boil the liquid for two minutes, filter while hot, and set it aside to crystallize. Should the liquid, before filtration, be entirely neutral, acidulate it very slightly with Sulphuric Acid; should it, on the contrary, change the color of litmus paper to a bright red, add more Animal Charcoal. Separate the crystals from the liquid, dissolve them in boiling Distilled Water slightly acidulated with Sulphuric Acid, add a little Animal Charcoal, filter the solution, and set it aside to crystal- lize. Lastly, dry the crystals on bibulous paper with a gentle heat, and keep them in a well-stopped bottle. The mother-water may be made to yield an additional quantity of Sulphate of Quinine by precipitating the quinine with Water of Ammonia, and treating the precipitated alkaloid with Distilled Water, Sulphuric Acid, and Animal Charcoal, as before. The hydrochloric acid forms with the alkaloids soluble hydro- chlorates. The lime decomposes the salts by uniting with the acid, and the alkaloids are precipitated with the excess of lime. These are dissolved out with boiling alcohol, the solution evaporated, acidu- lated with sulphuric acid, decolorized with animal charcoal, and crys- tallized. Soda is often used instead of lime to precipitate the alkaloids, because quinine is less soluble in a solution of sodium chloride than in calcium chloride; whilst several manufacturers prefer to use amylic alcohol for exhausting the lime precipitate of alkaloids. Oil of turpentine has also been substituted to some extent. There are at least three sulphates of quinine that have been obtained, of which two are now officinal. The first of these, (C20H24N2O2)2H2SO4 + 7H20, is a “diquinic sulphate,” and is known and prescribed in Great Britain as Quinince Disulphas; it is the officinal salt known as quinine sulphate, or Quinince Sulphas, U. S. ; the second, formed by dissolving this first in dilute sulphuric acid, has the formula 02H2S04 -f- 7H20, and is the officinal bisulphate of quinine, or Qui- nince Bisulphas, U. S.; while the third, which is not officinal, is the acid sulphate, C20H24N2O2,2H2SO4 -j- 7HzO, and may be obtained from a solution of quinine in an excess of dilute sulphuric acid. ALKALOIDS. 903 Quininae Sulphas. U.S. [Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Snow-white, loose, filiform crystals, fragile and somewhat flexible, making a very light and easily compressible mass, lustreless from superficial efflorescence after standing in the air. When long exposed to the air, or when kept at 50° to 60° C. (122° to 140° F.) for some hours, it loses most of its water of crystallization (all ex- cept 4.6 per cent., or 2 to 3 mole- cules of water), the last portion being slowly expelled at 100° to 115° C. (212° to 239° F.). On ignition, the salt burns slowly without leaving a residue. Odorless; persist- ent, very bitter taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 740 parts. Boiling. 30 parts. Cold. 65 parts. Boiling. 3 parts. Soluble in small proportions of acidulated wa- ter, in 40 parts of glycerin, in 1000 parts of chloroform, and very slightly soluble in ether. 20 C.c. of ab- solute alcohol should dissolve 0.2 Gm. of the salt, forming a clear liquid. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution of the salt, especially when acidulated with sulphuric acid, has a vivid blue fluorescence. When treated, first, with fresh chlorine water, and then with a slight excess of water of ammonia, the salt produces an emerald-green color. Water of ammonia added to the aqueous solution of the salt throws down a white precipitate readily soluble in an excess of water of ammonia, and soluble in about 20 times its weight of ether (the other cin- chona alkaloids requiring larger proportions of ether or of water of ammonia for solution). Dis- solved in water, it yields, with test-solution of chloride of ba- rium, a white precipitate insolu- ble in hydrochloric acid. The salt should not be reddened by nitric acid (difference from mor- phine). Foreign Or- The salt should not be colored, or not more ganic Mat- ■ than very slightly colored, by undiluted ters. sulphuric acid. Ammonium a portion of the salt be boiled with milk Salts ‘ hme, no ammoniacal vapor should be given off. More than 8 °f the salt be placed in a porce- molecules la*n caPsule> an(l dried at a temperature or 16 18 100° C. (212° F.) for three hours, or r cent until a constant weight is attained, the of Wntorremainder, cooled in a desiccator, should weigh not less than 0.838 Gm. If the residue thus dried at 100° C. (212° F.) be agitated with 10 C.c. of distilled Absence of water, the mixture macerated at 15° C. more than (59° F.) for half an hour, then filtered about 1 through a small filter, 5 C.c. of the filtrate per cent. taken in a test-tube, and 7 C.c. of water of Cincho- of ammonia (sp. gr. 0.960) then added,— nidine or - on closing the test-tube with the finger Quinidine, and gently turning it until the ammonia and of is fully intermixed, a clear liquid should more than be obtained. If the temperature of traces of maceration has been 16° C. (60.8° F.), Cinchonine. 7.5 C.c. of the water of ammonia may be added; if 17° C. (62.6° F.), 8 C.c. may be added. Uses.—Sulphate of quinine is used as an antiperiodic, tonic, and antipyretic. The dose varies from two to twenty grains. It may be given in the form of pills or in solution : in the latter case it is better to suspend it in syrup without using acid, with the addition of a little fluid extract of glycyrrhiza and a drop of water of ammonia. QUININE BISULPHAS. U. S. Bisulphate of Quinine. C20H24N2°2H2SO4-7H2° 5 548. Preparation.—This salt is made by adding sulphuric acid to quinine sulphate suspended in water, evaporating the solution, and crystallizing the bisulphate. 904 ALKALOIDS. Quininae Bisulphas. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Colorless, clear, orthorhombic crystals, or small needles, efflorescing and becoming opaque on exposure to air. At 100° C. (212° F.) it loses all its water of crystalli- zation, and at 135° C. (275° F.) it is con- verted into bisulphate of quinicine. On ignition, the salt burns slowly without leaving a residue. Odorless; very bitter taste; strongly acid reaction. Cold. 10 parts (with vivid blue flu- orescence;. Boiling. Very soluble. Cold. 32 parts. Boiling. Very sol- uble. Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests foe Impurities. Treated, first, with fresh chlorine water, and then with a slight excess of water of ammonia, it produces an emerald-green color. Its aqueous solution yields, with water of amnonia, a precipitate readily soluble in an excess of water of ammo- nia, or in ether. With test- solution of chloride of barium it produces a white precipi- tate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. The salt should not he reddened by nitric acid (difference from morphine). ■c ( The salt should not bo colored, or not Manors gamC more than ™ry -lightly colored, by undiluted sulphuric acid. If 1 Gm. of Bisulphate of Quinine be ■r. w . dried, on a water-bath, to constant weight, the residue should weigh not less than 0.77 Gm. ' If 1 Gm. of the salt, previously dried at 100° C. (212° F.), be agitated with 8 C.c. of distilled water, the mixture made exactly neutral to test-paper by the cautious addition of water of <2 n . . ammonia, then increased by the ad- bee yuinina. diti(m of digtilled water to 10 c.c., and macerated at 15° C. (59° F.) for half an hour, upon proceeding further as directed for the corresponding test under quinine (see Quinina) the re- sults there given should be obtained. Uses.—The bisulphate has been introduced into medicine in prefer- ence to the ordinary sulphate, because of its greater solubility: being seventy times more soluble, it is better adapted for making into pills than the sulphate. It contains 13 per cent, less of the alkaloid than does the sulphate. The difference is to some extent compensated for by the greater solubility, and the dose given is usually that of the sulphate. QUININE HYDROCHLORAS. U. S. Hydrochlorate of Quinine. C20H24N2O2HC1.2H2O; 396.4. Preparation.—Quinine hydrochlorate may be made by double de- composition between quinine sulphate and barium chloride, or by dis- solving the alkaloid quinine in diluted hydrochloric acid, evaporating, and crystallizing. Quininae Hydrochloras. U.S. Odor, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. White, lustrous needles, forming tufts, per- manent in ordinary air, but readily ef- florescing at a gentle heat. On ignition, the salt burns slowly without leaving a residue. Odorless; very bitter taste; neutral or faintly alka- line reac- tion. Cold. 34 parts. Boiling. 1 part. Cold. 3 parts. Boiling. Very soluble. When rendered anhydrous, it is soluble in 1 part of chlo- roform. ALKALOIDS. 905 Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The saturated, aqueous solution Foreign Or- The salt should not be colored, or only very does not show any blue fluores- ganic Mat- slightly colored, by undiluted sulphuric cence, which, .however, appears, in some degree, in more dilute ters. acid. The aqueous solution of the salt should not solutions, if not acidulated. When treated, first, with fresh chlorine water, and then with Barium. be rendered turbid by diluted sulphuric acid. f The aqueous solution of the salt should not a slight excess of water of am- monia, it produces an emerald- green color. Water of ammonia added to the aqueous solution throws down a white precipi- tate readily soluble in an ex- cess of water of ammonia, or in ether. Test-solution of nitrate of silver produces a white pre- Sulphate. be rendered more than slightly turbid by test-solution of chloride of barium. ' If a small portion of the salt be dried on a water-bath until it ceases to lose weight, and the residue cooled in a desiccator, the loss of weight should not exceed 9 per cent. If 1.5 6m. be dissolved in 15 C.e. of hot distilled water, the solution stirred with 0.75 Gm. of crystallized sulphate of sodium cipitate insoluble in nitric acid, but soluble in ammonia. The salt should not be reddened by nitric acid (difference from morphine). See Quinina. ■ in powder, the mixture maintained at 15° C. (59° F.) for half an hour, and then drained through a filter only large enough to contain it, until 5 C.c. of filtrate are obtained, upon treating this liquid as directed for the corresponding test under quinine (see Quinina) the results there given should be obtained. Uses.—This salt is used like the sulphate : it is much more soluble, and is preferable for hypodermic use. The dose is from two to twenty grains. QUININE HYDROBROMAS. U.S. Hydrobromate of Quinine. C2oH24N202HBr.2H20; 440.8. Preparation.—Quinine hydrobromate may be made by decomposing 40 parts of quinine sulphate dissolved in 400 parts of hot alcohol with 11 parts of potassium bromide dissolved in 30 parts of distilled water. Potassium sulphate crystallizes out, and the quinine hydrobromate in solution may be obtained by evaporation and crystallization. In drying the salt, care must be observed not to subject the crystals to heat sufficient to fuse them : a warm dry atmosphere should be relied upon to effect the drying, and all unnecessary exposure to light should be avoided. Quinine hydrobromate may also be made by double decomposition between quinine sulphate and barium bromide, both in hot alcoholic solution. It is sometimes made by dissolving the alkaloid quinine in hot diluted hydrobromic acid until the latter is no longer acid to litmus paper, evaporating, and crystallizing. Quininae Hydrobromaa. V.S. I Odob, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Colorless, lustrous needles, permanent in ordinary air, but readily efflorescing at a gentle heat. On ignition, the salt burns slowly with- out leaving a residue. Odorless; very bit- ter taste; neu- tral or slightly alkaline reac- tion. Cold. 16 parts. Boiling. 1 part. Cold. 3 parts. Boiling. Less than 1 part. Soluble in 6 parts of ether, 12 parts of chloroform, and moderately solu- ble in glycerin. 906 ALKALOIDS. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests foe Impurities. The aqueous solution, when acid- Foreign Organic Matters. The salt should not be colored, or not ulated with sulphuric acid, has more than very slightly colored, by a blue fluorescence, and, when treated, first, with fresh chlo- rine water, and then with a undiluted sulphuric acid. If a small portion of the salt be dried on the water-bath until it ceases to lose slight excess of water of am- monia, it produces an emerald- green color. Water of am- monia added to the aqueous Free Water. weight, and the residue cooled in a desiccator, the loss of weight should not exceed 8.2 per cent. The aqueous solution of the salt should solution throws down a white precipitate readily soluble in an excess of water of ammonia, Barium. not be rendered turbid by diluted sul- phuric acid. The aqueous solution of the salt should not or in ether. Test-solution of nitrate of silver produces a white precipitate which is in- soluble in diluted nitric acid, and, when filtered off and washed, insoluble in solution of carbonate of ammonium. Sulphate. be rendered more than slightly turbid by test-solution of chloride of barium. ' If 1.5 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 15 C.c. of hot distilled water, the solution stirred with 0.6 Gm. of crystallized sul- phate of sodium in powder, the mix- ture maintained at 15° C. (59° F.) for The salt should not be red- See Quinina. half an hour and then drained through dened by nitric acid (difference a filter only large enough to contain it, from morphine). until 5 C.c. of filtrate are obtained, upon treating this liquid as directed for the corresponding test under qui- nine (see Quinina) the results there given should be obtained. Uses.—Hydrobromate of quinine is sometimes used hypodermically. Its dose is that of the sulphate, two to twenty grains. QUININES VALERIANAS. U. S. Valerianate of Quinine. C20H24N2°2C5H10°J-H2°; 444‘ Preparation.—In the former officinal process quinine was first ob- tained by decomposing the sulphate, by means of ammonia, and then combining it directly with valerianic acid, to form quinine valerianate, which crystallized from the solution when it cooled, because it is much less soluble in cold than in hot water. Quiniiue Valerianas. U.S. Odob, Taste, Solubility. and Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. White, or nearly white, pearly, lus- trous, triclinie crystals, permanent in the air, and slightly soluble in ether. When heated to about 90° C. (194° F.), the salt melts, forming a colorless liquid. On ignition, it burns slowly without leaving a residue. Slight odor of valeri- anic acid; bitter taste; neutral re- action. Cold. 100 parts. Boiling. 40 parts. Cold. 5 parts. Boiling. 1 part. Slightly solu- ble in ether.? Care must be observed in evaporating the solution and in drying this salt, because of its tendency to decompose. It may also be made by acting on an alcoholic solution of quinine sulphate with sodium valeri- anate. Quinine valerianate has been known to emit a phosphorescent light in the dark when rubbed in a mortar with a pestle. ALKALOIDS. 907 Tests fob Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution, when acidulated with sul- phuric acid, has a blue fluorescence, and emits the odor of valerianic acid. When treated, first, with fresh chlorine water, and then with a slight excess of water of ammonia, it pro- duces an emerald-green color. Water of am- monia added to the aqueous solution throws down a white precipitate readily soluble in an excess of water of ammonia, or in ether. The salt should not be reddened by nitric acid (difference from morphine). Foreign Or- ganic Mat- - ters. Sulphate. The salt should not be col- ored, or not more than slightly colored, by undi- luted sulphuric acid. The addition of test-solu- tion of chloride of barium to the aqueous solution of the salt should not cause more than a slight pre- cipitate. Uses.—This salt has no especial advantages over the sulphate. The proportion of valerianic acid is too small to have any influence as a nervine. Dose, two to ten grains. QUINIDINE SULPHAS. U. S. Sulphate of Quinidine. Preparation.—This salt is obtained from the mother-liquors obtained after the crystallization of quinine. (C20H24N2O2)2H2SO4.2H2O; 782. Quinidince Sulphas. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. White, silky needles, per- manent in the air. On ignition, the salt burns slowly without leaving a residue. It parts with its water of crystalliza- tion (4.3 per cent, by weight) at 120° C. (248° F.). Odorless; very bitter taste; neutral or faintly alkaline re- action. Cold. 100 parts. Boiling. 7 parts. Cold. 8 parts. Boiling. Very soluble. Very soluble in acidu- lated water and in 20 parts of chloro- form, but almost insoluble in ether. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The aqueous solution, when acidulated with sulphuric acid, has a decided blue fluorescence. When treated, first, with fresh chlorine water, and then with a slight excess of water of ammonia, the salt produces an emerald-green color. If a little water of ammonia is added to a solution of the salt, a white pre- cipitate (Quinidine) is produced, which requires a considerable excess of water of ammonia, or about 30 times its weight of ether, to dissolve it. Test- solution of chloride of barium added to an aqueous solution of the salt throws down a white precipitate in- soluble in hydrochloric acid. The salt should not he reddened by nitric acid (difference from morphine). ' The salt should not be col- Foreign Organic Mat- ored, or not more than ters. very slightly colored, by undiluted sulphuric acid. ' If 0.5 Gm., each, of Sulphate of Quinidine and of iodide of potassium (not alkaline to test-paper) be agitated with 10 C.c. of water at More than small nro- about 60° C' (140° .. e r>- the mixture then macer- portions of Cincho- d 15o c (59o R) nine, Cmehomdme, for ha]f an witl{ or Quinine. frequent stirring, and fil- tered, the addition, to the filtrate, of a drop or two of water of ammonia should not cause more than a slight turbidity. Quinidine differs from quinine in being dextrogyre (quinine is laevo- gyre), and in being almost insoluble in ether. 908 ALKALOIDS. Uses.—This salt is equally efficient with sulphate of quinine in the treatment of malaria and as an antiperiodic and antipyretic. Dose, two to twenty grains. CINCHONINA. U.S. Cinchonine. [Cinchonia.] i 308. Preparation.—Cinchonine may be obtained from the mother-waters of quinine sulphate by diluting them with water, precipitating with ammonia, collecting the precipitate on a filter, washing and drying it, and then dissolving it in boiling alcohol, which deposits the cinchonine in a crystalline form upon cooling. It may be still further purified by a second solution and crystallization. Cinchonina. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. White, somewhat lustrous prisms or needles, permanent in the air. At about 250° C. (482° F.) it melts and turns brown with partial sublima- tion. On ignition, the alka- loid is dissipated without leaving a residue. Odorless; at first nearly tasteless, but developing a bitter after- taste ; alkaline reaction. Cold. Almost in- soluble. Boiling. Almost in- soluble. Cold. 110 parts. Boiling. 28 parts. In 371 parts of ether, 350 parts of chloroform, and readily sol- uble in diluted acids, forming salts of a very bitter taste. Test for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On precipitating the alkaloid from a solu- tion of the alkaloid in diluted sulphuric acid by water of ammonia, it is very sparingly dissolved by the latter (differ- ence from and absence of quinine), and requires at least 300 parts of ether for solution (difference from quinine, quini- dine, and cinchonidine). f A solution of the alkaloid More than traces 1 in diluted sulphuric acid of Quinine or j should not exhibit more Quinidine. than a faint blue fluores- [ cence. f The salt should not be col- Foreign Organic J ored, or but very slightly Matters. 1 colored, by the addition [ of sulphuric acid. Uses.—Cinchonine is not used medicinally, because of its insolubility in water. It is used pharmaceutically to some extent in elixirs, etc., as it is more soluble in alcohol. CINCHONINE SULPHAS. U.S. Sulphate of Cinchonine. [Cinchonxjs Sulphas, Pharm. 1870.] (C20H24N2O)2H2SO4.2HjO ; 750. Preparation.—In consequence of its greater solubility, sulphate of cinchonine remains behind in the mother-waters, when sulphate of quinine crystallizes, in the process for preparing the latter. Cincho- nine is obtained from quinine mother-liquors by precipitation with solution of soda. The precipitated cinchonine is washed, converted into a sulphate by the addition of sulphuric acid, decolorized, and crys- tallized. ALKALOIDS. 909 Cinchoninse Sulphas. U- S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Hard, white, shining prisms of the clino-rhombic system, permanent in the air. At 100° C. (212° F.) the salt loses its water of crystal- lization, and at about 240° C. (464° F.) it melts with partial sub- limation. On ignition, the salt is dissipated without leaving a resi- due. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a curdy precipitate with test-solution of iodide of mercury and potassium. Odorless; very bitter taste; neutral or faintly alka- line reaction. Cold. 70 parts. Boiling. 14 parts. Cold. 6 parts. Boiling. 1.5 parts. In 60 parts of chloroform, and easily soluble in diluted acids; in- soluble in ether or benzol. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. The salt yields with water of ammonia a white precipitate (Cinchonine) which is very sparingly soluble in an excess of ammonia (difference from quinine), and not soluble in less than 300 parts of ether (difference from quinine, quinidine, and cinehonidine). With test-solution of chlo- ride of barium it yields a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. If the salt, dried at a gentle heat, be macerated, for half an hour, with frequent agitation, with 70 times its weight of chloroform at 15° C. (59° F.), it should wholly, or almost wholly, dissolve (any more than traces of sulphate of quinine or sulphate of cinehonidine remaining undissolved). ' A moderately dilute so- More than traces lution of the salt’ More tnan traces acidulated with sul- of Sulphate of , u n . .£ n phune acid, should or 0 not show more than a Quinidine. faint blue fluores_ cence. If 1 Gm. be dried at 100° C. (212° F.) More than 6 per until it ceases to lose cent, of Moist- weight, the residue, ure. cooled in a desiccator, should weigh not less than 0.952 Gm. ™ ~ . (The salt should not be Formgn Organic colored conta(jt Matters. j with su]phuric acid. Uses.—Cinchonine sulphate is used as a tonic and febrifuge. Its cheapness has led to its extensive employment as a substitute for qui- nine. The dose is larger, however, as an antiperiodic: fifteen to forty grains have been given. CINCHONIDIN® SULPHAS. U. S. Sulphate of Cinchonidine. (C20H24N2O)2H2SO4.3H2O; 768. Preparation.—This alkaloidal salt is also obtained from the quinine mother-liquors by fractional crystallization. The Indian barks contain a larger proportion of it than the South American varieties. Cinchonidinse Sulphas. XJ. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. White, silky, lustrous needles, or thin quadratic prisms. At 100° C. (212° F.) the salt loses its water of crystalliza- tion. From a dilute aqueous solution the salt crystallizes with 13.13 per cent. (6 to 7 mol.) of water of crystalliza- tion ; from a concentrated aqueous solution, with 7.03 per cent. (3 to 4 mol.). Odorless; very bitter .taste; neutral or faintly alka- line reaction. Cold. 100 parts. Boiling. 4 parts. Cold. 71 parts. Boiling. 12 parts. Freely soluble in acid- ulated water, and in 1000 parts of chlo- roform (the undis- solved portions be- coming gelatinous); very sparingly solu- ble in ether or ben- zol. 910 ALKALOIDS. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. On ignition, the salt is dis- sipated without leaving a residue. The aqueous so- lution of the salt yields, on addition of water of ammo- nia, a white precipitate (Cinchonidine) which re- quires a large excess of ammonia to dissolve it, and which is soluble in about 75 times its weight of ether. "With test-solution of iodide of mercury and potassium, the aqueous solution yields a curdy precipitate, and with test-solution of chlo- ride of barium a white pre- cipitate insoluble in hydro- chloric acid. More than traces of Sulphate of Quinine, or of Quinidine. Foreign Organic Matters. More than 8 per cent, of Moisture. More than 0.5 per cent, of Sulphate of Cinchonine, or more than 1.5 per cent, of Sulphate of Quin- idine. ' The moderately dilute aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with sulphuric acid, should not show more than a slight blue fluorescence. The salt should not be colored by the addition of sulphuric acid. 'If 1 Gm. be dried at 100° C. (212° F.) until it ceases to lose weight, the residue, cooled in a desiccator, should weigh not less than 0.92 Gm. If 0.5 Gm. of the salt be digested with 20 C.c. of cold distilled water, 0.5 Gm. of tartrate of potassium and sodium added, the mixture macer- ated, with frequent agitation, for one hour at 15° C. (59° F.), then filtered, and a drop of water of ammonia added to the filtrate, not more than a slight turbidity should appear. Uses.—This salt closely resembles quinine sulphate in its medicinal effects, and may be used for the same purposes in somewhat larger doses. CHINOIDINUM. U.S. Chinoidin. [Quikoidxi;.] A mixture of alkaloids, mostly amorphous, obtained as a by-product in the manu- facture of the crystallizable alkaloids from Cinchona. Preparation.—When the quinine mother-liquors are precipitated with soda, an amorphous resinous mass separates, which consists of the uncrystallizable alkaloids: these have probably lost their power of forming crystalline bodies, because of the continued action of heat to which they have been subjected during the evaporation of their solu- tions. A somewhat analogous case is presented in the process for making cane-sugar and molasses. Chinoidin—or, as it should be spelled, chinoidine—consists largely of quinicine and cinchonicine, alka- loids isomeric with quinine and cinchonine, and produced by the action of heat upon the latter. Chinoidinum. V. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A brownish-black or almost black solid, breaking, when cold, with a resinous, shining fracture, be- coming plastic when warmed. Odorless; bit- ter taste; alkaline re- action. Almost in- soluble. Freely sol- uble. Freely soluble in chloroform and diluted acids; partially soluble in ether and benzol. Tests for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. The solutions of Chinoidin have a very bitter taste. On ignition, Chinoidin should not leave more than 0.7 per cent, of ash. If Chinoidin be triturated with boiling Alkaloidal Tte,r’ *he !icluid> filtration, galtg ■! should be clear and colorless, and should remain so on the addition of an alkali. ALKALOIDS. 911 Uses.—Chinoidine, although cheaper than the cinchona alkaloids, is not preferred to them, because of its uncertain action, due to the varying proportions of uncrystallizable alkaloids present. It is used as a tonic and antiperiodic. Dose, five to thirty grains. The seed of Strychnos Nux-vomica Linne (Nat. Ord. Loganiacece). NUX VOMICA. U.S. Nux Vomica. Nux vomica contains strychnine, brucine, probably igasu- rine, igasuric acid, protein compounds, gum, fixed oil, sugar, etc. Strych- nine is officinal, and it will be considered separately. Brucine is easily soluble in alcohol and in chloroform; it is colored bright red by nitric acid, and its solution acquires a rose-red coloration with chlorine water. The presence of igasurine is now considered doubtful. The fixed oil is soluble in alcohol, and the alkaloids are soluble in the oil: in making the extract the oil should be separated and shaken with diluted alcohol to dissolve the alkaloids. This solution should be evaporated and mixed with the extract. Nux vomica is poisonous in large doses; in doses of three grains it is tonic. Officinal Preparations. Abstractum Nucis Vomicae ..... Made with a menstruum of 8 parts of alcohol and 1 Abstract of Nux Vomica. Part of w.ater l each represents 2 grains of nux vomica (see page 432). Dose, one to two grains. Extractum Nucis Vomicae Made with a menstruum of 8 parts of alcohol and 1 Extract of Nux Vomica part water (see Page 424). Dose, one-half to two grains. Extractum Nucis Vomicae Eluidum . Made with a menstruum of 8 parts of alcohol and 1 Fluid Extract of Nux Vomica. Etos Pag° 389)‘ Tinctura Nucis Vomicae Made by percolating 20 parts of nux vomica with a „ ,T Tr . menstruum of 8 parts of alcohol and 1 part of water Tincture of Nux Vomica. until it is exhausted. Reserve the first 90 parts, and evaporate the remainder to 10 parts and mix it with the reserved portion. Weigh a por- tion of the tincture, and evaporate it on a water- bath until it ceases to lose weight; dissolve this ex- tract in the remainder of the tincture, and add enough of the menstruum to the tincture to make each 100 parts of tincture contain 2 parts of dry extract (see page 351). Dose, twenty minims. IGNATIA. U. S. Ignatia. [Bean of Saint Ignatius.] The seed of Strychnos Ignatii Bergius (Nat. Ord. Loganiacece). Ignatia contains strychnine and brucine combined with igasuric acid, gum, resin, extractive, fixed oil, bassorin, etc. Ignatia generally yields a larger proportion of the poisonous alkaloids than nux vomica. It is tonic and very poisonous. Dose, one-half to one grain. Abstractum IgnatiSB . Made with a menstruum of 8 parts of alcohol and 1 part of water: ., , „ T »■ each grain represents two grains of ignatia (see page 431). Dose, Abstract ot Ignatia. one_half grain, Tinctnra Ignatise . . Made by assay like tincture of nux vomica (see preceding article), T ,. with this exception, that each 100 parts contain 1 part of dry ex- Tmcture of Ignatia. tra‘ Dose’ one to two minims. Tinctura Stramonii Made by percolating 10 parts of stramonium seed with suf- Tincture of Stramonium ficient diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 355). Dose, twenty minims. Unguentum Stramonii .... Made by rubbing 10 parts of extract of stramonium with 5 Stramonium Ointment. Parts+°* ™l°T> and incorporating with 85 parts of ben- zomated lard. (See Unguenta.) DULCAMARA. U. S. Dulcamara. [Bittersweet.] The young branches of Solarium Dulcamara Linne (Nat. Ord. Solanaceoe). Dulcamara contains solanine, an alkaloid, and dulcamarin, a glucoside: the latter is the bitter and sweet principle. The other con- stituents are gum, wax, fat, resin, etc. 918 ALKALOIDS. Extraotum Dulcamarae Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol (see page 379). Dose, thirty to Fluid Extract of Dulcamara. sixty minims. Officinal Preparation. The leaflets of Pilocarpus pennatifolius Lemaire (Nat. Ord. Rutacece, Xanthoxylece). PILOCARPUS. U.S. Pilocarpus. [Jaborandi.] Pilocarpus contains pilocarpine, C11H16N202, and a volatile oil con- sisting principally of pilocarpene, C10H16, a terpene. The leaves are coriaceous and difficult to powder. It is diaphoretic and sialagogue. Dose, twenty grains. Officinal Preparation. Extraotum Pilocarpi Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol (see page 390). Dose, fifteen to Fluid Extract of Pilocarpus. thirty minims. PILOCARPINAE HYDROCHLORAS. U.S. Hydrochlorate of Pilocarpine. CuH16N202.HC1; 244.4. Preparation.—Pilocarpine is added to diluted hydrochloric acid until it is neutralized, and the solution is then concentrated and crystallized. Pilocarpinse Hydrochloras. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Minute, white crystals, deliquescent. When heated on platinum foil, the crystals melt, and are finally com- pletely dissipated. Odorless; faintly bitter taste; neu- tral reaction. Very soluble. Very soluble. Almost insoluble in ether or chloroform. Tests foe Identity. With concentrated sulphuric acid, the crystals yield a yellow color; with nitric acid (sp. gr. 1.400), a faintly greenish-violet tint; with sulphuric acid and chromate of potassium, an emerald-green color. If an aqueous solution of the salt is slightly acidulated, the addition of water of ammonia produces no precipitate. Solution of soda produces a cloudiness only in a concentrated solution. The aqueous solution yields, with test-solution of nitrate ot silver, a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid, but soluble in ammonia. Uses.—Pilocarpine hydrochlorate is a diaphoretic and sialagogue, and is often used hypodermically. Dose, one-eighth to one-fourth of a grain. COLCHICI RADIX. U.S. Colchicum Root. The corm of Colchicum autumnale Linn6 (Nat. Ord. Melanthacece). COLCHICI SEMEN. U.S. Colchicum Seed. The alkaloid colchicine is found in both the corm and seed of col chi- cum. It is the active principle. There are present in the root starch, gum, fat, sugar, resin, etc. In the seed a fixed oil is found in addition to the other principles. The toughness of the seeds is due to their composition and structure, being composed chiefly of horny albumen made up of cells having very thick walls and surrounded by a closely adherent testa. The seeds may be exhausted of their active principle by digesting them, without bruising or powdering them, in hot alcohol. The seed of Colchicum autumnale Linne (Nat. Ord. Melanthacece). ALKALOIDS. 919 Officinal Preparations. Extractum Colchici Eadicis Made with a menstruum of 35 parts of acetic acid Extract of Colchicum Root. and 150 Parts of water (see PaSe 419)' Dose> one to two grains. Extractum Colchici Eadicis Fluidum . Made with 2 parts of alcohol and 1 part of water Fluid Extract of Colchicum Root. (see page 376). Dose, two to eight minims. Vinum Colchici Eadicis Made by percolating 40 parts of colchicum root with Wine of Colchicum Root. sufficient stronger white wine to make 100 parts (see page 359). Dose, ten minims. Extractum Colchici Seminis Fluidum . Made with a menstruum of two parts of alcohol and Fluid Extract of Colchicum Seed. \ Part of.water (see PaSe 377)- Dose> tw0 to eight minims. Tinctura Colchici Made by percolating 15 parts of colchicum seed with Tincture of Colchicum. suffici0e"\ dilated alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 344). Dose, one-half fluidrachm. Vinum Colchici Seminis Made by percolating 15 parts of colchicum seed with Wine of Colchicum Seed. sufficient stronger white wine to make 100 parts (see page 359). Dose, one-half fluidrachm. VERATRUM VIRIDE. U.S. Veratrum Viride. [American Hellebore.] The rhizome and rootlets of Veratrum viride Aiton (Nat. Ord. Melanthacece). Veratrum viride contains the alkaloids jervine, veratroidine, pseudo- jervine, and rubijervine. It was supposed for many years to owe its activity to veratrine. There are also present resins, starch, coloring- matter, etc. It is a cardiac sedative, poisonous, with emetic and dia- phoretic properties. Dose, one to two grains. Extractum Veratri Viridis Fluidum . Made with alcohol (see page 399). Dose, one to two Fluid Extract of Veratrum Viride. minims. Tinctura Veratri Viridis Made by percolating 50 parts of veratrum viride with m. . „ TT , ., sufficient alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 356). tincture of Veratrum viride. „ •• 1 \ r=> / Dose, two to four minims. Officinal Preparations. VERATRINA. U. S. Veratrine. An alkaloid, or mixture of alkaloids, prepared from the seeds of Asagraea officinalis Lindley (Nat. Ord. Melanihacece). Preparation.—The seeds are exhausted with alcohol, and the alcohol recovered by distillation. The residuary liquid contains veratrine in its natural combination with veratric acid; this is diluted with water, (which precipitates the resins) and filtered ; potassa or ammonia is added to the filtrate, when veratrine is precipitated. It is then redissolved, decolorized, and reprecipitated. Veratrine is used externally, in neu- ralgia, rheumatism, etc. It is sternutatory and very poisonous. Veratrina. V. S. Odor and Solubility. Taste. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white, or grayish-white, amorphous, rarely crys- talline powder, permanent in the air, of a dis- tinctive, acrid taste, leaving a sensation of tin- gling and numbness on the tongue, producing constriction of the fauces, and highly irritant to the nostrils. Yeratrine is very slightly soluble in cold or hot water, but imparts to it an acrid taste and a feebly alkaline reaction. In boiling water it strongly cakes together without melt- ing. When heated, it melts; at higher tem- peratures it chars and is wholly dissipated. Odorless; dis- tinctive, ac- rid taste. Cold. 3 parts. Boiling. Very sol- uble. Soluble in 6 parts of ether, in 2 parts of chlo- roform, in 96 parts of glycerin,and in 56 parts of olive oil. 920 ALKALOIDS. Tests foe Identity. With nitric acid, Veratrine forms a yellow solution, and, by contact with sulphuric acid, it first assumes a yellow color, which soon passes to reddish yellow, then to an intense scarlet, and, after a while, to violet-red. On triturating Veratrine with sulphuric acid in a glass mortar, the yellow or yellowish-red solution exhibits, by reflected light, a strong greenish- yellow fluorescence, which becomes more intense on adding more sulphuric acid. Heated with concentrated hydrochloric acid, it dissolves with a blood-red color. Officinal Preparations. Oleatum Veratrinae . . Made by dissolving 2 parts of veratrine in 98 parts of oleic acid Oleate of Veratrine. (see page 323). Used externally. TInguentum Veratrinae . Made by rubbing 4 parts of veratrine with 6 parts of alcohol and Ointment of Veratrine. 96 parts of benzoinated lard. (See Unguenta.) Used externally. CHELIDONIUM. U.S. Chelidonium. [Celandine.] Chelidonium magus Linne (Nat. Ord. Papaveracece). Chelidonium contains chelerythrine, chelidonine, C19H17N303, chelido- xanthin, and chelidonic acid. It is bitter and acrid. Used as a diuretic. Dose, forty grains. SANGUINARIA. U.S. Sanguinaria. [Bloodroot.] The rhizome of Sanguinaria canadensis Linne (Nat. Ord. Papaveracece), collected in autumn. Sanguinaria contains sanguinarine, C19II17N04, a colorless alkaloid, which yields bright red salts: another alkaloid is present which as yet is unnamed. It also contains malic and citric acids, starch, resins, color- ing-matter, etc. The liquid preparations invariably deposit a reddish precipitate upon the sides of the bottle. It is alterative, sternutatory, stimulant, and emetic. The dose is ten grains. Officinal Preparations. Acetum Sanguinariao Made by percolating 10 parts of sanguinaria with suf- Vinegar of Sanguinaria. diluted acetic acid to make 100 parts (see page ° 408). Dose, fifteen to thirty minims. Extraotum Sanguinarise Fluidum . Made with alcohol (see page 393). Dose, three to five Fluid Extract of Sanguinaria. minims. Tinctura Sanguinariae Made by percolating 15 parts of sanguinaria with suf- Tincture of Sanguinaria. fi,cie,nt, menstruum, made by mixing 2 parts of ° alcohol with 1 part of water, to make 100 parts (sea page 354). Dose, fifteen to thirty minims. STAPHISAGRIA. U.S. Staphisagria. [Stavesacre.] The seed of Delphinium Staphisagria Linne (Nat. Ord. Ranunculacece). Staphisagria contains three alkaloids, delphinine, delphisine, delphinoi- dine. It also contains staphisain, with fixed oil, protein compounds, mucilage, etc. The alkaloids are soluble in chloroform, fixed oils, alco- hol, and ether, and an oleoresin made with benzin is a good preparation. It is used principally, externally, for killing body-vermin, and is very poisonous. ACONITUM. U. S. Aconite. The tuberous root of Aconitum Napellus Linne (Nat. Ord. Rammculacece). Aconite contains aconitine, ; pseudaconitine, C3CH49NOu; picraconitine, C31H45NO10; aconine, C26H39NOu; pseudaconine, N08. 921 ALKALOIDS. Aconitio add, H3C6H3Og, is present, together with resins, sugar, fat, coloring-matter, etc. Aconitic acid may be produced by heating citric acid to 155° C. (311° F.). Alcohol is the best menstruum for preparations of aconite. The object of using tartaric acid in the men- struum is to aid in abstracting the aconitine: its use is unnecessary. Aconite is sedative and very poisonous. Dose, one grain. The dose of aconitine is one three-hundredth of a grain. Officinal Preparations. Abstraotum Aconiti Made with alcohol containing a little tartaric acid (see page Abstract of Aconite. 429). Dose, one-half grain. Extraotum Aconiti Made with alcohol containing a little tartaric acid, 5 per cent. Extract of Aconite. of giycerin being added to the finished extract (see page 417). Dose, one-half gram. Extractum Aconiti Fluidum . Made with alcohol containing a little tartaric acid (see page Fluid Extract of Aconite. 371). Dose, one-half to one minim. Tinctura Aooniti Made by percolating 40 parts of aconite with sufficient Tincture of Aconite alcohol containing a little tartaric acid to make 100 parts (see page 339). Dose, one to two minims. HYDRASTIS. U. S. Hydrastis. [Golden Seal.] The rhizome and rootlets of Hydrastis canadensis Linne (Nat. Ord. Ranunculacece). Hydrastis contains hydrastine, berberine, C20H17NO4, xanthopuccine, sugar, starch, resin, coloring-matter, etc. The salts of hydrastine are white, those of berberine are bright yellow. Hydrastis is used as an alterative and tonic, in doses of twenty to forty grains. Extractum Hydrastis Fluidum . Made with 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part of water (see page Fluid Extract of Hydrastis. 384). Dose, one to two fluidrachms. Tinctura Hydrastis Made by percolating 20 parts of hydrastis with sufficient „ tt i x- diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 348). Dose, Tincture of Hydrastis. one-half to one fluidrachm. Officinal Preparations. MENISPERMUM. U.S. Menispermum. [Canadian Moonseed.] The rhizome and rootlets of Menispermum canadense Linne (Nat. Ord. Menisper- macece). Menispermum contains menispine, berberine, resin, starch, tannin, coloring-matter, etc. It is alterative and tonic, in doses of twenty to forty grains. GRANATUM. U.S. Pomegranate. The hark of the root of Punica Granatum Linne (Nat. Ord. Granatacece). Pomegranate contains four alkaloids, pelletierine, isopelletierine, me- ihylpelletierine, pseudopelletierine. The latter is solid and crystallizable; the others are liquid. It also contains punico-tannic acid, C20H16O13, sugar, mannit, pectin, gum, etc. Pomegranate is anthelmintic, in doses of thirty grains. PAREIRA. U.S. Pareira. [Pareira Braya.] The root of Chondodendron tomentosum Ruiz et Pavon (Nat. Ord. Menispermacece). This root contains pelosine, or cisscumpeline. This has been proved to be identical with buxine and beberine, alkaloids obtained from Buxus sempervirens and Nectandra Rodisei. Pareira is tonic, diuretic, and aperient. The dose is forty grains. 922 ALKALOIDS. Extractum Pareirse Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol containing 20 per cent, of glycerin Fluid Extract of Pareira. (see page 389). Dose, one fluidrachm. Officinal Preparation. IPECACUANHA. U.S. Ipecac. The root of Cephaelis Ipecacuanha A. Richard (Nat. Ord. Rubiacece, Caffece.) Ipecac contains emetine, ipecacuanhic add, pectin, starch, resin, sugar, etc. It is emetic and expectorant. The dose is five to thirty grains. The apothegmatic matter which is dissolved by hydro- alcoholic liquids when percolating it, is slowly precipitated when added to water or syrup. It may be separated by allowing the aqueous liquid to stand until the separation is completed, and then filtering. Officinal Preparations. Extraotum Ipeoacuanhae Fluidum . Made by a special process to separate the apothegmat'ic Fluid Extract of Ipecac. matter (see page 385). Dose, ten to thirty minims. Trochisci Ipecacuanhae Each troche contains \ grain of ipecac. (See Trochisci.) Troches of Ipecac. Syrupus Ipecacuanhae Made by adding 5 parts of fluid extract of ipecac to 95 Svrun of Inecac Parts of syrup (see page 294b Dose> tMrty minims J f t0 two fluidrachms. Tinctura Ipecacuanhae et Opii . . Made by evaporating 100 parts of deodorized tincture of Tincture of Ipecac and Opium. opi.um to 85 parts’and ad,di,ng 40 par4s ?fduid 1 r 0f ipecac and sufficient diluted alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 349). Dose, ten minims. Vinum Ipeoacuanhae Made by mixing 7 parts of fluid extract of ipecac with r. j 93 parts of stronger white wine (see page 360). Dose, me o pecac. one flut(jracilm> Pulvis Ipecacuanhae et Opii .... Made by triturating together 10 parts of powdered -r> . c T . ipecac, 10 parts of powdered opium, and 80 parts of Powder of Ipecac and Opium. peered sugar of milk. (See Pulveres.) Dose, ten grains. ERYTHROXYLON. U. S. Erythroxylon. [Coca.] The leaves of Erythroxylon Coca Lamarck (Nat. Ord. Erythroxylacece). Erythroxylon contains cocaine, C17H21N04, and hygrine, combined with cocatannic acid. Coca is a nervous stimulant, with diaphoretic properties. Cocaine is remarkable for its action as a local anaesthetic when applied to mucous membranes. The dose of coca is from thirty to sixty grains. (See U. S. Dispensatory, 16th edition, page 577.) Extractum Erythroxyli Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol (see page 380). Dose, one-half Fluid Extract of Erythroxylon. to one fluidrachm. Officinal Preparation. A dried paste prepared from the crushed or ground seeds of Paullinia sOrbilis Martius (Nat. Ord. Sapindacece). Guarana contains caffeine, C8H10N4O2, and about 25 per cent, of tannin, with resin, mucilage, starch, volatile oil, saponin, etc. It is used as a nervous stimulant, in doses of thirty to sixty grains. It is effective only in comparatively large doses. GUARANA. U.S. Guarana. Officinal Preparation. Extractum Guaranae Fluidum . Made with 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part of water (see page Fluid Extract of Guarana. 383). Dose, one to two fluidrachms. ALKALOIDS. 923 CAFFEINA. U.S. Caffeine. C8H10N4O2.H2O; 212. A proximate principle of feebly alkaloidal power, generally prepared from the dried leaves of Camellia Thea Link (Nat. Ord. Ternstrcemiacece), or from the dried seeds of Coffea arabica Linne (Nat. Ord. Rubiacece), or from Guarana, and occurring also in other plants. Caffeine is usually prepared from tea or coffee by precipitating a decoction with lead acetate, removing the excess of lead from the filtrate by hydrosulphuric acid, adding water of ammonia, evaporating, and recrystallizing. Caffeina. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. Colorless, soft, and flexible crys- tals, generally quite long, and of a silky lustre, permanent in the air. Odorless; bitter taste; neutral reaction. Cold. 75 parts. Boiling. 9.5 parts. Cold. 35 parts. Boiling. Very soluble. In 6 parts of chlo- roform, but very slightly soluble in ether or in disulphide of carbon. Tests foe Identity. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. When heated to 100° C. (212° F.), the crystals lose 8.49 per cent, in weight (of water of crystalliza- tion) ; and when heated on platinum foil, they are completely volatilized without carbonizing. On heating Caffeine with chlorine water, or treat- ing it with concentrated nitric acid, it is decom- posed ; on evaporating afterwards, at a gentle heat, a yellow mass is left, which, when moistened with water of ammonia, assumes a purplish color. ' Sulphuric or nitric acid should dissolve Caffeine Other A1 without color, and its kaioids. i ’TT8 solutiofV}?ouv!d not be precipitated by test-solution of iodide of mercury and potassium. Uses.—Caffeine is a nervous stimulant. It is chiefly used in nervous headaches of a certain type. The dose is from one to three grains. CONIUM. U.S. Conium. [Hemlock.] The full-grown fruit of Conium maculatum Linne (Nat. Ord. Umbelliferce, Cam. pylospermce), gathered while yet green. Conium contains coniine, C8H17N, conhydrine, C8H17NO, and methyl- coniine, C8H16CH3N; there are also present a little volatile oil and fixed oil. Coniine is a liquid volatile alkaloid, and contains no oxygen. Its odor resembles that of the urine of mice. It is soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Conium is narcotic and sedative. Dose, five grains. Officinal Preparations. Abstractum Conii Made by adding a concentrated alcoholic fluid extract to ... , „ „ . sugar of milk so that 1 grain represents 2 grains of conium Abstract of Conium. , ° r\ z • (see page 430). Dose, two grains. Extractum Conii Alooholicum . Made with diluted alcohol containing a little diluted hydro- ., , x, . j. r n • chloric acid to fix the alkaloid: 5 per cent, of glycerin is Alcoholic Extract of Conium. added to the finished extract (seeFpage 42o). Dose, one- half to one grain. Extractum Conii Fluidum . . Made with diluted alcohol containing a little diluted hydro- Fluid Extract of Conium. JU?rio acid tofix the alkaloid (see PaSe 377)- Dose’ five to twenty minims. Tinctura Conii Made by percolating 15 parts of conium with diluted alcohol , en • containing a little diluted hydrochloric acid until 100 parts Tincture of Conium. are obtained (see page 344). Dose, thirty minims. ALKALOIDS. 924 The leaves and tops of Lobelia inflata Linne (Nat. Ord. Lobeliacece), collected after a portion of the capsules have become inflated. Lobelia contains lobeline, lobelic acid, lobelacrin, wax, resin, gum, etc. Lobeline, the alkaloid, is liquid, and contains no oxygen. Lobelia is expectorant and emetic. Dose, ten to forty grains. LOBELIA. U.S. Lobelia. Acetum Lobelise Made by percolating 10 parts of lobelia with sufficient diluted v- f T b V acetic acid to make 100 parts (see page 407). Dose, thirty inegar o o e la. minims to a fluidrachm. Extractum Lobelise Fluidum . Made with diluted alcohol (see page 387). Dose, ten to Fluid Extract of Lobelia. twenty minims. Tinctura Lobelise Made by percolating 20 parts of lobelia with sufficient diluted m- , f l b alcohol to make 100 parts (see page 350). Dose, one-half juncture oi none la. to on(j fluj(irachm. Officinal Preparations. The commercial, dried leaves of Nicotiana Tabacum Linne (Nat. Ord. Solanacece). Tobacco contains nicotine, C10H14N2, a liquid alkaloid, which is color- less, very acrid, poisonous, and rapidly turns brown on exposure to air. It is soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Tobacco is sedative and emetic. Dose, one to five grains. TABACUM. U.S. Tobacco. Unofficinal Drugs containing Alkaloids. Alstonia Constricta. The bark of A. constricta, found in Australia. It contains Australian Fever Bark. alstonine, which is very bitter. Aspidosperma. The bark of A. Quebracho, found in Brazil. It contains two Quebracho. alkaloids, aspidospermine and quebrachine. Baptisia. The root of B. tinctoria, found in North America. It contains Baptisia. an alkaloid and baptisin, which is an impure resin, containing some of the alkaloid. Berberis. From B. vulgaris, found in Europe and America. It contains Barberry Bark. berberine, oxyacanthine, and tannin. Boldus. The leaves of Peumus B., found in Chili. It contains boldine, Boldo. volatile oil, tannin, etc. Caffea. The seeds of 0. arabica, found in most tropical countries. It Coffee. contains about 1 per cent, of caffeine, C8H10N4O2.H2O, and fixed oil. Cocculus Indicus. The fruit of Anamirta C., found in the East Indies. It con- Fish-berries. tains menispermine, picrotoxin, etc. Colchici Flores. The flowers of Colchicum autumnale, found in Europe. They Colchicum Flowers. contain a large percentage of colchicine. Coptis. The plant of G. trifolia, found in- North America. It contains Goldthread. a yellow crystalline alkaloid, berberine, and a white one named coptine. Coptis Teeta. The rhizome of C. Teeta, found in East India. It contains a East Indian Goldthread. very large percentage of berberine. Corydalis. The tubers of Dicentra canadensis, grown in North America. It Turkey Corn. contains the alkaloid corydaline, which is very bitter, acrid resin, etc. Curare. An extract made by South American Indians from plants be- WourarL longing to the genus Strychnos. It contains an extremely poisonous alkaloid, named curarine. Delphinium. The seed of D. Consolida, found in Central Europe. It contains Larkspur Seed. the poisonous alkaloid delphinine. Dita. From the bark of Alstonia scholaris, found in the Philippine Dita Bark. Islands. It contains per cent, of a bitter alkaloid, ditamine, and 2 per cent, of ditain, an uncrystallizable bitter substance. Duboisia. The leaves of D. myoporoides, found in Australia. It contains Duboisia. a very poisonous alkaloid, duboisine, which is colored reddish- brown by sulphuric acid. ALKALOIDS. 925 Unofficinal Drugs containing Alkaloids.—(Continued.) Erythrophlaeum. The bark of E. guineense, found in Africa. It contains the oolorless Sassy Bark. alkaloid erythrophleine, etc. Fumaria Officinalis. The plant of F. officinalis, found in Europe. It contains the alkaloid Fumitory. fumarine. Glaucium. The plant of G. luteum. It contains the alkaloids sanguinarine, glaucine, Horn Poppy. and glaucopicrine. Bhceas. The petals of Papaver R., cultivated. They contain the alkaloid rhoea- Red Poppy. dine and some coloring-matter. Yeratrum Album. The rhizome of V. album, found in Europe. It contains the alkaloids White Yeratrum. jervine, C26H37NO3, pseudojervine, rubijervine, veratralbine, etc. Aconitine, From Aconitum Napellus. It exists in an amorphous and crystalline C33II43NO12. form; inodorous, and of a bitter and acrid taste; sparingly soluole in water, but freely so in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. Used principally for neuralgia, in the form of an ointment. A most violent poison. Alstonine, From the bark of Alstonia constricta. A brownish-yellow, amorphous C21II20N2O4. powder, readily soluble in alcohol. Anagyrine, A yellowish, amorphous, hygroscopic, poisonous alkaloid. From Anagyris C14H18N2O2. fcetida. Soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Aspidospermine, From the bark of Aspidosperma Quebracho. It is a weak base, forming C22H30N2O2. amorphous salts. The hydrochlorate is given in doses of one-thirtieth to one-twenty-fifth of a grain. Beberine, From the bark of Nectandra Rodisei. A pale yellow, amorphous powder, C18H21NO3. of a resinous aspect, inodorless, very bitter, very slightly soluble in water, inflammable, and of an alkaline reaction. Beberine sulphate is given in doses of two to five grains. Berberine, From the bark of the root of Berberis vulgaris and others. It occurs in C20H17NO4. minute yellow crystals, has a bitter taste, is soluble in 100 parts of cold water, and insoluble in ether. Its medicinal action is similar to that of quinine. Dose, one to eight grains. Bcldine. From the leaves of Peumus Boldus. It imparts to water a bitter taste, is soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, etc., and is colored red by nitric and sulphuric acid. The yield of alkaloid is about per cent. Buxine. From the bark of Buxus sempervirens. It is identical with the beberine of nectandra bark. Chelerythrine. From Chelidonium majus. This alkaloid is identical with sanguinarine. It is an acrid poison. Chinoline, See Chinoline, under coal-tar products. C9H7N. Chlorogenine. Identical with Alstonine. (See abbve.) Cicutine. From Cicuta virosa. A volatile alkaloid. Cocaine (Ery- From the leaves of Erythroxylon Coca. Colorless prisms of a strong alka- throxyline), line reaction, a bitter taste, producing a transient numbness upon the C17II21NO4. tongue, soluble in 700 parts of water, more soluble in alcohol and ether. It is decomposed on being heated with strong hydrochloric acid. Used largely as a local anaesthetic. Colchicine, From Colchicum autumnale. It is colorless or yellow, amorphous, soluble 01711191705. in water, alcohol, and chloroform; it has a saffron-like odor and a bitter taste. Its aqueous solution is colored yellow on the addition of hydro- chloric acid. The yield of alkaloid is about £ per cent. Used in gout, rheumatism, neuralgia, etc. Dose, one-hundredth of a grain three times a day. Conhydrine, From Conium maculatum. It occurs in pearly, iridescent plates, which CsHixNO. are easily fusible; odor similar to that of conine. Coniine, From Conium maculatum. A volatile alkaloid, inflammable, strong alka- CsHisN. line reaction, a strong odor, soluble in water, alcohol, ether, chloroform, etc. Used as an antispasmodic. Dose, one-fourth of a grain. Coniine hydrobromate is given in doses of one-sixteenth of a grain. Corydaline. From the tubers of Dicentra canadensis. A white, amorphous powder; its solution has a very bitter taste. Curarine, From Curare. It occurs in colorless prisms having a very bitter taste. C18H35N. It is colored red by nitric acid. Cytisine, From Cytisus Laburnum. It occurs in white crystals, is inodorous, and has C20H27N3O. a bitter, somewhat caustic taste, and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in water and alcohol. It is colored orange-yellow by nitric acid. Daturine. See page 917. Dose, one-sixty-fourth of a grain. Delphinine, From the seed of Delphinium Staphisagria. It occurs in flat prisms; taste C22H35NO6. bitter, followed by persistent tingling. Nearly insoluble in water. Unofficinal Alkaloids and their Salts. 926 ALKALOIDS. Duboisine. From several species of Duboisia. It crystallizes in fine colorless needles. Used as a substitute for atropine. Dose, one-sixty-fourth of a grain. Emetine, From Cephaelis Ipecacuanha. It is a yellowish-white powder, sparingly C28H40N2O5. soluble in water, but dissolves in alcohol, ether, etc. Emetine is colored bright yellow or orange by chlorinated lime. The yield of alkaloid is about 1 per cent. Erythrophleine Obtained from Erythrophlseum guineense (Sassy bark). Used in place of Hydrochlorate. cocaine. Dose, one-eighth of a grain. Ethyl-oxy-Caffe- Called also Ethoxycaffeine. Given in migraine, in doses of six to eight ine. grains. Fumarine. From Fumaria officinalis. It occurs in a white, crystalline form, is of a bitter taste, scarcely soluble in water, but soluble in alcohol. Geissospermine, From Geissospermum Iseve. It occurs in small white prisms, nearly in- C19H24N2O2.H2O. soluble in ether and water, and readily soluble in alcohol and dilute acids. Gelsemine, From Gelsemium sempervirens. It occurs in an amorphous, white powder, C11H19NO2. of a very bitter taste and an alkaline reaction, slightly soluble in cold water. It is colored red changing to purple when heated with sulphuric acid. Gelsemine hydrochlorate has been given in doses of one-sixteenth of a grain. Glaucine. From Glaucium luteum. A white, crystalline powder. Glaucopicrine. From Glaucium luteum. A white, crystalline powder. Guaranine. From Paullinia sorbilis. Identical with caffeine. Homatropine Salt of a derivative of atropine. Dose, one-fourth of a grain. Hydrobromate. Hydrastine, From Hydrastis canadensis. It occurs in white, shining, quadrangular C2sNH230*. prisms, soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, insoluble in water. By adding nitric acid to a small portion of the alkaloid a red color is pro- duced, and a brown-red by sulphuric acid. The yield of alkaloid is about 1£ per cent. Hygrine. From the leaves of Erythroxylon Coca. A volatile alkaloid, of a pale yellow color and a burning taste. Hyoscine. Obtained from Hyoscyamus niger in the process for obtaining hyoscyamine, and also by boiling hyoscyamine with baryta water, when decomposition takes place, forming hyoscine and hyoscinic acid. Dose, one-sixty-fourth of a grain. Jervine, From Veratrum album. It occurs, when pure, as a white powder, tasteless, C30H46N2O3. insoluble in water and ether, but soluble in alcohol and chloroform. Kairine, The hydrochlorate of an artificial alkaloid prepared from chinoline. It CioHisNO.HCl. occurs in commerce as a grayish or yellowish crystalline powder, having II2O. a slight phenol-like odor, and a saline, bitter, somewhat aromatic taste. Soluble in boiling water. Dose, fifteen grains. Lobeline. From Lobelia injlata. It is a volatile, yellow, somewhat aromatic liquid, having an acrid taste. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed oils. Lupinine, From different species of Lupinus. It occurs in colorless, rhombic prisms C21H4.N2O2. having a fruity odor and a very bitter taste. Lupuline. From Humulus Lupulus. A liquid alkaloid which has a strong coniine-like odor and an alkaline taste. Menispermine, From Cocculus indicus. C18H24N2O2. Muscarine, From Amanita muscaria. A colorless, crystalline powder, very deliquescent, C5II15NO3. sparingly soluble in chloroform, and insoluble in ether. Nicotine, From Nicotiana Tabacum. A poisonous, oily liquid. It has an unpleasant C10H14N2. tobacco-like odor, a burning taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Oxyacanthine, From Berberis vulgaris. It is white, turning yellow on exposure to sun- C32H46N2O11. light, having a bitter taste and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in 30 parts of boiling alcohol and in 1 part of cold alcohol, insoluble in water. Sul- phuric acid colors it brown-red, turning to bright red on being heated. Parthenine. From Parthenium Hysterophorus. Used in doses of seven to ten grains in neuralgia. Pelletierine, From Punica Granatum. A dextrogyrate liquid, easily soluble in water, CsHnsNO. alcohol, and ether, and especially so in chloroform. Pelletierine Sulphate and Pelletierine Tannate have been used as tsenicides in doses of five grains. Pelosine. From Chondodendron tomentosum. It is amorphous, insoluble in water, slightly soluble in ether. Piturine, From the leaves of Duboisia Hopieoodii. A colorless liquid, of a nicotine CellsN. odor and an acrid taste; on exposure to light it turns yellow and brown; freely soluble in water, alcohol, etc. Punicine. Identical with Pelletierine. See above. Unofficinal Alkaloids and their Salts.—(Continued.) ALKALOIDS. 927 Quebrachine, From the bark of Aspidosperma Quebracho. It yields crystallizable salts, CjiHmNjOj. and is colored yellow by sunlight. Sanguinarine, From Sanguinaria canadensis. It occurs in white crystals having a bitter C19H17NO4. acrid taste; soluble in ether and alcohol. Solanine. From Dulcamara and other plants. Has been given in doses of one grain. Sophorine. From the seeds of Sophora speciosa, a poisonous alkaloid. Sparteine, From Sarothamnus Scoparius. It is a colorless, transparent, oily liquid, Ci5H26Na. which becomes dark on exposure, and has a slight aniline odor and a very bitter taste. Sparteine Sulphate has been used in one-fourth grain doses. Staphisagrine, From Delphinium Staphisagria. It is amorphous, very soluble in ether C22II33NO5. and in 200 parts of water. Theine. See Caffeine. Theobromine, From Theobroma Cacao. It occurs in minute, colorless or white, bitter crys- C7II8N4O2. tals; sparingly soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Veratroidine, From Veratrum viride. It is a white powder, of a bitter taste; soluble in C51H78N2O1#. alcohol, ether, chloroform, etc. It is colored yellow by sulphuric acid, changing to red. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LX. ALKALOIDS. What are alkaloids, chemically ? Where are they found? What are their distinctive features ? According to the adopted nomenclature, what is the last syllable of the names of alkaloids ? What of neutral principles ? Opium—What is opium? How and where is it obtained? How much dry extract should dried opium yield when exhausted with cold water and evaporated to dryness ? How much morphine should opium in its normal moist condition yield when assayed by the officinal process ? Powdered opium—What is the Latin name? Of what degree of fineness is powdered opium, and at what temperature should it be dried ? How much morphine should it contain ? How may powdered opium of higher percentage of morphine be brought to the proper strength ? What is the officinal process for assaying it ? Denarcotized opium—What quality of opium is directed to be used ? How is it prepared ? If opium having a higher percentage of morphine is used in this process, how may the proper quantity to be used be ascertained ? To what does opium owe its value ? How many alkaloids have been proved to exist in opium ? What acids are found combined with these alkaloids ? What other principles are also present ? Which of these alkaloids and their salts are officinal in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia? Which was the first alkaloid discovered ? When and by whom was it discovered ? Morphine—What is the Latin-officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What was its former officinal name ? Explain the objects and the steps in the process for preparing morphine. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is its use ? Acetate of morphine—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What was its former officinal name ? What happens if too much heat is used in evaporating the solution ? Is this salt a very permanent one ? What change sometimes takes place ? How may its solubility be increased ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Hydrochlorate of morphine—What is the Latin name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be prepared ? 928 ALKALOIDS. Is this salt more stable than the acetate of morphine? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose? Sulphate of morphine—What is the Latin name? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? How strong was the solution (formerly officinal) ? What is the strength of Magendie’s solution ? Codeine—What is the Latin name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be prepared ? Why is codeine used in preference to its salts ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the presence of morphine be detected ? Hydrochlorate of apomorphine— How may it be prepared ? Give rationale of the process. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Cinchona—What is its officinal definition ? Yellow cinchona—What is the Latin name ? What is its synonyme? Whence is it derived ? How much quinine should it contain ? Eed cinchona—What is the Latin name ? What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? How much quinine should it contain ? Upon what does the value of cinchona bark depend? How may the value be ascertained ? Give the process of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia for its assay : Pirst, for ascertaining the total amount of alkaloids; second, for ascertaining the amount of quinine. How many alkaloids have been discovered in cinchona barks ? Have all of these been found in any one. variety of bark ? Do they all exist naturally in the bark ? Which are the most important alkaloids ? What acids are found in cinchona bark ? What other principles are found ? How are the artificial alkaloids chiefly produced? Why is it difficult to preserve the galenical preparations of cinchona ? How may this difficulty be in a measure obviated? What are the officinal preparations ? Quinine—Give Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. How is it usually made? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Foreign organic matters; absence of more than 1 per cent, of quinidine, and more than traces of cinchonine. For what is it used ? Sulphate of quinine—What is the Latin officinal name? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What was its former officinal name? Give the process. How many sulphates of quinine have been obtained ? • Which of these are officinal in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia ? What is the difference in chemical composition between the sulphate of quinine (U. S. Pharmacopoeia) and the bisulphate ? What is the difference in chemical composition between the bisulphate of quinine and the acid sulphate ? Sulphate of quinine— Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. ' How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Foreign organic matters; ammonium salts; more than 8 molecules, or 16.18 per cent, of water; absence of more than about 1 per cent, of cinchonidine or quinidine, and of more than traces of cinchonine. What is the dose ? How is it best given in the liquid form ? Bisulphate of quinine—What is the Latin officinal name? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it made? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Foreign organic matters ; free water; absence of more than about 1 per cent, of cinchonidine’ or quinidine, and of more than traces of cinchonine. ALKALOIDS. 929 What advantage has this salt over the sulphate for use in medicine ? How much weaker is it than the sulphate ? Hydrochlorate of quinine—What is the Latin name? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be made ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Foreign organic matter ; sulphate. What is the dose ? Why is this salt preferable to the sulphate of quinine for hypodermic use ? Hydrobromate of quinine—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be made ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Foreign organic matters ; free water; sulphate. What is the dose ? Valerianate of quinine—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be made by double decomposition ? What special care must be observed in preparing this salt ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Foreign organic matters; sulphate. Has this salt any special advantage over the sulphate ? What is the dose ? Sulphate of quinidine—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it obtained? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Foreign organic matters; more than small proportions of cinchonine, cinchonidine, or quinine. In what respects does quinidine differ from quinine ? How does this salt compare in efficiency with the sulphate of quinine ? What is the dose ? Cinchonine—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be obtained ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity.. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: More than traces of qui- nine or quinidine ; foreign organic matters. For what purposes is it used? Sulphate of cinchonine—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it obtained ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: More than traces of sul- phate of quinine or of quinidine ; more than 6 per cent, of moisture ; foreign organic matters. What is the dose ? Sulphate of cinchonidine—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it obtained ? Which barks contain most of it ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: More than traces of sul- phate of quinine or of quinidine ; foreign organic matters ; more than 8 per cent, of moisture; more than 0.5 per cent, of sulphate of cinchonine, or more than 1.5 per cent, of sulphate of quinidine. What is the dose ? Chinoidine—What is the Latin officinal name ? What is the synonyme ? What is chinoidine ? How is it obtained ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Name tests for its identity. What is the dose ? Nux vomica—What is its definition ? What does it contain ? In what is brucine soluble ? What action does nitric acid have upon it ? What action does chlorine water have upon it ? Are the alkaloids soluble in the fixed oil? How may they be separated from it ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Ignatia—What is its synonyme ? What is its definition ? What does it contain ? Which is stronger, nux vomica or ignatia ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Strychnine—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. What was its former officinal name ? Explain the objects and results of this process. ALKALOIDS. 930 Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. What are tests for its identity ? . . How may the following impurities be detected ?—-viz.: More than traces of brucme. Sulphate of strychnine—Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? Describe taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. _ Why is the sulphate more useful than the alkaloid ? What is the dose ? Gelsemium—What is its synonyme ? What is its definition ? What does it contain ? What is the best solvent for its active principles ? What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? Physostigma—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What are the physical properties of physostigmine ? What is calabarine (physostigma) ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Salicylate of physostigmine—How may it be made ? Describe taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. What advantages does this salt possess over the alkaloid ? What is the dose ? Belladonna leaves—What is the definition ? Belladonna root—What is the definition? To what does belladonna owe its activity ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Atropine—What is the Latin officinal name ? Give the formula in symbols and molecular weight. How may it be prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose?. Why is the sulphate preferred ? Sulphate of atropine—How may it be prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Hyoscyamus—What is its synonyme ? What is its definition ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? What salt prepared from it is officinal ? What are the properties of hyoscine ? Sulphate of hyoscyamine—What is the Latin officinal name? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Stramonium leaves—Whence are they derived ? Stramonium seed—Whence is it derived ? What do the leaves contain ? What do the seeds contain ? What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? Dulcamara—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? Which is the bitter and sweet principle ? What are the officinal preparations ? Pilocarpus—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? Is it easily powdered ? What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? Hydrochlorate of pilocarpine—Give the Latin name, formula in symbols, and molecular weight. How is it prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Colchicum root—Whence is it derived ? Colchicum seed—Whence is it derived ? What is the active principle? What does the root contain ? What do the seeds contain ? Why are the seeds so tough ? How may they be exhausted of their active principle ? What are the officinal preparations ? ALKALOIDS. 931 Verafcrum viride—What is its synonyme? Whence is it derived? What does it contain ? To what was it formerly supposed to owe its activity ? What is the dose ? What are the officinal preparations ? Yeratrine—Whence is it obtained, and how is it prepared? What are its properties and uses ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What are its officinal preparations ? Chelidonium—What is its synonyme ? What does it contain ? What are its properties ? What is the dose ? Sanguinaria—What is its synonyme ? What is its definition ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Staphisagria—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain? What are good solvents ? For what is it used? Aconite—Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? How may aconitic acid be produced? What is the best menstruum for preparations of aconite ? What is the object of using tartaric acid in the menstruum? What are its properties and dose ? What is the dose of aconitine ? What are its officinal preparations ? Hydrastis—What is its synonyme ? What is its definition ? What does it contain ? What difference in appearance is there between the salts of hydrastine and those of berberine ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Menispermum—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? Pomegranate—What is the Latin officinal name? Whence is it derived? What does it contain ? Which of the alkaloids is solid and crvstallizable ? Which of the alkaloids are liquid ? What is the dose ? Pareira—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? With what is this alkaloid identical ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Ipecacuanha—Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? How may the apothegmatic matter which is dissolved by hydro-alcoholic liquids be separated ? Erythroxylon—What is its synonyme ? Whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? What remarkable property does cocaine possess ? Guarana—What is it, and whence is it derived ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Caffeine—What is the Latin name ? Give formula in symbols and molecular weight. Whence is it obtained ? How is it prepared ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the presence of other alkaloids be detected? What is the dose? Conium—What is its synonyme ? What is its definition ? What does it contain ? What are the peculiarities of coniine ? In what is coniine soluble ? What are the properties and dose of conium ? What are its officinal preparations ? Lobelia—What is its definition ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Tobacco—What is the Latin officinal name? Whence is it derived? What does it contain ? What are the properties of nicotine? What are the properties and dose of tobacco ? 932 CONDENSED CHART OF CONDENSED CHART OF THE VEGETABLE OFFI Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat. Algae. Chondrus . . . C. crispus and C. mammilosus. Irish Moss. "Whole plant. North Atlantic coast. Apocynaceae. Apocynum . . A. cannabinum. Canadian Hemp. Boot. United States. Aquifoliaceae. North America. Prinos .... P. verticillatus. Black Alder. Bark. Araceae. Calamus . . . Acorus C. Sweet Mag. Bhizome. Europe and North America. Aristolochiaceae. Serpentaria . . Aristolochia S. and A. reticulata. Virginia Snake-root. Bhizome and rootlets. United States. Asclepiadaceae. Asclepias . . . A. tuberosa. Pleurisy Boot. Boot. United States. Aurantiaceae. Aurantii Amari Cortex . . . Citrus vulgaris. Bind of fruit. Northern India and cult. Aurantii Dulcis Cortex . . . Citrus Auran- tium. Bind of fruit. Northern India and cult. Aurantii Plores Citrus vulgaris and C. Auran- tium. Fresh flowers. Northern India and cult. Limonis Cortex Citrus Limonum. Bind of fruit. Northern India and cult. Limonis Succus Oleum Aurantii Corticis . . Citrus Limonum. Citrus vulgaris and C. Auran- tium. Juice. Volatile oil. Northern India and cult. Oleum Aurantii Florum . . Oleum Berga- Citrus vulgaris and C. Auran- tium. Citrus Bergamia. Oil of Neroli. Volatile oil. Volatile oil. mii .... Oleum Limonis Citrus Limonum. Volatile oil. Berberidaceae. Caulophyllum ■ C. thalictroides. Blue Cohosh. Bhizome and rootlets. North America. Podophyllum . P. peltatum. May-Apple. Bhizome and rootlets. North America. Burseraceae. Myrrha . . . Balsamodendron M. Gum-resin. East Africa and Arabia. VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 933 CINAL DRUGS, WITH THEIR PREPARATIONS. English Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those into which the Drug enters in Roman type. Choncjrus. Demulcent. Mucilaginous com- pounds, etc. Apocynum. Antiperiod- ic, emetic; gr. v-xx. Tannin, resin, apo- cynin, etc. Prinos. Astringent, alterative; gr. xxx. Tannin, resin, wax, fat, amorphous bitter principle. Calamus. Stimulant; gr. xx. Volatile oil, acorin, resin. Fluid Extract, Wine of Rhubarb. Serpentaria. Stimulant; gr. xx. Volatile oil, hitter principle, starch. Fluid Extract, Tincture, Com- pound Tincture of Cinchona. Asclepias. Expecto- rant ; gr. xxx. Tannin, resins, etc. Bitter Orange-Peel. Sweet Orange-Peel. Orange- Flowers. Stimulant, tonic; gr. xl. Stimulant. Flavoring. Volatile oil, hes- peridin, etc. Volatile oil, hes- peridin, etc. Volatile oil. Fluid Extract, Tincture, Com- pound Tincture of Cinchona, Compound Tincture of Gentian.. Syrup, Tincture. Water. Lemon-Peel. Lemon- Juice. Oil of Orange-Peel. Flavoring. Befrigerant. Flavoring. Volatile oil, hes- peridin. Citric acid, water, etc. c10h16. Spirit, Syrup. Syrup, Mixture of Citrate of Potas- sium. Elixir, Spirit, Spirit of Myrcia. Oil of Orange- Flowers. Oil of Ber- gamot. Oil of Lemon. Flavoring. Scent. Flavoring. Ci()H16. Perfumed Spirit- Perfumed Spirit Spirit, Perfumed Spirit, Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia. Caulophyl- lum. Podophyl- lum. Antispas- modic; gr. XX. Cathartic; gr. xx. Saponin, resins. Resin, starch, sugar. Abstract, Extract, Fluid Extract, Resin. Myrrh. Stimulant, tonic; gr. XX. Volatile oil, resin, gum, hitter prin- ciple. Tincture, Compound Iron Mixture, Pills of Aloes and Myrrh, Com- pound Pills of Iron, Compound Pills of Galbanum, Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh, Compound Pills of Rhubarb. 934 CONDENSED CHART OF Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat. Caprifoliaceae. Sambucus . . S. canadensis. Elder. Flowers. North America. Viburnum . . V. prunifolium. Black Haw. Bark. United States. Celastraceae. Euonymus . . E. atropurpureus. Wahoo. Bark. United States. Chenopodiaceae. Chenopodium . C. ambrosioides, var. anthel- minticum. American Wormseed. Fruit. North America. Oleum Cheno- podii .... C. ambrosioides var. anthel- minticum. Oil of Ameri- can Worm- seed. Volatile oil. Gompositse. Absinthium Artemisia A. Wormwood. Leaves and tops. Northern Asia and nat. Anthemis . . A. nobilis. Chamomile. Flower-heads. Southern and Western Eu- Amicae Flores . A. montana. Flower-heads. Mts. of Europe. Arnicae Badix . A. montana. Ehizome and rootlets. Mts. of Europe. Calendula . . C. officinalis. Marigold. Fresh herb. S. Europe, cult. Eupatorium E. perfoliatum. Thorough- wort. Leaves and tops. North America. Grindelia . . . G. robusta. Leaves and tops. North America. Inula .... I. Helenium. Elecampane. Boot. C. and S. Eu- Lactucarium . Lactuca virosa. Concrete milk-juice. rope. C. and S. Eu- rope. Lappa .... L. officinalis. Burdock. Eoot. Europe, North- ern Asia. Matricaria . . M. Chamomilla. German Chamomile. Flower-heads. Europe. Oleum Erige- rontis . . . Erigeron cana- dense. Oil of Flea- bane. Volatile oil. Pyrethrum . . Anacyelus P. Pellitory. Eoot. Mediterranean basin. Santonica . . Artemisia mari- tima. Levant Wormseed. Unexpanded flower-heads. Turkestan. Tanacetum . . T. vulgare. Leaves and tops. Asia, nat. Taraxacum . . T. Dens-leonis. Dandelion. Eoot. Europe, nat. Conifer*. Juniper us . . J. communis. Fruit. Northern Hem- Oleum Juniperi Oleum Picis Juniperus com- munis. Pinus palustris. Volatile oil. Volatile oil. isphere. Liquid® . . Oleum Sabin® Oleum Succini Juniperus S. Volatile oil. Volatile oil. VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 935 English Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those into which the Drug enters in Roman type. Sambucus. Diaphoret- ic; gr. lx. Volatile oil, resin, mucilage. Viburnum. Diuretic; gr. lx. Valerianic acid, resin, tannin. Fluid Extract Euonymus. Laxative; gr. lx. Euonymin, aspa- ragin, resins. Extract. Chenopo- dium. Anthelmint- ic ; gr. xx. Volatile oiL Oil of Cheno- Anthelmint- OioUjs* podium. ic; Tt\, v. c10h16o. Absinthium. Tonic; gr. XXX. Volatile oil, absin- thin, tannin, etc. Aromatic Wine. Anthemis. Stimulant; gr. xl. Volatile oil, resin, etc. Arnica Vulnerary: Volatile oil, arni- Tincture. Flowers. gr. x. cin. Arnica Root. V ulnerary; gr. x. Volatile oil, arni- cin, resin. Extract, Fluid Extract, Tincture. Calendula. Vulnerary; gr. xxx. Trace volatile oil, calendulin, etc. Tincture. Eupatorium. Tonic; gr. xxx. Eupatorin, volatile oil, tannin. Volatile oil, resin. Fluid Extract. Grindelia. Sedative; gr. xxx. Fluid Extract. Inula. Stimulant; gr. lx. Helenin, inulin, acrid resin. Lactuca- Sedative; Lactucin, lactucic Fluid Extract. rium. gr- iij- acid, lactucerin. Lappa. Alterative; gr. lx. Mucilage, inulin, tannin. Matricaria. Stimulant; gr. xl. Volatile oil, anthe- mic acid. Oil of Erige- ron. Stimulant; n\, v- • Pyrethrum. Sialagogue; gr. xl. Resin, fixed oils, inulin. Tincture. Santonica. Anthelmint- ic ; gr. xx. Volatile oil, santo- nin, resin. Tansy. Emmena- gogue; gr. xl. Volatile oil, tana- cetin, resin, tan- nin. Taraxacum. Cholagogue; gr. lx. Inulin, pectin, ta- raxacin. Extract, Fluid Extract. Juniper. Stimulant; gr. xl. Volatile oil, juni- perin, resins. Oil of Juni- per. Stimulant; Dh v. c10h16. Spirit, Compound Spirit of Juniper. Oil of Tar. Used exter- nally. Oil of Sa- vine. Stimulant; "Uj- Oil of Am- ber. Rubefaci- ent ; v. 936 CONDENSED CHART OF Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat Oleum Terebin- Pinus palustris Volatile oil. thinae . . and others. Pix Burgundiea Abies excelsa. Prepared Europe. resin. Pix Canadensis Abies canadensis. Hemlock Prepared resin. Northern Pitch. United States. Pix Liquida Pinus palustris and others. Empyreumat- ic Oleoresin. United States. Resina . . . Pinus australis Colophony. Residue (from United States. and others. distil, turp.). Sabina . . . . Juniperus S. Tops. Europe and N. America. Terebinthina Pinus australis Concrete oleo- United States. and others. resin. Terebinthina Abies balsamea. Balsam of Liquid oleo- North America. Canadensis Fir. resin. Thuja . . . T. occidentalis. Arbor Vitae. Fresh tops. North America. Convolvulacese. Jalapa . . . Exogonium Tuberous Eastern Mexico. Purga. root. Scammonium Convolvulus Resinous exu- Western Asia. Scammonia. dation. Cornaceae. Comus . . . C. florida. Dogwood. Bark of root. North America. Cruciferae. Oleum Sina- CD e Sinapis nigra. Volatile oil. pis Volatile r 2. Sinapis Alba •go S. alba. Seed. Asia and South- c ern Europe. Sinapis Nigra 9 S. nigra. Seed. Asia and South- ern Europe. Cucurbitaceae. Bryonia . . B. alba and B. Bryony. Root. Central and dioica. Southern Em Colocynthis . Citrullus C. Fruit. o r0?e- Southern and Western Asia. Pepo .... Cucurbita P. Seed. Asia and America. Cupuliferae. Castanea . . C. vesca. Chestnut. Leaves. North America. Galla . . . Quereus lusitan- Excrescences. Levant. ica, var. infec- toria. Quereus Alba Q. alba. Bark. North America. Ericaceae. Chimaphila . . C. umbellata. Pipsissewa. Leaves. Northern Conti- nents. VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 937 iTnglish Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those into which the Drug enters in Roman type. Oil of Tur- pentine. Stimulant; *1 x. Ci C10H20°- Water, Spirit, Troches, Compound permint. "l iij- Pills of lihubarb. Oil of Spear- mint. Stimulant ; “j- Water, Spirit. Oil of Eose- Stimulant; C10H16, — L10H16U, Soap Liniment, Perfumed Spirit, mary. "l iij- c10h18o. Compound Tincture of Lavender. Oil of Stimulant; Cymene, C10HU, Thyme. "Iij- thymene, C10H16, thymol, Cj0H14O. Origanum. Stimulant; gr. xxx. V olatile oil, tannin, resin. Aromatic Wine. Eosemary. Carmina- tive ; gr. xv. Volatile oil, tannin, resin. Aromatic Wine. Salvia. Astringent; gr. xx. Volatile oil, tannin, resin. Aromatic Wine. Melissa. Stimulant; gr. xxx. Volatile oil, tannin, hitter principle. Scutellaria. Antispas- modic; gr. lx. Bitter principle. Fluid Extract. Thymol. Antiseptic; gr. xxx. Camphor. Stimulant; gr. v-x. CioHJ60. Water, Liniment, Spirit, Soap Liniment, Camphorated Tincture of Opium, Belladonna Liniment, Compound Liniment of Mustard, Mixture of Chloroform, Com- pound Powder of Morphine. 942 CONDENSED CHART OF Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat. Cinnamomum C. Zeylanicum Inner bark of Ceylon and and other spe- the shoots. China. cies. Oleum Cinna- Cinnamomum Oil of Cas- Volatile oil. momi . . Zeylanicum and other spe- sia. cies. Oleum Sassafras Sassafras officina- Volatile oil. lis. Sassafras . . S. officinalis. Bark of root. North America. Sassafras Me- S. officinalis. Pith. North America. dulla . . . Leguminosse. Acacia . . . A. Verek and Gum Arabic. Gummy exu- Africa. c o' Gu ' £ I 8 others. dation. Catechu . . Acacia C. Extract from India. wood. Cassia Fis- DO c C. Fistula. Purging Cas- Fruit. Eastern India. tula . . . o' 6 sia. Senna . . . P* Cassia acutifolia Leaflets. Eastern and Q SB and C. elon- Central Af- •g gata. rica. Tamarindus . § T. indica. Preserved India, West pulp of fruit. Indies. Balsamum Myroxylon Pe- Balsam. Central Amer- Peruvi- reirte. ica. anum . . Balsamum c o* Myroxylon tolui- Balsam. V enezuela. Tolutanum 2L fera. Chrysarobi- >•?* ’2. Andira Araroba. Principle Brazil. num . . from Goa- Powder. Copaiba . . s Copaifera Langs- dorffii. Balsam of Copaiba. Oleoresin. South America. Glycyrrhiza G. glabra. Liquorice Root. Europe. Root. VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 943 English Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those into which the Drug enters in Roman type. Cinnamon, Stimulant; gr. xx. Y olatile oil, tannin, mannit, sugar. Tincture, Aromatic Powder, Infu- sion of Digitalis, Syrup of Rhu- barb, Compound Tincture of Car- damom, Compound Tincture of Catechu, Compound Tincture of Lavender, Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb, Wine of Opium. Water, Spirit, Aromatic Sulphuric Oil of Cinna- Stimulant; Cinnamic aldehyd, mon. hlij- c9h8o. Acid. Oil of Sassa- fras. Stimulant; TTL V. Safrene, C10H16, safrol, Cj0H10O2. Troches of Cubeb. Sassafras. Stimulant; gr. xl. Yolatile oil, tannin, sassafrid. Compound Decoction of Sarsapa- rilla, Compound Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla, Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla. Sassafras Pith. Demulcent. Mucilage. Mucilage. Acacia. Demulcent. Gummic acid com- bined with cal- cium, magne- sium, and potas- sium. Mucilage, Almond Mixture, Com- pound Mixture of Glycyrrhiza, Pills of Iodide of Iron, Pills of Phosphorus, Compound Chalk Powder, Troches of Chalk, Tro- ches of Cubeb, Troches of Gly- cyrrhiza and Opium. Catechu. Astringent; gr. xx. Catechutannic acid, catechin. Troches, Compound Tincture, Cassia Fis- tula. Laxative; gr. lx. Sugar, pectin. Confection of Senna. Senna. Cathartic; gr. lx. Chrysophanic acid, phseoretin, ca- thartic acid, sen- nacrol. Fluid Extract, Confection, Com- pound Infusion, Syrup, Com- pound Powder of Glycyrrhiza, Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla. Tamarind. Balsam of Peru. Laxative ; gr. lx. Expecto- rant ; Db xxx. Tartaric, citric, malic, and acetic acids, mostly as potassium com- pounds. Cinnamein, resin, cinnamic and benzoic acids. Confection of Senna. Balsam of Expecto- Resins, cinnamic Syrup, Tincture, Pills of Iodide of Tolu. Chrysarohin. rant; gr. xx. Irritant; gr. xx. and benzoic acids. Iron, Pills of Phosphorus, Com- pound Tincture of Benzoin. Ointment. Copaiba. Stimulant; TT\, xxx. yolatile oil, resins, copaivic acid. Mass. Glycyrrhiza. Expecto- rant ; gr. lx. Glycyrrhizin, as- paragin, resin, sugar. Fluid Extract, Pure Extract, Am- moniated Glycyrrhizin, Com- pound Powder, Compound De- coction of Sarsaparilla, Compound Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla, Mass of Mercury, Pills of Iodide of Iron, Compound Powder of Morphine, Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla, Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb. 944 CONDENSED CHART OF Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat. Hsematoxy- lon . . . Kino . . . Oleum Co- paibas . . W C O' H. campechi- anum. Pterocarpus mar- supium. Copaifera Langs- dorffii. Logwood. Heart-wood. Inspissated juice. Volatile oil. Central Amer- ica. East Indies. Physostigma Eesina Co- paibas . . p- p 1 p P. venenosum. Copaifera Langs- dorffii. Calabar Bean. Seed. Residue. Western Africa. Santalum Rubrum . 8 Pterocarpus san- talinus. Wood. Madras, cult. Scoparius . Tragacantha Lichenes. Sarothamnus S. Astragalus gum- mifer and others. Broom. Tops. Gummy exu- dation. Asia and Eu- rope. Western Asia. Cetraria . . C. islandica. Iceland Moss. Whole plant. Northern Hem- isphere. Liliaceae. Allium . . . A. sativum. Bulb. Europe, cult. Aloe .... A. socotrina. Inspissated juice. Africa. Scilla . . . Urginea S. Sliced bulb. Mediterranean basin. Linaceae. Linum . . . L. usitatissimum. Linseed. Seed. Southern Eu- rope, cult. Southern Eu- rope, cult. Oleum Lini . L. usitatissimum. Linseed Oil. Fixed oil. Lobeliaceae. Lobelia . . L. inflata. Leaves and tops. North America. Loganiaceae. Rhizome and rootlets. Southern United States. Gelsemium. G. sempervirens. Yellow Jas- mine. Ignatia. Strychnos Igna- tii. Bean of St. Ignatius. Seed. Philippine Islands. Nux Vomica Strychnos Nux- vomica. Seed. India. Spigelia . . S. marilandica. Pinkroot. Rhizome and rootlets. United States. Lycopodiaceae. Europe and N. America. Lycopodium Magnoliaceae. L. clavatum and others. Sporules. Illicium . . I. anisatum. Star Anise. Fruit. Southwestern China. Magnolia . . Oleum Anisi M. glauca, acu- minata, and tri- petala. (See Pimpinella Anisum.) Illi- cium anisatum. Bark. Volatile oil. United States. VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 945 English Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those into which the Drug enters in Koman type. Haematoxy- Astringent; Haematoxylin, tan- Extract. Ion. gr. xl. nin, resin. Kino. Astringent; gr. xx. Kinotannic acid, pyrocatechin. Tincture. Oil of Co- paiba. Stimulant; Nb x. ci5h24. Physo- Sedative; Eserine, starch, Extract, Tincture. stigma. gr- iij- proteids. Resin of Co- paiba. Stimulant; gr. x. Copaivic acid. Red Saun- Coloring; Santalic acid, san- Compound Tincture of Lavender. ders. gr. lx. tal. Scoparius. Diuretic; gr. x. Volatile oil, scopa- rin, sparteine. Tragacanth. Demulcent. Traganthin, starch. Mucilage, Troches of Tannic Acid, Troches of Chloride of Ammo- nium, Troches of Catechu, Tro- ches of Ipecacuanha, Troches of Krameria, Troches of Chlorate of Potassium, Troches of Santoninate of Sodium, Troches of Ginger. Cetraria. Demulcent; gr. xl. Lichenin, cetraric acid. Decoction. Garlic. Stimulant; gr. lx. Mucilage, volatile oil. Syrup. Aloes. Laxative; Aloin, resin, little Purified Aloes, Aqueous Extract, gr. xv. volatile oil. Compound Extract of Colocynth. Squill. Expecto- Scillipicrin, scilli- Vinegar, Fluid Extract, Tincture, rant; gr- ij- toxin, scillin, sinistrin. Compound Syrup of Squill. Flaxseed. Demulcent; gr. lx. Fixed oil, muci- lage. Oil of Flax- Cathartic; Linolein, palmitin, seed. f§i. myristin. Lobelia. Emetic; gr. x. Lobeline, etc. Vinegar, Fluid Extract, Tincture. Gelsemium. Antispas- modic; Volatile oil, gelse- mine. Fluid Extract, Tincture. Ignatia. gr- nj- Tonic; gr. i. Strychnine, bru- cine. Abstract, Tincture. Nux Yom- Tonic; Strychnine, bru- Abstract, Extract, Fluid Extract, ica. gr- ij- cine, proteids. Tincture. Spigelia. Anthelmint- ic; gr. lx. Volatile oil, bitter principle. Fluid Extract. Lycopo- dium. Used exter- nally. Fixed oil. Illicium. Stimulant; gr. xx. Volatile oil, resin, fat. Magnolia. Diaphoretic; gr. xxx. Tannin, magnolin. Oil of Anise. Stimulant; CinH1fi and anethol, Water, Spirit, Camphorated Tine- "lij- Ci0Di2U. ture of Opium, Troches of Gly- cyrrhiza and Opium. 946 CONDENSED CHART OF Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat. Malvaceae. Althaea .... A. officinalis. Marshmal- Root. Europe, nat. low. Gossypii Radi- cis Cortex . G. herbaceum Bark of root. Asia, Africa, and others. cult. Gossypium . . G. herbaceum Purified cot- Hairs of seed. Tropics. and others. ton, Ab- sorbent cotton. Oleum Gossypii G. herbaceum Fixed oil. Tropics. Seminis . . and others. Melanthaceae. Colchici Radix C. autumnale. Corm. Southern and Central Eu- Colchici Semen C. autumnale. Seed. rope. Southern and Central Eu- Veratrum Yir- V. viride. American Rhizome and North America. ide .... Hellebore. rootlets. Meliaceae. Azedarach . . Melia A. Bark of root. China, cult. Menispermaceae. Eastern Africa. Calumba . . . Jateorrhiza C. Columbo. Root. Menispermum M. canadense. Canadian Rhizome and North America. Moonseed. rootlets. Pareira . . . Chondodendron Pareira Root. Brazil. tomentosum. Brava. Myristicaceae. Molucca Macis .... Myristica fra- Arillus of grans. fruit. Islands. Myristica . . . M. fragrans. Kernel of Molucca seed. Islands. Oleum Myris- Myristica fra- Volatile oil. ticae .... grans. Myrtaceae. Molucca Caryophyllus . Eugenia caryo- U nexpanded phyllata. flowers. Islands. Eucalyptus . . E. globulus. Leaves. Australia. Oleum Caju- Melaleuca C. Volatile oil. East Indian puti .... Oleum Caryo- Eugenia caryo- Volatile oil. Islands. phylli . . . phyllata. Oleum Euca- Eucalyptus glob- Volatile oil. lypti .... ulus, E. amyg- dalina, and other species. Oleum Myrcite Myrcia acris. Oil of Bay. Volatile oil. VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 947 English Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those into which the Drug enters in Roman type. Althaea. Demulcent; gr. lx. Asparagin, starch. Syrup, Mass of Mercury, Pills of Phosphorus. Cotton-Eoot Emmena- Yellow resin, fixed Fluid Extract. Bark. gogue; gr. lx. oil, etc. Cotton. Cellulose, fixed oil. Pyroxylin. Cotton-Seed Demulcent; Olein, palmitin. Ammonia Liniment, Lime Lini- Oil. fgss. ment, Camphor Liniment, Lini- ment of Subacetate of Lead. Colchicum Sedative, Colchicine, starch, Extract, Fluid Extract, Wine. Root. emetic; gr. v. resin. Colchicum Sedative; Fixed oil, colchi- Fluid Extract, Tincture, Wine. Seed. gr. v. cine. Yeratrum Cardiac sed- Jervine, veratroi- Fluid Extract, Tincture. Yiride. ative; gr- ij* dine, resin. Azedarach. Anthelmint- ic ; gr. xx. Bitter resin. Calumba. Tonic; gr. xx. Columbin, berbe- rine. Fluid Extract, Tincture. Menisper- Alterative; Berberine, menis- mum. gr. xxx. pine. Pareira. Diuretic; gr. xl. Pelosine. Fluid Extract. Mace. Stimulant; gr. xv. Volatile oil, resin. Nutmeg. Stimulant; Volatile oil, fixed oil, proteids. Vinegar of Opium, Aromatic Pow- gr. xv. der, Compound Tincture of Lav- ender, Aromatic Tincture of Rhu- barb, Troches of Chalk, Troches of Magnesia, Troches of Bicar' bonate of Sodium. Oil of Nut- Stimulant; Myristicine, C10H16, Spirit. meg. TTL ij- and myristicol, C10HuO. Cloves. Stimulant; Volatile oil, tan- Compound Tincture of Lavender, gr. x. nin, resin. Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb, Wine of Opium. Eucalyptus. Febrifuge; gr. xx. Volatile oil, tan- nin, resin. Cajuputol, Fluid Extract. Oil of Caju- Diaphoret- put. ic; ITi v. c h18o C10Hi6, and euge- Oil of Cloves. Stimulant; ttl iv. nol, CjqMjjOj. Oil of Euca- Febrifuge; lyptus. ttb x. Oil of Myr- Stimulant. CioHj. and C10Hi2O2. Spirit of Myrcia. cia. 948 CONDENSED CHART OF Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat. Oleum Pimentse Eugenia Pi- menta. Oil of All- spice. . Yolatile oil. Pimenta . . . Eugenia P. Allspice. Nearly ripe fruit. Tropical Amer- ica. Oleaceae. Manna .... Fraxinus Ornus. Cone, saech. exudation. Mediterranean basin. Oleum Olivse . Olea europtea. Fixed oil. Southern Eu- rope. Orchidaceae. Cypripedium . C. pubescens and parviflorum. Ladies’ slip- per. Rhizome and rootlets. North America. Yanilla . . . Y. planifolia. Fruit. Eastern Mexico. Papaveraceae. Europe, North America. Chelidonium . Opii Pulvis . . C. majus. Celandine. Whole plant. Powder. Opium .... Papaver somni- ferum. Concrete milky exud. Western Asia, cult. Sanguinaria . Pedaliaceae. S. canadensis. Bloodroot. Rhizome. North America. Oleum Sesami Phytolaccaceae. Sesamum indi- cum. Benne Oil. Fixed oil. India. Phytolacca P. decandra. Poke Berry. Fruit. North America. Bacca . . . Phytolaccaa P. decandra. Poke Root. Root. North America. Radix Piperaceae. Cubeba . . . C. officinalis. Unripe fruit. Java, cult. Matico .... Oleum Cubebae Artanthe elon- gata. Cubeba offici- nalis. Leaves. Yolatile oil. Tropical Amer- ica. Piper .... P. nigrum. Black Pep- per. Unripe fruit. India, cult. Polygalaceae. Krameria . -> If K. triandra and tomentosa. Rhatany. Root. South America. g-l Senega. . . J ? * Polygala S. Root. United States. Polygonaceae. Rheum . . . R. officinale and others. Root. Western and Central China. Rumex .... R. crispus and others. Yellow Dock. Root. Europe, nat. VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 949 English Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those into which the Drug enters in Roman type. Oil of Pi- Stimulant; C10H16 and Spirit of Myrcia, Aromatic Spirit menta. iv. of Ammonia. Pimenta. Stimulant; gr. xx. Volatile oil, tan- nin, resin. Manna. Laxative; & Mannit, fraxin, resin, glucose. Compound Infusion of Senna. Olive Oil. Laxative; Olein, palmitin, Camphor Cerate, Spermaceti Cerate, f^i. arachin, stearin. Cantharides Paper, Ammoniac Plaster with Mercury, Mercurial Plaster, Lead Plaster, Diachylon Ointment. Cypripe- dium. Diaphoret- Volatile oil, tan- Fluid Extract. ic; gr. xv. nin, resins. Vanilla. Stimulant; gr. xx. Vanillin, fixed oil, resin, sugar. Tincture, Troches of Iron. Chelido- Diuretic; Chelidonine, che- nium. gr. xl. lerythrine. Powdered Narcotic; Morphine, narco- Denarcotized Opium, Pills, Vine- Opium. gr. i. tine, codeine, etc. gar, Tincture, Deodorized Tinc- ture, Camphorated Tincture, Wine, Powder of Ipecac and Opium. Opium. Narcotic; gr. i. Morphine, narco- tine, codeine, etc. Extract, Powder. Sanguinaria. Alterative; gr. x. Sanguinarine, re- sins, starch. Vinegar, Fluid Extract, Tincture. Oil of Sesa- Demulcent; Olein, myristin, palmitin, stearin. mum. f3i. Phytolacca Berry. Laxative. Sugar, gum. Phytolacca Boot. Alterative; gr. xx. Besin, tannin. Cuheb. Stimulant; Volatile oil, resin, Fluid Extract, Oleoresin, Tine- gr. xx. cubebin. ture. Matico. Stimulant; gr. lx. Volatile oil, artan- thic acid. Fluid Extract, Tincture. Oil of Cubeb. Stimulant; TIL X. Pepper. Stimulant; gr. x. Volatile oil, resin, piperine, fat. Oleoresin. Krameria. Astringent; gr. xx. Kramero-tannic acid, rhatanic red. Extract, Fluid Extract, Tincture. Senega. Expecto- Polygalic acid, pec- Abstract, Fluid Extract, Com- pound Syrup of Squill. rant; gr. xv. tin, fixed oil. Khubarb. Purgative, Chrysophan, ery- Extract, Fluid Extract, Pills, Compound Pills, Compound astringent; throretin, emo- din, phteoretin, tannin. gr. x. Powder, Syrup, Aromatic Tinc- ture, Sweet Tincture, Wine, Tincture. Bumex. Alterative; Tannin, chryso- phanic acid. Fluid Extract. gr. lx. 950 CONDENSED CHART OF Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat. Ranunculaceae Aconitum . A. Napellus. Tuberous Europe, Asia. root. Cimicifuga C. racemosa. Black Rhizome and North America. Snakeroot. rootlets. Hydrastis H. canadensis Golden Seal. Rhizome and North America. rootlets. Pulsatilla Anemone P., A., Herb. Europe. pratensis, and A. patens. Seed. Staphisagria Delphinium S. Stavesacre. Europe. Rhamnacese. Prangula . Rhamnus F. Buckthorn. Bark. Europe and Northern Asia. Rosaceae. Amygdala A. communis, Seed. Western Asia, Amara var. amara. cult. Amygdala Dulcis . . A. communis, Seed. Western Asia, var. dulcis. cult. Oleum GO Amygdala com- Volatile oil. Amygda- cp* munis, var. lse Amarse p- amara. Oleum > 3 A. communis, Fixed oil. Western Asia, Amygda- var. dulcis, A. cult. lse Expres- p communis, var. sum . . . 1 amara. Prunum . . Prunus domes- Fruit. Western Asia, tica. cult. Prunus Yir- P. serotina, or Bark. North America. giniana . Cerasus s. Bark of root. Rubus . . R. canadensis, R. Blackberry. North America. S?tr. villosus, R. tri- ; bf vialis. Rubus i 3- R. idasus. Fruit. Europe and Idaeus . Asia, cult. Cydonium C. vulgaris. Quince Seed. Seed. Western Asia, Sub-ord. Pome*. cult. Brayera . . B. anthelminti- Koosso. Female inflo- Abyssinia. cum. rescence. Oleum Rosae DO Rosa damascena. Volatile oil. Roumelia. Quillaia . . O' 3. Q. Saponaria. Soap Bark. Bark. Chili and Peru. Rosa Centi- § R. centifolia. Petals. Western Asia, folia . . . & cult. Rosa Gallica R. gallica. Petals. Southern Eu- rope, cult. Rubiaceae. Cinchona . Cinchonas with Bark. South America. CO 3% of salts. Cinchona f C. Calisaya. Calisaya Bark of trunk. South America. Flava . . 3. • 2 Bark. Cinchona & ts C. succiruba. Red Bark. Bark of trunk. South America. Rubra . . 9 VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 951 English Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those into which the Drug enters in Roman type. Aconite. Sedative; Eesin, aconitic Abstract, Extract, Fluid Extract, gr. i. acid, aconitine. Crystalline princi- Tincture. Cimicifuga. Alterative; Fluid Extract, Tincture. gr. xxx. pie, resin, tannin. Hydrastis. Alterative, Berberine, hydras- Fluid Extract, Tincture. tonic; tine, xanthopuc- gr. xl. cine. Pulsatilla. Irritant, Oily substance, an- diaphoret- ic; gr. iv. emonic acid. Staphisagria. Used exter- Delphinine, fixed nally. oil. Frangula. Laxative; Frangulin, tannin, Fluid Extract. gr. xx. emodin. Bitter Al- Demulcent. Fixed oil, proteids, Syrup. mond. Sweet Al- Demulcent. amygdalin. Fixed oil, proteids. Mixture, Syrup. mond. Oil of Bitter Sedative; Benzaldehyd, Water. Almond. c7h6o. Expressed Lenitive. Olein, palmitin. Ointment of Eose Water, Phosphe- Oil of Al- mond. rated Oil. Prune. Laxative. Sugar, pectin, mar lie acid. Confection of Senna. Wild Sedative; Tannin, amygda- Fluid Extract, Infusion, Syrup. Cherry. gr. xl. lin, emulsin. Eubus. Astringent; Tannin. Fluid Extract. gr. xx. Kaspberry. Eefrigerant. Volatile oil, pectin, Syrup. glucose. Cydonium. Demulcent. Mucilage. Mucilage. Brayera. Anthelmint- Tannin, acrid resin, Fluid Extract, Infusion. ic; gr. lx. kosin. Oil of Eose. Scent. Elasopten, stearop- ten. Quillaia. Irritant; Saponin. gr. xv. Pale Eose. Astringent; V olatile oil, tannin. Water, Compound Syrup of Sarsa- gr. x. Volatile oil, querci- parilla. Eed Eose. Tonic; Fluid Extract, Honey, Confection, gr. xx. trin. Pills of Aloes and Mastic. Cinchona. Tonic; Infusion. gr. xx. Yellow Cin- Tonic, anti- Quinine, quinidine, Extract, Fluid Extract, Tincture. chona. periodic; cinchonine, cin- gr. xx. chonidine, quin- amine. Eed Cin- Tonic, anti- periodic ; Vide Yellow cin- Compound Tincture of Cinchona. chona. chona. gr. xx. CONDENSED CHART OF 952 Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat. Ipecacu- anha . . Rutacese. ■If ? a Cephaelis I. Root. Brazil. Buchu . . Oleum Rutae . . Sub-ord. Sub-ord Diosmese. Ruteae. Barosma betu- lina, B. crenu- lata, and B. serratifolia. Ruta graveolens. Leaves. Volatile oil. Southern Africa. Pilocarpus P. pennatifolius. Jaborandi. Leaflets. Brazil. Xanthoxy- lum . . If £3. p X. fraxineum and X. carolini- anum. Prickly Ash. Bark. North America. Salicaceae. Bark. Europe, nat. Salix . . . S. alba and others. Willow. Santalacese. Oleum Santali. Santalum album. Oil of Sandal Wood. Volatile oil. Sapindaceae. Northern and Western Bra. zil. Guarana . • Paulliniasorbilis. Dried paste from seeds. Sapotaceae. Concrete exu- dation. Malay penin- sula. Gutta Percha . Scrophulariaceae. Isonandra Gutta. Foxglove. Digitalis . • D. purpurea. Leaves. Europe. Leptandra . . Simarubacese. L. virginica. Culver’s Root- Rhizome and rootlets. North America. Quassia Picraena excelsa. Wood. Jamaica. Smilaceae. Sarsaparilla Smilax officinalis and others. Root Tropical Amer- ica. Solanaceae. Belladonnse Folia . Belladonnae Radix . Atropa B. Atropa B. Leaves. Root Central and Southern Eu- rope. Central and Southern Eu- Capsicum • • C. fastigiatum. Cayenne Pepper, African Pepper. Fruit Tropical Amer- ica. Dulcamara • • Solanum D. Bittersweet- Young branches. Europe, nat. Hyoscyamus . H. niger. Henbane. Leaves. Europe and Asia. Stramonii Folia Stramonii Semen . . . Datura Stramo- nium. Datura Stramo- nium. Leaves. Seed. Asia, nat. Asia, nat. English Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those into which the Drug enters in Roman type. Ipecac. Expecto- Emetine, ipecacu- Fluid Extract, Troches, Powder of Ipecac and Opium, Troches of rant; anhic acid, pec- gr. v. tin. Morphine and Ipecac. Buchu. Diuretic; gr. xx. Volatile oil, dios- phenol, resin, mucilage, ru- tin (?). Fluid Extract. Oil of Rue. Stimulant; "lij- CH3.CO.C9Hl9. Pilocarpus. Sialagogue; gr. xx. Volatile oil, pilo- carpine. Fluid Extract. Xanthoxy- Alterative; Acrid green oil, Fluid Extract. lum. gr. xv. resin. Salix. Tonic; gr. xx. Salicin, tannin. Oil of Santal. Stimulant; TT\, x. as#- Guarana. Stimulant; gr. lx. Caffeine, saponin. Fluid Extract. Gutta- Used exter- Solution. Percha. nally. Digitalis. Sedative, car- Digitalin, resin, Abstract, Extract, Fluid Extract, diac stimu- lant ;gr.ij. pectin. Infusion, Tincture. Leptandra. Alterative; gr. xxx. Leptandrin, resin, tannin, saponin. Extract, Fluid Extract. Quassia. Tonic; gr. xx. Mucilage, resin, quassin. Extract, Fluid Extract, Tincture. Sarsaparilla. Alterative; Parillin, resin, trace Compound Decoction, Fluid Ex- gr. xxx. of volatile oil. tract, Compound Fluid Extract, Compound Syrup. Belladonna Sedative; Atropine, hyoscya- Alcoholic Extract, Tincture. Leaves. gr- ij- mine, belladon- ine. Belladonna Sedative; Atropine, hyoscya- Abstract, Fluid Extract, Plaster. Root. gr. i. mine, belladon- ine. Capsicum. Stimulant; Capsaicin, fixed Fluid Extract, Oleoresin, Tine- gr. v. oil. ture. Dulcamara. Alterative; gr. xxx. Resin, dulcamarin. Fluid Extract. Hyoscya- Narcotic; Hyoscyamine, hy- Abstract, Alcoholic Extract, Fluid mus. gr. v. oscine. Extract, Tincture. Stramonium Narcotic; Daturine, muci- Leaves. gr. iij. lage. Stramonium Seed. Narcotic; gr- ij- Daturine, fixed oil. Extract, Fluid Extract, Tincture. VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 953 CONDENSED CHART OF 954 Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat. Tabacum . . . Nicotiana T. Dried leaves. America. Sterculiaceae. Oleum Theo- Theobroma Ca- Butter of Ca- Fixed oil. South America. bromse . . cao. cao. Styracese. Sumatra. Benzoinum . Styrax Benzoin. Balsamic resin. Terebinthaceae. Mastiche . . Pistacia Lentis- Concrete res. Mediterranean c cus. exudation. basin. Rhus Glabra © s* R. glabra. Sumach. Fruit. North America. Ehus Toxi- fe S - R. Toxicoden- Poison Ivy. Fresh leaves. North America. codendron dron and R. radicans. Thymelaceae. Europe. Mezereum . Daphne M. and Bark. others. Umbelliferae. Conium . 1 . Ooc Ills Jlfl Oorian- "j C. maculatum. Hemlock. Green fruit. Europe, nat. C. sativum. Fruit. Europe, cult. drum . rSgg. Oleum Co- f | H Coriandrum sati- Volatile oil. riandri J' r vum. Ammoni- Dorema A. Gum-resin. Eastern Persia. acum . . Anisum . . Pimpinella A. (See Illicium An- Fruit. Asia, cult. isatum.) Asafoetida . Ferula Narthex Gum-resin. Persia. and F. Scoro- dosma. Carum . . C. Carvi. Fruit. Central and W. c u- Asia, cult. Fceniculum Z F. vulgare. Fruit. Southern Eu- . c rope, cult. Galbanum . —& Ferula galbani- Gum-resin. Persia. •S flua. Oleum Anisi 5 8 Pimpinella Ani- Volatile oil. sum. Oleum Cari. ■ Carum Carvi. Volatile oil. Oleum Foeni- Fceniculum vul- Volatile oil. culi . . . gare. Sumbul . . Ferula S. Root. Asia. Urticacese. Ficus . .-1 ►sp F. Carica. Fleshy recep- Western Asia, tacle. cult. • P £ I 7 p* VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 955 English Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those into which the Drug enters in Koman type. Tobacco. Emetic; gr. v. Nicotine, resin, gum. Oil of Theo- broma. Emollient. Stearin, palmitin, olein. Benzoin. Stimulant; Benzoic acid, cin- Benzoinated Lard, Tincture, gr. xxx. namic acid. Compound Tincture. Mastic. Stimulant; gr. Volatile oil, mas- tichic acid. Pills of Aloes and Mastic. Rhus Glabra. Diuretic, as- tringent ; gr. xl. Acid potassium and calcium malates. Fluid Extract. Rhus Toxi- Irritant; Toxicodendric codendron. gr. v. acid, fixed oil, tannin. Mezereum. Sialagogue, Soft acrid resin, Extract, Fluid Extract, Compound stimulant; gr. v. daphnin. Decoction of Sarsaparilla, Com- pound Fluid Extract of Sarsapa- rilla. Conium. Sedative; gr. v. Fixed oil, coniine. Abstract, Extract, Fluid Extract, Tincture. Coriander. Stimulant; gr. xx. Volatile oil, fat, mucilage. Confection of Senna. Oil of Cori- ander. Stimulant; Nl iij- c10h18o. Syrup of Senna. Ammoniac. Stimulant; Volatile oil, resin, Mixture, Plaster, Ammoniac Plas- ter with Mercury. gr. xv. gum. Anise. Stimulant; Volatile oil, fixed Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla, gr. xx. oil, sugar, etc. Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb. Asafetida. Nervine; Volatile oil, gum- Mixture, Pills, Tincture, Plaster, Pills of Aloes and Asafetida, Compound Pills of Galbanum. gr. x. resin. Caraway. Stimulant; gr. xx. Volatile oil, resin, little tannin. Compound Tincture of Cardamom. Fennel. Stimulant; Volatile and fixed Compound Infusion of Senna, Com- gr. xx. oil, sugar. pound Powder of Glycyrrhiza. Galbanum. Antispas- Volatile oil, gum- Plaster, Compound Pills, Asafetida modic; gr. xv. resin. Plaster. Oil of Anise. Stimulant; CjoHjg, and ane- thol, CyjHjjjO. Water, Spirit, Camphorated Tine- "l iij- ture of Opium, Troches of Gly- cyrrhiza and Opium. Oil of Cara- Stimulant; Carvine, CigHje, and carvol, C10HuO. Compound Spirit of Juniper. way. v. Water, Compound Spirit of Juni- Oil of Fen- Stimulant; CinII1B, and ane- nel. Kb v. thol, C10H12O. per. Sumbul. Stimulant; gr. x. Volatile oil, resin, valerianic acid. Tincture. Fig. Laxative. Akenes, cellular tissue, sugar. Confection of Senna. 956 CONDENSED CHART OF Natural Order. Officinal Name. Botanical Name. Synonyme. Part used. Habitat. Cannabis Americana w Cannabis In- =■ dica . . . | .0 Humulus „ | P £ Lupulinum | Ulmus . . "1 dg= \it 83. C. sativa. C. sativa. H. Lupulus. H. Lupulus. U. fulva. slliEr Whole plant. Flowering tops of fe- male plant. Strobiles. Glandular powder from strobiles. Inner bark. United States. Asia. Europe and Asia. Europe and Asia. North America. Valerianaceae. Oleum Yaleri- anse .... V aleriana . . Violacese. Viola Tricolor Valeriana offici- nalis. V. officinalis. V. tricolor. Pansy. Volatile oil. Rhizome and rootlets. Herb. Europe, nat. Europe, cult. Zingiberaceae. Cardamomum Elettaria C. Fruit. Malabar, cult. Zingiber . . . Z. officinale. Rhizome. India, West Indies. Zygophyllaceae. Guaiaci Lig- num .... G. officinale and G. sanctum. Heart-wood. West Indies and South America. Guaiaci Resina G. officinale. Resin of wood. West Indies and South America. VEGETABLE OFFICINAL DRUGS. 957 English Name. Medical Prop- erties, Dose. Constituents. Officinal Preparations in heavy type; those info which the Drug enters in Roman type. American Nervine; Eesin, cannabi- Cannabis. gr. v. nine. Indian Can- Nervine; Eesin, cannabi- Extract, Fluid Extract, Tincture. nabis. gr. v. nine. Hops. Tonic; gr. xl. Volatile oil, resin, tannin. Tincture. Lupulin. Tonic; gr. v. Volatile oil, lupu- line, resin. Fluid Extract, Oleoresin. Elm. Demulcent. Mucilage. Mucilage. Oil of Vale- Nervine; Borneene, C10H16, borneol,CinH1sO. rian. tib v. Valerian. Nervine; _ Valerianic, formic, Abstract, Fluid Extract, Tincture, gr. xxx. and acetic acids, tannin. Ammoniated Tincture. Viola Tri- Alterative; Mucilage, salicylic color. gr. lx. acid. Cardamom. Stimulant; Volatile and fixed Tincture, Compound Tincture, gr. x. oil. Aromatic Powder, Compound Extract of Colocynth, Compound Tincture of Gentian, Tincture of Ehubarb, Sweet Tincture of Ehu- barb, Wine of Aloes. Ginger. Stimulant; Volatile oil, gin- Fluid Extract, Oleoresin, Tinc- ture, Aromatic Powder, Com- pound Powder of Ehubarb, Wine of Aloes. gr. xv. gerol, resin. Guaiacum Anti-rheu- Eesin, extractive. Compound Decoction of Sarsapa- Wood. matic, di- aphoretic ; gr. lx. rilla, Compound Syrup of Sarsa- parilla. Guaiac. Anti-rheu- Guaiacic acid, Tincture, Ammoniated Tincture, matic, di- aphoretic ; gr. xv. guaiac yellow. Compound Pills of Antimony. CHAPTER .LXI PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. The animal products of pharmaceutical interest are not numerous, but some of them are very important. Their chemical composition is not very well understood. Protein compounds are universally found in animal and vegetable substances,—indeed, are essential to all living organisms. In their chemical composition nitrogen is always a constituent, together with carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, and often a small quantity of sulphur. Very little is definitely known of the exact composition of the protein compounds: they are usually colloids and uncrystallizable, varying in their solubilities in aqueous liquids; they are generally coagulated by heat, and on exposure to air, heat, and moisture they decompose, under- going putrefaction. If warmed to 70° C. (158° F.) in contact with Millon’s reagent, they yield a purple-red color: this reagent is made by dissolving ten grammes of mercury in twenty grammes of nitric acid (sp. gr. 1.42), diluting the solution with an equal volume of water, and decanting after allowing it to stand twenty-four hours. The animal products of interest in pharmacy are grouped according to the class to which they belong, as follows: 1. Mammalia. 2. Pisces. 3. Aves. 4. Insecta. 5. Reptilia. 6. Annelida. There are no officinal products from the last two classes. Officinal Products derived from the Class Mammalia. ADEPS. U.S. Lard. The prepared, internal fat of the abdomen of Sus scrofa Linne (Class, Mammalia; Ord. Pachydermata), purified by washing with water, melting, and straining. Lard should be preserved in securely closed vessels impervious to fat.- Preparation.—The adipose matter adhering to the kidneys, mesen- tery, and omentum of the hog is the usual source of the best lard. This, after careful removal of the membranes and adhering flesh, should be cut into small pieces, malaxated with successive portions of cold water until this remains clear, and then heated moderately, in a tinned, iron, or copper vessel, over a slow fire, until the melted fat becomes perfectly clear and anhydrous. Lastly, it is to be strained into earthen pots, being occasionally stirred as it cools; and the pots should be securely covered with waxed or varnished paper, and kept in a cool, dry cellar. The purification of lard, by which the “ odor of the pig” is separated, is attended with considerable labor. In France this is an industry by itself, large quantities of purified lard being used in making pomades 958 PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. (see page 787). The process usually consists in spreading the lard, which has been heated with a little powdered alum, strained, and cooled, upon an inclined slate or marble slab, so arranged that a stream of water can trickle on it. Whilst the water is running, the lard is thoroughly worked with a spatula, stirrer, or muller, so that a fresh surface is continually exposed to the action of the water. This tedious process is continued until the lard is completely washed and deodorized. 959 Adeps. V. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. A soft, white, unctuous solid. It melts at or near 35° C. (95° F.) to a clear, colorless liquid, and at or below 30° C. (86° F.) it is a soft solid. Sp. gr. about 0.938. Faint odor, free from rancidity; bland taste; neutral re- action. Entirely soluble in ether, benzin, and disulphide of car- bon. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. Alkalie ■ { Distilled water, boiled with lard, should not acquire an alkaline { reaction. Starch 1 distilled water, boiled with lard, should not be colored blue by solu- * { tion of iodine. f A portion of distilled water, boiled with lard, when filtered, acidu- Common Salt. t lated with nitric acid, and treated with test-solution of nitrate of [ silver, should not yield a white precipitate soluble in ammonia. -^ater f When heated for several hours on the water-bath, under frequent ( stirring, lard should not diminish sensibly in weight. Lard, like most animal fats and oils, consists of stearin, palmitin, and olein, its consistence, when pure, depending largely upon the rela- tive proportions of these principles: olein, being the liquid principle, can readily be separated from the other two, by subjecting lard in cold weather to strong pressure, when the olein (lard oil) is pressed out, the solid residue (stearin) being used for various purposes, more particularly the manufacture of candles. Lard is used in pharmacy principally as a base for ointments: it needs protection- from rancidity, however. (See Adeps Benzoinatus.) ADEPS BENZOINATUS. U. S. Benzoinated Lard. [Unguentum Ben- zoini, Pharm. 1870.] Benzoin, in coarse powder, 2 parts, or 140 grains. Lard, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Melt the Lard by means of a water-bath, and, having loosely tied the Benzoin in a piece of coarse muslin, suspend it in the melted Lard, and, stirring them together frequently, continue the heat for two hours, covering the vessel and not allowing the temperature to rise above 60° C. (140° F.). Lastly, having removed the Benzoin, strain the Lard and stir while cooling. Certain balsamic substances, when digested with lard or fats, have the property of preventing or retarding rancidity : benzoin is most fre- quently used for this purpose. The temperature at which it is digested 960 PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. should not exceed 60° C. (140° F.), or the agreeable vanilla-like odor of the benzoin is dissipated. The method of adding tincture of benzoin to cold lard does not produce as good a product, for it is darker in color, less fragrant, and sometimes acts as an irritant when applied in certain skin diseases. OLEUM ADIPIS. U.S. Lard Oil. A fixed oil expressed from Lard at a low temperature. Preparation.—This oil, which consists principally of olein, is made by exposing lard to a low temperature and then pressing it powerfully in a hydraulic press. It is a colorless or pale yellowish, oily liquid, becoming opaque at or below 0° C. (32° F.), having a slightly tatty odor and a bland taste. Sp. gr. 0.900 to 0.920. As found in commerce, it is almost invariably adulterated with par- affin oil. As it is largely employed as a lubricating oil, this admixture is not particularly injurious,1 but for its principal use in pharmacy, as the base of citrine ointment, the presence of the paraffin oil prevents solidi- fication. SEVUM. U. S. Suet. The internal fat of the abdomen of Ovis Aries Linne (Class, Mammalia; Order, Ruminantia), purified by melting and straining. Suet should be kept in well-closed vessels impervious to fat. It should not be used after it has become rancid. Preparation.—Suet is made by a process similar to that for lard. (See Adeps.) Sevum. JJ. S. Odor, Taste, and Reaction. Solubility. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A white, smooth, solid fat. Nearly inodorous, gradually becom- ing rancid on exposure to air; bland taste; neutral reaction. Boiling. 44 parts. About 60 parts of ether, ' and slowly soluble in 2 parts of benzin. Test fob Identity. From its solution in benzin, kept in a stoppered flask, it slowly separates in a crystalline form on standing. It melts between 45° and 50° C. (113° and 122° F.), and congeals between 31° and 40° C. (98.6° and 104° F.). Uses.—Suet is firmer than lard, owing to its containing a larger pro- portion of stearin. It is used in making mercurial and tar ointments. PEPSINUM SACCHARATUM. U.S. Saccharated Pepsin. Pepsin, the digestive principle of the gastric juice, obtained from the mucous membrane of the stomach of the hog, and mixed with powdered Sugar of Milk. Preparation.—Pepsin is largely made by the following process of Prof. Scheffer. The mucous membrane of hogs’ stomachs is macerated in water acidulated with hydrochloric acid for several days, with fre- quent stirring. The strained liquid, if not clear, is clarified by allowing 1 Perfeotly pure lard oil for pharmacists’ use may be obtained through Washington Butcher’s Sons, Philadelphia, who are manufacturers of it on a large scale, or from their agents. PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. 961 it to stand for twenty-four hours, and decanting. Chloride of sodium is then thoroughly mixed with it. After several hours the floating pepsin is skimmed from the surface and put on a cotton cloth to drain, and finally submitted to strong pressure to get rid of the saline solution. This pepsin, when air-dried, is very tough, parchment-like or leathery, varying in color from a dim straw-yellow to a brownish yellow. To make saccharated pepsin, sugar of milk is added until a powder is ob- tained, ten grains of which will dissolve five hundred grains of co- agulated albumen. Purified pepsin, or scaly pepsin, is made by re- dissolving the pepsin in acidulated water and precipitating as before, immersing the product when perfectly dry in pure water for a short time, after which it is rapidly dried, and is in the form of yellowish scales. A half-grain of this dissolved fifteen hundred grains of albumen. Pepsinum Saccha- ratum. V.S. Odob and Taste. Solubility. Saccharated Pepsin is a white powder. Slight, but not disagree- able odor ; slight, but not disagreeable taste. It is not completely soluble in water, leaving floccules of pepsin floating in the solution, which, however, dissolve on the addition of a small quantity of hydrochloric acid. Tests fob Identity and Quantitative Test. Strong turbidity of the acidulated solution indicates the presence of mucus, which also imparts to the Saccharated Pepsin a disagreeable odor and taste, and will eventually impart to it an ammoniacal odor. l'part of Saccharated Pepsin, dissolved in 500 parts of water acidulated with 7.5 parts of hydrochloric acid, should digest at least 50 parts of hard-boiled egg-albumen in five or six hours at a temperature of 38° to 40° C. (100° to 104° F.). Uses.—Saccharated pepsin is used to aid the digestion of food, and is given in dyspepsia, in doses of ten to forty grains. LIQUOR PEPSINI. U. S. Solution of Pepsin. [Liquid Pepsin.] By measure. Saccharated Pepsin, 40 parts, or Hydrochloric Acid, 12 parts, or Glycerin, 400 parts, or Water, 548 parts, or To make 1000 parts, or Dissolve the Saccharated Pepsin in the Water, previously mixed with the Hydrochloric Acid, add the Glycerin, let the mixture stand twenty- four hours, and filter. It should be perfectly clear, of a light yellowish color and an agree- able acidulous taste. It should not become mouldy, nor acquire a dis- agreeable fetid odor, when kept. Uses.—Solution of pepsin is used as a digestive, but experience has proved that it is too weak to be very effective, and that it loses its strength by keeping: as it can be prepared quickly extemporaneously, it should be made only in small quantities. A solution four times the officinal strength would be more useful. The dose is one-lialf to two fluidounces. PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. 962 The dried secretion from the preputial follicles of Moschus moschiferua Linne (Class, Mammalia; Order, Ruminantia). Musk contains cholesterin, ammonia, an acid principle, wax, fat, albu- minous and gelatinous principles, and an odorous matter not yet deter- mined. It is antispasmodie and stimulant. Dose, five to fifteen grains. MOSCHUS. U.S. Musk. Officinal Preparation. Tinctura Moschi . Made by macerating 10 parts of musk with diluted alcohol (see page Tincture of Musk. 350). Dose, thirty minims to two fluidrachms. ACIDUM LACTICUM. U.S. Lactic Acid. A liquid composed of 75 per cent, of absolute Lactic Acid [HC3H503; 90] and 25 per cent, of Water. Preparation.—Lactic acid may be made from sour milk, cheese, meat-juice, lactin, and from many vegetable products. Formerly it was obtained from cheese, and owing to its frequent occurrence in the decomposition of animal products it is considered here. It is now most conveniently prepared by treating cane-sugar with sulphuric acid, so as to convert it into invert sugar, then adding solution of caustic soda and heating the mixture until it ceases to precipitate Fehling’s solution, showing the absence of sugar. Sulphuric acid is added, and the sodium sulphate formed is crystallized out, an addition of alcohol causing the precipitation of the remainder. The alcoholic liquid con- tains impure lactic acid : one-half of it is heated and zinc carbonate added until effervescence ceases; the other half of the alcoholic liquid is now added and the whole allowed to cool. Zinc lactate crystallizes out; this, by treatment with hydrosulphuric acid, yields zinc sulphide, lactic acid remaining in solution. Acidum Lacticum. TJ. 8. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. 1 ... . Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A nearly colorless liquid. Sp. gr. 1.212. Odorless; very acid taste; acid reaction. Freely miscible. Freely miscible. Freely miscible with ether, but nearly in- soluble in chloro- form. Tests for Identity and Quantitative Test. Impurities. Tests for Impurities. It is not vaporized by a heat below 160° C. (320° F.); at higher tem- peratures it emits in- flammable vapors, then chars, and is finally entirely volatilized, or leaves but a trace of residue. To neutralize 4.5 Gm. of Lactic Acid should re- quire 37.5 C.c. of the volumetric solution of soda. Hydrochloric Acid. Sulphuric Acid. Sarcolactic Acid. Lead, Iron. j Sugars. | 1 Glycerin. j Organic Impuri- J ties. When diluted with water, Lactic Acid should afford no precipitate with test-solution of nitrate of silver. Nor with that of chloride of barium. Nor with that of sulphate of copper. No precipitate with sulphide of ammonium after addition of excess of water of ammonia. It should not reduce warm test-solution of potassio-cupric tartrate. When mixed and heated with excess of hy- drated zinc oxide, and extracted with abso- lute alcohol, the latter should not leave a sweet residue on evaporation. Cold, concentrated sulphuric acid shaken with an equal volume of Lactic Acid should as- sume at most only a pale yellow color. PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. 963 Uses.—Lactic acid is chiefly used to form the lactates, which are believed to be more easily assimilated than most salts. It is rarely prescribed alone, but may be given in doses of one to three fluidrachms, largely diluted. It is used in preparing syrup of lactophosphate of calcium. SACCHARUM LACTIS. U.S. Sugar of Milk. C12H220u.H20 ; 360. A peculiar, crystalline sugar obtained from the whey of cow’s milk by evapora- tion, and purified by recrystallization. Preparation.—Sugar of milk is prepared from the whey of cow’s milk. By the addition of diluted sulphuric acid and subsequent evap- oration the albuminous matter is coagulated: this is filtered out and the liquid set aside to crystallize. Animal charcoal is sometimes used to decolorize the solution. Saccharum Lactis. U.S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Other Solvents. White, hard, crystalline masses, yield- ing a white powder feeling gritty on the tongue, permanent in the air. Odorless; faintly sweet taste; neu- tral reaction. Cold. 7 parts. Boiling. 1 part. Insoluble in alco- hol, ether, or chloroform. Test for Identity. Impurities. Test for Impurities. On adding to a solution of Sugar of Milk in an equal weight of boiling water, some solution of soda, the liquid turns brownish, and, on further addition of test-solution of sulphate of copper, a brick-red pre- cipitate separates. ' If 1 part of Sugar of Milk be sprinkled upon 5 parts of sulphuric acid con- tained in a flat-bottomed capsule, Cane-Sugar. -{ the acid should acquire not more than a greenish or reddish, but no brown or brownish-black color within one hour. Uses.—Sugar of milk is a useful diluent, and is largely used in medicine and pharmacy. The hardness of the crystals is of great assistance in securing thorough admixture of the ingredients in com- pound powders, by necessitating prolonged trituration. FEL BOVIS. U.S. Ox Gall. The fresh gall of Bos Taurus Linne (Class, Mammalia; Order, Ruminantia). Ox gall is of complex chemical composition, the most important constituents being the sodium salts of resinous acids, or gall acids, and coloring-matters. These acids are as follows : glycocholic acid, C2fiH43 NOg, taurocholic acid, C26N45NSO-, hyoglycocholic acid, hyo- taurocholic acid, C27H45NS(36, and chenotaurocholic acid, C29H491S[S06. Ox gall is officinally described as a brownish-green or dark green, somewhat viscid liquid, having a peculiar odor, a disagreeable, bitter taste, and a neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Sp. gr. 1.018-1.028. A mixture of 2 drops of Ox Gall and 10 C.c. of Water, when treated first with a drop of freshly prepared solution of 1 part of sugar in 4 parts of water, and afterwards with sulphuric acid, cautiously added, 964 PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. until the precipitate first formed is redissolved, gradually acquires a clierry-red color, changing successively to carmine, purple, and violet. It is used in making the two succeeding preparations. FEL BOVIS INSPISSATUM. U.S. Inspissated Ox Gall. Fresh Ox Gall, 100 parts, or 20 oz. av. To make 15 parts, or 3 oz. av. Heat the Ox Gall to a temperature not exceeding 80° C. (176° F.), strain it through muslin, and evaporate the strained liquid, on a water- bath, in a porcelain capsule, to fifteen parts [or 3 oz. av.]. FEL BOVIS PURIFICATUM. U.S. Purified Ox Gall. Fresh Ox Gall, 3 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, 1 part, or 6 fl. oz. Evaporate the Ox Gall in a porcelain capsule, on a water-bath, to one 'part [or 5J oz. av.], then add to it the Alcohol, agitate the mixture thoroughly, and let it stand, well covered, for twenty-four hours. Decant the clear solution, filter the remainder, and, having mixed the liquids and distilled off the Alcohol, evaporate to a pilular consistence. The addition of Alcohol to the concentrated liquid is for the purpose of separating mucilaginous matter. The officinal description and tests are as follows: A yellowish-green, soft solid, having a peculiar odor, and a partly sweet and partly bitter taste. It is very soluble in water and in alcohol. A solution of 1 part of Purified Ox Gall in about 100 parts of water behaves towards sugar and sulphuric acid like the solution mentioned under Ox Gall. (See Fel Bovis.) The aqueous solution of Purified Ox Gall should yield no precipitate on the addition of alcohol. Uses.—Ox gall is not used so extensively as it was at one time. It is administered with the intention of supplying a deficiency of bile in the intestines, in certain indications. Its usefulness is questionable. The dose is ten to fifteen grains. CETACEUM. U.S. Spermaceti. A peculiar, concrete, fatty substance, obtained from Physeter macrocephalus LinnS (Class, Mammalia; Order, Cetacea). Preparation.—Spermaceti is made by the forcible expression of the oleaginous compound found in the head of the sperm-whale to separate the olein : the solid fat is termed cetin. It is officinally described as in white, somewhat translucent, slightly unctuous masses, of a scaly-crys- talline fracture, a pearly lustre, becoming yellowish and rancid by exposure to air, odorless, having a mild, bland taste and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.945. It melts near 50° C. (122° F.) and congeals near 45° C. (113° F.). It is soluble in ether, chloroform, disulphide of carbon, and boiling alcohol; but slightly soluble in cold benzin. Spermaceti is a mixture of various fats. When recrystallized from alcohol, cetin is obtained, while the alcohol on evaporation deposits an oil, cetin-elain, which when saponified yields cetin-elaic acid, an acid PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. 965 resembling, but distinct from, oleic acid. The cetin which crystallizes out of the alcohol is essentially cetyl palmitate, C16H33(C16Il3102). There are small amounts of fats containing stearic acid, C18H3602, myristic acid, CuH2A, and lauro-stearic acid, C12H2402, and the alcohol radicles corresponding to these acids. Uses.—Spermaceti is one of the solid fatty substances employed to give consistency to cerates and ointments : it is used in the well-known ointment of rose water, or cold cream. Officinal Preparation. Ceratum Cetacei . . Made by melting together 10 parts of spermaceti, 35 parts of white wax. Spermaceti Cerate. and 55 parts of olive oil. (See Cerata.) Officinal Products of the Class Pisces. ICHTHYOCOLLA. U.S. Isinglass. The swimming-bladder of Acipenser Huso Linne, and of other species of Acipenser (Class, Pisces ; Order, Sturiones). Preparation.—Russian isinglass is the kind designated by the Phar- macopoeia : it is made by washing and drying the swimming-bladders or air-bags of the Russian sturgeon, by stretching them upon flat boards to dry. It is described as in separate sheets, sometimes rolled, of a horny or pearly appearance; whitish or yellowish, semi-transparent, iridescent, inodorous, insipid; almost entirely soluble in boiling water and in boiling diluted alcohol. The solution in 24 parts of boiling water forms, on cooling, a transparent jelly. American isinglass is in flat, ribbon-like bands, having somewhat the appearance of rolled and rumpled thin manilla paper: it has a fishy odor, and is much inferior to the officinal isinglass. Isinglass is the purest form of gelatin attainable: it is used in making court-plaster, and, owing to its forming an insoluble compound with tannin, is employed in clarifying coffee and other similar liquids. Officinal Preparation. Emplastrum Ichthyocollae . Made by dissolving 10 parts of isinglass in sufficient hot water T . . p. to make 120 parts, coating taffeta with one-half of the solu- ismglass master. tion, then mixing the other half with 40 parts of alcohol and 1 part of glycerin, and applying it in successive layers. The reverse side of the taffeta is coated with tincture of benzoin. OLEUM MORRHUA. U. S. Cod Liver Oil. A fixed oil obtained from the fresh livers of Gadus Morrhua Linne, or of other species of Gadus (Class, Pisces; Order, Teleostia; Family, Gadida). Preparation.—The best method of preparing cod liver oil is to heat the livers in a wooden tank by means of low-pressure steam. The resulting mass is carefully drained,—the livers themselves containing, besides oil, a considerable portion of watery fluid, which passes off with it in the form of emulsion and separates on standing. In the case of the finest varieties, the oil, which is made only in the winter months, is drawn off by taps from the bottom of the cooking-tank, and then put into a cooling-house to freeze. The solid frozen mass is put into canvas 966 PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. bags, and submitted, whilst at a low temperature, to severe pressure, whereby the pure oil is expressed. This constitutes the light oil of commerce. Cod liver oil consists chiefly of olein. Palmitin and stearin are present in small proportions; minute traces of iodine, chlorine, bro- mine, phosphorus, and sulphur are found, but these are not in sufficient quantity to have any medicinal effect. Oleum Morrhuae. U.S. Opok, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A colorless or pale yellow, thin, oily liquid. When cooled to near 0° C. (32° F.), a white granular matter separates. Sp. gr. 0.920- 0.925. Slightly fishy odor; bland, slightly fishy taste; faintly acid reaction. Scarcely soluble. Readily soluble in ether; also in 2.5 parts of acetic ether. Tests foe Identity. On the addition of sulphuric acid, the Oil acquires a violet color, soon changing to brownish red; and if 1 drop of the Oil be dissolved in 20 drops of disulphide of carbon, and the solu- tion shaken with 1 drop of sulphuric acid, it will acquire a violet-blue tint, rapidly changing to rose-red and brownish yellow. With nitric acid the Oil yields a purple color, changing to brown. Uses.—Cod liver oil is used as a nutrient and alterative in wasting diseases, notably phthisis. Dose, one to four fluidrachms. Officinal Products of the Class Aves. VITELLUS. U.S. Yolk of Egg. The yolk of the egg of Gallus Bankiva var. domesticus Temminck (Class, Aves; Order, Gallince). Yolk of egg contains viteUin, a protein compound resembling casein, albumen, fat, cholesterin, inorganic salts, coloring-matter, etc. There is also present water in the proportion of about 50 per cent. White of egg consists principally of albumen, with 80 per cent, of water. The inorganic salt present in largest proportion is potassium chloride. Uses.—Yolk of egg is valuable in pharmacy as an emulsifying agent, its value lying chiefly in the fact of its being an excellent nucleus and a perfect natural emulsion. (See Mistura Chloroformi, and Emul- sions, Part V.). Glyceritum Vitelli .... 45 parts of fresh yolk of egg and 55 parts of glycerin. Mix Glycerite of Yolk of Egg. well, and express through muslin. Officinal Preparation. Officinal Products of the Class Insecta. CANTHARIS. U. S. Cantharides. [Spanish Flies.] Cantharis vesicatoria De G-eer (Class, Insecta; Order, Coleoptera). Cantharides should he kept in well-closed vessels containing a little camphor. Cantharides owe their blistering properties to cantharidin, C10H12O4. This is a white substance, in the form of crystalline scales, of a shining PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. 967 micaceous appearance, inodorous, tasteless, almost insoluble in water and in cold alcohol, but soluble in ether, chloroform, benzol, formic and glacial acetic acids, the oils, and in hot alcohol, which deposits it upon cooling. It fuses at 210° C. (410° F.), is volatilizable by heat without decomposition, and its vapor condenses in acicular crystals. The subliming point of isolated cantharidin is 100° C. (212° F.), or the temperature of boiling water. Cantharidin is believed to be the anhydride of cantharidic acid. The latter forms definite salts with bases: these may be obtained by heating cantharidin with alkaline solutions. The most satisfactory test of cantharidin is its vesicating property. Uses.—Cantharides are aphrodisiac and poisonous: when applied externally they produce vesication. Officinal Preparations. Ceratum Cantharidis 35 parts of cantharides, 20 parts of yellow wax, 20 parts Cantharides Cerate. of resin>. and f, Parts, °.f la£d* together the wax, resin, and lard, strain through muslin, add the cantharides, and keep the mixture in a melted state for half an hour, then stir until cold. (See Cerata.) Ceratum Extracti Cantharidis . . Mix a specially prepared alcoholic extract of eanthar- Cerate of Extract of Cantharides. ides with melted resin, wax, and lard. (See Cerata.) Charta Cantharidis Mix 8 parts of white wax, 3 parts of spermaceti, 4 parts Cantharides Paper. of ,oi1’ 1 Partn of ?anada turpentine, 1 part of 1 cantharides, and 10 parts of water in a tinned vessel, and boil for two hours. Strain, transfer to a shallow vessel, and pass strips of sized paper over the surface of the liquid so as to coat one side. Collodium cum Cantharide .... See page 319). Collodion with. Cantharides. Linimentum Cantharidis ..... Madehy digesting 15 parts of cantharides in oil of tur- Cantharides Liniment. pentine, to make 100 parts (see page 321). Tinctura Cantharidis Made by percolating 5 parts of powdered cantharides Tincture of Cantharides. efficient alcohol to make 100 Darts (see page 342). Dose, three to ten minims. The dried female of Coccus cacti Linne (Class, Insecta; Order, Hemiptera). The odor of cochineal is faint; its taste slightly bitterish. It con- tains a red coloring-matter soluble in water, alcohol, and water of am- monia, slightly soluble in ether, insoluble in fixed and volatile oils. On macerating Cochineal in water, the insect swells up, but no insoluble powder should be separated. Cochineal owes its red color to carminic acid, C17H18O10. It contain* mucilage, fat, inorganic salts, etc. Its only use in pharmacy is to im- part a bright red color to various preparations, like compound tincture of cardamom, elixirs, etc. COCCUS. U. S. Cochineal. A peculiar, concrete substance, prepared by Apis mellijica Linn6 (Class, Insecta; Order, Hymenoptera). CERA FLAVA. U.S. Yellow Wax. CERA ALBA. U. S. White Was. Yellow wax, bleached. Preparation.—Wax is now known to be a peculiar secretion of bees. Yellow wax is obtained on the large scale by first abstracting the honey 968 PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. from the combs by shaving off the ends of the cells, draining, and then placing them in centrifugals. The honey is rapidly whirled out, water is added, and the wax is thoroughly and quickly cleaned; it is then melted and strained and run into flat dishes or moulds to cool and harden. Beeswax is a mixture of three different substances, which may be separated from one another by alcohol,—viz.: 1, myricin, insoluble in boiling alcohol, and consisting chiefly of myricyl palmitate, Ca)H61 (C16H3102), which is a compound of palmitic add, C16H3202, and myricyl alcohol, C30H62O ; 2, cerotic add, C^HrA()2 (formerly called cerin when obtained only in an impure state), which is dissolved by boiling alcohol, but crystallizes out on cooling; 3, cerolein, which remains dis- solved in the cold alcoholic liquid. This latter is probably a mixture of fatty acids, as indicated by its acid reaction to litmus paper. Cera Flava. U. S. Odor, Taste, and Solubility. Reaction. Water. Alcohol. Other Solvents. A yellowish or brown- ish-yellow solid. It is brittle when cold, but becomes plastic by the heat of the hand. It melts at 63°-64° C. (145.4°-147.2°F.),and congeals with a smooth and level surface. Sp. gr. 0.955-0.967. Agreeable, honey- like odor; faint, balsamic taste. Insoluble. Cold. Only partially soluble. Boiling. Almost com- pletely soluble. Soluble in 35 parts of ether and in 11 parts of chloroform; also soluble in oil of tur- pentine and in fixed or volatile oils. Impurities. Tests fob Impurities. f If 1 Gm. of Wax be boiled for half an hour with 40 Gm. of solution p p ,, , ., | of soda (sp. gr. 1.180), the volume being preserved by the occasional fats, or a y ei s, , a(j,jition of water, the Wax should separate, on cooling, without Japan ax, esm. rendering the liquid opaque, and no precipitate should be produced ( in the filtered liquid by hydrochloric acid. „ ( The above reagent should not produce a precipitate in water which has aP‘ j been boiled with a portion of the Wax. f If 5 Gm. of Wax be heated in a flask for fifteen minutes with 25 Gm. Paraffin. -j of sulphuric acid to 160° C. (320° F.), and the mixture diluted with ( water, no solid, wax-like body should separate. White Wax.—The color of yellow wax is discharged by exposing it, with an extended surface, to the combined influence of air, light, and moisture. The process of bleaching is often conducted upon a large scale. The wax, previously melted, is made to fall in streams upon a revolving cylinder, kept constantly wet, upon which it concretes, forming thin layers. These, having been removed, are spread upon linen cloths stretched on frames, and exposed to the air and light, care being taken to wet and occasionally turn them. In a few days they are partially bleached; but, to deprive the wax completely of color, it is necessary to repeat the whole process once, if not oftener. When sufficiently white, it is melted and cast into small circular cakes. It is a yellowish-white solid, generally in the form of circular cakes, about four inches (10 cm.) in diameter, somewhat translucent in thin PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. 969 layers, having a slightly rancid odor and an insipid taste. It melts at about 65° C. (149° F.). Sp. gr. 0.965-0.975. In other respects it has the characteristics and answers to the tests mentioned .under Yellow Wax (see above). Uses.—Wax is used in pharmacy principally to give consistence to cerates and ointments. Class, Mammalia. Ambra Grisea. A morbid excretion from tbe intestines of Physeter macrocephalus, Ambergris. found floating on the sea. It is friable when cold, of a gray or brown- gray color. It contains 85 per cent, of ambrein, etc. Used in per- fumery. Sanguis. The arterial fluid of the ox, Bos Taurus. It is of a red color, opaque, Blood. arid has a peculiar odor. It contains 78 per cent, of water, 8 per cent, of albumen, 5 per cent, of fibrin, etc. The red color is due to htemoglobin. Butyrum. From the milk of the cow, Bos Taurus. Obtained by allowing the Butter. cream to separate from the milk, collecting and churning. A soft, yellow, neutral substance, of a pleasant, sweet odor and a bland taste. It contains 30 per cent, of olein, and about 68 per cent, of palmitin and stearin, etc. Castoreum. From the preputial follicles of both the male and female animals Castor Castor. Fiber. The follicles occur in pairs, are pyriform, of a brown or black- ish color, a peculiar odor, and a bitter, acrid, and nauseous taste. It contains a volatile oil, and from 15 to 40 per cent, of a bitterish resin- • ous substance, etc. Civetta. An odorous substance obtained from two animals of the genus Viverra Civet. which inhabit the East Indies. It is semi-solid, unctuous, yellowish, becoming brown and thicker by exposure to air; of a very strong, pe- culiar odor, and a bitterish, acrid, and nauseous taste. It contains volatile oil, and resinous and other matters. Used in perfumery. Extractum Carnis. Prepared by subjecting beef contained in iron cylinders heated by steam Extract of Beef. to a temperature of 220° F. for several hours, collecting, when cool, the solidified juice, and preserving it in well-closed cans. Fibrin. Obtained when blood is allowed to coagulate or is whipped with a bundle of twigs. It is at first, when pure, a gelatinous mass, which changes to a white, tenacious material, consisting of minute fibrils. Gelatina. Obtained by boiling in water, bone, skins, cartilage, tendons, etc., until Gelatin. dissolved, then drying the resulting jelly in the air. It occurs in thin, transparent sheets. The different varieties which occur in com- merce are Russian, French, Cooper’s, and Coxe’s gelatin. Hyraceum. The product of Hyrax capensis, an animal of Southern Africa. It is found Hyraceum. on the rugged sides of mountains, and is supposed to be the excrement or the dried urine of the animal. It is rather hard, tenacious, of a blackish-brown color, and a taste and smell similar to those of castor. Ingluvin. From the gizzards of Gallus Bankiva. Prepared by a process similar to that employed in preparing pepsin. The dried and powdered gizzards are often used as digestives. Keratin. The organic basis of horny tissues, hair, nails, feathers, epithelium, etc. Koumiss. Prepared by dissolving 4 ounces of white sugar in 1 gallon of skimmed milk, and placing in bottles of the capacity of 1 quart; add 2 ounces of baker’s yeast, or a cake of compressed yeast, to each bottle, cork and tie securely, then set in a warm place until fermentation is well under way, and lay the bottles on their sides in a cool cellar. In three days fermentation will have progressed sufficiently to permit the koumiss to be in good condition. Lac. From the mammary glands of the cow, Bos Taurus. It is a white, opaque Milk. liquid, having a slight odor and a bland and sweet taste. Sp. gr. 1.030. It contains 85 per cent, of water and about 15 per cent, of solids. Lanolin. A fatty substance, consisting of a mixture of ethers of cholestrin with fatty acids. Obtained from the wool of sheep. Used as a base for ointments. Milk-Casein. The most abundant of the albuminoids obtained from milk by the addi- tion of rennet. Neat’s-foot Oil. Prepared by boiling the feet-of cattle, deprived of their hoofs, with water, removing the oil which rises to the surface, and allowing it to remain for some time in warm water. Used for softening leather. Unofficinal Animal Products. 970 PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. Unofficinal Animal Products.—(Continued.) Pancreatinum. Prepared by macerating fresh and finely-chopped beef pancreas in water, Pancreatin. acidulated with a little hydrochloric acid, for a day, and repeating the maceration with water; straining the liquids and filtering; neutral- izing with calcium carbonate, and again filtering; then mixing with an equal volume of 95 per cent, alcohol, washing the precipitate with dilute alcohol, pressing between bibulous paper, and drying at the ordinary temperature. It is a transparent, brittle, yellow mass. Pan- creatin is a ferment. Used for digesting oils and fats. Paraglobulin. Obtained from blood serum, lymph, chyle, etc. It is a granular sub- stance, gradually becoming more compact. Peptones. The product of the action of gastric and pancreatic juices, or of pepsin alone, upon albuminoids during the process of digestion. Ptyalin. A fermentative substance occurring in saliva, and having the power of converting starch into dextrin. Sodii Choleas. Prepared by evaporating fresh ox gall to one-half, and precipitating the Choleate of Soda. slimy and coloring matters with an equal bulk of alcohol, treating the filtrate with animal charcoal, distilling off the alcohol, and washing the residue with ether. It occurs as a white, sticky mass, having a penetrating odor, and a peculiar, sweetish, afterwards bitter taste. (See Fel Bovis Purificatum.) Sperm Oil. From the cranial cavities of Physeter macrocephalus. It is of a yellow or brown-yellow color. Sp. gr. 0.920. On cooling, it deposits spermaceti and stearin. Whale Oil. From Balrnna mysticetus. It has a peculiar fishy odor and unpleasant taste. Porpoise Oil. From Delphinus Pkocsena. Prepared by heating the belly-blubber of the porpoise. It is, when fresh, of a pale yellow color. Seal Oil. From Phoca of various species. Dugong Oil. From Halicore Dugong. Habitat, waters of Eastern Australia. This oil is generally used as a substitute for cod liver oil in Australia. Class, Pisces. Eulachon Oil. From Thaleichthys Pacijicus, a small fish found on the Pacific coast. This oil has been proposed as a substitute for cod liver oil. Menhaden Oil. From Alosa Menhaden. Habitat, Atlantic coast. Used in dressing leather. Shark Oil. From the livei of the shark, Squalis Carcharias, and other species. It is of a light yellow color, and has an acrid taste. Sp. gr. 0.870-0.880. Skate Oil. From the liver of Raja Batis. Employed largely in France and Bel- gium. It is of a bright yellow color. Sp. gr. 0.928. Class, Aves. Albumen Ovi. It exists in solution, enclosed in a net-work of delicate membranes, in Egg-Albumen. the white of eggs. Vitellin. It exists in the yolk of eggs. Closely resembles fibrin. Class, Insecta. Acidum Formicum. Obtained by distilling the ant (Formica ru/a). It is a colorless liquid, Formic Acid. having a pungent odor, and produces a burning sensation when applied to the skin. Its vapor is inflammable. Used for neuralgic and rheu- matic pains. Cobweb. The web of Tegeneria domestica. It has been recommended in phthisis and chronic intermittents, but is most useful in controlling hemor- rhage by simply applying it to the bleeding surfaces. Blatta. The insect Blatta orientalis, about one inch long, oblong, flat, of a Cockroach. reddish-black color, odor very disagreeable. It contains fetid oil, extractive, afftihydropin, etc. Used as a diuretic. Red Ant. The insect Formica rufa. It contains a volatile oil and formic acid. Class, Reptilia. Crotalus. Prepared from the venom of the rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus). While the snake is under chloroform the poison contained in the fang is pressed out and mixed with 9 parts of glycerin. Used in diphtheritio scarlatina. Phynin. From the glandular secretion and dried skin of the toad (Bufo viridis and B. cinereus). Similar in its effects to digitalin. Class, Annelida. Hirudo. From Sanguisuga medicinalis and S. officinalis. From three to six inches Leech. long, smooth, soft, round, tapering at the ends, composed of about one hundred rings; of a blackish-green color. Used for local depletion. PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. 971 Officinal Animal Substances. Officinal Name. Class and Order. Part used. English Name. Officinal Preparations. Acidum Lacti- cum. Acidum Olei- cum. Lactic Acid. Oleic Acid. Syrup of Lactophosphate of Calcium. Oleate of Mercury, Oleata of Yeratrine. Adeps. Canthari3. Carbo Animalis. Class, Mamma- lia. Order, Pachy- dermata. Class, Insecta. Order, Coleop- tera. Prepared inter- nal fat. Lard. Cantharides. Animal Char- coal. Benzoinated Lard, Cerate, Resin Cerate, Ointment, Cantharides Cerate, Ce- rate of Extract of Can- tharides, Mercurial Oint- ment, Mezereum Oint- ment. Cantharides Cerate, Cerate of Extract of Cantharides, Collodion with Canthar- ides, Cantharides Lini- ment, Tincture of Can- tharides. Purified Animal Charcoal. Cera Alba. Class, Insecta. Order, Hymen- optera. Prepared con- crete sub- stance. White Wax. Cerate, Spermaceti Cerate, Cantharides Paper, Oint- ment of Rose Water. Cera Flava. Class, Insecta. Order, Hymen- optera. Prepared con- crete sub- stance. Yellow Wax. Resin Cerate, Ointment, Cantharides Cerate, Cerate of Extract of Cantharides, Asafetida Plaster, Bur- gundy Pitch Plaster, Can- ada Pitch Plaster, Resin Plaster, Mezereum Oint- ment. Cetaeeum. Class, Mamma- lia. Order, Cetacea. Concrete fatty substance. Spermaceti. Spermaceti Cerate, Oint- ment of Rose Water, Can- tharides Paper. Coccus. Class, Insecta. Order, Hemip- tera. Dried female. Cochineal. Compound Tincture of Car- damom. Fel Bovis. Glycerinum. Class, Mamma- lia. Order, Rumi- nantia. Fresh gall. Ox Gall. Glycerin. Inspissated Ox Gall, Puri- fied Ox Gall. Ichthyocolla. Class, Pisces. Order, Sturi- ones. Swimming- bladder. Isinglass. Isinglass Plaster. Mel. felass, Insecta. Order, Hymen- optera. Saccharine se- cretion. Honey. Clarified Honey. Moschus. Oleum Adipis. Oleum Mor- rhurn. Pepsinum Sac- charatum. Saccharum Lactis. Class, Mamma- lia. Class, Pisces. Dried secretion. Fixed oil. Fixed oil. Musk. Lard Oil. Cod Liver Oil. Saccharated Pepsin. Sugar of Milk. Tincture of Musk. Ointment of Nitrate of Mer- cury. Solution of Pepsin. Abstracts, Saccharated Io- dide of Iron, Mercury with Chalk, Denarcotized Opium, Powder of Ipecac and Opium, Triturations. Sevum. Class, Mamma- lia. Internal fat of abdomen. Suet. Mercurial Ointment, Tar Ointment. Vitellus. Class, Aves. Order, Gallinm. Yolk of the egg- Yolk of Egg. Glycerite of Yolk of Egg. 972 PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LXI. PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. Where are protein compounds found ? What are their constituents ? What are their physical properties ? What is Millon’s reagent? What color does it produce in contact with protein compounds? From what classes are the animal products which are of interest in pharmacy derived ? Lard—What is the Latin name ? Whence is it obtained ? How is it prepared ? What is the process, used largely in France, of purifying lard ? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Alkalies; starch ; salt; water. Of what does lard consist ? To what is its consistence due ? For what is lard used in pharmacy ? Benzoinated lard—What is the Latin officinal name ? What was the name of this preparation in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870 ? How is it prepared ? What temperature should be used ? Does the method of adding tincture of benzoin to lard and mixing make as good a product as the officinal method ? Why ? Lard oil—What is the Latin officinal name ? How is it prepared ? Give description and specific gravity. What is its usual adulteration ? Is this admixture particularly injurious? Suet—What is the Latin officinal name ? Whence is it obtained and how prepared ? Describe odor, taste, specific gravity, and solubility. Give tests for identity. For what is it used? Saccharated pepsin—What is the Latin officinal name ? Describe Prof. Scheffer's process for making it. How is purified pepsin or scaly pepsin prepared ? Describe odor, taste, specific gravity, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Solution of pepsin—What is the Latin officinal name? How is it prepared? What is the dose ? Musk—What is the Latin officinal name ? Whence is it obtained ? What does it contain ? What is the dose ? What are its officinal preparations ? Lactic acid—How much absolute acid does it contain ? How may it be made ? Describe odor, taste, specific gravity, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the following impurities be detected ?—viz.: Hydrochloric acid; sul- phuric acid; sarcolactic acid; lead, iron; sugars; glycerin; organic impurities. What is the dose ? Sugar of milk—What is the Latin name ? Give formula in symbols and its molecular weight. Whence is it obtained ? How is it prepared ? Describe odor, taste, specific gravity, and solubility. Give tests for identity. How may the presence of cane-sugar be detected ?” What are its uses ? Why is it specially useful in pharmacy ? Ox gall—What is the Latin officinal name? What are its constituents? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. For what is it used ? Inspissated ox gall—What is the Latin officinal name ? How is it prepared ? Purified ox gall—What is the Latin officinal name ? How is it prepared ? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. What is the officinal test for it ? What is the dose ? Isinglass—What is the Latin officinal name ? Whence is it derived ? How is it prepared ? What is the form of American isinglass ? PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. 973 For what purposes is it used ? "What are the officinal preparations ? Spermaceti—What is the Latin officinal name ? Whence is it obtained ? Give description and specific gravity. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How is it made ? What is its composition ? For what is it used ? What are its officinal preparations ? Cod liver oil—What is the Latin officinal name? Whence is it obtained? How is it best prepared ? How is the light oil of commerce prepared? What are its constituents ? Give description and specific gravity. Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. Give tests for identity. What is the dose ? Yolk of egg—What is the Latin officinal name? What does it contain? Of what does white of egg chiefly consist ? For what is yolk of egg useful in pharmacy,? What are its officinal preparations ? Cantharides—What is the Latin name ? Whence is it obtained ? To what do cantharides owe their blistering properties? Describe the physical properties of cantharidin. What is cantharidin believed to be, chemically ? Does this acid form salts ? How may they be obtained ? What is the most satisfactory test of cantharidin ? What are the medicinal properties of cantharides? Name its officinal preparations? Cochineal—What is the Latin name? What is its definition? What does it contain ? To what does it owe its red color ? For what is it used ? Yellow wax—What is the Latin officinal name ? Whence is it obtained ? White wax—What is the Latin officinal name ? What is its definition ? What is wax ? How is it obtained commercially ? W’hat are the constituents of beeswax ? Which of these is soluble in alcohol? Describe odor, taste, chemical reaction, and solubility. How may the following impurities be detected?—viz.: Fats or fatty acids ; Japan wax ; resin ; soap ; paraffin. How is white wax made? What is its specific gravity ? Describe odor, taste, and chemical reaction. What is its principal use in pharmacy ? CHAPTER LXII. PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. A knowledge of the methods of using tests with the view of iden- tifying or ascertaining the amount of impurities in articles of the materia medica, is now demanded of the pharmacist. The professional chemist can no longer claim the exclusive right to handle the test-tube and the burette, for the principles of analysis, so far as they relate to medicinal chemicals, must be understood by the practical pharmacist. It is not within the scope of this work to enter into the minute details of the application of each test, the many excellent works on analysis which have been issued within the last five years fully supplying all needs in this direction.1 The introduction of many new tests into the last Pharmacopoeia, however, requiring the use of various reagents and test-solutions, neces- sitates a brief review of the methods employed in analysis, with some definitions of common terms. Synthesis and Pharmacy treat of the creation or preparation of compounds by building them up from their constituents : thus, by heating together iodine and sulphur, the compound, sulphur iodide, is made. Analysis is the opposite operation: it treats of the decomposition of the compound by separating its constituents: if sulphur iodide be boiled with water, the iodine will be volatilized and may be collected, whilst the sulphur remains with the water, and thus the compound is decomposed and its constituents are separated. The principles of analysis are based upon the application of one chemical substance, of known properties and composition, to another, which results in some change in the color, form, or state of aggregation of one or both substances, and which is intended to lead to the iden- tification of the substance examined, or to the ascertainment of its quantity. All analytical methods require the use of reagents and test-solutions. These may be defined as substances employed in producing the phe- nomena above described, or the reactions upon which the value of the analysis is based. A list of officinal reagents and test-solutions is given on pages 978-984. Two kinds of analysis, depending upon the extent of the examination, are in use : 1. Qualitative or qualitive. 2. Quantitative or quantitive. 1 The practical pharmacist should be provided with one or all of the following works : Fre- senius’s “ Analysis,” Hoffman and Power’s “ Examination of Medicinal Chemicals,” Sutton’s “ Volumetric Analysis,” Allen’s “ Commercial Organic Analysis,” and Trimble’s “ Practical and Analytical Chemistry.” 974 PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. 975 In qualitative analysis, the aim is merely the identity or the quality of the objects sought for in the substance examined. In quantitative analysis, not only must the substance sought for be identified, but the quantity which is present must also be ascertained. Two methods of quantitative analysis are in use, known as the Gravi- metric and the Volumetric. In gravimetric quantitative analysis, as its name indicates, the quan- tities of the constituents are isolated and weighed, either separately or in combination. In volumetric quantitative analysis, the constituents are determined, either wholly or in part, in volume or measure, by dissolving a given weight of a pure salt or body in a definite volume of water or other liquid, thus forming a standard or normal solution, and using an accu- rately measured quantity of such a solution to produce a given effect upon the substance which is being tested. The advantages of the volu- metric method consist in the ease and rapidity with which the opera- tions may be effected, because liquids can be measured more rapidly than they can be weighed. It is obvious that volumetric analysis can be used only where some distinctly visible phenomenon occurs in the liquid, which enables the operator to determine accurately a point when the reaction is completed. In volumetric analysis, accurately made solutions of definite strength are employed. In the Pharmacopoeia these are termed test-solutions and volumetric solutions. In general practice the term normal solution is used, but, unfortunately, it is applied to several kinds of volumetric solutions, which may be defined as follows: 1. A normal solution is primarily and legitimately one which con- tains the molecular weight of a univalent substance, expressed in grammes, dissolved in one litre of pure water : thus, the molecular weight of soda (NaHO) is 40, and hence normal solution of soda contains 40 grammes of soda in 1000 grammes, or 1 litre, of distilled water. When the substance is bivalent, the normal solution contains one-half of the mo- lecular weight, expressed in grammes, in each litre, as in the volumetric solution of oxalic acid. The molecular weight of oxalic acid is 126, and the normal solution is made bv dissolving 63 grammes of the acid in 1000 C.c. of distilled water. In trivalent substances, one-third of the molecular weight is taken, etc. Decinormal and centinormal solu- tions are respectively and yut the strength of normal solutions. Normal solutions of this kind have more than one use, for they are employed in determining the strength and purity of many substances. 2. The term normal solution is, unfortunately, applied also to a liquid of which a given volume (100 C.c.) corresponds with, or exactly satu- rates, a given weight (1 Gm.) of only one substance. These test-liquids are used for technical purposes, and are of use only when employed for the single object for which they were designed: they are intended to indicate the percentage of the pure substance contained in the product examined. They are often employed by manufacturing chemists. 3. Still another kind of normal solution has its strength based on a special reaction which takes place when the solution is used for the purpose for which it was intended, the molecular weight or saturating 976 PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. power having no relation to its strength.1 Normal solution of potas- sium permanganate is sometimes made in this way, based on the amount of oxygen that it can transfer to the substance under examination. Proximate analysis is a term applied to the examination of organic substances with the view of isolating or determining the proximate prin- ciples present, as the proximate analysis of cinchona bark in proving the presence or quantity of the quinine, cinchonine, kinic acid, etc. Ultimate analysis is a term applied to the examination of organic substances to determine their ultimate elements, as in an analysis of quinine to prove the number of atoms of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen in it. Proximate and ultimate analyses require individual skill and ex- perience and the application of methods which can be properly mas- tered only by special study and practical experience under competent instructors. They should never be attempted by the tyro. Pharmacopceial testing and volumetric analysis, on the other hand, are directly in the line of the work of the practical pharmacist, and the apparatus required is simple, whilst the operations to be performed are mostly those which he is called upon to perform daily upon a larger scale. Practice and experience in analytical work will, if conscientiously followed, prove invaluable in training the pharmacist in those habits of accuracy, neatness, and thoroughness which are absolutely essential to the successful pursuit of his profession. The United States Pharmacopoeia very wisely adopted the metric system in all analytical operations requiring definite weights or meas- ures. It is admirably fitted for analytical work, and is used almost universally by chemists throughout the world: hence the apparatus employed is always based on the metric method. Apparatus used in Testing. Fig. 358. It is well for the pharmacist to set apart a case, especially in the laboratory, in which to keep this apparatus. It should never be used for dispensing purposes. Fig. 358 represents such a case, which may be made as attractive as the taste of the owner dictates. Analytical apparatus case. 1 It is greatly to be desired that these last two solutions shall receive some other and appro- priate names, and that hereafter the term “normal solution” shall have but one signification. PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. 977 Graduated Flasks are needed for making standard and normal solutions. These should be accurately stoppered, and the mark on the neck should extend all the way around, and be in the narrowest part. Litre, half-litre, and quarter-litre flasks are all useful (see Fig. 359). Graduated Jars.—A tall, cylindrical, glass-stoppered jar, graduated into one hundred or one thousand equal parts, is of great service in making test-solutions in smaller quantities (see Fig. 360). The Burette is indispensable in volumetric testing. It is a gradu- ated glass tube, about one-half inch (12.5 mm.) in diameter and twenty inches (50.8 cm.) in length, having its lower end drawn to a narrow orifice, and the other slightly flared to facilitate the pouring in of the test-liquid : to the lower extremity is attached a piece of rubber tubing, the other end of the tubing being armed with a short piece of glass tube having a capillary orifice. The graduations on the tube are ex- tended to one hundred parts or more, each part being subdivided into five or ten equal parts (see Fig. 361). The rubber tube is closed with a spring pinchcock, the form shown in Fig. 173 being preferred. Fig. 362 represents a convenient holder for the burette whilst in use : the latter may be adjusted to any height to accommodate a large or a small beaker. For test solutions that are decomposed by organic sub- stances, like solution of potassium permanganate, the rubber tube is Fig. 360. Fig. 361. Fig. 362. Fig. 359. Litre flask. Graduated jar. Burette (enlarged view of end). Burette-holder in use. unsuitable, and all glass burettes must be used : these are closed with a small glass stopcock. To facilitate the reading of the divisions on the burette, Erdmann’s float is employed (see Fig. 363) : this is an elongated glass bulb, of slightly less diameter than the burette, loaded at one end with mercury, and having a little glass hook at the top to facilitate its being lifted out with a bent wire : a line is scratched on the bulb around the middle, and it is floated in the liquid in the burette. The actual height of the liquid is a matter of indifference, because the reading is made by comparing the line on the float with that on the burette. With prac- tice, excellent work may be performed without the use of the float, by adopting the habit of always reading off where the lowest point of the 978 PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. meniscus touches the graduated mark. If the operator is compelled to work in a poor light, the reading of the line may be facilitated by placing a small card, having its lower half blackened, just behind the burette in such a position that the straight line of division between the black and the white portion is very slightly below the surface of the liquid in the burette. Pipettes may be used for qualitative testing or in small operations. These are intended to be filled by sucking into the graduated tube the quantity of liquid desired: it is retained there by pressing the moistened forefinger on the upper orifice; of course upon raising the finger and applying it again the desired quantity may be made to flow out (see Fig. 364). The greater part of the apparatus used in such analytical work as the pharmacist is likely to be called upon to perform has been already described in Part I. and elsewhere, and the operations of making solu- tions, filtration, precipitation, etc., are familiar ones. Glass funnels, beakers, test-tubes, stirring-rods, porcelain capsules, crucibles, reagent and test-solution bottles, etc., will be required. The amber-glass reagent bottles made by Whitall, Tatum & Co., of Philadelphia (see Fig. 365), are well adapted for the purpose of contain- ing the test-liquids. The bottles hold about four fluidounces, and the Fig. 365. Fig. 364. Fig. 363. Erdmann’s float. Use of the pipette. Keagent bottle. labels are blown in the glass, the surface of the letters being ground off so that they can be read distinctly. Paper labels are not well adapted for test-liquids, because they are soon destroyed by the corrosive action of acid vapors or the ink-marks are bleached out. ARTICLES USED IN TESTING. U.S. 1880. Absolute Alcohol.—Ethyl Alcohol [C2H5HO; 46] nearly or quite free from water. It should have the specific gravity 0.794 at 15.6° C. (60° F.) ; should respond to the tests of purity given under Alcohol; and a portion shaken with well-dried sulphate of copper should not impart color to the latter. Acids.—All acids used in testing must fulfil the requirements of strength and purity mentioned in the Pharmacopoeia, with the additional condition, that the reac- tions for purity shall not depend upon a limit of time, nor permit any recognizable trace of impurity. Besides responding to all other tests for purity, Hydrochloric Acid, diluted with five times its volume of distilled water, and Sulphuric Acid, diluted with fifteen times its volume of distilled water, when treated by the method given under Test-Zinc, should give no indication of the presence of arsenic. PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. 979 Aluminium.—Metallic Aluminium [A1; 27] in the form of wire or ribbon. It should be soluble in solution of potassa, without leaving a residue. Chromate of Potassium.—The crystallized salt [K2Crt)4; 194.4.]. Copper.—Metallic Copper [Cu ; 63.2] in slender wire, or thin foil cut into strips. Gelatinized Starch.—A gelatinous solution, freshly prepared by mixing one part of Starch (see Amylum) with two hundred parts of distilled water, and boiling the mixture for five or six minutes. Gold.—Metallic Gold [Au ; 196.2] in the form of leaf. It should not he affected by nitric acid, but should readily dissolve, without residue, in nitrohydrochloric acid. Hydrosulphuric Acid.—The gas [H2S; 34] generated by treating Ferrous Sul- phide [FeS ; 87.9] with Diluted Sulphuric Acid (see page 414), and washed by being passed through a small quantity of distilled water in a wash-bottle. One part of fer- rous sulphide is sufficient for fifteen parts of diluted sulphuric acid, or for one and a half parts of sulphuric acid when this is diluted with eight to ten times its weight of distilled water; and the resulting gas will saturate about fifty parts of distilled water. Distilled water so saturated may he used, when fresh, as a test-solution of Hydrosul- phuric Acid. It should give the strong odor of the acid, and should abundantly blacken test-solution' of acetate of lead. Indigo.—Indigo Blue [C8H5NO; 131]. Litmus Paper.—Blue Litmus Paper. Unsized white paper colored with Solution of Litmus. Red Litmus Paper. Unsized white paper colored with Solution of Litmus previously reddened by the smallest requisite quantity of sulphuric acid. Molybdate of Sodium.—The salt [Na2.\IoO4.H20 ; 223.5] in crystals, or in clear, white, fused masses. Solution of Litmus.—A solution prepared by macerating one part of Litmus, in powder, with ten parts of Diluted Alcohol, in a closed vessel, for two days, and filtering. Solution of Turmeric.—A solution prepared by macerating one part of bruised Turmeric, with six parts of Diluted Alcohol, in a closed vessel, for seven days, and filtering. Turmeric Paper.—Unsized white paper colored with Solution of Turmeric, by steeping and drying it without the application of heat. Test-Zinc.—Metallic Zinc [Zn ; 64.9] free from arsenic, and in slender sticks, or small fragments, or in thin disks, prepared by melting the metal and pouring it in a thin stream into water. Test-Zinc should be soluble in diluted sulphuric acid and leave no residue or not more than a slight one (absence of more than small proportions of lead). If Test- Zinc does not cause rapid effervescence in diluted sulphuric acid, this difficulty may be overcome by sprinkling the metal with test-solution of platinic chloride previously diluted with about five hundred times its volume of distilled water, and then drying on the water-bath. Test for the Absence of Arsenic.—A flask of 300 to 400 C.c. capacity is connected, through a tubulated stopper, with a drying-tube, one end of which is filled with fragments of dried chloride of calcium, and the other end with fragments of dry po- tassa or soda. The drying-tube is connected with a horizontal tube of hard glass, about ten inches (25 cm.) in length and one-fourth of an inch (6 mm.) in diameter, having the farther end drawn out narrow and turned downward, so as nearly to reach the bottom of a test-tube adjusted to receive it. Near its further horizontal portion, the hard glass tube is narrowed to about one-third its diameter, and the whole tube is supported securely, leaving a space of three inches (7 cm.), next before the nar- rowed portion, free from the flame of a lamp placed underneath. A portion of 4 to 5 Gm. of the Zinc to be tested is placed in the flask, with 120 to 150 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid (known to be free from arsenic), the connections are closed, and 3 or 4 C.c. of test-solution of nitrate of silver poured in the test-tube to receive the gas. When the gas has bubbled briskly through the solution in the test-tube for at least five minutes, and until the air is expelled from the apparatus, the lamp is placed so as to heat the hard glass tube nearly or quite to redness, and this temperature is main- tained for at least twenty minutes, while the gas is passing. No mirror should ap- pear in the narrowed portion of the heated tube, beyond the flame, and no black precipitate, or not more than a slight darkening of color, should appear in the test- solution of nitrate of silver (absence of arsenic). Also no mirror should appear in the tube next before its heated portion (absence of antimony). Water.—Whenever Water is mentioned in the descriptions of chemicals, or for use in any test, Distilled Water is to be employed. 980 PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. TEST-SOLUTIONS. U.S. Test-Solution of Acetate of Lead.—A solution of one fart of Acetate of Lead in ten parts of distilled water, with the addition of a few drops of Acetic Acid if neces- sary to give the liquid a faint acid reaction. The solution should he clear. Test-Solution of Albumen.—A solution recently prepared by triturating the "White of one Egg with 100 C.c. of distilled water and filtering through cotton moist- ened with distilled water. Test-Solution of Ammonio-Nitrate of Silver.—A solution prepared by adding Water of Ammonia, in drops, to Test-Solution of Nitrate of Silver, until the precipi- tate at first formed is very nearly all dissolved, and filtering. Test-Solution of Ammonio-Sulphate of Copper.—A solution prepared by add- ing Water of Ammonia, in drops, to Test-Solution of Sulphate of Copper, until the precipitate at first formed is very nearly all dissolved, and filtering. Test-Solution of Bichromate of Potassium.—A clear solution prepared by dis- solving one fart of Bichromate of Potassium in ten farts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Bitartrate of Sodium.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one fart of pure Bitartrate of Sodium [NaHC4H406.H20] in ten farts of distilled water, with the aid of heat, and filtering when cold. Test-Solution of Carbonate of Ammonium.—A clear solution prepared by dis- solving one fart of Carbonate of Ammonium in ten farts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Carbonate of Sodium.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one fart of Carbonate of Sodium in ten farts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Chloride of Ammonium.—A clear solution prepared by dis- solving one fart of Chloride of Ammonium in ten farts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Chloride of Barium.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one fart of pure crystallized Chloride of Barium [BaCl2.2H20; 243.6] in ten farts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Chloride of Calcium.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one fart of pure crystallized Chloride of Calcium [CaCl2.0H2O ; 218.8] in ten farts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Chloride of Gold. —A clear solution prepared by dissolving one fart of Chloride of Gold [AuCls; 302.4] in twenty farts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Chromate of Potassium.—A clear solution prepared by dis- solving one fart of pure Chromate of Potassium [Iv2Cr04; 194.4] in ten farts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Ferric Chloride.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one fart of Ferric Chloride in ten farts of distilled water. Test Solution of Ferricyanide of Potassium.—A recently prepared and per- fectly clear solution made by dissolving one fart of pure Ferricyanide of Potassium [K3Fe(CN)6; 328.9] in ten farts of distilled water. A portion of the solution diluted with ten times its volume of distilled water should give no blue precipitate on the addition of a few drops of test-solution of ferric chloride. Test-Solution of Ferrocyanide of Potassium.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one fart of Ferrocyanide of Potassium in ten farts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Ferrous Sulphate.—A recently prepared solution made by dis- solving one fart of selected, clear crystals of Ferrous Sulphate in ten farts of distilled water. A portion of the solution, diluted with ten times its volume of distilled water, should give an abundant, blue precipitate on the addition of a few drops of test-solu- tion of ferricyanide of potassium. Test-Solution of Gelatin.—A solution recently prepared by digesting one fart of Isinglass in fifty farts of distilled water, on a water-bath, for half an hour, and, if necessary, filtering through cotton moistened with distilled water. Test-Solution of Hydrosulphuric Acid.—A solution of Hydrosulphuric Acid gas in distilled water, as described under Hydrosulphuric Acid (see page 979). Test-Solution of Hyposulphite of Sodium.—A clear solution prepared by dis- solving one fart of Hyposulphite of Sodium in ten farts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Indigo.—A liquid prepared by digesting one fart of Indigo, in powder, with twelve farts of Sulphuric Acid, on a water-bath, for one hour, pouring the solution into five hundred farts of Sulphuric Acid, then leaving the mixture to subside, and decanting the clear portion for use. Test-Solution of Iodide of Mercury and Potassium. — A clear solution pre- pared by adding one hundred farts of test-solution of mercuric chloride to three hun- dred and sixty-seven farts of test-solution of iodide of potassium. [Test-Solutions should be preserved in well-stopped bottles of hard glass.] PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. 981 Test-Solution of Iodide of Potassium.—A clear, colorless solution prepared by dissolving one part of Iodide of Potassium in twenty parts of distilled water. The solution should have a neutral reaction. Test-Solution of Iodine.—A dark-colored, clear solution prepared by dissolving one part of Iodine in a solution of three parts of Iodide of Potassium in fifty parts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Magnesium.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one part of Sulphate of Magnesium, and two parts of Chloride of Ammonium, in eight parts of distilled water, then adding four parts of Water of Ammonia, setting aside for two or three days, and filtering. Test-Solution of Mercuric Chloride.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one part of Mercuric Chloride in twenty parts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Nitrate of Barium.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one part of pure Nitrate of Barium [Ba(N03)2; 260.8] in twenty parts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Nitrate of Silver.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one part of crystallized Nitrate of Silver in twenty parts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Oxalate of Ammonium.—A clear solution prepared by dis- solving one part of pure Oxalate of Ammonium [(NH4)2C204.H20; 142] in twenty parts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Permanganate of Potassium.—A solution recently prepared by dissolving one part of Permanganate of Potassium in one thousand parts of dis- tilled water. 62.8 C.c. of this solution, acidified with 5 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid, should require 2 C.c. of the volumetric solution of oxalic acid for complete decoloration. Test-Solution of Phosphate of Ammonium.—A clear solution prepared by dis- solving one part of Phosphate of Ammonium in ten parts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Phosphate of Sodium.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one part of Phosphate of Sodium in ten parts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Picric Acid.—A saturated, aqueous solution prepared by dis- solving one part of well-crystallized Picric Acid [HC6H2(N02)s0 ; 229] in one hun- dred parts of distilled water, by the aid of heat, setting aside to cool, and filtering after twelve hours. Test-Solution of Platinic Chloride.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one part of pure Platinic Chloride [PtCl45H20; 426] in twenty parts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Potassio-Cupric Tartrate.—A solution prepared by dissolv- ing 6.93 G-m. of selected crystals of Sulphate of Copper in 20 C.c. of distilled water; also dissolving 36 Gm. of Tartrate of Potassium in 140 C.c. of Solution of Soda; then adding the former solution gradually to the latter, while stirring, and finally adding to the mixture a sufficient quantity of the Solution of Soda- to make the liquid measure 200 C.c. Test-Solution of Potassio-Cupric Tartrate should be free from yellowish-brown sediment, and should deposit none upon boiling. Test-Solution of Sulphate of Calcium.—A saturated solution prepared by di- gesting one part of powdered, native, crystallized Sulphate of Calcium [CaS04.2H20 ; 172] with about three hundred parts of distilled water, at the ordinary temperature, with repeated agitation, for several days, and decanting the clear liquid. Test-Solution of Sulphate of Copper.—A solution prepared by dissolving one part of selected crystals of Sulphate of Copper in ten parts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Sulphate of Potassium.—A solution prepared by dissolving one part of Sulphate of Potassium in fifteen parts of distilled water. Test-Solution of Sulphate of Siiver.—A solution prepared by dissolving one part of Sulphate of Silver [Ag2S04; 311.4] in two hundred and fifty parts of dis- tilled water, with the aid of a gentle heat. Test-Solution of Sulphide of Ammonium.—An aqueous solution, chiefly of ammonium sulphide [(NH4)2S ; 68] prepared by passing washed Hydrosulphuric Acid gas into three, parts of Water of Ammonia until the latter is saturated with the gas, and then adding two parts of Water of Ammonia. The solution should not be rendered turbid by the addition of test-solution of sulphate of magnesium, or of test-solution of chloride of calcium (absence of ammonium hydrate, or carbonate). Test-Solution of Tannic Acid.—A clear solution prepared by dissolving one part of Tannic Acid in nine parts of distilled water, and adding one part of alcohol. When this solution becomes turbid it should be rejected. Test-Solution of Tartaric Acid.—A recently prepared and clear solution made by dissolving one part of Tartaric Acid in five parts of distilled water. 982 PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. VOLUMETRIC SOLUTIONS FOR QUANTITATIVE TESTS. U.S. Volumetric Solution of Bichromate of Potassium. Bichromate of Potassium, fourteen and seventy-four hundredths grammes; Dis- tilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimetres. Dissolve the Bichromate of Potassium in about seven hutidred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water, and then add of the latter enough to make the solution measure one thousand cubic centimetres. Note.—In the estimation of iron, in ferrous combinations, the aqueous solution of the salt is acidified with diluted sulphuric acid, and afterwards the Volumetric Solution of Bichromate of Potassium gradually added, from a burette, until a drop taken out upon a white surface no longer shows a blue color with a drop of test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium. One cubic centimetre is the equivalent of: Gramme. Potassium Bichromate 0.01474 Iron in ferrous combination 0.01677 Ferrous Carbonate 0.03477 Ferrous Sulphate, crystallized 0.08337 Ferrous Sulphate, dried 0.05097 The following-named officinals are tested with this solution: Ferri Carbonas Sac- charatus, Ferri Sulphas, Ferri Sulphas Prsecipitatus. K2Cr207: 294.8. 14.74 Gm. in 1000 C.c. VOLUMETRIC SOLUTION OF HYPOSULPHITE OF SODIUM. U.S. Na2S203.5H20; 248. 24.8 Gm. in 1000 C.c. Hyposulphite of Sodium, thirty-two grammes; Volumetric Solution of Iodine, one hundred cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thou- sand cubic centimetres. Dissolve the Hyposulphite of Sodium in enough Distilled Water to make the solution measure one thousand cubic centimetres. To the Volu- metric Solution of Iodine, which should measure exactly one hundred cubic centime- tres, add a sufficient quantity of the Solution of Hyposulphite of Sodium, from a burette, nearly to decolorize the Iodine solution, then add freshly gelatinized starch, and continue the addition of the Hyposulphite until the blue color of the mixture is just destroyed, noting the number of cubic, centimetres added. Then take of the Solu- tion of Hyposulphite of Sodium ten times this number of cubic centimetres, and add thereto enough Distilled Water to make the solution measure one thousand, cubic cen- timetres. This solution should decolorize exactly an equal volume of the Volumetric Solution of Iodine. Note.—The article to he tested, containing free iodine, either in itself or after addi- tion of test-solution of iodide of potassium, is treated with this Volumetric Solution, added from a burette, until, on stirring, the color of iodine is just discharged. A little gelatinized starch being added just before the iodine color disappears, the addi- tion of the solution is continued for the exact discharge of the blue color of iodized starch. One cubic centimetre is the equivalent of: Gramme. Sodium Hyposulphite, crystallized, Na2S203.5H20 0.02480 Bromine, Br 0.00798 Chlorine, Cl 0.00354 Iodine, I 0.01266 The following-named officinals are tested with this solutwn: Aqua Chlori, Calx Chlorata, Iodum, Liquor Iodi Compositus, Liquor Sodas Chloratfe, Tinctura Iodi. VOLUMETRIC SOLUTION OF IODINE. TJ.S. I; 126.6. 12.66 Gm. in 1000 C.c. Iodine, twelve and sixty-six hundredths grammes; Iodide of Potassium, eighteen grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centi- PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. 983 metres. Dissolve the Iodide of Potassium in about seven hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water; in this solution dissolve the Iodine, and add enough Distilled Water to make the solution measure one thousand cubic centimetres. Note.—The article to be tested is first treated with a little gelatinized starch, and afterwards the Volumetric Solution added, from a burette, until, on stirring, the blue color ceases to be discharged. One cubic centimetre is the equivalent of: Gramme. Iodine 0.01266 Arsenious Acid (anhydride) 0.004945 Potassium Sulphite, crystallized 0.0097 Sodium Bisulphite 0.0052 Sodium Hyposulphite, crystallized 0.0248 Sodium Sulphite, crystallized 0.0126 Sulphurous Acid (anhydride) 0.0032 The following-named officinals are tested with this solution: Acidum Arseniosum, Acidum Sulphurosum, Liquor Acidi Arseniosi, Liquor Potassii Arsenitis, Potassii Sulphis, Sodii Bisulphis, Sodii Sulphis. VOLUMETRIC SOLUTION OF NITRATE OF SILVER. U.S. AgNOs; 169.7. 16.97 Gm. in 1000 C.c. Nitrate of Silver, well crystallized and dry, sixteen and ninety-seven hundredths grammes-, Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centime- tres. Dissolve the Nitrate of Silver in about seven hundred parts of Distilled Water, and add of the latter enough to make the solution measure one thousand cubic centi- metres. Note.—The Volumetric Solution is added, from a burette, to the .solution to be tested, previously treated with a few drops of test-solution of bichromate of potassium, until a red precipitate remains after stirring. In testing cyanides, without addition of bichromate, the Volumetric Solution is added until a precipitate just visible remains after stirring. One cubic centimetre is the equivalent of: Gramma Silver Nitrate 0.01697 Ammonium Bromide 0.00978 Ammonium Chloride 0.00534 Ferrous Bromide 0.010775 Ferrous Iodide 0.015455 Hydrocyanic Acid, absolute, HCN as alkali cyanide 0.0027 Hydriodic Acid 0.01276 Potassium Bromide 0.01188 Potassium Chloride 0.00744 Potassium Cyanide (to dissolve the precipitate) 0.0130 Sodium Bromide 0.01028 Sodium Chloride 0.00584 The following-named officinals are tested with this solution: Acidum Hydrocyani- cum Dilutum, Ammonii Bromidum, Potassii Bromidum, Potassii Cyanidum, Sodii Bromidum, Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici, Syrupus Ferri Bromidi, Syrupus Ferri Iodidi. VOLUMETRIC SOLUTION OF OXALIC ACID. U.S. H2C204.2H20; 126. 63 Gm. in 1000 C.c. Oxalic Acid, in perfect crystals, sixty-three grammes-, Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimetres. Dissolve the Oxalic Acid in about seven hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water, and then add of the latter enough to make the solution measure one thousand cubic centimetres. Note.—The Volumetric Solution is gradually added, from a burette, to the article to he tested, until the mixture, after stirring, shows a neutral reaction with litmus or some other suitable indicator. If carbonic acid gas he liberated in the operation, it must he wholly expelled, by heat, before the neutral reaction can be obtained. 984 PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. One cubic centimetre is the equivalent of: Gramme. Oxalic Acid, crystallized 0.0630 Ammonia, absolute 0.0170 Ammonium Carbonate 0.05233 Lead Acetate, crystallized 0.18925 Lead Subacetate, as Pb20(C2H302)2 0.13675 Potassium Acetate1 0.0980 Potassium Bicarbonate 0.1000 Potassium Carbonate, anhydrous 0.0690 Potassium Citrate, crystallized1 0.1080 Potassium Hydrate (Absolute Potassa) 0.0560 Potassium Permanganate. 0.0314 Potassium Sodium Tartrate1 0.1410 Potassium Tartrate1 0.1175 Sodium Bicarbonate 0.0840 Sodium Borate, crystallized 0.1910 Sodium Carbonate, crystallized 0.1430 Sodium Carbonate, anhydrous 0.0530 Sodium Hydrate (Absolute Soda) 0.0400 The following-named officinals are tested with this solution: Ammonii Carbonas, Aqua Ammonise, Aqua Ammonias Fortior, Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis, Liquor Po- tassse, Liquor Sodas, Potassa, Potassii Acetas, Potassii Bicarbonas, Potassii Carbonas, Potassii Citras, Potassii et Sodii Tartras, Potassii Permanganas, Potassii Tartras, Soda, Sodii Bicarbonas, Sodii Bicarbonas Venalis, Sodii Carbonas, Sodii Carbonas Exsic- eatus, Spiritus Ammoniae. VOLUMETRIC SOLUTION OF SODA. U.S. Oxalic Acid, in perfect crystals, six and three-tenths grammes; Solution of Soda, Distilled Water, of each, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred parts. To the Oxalic Acid add, from a burette, enough Solution of Soda exactly to neutralize the acid, as indicated by the color of litmus, and note the number of cubic centimetres of the Solution of Soda required. Take ten times this number of cubic centimetres of the same solution of Soda, and add thereto enough Distilled Water to make the solution measure one thousand cubic centimetres. This solution should neutralize exactly an equal volume of Yolumetric Solution of Oxalic Acid. Note.—The Yolumetric Solution is gradually added, from a burette, to the article to be tested, until the mixture, on stirring, shows a neutral reaction with litmus or some other suitable indicator. NaHO; 40. 40 Gm. in 1000 C.c. Gramme. Sodium Hydrate (Absolute soda) 0.0400 Acetic Acid, absolute 0.0600 Citric Acid, crystallized 0.0700 Hydrobromic Acid, absolute 0.0808 Hydrochloric Acid, absolute 0.0364 Hydriodic Acid, absolute 0.1276 Lactic Acid, absolute 0.0900 Nitric Acid, absolute 0.0630 Oxalic Acid, crystallized 0.0630 Sulphuric Acid, absolute 0.0490 Tartaric Acid, crystallized 0.0750 The following-named officinals are tested with this solution: Acidum Aceticum, Acidum Aceticum Dilutum, Acidum Aceticum Glaciale, Acidum Citricum, Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum, Acidum Hydrochloricum, Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilu- tum, Acidum Lacticum, Acidum Nitricum, Acidum Nitricum Dilutum, Acidum Sulphuricum, Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum, Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum, Acidum Tartaricum. One cubic centimetre is the equivalent of: 1 After ignition. PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. 985 QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LXII. PHARMACEUTICAL TESTING. What is meant by synthesis ? What is meant by analysis ? Upon what are the principles of analysis based? What are meant by reagents and test-solutions ? What two kinds of analysis are in use ? What is meant by qualitative analysis ? What is meant by quantitative analysis ? What two kinds of quantitative analysis are in use, and what is the difference between them ? What is the legitimate and proper meaning of a normal solution ? What are decinormal and centinormal solutions ? In what other ways has the term normal solution been applied ? What is meant by proximate analysis ? What is meant by ultimate analysis ? What system is used by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia in analytical operations requiring definite weights or measures? What is the use of graduated flasks? What is the use of graduated jars ? What is a burette, and how is it used ? For test-solutions that are decomposed by organic substances, can a rubber tube be used ? What can be used in its place ? What is Erdmann’s float? What is its use ? How may pipettes sometimes be used instead of burettes ? PART Y. MAGISTBAL PH ABM AC Y.1 Under the head of Magistral or Extemporaneous Pharmacy will be considered the preparation and dispensing of medicines intended to meet the occasion and which are to be compounded at once. The subject of officinal or galenical pharmacy has been considered in the previous pages, the distinction being that in the latter the preparations are in- tended to be permanent, and are generally made in advance and kept on hand ready for use, whilst those which are magistral are mostly intended to last during the occasion which calls them into existence. There are several classes of officinal medicines in which permanent and extemporaneous preparations are both embraced: it has been deemed most practical to consider such under the above head. Exam- ples are found in plasters, powders, ointments, etc. Some of these are generally kept on hand ready for use. If they are not called for soon, they become stale or deteriorated, and experience soon demonstrates that the best plan is rapidly to improve the apparatus and facilities of the store to the highest point, so that all extemporaneous preparations may be quickly and skilfully compounded on call, and thus a reputa- tion is soon acquired for always dispensing those which are fresh. For this reason, most ointments should not be made in larger quantities than are necessary to supply the demand of the moment. Magistral Pharmacy is unquestionably the most important division of the whole subject. It embraces the principal amount of the labor in the store, and calls for the exercise of more tact, knowledge, and ability than any other branch. Owing to the fact that the ability to practise extemporaneous pharmacy successfully depends largely upon the personal qualities of the pharmacist, very little can be written upon the subject which would be generally useful. Good training under the watchful eye of a skilled preceptor and practical experience will alone give the confidence and knowledge of details that assure success. All that will be attempted under this head will be to collect and arrange such points as the author has found useful in his own experience, in the hope that at least some of them may be of service to others. A chapter on the arrangement of the store, with a description of the facilities for prac- tising extemporaneous pharmacy, will properly introduce the subject. 1 The word magistral is derived from magister, a master, and is defined as “a term applied to medicines prescribed for the occasion, by a competent person, in distinction from such as are officinal, or kept prepared in the shops. As the latter are prepared according to a certain formula, an intelligent apprentice is generally equal to the task; but the knowledge of a master is needed to give directions for an original preparation.”—Thomas. 986 CHAPTER L X111. DISPENSING. Arrangement of the Store, Laboratory, and Cellar. Selecting a Location for a Dispensing Store.—The selection of a proper location for establishing a pharmacy is in some respects the most important and responsible of all the duties of the pharmacist. As it is largely a question depending upon the personal qualifications, attain- ments, and financial ability of the individual or firm, it would be useless to offer anything more than a general observation upon this subject. Every pharmacist should select the location in which he will be most likely to achieve the greatest amount of success. The foregoing sentence will probably be construed by most readers to mean the field which will yield the largest pecuniary return ; yet he is wisest whose expectations are tempered with moderation, and who looks for his reward to the happiness and satisfaction derived from a life filled with those daily deeds of service to his fellow-men, which from long custom or lack of appreciation fail to be classed as merchantable commodities. The gen- eral practice in America is to select a prominent place for a pharmacy at the intersection of principal streets, and the “ corner drug-store” is a well-known phrase. Aside from the business view concerned in this selection, there is a great advantage derived from the presence of better light and ventilation in a corner location. At the same time, there are the disadvantages of double the amount of dust and exposure from the streets, with the necessary depreciation of the stock, as well as others of minor importance. Apportioning Space.1—The room should be at least twice as long as it is broad, in order that a suitable division of the space may be secured, so that about two-thirds may be devoted to dispensing and one- third to compounding. A high ceiling is a great desideratum. The doors should be ample, with movable transoms to secure ventilation and permit the escape of the heated air and vapors which accumulate from the lights at night and from other sources. The transoms may be suspended in the middle, and during the day, even in winter, if they are kept partly opened, the condensation of moisture upon the glass bulk-windows, due to evaporating operations going on in the -store or laboratory, will be largely avoided. If a chimney-breast is available in the room, it will be found a desirable acquisition in aiding in ventila- tion and the escape of noxious vapors arising from chemical operations. 1 For some excellent suggestions as to the arrangement of fixtures, etc., see a paper by J. F. Hancock, Proc. Amer. Pharm. Association, 1872, p. 192. 987 988 DISPENSING. The dispensing department is used principally for displaying the stock and for conducting the business with the customers, the prescription department for compounding prescriptions and making preparations. Much diversity of opinion exists among good pharmacists with regard to the proper method of division between these two departments. Some hold that they should be entirely separated from each other, the pre- scriptions being compounded in a separate room; others, that nothing but a low counter should mark the dividing-line. Probably the most satisfactory arrangement to adopt is to place across the store a prescrip- tion counter having a large glass plate in the centre, which will permit the customer to see into the prescription department if he desires to, but which will not be a standing invitation to inquisitive persons to walk in and annoy by conversation those who are engaged in compound- ing prescriptions. Fig. 366. Plan of store. Fig. 366 shows the plan of a corner pharmacy adapted for a mod- erate business. It provides for two windows, O C, and two doors. A B represents the space devoted to upright fixtures and shelving,— A, the former, for the bottles, drawers, cans, drawer-cans, etc.; B, closets for holding finished packages ready for sale. In front of A the long main counter is shown, whilst D represents the second counter. The spaces E and F are apportioned for the prescription counter, and the adjoining desks, G and H, show spaces devoted to working counters for pharmaceutical operations, while I represents the sink.1 Window-Fixtures.—Plate-glass, although expensive, is now so gen- erally in use, and so satisfactory, that it is usually true economy to select it for bulk-windows. The principal adornments of the pharmacist’s window are those an- cient emblems of his art,—the show-bottles. These should never be exhibited if they cannot be made to present a creditable appearance. They need not be of elaborately cut glass, but the colored liquids should be bright and transparent and the bottles clean and free from dirt and dust. (Formulas for show-bottle colors are given in Part VI.) 1 Estimates, plans with illustrations, etc., are now freely furnished by druggists’ outfitters. (See advertisements in the pharmaceutical journals.) DISPENSING. 989 Arrangement of Objects.—One of the most difficult subjects to treat is the proper arrangement of a pharmacist’s window. In the gen- eral stores of our large cities, window-dressing, as it is termed, is in the hands of trained men, who earn a comfortable livelihood by the “ pro- fession.” It is far easier to note the objects which should not be ex- posed than to indicate those which are suitable. Legitimate and 'proper objects are always found in the products of the pharmacist’s own skill and labor. Many chemical salts can be crystallized in thin glass dishes, and these, if the salt is colorless or white, can be shown to advantage on a background of black velvet; if the salt is dark-colored, like chrome alum, a white background should be chosen. Masses of crys- tals of various colors, alum, sulphate of copper, ferrocyanide of potas- sium, etc., form attractive objects, if they are novelties. These may be obtained from the manufacturing chemists. Chemical or pharmaceu- tical apparatus, tastefully displayed, rarely fails to excite the admira- tion of the passers-by, whilst if some simple pharmaceutical process is shown in automatic operation, such as the distillation of water or colored liquids in glass retorts, with a glass Liebig condenser, two objects are gained: a supply of the distillate is secured, and the reason for pos- sessing the window is legitimately realized. Growing plants of the materia medica can often be obtained by applying to conservatories, or, with the exercise of a little patience and care, some of these may be grown at home. If these plants be rare, or of foreign origin, the in- terest will be greatly enhanced. This point, however, should always be kept in view : the objects should have some connection with phar- macy. Appropriate labels should accompany the objects exhibited, or the annoyance of having to answer trivial questions many times in the day will be experienced. An instructive series of pharmaceu- tical exhibitions may be devised, the series to extend through many months. To illustrate : an empty ceroon which has held cinchona bark should be obtained, and a reproduction made, through the aid of some friend clever with the pencil, of some of the prints to be found in the books, of natives gathering cinchona bark, and also of the cinchona- tree. Some large, handsome pieces of the bark should be selected, showing the different grades and qualities. Then there should be ex- hibited, in appropriate bottles, a series of all the home-made pharma- ceutical preparations of cinchona bark, and, for the centre-piece, choice specimens of all the cinchona alkaloids; then the pharmaceutical prep- arations of the alkaloids in the background, etc. A clearly-written statement should be shown in the window, giving interesting details of each object. When the interest in this subject has waned, the same method may be applied to nux vomica, coca, rhubarb, opium, eucalyp- tus, senna, etc., and other similar subjects. It will be readily seen that the purpose of exhibitions of this character is to impress the com- munity with the fact that the proprietor of the store is not only a merchant and dealer in the products of the skill of others, but is also a manufacturer himself. Exhibitions of a more elaborate and valuable character will readily suggest themselves to the minds of many; but want of space pre- vents any further hints on our part. It must be clear, however, that 990 DISPENSING. displays of the above character are more in keeping with the profes- sional status of the pharmacist in the community than the heteroge- neous and often vulgar exhibitions of objects usually seen in druggists’ show-windows. Shelving and Wall-Fixtures.—The character of the permanent fixtures of the store has much to do with the comfort and convenience of conducting a pharmacy. The selection of the kind of wood to be used will depend upon the amount of light in the store, the location, and the climate. Hard icood is always the cheapest in the end, although the most expensive at first. If the room is exposed to a great deal of light, black walnut is to be preferred, because it shows discolorations less than any other hard wood; but if the tone of the room is dark, a more cheerful appearance must be given to the store, and oak, ash, cherry, or mahogany will be preferable: oak and ash, however, are not so serviceable as the others, because of their tendency to show stains. The wall-fixtures generally consist of a long row of drawers four feet high, with shelves above for holding the shop-bottles, cans, etc., on one side, and of a series of closets below, with shelves having glass fronts above, for the other side. Most crude drugs and chemicals, herbs, etc., are kept in wooden drawers arranged in sections. The objections to wooden drawers for this purpose are several. If the drug is odorous, like valerian, sassafras, asafetida, etc., it will surely communicate its peculiarities to its less-pronounced neighbors, like arrowroot, bicarbon- ate of soda, etc. Again, rats and mice have strong likings for some of the articles of the materia medica, and a wooden drawer offers no impediment to their sharp teeth. Japanned and lacquered tin or tinned-copper cans appropriately labelled have come into use as substi- tutes, and when properly made are perfectly satisfactory. Fig. 367 shows a can which is intended to take the place of a drawer. The lid is so arranged that the drawer must be pulled out nearly half-way before it can be raised,—the advantage being that the bad habit of leaving the drawers partly open, thus permitting the ad- mission of foreign substances, vermin, etc., is obviated, there being but two possible positions for this drawer-can : one with the lid raised and the mouth of the can wide open, the other with the lid down close. The label-case in the corner is the suggestion of Charles A. Heinitsh, of Lancaster. It has the merit of keeping the label for each drug in its appropriate container. Instead of the unbroken and monotonous array of drawers so frequently seen, a more convenient arrangement, presenting a better appearance, will be found to consist in alternating the sections of drawers or drawer-cans with closets, as shown in Fig. 368. These closets should be used for packages and articles which are generally in active demand and which must be dispensed quickly. In this connection it may be stated that a stock of small packages of regular articles of the materia Fig. 367. Drawer-can. DISPENSING. 991 medica, like flowers of sulphur, cream of tartar, bicarbonate of sodium, in the quantities frequently demanded by customers, should be kept in a box or compartment of the drawers or drawer-cans. This plan greatly facilitates quick dispensing, economizes time and labor, and leads the assistant to make neat packages, by training him in that duty thoroughly at times when he is not otherwise engaged. If there is not room in the proper receptacle for these labelled packages, they may be kept in glass furniture-jars in some accessible place. Fig. 368 also illustrates the arrangement of two sections of fixtures, one for bottles and the other for cans. Each section should be inde- pendent, or joined to its neighbor with dowel-pins, so that at any time they may be sepa- rated, rearranged, if necessary, or taken down entirely. The design shown is un- pretentious, and in- tended for a store doing a moderate business. If the fix- tures are made of mahogany, oak, or walnut, the effect is much better than if soft wood, painted or stained, is used. It will be observed that the proportion- ate height of the fixtures is such that a short ladder is necessary to reach the top row of bot- tles and cans. This arrangement is a matter of necessity in stores located in large cities and towns, where space is very valuable; but whenever it can be avoided it is desirable that it should be; and if the shelves are carried to just such a height as will permit the bottles to be reached without using a ladder, much inconvenience will be obviated. The careless habit of pulling out a drawer as a step to reach a bottle on an upper shelf is broken up by the use of the drawer-cans and closets, as shown in the illustration. The shallow drawers above these are not intended for holding drugs, but serve to contain small articles in constant demand, like eamePs-hair pencils, gelatin pearls, seidlitz powxlers, etc. There should be sufficient difference between the depth of the shelves for the bottles and cans and that of the closets below to permit an eight-inch counter-top to be made above the closets. This will be almost indispensable, as affording a place for retaining packages to be sent out and of temporary lodgment for articles re- Fig. 368. Section of -wall-fixtures. 992 DISPENSING. ceived. This counter should be cleared and all articles distributed every morning before the busy hours arrive. Fig. 369 shows one of these shallow drawers. The label is the principal feature. It was devised by the author some years ago, to re- place the labelled drawer-pulls furnished by the dealers in druggists’ furniture, which were in use at that time and were objec- tionable in several respects. The sim- plicity and durability of this label are its prominent advantages. It is made of plate-glass, with bevelled edges; the back- ground is of pure gold-leaf, and the letters are black and in plain Egyptian style, or black letter, without shading. They are painted upon the back of the glass, and covered with a coat of varnish. The glass label is let into the front of the door by chiselling out a depression, as deep as the glass is thick, slightly larger than the label. The back of the glass label is then covered with a thick paste of red lead in boiled linseed oil and pressed into place, the edges being finished with colored putty. The lower edge of the drawer has a projection which serves as a pull. Dispensing- Counter.—The arrangement of the dispensing counter will depend upon whether it is to serve also as a prescription counter. A combination counter should always be avoided, if possible, as the operations involved in compounding prescriptions require the closest attention, and should always be performed where the greatest free- dom from interruption can be secured. This can never be had behind the dispensing counter. The plans shown on page 988 do not, there- fore, embrace a combined dispensing and prescription counter; but, if one is absolutely necessary, the main features of each can be easily merged into one. The top of the dispensing counter should be of marble or hard wood. Where space is valuable, the top of the front of the counter may overhang four inches, and room thus be obtained for a row of shelving covered with glass doors: these are shown also in front of the prescription counter (see Fig. 378). If the shelves are filled with attractive objects, particularly with special preparations made by the proprietor, they serve the excellent purpose of keeping them continually before the eye of those who frequent the store, and they may justly be called “ silent salesmen.” If a triangular base four inches high is placed at the bottom, no danger need be apprehended of customers breaking the glass. The case in the author’s possession has been in daily use ten years without a single fracture occurring through the carelessness of a customer. The glass should be one-eighth- inch plate. If space is not particularly valuable, the counter front may be embellished with pilasters or panels, according to the taste of the owner, and the preparations shown in glass cases. A hard-wood counter will, however, prove to be much the cheaper in the end, as the front is subjected to a great deal of wear and tear and will require fre- quent painting if made of soft wood. The back of the counter should be utilized for containing drawers for heavy, unsightly goods, supplies Fig. 369. Shallow drawer. DISPENSING. 993 of paper, corks, twine, sponges, glue, sand-paper, plaster, labels for articles to be dispensed, etc. A sink at one end will often prove a con- venience : it will, indeed, be necessary if soda-water is dispensed at this oounter. Store Furniture.—This term generally denotes the containers used to hold the medicinal substances which are to be dispensed. The furniture may consist of wide-mouth or salt-mouth bottles, wooden drawers, drawer-cans, and cans or counter-urns, for the solid articles of the materia medica, whilst the liquids are universally dispensed from bottles and cans. The furniture other than that made from glass has been already considered under the head of fixtures. The subject of the selection of the glass-ware in such sizes and shapes as shall be adapted to the wants of the store is an important one. Very little assistance, however, can be rendered in a work of this kind, because a list suitable for a store in one location would be useless for one differently situated. Practice has been materially modified of late years, particularly in arranging the sizes of the shop-bottles for liquids. Formerly, when tinctures were made by maceration, gallon, two-gallon, and even three- gallon bottles were to be seen upon the lowest shelf, but now it is rare to see larger than half-gallon bottles; indeed, there seems to be very little necessity for bottles larger than quart. The stock of liquid prepa- rations being generally kept in the cellar, the sliop-bottles are easily replenished from time to time as need arises. In selecting the sizes for the containers, whether of glass, tinned iron, or wood, the space to be devoted to them should first be decided upon, and then the number of bottles, cans, or drawers to occupy the space is easily determined. Having ascertained the number required of each, the selection of the proper-sized receptacle for each article should next claim attention. The following points may serve as a guide in selecting the kind of container: 1. Solid substances which are subject to injury by exposure to light should not be placed in glass, like salts of the alkaloids, scaled-iron salts, powdered savin, digitalis leaves, etc. 2. Odorous drugs, like hedeoma, asafetida, valerian, serpentaria, etc., should not be placed in wooden drawers, but should be put into the shop-cans. 3. Volatile oils should not be placed in the pharmacist’s shop-furniture at all: small quan- tities only are dispensed, and the oils should be kept in small amber- glass bottles, away from exposure to light, preferably in a close closet. 4. Corrosive or deliquescent salts should not be placed in tinned-iron cans : glass vessels are properly used for these. Glass Furniture.—Shop-bottles are generally of four kinds,—wide- mouth or salt-mouth, tincture or narrow-mouth, syrup, and oil bottles. Amber and blue glass are sometimes used,—the former for substances which are injured by light, the latter for very active poisons. Figs. 370 and 371 show cuts of the wide-mouth and other shop-bottles supplied by Whitall, Tatum & Co., of Philadelphia. A difference of opinion exists among pharmacists as to the advantage of fitting out with bottles of extra-heavy glass or with those of ordinary weight: a certain number have to be replaced every year through breakage from careless handling, but it would seem to be most economical to select the 994 DISPENSING. extra-heavy bottles for liquids, notwithstanding that the percentage of loss is greater with these when the practice of suddenly pouring hot liquids into them is indulged in. Fig. 370. Fig. 371. Fig. 372. Fig. 373. Wide-mouth furni- ture-bottle. Oil-bottle. Syrup-bottle. The oil-bottle (see Fig. 372) has a cap, which protects the liquid from dust; the neck of the bottle is stopped by a tube which has a lip, whilst the base of the tube is grooved on one side, to permit the oil adhering to it to flow back into the bottle. The syrup-bottle (see Fig. 373) does not have a ground, close-fitting stopper as do the other bottles holding liquids, but the stopper is purposely made to enter the neck loosely; the flat lower surface of the stopper lies in contact with the upper surface of the lip of the bottle, and this forms a sufficiently tight con- nection to prevent loss by evaporation, exclude dust, and obviate the great inconvenience and loss of time which frequently occur when the ground-glass stopper of the syrup-bottle is found tightly cemented in the neck and a restive customer is waiting: the loose- stoppered syrup-bottle may at such times be justly re- garded as a moral help, leaving no excuse for the use of smothered, but none the less intense, expressions of internal feeling. In dispensing the liquid, care should be taken to pour from the bottle with the label upper- most, so as to avoid soiling the label. The habit should be cultivated of catching the last drop from the lip on the end of the stopper, to prevent its trickling down the side of the bottle: if this is not done, a syrup-bottle may present the appearance shown in Fig. 374. In placing the bottles upon the shelves, an alphabetical arrangement Fig. 374. Laet-drop effects. DISPENSING. 995 is undoubtedly the best: it is well, however, to group the strong acids in one place, and the very poisonous liquids in another. The label- ling should be distinct and easily read, and the ab- breviations not so short as to allow of any misunder- standing ; there should be no shading of the letters; the plain black Egyptian letter on a plain gold ground is the best on this account, wyhilst the combined effect in a row of bottles so labelled is richer than where some obscure or composite style of label is adopted. The glass or mica label is universally used now for bottles,—being cemented on with a cement consisting of three parts of rosin and one part of wax,—paper labels having almost gone out of use. These glass labels are subject to the disadvantage of being easily cracked and chipped, but they can be replaced so cheaply that this cannot be considered a serious ob- jection. The recessed label has an advantage in this respect, the octagonal depression in the bottle enabling the glass label to be cemented in its place without ex- posing the edges, thus giving it protection. Fig. 375 shows a profile view of this label. The following directions for attaching the glass labels are furnished by Whitall, Tatum & Co.: Cement.—To one part of best yellow wax add three parts of rosin ; melt together in an open pan or kettle, with a gentle heat, to the con- sistency of syrup. Directions.—Place the bottle on a table in a nearly horizontal posi- tion in front of you; the bottle must be perfectly free from moisture. Pour the cement on the hollow side of the label with a spoon; then apply the label to the bottle with a gentle pressure. While the cement is soft, run the point of a knife around the label, so as to form a groove in the cement: this will save labor in chipping off the cement. The cement will harden in about ten minutes, when, with a putty-knife such as glaziers use, the surplus is to be re- moved. Clean the bottle and label with a little kerosene oil, and wipe off with a damp towel. Fig. 376 shows a method of systematically storing little odd packages which are troublesome to place. This is a modification of the plan first seen by the author in Samuel A. I). Sheppard’s store in Bos- ton. A section back of the prescription counter is chosen, and a number of small drawers are arranged to hold five or six bottles in an upright Fig. 375. Recessed label furni- ture-bottle. Fig. 376. Odd-package case. 996 DISPENSING. position. Fig. 377 shows an enlarged view of one of these drawers. A portion of one of the sides and of the back is cut away, to facilitate the handling of the bottles. The fronts of the drawers are of hard wood, and the drawers are numbered distinctly and consecutively. Upon the side of the section an index to the contents of the drawers is placed : this consists of a complete alphabetical list of all the odd packages in the sec- tion, and opposite each article is placed the number of the drawer in which it is contained. In practice, the bot- tles which are in frequent request are easily found, after once being located, without referring to the index. The advantages of this method are plain : pill-bottles, rare chemical salts, odd- sized packages which cannot be easily disposed of, are thus classified and arranged so that they can be quickly found, whilst they are protected from the effects of light, dust, and air. The Prescription Counter.—This will probably require more care and thought to secure the most advantageous arrangement than any other feature of the store. Good light and a convenient water-supply are absolute essentials. A corner location will generally afford a side window, from which plenty of light from the side and back may be had, whilst the sink should be close at hand. The counter should be of the same kind—hard wood—as the fixtures ; or, if hard wood has not been used for the fixtures, the counter top at least should be of walnut, mahogany, oak, ash, or cherry. Fig. 378 shows the front of a prescription counter used by the author. The upper portion is divided into three spaces, of which the middle one is covered with a single sheet of plate-glass, "while the other two are occupied by plate-mirrors; the lower portion is divided into closets, which are protected by glass doors, and suitable articles are dis- played on the shelves in the closets; these, like the closets under the dispensing counter, are very useful as receptacles for many small articles which are attractive to persons who are waiting for prescriptions. The arrangement of the back of the prescription counter is probably of more importance than that of any other part of the fixtures. The fact that the customer never sees this part of the store is one of the reasons why it should not be neglected. The best reason for de- voting thought and care to planning the arrangement of the prescription counter is that here, more than in any other place, the fate of a human life is often decided : hence system, order, and cleanliness should be the guiding rule. Fig. 379 showrs the back view of the prescription counter. The upper portion presents a series of open shelves, containing rows of japanned tin cans, uniform in color and in style of label with the shop- cans. The lower shelf, in each section, is devoted to the volatile oils. These are contained in glass-stoppered bottles, which are placed in the cans; or, if preferred, the original bottles in which the oils are bought Fig. 377. Odd-package drawer. DISPENSING. 997 are placed in the cans. The oils are thus protected from light, air, and dust, and in the latter case the label of the dealer is constantly before the dispenser, and the quality of the oil under surveillance. The Fig. 378. second, third, and fourth rows are used to hold the chemicals and dry pharmaceutical non-poisonous products which are constantly in use. In compounding prescriptions, some of these cans are filled directly from Prescription counter, front view. Fig. 379. Prescription counter, back view. the larger shop-bottles, and the substance, if without action on the tin, is not first put into smaller bottles, but is placed at once in. the can. Substances like bromide of sodium, chloral, citrate of potassium, etc., 998 DISPENSING. are placed in bottles, and these then put into the proper tin cans. Fig. 380 shows one of these cans. The upper row is devoted to extracts, these being contained in jars, as shown in Fig. 381. The cans should be thoroughly japanned, and the label may be painted in large, black, distinct letters upon a gold ground. The substances should be arranged alphabetically, so that they can be readily found when wanted. This arrangement enables the dispenser to exclude the light, air, and dust from the substances, and to use the original bottles in which the manufacturer has sold the chemical, thus enabling the make to be at once identified, besides lessen- ing the danger of errors ; whilst another advantage is that the unsightly display of bottles of all sizes and shapes con- taining chemicals, with the labels more or less worn, soiled, and fly-specked, is avoided. The poisons, alkaloids, and very powerful substances should be kept in a separate closet, and the bottles marked with a poison-mark; for, al- though the pharmacist should early learn to place no absolute dependence upon any special system of preventing errors, but always to realize that con- stant, unremitting vigilance is the only safeguard, the adoption of some expedient which will aid in calling attention to poisonous compounds serves to impress upon all, particu- larly the junior assistants, the fact that safety can be secured only at the expense of the most scrupulous care. Fig. 382 shows Holbe’s poison closet. The arrangement shows three closets in one: to each is assigned separate apparatus with lock and key. The top of the prescription counter should be made of hard wood, and at least one and a half inches thick if durability is desired. The slides shown just under the edge of the counter are very convenient. They can be relied upon, when they are pulled out, in an emergency to double the capacity of the counter. One of the slides may have a sheet of ground glass set into it by chisel- ling out sufficient of the wood on the face to allow the glass to be set in flush with the surface of the slide upon a bed of label-cement (three parts rosin and one part yellow wax). This forms a convenient oint- ment-slab, particularly for making up a rather large quantity of oint- ment. It is easily cleaned and kept in order. Two of the slides should be appropriated to folding powders and kept exclusively for this pur- pose, and one reserved for holding the pill-machine when in use, whilst one may have three circular bevelled holes of different diameters coun- tersunk upon the front of the slide. If a strip equal in width to one- half the diameter of these depressions is sawed out, as shown in Fig. 383, and then connected by two screw-bolts which project entirely through the strip, it will be possible, by attaching thumb-screws to the Fig. 380. Fig. 381. Can for prescription counter. Extract-can for pre- scription counter. DISPENSING. 999 ends of the bolts, to clamp the mortar securely. The depressions should be wider in diameter at the bottom than at the top, so that the “ bite” Fig. 382. Poison closet. of the clamp will be stronger when the mortar is securely clamped. It is useful in working tough pill masses, or in making emulsions quickly. The drawers in the counter are ap- propriated to various purposes. Those on the left are partitioned off, and contain pill, powder, and suppository boxes, each in its proper di- vision. Ointment-jars of various sizes occupy another set in the next row; the top drawer and the one immediately be- low it contain the pill- machines; lozenge-cutters, cachet-machines, suppository-moulds, etc., are in another drawer, spatulas, stirring-rods, etc., in another. Pre- Fig. 383. Device for holding mortars. 1000 DISPENSING. scription-bottles of all sizes (cleaned and dried, and, if preferred, corked) are in the next section, whilst cut labels, capping-paper and scissors, and corks, in partitioned drawers, find places in the succeeding row. One of the upper drawers in the middle of the counter should be set apart for towels, whilst the open space below is convenient for holding the box to collect the scraps of paper and light waste which accumulate during the day. The closets hold the mortars and pestles, ointment-slabs, etc. Arrangement of Laboratory and Cellar.—The suggestions that are to be made upon the above subject must necessarily be of a very general character, as the circumstances of pharmacists vary greatly : the apparatus employed in the making of the various preparations has been already considered under the heads devoted to the subjects, hence the general arrangement must now receive attention. The Laboratory.—This very important room in the pharmacy should be fitted with every facility for carrying on the various opera- tions required, with ease, rapidity, and comfort. In most establishments but one room is available for this purpose, and this directly in the rear of the dispensing-room. The manufacturing pharmacist, wTho makes preparations on the large scale, is compelled to devote much time and thought to the most advantageous arrangement of space, and he gen- erally selects a location in an unfrequented portion of the town or city, or in the suburbs, where property is cheaper and railway facilities are abundant, whilst the retail pharmacist is fortunate indeed if he can set apart a special room on the first floor adjoining the dispensing-room for a laboratory. The essential features of this room are a good light, an unfailing supply of cold and hot wrater, a good flue for carrying off vapors, and sufficient room for counters, closets, shelving, etc. If steam can be introduced, so that steam kettles, evaporators, etc., can be used, it will be a great convenience. The boiler may be most suit- ably located upon the first floor or in the cellar. In those cases where the space for a permanent boiler cannot be spared, Prof. Patch’s small steam boiler may be used (see Fig. 106). This will permit the use of steam without requiring much room, and, when an operation is con- cluded, the expense of keeping up the fire, as is the case in the use of coal, will be saved. A drying closet (Fig. 188) for desiccating drugs, herbs, lozenges, etc., on trays, is preferably located here,’ whilst furnaces, gas stoves, etc., must be suitably placed. Closets, arranged to hold stills, condensers, dishes, kettles, funnels, measures, etc., must be provided, whilst working counters, having either wooden tops covered with sheet- lead, or slate tops, must be arranged so as to obtain the greatest num- ber of advantages. Care should be exercised to have the floor, whether of stone or of brick, laid in cement, and slant gradually, so that when it is washed the water will naturally run towards the waste-pipe, which should be located in one corner. If a stone or brick floor is inadmissi- ble, an ordinary board floor, covered with sheet-zinc in those portions likely to become wet, can be made to answer. The following illustra- tions will serve to give some idea of the general plan of a pharmacist’s small working laboratory. The special apparatus is, of course, not figured, as it would interfere with the view of the general arrange- DISPENSING. 1001 ment of the counters, etc. For a detailed description of the apparatus the reader is referred to the illustrations in the previous chapters and to the descriptions of the various processes of Operative Pharmacy. The illustrations represent the counter and apparatus for the four sides of the room. Fig. 384 represents the northern side. This is Fig. 384. Northern side of laboratory. devoted to the larger operations of evaporation, distillation, etc. The steam boiler, copper kettles, still, sink, etc., being here, a steam-pipe from the boiler may be run into the store for heating purposes or to supply steam for small kettles, water-baths, etc., there. Fig. 385 repre- Fig. 385. Eastern side of laboratory. sents the eastern side, the most prominent object being a work-table, with gas and steam attachments. The retort-stand, shown in Fig. 164, may be used in either of the three holes in the counter, or it may be unscrewed and put away in pieces. Four large drawers and slides are seen in this counter. An adjustable vise might occupy space at one 1002 DISPENSING. end, and at least one of the drawers should be set apart for tools of general utility, as hatchet, hammer, saw, plane, chisel, etc. The other drawers may contain corks, bladder, twine, spatulas, scoops, glass Fig. 386. tubing, cork-cutters, etc., and other articles employed in flask operations, small distillations, etc., since this counter will be used for purposes of this kind. Fig. 386 is the counter, with a sheet-lead top, used for chemical work, testing, etc. It should be on the south side, so that the Southern side of laboratory. Fig. 387. Western side of laboratory. northern light shall fall directly on it. A small sink at one end will be a convenience. Appropriate drawers, slides, and a closet for holding chemical apparatus are also provided. Fig. 387 represents the phar- DISPENSING. 1003 maceutical counter, with the percolating stand (see Fig. 332) above it: two large closets to hold the percolators when not in use, and six drawers, with slides, will complete the arrangement of this counter. The Cellar.—This usually-neglected locality should receive as much attention as the more favored portions of the store : it should be placed in charge of one or more of the assistants, and the responsibility for keeping it in good order definitely fixed. Good light is generally dif- ficult to obtain, and care is necessary in the use of gas-lights, lanterns, etc. The floor should be of cement, stone, or brick, and, above all, the cellar should be thoroughly drained. Good facilities for lowering and hauling heavy boxes, barrels, and packages should be provided, whilst the stock of prescription-bottles should be kept in covered bins arranged on deep shelves, the doors being hinged from below, and each bin being distinctly labelled with the size of the bottles contained in it. In most stores the heating apparatus, whether it be a furnace or a portable heater, is located in the cellar; and the position of the heater in the cellar will largely determine the proper arrangement of the stock which is kept there. Undoubtedly the most useful feature about the cellar of a pharmacy is the fact that it affords a suitable place for keeping surplus stock, heavy or bulky articles, and those which are perishable if exposed to heat, light, or the too dry atmosphere of the upper rooms. The stock of mineral waters, or of liquids which are capable of freezing, should be kept near enough to the heater to prevent an accident arising from too low a temperature in winter, whilst ointments, cerates, volatile oils, ethereal and alcoholic liquids, etc., should be placed in the cooler portions of the cellar. If a fire-proof vault made of stone or brick can be provided, it will be found a great convenience for keeping the latter class of preparations. The capacities of the cellar should be made an object of study, and a particularly cool spot should be selected in which to keep the ointments. If this should happen to be in an incon- venient place, or too far away from the steps leading from the store, one of the stock closets in the store may be converted into a dumb-waiter and lowered into a pit dug in the cellar: when an ointment is needed, the dumb-waiter can be easily hauled up, secured, and, after the object is accomplished, lowered into the cooler atmosphere. The carboys containing acids, etc., are generally regarded as cumber- some and unwieldy objects: they may be stored on skids in the least valuable portion of the cellar. The method of pouring from a carboy is by the use of J. W. Tuft’s carboy-trunnions (see page 444). The custom of dispensing carbonated beverages has an advantage which is frequently overlooked,—namely, the fact that the fountains are efficient fire-extinguishers. A line of gas-pipe extending the whole length of the cellar, with suitable outlets, would not be an expensive investment, and yet in case of fire in the cellar it would be easy to form an attachment with a fountain of “soda-water” and thus convey a stream to the locality of the fire. The small portable steel fountains now in use would in many cases do away with the necessity for the length of gas-pipe, for they could be dragged to the fire, and their contents would prove very effective if used in time. One rule should be rigidly insisted upon in the care of the stock in 1004 DISPENSING. the cellar, and that is that when a box of empty bottles or mineral water, or any boxed package, is opened, the contents should be dis- tributed to the bins or places assigned for them, and the empty box and litter immediately removed. Dampness and mould, which are generally so destructive to the stock kept in the cellar, may be avoided by ventilation. A change of air can always be secured by opening windows in the opposite ends of the cellar, and the musty odors so frequently noticed will rapidly disappear if attention is paid to ventilation. The stock of liquids is usually kept in demijohns and large green- glass bottles: these should be arranged on shelves, the larger packages on the lower shelves. The wooden-covered glass demijohns and tinned- iron cans, known as transportation cans and demijohns, are very useful in this connection (see Fig. 388). Great care must be taken, however, in the use of tinned-iron cans for pharmaceutical liquids: it is not safe to store acid, alkaline, or corrosive liquids in them, nor those containing tannin, on account of their injurious action on the tinned iron. The safest plan is to limit the use of cans to oils, glycerin, fatty bodies, and syrups, which con- tain nothing capable of acting on the tinned iron. The large containers should be labelled in two ways: the officinal name should be stencilled plainly upon the wooden side which is most prominent, and in addition there should be a tag properly labelled and tied to the handle; upon the reverse side of this tag the date show- ing when the contents were made, with any other useful notes or data, should be placed. The half-gallon and smaller stock-bottles should be labelled distinctly with large letters: a serviceable label is made by using heavy manilla paper, and instead of an ordinary pen a camePs-hair brush or a piece of pine wood whittled to a flat, stub point like a German-text pen, dipped into black asphalt varnish, may be used to make the letters. Pig. 388. Container for stock liquids. CHAPTER LX IV. PRESCRIPTIONS. The word prescription is derived from the Latin word prcescriptio (prce, “ before,” and scribo, “ I write”). It may be defined as the formula which a physician writes, specifying the substances he intends to be administered to a patient. The Latin language is preferred here in writing prescriptions, as it is also in Great Britain, Germany, and other European countries. The advantages of the use of Latin in designating the ingredients of the prescription are obvious: 1. It is the language of science, and is un- derstood, to a greater or less extent, throughout the civilized world; in addition, it is a dead language, and therefore not subject to the changes that are common to all living forms of speech. 2. The Latin names for medicines are distinctive, and very nearly the same in all countries. 3. It is frequently necessary, and always advisable, to withhold from a patient the names and properties of the medicinal agents administered: this can usually be effected by the use of the Latin technical terms. The Parts of a Prescription.—For the purpose of examination or study a model prescription may be divided into six parts: 1. The superscription, or heading. 2. The name of the patient. 3. The in- scription, or the names and quantities of the ingredients. 4. The sub- scription, or the directions to the compounder. 5. The signa (mark), or the directions for the patient. 6. The name or initials of the physician, with the date. 1. The Superscription, or Heading-.—This invariably consists, in Latin prescriptions, of the symbol R, which is an abbreviation of the word recipe (“take”), the imperative of the Latin verb recipio. In French prescriptions the letter P, the initial letter of the word prenez (“ take”), is used. The use of the inclined stroke upon the tail of the R is traced to a custom, common in the ancient days of superstition, of placing at the top of the prescription an abbreviation, called an invocation, which represented a prayer to a favorite deity. The sign of Jupiter the chief mythological divinity of the ancient Romans, was usually em- ployed. This was gradually replaced by the letter R; but the last stroke of the symbol of the all-powerful Jove has not yet been sur- rendered, and it remains as an ornament to the superscription to the present day. 2. The Name of the Patient.—This is frequently omitted from the prescription through inattention. It should always be placed at the top of the prescription, and should be transferred to the label by the com- 1005 1006 PRESCRIPTIONS. pounder. Serious accidents have sometimes occurred through neglect of this direction, as when an adult dose of a medicine has been given to a child, owing to the similarity of the appearance of an adult’s and a child’s medicine, and the name of the patient not appearing on either label. 3. The Inscription, or the Names and Quantities of the Ingre- dients.—This part of the prescription is undoubtedly the most im- portant of all, and requires the greatest amount of care. The officinal names (see page 28) of the ingredients should always be used for designating those which are officinal. A model prescription, if it is of the compound class, is presumed to embrace the following: 1. The basis, or chief active ingredient. 2. The adjuvant, or aid to the basis, to assist its action. 3. The corrective, which is intended to qualify the action of the basis and adjuvant. 4. The vehicle, the ingredient which serves to “ carry all,” or hold them together, dilute them, and give to the whole the proper consistence, form, and color. This is sometimes called the diluent. The ingredients are sometimes written down by the physician in the order given above; but this rule is frequently deviated from, and they follow in the order of their importance. This is a matter of small moment to the pharmacist, however, for he always has to consider solu- bility, compatibility, and other necessary considerations which determine the order, if the prescription is to be compounded properly. Many prescriptions contain but one or two ingredients, there being no especial need of a corrective, vehicle, or diluent, the tendency of modern therapeutics being against polypharmacy and in the direction of simple and concentrated remedies, or those having positive effects. There are many advantages to be derived, however, from the combina- tion of ingredients, even when these have similar medicinal action. The name of each ingredient, and the quantity attached to it, should occupy but one line, and great care should be observed in abbreviating, to see that the abbreviation is distinctive and not liable to be mistaken for an article not intended by the writer. The cabalistic characters in present use, designating the quantities in a Latin prescription, must be very plainly written, if serious errors are to be avoided. The method of ascertaining the quantities of each of the ingredients generally followed by physicians, is first to write down the names of the ingredients in the proper order, each on a separate line, without affixing the quantities ; then having decided upon the total number of doses that are to be given, or the total number of pills, lozenges, cap- sules, suppositories, etc., by multiplying this by the amount proper to give for the single dose the quantity of the ingredient is obtained. Parts in Order. It Ingredients. No. of Doses. Multiplied by Single Dose. Quantity of each Ingredient. Basis Chloralis 16 X 7£gr- Adjuvant . Potassii Bromidi . . 16 X 15 gr. Tiv Corrective. . . Syrupi Zingiberis . 16 X f^ss f^i Vehicle .... Svrupi 16 X f^iss METHOD OF ALLOTTING QUANTITIES PRESCRIPTIONS. 1007 Symbolic Characters used in Latin Prescriptions.—Although the sub- ject of weights and measures is treated in the earlier chapters of this work, the special characters used in prescriptions, with their values attached, may be appropriately recalled in this connection: they are as : "I, Minim, -X of a fluidrachm. gtt., Grutta, a drop; plural, guttce, drops. Scrupulus, a scruple (20 grains).1 5J, Drachma, a drachm (60 grains). fz, Fluidrachma, a fluidrachm (60 minims). J$, Uncia, a troyounce (480 grains), fg, Fluiduncia, a fluidounce (8 fluidrachms). lb, Libra, a pound, rarely used (in prescriptions, 5760 grains). O, Octarius, a pint (16 fluidounces). gr., Granum, a grain ; plural grana, grains, ss., Semis, a half. The Roman numerals are used to designate quantities,—i, ij, iij, iv, v, vi, vij, viij, ix, x, xx, xxx, xl, 1, lx, lxx, lxxx, xc, c, etc. These are always written after the ingredient, as Sacchari 3iv. Care should be taken to dot the i’s in each case, to avoid possible errors. 4. The Subscription, or the Directions to the Compounder.— The progress made in pharmacy is well shown by the present custom of omitting specific directions to the compounder. In the vast majority of prescriptions the subscription is contracted to a single letter or word, as 31., or misce, S., or solve, F., fiat, etc. The physician relies upon the skill of the pharmacist, and generally gives no specific directions. 5. The Signa, or Directions for the Patient, sometimes called Signatura, is usually abbreviated Sig. or S. Formerly these directions were written in Latin, but this is rarely the case now, except in Great Britain. There is, indeed, no good reason for writing them in Latin. The Latin which is in common use in prescription-writing is idiomatic, and, although the ordinary rules of Latin grammar are generally ap- plicable to it, many of the terms have a special meaning, and it differs in several respects from classical Latin, and hence has to be a special object of study. The directions should be known to the patient, and should be written in the vernacular on the label in a clear, distinct hand. The careless habit of not specifying the directions, by writing “ As dir.” for “ as directed” or “ use as directed,” is greatly to be depre- cated. Frequently the patient forgets the verbal directions, or mis- understands them, and asks the pharmacist, “ How is this medicine to be taken ?” The answer must of necessity be as worthless as the direction, unless the pharmacist by skilful questioning can cause the di- rections to be recalled by the patient. Then, again, the dose of the prescription gives the only clue to its safety. Without knowing it, the pharmacist cannot be held responsible for not detecting an error. The patient, even if he remembers at the time the verbal directions, may soon forget them, and afterwards take a double dose by mistake. The directions for the patient should be written in full, explicitly, and in plain English. 1 This weight is rapidly passing out of nse. It is quite as convenient to write gr. xx, and this is not likely to be mistaken for 3> as 3 is- 1008 PRESCRIPTIONS. 6. The Name or Initials of the Physician, with Date.—The name of the prescriber is rarely signed in full, particularly since the very general use of printed prescription-blanks, which contain not only the full name and address of the physician but also his office-hours. It is very necessary sometimes to communicate quickly with the physiejan in case of error or ambiguity, and, when printed blanks are not used, the name and address of the prescriber should be written in full. Unusual Doses in Prescriptions.—It is to be regretted that some uniform system of indicating unusual doses has not been adopted by physicians. Occasions frequently arise where the patient, either from becoming habituated to its use, or from some other cause, will tolerate an excessive or ordinarily poisonous dose of a remedy. A careful pharmacist always hesitates to compound such a prescription if the dose is not especially marked as unusual, and delays necessarily occur. The most satisfactory method of indicating such a dose is that of un- derscoring the quantity deemed unusual, as shown in the following: R Morph. Sulph. gr. vi; Syrup. Limonis fspj ; Aquae q. s. ft. f§ i. Sig. A teaspoonful every two hours until relieved. Other marks are sometimes used,—the exclamation-mark (!), for in- stance, or Q. R. (quantum rectum). These are not so distinctive as un- derscoring, and are open to the objection that in handwriting, which is very apt to be defective, they are likely to puzzle or mislead the phar- macist by being mistaken for some other parts of the prescription. A heavy black line under the unusual dose cannot be mistaken. One of the best works recently published upon prescription Latin is the Latin Grammar of Pharmacy, by Joseph Ince, London. The student will be well repaid by a careful perusal. The following Latin prescription from Wliitla’s Elements, with the grammatical analysis, is so thoroughly illustrative that it is inserted in its entirety. R Superscription. (Basis.) Pot. Acet. $v. (Adjuvant.) Tinct. Digitalis gj. (Corrective.) Syr. Aurantii |j. (Vehicle.) Decoct. Scoparii ad viij. Inscription. M.,ft. mist Subscription. Opt. cochl. mag. ii. Ata q.q. hora ex paul. aquee. Sign A. Without abbreviations or contractions it would read thus: Eecipe Potasses Acetatis drachmas quinque. Tinctures Digitalis drachmam unam. Syrupi Aurantii unciam unam. Decocti Scoparii ad uncias octo. Misce, fiat mistura. Capiat cochlearia duo magna quarta quaque hora ex paululo aquee. The student will find benefit from a careful study of the following page, in which the Latin of the above prescription is arranged accord- ing to the English idiom, and each word parsed and translated. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1009 Recipe Potasscx Acetatis drachmas quinque. R (Recipe). f v. irr. tr. imp. m. 2d per. s., to agree with its nom. Tu—) “thou” (understood). Recipi-o, recepi, receptum, re- j [ cipere. From re and capio. Take thou v (quinque). 3 (drachmas). Acet. (acetatis). Pot. (potassae). num. adj. indec. ac. pi. qual. and agreeing with drachmas, n. f. ac. pi. Drachma, -ae. n. f. gen. s. qual. drachmas. Acetas, -atis. n. f. gen. s. qual. acetatis. Potassa, -ae. five drachms, of acetate of potash. Recipe Digitalis Tineturae drachmam unam. R (Recipe). j (unam). (understood.) num. adj. ac. s. qual. and agreeing with drachmam. Unus, -a, -um. Take thou 3 (drachmam). Tinct. (tineturae). Digit, (digitalis). n. f. ac. s. gov. by recipe. Drachma, -ae. n. f. gen. s. qual. drachmam. Tinctura, -ae. n. f. gen. s. qual. tineturae. Digitalis, -is. ► one drachm, of the tincture of digitalis. R (Recipe), j (unam). (unciam). Syr. (syrupi). Aur. (aurantii). (understood.) (Parsed as before.) n. f. ac. s. gov. by recipe. Uncia, -ae. n. m. gen. s. qual. unciam. Syrupus, -i. n. neut. gen. s. qual. syrupi. Aurantium, -ii. Recipe Aurantii Syrupi unciam unam. Take thou one ounce of syrup of orange peel. Recipe Decocti Scoparii ad uncias octo. R (Recipe). Ad. viij (octo). 5 (uncias). 'Decoct.1 (decocti). Scop, (scoparii). (understood.) prep, used adverbially. num. adj. indec. qual. uncias. n. f. ac. pi. gov. by recipe. Uncia, -ae. n. neut. gen. s. qual. uncias. Decoctum, -i. n. masc. gen. s. qual. decocti. Scoparius, -ii. Take thou up to eight ounces of the decoction of broom. Misce, fiat mistura. M. (misce). v. trans. imp. m. p. t., agreeing with and governed 1 by Tu (understood). Misceo, -ui, mixtum or mis- ] turn, miscere. J Mix you, or mix. Mist, (mistura). n. f. nom. s., governing fiat. Mistura, -ae. Let the mixture f v. used as passive of facio, pres. sub. 3d s. Used' as imp. gov. by and agreeing with mistura. Fio, factus sum, fieri; to be made or become. Ft. (flat). ► be made. Capiat cochlearia duo magna quarta quaque hora ex paululo aquae. Cpt. (capiat). ' irr. v. tr. sub. m. pr. t. 3d per. s., agreeing with' and gov. by Is—“ he” (understood). Capio, cepi, j captum, capere, the present subjunctive used as j an imperative. J ! He may take, 1 or let him take, lj (duo). num. adj. ac. pi. neut. qual. and agreeing with cochlearia. Duo, -ae, -0. two Mag. (magna). f adj. ac. pi. neut. qual. and agreeing with coch- ) learia. Magnus, -a, -um. ) large Coch. (cochlearia). n. ac. pi. neut., gov. by capiat. Cochleare, -is. f pron. indef. abl. s., qualifying and agreeing with 1 | horsl. Quisque, quaeque, quodque. tablespoonfuls q.q. (quaque). 4ta (quarta). f num. adj. abl. s., qualifying and agreeing with ( horit. Quartus, -a, -um. at each fourth Hora. Ex. n. f. abl. s. Hora, -ae. prep. hour out of Paul, (paululo). f adj. abl. s. Used as a noun, gov. by ex. Paululus, 1 I -a, -um. J a little Aq. (Aquae). n. f. gen. s. qual. paululo. Aqua, -ae. of water. 1 Some authorities would put Decoct, in the accusative, governed by recipe. In the same way, where the student meets Aquae ad 3 in the different prescriptions and formulas through- out this work, he may substitute Aquam ad ; but this latter is by no means so idiomatic as Aquae ad J. 1010 PRESCRIPTIONS. Abbreviations are necessary in writing prescriptions, and they are universally employed. Great care must be taken, however, to avoid ambiguities, which may mean death to the patient. Usually, the careful pharmacist gathers from the directions and the quantities the information which guides him into safety. A few examples of de- fective abbreviations are appended, a number of which are taken from Pareira’s Physician’s Prescription-Book. Acid. Hydroo. May mean Acidum Hydro- chloricuin or Acidum Hydrocyanicum. Hydrargyrum (mercury). Hydras (hydrate). Hydriodas (hydriodate). Aconitine. Aconiti Radix. Aconiti Folia. Hydr. • Hydrochloras (hydrochlo- ' rate). Ilydrocyanas (hydrocya- nate). Aconit. Ammonia (alkali). Ammoniac (gum-resin). Ammon. Aq. Chlor. Aqua Chlori. Aqua Chloroformi. Mist. Ammon. ' Ammonia Mixture. Mixture of Ammoniac (gum-resin). Aq. Fontis. May often be read Aqua Fortis. Hydrate of Potash (caustic potassa). Hydriodate of Potash (io- dide of potassium). Calc. Chlor. Chloride of Calcium. Chlorinated Lime. Potass. Hyd. Chlor. f Chlorine. Chloroform. Chloral. Sod. Hypo. f Hyposulphite of Sodium. { Hypophosphite of Sodium. f Sulphate of Sodium, •j Sulphite of Sodium. ( Sulphide of Sodium. Emp. Lyt. Emp. Lytharg. (lead plas- ter,—old name). Emp. Lyttaa (blistering plaster). Sod. Sulph. Sulph. f Sulphur. J Sulphide. ] Sulphate. [ Sulphite. Ext. Col. Hyd. Chlor. Extractum Colchici. Extractum Colocynthidis. Calomel. Corrosive Sublimate. Chloral Hydrate. f Phosphate of Zinc. ( Phosphide of Zinc. Zinci Phosph. The above list might be indefinitely prolonged. Sufficient has been clearly shown, however, to convince even the most sceptical practi- tioner of the grave danger of careless abbreviation. The following table of abbreviations, terms, etc., used in prescriptions will be of ser- vice to the pharmacist, by enabling him to translate some of the tech- nical phrases used in writing prescriptions : Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. A, aa Of each. Adjaeens Adjac. Adjacent. Abdomen Abdom. The belly. Ad libitum Ad lib. At pleasure. Absente febre Abs. febr. In the absence of Admove, ad- Admov. Apply, let it be fever. moveatur, applied, let them Accurate Accurately. admovean- he applied. Ad Ad To, up to. tur Ad duas vices Ad 2 vie. At twice taking. Adstante Adst. febre. When the fever is Ad secundum To the second time. febre on. vicem Adversum Adv. Against. Ad tertiam vi- For three times. Aggrediente Aggred. While the fever is cem febre febre. coming on. Adde, or ad- Ad. or add. Add, or let them Agitato vase The vial being dantur, ad- be added, to be shaken. dendus, ad- added, by add- Aliquot Some. dendo ing. Alter The other. Ad defectio- Ad def. an- To fainting. Alternis horis Every other hour. nem animi imi. Aluta Leather. Ad gratam Ad grat. To an agreeable Alvo adstric- Alv. adst. The bowels being aciditatem acid. sourness. ta confined. Adhibendus To be adminis- Alvus The belly. tered. Amplus Large. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1011 Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. Ana A., aa. Of each. Colaturae Colatur. To, or of, the Aqua Aq. Water. strained liquor. Aqua astricta Aq. astr. Frozen water. Colatus Colat. Strained. Aqua bulliens Aq. bull. Boiling water. Coletur Colet. Let it be strained. Aqua commu- Aq. comm. Common water. Colentur Colent. Let them be nis strained. Aqua fervens Aq. ferv. Hot water. Collutorium Collut. A mouth-wash. Aqua fluviati- Aq. fluv. River water. Collyrium Collyr.jColl. An eye-wash. lis Coloretur Let it be colored. Aqua fontalis Aq. font. Spring water. Compositus Comp. Compounded. (or fontis or Concisus Cut. fontana) Confectio Conf. Confection. Aqua marina Aq. mar. Sea water. Congius Cong. A gallon. Aqua nivalis Aq. niv. Snow water. Conserva Cons. A conserve; also Aqua pluvia- Aq. pluv. Rain water. keep (thou). tilis (orplu- Continuantur Cont. rem. Let the medicines vialis) remedia be continued. Aut Or. Contusus Bruised. Balneum are- B. A. Sand-bath. Coque, Co- Coq. Boil, let them be nae quantur boiled. Balneum ma- B. M. A salt-water bath. Coque ad Coq. ad Boil to the eon- rise or ma- medietatis med. con- sumption of half. ris consump- sump. Balneum va- B. V. A vapor-bath. tionem porosum or Coque secun- Coq. S. A. Boil according to vaporis dum artem art. Balsamum Bals. Balsam. Coque in sufli- Coq. in S. A. Boil in a sufli- Barbaclensis B.B., B.B.S. Barbadoes. ciente quan- cient quantity Bene Well. titate aquas of water. Bibe Bib. Drink. Cor, cordis The heart. Biduum Two days. Cortex Cort. The bark. Bis Twice. Coxa The hip. Bis in die Bis in d. Twice a day. Cras, Crasti- Crast. To-morrow. Bis indies Bis in d. Twice a day. nus Bolus Bol. A large pill. Cras mane su- To be taken to- Bulliat, bul- Bull. Let boil. mendus morrow morning. liant Cras nocte To-morrow night. Butyrum But. Butter. Cras vespere To-morrow even- Cseruleus Caerul. Blue. ing. Calefactus Warmed. Crastinus For to-morrow, Calomel Cal. Mild chloride of early. mercury. Cujus, Cujus- Cuj. Of which, of any. Calomelas Calomel, or mild libet chloride of mer- Cum C. With. cury. Cyatho these In a cup of tea. Capiat Cap. Let him (or her) Cyathus, vel Cyath., C. A wineglass, from take. Cyathus vi- vinar. one-half to two Caute Cautiously. narius fluidounces. Charta Chart. Paper. Da, detur D., det. Give, let be given. Chartula Small paper. De Of, or from. Cibus Food. Deaurentur Deaur. pil. Let the pills be Cochlear or Coch., Coch- A spoonful, by pilulae gilt. cochleare, leat. spoonfuls. Debita spissi- Deb. spiss. A proper consist- Cochleatim tudo ence. Cochleare am- Coch. amp. A tablespoonful. Debitus Due, proper. plum Decanta Dec. Pour off. Cochleare Coch. mag. A large spoonful Decern, Deci- Ten, the tenth. magnum (about half an mus ounce). Decoctum Decoct. A decoction. Cochleare me- Coch. med. A dessertspoonful Decubitus Decub. Lying down. dium or (about two flui- De die in De d. in d. From day to day. modicum drachms). diem Cochleare par- Coch. parv. A teaspoonful Dein Thereupon. yum (about one flui- Deglutiatur Deglut. May or let be swal- drachm). lowed. Coctio Coct. Boiling. Dentur tales D. t. d. Let 4 such dosesi Cola Col. Strain. doses No. iv No. iv. be given. 1012 PRESCRIPTIONS. Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. Detur in du- Let twice as much Fiant chartu- Ft. chart. Make 12 powders. plo Dexter, Dex- be given. The right. lae xij Fiat colly- xij. Ft. collyr. Make an eye-wash. riura Make a confection. Dieb. alt. Every other day. Fiatconfectio Ft. confec. Fiat electua- Ft. elect. Make an elec- Dieb. tert. Every third day. rium Ft. emp tuary. Diluc. At break of day. Fiat emplas- Make a plaster 6 Dilue, Dilu- DU. Dilute (thou), di- trum 6x4 6X4. by 4 inches. tus luted. Fiat emplas- Ft. emp. Dimidius Dim. One-half. trum epi- epispast. Directione D. P. or di- With a proper di- spasticum Ft. emp. Make a blister. propria rec. prop. rection. Fiat emplas- Dividatur D. in p. seq. Let it be divided trum ves- vesicat. in partes sequales into equal parts. icatorium Fiat emulsio Ft. emuls. Make an emulsion. To be divided. Fiat enema Ft. enema. Make an injection (for rectum). Dolor Pain. Fiat garga- Ft. garg. Make a gargle. Until. risma Make a draught. Until the bowels Fiat haustus Ft. haust. bis dejicia- have been twice Fiat infusum Ft. infus. Make an infusion. evacuated. Fiat injectio Ft. inject. Make an injection Until the bowels (for urethra). soluta fuerit shall be opened. Fiat lege ar- F. L. A. Let it be made by Until the nephritic tis the rules of art. nephriticus pain is removed. Fiat linimen- Ft. linim. Make a liniment. exulaverit turn Make a mass. Dosis D. A dose. Fiat massa Ft. massa. Durante do- AVhile the pain Fiat massa et Ft. mas. lore lasts. divide in div. in Eadem (fem.) The same. pilulas xij pil. xij. Make 12 pills. Eburneus • Eburn. Made of ivory. Fiat massa in Ft. mas. Edulcorata Ed. Edulcorated. pilulas xij div. in Ejusdem Ejusd. Of the same. dividenda pil. Xlj.J Make 40 lozenges Electuarium Elect. An electuary. Fiat massa in Ft. mas. in Emesis Vomiting. trochi s c o s troch. xl Enema En. An enema, a clys- xl divi- div. ter. denda Enemata Clysters. Fiat mistura Ft. mist. Make a mixture. Et And. Fiant pilulas Ft. pil. xij. Make 12 pills. Evanuerit Shall have disap- xij Make a powder. peared. Fiat pul vis Ft. pulv. Exhibeatur Exhib. Let it be exhibited. Fiant pul- Ft. pulv. Extende Ext. Spread. veres xij xij. Extende super Ex. sup. Spread thou upon Fiat pulvis et Ft. pulv. alutam mol- alut. moll. soft leather. divide in et div. lem An extract. char t u 1 a s in char. Make 12 powders. Extractum Extr. xij xij. Fac, Fiat, F., Ft. Make, let it be Fiat pulvis in Fiant made, let them char t u1 a s be made. xij divi- Fac pilulas F. pil. xij. Make 12 pills. denda Fiat secun- F. S. A. R Let it be made Flour. dum artis according to the Fasciculus A bundle which regulas rules of art. can be carried Fiat solutio Ft. solut. Make a solution. under the arm. Fiat supposi- Ft. suppos. Make a supposi- Febre du- Feb. dur. During the fever. torium tory. rante Fiant suppos- Ft. suppos. Make 4 supposi- Fever. itoria iv iv. tories. Femoribus in- Fem. in- To the inner parts Fiat trochis- Ft. troch. Make 24 lozenges. ternis tern. of the thighs. ci xxiv xxiv. Make an oint- Fervens Ferv. Boiling. Fiat unguen- Ft. ung. Fiat cata- Ft. cata- Make a poultice. turn ment. plasma plasm. Fiat venaesec- Bleed. Fiat ceratum Ft. cerat. Make a cerate. tio PRESCRIPTIONS. 1013 Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. Fictilis Earthen. Inter Between. Filtra Filter (thou). Internus Inner. Filtram, Fil- A filter. Jam Now. trum Julepus, Ju- Jul. A julep. Fistula ar- A syringe fitted lepum, Ju- mata for use. lapium Fluidus FI. Liquid. Jusculum A broth. Formula A prescription. Juxta Near to. Frustillatim Frust. In little pieces. Kali praepara- Kal. ppt. Prepared kali, or Fuerit Shall have been. turn (potas- carbonate or bi- Gargarisma Garg. A gargle. see carbo- carbonate of pot- Gelatina qua- In any kind of nas) ash. vis jelly. Lac Milk. Gradatim By degrees, grad- Lana Flannel. ually. Languor Faintness. Grana sex Six grains by Lateri dolenti Lat. dol. To the side that is pondere weight. painful. Granum, Grain, grains. Lectus A bed. Grana Linimentum Liniment. A liniment. Gratus Pleasant. Linteum Lint. Gutta Gtt. A drop. Liquor Liq. A solution. Guttae Gtt. Drops. Lotio A lotion. Guttatim Guttat. By drops. Maeera Mac. Macerate. Guttis qui- Gutt. qui- With a few drops. Magnus Mag. Large. busdam busd. Mane, Mane In the morning, Harum pilula- Har. pil. Let three of these primo very early in the rum suman- sum. iij. pills be taken. morning. tur tres Manipulus M. or Man. A handful. Haustus Haust. A draught. Manus The hand. Haustus pur- II. p. n. A purging Massa, Massa A mass, a pill- gans noster draught made pilularis mass. according to a Matutinus In the morning. practitioner’s Medius Middle. own formula. Mensura By measure. Hebdomada A week. Mica panis Mic. pan. Crumb of bread. Herba An herb. Minimum M. or Min. A minim. Heri Yesterday. Minutum M. A minute. Hie, Hsec, This. Misce Mix. Hoe Mistura Mist. A mixture. Hirudo A leech. Mitte, Mitta- Send, let it be Hora H. An hour. tur, Mit- sent, let them Hora somni H. S. or Just before going tantur be sent. Hor. som. to sleep, or on Mitte sangui- Take away blood retiring to rest. nem ad un- to 12 ounces at HorS, undeci- At the eleventh eias duode- least. ma matu- hour of the cim saltern tin& morning. Modicus Mod. Middle-sized. Hora deeubi- H. D. At the hour of Modo prae- In the manner ttis going to bed. scripto prsesc. prescribed. Hora? unius Hor. un. At the expiration Mora Delay. spatio Horis inter- spatio. Hor. in- of an hour. More dictu, More diet., In the manner di- In the interme- More solito More sol. rected, in the mediis term. diate hours. usual manner. The same. Mortarium A mortar. Idoneus Proper. Ne tradas Ne tr. s. Do not deliver Imprimis First. sine num- num. it unless paid. Incide, Inci- Inc. Cut (thou), being mo (Used by apoth- sus cut. ecaries as a cau- Indies Ind. From day to day, tion to the as- daily. sistant when the Infunde Inf. Pour in. presence of the Infusum Infus. An infusion. patient prevents Injectio An injection. the master from Injiciatur enema Let a clyster be given. giving a verbal direction.) In pulmento In gruel. Necnon Also. Instar As big as. Nisi Unless. 1014 PRESCRIPTIONS. Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. Word or I’lirase. Contraction. Meaning. Non Not. Pro ration e According to the Nox, noctis Night. Eetatis age of the pa- Nucha The nape of the tient. neck. Pro re nata P. r. n. Occasionally. Numerus No Number. Pugillus Pug. A pinch, a gripe Nux Mos- A nutmeg. between the chata thumb and first Octarius 0. A pint. two fingers. Octavus Eighth. Pulvis, Pul- Pulv. A powder, pow- Octo Eight. verizatus dered. Oleum lini Cold-drawn lin- Pyxis A pill-box. sine igne seed oil. Quantum li- Q. 1., Q.p., As much as you Oleum olivee 0. 0. 0. Best olive oil. bet, or Q. v. please. optimum Quantum Omni hora, Omn. hor., Every hour, every placet, or Omni biho- Omn.bih., two hours, every Quantum rio, Omni Omn. quarter of an vis, or quadrante quadr. hor. hour. Quantum horse volueris Omni mane Every morning. Quantum Q. s. As much as is Omni nocte Every night. sufliciat, or sufficient. Opus Need, occasion. Quantum Ovum An egg. satis Pannus A rag. Quaquti hora Each hour. Pars, partis A part. Quaque, Q. Q. Each or every. Partes sequa- P. ae. Equal parts. Quaque hora Each hour. les Quartus Fourth. Partitis vici- Part. vie. In divided doses. Quater Four times. bus Quatuor Four. Parvulus An infant. Quibus From which. Coch. par- Coch. parv. A teaspoonful. Quinque Five. vulum Quintus The fifth. Parvus Little. Quoque Q. Q. Also. Pastillus, A little ball of Quorum Quor. Of which. Pastillum paste, to take like Quotidie Daily. a lozenge, etc. Ratio Proportion. Pediluvium A foot-bath. Recens Rec. Fresh. Per Through, by. Recipe R Take. Peracta ope- When the opera- Redactus in Red. in Let it be reduced ratio emet- tion of the emetic pulverem, pulv., re- to powder. ici is finished. redigatur dig. in Per deliqui- By deliquescence. in pulve- pulv. um rein Pergo, per- To go on with. Regio um- The umbilical gere bilici region. Phiala prius P. P. A. The bottle having Reliquus Remaining. agitata been first shaken. Repetatur, Rept. Let it be repeated, Pilula A pill. Repetantur let them be re- Poculum, Po- Pocul., Po- A cup, a little peated. cillum cill. cup. Respondere To answer. Pondere P. By weight. Retinere To keep. Pondus civile Civil weight Saltern At least. (avoirdupois Scatula Scat. A box. weight). Scilicet Namely. Pondus medi- Medicinal (apoth- Secundum ar- S. A., S. N. According to art, cinale ecaries’) weight tern, Secun- according to na- (obsolete). dum natu- ture. Pone aurem Behind the ear. ram Post singulas After every loose Secundus Second. sedes liqui- stool. Sedes The alvine evacu- das ation. Potus Drink. Semel Once. Prseparata Prepared. Semis Ss. A half. Primo mane Very early in the Semidrachma Semidr. Half a drachm. morning. Semihora Semih. Half an hour. Primus The first. Septem Seven. Pro For. Septimana A week. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1015 Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. Word or Phrase. Contraction. Meaning. Seseuncia An ounce and a Summitates The summits or half. tops. Sesquihora An hour and a Superbibendo Drinking after- half. haustum wards this Sex Six. draught. Sextus Sixth. Supra Above. Si If. Tabella (dim. Tabel. A lozenge. Sic, Sic ? So, is it so? of tabula, a Signa Sig. Mark thou. table) Signetur no- Let it be written Talis Such, like this. mine pro- upon with the Tempori dex- To the right tem- prio proper name(not tro pie. a trade name). Tempus, tem- Time or temple. Simul Together. poris Sine Without. Ter Three times. Singulorum Sing. Of each. Ter in die, oi; T. i. d., or Three times a day. Si non valeat Si n. val. If it does not an- Ter die. t. d. swer. Tere Ter. Rub. Si opus sit Si op. sit. If necessary. Tero I rub. Si vires per- Si vir. If the strength Tertius Third. mittant perm. will bear it. Tinctura Tinct. Tincture. Sit Let it be. Tres Three. Solus Alone. Triduum Three days. Solve Dissolve. Tritura Trit. Triturate. Solvo, solvere, To dissolve. Trochisci Troch. Lozenges. Solutus Dissolved. Tussis A cough. Somnus Sleep. Ultimo (or Ult. prassc. The last ordered. Spiritus vini Rectified spirit of Ultima) rectificatus wine. prsescrip- Spiritus vini Proof spirit. tus tenuis Una Together. Spiritus vino- Ardent spirit of Uncia An ounce. sus any strength. Ut dictum Ut diet. As directed. Statim Stat. Immediately. Utendum Utend. To be used. Stet, Stent St. Let it stand, let Uto, uti To make use of. them stand. Yas vitreum A glass vessel. Stratum super S. S. S. Layer upon layer. Vehiculum A vehicle. stratum Vel Or. Subaetus Subdued. Vensesectio Bleeding in the Sub finem coc- When the boiling brachii arm. tionis is nearly fin- Vesper, ves- Vesp. The evening. ished. peris Subinde. Frequently. Vices Turns. Sumat talem Let the patient Vires Strength. take one like Vitellus Yolk. this. Vitello ovi Dissolved in the Sume, Su- Sum. Take (thou), let solutus volk of an egg. mat, Suma- him take, let it Vitreum vi- Glass. tur, Suman- be taken, let trum tur, Sumen- them be taken, Vomitione Vom. urg. The vomiting be- dus to be taken. urgente ing troublesome. AUTOGRAPH AND QUESTIONABLE PRESCRIPTIONS. In the following pages will be found fac-similes of prescriptions taxen from the author’s collection. One of the most important duties of the pharmacist is the unravelling of prescriptions, and upon his cleverness in accurately divining the intention of the physician will often depend his reputation for skill and ability. It may be found that as one’s experience in the art of interpreting increases, that there will be ample justification and respect for the philologist who dignified the art of writing prescriptions by such a massive word as “ Pharmacocatagraph- ologia.” It is not to be supposed that all of the prescriptions which 1016 PRESCRIPTIONS. follow are of a character which would prove stumbling-blocks to those having had experience in this difficult art; indeed, the author has the highest regard for the rare sagacity possessed by the American pharma- cist, who has an international reputation for acuteness, and his only apology for presenting them is that he has some hope of aiding the younger members by some useful practice. It should be noted that the fac-simile prescriptions in the following pages, whilst faithful reproductions, are really clearer and are usually easier to read than the originals, because it has been found impossible to reproduce blurred lead-pencil marks, greasy spots, finger marks, and the crumpled paper, which are such important aids in obscuring the legibility of every-day prescriptions. The succeeding illustrations are all that we have space for: they show the importance of writing prescriptions upon regularly printed or engraved blanks, on which the name of the physician is clearly shown, with his office hours and address, in order that the pharmacist in case of necessity may confer with him speedily and have all doubts removed about the interpretation of the prescription. Omissions and Errors.—If an obvious error or omission is detected by the pharmacist, or an unusually large or poisonous dose has been prescribed, it is generally easy to gain the requisite delay, upon the plea that the prescription will require considerable time to compound, or for some other reason which will not excite the suspicions of the patient, and in the mean time the physician may be consulted and the difficulty removed. Good judgment is necessary at all times, and where delay is entirely inadmissible there is nothing left for the pharmacist but to assume the responsibility of making the dose safe, or of supplying the omission according to his best judgment. In this case a written explanation should be sent immediately to the physician. In the case of omissions or errors on the part of the pharmacist, so much judgment is needed which must depend upon the circumstances surrounding each case, that it would be unsafe to offer any suggestions : generally the physician must be appealed to, and upon his skill and tact reliance must be placed. In such cases it is not often that he is found unwilling to exercise his good offices. One instance is on record show- ing rare tact on the part of an apothecary: it occurred before the prac- tice of checking prescriptions became common. After renewing a mixture, he realized, just as he was in the act of handing the bottle to the nervous and suspicious old gentleman for whom it was intended, that he had omitted one of the principal ingredients: to hand it to him and permit his departure would have been professional suicide, to hesitate and take it back after the patient had watched the process of compounding, and had seen the bottle labelled and wrapped, would have excited unpleasant suspicions and have been equally disastrous. At once grasping the situation, he dropped the bottle upon the counter, allowing it to break to pieces, whilst in the act of handing it to the patient, then, with an apology for the accident, he quickly proceeded to compound the mixture over again, this time with every ingredient in it. He fully believed that any proper sacrifice should be cheerfully made to avoid loss of confidence. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1017 Fig. 389 is a good representation of a class of prescriptions far too common in every-day practice. If taken by a patient to a pharmacy where the habit and hand- writing of the physician are not known it would prove a veritable puzzle. The first thought of the compounder will natu- rally be solution of magnesia; then the absence of directions will cause him to stop and consider. He may then run over in his mind the numerous solutions of magnesia with which he is familiar and possibly select one of the most harmless; then, choosing the best course, he asks the patient, in a matter-of-fact way, whether the doctor left any directions how the medicine was to be used. “ Oh, yes, with a syringe.” More puzzled now than ever, but not showing to the patient the slight- est embarrassment, he suddenly catches the idea that Magendie’s solution of mor- phine is to be used hypodermically. A few more skilful questions remove all doubt, and the patient hastens away convinced that the apothecary is careful, and never suspects that faulty abbreviation and a worse fault in writing the directions on the part of the physician have given the pharmacist one more reason to lament his serious want of care. The writer displays a lack of education by prescription 390, although there are no particular difficulties in compounding it. “ Tr. degital purp” would be easily ren- dered by an experienced compounder tincture of digitalis. “ Eather nitr. alcoh” would become spirit of nitrous ether. The next ingredient would be apt to puzzle the uninitiated, but any one familiar with German prescriptions would have no diffi- culty in selecting syrup of liquorice as the article wanted, “Syr. Liquiritiae” being the common term for it. The bad habit of using a dash to signify “ the same,” in Fig. 389. Questionable prescription. Fig. 390. Fig. 391. Faulty prescription. Carelessly-written prescription. place of a ditto-mark, is not thoroughly established in this country, although there would be no great difficulty in guessing at the prescriber’s meaning. The use of either ditto-marks or dashes in prescription-writing is a practice more honored in the breach than in the observance by careful prescribers. The unusual order in which the quantity in the “ Signa” appears betrays the nationality of the writer,—“ Every 2 hours a | table spoon,”—although it would be easily understood to mean, Take a dessertspoonful every two hours. Prescription 391 has proved a puzzle to many expert pharmacists. The bad habit of running the quantities into one another, the equally bad taste shown in using 1018 PRESCRIPTIONS. both English and Latin in the same prescription, and the exhibition of gross care- lessness about the whole composition, make it a unique specimen. The original in the author’s possession was written with a very soft lead-pencil, and is considerably blurred. One drachm of chlorate of potassium is to be dissolved in one ounce of boiling water, one ounce of solution of morphine, and two ounces of syrup of tolu. The dots which should be over the numerals representing l’s have so strayed from their legitimate use as to have lost their identity entirely, and the third line is almost unrecognizable. One would sup- pose that its dangerous character would have saved it from such a fate. Prescription 392 illustrates a common fault,—an omitted quantity. It has evi- dently been written for a patient suffer- ing some pain, and has been designed for immediate use. Of course such a pre- scription should be instantly returned to the prescriber, the pharmacist gaining time by stating to the patient that it will take some time to compound it. If, how- ever, there is great urgency, the physician not being accessible, and the pharmacist is prepared to assume the risks which such a course entails, one grain of sulphate of morphine may be used if the patient is an adult and able to bear it, as it is strongly probable that the intention of the pre- scriber was to give one-sixth of a grain as a dose. This course is not recommended, however, as one to be followed by the pharmacist, except in rare emergencies, and the physician should be notified at once of the facts. Fig. 393 is an exact reproduction of a prescription presented in the ordinary course of business. It was written by a young physician who had become enamoured of Fig. 392. Faulty prescription. Fig. 394. Fig. 393. Dangerous prescription Double direction prescription. European methods, but had not sufficiently mastered the intricacies of the metric system to be sure of his doses. A dose of six milligrammes (about one-tenth of a grain) of sulphate of atropine being ten times as large as he intended to give to PRESCRIPTIONS. 1019 the patient. In this case the prescription was held until amended, and the pro- verbial caution of the pharmacist saved the patient’s life and probably the phy- sician s reputation. Prescription 394 is a fac-simile of one written by a celebrated physician of Phila- delphia. In all probability no greater difficulty was experienced in compounding the prescription than was foundry the patient in taking it. It is rather unusual to duplicate the signa, however, and the high character of the physician precludes the pos- sibility of there being any truth in the sug- gestion of the cause of the duplication, that the prescription had been previously com- pounded and tested by the prescriber himself. Fig. 396. Fig. 395. Prescription with ambiguous signa. Involved prescription. Prescription 395 would probably offer some difficulty in compounding on account of the deficiency of water, particularly in cold weather, bromide of potassium being much more soluble in warm than in cold water. But the chief interest in this pre- scription centres in the directions to the patient, who, if so unfortunate as to be “ unable to sleep in water,” is required to take a “full” teaspoon- ful. In prescription 396, which was written by a German physician of the old school, we have an illustration of a peculiarly involved and cramped style; the difficulty in deciphering the original being greatly enhanced by the doctor’s selection of a narrow, soiled piece of paper and a soft black lead-pencil as .the means of communicating his ideas of the patient’s needs. The fac-simile gives the style and the construction of the letters cor- rectly, but fails to reproduce the imperfections of the lead-pencil and coarse paper. Three and a half drachms of cascarilla bark, two drachms of asarum root, two grains of ipecac root, six drachms of bruised juniper berries, are to be infused with sufficient hot water to make the strained infusion measure six ounces, in which are to be dissolved fifteen grains of extract of lactucarium ; it is then mixed with six drachms of camphor water, one and a half drachms of cherry laurel water, twelve drops of simple tincture of opium, and ten drachms of syrup of orange peel. A tablespoonful every three hours. The prescription shown in Fig. 397 is a type of a style familiar to all who have occasion to read prescriptions. No attention whatever has been paid to reserving a line for each ingredient, and faulty abbreviation and careless writing have made a Fig. 397. Badly-written prescription. 1020 PRESCRIPTIONS. prescription not easy to decipher with any degree of certainty. If physicians would endeavor to use the officinal names for the preparations they prescribe, much labor would be saved and the liability to err would be greatly lessened. Half a fluidrachm of nitric and muriatic acid with three and a half fluidounces of water is the translation, and it is known in this case that the officinal nitro-hydrochloric acid was wanted. Fig. 398 affords another illustration of want of care in writing a prescription. Some of the letters show an ability on the part of the writer to form letters properly, which would indicate that he could write a legible prescription if he wished to ; but the illegibility increases as the end of the prescription is approached, and hurry is plainly indicated. It happened that the medicine was intended for a poor dispen- sary patient; but one might suppose that Fig. 398. Fig. 399. Carelessly-written prescription. Odd prescription. poverty and sickness are heavy enough burdens to carry without having the addi- tional and unnecessary one of the risk of losing life. One scruple of bromide of potas- sium, one scruple of hydrate of chloral (not chloride of mercury, calomel, or corrosive sublimate), one-quarter of a grain of sulphate of morphine, are dissolved in one fluidounce of syrup of ginger. One-half is taken in water. Repeated if required. There is no lack of legibility in prescription 399 ; it is presented as showing a cus- tom which some physicians practise,—i.e., the employment of an unusual name. The object of using an out-of-the-way name may be a laudable one, although the phy- sician usually is given the credit of trying to cover up some secret ar- rangement with an initiated and favored pharmacist. In this case the word “ bardane” appears in the Dispensatory, and no intelligent pharmacist would have any diffi- culty in understanding that tinc- ture of burdock seed was wanted. This being unofficinal, it would he desirable to know from the physi- cian what strength of tincture might he preferred. At first glance it would seem that prescription 400 is ordinarily well written and free from fault. When the cautious dispenser looks it over carefully, however, he will observe that half a fluidounce of tincture of opium in a four-ounce mixture, with a teaspoonful dose, would be a large quantity for “ Baby May,” and in all probability would per- manently end her pain. A thor- ough examination indicates an abortive attempt at forming the letter “ c” after the “opii,” and if the ingredient is rendered “camphorated tincture of opium,” a popular cough-mixture is revealed, which is really what was intended by the prescriber. Fig. 400. Faulty prescription. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1021 Fig. 401 illustrates the effects of the loose methods that dispensary physicians arc apt to acquire through the great haste usually practised in “getting through a clinic on time.” Abbreviations, mixed Latin and English, and general lack of finish characterize this style. Five drachms and one scruple of potassium bromide and four scruples of chloral hydrate are to be dissolved in one fluidounce each of pepper- mint water and syrup; the quantity of bromide is excessive, and if the peppermint water is of full strength, a cloudy mixture results, due to throwing the volatile oil dis- solved in the peppermint water out of solu- tion. “ A teaspoonful at bedtime in wineglass of water” should surely give the needed rest to the patient. The prescription shown in Fig. 402 was written by a well-educated German physi- cian, and is presented as showing unusual care in designating the quantity of the dan- gerous ingredient. It certainly is rare to see upon American prescription-files the quantity of any ingredient spelled out in full, either in Latin or in English; indeed, the whole pre- scription gives evidence of careful thought. One grain of red iodide of mercury and two drachms of iodide of potassium are to be dis- solved in six ounces of compound syrup of sarsaparilla. Fig. 403 shows a style now fortunately ex- tinct in Philadelphia,—the worthy author having been “gathered to his fathers.” He was a physician of excellent character, large practice, and unusual sagacity, but, alas ! of execrable memory in prescription-writing. Several of his prescriptions will be shown in this series, but the one now under considera- tion exhibits “ one of his best.” Two drachms of Goulard’s extract, three grains of sulphate of morphine, and two ounces of prepared lard (not lord) are to be rubbed together. Fig 404 is presented mainly with the view of illustrating a German custom which has not been adopted in this country to any extent by American physicians ; such Fig. 401. Odd prescription. Fig. 402. Fig. 403. Careful prescription. Badly-vrritten prescription. prescriptions are common, however, in large cities. It will be noticed that the quan- tities are those for one dose. The abbreviated subscription is in full, “ Dentur tales doses No. IV,”—let four such doses be given. The absence of any further direction to the apothecary might raise the question, Are powders or pills intended? But as 1022 PRESCRIPTIONS. the ingredients themselves are in the form of crystalline powders, and as pills are not specified, it would be proper to dispense four powders. Prescription 405 is a lac-simile of one penned by a noted Philadelphia physi- cian. Although not written in the clearest style, still it is legible, and no one would hesitate about preparing the ointment by taking one drachm of calomel, half an ounce of ointment of oxide of zinc, half an ounce of simple cerate, and sufficient olive oil and oil of rose to make a smooth and sweet-smelling Fig. 405. Fig. 404. German prescription. Erroneous signa. ointment; but just here the apothecary will halt,—for, notwithstanding the attrac- tiveness of the “ unguent” and the delicious savor exhaled hy it, it would not be judicious to label the box as the doctor has directed : “ Two teaspoonfuls with water half an hour before each meal.” It is clearly a case of “ lapsus calami,” and no harm would ensue il the apothecary were to shelter himself behind that conve- nient barrier provided for all such cases, and simply write on the label, “ Use as directed,’ —for it is hardly likely that the doctor made the same error when giving the patient verbal directions that he lias done in writing the prescription. In band- ing the ointment to the patient, any undignified tendency that the dispenser may have to relieve his feelings must be rigidly suppressed. Prescription 406 exhibits ignorance of the laws of chemical incompatibility, coupled with a careless style of writing; yet abundant evidence of ability to write better is furnished in the formation of many of the letters. Three grains of sulphate of mor- phine are to be dissolved in half an ounce of aromatic spirit of ammo- nia and two and a half ounces of syrup of ginger. The directions are, “a teaspoonful every two or three hours when pain is severe.’ The incompatibility belongs to the class illustrated in Chapter LXY., and is due to the fact that alkalies precipitate alkaloids from alka- loidal salts. The danger here would be apt to arise from the alkaloid morphine precipitating out and collecting in the bottom of the bottle, and the liability of the patient swallowing a poison- ous quantity if the last dose be taken. Fig. 407 shows a mixed style. The writing is legible, but “ Iodide Pot,” an abbreviation of the English name, and “ Hydrarg Bichloridi,” a partial abbrevia- tion of the Latin name, with the lack of knowledge of correct terminology or abbre- viation shown in writing out the other ingredients, quite prepare one for the writer Fig. 406. Badly-written prescription. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1023 ignoring the fact that the potassio-mercuric iodide formed by dissolving corrosive sublimate in solution of iodide of potassium will be apt to precipitate the cinchona alkaloids in the elixir of calisaya (see page 980), for it is now the most useful and the most delicate reagent for alkaloids that has ever been discovered. One thing may, however, prevent this danger,—i.e., the use of one of the very agreeable but worthless elixirs of calisaya that contains no alkaloids. Fig. 408. Fig. 407. Incompatible prescription. Prescription. In the case of prescription 408 no serious fault can be found with the manner of writing it; the interest in it simply lies in the fact that the druggist to whom it was presented had forgotten his Latin, the school-master being needed. The second article proved a poser to him, and, after searching through the dispensatories and text-books, and tinding no substance in the materia medica bearing the title of “ Ejusdem,” he concluded that it was one of those “ new-fangled proprietaries” that doctors are always writing for, and, with an air of injured dignity and superiority, he informed the patient that one of the ingredients he did not keep, and, returning the prescription, sent him away. The patient suc- ceeded easily in having the pre- scription compounded by a neigh- boring pharmacist, and the story leaked out. The translation is, one fluidounce of fluid extract of ergot, one fluidounce of wine of the same (ergot), and half a drachm of white sugar. Prescription 409 is a fac-simile of one written by a well-known physician. It is legible, and free from serious fault, with one excep- tion,—the quantities have been inadvertently transposed. Sixteen grains of compound tincture of car- damom and one ounce of sulphate of quinine are so far away from reasonable expectations that there should he no difficulty in “diag- nosing this case” and deciding it to he one of transposition of quan- tities. It would be fortunate in- deed if all instances of transposition were as glaring as this. It is a fault that often goes undetected, and its frequency arises from the habit which many good physicians have of deciding upon the in- gredients that they wish to give their patient and filling in the quantities afterward, not in consecutive order. An interruption or slight “ lapsus” will be very apt to cause transposition. Fig. 409. Erroneous prescription. 1024 PRESCRIPTIONS. In prescription 410 an illustration is given of the use of a specially-coined term to designate a well-known substance, the intention being to calm the fears of a patient who has a perhaps unreasonable prejudice against a remedy which the physician believes to be necessary to alleviate the malady. Circumstances arise in the practice of every physician when patients need a remedy which they will refuse to take if they are aware of it, and hence the alleged necessity for the use of an unusual term which they will not understand when written on the prescription. “ Sulphatis Americani Australis,” South American Sulphate, is, in plain English, sulphate of quinine. The stilted Latin by which the first ingredient is designated is in strong contrast with the plain English of the third ingredient,—“Syrup of Rock Candy.” The last line may cause a little studying, but it is soon translated Aqua q. s. ft. t^vi. Fig. 411 is a fac-simile of a prescrip- tion written by a German physician, which at first appears curiously involved, but really presents no great difficulty in deciphering when carefulty scanned. One grain of sulphate of morphine, two drachms of iodide of potassium, three drachms of bromide of potassium, half a drachm of ethereal extract of digitalis, one and a half ounces of spirit of juni- per, half an ounce of spirit of nitrous ether, two ounces of distilled water, and two ounces of syrup of tolu, are the ingredients; whilst the signa, or the directions to the patient, are,—every three hours half a tablespoonful. Prescriptions like the fac-simile shown in Fig. 412 should be declined when pre- sented, permanganate of potassium exploding violently when mixed with glycerin and other bodies containing organic matter. This fact, and the additional one that glycerin does not have two i’s, were doubtless overlooked by the writer of the prescription. Prescription 413 has defied the ef- forts of all experts in calligraphy up to the present time. The author has shown the original and the fac simile to more than one hundred skilled phar- macists without receiving a correct so- lution from one of them. It was written by a Cleveland physician in the ordinary course of business, and was Fig. 410. Puzzling prescription. Fig. 411. Fig. 412. German prescription. Explosive prescription. presented to the author by a brother pharmacist. The principal difficulty in decipher- ing it arises from the fact that two ingredients are unofficinal and rather out of the way, and, in addition, their titles are run together and obscured almost beyond recog- nition. The full translation is as follows: “ Dec. 14, 83. 97739. Quinia Sulph. ; Elix. et Syr. Glycyrrhiza Co. M.—Tablespoonful 3 times a day.” The author PRESCRIPTIONS. 1025 was informed hv a pharmacist who was familiar with the doctor’s method of writing prescriptions that the above specimen was not unusually obscure. Fig. 414 is a fac-simile of a prescription for an eye-wash. The original was written with a hard lead-pencil upon a rough bit of paper. Any one familiar with the doc- tor’s style would have little difficulty in solving the obscurity by dissolving four grains of sulphate of zinc and ten grains of borate of sodium in two ounces of rose- water. Incidentally, it may be remarked that precipitation frequently occurs in prescriptions of this character, due to precipitation of hydrated zinc oxide by the alkali in the sodium borate. It is better to filter the mixture than to add a little Fig. 413. Flourishing prescription. sulphuric acid to clear the solution, because the slightest excess of the latter might prove irritating. The habit of making one letter look exactly like some other letter is one of the worst faults that a writer can have, and it is usually only a question of time for a prescriber with such a habit to make a serious error. It will be observed that in the fac-simile (Fig. 415) the fault is that the doctor’s small “a’s” are always “o’s.” He writes “ Tonnici” for “ Tannici.” “ Inoke” is intended for “ make.” The next word is not “mte,” but “into.” The words “six suppositories” are, fortunately, plain enough, and the directions, “ One night and morning,” present no difficulty to a good guesser. The writer is an intelligent and unusually able physician, and force 1026 PRESCRIPTIONS. and character are indicated by the general style of the writing, marred, however, by the one serious fault. A study of the prescription illustrated in Fig. 416 will thoroughly justify the verdict that no extenuation can be fairly accorded to the writer. The fac-simile cannot show the crumpled piece of manilla-paper, nor reproduce the indistinct lead- pencil marks, which are prominent character- istics of the original,—yet it was written by a noted physician “in a hurry.” Who would guess that the first line is “ Tinct. Iron”? and if any one should he so fortunate as to get so far, could he by any possibility translate the re- mainder?—“ Take a teaspoonful mixed with (o ) tablespoonsful of warm water sweetened, an hour before eating and at bedtime;” and yet this is the translation which was given by the friend who sent it to enrich the author’s collection and affirmed to he correct. The difficulty about the acceptance of this guess centres around the word which is rendered “sweetened.” The other words may or may not be cor- rectly deciphered. Doubt and confusion reign supreme. The use of chemical symbols in writing prescriptions is not a common custom, and although there can be no serious fault found with the prescription shown in fac- simile in Fig. 417, there are objections to the custom notwithstanding some advan- tages. To begin with the latter, symbols are usually brief, distinctive, and capable of being written in unmistakable charac- ters, but a physician who attempts to use them altogether must have a circum- scribed list of remedies to prescribe from, for symbols have not been contrived for elixirs, syrups, or any galenical prepara- tion ; then, again, the symbols for alka- loids and some of the new antipyretics would be complicated and not so easily nor so clearly made out as the usual Latin abbreviations. In the example shown it is plain that the prescriber wants four drachms of bromide of sodium and half a drachm of iodide of potassium dissolved in two ounces of water. Fig. 418 is a type of prescription which is very frequently seen in practice. It is impossible to expect any physician to re- tain in his memory the solubilities or exact physical properties of all the substances that he desires to prescribe. As pharmacy has advanced prescribers have grown into the habit of depending upon pharmacists to use their art in supplying the needed knowledge; and it follows, as a matter of course, that those who make a profession of handling the substances that enter into prescriptions every day should have this information at their “finger-tips.” In this prescription two minims of oil of copaiba, two grains of magnesia, and one grain of powdered acacia are the ingredients for one pill, and the directions are that “ thirty- six such pills are to be sent.” A little more magnesia, a trace of water, and possibly a little powdered soap are needed to give the mass sufficient adhesiveness and firmness. Fig. 414. Obscure prescription. Fig. 415. Faulty prescription. Fig. 416. Badly-written prescription. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1027 A prescription like the one shown in Fig. 419 bears evidence of error on its face. The subscription directs a mixture to be made, and seventy-five per cent, of the mix- ture is composed of solids. On the other hand, the dispenser is unable to guess whether the prescriber made an error in directing a mixture, or whether, unable to class the compound as an ointment, he has concluded to call it a mixture, and that the quantities of the ingredients are just what he intended to write. Probably most pharmacists would mix the powders thoroughly, rub in the petrolatum and lime- water, and dispense the mixture in a box, labelling it, in the absence of directions, “ Use as directed.” If the physician could not be seen, this would be the course Fig. 417. Fig. 418. Prescription in symbols. Pill prescription to pursue; but in the above case the quantity after the “ Liq. Calcis ad” happens to be a mistake: it should have been “f$iv,” and it was intended for an external application to an inflamed surface. There are, however, many instances on record where similar errors which were never corrected have occurred and the prescription dispensed as written, the patient subsequently returning to have the apparently absurd prescription renewed and ultimately praising the doctor for thr speedy cure which had been effected. In prescription 420 physical incompatibility is illustrated. Extract of opium is at Fig. 419. Fig. 420. Erroneous prescription. Incompatible prescription. aqueous extract, the greater bulk of it being insoluble in olive oil. The mixture is evidently intended for an external application, and all that is expected is a reason- ably smooth mixture. The proper method of compounding this would he to rub the extract of opium with sufficient water to make a smooth paste. Now, having poured the oil into the bottle in which the mixture is to be dispensed, add the car- bolic acid, shaking it well until solution is effected, then gradually add the thick aqueous mixture of extract of opium, shaking after each addition. Do not filter the mixture, but dispense with a shake-label. 1028 PRESCRIPTIONS. Prescriptions like the one shown in Fig. 421 are very common: too much liquid has been ordered. It is a difficult matter for preseribers to educate themselves in the matter of not exceeding practical limits in ordering liquids for pill masses ; indeed, the absorptive power of the solid substances used in making pill masses varies so much that usually nothing short of an actual attempt to make the mass will prove the extent of the excess. In this case in all probability the prescriber regarded car- bolic acid as a solid, and he did not know of its tendency to liquefy under warmth and manipulation and its liability to cause other solids to soften. The difficulty here is that if sufficient absorbent powder be used to take up the excess (powdered althea would Fig. 422. Fig. 421. Faulty prescription. Intemperate prescription. be an excellent one to use here) the pills will be very large. A nice question arises just at this point: Has the pharmacist the right to double the number of pills and alter the doctor’s directions so that the dose shall be two pills instead of one ? There are certain occasions when this may be done, but they should be rare indeed. It is not creditable for a pharmacist to acquire a reputation for altering the directions of a physician. Every expedient known to the art should be exhausted before attempt- ing the slightest change, and, if it must be, the intention of the prescriber should always be kept closely in view. In the above case if the number of pills is doubled without the doctor’s sanction or knowledge the patient must be acquainted with the fact at the time, otherwise he will suspect that the pharmacist has blundered and has made too many pills; and if the patient is informed about it when the pills are dispensed, un- less great tact is used he will prob- ably suspect that the doctor does not understand his business, and may state his opinion to him at his next visit, in which event the pharmacist will probably have a call from the doctor. The best practice is to notify the prescriber at once of the change and let him make the necessary explanation to the patient. Prescriptions like the one shown in fac-simile 422 are fortunately rare. It was written and presented personally by a physician very early in the morning, soon after having parted with some friends with whom he had been spending the evening, the pharmacist having been rung up by the night-bell to dispense it. The prescriber’s mental condition is accurately indicated by the fluctuating irresolution of some of the written characters and by the poisonous dose of morphine. He endeavored to ex- plain that the dose was intended for himself, and it is hardly necessary to say that it was not dispensed as written. The translation is—Four grains of sulphate of mor- Fto. 423. Carelessly-written prescription. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1029 phine divided into four powders ; take one powder at night. He really wanted one grain divided into four powders, and this was given to him. In cases of this kind a pharmacist could not be justly condemned for refusing to compound the prescrip- tion ; and, indeed, it should be” the rule always to decline to furnish morphine or other poisonous remedies to any intoxicated person. In this particular instance the physician had friends with him who made themselves responsible for his safety. Prescription 423 is another illustration of a badly-written prescription, and one which defies the laws of both chemical and physical incompatibility. One scruple of sulphate of quinine, six grains of acetate of morphine, two drops of oil of sassafras, and five and a half ounces of simple S3’rup are to he mixed, and a tea- spoonful” administered every three hours. The insertion of the curious character, which resembles a capital letter A reversed, is an illustration of a careless and reprehensible method of correcting an error. The quan- tity originally attached to the “ Syr. Simple” was *ss j this would yield a poisonous quan- tity of morphine, the mixture being given in teaspoonful doses. The addition of y over the “ss” was intended to make the dose of morphine a proper one ; but it would in most cases fail signally to accomplish the intention of the prescriber, for it would not be so interpreted. When strong solutions of sulphate of quinine and acetate of mor- phine are brought together, decomposition results, with the production of the insoluble acetate of quinine (see page 1067); in addi- tion to this, the oil of sassafras would not dissolve entirely in the syrup, and it would consume a great deal of time to filter so thick a mixture. The only way out of such a combination of errors for the pharmacist, in the absence of the physician, is to paste a shake-label on the bottle and dispense it. In prescription 424, which is reasonably well written, is afforded an example of intentional incompatibility. Fifteen grains of sulphate of zinc, half a drachm of acetate of lead, and one drachm each of tincture of catechu and wine of opium are to be mixed with six ounces of rose water. This mixture should not be filtered, of course. The unusually elaborate character for recipe at the top of the prescrip- tion might reasonably be accused of indicating a relapse to the habit of former ages, when prescriptions were decorated with mystic signs. These were supposed to possess supernatural powers. The pa- tient who needed such a prescription as 424, however, probably required a special invocation. In 425, precipitation, due to decompo- sition between the potassium iodide and the quinine sulphate, will take place here and quinine iodide will separate. The addition of mucilage as a retarding agent has been recommended in such cases, but it is very ineffective, and the best course is to depend upon a shake-label pasted on the bottle, with verbal directions to the patient to call attention to the ne- cessity for shaking the mixture before taking a dose. Iodides and bromides should never be given in combination with alkaloidal salts. (See page 1068.) There can be no difficulty in reading this prescription. The translation is—Three grains of potassium iodide, one grain of quinine sulphate, half a drachm of syrup of orange, with sufficient water to make two drachms. Fig. 426 is a copy of a prescription which was written by a physician in Canada. Fig. 424. Carelessly-written prescription. Fig. 425. Incompatible prescription. 1030 PRESCRIPTIONS. Three similar prescriptions were sent to the author by a Canadian pharmacist to enrich his collection, and the one selected for this illustration is by no means the best or the worst. They were all written by the same physician. He believes in “ polypharmacy” and the doctrine that “ there can’t help but be something in such a prescription which will do good.” Such prescriptions are not worthy of analysis. The best way to compound this one is to mix all the solids, reduce them to as tine a powder as possi- ble, dissolve them in the mixed liquids, leaving out the chloroform and cod-liver oil; then with the aid of acacia make a mixture with the cod-liver oil and chloroform. No attempt to prepare a clear solution of the solids need be made; any excess will be suspended in the emulsion of cod-liver oil. Fig. 427 is a fac-simile of a prescription which has been carefully considered by the prescriber; he has evidently bestowed the greatest attention upon the dose of the active ingredients, but there is consider- able obscurity about the third ingredient. An ex- perienced compounder, however, would read the prescription without difficulty. Two drachms and forty minims of tincture of chloride of iron, one drachm and forty minims of diluted phosphoric acid, two drachms of spirit of lemon, and syrup and water to four ounces. “ Two teaspoonful” four times daily. A precipitation may take place when the tincture of chloride of iron is mixed with the diluted phosphoric acid, due to the formation of insoluble pyrophosphate of iron, particularly if the diluted phosphoric acid which is used has been freshly made. This precipitate may be dissolved by adding a trace of citrate of potassium or any alkaline citrate. The fac-simile shown in Fig. 428 is that of an old- fashioned prescription, and a type of the sort now fortunately numbered with the past. Epsom salt, infusion of senna, and aromatic syrup of rhubarb form a trio which would be diffi- cult to surpass in developing nausea; but the dose,—a “wineglassful three times a day” (presumably about meal-times),—if retained, would be likely to prove an efficient cathartic. The second line might be translated, compound infusion of senna, but the letters which look something like “co” are evidently “se,” and the use of simple infusion of senna was common at the time when this prescriber studied Fig. 426. Polypharmacal prescription. Fig. 427. Fig. 428. Obscure prescription. Carelessly-written prescription. medicine. The third line is somewhat obscure also, but the intention of the pre- server is so apparent and its artlessness is so sincere that the line may be easily guessed. One ounce of sulphate of magnesia, six ounces of infusion of senna, and two ounces of aromatic syrup of rhubarb are to be compounded. Fig. 429 is a prescription which otters a strong contrast to the preceding one. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1031 It represents modern therapeutics in more senses than one: the use of a patented and copyrighted medicine (a growing evil), and the comparatively new method of treat- ing pyrexia by using an agent which distinctly lowers the temperature. An em- erald-green coloration is apt to be produced when antipyrin is brought in contact with nitrous compounds. This cannot be avoided. Investigation seems to indi- cate, however, that no dangerous poison is developed through this decomposition; yet it would be better to avoid prescribing antipyrin with spirit of nitrous ether until the action is clearly determined. The substitution of antifebrin or any other antipyretic for the one ordered, without the physician’s knowledge or consent, as sometimes practised, is entirely without justification. Fig. 430. Fig. 429. Modern prescription. Badly-written prescription. Prescription 430 shows illiteracy and general deficiency. Seven grains of sulphate of zinc, one drachm of tincture of opium, and eight ounces of water are to be made into a lotion, and the direction is “ To use as a wash.” The letter “ Z” is very far from being the ordinary form, and much more resembles the letter “ T,” whilst the other letters of this word are not recognizable as “ inci“ opi,” in the second line, is more like “api,” and, since preparations of celery and parsley, both “apiums,” are now prescribed, there might be some danger of confusion if the construction of the letters were alone depended upon. The evident intention of the prescriber is a very important element, however, in guiding the pharmacist, who is expected to unravel the mys- teries of compounding prescriptions. Prescription 431 must not be read with the Pharmacopoeia as a guide ; but it is best to have a layman read the prescription hastily, and then judge by the sound how near such sounds resemble those of the names of familiar substances and which might be used in pronouncing “sugar of lead,” “sulphate of zinc,” “ morphine.” The object of writing such a prescription is concealment; and it is far safer for the pharmacist to decline to be- come a party to a questionable procedure, particu- larly one which involves the sale of a poisonous dose of morphine unauthorized by a physician. The intention is to add water to the mixture and thus complete the lotion. The temptation to overcome difficulties or to increase the number on the prescription-file and to meet all possible contingencies should not be allowed to warp the pharmacist’s judgment. Improper prescriptions should be declined politely but unconditionally. Prescription 432 has been hastily written, but it is reasonably clear. The quantity attached to the first ingredient is somewhat ambiguous. Should gr. xxx or gr. xxv be dispensed ? The upper part of the last x has been imperfectly made, so that an inverted v is the result. It is impossible that such a character as an in- verted v would be used intentionally. Hence the conclusion is reached that thirty Fig. 431. Misleading prescription. 1032 PRESCRIPTIONS. grains are wanted. This, with five grains of powdered ipecac, twenty grains of extract of hyoscyamus, and ten grains of extract of nux vomica, is to be made into twenty pills. The signa must also be read in the light of “obvious intention.” The read- ing is clearly, “Take on going to bed.” But the taking of twenty pills must be instantly dismissed from consideration, and the successful guess is then made that the “e” of the one has been flourished out of existence, and that the intended reading is, “ Take one going to bed.” Prescription 433 has been contrived with a disregard of the laws of chemical and physical incompatibility. Precipitation takes place, and this is due to the formation of potassio-mercuric iodide, the alkaloidal reagent (see page 980), and its reaction with the alkaloids in the compound tincture of cinchona. In addition to this, the quan- tity of citrate of iron is excessive: the pre- server may have intended to add sufficient water to effect a solution and then have for- gotten to do so. The only course left for the pharmacist, if unable to communicate with the prescriber, is to dissolve the mercuric chloride in the compound tincture of cinchona with the aid of sufficient potassium iodide. This disposes of the dangerous ingredient. Then having reduced to powder the remaining solids, they are to be added and the prescription dispensed with a shake-label, without filtering. There would be no impropriety in directing the patient to take the teaspoonful of medi- cine with water, and in this way the excess of soluble salts could be dissolved; but by far the best procedure would be to have the prescriber alter the prescription. One grain of bichloride of mercury and three drachms each of potassium iodide and ammoniated ferric citrate are to be dis- solved in one and a half ounces of com- pound tincture of cinchona. Let a drachm be taken three times daily. Fig. 432. Carelessly-written prescription. Fig. 433. Fig. 434. Incompatible prescription. Travestied prescription. Prescription 434 is an illustration of a travestied prescription, the intention being to mask its meaning so that only the initiated may be able to unravel its mystery. The method selected here is very simple, consisting in writing the names of the in- gredients backward, and with this key the reading is very simple,—half an ounce of sweet spirit of nitre, two and a half ounces of solution of potassa, half an ounce of copaiba, two drachms of extract of liquorice, and two ounces of caraway water are to be made into a mixture. Prescriptions like the one shown in Fig. 435 are common, and they cause a great deal of trouble,—twenty grains of sodium salicylate, half a drachm of spirit of nitrous ether, and two fluidounces of dill water. Owing to some decomposition between the nitrous compounds of the spirit of nitrous ether and the salicylic acid in the sodium salicylate, the nature of which is complicated and has never been determined, a PRESCRIPTIONS. 1033 darkening in color which eventually results in the formation of a blackish deposit takes place and the odor of oil of wintergreen is observed. The annoyance to the dispenser in a case of this kind is apt to be considerable; the patient noticing a change in the appearance of the medicine, and at once suspecting that some mistake has been made, takes it to the pharmacist, and no matter how complete the defence may be, nor how earnest the latter may be in his protestations that no mistake has been made, it is only with great difficulty that an unfavorable opinion of the pharmacist’s ability can be averted. Previous knowledge on the part of the dispenser that such combinations produce such mixtures would lead to the return of the prescription to the physician, with the request that it may be modified so that the two offending substances may be given separately. If this cannot be done, the prescriher should be notified as soon after the delivery of the prescription as possible, so that the medi- cine for the patient may be changed at the next visit. Fig. 436. Fig. 435. Incompatible prescription. Deficient prescription. Fig. 436 shows a fac-sirnile prescription in which the quantity of one of the in- gredients is omitted. It is presumed that the physician intended to write “ gr. i” after “ Morph. Sulph.,” but it would not he proper for the pharmacist to insert the quantity upon his own judgment, except in case of an extreme emergency which would require prompt action without the advice of the prescribe!’. iNo fault can be found with the legibility of prescription 437. The first line could only be translated “ Magnesii Sulph.;” the termination to “ Senna” is, however, incorrect, as it should have the genitive termination “ se” instead of “ a.” “ Two drachms of sulphate of magnesia, one drachm of tincture of senna, and suffi- cient compound infusion of gentian to make half a fluidounce. Send twelve doses.” Although the additional word “ tales” is omitted in the directions, it is a fair inference that the prescriber wants the patient to take half a fluidounce for a dose; but the quantity of liquid is in- sufficient, and a portion of the sulphate will not dissolve. If the mixture is heated the excess will disappear, only to return on cooling in the form of a gelati- nous precipitate. The usual course of notifying the physician should be fol- lowed if there is time, and if there is not, there would be no impropriety in this case of adding just sufficient water to hold the sulphate in solution, making each dose a little larger, and then sending word to the physician of the fact. Prescription 438 is a fac-simile of one which is ambiguous in two particulars: “ Ilyd. Chlor.” may mean chloral hydrate, calomel, or corrosive sublimate (see page Fig. 437. Faulty prescription. 1034 PRESCRIPTIONS. 1010), and “ Aq. Menth” mayTnean peppermint water or spearmint water. “ Obvious intention” in this case is the deciding factor, and this apparently points to the con- clusion that a soothing draught is intended of chloral hydrate and mint water. The directions, “ Take as directed,” should cause the pharmacist to pause. In this case, however, a dose of calomel was intended, with mint water as the vehicle. These facts were developed only by a few ques- tions which were asked the patient, who happened to present the prescription per- sonally and who without much provoca- tion said that he was “that bilious” that the doctor had given him “ the same medicine as before, for it did him so much good.” Further inquiry devel- oped the fact that this was “obvious intention” on the part of the prescribe!-, and it would have been a very poor con- jecture to use chloral hydrate. The inci- dent points clearly to the necessity for the possession of wisdom and caution almost supernatural if errors in judgment are always to be avoided. The use of spearmint or peppermint water when “ Aq. Menth.” is prescribed is largely a matter of local habit; in some sections mint water always means peppermint water; in other parts of the country spearmint water is preferred. Where local preference does not exist, the fact of the kind of mint not being specified would give the pharmacist an undoubted right to use either. In every case like this a marginal note should be made on the prescription, so that in case of renewal the same mint water may be used that was employed at first. In prescription 439 there is an opportunity for the dispenser to utilize his knowl- edge and skill. Forty grains of chloral hydrate, ten grains of powdered camphor, and two fluidrachms of syrup of ginger are to be made into a solution, with sufficient water to make two fluidounces. Chloral hydrate and camphor, when rubbed to- gether, form a liquid (see “Chloral Cam- phoratum,” Part VI.). If advantage is Fig. 438. Ambiguous prescription. Fig. 440. Fig. 439. Incomplete prescription. Incompatible prescription. taken by the dispenser of this knowledge, and if the two substances are rubbed in a mortar until a smooth mixture results, and if half a drachm of powdered acacia be added, with sufficient water to make a smooth mixture, and followed with the re- mainder of the water and syrup, it will be found that the camphor can be uniformly distributed in the mixture with no tendency to separate. The directions to “ make a solution” are faulty, because a solution cannot be made with the ingredients named ; but the pharmacist is justified in adding acacia to make a mixture, for otherwise the camphor will separate and cannot be combined uniformly. Prescription 440 exhibits chemical incompatibility. Citrate of iron and quinine PRESCRIPTIONS. 1035 should never be prescribed with alkaline salts; an excess of the latter will surely decompose the quinine salt, causing precipitation of the alkaloid. The prescriber evidently intends in this prescription to get the tonic effects of the quinine and iron, the sedative properties of the tincture of opium, and the correcting and stimulating influence of the compounds containing ammonia; but in attempting to get all of them bottled up in one mixture he has defeated his purpose,—the alkaloidal salt should either be made into pills or given in a separate preparation. One drachm each of citrate of iron and quinine and carbonate of ammonium is dissolved in water, aromatic spirit of ammonia, and tincture of opium, with sufficient water to make an eight-ounce mixture. Prescription 441 is another illustration of incorrect abbreviation. “ Obvious in- tention” cannot be used here to aid in the interpretation, because the intention is not Fig. 441. Fig. 442. Faulty abbreviation. Incompatible prescription. obvious by any means. A prescriber might want corrosive sublimate, calomel, or chloral hydrate. Most pharmacists would probably guess that corrosive sublimate was intended, particularly since its use in collyria is not uncommon. But the phy- sician in this case wanted calomel, as he had conceived the idea of replacing the practice of blowing calomel into the eyes (which is sometimes resorted to) by the more refined method of making a lotion and dropping a portion of it into the eyes. One grain of calomel and half a grain of ex- tract of opium are to be made into a lotion with one ounce of distilled water, care being taken to paste a shake-label upon the bottle. As a matter of practice it is very doubtful whether the heavy powder calomel could be distributed so uniformly through the lotion that one drop would contain the same propor- tion that another would. In prescription 442 the prescriher intends that a solution should be made,—for he has written “ft. solutio;” but he is no doubt ignorant of the fact that iodine is n.ot soluble either in tincture of opium or in oil of turpen- tine. If the prescription is compounded as written, considerable irritation will be pro- duced from the contact of the undissolved particles of iodine with the skin. If four drachms of the oil of turpentine be replaced by strong alcohol, and as much of the iodine dissolved in this as can be, and if the moist residue be then rubbed into a smooth paste and the oil of turpentine and tincture of opium added gradually and alternately, a mixture will result in which the undissolved iodine will be in a very fine state of division. The best course to pursue would be to get the physician to use extract of opium, iodine, iodide of potassium, and water as a substitute, or a mixture of tincture of iodine and tincture of opium. Incidentally, Fig. 443. German prescription. 1036 PRESCRIPTIONS. it may be mentioned that the legibility of a prescription is often seriously impaired by the careless habit of folding it before the ink is dry. This one has been blotted, though not very seriously. Fig. 443 shows a fac-simile of a prescription written by a German physician. It is shown for the sake of practice for those unaccustomed to this kind. One-twentieth of a grain of powdered belladonna root, one grain each of benzoic acid and pure tan- nin, and sufficient white sugar. Make into a powder. Send twenty such powders. Every morning and evening one powder to be given. Fig. 444 is a fac-simile of another German prescription. This one is metric, and is to be compounded according to the German method, by weighing ihe liquids (see page 1048). It is badly written, the last ingredient being very in- distinct. Thirty-five centigrammes of sulphate of quinine, sixty centigrammes of hydrochloric acid, four grammes of acetic ether, one hundred and forty grammes of water, and forty grammes of syrup of orange flowers (fl. naphae). Prescription 445 shows peculiarities of compo- sition that are strongly marked, the character selected for “gr.” being unusually bad,—the habit of starting the “g” above the line and slurring the “ r” making a character which re- sembles a capital script letter “ L,” or the one used to designate the British pound sterling, £. Whether to make six pills or six powders might cause the pharmacist a moment’s hesitation, as the directions, “ M. ft. pulv vi,” are a little ambiguous. But the first line is an aid here. No prescriber would be likely to direct powdered mercurial mass if pills were intended, and it is therefore clear that six powders are wanted. The signa is net difficult for an experienced compounder to interpret: the flourish after “1” would be guessed to mean “every,” and that after “2” to mean “ hours.” Fig. 446 is a dangerous prescription. The absence of any directions and the use of the abbreviation “ Dr.” before the initials would lead a cautious pharmacist to suspect that this is a forged prescription, written by an opium-eater for the purpose of obtaining his dose without difficulty or questioning. There are a few physicians who use their abbrevi- ated title “Dr.” before their initials, but it is not common except in certain localities, and an opium-eater wanting his dose would be very likely to put “Dr.” before the initials, imagining that such an act would lull the suspicions of the pharmacist and thus his object be more readily accomplished; but a trick like this is very apt to overshoot the mark. Advan- tage may be taken of the fact that no direc- tions have been given with the prescription, and if it is returned to the alleged patient with the request that the doctor write the direc- tions upon it the difficulty can be easily met, or an offer may be made to send to the doctor for the information. If it is a forgery, the be- havior of the patient will be apt to reveal it : he will probably take the prescription away and never return. On the other hand, if it is an honest prescription, both doctor and patient can but commend the caution and discretion of the pharmacist. Prescription 447 is an illustration of one written by a dispensary physician “on the jump.” To a pharmacist accustomed to such scrawls they present no terrors, but the uninitiated are often sadly mistaken in their interpretations. This prescrip- tion is not so illegible as some others of its class in the author’s collection, but it has Fig. 444. German prescription. Fig. 445. Badly-written prescription. Fig. 446. Forged prescription. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1037 been selected to show that dangerous poisons are sometimes prescribed in this very reckless fashion. Poor “ Sarah McM.” is expected to obtain relief for her “ cough” by taking “two drachms” of a mixture made of one grain of sulphate of mor- phine, one drachm of “muriate of ammonia,” and four ounces of brown mixture (Mist. Fuse*). In prescription 448 will be seen an illustration of an almost hopeless case of incom- patibility. There are no difficulties about making a solution of the sulphate of quinine in sufficient water with the aid of the large quantity of citric acid ordered. If the iodide of potassium, syrup of iodide of iron, and tincture of iodine are now added, a reddish precipitate occurs, which probably consists largely of insoluble iodide of quinine. The addition of two ounces of mucilage will not only be admissible, but even beneficial as an aid in holding up the precipitate and in blunting the edge of the excess of acid. Sulphate of quinine should never be prescribed in combination with iodides, and particularly with excess of iodine ; and the physician should be asked to revise such a prescription. Fig. 449 is a fac-simile of a prescription which should at once arouse the caution- ary instinct of the compounder. It reads, “ One grain of sulphate of quinine, eight grains of sulphate of morphine ; make into ten pills. One pill every three hours.” Through a lapsus the prescriber has writ- ten the quantity intended for the sulphate of quinine after the sulphate of morphine, and vice versa. The usual rule should be followed: gain time, if possible, and notify the physician ; if this cannot be done, take the risk, use safe quantities, and inform the prescriber. In Fig. 450 there is a prescription which affords an illustration of chemical incom- patibility. The salicylate of quinine is not a very soluble salt, and when strong solutions of sulphate of quinine and salicylate of sodium are mixed, salicy- late of quinine precipitates. The pre- scriber has evidently added diluted sul- phuric acid with the view of dissolving the quinine salt, but the excess of acid will decompose the salicylate of sodium Fig. 447. Illegible prescription. Fig. 448. Fig. 449. Incompatible prescription. Transposed prescription. producing sulphate of sodium and throwing out the salicylic acid, which is not very soluble in aqueous liquids. The directions of the prescriber—“ft. solutio,” make a solution—cannot be complied with literally". Of course he should be consulted ; hut, if this is not possible, it would he a fair inference that the diluted sulphuric 1038 PRESCRIPTIONS. acid was intended solely for its action on the sulphate of quinine to increase its solubility; but, as it acts as an impediment by decomposing the salicylate of sodium, it might be omitted. If this course is not permissible, the mixture should be made in a mortar and the clear liquid then separated from the precipitate; the latter may be rubbed into a smooth paste with the aid of some mucilage of acacia and mixed with the rest of the liquid. This will make a mixture, and it should be dispensed with a shake-label. Fig. 451. Fig. 450. Incompatible prescription. Toxic proscription. Prescription 451 is a fac-simile of one written by a medical student. The ingre- dients are distinctly indicated; but the dose of the poisonous alkaloids is so heroic and the prescription itself so unusual that very little risk is incurred of the patient being poisoned. No dispenser who would be likely to compound such a prescription would have such alkaloids in stock. The only course to pursue here is to gain time and return the prescription to the prescriber for correction. Ten grains each of col- chicine, aconitine, emetine, and sulphate of calcium are to be made into ten cap- sules, and one given every three hours. Fig. 452 is a type of a prescription not uncommon. Care and good judgment are required to pilot the compounder through safely. It might be surmised that the first ingredient was intended for “compound infusion of digitalis,” but this is nut the case,—the “ compound mixture” being a preparation devised by the phy- sician and the formula not published, the intention being to send the patient to a special drug-store to have it compounded, the druggist of course having been pre- viously supplied with the private formula. This practice is common in some local- ities ; it does not follow, however, that the physician always derives a pecu- niary consideration through the method, although where the practice prevails both prescriber and compounder are soon sus- pected of pocketing some special profit. If the physician makes the private for- mula public or gives the patient the op- portunity of going to a large number of pharmacists to whom he has given the formula, he is relieved of what is prob- ably an unjust suspicion. The dose of morphine sulphate is a large one, but the underscoring of the line indicates that the prescriber has considered the likelihood of the compounder’s questioning it, and he has underscored the'words so that the compounder knows that the prescriber intended to give an unusually large dose. Under the circumstances there is no impropriety in dispensing it. Some careful pharmacists would prefer to decline such a prescription on the ground that they did not have the formula of the private preparation, the real reason being their unwillingness to incur the risk of dispensing so large a dose of sulphate of mor- phine. Formulas for private preparations may often be secured through professional courtesy by applying to the pharmacist known to have them. Fig. 452. Questionable prescription. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1039 The fac-simile Fig. 453 shows the prescription of a physician who at one time had an extensive practice, but whose early education had been seriously neglected. The ingredients are—Two drachms of nitro-muriatic acid, one and a half ounces each of compound tincture of gentian and compound tincture of cinchona, one ounce of Curaqoa cordial, one drachm of extract of taraxacum, two drachms of fluid extract of rhubarb (“ rehi”), one ounce of tincture of car- damom. Dose, two teaspoonfuls, three times a day, after meals a half-hour, in water. Prescription 454 illustrates two kinds of incompatibility. Two drachms of iodide of potassium, half a fluidounce of syrup of iodide of iron, and one and a half fluidounces of compound tincture of cinchona are to be made into a mixture. Take half a teaspoonful in water, after each meal. Iodide of potassium is usually crystallized by the manufacturer from an alkaline solution, and traces of the potassium hydrate which is present in the mother liquor are retained by the crystals. The hydrate, by contact with the air, con- taining carbonic acid, becomes potassium car- bonate, and hence commercial iodide of potas- sium always contains traces of carbonate, and the Pharmacopoeia permits the presence of 0.1 per cent, of alkali. Hence it follows that when a solution of iodide of potassium is brought in contact with syrup of the iodide of iron a greenish flocculent precipitate is pro- duced which is ferrous carbonate. This may be filtered out without detriment to the prescription. The other instance of incom- patibility is inexcusable. Iron salts produce with preparations of cinchona bark blackish, inky precipitates, due to the reaction between the tannin in the cinchona and the ferrous iodide. Filtration will not remedy this fault, and there is usually no recourse but to dispense the prescription with a shake-label. In prescription 455 the principal interest centres in the directions to the patient. One grain of yellow oxide of mercury, two grains of sulphate of atropine, and one Fig. 453. Illiterate prescription. Fig. 454. Fig. 455. Incompatible prescription. Badly-written prescription. drachm of lard are to he made into an ointment. The prescriber intends that the patient should “put a lump as large as apin's head in the eye once daily.” If the label had been written according to the first reading of the compounder,—i. e., put a lump as large as a peanut in the eye, etc.,—there would undoubtedly have been a serious time for all,—patient, physician, and pharmacist. Chemical incompatibility is illustrated in Fig. 456; and whilst the compounder may believe that the prescriber has erred, through ignorance of the fact that sul- phates are delicate reagents for lead salts, the absence of directions for use makes 1040 PRESCRIPTIONS. it impossible for him to obtain any clue. The presence of lead sulphate may have been expected and desired by the physician. In such cases the only course is to compound the prescription exactly as it is written and dispense it, without filtering, with a shake-label. Fifteen grains each of acetate of lead and acetate of zinc, ten grains of sulphate of copper, and three grains of acetate of morphine are to be dis- solved in eight fluidounces of distilled water. Use as directed. Fig. 457 shows peculiarity and brevity. It is expected that Mrs. Z. will receive four fluidounces of cod-liver oil and that the bottle will be labelled the same. Oleum Fig. 456. Fig. 457. Incompatible prescription. Curious prescription. Jecoris Aselli is one of the synonymes for Oleum Morrhuae, and the Latin word “Ejusdem,” used in this connection, is a short but peculiar way of directing the compounder how he is to label the bottle. Although prescription 458 is rather flourishing in its style, no fault can he found with its legibility. Half an ounce of bromide of potassium, five fluidrachms of tinct- ure of cannabis indica, half a fluidounce of wine of ergot, two fluidounces of aro- matic spirit of ammonia, and sufficient water to make eight fluidounces. The chief interest in it is due to the presence of the tincture of cannabis indica. If the pre- scription be compounded without this, and if a drachm of granulated acacia be placed in a mortar and rubbed with sufficient of Fig. 458. Fig. 459. Legible prescription. Questionable prescription. the liquid to form a thick paste and the tincture then gradually and slowly added, it will be found that the resinous matter in the cannabis can be uniformly suspended, and when this is mixed with the rest of the liquid a very satisfactory preparation will have been produced. It should of course he dispensed with a shake-label. Fig. 459 is a fac-simile of a prescription written by an old practitioner. Hydrar- PRESCRIPTIONS. 1041 gyri subchloridum is rather an old name for calomel, but not uncommon. Six grains each of calomel and powdered ipecac are to be made into either twelve pills or twelve powders, and the question is, which? A little study of the prescriber’s method shows that he has fortunately acquired the habit of dotting his “ i’s,” and it is fair to presume that if pills were intended he would have dotted the “ i” in the word. M. ft. pul. No. xii. is undoubtedly the correct reading. A few suggestive ques- tions to the patient, such as—“ Did the doctor direct you to take water with these?” or, “Were these to be taken after meals?” will be apt to elicit such a reply as this: “Yes, he said that 1 should take one powder three times a day, just be- fore meals.” Fig. 460. Fig. 461. Odd prescription. Faulty prescription. Prescription 460 belongs to a class fortunately rare. The intention of the pre- server is undoubtedly to give phosphorus in a fine state of division, suspended in the mixture. This may be accomplished by dissolving the phosphorus in the benzol (not petroleum benzin), and, having made a thick mucilage of acacia from one drachm of gum, the solution of phosphorus may be gradually added with stirring, followed by the tincture of ginger and the chloride of calcium, dissolved in a little water. The directions to the compounder— Misce, ft. mist. sec. art. (make a mixture accord- ing to art)—indicates tnat the prescriber offers the pharmacist an opportunity to exercise his skill in making a good mixture. The direc- tions for the patient are in Latin, the translation being,—“ Let him take half a fluidounce, two or three times daily, in water, out of a wine- glass, with brandy.” Fig. 461 is a fac-simile of a prescription writ- ten by a prescriber of large experience. Sixteen grains of mercurial mass, and one grain of podo- pbyllin, with four drops each of fluid extract of nux vomica and fluid extract of belladonna (Squibb’s), are to be made into four pills. As blue mass is usually soft in consistence, it will be necessary to evaporate the fluid extracts. This may be easily done by heating a small mortar, and, after dropping the fluid extracts into it and stirring them a short time with the pestle, the blue mass and podophyllin can be subsequently added and four pills made from the mass. The reason for prescribing fluid ex- tracts when extracts are available is not ap- parent. Fig. 462 shows a prescription which is faulty in several respects. In the second line the abbreviation is questionable. Is diluted hydrochloric or diluted hydro- cyanic acid desired ? It would be fair to assume that diluted hydrocyanic acid is wanted, because of its action as a sedative; and this is undoubtedly a cough mix- Fig. 462. Badly-written prescription. 1042 PRESCRIPTIONS. ture and the prescriber desires to reinforce the action of the syrup of wild cherry. The style of writing is anything but legible, and the use of an unusual term for “opium” in the fourth line adds to the difficulties. Two ounces of syrup of wild cherry, half a drachm of diluted hydrocyanic acid, one ounce of syrup of squill, and one drachm of tincture of opium (tincturae thebaicae). Teaspoonfui three times daily. Prescription 463 brings up an interesting question about which there may be more than one opinion. One drachm of citrate of iron and ammonium and fifteen grains of sulphate of quinine are to be made into a solution with half a fluidounce of water, and five drops are to be taken three times a day, in sugar and water. If no acid be used, it will not be easy for the patient to comply with the prescriber’s directions to take five drops, for the insoluble portion of the sulphate of quinine will separate, and the dropping, if each drop is to con- tain its proper proportion of quinine, will be very defective. If the directions were different and the patient could secure a fair dose each time, it probably would be best not to make an addition of acid ; but in this case there could be no impropriety in making a solution of the sulphate of quinine in the water with a trace of acid (citric acid, if preferred), and then dissolving the citrate of iron and ammonium in the solution. The practice of adding acids or alkalies to prescriptions generally and upon very little provocation is a bad one, and the author would not be understood as encouraging the habit; but occasions occur when there should be no hesitation about employing a trace of acid or alkali when the compounder is satisfied that the intention of the prescriber will not be frus- trated. Of course the risk of making an error in judgment must be taken; but “ first be sure that you are right, and then—do right.” Fig. 464 is a fac-simile of a prescription for pills. Sixteen grains of oxide of silver, one grain of strychnia, twenty-four grains of powdered capsicum, and forty grains of extract of gentian are to be made into thirty-two pills. If these pills are made in the ordinary way, with an excipient of syrup, glucose, or similar liquid, the pills will be very apt to explode, owing to the decom- Fig. 463. Imperfect prescription. Fig. 465. Fig. 464. Explosive prescription. Incompatible prescription. position of the silver salt. The directions are not very legible, but it is not difficult to read,—Sig. on box the contents of each pill. One after each meal. The prescriber would probably be satisfied if the contents of one pill were written on the label; he certainly does not intend that the contents of thirty-two pills be so written, although this is what he directs. Prescription 465 is a strange mixture, thrown together in opposition to the laws of chemical combination and compatibility. The quinine will be precipitated through PRESCRIPTIONS. 1043 the formation of a double iodide of bismuth and potassium,—a precipitant for alka- loids, sometimes used as a reagent. The presence of the liydrobromic acid aids in the precipitation, instead of dissolving the precipitate. The translation is,—One drachm ot iodide of potassium, half a drachm of diluted hydrocyanic acid, three drachms of solution of bismuth and ammonium citrate, twelve grains of Sulphate of quinine, one and a half drachms of hydro- bromic acid, and sufficient water to make two ounces. The only course to pursue is to dissolve the quinine salt in four drachms of water containing the hydrobromic acid, dissolve the iodide of potassium in the remainder of the water, and add the other ingredients. Fig. 467. Fig. 466. Prescription 466. Pills made from subnitrate of bismuth and bicarbonate of sodium have been known to explode, owing to decomposition in the bicarbonate of sodium from acid in the bismuth salt, carbonic acid being liberated. Of course no explosion can take place if the pills are not dispensed in a tightly-corked vial or other container which will not permit of the escape of the liberated gas. Kisk of explosion may be obviated by piercing the lid of the pill-box with a few holes; but the pills may swell to an enormous size, due to the non-escape of the gas. Prescription 467 is a fac-simile of one written by a noted physician. One other specimen of his handiwork may be seen on page 1044. The translation is,—Two drachms of powdered gum guaiacum. Make twelve powders. One taken at night. In concluding these comments it may truly be said that the necessity for more care in writing prescriptions has been unquestionably proved by abundant evi- dence. Physicians have in many cases grown careless in this respect, often relying upon the proverbial caution and self-interest of the pharmacist to correct errors or supply deficiencies, and whilst the additional responsibility thus thrust on the com- pounder has a tendency to develop his faculties, it does not lighten his cares, nor is it labor which is appreciated by the prescriber, who usually regards the service as quite within the routine of the pharmacist’s duties, and the latter is expected, as a matter of course, to check errors and decipher scrawls with ease, and, on the other hand, there are often occasions when great haste must be exercised in writing a pre- scription ; and, in addition, it should be remembered that it frequently happens that the physician is harassed by many annoyances and interruptions whilst writing the prescription. These circumstances, coupled with the gentlemanly instincts which all true pharmacists are credited with possessing, should exercise their proper restraining influences upon the latter whilst undertaking the mission of interviewing the physi- cian upon a subject which is often mortifying to him. It is impossible to conduct an active business without encountering occasions which require the exercise of much forbearance and tact, and the reflection that both physician and pharmacist are at all times human, and hence liable to err, should prevent either from indulging in expres- sions detrimental to the good name of the other. In the unusual instance of a phy- sician taking umbrage when a judicious course has been followed by the pharmacist in correcting his mistake, a firm and dignified defence should be at once made by the latter, and maintained with spirit, but not in the presence of the patient if it can possibly be avoided. Doubtful prescription. Illegible prescription. 1044 PRESCRIPTIONS. The prescriptions upon the following pages are submitted without comment, with the view of affording the reader an opportunity for individual practice. Fig. 468. Fig. 469. Obscure prescription. Illegible prescription. Fig. 470. Fig. 471. Difficult prescription. Antique prescription. Fig. 472. Fig. 473. Careless prescription. Doubtful prescription. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1045 Fig. 474. Fig. 475. Questionable prescription. Erroneous prescription. Fig. 476. Fig. 477. Incompatible prescription. Illegible prescription. Fig. 478. Fig. 479. Odd prescription. Difficult prescription. 1046 PRESCRIPTIONS. Fig. 480. Fia. 481 Doubtful prescription. Erroneous prescription. Fig. 482. Fig. 483. Unsafe piescription. Questionable prescription. Fig. 484. Fig. 485. Incompatible prescription. Difficult prescription. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1047 Fig. 486. Fig. 487. Unusual prescription. Safe prescription. Fig. 489. Fig. 488. Difficult prescription. Incompatible prescription. Fig. 490. Fig. 491. Unusual prescription. Illegible prescription. 1048 PRESCRIPTIONS. METRIC PRESCRIPTIONS. The growth of the metric system has made it necessary for every pharmacist to be acquainted with the methods employed in writing metric prescriptions. There are two distinct methods employed in this country, which may be termed respectively the gravimetric and the volumetric method. 1. Gravimetric Prescriptions.—The gravimetric principle of weigh- ing liquids is used in Germany and some other Continental countries almost exclusively. It has been adopted by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880, under the name of “parts by weight;” but, although weighing liquids may be practised with advantage in the laboratory in making large quantities of preparations, and is preferable in the case of thick or adhesive liquids, it is far less convenient in compounding prescriptions than the plan of measuring the liquid ingredients. The advantage in supposed greater accuracy of weighing over measuring is more imagi- nary than real. A careful pharmacist will compound prescriptions just as accurately by measuring the liquids as he will by weighing them, whilst a slovenly one will be just as careless in using weights as he is in measuring liquids. The question of accuracy becomes then, practically, a “personal equation.” Several conveniences have been proposed in weighing liquids, which deserve notice. The Germans use a “ tare-can” (see Fig. 492) for the purpose of quickly taring a bottle. It is a small metallic can having a shallow funnel-mouthed opening, with two spouts, one on each side. The bottle, or vessel, is placed on one of the scale-pans, and the tare-can, containing sufficient shot or clean dry sand to balance it, is placed upon the other. It is better, however, to use two tare-cans and pour from one to the other, the one not in use on the scale-pan either receiving the excess of shot or supplying the deficiency. 2. Volumetric Prescriptions.—In these the gramme is replaced by the cubic centimetre, which has been very appropriately termed flui- gramme by Mr. A. B. Taylor. The principal reason for preferring the volumetric method is that the physician has the means of more readily calculating and apportioning the number of doses in the pre- scription. Liquid medicines are never administered by weight, but always by teaspoonfuls, tablespoonfuls, or other convenient measure. In some liquids there is a wide difference between their weight and their volume, as the specific-gravity tables abundantly show. A teaspoonful of ether weighs forty-one grains, whilst a teaspoonful of chloroform weighs eighty-five grains (more than twice as much): hence the physician can- not disregard specific gravity. In prescribing gravimetrically and ad- ministering volumetrically he must constantly bear in mind these dif- ferences, at least approximately. Mistakes are very likely to arise in making these calculations, mentally, at the bedside of a patient: hence it is far better to avoid them by prescribing the medicines by the same method as that by which they are dispensed and administered, namely, volumetrically, and thus preserving that harmony of relation which is Fig. 492. Tare-can. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1049 conducive to safety. If volumetric analysis is preferred to stathmetic or gravimetric analysis in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia because of its greater convenience and at least equal accuracy, why should not liquids be measured rather than weighed in pharmaceutical operations in which extreme accuracy is comparatively of less importance ? The following examples illustrate the forms of metric prescriptions most frequently used. Form A is preferable, for the reasons stated : Form A. Form B. Form C. (Volumetric.) R (Gravimetric.) R (Volumetric.) Gm. and C.c. Quininaa Sulph. . . 1. Quininae Sulph. 1. Gm. Quininaa Sulph. . . 1 Strych. Sulph 016 Strych. Sulph. . .016 Gm. Strych. Sulph. . . Ext. Glycyrrh. Fid. 4 016 Ext. Glycyrrh. Fid. . 4. Syrupi 60. Ext. Glycyr. Fid. 4. C.c. Syrupi 60 Syrupi .... 60. C.c. A teaspoonful three times a A teaspoonful three times a A teaspoonful three times a day. day. day. (Gravimetric.) R (Gravimetric.) R (Gravimetric.) Hydrarg. Chlor. Mit. 5 Hydrarg. Chlor. Mit. .5 Hydrarg. Chlor. Mit. .5 Gm. Pulv. Aloes .... 2 Pulv. Aloes .... 2. Pulv. Rhei .... 1 5 Pulv. Rhei .... 1.5 Pulv. Rhei .... 1.5 Gm. Make twenty pills. Make twenty pills. The advantages of the deci- This form is used frequently, This form is an improvement mal line are that the decimal because of the familiarity with on Form B, and would be far dot is abolished, with its dan- gerous complications, for a the arithmetical method of superior to it for use in this using a dot to denote a decimal country, where prescriptions spot or a fly-speck on the pre- fraction; and where metric written in the old systems will scription-paper may increase prescriptions are altogether in long continue to be used; for or decrease the quantity of an use, as in Continental Europe, there is no necessity for in- next to writing out in full the ingredient ten times, and the word gramme, the indication use of the decimal line is dicating the denomination, of the unusual quantity by familiar to all who use a dollar gramme being always under- underscoring will prevent its and cents column. stood. being mistaken for grain. The Art of Dispensing and Compounding. The practical work embraced in the ever-varying labors of dispensing and compounding constitutes a more searching test of the adaptability and qualifications of the pharmacist than any other duty that he is called upon to perform. Careful training, tact, and much experience are needed to meet the requirements of this branch of the profession. Receiving- the Prescription or Order.—This apparently simple matter, if not carefully considered, is frequently the source of embar- rassing mistakes. Very few customers, even if they are intelligent, realize the necessity of forethought or care in calling for any articles that they wish: hence it is an excellent practice for the dispenser to repeat the order interrogatively at the time that it is given, and obtain from the customer a clearly-expressed assent before delivering the article, lest the wrong one be dispensed. If it is a poisonous substance, the use that is to be made of it should be carefully inquired into, and in all cases a written order, properly dated and signed, should be required. The best plan is to have a regular poison book, in which the record is made. Poisonous or dangerous substances should never be dispensed to children or minors without a written order, and even then the re- ceiver should be cautioned about the contents. 1050 PRESCRIPTIONS. The following prescription memorandum, which is similar to one suggested by Andrew Blair, has been in use several years by the author with excellent results. These blanks are put up in tablet form, and are filled in in the presence of the customer, or the back of the prescription may be used for noting the points when it is handed in. Nome. Address. Is it paid for? Is it to be charged f Is it to be called for t Is it to be sent ? Received by Compounded by Number of and Price. MEMORANDUM. It is the custom in some pharmacies, when a number of prescriptions are being compounded at one time, to use what is known as the check system. Brass or nickel-plated checks or disks, numbered or lettered, are used: the customer upon handing the prescription is given a check, which he holds until the prescription is ready; the receiver marks the corresponding number or letter upon the prescription, and when he delivers the bottle or package receives back from the customer the original check containing the same number or letter. This system is not without faults; indeed, unceasing vigilance is absolutely neces- sary, and it is not safe to place faith in any system. The prescription should be received with becoming dignity by the compounder, and questions answered with cheerful politeness, especial care being taken to do or say nothing that would impair confidence. Unseemly jesting, loud conversation, or boisterous mirth is entirely out of place here, whilst especial regard should be paid to the feelings of those who may have just left the sick-chamber or the bedside of one who is dear to them. In such cases every word and movement of the dispenser is often carefully watched, and, whilst ordinarily the customer may be disposed to judge seeming slowness or indifference leniently, at such times these faults become unbearable to the impatient and anxious messenger. Reading- the Prescription.—The prescription should be read over carefully, and judgment mentally pronounced, first upon the safety of the doses of the respective ingredients, and then upon their compati- bility. If this reading be done in the presence of the patient, especial care should be taken that the countenance reveal nothing whatever of what may be going on in the mind of the receiver: a shrug of the shoulders, an elevation of the eyebrows, a contemptuous toss of the scrap of paper on the prescription desk, may convey to the mind of the patient a more lasting impression of the opinion of the receiver as to the merits of the prescription than open criticism. Questions are frequently asked by patients and requests made for opinions: these should always be skilfully parried. An apothecary has no right to re- veal to a patient the character or the medicinal effect of the ingredients which enter into a prescription. When the names of the ingredients in the prescription are persistently demanded by the patient, the dispenser can fall back upon the expedient of frankly stating that it is a breach of etiquette to revfeal the character of the ingredients, and intimating that PRESCRIPTIONS. 1051 it shows a lack of confidence in the prescriber on the part of the patient; but, if further insisted upon, the offer to send to the physician a written request to get his permission to disclose the ingredients is generally answered by the patient with a gracious “ no matter.” The pharmacist, as a co-worker with the physician in the healing art, is ethically bound to sustain him and cheerfully co-operate with him, and there should be at all times a spirit of mutual respect between the members of both professions, and a feeling that each is in duty bound to protect the other from unjust censure. In order to gain time in case of doubtful procedure, it is often good practice to write the label for the prescription as soon as it is received, and this will usually afford an opportunity to study the prescription whilst reading it. The only objection to this is that the patient very frequently misunderstands this manoeuvre, and imagines that the dis- penser is neglecting him and not proceeding at once to compound his prescription. Compounding' the Prescription.—The greater part of the succeed- ing chapter will be devoted to the details of this very important duty; in this place it is merely necessary to consider the general features. After thoroughly understanding the prescription and clearly decipher- ing it, a method must be quickly formulated for compounding it. In this connection, if there is any doubt about safety, the well-known aphorism, “ When you do not know what to do, do nothing,” has great force. The work of compounding must not go on in any feeling of uncertainty; the chance of causing death or serious consequences is too great to warrant the running of risks, and there is nearly always more safety in delay than in pushing forward doubtfully. When a clearly-outlined plan of procedure is decided upon, the ingre- dients should be carefully weighed or measured and the process wit- nessed by a colleague. The system of double checking prescriptions should be invariably followed wherever possible: over-confidence and an indis- position to recognize the possibility of making a mistake have probably occasioned more loss of life in this responsible work than any other cause. Not only should the junior assistant cheerfully submit to having his work witnessed, but even the preceptor should insist upon one of his assistants checking off the ingredients and quantities which he has weighed or meas- ured out himself, as a matter of principle and method. If this is not always possible, on account of there being but one present in the store, the system of single checking should be invariably practised: this is, briefly, to arrange upon the counter the shop-bottles or packages from which were taken the ingredients which entered into the prescription, and place the weights which were used immediately in front, then, when the preparation is finished, to check off from the prescription each in- gredient in order, noting the weight or measure. Before permitting a prescription which is at all complicated to advance further in the process of compounding, each ingredient should be numbered in lead- pencil on the margin in the order in which it has been added. This memorandum becomes valuable when the prescription is to be renewed, because there will then be no likelihood of the renewed prescription differing from the original. 1052 PRESCRIPTIONS. Additions or Alterations to Prescriptions by the Pharmacist.—• At the present time it is the custom among physicians to hold the pharmacist responsible for the proper compounding of prescriptions in- trusted to his care, and to depend upon him. Such details as the choice of the excipient, method of straining or filtering, etc., are usually not specified: indeed, with many it is a frequent practice simply to direct a solution or mixture of definite strength and rely upon the pharmacist to make it palatable. In all cases of this kind, care must be taken to make a note upon the prescription of each addition, so that in the event of renewal there may be no difference between the preparation then obtained and the original. The confidence which physicians place in pharmacists in this respect should be most sedulously guarded and every effort made to deserve and retain it. This can be done only by adhering strictly to the rule of not permitting an alteration or addition to be made to a prescription which would affect or vitiate its proper medicinal action or interfere with the obvious intention of the prescriber. Numbering- the Prescription.—It is the universal practice to num- ber the prescription, and to place a corresponding number upon the label, the object being to identify the bottle or package in case of re- newal and connect it with the original prescription. This apparently gimple matter requires upon the part of the compounder concentration of thought to avoid errors,—one of the most frequent lapses being that of duplicating the number of the last prescription, instead of number- ing it consecutively : this, in case of renewal, may lead to serious con- sequences, particularly if one prescription happens to be a four-ounce aconite liniment and the other a four-ounce solution for internal use of similar appearance. The duplication of the numbers is particularly liable to occur when several prescriptions are being compounded at the same time by two or more assistants. Various expedients have been proposed to obviate mistakes of duplication : one is to have a strip of paper about an inch wide num- bered consecutively, rolled with the highest number inside, and placed in a round tin ointment-box which has a slit in the side to permit the end of the strip to appear; this may be hung in a convenient place and the number cut off and pasted on the prescription, or, if the location is one having a dry atmosphere, a gummed strip may be used. An- other method is to arrange the numbers upon gummed sheets and bind them in book form, or glue the edges and use as tablets (see Fig. 493); in the latter case the numbers are printed in per- pendicular columns, and the margins are perforated so that the outer strip from 1000 to 1009 may be torn nearly off, and each number then cut off with scissors or gently torn off as it is wanted. Consecutive Numbering Machines are also used ; these are very convenient, and serve excellent pur- poses if they are properly and durably constructed. The best machine Fig. 493. NUMBERING TABLET. 1039 i 1029 1019 1009 1038 i 1028 1018 1008 1037 i 1027 1017 1007 1036 i 1026 1016 1006 1035 ; 1025 1015 1005 1034 1024 1014 1004 1033 : 1023 1013 1003 1032 1022 1012 1002 1031 : 1021 1011 1001 1030 j 1020 1010 1000 Numbering tablet. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1053 known to the author is shown in Fig. 494 : it is made in Vienna, and can be adjusted to number automatically either con- secutively, repeatedly, in duplicate or in triplicate. The usefulness of this machine to the pharmacist consists largely in the fact that it can be made to number consecutively in duplicate (13428, 13428; 13429, 13429, etc.), so that if a proper-sized machine is chosen (letter b is preferred) the number may be clearly and neatly printed upon both prescription and label; the machine may then be locked and set, so that there is not the slightest danger of variation or change in the method of numbering whilst in use. The value of a mechanical contrivance of this kind consists in its absolute freedom from mistakes, and in the entire elimination of chances of error from defective handwriting, the figures being printed from hardened Steel disks, invariably producing clear and distinct impressions. Rubber Numbering Stamps are also in use: these are cheaper than the consecutive numbering machines, and are very convenient. Fig. 495 shows one which combines with it a dater. These machines are not automatic, however: the numbers are cast upon endless rub- ber strips, which are rotated by toothed disks, the face of the suc- ceeding unit ap- pearing in its proper place at the lower opening upon moving the appropriate disk. The stand which supports the stamp is provided with an ink-pad at the bottom, on which the type rest. Fig. 496 shows a very simple and practical apparatus for numbering prescriptions and checking mistakes in numbering. It may be obtained from E. T. Ellis, Philadelphia, and consists of a rolled strip of paper (gummed or ungummed), fastened at one end upon an axis, which is free to revolve in a cylindrical box. A double row of consecutive numbers is printed on the strip, and the end with the highest numbers is first rolled on the axis. A slit in the edge of the box permits the unrolling of the strip over a knife-edge fastened on the outside. When Fig. 494. Numbering machine. Fig. 495. Rubber numbering stamp. 1054 PRESCRIPTIONS. a prescription is to be numbered, the end of the roll of paper is pulled forward, and torn olf on the edge of the knife. One of the numbers is pasted on the bottom of the Lottie or box containing the prescription and the other is pasted on the prescription itself; in this way any danger of duplication or errors in numbering may be avoided. In no case is it likely that any two numbers can be off the roll except two which are exactly alike, one to be used on the prescription and the other on the box or bottle. The latter num- ber also serves the purpose of checking the number written on the label, and is of use in case this should be defaced or obliterated in any way. Dating-.—This also serves to fix the identity of a prescription, and it should never be omitted. The physician usually appends the date, but the prescription is frequently held by the patient and not presented for compounding upon the day on which it is written. As in .the case of numbering, the date is most frequently written upon the face of the prescription by the pharmacist; and this should not be omitted, even though the date written by the physician be visible. The habit of dating should be firmly established, because it may prove of vital im- portance in case of a subsequent discussion or difference of opinion. Rubber daters are largely used now, ribbon dating stamps being some- what more troublesome on account of the .difficulty of keeping the ribbon in order. Fig. 497 shows one of the best and cheapest forms of rubber daters. Pricing.—The price of the prescrip- tion must always be marked upon it: this is necessary in order to fix the sum in case of renewal. The price is usually not subject to variation, except in the case of a patient ordering a larger or smaller quantity of the pre- scription. In renewals, in all cases the increase or decrease should be noted distinctly, if future annoyance is to be avoided. Few occurrences are apt to create more distrust in the mind of the patient than a neglect of this precau- tion, the reasoning being that if the pharmacist is so careless as to have two prices for the same prescription, he probably has been careless in compounding it. The greatest objection arises, however, when the price asked is greater than that originally demanded. It is usual for the pharmacist to adopt a cipher to show the price of the prescription, some word or combination of characters being selected Fig. 496. Safety prescription-numerator. Fig. 497. Kubber dating machine. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1055 and memorized. If a word is selected, it should have ten letters, and there should be no duplicate letters, thus : V O Ij XJ M E T E I C -ry OC 4- i. 12345 67890 V.CC—$1.00; OM—25 cents, etc. The following words or phrases may be used as price-marks: Be- haviour, chemistry, complaints, no mistake, come and buy, duplicates, republican, democrats, epistolary. A word with nine letters requires an odd letter, usually X. Sometimes a repeater, like X, is employed ; thus, in volumetric, $1.00 would be Y.CX. It frequently happens that physicians desire to indicate that a patient is poor and is a proper subject for charity: this is usually done by writing the letter P in the lower corner, or, if very poor, PP. It is customary and humane to regard these marks, if assured of their gen- uineness. Piling', Binding, and Preserving.—There is very little uniformity of practice among pharmacists in the particulars of filing, binding, and preserving prescriptions. The usual practice is one which is most inconvenient,—i.e., that of simply filing them away upon a long brass wire yearly, half-yearly, or quarterly. By this plan they are sure to become in time torn, dirty, dusty, and fly-specked, and the pile is very unsightly. The method of pasting them daily into a large invoice-book is an improvement: the objection to this plan is, how- ever, that the backs of the prescriptions cannot be examined readily, and in an active business the unwieldy books soon accumulate so as to be an inconvenience. A ready method of binding prescriptions is furnished by the use of Mann’s binder: this consists of two durable stiff covers having a wrought-iron strip riveted to the edge of each; two long screws are fastened to one of the strips; these pass through two screw-holes in the other strip, and the covers are kept in place by two adjustable brass cylinders split longitudinally in the centre, having a solid disk at the top with a screw-hole in the centre, and at the bot- tom the same kind of disk cut in two. The split cylinders are flared somewhat at the bottom, and are made to approach each other by a ring; by slipping this ring down, the edges of the bisected disks are brought together, and these can then be screwed down so as to hold securely; they can be instantly released, however, by pushing the ring up. The advantage of this binder is that it can be so readily converted into a temporary or a permanent binder. One month’s prescriptions can be placed upon one screw by punching out a hole in the side of the prescription with a circular punch, and another month’s upon the other screw; then, if the solid disks are screwed to the ends of the screws projecting from the screw-holes, the brass cylinders can be broken off, and the volume for two months is completely bound; a stout piece of muslin should now be glued to the backs, and a finish given to the binding by gluing upon this a strip of red leather, labelled distinctly with the first and the last number of the prescriptions. Many pharmacists copy their prescriptions into a book kept for the purpose. This plan is not always a judicious one: the chances of making errors are increased, and, in case of dispute, proof of the cor- rectness of the copy would have to be produced. 1056 PRESCRIPTIONS. Fig. 498 shows a box for holding cases containing numbered pre- scriptions made by J. F. Lawrence, of Chicago. The cases are num- bered on the edge so that their contents can be easily referred to. Fig. 499 represents a prescription-file devised by R. H. T. Nesbitt, of Leavenworth, Kan- sas. The prescriptions are retained in place by the movable flat iron bar which is represent- ed upon the top of the file. A pointed wire passes upward from the bottom of the frame, and the prescriptions are filed upon it in the ordinary way; the movable iron bar may be screwed down upon the pile, and they are thus kept in place. When a prescription is to be renewed and access to one of those in the pile is desired, the bar is raised by means of the Fig. 498. Lawrence’s prescription-box. Fig. 499. Nesbitt’s prescription-file. screw and the prescription turned sideways and read. The hole seen in the frame near the top of the side is for hanging the file on a nail. Anderson’s prescription-file, box-file, and cabinet are shown in Figs. 500, 501, and 502. The object of this invention is to provide a means for collecting, protecting, and preserving prescriptions. In Fig. 500 the PRESCRIPTIONS. 1057 file-holder is shown-; this is intended to serve for the collection of the prescriptions as they are received. It is represented as partly filled with prescriptions. The bottom of the slide is of wood and is securely fastened to the tin front and side. In the corner is placed a hollow pin, on which the prescriptions are filed. Each file is supplied with ten index cards, Fig. 500. Fig. 501. Anderson’s file-holder. Anderson’s box-file. numbered from “ 100” to “ 1000.” These cards are intended to be placed between each hundred prescriptions, to facilitate the finding of a prescription when it is to be refilled. If it should be desirable to remove a prescription from the file, it may be readily done by inserting the transfer wire into the hollow pin and removing on the wire all prescriptions from above the one desired, which can then be removed by itself. When a prescription is to be renewed, it is turned to the left, as shown in the illustration, thus exposing it thoroughly for reading. The case is preferably made of tin in order to protect the prescriptions from dust, moisture, mice, and in- sects. Fig. 501 represents a front and side view of the file. A punch is used to cut a clean round hole in each prescription. A perforation without ragged edges constitutes one of the most important details in filing prescriptions, for it permits the prescriptions to lie flat upon each other, thus taking up less room, and the prescriptions are not likely to be mutilated if they are free to slip easily around the filing wire. A place is provided upon the top of the cover for the punch, so that it may always be kept within reach. Fig. 502 shows a cabinet which is designed to permanently store the prescriptions after the box-files are full. Upon the front of each box- file there are two depressions, intended to hold blank cards to be used for the numbers of the first and last prescription. Fig. 502. Anderson’s filing cabinet. 1058 PRESCRIPTIONS. The cabinet will accommodate fifteen box-files; and as each file is capable of holding 1000 prescriptions, it will be seen that the capacity of the cabinet is 15,000 prescriptions. The drawers are of wood, and are of the same design as the slide in the single file. Naulty’s Prescription-File is shown in Fig. 502a. The prescrip- tions are held securely upon two needles in such a position that for reference they can be found quickly and an unobstructed view obtained whilst compounding, the band shown in the cut being used for holding the succeeding prescriptions up. When a month’s prescriptions, or any desirable number, have been filed, the needles are threaded with strong twine, and the pile pulled carefully off, the twine passing through the holes: the ends of the twine are now secured and a piece of thick muslin glued upon the back, and the back dated and num- bered : the books are then placed in boxes, which are likewise num- bered and dated distinctly. The cut also illustrates the method of keeping the bound book open whilst compounding a prescription. Fig. 502a. Naulty’s prescription-file. LABELS. It should be an invariable rule, in dispensing, that every medicinal substance sent out from the store must have a neat and distinct label upon it. It is necessary to establish this rule as a fixed custom or habit, for neglect of this precaution will often result in serious conse- quences. In addition, every package should be labelled at once, particu- larly in the case of prescriptions: the habit of permitting unlabelled packages to remain about, liable to substitution, will inevitably cause doubt, and give rise to some grave mistake, sooner or later. A very great diversity of opinion and taste is apt to prevail with regard to the most suitable style of label to select for general use : formerly the home printer was exclusively depended upon, but the principle of division of labor has led to the establishment of “ druggists’ printing-houses” in several sections of the country; this has resulted in cheapening labels, and the labor seems to have been largely expended in this direction, and towards elaborating gaudy designs, very few attempts having been made as yet towards attaining that simplicity and elegance in design which the principles of good taste clearly dictate. Litho- graphed labels are sought for principally because the designs more closely approach those of engraved labels; but engraved labels cannot be used generally, because of their costliness. Bronze-, green-, and red-bordered labels are seen in label catalogues PRESCRIPTIONS. 1059 in great profusion, and in one a sentimental moonlight Venetian scene in colors is conspicuously displayed on one end of a castor oil label! One leading principle will probably be of service in this connection, and that is to avoid loud, striking designs of all kinds: the appetite of Fig. 503. Fancy, obscure, and pretentious label. all, patient, pharmacist, and physician, soon becomes satiated with such, and the notion that they influence business in any good way is soon proved to be a delusion. The almost universal tendency of printers in selecting type for a label is to choose the largest that can possibly be used to get the subject-matter inside the border: the effect is exactly Fig. 504. opposite to that which is usually desired, for it adds nothing to the neatness of the label, certainly sacrifices distinctness, and the general impression conveyed is that of a confused mass of letters, which is more difficult to decipher than letters of the proper size and breadth of face appropriately set olf by sufficient blank space. Plain black letters on a white ground are preferable. (See Figs. 503 and 504.) Neatness, distinctness, and simplicity are cardinal principles in de- Plain, old-fashioned, and inexpensive label. 1060 PRESCRIPTIONS. signing labels, and the reputation of many establishments is frequently judged from the character of the outward signs of neatness and care. For this reason particular attention should be paid to prescription labels, not Only to have the printed address plain, clear, and neat, but to have the handwriting to correspond. In these important particulars patients are exceedingly apt to form an estimate of the qualifications of the compounder of a prescription from the style of his penmanship, reasoning that if he is careful, clean, and neat in the one particular of which they are competent to judge,—i.e., the handwriting on the label,— the compounder must exercise similar qualifications in the more vital operations involved in compounding and dispensing, for upon the tech- nicalities of the latter they cannot hope to pass judgment. Labelling Poisonous Substances.—Whenever a poison is dispensed to customers upon an order, without being prescribed by a physician, the word poison should be distinctly written upon the label: if solid, and wrapped in paper, it should have two wrappers upon it, and both should be labelled poison. In the case of prescriptions, the word poison should not appear upon the package or bottle unless the physician has so directed. A careful pharmacist will be sorely tempted to prevent possible accident by pasting a poison label upon the package, but he is relieved entirely of responsibility if the dose is not excessive and if the physician has not directed it, because there is usually a special reason for omitting it from the label,—namely, that of avoiding the possibility of frightening the patient and thus defeating the object of the prescription. When a poison label is to be used upon a bottle it should be pasted on above the prescription label, so that it will be more likely to be seen, without pos- sibility of failure through being covered by the hand holding the bottle. Pasting Labels.—Few of the minor operations in dispensing are more im- portant than this. Although frequently the subject of remark and criticism, there have been comparatively few real improvements in this direction. Sabin’s , mucilage-can is a convenience which many appreciate, particularly the ad- vantages of the simple device for avoid- ing an excess of paste on the brush. The label is laid upon the back of the lid of the can, which is thrown back for the purpose, and held in position. The can should be closed when not in use. (See Fig. 505.) The best paste for prescription use is made from flour by the following process • Fig. 505. Sabin’s mucilage-can. Flour (wheat) 4 oz. (troy). Water 16 fl. oz. Nitric Acid 1 fl. dr. Oil of Cloves 5 minims. Boric Acid grains. FLOUR PASTE. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1061 Thoroughly mix the flour, boric acid, and water, and strain the mixture through a sieve; add the nitric acid ; apply heat, with constant stirring, until the mixture has thickened; when nearly cold, add the oil; strain it through coarse muslin if not perfectly smooth. This paste keeps well, and i's much superior to tragacanth muci- lage and ordinary paste. When it is required for pasting labels on tinned surfaces, the addition of 10 per cent, of glycerin will prevent the labels from falling off" after drying. In applying a label which has been pasted to a box, bottle, or can, care should be used not to touch with the fingers the portion of the label which has been recently written upon, even if it has the appearance of being dry. A piece of blotting-pad or filter- ing-paper, slightly larger than the label, should be laid upon it, and pressed gently, smoothly, and evenly, so that the ex- cess of paste which has exuded upon the edges may be ab- sorbed. If a label has had too much paste applied, and the excess has not been pressed out as described, it will have a wrinkled appearance. Labels should be neatly trimmed, showing a very slight but uniform margin around the bor- der. They should be pasted upon bottles just above the centre, and never over the seams or mould-marks, but half- way between them. Gummed Labels, or labels printed on paper coated with a solution of dextrin, or gum, on one side, are used largely in some sections of the country. They appear to answer a good purpose in some localities where there is a dry at- mosphere, but -when used on the seaboard or in damp atmospheres considerable loss is often experienced from their sticking together. Fig. 506 shows a label-dampener which was obtained from the Pictorial Printing Company of Chicago. It is a brass cylinder, having a tightly-fitting screw-cap, with a slightly perforated bottom covered with felt. The cylinder is filled with water, sufficient of which oozes through the perforation to keep the felt moist. Arranging1 and Preserving Labels.—A method of classifying labels must be adopted by each pharmacist which will be suited to his own requirements. The general rule is to arrange them in label drawers in the most convenient place in the store. The label drawers are preferably shallow, made of wood, and having compartments to receive the labels. Considerable space may be saved by having the compartments made of tinned iron instead of wood. The bottom of the drawer may be lined with cotton-flannel, to prevent the labels from slipping underneath the tin divisions and becoming mixed by the continuous opening and closing of the drawer. It will be found convenient to separate the plain labels required constantly for articles in daily request from those of larger size or special design; and the former may be classified into labels for solids and labels for liquids. These may be arranged alphabetically in each drawer, so that they shall be quickly found. A regular system should be adopted and rigidly carried out; and when a place has been once fixed for a label, it should never be changed, as few trifles give more annoy- ance than inability to find a label in a pressing rush of business. The upright label cabinets which have been contrived answer an excellent purpose where upright space can be spared. Fig. 506. Label-dampener. 1062 PRESCRIPTIONS. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTERS LXIII. AND LXIV. DISPENSING AND PRESCRIPTIONS. In the arrangement of the drug store, how should solid substances which are sub- ject to injury from exposure to light he kept? How should odorous drugs, such as valerian, he kept ? How should volatile oils be kept ? How should corrosive or deliquescent salts be kept ? How should poisons, alkaloids, and powerful substances be kept? What is the definition of the word “prescription”? From what Latin word is it derived ? What are the advantages of using Latin in writing prescriptions ? What is meant by “the superscription” of a prescription, and of what does it consist ? What is used in French prescriptions ? Is it desirable to have the name of the patient written on the prescription? Why? What is meant by the inscription ? Of what parts should a model compound prescription be composed? Give the meanings of these various parts. How does the physician usually ascertain the quantities desired of the various ingredients in writing a prescription ? Give the various characters used in Latin prescriptions, and write out their names in full in Latin. What sort of numerals are used, and what position do they occupy in reference to the ingredients ? What is meant by “ the subscription” to a prescription ? What is meant by “ the signa” to a prescription ? What is the use of having the name of the physician attached to a prescription? How should unusual doses in prescriptions be marked or designated ? .What would be understood by the following abbreviations occurring in prescrip- tions ?—Acid, hydroc.; aconit. ; amnion.; aq. chlor.; calc, chlor.; chlor.; emp. lyt.; ext. col. ; hyd. chlor. ; hydr.; mist, ammon.; potass, hyd.; sod. hypo.; sod. sulph.; sulph.; zinc. phos. Translate the following prescriptions, and also the accompanying directions: Recipe Liquoris Ammonii Acetatis, drachmas tres cum semisse; Yini Antimonii, drachmas duas ; Tincturae Cardamomi Composite, drachmas tres ; Aquae Menthae Piperitae, uncias quatuor. Fiat mistura, cujus unciae duae omni horae quadrante calefactae sumendae, durante frigore. Recipe Rosae Gallicae, unciam dimidiam; Aquae ferventis, uncias octo. Stent per horam ; colaturae adde Succi Limonum, Sacchari, ana, quantum sufficit, ad gratam acerbitatem dulcedinemque. Recipe Extracti Colocynthidis Compositi, draehmam unam ; Pulveris Scammonii, scrupulum unum ; Pulveris Cambogiae, grana quinque. Misce.—Fiant pilulae viginti, quarum duae deglutiantur bora decubitus; diluculd, ut infra. Recipe Infusi Sennae, unciam unam. Recipe Potassii et Sodii Tartratis, sesquidrachmam ; Cretae Praeparatae, semidrachmam. Misce.—Fiat pulvis in jusculo tenuissimo sumendus. PRESCRIPTIONS. 1063 Recipe Ammonii Carbonatis, grana sex; Syrupi Aurantii, drachmas duas ; Aquae, drachmas decem. Misce.—Fiat haustus, cui, tempore capiendi, adde Succi Limonis recentis cochleare •medium unum, et in effervescentia sumatur. Recipe Tincturae Opii, semidrachmam ; Spiritus Chloroformi, drachmam; Misturae Cretae, Aquae Menthae Piperitae, ana, uncias tres. Misce.—Fiat mistura, cujus sumantur cochlearia duo magna post unamquamque sedem mollem, phiala prius concussa. Recipe Misturae Ammoniaci, uncias sex; Tincturae Opii, drachmam. Misce.—Capiat cochlearia duo magna statim; iterentur post horam, si tussis accreverit. Recipe Extracti Belladonnas Fluidi, drachmam cum semisse; Lini Farinae, uncias duodecim ; Aquae bullientis, quantum sufficit ut fiat cataplasma admovendum calide loco adfecto. Recipe Cetrariae, unciam; Aquae frigidae, octarium. Coque ad uncias duodenas; stet ut geletur, et utatur aeger gelatina ad libitum. R Magnes. Carb., 5ji; Pulv. Rhei, gr. xv; Aq. Anisi, f1§iss. M.—Fiat julep.1 cujus unum cochl.2 minim.3 infant.4 lacten.5 detur, secundis horis : phiala agitata. R Sp. Ammon. Arom., fji; Tinct. Asafoet., fijss; Syrupi, fgiij; Aq. Cinnam., f§i. M.—Exhibe cochl. parv. ter quaterve de die, vel saepius, urgente convuls.6 vel spasm.7 R Tinct. Hyoscyami, fgiss ; Pot. Acet., ;jiv; Syr., f^ij; Aq. Menth. Yir., ad f^vi. Ft. mist, cujus sumant.8 cochl.9 ij vel iij minim.10 bis terve in die, vel ut opus sit. R Tinct. Opii, f^ss; Mist. Cret., £5 iij. M.—Cap. cochl. ij magn.11 omni quadrante horae, donee leniat.12 dolor. R Pulv. Ipecac., 3iss; Pot. Bitart., gi; Aq. fervent., f^iiiss. Macera per horam integr.13 dein cola et adjice syr., f^s3. M.—Detur vel cochl.14 ampl.15 omni semihora, donee vomit.16 proritav.17 R Plumbi Acet., gr. iv; Syrup., fzij ; Aq. Menth., f§ij. M.—Cap. cochl. ampl.18 mane quotidie; repetat.19 dosis ad iij vices, et deinde cap.20 aeger haust.21 aliq.22 purgant.23 1 Julepum. 2 Cochleare. 3 Minimum. 4Infantulo. 5 Lactenti. 6 Convulsione. 7 Spasmo. 8 Sumantur. 9 Cochlearia. 10 Minima. 11 Magna. 12 Leniatur. 13 Integram. 14 Cochleare. 15 Amplum. 16 Vomitum. 17 Proritaverit. 18 Amplum. 19 Repetatur. 20 Capiat. 21 Haus- tum. 22 Aliquem. 23 Purgantem. 1064 PRESCRIPTIONS. R Mist. Ammon.,1 f^vi; Cap. aeger cochl. mag. bis in die ex poculo jusc.2 bov.8 R Morph. Acet., gr. J ; P. Colch.,4 gr. iij. Ft. pil. 4tis5 horis s.6 Mitte vi fol.7 arg.8 inv.9 R Sodii Bicarb., ziij; Ammon. Bicarb., £)ij ; Pot. Nit., Syr. Aurant., fijss ; Ac. Hydrocyan, dil., gtt. xx ; Aquae, ad Jviij. M.—Capiat 2;iss t. in d. cum pulv. i seq.10 m.11 stat.12 effervesce.13 R Ac. Tart., Mitte chart, vi. R 01. Morrhuae, f^viij. Sum.14 coch. min. (ad. ampl.15 augend.16) bis die c.17 mist, sequent.18 coch. ampl.19 R Acid. Phosph. dil., ; Tinct. Nuc. Vom., fgij ; Tinct. Calumb., Syr. Zingib., aa f^i; Aq. Cinnam., q. s. ut ft. f§viij. M.—Ft. mist. What are meant by gravimetric prescriptions ? What are the supposed advantages of this method ? What are meant by volumetric prescriptions ? What are the advantages of this method? What relation does the cubic centimetre bear to the gramme ? Write prescriptions according to each of these methods. 1 Ammoniaci. 3Jusculi. 3 Bovini. 4 Colchici. 5 Quartis. ®Sumanda. 7 Folio. 8 Ar- genteo. 9 Involve. 10 Sequenti. 11 Mane. 13 Statu. 13 Effervescentiae. 14 Sumatur. K Amplurn. 16 Augendum. 17 Cum. 18 Sequentis. 19 Amplo. CHAPTER LXV. EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. Solutions, Mixtures, and Emulsions. Officinal liquid preparations have been treated of in Part II. They will therefore not be considered in the present chapter, which will be confined to the extemporaneous compounding of liquids. It will soon be realized by the student that this branch of practical pharmacy involves some of the most intricate questions of physical and chemical science : the knowledge which he has heretofore acquired of the solubili- ties of solids in various solvents, simple and compound, the solubility of liquids with one another, chemical decompositions, reactions between acid and alkaline salts, precipitation through single and double decom- position, etc., will often be of great service. This, coupled with prac- tical experience, together with the exercise of original ingenuity, must be depended upon to meet the perplexing questions which continually arise. See autograph and fac-simile prescriptions, pages 1017 to 1047. Extemporaneous liquid preparations may be classified as follows: 1. Solutions, by which are meant liquid preparations containing dis- solved solid substances. 2. Mixtures, liquids in which the solution is but partial, insoluble particles being held in suspension. 3. Emul- sions, preparations containing oily or resinous substances mixed with water so as to form homogeneous liquids. These will be considered seriatim. 1. Solutions.—The methods generally employed in making solu- tions have been treated of in the preceding chapters, and it must be pre- sumed that the reader is familiar with them. Most of the difficulties encountered in effecting solutions required by prescriptions arise from the want of knowledge on the part of prescribers of the solubilities and of the physical and chemical characteristics of the medicinal agents which they order to be compounded. It is necessary, therefore, for the pharmacist to be well grounded in these particulars, whilst therapeutical knowledge must not be neglected either, lest the addition of some ap- parently inert substance, intended to improve the preparation pharma- ceutically, be injurious therapeutically. The subject of incompatibility must be thoroughly comprehended. INCOMPATIBILITY. Incompatibility may be defined as the condition produced by bring- ing substances together which results in chemical decomposition, phar- maceutical dissociation, or therapeutical opposition. There are, therefore, 1065 1066 EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. three kinds of incompatibility,—Chemical, Pharmaceutical, and Thera- peutical. Chemical Incompatibility invariably results in the decomposition of one or more of the ingredients entering into the prescription: it must not be assumed, however, that this decomposition is always unin- tentional on the part of the prescriber. The most frequently occurring forms of chemical incompatibility are indicated as follows: 1. Through the precipitation of an insoluble salt, produced by the addition of one solution or salt to another. 2. By the decomposition of a salt (in solution) containing a base united with a weak or volatile acid, by the addition of a strong acid. 3. Through the decomposition of a salt (in solution) containing an acid united with a weak or volatile base by the addition of a strong alkali. 4. By the precipitation of alkaloidal salts by the addition to their solutions of alkalies, alkaline salts, or salts which produce insoluble compounds. 5. By the unsightly discoloration or precipitation due to the forma- tion of inky compounds, produced by bringing astringent solutions containing tannin or similar substances in contact with ferric salts. 6. By the decomposition of a solid substance without precipitation, because of the formation of products which are soluble in the liquid. 1. Through the 'precipitation of an insoluble salt, produced by the addi- tion of one solution or salt to another. Incompatibility in this case may be either Intentional or Uninten- tional. Chemical incompatibility is a condition which is very likely to be misunderstood. It does not follow that because precipitation ensues when two transparent liquids are mixed, or in any other way, the decomposition was not intended. Cases of this kind demand good judgment on the part of the pharmacist: this may probably be best illustrated by the following examples : R Plumbi Acetat., gss; Zinci Sulphat., gr. xv; Aq. Rosae, M. Sig.—Use as an injection. The novice would be very apt to imagine that the doctor had made a mistake in writing this, or was sadly deficient in chemical knowledge not to be aware that decomposition would take place here, that the insolu- ble lead sulphate would be formed, and that the astringency of the salts would be destroyed; but the experienced pharmacist would know at once that he must not filter this prescription, but dispense it with a “shake” label, because the precipitated lead sulphate is the really important agent. A very different case is presented in the following, which may be cited as an illustration of chemical incompatibility arising from lack of knowledge of the solubilities of the salts on the part of the prescriber: R Quininae Sulph., gr. x ; Potassii Acet., gr. xx ; Acid. Sulph. Dil., gtt. v; Aquae Cinnamomi, f?i. Sig.—A tablespoonful every three hours. EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. 1067 The usual procedure would be either to dissolve the quinine salt in the cinnamon water with the aid of the diluted sulphuric acid, and then add the potassium acetate, or to make separate solutions of each, and then mix them. In either case the result would be the formation of a .voluminous precipitate of quinine acetate, preventing the possibility of carrying out the directions to the patient of taking a tablespoonful, because it could not be poured. Although this precipitate could be dissolved in acetic acid or alcohol, so much would be required of either that the character of the prescription would be materially altered : hence sulphate of quinine and acetate of potassium should never be prescribed together in solution. Many other illustrations of chemical incompati- bility could be given, but want of space will prevent giving more than one example of each class. 2. By the decomposition of a salt (in solution) containing a base united with a weak or volatile add, by the addition of a strong add. It would appear at first sight that cases in which this condition is present must be rare: the intentional decomposition $f an alkaline car- bonate by citric, tartaric, or acetic acid is very common, however, and most agreeable and successful febrifuge solutions are made in this way. Unlooked-for decomposition most frequently arises from the use of the vinegars or syrups containing acetic acid in the. same prescription with alkaline carbonates, the presence of the acid being generally lost sight of by the prescriber. The following is a good example: R Ammon. Carb., gr. xx ; Ammon. Chlor., gr. xxx; Syr. Allii, f?i; Aquae, q. s. It. f§ij. Sig.—A half-teaspoonful as required. Explosions have occurred in compounding this prescription, when the syrup of garlic has been placed in the bottle and the solutions of the ammonium salts added, and the cork inserted securely. The only way to compound it safely would be to mix the solution of the ammonium salts with the syrup of garlic in a mortar, and to allow all the carbonic acid gas, produced by the action of the acetic acid in the syrup on the ammonium carbonate, to escape, assisting the evolution by stirring with the pestle. 3. Through the decomposition of a salt (in solution) containing an add united with a weak or volatile base by the addition of a strong alkali. Instances are less frequent where this condition exists, although it is sometimes seen; as when ammonia-alum is directed to be mixed with potassium hydrate to form an astringent caustic, gaseous ammonia being liberated through decomposition. 4. By the predpitation of alkaloidal salts by the addition to thdr solu- tions of alkalies, alkaline salts, or salts which produce insoluble compounds. This form of incompatibility is one of the most dangerous that are likely to be encountered. The alkaloids are very largely used, and are nearly all violent poisons; they are usually combined with acids in order to present them in forms which are soluble: sulphate of strych- nine, for instance, is soluble in about 10 parts of water, whilst strychnine requires 6700 parts of water to dissolve it; the combination of an alkali 1068 EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. or an alkaline salt with the sulphate of strychnine would throw the strychnine out of solution. R Strychninse Sulph., gr. i; Potassii Bromid., 2[vij; Aquse, q. s. ft. f^viij. An inexperienced pharmacist would unhesitatingly proceed to com- pound the above prescription. A transparent solution would be ob- tained without difficulty, which would be dispensed without the slightest misgiving, but which in all probability would produce disastrous re- sults. This solution deposits in a few hours the greater part of the strychnine salt as an insoluble bromide, which quickly subsides in transparent crystals. A lady in England lost her life by taking a simi- lar mixture. She carefully refrained from shaking the bottle, the strychnine precipitate formed in the bottom, and in taking the last dose she swallowed nearly all of it. A similar case of dangerous chemical incompatibility occurred in the author’s personal experience, the follow- ing having been prescribed by a physician who had overlooked the fact that the salts of most alkaloids are decomposed by alkaline solutions, and the alkaloids, being less soluble than the salts, are precipitated : R Morph. Sulph., gr. ij ; Potass. Bicarb., gr. xc ; Aquae, q. s. ft. f3ij. Sig.—Take a teaspoonful mixed with half a teaspoonful of lemon-juice. The morphine was precipitated by the alkaline carbonate; and if the bottle had not been shaken before pouring out the teaspoonful which was mixed with the lemon-juice, the last dose would have contained nearly all of the morphine. 5. By the unsightly discoloration or precipitation due to the formation of inky compounds, produced by bringing astringent solutions containing tannin or similar substances in contact with ferric salts. The frequent occurrence of incompatibility of this kind is accounted for by the extensive employment of liquids containing tannin with iron salts. Preparations of cinchona bark with iron are probably the best illustrations of this class : R Ferri Sulph., gr. xx; Tinct. Cinch. Comp., f§ij. Sig.—A teaspoonful before meals. 6. By the decomposition of a solid substance without precipitation, be- cause of the formation of products which are soluble in the liquid. Prescriptions containing syrup of lactucarium and alkaline solutions often lose their sedative effect through the action of the alkali. Syrup of chloral when mixed with alkalies is injured through the elimination and subsequent evaporation of chloroform. The importance of a knowledge of the physical properties of chemical substances is realized very frequently in cases of this class. Pharmaceutical Incompatibility may be defined as the condition arising from the admixture of pharmaceutical preparations which results EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. 1069 in the physical dissociation of one or more constituents. It differs from chemical incompatibility by the absence of chemical action, and is gen- erally produced by adding one liquid or substance to another, which results in the precipitation of solid matter or the separation of a por- tion of liquid: hence the solubilities of substances in liquids and the relative solubilities of various liquids with one another determine to a very great extent the condition of pharmaceutical incompatibility. The illustrations of this condition are so numerous that it would be idle to select more than a few which are prominent or typical. Two classes may be distinguished: 1, Pharmaceutical incompatibility resulting in the separation of active or important constituents, and, 2, Pharmaceutical incompatibility resulting in the separation of inert constituents. 1. Pharmaceutical incompatibility resulting in the separation of active or important constituents. This condition is one which usually demands skilful treatment. It is seen most frequently in the precipitation produced by mixing resinous tinctures or oily liquids with aqueous liquids, or alcoholic solutions con- taining volatile oils, chloroform, ether, or similar substances with aqueous liquids, or by the addition of acids to solutions containing quinine with a preparation of liquorice. The addition of acacia, so as to form an emulsion with the resinous tincture and the aqueous liquid, is necessary in the first case, and will be considered under the head of emulsions. Aqueous liquids mixed with alcoholic solutions containing volatile oils can usually be made transparent by filtering them through an absorbent powder like magnesium carbonate, as in the case of the medicated waters or elixirs. A frequent source of doubt arises in the case of prescriptions like the following : R Quininse Sulph., gr. xxx ; Acid. Sulph. Dil., q. s.; Ext. Glycyrrh. Fid., fcpj ; Syrupi, fgiv. Sig.—Give a teaspoonful three times a day. For Willie. The indications are clear that this is a quinine mixture intended for a child, and that the prescriber has directed the fluid extract of liquor- ice with the view of making it more palatable. The habit of ordering acid in connection with quinine clings to him still, and in all probability he is not aware of the fact that the sweet principle of liquorice, gly- cyrrhizin, is precipitated by the acid, so that the object of using the preparation of liquorice is entirely defeated by the addition of the acid. Solutions of quinine should be administered either as transparent liquids when the presence of acid is relied upon to effect the solution, or as mixtures with syrups or with thick liquids containing liquorice; in the latter case the object is to prevent solution as much as possible, and frequently a trace of solution of potassa is added with this end in view, —the principle being, that the smaller the quantity of dissolved quinine present in the liquid the less bitter will be the taste. The mixture should be thoroughly shaken before administration. 1070 EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. 2. Pharmaceutical incompatibility resulting in the separation of inert constituents. This condition is most frequently seen when fluid extracts are diluted with liquids which differ in composition from those used in making the fluid extract, such as alcohol, diluted alcohol, syrup, aqueous liquids, etc.: the gummy, albuminous, resinous, or mucilaginous constituents are often thrown out of solution. After proving that the precipitate is inert, the remedy is simple in such cases, and filtration is all that is necessary. Therapeutical Incompatibility may be defined as the condition arising from the combination of remedies which are mutually opposed to one another in therapeutical effect. This form of incompatibility does not require the aid of the pharmacist: it results from an inju- dicious combination of remedial agents, and the correction of the fault lies solely within the province of the physician. COMPOUNDING EXTEMPORANEOUS SOLUTIONS. Use of Heat.—As a general rule, it is not advantageous to aid the solution of a solid by heating it in contact with the solvent, except where the quantity of liquid is known to be in excess of what is re- quired to form a solution; and such a liquid should never be dispensed until it has become cool. If the solid be crystalline, the excess will surely separate in crystals when the liquid cools, and the patient will become uneasy and suspicious, fearing lest some mistake has occurred. It frequently happens that more of a solid has been prescribed than can be dissolved in the amount of liquid desired; indeed, it is entirely too much to expect that every practitioner should cany in his mind the exact solubilities of all the solids that he prescribes in the respective liquids in which he may wish to dissolve them. This gives the phar- macist another opportunity to use his knowledge and judgment, and the problem When to Filter is oftentimes perplexing, although one simple rule should govern the practice : A solution may be filtered and dispensed as a transparent liquid when the removal of the wccess does not interfere with the medicinal properties and action of the medicine, nor conflict with the obvious intention of the prescriber. Solutions of potassium chlorate, to be used as gargles, are good illus- trations : R Potassii Chlorat., ?iv; Aquae Acidi Carbolici, ; Infus. Sal vise, f^iv. Sig.—Use as a gargle. The quantity of the salt here is about twice too much, and, as the solution is intended as a gargle to inflamed surfaces, the undissolved particles of chlorate of potassium would probably act as irritants. They can be of no use in the solution, and in this case filtration is perfectly admissible. The following prescription should not be filtered, and the pharmacist is compelled to rely solely upon his judgment and knowl- edge of the therapeutical action and properties of the ingredients: EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. 1071 R Magnesise Pond., giss ; Massse Hydrarg., ; Sacch. Alb., gi; Spt. Ammon. Arom., gij ; Aq. Menth. Pip., ; Aq. Calcis, fifiij. Sig.—A tablespoonful every two hours. The reasoning here would be direct and simple. The prescriber evidently intends this to be an alkaline cholagogue mixture, although the directions to “ shake the bottle” have been omitted. Heavy mag- nesia and blue mass are both practically insoluble in the liquids, and if they are filtered or strained out the mixture is deprived of its most important constituents. It should be dispensed as a mixture, and a “ shake” label used. Aids in Effecting- Solution.—The use of solvents which are not directed in the prescription, for the purpose of effecting the complete solution of the ingredients, requires probably the greatest amount of good judgment. The practice is one which is liable to great abuse, and a strict rule should be enforced that no addition is admissible under any circumstances except one which is absolutely demanded by necessity and which will in no wise impair the therapeutical effect. The prescriber should have reason to place implicit reliance upon the compounder and feel satisfied that he has received exactly what was ordered. The following is a good illustration of a case requiring an addition; a physician prescribed it as an application for dry, excoriated nipples : R Acidi Carbolici, gr. xl; Aquae, f5ss. Sig.—Solution Carbolic Acid. Use with a camel’s-hair brush. Dr. W. Commercial carbolic acid is not soluble in water in the proportions named, only about 1 part dissolving in 20 parts of water. The phar- macist dispensed the prescription just as it was written, with the excess of carbolic acid in the bottom of the bottle. The patient inserted the camePs-hair brush and permitted it to remain in the bottle, so that it reached the bottom and became saturated with the undissolved carbolic acid. The application produced severe pain and alleged serious injury, and became the ground for a civil suit for damages against the pharma- cist, brought by the patient. If the pharmacist had added a small quantity of glycerin, all difficulty would have been avoided, and he could then have dispensed a perfect solution. It is hardly necessary to say that the physician should not have omitted prescribing the glycerin ; but, as he failed to do so, it was the duty of a careful pharmacist to inform him of the facts, or, failing to find him, to supply the deficiency and subsequently notify him of the addition. The Order to be followed in Mixing the Ingredients is frequently very important, and many prescriptions which at first sight appear to contain incompatibles will be easily compounded by observing the proper order in mixing. As has been shown, precipitation frequently takes place when one liquid or solution is added to another, and this annoyance is much more apt to occur when concentrated solutions are 1072 EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. brought together: hence the dilution of the solution is recommended as one method of avoiding precipitation. An illustration is afforded in the following : R Liq. Ammon. Acet., f§iv; Acidi Acetici, fzi; Tinct. Ferri Ch'loridi, fgss; Glycerini, f§ss; Mucilaginis Acacias, ad f§viij. Sig.—A teaspoonful every three hours. If the tincture of chloride of iron be mixed with the acetic acid and glycerin, and then added to the solution of acetate of ammonium, and this solution mixed with the mucilage of acacia, no gelatinization will occur; but if the tincture of chloride of iron be added to the mucilage, undiluted, a gelatinous precipitate will form, and although the subse- quent addition of the other ingredients will, in time, dissolve the pre- cipitate, this time could be saved by following the proper order. Then, again, in the following : R Hydrarg. Chlor. Corros., gr. iij ; Mucilag. Acacias, f^i; Aquae, Aquae Calcis, aa f^ij. If the corrosive chloride of mercury be dissolved in the water and then mixed with the mucilage, and the lime-water added subsequently, no precipitation will occur; but if the corrosive chloride of mercury be added to the lime-water, and then to the other ingredients, the yellowish- red mercuric oxide will be formed, which is insoluble in the liquid. The following rule should be insisted upon : Whenever a difference in the appearance of a liquid is produced by a variation in the order of mix- ing, a memorandum noting the order should be made upon the prescription at the time it is compounded, so that in case of renewal the same aider may be followed. Mixtures, properly speaking, are aqueous preparations intended for internal administration, containing some insoluble substances, with fre- quently viscid or sweet liquids to aid in suspending them. The officinal mixtures have been already noticed (see page 301). The term mixture, however, is indiscriminately applied in extemporaneous pharmacy and in prescriptions to aqueous solutions of all kinds: for instance, solution of citrate of potassium is frequently termed fever mixture, although it is a perfectly transparent solution. Most of the remarks made upon solutions will be found to apply to the preparation of mixtures. Especial care must be taken to obtain the precipitate in as light a form as possible, so as to avoid impaction and partial solidification in the bottle: this may be best done by avoiding the mixing of concentrated solutions. MIXTURES. EMULSIONS. Emulsions are aqueous liquid preparations in which oily or resinous liquids are suspended by the agency of gummy or viscid substances. They may be conveniently divided into two classes : 1. Natural emul- EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. 1073 sions. 2. Manufactured emulsions. They are opaque liquids, generally of a thick consistence. 1. Natural Emulsions are those which are found in nature, ready formed, as the milky juices of plants, the milk of animals, yolk of egg, etc. 2. Manufactured Emulsions are those which are made artificially by various processes: the art of producing them is termed emulsifica- tion. Manufactured emulsions are usually made from two classes of sub- stances : 1. Those which contain an oily or a resinous compound asso- ciated naturally with either gum or some other emulsifying agent. 2. Oils, fatty and resinous bodies containing no emulsifying substance. Gum-resin emulsions and seed emulsions are included in the first class. These are usually made by simple trituration in contact with water. Gum-resin emulsions are made by reducing to a coarse powder, selected pieces of the gum-resin in a mortar, triturating with a small quantity of water so as to form a smooth, uniform paste, and then adding the remainder of the water, finally straining the mixture through a cloth strainer or a plug of absorbent cotton contained in a funnel. (See Mistura Asafcetidse, page 302). Powdered gum-resins should never be used for making emulsions, because of the loss or deterioration of the volatile constituents which always takes place when the substance is dried so that it may be powdered. Seed emulsions are so termed because they are made by rubbing seeds or the kernels of fruits which contain fixed oils with water, the emul- sifying agent being a gummy or albuminous substance found naturally in the seed or kernel associated with the oil. Emulsions of almond, castor-oil bean, croton-oil bean, etc., are examples of this kind. (See Mistura Amygdalae, page 302). The Theory of Emulsification is based upon a study of the best type of a natural emulsion,—namely, milk. This liquid is found, on examination, to consist of innumerable globules of a fatty substance (butter) enveloped in a thin membrane of viscid matter (casein) sus- pended in water. The object sought by the pharmacist in making emulsions is first to thoroughly divide the oily or resinous liquid into minute globules, and then to surround each globule with an adhesive envelope (mucilage of acacia, yolk of egg, etc.). The globules, when completely enveloped, are suspended in water; and if the emulsion is properly made, there will be no tendency on the part of the oily or resinous liquid to recombine. Several methods are employed in making emulsions, the most important of which, however, may be grouped under two typical methods, named from the geographical locations where they are used most frequently: 1. The English method. 2. The Continental method. Both are equally useful, and should be employed according to circumstances. 1. The English Method.—In this mode of making emulsions the emulsifying agent, consisting of mucilage, yolk of egg, etc., is first placed in a dry mortar, and small quantities of the oil and water are gradually and alternately added at intervals. The pestle is rapidly and 1074 EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. lightly rotated in the direction of the arrows (see Fig. 507), with the effect of dashing the oil into globules, which are at once enveloped by the viscid emulsifying agent. If the oil or water is added too rapidly at the beginning, or the mucilage has not been thick enough, the accident of “ eracking” the emulsion occurs. This may be known by the “ pearly” appearance assumed by the mixture, and on close examination the globules of unen- veloped oil may be seen floating about. If each stage of the process is successful, the emulsion presents, upon thorough mixing after each addition, a smooth, opaque, glis- tening appearance like cream. Success depends largely upon the care exercised in forming the nucleus at the beginning; and this, therefore, should not be too hastily made. When an emulsion is “ cracked,” it need not be thrown away. It may be re- stored by placing an additional quantity of mucilage in the mortar and gradually add- ing the “cracked” emulsion to it, tritu- rating after each addition, when finally the satisfaction of seeing the uncombined globules disappear will generally be experienced. The English method of making emulsions is the best to use in general prescription practice, where the proportions of gum, oily, or resinous liquids and water must necessarily vary. A typical formula is appended: Fig. 507. Emulsion mortar and pestle. R Olei Morrhuse, ; Pulv. Acacise, 5ss; Aquas, q. s. ft. f§iv. Place the acacia, which should not be finely powdered, but granulated, in a mortar with one fluidounce of water: this should be triturated until the mucilage is perfectly smooth and free from lumps. The oil should be added at first in quantities not greater than half a fluidrachm at a time, stirring rapidly with the pestle after each application, care being taken not to add a fresh portion of oil until the last has been thoroughly emulsified. When the liquid becomes too thick to be easily stirred, a fluidrachm of water should be mixed with it, and the gradual additions of oil continued until the whole quantity has been used: the larger quantity of water may be added rapidly after the nucleus is once properly formed, without risk. 2. The Continental Method has the great merit of never failing to produce a good emulsion if the proper proportions are used to form the nucleus, and if the directions are strictly followed. The most satis- factory proportions for the nucleus may be easily remembered: half as much water is taken as of oil, and half as much gum as of water; or it may be expressed as oil, 4; water, 2; gum, 1. The four parts of oil must be placed in a dry mortar and one part of finely- EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. 1075 powdered gum added to it, stirring with the pestle; when a uniform mixture is made, two parts of water are added, not gradually, but all at once, when, upon stirring, the emulsion is quickly made: an addi- tional quantity of water may be added to this nucleus without risk. The explanation of making an emulsion by this method is, that the particles of gum, being insoluble in the oil and surrounded by it, are prevented from separating and dis- solving in the water so as to form lumps ; by stirring the mixture ac- tively the water gradually dissolves the gum, the oil becomes incorpo- rated at the same time, and a ho- mogeneous mixture is produced, the quantities of oil, gum, and water being in exactly the right propor- tions to form an emulsion. In making large quantities of emulsions some mechanical device must be used to facilitate the rapid stirring and agitation necessary to form the nucleus. Fig. 508 repre- sents Hunter’s emulsion apparatus, or egg-beater. The principle of action is so well shown here that a description is unnecessary. If emul- sions are to be made in still larger quantities, the sifter and mixer shown in Fig. 216 can be used by taking out the sieves and lining the receiving-box with tinned copper or otherwise making it water-proof, thus using only the mixer. The Sparrow mixer is shown in Fig. 509: in this ingenious apparatus two stirrers are made to revolve by turning the gear-wheel, and a very rapid and effective motion may be im- parted. Casein Emulsions.—The use of casein as an emulsifier has been developed by L6ger, a Pari- sian pharmacist. He recommends the prepara- tion of saccharated casein, a fine white powder, which is used for emulsifying just as is pow- dered acacia. The advantages claimed for casein are that its emulsions are more readily retained by the stomach, and that greater stability and perfection are secured through its use. Saccharated casein is prepared by heating one gallon of cow’s milk to 104° F., adding two fluidounces of water of ammonia, allowing the whole to stand a day, and separating the lower milky liquid from the oily liquid on top. The milky liquid (ladoserum) is treated with acetic acid until the casein is precipitated. After washing the precipitate thoroughly with water at 104° F. it is collected on a muslin strainer, Fig. 508. Hunter’s emulsion apparatus. Fig. 509. Sparrow mixer. 1076 EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. pressed, and dried; a weighed portion of the casein is dried and the percentage of moisture ascertained; the damp cake of casein is then triturated with three and a half ounces of powdered sugar and eight parts of sodium bicarbonate for every one hundred parts of casein (dry). Prolonged trituration and the addition of more powdered sugar, until it amounts to nine parts in one hundred, result in the formation of a paste, which must now be dried by a gentle heat not above 86° F. to 90° F. After complete drying, it is powdered and sifted. To make a casein emulsion of a fixed oil fifteen parts of the oil are gradually incorporated with a mucilage previously made with fifteen parts of saccharated casein and five parts of water. When a perfect emulsion is formed the other ingredients are added. Chondrus Emulsions.—Since acacia has advanced in price of late years various substitutes have appeared which have been tried as emul- sifying agents, one of the most successful being the gelatinous substance obtained from chondrus or Irish moss. (See page 735.) In the Formulary, Part VI., under the heads of Gelatinum Chondri, Mucilago Chondri, and Emulsio Olei Morrhuse full information as to the methods of using it will be found. In this place it will only be necessary to say that a gummy substance in scales is produced by evapo- rating and desiccating a decoction of chondrus, and that a mucilage may be made from this Irish moss gelatin by heating eight grains of it in contact with one ounce of boiling water until it is completely dis- solved. The mucilage, after being cooled, is then used for preparing emulsions exactly as is mucilage of acacia. Quillaia Emulsions.— Quillaia, or quillaja bark (see page 784) contains the principle saponin, a glucoside which is capable of emulsi- fying oils. Senega contains an analogous principle. The property which both possess, of causing frothing in aqueous solutions, suggested the use of quillaia as an emulsifier. It has not come into extensive use, and care is necessary in employing it, as it is not without irritating properties. One of the essentials of a good emulsifier is that it should be inert. Quillaia has been adopted in the National Formulary. (See Emulsio Olei Morrhuse, Part VI., which illustrates the method of using it.) Where an active medicine is to be made into an emulsion, and its properties are not antagonized by the quillaia, it may be judi- cious to employ it. Another disadvantage that it possesses is that a large quantity of tincture is required to be effective. Compound Emulsions.—As a general rule, the addition of alco- holic liquids to emulsions destroys their homogeneity : when it is neces- sary to add them in compounding prescriptions, they should be diluted, if possible, with a portion of the water, and added after the emulsion is nearly finished. Alkaline solutions generally aid emulsification, by forming soaps with the resinous or oily liquids; volatile oils make better emulsions if they are first mixed with an equal volume of fixed oil. Every convenience should be adopted to facilitate quick and accu- rate dispensing. The sink should be close to the prescription counter. A good draining surface for graduates to rest upon is made by fastening THE DISPENSING OF LIQUIDS. EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. 1077 sheets of corrugated rubber (a piece of rubber matting) to the slightly- inclined shelves above the sink (see Fig. 125); and a brush for quickly cleaning graduates should be accessible (see Fig. 510). Iu addition to the Fig. 510. Fig. 511. Fig. 512. Funnel-board. retort-stand already referred to, the very convenient little funnel-support figured in New Remedies a few years ago may find a place upon the pre- scription counter (see Fig. 511): the long screw permits the ring to be ad- justed to any desired height. For larger filtering operations the funnel- board (Fig. 512) will prove useful. Bottles.—The size and shape of the bottles used in dispensing liquids are largely matters of individual taste. The tendency at present is towards oval bottles for prescriptions, because they afford proportionally more space for the label than either round or square bottles : this is noticeable to a greater extent in the smaller sizes than in the larger ones. In addition to this, oval bottles are more convenient to carry in the pocket than those of any other shape. Fig. 513 shows an oval metric bottle. Funnel-holder. Graduate-brush. Fig. 513. Fig. 514. Fig. 515. Oval metric bottle. Poison-bottle. Poison-bottle. Prescription-bottles are now frequently made of amber glass, to pro- tect the contents from the effects of the actinic rays of light. For poison- ous liquids, or for liquids intended for external application, blue bottles studded at regular intervals with pyramidal points are used : these are 1078 EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. designed to attract attention through their peculiar color and shape, and thus prevent errors; the points render them easily distinguishable from ordinary bottles by the sense of touch, so that the patient can recognize a poisonous liquid in the dark. Fig. 514 and Fig. 515 show two sides of this bottle. In pouring liquids from the dispensing-bottles it is well to establish the habit of extracting the stopper with the left hand, holding it with the little finger ; the graduate is held between the forefinger and thumb of the left hand, the bottle is grasped by the right hand with the label uppermost (see page 994), and the liquid should be poured down the side of the graduate, to avoid splashing (see Fig. 516). Fig. 517 shows the method of dropping liquids from a dispensing-bottle : the stopper is loosened, prevented from dropping out by holding it with the finger, and the bottle inclined so that the rate of dropping may be controlled. Fig. 518 shovTs a very convenient bottle for dispensing liquids which are to be adminis- tered by drops : it is made in Germany. The glass stopper has a deep conical depression extending nearly half-way up the side, whilst the neck of the bottle is furnished with an ap- erture having a slightly projecting lip: when the stopper is turned so that the upper part of the depression is opposite the little ap- erture in the side, the liquid may be dropped very uniformly. A corresponding depression on the opposite side of the stopper communicates with a little channel running down from the lip npon the opposite side of the bottle, so that air is supplied during the dropping : by turning the stopper half-way around, both apertures in the neck of the bottle are closed. Corks are indispensable for stoppering bottles. They should be se- lected with great care. There is a wide difference in price between the best quality and the common grades, but it is true economy to use only the best. Short corks, which, when inserted tightly, so as to secure the contents from leakage, do not project above the lip sufficiently to furnish a good grasp for the fingers when extracting them, should never Fig. 516. Pouring from shop-bottle. Fig. 517. Fig. 618. Dropping from shop- bottle. German dropping- bottle. EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. 1079 be used for prescription-bottles. Brittle, hard, or dry corks, which break otf when the attempt is made to remove them, are an especial annoyance. To avoid this, corks should not be kept in a warm, dry place, and be- fore inserting them they should be well pressed. “ Taper” corks are now in- variably preferred to the “straight” form. Fig. 519 shows a modern form of cork-press which is largely used. The motion by which the pressure is effected is direct and simple. Pharmacists who incline to the grotesque in their tastes may prefer the kind shown in Fig. 520; but the practical dispenser will generally choose Lochman’s cork-press (see Fig. 521), because the process of pressing the Fig. 519. Cork-press. Fig. 520. French cork-press. cork is more effectual, and there is less likelihood of breaking it or cracking the surface in this press than in any other, for the cork is re- volved whilst the pressure is gradually increased. The press consists of a cast-iron base, the upper portion of which is hemispherical, with the upper surface slightly corrugated; a corrugated cast-iron wheel is placed upon an axle slightly out of the centre of the curve of the base, so as to afford a gradually diminishing space between the curved sur- faces. The wheel has a handle, which is raised when the tapered end of the cork is inserted be- tween the surfaces; the handle is lowered, and the cork revolves whilst being pressed. A finish may be given to corks by the use of “gummed cork-tops.” These are circular in form, made of paper, and the name of the pharmacist, or his monogram, is generally printed upon them in colors. These tops have largely supplanted the sealing-wax finish so much used a few years ago. Capping Bottles.—The practice of capping bottles with paper, kid, baudruche, or other material is a good one, principally because of the Fig. 521. Lochman’s cork-press. 1080 EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. feeling of security it gives to the patient that the contents of the bottl<» have not been tampered with after being dispensed. Hunt’s bottle-, caps are largely employed. These consist of fluted caps of colored paper, of various sizes, which are used by adjusting the proper-sized Fig. 522. Capping bottles. cap to the corked bottle and tying it on. An equally neat effect may be secured, with a little practice, by capping a bottle with a piece of fancy paper, as shown in Figs. 522 and 523. The paper is held in the centre upon the cork by the forefinger of the left hand, whilst the Fig. 523. Capping bottles. flutes are made by “ plaiting” them in with the forefinger and thumb of the right hand : it is then secured by tying with twine, a knot with short ends being preferred, because it is less likely to be interfered with by a messenger, on account of the difficulty of retying it. EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. 1081 QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LXY. EXTEMPORANEOUS LIQUID PREPARATIONS. What is meant by incompatibility ? Wbat is meant by chemical incompatibility ? Give examples of chemical incompatibility,— 1st. Through the precipitation of an insoluble salt, produced by the addition of one solution or salt to another. Is such an incompatibility always unintentional ? 2d. By the decomposition of a salt (in solution) containing a base united with a weak or volatile acid, by the addition of a strong acid. 3d. Through the decomposition of a salt (in solution) containing an acid united with a weak or volatile base, by the addition of a strong alkali. 4th. By the precipitation of alkaloidal salts by the addition to their solutions of alkalies, alkaline salts, or salts which produce insoluble compounds. 5th. By the unsightly discoloration or precipitation due to the formation of inky compounds, produced by bringing astringent solutions containing tannin or similar substances in contact with ferric salts. 6th. By the decomposition of a solid substance without precipitation, because of the formation of products which are soluble in the liquid. What is meant by pharmaceutical incompatibility ? Give an example,—the result being the separation of active or important con- stituents. Give an example,—the result being the separation of inert constituents. What is meant by therapeutical incompatibility ? In compounding prescriptions, as a general rule, should heat be used in making solutions of solid substances ? Why ? When may mixtures which contain more solid material than can be dissolved be filtered before being dispensed ? Give an example. Give an example where such a mixture should not be filtered. Is the apothecary justified in using solvents not directed in a prescription, for the purpose of effecting complete solution of the ingredients ? Is the order to be followed in mixing the ingredients of a prescription of any special importance ? Why ? Where a difference results from a variation in the order of mixing the ingredients, what rule should be adopted to secure uniform results ? What are mixtures, properly so called ? Is this definition adhered to in extemporaneous pharmacy ? What are emulsions ? What are natural emulsions ? From what are manufactured emulsions usually made ? How are gum-resin emulsions made ? Should powdered gum resins be used in making these ? Why ? What is meant by seed emulsions ? What is the object sought by the pharmacist in making emulsions ? What is the English method of making emulsions ? What is meant by “cracking” an emulsion? How may a cracked emulsion be restored ? What is the Continental method ? What are the most satisfactory proportions of the ingredients to be used? How are casein emulsions formed ? How is saccharated casein prepared ? What are chondrus emulsions ? How is chondrus prepared for use as an emulsifying agent ? Explain the use of quillaia as an emulsifier. When it becomes necessary to add alcoholic liquids to emulsions, what precau- tions are necessary to make a nice, smooth emulsion ? How may emulsions of volatile oils be rendered more stable ? CHAPTER LXVI. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Powders, Cachets, Troches, Pills, and Suppositories. Pulveres. Powders. Powders often furnish a convenient and agreeable mode of adminis- tering medicines which are not bitter, nauseous, or otherwise offensive to the taste, are not corrosive, nor deliquescent, nor given in large doses. Pulverization facilitates the solution or the extraction of the soluble principles of a substance by extending the surface exposed to the action of the solvent. (See Comminution, page 170.) With the view of establishing a standard and encouraging uniform practice in prescribing certain forms of powders which have become well known, a limited number of compound powders have been admitted to the Pharmacopoeia. They are as follows : PULVIS ANTIMONIALIS. U.S. Antimonial Powder. [James’ Powder.] Definite formula. Oxide of Antimony, 33 parts, or i oz. av. Precipitated Phosphate of Calcium, 67 parts, or 2 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 3 oz. av. Mix them intimately. PULVIS AROMATICUS. U.S. Aromatic Powder. Definite formula. Cinnamon, in No. 60 powder, 35 parts, or 7 oz. av. Ginger, in No. 60 powder, 35 parts, or 7 oz. av. Cardamom, deprived of the capsules and crushed, 15 parts, or 3 oz. av. Nutmeg, in No. 20 powder, 15 parts, or 3 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 20 oz. av. Rub the Cardamom and Nutmeg with a portion of the Cinnamon, until reduced to a fine powder; then add the remainder of the Cinna- mon and the Ginger, and rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed. PULVIS CRETyE COMPOSITUS. U.S. Compound Chalk Powder. Definite formula. Prepared Chalk, 30 parts, or oz. av. Acacia, in fine powder, 20 parts, or 1 oz. av. Sugar, in fine powder, 50 parts, or .... 2}£ oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 5 oz. av. Mix them intimately. * 1082 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1083 PULVIS EFFERVESCENS COMPOSITUS. U.S. Compound Effervescing Powder. [Pulveres Effervescentes Aperientes, Pharm. 1870. Seidlitz Powders.] Grains. Grammes. Bicarbonate of Sodium, in fine powder, four hundred and eighty grains 480 31.00 Tartrate of Potassium and Sodium, in fine powder, fourteen hundred and forty grains 1440 93.00 Tartaric Acid, in fine powder, four hundred and twenty grains 420 27.00 Mix the Bicarbonate of Sodium intimately with the Tartrate of Potassium and Sodium, divide the mixture into twelve equal parts, and wrap each part in a separate paper of some pronounced color, as blue. Then divide the Tartaric Acid into the same number of equal parts, and wrap each part in a separate paper of a color distinctly different from that used for wrapping the mixture, as white. Keep the pow- ders in well-closed vessels. PULVIS GLYCYRRHIZA COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Powder of Glycyrrhiza. Definite formula. Senna, in No. 60 powder, 18 parts, or 88 grains. Glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, 16 parts, or 76 grains. Fennel, in No. 60 powder, 8 parts, or 38 grains. Washed Sulphur, 8 parts, or 38 grains. Sugar, in tine powder, 50 parts, or 240 grains. To make 100 parts, or 480 grains. Eub them together until they are thoroughly mixed. PULVIS IPECACUANHA ET OPII. U. S. Powder of Ipecac and Opium. [Purvis Ipecacuanha Compositus, Pharm. 1870. Dover’s Powder.] Definite formula. Ipecac, in No. 60 powder, 10 parts, or , 60 grains. Powdered Opium, 10 parts, or 60 grains. Sugar of Milk, in No. 80 powder, 80 parts, or 480 grains. To make 100 parts, or 600 grains- Eub them together into a very fine powder. PULVIS JALAPA COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Powder of Jalap. Definite formula. Jalap, in No. 60 powder, 35 parts, or 168 grains. Bitartrate of Potassium, in fine powder, 65 parts, or 312 grains. To make 100 parts, or 480 grains. Eub them together until they are thoroughly mixed. PULVIS MORPHINA COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Powder of Morphine. [Tully’s Powder.] Definite formula. Sulphate of Morphine, 1 part, or ....... 8 grains. Camphor, 20 parts, or .... 180 grains. Glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, 20 parts, or 160 grains. Precipitated Carbonate of Calcium, 20 parts, or 160 grains. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1084 Eub the Camphor with a little Alcohol, and afterwards with the Glycyrrhiza and Precipitated Carbonate of Calcium, until a uniform powder is produced. Then rub the Sulphate of Morphine with this powder, gradually added, until the whole is thoroughly mixed. PULVIS RHEI COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Powder of Rhubarb. Definite formula. Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, 25 parts, or 120 grains. Magnesia, 65 parts, or 312 grains. Ginger, in No. 60 powder, 10 parts, or 48 grains. To make 100 parts, or 480 grains. Eub them together until they are thoroughly mixed. Triturations constitute a very small class of powders recognized by the Pharmacopoeia, but one trituration being officinal. The intention of forming them into a distinct class is to fix a definite relation between the active ingredient and the diluent. Triturations are to be prepared by the following formula: Take of Definite formula. The Substance, 10 parts, or 6 grains. Sugar of Milk, in moderately fine powder, 90 parts, or 54 grains. To make 100 parts, or 60 grains. Weigh the Substance and Sugar of Milk, separately; then place the Substance, previously reduced, if necessary, to a moderately fine pow- der, in a mortar; add about an equal bulk of Sugar of Milk, mix well by means of a spatula, and triturate them thoroughly together. Add fresh portions of the Sugar of Milk, from time to time, until the whole is added, and continue the trituration until the Substance is intimately mixed with the Sugar of Milk and finely comminuted. Triturationes. Triturations. TRITURATIO ELATERINI. U.S. Trituration of Elaterin. Definite formula. Elaterin, 10 parts, or 6 grains. Sugar of Milk, in moderately fine powder, 90 parts, or 54 grains. To make 100 parts, or 60 grains. Mix them thoroughly by trituration. Dispensing of Powders and Solids. Many of the manipulations required in dispensing powders and solids, such as weighing, measuring, labelling, etc., have been described in pre- vious chapters: therefore only those operations which are peculiar to them, or which have not been considered, will be treated in this chapter. Folding Packages.—This is one of the first operations taught to the tyro. White paper, of good quality, should be used : it is most econom- ical to buy the paper in quantity (several reams) and have it cut by the SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1085 dealer into such sizes as the demands of the business require. The edges of paper which is cut by a machine are much neater than those of hand-cut paper. The size of the sheet of white wrapping-paper is about 36 X 24 inches; this may be cut into halves, quarters, sixths, eighths, and twelfths, or a defi- nite size suited to the bottles and packages adopted may be employed. Jacoby’s gauge is useful in this con- nection: it is il- lustrated by Figs. 524 and 525. The rectangular lines in Fig. 524 repre- sent the sizes of paper which are suitable for wrapping packages of the sizes indicated,—viz.: 8 oz., 10X9 in.; 6 oz., 9 X 8 in.; 4 oz., 8 X 7\ in.; 3 oz., 7\ X 6J in.; 2 oz., 7 X 6 in.; 1 oz., 6 X 4f in.; f oz., 5 X 4 in. In Fig. 525 the numbers indicate the method of cutting a sheet of paper without waste; the figures 8, 6, 4, 3, 2, etc., refer to the sizes in Fig. 524, and represent papers for 8 oz., 6 oz., 4 oz., 3 oz., etc., packages; the small pieces being used for wrapping pill-boxes. In folding a package, the proper-sized paper is selected and laid upon a flat surface, the substance is deposited in the cen- tre, and the edge nearest the op- erator is laid against the opposite edge, and a fold made with the thumb and forefinger: the width of the package will depend upon the width of this fold. The end of the partly-formed package on the left hand is now temporarily tucked in, so that the contents shall not fall out, and the package is lifted into an upright position, with the Fig. 524. Gauge for cutting paper. Fig. 525. Gauge for cutting paper. 1086 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. fold towards the operator; the open upper end is then neatly creased and folded into a wedge-shaped flap. The package is now reversed, and the first partly-formed tuck is loosened and folded into a flap of the same size and shape as the one just made at the other end; the edges of the package are squared and gently pinched into shape, the label is pasted on so that the edge co- incides with the edge of the fold, and the package is tied, as shown in Fig. 526. Fig. 527 shows a very convenient twine-reel. Where large quantities of powders having a uniform weight are needed, the powder-measure shown in Fig. 528 may be used. This is made of hard wood, and consists of two ovoid cups of different sizes, joined like an egg-cup. This measure is largely used in preparing seidlitz powders, the larger-sized cup holding the requisite quantity for the alkaline mixture, the smaller cup being in- tended for the acid. The measure should never be used without carefully testing its accuracy beforehand. This is done by heap- ing upon a piece of glazed paper the powder which is to be measured, and then pressing the cup downward through the powder until its edge rests uniformly upon the paper and the measure is evenly filled. The powder will usually have enough cohesive and adhesive properties to cause it to remain in the measure in any position in which it is held. The edge of the cup is then placed upon the powder- paper and slightly tapped, when the contents readily drop out. The weight should be noted, and the operation repeated several times, until the average weight is correctly determined. It will soon be possible, with a little judicious practice, so to regulate the pressure and height of the powder that the variation from the proper weight will practically amount to nothing. This method should not be employed where great accu- racy is necessary, and the measure should be repeatedly tested. By use, the edge wears off and the measure holds less: it may be enlarged, however, in the inside by sand-papering it. With due precautions, excellent results may be had by measuring powders, and valuable time saved. Folding Powders.—This operation is a frequent one, and the prac- tice of accurately dividing powders is one which must be quickly ac- quired. The best method of attaining proficiency in this respect is to weigh out a definite quantity of a powder (120 grains), and, after dividing it into twelve equal portions, to weigh each portion separately and note the weight, so that any deviation from the proper weight (10 grains) will be discovered. Through practice it will soon be realized that very accurate division may be secured. All the powder-papers Fig, 526. Paper package. Fig. 527. Fig. 528. Seidlitz-pow- der measure. Twine-reel. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1087 should be creased at once, by folding down a margin on the side, so that they shall be uniform. They should be placed regularly and as close to one another as is con- venient. In Fig. 529 the usual arrangement is shown. Where the operator has not sufficient practice to trust to his judgment of the quantity for each powder, the whole quantity may be collected upon a smooth card, flattened into a rectangular shape, and di- vided with a spatula into the exact number of equal portions required for the number of powder-papers, as shown in Fig. 408. Each portion may then be transferred to its appropriate paper from the card by the spatula. Figs. 530, 531, and 532 illustrate a very simple and ingenious appa- ratus for dividing powders. It was devised by Jacob C. Michael, and consists of a metallic cup, shaped like a wineglass, into which the powder that is to be divided is dropped. The cup is in two parts, the base C and the body B, these being joined together by a bayonet joint, which permits a ready separation or connection. A central stem A is firmly attached to the base C; the divider D consists of a heavy metallic cone, the sides having the same angle as Fig. 529. Arrangement of powder-papers. Fig. 530. Fig. 531. Fig. 532. C Michael’s powder divider. Divider. Cover. that of the body of the cup. There are several dividers accompanying the apparatus; the one shown in the cut has twelve wings, making twelve partitions; the other dividers have respectively ten and eight partitions. The cover to the cup is represented by E, and there is a little sliding door F to this cover. The powder having been thor- oughly mixed, is dropped into the cup B, and the divider is placed on top by inserting the end of the stem A into the narrow end of the divider through the circular orifice which traverses the whole length SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1088 and allowing it to work its way down to the bottom of the cup; this operation is promoted by slowly rotating the divider, when it will be found that the powder in the cup has been equally divided into twelve parts. The cover E is now placed upon the cup, care being taken to have the edge of one of the partitions of the divider correspond with the side of the door F. The whole apparatus is now turned upside- down, and the stem A is removed by turning the base C and sliding it out of the orifice in the divider. The powder will be deposited upon the cover, and by holding the cover over the powder-paper and opening the little door F over the centre of the paper the powder which was in one of the sections (one-twelfth of the whole) will drop out; the appa- ratus is then carried to the next paper, the divider rotated again until the contents of another section drop on the paper, and the process is repeated until twelve equal portions are upon as many papers. If eight or ten powders are wanted instead of twelve, the eight or ten divider is used, whilst if a smaller or greater number than eight, ten, or twelve be required, that divider is chosen which is a multiple of the number desired. The operation of folding the powder is illustrated in Figs. 533, 534, 535, and 536. The uncreased edge of the paper is brought over so Fig. 533. Folding the pewdfer. * that it lies exactly in the crease, and the fold turned down and folded over towards the operator, the depth of the fold determining the width of the powder. Fig. 635. Fig. 534. Making the end-creases. Creasing with the spatula. When a number of powders are called for, it is best to dispense them in a shallow powder-box (see Fig. 534). It is customary to use the sides SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1089 of the box as a gauge. In the hands of an experienced operator neat results are easily obtained in this way, although the use of the powder- folders shown in Figs. 537 and 538 gives a more uniform edge to the powders. A cheap gauge may be made by tacking a piece of Fig. 536. Fig. 537. Fig. 538. Flattening the powder. Powder-folder. Powder-folder. tinned iron underneath a convenient shelf, so that a portion having a width slightly less than that of the powder-box will project. A very true edge may be made by folding the powder over a spatula, as shown in Fig. 535, whilst a smooth, flat appearance is given to the powder by pressing down the folds with the blade of the spatula, as shown in Fig. 536. The paper used for folding powders should be thin, glazed cap paper, and for deliquescent substances waxed or paraffin paper should be employed. Cachets, or Wafer Capsules. The credit of bringing the cachet, or, as it is sometimes termed, cachet de pain, into use belongs to Limousin, of Paris. Wafers have been in use many years. Wafer-sheet is made by pouring a mixture of flour and water upon hot greased plates, or between two hot pol- ished cylinders separated at a proper distance, so that the water is evap- orated and a sheet of wafer produced. The properties of wafer-sheet admirably fit it for administering nauseous powders. When dry, it is in non-adhesive, stiff, somewhat brittle sheets, slightly thicker than or- dinary cardboard. It is tasteless, and harmless when taken into the stomach. When moistened with water, its character is entirely changed : it becomes soft, elastic, and slippery. Powders may be administered by placing a piece of wafer-sheet, after moistening it, upon a tablespoon, and depositing the powder in the centre of the wafer-sheet. The cor- ners are then folded over, so as to enclose it tightly. Water is poured into the tablespoon, and the whole may be swallowed without tasting the powder, the latter, in its enclosure, disappearing as readily as would a small oyster. The cachet is an improvement on the above, because no more wafer- sheet is used than is absolutely necessary to enclose the powder, and thus the bulk is diminished. Cachets are lenticular or spoon-shaped disks of wafer-sheet, of various sizes. The powder is deposited in the dry cachet, and the margin is moistened with water. An empty cachet of 1090 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. exactly the same size is placed on top, with the convexity upward, and pressure is made upon the margin, with the effect of tightly sealing the cachet and enveloping the powder. Elaborate apparatus—the necessity for which, however, is not apparent—has been devised to effect the seal- ing of the cachets. The simplest method upon the small scale is as fol- Fig. 540. Fig. 639. Bottles for sealing cachets. Limousin’s cachet-board. lows: two bottles are provided (a morphine-bottle for the middle size answers very well), and, one of the cachets being placed upon the lip of one bottle, the powder is carefully deposited in the centre without soiling the outside edge; the margin of an empty cachet of the same size is then Fig. 541. Fig. 542. Cachet-wetter and funnel. Sealing the cachet. moistened by quickly passing it over a piece of wet felt, and is laid upon the cachet containing the powder; the lip of the other bottle is now applied to the cachet with sufficient pressure to seal it effectually. The position of the bottles is shown in Fig. 539. Limousin’s improved method is similar in principle, although, of course, more finished. A SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1091 board, with depressed perforations for three sizes, is shown in Fig. 540. Empty cachets are placed upon the depressions, and the powder is de- posited in the centre with the aid of the small powder-funnel (see Fig. 541). The “ wetter and presser” is shown to the left of the funnel; this is of two kinds of wood, joined in the middle,—one end being hard, light-colored, and highly polished, the other being dark-colored and somewhat absorbent. The end of the latter is used to moisten the margin of the cachet, by first placing it upon a piece of moist felt and then applying it to the cachet; an empty cachet is now laid upon the one containing the powder, and the “ presser” end is applied with some force, so as to seal the cachet (see Fig. 542): the sealed cachet is pushed up from below, as shown in Fig. 540. A less expensive apparatus for filling and sealing cachets than that made by Limousin may be obtained from the German importing houses. A rectangular sheet of thick rubber cloth is perforated with twelve cir- cular holes, each large enough to hold an empty cachet; the powder is deposited in the centre of the cachet through a small funnel; the inner edge of an empty cachet is dampened by rubbing it for a moment upon a piece of cotton flannel moistened with water, the moistened cachet is laid upon the one containing the powder so as to enclose it, and the presser, which is armed at its base with three needles and has a spring in the handle, is applied so that the cachet is sealed, and when the spring is released the needles penetrate the edge of the finished cachet sufficiently so that it can be lifted and dropped into the box without handling it. Tablets, or tablet-triturates, may be defined as minute disk-like masses of medicinal powders, the basis usually consisting of powdered sugar. The powder is held together and the tablet retains its shape through the adhesion of the particles developed by the use of a volatile liquid, thus differing from lozenges, which are usually made from a mass in which tenacity is communicated by a mucilage, adhesive paste, or a similar substance. (See Trochisci.) Tablet-triturates originated with Dr. Robert M. Fuller, and neither process nor apparatus is patented. Since his first communication on the subject, in 1878, they have been largely manufactured, and phar- macists owe a debt to Dr. Fuller for voluntarily giving them a very neat and ingenious process whereby many medicines can be satisfactorily administered. The tablet is made by pressing a paste into perforations made in a plate of hard rubber, metal, glass, or other suitable material. These holes are of uniform diameter, and the plate must have a uniform thickness throughout. The number of holes in the plate is determined by their relative size, plates having been made with as many as three hundred perforations. The one shown in Fig. 543 has fifty. The tablets made by the use of various plates weigh from half a grain to four grains. In order to remove the tablets from the holes in which they are made a plate is used which is studded with an equal number of pegs fastened Tabellae. Tablets, Tablet-triturates. 1092 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. securely in a base plate (see the lower plate shown in Fig. 544). These pegs are longer than the thickness of the upper plate, and they are so arranged that they exactly fit the perforations in the upper plate. Two. pegs still longer and thicker are placed at the ends, so that when they are inserted in corresponding holes in the upper plate accurate regis- tration is secured. Figs. 543, 544. Tablet machine. In using the apparatus, the upper plate is placed upon a pill-tile or plate of glass, and the paste is spread upon the upper surface and rubbed into the small holes with a spatula. When all of the holes are filled, the excess of paste is brushed from the surface and the upper plate lifted over the lower plate and laid upon it so that the two long pegs enter the holes. Now, by pressing firmly but gently upon the upper plate the pegs are forced upward slowly until the plates come together and a tablet rests upon the top of each peg ; the apparatus is then set aside to permit the tablets to dry sufficiently to be handled, when they are taken off, and the plates, after brushing, are ready for another operation. It will usually be found desirable to have several sets of plates, so that they may be worked continuously, the tablets drying upon one whilst another is being used for forming the tablets. The paste may be made by adding the medicating ingredient in fine powder to finely powdered sugar or sugar of milk and moistening it with alcohol; in some rare cases a little powdered acacia may be needed, but care must be observed not to get the paste too tenacious nor too soft, as there may be difficulty in forcing the tablets out of the perforations, or they may take a long time to dry. Tablets used for hypodermic medication may be advantageously made by this process. Accurate adjustment of the ingredients and prolonged trituration, so that each tablet shall contain its due proportion of activity and thorough desiccation, are the impor- tant details in the manufacture of tablet-triturates. Tablet-triturates have been made “ in blank,”—that is, without medi- cation,—from powdered sugar of milk, a little acacia, and 85 per cent. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1093 alcohol, or with water alone; the object here is to medicate the blank tablets subsequently by dropping upon each a concentrated liquid medi- cine in definite quantity. Such tablets have been termed by Dr. Fuller tablet-saturcites. The mode employed in medicating tablet-saturates is to arrange a number of blank tablets upon a glass plate, either in con- tact or separated. In the former case the concentrated liquid or fluid extract is poured upon the tablets in the proper proportion, and by permitting the liquid to remain in contact under cover long enough for each tablet to become saturated uniformly, and then exposing the tablets to the air until they are dry, they may be rapidly medicated; or if the tablets are arranged separately upon the plate, the proper quantity of the fluid extract may be dropped from a pipette upon each tablet. Trochisci. Troches. Troches, or lozenges, are solid, discoid or cylindrical masses, consist- ing chiefly of medicinal powders, sugar, and mucilage. They are in- tended to be used by placing them in the mouth and permitting them to remain until, through slow solution or disintegration, their purpose of mild medication is effected. It is obvious that very powerful or dis- agreeable remedies cannot be administered in this way. The formation of the “ lozenge mass” is the most important part of the operation : the dry powders must be made into a tenacious mass which shall possess sufficient plasticity to enable it to be rolled into a flat cake without crumbling : it must not retain moisture so long as to occasion too much delay in drying the troches, and the troches must not be brittle through want of sufficient adhesiveness. Mucilage of tragacanth has been found best to serve the purpose of causing the adhesion of the powders. Making- the Mass.—The best method of making the mass is first to prepare the mucilage according to the formula, and, having mixed and sifted the powders, add sufficient mucilage to make a mass of the proper consistence : the quantity always depends upon the character of the pow- der : if the latter is absorbent, more mucilage is required than if the powder is made up largely of extracts. The usual method of mixing powdered tragacanth or acacia with the dry powders, and then trusting to the addition of the right proportion of water, is generally disappointing in the hands of the inexperienced, al- most invariably producing too moist a mass. Upon the large scale the manufacturer employs a mixing- machine to form the mass; upon the small scale the pharmacist uses the mortar and pestle. The mortar- clamp shown in Fig. 383 is very useful in this con- nection and in working tough masses. Hahn’s pestle- cap will save blistering the hands of the inexperienced : this device, shown in Fig. 545, consists of a brass cup- shaped cap, A, perforated in the centre, and screwed to the top of the pestle H at S, so as to permit of the slow revolution of the cap when the pestle is tightly grasped in the hand. Fig. 545. Pestle-cap. 1094 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Rolling' the Mass.—When the mass is made, it must be formed into a flat cake by placing it upon a hard, level, dusted surface and rolling Fig. 546. Slocum’s lozenge-board. it with a cylindrical roller: the thickness of the cake determines the weight of the lozenge, and hence it is more exact to have some means Fig. 547. Harrison’s lozenge-board. of adjusting the thickness. In Slocum’s lozenge-board (see Fig. 546) this is ingeniously effected by the use of tapering oak strips, C, which Fig. 548. Sectional view of Harrison’s lozenge-board. slide in inclined furrows ; the handles of the strips are graduated, having saw-kerfs at regular intervals; the brass plate B permits these to be SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1095 accurately adjusted and held, so that both strips project uniformly above the board. By pushing both strips forward, greater thickness of the lozenge-cake is secured. Harrison’s lozenge-board is shown in Fig. 547 and Fig. 548. The Fig. 650. Fig. 551. Fig. 549. Fig. 552. Tinned-iron lozenge- punch-. Lozenge-punch, steel cutter. Lozenge-cutter, with die. board is surrounded by a frame, and the former can be elevated or de- pressed uniformly by turning the screw shown in the sectional view in Fig. 548. The handles of the roller form one continuous piece, running through a longitudinal hole through its centre : this permits the handles to be grasped tightly whilst the roller revolves. Lozenge-rollers should be true cylinders, and are generally made of hard wood: steel rollers and glass rollers have been used, however; these are both made hollow, so that hot water can be introduced through the holes made where the handles are screwed in. Cutting1 the Troches.—Troches are cut by cylindrical or conical punches, often made of tinned iron, as shown in Fig. 549, but pref- erably of steel, as the latter produce troches having a cleaner edge. Fig. 550 shows a very good punch, having a hardened steel octagonal cutter, C, soldered to a hollow conical handle, M. Fig. 551 represents a very complete lozenge-cutter with a circular die, which stamps a letter upon the lozenge in addition to cutting it. It was obtained by the author from Chicago. It is made very substantially, and is accom- 1096 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. panied by a cutter and a die for oval lozenges. Fig. 553 shows an ex- cellent cutter, which accurately cuts six lozenges at once; it was devised by a Western pharmacist. Fig. 554 gives the end-view. The cutter is Fig. 553. Fig. 654. Lozenge-cutter. End-view of the samt, placed upon the soft mass and pressed down until the edges touch the board; by pressing upon the handle A the lozenges are forced out of the cutters, the springs S causing the pushers to resume their original position. Grains. Grammes, Tannic Acid, one hundred grains 100 6.50 Sugar, in fine powder, one thousand grains 1000 65.00 Tragacanth, in fine powder, twenty-jive grains 25 1.60 Orange Flower Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Orange Flower Water, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. TROCHISCI ACIDI TANNICI. U. S. Troches of Tannic Acid. TROCHISCI AMMONII CHLORIDI. U. S. Troches of Chloride of Ammonium. Grains. Grammes. Chloride of Ammonium, in fine powder, two hundred grains . . . 200 13.00 Sugar, in fine powder, one thousand grains 1000 65.00 Tragacanth, in fine powder, twenty-jive grains 25 1.60 Syrup of Tolu, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Eub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Syrup of Tolu, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1097 TROCHISCI CATECHU. U. S. Troches of Catechu. Grains. Grammes. Catechu, in fine powder, one hundred grains 100 6.50 Sugar, in fine powder, one thousand grains 1000 65.00 Tragacanth, in fine powder, twenty-five grains 25 1.60 Orange Flower Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Orange Flower Water, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. TROCHISCI CRETA. U.S. Troches of Chalk. Grains. Grammes. Prepared Chalk, four hundred grains 400 26.00 Acacia, in fine powder, one hundred grains. 100 6.50 Nutmeg, in fine powder, fifteen grains . . 15 1.00 Sugar, in fine powder, six hundred grains 600 39.00 To make one hundred troches 100 Rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with water, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. TROCHISCI CUBEBA. U.S. Troches of Cubeb. / Grains. Grammes. Oleoresin of Cubeb, fifty grains 50 3.25 Oil of Sassafras, fifteen grains 15 1.00 Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in fine powder, four hundred grains . . . 400 26.00 Acacia, in fine powder, two hundred grains 200 13.00 Syrup of Tolu, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed; then add the Oleoresin and Oil, and incorporate them with the mixture. Lastly, with Syrup of Tolu, form a mass, to be divided into one hun- dred troches. TROCHISCI FERRI. V. S. Troches of Iron. Grains. , Grammes. Hydrated Oxide of Iron, dried at a temperature not exceeding 80° C. (176° F.), Jive hundred grains 500 32.50 Vanilla, cut into slices, ten grains 10 0.65 Sugar, in fine powder, fifteen hundred grains 1500 97.50 Mucilage of Tragacanth, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Rub the Yanilla, first, with a portion of the Sugar to a uniform powder, and afterward, with the Oxide of Iron and the remainder of the Sugar, until they are thoroughly mixed. Then, with Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass, to he divided into one hundred troches. TROCHISCI GLYCYRRHIZA ET OPII. U.S. Troches of Glycyrrhiza and Opium. Grains. Grammes. Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in fine powder, two hundred grains .... 200 13.00 Extract of Opium, in fine powder, five grains 5 0.32 Acacia, in fine powder, two hundred grains 200 13.00 Sugar, in fine powder, three hundred grains 300 19.50 Oil of Anise, three grains 3 0.20 To make one hundred troches 100 1098 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed ; then add the Oil of Anise, and incorporate it with the mixture. Lastly, with water, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. TROCHISCI IPECACUANHAS. U.S. Troches of Ipecac. Grains. Grammes. Ipecac, in fine powder, twenty-five grains 25 1.60 Tragacanth, in fine powder, twenty-five grains 25 1.60 Sugar, in fine powder, one thousand grains 1000 65.00 Syrup of Orange, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Syrup of Orange, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. TROCHISCI KRAMERIAE. U.S. Troches of Krameria. Grains. Grammes. Extract of Krameria, one hundred grains xoo 6.50 Sugar, in fine powder, one thousand grains 1000 65.00 Tragacanth, in fine powder, twenty-jive grains 25 1.60 Orange Flower Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Orange Flower Water, form a mass, to be divided into one hun- dred troches. TROCHISCI MAGNESIA. U.S. Troches of Magnesia. Grains. Grammes. Magnesia, three hundred grains . . . . 300 19.50 Nutmeg, in fine powder, fifteen grains 15 1.00 Sugar, in fine powder, nine hundred grains 900 58.50 Mucilage of Tragacanth, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Rub the Magnesia and the powders together until they are thor- oughly mixed; then, with Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. TROCHISCI MENTHAE PIPERIT.E. U. S. Troches of Peppermint. Grains. Gntaimes. Oil of Peppermint, fifteen grains 15 1.00 Sugar, in fine powder, twelve hundred grains 1200 78.00 Mucilage of Tragacanth, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Rub the Oil of Peppermint and the Sugar together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1099 TROCHISCI MORPHINE ET IPECACUANHA. U.S. Troches of Morphine and Ipecac. Grains. Grammes. Sulphate of Morphine, five grains 5 0.32 Ipecac, in fine powder, sixteen grains 16 1.00 Sugar, in fine powder, two thousand grains 2000 130.00 Oil of Gaultheria, two grains 2 0.13 Mucilage of Tragacanth, a sufficient quantity, To make two hundred troches 200 Eub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed; then add the Oil of Gaultheria, and incorporate it with the mixture. Lastly, with Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass, to be divided into two hundred troches. TROCHISCI POTASSII CHLORATIS. U. S. Troches of Chlorate of Potassium. Grains. Grammes. Chlorate of Potassium, in fine powder, five hundred grains .... 500 32.50 Sugar, in fine powder, nineteen hundred grains 1900 124.00 Tragacanth, in fine powder, one hundred grains xoo 6.50 Spirit of Lemon, ten grains 10 0.65 To make one hundred troches 100 Mix the Sugar with the Tragacanth and the Spirit of Lemon by trituration, in a mortar; then transfer the mixture to a sheet of paper, and, by means of a bone spatula, mix with it the Chlorate of Potas- sium, being careful to avoid trituration and pressure, to prevent the mixture from igniting or exploding. Lastly, with water, form a m&ss, to be divided into one hundred troches. TROCHISCI SODII BICARBONATIS. U.S. Troches of Bicarbonate of Sodium. Grains. Grammes. Bicarbonate of Sodium, three hundred grains 300 19.50 Sugar, in fine powder, nine hundred grains goo 58.50 Nutmeg, in fine powder, fifteen grains 15 1.00 Mucilage of Tragacanth, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Eub the Bicarbonate of Sodium with the powders until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. TROCHISCI SODII SANTONINATIS. U. S. Troches of Santoninate of Sodium. Grains. | Grammes. Santoninate of Sodium, in fine powder, one hundred grains .... xoo 6.50 Sugar, in fine powder, two thousand grains . . . 2000 130.00 Tragacanth, in fine powder, fifty grains 50 3.25 Orange Flower Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Eub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Orange Flower Water, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. 1100 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Troches of Santoninate of Sodium should be kept in dark amber- colored vials. TROCHISCI ZINGIBERIS. U. S. Troches of Ginger. Grains. 'Grammes. Tincture of Ginger, two hundred grains 200 j 13.00 Tragacanth, in fine powder, fifty grains 50 3.25 Sugar, in fine powder, two thousand grains 2000 j 130.00 Syrup of Ginger, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches 100 Mix the Tincture of Ginger with the Sugar, and, having exposed the mixture to the air until dry, reduce it to a fine powder; to this add the Tragacanth, and mix thoroughly. Lastly, with Syrup of Ginger, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches. Confectiones. Confections. Confections are saccharine, soft solids, in which one or more medici- nal substances are incorporated with the object of affording an agree- able form for their administration and a convenient method for their preservation. Under the old names of conserves and electuaries, these preparations have been in use for centuries. In the preparation of confections the basis is finely-powdered sugar, and the medicinal ingre- dients must be brought to the condition of a smooth paste or introduced as a fine powder or liquid. Only two confections are officinal. Officinal Confections. Name. Proportions. Confectio Rosse. Confectio Sennse. 8 parts Red Rose, in No. 60 powder; 64 parts Powdered Sugar; 12 parts Clarified Honey ; 16 parts Rose Water. 10 parts Senna, in No. 60 powder; 6 parts Coriander, in No. 40 powder; 16 parts Cassia Fistula, bruised; 10 parts Tamarind ; 7 parts Prune; 12 parts Fig, bruised; 50 parts PowTdered Sugar; 60parts Water. CONFECTIO ROSiE. U. S. Confection of Rose. Definite formula. Red Rose, in No. 60 powder, 8 parts, or i oz. av. Sugar, in fine powder, 64 parts, or 8 oz. av. Clarified Honey, 12 parts, or oz. av. Rose Water, 16 parts, or 2 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or oz. av. Rub the Red Rose with the Rose Water heated to 65° C. (149° F.), then gradually add the Sugar and Honey, and beat the whole together until thoroughly mixed. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1101 CONFECTIO SENNffi. U. S. Confection of Senna. Definite formula. Senna, in No. 60 powder, 10 parts, or 700 grains. Coriander, in No. 40 powder, 6 parts, or 420 grains. Cassia Fistula, bruised, 16 parts, or 2]/2 oz. av. Tamarind, 10 parts, or 700 grains. Prune, sliced, 7 parts, or 490 grains. Fig, bruised, 12 parts, or 2 oz. av. Sugar, in fine powder, 50 parts, or 8 oz. av. Water, 60 parts, or 9 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Place the Cassia Fistula, Tamarind, Prune, and Fig in a close vessel with forty-five parts [or 61 fl. oz.] of the Water, and digest for three hours, by means of a water-bath. Separate the coarser portions with the hand, and rub the pulpy mass, first through a coarse hair sieve, and then through a fine one, or through a muslin cloth. Mix the resi- due with the remainder of the Water, and, having digested the mix- ture for a short time, treat it as before, and add the product to the pulpy liquid first obtained. Then, by means of a water-bath, dissolve the Sugar in the pulpy liquid, and evaporate the whole until it weighs eiyhty-four parts [or 131 oz. av.]. Lastly, add the Senna and Coriander, and incorporate them thoroughly with the other ingredients while yet warm. Mass®. Masses. Pill masses are officinal in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia under the title of “ massa.” As the officinal preparations are usually kept in bulk by pharmacists, and are permanent preparations, there is a manifest pro- priety and convenience in making a distinct class of them. There are three officinal masses. Officinal Masses. Name. Proportions. Preparation. Massa Copaibas. 94 parts Copaiba; 6 Mix them intimately, and set the mix- - parts Magnesia (re- cently prepared). ture aside until it concretes into a pilular mass. Massa Ferri Carbo- 100 parts Sulphate of Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron and the natis. Iron; 110 parts Car- bonate of Sodium; 38 parts Clarified Honey; 25 parts Su- gar, in coarse pow- der; Syrup and Dis- tilled Water, of each, a sufficient quantity. Carbonate of Sodium separately in boiling Distilled Water, add 25 parts Syrup to the Solution of Sulphate of Iron, and mix the solutions. When cold, pour off the supernatant liquid, and wash the precipitate with a mix- ture of 1 part of Syrup to 16 parts of Water. Drain the precipitate, mix it with the Honey and Sugar, and evaporate to 100 parts. Massa Hydrargyri. 33 parts Mercury; 5 parts Glycyrrhiza, powdered; 25 parts Althaea, powdered; 3 parts Glycerin; 34 parts Honey of Rose. Triturate the Mercury with the Honey of Rose and Glycerin until it is ex- tinguished, add" gradually the Gly- cyrrhiza and Althaea, and continue the trituration until globules of Mercury cease to be visible. 1102 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. MASSA COPAIB.®. U.S. Mass of Copaiba. [Pilule Copaiba, Pharm. 1870.] Definite formula. Copaiba, 94 parts, or 4 oz. av. Magnesia, recently prepared, 6 parts, or 112 grains. To make 100 parts, or about oz. av. Mix them intimately, and set the mixture aside until it concretes into a pilular mass. Should the mixture not concrete in eight or ten hours, a deficiency of water in the Copaiba may be inferred; and this difficulty may be obviated, in subsequent operations, by shaking the Copaiba with one- twentieth of its weight of water, allowing it to stand until all the uncombined water has subsided, and then decanting and keeping it in closed bottles for use. MASSA FERRI CARBONATIS. U.S. Mass of Carbonate of Iron. [Pilula Fkrri Carbonatis, Pharm. 1870.] Definite formula. Sulphate of Iron, 100 parts, or 8 oz. av. Carbonate of Sodium, 110 parts, or 8 oz. av. 350 grains. Clarified Honey, 38 parts, or 3 oz. av. Sugar, in coarse powder, 25 parts, or 2 oz. av. Syrup, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 8 oz. av. Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron and the Carbonate of Sodium sepa- rately, each in two hundred parts [or 1 pint] of boiling Distilled Water, and, having added twenty-five parts [or 1£ n. oz.] of Syrup to the solu- tion of the iron salt, filter both solutions. Mix them, when cold, in a bottle just large enough to hold them, or add enough Distilled Water to fill it; close the bottle accurately with a stopper, and set it aside so that the carbonate of iron may subside. Pour off the supernatant liquid, and, having mixed Syrup and Distilled Water in the proportion of one part [or 6 fl. dr.] of Syrup to sixteen parts [or 1 pint] of Water, wash the precipitate with the mixture until the washings no longer have a saline taste. Drain the precipitate on a flannel cloth, and express as much of the Water as possible. Lastly, mix the precipitate immediately with the Honey and Sugar, and, by means of a water- bath, evaporate the mixture, constantly stirring, until it is reduced to one hundred parts [or 8 oz. av.]. MASSA HYDRARGYRI. U. S. Mass of Mercury. [Pilule Hydrargyri, Pharm. 1870. Blue Mass. Blue Pill.] Definite formula. Mercury, 83 parts, or 5 oz. av. 122 grains. Glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, 5 parts, or. . . 350 grains. Althaea, in No. 60 powder, 25 parts, or 4 oz. av. Glycerin, 3 parts, or ' 3 fl. dr. Honey of Rose, 34 parts, or 4fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Triturate the Mercury with the Honey of Rose and Glycerin until it is extinguished. Then gradually add the Glycyrrhiza and Althtea, and continue the trituration until globules of Mercury cease to be visible under a lens magnifying ten diameters. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1103 Apparatus for Kneading Masses.—In making masses upon the large scale it is necessary to use mechanical contrivances to secure a thorough admixture of the various ingre- dients. One of the simplest forms con- sists of two smooth iron rollers, geared so that they may be made to approach or recede from each other, revolving in oppo- site directions and at slightly different rates of speed. The mass roughly mixed is re- peatedly passed through the rollers, which may be hollow, so that steam can be introduced inside and thus heated (some masses requiring such treatment), or the rollers can be heated directly on the outside by a row of spirit lamps placed on a table immediately under them. Figs. 555 and 556 illustrate two forms of Day’s pill mass mixer. Fig. 555 represents a hand machine having a capacity of three pounds, and Fig. 556 one intended to be run by “ power,” with a capacity of thirty pounds. They are made of iron and steel, the hoppers are lined with porcelain, and the machine is arranged so that the mass can be discharged when finished, by inclining the machine and revolving the mixers. Fig. 555. Fig. 556. Day’s pill mass mixer. Day’s pill mass mixer. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LXVI. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Antimonial powder— Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. How is it made? Aromatic powder— What are the ingredients ? Compound chalk powder— Give the Latin officinal name. How is it prepared ? Compound effervescing powder— Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. What are the ingredients ? Compound powder of glycyrrhiza— Give the Latin officinal name. What are the ingredients ? Powder of ipecac and opium— Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. What are its ingredients and their proportions ? 1104 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Compound powder of jalap— Give the Latin officinal name. What are the ingredients ? Compound powder of morphine— Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. What are the ingredients ? W~hat is the proportion of sulphate of morphine ? Compound powder of rhubarb— Give the Latin officinal name. What are the ingredients? Give the general formula for triturations. What trituration is officinal? Give its formula. How may powders of uniform size and weight be divided without having to weigh each powder? How can powder papers be folded so as to present a uniform appearance ? What is a cachet, or, as sometimes called, “ cachet de pain” ? How are cachets used ? How is wafer-sheet prepared ? How is it used for taking powders ? How may bottles be utilized for sealing cachets ? Describe Hahn’s pestle-cap. For what purpose is it used ? What are tablet-triturates ? How are they made ? What are troches, and how are they used? How is the mass prepared for making troches ? How are troches cut ? What contrivances are used to give them uniformity ? Give the English officinal names of the following varieties of troches and the quantity of the medicinal ingredient contained in one of each; Trochisci acidi tannici. Trochisci ammonii chloridi. Trochisci catechu. Trochisci cretas. Trochisci cubebae. Trochisci ferri. Trochisci glycyrrhizaa et opii. Trochisci ipecacuanhae. Trochisci krameriae. Trochisci magnesiae. Trochisci menthae piperitae. Trochisci morphinae et ipecacuanhae. Trochisci potassii chloratis. Trochisci sodii hicarbonatis. Trochisci sodii santoninatis. Trochisci zingiberis. What are confections ? By what other names are these preparations known? What is the basis of confections? How many confections are officinal ? Name them. How is confection of rose prepared ? How is confection of senna prepared ? How many pill masses are officinal? How is mass of copaiba prepared ? If mass of copaiba when made does not readily concrete, what is probably the reason ? How may such a difficulty be obviated ? How is mass of carbonate of iron prepared ? What preparation of iron does the finished mass contain ? What chemical reaction takes place between ingredients of the mass? Mass of mercury— Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. How is it prepared ? What proportion does the mercury bear to the mass ? How long should the ingredients be triturated ? SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1105 Pilulse. Pills. Pills are small, solid bodies, of a globular, ovoid, or lenticular shape, which are intended to be swallowed and thereby produce medicinal action. Pills are more largely used than any other form of solid prep- arations : substances which are bitter or unpleasant to the taste, if not corrosive or deliquescent, can be administered in this form if the dose is not too large. The ease and rapidity with which pills can be adminis- tered, the length of time during which they retain their original activity, their compact form, and their absence of unpleasant taste when coated, are the principal reasons for their extended use. In order to give medicinal substances the requisite shape and con- sistence to form pills, they must be brought into a soft condition and made into a mass, generally through the use of a volatile liquid: the subsequent evaporation of this liquid, or a portion of it, should pro- duce but little change in the form of the pill. As previously stated (page 1101), pill masses are sometimes kept in bulk and made into pills when occasion requires : by far the greatest number, however, are made extemporaneously, and the exercise of the knowledge and perception which are necessary in selecting the proper substance to form the mass constitutes one of the most important duties of the pharmacist. To be able always to select the proper excipient requires a thorough knowledge of the physical properties of all the articles of the materia medica which enter into the composition of pill masses. Forming1 the Mass.—The mass consists of two parts : 1. The active ingredients. 2. The excipient, or the substance used to form the mass and give it the proper consistence. The essential requirements of a pill mass are that it shall be—1, adhesive; 2, firm; and, 3, 'plastic. 1. The mass must be sufficiently adhesive to retain its shape and yet be soft enough to be worked by the fingers or suitable apparatus into the desired form: to enable it to possess adhesiveness, a liquid is usually added to the powdered ingredients, and the selection of this liquid must always depend upon the physical character of the ingre- dients ; in many cases the latter possess sufficient adhesiveness in them- selves if they are moistened with water, and hence the quality is only developed,—not created, as in the case of powders containing extracts; others, again, are totally devoid of adhesiveness, and sticky substances, like gum, sugar, etc., must be added in sufficient quantity to supply the deficiency. Some substances may be made soft and adhesive by simply heating them, and they regain their original condition when allowed to cool. 2. The mass must possess sufficient firmness to permit the pills to retain their shape. The condition of adhesiveness is usually dependent upon the addition of a liquid which dissolves a small portion of the solid ingredients, and this solution is adhesive enough to enable the mass to be made; but if too much liquid be added, the quality of firmness will be lost, and the pills either cannot be formed at all, or will subsequently run together in the box. The physical properties of the active ingredients of the pill must be thoroughly understood to 1106 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. judge of the proper quantity of excipient to be used to give adhesive- ness without losing firmness. The following general rule may serve to guide the operator: Never use an excipient alone which is a perfect sol- vent for the solid substances: for instance, water should not be used alone for making pills of the soluble scaled-iron salts; for, although the pills may apparently be firm enough when dispensed, they will be very apt in warm weather to run together in the box: if sufficient acacia be used with the water, they can be made to retain their shape. 3. The mass must be plastic.—The condition of plasticity is a natural result of the possession of a proper degree of adhesiveness and firmness: many substances may be formed into a mass which will be either adhesive or firm, but unless these conditions are properly bal- anced, so that the mass can be quickly and easily formed into pills which will retain their shape without flattening, pills cannot be made success- fully. Plasticity can generally be secured by thoroughly working or kneading the mass: in this connection see Fig. 383. The choice of the excipient is usually left entirely to the pharmacist, and in making the selection care should be taken that, whilst the pharmaceutical requi- sites are fulfilled, the proper solubility or disintegrability of the pill in the stomach is not lost sight of. Choice of the Excipient.—An examination of the following list of excipients will probably convey a good idea of their uses : they are divided into two classes, liquid and solid. Liquid excipients are generally preferred, because they are more conveniently added to the powders. List of Excipients. Liquid. Water. Used only when the ingredients of the pill possess sufficient adhe- siveness to be developed by the water. Syrup. An excellent excipient when more adhesiveness is needed than oan be afforded by the use of water. Syrup of Acacia. Better than syrup, because it is more adhesive, and can he used in smaller quantity. The objection to its use is that the pills made with it are apt to become very hard, and in some cases they may be practically insoluble in the liquids of the stomach. Mucilage of Acacia. More adhesive than any of the preceding, hut open to the same objection as syrup of acacia. Glycerin. Somewhat adhesive, but very valuable, because its hygroscopic properties prevent the pills made with it from becoming hard. It is rarely advisable to use it alone, however, as the surfaces of the pills often acquire a dampness which attracts the particles of dusting-powder. Glucose. A very valuable excipient: it is colorless, very adhesive, and prac- tically non-volatile at ordinary temperatures. Honey. May be used in place of glucose for dark-colored masses, but qui- nine pills are not white when honey is used as the excipient. Extract of Malt. Has the advantages of glucose, but the disadvantage of honey in not being colorless. Glycerite of Starch. Possesses the merits of glycerin, with the adhesiveness of the starch jelly. Its thick consistence is sometimes an inconvenience (see page 305). Glycerite of Tragacanth. Similar to glycerite of starch. General Excipient. Suggested by the author as combining the advantages of several of the above (see page 1107). Solid. Confection of Rose. Useful when a small quantity of an active ingredient is to be made into pills and dilution is necessary, as in pills of strychnine, podophyllin, etc. Its bulkiness is its principal disadvantage for general work. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1107 List of Excipients.—(Continued.) Crumb of Bread. Valuable for very powerful liquids, like croton oil, volatile oils, etc, Powdered Althaea. Gives adhesiveness, and is useful as an absorbent, but is bulky. Soap. A very valuable excipient for resinous substances. It increases their solubility, and forms an unexceptionable mass. Resin Cerate. Valuable for oxidizable substances, resins, etc. Cacao Butter. Used for pills of permanganate of potassium and similar substances. Petrolatum. Used for oxidizable substances like the two preceding excipients. The following excipient is recommended as possessing several advan- tages. It is a colorless, permanent, very adhesive liquid; the pills made with it are small; and the proportion of glycerin is not large enough to make the surfaces of the pills hygroscopic in an ordinary atmosphere: Glucose (white, pure) 4 oz. av. Glycerin 1 oz. av. Acacia (powdered, best) 90 grains. Benzoic Acid 1 grain. General Excipient for Pills. Dissolve the Benzoic Acid in the Glycerin contained in a small tared capsule, add the Acacia with stirring, and then the Glucose, and allow the mixture to stand until the Acacia is dis- solved : a moderate heat may be applied to hasten solution. The benzoic acid is used as an anti- septic; if the excipient is made in small quan- tities and frequently, it may be omitted. In Fig. 557 a simple but effective excipient- bottle is shown: it is made from a plain mor- phine bottle, C; a piece of sheet-rubber cloth, such as is used for making washers, is cut into a disk, R, slightly larger in diameter than the mouth of the bottle; a hole in the centre per- mits the introduction of a round, slightly tapering wooden rod, H, or, if preferred, a solid glass rod: it is obvious that as the ex- cipient is used the rod may be slipped down so as always to dip into the excipient a certain dis- tance, and thus the quantity adhering to the end can be easily adjusted. One of the merits of this simple device is that all parts of it can be easily renewed and kept clean. Dividing the Mass.—Upon the small scale the pill-tile may be used for this operation (see Fig. 558): this is usually made of queen’s-ware or porcelain. The objection to this material, however, is that some substances will penetrate through the little fissures in the tile and soil it: these are often very difficult to dislodge, and they usually give the tile a dirty appearance, in spite of the most diligent washing. A few years since, Whitall, Tatum & Co. made, at the author’s sug- gestion, a pill-tile from plate-glass, having the scale graduated by an engraver’s wheel, and a little over one-half of its surface ground so Fig. 557. Excipient-bottle. 1108 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. that the pill-cylinder would not slip: this makes an unexceptionable surface. The pill mass is placed upon the tile and rolled into a cylinder, either with a smooth, flat board or a spatula, as shown in Fig. 559 : it Fig. 558. Fig. 559. Pill-tile Rolling a pill-cylinder. is then placed upon the graduated scale and cut with the spatula into the desired number of pieces. The pill-machine is preferred in making larger quantities of pills; indeed, many pharmacists never use a pill-tile, but divide and cut all their pills with a machine : this consists of two hard-wood boards, one of which is encased in a metal frame (to prevent warping) ; a brass plate having hemispherical grooves is fastened to one end of the lower board (B), and a similar plate is adjusted to the upper board (A), which is furnished with handles at the end; brass guides are attached to the upper board, to cause the cutting surfaces of the grooves on both boards to correspond (see Fig. 561). The pill mass is rolled into a cylinder and laid upon the grooves of the lower board; the upper board is then applied so that the cutting surfaces correspond with those of the lower board, and, by a slight backward and for- ward motion with down- ward pressure, the mass is divided. When a smaller number of pills are needed than the full capacity of the cutters indicates, the cylinder is rolled out merely to the length necessary to make the desired quantity. In using the pill-machine in this way a common annoyance is experienced, however, in having either to count off the number of grooves each time, or to deface the board with lines. The simple expedient proposed by the author in 1875, and shown in Fig. 562, obviates this. The lower cutter is removed from the board, and its edge is bevelled off so that sufficient space may be gained to stamp a small figure below each cutting edge. Pill-machines with this addition may be had from A. H. Wirz & Son, of Philadel- phia. The Cooper pill-machine is so constructed that but one lower Figs. 560, 661. Pill-machine. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1109 and one upper board are necessary for making several sizes of pills : this object is effected by making the cutters for the various sizes removable and adjustable. Fig. 562. Dusting-Powder.—To prevent the pill-cylinder from sticking to the board or tile, and to lessen the friction, some absorbent powder is dusted upon the surfaces: this may be rice flour, powdered magnesium carbonate, lycopodium, powdered althaea, or powdered liquorice root. Rice flour is preferable for white pills, because its presence is not easily recognized, and because the cylinder does not slip, as it usually does when lycopodium is used. Finishing the Pills.—Many efforts have been made to supply effec- tive mechanical devices for finishing pills, yet the fact remains that the pharmacist usually prefers to roll and finish them with his fingers. If a finisher is desired, a level surface having a raised rim may be used, and the pills enclosed, and rotated by the adjustable pill- finisher shown in Fig. 563. When large quantities of pills are made, they are usually dried by rolling them in some absorbent powder, spreading them out, and exposing them to dry air. Dispensing Pills.—Pills are usually dis- pensed in flat circular boxes : these should be made so shallow that the pills cannot lie on top of one another. Square pill- boxes are coming into use, and are pre- ferred to round boxes for several reasons, the principal one being that a square label can be used : this can be trimmed more neatly and quickly than a round label, and, in the opinion of many pharmacists of taste, looks better. A small quantity of dusting-powder should be placed in the box, to prevent the adhesion of freshly-made pills. Officinal Pills.—The following formulas for pills have been adopted by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia with the view of securing uniformity in their preparation: Pill-cutter with numbered edge. Pig. 563. Pill-finisher. Grains. Grammes. Purified Aloes, in fine powder, two hundred grains 200 13.00 Soap, in fine powder, two hundred grains 200 13.00 400 26.00 To make one hundred pills 100 Beat them together with water so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULE ALOES. U. S. Pills of Aloes. 1110 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. PILULE ALOES ET U.S. Pills of Aloes and Asafetida. Grains. Grammes. Purified Aloes, in fine powder, four hundred grains 400 26.00 Asafetida, four hundred grains 400 26.00 Soap, in fine powder, four hundred grains 400 26.00 1200 78.00 To make three hundred pills 300 Beat them together with water so as to form a mass, and divide it into three hundred pills. PILUL.AB ALOES ET FERRI. U. S. Pills of Aloes and Iron. Grains. Grammes. Purified Aloes, in fine powder, one hundred grains 100 6.50 Dried Sulphate of Iron, one hundred grains 100 6.50 Aromatic Powder, one hundred grains 100 6.50 Confection of Rose, a sufficient quantity, 300 19.50 To make one hundred pills 100 Beat the powders together with Confection of Rose so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULE ALOES ET MASTICHES. U. S. Pills of Aloes and Mastic. Grains. Grammes. Purified Aloes, in fine powder, two hundred grains 200 13.00 Mastic, in fine powder,grains 50 3.25 Red Rose, in fine powder, fifty grains 50 3.25 300 19.50 To make one hundred pills 100 Beat them together with water so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULAB ALOES ET MYRRHS. U. S. Pills of Aloes and Myrrh. Grains. Grammes. Purified Aloes, in fine powder, two hundred grains 200 13.00 Myrrh, in fine powder, one hundred grains too 6.50 Aromatic Powder, fifty grains 5° 3-25 Syrup, a sufficient quantity, 350 22.75 To make one hundred pills 100 Beat them together with the syrup so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred 'pills. PILULES ANTIMONII COMPOSITE. U.S. Compound Pills of Antimony. [Plummer’s Pills.] _ . L J Grams. Grammes. Sulphurated Antimony, fifty grains 5° 3-25 Mild Chloride of Mercury, fifty grains 5° 3-25 Guaiac, in fine powder, one hundred grains ioo 6.50 Mucilage of Tragacanth, a sufficient quantity, 200 13.00 To make one hundred pills 100 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1111 Mix the powders, beat them together with Mucilage of Tragacanth, so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULE ASAFCETIDiE. U.S. Pills of Asafetida. Grains. Grammes. Asafetida, three hundred grains 300 19.50 Soap, in fine powder, one hundred grains 100 6.50 400 26.00 To make one hundred pills] 100 Beat them together with water so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULE CATHARTICS COMPOSITE. U.S. Compound Cathartic Pills. Grains. Grammes. Compound Extract of Colocynth, one hundred and thirty grains . 130 8.40 Abstract of Jalap, one hundred grains 100 6.50 Mild Chloride of Mercury, one hundred grains 100 6.50 Gamboge, in fine powder, twenty-five grains 25 1.60 355 23.00 To make one hundred pills 100 Mix the powders intimately; then with water form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULE FERRI COMPOSITE. U.S. Compound Pills of Iron. Grains. Grammes. Myrrh, in fine powder, one hundred and fifty grains 150 9.75 Carbonate of Sodium, seventy-five grains 75 4.85 Sulphate of Iron, seventy-five grains 75 4.85 Syrup, a sufficient quantity, 300 19.45 . To make one hundred pills 100 Rub the Myrrh, first with the Carbonate of Sodium, and afterwards with the Sulphate of Iron, until they are thoroughly mixed ; then beat them with Syrup so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULE FERRI IODIDI. U. S. Pills of Iodide of Iron. Grains. Grammes. Reduced Iron, sixty grains 60 4.00 Iodine, eighty grains 80 5.20 Glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, fifty grains . . 50 3.25 Sugar, in fine powder, fifty grains 50 3.25 Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in fine powder, twelve grains . . 12 0.75 Acacia, in fine powder, twelve grains 12 0.75 Water, Balsam of Tolu, Stronger Ether, each, a sufficient quantity, 264 17.20 To make one hundred pills 100 1112 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. To the Reduced Iron, contained in a porcelain capsule, add about one hundred and twenty grains, or about eight grammes, of Water, and grad- ually add the Iodine, constantly triturating, until the mixture ceases to have a reddish tint. Then add the remaining powders, previously mixed, and evaporate the excess of moisture, on the water-bath, con- stantly stirring, until the mass has acquired a pilular consistence. Lastly, divide it into one hundred pills. Dissolve one part of Balsam of Tolu in one part of Stronger Ether, shake the pills with a sufficient quantity of this solution until they are uniformly coated, and put them on a plate to dry, occasionally stirring them until the drying is completed. Keep the pills in a well-stopped bottle. Pills of Iodide of Iron should be devoid of the smell of Iodine, and distilled water, rubbed with them and filtered, should not impart more than a light blue tint to gelatinized starch (absence of more than traces of free iodine). PILULiE GALBANI COMPOSITE. U.S. Compound Pills of Galbanum. Grains. Grammes. Galbanum, one hundred and fifty grains 150 9.75 Myrrh, one hundred and fifty grains 150 9.75 Asafetida, fifty grains 50 3.25 Syrup, a sufficient quantity, 350 22.75 To make one hundred pills 100 Beat them together so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULiE OPII. U. S. Pills of Opium. Grains. Grammes. Powdered Opium, one hundred grains 100 6.50 Soap, in fine powder, twenty-five grains 25 1.62 125 8.12 To make one hundred pills 100 Beat them together with water so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULES PHOSPHORI. U.S. Pills of Phosphorus. Grains. Grammes. Phosphorus, one grain i 0.06 Althaea, in No. 60 powder, eighty grains 80 5.20 Acacia, in fine powder, twenty grains . 20 1.30 Glycerin, forty grains 40 2.60 Water, twenty grains 20 1.30 Purified Chloroform, fifty grains 50 3.20 Balsam of Tolu, Stronger Ether, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills 100 Dissolve the Phosphorus in the Chloroform, in a test-tube. Mix the Althaea and the Acacia, in a mortar, with the pestle, add the solution SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1113 of Phosphorus, then the Glycerin and the Water, and quickly form a mass, to be divided into one hundred pills. Dissolve one part of Balsam of Tolu in one part of Stronger Ether, shake the pills with a sufficient quantity of the solution until they are uniformly coated, and put them on a plate to dry, occasionally stirring until the drying is completed. Keep the pills in a well-stopped bottle. Grains. Grammes. Rhubarb, in fine powder, three hundred grains 300 19.50 Soap, in fine powder, one hundred grains 100 6.50 400 26.00 To make one hundred pills 100 Beat them together with water so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULE RHEI COMPOSITE. U.S. Compound Pills of Rhubarb. Grains. Grammes. Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, two hundred grains 200 13.00 Purified Aloes, in fine powder, one hundred and fifty grains . . . . 150 9.75 Myrrh, in fine powder, one hundred grains 100 6.50 Oil of Peppermint, ten grains 10 .65 460 29.90 To make one hundred pills 100 Beat them together with water so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills. PILULE RHEI. U. S. Pills of Rhubarb. Coating1 Pills.—Pills are coated with sugar, gelatin, silver leaf, gold leaf, or French chalk, with the view of masking their taste. The sugar-coating of pills is carried on upon a very large scale in this country. The pills are care- fully dried, placed in a round- bottomed copper pan, a mix- ture of syrup and starch added, the whole heated, and the pan kept moving constantly, so that a rotary motion is imparted. Whilst evaporation takes place, additions of syrup are made from time to time, so that a crust of sugar gradually forms upon the surface of each pill. Fig. 564 shows the form of pill- coater used by Allaire, Wood- ward & Co., of Peoria, Illinois. The rotary motion and heating of the copper pan are effected by the use of steam. A polish is given to the pills by agitating them in a bag or rolling them in a shaker in contact with a piece of wax or paraffin. Pills cannot be satisfactorily coated with sugar in the small way Fig. 564. Machine for sugar-coating pills. 1114 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARA TIONS. without much labor. This is not the case with gelatin coating. It is quite possible for the pharmacist to coat pills with gelatin and be able to dispense them in fifteen minutes. The coating of pills with gelatin is an old process. Formerly each pill was impaled upon a long needle, dipped into a solution of gelatin, and the end of the needle stuck into a cork to permit the coating to dry. This slow process was improved by Chas. B. Allaire, who devised a machine for dipping a number of pills at once, and also one for stripping the needle-bar. Since then many machines have been introduced for coating pills with gelatin, and since the introduction of sugar, gum, or saccharin in small quantities to the gelatin mass their use is likely to increase. Prof. Patch’s coater is shown in Fig. 565. The dried pills, which must not be made with glycerin, roll down the inclined grooves, shown in the tray in the drawing, until each of the hemispherical depressions at the end of the groove con- tains a pill. A wooden strip armed with sixteen needles is inverted over the sixteen pills in the depressions, and the points of the needles are pressed into them until every one is impaled ; the adjustable handle is now at- tached, and the pills are dipped into a hot solution of pure gel- atin (page 969), and then gently twirled until the coating has set, when the strip is transferred to the catch in the wheel. This wheel is made to rotate, first in one direction and then in the opposite, by alternately pulling and relaxing the string attached to the axle : this rapidly dries the coating. The needles are stripped of the pills by engaging them in the comb, as shown in the cut. In Franciscus’s pill-coater the needles are set in a brass bar, and the rotation is in a different direction. Other machines are favorably known: in the larger-sized Porcupine pill-coater the revolution of the cylinder to which the needle-bars are attached is effected by clock-work. Maynard’s pill-coater is illustrated by Figs. 566, 567, 568, 569, 570, and 571. It is operated by first placing the flat metallic ring F around the feeding-plate E, and pouring the pills into the cup which is thus formed; the conical indentations in E are filled, and the excess of pills remaining on the top of the plate is permitted to roll off into a box. The dipper or needle-holder D is then placed in position immediately over the pills on the feeding-plate, the guide-pins on the sides securing accuracy in centering the pills with the needle-points ; the handle of the needle-holder is then pressed downward until the points of the needles enter the pills nearly to their centres. The pills, after they are im- Fig. 565. Prof. Patch’s gelatin-coater. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1115 paled, as seen at C, are dipped into the melted gelatin solution; the needle-holder is then slowly revolved in the air in order to facilitate the even distribution of the gelatin film on the surface of the pills. When the film becomes thoroughly cold, it should be solid enough to permit the pills to be stripped from the needles. It is well to have two needle- holders, so that whilst the gelatin on the pills on one is solidifying the other may be started on the coating; in this way the process is rendered con- tinuous. When the coat- ing on the pills is suffi- ciently hard, the pills are stripped from the needles by grasping the circular plate on the needle-holder with one hand and pulling the handle of the needle-holder upward ; the pills drop off, and should be deposited on the tray of wire gauze B to dry. The circular plate through which the needles pass should be slightly greased with cosmoline to prevent the pills from adhering to it. The gelatin solution is heated in an agate-ironware dish, set in a copper water-bath having a cover. This arrangement prevents a film from forming on the surface and aids in retaining the uniformity of the gelatin solution. When the pills are not being dipped, the cover should be kept on the dish. A valuable invention in coating pills with gelatin has been made by J. B. Russell, of Detroit: needles for impaling the pills before dipping have been discarded and the pills are held firmly upon the ends of tubes by suction, the tubes being connected with a box from which the air has been exhausted. A little over one-half of each pill is dipped in the gelatin solution; this is rapidly dried. Subsequently the pill is reversed, and the uncoated portion is then dipped, thus completing the coating. The process is used in the laboratory of Parke, Davis & Co. Pills may be coated with gelatin by cutting the pill-cylinder to its centre, placing in the cleft a piece of sewing-silk, rolling it, dividing it into pills, dipping in gelatin solution, drying, and cutting apart. Figs. 566, 567, 568. Maynard’s pill-coater. Figs. 569, 570, 571. Maynard’s pill-coater. 1116 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. (Prof. Patch.) Gelatin (French, gold label) 2£oz. (av.). Powdered Boric Acid 120 gr. Mucilage of Acacia (U. S. 1880) 2 fl. oz. Distilled Water 7 fl. oz. Macerate the Gelatin with the Water until it softens, dissolve it by heating in a water-bath, and add the Boric Acid ; then slowly add the Mucilage of Acacia, and strain the mixture. Pills may be coated with gold or silver leaf by first placing a drop of syrup of acacia in a mortar, and, after carefully spreading it over the surface with the end of the finger, dropping in the pills, rotating them so that they shall be uniformly coated with a very thin layer of mucilage, and then dropping them into the gold or silver leaf contained in the coater. This is merely a smooth, globular box, opening in the middle (see Fig. 572). When the pills are rotated, they soon become coated with the leaf, and are then ready to dispense. In the absence of a globular box a large-sized pill-box may be used. Gelatin-Coating Solution. Pig. 573. Fig. 672. Silver-coater. Compressed-pill-machine. Compressed Pills and Troches are made by subjecting dry powders to a sufficient degree of pressure in suitable machines to cause them to cohere: the pressure may be effected by a blow from a mallet, or by means of a lever or combination of levers. To enable the pharmacist to prepare his own compressed pills the author devised, in 1875, the machine shown in Fig. 573 for making them. It is made of cast steel: the base has two countersunk depressions with a short post in the centre of each; a lenticular depression is made in the upper surface of each post. A steel cylinder having a central aperture of the diameter of the post is placed in the depression, the proper quantity of powder is intro- duced, and the plunger, which has a corresponding lenticular depression on its lower surface, is placed on the powder and is struck a quick blow with a mallet; the powder is compressed, and the pill adheres to the cylinder; by removing the cylinder and holding it over a box and tap- ping the plunger again lightly, the pill is forced out, and falls into a SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1117 box. Brockedon, of England, was the first manufacturer who introduced this form of pill. In this country, Jacob Dunton, of Philadelphia, was the first to extend the process to a long line of pills, but subsequently John Wyeth & Bro. prepared compressed pills upon an enormous scale. In one of the compressed-pill-machines in use by this firm a cir- cular steel disk, which is perforated with a number of holes, is made to revolve slowly; at regular intervals its motion is stopped long enough to deposit the proper weight of powder and to permit a plunger having a moulded end, as in Fig. 573, moving from above, almost to meet a similar one rising from below the plate; the powder is caught between the two moulds, is compressed, and the pill finds its way out through the spout into the box below. The advantages of compressed pills are that no excipient is used in their preparation, they are easily disintegrated or dissolved in the liquids of the stomach, and their lenticular shape is favorable to their being easily swallowed. Machines for making compressed pills and troches which are adapted for either hand- or steam-power are now made extensively, shows the Crown tablet machine, made by H. K. Mulford & Co, of Philadelphia. The material which is to be compressed is fed into the funnel; in the lower part of this fun- nel there is a sieve, to prevent large lumps from passing through and clogging the feeder. By means of simple yet ingenious mechanism the powder finds its way to the die-plate, the feeder being shaken constantly in order to keep the powder in motion, so that uniformity in feeding is se- cured while it is being delivered. When the chamber in the die-plate has received its charge, the feeder moves out of the way to make room for the compressor, which then forms the tablet in the die; the ejector fol- lows the compressor after it has moved out of the die-plate, and the tablet is knocked off and into the pan underneath by the feeder. The same motions are repeated continuously. When everything is in order and the machine is properly operated, compressed tablets may be made very rapidly. The weight of the tablet may be adjusted with sim- plicity and accuracy. Fig. 576 represents the McFerran machine for compressing powders. The plate which carries the die is reciprocating, and the dies are capable of being changed quickly when tablets of different sizes are to be made. The feed-cup I) has a stirrer in it, and the material is thus kept in uni- form motion while the machine is in operation. The weight of the tablet is adjusted by turning the side screw. The pressure is regulated by a worm wheel, A, on the crank pin, and it is possible to make tab- lets which are hard or fragile at will. One of the advantages of this Fig. 575 Fig. 575. Crown tablet machine. 1118 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. machine is the comparative absence of noise in running it. With prac- tice an operator can make from forty to sixty tablets in a minute. In making compressed pills and lozenges it must not be supposed that the various powders which are to be compressed need no previous treat- ment. Both experience and knowledge are necessary to always achieve Fig. 576. McFerran compressed-tablet machine. success. Some powders are too dry, and need moisture before they can be compressed; others are too damp, and need drying; others have so little cohesive property that even the application of a powerful press is insufficient to keep them from splitting or breaking; others again possess too great a tendency to adhere to anything that they come in contact with. The manufacture of compressed pills and powders has developed a special knowledge of the properties of medicinal substances which is very valuable to those who operate these machines largely. A few illustrations of the methods used for overcoming the difficulties alluded to will be appended. Tablets of chlorate of potassium are made without trouble, the slightly-moist, finely-granulated salt being pre- ferred, because it will feed more regularly than that which is in fine powder. Bicarbonate of sodium is compressed very frequently, and it is used in making the so-called soda-mint tablets; its powers of cohe- sion are not good, but if five per cent, of powdered acacia be added and the whole moistened with water, sifted through a coarse sieve, and dried, there will be no difficulty. The oil of peppermint should be added after it is dried, from one to one and a half per cent, being the usual quantity. Powders which consist mainly of sugar of milk need damp- SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1119 ening with a mixture of one part of simple syrup and two parts of water. The damp powder should be sifted through a coarse sieve and dried; just before compression a little powdered talcum is often sifted in to prevent the tablet from adhering to the die. White cosmoline or vaseline in small quantity is sometimes incorporated with a dry powder to facilitate compression and improve the appearance of the pill or lozenge. Two per cent, of cosmoline dissolved in sufficient ether to permit of its thorough diffusion through the powder is sufficient. Of course the powder should be sifted and dried. When troches or pills are to be made of such dry and apparently incompressible powders as sulphate of quinine, charcoal, salicylic acid, or salicylate of sodium, compression can be accomplished by moistening the powder with a solution of gelatin, sifting, drying, and using a little talcum. If a trace of the ethereal solution of cosmoline or finely-powdered arrow- root is added to the sulphate of quinine, instead of the talcum, the pills will disintegrate more readily, but pills of bisulphate of quinine are more easily made and are more soluble. Very frequently the dampen- ing of the powder with a little ether or alcohol is all that is necessary to secure compression. On the large scale it may be found more advan- tageous to replace acacia with white dextrin. Hypodermic tablets may be made with a base of purified sugar of milk; although dried sul- phate of sodium and purified chloride of sodium are probably better. GELATIN CAPSULES AND PEARLS. The gelatin-coated pill is not the only form in which nauseous or bitter medicines may be administered with their taste concealed, gelatin capsules having been in use for many years. Gelatin Capsules are of three kinds, designated as hard, soft, and empty: the first two are used in administering liquids. Empty cap- sules may be used for liquids, but they are generally employed in con- cealing the taste of bitter solids. The principle upon which they are all made is that of dipping a smooth mould, usually of bone or ivory, into a thick, hot solution of gelatin, allowing the film to become cold, removing it at the proper time, filling it with the liquid, and then sealing it. Figs. 578, 579, 5.80, 581, and 582 show the apparatus used by Parke, Davis & Co., and illustrate the method of making and filling capsules. The process is not new, and the theory is simple, but success in making capsules is not apt to crown the first efforts, considerable experience being necessary. The material employed for the shells or envelopes of soft elastic cap- sules is a composition of gelatin and glycerin, the proportions being varied according as a softer or a harder capsule is desired. A sufficient quantity of water is employed in making the composition to produce a fluid which shall be of the proper consistency. No exact formula can be strictly adhered to, because the proportion will vary with different samples of gelatin; but after a little experience the operator learns to adjust it to a nicety. The composition must be kept at a uniform tem- 1120 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. perature—about 40° C. (104° F.) by means of a water-bath. A wooden mould, having a stem about four inches in length (see Fig. 578), is employed for forming the shell. A number of these moulds are fixed in the perforated wooden disks shown in Fig. 581, and when in use these disks are supported on a simple frame or rack, consisting of two parallel strips of wood about four inches apart (see Fig. 580). The moulds must be slightly oiled, to prevent the composition from Fig. 579. Fig. 578. Fig. 582. Shell-supporter. Fig. 580. Capsule-holder rack. Fig. 581. Capsule- mould. Capsule- syriuge. Capsule-mould holder. adhering to them; but excess of oil must be avoided, or they will refuse to take the gelatin. All being now in readiness, the operator takes ’one of the disks from the rack by its handle, inverts it, and dips the mould carefully into the gelatin composition, then withdraws it slowly with a steady motion, so as not to take up more of the fluid than is required. The moulds are now held in a current of cold air, produced by a fan or other suitable device, being kept in constant motion by the operator to secure an even distribution of the gelatin until it is sufficiently congealed, when the disk is returned to its place, and the operation is repeated with a second disk. The disks are allowed to remain a few minutes on the rack, until the gelatin is hard enough to be handled without sticking to the fingers. They are then taken to a table, and by a smart rap with the hand (the disk being held in a vertical position) the moulds are shaken out of their sockets. An operator provided with an ivory knife next separates the capsule from the superfluous gelatin which has adhered to the stem of the mould, and the soft, elastic shell is then pulled from the mould and placed in an upright position for filling upon the shell- supporter (see Fig. 579). This operation of stripping off the capsules can be best performed by the delicate fingers of a young girl, since any SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1121 roughness in the cuticle of the operator will leave its impression indelibly upon the soft gelatin. The capsules are filled by the skilful use of the syringe (see Fig. 582), great care being taken that none of the oil be allowed to touch the edge of the capsule, since such an accident would render it impossible to seal the capsule. The final operation of sealing is accomplished by pass- ing over the opening a small stick charged with the gelatin composition of which the capsule is made. When the capsules are thus finished, they are allowed to stand a few hours on the supporters to dry, and are then spread out on a sheet of white paper in order to detect any that may be imperfectly sealed. These having been removed, the capsules are ready to be packed in boxes for the market. The hard capsules differ from the elastic ones only in the omission of glycerin from the compo- sition of the envelopes, the manipulation being the same, except that it is necessary to allow the finished capsules to remain several days on the supporters to become completely dry and hard before they are packed. Empty capsules are not ovoid in shape, but cylindrical (see Fig. 583). They are made of several sizes, and are usually designated by numbers. The smallest size in the illustration is represented with the cap, C, off: these are used by pharmacists for enclosing nauseous or bitter powders or masses. They are filled in several ways: one plan is to make a mass of the powders, divide it into little rolls, as in making pills, insert them in the larger end of the capsule, A, and place the cap, C, tightly upon it. To fill the capsules with powders several devices are employed. Whitfield’s capsule-filler is the most elaborate apparatus. Davenport’s method is very simple: the filler is shown in Fig. 584. It consists of a funnel, tube, and plunger. The funnel is flattened at one side, to assist in taking up the material, the tube attached to the funnel is of the proper size to be placed in the capsule, and its end is cut off at an angle to permit its ready application in the capsule. The funnel and tube are made from one piece of metal, with- Fig. 584. Fig. 583. Empty capsules. Davenport’s capsule-filler. out seam or joints. The plunger is of hard wood, and of the proper size for entering the tube. It is supplied with a rubber collar, which admits of the piston’s being pressed entirely through the tube to eject the mate- rial. Each filler and plunger is numbered to correspond with the number of the capsule. In use, the material is first divided into powders; the capsule is placed on the tube, the flat edge of the funnel held nearest to the operator, and the powder scraped into the funnel; the filler is held in an upright position, and the plunger raised; after the powder has 1122 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. passed into the tube, the plunger is inserted, the capsule held firmly on the tube, and pressure applied to the plunger, forcing the powder into the capsule, which is then removed and capped in the usual manner. Reymond’s capsule-filler (see Figs. 585 and 586) consists of two blocks of hard wood. In the lower one in Fig. 585, C, twelve sockets are bored of sufficient depth to enable the cap- sules to be inserted one- half of their length: these sockets are so shaped at the bottom as to corre- spond with the lower end of the capsule. A small hole is bored through the bottom of each socket. The upper side of the upper block, B, is provided with twelve funnel-shaped receptacles of sufficient capacity to hold all the powder intended to fill the capsule, the lower end of these recep- tacles being so shaped that when the two sections are in proper position for use they will project just over the upper edge of the capsule. The under side of this section is provided with twelve holes a trifle larger than those in C, and of sufficient length to cover that portion of the capsule projecting above C. Pegs are inserted in either section to fit into corresponding holes in the other, so as to hold the two together in proper position when the filler is in use (see Fig. 586). A tampon, A, is provided with which to pack the capsule. Fig. 685. Fig. 586. Reymond’s capsule-filler. Suppositoria. Suppositories. Suppositories are solid bodies intended to be introduced into the rec- tum, urethra, or vagina to produce medicinal action. Their form is usually conical, with a rounded apex, and their consistence should be such that, whilst they will retain their shape at ordinary temperatures, they will readily melt or soften at the temperature of the body. Oleum theobromse, or cacao butter, is the best base for suppositories, because it accurately fulfils both of the above requirements : it was first suggested in this connection in 1852, by Mr. Alfred B. Taylor, of Philadelphia. It is rarely necessary to raise the melting point of cacao butter by the addition of wax, spermaceti, etc., except in the warmest summer weather, or when carbolic acid, camphor, chloral, the volatile oils, or similar substances form the medicating ingredients. Gelatin suppositories are made from a mass containing gelatin and glycerin, by soaking gel- atin in water, draining off the excess, adding five parts by weight of glycerin to every twelve parts of soft gelatin, and heating in a water- bath. The medicating substance is rubbed into a smooth paste with a small quantity of water or glycerin and added to the mass. Since the extended use of suppositories the size has been gradually reduced, until fifteen-grain suppositories are now most largely employed. Supposi- tories are usually of three kinds : 1. Rolled; 2. Moulded; 3. Pressed. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1123 1. Rolled Suppositories are made by a very simple method: the cacao butter is scraped or grated and placed in a mortar; the medi- cating ingredients are reduced to powder, or, if composed of extracts, are softened with water and rubbed until a smooth paste is formed; a mass resembling a pill mass is now made by thoroughly incorporating the ingredients with a pestle, and, having thoroughly dusted a pill-tile with lycopodium, a suppository cylinder is formed by rolling the mass upon the tile with a spatula, after having softened it by partly shaping it with the fingers: if the mass is brittle, it may be softened by thor- oughly incorporating a few drops of olive oil with it; the cylinder is rolled out and then cut into the proper number of pieces with a spatula; the conical shape is given by rolling one end upon the tile with a spatula, so as to produce a rounded point. In warm weather it is necessary to use lycopodium, powdered elm bark, or a similar absorb- ent powder freely. With practice, excellent rolled suppositories can be made. This method has the substantial merit of requiring very little apparatus, but considerable skill is needed to produce suppositories equalling in finish those which are moulded. Fig. 587 and Fig. 588 show two views of Bing’s apparatus for shaping rolled suppositories. The supposi- tory cylinder is placed upon the base-plate and well dusted with lycopodium; it will be observed that the plate has the shape of one-half of a suppository divided lon- gitudinally ; upon moving the upper plate backward and forward on the sup- pository cylinder, gradually increasing the pressure, the suppository assumes the conical form. Three base-plates, for three dif- ferent sizes of suppositories, are shown. 2. Moulded Suppositories are more largely used than any other kind ; preference is given to them in the officinal directions, although the other kinds are permitted: the directions are as follows : Mix the medicinal portion (previously brought to a proper consist- ence, if necessary) with a small quantity of Oil of Theobroma, by rub- bing them together, and add the mixture to the remainder of the Oil of Theobroma, previously melted and cooled to the temperature of 35° C. (95° F.). Then mix thoroughly, without applying more heat, and immediately pour the mixture into suitable moulds. The moulds must be kept cold by being placed on ice, or by immersion in ice-cold water; and the inner surface of the moulds should be carefully freed from ad- hering moisture, before the melted mass is poured in. In the absence of suitable moulds, suppositories may be formed by allowing the mix- ture, prepared as above, to cool, care being taken to keep the ingredients well mixed, and dividing into parts of a definite weight each, which may be made into a conical or other convenient form for a suppository. Unless otherwise specified, suppositories shall be made to weigh about fifteen grains, or one gramme. Fig. 587. Fig. 588. Bing’s suppository-machine. End-view of the same. 1124 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. The principle upon which suppositories are moulded depends upon the fact that the mass after being introduced into the moulds contracts upon cooling; when the limit of contraction is reached, the supposi- tory is a trifle smaller than the mould in which it has been made, and it can be easily extracted: hence the importance of allowing the moulds to become thoroughly cold after the introduction of the melted mass. The novice almost invariably makes the mistake of opening the divided moulds too soon (before the limit of contraction is reached) : the suppository sticks to the mould, and splitting ensues. The diffi- culties encountered in making moulded suppositories generally arise from the use of too much heat in melting the mass. A suppository mass containing an extract bears some analogy to an emulsion, with the proportions of the ingredients reversed : the fatty substance here is in great excess; the extractive matter is the substance to be uniformly suspended, whilst the water is relied upon to effect this object: this can be done by making the extract into a soft paste with the water, and gradually incorporating it with the partly-melted cacao butter by stirring. If strong heat is used, the water is evaporated, the extract separates in small masses, and, like a bad emulsion, the mass is “ cracked.” The remedy is to pour it at once upon an ointment slab or tile, add a little water, and rub it until the original condition is regained. Pouring the Mass.—The mass should be poured into the mould from a dipper held in the right hand, a vigorous stirring being main- tained with a spatula held in the left hand immediately before the pouring begins; indeed, when heavy powders are directed, the stirring must not cease during the pouring, or the last suppositories will contain a larger proportion of the heavy powder than those which were first made. A porcelain casserole (see Fig. 589) is the best vessel to melt the mass in; and it is much better to dip it into a dish contain- ing hot water than to use direct heat. The use of lycopodium to dust the inside of the moulds is unneces- sary. If proper attention be given to cooling the moulds thoroughly, there will be no difficulty from the adhesion of the suppositories. Suppository-Moulds.—Many forms are in use. They may be ar- ranged in three classes : 1. Individual moulds. 2. Divided moulds. 3. Hinged moulds. 1. Individual Moulds are those which were first employed: in this form an oval metallic dish is furnished with a lid which contains twelve circular perforations (see Fig. 591) for supporting twelve in- dividual moulds made of white metal. To prevent the moulds from slipping through when they are placed in the perforations, they each have a shoulder, which rests upon the lid (see Fig. 590 and Fig. 592). The dish is nearly filled with chopped ice or snow, the lid supporting the moulds is placed in position, and the melted mass is Fig. 589. Fig. 590. Fig. 591. Fig. 592 Casserole. Individual suppository-moulds. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1125 poured in. After the suppositories have become thoroughly cold, they are removed by inverting the mould and tapping it lightly on a hard surface, when they usually drop out. They sometimes fail, however, to answer the summons promptly. This is generally due to the mould's not being perfectly clean. The difficulty of quickly and easily cleaning these small moulds, and the lia- bility of losing or misplacing them, con- stitute the most serious drawbacks to the use of this form. Divided Moulds.—This, at present, is a favorite kind of suppository-mould, one of the advantages being the facility with which it can be cleaned. They are pref- erably cooled by placing them upon a piece of ice. The simplest form is shown in Fig. 593. The upper mould is repre- sented as closed and ready for use, being held together by an ordinary rubber band. The open mould is shown below. It is made of brass, and consists of two parts, which are kept in position by placing the pins A and B in their respective sockets. This form is seen enlarged in the Wirz mould (see Fig. 595). This mould will make twelve suppositories at one time, and it is held together by two brass rings which are slipped over the handles. The circular forms have the very great advantages of requiring but a small piece of ice and of being almost indestructible. Figs. 596 and 597 show See’s mould: the central core is held in position by a set- screw. Fig. 596 represents the closed mould, and Fig. 597 shows the core when elevated. This mould is made by J. M. Maris & Co., of Philadelphia. The best divided mould is un- questionably that shown in Fig. 598. It was manufactured by L. R Figs. 593, 594. Divided suppository-mould. Fig. 595. Wirz’s suppository-mould. Fig. 598. Fig. 596. Fig. 597. See’s mould (closed). See’s mould (open). Blackman’s suppository-mould. 1126 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Blackman, of Newport, R.I. The division of this mould is hori- zontal instead of perpendicular. It is made of gun-metal, is nickel- plated, contains no small working parts, and is compact and simple in its construction. The relative position of the upper and lower parts is shown in the illustration. When the suppositories have contracted sufficiently to leave the mould easily, it may be known by pressing one of them slightly upon the top. If it can be moved downward slightly, it indicates that they are loose, when the upper part, carrying the suppositories, may be separated by lifting it from the lower part; it is then inverted over a piece of paper, when a light tap will cause the suppositories to drop out. Hinged Moulds.—This form differs from the divided moulds in being connected with a hinge. They are used in the same way as the divided moulds. One of the simplest forms is seen in Fig. 599. This Fig. 699. Fig. 601. Hinged mould. Fig. 600. Benton, Myers & Co.’s suppository-mould. English suppository-mould. opens perpendicularly, and is closed in the same way as the mould shown in Fig. 595. Benton, Myers & Co/s mould (Fig. 600) is constructed so that two different sizes of suppositories may be made in it. It is in addition a double mould, is hinged at one end, and closed by a screw- catch at the other. Figs. 601 and 602 are illustrations of a very ser- viceable English mould, recommended by Mr. Henry B. Brady, of Newcastle-on-Tyne. It differs from all others in being hinged at the bottom. It is held together by two screw-catches, one at each end. Fig. 602 shows this mould closed, and in position upon a cake of ice. Compressed Suppositories.—The method of making suppositories by compression has been used to some extent, but the expense of the apparatus required in their production constitutes a serious drawback. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1127 A. M. Knowlson, of Troy, N.Y., is the maker of an effective sup- pository-machine, which presses the mass through a cylinder into a Fig. 602. Suppository-mould on ice. mould, and finally discharges the well-finished suppository, without the use of any heat whatever. Efforts are now being made to perfect a simple, effective, and cheap machine upon this principle. In Archi- bald’s suppository-machine the compression is effected by a lever work- ing perpendicularly in a cylinder containing the suppository mass. This apparatus is shown in Fig. 603. The suppository mass may be made in the usual way (see page 1123), or the medi- cating ingredient, if in powder, may be mixed with the grated cacao butter and thoroughly distributed through it. The proper mould (7) having been introduced in the swing-bed (4), the latter is moved accurately into position under the hopper (3), and the plunger (1) having been ele- vated by moving the hand-lever (2), the mass is introduced into the hopper (3). By pressing the hand-lever (2) down the mass is forced into the mould; without raising the lever the swing-bed is then pushed around to the right, as shown in Fig. 603, and the mould lifted out by the han- dle (7). The suppository may be removed from the mould by gently sliding one of the halves over the other, for this gradually forces it out of the mould without the necessity of touching the suppository with the fingers. If the sup- pository adheres to the mould, it may often be forced out by a slight pressure of the thumb upon the apex. In warm weather the moulds should be cooled before using them by laying them upon ice or by immersion in ice-water. Soap liniment* glycerin, or powdered French chalk have been used as Fig. 603. Archibald’s suppository- machine. 1128 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. applications to the inside of the moulds when the mass has a tendency to adhere. Moulds accompany the apparatus for making rectal, vaginal, nasal, and urethral suppositories, and any special size can be furnished by the manufacturer. Suppositories are sometimes introduced into the rectum with difficulty. Figs. 604 and 605 show a suppositer to aid in their insertion. The tube is made of hard metal, and has a funnel-shaped top (Fig. 605). The suppository is dropped into the tube, point downward, and this is carefully inserted into the rectum. The piston (Fig. 604) is now applied to the end of the suppository, which is gently pushed into the rectum, the tube being then withdrawn. Suppository Capsules.—Dr. F. E. Stewart has suggested the employment of gelatin shells with conical caps, to be used as suppositories. The medicating ingredients are inserted in the lower portion ; the upper margin is then moistened with water, and the cap inserted. Before introducing them into the rectum they should be wet with sufficient water to enable them to slip easily (see Fig. 606). Urethral Suppositories, or Bougies, are preferably made of gelatin, owing to the difficulty of introducing into the urethra those made from Fig. 604. Fig. 606. Fig. 606. Suppository capsules. Suppositer. Fig. 607. Mitchell’s gelatin-bougie mould. cacao butter, on account of their brittleness. They may be made by melting together three parts of white gelatin, one part of glycerin, and one part of distilled water, by weight, then adding the desired medicament and drawing the mass into a glass tube of suitable size, which has been SOLID EXTEMPORA XEO US PR EPA RA TIONS. 1129 previously oiled by sucking a small quantity of oil into it and allowing it to run out. After cooling, the mass is pushed out by means of an oiled rod, and cut into pieces of suitable length. These should be rolled in lycopodium to prevent adhesion. Fig. 607 shows Mit- chell’s bougie-mould for making them in quantity. Dispensing- Suppositories.— In order to prevent injury to the surface of suppositories in hand- ling them with warm fingers, it is advisable to place the finger-tips for a few moments upon the ice until they are chilled, before placing the suppositories in the box. The latter is preferably furnished with partitions, as made by the Randolph Paper-Box Com- Eany, of Richmond, Va. (see Fig. 608). In the absence of this special ox, the suppositories should be protected by a layer of cotton. Fig. 608. Suppository-box. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LXVI.-{Continued.') SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. What are pills ? Of what two parts does a pill mass consist ? What are the essential requirements of a pill mass ? Give the names of some of the more ordinary excipients. Give the formula for making a convenient, general excipient. How may pill masses be conveniently divided into pills ? Give the formulas for the following pills, officinal in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia: Pilulae aloes. Pilulae aloes et asafcetidae. Pilulae aloes et ferri. Pilulae aloes et mastiches. Pilulae aloes et myrrhae. Pilulae antimonii compositae. Give the synonyme. Pilulae asafoetidae. Pilulae catharticae compositae. Pilulae ferri compositae. Pilulae ferri iodidi. Pilulae galbani compositae. Pilulae opii. Pilulae phosphori. Pilulae rhei. Pilulae rhei compositae. With what substances are pills coated? How are pills coated ? How are compressed pills or troches made ? What are the advantages of compressed pills? What varieties of gelatin capsules are made ? 1130 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. How are they made ? How are empty capsules filled ? What are suppositories ? What is ordinarily the best base for suppositories ? How are gelatin suppositories made ? What is the usual size of suppositories ? In what different ways are suppositories made ? How are rolled suppositories made ? How are moulded suppositories made ? What varieties of moulds are used in making them ? What is the greatest objection to individual moulds ? What are the advantages of divided moulds ? What is the best form of divided mould ? Wherein do hinged moulds differ from divided moulds ? How are compressed suppositories made ? What is a suppositer, and for what is it used ? How are capsules used for suppositories ? Of what are urethral suppositories or bougies preferably made, and why ? CHAPTER LXVII. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS USED EX- TERNALLY. Cerates, Ointments, Plasters, and Papers. Cerata. Cerates. Cerates are unctuous substances of such consistence that they may be easily spread, at ordinary temperatures, upon muslin or similar mate- rial with a spatula, and yet not so soft as to liquefy and run when ap- plied to the skin. They are mostly used as dressings for inflamed surfaces, and are generally made with oil, lard, or petrolatum for a basis, with sufficient wax to give the desired consistence. Owing to the presence of wax (Cfera), they are called Cerates. Paraffin, sperma- ceti, and resin are also used to raise the melting points of oils and fats. Cerates are made either by fusion or by incorporation: In the first method, the ingredients are melted together, and the mixture strained, to separate mechanical impurities, and stirred until cold, to render it homogeneous. By incorporation is meant the process which consists in placing the fatty ingredients upon an ointment-slab or pill-tile, or in a mortar, and gradually mixing in the other ingredients, with a spatula or pestle, until a uniform preparation results. Eight cerates are officinal. Officinal Cerates made by Fusion. Ceratum. Made by fusing together 30 parts of white wax and 70 parts of lard, and stirring until cold. Ceratum Cantharidis. Made by fusing together 20 parts of yellow wax, 20 parts of resin, and 25 parts of lard, straining, adding 35 parts of cantharides, digesting for half an hour, and stirring until cold. Ceratum Cetacei. Made by fusing together 10 parts of spermaceti, 35 parts of white wax, and 55 parts of olive oil, and stirring until cold. Ceratum Extracti Cantharidis. Made by fusing together 15 parts of resin, 35 parts of yellow wax, and 35 parts of lard, digesting with 15 parts of ex- tract of cantharides, straining, and stirring. Ceratum Resinas. Made by fusing together 35 parts of resin, 15 parts of yellow wax, and 50 parts of lard, straining, and cooling. Ceratum Sabin®. Made by fusing 90 parts of resin cerate, adding 25 parts of fluid extract of savine, heating, to evaporate alcohol, and stirring until cool. Ceratum Camphorae. Made by mixing 3 parts of camphor liniment with 12 parts of olive oil, and incorporating the mixture with 85 parts of cerate. Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis. Made by incorporating 20 parts of solution of subacetate of lead with 80 parts of camphor cerate. Officinal Cerates made by Incorporation. 1131 1132 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. OFFICINAL PROCESSES FOR CERATES. CERATUM. U.S. Cerate. Definite formula. White Wax, 30 parts, or 3 oz. av. Lard, 70 parts, or 7 oz- av* To make 100 parts, or 10 oz. av. Melt them together, and stir the mixture constantly until cool. CERATUM CAMPHORj®. U. S. Camphor Cerate. Definite formula. Camphor Liniment, 3 parts, or 15 minims. Olive Oil, 12 parts, or 1 fl. dr. Cerate, 85 parts, or 4°° grains. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Mix the Camphor Liniment and the Olive Oil, and incorporate with the Cerate. CERATUM CANTHARIDIS. U. S. Cantharides Cerate. [Blistering Cerate.] Definite formula. Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, 35 parts, or 7 oz. av. Yellow Wax, 20 parts, or 4 oz. av. Resin, 20 parts, or 4 oz. av. Lard, 25 parts, or 5 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 20 oz. av. To the Wax, Resin, and Lard, previously melted together and strained through muslin, add the Cantharides, and, by means of a water-bath, keep the mixture in a liquid state for half an hour, stirring occasionally. Then remove it from the water-bath, and stir constantly until cool. CERATUM CETACEI. U. S. Spermaceti Cerate. Definite formula. Spermaceti, 10 parts, or x oz. av. White Wax, 35 parts, or oz. av. Olive Oil, 55 parts, or oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 10 oz. av. Melt together the Spermaceti and Wax; then add the Olive Oil, pre- viously heated, and stir the mixture constantly until cool. CERATUM EXTRACTI CANTHARIDIS. U. S. Cerate of Extract of Cantharides. By measure. Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, 30 parts, or 6 oz. av. Resin, 15 parts, or 3 oz. av. Yellow Wax, 35 parts, or 7 oz. av. Lard, 35 parts, or 7 oz. av. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the Cantharides with eighteen parts [or 4 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then gradually pour on Alcohol, until one hundred and eighty parts [or 2i pints] of percolate SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1133 are obtained, or until the Cantharides are exhausted. Distil off the Alcohol by means of a water-bath, transfer the residue to a tared cap- sule and evaporate it, on a water-bath, until it weighs fifteen parts [or 3 oz. av.]. Add to this the Resin, Wax, and Lard, previously melted together, and keep the whole at a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.) for fifteen minutes. Lastly, strain the mixture through muslin, and stir it constantly until cool. CERATUM PLUMBI SUBACETATIS. U.S. Cerate of Subacetate of Lead. [Goulard’s Cerate.] By measure. Solution of Subacetate of Lead, 20 parts, or 1 oz. av. Camphor Cerate, 80 parts, or 4 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 5 oz. av. Mix them thoroughly. This Cerate should be freshly prepared, when wanted for use. CERATUM RESINAS. U. S. Resin Cerate. [Basilicon Ointment.] By measure. Resin, 35 parts, or 7 oz. av. Yellow Wax, 15 parts, or 3 oz. av. Lard, 50 parts, or • 10 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 20 oz. av. Melt them together at a moderate heat, strain the mixture through muslin, and allow it to cool without stirring. CERATUM SABINA. U. S. Savine Cerate. By measure. Fluid Extract of Savine, 25 parts, or 5 oz. av. Resin Cerate, 90 parts, or 18 oz. av. Melt the Resin Cerate by means of a water-bath, add the Fluid Extract of Savine, and continue the heat until the alcohol has evapo- rated ; then remove the heat, and stir constantly until cool. Unguenta. Ointments. Ointments are fatty preparations, of a softer consistence than cerates, intended to be applied to the skin by inunction. The medicating in- gredients are combined with a basis of lard, petrolatum, or similar sub- stance. Ointments are made in several ways: 1. By fusion. 2. By incorporation. 3. By chemical reaction. 1. By Fusion.—In making ointments in this way, care must be ob- served not to apply sufficient heat to burn the constituents. Cerates and ointments may be strained through flannel or muslin to separate mechanical impurities, and, if desired, some of them can be filtered through paper. (See Hot Filtration.) 2. By Incorporation.—The method of making ointments by incor- poration is more frequently used than any other. The medicating in- gredients used are nearly always insoluble in the basis, and it is necessary, therefore, to reduce them to a fine state of division in order to facilitate their absorption or medicinal action. The usual mode of procedure is 1134 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. to place the fatty basis upon an ointment-slab, and the medicating sub- stance close by. The latter, if in fine powder, is first mixed with a small portion of the basis by rubbing both backward and forward with the blade of a spatula until the mixture is perfectly smooth. It is then a very simple operation to dilute this small quantity of concentrated ointment by incorporating it with the rest of the basis, by using the spatula in the same way. If extracts are to be incorporated, they are softened by adding a little water or diluted alcohol, until a smooth paste is made, which is then mixed with the basis with a spatula. An excellent ointment-slab is made by setting a plate of ground glass in a wooden frame or slide (see page 998). Ointments are sometimes made in a mortar with the pestle; but this mode is less convenient. Lard should be benzoinated or otherwise protected from rancidity. In incorporating ointments containing substances which act on steel or iron, horn spatulas may be used. These may either be a single Fig. 609. Spatula (all horn). blade of horn cut into a suitable shape, or provided with a handle, as shown in Fig. 609. When large quantities of ointments are required to be made by incorporation, as is sometimes the case in hospitals, dispensaries, etc., an ointment-trowel may be made by cutting a mason’s trowel into the shape shown in Figs. 610 and 611,—the former giving the bottom-view, the latter the side-view. This affords a large working surface, and the in- corporation can be performed quickly. 3. By Chemical Reaction.—The only officinal ointment that is made by chemical reaction is the ointment of nitrate of mercury. In Fig. 610. Ointment-trowel (bottom-view). Fig. 611. Ointment-trowel (side-view). this, the olein of the oil is converted into elaidin through the action of heat and nitric acid; solution of mercuric nitrate is then incorporated with the elaidin base. Maxims to be observed in making or dispensing Ointments.— 1. They should never be dispensed if they have the slightest taint of rancidity. 2. They should always be smooth and free from grittiness or irritating particles. 3. Ointments containing free acid, iodine, or tannin should not be rubbed with an iron or steel spatula, on account of the chemical action on the metal. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1135 Officinal Ointments made by Fusion. Unguentum. Made by fusing together 80 parts of lard and 20 parts of yellow wax. Unguentum Aquae Rosae. Made by fusing together at a moderate heat 50 parts of expressed oil of almond, 10 parts of spermaceti, and 10 parts of white wax, gradually adding 30 parts of rose water, and stirring until a uniformly soft and creamy mixture is obtained. Unguentum Diachylon. Made by fusing together 60 parts of lead plaster with 39 parts of olive oil, allowing the mass to become cool, and then adding 1 part of oil of lavender, stirring constantly until cold. Unguentum Mezerei. Made by fusing together at a moderate heat 80 parts of lard and 12 parts of yellow wax, then adding 25 parts of fluid extract of meze- reum, and stirring constantly until the alcohol has evaporated. Unguentum Picis Liquid®. Made by fusing at a moderate heat 50 parts of suet, then adding the tar, straining, and stirring constantly until cool. Officinal Ointments made by Incorporation. Unguentum Acidi Carbolici. Made by incorporating thoroughly 10 parts of carbolic acid with 90 parts of ointment. Unguentum Acidi Gallici. Made by incorporating thoroughly 10 parts of gallic acid with 90 parts of benzoinated lard, avoiding the use of an iron spatula. Unguentum Acidi Tannici. Made by incorporating thoroughly 10 parts of tannic acid with 90 parts of benzoinated lard, avoiding the use of an iron spatula. Unguentum Belladonna:. Made by rubbing 10 parts of alcoholic extract of belladonna with 6 parts of diluted alcohol until soft, then incorporating the mixture thoroughly with 84 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Chrysarobini. Made by incorporating thoroughly 10 parts of chrysarobin with 90 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Gall®. Made by incorporating thoroughly 10 parts of powdered nutgall with 90 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Hydrargyri. Made by mixing 45 parts of mercury with 4 parts of compound tincture of benzoin, incorporating thoroughly with 10 parts of mercurial ointment, then adding 22 parts of lard and 22 parts of suet, previously melted together and partially cooled, con- tinuing the trituration until globules of mercury cease to be visible under a magnifying power of 10 diameters. Unguentum Hydrargyri Made by incorporating thoroughly 10 parts of ammoniated mer- Ammoniati. cury with 90 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Hydrargyri Made by incorporating thoroughly 10 parts of yellow oxide of Oxidi Flavi. mercury with 90 parts of ointment. Unguentum Hydrargyri Made by rubbing 10 parts of red oxide of mercury with a little Oxidi Rubri. ointment, then adding sufficient ointment to make 100 parts. Unguentum Iodi. Made by rubbing 4 parts of iodine and 1 part of iodide of potas- sium with 2 parts of water, and incorporating the mixture thoroughly with 93 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Iodoformi. Made by incorporating thoroughly 10 parts of iodoform with 90 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Plumbi Carbo- Made by incorporating thoroughly 10 parts of carbonate of lead natis. with 90 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Plumbi Iodidi. Made by incorporating thoroughly 10 parts of iodide of lead with 90 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Potassii Iodidi. Made by dissolving 12 parts of iodide of potassium and 1 part of hyposulphite of sodium in 6 parts of boiling water, in a warm mortar, then incorporating the mixture thoroughly with 81 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Stramonii. Made by rubbing 10 parts of extract of stramonium with 5 parts of water until soft, then incorporating the mixture thoroughly with 85 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Sulphuris. Made by incorporating thoroughly 30 parts of sublimed sulphur with 70 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Sulphuris Al- Made by rubbing 20 parts of washed sulphur with 10 parts of kalinum. carbonate of potassium and 5 parts of water, then incorporating thoroughly the mixture with 65 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Yeratrin®. Made by rubbing 4 parts of veratrine with 6 parts of alcohol, and incorporating thoroughly with 96 parts of benzoinated lard. Unguentum Zinci Oxidi. Made by rubbing 20 parts of oxide of zinc with 20 parts of melted benzoinated lard, then incorporating the mixture thor- oughly with sufficient benzoinated lard to make 100 parts. Unguentum Hydrargyri See page 1138. Nitratis. Officinal Ointment made by Chemical Reaction. 1136 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. UNGUENTUM. U. S. Ointment. Definite formula. Lard, 80 parts, or 4 oz. av. Yellow Wax, 20 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 5 oz. av. Melt the Wax and add the Lard gradually; then stir the mixture constantly until cool. UNGUENTUM ACIDI CARBOLICI. U.S. Ointment of Carbolic Acid. Definite formula. Carbolic Acid, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Ointment, 90 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Mix them thoroughly. UNGUENTUM ACIDI GALLICI. U.S. Ointment of Gallic Acid. Definite formula. Gallic Acid, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Benzoinated Lard, 90 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. av. Bub the Gallic Acid with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed, avoiding the use of an iron spatula. UNGUENTUM ACIDI TANNICI. U.S. Ointment of Tannic Acid. Definite formula. Tannic Acid, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Benzoinated Lard, 90 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Bub the Tannic Acid with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed, avoiding the use of an iron spatula. UNGUENTUM AQUiE ROSJE. U.S. Ointment of Rose Water. [COLD Cream.] Definite formula. Expressed Oil of Almond, 50 parts, or 5 oz. av. Spermaceti, 10 parts, or 1 oz. av. White Wax, 10 parts, or 1 oz. av. Rose Water, 80 parts, or 3 fl. oz. To make 100 parts, or 10 oz. av. Melt together, at a moderate heat, the Oil, Spermaceti, and Wax; then gradually add the Bose Water, stirring the mixture briskly and constantly until it is cool, and continue the stirring until it has become uniformly soft and creamy. UNGUENTUM BELLADONNA. U. S. Belladonna Ointment. Definite formula. Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Diluted Alcohol, 6 parts, or y2 fl. dr. Benzoinated Lard, 84 parts, or 400 grains. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Bub the Extract with the Diluted Alcohol, until uniformly soft, then gradually add the Lard, and mix thoroughly. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1137 UNGUENTUM CHRYSAROBINI. U.S. Chrysarobin Ointment. Definite formula. Chrysarobin, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Benzoinated Lard, 90 parts, or 1 oz. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Bub the Chrysarobin with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. UNGUENTUM DIACHYLON. U. S. Diachylon Ointment. Definite formula. Lead Plaster, 60 parts, or 264 grains. Olive Oil, 39 parts, or 170 grains. Oil of Lavender, 1 part, or 5 minims. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Melt together the Lead Plaster and Olive Oil, at a moderate heat; then, having permitted the mass to become partly cool, incorporate with it the Oil of Lavender, and stir constantly until cold. UNGUENTUM GALL,®. U. S. Nutgall Ointment. Definite formula. Nutgall, in No. 80 powder, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Benzoinated Lard, 90 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Bub the Mutgall with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI. U. S. Mercurial Ointment. [Blue Ointment.] Definite formula. Mercury, 450 parts, or 1 oz. av. Lard, 225 parts, or y£ oz. av. Suet, 225 parts, or yi oz. av. Compound Tincture of Benzoin, 40 parts, or 40 minims. Mercurial Ointment, 100 parts, or . . 100 grains. To make 1000 parts, or about 2 oz. av. Mix the Mercury with the Compound Tincture of Benzoin in a mor- tar, add the Mercurial Ointment (which should contain 50 per cent, of mercury), and triturate the mixture until globules of Mercury cease to be visible; then add the Lard and Suet, previously melted together and partially cooled, and continue the trituration until globules of Mercury cease to be visible under a magnifying power of ten diameters. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI AMMONIATI. U. S. Ointment of Ammoniated Mercury. Definite formula. Ammoniated Mercury, in very fine powder, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Benzoinated Lard, 90 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. 1138 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Rub the Ammoniated Mercury with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS. U. S. Ointment of Nitrate of Mercury. [Citrine Ointment.] • Definite formula. Mercury, 7 parts, or 444 grains. Nitric Acid, 17 parts, or 1 fl. oz. 5 fl. dr. Lard Oil, 76 parts, or 11 oz. av. Heat the Lard Oil, in a glass or porcelain vessel, to a temperature of 70° C. (158° F.); then add, without stirring, seven parts [or 5 fl. dr.] of Nitric Acid, continue the heat so long as a moderate effervescence continues, and allow the mixture to cool. Dissolve the Mercury in the remainder of the Nitric Acid, with the aid of sufficient heat to prevent the solution from crystallizing, add this solution to the mix- ture before it has become entirely cold, and mix them thoroughly, avoiding the use of an iron spatula. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI OXIDI FLAVI. U.S. Ointment of Yellow Oxide of Mercury. Definite formula. Yellow Oxide of Mercury, in very fine powder, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Ointment, 90 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Rub the Oxide of Mercury with the Ointment, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI OXIDI RUBRI. U.S. Ointment of Red Oxide of Mercury. Definite formula. Red Oxide pf Mercury, in very fine powder, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Ointment, 90 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or . . . about 1 oz. Rub the Oxide of Mercury with a small quantity of the Ointment, until a perfectly smooth mixture is obtained ; then gradually add the remainder of the Ointment, and mix thoroughly. UNGUENTUM IODI. U.S. Iodine Ointment. [Unguentum Iodinii, Pbarrn. 1870.] Definite formula. Iodine, 4 parts, or jg grains. Iodide of Potassium, 1 part, or 4 grains. Water, 2 parts, or g minims. Benzoinated Lard, 93 parts, or 420 grains. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Rub the Iodine and Iodide of Potassium, first with the Water and then with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed, avoiding the use of an iron spatula. UNGUENTUM IODOFORMI. U.S. Iodoform Ointment. Definite formula. Iodoform, in very fine powder, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Benzoinated Lard, 90 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1139 Bub the Iodoform with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. UNGUENTUM MEZEREI. U.S. Mezereum Ointment. Definite formula. Fluid Extract of Mezereum, 25 parts, or 2 fl. dr. Lard, 80 parts, or 360 grains. Yellow Wax, 12 parts, or 54 grains. To make about 1 oz. av. Melt together the Lard and Wax with a moderate heat, add the Fluid Extract, and stir the mixture constantly until the alcohol has evaporated; then continue to stir until cool. UNGUENTUM PICIS LIQUIDS. U.S. Tar Ointment. Definite formula. Tar, 50 parts, or yz oz. av. Suet, 50 parts, or y oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 1 oz. av. Mix the Tar with the Suet, previously melted with a moderate heat, and, having strained the mixture through muslin, stir it constantly until cool. UNGUENTUM PLUMBI CARBONATIS. U.S. Ointment of Carbonate of Lead. Definite formula. Carbonate of Lead, in very fine powder, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Benzoinated Lard, 90 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Bub the Carbonate of Lead with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. UNGUENTUM PLUMBI IODIDI. U.S. Ointment of Iodide of Lead. Definite formula. Iodide of Lead, in very fine powder, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Benzoinated Lard, 90 parts, or 1 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Bub the Iodide of Lead with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. UNGUENTUM POTASSII IODIDI. U. S. Ointment of Iodide of Potassium. Definite formula. Iodide of Potassium, in fine powder, 12 parts, or 60 grains. Hyposulphite of Sodium, 1 part, or 5 grains. Boiling Water, 6 parts, or fl. dr. Benzoinated Lard, 81 parts, or 4°° grains. To make 100 parts, or about i oz. Dissolve the Iodide of Potassium and the Hyposulphite of Sodium in the Boiling Water, in a warm mortar; then gradually add the Ben- zoinated Lard, and mix thoroughly. 1140 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. UNGUENTUM STRAMONII. U. S. Stramonium Ointment. Definite formula. Extract of Stramonium, 10 parts, or 48 grains. Water, 5 parts, or y2 fl. dr. Benzoinated Lard, 85 parts, or 400 grains. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Rub the Extract with the Water until uniformly soft; then gradu- ally add the Benzoinated Lard, and mix thoroughly. UNGUENTUM SULPHURIS. U. S. Sulphur Ointment. Definite formula. Sublimed Sulphur, 30 parts, or 130 grains. Benzoinated Lard, 70 parts, or 300 grains. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Rub the Sulphur with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. UNGUENTUM SULPHURIS ALKALINUM. U. S. Alkaline Sulphur Ointment. Definite formula. Washed Sulphur, 20 parts, or 96 grains. Carbonate of Potassium, 10 parts, or ... 48 grains. Water, 5 parts, or y fl. dr. Benzoinated Lard, 66 parts, or 3x2 grains. To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Rub the Sulphur with the Carbonate of Potassium and the Water, gradually add the Benzoinated Lard, and mix thoroughly. UNGUENTUM VERATRIN/E. U. S. Veratrine Ointment. [Unguentum "VERATRiiE, Pharm. 1870.] Definite formula. Veratrine, 4 parts, or j8 grains. Alcohol, 6 parts, or y2 fl. dr. Benzoinated Lard, 96 parts, or 432 grains. Rub the Veratrine with the Alcohol, in a warm mortar, until dis- solved; then gradually add the Benzoinated Lard, and mix thoroughly. UNGUENTUM ZINCI OXIDI. U. S. Ointment of Oxide of Zinc. Definite formula. Oxide of Zinc, 20 parts, or go grains. Benzoinated Lard, 80 parts, or 360 grains. ,To make 100 parts, or about 1 oz. Rub the Oxide of Zinc with twenty parts [or 90 gr.] of Benzoinated Lard, previously melted, until the mixture is perfectly smooth ; then add the remainder of the Benzoinated Lard, and mix thoroughly. Preserving and Dispensing Cerates and Ointments.—As has been already stated, fatty substances may be preserved from rancidity by di- gesting them with balsamic resins, poplar buds, styrax, etc. To preserve them during hot weather, they require in addition a cool temperature SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1141 and freedom from exposure to the air (see page 1013). When a fresh lot of ointment is made to replenish a stock jar, the jar should be thor- oughly cleaned, and the old ointment remaining thrown away, unless it is certain that the latter is entirely free from rancidity, as otherwise it would soon cause the new oint- ment to become rancid. Amber glass, stoneware, or porcelain jars are the best receptacles for oint- ments. Queen’s-ware or china j ars soon permit the fatty substance to penetrate through the minute fissures which are always present. Fig. 612 shows a German por- celain jar, which is just as useful for preserving ointments as it is for holding a penetrating sub- stance like green soap. Fig. 613 illustrates an amber glass stock ointment-jar made by Whitall, Tatum & Co. The letters for the label are blown in the glass, and then ground off, so that the label is inde- Fig. 612. Fig. 613. Ointment-jar (amber glass). Porcelain jar. Fig. 616. Fig. 614. Fig. 615. Jar for dispensing ointments. Ointment-jar, -wooden top. German ointment-jar. structible. The only difficulty is that the label requires a strong light to enable it to be seen clearly. For dispensing ointments the opal glass jar is very useful. One of the best shapes is shown in Fig. 614. The bottom is rounded, so that the patient can easily reach all the ointment with the finger, and the top is metallic, with a screw-cap. There is room for the label on the glass. The jar shown in Fig. 615 is not recommended. The bottom forms an angle with the sides which collects the ointment, the shoulder also catches a portion, whilst the wooden top is very apt to shrink, so that there is difficulty in getting it off without breaking it. The glass box shown in Fig. 616 lias a wooden top with a lithographed label. These are certainly the hand- somest ointment-boxes and the most expensive. The lids will often contract, however, and give trouble in getting them on and off. Col- lapsible tubes, made by A. H. Wirz & Co., of Philadelphia, are used in dispensing soft ointments. If the latter contain no acid or corrosive SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1142 constituents they answer an admirable purpose as containers for them (see Fig. 617). These soft metal tubes are filled from the bottom with the ointment melted with just sufficient heat to permit it to be poured, and then closed by folding the ends together, as shown in one of them, and rolling the fold over twice with a pair of pliers. A screw-cap is placed upon the top, and the ointment is per- fectly protected from expo- sure. To obtain a little, the screw-cap is taken off, and the bottom of the tube slightly pressed between the thumb and finger, when a portion of the ointment quickly exudes. Of the very cheap boxes, those turned from wood are totally unfit for dis- pensing ointments. The ointment quickly penetrates through the grain of the wooden bottom, and the greasy abomination is exceed- ingly unwelcome to most housekeepers. A chip-wood box covered with pasteboard is preferable, because it offers more resistance to the passage of the fatty substance (see Fig. 618). The impervious walnut boxes, made by gluing several veneers of hard wood together, are still better. Finishing- Ointments.—Some skill is required to fill a box with ointment neatly and deftly by using a spatula without soiling the ex- terior of the box. The surface is generally scraped with the edge of the spatula to give it a smooth finish, and this is sometimes held near a hot surface, like a stove-plate, to give it a gloss. Occasionally it will be found that some nervous patients desire to be assured that an oint- ment or cerate has not been tam- pered with by a servant, and it may be desirable for other reasons to finish Fig. 617. Fig. 618. Collapsible tubes. Paper-covered chip box. Fig. 619. Fig. 620. Ointment-finisher. Finishing ointments. the surface of an ointment with a distinctive design. This may be done by cutting a piece of tin into a shape similar to that shown in Fig. 619. By placing one of the teeth on the edge of the jar (see Fig. 620), SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1143 and slowly rotating it, with alternate pauses, a very neat finish may be given to the surface. The finisher (see Fig. 619) shows four sides, and is of course capable of making four patterns. Emplastra. Plaster's. Plasters are substances intended for external application, of such consistence that they adhere to the skin, and require the aid of heat in spreading them. The word plaster is applied not only to the solid sub- stance which is used to spread upon the muslin, leather, paper, or other material which serves to hold it, but to the spread plaster itself. The basis of most of the officinal plasters is either lead plaster, a gum-resin, or Burgundy pitch. In the preparation of plasters, care is requisite that the heat em- ployed be not sufficiently elevated to produce decomposition, nor so long continued as to drive off any volatile ingredient upon which the virtues of the preparation may in any degree depend. After having been pre- pared, they are usually shaped into cylindrical rolls, and wrapped in paper to exclude the air. Plasters should be firm at ordinary tempera- tures, should spread easily when heated, and, after being spread, should remain soft, pliable, and adhesive, without melting, at the heat of the human body. When long kept, they are apt to change color and to become hard and brittle; and, as this alteration is most observable upon their surface, it must depend chiefly upon the action of the air, which should therefore be as much as possible excluded. The defect may usually be remedied by melting the plaster with a moderate heat and adding a sufficient quantity of oil to give it the due consistence. To soften the surface of a spread plaster, it should be brushed with a little tincture of camphor. Seventeen plasters are officinal. Officinal Plasters containing Gum-Resins as their Basis. Emplastrum Ammoniaci. Made by digesting 100 parts of ammoniac in 140 parts of diluted acetic acid until emulsionized; then straining and evaporating by means of a water-bath until a small portion taken from the vessel hardens on cooling. Emplastrum Ammoniaci Made by adding 1 part of sublimed sulphur to 8 parts of heated cum Hydrargyro. olive oil, stirring, and then triturating thoroughly 180 parts of mercury with the mixture; then incorporating 720 parts of am- moniac, which has previously been digested in 1000 parts of di luted acetic acid, until emulsionized; lastly, adding sufficient melted lead plaster to make 1000 parts. Emplastrum Asafoetidae. Made by digesting on a water-bath 35 parts of asafetida and 15 parts of galbanum with 120 parts of alcohol, straining, and evaporating to the consistence of honey; lastly, adding 35 parts of lead plaster and 15 parts of yellow wax, previously melted, and evaporating to the proper consistence. Emplastrum Galbani. Made by fusing together 16 parts of galbanum and 2 parts of turpen- tine ; then incorporating thoroughly with 6 parts of melted Bur- gundy pitch, and, lastly, with 76 parts of melted lead plaster. Officinal Plasters containing Lead or Resin Plaster as their Basis. Emplastrum Arnicas. Made by incorporating thoroughly 50 parts of extract of arnica root with 100 parts of resin plaster, previously melted by means 1 of a water-bath. Emplastrum Belladonnae. Made by exhausting 100 parts of belladonna root with alcohol, evaporating at a temperature of about 122° F. to a soft extract, and, lastly, incorporating thoroughly sufficient melted resin , ..... plaster to make 100 parts.. . 1144 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Officinal Plasters containing Lead or Resin Plaster as their Basis.—(Continued.) Emplastrum Ferri. Made by melting together 70 parts of lead plaster, 10 parts of Canada turpentine, and 10 parts of Burgundy pitch; then adding 10 parts of hydrated oxide of Iron, and stirring until cool. Emplastrum Hydrargyri. Made by fusing together 10 parts of olive oil and 10 parts of resin, and, when cool, incorporating thoroughly 30 parts of mercury; lastly, adding 50 parts of lead plaster. Emplastrum Opii. Made by rubbing 6 parts of extract of opium with 8 parts of water until soft; then adding to it 18 parts of Burgundy pitch and 76 parts of lead plaster, previously melted together; lastly, heating and stirring until of the proper consistence. Emplastrum Plumbi. Made by rubbing gradually 32 parts of oxide of lead with 60 parts of olive oil, placing in a suitable vessel, and adding 10 parts of water to the mixture, boiling the whole together, and adding cautiously a little water, from time to time, as it is consumed. Emplastrum Resin®. Made by adding 14 parts of resin to 80 parts of lead plaster and 6 parts of yellow wax, previously melted; then mixing the whole thoroughly. Emplastrum Saponis. Made by rubbing 10 parts of soap with sufficient water to form a soft mass; then mixing thoroughly with 90 parts of lead plaster previously melted. Officinal Plasters containing Burgundy or Canada Pitch as their Basis. Emplastrum Picis Bur- Made by fusing together 90 parts of Burgundy pitch and 10 parts gundicae. of yellow wax; stirring constantly until cool. Emplastrum Picis Cana- Made by fusing together 90 parts of Canada pitch with 10 parts of densis. yellow wax; stirring constantly until cool. Emplastrum Picis cum Made by heating 8 parts of cerate of cantharides to about 212° F., Cantharide. straining, and adding to the strained liquid 92 parts of Burgundy pitch; lastly, melting them together and stirring until cool. Officinal Spread Plasters. Emplastrum Capsici. Made by spreading a thin and even layer of melted resin plaster upon muslin, and allowing to cool; then applying a thin coating of oleoresin of capsicum by means of a brush. Emplastrum Ichthyo- Made by dissolving 10 parts of isinglass in sufficient hot water to coll®. make the solution weigh 100 parts; then spreading one-half of this upon taffeta by means of a brush; then adding 1 part of glycerin and 40 parts of alcohol to the remaining solution, and applying in the same manner; lastly, coating the reverse of the taffeta with tincture of benzoin, and allowing to dry. EMPLASTRUM AMMONIACI. U.S. Ammoniac Plaster. Definite formula. Ammoniac, 100 parts, or 5 oz. av. Diluted Acetic Acid, 140 parts, or pint. Digest the Ammoniac in the Diluted Acetic Acid, in a suitable vessel, avoiding contact with metals, until it is entirely emulsionized; then strain, and evaporate the strained liquid, by means of a water- bath, stirring constantly, until a small portion, taken from the vessel, hardens on cooling. EMPLASTRUM AMMONIACI CUM HYDRARGYRO. U.S. Ammoniac Plaster with Mercury. Definite formula. Ammoniac, 720 parts, or 13 oz. av. Mercury, 180 parts, or oz. av. Olive Oil, 8 parts, or 60 grains. Sublimed Sulphur, 1 part, or 8 grains. Diluted Acetic Acid, 1000 parts, or 17 fl. oz. Lead Plaster, a sufficient quantity, To make 1000 parts, or 18 oz. av. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1145 Digest the Ammoniac in the Diluted Acetic Acid, in a suitable vessel, avoiding contact with metals, until it is entirely emulsionized; then strain, and evaporate the strained liquid by means of a water- bath, stirring constantly, until a small portion, taken from the vessel, hardens on cooling. Heat the Olive Oil, and gradually add the Sul- phur, stirring constantly until they unite ; then add the Mercury, and triturate until globules of the metal cease to be visible. Next add, gradually, the Ammoniac, while yet hot; and finally, having added enough Lead Plaster, previously melted by means of a water-bath, to make the mixture weigh one thousand parts, mix the whole thoroughly. EMPLASTRUM ARNICA. U.S. Arnica Plaster. Definite formula. Extract of Arnica Root, 50 parts, or 4 oz. av. Resin Plaster, 100 parts, or 8 oz. av. Add the Extract to the Plaster, previously melted by means of a water-bath, and mix them thoroughly. EMPLASTRUM U.S. Asafetida Plaster. Definite formula. Asafetida, 35 parts, or 13 oz. av. Lead Plaster, 35 parts, or 13 oz. av. Galbanum, 15 parts, or 5oz. av. Yellow Wax, 15 parts, or 5oz. av. Alcohol, 120 parts, or 3 pints. Digest the Asafetida and Galbanum with the Alcohol on a water- bath, separate the liquid portion, while hot, from the coarser impuri- ties by straining, and evaporate it to the consistence of honey ; then add the Lead Plaster and the Wax, previously melted together, stir the mixture well, and evaporate to the proper consistence. EMPLASTRUM BELLADONNA. U.S. Belladonna Plaster. Belladonna Root, in No. 60 powder, 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Alcohol, Resin Plaster, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 100 parts, or 16 oz. av. Moisten the powder with forty parts [or 7 fl. oz.] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Belladonna Boot is exhausted. Reserve the first ninety parts [or 14 fl. oz.] of the percolate; evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to ten parts [or 2 fl. oz.], mix this with the reserved portion and evaporate, at or below the above-mentioned tem- perature, to a soft, uniform extract. Add to this enough Besin Plaster, previously melted, to make the whole weigh one hundred parts [or 16 oz. av.], and mix thoroughly. 1146 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. EMPLASTRUM CAPSICI. U.S. Capsicum Plaster. Resin Plaster, Oleoresin of Capsicum, each, a sufficient quantity. Melt the Besin Plaster at a gentle heat, spread a thin and even layer of it upon muslin, and allow it to cool. Then, having cut off a piece of the required size, apply a thin coating of Oleoresin of Capsicum, by means of a brush, leaving a narrow, blank margin along the edges. A space of four inches or ten centimetres square should contain four grains, or twenty-five centigrammes, of Oleoresin of Capsicum. EMPLASTRUM FERRI. U.S. Iron Plaster. [Strengthening Plaster.] Definite formula. Hydrated Oxide of Iron, dried at a temperature not exceeding 80° C. (176° F.), 10 parts, or 1 oz. av. Canada Turpentine, 10 parts, or 1 oz. av. Burgundy Pitch, 10 parts, or / 1 oz. av. Lead Plaster, 70 parts, or 7 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 10 oz. av. Melt the Lead Plaster, Canada Turpentine, and Burgundy Pitch by means of a water-bath; then add the Oxide of Iron, and stir con- stantly until the mixture thickens on cooling. EMPLASTRUM GALBANI. U.S. Galbanum Plaster. Definite formula. Galbanum, 16 parts, or 8 oz. av. Turpentine, 2 parts, or 1 oz. av. Burgundy Pitch, 6 parts, or 3 oz. av. Lead Plaster, 76 parts, or 38 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 50 oz. av. To the Galbanum and Turpentine, previously melted together and strained, add, first, the Burgundy Pitch, then the Lead Plaster, melted over a gentle fire, and mix the whole thoroughly. EMPLASTRUM HYDRARGYRI. U. S. Mercurial Plaster. Definite formula. Mercury, 30 parts, or 3 oz. av. Olive Oil, 10 parts, or 1 oz. av. Resin, 10 parts, or 1 oz. av. Lead Plaster, 50 parts, or 5 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or oz. av. Melt the Olive Oil and Besin together, and, when the mixture has become cool, rub the Mercury with it until globules of the metal cease to he visible. Then gradually add the Lead Plaster, previously melted, and mix the whole thoroughly. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1147 EMPLASTRUM ICHTHYOCOLL.®. U. S. Isinglass Plaster. [Court Plaster.] Definite formula. Isinglass, 10 parts, or 155 grains. Alcohol, 40 parts, or . fl. oz. Glycerin, 1 part, or 12 minims. Water, Tincture of Benzoin, each, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Isinglass in a sufficient quantity of hot Water to make the solution weigh one hundred and twenty parts [or measure 4 fl. oz.]. Spread one-half of this, in successive layers, upon taffeta (stretched on a level surface), by means of a brush, waiting after each application until the layer is dry. Mix the second half of the Isinglass solution with the Alcohol and Glycerin, and apply it in the same manner. Then reverse the taffeta, coat it on the back with Tincture of Benzoin and allow it to become perfectly dry. Cut the plaster in pieces of suitable length, and preserve them in well-closed vessels. Substituting gramme (15.5 grains') for part, the above quantities are sufficient to cover a piece of taffeta fifteen inches or thirty-eight cen- timetres square. EMPLASTRUM OPII. U.S. Opium Plaster. Definite formula. Extract of Opium, 6 parts, or i oz. av. Burgundy Pitch, 18 parts, or 3 oz. av. Lead Plaster, 76 parts, or 12)4 oz. av. Water, 8 parts, or A. oz. To make 100 parts, or 17 oz. av. Bub the Extract of Opium with the Water, until uniformly soft, and add it to the Burgundy Pitch and Lead Plaster, melted together by means of a water-bath; then continue the heat for a short time, stirring constantly, until the moisture is evaporated. EMPLASTRUM PICIS BURGUNDIC®. U.S. Burgundy Pitch Plaster. Definite formula. Burgundy Pitch, 90 parts, or 9 oz. av. Yellow Wax, 10 parts, or i oz. av. To make 100 parts, or io oz. av. Melt them together, strain the mixture, and stir constantly until it thickens on cooling. EMPLASTRUM PICIS CANADENSIS. U. S. Canada Pitch Plaster. [Hemlock Pitch Plaster. 1 „ „ . „ *• J Definite formula. Canada Pitch, 90 parts, or 9 oz. av. Yellow Wax, 10 parts, or i oz. av. To make 100 parts, or io oz. av. Melt them together, strain the mixture, and stir constantly until it thickens on cooling. 1148 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. EMPLASTRUM PICIS CUM CANTHARIDE. U. S. Pitch Plaster with Cantharides. [Warming Plaster.] Definite formula. Burgundy Pitch, 92 parts, or 23 oz. av. Cerate of Cantharides, 8 parts, or ... 2 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 25 oz. av. Heat the Cerate as nearly as possible to 100° C. (212° F.) on a water-bath, and, having continued the heat for fifteen minutes, strain it through a close strainer which will retain the Cantharides. To the strained liquid add the Pitch, melt them together by means of a water- bath, and, having removed the heat, stir the mixture constantly until it thickens on cooling. EMPLASTRUM PLUMBI. U. S. Lead Plaster. [Diachylon Plaster.] Definite formula. Oxide of Lead, in very fine powder, 32 parts, or 32 oz. av. Olive Oil, 60 parts, or 63 fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity. Rub the Oxide of Lead with about one-half of the Olive Oil, and add the mixture to the remainder of the Oil, contained in a suitable vessel of a capacity equal to three times the bulk of the ingredients. Then add ten parts [or 10 fl. oz.] of boiling Water, and boil the whole together until a homogeneous plaster is formed, adding, from time to time, during the process, a little Water, as that first added is consumed. Lead plaster is white, pliable, and tenacious, free from greasiness or stickiness. It should he entirely soluble in warm oil of turpentine (absence of uncombined oxide of lead). EMPLASTRUM RESIN.®. U. S. Resin Plaster. [Adhesive Plaster.] Definite formula. Resin, in fine powder, 14 parts, or 7 oz. av. Lead Plaster, 80 parts, or : 40 oz. av. Yellow Wax, 6 parts, or 3 oz. av. To make 100 parts, or 50 oz. av. To the Lead Plaster and Wax, melted together over a gentle fire, add the Resin, and mix them. EMPLASTRUM SAPONIS. U. S. Soap Plaster. Definite formula. Soap, dried and in coarse powder, 10 parts, or i oz. av. Lead Plaster, 90 parts, or g oz. av. Water, a sufficient quantity. Rub the Soap with Water until brought to a semi-liquid state; then mix it with the Lead Plaster, previously melted, and evaporate to the proper consistence. Spreading- Plasters.—Since the introduction of machine-spread plasters the preparation of a plaster by a pharmacist upon the pre- scription of a physician has become almost a “ lost art.” Plasters are prepared for use by spreading them upon leather, muslin, or paper, according to the particular purposes they are intended to SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1149 answer. Leather is most convenient when the application is made to the sound skin, muslin when the plaster is used as a dressing to ulcer- ated or abraded surfaces or with the view of bringing and retaining together the sides of wounds. The leather usually preferred is white sheep-skin, or the kind known com- mercially as “ hemlock splits.” A margin about a quarter or half an inch broad should usually be left uncovered, in order to facilitate the removal of the plaster and to pre- vent the clothing in contact with its edges from being soiled. An accurate outline may be obtained by pasting, or fastening with thumb- tacks, upon the leather a piece of paper so cut as to leave in the centre a vacant space of the required dimensions, and removing the paper when no longer needed. The paper is folded four times. Fig. 621 shows one-fourth of the whole in the act of being cut: the rounded corners give a neater finish than square ones. The same object may often be accomplished by employing two narrow rulers of sheet-tin graduated in inches, and so shaped that each of them will form two sides of a rectangle. These may be applied in such a manner as to enclose within them any given rectangu- lar space, and may be fixed by weights upon the leather, or preferably adjusted by set-screws, while the plaster is spread. The Franciscus ma- chine is constructed on this principle (see Fig. 622).1 For any other shape, as in the case of plasters for the breast, pieces of tin may be employed having a space within, corresponding to the required out- line. Figs. 623, 624, 625, 626, 627, 628, 629, and 630 show patterns for plasters with margins for various parts of the body. Figs. 623 and 624 are for use behind the ears, the pointed portion of the plasters being used for the top. Care must be observed to have the physician designate whether the plaster is intended for the right ear (Fig. 624) or the left ear (Fig. 623). Chest plasters are sometimes cut in the shape of Fig. 625; those intended for use between the shoulders may have the form of Fig. 626. In Fig. 627 a plaster is shown which is intended for the “ small of the back,” and in Fig. 628 is one for either the right or the left side. Fig. 629 shows a pattern for fastening to kid, to spread a breast plaster on, and Fig. 630 represents the plaster Fig. 621. Cutting plaster-paper. Fig. 622. Franciscus plaster-board. 1 The other side of this valuable apparatus can be used as a lozenge-board or pill-machine. 1150 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. with the margin as spread from such a pattern. The spreading of the plaster is most conveniently accomplished by the use of a spatula or Fig. 623. Fig. 624. Fig. 625. Fig. 626. Left ear plaster. Bight ear plaster. Chest plaster. Shoulder plaster. plaster-iron (see Fig. 632). This may be heated by means of a spirit-lamp. Care must be taken that the instrument be not so hot as to discolor or decompose the plaster; and special care is requisite in the case of those plasters which contain a volatile in- gredient. A sufficient portion of the plaster should first be melted by the heated instru- ment, and, having been received on a piece of coarse stiff paper, or in a shallow tin tray open on one side, should, when nearly cool, be transferred to the leather and applied quickly and evenly over its surface. By this plan the melted plaster is prevented from penetrating the leather, as it would be apt to do if applied too hot. Before removing the paper from the edge of the plaster, if this has become so hard as to crack, the iron should be drawn over the line of junction. Fig. 631 shows one method of spreading a small plaster with a spatula. Strips of paper are fast- ened upon the kid with thumb- tacks (such as are used by draughts- men : one is shown in the cut in profile), a piece of waste paper is fastened at the top to prevent soil- ing the margin, the melted plaster is poured upon it, and the spatula, having been previously warmed by Fig. 627, Pig. 628. Back plaster. Side plaster. Fig. 629. Fig. 630. Breast plaster pattern. Breast plaster. Fig. 631. Spreading a plaster. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1151 passing it through an alcohol flame or that of a Bunsen burner, is used by quickly passing the edge of the blade over the surface; a portion of the melted plaster precedes the blade in its passage, and thus a thin layer is spread upon the leather. Especial care must be observed not to allow very hot plaster to remain upon the leather, or it may pass through and discolor the back. For large plasters, the plaster-iron (see Fig. 632) may be employed; this is heated, and, owing to the greater weight of metal, it holds the heat much better than the blade of a spatula: it is, how- ever, not so easily nor so quickly used as the latter instrument by those unaccustomed to it. After the plaster has been spread, the strips of Eaper are carefully removed, and if the plaster is brittle it should be eld near the source of heat, so that the strips may be removed without tearing off pieces of the plaster from the leather. Large quantities of stock plasters may be spread by the apparatus shown below. To an oblong rectangular block of hard wood, slightly convex on its upper surface, is attached by a movable joint a sheet- Fig. 632. Plaster-iron. Fig. 635. Fig. 633. Fig. 637. Plaster-awl. Fig. 636. Plaster-pattern. Plaster-dipper. Fig. 634. Plaster-block, open. Plaster-block, closed. Fig. 638. Plaster-iron (double handle). iron frame, with an opening of the dimensions of the plaster to be spread, and clasps at the other end, by which this may be fixed to the block (see Fig. 633). Another portion of the apparatus is a sheet-iron or tin frame, by which the leather is cut out and the margin marked (see Fig. 637). The leather thus prepared is laid on the convex surface of the block; the sheet-iron frame is brought down on it evenly, as shown in Fig. 634; 1152 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. the plaster, previously melted, but not too hot, is poured on the leather in the centre, and, by means of a square iron bar having a wooden handle at each end (see Fig. 638), which has been heated by a spirit- lamp, it is spread uniformly over the surface, the thickness being regu- lated by the frame against which the iron is pressed. Any excess of plaster is thus pressed over upon the frame. The heated point of an awl (see Fig. 635) is then drawn along the interior edge of the frame so as to separate the plaster from it, after which the clasps are unfastened and the plaster removed. The dipper shown in Fig. 636 is well adapted for holding suitable quantities for spreading plasters extemporaneously. If a portion of the various roll plasters be melted and run into a number of these, and the dippers labelled, they will be found very convenient as containers. Blisters do not usually require the application of heat to spread them : they may be spread on adhesive plaster in the same way as plasters are prepared. The spatula shown in Fig. 639 is well fitted for spreading blisters, as it gives room for the fingers and permits a solid grasp of the handle. The practice of using the thumb in spreading blisters, although Fig. 639. Blister-spatula. tolerated by many good pharmacists, should be regarded as more honored in the breach than in the observance: it is an unnecessary and inelegant procedure, the spatula giving a much smoother finish. Papers are a small class of preparations intended for external applica- tion, made either by saturating paper with medicinal substances, or by applying the latter to the surface of the paper by the addition of some adhesive liquid. Only three papers are officinal: they are as follows : Chart®. Papers. CHARTA CANTHARIDIS. U. S. Cantharides Paper. Definite formula. White Wax, 8 parts, or 4 oz. av. Spermaceti, 3 parts, or i J4 oz. av* Olive Oil, 4 parts, or 2 fl. oz. Canada Turpentine, 1 part, or oz. av. Cantharides, in No. 40 powder, 1 part, or % oz. av. Water, 10 parts, or 5 fl. oz. Mix all the substances in a tinned vessel, and boil gently for two hours, constantly stirring. Strain through a woollen strainer without expressing, and, by means of a water-bath, keep the mixture in a liquid state in a shallow, flat-bottomed vessel with an extended surface. Coat strips of sized paper with the melted plaster, on one side only, by pass- ing them successively over the surface of the liquid; when dry, cut the strips into rectangular pieces. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. 1153 CHARTA POTASSII NITRATIS. U. S. Nitrate of Potassium Paper. Definite formula. Nitrate of Potassium, 20 parts, or i oz. av. Distilled Water, 80 parts, or 4 fl. oz. Dissolve the Nitrate of Potassium in the Distilled Water. Immerse strips of white, unsized paper in the solution, and dry them. Keep the paper in securely closed vessels. CHARTA SINAPIS. U. S. Mustard Paper. Black Mustard, in No. 60 powder, Benzin, Solution of Gutta-Percha, each, a sufficient quantity. Pack the Mustard tightly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour Benzin upon it until the percolate ceases to produce a perma- nent, greasy stain upon blotting-paper. Remove the powder from the percolator, and dry it by exposure to the air. Then mix it with so much of Solution of Gutta-Percha as may be necessary to give it a semi-liquid consistence, apply the mixture, by means of a suitable brush, to one side of a piece of rather stiff, well-sized paper, so as to cover it completely, and allow the surface to dry. Each square inch (or 6.5 square centimetres) of paper should contain about six grains, or forty centigrammes, of Mustard. Before being applied to the skin, the Mustard Paper should be dipped in warm water for about fifteen seconds. QUESTIONS ON CHAPTER LXVII. SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. What are cerates ? Why are they so called ? How are cerates made ? How many cerates are officinal ? Give the formulas and officinal processes for the following cerates, viz.: Cerate—Give the Latin officinal name. Camphor cerate—Give the Latin officinal name. Cantharides cerate—Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. Spermaceti cerate—Give the Latin officinal name. Cerate of extract of cantharides—Give the Latin officinal name. Cerate of subacetate of lead—Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. Resin cerate—Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. Savine cerate—Give the Latin officinal name. What are ointments ? In what different ways are ointments made ? In making ointments by fusion, what precaution is necessary ? How may mechanical impurities he separated ? How are ointments made by incorporation ? What officinal ointment is made by chemical reaction? What three maxims should he observed in making or dispensing ointments ? Give the formulas and modes of making the following ointments, viz.: Ointment of carbolic acid—Give the Latin officinal name. Ointment of gallic acid—Give the Latin officinal name. 1154 SOLID EXTEMPORANEOUS PREPARATIONS. Ointment of tannic acid—Give the Latin officinal name. Ointment of rose water—Give the Latin officinal name. Belladonna ointment—Give the Latin officinal name. Chrysarobin ointment—Give the Latin officinal name. Diachylon ointment—Give the Latin officinal name. Nutgall ointment—Give the Latin officinal name. Mercurial ointment—Give the synonyme. Ointment of ammoniated mercury—Give the Latin officinal name. Ointment of nitrate of mercury—Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. Ointment of yellow oxide of mercury—Give the Latin officinal name. Ointment of red oxide of mercury—Give the -Latin officinal name. Iodine ointment—Give the Latin officinal name. Iodoform ointment—Give the Latin officinal name. Mezereum ointment—Give the Latin officinal name. Tar ointment—Give the Latin officinal name. Ointment of carbonate of lead—Give the Latin officinal name. Ointment of iodide of lead—Give the Latin officinal name. Ointment of iodide of potassium—Give the Latin officinal name. Ointment of stramonium—Give the Latin officinal name. Sulphur ointment—Give the Latin officinal name. Alkaline sulphur ointment. Veratrine ointment. Ointment of oxide of zinc. How may cerates and ointments be preserved from rancidity ? What kinds of jars are the best receptacles for ointments ? What is the best-shaped jar for dispensing ointments ? How are collapsible tubes used for ointments ? What sort of wooden boxes are best for ointments ? How may a neat finish he given to ointments in boxes ? What are plasters ? What is the basis of most of the officinal plasters ? How many plasters are officinal ? Give the formulas and modes of making the following plasters, viz.: Ammoniac plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Ammoniac plaster with mercury—Give the Latin officinal name. Arnica plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Asafetida plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Belladonna plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Capsicum plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Iron plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. Galbanum plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Mercurial plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Isinglass plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. Opium plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Burgundy pitch plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Canada pitch plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. Pitch plaster with cantharides—Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. Lead plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. Kesin plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Give the synonyme. Soap plaster—Give the Latin officinal name. Upon what substances are plasters usually spread? What is the method of proceeding in spreading a plaster upon leather? What advantage has a plaster-iron over a spatula for spreading plasters ? What advantage has a spatula over a plaster-iron ? How are blisters spread ? What is a good material upon which to spread them ? What are chartse or papers ? How many are officinal ? How is cantharides paper prepared ? How is nitrate of potassium paper prepared ? How is mustard paper prepared ? How is mustard paper used? How much mustard does each square inch contain ? PART YI. FORMULARY OF UNTOFFICIU AL PREPARATION'S. The following formulas have been collected principally with the view of saving the labor and time of the pharmacist, who is often sud- denly called upon to prepare some remedy for which he may not have a formula in his recipe-book. The author’s name is appended to the formula when it is known, and the selection has been carefully made so as to embrace many which are not easy of access. The subjects are arranged according to the order adopted for the officinal preparations in Parts III. and IV., and, if desired, they may be consulted in con- nection with the subjects in those parts. The formulas of the prepara- tions of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870, which were not admitted to the present Pharmacopoeia, have been added, because many of them are still in active use. As it is very desirable to secure uniformity in practice throughout the United States in the use of unoffieinal prepara- tions, the National Formulary has been added, and the formulas for many of the preparations which were inserted in the first edition of this wrork which conflict with these have been dropped. The National Formulary preparations are distinguished by the letters N. F., and the original number of the preparation in the Formulary will be found before the title. INORGANIC ACIDS. Hydrobromic Acid Cough Mixture. (Dr. J. Milner Fothergill’s.) Spirit of Chloroform, B. P., 40 min. Hydrobromic Acid (Diluted), 60 min. Syrup of Squill, 2 fl. dr. Water, sufficient to make 2 fl. oz. Mix. Dose for an adult, a tablespoon- ful. 243. Lotio Adstringens. N. F. Astringent Lotion. Warren’s Styptic. Sulphuric Acid, 5 fl. dr. Oil of Turpentine, 4 fl. dr. Alcohol, 4 fl. dr. To the Sulphuric Acid, contained in a Wedgwood mortar, slowly add the Oil of Turpentine, in small portions at a time, constantly stirring. Allow the mixture to cool, then add the Alcohol cautiously, in the same manner, and continue stirring until no more fumes arise. When the liquid is cold, pour it into a glass-stop- pered bottle. Note. — In preparing this mixture, caution should be used, so that the temperature may not rise too high. Particular care is to be ob- served if a larger quantity of this mixture is to be prepared. In this case it is preferable to pre- pare it in several portions. 265. Mistura Sulphurica Acida. N. F. Sulphuric Acid Mixture. Mixtura Sulphurica Acida (Germ. Pharm.). Haller’s Acid Elixir. Sulphuric Acid, 1 part. Alcohol, enough to make 4 parts. Add the Acid very gradually to three (3) parts of Alcohol, contained in a flask, agitating after each addition, and taking care that the temperature of the mixture be not allowed to rise above 50° C. (122° F.). When the mixture is cold, add enough Alcohol, if necessary, to make four (4) parts. Note.—The same product may be obtained, ap- proximately, by carefully and slowly adding 1 volume of Sulphuric Acid to 7 volumes of Al- cohol, and this method may be used when small quantities are required for immediate use in a prescription. 1155 1156 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 4. Acidum Metaphosphoricum Di- lutum. N. F. Diluted Metaphosphoric Acid. Acidum Phosphoricum Glaciale Dilutum. Di- luted Glacial Phosphoric Acid. Glacial Phosphoric Acid, 780 gr. Distilled Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Acid in the Water, without heat. This preparation should be kept in a cool and dark place, and should not be prepared in larger quantity than may be consumed within a few months. Note.—The resulting product contains about 10 per cent, of metaphosphoric acid, provided the glacial acid was free from impurities. That which is sold in form of glassy lumps is usu- ally of sufficient purity. The variety in form of round sticks is more or less impure, containing generally more than 15 per cent, of phosphate of sodium. If this variety is alone available, a proportionately larger quantity must be taken, to be determined, if time permits, by an assay of the free acid present. If no special accuracy is required, about 900 grains of this variety of the acid may be reckoned to be equivalent to the quantity directed in the above given for- mula. Whenever Pyrophosphate of Iron (U. S. P.) forms one of the ingredients of a mixture con- taining Diluted Phosphoric Acid, the officinal tribasic acid is unsuitable, as it produces with the salt a gelatinous precipitate. If a clear mixture is required, the above preparation is to be used in place of the officinal. The same may be done when Phosphate of Iron (U. S. P.) is prescribed, though the precipitate caused by the officinal acid in this case is not as bulky, and under certain conditions may not form at all. Boric Acid Cotton. Purified Cotton Wool, sufficient. Boric Acid, 60 gr. Water, 9 fl. dr. Dissolve the Boric Acid in the Water at a temperature of 60° C. (140° F.); saturate the Purified Cotton with this solution, press it, dry it, and preserve in wide-mouth, cork-stoppered vials. Boric Acid Ointment. (Lister’s.) Boric Acid, 240 gr. White Wax, 240 gr. Paraffin, 1 oz. (troy). Almond Oil, 1 fl. oz. Mix. Boric Acid Ointment. Boroglyceride, 2 fl. dr. White Wax, 240 gr. Vaseline, 3 fl. oz. Heat the Wax and Vaseline together, and while hot add the Glyceride slowly; use constant stirring while cooling. 10. Boroglycerinum. N. F. Boroglycerin. Glyceryl Borate. Boroglyceride. Boric Acid, in powder, 62 parts. Glycerin, 92 parts. Heat the Glycerin in a tared porcelain capsule to a temperature not exceeding 150° C. (302° F.), and add the Boric Acid in portions, constantly stirring. "When all is added and dissolved, continue the heat at the same temperature, frequently stir- ring, and breaking up the film which forms on the surface. When the mixture has become reduced to a weight of one hundred (100) parts, pour it out on a flat surface previously coated with a very small quantity of petrolatum, let it cool, cut it into pieces and transfer them im- mediately to bottles or jars, which should be well stoppered. Note—When a solution of Boroglycerin is re- quired, it is preferable to prescribe or to dispense the Glycerite of Boroglycerin. (See Olycerilum Boroglycerini, No. 184, next formula.) 184. Glyceritum Boroglycerini. N. F. Glycerite of Boroglycerin. Glycerite of Glyceryl Borate. Solution of Boro- glyceride. Boric Acid, in powder, 62 parts. Glycerin, enough to make 200 parts. Heat ninety-two (92) parts of Glycerin in a tared porcelain capsule to a tempera- ture not exceeding 150° C. (302° F.), and add the Boric Acid, in portions, constantly stirring. When all is added and dissolved, continue the heat at the same temperature, frequently stirring, and breaking up the film which forms on the surface. When the mixture has been reduced to the weight of one hundred (100) parts, add to it one hundred (100) parts of Glycerin, mix thor- oughly, and transfer it to suitable vessels. Two parts, by weight, of this preparation represent 1 part of solid Boroglycerin. Note—The product, which is a clear, viscid liquid, is more readily soluble in, and miscible with, other liquids than the solid Boroglycerin. (See Boroglycerinum.) It may be found more convenient, if the glyc- erite is needed immediately, to place one ounce (av.) of boroglyceride in a dish and add one ounce (av.) of glycerin, heating gently and stir- ring until it is dissolved. BROMINE. Antidote to the Poison of the Rattle- snake. (Bibron’s.) Bromine, 150 gr. Potassium Iodide, 2 gr. Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 1 gr. Diluted Alcohol, 4 fl. oz. Dissolve, Take 10 drops in a table- spoonful of brandy, repeated as required. Bromine Inhalation. (Netolitzky’s.) Bromine, 16 gr. Potassium Bromide, 16 gr. Distilled Water, 7 fl.oz. Dissolve. To be poured, a small quan- tity at a time, upon a sponge or lint for inhalation in croup. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1157 Solution of Bromine. (Dr. J. Lawrence Smith’s.) Bromine, 240 gr. Potassium Bromide, 80 gr. Distilled Water, 2 fl. oz. Dissolve the Potassium Bromide in about 1 fl. oz. of the Distilled Water, add the Bromine, agitate, and finally add the remainder of the Distilled Water. It should be kept in small, ground-stoppered vials. Dose, 1 to 2 drops. 208. Liquor Bromi. N. F. Solution of Bromine. Smith’s Solution of Bromine. Bromine, 1 tr. oz. Bromide of Potassium, J tr. oz. Water, 4 fl. oz. Dissolve the Bromide of Potassium in the Water contained in a bottle, add the Bromine, and shake the mixture until this is dissolved. Keep the solution in glass-stoppered vials in a dark place. Note.—As bromine vapor is very injurious to the respiratory passages and destructive to balances, it is often preferable to take the contents of an original bottle of Bromine—weighing the bottle, both before opening it and after emptying it, in order to ascertain the exact weight of the Bro- mine contained therein—and then to use a quan- tity7 of Bromide of Potassium and of Water pro- portionate to the quantities above given. IODINE. Iodized Glycerin. Iodized Oil of Bitter Almond, 1 fl. dr. Glycerin, 7 fl. dr. Mix. See next formula. Iodized Oil of Bitter Almond. Iodine, 20 gr. Oil of Bitter Almond, 1 fl.dr. Mix, and shake occasionally for two months. Unguentum Iodinii Compositum. U. S. 1870. Compound Iodine Ointment. Iodine, 15 gr. Iodide of Potassium, 30 gr. Water, 30 min. Bard, 1 oz. (troy). Dissolve the Iodine and Iodide of Po- tassium in the Water, then incorporate the solution with the Lard. Iodinal Collodion. (J. T. Shinn’s.) Iodine, 120 gr. Canada Turpentine, 2 fl. dr. Collodion, 8 fl. oz. Dissolve the Iodine and Turpentine in the Collodion. Used as a substitute for Iodine Ointment. 196. Linimentum Iodi. N. F. Iodine Liniment. Iodine, 900 gr. Iodide of Potassium, 360 gr. Glycerin, £ fl. oz. Water, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix thirteen (13)Jiuidounces of Alcohol with the other ingredients, and dissolve the solids by agitation. Then add enough Alcohol to make sixteen (16) Jiuidounces. Note— The proportion of the ingredients above given yields a product practicallyidentical with that prescribed by the Br. Phann. Iodized Phenol. (Battey’s formula.) Iodine, ' 240 gr. Carbolic Acid, 1 fl. oz. Mix. It is to be diluted generally with equal parts of Glycerin, and applied twice a day. Tinctura Iodinii Composita. U. S. 1870. Compound Tincture op Iodine. Iodine, 240 gr. Iodide of Potassium, 1 oz. (troy). Alcohol, 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Iodine and Iodide of Po- tassium in the Alcohol. Iodine Solution. (Magendie’s.) Potassium Iodide, 240 gr. Iodine, 2 gr. Peppermint Water, 6 fl. oz. Dissolve. Dose, a teaspoonful. 222. Liquor Iodi Causticus. N. F. Caustic Solution of Iodine. Iodine Caustic. Churchill’s Iodine Caustic. Iodine, 1 tr. oz. Iodide of Potassium, 2 tr. oz. Water, 4 fl. oz. Dissolve the Iodide of Potassium and the Iodine in the Water. 350. Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici De- color. N. F. Colorless Syrup of Hydriodic Acid. Iodide of Potassium, 123 gr. Hypophosphite of Potassium, 3 gr. Tartaric Acid, 112 gr. Water, £ fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Syrup, enough to make 16 fl. oz, Dissolve the Iodide and Hypophosphite of Potassium in one-half (£) fluidounce of Water, and the Tartaric Acid in one-half (£) fluidounce of Diluted Alcohol. Mix the two solutions in a vial, cork and shake it well, and then place it in ice-water for about half an hour, or longer, if con- venient ; again shake it thoroughly, and then pour the mixture upon a small white filter contained in a funnel, the stem of FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1158 which dips below the surface of fourteen (14) fiuidounces of Syrup contained in a bottle. When the liquid has run through, wash the vial and filter with one-half (£) fluidounce of Diluted Alcohol, added in several portions. Then add enough Syrup to make sixteen (16)fiuidounces. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles. Note.—'This preparation is of about the same strength, volume for volume, but not weight for weight, as the officinal Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici. 221. Liquor Iodi Carbolatus. N. F. Carbolized Solution of Iodine. Boulton’s Solution. French Mixture. Compound Solution of Iodine, 110 min. Carbolic Acid, liquefied< by a gentle heat, * 40 min. Glycerin, 2£ fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Glycerin with the Carbolic Acid and Compound Solution of Iodine, add enough Water to make sixteen (16) fiuidounces, and expose the mixture to sunlight until it has become colorless. 357. Syrupus Calcii Iodidi. N. F. Syrup of Iodide of Calcium. Iodine, 552 gr. Iron Wire, fine, bright, and finely cut, 200 gr. Precipitated Carbonate of Cal- cium, 250 gr. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Sugar, 11 tr. oz. Syrup, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Iron Wire with four hundred and fourteen (414) grains of the Iodine and three (3) fiuidounces of Distilled Water, and apply a gentle heat, until the Iodine is combined and the liquid has acquired a greenish color. Filter the liquid through a small filter into a flask containing the remainder of the Iodine, wash the filter with one (Y) fluidounce of Distilled Water, and heat the solution gently, taking care that no Iodine is lost by evaporation. Heat four (4) fiuidounces of Distilled Water in a capacious capsule to boiling, and add to it small alternate portions, first of the Precipitated Carbonate of Calcium, and then of the solution of Iodide of Iron, in small portions at a time, stirring briskly and waiting until the violence of the re- action moderates before adding a fresh portion. From time to time add a little Distilled Water, to replace that lost by evaporation. When all the Iron solution has been added, continue heating the mix- ture until it is quietly boiling, then filter it through a wetted filter, and wash the latter with enough Distilled Water to make the product, when cold, measure eight (8) fiuidounces. In this dissolve the Sugar by agitation, then make up the volume with Syrup to sixteen (16) fiuidounces, and strain, if necessary. Each fluidrachm contains about 5 grains of Iodide of Calcium. Iodine Caustic. (Rieseberg’s.) Iodine, 1 oz. (troy). Glycerin, 2 fl. oz. Applied every second day with a brush. As the preparation is very powerful, its effect must be watched. Coster’s Paste. Iodine Pigment, 120 gr. Oil of Cade, 1 oz. (troy). Mix. For an embrocation. This prep- aration should not be used until it has stood four weeks. The Iodine Pigment is made by dissolving 60 gr. of Iodine in 1 fl. oz. of Alcohol, and allowing the solu- tion to stand in a glass bottle for several months before use. Iodized Cotton. Iodine, 60 gr. Purified Cotton, 1£ fl. oz. Enclose the Iodine in filtering-paper, and place it at the bottom of a flask with a wide mouth ; then introduce the Cotton, and close the flask by covering the mouth. Place the flask in a moderately warm place until the Cotton appears to be uniformly colored by the Iodine. 400. Tinctura Iodi, Churchill. N. F. Churchill's Tincture of Iodine. Iodine, 2\ tr. oz. Iodide of Potassium, | tr. oz. Water, 4 fl. oz. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Iodide of Potassium in the Water, then add the Iodine, and, lastly, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture, when completed, measure sixteen (16) fiuidounces. Note.—Churchill’s Tincture of Iodine should not be confounded with Churchill’s Iodine Caustic (Liquor Iodi Causticus, No. 222, page ). 401. Tinctura Iodi Decolorata. N. F. Decolorized Tincture of Iodine. Iodine, 610 gr. Hyposulphite of Sodium, 610 gr. Water, 1£ fl. oz. Stronger Water of Ammonia (U. S. P.), • 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Digest the Iodine, Hyposulphite of So- dium, and Water, at a gentle heat, until a perfect solution, of a dark reddish-brown color, is produced. Then add two (2)fluid- ounces of Alcohol, and afterwards the Stronger Water of Ammonia. Shake a few minutes until no more bubbles of gas escape and the liquid has become colorless, FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. 1159 with a whitish precipitate (of sulphur) suspended in it. Cool it, if necessary, and add enough Alcohol to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Place the bottle containing it in a refrigerator for' a few hours, or longer, if convenient, then filter, in a covered funnel, and preserve the liquid for use. Note.—On prolonged standing a crystalline precipitate of tetrathionate of sodium will usually form in the liquid. This may be re- moved by filtration. Ethereal Tincture of Iodine. (Magendie’s.) Iodine, 32 gr. Ether, 1 fl. oz. Dissolve. Used externally. SULPHUR. Unguentum Sulphuris Iodidi. U. S. 1870. Ointment of Iodide of Sul- phur. Iodide of Sulphur, 30 gr. Prepared Lard, 1 oz. (troy). Triturate the Iodide of Sulphur in a porcelain mortar, and-gradually add the Lard, rubbing them together until the ointment is perfectly smooth and free from grittiness. Vleminckx’s Solution. Lime, 240 gr. Sublimed Sulphur, 1 oz. (troy). Water, 10 fl. oz. Boil down to 6 fl. oz. and filter. Used externally in acne. 423. Unguentum Sulphuris Composi- tum. N. F. Compound Sulphur Ointment. Wilkinson’s Ointment. Hebra’s Itch Ointment. Precipitated Carbonate of Cal- cium, 10 parts. Sublimed Sulphur, 15 parts. Oil of Cade, 15 parts. Green Soap, 30 parts. Lard, . 30 parts. Mix the Lard with the Green Soap and Oil of Cade. Then gradually incorporate the Sublimed Sulphur and Precipitated Carbonate of Calcium. PHOSPHORUS. Syrup of the Hypophosphites. (Parrish’s.) Calcium Hypophosphite, 360 gr. Sodium Hypophosphite, 120 gr. Potassium Hypophosphite, 120 gr. Sugar, 13 oz. (troy). Hot Water, 10 fl. oz. Orange Flower Water, 4 fl. dr. Dissolve the salts in the Hot Water, filter through paper, dissolve the Sugar in the solution by the aid of heat, strain, and add the Orange-Flower Water. Dose, a teaspoonful, containing nearly 5 gr. of the mixed salts. Compound Solution of the Hypophos- phites of Iron, Soda, Lime, and Magnesium. Calcium Hypophosphite, 11 oz. 80 gr. av. Oxalic Acid, 1£ oz. av. Ferrous Sulphate, 2 oz. av. 260gr. Sodium Sulphate, 5 oz. av. 120gr. Magnesium Sulphate, 1 oz. av. 420gr. Boiling Water, 5 pints. Water, a sufficient quan- tity to make 100 fl. oz. Dissolve the Calcium Hypophosphite in the Boiling Water, add the Oxalic Acid, stirring for a minute, and then the other ingredients in the order given. Agitate for two or three minutes, allow the mix- ture to become cold, filter into a bottle marked 100 fl. oz., and wash the Calcium Oxalate and Sulphate, which remain on the filter, with Water until 100 fi. oz. of liquid are obtained. 377* Syrupus Phosphatum Compositus. Compound Syrup of the Phosphates. Chemical Food. Precipitated Carbonate of Cal- cium, 256 gr. Phosphate of Iron (U. S. P. 1880), 128 gr. Phosphate of Ammonium, 128 gr. Bicarbonate of Potassium, 32 gr. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 32 gr. Citric Acid, 1 tr. oz. Glycerin, 1 fl. oz. Phosphoric Acid (50 per cent.), 2 fl. oz. Orange-Flower Water, 2 fl. oz. Tincture of Cudbear (1ST. F.), 120 min. Sugar, 8 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Precipitated Carbonate of Calcium with the Bicarbonates of Po- tassium and Sodium, the Citric Acid, Glycerin, and Orange-Flower Water, and gradually add the Phosphoric Acid, stir- ring until solution has been effected. Dissolve the Phosphate of Iron and the Phosphate of Ammonium in four (4) fluidounces of hot Water, cool, and add the solution to that previously prepared. Filter the whole through a pellet of ab- sorbent cotton placed in the neck-of a funnel, and receive the filtrate in a gradu- ated bottle containing the Sugar. Agitate until the latter is dissolved, then add the Tincture of Cudbear, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains about 2 grains of Phosphate of Calcium, 1 grain, each, of the Phosphates of Iron and Ammonium, and smaller quantities of the Phosphates of Potassium and Sodium. 1160 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Solution of the Hypophosphites. (Hayes’s.) Calcium Hypophosphite, 128 gr. Potassium Hypophosphite, 128 gr. Sodium Hypophosphite, 32 gr. Quinine Hypophosphite, 32 gr. Manganese Hypophosphite, 32 gr. Iron Hypophosphite, ' 64 gr. Strychnine Hypophosphite, 1 gr. Glycerin, 384 min. Solution of Hypophosphorous Acid, 256 min. Water, sufficient to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve. 3. Acidum Hypophosphorosum Di- lutum. N. F. Diluted Hypophosphorous Acid. Hypophosphite of Potassium, 208 parts. Tartaric Acid, 300 parts. Distilled Water, 588 parts. Diluted Alcohol, 600 parts. Dissolve the Hypophosphite of Potas- sium in the Distilled Water, and the Tar- taric Acid in the Diluted Alcohol. Mix the two solutions in a flask, cork the latter well, and putit aside in a cold place during twelve hours. Then carefully decant the liquid into a funnel, the neck of which contains a pellet of absorbent cotton, or, if necessary, pass the liquid through a fil- ter, care being taken that it shall not suffer loss by evaporation. Weigh the filtrate, which contains ten (10)per cent, of hypo- phosphorous acid, in a tared capsule, and evaporate the alcohol by means of a water- bath, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.). Then allow the liquid to cool, and add enough Distilled Water to restore the original weight of the filtrate. Preserve the product in well-stoppered bottles. Note.—Hypophosphorous Acid thus prepared contains 10 per cent, of absolute hypophospho- rous acid (H3P02), and has a specific gravity of 1-060 at 15° C. (59° F.). If the acid is required for immediate use, and the presence of alcohol is not objectionable, the mixture of the two solu- tions need be cooled only a short time, and the filtrate may be used at once. If a 50 per cent, acid is required, the concentration may be cau- tiously continued until the desired percentage has been attained. A 50 per cent, acid has a specific gravity of about 1-406 at 15° C. (59° F.). 76. Elixir Hypophosphitum cum Ferro. N.F. Elixir of Hypophosphites with Iron. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 188 gr. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 128 gr. Hypophosphite of Potassium, 64 gr. Sulphate of Iron, in clear crys- tals, 96 gr. Citric Acid, 30 gr. Water, 4 fl. oz. Syrup, 4 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Hypophosphites in three (3) fluidounces of Water, and add the Syrup. Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron in the remainder of the Water, and mix this with the other solution. Then add six (6) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir, set the mixture aside, in a cold place, for twelve hours, and filter from the de- posited sulphate of calcium. Finally, dis- solve the Citric Acid in the filtrate, and pass enough Aromatic Elixir through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each Jluidrachm contains about \ grain of Hypophosphite of Iron (ferrous), about 1 grain, each, of the Hypophosphites of Calcium and Sodium, and £ grain of Hy- pophosphite of Potassium. 220. Liquor Hypophosphitum. N. F. Solution of Hypophosphites. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 256 gr. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 160 gr. Hypophosphite of Potassium, 128 gr. Citric Acid, 120 gr. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the salts and the Citric Acid in Water so as to make sixteen (16) fluid- ounces ; filter, if necessary, and pass enough Water through the filter to re- store the original volume. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Hypophosphite of Calcium, 1J grain of Hypophosphite of Sodium, and 1 grain of Hypophosphite of Potassium. 75. Elixir Hypophosphitum. N. F. Elixir of Hypophosphites. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 384 gr. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 128 gr. Hypophosphite of Potassium, 128 gr. Citric Acid, 30 gr. Water, 4 fl. oz. Glycerin, £ fl. oz. Compound Spirit of Cardamom, | fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Hypophosphites and the Citric Acid in the Water ; then add the Glycerin, Compound Spirit of Carda- mom, and enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm contains 3 grains of Hypophosphite of Calcium and 1 grain, each, of the Hypophosphites of Sodiwn and Potassium. Solution of Phosphates. (Dr. Pepper’s.) Calcium Phosphate, 6 gr. Magnesium Phosphate, 4 gr. Potassium Phosphate, 3 gr. Phosphoric Acid (Concent.), 10 min. Water, sufficient to make 2 fl. dr. Make a solution and filter. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1161 370. Syrupus Hypophosphitum Com- positus. N. F. Compound Syrup of Hypophosphites. Compound Hypophosphites. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 256 gr. Hypophosphite of Potassium, 128 gr. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 128 gr. Hypophosphite of Iron, 16 gr. Hypophosphite of Manganese, 16 gr. Citrate of Potassium, 40 gr. Citric Acid, 15 gr. Hydrochlorate of Quinine, 8 gr. Tincture of Nux Vomica (U.S.P.), 160 min. Sugar, 12 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Rub the Hypophosphites of Iron and of Manganese with the Citrate of Potassium and Citric Acid to powder, add one (1) fluidounce of Water, and warm the mixt- ure a few minutes until a clear greenish solution is obtained. Introduce the other Hypophosphites and the Hydrochlorate of Quinine, previously triturated together, into a graduated bottle, next add the Sugar, the Iron and Manganese solution first prepared, the Tincture of N ux Vom- ica, and, lastly, enough Water to make up the volume, as soon as the Sugar is saturated by the liquid, to sixteen (16) fluidounces. Agitate until solution has been effected, and strain, if necessary. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Hypophosphite of Calcium, 1 grain, each, of the Hypophosphites of Potassium and. Sodium, | grain, each, of the Hypophos- phites of Iron and of Manganese, grain of Hydrochlorate of Quinine, and 1J min- ims of Tincture of Nux Vomica. Note.—This Syrup should not be confounded with the officinal Syrupus Hypophosphitum (Syrup of the Hypophosphites). 355. Syrupus Calcii et Sodii Hypo- phosphitum. N. F. Syrup of Hypophosphite of Calcium and Sodium. Syrup of Hypophosphite of Lime and Soda. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 256 gr. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 256 gr. Citric Acid, 10 gr. Sugar, 12 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the two Hypophosphites and the Citric Acid in eight (8) fluidounces of Water, filter the solution, add the Sugar to the filtrate, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the product, after the Sugar has been dissolved by agitation, measure sixteen (16) fluid- ounces. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains, each, of Hypophosphite of Calcium and Hypo- phosphite of Sodium. ioi. Elixir Sodii Hypophosphitis. N.F. Elixir of Hypophosphite of Sodium. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 256 gr. Citric Acid, 30 gr. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 1. oz. Dissolve the Hypophosphite of Sodium and the Citric Acid in about twelve (12) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir, by agita- tion. Then add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Hypophosphite of Sodium. 356. Syrupus Calcii Hypophosphitis. N.F. Syrup of Hypophosphite of Calcium. Syrup of Hypophosphite of Lime. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 256 gr. Citric Acid, 10 gr. Sugar, 12 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Hypophosphite of Calcium and the Citric Acid in eight (8) fluidounces of Water, filter the solution, add the Sugar to the filtrate, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the product, after the Sugar has been dissolved by agitation, measure sixteen (16) fluid- ounces. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Hypophosphite of Calcium. 228. Liquor Phosphori. N. F. Solution of Phosphorus. Thompson’s Solution of Phosphorus. Phosphorus, 1 gr. Absolute Alcohol, 450 min. Spirit of Peppermint, ’ 10 min. Glycerin, 2 fl. oz. Dissolve the Phosphorus in four hun- dred (400) minims of Absolute Alcohol, in a stoppered vial or test-tube, by immersion in a water-bath and frequent agitation, taking care that any loss of Alcohol, by evaporation, be made up from time to time. Allow the solution to become nearly cold, and then add to it the remainder of the Absolute Alcohol and the Glycerin, previously mixed and slightly warmed. Finally, add the Spirit of Peppermint. Keep the solution in a well-stoppered bottle, in the dark. Each fluidrachm contains about grain of Phosphorus. Note.—This solution must not be confounded with the Spiritus Phosphori (No. 344), which is not intended to be administered as such, but is only to be used in compounding the Elixir or other preparations of phosphorus. The Phosphorus should be perfectly translu- cent, cut and weighed underwater, and quickly dried with filtering paper before being dropped into the alcohoi. 1162 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. Compound Syrup of Hypophosphites. (Containing Ferric Hypophosphite. Procter’s.) Calcium Hypophosphite, 256 gr. Sodium Hypophosphite, 192 gr. Potassium Hypophosphite, 128 gr. Ferric Hypophosphite, 96 gr. Hypophosphorous Acid So- lution, 240 min. Sugar, 9 oz. (av.). Extract of Vanilla, 4 fl. dr. Water, sufficient. Dissolve the salts of Calcium, Sodium, and Potassium in 6 fl. oz. of Water; put the Iron salt in a mortar, and gradually add solution of Hypophosphorous Acid till it is dissolved ; to this add the solution of the other salts, after it has been ren- dered slightly acidulous with the same acid, and then Water, till the whole measures 12 fl. oz. Dissolve in this the Sugar, with heat, and add the Vanilla. Dose, a teaspoonful. 85. Elixir Phosphori. N. F. Elixir of Phosphorus. Spirit of Phosphorus, 3f fl. oz. Oil of Star-anise, 16 min. Glycerin, 9 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. To the Spirit of Phosphorus add the Oil of Star-anise and Glycerin, and shake gently until they form a clear liquid. Then add the Aromatic Elixir, in small portions at a time, gently agitating after each addition, until a clear mixture re- sults. Keep the product in dark amber-colored vials, in a cool and dark place. It should not be prepared in quantities larger than will be consumed within a few months. Each fluidrachm contains fa grain of Phosphorus. 86. Elixir Phosphori et Nucis Vomicae. N.F. Elixir of Phosphorus and Nux Vomica. Tincture of Nux Vomica, 256 min. Elixir of Phosphorus, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix them. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted for use. Each fluidrachm represents 2 minims of Tincture of Nox Vomica and nearly fa grain of Phosphorus. 344. Spiritus Phosphori. N. F. Spirit of Phosphorus. Tincture of Phosphorus. Phosphorus, 10 gr. Absolute Alcohol, enough to make 15 fl. oz. To the Absolute Alcohol, contained in a flask, add the Phosphorus, cut into small pieces, and apply a moderate heat, by means of a water-bath, taking care to prevent, as much as possible, any loss of alcohol by evaporation, or making up any loss by adding, from time to time, a little more Absolute Alcohol. When the Phos- phorus is dissolved, allow the liquid to become cold, and add enough Absolute Alcohol, if necessary, to mako fifteen (15) fluidounces. Then transfer the Spirit to small, dark amber-colored vials, stopper them securely, and keep them in a cool and dark place. Each fluidrachm contains fa grain of Phosphorus; or 14-4 minims contain fa grain of Phosphorus. Note.—The Phosphorus should he perfectly translucent, cut and weighed under water, ana quickly dried with filtering paper before being dropped into the Alcohol. The loss of Alcohol, during the heating, may be avoided, and solu- tion effected more expeditiously, by attaching to the flask a well-cooled upright condenser, which will cause the vapor of the alcohol to be condensed, and to flow back into the flask. In the absence of a condenser, a long glass tube, inserted through a tight-fitting cork into the neck of the flask, and maintained in an up- right condition, will nearly answer the same purpose. This preparation is intended for preparing the Elixir of Phosphorus (see No. 85). It is unsuited for internal administration without corrigents. Care should be taken that it be not confounded with Thompson’s Solution of Phosphorus. (See Liquor Phosphori, No. 228.) Compound Solution of Phosphates. Calcium Carbonate, 369 gr. Magnesia (Calc.), 29 gr. Potassium Carbonate, 25 gr. Iron Phosphate, 64 gr. Phosphoric Acid (60 per cent.), 1705 gr. Water, sufficient to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Acid with half a pint of Water, add the Iron Phosphate, and stir until dissolved; then add gradually the Cal- cium Carbonate, stirring until efferves- cence ceases and the freshly-formed Phos- phate is dissolved, and finally add the Magnesia and Potassium Carbonate; stir until dissolved, and make up the measure to 1 pint. Used as an acid phosphate. 202. Liquor Acidi Phosphorici Com- positus. N.F. Compound Solution of Phosphoric Acid. Solution of Acid Phosphates. Bone Ash, in fine powder, 100 parts. Sulphuric Acid, 78 parts. Water, 400 parts. Mix the Bone Ash with one hundred (100) parts of Water, add the Sulphuric Acid, diluted with two hundred (200)parts of W’ater, and mix thoroughly with a porcelain or glass stirrer. Now add the remainder of the Water and set the mixt- ure aside for twentjr-four hours, stirring occasionally. Then transfer the mixture FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1163 to a strong muslin strainer, and subject this to a gradual pressure (avoiding con- tact with metals), so as to express as much of the liquid as possible. Lastly, filter this through paper. The specific gravity of this solution is about 1-113 at 15° C. (59° F.). Note.—The quantity of product obtained de- pends on the degree of force used in pressing. By strong pressure, about 350 parts may be ob- tained. If desired, the magma may also be poured in a glass percolator, the neck of which contains a layer of fine quartz sand or asbestos, previously deprived of matters soluble in sul- phuric or phosphoric acid. On cautiously pour- ing water on top, so as not to mix it with the magma, the acid solution will be displaced. But the percolation must be interrupted as soon as the specific gravity of the percolate begins to fall below 1-113. The Sulphuric Acid used in this preparation may be the commercial variety, provided it is free from arsenic, and of a specific gravity not less than 1-830. POTASSIUM SALTS. Effervescing Draught. Potassium Bicarbonate, 80 gr. Water, 2 fl. oz. Make a solution. Take a tablespoonful of lemon-juice diluted with a tablespoon- ful of Water, and add to it in a tumbler a tablespoonful of this solution, then drink immediately. Muller’s Fluid. Potassium Bichromate, 200 gr. Sodium Sulphate, 80 gr. Water, 16 fl. oz. Brown-S6quard’s Anti-Epileptic Mixture. Sodium Bromide, 180 gr. Potassium Bromide, 180 gr. Ammonium Bromide, 180 gr. Potassium Iodide, 90 gr. Ammonium Iodide, 90 gr. Ammonium Carbonate, 60 gr. Tincture of Calumba, 1£ fl. oz. Water, sufficient to make 8 fl. oz. Mix. Adult dose, 1£ teaspoonfuls be- fore each meal, and 3 teaspoonfuls at bed- time. Whooping-Cough Remedy. (Dr. J. J. Caldwell’s.) Ammonium Bromide, 20 gr. Potassium Bromide, 40 gr. Fluid Extract of Belladonna, 6 min. Distilled Water, 2 fl. oz. Used with steam atomizer for ten to fifteen minutes morning, noon, and bed- time. Pancoast’s Styptic. Potassium Carbonate, 120 gr. Soap, 30 gr. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Mix. Antidiphtheritic Mixture. (Warren’s.) Thyipol, 4 gr. Potassium Chlorate, 75 gr. Quinine Sulphate, 45 gr. Hydrochloric Acid, 15 min. Glycerin, 2 fl. oz. Brandy, 9 fl. oz. Hose, a teaspoonful every hour for children between two and five years. Laxative Powder. (Jeannel’s.) Potassium and Sodium Tar- trate, 600 gr. Sodium Bicarbonate, 240 gr. Tartaric Acid, 240 gr. Oil of Lemon, sufficient. Sugar, 2£ oz. (troy). Dose, a teaspoonful in sweetened water. 306. Potassii Citras Effervescens. N.F. Effervescent Citrate of Potassium. Citrate of Potassium, 200 parts. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 600 parts. Tartaric Acid, 540 parts. Sugar, in very fine powder, 460 parts. Triturate the ingredients, previously well dried, to a fine, uniform powder. If the compound is required in form of a granular powder, mix it with Alcohol to a soft paste, and rub this through a No. 20 tinned-iron sieve, or enamelled col- ander. Then dry it, and reduce it to a coarse, granular powder. Ninety (90) grains [or about a heaped teaspoonful) of the above compound repre- sent 10 grains of Citrate of Potassium. 230. Liquor Potassae Chloratae. N. F. Solution of Chlorinated Potassa. Liquor Potassa; Chlorinatse. Javelle Water. Carbonate of Potassium, 58 parts. Chlorinated Lime (U. S. P.), 80 parts. Water, enough to make 1000 parts. Mix the Chlorinated Lime, contained in a tared flask, with/otnt of Iodide of Ammonium. Iodine, 30 gr. Oil of Rosemary, 110 min. Oil of Lavender, 110 min. Camphor, 220 gr. Water of Ammonia, If fl. oz. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Iodine, the Oils, and the Camphor in twelve (12) fluidounces of Alcohol, then add the Water of Am- monia, and, lastly, enough Alcohol to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Note.—On standing, the liquid will become colorless, and there will, usually, be a slight precipitate, which may be separated by filtration. 205. Liquor Ammonii Acetatis Con- centratus. N. F. Concentrated Solution of Acetate of Ammonium. Acetic Acid (U. S. P.), 16 fl. oz. Carbonate of Ammonium, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 32 fl. oz. Neutralize the Acetic Acid with a suffi- cient quantity of Carbonate of Ammo- nium, carefully avoiding an excess. Then add enough Water to make the product measure thirty-two (32) fluidounces. Note.—It is not recommended to keep this solu- tion on hand for the preparation of the officinal Liquor Ammonii Acetatis, as this is preferably- made freshly when wanted for use. When it is, however, required, or deemed of advantage, to dispense the concentrated solution, it is sug- gested that it be diluted with Carbonic Acid Water, or be directed to be diluted with this at the time of administration. The product is about four times the strength of the officinal Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. 206. Liquor Ammonii Citratis Fortior. N. F. Stronger Solution of Citrate of Ammonium. Citric Acid, 9 tr. oz. Stronger Water of Ammonia, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Neutralize the Citric Acid with the Stronger Water of Ammonia, and add enough Water to make sixteen (\(S) fluid- ounces. The solution should be kept in bottles free from lead. Each fluidrachm contains about 40 grains of Citrate of A mmonium. Note.—This Solution is apt to take up notable quantities of lead, if kept in bottles made of flint glass. Liquor Ammonii Citratis (Brit. Pharm.) may be prepared from this Solution by mixing 1 volume of it with 4 volumes of Water. 249. Mistura Ammonii Chloridi. N. F. Mixture of Chloride of Ammonium. Mistura (or Mixtura) Solvens Simplex. Chloride of Ammonium, 180 gr. Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 180 gr. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the solids in a sufficient quan- tity of Water to make sixteen (16) fluid- ounces. Note.—Sometimes a Mistura (orMixture) Solvent Stibiata is prescribed. This may be prepared by dissolving 2 grains of Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium in each pint of Mistura Ammonh Chlo- ridi. 257. Mistura Expectorans, Stokes. N.F Stokes’s Expectorant Mixture. Stokes’s Expectorant. Carbonate of Ammonium, 128 gr. Fluid Extract of Senega, £ fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Squill, \ fl. oz. Camphorated Tincture of Opium, 3 fl. oz. Water, 1£ fl. oz. Syrup of Tolu, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Carbonate of Ammonium in the Water, add the Fluid Extracts and Tincture, and, lastly, enough Syrup of Tolu to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. MAGNESIUM SALTS. Liquor Magnesii Acetatis. Solution of Acetate of Magnesium, (Neynaber’s.) Calcined Magnesia, 126 gr. Acetic Acid, sufficient to satu- rate. Syrup of Citric Acid, 2 fl. oz. Potassium Bicarbonate, 40 gr. Water, to make 12 fl. oz. Made and used like Solution of Mag- nesium Citrate (see page 574). Magnesia Mixture. (Dr. Isaac Remington’s.) Magnesia (Husband’s), 90 gr. Blue Mass, 30 gr. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, 2 fl. dr. Sugar, 60 gr. Peppermint Water, 2 fl. oz. Lime-Water, 3 fl. oz. Mix. A tablespoonful every two hours. 252. Mistura Carminativa. N. F. Carminative Mixture. Dalby’s Carminative. Carbonate of Magnesium, 1 tr. oz. Carbonate of Potassium, 20 gr. Tincture of Opium, 180 min. Oil of Caraway, 4 drops. Oil of Fennel, 4 drops. Oil of Peppermint, 4 drops. Syrup, 2£ fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Oils with about sixty (60) grains of Carbonate of Magnesium, ana tivelve (12) fluidounces of Water, gradu- ally added. Then add the remainder of the Carbonate of Magnesium and the other ingredients, and, lastly, add enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. 1171 This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use. Each fluidounce represents about 1 grain of Opium. 223. Liquor Magnesii Bromidi. N. F. Solution of Bromide of Magnesium. Diluted Hydrobromic Acid (U. S. P.), _ 16 fl. oz. Carbonate of Magnesium, a sufficient quantity. Saturate the Diluted Hydrobromic Acid with a sufficient quantity (about one (1) troyounce) of Carbonate of Magnesium. When effervescence has ceased, filter. Each fluidrachm contains about 7 grains of Bromide of Magnesium. CALCIUM SALTS. 3g. Elixir Calcii Lactophosphatis. N.F. Elixir of Lactophosphate of Calcium. Lactate of Calcium, 128 gr. Phosphoric Acid (U. S. P. 50 per cent.), 128 min. Water, 1 fl oz. Syrup, 1 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Lactate of Calcium with the Phosphoric Acid, the Water, and the Syrup, until the salt is dissolved. Then add enough Aromatic Elixir to make six- teen (16) fluidounces, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Lactate of Calcium, or about 1.) grains of so-called Lactophosphate of Calcium. Chalk Mixture. (Richard’s.) Precipitated Calcium Car- bonate, 1 oz. (troy). Sugar, 1 oz. (troy). Tincture of Opium, 1 fl. dr. Spirit of Cinnamon, 15 min. Compound Tincture of Lavender, 1 fl. oz. Tincture of Kino, 1 fl. oz. Water, 3 fl. oz. Mix. 38. Elixir Calcii Hypophosphitis. N. F. Elixir of Hypophosphite of Calcium. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 256 gr. Citric Acid, 30 gr. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Hypophosphite of Calcium in fourteen (14) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir, and filter. Dissolve the Citric Acid in the filtrate and pass enough Aromatic Elixir through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Hypophosphite of Calcium. Syrup of Hypophosphite of Calcium. (Procter’s.) Calcium Hypophosphite, 2 oz. (troy). Sugar, 24 oz. (troy). Tincture of Vanilla, 1 fl. oz. Water, 19 fl. oz. Dissolve the salt in the Water, filter, add the Sugar, dissolve by aid of heat, and add the Tincture. Dose, a teaspoon- ful to a tablespoonful three times a day. 37. Elixir Calcii Bromidi. N. F. Elixir of Bromide of Calcium. Bromide of Calcium, 640 gr. Citric Acid, 30 gr. Adjuvant Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Bromide of Calcium and the Citric Acid in about twelve (12) fluid- ounces of Adjuvant Elixir by agitation. Then add enough Adjuvant Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm contains 5 grains of Bromide of Calcium. 209. Liquor Calcis Sulphuratse. N. F. Solution of Sulphurated Lime. Solution of Oxysulphuret of Calcium. Vie* minck’s Solution (or Lotion). Lime, freshly slaked, 2 parts. Sublimed Sulphur, 3 parts. Water, enough to make 12 parts. Mix the slaked Lime with the Sulphur, and add the mixture gradually to twenty (20) parts of boiling Water. Then boil the whole, under constant stirring, until it is reduced to twelve (12) parts, strain, and, having allowed the solution to be- come clear by standing in a well-stoppered bottle, decant the clear brown liquid, and keep it in completely-filled and well- stoppered bottles. 385. Talcum Purificatum. N. F. Purified Talcum. Talcum, in fine powder, 100 parts. Hydrochloric Acid, 15 parts. Water, a sufficient quantity. M.ix five hundred (500) parts of boiling Water with the Talcum, gradually add ten (10) parts of the Hydrochloric Acid, and boil the mixture during fifteen minutes. Then allow the suspended Tal- cum to subside, pour off" the supernatant liquid, and boil the residue again with five hundred (500) parts of Water mixed with the remainder of the Hydrochloric Acid. Again allow the mixture to become clear by settling, pour off the supernatant liquid, and wash the residue with Water, by repeated decantation, until a portion of the wash-water, filtered and placed in 1172 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. a test-tube, ceases to produce a precipi- tate with test-solution of nitrate of silver acidified with nitric acid. Then transfer the magma to a close linen or muslin strainer, allow it to drain, and dry it by heat. Note.—Purified Talcum is used as an aid in filtering turbid liquids containing finely-divided matters in suspension, which are apt to pass through the filter, or to stop up its pores. 321. Pulvis Talci Salicylicus. N. F. Salicylated Powder of Talcum. Salicylic Acid, 3 parts. Boric Acid, in fine powder, 10 parts. Talcum, in fine powder, 87 parts. Mix them intimately. Note.—The corresponding preparation of the Germ. Pharm. has the title Pulvis Salicylicus cum Talco, and contains 10 parts of Wheat Starch in place of Boric Acid. 354. Syrupus Calcii Chlorhydrophos- phatis. N. F. Syrup of Chlorhydrophosphate of Calcium. Syrup of Chlorhydrophosphate of Lime. Precipitated Phosphate of Cal- cium, 128 gr. Hy-drochloric Acid, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Spirit of Lemon, 140 min. Syrup, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Precipitated Phosphate of Calcium with one (1) fluidounce of Water, and dissolve it with the aid of Hydro- chloric Acid, avoiding an excess. Then add the Spirit of Lemon, filter the liquid, and wash the filter with a mixture of one (1) fluidounce, each, of Water and Syrup. Lastly, add enough Syrup to the filtrate to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Phosphate of Calcium. 358. Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis cum Ferro. N. F. Syrup of Lactophosphate of Calcium with Iron. Syrup of Lactophosphate of Lime with Iron. Lactate of Iron, 64 gr Citrate of Potassium, 64 gr. Water, 1 fl. oz. Syrup of Lactophosphate of Cal- cium (U.S.P.),enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Lactate of Iron and Citrate of Potassium in the Water vritb the aid of heat, and add enough Syrup of Lacto- phosphgjte of Calcium to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains J grain of Lactate of Iron and about J grain of Lac- tate of Calcium (or about f grain of so- called Lactophosphate of Calcium). Syrup of Phosphate of Calcium. (Wiegand’s.) Precipitated Calcium Phos- phate, 1 oz. (troy). Hydrochloric Acid, 4 fl. dr. Sugar, 12 oz. (troy). Water, 7 fl. oz. Dissolve the Calcium Phosphate, pre- viously mixed with an ounce of Water, by means of the Acid, and filter ; add the Sugar, then the remaining Water, until the bulk is increased to 12 fl. oz., and strUin Dose, a teaspoonful. Aromatic Chalk Powder. (Ph. Br.) Cinnamon, 2 oz. (troy). Nutmeg, Saffron, of each, 1J oz. (troy). Cloves, 360 gr. Cardamom, 240 gr. Sugar, 12J oz. (troy). Prepared Chalk, 5J oz. (troy). Reduce to a powder, and mix thor- oughly ; then pass through a fine sieve, and finally rub it lightly in a mortar. 312. Pulvis Cretae Aromaticus. N. F. Aromatic Powder of Chalk. Cinnamon, 4 parts. Saffron, 3 parts. Nutmeg, 3 parts. Cloves, 1£ parts. Cardamom, 1 part. Prepared Chalk, 11 parts. Sugar, 25 parts. Mix the ingredients and reduce them to a fine powder. Pass this through a fine sieve, and afterwards rub it lightly in a mortar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle. Note.—This preparation is equivalent to the Pulvis Cretse Aromaticus of the Brit. Pharm. This authority adds the following note: “ If a prod- uct of bright color be desired, the saffron may previously be moistened and triturated with a little water or alcohol, or the fresh and faintly damp mixture may be subjected to considerable pressure in the triturating process.” 313. Pulvis Cretae Aromaticus cum Opio. N. F. Aromatic Powder of Chalk with Opium. Aromatic Powder of Chalk, 39 parts. Pow’dered Opium, 1 part. Mix them intimately. Every 40 grains of this preparation con- tain 1 grain of Powdered Opium. Note.—This preparation is officinal in the Brit. Pharm. Chalk Ointment. Prepared Chalk, 120 gr. Olive Oil, 90 min. Lard, 270 gr. Mix. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1173 Chalk Powders. Prepared Chalk, 180 gr. Acacia, 60 gr. Sugar, 60 gr. Cinnamon (Powdered), 15 gr. Mix, and divide into 12 powders. Potter’s Powder. Prepared Chalk, 3 oz. (troy). Powdered Camphor, 240 gr. Ammonium Carbonate, 1 oz. (troy). Mix. BAEIUM SALTS. Liquor Barii Chloridi. U. S. 1870. So- lution of Chloride of Barium. Chloride of Barium, 1 oz. (troy). Distilled Water, 3 fl. oz. Dissolve the Chloride in the Distilled Water, and filter through paper. ZINC SALTS. Ceratum Zinci Carbonatis. U. S. 1870. Cerate of Carbonate of Zinc. Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc, 2 oz. (troy). Ointment, 10 oz. (troy). Mix them thoroughly. 419. Unguentum Calaminse. N. F. Calamine Ointment. Unguentum Zinci Carbonatis (Impuri). Un- guentum Calaminare. Turner’s Cerate. Prepared Calamine, 1 part. Ointment (U. S. P.), 5 parts. Mix them intimately, by trituration, so as to produce a smooth and homogeneous ointment. Canquoin’s Paste. Fused Zinc Chloride, 300 gr. Wheat Flour, 420 gr. Alcohol, 1 fl. dr. Eub the Chloride of Zinc to a fine pow- der, and make a paste with the Alcohol; then add the Wheat Flour, using strong pressure with the pestle. When the paste is homogeneous, spread with a roller into sheets about one-eighth of an inch thick, and, after a few hours’ exposure, preserve in well-corked bottles. Chloride of Zinc Paste. (Latour’s.) Zinc Chloride, 300 gr. Zinc Nitrate, 600 gr. Water, 1 fl. oz. Dissolve with the aid of heat, and when cool add to each ounce 300 gr. of Wheat Flour. Make a paste, and then roll into sheets one-eighth of an inch thick. Pre- serve in well-stoppered bottles. Calamine Lotion. (Dr. Tilbury Fox’s.) Levigated Calamine, 40 gr. Zinc Oxide, 20 gr. j Glycerin, 20 min. Eose Water, 1 fl. oz. Mix. Solution of Sulphide of Zinc. (Dr. Duhring’s.) • Zinc Sulphate, . 30 gr. Potassium Sulphide, 30 gr. Alcohol, 3 li. dr. Eose Water, 3£ fl. oz. Mix. Used for lupus. Injection for Gonorrhoea. Zinc Sulphate, 15 gr. Lead Acetate, 30 gr. Extract of Opium, 5 gr. Tannin, 2 gr. Eose Water, 3 fl. oz. Mix, and dispense without filtering. Eye-Water. (Thomas’s.) Zinc Sulphate, 20 gr. Sodium Chloride, 20 gr. Eose Water, 1 fl. oz. Mix. 109. Elixir Zinci Valerianatis. N. F. Elixir of Valerianate of Zinc. Valerianate of Zinc, 128 gr. Stronger Solution of Citrate of Ammonium, 1J fl. oz. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Oil of Bitter Almond, 1 drop. Compound Tincture of Cud- bear, 120 min. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Stronger Solution of Citrate of Ammonium with four (4) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir and the Alcohol, and triturate the Valerianate of Zinc with this mixture, added gradually and in portions, until solution has been effected. Then add the Oil of Bitter Almond, the Compound Tincture of Cudbear, and, finally, enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Allow the mix- ture to stand a few days, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Valerianate of Zinc. 273. Oleatum Zinci. N. F. Oleate of Zinc. Acetate of Zinc, crystallized, 3 tr. oz. Solution of Oleate of Sodium (N. F.), 8 pints. Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Acetate of Zinc in sixteen (16) pints of cold Water, filter the solu- 1174 FORMULARY OF UNOFF1CINAL PREPARATIONS. tion, if necessary, through a pellet of absorbent cotton placed in the neck of a funnel, and then mix it slowly, and under constant stirring, with the Solu- tion of Olcate of Sodium. Transfer the mixture to a wetted muslin strainer, and when the liquid has drained off, wash the precipitate with Water until the washings are practically tasteless. Lastly, dry the precipitate, spread on paper, by exposure to dust-free air, without heat. The product contains an amount of Zinc corresponding to about 13 per cent, of Oxide of Zinc. Note.—The theoretical yield of Oleate of Zinc obtainable from 3 troyounces of acetate of zinc is 3600 grains; in practice, about 7 troyounces will be obtained. Oleate of Zinc, prepared by the above process, is in the form of a soft, white powder, and may be converted into a plaster or ointment by mixing it with such a proportion of oleic acid as may be required. 241. Liquor Zinci et Ferri Compositus. N.F. Compound Solution of Zinc and Iron. Deodorant Solution. Sulphate of Zinc, 16 tr. oz. Sulphate of Iron, 16 tr. oz. Naphthol, 20 gr. Oil of Thyme, 60 min. Hypophosphorous Acid, 120 min. Water, enough to make 5 pints. Dissolve the Sulphate of Zinc and Sul- phate of Iron in five (5) pints of boiling Water, add the Naphthol and Oil of Thyme, and shake the mixture occasion- ally, in a stoppered bottle, until it is cold. Then add the Hypophosphorous Acid, filter the liquid through a wetted filter, and, lastly, pass enough Water through the latter to make five (5) pints. Note.—This solution is used as a simple deo- dorant and antiseptic for common domestic use, when it is unnecessary or impracticable to em- ploy more powerful agents. When a deodorant solution is required for purposes where iron is objectionable, as, for instance, when woven fabrics are to be steeped in it, the following preparation may be em- ployed ; 2. Liquor Zinci et Aluminii Compositus. Sulphate of Zinc, 16 tr. oz. Sulphate of Aluminium, 16 tr. oz. Naphthol, 20 gr. Oil of Thyme, 60 min. Water, enough to make 5 pints. Dissolve the Sulphate of Zinc and the Sul- Ehate of Aluminium in five (6) pints of Water, y the aid of heat, add the Naphthol and Oil of Thyme, and shake the mixture occasionally, in a stoppered bottle, until it cools. Set it aside for a few days, if convenient, and then pass it through a wetted filter, following it with enough Water to make five (5) pints. The commercial Sulphate of Aluminium (not Alum) may be used for this preparation. This generally contains a trace of iron, but by allow- ing the liquid to stand, this will be gradually precipitated. ALUMINIUM SALTS. Diarrhoea Powders. Powdered Alum, 240 gr. Powdered Kino, 60 gr. Powdered Opium, 3 gr. Mix, and divide into 12 powders, lor use in obstinate cases. Dose, one every two or three hours. 204. Liquor Aluminii Acetico-Tar- tratis. N. F. Solution of Acetico-Tartrate of Alu- minium. Alum (U. S. P.), 150 parts. Carbonate of Sodium, 140 parts. Glacial Acetic Acid, 30 parts. Tartaric Acid, 27 parts. Water, enough to make 200 parts. Dissolve the Alum and the Carbonate of Sodium, each, in two thousand (2000) parts of Water, mix the solutions, and wash the precipitate, first by decantation, and afterwards on a strainer, until the washings run off tasteless. Allow the pre- cipitate to drain and to shrink in volume by exposure on the strainer. Then trans- fer it to a fared capsule, add the Glacial Acetic and the Tartaric Acids, and apply heat until solution has been effected. Finally, evaporate the liquid to two hun- dred (200) parts. The produet contains about 50 per cent, of dry, so-called Acetico-Tartrate of Alu- minium. Note.—-'The dry salt may be obtained by evapo- rating the solution. 203. Liquor Aluminii Acetatis. A. F. Solution of Acetate of Aluminium. Sulphate of Aluminium, crystal- lized, 30 parts. Acetic Acid (U. S. P.), 30 parts. Carbonate of Calcium, 13 parts. Water, 100 parts. Dissolve the Carbonate of Calcium in the Acetic Acid mixed with twenty (20) parts of Water, and the Sulphate of Alu- minium in eighty (80) parts of Water. Mix the two solutions, and allow the mixture to stand for twenty-four hours, agitating occasionally. Then pour off the clear solution, and filter. The Solution contains from 7-5 to 8 per cent, of Basic Acetate of Aluminium. Note.—Practically identical with the Liquor Aluminii Acetici of the German Pliarm. Nipple Wash. (Dr. Thomas’s.) Alum, 1 oz. (troy). Tincture of Galls, 1 fl. oz. Triturate together, and dispense with- out straining or filtering. FORMULARY OF UNOFFIC1NAL PREPARATIONS. Gargle of Alum. Alum, 120 gr. Honey, 1 fl. oz. Infusion of Flaxseed, 3 fl. oz. Make a gargle. Burrow’s Solution. Lead Acetate, 600 gr. Alum, 360 gr. Sodium Sulphate, 60 gr. Water, 10 fl. oz. Dissolve the Lead Acetate in 3 fl. oz. of Water, and the Sodium Sulphate and Alum in the remaining Water; mix the solutions and stir; allow it to stand for two days, and filter without washing the residue. Bromo-Chloralum. Aluminium Chloride, 1 oz. (troy) Aluminium Bromide, 240 gr. Boiling Water, 8 fl. oz. Dissolve by heat in a water-bath ; when cool, filter through paper. MANGANESE SALTS. Syrup of Iodide of Manganese. (Procter’s.) Manganese Sulphate, 1 oz. (troy). Potassium Iodide, 285 gr. Sugar, 6 oz. (av). Water, Syrup, of each, sufficient. Dissolve the Sulphate and Iodide, each, in lj fl. oz. of cold Water, to which 1 fl. dr. of Syrup has been added. Mix them in a glass-stoppered bottle, and, after the crystals of Potassium Sulphate cease to precipitate, throw the solution on a filter of fine muslin, and allow it to pass into an 8-oz. bottle containing the Sugar; add sufficient Water to the filter to bring up the measure of the resulting Syrup to exactly 8 fl. oz. This contains about 60 gr. of the Iodide to each fl. oz. Dose, 10 minims. Syrup of Phosphate of Manganese. (Wiegand’s.) Manganese Sulphate (cryst.), 735 gr. Sodium Phosphate, 1200 gr. Hydrochloric Acid, 4 fl. dr. Sugar, 10 oz. (troy). Water, sufficient. Dissolve the salts separately, each in 8 fl. oz. of Water, and add the solution of Sodium Phosphate to the solution of Manganese Sulphate, as long as it pro- duces a precipitate, which wash with cold Water and dissolve by means of the Acid ; dilute till it measures 7 fl. oz., then add the Sugar. Each fl. dr. contains 5 gr. of the salt. IKON AND CHROMIUM SALTS. Bitter Tincture of Iron. (Physick’s.) Iron (filings), 3 oz. (av.). Ginger (bruised), Gentian (bruised), of each, 1 oz. (av.). Orange Peel, £ oz. (av.). Strong Old Cider, 16 fl. oz. Macerate for two weeks or longer, ex- press, and filter. Lemonade Iron. (Gogdell’s.) Tincture of Chloride of Iron, 2 fl. dr. Diluted Phosphoric Acid, 6 fl. dr. Spirit of Lemon, 2 fl. dr. Syrup, sufficient to make 6 fl. oz. Mix. A dessertspoonful in water after meals. Iron Pills. Reduced Iron, 100 gr. Manna, 30 gr. Glucose, sufficient. Make a mass, and divide into 50 pills. Mixture of Iron and Conium. (Dr. King’s Am. Disp.) Precipitated Carbonate of Iron, 300 gr. Inspissated Juice of Co- nium, 150 min. Sugar, 1 oz. (av.). Oil of Cinnamon, 6 min. Oil of Gaultheria, 6 min. Tincture of Tolu, 3 fl. oz. Madeira Wine, 4 fl. oz. Water, 4 fl. oz. Mix together, and allow to stand for a week, when it will be ready for use. Mixture of Gentian and Iron. (Meigs’s.) Citrate of Iron and Ammo- nium, 60 gr. Sugar, 1| oz. (troy). Fluid Extract of Gentian, 30 min. Compound Tincture of Lav- ender, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 4 fl. dr. Water, sufficient to make 8 fl. oz. Mix the fluid extract with 1 fl. oz. of Water and add the Compound Tincture of Lavender; treat this with hydrated oxide of iron, and, having filtered it, mix with the other ingredients, and filter. 59. Elixir Ferri Hypophosphitis. N. F. Elixir of Hypophosphite of Iron. Solution of Hypophosphite of Iron, 768 min. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Solution of Hypophosphite of Iron with enough Aromatic Elixir to 1175 1176 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Allow the mixture to stand a few days in a cool place, and filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Hypophosphite of Iron (ferric). 60. Elixir Ferri Lactatis. N. F. Elixir of Lactate of Iron. Lactate of Iron, in crusts, 128 gr. Citrate of Potassium, 384 gr. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Lactate of Iron with the Citrate of Potassium and about four (4) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir, gradually added, until solution has been effected. Then add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Lactate of Iron. 61. Elixir Ferri Phosphatis. N. F. Elixir of Phosphate of Iron. Phosphate of Iron (U. S. P. 1880), 256 gr. Water, 1 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Phosphate of Iron in the Water with the aid of heat; then mix this solution with a sufficient quantity of Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Phosphate of Iron. 62. Elixir Ferri Phosphatis, Cinchoni- din*, et Strychnin*. N. F. Elixir of Phosphate of Iron, Cinchonidine, and Strychnine. Phosphate of Iron (U. S. P. 1880), 256 gr. Citrate of Potassium, 32 gr. Sulphate of Cinchonidine, 128 gr. Sulphate of Strychnine, 1| gr. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Water, 360 min. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Phosphate of Iron and Ci- trate of Potassium in the Water, using heat, if necessary. To twelve (12) fluid- ounces of Aromatic Elixir, contained in a bottle, add the Alcohol, and afterwards the alkaloidal salts, and agitate until the latter are dissolved, or nearly so. Then mix the two solutions, and, havingshaken the mixture, add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Finally, filter. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Phosphate of Iron, 1 grain of Sulphate of Cinchonidine, and grain of Sulphate of Strychnine. Note.—When this Elixir is mixed with water, it will become cloudy or opaque through the reparation of some of its constituents. 63. Elixir Ferri Phosphatis, Quinin*, et Strychnin*. N. F. Elixir of Phosphate of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. Phosphate of Iron (U. S. P. 1880), 256 gr. Citrate of Potassium, 32 gr. Hydrochlorate of Quinine, 128 gr. Sulphate of Strychnine, gr. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Water, 360 min. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Phosphate of Iron and Ci- trate of Potassium in the Water, using heat, if necessary. To twelve (\2) fluid- ounces oi Aromatic Elixir, contained in a bottle, add the Alcohol, and afterwards the alkaloidal salts, and agitate until the latter are dissolved, or nearly so. Then mix thetwo solutions, and, havingshaken the mixture, add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Finally, filter. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Phosphate of Iron, 1 grain of Hydro- chlorate of Quinine, and grain of Sul- phate of Strychnine. Note.—When this Elixir is mixed with water, it will become cloudy or opaque through the separation of some of its constituents. 64. Elixir Ferri Pyrophosphatis. N. F. Elixir of Pyrophosphate of Iron. Pyrophosphate of Iron (U. S. P. 1880), 256 gr. Water, 1 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Pyrophosphate of Iron in the Water, and add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm. contains 2 grains of Pyrophosphate of Iron. 65. Elixir Ferri, Quininae, et Strych- nin*. N. F. Elixir of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron, 2 fl. oz. Sulphate of Quinine, 128 gr. Sulphate of Strychnine, 1J gr. Alcohol, j fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the alkaloidal salts in about twelve (12) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir, then add the Tincture and the Alcohol, and, finally, enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm represents about 1 grain of Ferri Chloride, 1 grain of Sulphate of Quinine, and grain of Sulphate of Strychnine. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARA TICKS. 1177 178. Ferri et Quininae Citras Efferves- cens. N. F. Effervescent Citrate of Iron and Quinine. Citrate of Iron and Quinine, 20 parts. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 600 parts. Tartaric Acid, 540 parts. Sugar, in very fine powder, 620 parts. Triturate the ingredients, previously well dried, to a fine, uniform powder. If the compound is required in the form of a granular powder, mix it with Alcohol to a soft paste, and rub this through a No. 20 tinned-iron sieve, or enamelled colander. Then dry it, and reduce it to a coarse, granular powder. Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of the above compound rep- resent 1 grain of Citrate of Iron and Qui- nine. 179. Ferri Hypophosphis. N. F. Hypophosphite of Iron. Ferric Hypophosphite. Sulphate of Iron and Am- monium (U. S. P.), in per- fect crystals, 77 parts. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 51 parts. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron and Am- monium in three hundred (300) parts, and the Hypophosphite of Sodium in one hun- dred (100) parts of Distilled Water, and, if necessary, filter each solution. Then mix them, and stir thoroughly; after a short time transfer the mixture to a close linen or muslin strainer, and wash the precipitate with Distilled Water, until the washings run off tasteless. Transfer the strainer to a warm place and, when the contents are dry, preserve them for use. Hypophosphite of Iron (ferric) may also be prepared in the following manner : Hypophosphite of Calcium, 1 part. Solution of Chloride of Iron (U. S. P.), DistilledWater,each, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Hypophosphite of Calcium in twelve (12) parts of Distilled Water, and filter the solution. To this add Solution of Chloride of Iron, in small portions, stirring well each time and allowing the precipitate to subside before adding a fresh portion. Toward the end, remove a small quantity of the clear supernatant liquid, add to it some Solution of Chloride of Iron diluted with about ten (10) times its volume of Water, and observe whether any turbidity occurs either at once or after a few minutes. If it remains clear, the precipitation maybe regarded as com- plete. Then transfer the mixture to a close linen or muslin strainer, and wash the precipitate with Distilled Water, until the washings run off tasteless. Transfer the strainer to a warm place and, when the contents are dry, preserve them for use. Note.—Hypophosphite of Iron is rendered solu- ble in water by mixing it with about an equal weight of citrate of potassium, or some other alkaline citrate. Theoretically, 100 parts of Sul- phate of Iron and Ammonium will yield 5T9 parts, and 100 parts of Hypophosphite of Cal- cium will yield 85'3 parts oi dry Hypophosphite of Iron (ferric). 180. Ferri Phosphas Effervescens. N.F. Effervescent Phosphate of Iron. Phosphate of Iron (U. S. P. 1880), 40 parts. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 600 parts. Tartaric Acid, 540 parts. Sugar, in very fine powder, 620 parts. Triturate the ingredients, previously well dried, to a fine, uniform powder. If the compound is required in form of a granular powder, mix it with Alcohol to a soft paste, and rub this through a No. 20 tinned-iron sieve or enamelled colander. Then dry it, and reduce it to a coarse, granular powder. Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of the above compound rep- resent 2 grains of Phosphate of Iron. 215. Liquor Ferri Hypophosphitis. N.F. Solution of Hypophosphite of Iron. Solution of Ferric Hypophosphite. Sulphate of Iron and Ammo- nium (U. S. P.), in perfect crystals, 2464 gr. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 1622 gr. Citrate of Potassium, 1600 gr. Glycerin, fl. oz Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron and Am- monium, and the Hypophosphite of So- dium, each, in twenty-four (24)fluidounces of Water, and, if necessary, filter each solution. Then mix them, and stir thor- oughly ; after a few minutes transfer the resulting magma to a close linen or mus- lin strainer, and wash the precipitate with about eight (8) fluidounces of Water. Al- low it to drain, and then press it forcibly in the strainer, so as to remove as much of the liquid as possible. Transfer the precipitate from the strainer to a mortar, add to it the Citrate of Potassium, and triturate until a perfectly smooth paste re- sults. Then add the Glycerin, and gradu- ally, while stirring, enough Water to make the solution measure sixteen (16) fluidounces. Place it for several days in a cold place, if convenient; then pour off the clear solution from any precipitate or crystals that may have formed, and keep 1178 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. the solution in small, completely-filled, and well-corked bottles. Solution of Hypophosphite of Iron (ferric) may also be prepared in the following manner : Hypophosphite of Iron, 1280 gr. Citrate of Potassium, 1622 gr. Glycerin, 2£ fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Hypophosphite of Iron with six (6) fiuidounces of Water to a per- fectly smooth mixture, then add the Ci- trate of Potassium and Glycerin, and apply a gentle heat, until solution has been effected. Allow the liquid to cool, and add enough Water to make sixteen (16)fiuidounces. Place the solution for several days in a cold place, if conve- nient; then pour off the clear solution from any precipitate or crystals that may have formed, and keep the solution in small, completely-filled, well-corked bottles. About 6 minims of this Solution repre- sent 1 grain of Hypophosphite of Iron [ferric). 149. Extractum Ferri Pomatum. N. F. Ferrated Extract of Apples. Ferri Malis Crudus. Crude Malate of Iron. Iron, in the form of fine, bright wire, and cut, 1 part. Ripe Sour Apples, 50 parts. Water, a sufficient quantity. Convert the Sour Apples into a homo- geneous pulp by pounding or grinding, and express the liquid portion. Then mix the latter with the Iron in an enamelled or porcelain vessel, macerate for forty-eight hours, and then apply the heat of a water- bath, until no more bubbles of gas are given off, adding a little water from time to time to make up any loss by evapora- tion. Dilute the liquid with Water to make it weigh fifty (50) parts, and set it aside for a few days. Then filter, and evaporate the filtrate in the before-men- tioned vessel to a thick extract, which should be greenish-black, and should yield a clear solution with water. Note.—This preparation is inserted here with the title under which it is contained in the Ger- man Pharmacopoeia. In some others it is called, more correctly, Extractum Pomi (or Pomorum) Ferratum. 216. Liquor Ferri Iodidi. N. F. Solution of Iodide of Iron. Iron, in the form of fine, bright, and finely-cut wire, 3 tr. oz. Iodine, 4718 gr. Hypophosphorous Acid (N.F.), 180 min. Distilled Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Iron with twelve (12) fluid- ounces of Distilled Water in a flask, add about one-half of the Iodine, and agitate continuously until the liquid becomes hot. Then moderate the reaction by placing the flask in cold water, or by allowing cold water to flow over it, meanwhile keeping up the agitation. When the reaction has moderated, add one-half of the remaining Iodine at a time, and carefully moderate the reaction each time, in the manner above directed. Finally, raise the con- tents of the flask to boiling and filter im- mediately through moistened pure filter- ing paper (the point of the filter being supported by a pellet of absorbent cotton) into a bottle containing the Hypophos- phorous Acid. When all the liquid has passed, rinse the flask with one-half (£) fluidounee of boiling Distilled Water, ana pass this through the filter. Cork the bottle and set it aside to cool. Finally, add enough Distilled WTater to make the product measure sixteen (16) fiuidounces. Each fluidrachm contains about 45 grains of Iodide of Iron [ferrous). Note— On mixing 1 volume of this Solution of Iodide of Iron with 5 volumes of Syrup, the product will contain about 60 grains of Iodide of Iron (ferrous) in each fluidounce, and will be practically identical, measure for measure, but not weight for weight, with the officinal Syrup of Iodide of Iron. 217. Liquor Ferri Oxysulphatis. N.F. Solution of Oxysulphate of Iron. Sulphate of Iron, 1200 gr. Nitric Acid, 1200 gr. Distilled Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron in fifteen [\b) fiuidounces of boiling Distilled Water, in a flask, gradually add the Nitric Acid, and continue the heat, until the escaping vapors cease to have a nitrous odor. When the reaction is completed, allow the liquid to cool and add enough Distilled Water to make sixteen (16) fiuidounces. 218. Liquor Ferri Protochloridi. N.F. Solution of Protochloride of Iron. Solution of Ferrous Chloride. Iron, in the form of fine, bright, and finely-cut wire, 1130 gr. Hydrochloric Acid, 10 tr. oz. Glycerin, 4 fl. oz. Hypophosphorous Acid (N. F.), 60 min. Distilled Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. To the Iron, contained in a flask, add six (6) fiuidounces of Distilled Water, and the Hydrochloric Acid, and apply a gentle heat, until effervescence ceases. Then raise the liquid to boiling, keep it at this temperature for a short time so that the Iron may be brought into solution as far as possible, filter the solution through a pellet of absorbent cotton placed in the neck of a funnel, and wash the cotton with a little Distilled Water. Evaporate the FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1179 filtrate, over a boiling water-bath, until crystals begin to form, and the escaping vapors cease to redden, or only slightly affect, moistened blue litmus paper Now add the Glycerin and the Hypophos- phorous Acid; continue the heat, if necessary, until a perfect solution is ob- tained; then transfer the liquid to a graduated bottle, allow it to cool, and add enough Distilled Water to make six- teen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents about 20 grains of Protochloride of Iron (_ferrous chloride). 264. Mistura Splenetica. N. F. Splenetic Mixture. Spleen Mixture. Gadberry’s Mixture. Sulphate of Iron, 100 gr. Sulphate of Quinine, 100 gr. Nitric Acid, 100 min. Nitrate of Potassium, 300 gr. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Sulphate of Iron, reduced to powder, with the Nitric Acid, previ- ously mixed with an equal volume of Water. When effervescence has ceased, warm the mixture gently, until it no longer evolves visible vapors of a yel- lowish tint. Then add to it the Sul- phate of Quinine, the Nitrate of Potas- sium, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. When solution has been effected, filter. 295. Pilulae Ferri Carbonatis. N. F. Pills of Carbonate of Iron. Ferruginous Pills. Blaud’s Pills. Chalybeate Pills. Sulphate of Iron,in clear crystals, 240 gr. Carbonate of Potassium, 140 gr. Sugar, 48 gr. Tragacanth, in fine powder, 16 gr. Glveerin, 10 min. W ater, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the Sulphate of Iron with the Sugar to a uniform powder. In another mortar triturate the Carbonate of Potas- sium with the Glycerin and ten (10) minims of Water. Add to this mixture the previously prepared powder, and beat the mass thoroughly until it assumes a green- ish color. When the reaction appears to have terminated, incorporate the Traga- eanth, and, if necessary, add a little more Water, so as to obtain a mass of a pilular consistence. Divide this into ninety-six (96) pills. Each pill represents about 1 grain of Carbonate of Iron [ferrous). Note.—Sometimes so-called “3-grain” Blaud’s Pills (Pilulx Blaudii minores) are prescribed or demanded. These may be prepared by using the quantities given in the above formula, and dividing the mass into one hundred and sixty- eight (168) pills. 298. Pilulae Metallorum. N. F. Metallic Pills. Pilulae Metallorum Amarae. Bitter Metallic Pills. Each pill contains: Reduced Iron, 1 gr. Sulphate of Quinine, 1 gr. Strychnine, alkaloid, gr. Arsenious Acid, fa gr. Note— A similar combination is known under the name of Aitken's Tonic Pills : Each pill contains: Reduced Iron. 1 gr. Sulphate of Quinine, 1 gr. Strychnine, alkaloid, gr. Arsenious Acid, kb gr. 362. Syrupus Ferri Arseniatis. N. F. Syrup of Arseniate of Iron. Arseniate of Sodium (U. S. P.) dried to a constant weight at 100° C. (212° F.), 3 gr. Citrate of Iron (U. S. P.), 2£ gr. Water, j 2. oz. Syrup, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Arseniate of Sodium and Citrate of Iron in the Water, contained in a test-tube, by the aid of heat. Then mix the solution with enough Syrup to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains about fa grain of Arseniate of Iron (ferric). Note— Care should be taken to select perfectly- formed crystals of Arseniate of Sodium, which must then be dried completely at 100° C. (212° F.), and the 3 grains required for the above formula must be weighed from the dried salt. It is advisable to dry a fresh quantity of the salt each time the above Syrup is to be prepared. 363. Syrupus Ferri Citro-Iodidi. N. F. Syrup of Citro- Iodide of Iron. Tasteless Syrup of Iodide of Iron. Iodine, 400 gr. Iron Wire, fine, bright, and finely cut, 200 gr. Citrate of Potassium, 620 gr. Sugar, 10 tr. oz. Distilled Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Iron with four (A) fluidounces of Distilled Water in a flask, add two hun- dred and sixty-seven (267) grains of the Iodine, and apply a gentle heat until the Iodine is combined and the solution has acquired a greenish color. Then heat the contents of the flask to boiling, filter the liquid, and wash the filter with one-half (|) fluidounce of hot Distilled Water. To the hot filtrate add the Citrate of Potas- sium, and afterwards the remainder of the Iodine, and agitate until the liquid has assumed a greenish color. Pour this upon the Sugar contained in a bottle, agitate until solution has been effected, and when 1180 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. the liquid is cold, add enough Distilled Water to make sixteen (IQ) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains an amount of Iron corresponding to about 3-6 grains of Ferric Iodide. Note.—The officinal Syrupus Ferri Iodidi con- tains about 8 grains offerrous iodide (protiodide of iron) in each fluidrachm. The above prepa- ration contains the iron in the ferric condition. 364. Syrupus Ferri et Mangani Iodidi. N.F. Syrup of Iodide of Iron and Manganese. Iodine, 595 gr. Iron Wire, fine, bright, and finely cut, 192 gr. Sulphate of Manganese, 192 gr. Iodide of Potassium, 230 gr. Sugar, 12 tr. oz. Distilled Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Iron with four (4) fluidounces of Distilled Water in a flask, add the Iodine, and prepare a solution of ferrous iodide, in the usual manner, aiding the process, if necessary, by heating the con- tents of the flask, at first gently, and, finally, to boiling. Filter the liquid, through a small filter, directly upon the Sugar, contained in a suitable bottle. Dissolve the Sulphate of Manganese in two (2) fluidounces of Distilled Water, and the Iodide of Potassium in two (2) fluidounces of Diluted Alcohol, mix the two solutions and filter into the same bottle which contains the Sugar and the Iron solution. Wash the filter with one- half (\) fluidounce of cold Distilled Water, receiving the washings in the same bottle. Agitate until the Sugar is dissolved, and, if necessary, strain. Finally, make up the volume with Distilled Water to six- teen (\Q) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains about 6 grains of Iodide of Iron (ferrous) and 3 grains of Iodide of Manganese. 366. Syrupus Ferri Lactophosphatis. A. F. Syrup of Lactophosphate of Iron. Lactate of Iron, 128 gr. Phosphoric Acid (50 percent.), a sufficient quantity. Water, £ fl. oz. Syrup, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Lactate of Iron in the Water with the aid of a sufficient quantity of Phosphoric Acid, avoiding an excess, and add enough Syrup to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Lactate of Iron, or about 1.) grains of so- called Lactophosphate of Iron. 367. Syrupus Ferri Protochloridi. N. F. Syrup of Protochloride of Iron. Syrup of Ferrous Chloride. Solution of Protochloride of Iron, 384 min. Glycerin, 2 fl. oz. Orange-Flower Water, 2 fl. oz. SyrOp, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Solution of Protochloride of Iron with the Glycerin and Orange- Flower Water, and add enough Syrup to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains about 1 grain of Protochloride of Iron (ferrous chloride). Note —This Syrup requires care in its preser- vation, notwithstanding the pains taken 111 pre- paring the Solution of Protochloride of Iron to protect it from oxidation. It should be kept in small, well-stoppered bottles. 368. Syrupus Ferri Saccharati Solu- bilis. N. F. Syrup of Soluble Saccharated Iron. Syrupus Ferri Oxydati Solubilis (Germ. Pharm.). Syrup of Saccharated Oxide of Iron. Syrup of Soluble Oxide of Iron. 1. Solution of Chloride of Iron (U. S. P.), 8 parts. Soda, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Sugar, 30 parts. Syrup, enough to make 100 parts. Prepare a sufficient quantity of a solu- tion of Soda, of the specific gravity 1 160; gradually add, under stirring, twenty- three (23) parts of this to the Solution of Chloride of Iron, previously mixed with seven (7) parts of Syrup, and set the mix- ture aside, during twenty-four hours, in a dark place. Then pour the clear liquid slowly into one hundred and sixty (160) parts of boiling Distilled Water, continue the boiling for a few minutes, and then set the mixture aside during one day, in a dark place, so that it may become clear by settling. Withdraw the supernatant liquid by means of a siphon, then wash the residue again with one hundred and sixty (160) parts of boiling Distilled Water, by decantation. Transfer the magma to a wetted strainer, and wash it with hot Distilled Water until this runs off colorless, but so that the mass on the strainer still retains a moderately strong alkaline reaction.* Then allow the excess of liquid to drain off, transfer the moist magma to a tared porcelain capsule, add the Sugar, and heat it on a water- bath, with exclusion of daylight, during two hours, replacing from time to time any Water lost by evaporation, and cautiously adding small portions of the Soda solution, until the magma is entirely dissolved. Lastly, add enough Syrup to FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1181 make the product weigh one hundred (100) parts, and transfer the product to bottles, which should be completely filled and stored in a cool and dark place. One hundred grains, or about 75 minims, of this Syrup represents approximately 1 grain of metallic Iron. Note.—The above process is based upon that of the Germ. Pharm. (1st edition). The formula given by the second edition of this work pre- supposes the keeping in stock of a dry “ Ferrum Oxydatum Saccharatum Solubile” (Saccharated Oxide of Iron), representing 3 per cent, of me- tallic Iron. When this is available, the Syrup of Soluble Saccharated Iron may also be prepared by the following formula: Syrupus Ferri Saccharati Solubilis. Syrup of Soluble Saccharated Iron. (Second Formula.) Saccharated Oxide of Iron, Syrup, Water, each, equal parts. Dissolve the Saccharated Oxide of Iron in the mixed liquids. 365. Syrupus Ferri Hypophosphitis. N.F. Syrup of Hypophosphite of Iron. Hypophosphite of Iron, 128 gr. Citrate of Potassium, 160 gr. Orange-Flower Water, 1 fl. oz Syrup, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Hypophosphite of Iron, with the aid of the Citrate of Potassium, in the Orange-Flower Water, and add enough Syrup to make sixteen (16) fluid- ounces. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Hy- pophosphite of Iron [ferric). 396. Tinctura Ferri Chloridi .®therea. N. F. Ethereal Tincture of Chloride of Iron. BestuchefFs Tincture. Lamotte’s Drops. Solution of Chloride of Iron (U.S. P ), 350 min. Stronger Ether, 4 fl. oz. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Solution of Chloride of Iron with ten (10) fluidounces of Alcohol, add the Stronger Ether, and, lastly, enough Alcohol to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Introduce the Tincture into bottles made of white (flint) glass, which should not be entirely filled. Cork them tightly and ex- pose them to the rays of the sun until the Tincture has been completely decolorized. Then remove the bottles to a shady place, and open them occasionally, until the contents have again assumed a yellow color. Lastly, transfer the Tincture to bottles, which should be well stoppered and kept in a cool and dark place. Each fluidrachm represents about £ grain of metallic Iron. Note.—This preparation is practically identical with that which is officinal in the Germ. Pharm. 397- Tinctura Ferri Citro-Chloridi. A. F. Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron. Tasteless Tincture of Chloride of Iron. Taste- less Tincture of Iron. Solution of Chloride of Iron (U. S. P.), 4 fl. oz. Citrate of Sodium, 7 tr. oz. Alcohol, 2J fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Solution of Chloride of Iron with four (4) fluidounces of Water, and dissolve in this mixture the Citrate of Sodium with the aid of a gentle heat. Then add the Alcohol, and when the solu- tion has become cold, make up the volume with water to sixteen (16) fluidounces. Set the product aside in a cold place for a few days, if convenient, so that the excess of saline matter may separate. Then filter, and pass enough cold Water through the filter to restore the original volume. Each fluidrachm contains an amount of Iron equivalent to about 7 £ grains of dry Chloride of Iron (ferric). IVoie.—This preparation is practically identical in the strength of iron, but not in the quantity; of alcohol, with the officinal Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. 398. Tinctura Ferri Pomata. JV. F. Tincture of Ferrated Extract of Apples. Tinctura Ferri Malatis Crudi. Tincture of Crude Malate of Iron. Ferrated Extract of Apples, 800 gr. Alcohol, 1£ fl. oz. Cinnamon Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Ferrated Extract of Ap- ples in twelve (12) fluidounces of Cinna- mon Water, add the Alcohol, filter, and pass enough Cinnamon Water through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents about § grain of metallic Iron. Note.—'This preparation is practically identical with that officinal in the Germ. Pharm. F.er- rated Extract of Apples is the Extractum Ferri Pomatum. See No. 149. Grissolle’s Pills. Alcoholic Extract of Nux Vomica, 4 gr. Iron Phosphate, 46 gr. Extract of Quassia, 31 gr. Extract of Gentian, sufficient. Mix, and make into 25 pills. One pill three times a day, in conjunction with cold hip-baths, and abstention from drink during the evening. Used for incon- tinence of urine. Compound Iron Pills. (Thomson’s.) Iron Subcarbonate, 60 gr. Extract of Conium, 60 gr. Mix, and divide into 24 pills. 1182 FORMULARY OF UNOFFIC1NAL PREPARATIONS. Mixture of Iron and Conium. (Tully’s.) Iron Subcarbonate, 600 gr. Extract of Conium, 300 gr. Sugar, 8 oz. (troy). Oil of Cassia, 18 min. Oil of Gaultheria, 20 min. Compound Tincture of Cinnamon, 2 fl. oz. Tincture of Tolu, 4 fl. dr. Water, sufficient to make 16 fl. oz. Mix thoroughly. Startin’s Mixture. Iron Sulphate, 60 gr. Magnesium Sulphate, 1 oz. (troy). Tincture of Gentian, 1 fl. oz. Diluted Sulphuric Acid, 4 fl. dr. Water, 3 fl. oz. A teaspoonful to be taken after eating. Tonic Laxative. (Dr. C. H. Thomas.) Powdered Aloes, 24 gr. Dried Iron Sulphate, 24 gr. Alcoholic Extract of Hyoscyamus, 6 gr. Extract of Nux Vomica, 6 gr. Oleoresin of Capsicum, 4 gr. Make into a mass, and divide into 24 pills. Emmenagogue Pills. (Dr. Otto’s.) Dried Iron Sulphate, 48 gr. Powdered Aloes, 12 gr. Turpentine, 32 gr. Oil of Turpentine, 10 min. Make a mass, and divide into 30 pills. Dose, two, three times a day. 213. Liquor Electropoeicus. N. F. Battery Fluid. A. For the Carbon and Zinc Battery. I. For ordinary use. Bichromate of Sodium, in coarse powder, 6 tr. oz. Sulphuric Acid, commercial, 6 fl. oz. Water, cold, 48 fl. oz. Pour the Sulphuric Acid upon the powdered Bichromate, and stir the mixt- ure occasionally during one hour. Then slowly add the Water. II. For use with the Galvano-Cautery. Bichromate of Sodium, in coarse powder, 6£ tr. oz. Sulphuric Acid, commercial, 14 fl. oz. Water, cold, 48 fl. oz. Proceed in the same manner as directed under No. 1. Note.—Bichromate of Sodium is more soluble than the potassium salt, and its products of de- composition, in the battery, are also more solu- ble. As it is also much cheaper, it is now pre- ferred in all large electric laboratories. When it cannot be obtained, Bichromate of Potassium may be used in place of it, as heretofore. The two salts may be substituted for each other, weight for weight. B. For the Leclanchfi Battery. Chloride of Ammonium, 6 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 20 fl. oz. Dissolve the salt in the Water. NICKEL SALTS. Syrup of Bromide of Nickel. (Dr. Da Costa’s.) Nickel Bromide, 160 gr. Glycerin, 4 fl. dr. Sugar,. 8 oz. (av.). Water, 4 fl. oz. Dissolve the Nickel Bromide in the Water, and add the Glycerin. Make a syrup by cold percolation or agitation. Pills of Bromide of Nickel. (Dr. Da Costa’s.) Nickel Bromide, 60 gr. Powdered Althaea, 6 gr. Extract of Gentian, 6 gr. Alcohol, sufficient. Mix, and make into 12 pills. LEAD SALTS. Pills of Acetate of Lead. (University College, London.) Lead Acetate, 12 gr. Morphine Hydrochlorate, 6 gr. Extract of Hyoscyamus, 48 gr. Make a mass, and divide into 24 pills. Compound Cerate of Lead. (J. Parrish, Sr.) Cerate of Subacetate of Lead, 240 gr. Cerate, 240 gr. Powdered Opium, 60 gr. Mild Chloride of Mercury, 60 gr. Mix. Used in eruptions of a local character. hi. Emplastrum Fuscum Camphora- tum. N. F. Camphorated Brown Plaster. Emplastrum Matris Camphoratum; Campho- rated Mothers Plaster. Red Oxide of Lead, 30 parts. Olive Oil, 60 parts. Yellow Wax, 15 parts. Camphor, 1 part. Triturate the Red Oxide of Lead with a portion of the Oil in a capacious copper kettle until a smooth paste results. Then add the remainder of the Oil, excepting a small quantity required for trituration with the Camphor, and boil the whole over a naked fire, under constant stirring, until gas bubbles rise, or until the red color of the mixture begins to turn brown. Then moderate the heat, but keep up the stirring until the mixture has acquired a dark-brown color, and from time to time allow some drops of it to fall into cold ! water to test its consistence. When this | is satisfactory, remove the vessel from FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. 1183 the fire, add the Wax in small pieces, and finally the Camphor, previously rubbed to a smooth paste with a little Olive Oil. Mix thoroughly, allow the mixture to become somewhat cool, and while it is still warm, pour the plaster into paper moulds previously coated with mucilage containing about five per cent, of glyc- erin, and dried. Note.—This preparation is officinal in the Ger- man Pharmacopoeia. Judkin’s Ointment. Lead Acetate, 360 gr. Lead Oxide (Bed), 1 oz. (troy). Sodium Borate, 60 gr. Oil of Turpentine, 15 min. Olive Oil, 2 fl. dr. Linseed Oil, 4 fl. oz. Boil the first two oils together for four hours, remove from the fire, add, with stirring, the Lead Oxide, Sodium Borate, and Lead Acetate; when nearly cool, add the Turpentine. 246. Lotio Plumbi et Opii. N. F. Lotion of Lead and Opium. Lead and Opium Wash. Acetate of Lead, 120 gr. Tincture of Opium, £ fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Acetate of Lead in about ten (10) fluidounces of Water, add the Tincture of Opium, and enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed. Glycerole of Subacetate of Lead. (Dr. Balmanno Squire.) Lead Acetate, 1 oz. (troy). Lead Oxide, 336 gr. Glycerin, 4 fl. oz. Mix, and expose for some time to a temperature of 176.6° C. (350° F.). Filter through paper in a hot-water funnel. Diarrhoea Pills. (Prof. William Thompson’s.) Lead Acetate, 16 gr. Powdered Camphor, 12 gr. Powdered Opium, 3 gr. Bismuth Subcarbonate. 12 gr. Extract of Gentian, sufficient. Mix, and make into 12 pills. 248. Mistura Adstringens et Escha- rotica. A. F. Astringent and Escharotic Mixture. Villate’s Solution. Solution of Subacetate of Lead, 1£ fl. oz. Sulphate of Copper, 1 tr. oz Sulphate of Zinc, 1 tr. oz. Diluted Acetic Acid (U.S.P.), 13 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sulphate of Copper and Sulphate of Zinc in the Diluted Acetic Acid, add the Solution of Subacetate of Lead, and agitate thoroughly. Set the mixture aside, so that the precipitate may subside. Then decant, or siphon off, the clear liquid and preserve it for use. Note.—In attempting to pass the liquid through a filter, it will ususSly be found that the finely- divided precipitate oi sulphate of lead will par- tially pass along with it. This may be prevented (in this and many similar cases) by adding to the mixture a small quantity of starch, thoroughly incorporating this by agitation, and pouring the mixture on the previously wetted filter. The first portions of the filtrate are poured back until it runs through clear. 271. Oleatum Plumbi. N.F. . Oleate of Lead. Acetate of Lead, 3 tr. oz. Solution of Oleate of Sodium (N. F.), 5 pints. Acetic Acid, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Acetate of Lead in ten (10) pints of Water. Should the solution be turbid or opalescent, add to it Acetic Acid, in drops, until it has become clear. Then filter it, if necessary, through a pellet of absorbent cotton placed in the neck of a funnel, and mix it slowly, and under constant stirring, with the Solu- tion of Oleate of Sodium. Heat the mixt- ure to boiling, transfer it to a strainer, and when the liquid has drained off, wash the residue with ten (10) pints of boiling Water. Lastly, take the mass from the strainer, remove any occluded Water by pressure, and transfer it, while warm and soft, to suitable vessels. The product contains an amount of Lead corresponding to about T& per cent, of Oxide of Lead. Note—'The theoretical yield of Oleate of Lead obtainable from 3 troyounces of acetate of lead is 2839 grains; in practice, about 5 troyounces will be obtained. Oleate of Lead prepared by the above process is of about the consistence of lead-plaster, and may be converted into an ointment by mixing with it such a proportion of oleic acid as may be required. Logan’s Plaster. Lead Oxide, 2 oz. (av.L Lead Carbonate, 2 oz. (av.). Soap, oz. (av.). Fresh Butter, 240 gr. Olive Oil, 5 fl. oz. Powdered Mastic, 20 gr. Mix the Soap, Oil, and Butter together, then add the Lead Oxide, and boil it gently over a slow fire for an hour and a half, or until it has a pale brown color, stirring constantly ; the heat may then be increased, and the boiling continued, till a portion of the melted plaster, being dropped on a smooth board, is found not j to adhere ; then remove it from the fire, I and add the mastic. 1184 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Mother’s Salve. (Emplastrum Fuscum. Onguent de LA MlfcRE.) Lead Oxide, 60 gr. Burgundy Pitch, 12 gr. Yellow Wax, 60 gr. Mutton Tallow, 60 gr. Lard, 60 gr. Olive Oil, 120 gr. Butter, 60 gr. Place the fatty substances in a suitable vessel, and heat them until they begin to smoke ; then add the Lead Oxide in small portions, constantly stirring the mass with a wooden spatula. Keep the mixture over the tire, constantly agitating, until it ac- quires a brown color, then mix jn the Pitch and pour into moulds. COPPER SALTS. Cauterizing Pencils of Sulphate of Copper. Copper Sulphate, 240 gr. Sodium Borate, 60 gr. Triturate together in a warm mortar ; the mass becomes soft from the liberation of water of crystallization and it may be readily rolled into sticks. If it becomes too dry, a little water may be added. Metz’s Balsam. . Powdered Aloes, 120 gr. Verdigris, 180 gr. Zinc Sulphate, 90 gr. Turpentine, 2 oz. (troy). Oil of Juniper, 4 fl. oz. Oil of Cloves, 1 fl. dr. Oil of Laurel Berries, 1 fl. oz. Olive Oil, 4£ fl. oz. Linseed Oil, 4£ fl. oz. Melt the Turpentine, Olive Oil, Lin- seed Oil, and Oil of Laurel Berries by a gentle heat, and add the Aloes, Verdigris, and Zinc Sulphate. Pour into a bottle, and add the Oil of Juniper and Cloves, shaking well. Used as a dressing for ulcers, etc. 2X2. Liquor Cupri Alkalinus. N. F. A Ikaline Solution of Copper. Fehling’s Solution. 7. The Copper Solution. Sulphate of Copper, | pure, 34-639 Gm. 1 505 gr. Distilled Water, enough to make 500 C.c. | 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sulphate of Copper, which before being weighed should have been reduced to powder and pressed between blotting-paper, in a sufficient quantity of Distilled Water to produce the volume required by the corresponding formula above given. II. The Alkaline Solution. Tartrate of Potassium and Sodium, 173 Gm. 2520gr. Soda (U. S. P. 1880), 60 Gm. 2tr.oz. Distilled Water, enough to make 500 C.c. 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Tartrate of Potassium and Sodium and the Soda in a sufficient quan- tity of Distilled Water to produce the volume required by the corresponding formula above given. Set the mixture aside until the suspended impurities have been deposited; then remove the clear solution with a siphon. Keep both solutions, separately, in small well-stoppered vials, in a cool and dark place. For use, mix exactly equal volumes of both solutions, by pouring the copper solution into the alkaline solution. Note.—The two Solutions should he prepared with cold distilled water, and should be made up to their respective volumes at one and the same temperature. They should also be at the same temperatures at the time of mixing. On diluting a small quantity of the mixed Reagent with about three volumes of Distilled Water, and heating the liquid in a test-tube to boiling, it should remain entirely clear, without any trace of discoloration or precipitate. After the Solutions have been mixed for use, and assuming that they have been prepared and mixed at the average in-door temperature, 10 C.c. of the mixture prepared by metric weight and measure correspond to 0‘05 Gm. of glucose. Of the mixture prepared by apothecariesrweight and measure, 210 minims correspond to 1 grain of glucose. SILVER SALTS. Pills of Nitrate of Silver. Nitrate of Silver, 20 gr. Powdered French Chalk, 80 gr. Petrolatum, q. s. Make a mass, and divide into 40 pills. MERCURY SALTS. Mercurial Plaster. (De Vigo’s.) Lead Plaster, 2000 gr. Yellow Wax, 100 gr. Resin, 100 gr. Powdered Olibanum, 30 gr. Ammoniac, 30 gr. Powdered Bdellium, 30 gr. Powdered Myrrh, 30 gr. Powdered Saffron, 20 gr. Mercury, 600 gr. Turpentine, 100 gr. Storax, 300 gr. Oil of Lavender, 10 gr. Mix. Scott’s Ointment. Strong Mercurial Ointment, 1 oz. (trov). Soap Cerate, 1 oz. (troy). Powdered Camphor, 60 gr. Mix. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1185 Compound Ointment of Mercury. Mercurial Ointment, 120 gr. Ointment of Belladonna, 120 gr. Iodine Ointment, 120 gr. Mix. Van Swieten’s Solution. (Solution Antisyphilitique de Van Swieten. Liqueur d’Oxymuriate de Mercure.) Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 15 gr. Alcohol (80 per cent.), 3£ fl. oz. Distilled Water, sufficient to make 32 fl. oz. A tablespoonful contains nearly grain of Corrosive Chloride of Mercury. 314. Pulvis Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Jalapse. N. F. Powder of Mild Chloride of Mercury and Jalap. Calomel and Jalap. Mild Chloride of Mercury, 10 gr. Jalap, in fine powder, 20 gr. Mix them intimately. Note—When “Calomel and Jalap” is pre- scribed for an adult, without any specification of quantities, it is recommended that the above mixture be dispensed as one dose. 219. Liquor Hydrargyri et Potassii Iodidi. N.F. Solution of Iodide of Mercury and Potas- sium. Solution of Iodohydrargyrate of Potassium. Chanmng’s Solution. Red Iodide of Mercury, 72 gr. Iodide of Potassium, 56 gr. Distilled Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the salts in the Distilled W a ter. 244. Lotio Flava. N. F. Yellow Lotion. Yellow Wash. Lotio Hydrargyri Flava (Brit. Pharm.). Aqua Phagedaenica Flava {Germ. Pharm.). Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 24 gr. Water, a sufficient quantity. Solution of Lime,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Corrosive Chloride of Mercury in one-half (f) fluidounce of boiling Water, and add the solution to a sufficient quantity of Solution of Lime to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed. 245. Lotio Nigra. N. F. Black Lotion. Black Wash. Lotio Hydrargyri Nigra (Brit. Pharm.). Aqua Phagedaenica Nigra (Germ. Pharm.). Mild Chloride of Mercury, 64 gr. Water, a sufficient quantity. Solution of Lime,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Mild Chloride of Mercury with one-half (If) fluidounce of Water, and gradually add a sufficient quantity of Solu- tion of Lime to make sixteen (16) fluid- ounces. This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed. 389. Tinctura Antacrida. N. F. Antacrid Tincture. Dysmenorrhcea Mixture. Fenner’s Guaiac Mixture. Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 40 gr. Eesin of Guaiac, in fine powder, 2 tr. oz. Canada Turpentine, 2 tr. oz. Oil of Sassafras, £ fl. oz. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Introduce the Resin of Guaiac and the Canada Turpentine into a flask, together with twelve (12) fluidounces of Alcohol, cork the flask loosely, and heat the con- tents, on a water-bath, slowly to boiling. Then cool the flask, and filter the con- tents through a small filter. Dissolve the Corrosive Chloride of Mercury in one- hcdf (£) fluidounce of Alcohol, and add this solution, as well as the Oil of Sassa- fras, to the filtrate. Lastly, pass enough Alcohol through the filter to make the product measure sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains nearly J grain of Corrosive Chloride of Mercury. Note.—The dose of this preparation is about 10 to 20 minims. Liniment of Mercury. Liniment of Camphor, 1 fl. oz. Tincture of Quillaia, 3 fl. oz. Stronger Water of Ammo- nia, 160 min. Water, 140 min. Mercurial Ointment, 1 oz. (troy). Mix. Corrosive Sublimate Gauze. Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 2 gr. Glycerin, 50 min. Water, 1 fl. oz. Immerse bleached absorbent muslin in this solution for about twelve hours ; then wring it out, and allow it to dry as far as the Glycerin will permit. Palmer’s Lotion. Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, 4 gr. Alum, 6 gr. Water, 8 fl. oz. Dissolve. For external use. Townsend’s Mixture. (N. Y. Hosp.) Red Iodide of Mercury, 1 gr. Potassium Iodide, 300 gr. Syrup of Orange Peel, 2 fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Carda- mom, 2 fl. dr. Water, sufficient to make 4 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, 1 to 4 teaspoonfuls. 1186 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. Tetter Ointment. (Dr. S. G. Morton.) Alum, 120 gr. Lead 120 gr. Calomel, 120 gr. Oil of Turpentine, 2 fl. dr. Ointment, 1£ oz. (troy). Triturate the powders together till they are impalpable and thoroughly mixed; then incorporate them with the Oil and Ointment. Syrup of Iodohydrargyrate of Iron. Bed Iodide of Mercury, 1 gr. Syrup of Iodide of Iron, 4 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, 20 to 30 minims, as an alterative tonic. Unguentum Hydrargyri Iodidi Rubri. U. S. 1870. Ointment of Red Iodide of Mercury. Red Iodide of Mercury, in fine powder, 16 gr. Simple Ointment, 1 oz. (av.). Mix thoroughly. Syrup of Iodohydrargyrate of Potas- sium. (Sirop Gibert.) Red Iodide of Mercury, 6 gr. Potassium Iodide, 260 gr. Distilled Water, 6 fl. dr. Syrup, sufficient to make 16 fl. oz. Dose, 1 teaspoonful. Compound Pills of Iodide of Mercury. Green Iodide of Mercury, 10 gr. Guaiac Resin, 40 gr. Extract of Gentian, 30 gr. Triturate the Guaiac Resin into a mass with a little Alcohol; then incorporate with it the Extract and Iodide of Mer- cury, and divide into 20 pills. Cream for Chilblains. (Vance’s.) Nitrate of Mercury Oint- ment, 1 oz. (troy). Camphor, 60 gr. Oil of Turpentine, 2 fl. dr. Olive Oil, 4 fl. dr. Mix well. To be applied with gentle friction before the chilblains break. ANTIMONY SALTS. Unguentum Antimonii. U. S. 1870. Antimonial Ointment. Tartrate of Antimony and Potas- sium, 100 gr. Lard, 400 gr. Rub the Tartrate of Antimony and Po- tassium with the Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. Antimonial and Saline Mixture. (Prof. Gross’s.) Antimony and Potassium Tartrate, 2* gr. Magnesium Sulphate, 2 oz. (troy). Morphine Sulphate, 1J gr. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid, 30 min. Tincture of Veratrum Vi- ride, 90 min. Syrup of Ginger, 2 fl. oz. Distilled Water, 10 fl. oz. Mix. Average dose, a tablespoonful; to be diminished in case of vomiting or much nausea. Antimonial Powder. (Tyson’s.) Antimony Oxide, 20 gr. Calcium Phosphate, 180 gr. Mix. Dose, 6 to 10 grains. Emplastrum Antimonii. U. S. 1870. Antimonial Plaster. Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium, in fine powder, 1 oz. (troy). Burgundy Pitch, 4 oz. (troy). Melt the Pitch by means of a water- bath, and strain; then add the powder, and stir them well together until the mixture thickens on cooling. AKSENIC SALTS. Solution of Arsenite of Sodium. (Harle’s Solution.) Arsenious Acid, 15 gr. Sodium Carbonate (Exsiccated), 16 gr. Cinnamon Water, 11. oz. Distilled Water, sufficient to make 4 fl. oz. Boil the solids with 3 fl. oz. of Distilled Water until they are dissolved, make up the measure cf 3 fl. oz. with Distilled Water, and add the Cinnamon Water. Dose, 4 minims. Solution of Bromide of Arsenic. (Clemens’s.) Arsenious Acid, 80 gr. Potassium Carbonate, 80 gr. Bromine, 160 gr. Distilled Water, 15£ oz. Boil the Potassium Carbonate and the Acid with most of the Water until dis- solved ; when cold, add the Bromine, and Water enough to make the prescribed quantity. It is said to improve by age, owing to the combination of the Bromine. Dose, 1 to 4 drops, in water, once or twice daily. Solution of Arseniate of Ammonium. (Biette’s Arsenical Solution.) Arseniate of Ammonium, 2 gr. Distilled Water, 2 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, 20 drops. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1187 Solution of Arsenic Chlorophosphide. Arsenious Acid, 4 gr. Phosphorus, 8 gr. Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 12 gr. Water, sufficient to make 18 fl. oz. Mix. Digest on a water-bath for twenty-four hours, and decant the super- natant liquid. Painless Caustic. (Esmarch’s.) Arsenious Acid, 2 gr. Morphine Sulphate, 2 gr. Mild Chloride of Mercury, 16 gr. Powdered Acacia, 96 gr. Mix. BISMUTH SALTS. Oxide of Bismuth Ointment. (McCall Anderson.) Bismuth Oxide, 50 gr Oleic Acid, 1 fl oz. White Wax, 150 gr. Vaseline, 1 oz. (troy). Oil of Bose, 1 min. Mix. Carbonate of Bismuth Mixture. Bismuth Subcarbonate, 120 gr. Cinnamon Water, 2 fl. oz. Syrup of Acacia, 2 fl. oz. Mix them. A teaspoonful for infants in cholera infantum. 183. Glyceritum Bismuthi. N. F. Glyeerite of Bismuth. Liquor Bismuthi Concentratus. Concentrated Solution of Bismuth. Subnitrate of Bismuth, 1480 gr. Nitric Acid, 4 tr. oz. Citric Acid, 1200 gr. Water of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity. Glycerin, 8 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Subnitrate of Bismuth in the Nitric Acid mixed with an equal vol- ume of Water. Add the Citric Acid pre- viously dissolved in four (4) fluidounces of Water. Divide the solution into two equal portions. To one portion add Water of Ammonia until the precipitate first formed is redissolved, and then dilute with Water to eight (8) pints. To this add the reserved portion, stirring constantly. Let the mixt- ure stand aboutsix hours, then transfer it toapaper filter, insideof amuslin strainer, both being folded together. Wash the precipitate with Water, until it is free from Nitric Acid, and by gentle pressure remove as much of the Water as possible. Dissolve the precipitate in a sufficient quantity of Water of Ammonia, evaporate the solution on the water-bath, in a tared capsule, to eight (8) troy ounces, then trans- fer it to a graduate, allow it to cool, and wash the capsule with a little Water so as to make the whole volume of liquid meas- ure eight (8) fluidounces. Finally, add the Glycerin, and filter, if necessary. Glyeerite of Bismuth, when required for immediate use, may also be prepared as follows: Citrate of Bismuth and Am- monium, 2048 gr. Stronger Water of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity. Glycerin, 8 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium with six (6) fluidounces of Water and four (4) fluidounces of Glyc- erin, and add to it gradually just enough Stronger Water of Ammonia to dissolve the salt, and to produce a neutral solution. Then add the remainder of the Glycerin and enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains 16 grains of Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium. Note—When this preparation is directed as an ingredient in other preparations, which are re- quired to be filtered when completed, it maybe added to them without previous filtration. If Glyeerite of Bismuth should at any time deposit a precipitate, this may be redissolved by the addition of just sufficient Stronger Water of Ammonia. 207. Liquor Bismuthi. N. F. Solution of Bismuth. Liquid Bismuth. Glyeerite of Bismuth, 2 fl. oz. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Distilled Water, 12 fl. oz. Mix the Glyeerite of Bismuth with twelve (12) fluidounces of Distilled Water, then add the Alcohol. Solution of Bismuth may also he pre- pared in the following manner: Citrate of Bismuth and Am- monium, 128 gr. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Water of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity. Distilled Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium in thirteen (13) fluidounces of Distilled Water, and allow the solution to stand a short time. Should any insoluble matter have deposited, pour off the clear liquid and add just enough Water of Am- monia to the residue to dissolve it, or to cause it to retain a faint odor of Ammo- nia. Then filter the united liquids, add the Alcohol, and enough Distilled Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use. Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Citrate of Bismuth and. Ammonium. 1188 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Glycerole of Nitrate of Bismuth. Nitrate of Bismuth (Cryst.), 120 gr. Glycerin, 1 fl. oz. Dissolve the Nitrate of Bismuth in the Glycerin, without heat. Bismuth Catarrh Snuff. Bismuth Subnitrate, 360 gr. Morphine Hydrochlorate, 2 gr. Acacia, 120 gr. Mix. 9. Bismuthi Oxidum Hydratum. N. F. Hydrated Oxide of Bismuth. Suhnitrate of Bismuth, 6 tr. oz. Nitric Acid, 10 tr. oz. Water of Ammonia, 12 tr. oz. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 1 tr. oz. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Subnitrate of Bismuth with four (A) fiuidounces of Distilled Water in a quart flask, add nine (9) troyounces of Ni- tric Acid, and promote the solution of the salt by agitation, and, if necessary, by a gentle heat. Pour the solution into one (1) gallon of Distilled Water previously acidulated with one (1) troyounce of N itric Acid, and filter the liquid through absorb- ent cotton. Mix the Water of Ammonia with two (2) gallons of Distilled Water in a glazed vessel of double that capacity, and pour into it, slowly and with constant stirring, the bismuth solution. Let the mixture stand during four hours so that the precipitate may subside, then pour off the supernatant liquid, and wash the pre- cipitate four times more by decantation with Distilled W'ater, the Bicarbonate of Sodium being dissolved in the last wash- water. Pour the precipitate upon a wetted muslin strainer, and wash it with Dis- tilled Water, until the washings run off tasteless. Transfer the strainer to a warm place, so that the precipitate may dry. Then rub the latter to powder and keep it in well-stoppered bottles. Note.—Hydrated Oxide of Bismuth is some- times demanded in the form of a creamy mixt- ure with water, under the name of Cremor Bis- muthi or Cream of Bismuth. This may he prepared by triturating 20 parts of the Oxide with 80 parts of Water. 32. Elixir Bismuthi. N. F. Elixir of Bismuth. Citrate of Bismuth and Am- monium, 256 gr. Water, hot, 1 fl. oz. Water of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium in the hot Water, allow the solution to stand until any undissolved matter has subsided; then decant the clear liquid, and add to the residue just enough Water of Ammonia to dissolve it. Then mix it with the decanted por- tion and add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fiuidounces. Filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm represents 2 grains of Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium. UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES. CELLULIN. Aromatic Vinegar. Glacial Acetic Acid, Oil of Cloves, Camphor, of each, 1 fl. oz. Mix. 1. Acetum Aromaticum. N. F. Aromatic Vinegar. Oil of Lavender, 4 min. Oil of Rosemary, 4 min. Oil of Juniper, 4 min. Oil of Peppermint, 4 min. Oil of Cinnamon (Cassia), 4 min. Oil of Lemon, 8 min. Oil of Cloves, 8 min. Alcohol, 3 fl. oz. Acetic Acid (U. S. P.), 4 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Oils in the Alcohol, add the Acetic Acid, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fiuidounces. Warm the turbid mixture, during several hours, at a temperature not exceeding 70° C. (158° F.), taking care that it shall not suffer loss by evaporation. Then set it aside for a few days, occasionally agi- tating, and filter. 189. Gossypium Stypticum. N. F. Styptic Cotton. Purified Cotton, Solution of Chloride of Iron, Glycerin, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the liquids in the proportion of jive (5)parts of the Iron Solution, one (1) part of Glycerin, and four (4) parts of Water, in such quantities that the Purified Cotton shall be completely immersed in the liquid when gently pressed. Allow the Cotton to remain in the liquid one hour, then re- move it, press it, until it has been brought to twice its original weight, spread it out in thin layers, in a warm place, protected from dust and light, and when it is suffi- ciently dry, transfer it to well-closed re- ceptacles. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1189 Wine of Tar. Tar, 8 fl. oz. Lager Beer, 8 pints. Alcohol, 8 fl. oz. Boil the Tar with the Beer for fifteen minutes, allow to cool, add the Alcohol, and filter. 112. Emplastrum Picis Liquidae Com- positum. N. F. Compound Tar Plaster. Resin, 25 parts. Tar, 20 parts. Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, 5 parts. Phytolacca Root,in No.60 powder,5 parts. Sanguinaria, in No. 60 powder, 5 parts. Melt the Resin and Tar together, then stir in the mixed powders, and as the mass cools, mould it into rolls, or pour it into boxes. 87. Elixir Picis Compositum. N.F. Compound Elixir of Tar. Syrup of Wild Cherry, 3 fl. oz. Syrup of Tolu, 3 fl. oz. Sulphate of Morphine, 2J gr. Methylic Alcohol, 360 min. Water, a sufficient quantity. Wine of Tar, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sulphate of Morphine in about one (1) fluidrachm of hot Water, and add the solution to the two Syrups previously mixed. Then add the Methylic Alcohol and enough Wine of Tar to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm contains about grain of Sulphate of Morphine. Note.—Much of the commercial “Wood Spirit” or '* Wood Naphtha” is unfit for medicinal pur- poses. Refined Wood Naphtha or Methylic Al- cohol should be colorless and freely miscible to a clear liquid with water, alcohol, and ether. Its odor, which is characteristic, should be free from empyreuma. It should contain at least 90 per cent, of absolute Methylic Alcohol, which corresponds to a specific gravity of 0-846 at 15° C. (59° F.). On mixing methylic alcohol cau- tiously with one-fourth its volume of sulphuric acid, the liquid should remain colorless or ac- quire not more than a very pale yellowish-red tine; and on gently heating methylic alcohol with an equal volume of a 10 per cent, solution of potassa, the mixture should not acquire a brown color. 260. Mistura Olei Picis. N. F. Mixture of Oil of Tar. Mistura Picis Liquidae. Tar Mixture. Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 1 tr. oz. Oil of Tar, £ fl. oz. Sugar, 4 tr. oz. Chloroform, 75 min. Oil of Peppermint, 20 min. Alcohol, 2J fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Add the Purified Extract of Glycyr- rhiza and the Sugar to ten (VS) fluidounces of Water, contained in a covered vessel, and heat the mixture to boiling until the Extract and Sugar are dissolved. Then add the Oil of Tar, cover the vessel, and allow the contents to cool, stirring occa- sionally. Next add the Chloroform and Oil of Peppermint, previously dissolved in the Alcohol, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed. 229. Liquor Picis Alkalinus. N. F. Alkaline Solution of Tar. Tar, 4 tr. oz. Potassa, 2 tr. oz. Water, 10 fl. oz. Dissolve the Potassa in the Water. Shake the solution with the Tar so that the latter may be dissolved, and strain the solution through muslin. 422. Unguentum Picis Compositum. N. F. Compound Tar Ointment. Oil of Tar, 4 parts. Tincture of Benzoin, 2 parts. Oxide of Zinc, 3 parts. Yellow Wax, 26 parts. Lard, 32 parts. Cotton-Seed Oil, 35 parts. Melt the Yellow Wax and Lard with the Cotton-Seed Oil at a gentle heat. Add the Tincture of Benzoin, and continue heating until all the alcohol has evapo- rated. Then withdraw the heat, add the Oil of Tar, and, finally, the Oxide of Zinc, incorporating the latter thoroughly, so that, on cooling, a smooth, homogeneous ointment may result. 433. Vinum Picis. N. F. Wine of Tar. Tar, 1£ tr. oz. Water, 4 fl. oz. Pumice, in moderately fine powder, 2 tr. oz. Stronger White Wine, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Upon the Tar contained in a suitable ves- sel pour/owr (4 )fluidounces of cold Water, and triturate the mixture thoroughly ; then pour off the Water and throw it away. Mix the remaining Tar thor- oughly with the powdered Pumice, and add sixteen (16) fluidounces of Stronger White Wine. Stir frequently during four hours, then transfer the mixture to a wetted filter, and, after the liquid has passed, pour on enough Stronger White Wine to make the filtrate measure sixteen (16) fluidounces. 1190 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Camphorated Acetic Acid. Camphor, 1 oz. (av.). Acetic Acid, 16 fl. oz. Powder the Camphor with the aid of alcohol, and dissolve it in the Acetic Acid. Raspberry Vinegar. Raspberry Syrup, 16 fl. oz. Glacial Acetic Acid, 1 fl. dr. Mix. Dilute with sufficient water. Acetone Mixture. (Dr. W. L. Atlee.) Acetone, 1 fl. dr. Camphorated Tincture of Opium, 1 fl. oz. Wine of Antimony, 1 fl. oz. Wine of Tar, 2 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful. 187. Glyceritum Picis Liquidae. N. F. Glycerite of Tar. Tar, 1 tr. oz. Carbonate of Magnesium, 2 tr. oz. Glycerin, 4 fl. oz. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Upon the Tar, contained in a mortar, pour three (3) fluidounces of cold Water, stir them thoroughly together, and pour off the Water. Repeat this once or twice, until the Water only feebly reddens blue litmus-paper. Now triturate the washed Tar with the Alcohol, gradually incorpo- rate the Carbonate of Magnesium and Glycerin, and, lastly, ten (10) fluidounces of Water. Pour the mixture upon a filter of loose texture spread over a piece of straining muslin, and, after the liquid portion has passed through, wash the residue on the filter with Water, until the whole filtrate measures sixteen (16) fluidounces. Infusum Picis Liquidae. U. S. 1870. Infusion of Tar. (Tar Water.) Tar, 4 oz. (troy). Water, 16 fl. oz. Mix them, and shake the mixture fre- quently during twenty-four hours ; then pour off the infusion, and filter through paper. Alkaline Solution of Tar. (Dr. L. D. Bulkley.) Tar, 2 fl. dr. Potassa, 60 gr. Distilled Water, 5 fl. dr. Mix. Carbolate of Iodine. (Dr. Holtz’s formula.) Carbolic Acid (Cryst.), 60 gr. Alcohol, 1 fl. dr. Tincture of Iodine, 4 fl. dr. Water, 6 fl. dr. Mix. Aqua Acidi Carbolici. U. S. 1870. Carbolic Acid Water. Glycerite of Carbolic Acid, 5 fl. dr. Water, a sufficient quantity to make 8 fl. oz. Mix the Glycerite with the Water. Used as a gargle, and as a wash in vari- ous skin-diseases. Glycerite of Birch Tar. Birch Tar, 1 oz. (troj’). Glycerin, 8 fl. oz. Dilute the Glycerin with one-fifth of its volume of water, and mix. Unguentum Creasoti. U. S. 1870. Ointment of Creasote. Creasote, 1 fl. dr. Lard, 2 oz. (troy). Mix thoroughly. Dobell’s Solution. Carbolic Acid, 45 min. Sodium Borate, 60 gr. Sodium Bicarbonate, 60 gr. Glycerin, 1 fl. oz. Water, sufficient to make 16 fl. oz. Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici. U. S. 1870. Glycerite of Carbolic Acid. Carbolic Acid, 2 oz. (troy). Glycerin, 8 fl. oz. Rub them together in a mortar until the Acid is dissolved. 275. Oleum Carbolatum. N. F. Carbolized Oil. Carbolic Acid, 5 parts. Cotton-Seed Oil, 95 parts. Melt the Carbolic Acid with a gentle heat, and mix it with the Cotton-Seed Oil. 2. Acidum Carbolicum Iodatum. N. F. Iodized Carbolic Acid. Phenol Iodatum. Iodized Phenol. Iodine, reduced to powder, 20 parts. Carbolic Acid, 76 parts. Glycerin, 4 parts. Introduce the Iodine into a flask, add the Carbolic Acid, previously melted, and the Glycerin, and digest the mixture at a gentle heat, frequently agitating, until the Iodine is dissolved. Keep the product in glass-stoppered vials, in a dark place. Carbolized Jute. Carbolic Acid (Cryst.), 350 gr. Paraffin, 860 gr. Resin, 1400 gr. Benzin, 24 fl. oz. Make a solution and saturate 16 oz. of jute with it. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1191 14. Carbasus Carbolata. N. F. Carbolized Gauze. Resin, in coarse powder, 40 parts. Castor Oil, 5 parts. Carbolic Acid, 10 parts. Alcohol, 225 parts. Gauze Muslin, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Resin, Castor Oil, and Car- bolic Acid in the Alcohol. Then immerse in the mixture loosely-folded pieces of Gauze Muslin, allow them to become thor- oughly saturated, then take them out and press out the excess of liquid, until the weight of the impregnated Gauze amounts to one hundred and seventy (170) parts for every one hundred (100) parts of the origi- nal fabric. Spread out the pieces horizon- tally, and as soon as the Alcohol has nearly all evaporated, fold and wrap the pieces in paraffin paper, and preserve them in air-tight receptacles. The impregnated Gauze, when dry, con- tains about 2-5 per cent, of Carbolic Acid. Note.—The most suitable brands of Gauze Muslin for making carbolized or other anti- septic gauze, are those known in the market as “Stillwater,” or “ Lehigh E.” Collodion for Corns. (Gezow’s.) Salicylic Acid, 45 gr. Extract of Indian Hemp, 8 gr. Collodion, 6 1. dr. Dissolve. 24. Elixir Acidi Salicylici. N. F. Elixir of Salicylic Acid. Salicylic Acid, 640 gr. Citrate of Potassium, 2 tr. oz. Glycerin, 8 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Citrate of Potassium in the Glycerin with the aid of a gentle heat. Add the Salicylic Acid, and continue the heat until it is dissolved. Then add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. This Elixir should be freshly made when wanted for use. Each fluidrachm contains 5 grains of Salicylic Acid. Salicylic Mixture. (Thiersch’s.) Salicylic Acid, 80 gr. Syrup of Orange Peel, 2 fl. oz. Alcohol, 3 fl. oz. Water, sufficient to make 10 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful. Liebig’s Corn Collodion. Salicylic Acid, 5 gr. Extract of Indian Hemp, 30 gr. Collodion, 6 fl. dr. Mix and dissolve. Salicylic Acid Cotton. Purified Cotton, 600 gr. Salicylic Acid, 60 gr. Alcohol, 10 fl. dr. Glycerin, ‘ 6 min. Dissolve the Salicylic Acid in the Al- cohol, add the Glycerin to this solution, and saturate the Cotton with the liquid; press out the superfluous liquid, and dry. Charcoal and Blue Mass Mixture. Sodium Bicarbonate, 30 gr. Charcoal, 60 gr. Mass of Mercury, 8 gr. Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb, 2 fl. oz. Water, 2 fl. oz. Triturate together into a uniform mixt- ure. Dose, a tablespoonful. 21. Collodium Salicylatum Composi- tum. N. F. Compound Salicylated Collodion. Corn Collodion. Salicylic Acid, 11 parts. Extract of Indian Cannabis, 2 parts. Alcohol, 10 parts. Flexible Collodion, enough to make 100 parts. Dissolve the Extract of Indian Canna- bis in the Alcohol, and the Salicylic Acid in about fifty (50) parts of Flexible Col- lodion contained in a tared bottle. Then add the former solution to the latter, and finally add enough Flexible Collodion to make one hundred (100) parts. 18. Collodium Iodatum. N. F. Iodized Collodion. Iodine, reduced to powder, 5 parts. Flexible Collodion, 95 parts. Introduce the Iodine into a bottle, add the Flexible Collodion and agitate until the Iodine is dissolved. 19. Collodium Iodoformatum. N. F. Iodoform Collodion. Iodoform, 6 parts. Flexible Collodion, 95 parts. Dissolve the Iodoform in the Flexible Collodion by agitation. 20. Collodium Tiglii. N. F. Croton Oil Collodion. Croton Oil, 10 parts. Flexible Collodion, 90 parts. Mix them. Charcoal Poultice. (Thomsonian name.) Charcoal, 1 oz. (troy). Ginger, Bayberry, of each, 240 gr. Elm, 1 oz. (troy). Hot Water, sufficient. Mix. 1192 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Naphthol Ointment. (Hardy’s.) Naphthol, 120 gr. Vaseline, 2£ oz. (troy). Dissolve the Naphthol in half its weight of Ether; mix this solution with a por- tion of the Vaseline, and heat to about 40° C. (104° F.) until the Ether is com- pletely evaporated; then add the re- mainder of the Vaseline, and triturate thoroughly; finally, preserve the oint- ment in a well-covered vessel. Naphthol Salve. (Kaposi’s.) Naphthol, 180 gr. Green Soap, 600 gr. Prepared Chalk, 120 gr. Lard, 2£ oz. (av.). Mix. Used in itch. The affected part to be rubbed twice a day. AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGI- NOUS SUBSTANCES. Soluble Iodide of Starch. Iodine, 360 gr. Starch, 6 oz. (troy). Ether, 10 fl. dr. Dissolve the Iodine in the Ether, pour the solution over the Starch ; then tritu- rate till the Ether is evaporated; intro- duce into a water-bath, and continue the heat for half an hour with occasional stirring. A portion of the Iodine vapor has escaped, but the Starch, which has now become soluble, will be combined with about 4 per cent, of Iodine. 8o. Elixir Malti et Ferri. N. F. Elixir of Malt and Iron. Extract of Malt, 4 fl. oz. Phosphate of Iron (U. S. P. 1880), 128 gr. Water, £ fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Phosphate of Iron in the Water by the aid of heat, mix the solution with the Extract of Malt previously in- troduced into a graduated bottle, and add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen fluidounces. Set the mixture aside lor twenty-four hours, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Phosphate of Iron and 16 grains of Ex- tract of Malt. Note.—Extract of Malt, most suitable for this preparation, should have about the consistence of Balsam of Peru, at a temperature of about 15° C. (59° F.). The filtration of this preparation will be greatly facilitated by allowing the mixt- ure to stand a few days before pouring it on the filter. Decoctum Hordei. U. S. 1870. Decoc- tion of Barley. Barley, 240 gr. Water, sufficient. Having washed away extraneous mat- ters which adhere to the Barley, boil it with 2 fl. oz. of Water for a short time, and throw away the resulting liquid; then, having poured on it 16 fl. oz. of boiling Water, boil down to 8 fl. oz., and strain. 160. Bxtractum Malti Fluidum. N. F. Fluid Extract of Malt. Malt, 16 tr. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Reduce the Malt to a coarse powder, not finer than No. 20. Moisten it with eight (8) fluidounces of a mixture of one (1) vol- ume of Alcohol and three (3) volumes of Water, and set it aside, well covered, until it has ceased to swell. Then mix it with as much of the menstruum as it will take up without dripping, pack it uniformly, but without pressure, in a percolator, and add enough of the before-mentioned men- struum to cover it. When the liquid be- gins to drop from the orifice, close the latter, and allow the contents to macerate during twenty-four hours, adding from time to time more menstruum, if necessary, to keep the malt just covered. Then re- move the cork and allow the percolation to proceed until the percolate weighs twelve (12) troyounces. Set this aside, well corked, until any suspended matters have been deposited. Then decant the clear liquid and preserve it for use. Note.—The product thus obtained may be re- garded as being practically equivalent to the drug in the proportion of minim for grain, the apparent excess of dissolved matters present in the first portions of the percolate being about offset by the soluble matters still remaining in the drug when the percolation is interrupted. Care should be exercised to keep this prepa- ration in well-stoppered bottles in a cool, dark place. Syrup of Iodide of Starch. Iodide of Starch (solu- ble), 360 gr. Sugar, 19 oz. (troy). Water, 12 fl. oz. Dissolve the Iodide in the Water, and add the Sugar. This syrup contains 1 part of Iodine in 1000. Dose, a tea- spoonful. Infusum Lini Compositum. U. S. 1870. Compound Infusion of Flaxseed. Flaxseed, £ oz. (troy). Glycyrrhiza (bruised), 120 gr. Boiling Water, 16 fl. oz. Macerate for two hours in a covered vessel, and strain. FORMULARY OF UNOFFIC1NAL PREPARATIONS. 1193 Conserve of Hollyhock. (Thomsonian name.) Poplar Bark, 120 gr. Bay berry, 120 gr. Hydrastis, 120 gr. Cloves, 120 gr. Cinnamon, 120 gr. Cypripedium, 120 gr Capsicum, 60 gr. Oil of Pennyroyal, 1 fl. dr. Hollyhock Flowers, 4 oz. (troy). Pound, and form into balls of the size of small marbles. 247. Mistura Acaciae. N. F. Mixture of Acacia. Mixtura Gummosa (Qerm. Pharm., I.). Acacia, in fine powder, 1 tr. oz. Sugar, 1 tr. oz. Water, 12 fl. oz. Dissolve the Acacia and Sugar in the Water. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use. 307. Pulvis Acaciae Compositus. N. F. Compound Powder of Acacia. Pulvis Gummosus (Gem. Pharm.). Acacia, in fine powder, 15 parts. Glycyrrhiza, in fine powder, 10 parts. Sugar, in fine powder, 5 parts. Mix them intimately. 188. Glyceritum Tragacanthae. N. F. Olycerite of Tragacanth. Tragacanth, in fine powder, 2 tr. oz. Glycerin, 12£ fl. oz. Water, 3 fl. oz. Triturate the Tragacanth with the Glyc- erin in a mortar, add the Water, and continue the trituration, until a homoge- neous, thick paste results. Note.—The Olycerinum Tragacanthx of the Brit- ish Pharm. is prepared by mixing 3 troyounces of Tragacanth with 12 fluidounces of Glycerin in a mortar, adding 2 fluidounces of Water, and triturating until a translucent, homogeneous jelly is formed. Mucilago Tragacanthx of the U. S. Pharm. (1880) is made by mixing 18 parts of Glycerin with 76 parts of Water, heating the mixture to boiling, adding 6 parts of Tragacanth, macerat- ing for twenty-four hours, then adding Water to make 100 parts, beating it to a uniform consist- ence, and straining. Unguentum Olyceryni of the German Pharm. is prepared by triturating 1 part of Powdered Trag- acanth with 5 parts (by weight) of Alcohol (of about 91 per cent.), then adding 50 parts of Glyc- erin, and heating on a steam-bath. 181. Gelatinum Chondri. N. F. Chondrus Gelatin. Chondrus, 1 part. Water, a sufficient quantity. Wash the Chondrus with cold Water, then place it in a suitable vessel, add fifty (50) parts of hot Water, and heat it on a boiling water-bath for fifteen minutes, frequently stirring. Strain the decoc- tion, while hot, through a strong muslin strainer; return the strained, mucilagi- nous liquid to the water-bath, evaporate it to a semi-fluid consistence, then transfer it toshallow, flat-bottomed trays, and evapo- rate it at a temperature not exceeding 90° C. (194° F.), so that the Gelatin may be- come detached in scales. Note.—Chondrus Gelatin thus prepared fur- nishes a Mucilage of Chondrus which is opaque, like that made directly from the Chondrus itself. It may be prepared so as to yield a trans- parent mucilage by following the plan pointed out in the Note to Mudlago Chondri. 266. Mucilago Chondri. N. F. Mucilage of Chondrus. Chondrus, 360 gr. Water, enough to make 30 fl. oz. Wash the Chondrus with cold Water, then place it in a suitable vessel, add thirty (30) fluidounces of Water, and heat it, on a boiling water-bath, for fifteen min- utes, frequently stirring. Then strain it through muslin, and pass enough Water through the strainer to make the liquid, when cold, measure thirty (30)Jluidounces. Mucilage of Chondrus may also be pre- pared in the following manner: Chondrus Gelatin, 240 gr. Water, enough to make 30 fl. oz. Heat the Chondrus Gelatin with thirty (Z0) fluidounces of Water, at a boiling tem- perature, until it is completely dissolved. Then allow the solution to cool, and add enough Water, if necessary, to make up the volume to thirty (30) Jluidounces. Note.—Mucilage of Chondrus, thus prepared, is well adapted for the preparation of emulsions of fixed oils. If it is, however, required for ad- mixture with clear liquids, it should be diluted, when freshly made, and while still hot, with about 3 volumes of boiling water, filtered, and the filtrate evaporated to the volume corre- sponding to the proportions above given. The filtration may be greatly facilitated by filling the filter loosely with absorbent cotton, and pouring the liquid upon the latter. Mucilage of Chondrus may be preserved for some time by transferring it, while hot, into bottles, which should be filled to the neck, then pouring a layer of Olive Oil on top, securely stoppering the bottles, and keeping them, in an upright position, in a cool place. When the Mucilage is wanted for use, the layer of oil may be removed by means of absorbent cotton. 267. Mucilago Dextrini. N. F. Mucilage of Dextrin. Dextrin, 1 part. Water, enough to make 3 parts. Mix them in a tared vessel, and heat the mixture, under constant stirring, to near boiling, until the Dextrin is dissolved and a limpid liquid results. Then restore any loss of water by evaporation, strain the 1194 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. liquid through muslin, and allow it to cool short of gelatinizing, when it will be ready for immediate use. Note.—If the Mucilage is not at once to be used for preparing emulsions or other mixtures, transfer it, while hot, to bottles, which should be filled to the neck. Then pour into each bottle a sufficient quantity of Olive Oil to form a protecting layer, and when the mucilage has gelatinized, securely cork the bottles, and keep them in a cool place, in an upright position. When gelatinized Mucilage of Dextrin is to be used for the preparation of emulsions or for other mixtures, pour off the protecting layer of oil from the surface, remove the remainder of the oil by a pellet of absorbent cotton, and warm the bottle gently until the Mucilage is liquefied. Then allow it to cool short of gelatinizing. The kind of Dextrin suitable for this prepara- tion is the commercial, white variety, provided it still contains some unaltered or only partially altered starch, and forms a jelly on cooling, when made into a mucilage after the formula above given. The yellow variety, which is com- pletely soluble in about 2 parts of cold water, will not answer the purpose. 268. Mucilago Salep. N. F. Mucilage of Salep. Salep, in fine powder, 70 gr. Cold Water, fl. oz. Boiling Water, 14| fl. oz. Place the powdered Salep into a flask containing the Cold Water, and shake until the powder is divided. Then add the Boiling Water, and shake the mixture continuously until it has cooled to 25° C. (77° F.), or below this temperature. The cooling may be hastened by frequent and brief immersion of the flask in cold water. Mucilage of Salep should be freshly made when wanted for use. Note.—It Sugar or Syrup is prescribed in the same mixture with Mucilage of Salep, it is pref- erable to triturate the required quantity of powdered Salep with either of the former, as the case may be, and then to add rapidly the proportionate amount of Boiling Water. 359. Syrupus Chondri Compositus. N.F. Compound Syrup of Chondrus. Compound Syrup of Irish Moss. Chondrus, 8 gr. Fluid Extract of Ipecac, 8 min. Fluid Extract of Squill, 120 min. Fluid Extract of Senega, 120 min. Camphorated Tincture of Opium, 210 min. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Sugar, 10 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Macerate the Chondrus in one (1) fluid- ounce of Water until it is softened, then heat it on a boiling water-bath for fifteen minutes, strain it through flannel, with- out pressure, and wash the flannel and contents with one (1) fiuidounce of hot Water. Mix the Fluid Extracts and Tincture with the Purified Talcum and five (5) fiuidounces of Water, shake the mixture frequently and thoroughly dur- ing half an hour, and then filter it through a wetted filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate, until it runs through clear. Mix the mucilage of Chondrus with the filtrate, then add the Sugar, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the product, after the Sugar has been dissolved by agitation, measure sixteen (16) fiuidounces. 407. Tinctura Persionis. N. F. Tincture of Cudbear. Cudbear, in fine powder, 2 tr. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Pack the Cudbear in a suitable perco- lator, and percolate it with a mixture of one (1) volume of Alcohol and two (2) vol- umes of Water, until sixteen (16) fluid- ounces of Tincture are obtained. Note.—This preparation is intended as a color- ing agent when a bright-red tint or color is to be produced, particularly in acid liquids. 408. Tinctura Persionis Composita. N.F. Compound Tincture of Cudbear. Cudbear, 120 gr. Caramel, 1J tr. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix one (1) volume of Alcohol with two (2) volumes of Water. Macerate the Cud- bear with twelve (12) fiuidounces of the menstruum during twelve hours, agitat- ing occasionally, and then filter through paper, and add the Caramel, previously dissolved in two (2) fiuidounces of Water. Then pass enough of the before-men- tioned menstruum through the filter to make the whole measure sixteen (16) fiuidounces. Note.—1This preparation is intended as a color- ing agent, when a brownish-red tint or color is to be produced. 332. Species Emollientes. N. F. Emollient Species. Emollient Cataplasm (Germ. Pharm.). Althaea Leaves, Mallow Leaves, Melilot Tops, Matricaria, Flaxseed, each, equal parts. Reduce them to a coarse powder, and mix uniformly. Note.—Mallow Leaves are derived from Malva vulgaris Fries, and Malva sylvestris Linn6. Meli- lot'Tops are the leaves and flowering branches of Melilotus officinalis Desrousseaux, and Melilotus altissimus Thuilliers. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1195 SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. Syrup of Manna. Manna, 1 oz. (troy). Sugar, 5 oz. (troy). Water, 4 fl. oz. Dissolve the Manna in the Water, filter, add the Sugar, and heat to boiling, then strain. Syrup of Liquorice Root. Fluid Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 4 fl. oz. Syrup, a sufficient quantity to make 16 fl. oz. Mix. 70. Elixir Glycyrrhizae. N. F. Elixir of Glycyrrhiza. Elixir of Liquorice. Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 1 tr. oz. Water of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Purified Extract of Gly- cyrrhiza with twelve (12) fluidounces of Aromatie Elixir gradually added. To ten (10) fluidounces of this mixture add Water of Ammonia in drops, until it is in slight excess. Mix this with the reserved por- tion, and, finally, add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Filter, if necessary. 71. Elixir Glycyrrhizae Aromaticum. N.F. Aromatic Elixir of Glycyrrhiza. Aromatic Elixir of Liquorice. Fluid Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 2 fl. oz. Oil of Cloves, 6 min. Oil of Cinnamon (Ceylon), 6 min. Oil of Nutmeg, 4 min. Oil of Fennel, 12 min. Purified Talcum, 360 gr. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Oils with the Purified Talcum and the Fluid Extract, then add fourteen (14) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir, filter, and pass enough Aromatic Elixir through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. 151. Extractum Glycyrrhizae Depura- tum. N. F. Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza. Purified Extract of Liquorice. Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in sticks, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Put a layer of well-washed rye-straw over the bottom of a keg or other suitable tall vessel. Then put a single layer of sticks of Extract of Glycyrrhiza, broken into coarse pieces, over it. Continue to put in alternate layers of straw and Extract of Glycyrrhiza until the vessel is full or the whole of the Extract has been disposed of. Fill the vessel with cold Water, and allow it to remain for three days. Then draw off the solution which has formed, by means of a faucet, or siphon, or other- wise, refill the vessel with cold Water, and proceed as before. Mix the several solutions obtained, allow any suspended matter to subside, decant the clear solu- tion, and strain the remainder without pressure. Finally, evaporate the liquid on a water-bath to the consistence of a pilular extract. Note.—Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza should not be confounded with the officinal Pure Ex- tract of Glycyrrhiza (Extractum Olycyrrhizse Purum). 369. Syrupus Glycyrrhizae. N. F. Syrup of Glycyrrhiza. Syrup of Liquorice. Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza (U. S. P.), 2 tr. oz. Glycerin, 2 tr. oz. Sugar, 10 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Pure Extract of Glycyr- rhiza in eight (8) fluidounces of Water, add the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, and strain. Then add the Glycerin, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents about 30 grains of Glycyrrhiza. 214. Liquor Extracti Glycyrrhizae. N.F. Solution of Extract of Glycyrrhiza. Solution of Extract of Liquorice. Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza, a sufficient quantitv. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Glycerin, 4 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. In a small portion of Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza,weighed into a tared cap- sule, determine the amount of water, by drying it to a constant weight. Then take of the Purified Extract a quantity equiva- lent to four (4) troyounces of dry extract, dissolve this, on a water-bath, in four (4) fluidounces of Water, add the Glycerin, and allow the liquid to cool. Lastly, add the Alcohol, and enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm, represents 15 grains of dry Extract of Glycyrrhiza. 232. Liquor Saccharini. N. F. Solution of Saccharin. Saccharin, 512 gr. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 240 gr. Alcohol, 4 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Saccharin and the Bicar- bonate of Sodium in ten (10) fluidounces 1196 FORMULARY OF UN OFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. of Water, filter the solution, add the Al- cohol to the filtrate, and pass enough Water through the filter to make sixteen (16) Jluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 4 grains of Saccharin. Note.—The Saccharin directed in the above formula is, properly speaking, “ anhydro-ortho- sulphamine-beuzoic acid,” an artificially pre- pared member of the so-called aromatic series of organic chemicals. It is a body having feebly acid properties, soluble in about 333 parts of water and in 33 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.). When neutralized by an alkali, it is quite soluble in water. The Solution of Saccharin is intended to be used for sweetening liquids or solids, when the use of sugar is objectionable, or when a sweet taste is to be imparted to a liquid without in- creasing its density. 334. Species Pectorales. N. F. Pectoral Species. Species ad Infusum Pectorale. Breast Tea (Germ. Pharm.). Althaea, peeled, 8 parts. Coltsfoot Leaves, 4 parts. Glycyrrhiza, Russian, peeled, 3 parts. Anise, 2 parts. Mullein Flowers, 2 parts. Orris Root, 1 part. Cut, bruise, and mix them. Note.—Coltsfoot Leaves are derived from Tussi- lago Farfara LinnC. Mullein Flowers are from Verbascum Thapsus G. Meyer. Infusum pectorale (Pectoral Infusion, or Infu- sion of Pectoral Species) is made by infusing 1 troyounce of the above preparation, in the usual manner, so as to obtain 10 fluidounces of strained product. Pectoral Lozenges. (Dr. Jackson’s.) Powdered Ipecac, 5 gr. Sulphurated Antimony, 2£ gr. Morphine Hydrochlorate, 3 gr. Powdered Acacia, 330 gr. Powdered Sugar, 330 gr. Powdered Extract of Glycyr- rhiza, 330 gr. Oil of Sassafras, 2 min. Tincture of Tolu, 2 min. To be made into a stiff mass with Sim- ple Syrup, and divided into 100 lozenges, or into lozenges of 10 gr. each. Each lozenge contains gr. of Ipecac, gr. of Antimony, gr. of Morphine. One every three or four hours. Pectoral Powder. (Wedel’s.) Benzoic Acid, 8 gr. Washed Sulphur, 75 gr. Glycyrrhiza, 250 gr. Iris, 30 gr. Sugar, 300 gr. Oil of Anise, 4 min. Oil of Fennel, 4 min. Mix. A tablespoonful three or four times a day in bronchitis, severe cough, or croup. Cough Powder. (Thomsonian name.) Lobelia, Glycyrrhiza, Skunk Cabbage, Sugar, of each, 1 oz. (troy). Mix. DERIVATIVES OF SUGARS THROUGH THE ACTION OF FERMENTS. Alcoholic Mixture. (Gubler’s.) Alcohol (85 per cent.), Water, Syrup of Orange, of each, 2 fl. oz. A tablespoonful to be given every two hours. Solution of Butyl-Chloral. (Croton-Chloral.) Butyl-Chloral, 7 gr. Alcohol, 30 min, Distilled Water, 2£ fl. oz. Syrup of Orange, 2 fl. oz. Mix. A tablespoonful every two hours. Camphorated Chloro-tannate of Iodine. Chloral, 60 gr. Iodine, 30 gr. Oil of Camphor, 6 fl. dr. Tannic Acid, sufficient. Dissolve, and add sufficient Tannic Acid to bring the mixture to the consist- ence of thick syrup. Glycerole of Chloral and Camphor. (C. Pavesi.) Camphor (in powder), 75 gr. Chloral, 60 gr. Oil of Juniper, 30 min. Glycerin, 4 fl. dr. Alcohol, 5 fl. dr. Mix in a vial, and expose to a gentle heat (not over 40° C. = 104° F.) until solution has been effected. Let cool, and keep the vial well stoppered. 17. Chloral Camphoratum. A. F. Camphorated Chloral. Chloral et Camphora. Chloral and Camphor. Chloral, 50 parts. Camphor, 50 parts. Mix them by agitation in a bottle, or by trituration in a warm mortar, until they are liquefied and combined. Chloral Cream. Chloral, 300 gr. Sugar, 1$ oz. (troy). Water, 15 fl. dr. Dissolve the Chloral in the Water, and triturate with the Sugar in a mortar. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1197 Elixir of Chloroform. Chloroform, 6 fl. dr. Oil of Cinnamon, 10 min. Tincture of Opium, Tincture of Camphor, Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, of each, 6 fl. dr. Brandy, 1 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, half a teaspoonful. 5. Aqua Chloroformi. N. F. Chloroform Water. Purified Chloroform, 30 min. Distilled Water, 10 fl. oz. Shake them together in a capacious bot- tle, until the Chloroform is dissolved, or until only a small quantity remains which cannot be dissolved by further agitation. Then filter in a covered funnel. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles. Note.—Chloroform Water, aside from its me- dicinal properties, is an efficient preservative agent, and forms a good solvent, in place of water, for preparing solutions which require to he kept free from micro-organisms. 41. Elixir Chloroformi Compositum. N. F. Compound Elixir of Chloroform. Chloroform, 3 fl. oz. Tincture of Opium, 3 fl. oz. Spirit of Camphor, 3 fl. oz. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, 3 fl. oz. Alcohol, 3 fl. oz. Oil of Cinnamon (Cassia), 40 min. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Chloroform with the Alcohol, then add the Oil of Cinnamon, Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, Spirit of Camphor, Tincture of Opium, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Allow the mixture to stand a few hours, and filter in a well-covered funnel. Each fluidrachm represents about 1 grain of Opium and 11 minims of Chloro- form. Note.—This preparation is called Chloroform Paregoric in some sections of the country. It is recommended that this title be abandoned, to prevent confusion with the officinal Paregoric or Tinctura Opii Camphorata. 1x3. Emulsio Chloroformi. N. F. Emulsion of Chloroform. Chloroform, 40 min. Tincture of Quillaja, 30 min. Acacia, in fine powder, 12 gr. Water, enough to make 2 fl. oz. Put the Chloroform and the Tincture of Quillaja into a two-ounce vial, add the Powdered Acacia, shake, and afterwards add the Water. Shake the mixture before using. Each fluidrachm contains minims of Chloroform. 253- Mistura Chloral et Potassii Bro- midi Composita. N. F. Compound Mixture of Chloral and Bro- mide of Potassium. Chloral, 4 tr. oz. Bromide of Potassium, 4 tr. oz. Extract of Indian Cannabis, 16 gr. Extract of Hyoscyamus, 16 gr. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Tincture of Quillaja (N. F.), 1 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Chloral and Bromide of Potassium in twelve (12) fluidounces of Water, dissolve in this solution the Ex- tract of Hyoscyamus, and add the Tinct- ure of Quillaja. Then dissolve the Ex- tract of Indian Cannabis in the Alcohol, and add this solution gradually to that first prepared, agitating it during the ad- dition. Finally, add enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. This preparation should be shaken whenever any of it is to be dispensed. Each fluidrachm contains 15 grains, each, of Chloral and of Bromide of Potas- sium, and grain, each, of Extract of Indian Cannabis and of Extract of Hyos- cyamus. Note.—The resinous Extract of Indian Canna- bis is merely held in suspension by means of the Tincture of Quillaja, as it is practically insolu- ble in the liquid. If the mixture is filtered, the resin will remain on the filter. 254. Mistura Chloroformi et Opii. N. F. Mixture of Chloroform and Opium. Chloroform Anodyne. Purified Chloroform, 2 fl. oz. Oil of Peppermint, 16 min. Tincture of Indian Cannabis, 2 fl. oz. Tincture of Quillaja (N. F.), 2 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Belladonna, 128 min. Deodorized Tincture of Opium, 2f fl. oz. Tincture of Capsicum, 1 fl. oz. Purified Extract of Glycyr- rhiza, 240 gr. Water, £ fl. oz. Syrup, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Purified Extract of Glyc- yrrhiza with the Water and one {X) fluid- ounce of the Syrup until it is dissolved. Mix the Fluid Extract of Belladonna, Deodorized Tincture of Opium, and Tinct- ure of Capsicum, and add them to the solu- tion first prepared. Then mix the Chloro- form, Oil of Peppermint, Tincture of Indian Cannabis, and Tincture of Quil- laja, and add them to the mixture. Finally, add enough Syrup to make six- teen (16) fluidounces and mix the whole thoroughly together. This mixture should be shaken when- ever any of it is to be dispensed. See 1198 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. pages 431 and 1507, 16th ed. U. S. Dis- pensatory. Each Jluidrachm represents minims of Chloroform, 7£ minims of Tincture of Indian Cannabis, 3f minims of Tincture of Capsicum, 1 minim' of Fluid Extract of Belladonna, and about 1 grain of Opium. Note.—This preparation is intended to fulfil the same purposes as the Tinctura Chloroformi et Morphinse of the British Pharm., though the composition of the latter differs materially from that of the mixture above given. Gelatinized Chloroform. Purified Chloroform, 6 fl. dr. White of Egg, 6 fl. dr. Put into a wide-mouth two-ounce vial, shake it, and allow it to stand for three hours. Elixir of Chloroform. (Dr. Hartshorn’s Chloroform Paregoric.) Chloroform, 1J fl. oz. Tincture of Opium, \\ fl. oz. Spirit of Camphor, 1£ fl. oz Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, l| fl. oz. Oil of Cinnamon, 20 min. Brandy, 2 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, £ fl. dr. or less. 315. Pulvis Iodoformi Dilutus. N. F. Diluted Powder of Iodoform. Iodoform and Naphthalin. Iodoform, in fine powder, 2 tr. oz. Boric Acid, in fine powder, 3 tr. oz. Naphthalin, 5 tr. oz. Oil of Bergamot, 120 min. Triturate the Naphthalin with the Oil of Bergamot, then mix it with the Iodo- form and Boric Acid, and triturate until a homogeneous powder is produced. Note.—This powder Is used In many cases where a diluted preparation of Iodoform, for ex- ternal purposes, is desired. The odor of the Iodoform is masked both by the Oil of Berga- mot and by the Naphthalin. 15. Carbasus Iodoformata. N. T. Iodoform Gauze. Iodoform, 10 parts. Stronger Ether, 40 parts. Alcohol, 40 parts. Tincture of Benzoin, 5 parts. Glycerin, 6 parts. Gauze Muslin, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Iodoform in the Stronger Ether, then add the Alcohol, Tincture of Benzoin, and Glycerin. Immerse in a weighed quantity of this solution, con- tained in a suitable vessel, the exact amount of Gauze Muslin required to ab- sorb the whole of it, to produce a product of a prescribed percentage of iodoform, work it about with a pestle so as to im- pregnate it uniformly; then take it out, and hang it up to dry, in a horizontal position, and in a dark place. Lastly, wrap it in paraffin paper and preserve it in air-tight receptacles. Note.—To calculate the amount of muslin and of iodoform solution required to obtain a prod- uct approximately of any required percentage of iodoform, let x denote this required percent- age. Then take of the above Iodoform Solution ten (10) times this quantity (or 10 x). Also mul- tiply the required percentage (x) by three (3), divide the resulting product by two (2), and sub- tract the quotient from one hundred (100). The remainder represents the number of parts by weight of Gauze Muslin to be used. Regarding the most suitable kind of Gauze Muslin, see note to Carbarns Carbolata (page 1191). 192. Iodoformum Aromatisatum. N. F. Aromatized Iodoform. Deodorized Iodoform. Iodoform, 25 parts. Cumarin, 1 part. Mix them intimately by trituration. Note.—Should Cumarin not be available, or should it be objectionable to the patient, the odor of Iodoform may also be more or less masked by many essential oils, for instance, those of peppermint, cloves, cinnamon, citro- nella, bergamot, sassafras, eucalyptus, etc. An- other efficient covering agent is freshly-roasted and powdered coffee. The odor of Iodoform may be removed from the hands or any utensils which it has come in contact with, by washing them with an aqueous solution of tannic acid. Wade’s Suppositories. Iodoform, 60 gr. Subnitrate of Bismuth, 60 gr. Chloral, 8 gr. Morphine, 2£ gr. Oil of Rose, 10 min. Oil of Theobroma, 240 gr. Mix, and divide into 12 suppositories one-eighth of an inch in diameter. One to be inserted into the urethra three times daily. Carbolized Iodoform. Iodoform, 150 gr. Carbolic Acid, 1 min. Oil of Peppermint, 2 min. Mix the Iodoform and Acid by tritu- ration, and then add the volatile oil. Iodoform Paste. Iodoform, 60 gr. Mucilage of Acacia, 10 min. Glycerin, 10 min. Oil of Peppermint, 1 min. Mix. Iodoform Cotton. Purified Cotton, 360 gr. Iodoform, 24 gr. Ether, 2 fl. dr. Alcohol, 4 fl. dr. Glycerin, 2 fl. dr. Dissolve the Iodoform in the Ether and Alcohol mixed, add the Glycerin to this solution, and saturate the Cotton with this liquid. Let it dry by exposure to the air. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1199 Iodoform Pencils. Iodoform, Oil of Theobroma, of each, 31 gr. Triturate together, and roll the mass into 5 pencils, one-twelfth of an inch thick, then dust with lycopodium. Compound Iodoform Ointment. (Dr. J. Wm. White’s.) Iodoform, 60 gr. Oil of Anise, 20 min. Oil of Rose, 6 min. Oil of Ylang-Ylang, 5 min. Ointment of Rose Water, 1 oz. (troy). Mix. Compound Iodoform Ointment. (N. Y. Hosp.) Iodoform, Tannic Acid, of each, 60 gr. Vaseline, 1 oz. (troy). Mix. Compound Tincture of Iodoform. Iodoform, 15 gr. Potassium Iodide, 120 gr. Glycerin, 2 fl. dr. Alcohol, 6 fl. dr. Mix. Rub the Iodoform and the Po- tassium Iodide in a mortar until a fine powder is produced, then add the Glyc- erin and rub to the consistency of cream ; then add the Alcohol, and stir briskly until all is dissolved. Dose, 15 drops three times a day, on sugar or in syrup. Liniment of Iodoform. Iodoform, 80 gr. Camphor, 80 gr. Oil of Sassafras, 1 fl. dr. Expressed Oil of Almond, 4 fl. oz. Powder the Iodoform and Camphor, introduce into a dry vial, add the Oils, and heat in a water-bath, shaking fre- quently until dissolved. Elixir of Paraldehyd. Paraldehyd, 160 min. Alcohol, 14 fl. dr. Tincture of Vanilla, 30 min. Water, 1 fl. oz. Syrup, 1£ fl. oz. Dose, 1 to 2 teaspoonfuls. PRODUCTS OF THE ACTION OF FERMENTS UPON ACID SAC- CHARINE FRUITS. Potion of Todd. (Dorvault’s.) Brandy, 6 fl. dr. Distilled Water, 9 fl. dr. Syrup, 4 fl. dr. Tincture of Canella, 1 fl. dr. Mix. Brandy Mixture. Yolk of Eggs, 2. Sugar, 240 gr. Oil of Cinnamon, 2 min. Cinnamon Water, 4 fl. oz. Brandy, 4 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a tablespoonful as occa- sion may require. Strengthening Syrup. (Thomsonian name.) Comfrey Root, 2 oz. (av.). Inula, 1 oz. (av.). Marrubium, 240 gr. Beth Root, 120 gr. Brandy, 8 fl. oz. Sugar, 8 oz. (av.). Water, 3 pints. Add the Water to the Comfrey Root, Inula, and Marrubium, and boil until the liquid measures 24 fl. oz., then strain, and add the remaining ingredients. VOLATILE OILS. Confectio Aurantii Corticis. U. S. 1870. Confection of Orange Peel. Sweet Orange Peel, re- cently separated from the fruit by grating, 6 oz. (troy). Sugar, 18 oz. (troy). Beat the Orange Peel with the Sugar, gradually added, until they are thor- oughly mixed. Cardinal Drops, or Bishop Drops. (Tinctura Episcopalis.) Orange Peel, 720 gr. Orange Berries, 720 gr. Cloves, 120 gr. Cinnamon, 120 gr. Water, 3 fl. oz. Bitter Almond Water, 2 fl. dr. Alcohol, 12 fl. oz. Mix, and macerate seven days. 342. Spiritus Olei Volatilis. N. F. Spirit of a Volatile Oil. Any Spirit or alcoholic solution of a Volatile Oil, for which no formula is given by the U. S. Pharm. or by this Formulary, should be prepared in accordance with the following general formula: Any Volatile Oil, 400 min. Deodorized Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Volatile Oil in the De- odorized Alcohol. Note —The strength of the Spirit thus prepared is approximately 5 per cent, by weight, provided the specific gravity of the Oil is about 0‘900. 1200 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 337. Spiritus Aromaticus. N. F. Aromatic Spirit. Compound Spirit of Orange (N. F.), 8 fl. oz. Deodorized Alcohol, 1\ pints. Mix them. Preserve the product, if it is to be kept in stock, in completely-filled and well-stoppered vials or bottles, and stored in a cool and dark place. Aromatic Spirit may also be prepared in the following manner: Sweet Orange Peel, fresh, and deprived of the white, inner portion, 16 tr. oz. Lemon Peel, fresh, 2 tr. oz. Coriander, bruised, 2 tr. oz. Oil of Star Anise, 16 min. Deodorized Alcohol, enough to make 1 gal. Macerate the solids during four days with 1 gallon of Deodorized Alcohol; then add the Oil of Star Anise, filter, and pass enough Deodorized Alcohol through the filter to make the product measure one (1) gallon. Note.—When good, fresh essential oils cannot be readily obtained for preparing the Compound Spirit of Orange, the second formula may be used. But the product obtained by it should not be employed in mixtures containing iron, as the latter would cause a darkening of the mixture. 338. Spiritus Aurantii Compositus. N.F. Compound Spirit of Orange. Oil of Bitter Orange Peel, 4 fl. oz. Oil of Lemon, 1 fl. oz. Oil of Coriander, 160 min. Oil of Star Anise, 40 min. Deodorized Alcohol, enough to make 20 fl. oz. Mix them. Note.—One fluidounce of this Spirit and 15 fluidounces of Deodorized Alcohol make 1 pint of Aromatic Spirit. (See No. 337.) The essential oils used in this preparation, particularly those of orange and lemon, must be as fresh as possible, and absolutely free from any terebinthinate odor or taste. They should be diluted as soon as received, with a definite quantity of Deodorized Alcohol, which will retard deterioration. They should not be kept in stock, undiluted, for any length of time, or should at least be kept in bottles completely filled, and in a dark place. The alcoholic solu- tion should be kept in the same manner. If Oil of Curasao Orange of good quality can be ob- tained, it is advisable to use :this, in place of ordinary oil of orange, as it imparts to the Spirit a finer flavor than the latter. 340. Spiritus Curassao. N. F. Spirit of Curasao. Oil of Curatjao Orange, 2 fl. oz. Oil of Fennel, 15 min. Oil of Bitter Almond, 3 min. Deodorized Alcohol, 10 fl. oz. Mix the Oils with the Deodorized Alco- hol, and keep the Spirit in completely- filled and well-corked bottles, and stored in a cool and dark place. Note.—The essential oils used in this case must be as fresh as possible, and absolutely free from any terebinthiuate odor or taste. Oil of Cu- rasao Orange may be obtained without difficulty in the market, but it should be carefully ex- amined as to its quality, immediately upon receipt, and should not be kept in stock, for any length of time, without special precautions (see Note to No. 338). A still finer quality of Oil of Orange is that derived from Citrus-nobtiis, which is known in the market as Oil of Mandarin. 53. Elixir Curassao. N. F. Elixir of Curasao. Curasao Cordial. Spirit of Curaqao, 120 min. Orris Root, in fine powder, SO gr. Deodorized Alcohol, 4 fl. oz. Citric Acid, 60 gr. Syrup, 8 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Spirit of Curacjao with the Al- cohol, add the Orris Root, the Purified Talcum, and three (3) fluidounces of Water. Allow the mixture to stand twelve hours, occasionally agitating; then pour it on a wetted filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the filtrate measure eight (8) fluidounces. In this dissolve the Citric Acid, and finally add the Syrup. 274. Oleosacchara. N. F. Oil-Sugars. Elaeosacchara {Germ. Pharm.). Any Volatile Oil, 1 drop. Sugar, 30 gr. Triturate the Sugar with the Volatile Oil to a fine powder. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use. Note.—When Elasosaccharum Anisi, E. Fceniculi, E. Menthfe Piperitse, etc., are prescribed, these are ' to be prepared from the corresponding essential oils, according to the above formula. 352. Syrupus Asari Compositus. N. F. Compound Syrup of Asarum. Compound Syrup of Canada Snake-Root. Asarum Root, in moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, 448 gr. Alcohol, 3 fl. oz. Cochineal, in fine powder, 10 gr. Carbonate of Potassium, 20 gr. Wine of Ipecac, 220 min. Sugar, 11 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Asarum intimately with the Cochineal and Carbonate of Potassium, previously triturated together. Moisten FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. 1201 417- Tinctura Vanillini Composita. N.F. Compound Tincture of Vanillin. Compound Essence of Vanillin. Vanillin, 45 gr. Cumarin, 3 gr. Alcohol, 3 fl. oz. Glycerin, 2 fl. oz. Syrup, 2 fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Cudbear (N. F.), 120 min. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Vanillin and Cumarin in the Alcohol, add the Glycerin, Syrup, and Compound Tincture of Cudbear, and, lastly, enough Water to make six- teen (16) fluidounces. 72. Elixir Grindeliae. N. F. Elixir of Grindelia. Fluid Extract of Grindelia, 1 fl. oz. Aromatic Spirit, 2 fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 13 fl. oz. Mix them, allow the mixture to stand a few days, if convenient, then filter. Each fluidounce represents 30 grains of Grindelia. Red Elixir. Compound Tincture of Coch- ineal, 6 fl. dr. Elixir of Orange, 24 fl. oz. Mix. Red Drops. (Whitwith’s.) Oil of Thyme, 2 fl. dr. Tincture of Myrrh, 1 fl. oz. Tincture of Camphor, 1 fl. dr. Compound Tincture of Lavender, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 4 fl. oz. Dose, 25 drops in a suitable vehicle, two, three, or four times a day. Confectio Aromatica. U. S. 1870. Aro- matic Confection. Aromatic Powder, 4 oz. ftroy). Clarified Honey, 4 oz. (troy). Rub the Aromatic Powder with Clari- fied Honey until a uniform mass of the proper consistence is obtained. Eucalyptus Gauze. (Lister’s.) Oil of Eucalyptus, 60 min. Damar, 180 gr. Paraffin, 180 gr. The Damar and Paraffin are melted, the Oil is added, and the mixture sprinkled or squirted over the muslin laid together in folds. It is then placed in an air- tight beating apparatus, compressed by weights, and exposed to a dry heat. The finished gauze contains 10 to 11 per cent, of mixture. the powder with a sufficient quantity of a menstruum prepared by mixing the Al- cohol with six (6) fluidounces of Water, and allow it to macerate, in a covered vessel, for twenty-four hours, then trans- fer it to a small percolator, and pour on the remainder of the menstruum. Allow the percolation to proceed slowly, and then follow up the menstruum by Water, until eight (8) fluidounces of percolate are obtained. To this add the Wine of Ipecac, and afterwards the Sugar, and dissolve the latter by agitation. Finally, add enough Water, previously passed through the percolator, to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents about 3J grains of Asarum. 391. Tinctura Aromatica. N. F. Aromatic Tincture. Cinnamon (Cassia), 650 gr. Ginger, 260 gr. Galangal (root), 130 gr. Cloves, 130 gr. Cardamom, 130 gr. Alcohol, Water, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Reduce the drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, and percolate it, in the usual manner, with a mixture of two (2) volumes of Alcohol and one (1) volume of Water, until sixteen (16) fluidounces of percolate are obtained. Note.—This preparation is practically identical with that which is officinal in the Germ. Pharm. Galangal is the root of Alpinia ojficinarum Hance. 343. Spiritus Ophthalmicus. N. F. Ophthalmic Spirit. Alcoholic Eye-Wash. Oil of Lavender, 10 min. Oil of Rosemary, 30 min. Alcohol, 1 A- oz. Mix them by agitation, and, if neces- sary, filter the liquid through paper. 336. Spiritus Amygdalae Amarae. N. F. Spirit of Bitter Almond. Essence of Bitter Almond. Oil of Bitter Almond, 160 min. Alcohol, 14 fl. oz. Distilled Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Oil in the Alcohol, and add enough Distilled Water to make six- teen (16) fluidounces. 346. Spiritus Sinapis. N. F. Spirit of Mustard. Volatile Oil of Mustard, 190 min. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix them. Note.—This preparation is officinal in the Germ. Pharm. 1202 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. Compound Spirit of Cajuput. Oil of Cajuput, Oil of Cloves, Oil of Peppermint, Oil of Anise, of each, 4 fl. dr. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Mix. A powerful stimulant. Compound Mixture of Apium. (Dr. W. A. Hammond’s.) Fluid Extract of Erythroxylon, 2 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Viburnum, 1 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Celery, 1 fl. oz. Mix. Elemi Ointment. Elemi (Resin), 60 gr. Cerate, 1 oz. (troy). Resin Cerate, 120 gr. Balsam of Peru, 120 min. Fuse together, and mix thoroughly. Croup Liniment. Camphor, 320 gr. Oil of Turpentine, 2 fl. oz. Make a solution. Carbolated Camphor. Camphor, 60 gr. Carbolic Acid, 20 gr. Alcohol, 2 min. Mix. Brassicon. Camphor, 20 gr. Oil of Peppermint, 1 fl. dr. Volatile Oil of Mustard, 12 min. Ether, 2 fl. dr. Alcohol, 6 fl. dr. Spirit of Peppermint, sufficient to color. Mix. Used externally in headache. Cholera Remedy. (Dr. Dwight’s.) Tincture of Camphor, 1 fl. oz. Tincture of Opium, 1 fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Rhubarb, 1 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, half a teaspoonful. 25. Elixir Adjuvans. N. F. Adjuvant Elixir. Sweet Orange Peel, recently dried, 2 tr. oz. Wild Cherry, 4 tr. oz. Glycyrrhiza, Russian, peeled, 8 tr. oz. Coriander, 1 tr. oz. Caraway, 1 tr. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Syrup, enough to make 1 gal. Grind the Wild Cherry to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, moisten it with four (4) fluidounces of Water and set it aside for twelve hours. Reduce the other solids also to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, mix this intimately with the Wild Cherry, and having mixed one (1) volume of Alcohol with two (2) volumes of Water, moisten the powder with/owr (4) fluidounces of the mixture, and pack tightly in a percolator. Then gradually pour menstruum on top until ninety-six (96) fluidounces of percolate are obtained. Mix this with thirty-two (32) fluidounces of Syrup, and filter. Note.—'This preparation is chiefly intended as a vehicle, particularly for acrid or saline reme- dies. 29. Elixir Anisi. N. F. Elixir of Anise. Aniseed Cordial. Anethol, 25 min. Oil of Fennel, 5 min. Oil of Bitter Almond, 1 drop. Deodorized Alcohol, 4 fl. oz. Syrup, 10 fl. oz. Water, 2 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Mix the Anethol and the Oils with the Deodorized Alcohol, add the Syrup and Water, and set the mixture aside for twelve hours. Then mix it intimately with the Purified Talcum, and filter it through a wetted filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear. Note.—This Elixir is liable to become cloudy from separation of essential oils, when it is ex- posed to a temperature lower than that atwhich it has been filtered. In general, it is recom- mended that it be cooled to, and filtered at, a temperature of about 15° C. (59° F.). In the northern sections of this country, or in winter time, it should be cooled to a proportionately lower temperature, previous to nitration. Anethol is the stearopten of oil of anise, and possesses a finer and purer aroma and taste than any commercial variety of oil of anise. If it cannot be readily obtained, the so-called Saxon oil of anise may be substituted for it. Oil of star-anise, which is usually supplied by dealers when “oil of anise” without specification is ordered, does not answer well for this purpose. The oil of fennel should be that from the seed (“sweet”), and not that from the chaff-. 31. Elixir Aromaticum. JV. F. Aromatic Elixir. Aromatic Spirit, 16 fl. oz. Syrup, 24 fl. oz. Water, 24 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 1 tr. oz. Mix the Aromatic Spirit with twelve (12) fluidounces of Syrup, and add the Water. Incorporate the Purified Tal- cum thoroughly with the mixture, set the latter aside during a few days, if possible, occasionally agitating, then stir it well, and filter it through a wetted filter, re- turning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear. Finally, FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1203 mix the filtrate with the remainder of the Syrup. Note.—When this Elixir is to be used in prepa- rations containing iron, the Aromatic Spirit to be used in this preparation should be that made from the essential oils. See Spiritus Aromaticus. If it is desired to color this Elixir, this may be effected by the addition of two (2) fluidrachms of Compound Tincture of Cudbear to each pint. 30. Elixir Apii Graveolentis Composi- tum. N. F. Compound Elixir of Celery. Fluid Extract of Celery Root, 1 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Erythroxylon, 1 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Kola, 1 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Viburnum Prunifolium, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Alcohol with four (4) fluid- ounces of Aromatic Elixir. To this add the Fluid Extract of Celery Root in several portions, shaking after each ad- dition, and afterwards the other Fluid Extracts. Finally, add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces; allow the mixture to stand twenty-four hours, and filter. Note.—If this preparation is prescribed or quoted under its Latin title, it is recommended that the full title be given, so that the word “ Apii” may not be mistaken for “ Opii.” 57. Elixir Eucalypti. N. F. Elixir of Eucalyptus. Fluid Extract of Eucalyptus, 2 fl. oz. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Carbonate of Magnesium, 120 gr. Syrup of Coffee, 6 fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 6 fl. oz. Mix the Fluid Extract with the Alco- hol, then add the other ingredients, shake the mixture occasionally during forty-eight hours, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents 1\ grains of Eucalyptus. no. Emplastrum Aromaticum. N.F. Aromatic Plaster. Spice Plaster. Cloves, 10 parts. Cinnamon, Saigon, 10 parts. Ginger, 10 parts. Capsicum, 5 parts. Camphor, 5 parts. Cotton-Seed Oil, 35 parts. Lead Plaster, 25 parts. Melt together the Lead Plaster and Cotton-Seed Oil, with the aid of heat. Cool the mixture and, while it is still soft, thoroughly incorporate with it the aro- matic ingredients, previously reduced to a very fine powder. 199. Linimentum Terebinthinse Aceti- cum. N. F. Acetic Turpentine Liniment. Linimentum Album. Stokes’s Liniment. St. John Long’s Liniment. Oil of Turpentine, 3 fl. oz. Fresh Egg, albumen and yolk, 1 Oil of Lemon, 60 min. Acetic Acid (IT. S. P.), 300 min. Rose Water, 2$ fl. oz. Triturate or beat the contents of the Fresh Egg with the Oil of Turpentine and the Oil of Lemon in a mortar until they are thoroughly mixed. Then incorporate the Acetic Acid and Rose Water. Shake the mixture whenever any of it is to be dispensed. 425. Vinum Aurantii Compositum. N.F. Compound Wine of Orange. Elixir Aurantiorum Compositum (Germ.Pharm.). Compound Elixir of Orange. Bitter Orange Peel, 1600 gr. Absinthium, 480 gr. Menyanthes (leaves), 480 gr. Cascarilla, 480 gr. Cinnamon (Cassia), 320 gr. Gentian, 320 gr. Carbonate of Potassium, 80 gr. Sherry Wine, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Reduce the six first-named drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, mix with this the Carbonate of Potassium, moisten the mixture with Sherry Wine, and let it macerate during twenty-four hours. Then pack it in a percolator, and percolate with Sherry Wine, in the usual manner, until sixteen (16) fluidounces of product are obtained. Note—The Germ. Pharm. directs to macerate the Orange Peel, Cinnamon, and Carbonate of Potassium with the Sherry Wine, and then to add the other drugs in form of extracts. The proportions above given produce a product practically identical with that of the Germ. Pharm. 33g. Spiritus Cardamomi Compositus. N. F. Compound Spirit of Cardamom. Oil of Cardamom,* 12 min. Oil of Caraway, 4 min. Oil of Cinnamon, Cassia, 2 min. Alcohol, 8 fl. oz. Glycerin, 1 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Oils in the Alcohol, add the Glycerin, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (Id) fluidounces. Note.—This preparation is intended as a flavor- ing ingredient, being equivalent to the officinal Tinctura Cardamomi Composita, without the coloring matter. *The oil of cardamom may be replaced by 180 grains of freshly-bruised cardamom, and macerating for two days in the alcoholic solu- tion of the oils. 1204 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 361. Syrupus Eriodictyi Aromaticus. N.F. Aromatic Syrup of Eriodictyon. Aromatic Syrup of Yerba Santa. Syrupus Cor- rigens. Fluid Extract of Eriodictyon, £ fl. oz. Solution of Potassa, 180 min. Compound Tincture of Carda- mom, 1 fl. oz. Oil of Sassafras, 4 drops. Oil of Lemon, 4 drops. Oil of Cloves, 8 drops. Alcohol, J fl. oz. Sugar, 13 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Fluid Extract of Eriodictyon and Solution of Potassa, then add one and one-half (1§) fluidounces of Water pre- viously mixed with the Compound Tinct- ure of Cardamom, and afterwards add the Oils dissolved in the Alcohol. Shake the mixture thoroughly, then filter it, and pour enough Water through the filter to obtain six (6) fluidounces of filtrate. Pour this upon the Sugar contained in a bottle, and dissolve it by placing the bottle in hot water, frequently agitating. Lastty, cool the product and add enough Water, passed through the filter previously used, to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Note.—This preparation is chiefly intended as a vehicle for disguising the taste of quinine or of other bitter substances. 424. Vinum Aurantii. N. F. Wine of Orange. Oil of Bitter Orange, 6 min. Alcohol, 60 min. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Sherry Wine, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Purified Talcum, first with the Alcohol, in which the Oil of Bitter Orange had previously been dissolved, and afterwards with twelve (12) fluidounces of Sherry Wine, gradually added. Filter the mixture through a wetted filter, re- turning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and, lastly, pass enough Sherry Wine through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. 360. Syrupus Cinnamomi. N. F. Syrup of Cinnamon. Cinnamon (Cassia), in moder- ately coarse powder, 1£ tr. oz. Alcohol, 360 min. Sugar, 11 tr. oz. Cinnamon Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Alcohol with seven (7) fluid- ounces of Cinnamon Water, moisten the Cinnamon with a sufficient quantity of this menstruum and allow it to macerate for about two hours. Then transfer it to a small percolator and percolate in the usual manner, using first the remainder of the menstruum above directed and afterwards Cinnamon Water. Collect the first eight (8) fluidounces of the percolate separately and dissolve in it the Sugar. Then collect an additional quantity of percolate and add it to the Syrup, so as to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Note.—This preparation is practically identi- cal with that officinal in the Germ. Pharm. 262. Mistura Sassafras et Opii. K. F. Mixture of Sassafras and Opium. Mistura Opii Alkalina. Godfrey’s Cordial. Oil of Sassafras, 6 min. Tincture of Opium, 256 min. Alcohol, 360 min. Carbonate of Potassium, 60 gr. Molasses, 5 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Tincture of Opium with the Alcohol, in which the Oil of Sassafras had previously been dissolved. Dissolve the Carbonate of Potassium in about eight (8) fluidounces of Water, mix this with the Molasses, then add the mixture first pre- pared,, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Allow the mixt- ure to become clear by standing, then pour off the liquid portion and preserve it fpr use. Each fluidrachm contains 2 minims of Tincture of Opium, corresponding to about grain of Opium. 251. Mistura Camphorae Aromatica. N. F. Aromatic Camphor Mixture. Parrish’s Camphor Mixture. Compound Tincture of Lavender, 4 fl. oz. Sugar, £ tr. oz. CamphorWater, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Compound Tincture of Laven- der with about eight (8) fluidounces of Camphor Water, dissolve the Sugar in the mixture, and add enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. 250. Mistura Camphorae Acida. N. F. Acid Camphor Mixture. Mistura Antidysenterica. Hope’s Mixture. Nitric Acid, 120 min. Tincture of Opium, 80 min. Camphor Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Nitric Acid with about eight (8) fluidounces of Camphor Water, add the Tincture of Opium, and, lastly, enough Camphor Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1205 242. Liquor Zingiberis. N. F. Solution of Ginger. Soluble Essence of Ginger. Fluid Extract of Ginger, 4 fl. oz. Pumice, in moderately fine powder, 1 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 12 fl. oz. Pour the Fluid Extract of Ginger into a bottle, add to it the Pumice, and shake the mixture thoroughly and repeatedly in the course of several hours. Then add the Water in portions of about two (2) fluid- ounces, shaking well and frequently after each addition. When all is added, repeat the agitation occasionally during twenty- four hours, then filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and, if necessary, pass enough Water through the filter to make twelve (12) fluidounces. Camphor Julep. (Thomsonian name.) Camphor, 30 gr. Myrrh, 105 gr. Sugar, 60 gr. Water, 2 fl. oz. Cream of Camphor. Soap, 1| oz. (troy). Camphor, 360 gr. Ammonium Chloride, 1J oz. (troy). Water of Ammonia, 1£ fl. oz. Oil of Turpentine, 6 fl. dr. Water, 12 fl. oz. Dissolve the Soap (in shavings) in one- half of the Water previously mixed with the Water of Ammonia, and the Ammo- nium Chloride in the other half. Mix the solutions well, and add the Camphor dissolved in the Oil; then agitate briskly until the liquids are united and form a perfect emulsion. 16. Ceratum Camphorae Compositum. N.F. Compound Camphor Cerate. Ceratum Camphoratum. Camphor Ice. Camphor, in coarse powder, 1J tr. oz. White Wax, 2 tr. oz. Castor Oil, 4 tr. oz. Spermaceti, 7 tr. oz. Carbolic Acid, liquefied by warming, 10 min. Oil of Bitter Almond, 6 min. Benzoic Acid, 60 gr. Melt the White Wax and Spermaceti on a water-bath, add the Castor Oil, and afterwards the Camphor, and continue heating and stirring until the Camphor is dissolved. Then withdraw the heat, cover the vessel, and when the mixture has somewhat cooled, add the remaining in- gredients, and thoroughly incorporate them by stirring. Lastly, pour the Cerate into suitable moulds. 420. Unguentum Camphorse. N. F. Camphor Ointment. Unguentum Camphoratum. Camphor, in coarse powder, 2 parts. White Wax, 1 part. Lard, 6 parts. Melt the White Wax and Lard with a gentle heat, then add the Camphor, and stir the Ointment until it is cold. Pills of Camphor and Opium. Camphor, 48 gr. Powdered Opium, 12 gr. Alcohol, 12 min. Confection of Kose, sufficient. Make a mass and divide into 24 pills. Dose, 1 to 2 pills. Compound Powder of Camphor. (Gallop’s Powder.) Camphor, Powdered Acacia, Sugar, of each, 1 oz. Mix. 421. Unguentum Fuscum. N. F. Brown Ointment. Unguentum Matris. Mother’s Salve. Camphorated Brown Plaster (N. F.), 2 parts. Olive Oil, 1 part. Suet, 1 part. Melt them together, and stir the mass until it is cold. Mixture of Thymol. (L. Lewin.) Thymol, 1£ gr. Orange Flower Water, l| fl. oz. Distilled Water, 3£ fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a tablespoonful several times a day. Thymol Inhalation. (Warren.) Thymol, 8 gr. Sodium Borate, 300 gr. Glycerin, 10 fl. dr. Camphor Water, 2£ fl. oz. Tar Water, 7 fl. oz. Mix. To he used as an inhalation by means of an atomizer. Antiseptic Solution. (Volkman’s.) Thymol, 30 gr. Alcohol, 5 fl. dr. Glycerin, 10 fl. dr. Water, 6 fl. oz. Mix. 6 fl. oz. 1206 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. Cough Mixture. (Prof. Pancoast.) Wild Cherry Bark, 240 gr. Senega, 240 gr. Ipecac, 120 gr. Extract of Conium, 15 gr. Compound Tincture of Carda- mom, 1 11. oz. Compound Spirit of Juniper, 1 fl. oz. Water, sufficient to make 10 fl. oz. Percolate the solid ingredients with sufficient Water to make 8 fl. oz., then add the other ingredients. Two tea- spoonfuls in water constitute the usual dose to relieve cough. Antispasmodic Powders. (Dr. Otto’s.) Ground Black Mustard, 240 gr. Powdered Salvia, 240 gr. Powdered Ginger, 240 gr. Mix. Dose, in epilepsy, three tea- spoonfuls for three mornings in succes- sion ; discontinue three mornings, and then give as before. To be mixed in water or molasses. Garlic Ointment. Fresh Garlic, ' 6 bulbs. Lard, 2 oz. (troy). Digest at a moderate heat for an hour, and strain. VOLATILE OILS WITH RESIN PRODUCTS. Confection of Black Pepper. (Ward’s Paste.) Black Pepper, 2 oz. (troy). Powdered Inula, 2 oz. (troy). Powdered Fennel, 6 oz. (troy). Honey, 4 fl. oz. Sugar, 4 oz. (troy). Rub the dry ingredients together into a very fine powder, and keep them in a covered vessel; but, whenever the con- fection is to be used, add the powder gradually to the Honey, and beat them until thoroughly incorporated. Dose, 60 to 120 grains three times a day. Emulsion of Cubeb. Oleoresin of Cubeb, 120 drops. Yolk of Egg, 1. Sugar, 120 gr. Peppermint Water, 3 fl. oz. Triturate the Oleoresin with the Sugar and Yolk of Egg, and then dilute with Peppermint Water. Dose, a teaspoonful four times a day. Ethereal Tincture of Cubeb. Cubeb, 2 oz. (troy). Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 16 fl. oz. Macerate for eight days, and filter. 33- Elixir Buchu. N. F. Elixir of Buchu. Fluid Extract of Buchu, 2 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Syrup, 1 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Adjuvant Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Fluid Extract of Buchu with the Alcohol, then add twelve (12) fluid- ounces of Adjuvant Elixir, and the Syrup. Incorporate with it the Purified Talcum, and filter. Finally, pass enough Adju- vant Elixir through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents about 7\ grains of Buchu. 34. Elixir Buchu Compositum. N. F. Compound Elixir of Buchu. Compound Fluid Extract of Buchu, 4 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Syrup, 1 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Adjuvant Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Compound Fluid Extract of Buchu with the Alcohol, then add eight (8) fluidounces of Adjuvant Elixir, and the Syrup. Incorporate with it the Purified Talcum, and filter. Finally, pass enough Adjuvant Elixir through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 15 minims of Compound Fluid Extract of Buchu. Note.—It is advisable to allow the mixture of liquids with the Purified Talcum to remain at rest for several days before filtering. 35. Elixir Buchu et Potassii Acetatis. N. F. Elixir of Buchu and Acetate of Potassium. Acetate of Potassium, 640 gr. Elixir of Buchu, enough to make 16 fi. oz. Dissolve the Acetate of Potassium in about twelve (12) fluidounces of Elixir of Buchu, filter, if necessary, and add enough Elixir of Buchu to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 5 grains of Acetate of Potassium and about 7 grains of Buchu. 74. Elixir Humuli. N. F. Elixir of Humulus. Elixir of Hops. Fluid Extract of Hops (N. F.), 2 fl. oz. Carbonate of Magnesium, 120 gr. Tincture of Vanilla, 240 min. Compound Elixir of Taraxa- cum, 2 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1207 Triturate the Fluid Extract of Hops with the Carbonate of Magnesium, then gradually" add the Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, Tincture of Yanilla, and enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) jluidounces. Allow the mixture to stand several days, if convenient, occa- sionally agitating; then filter. Each fluidrachm represents 7J grains of Humulus (Hops). 107. Elixir Viburni Opuli Compositum. N.F. Compound Elixir of Viburnum Opulus. Compound Elixir of Crampbark. Fluid Extract of Viburnum Opulus, 1} fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Trillium, 2| fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Aletris, if fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 11 fl. oz. Mix them, allow the mixture to stand a few days, and filter. 108. Elixir Viburni Prunifolii. N. F. Elixir of Viburnum Prunifolium. Elixir of Black Haw. Fluid Extract of Viburnum Prunifolium, 2 fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Carda- mom, 1 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, 18 fl. oz. Mix them, allow the mixture to stand a few days, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents about 7£ grains of Viburnum Prunifolium. Syrup of Cubeb. (Mitchell’s.) Fluid Extract of Cubeb, 2 fl. oz. Magnesium Carbonate, 240 gr. Sugar, 12 oz. (troy). Oil of Bitter Almond, 1 min. Orange Flower Water, 2 fl. oz. Water, a sufficient quan- tity to make 16 fl. oz. Eub the Fluid Extract with the Mag- nesium Carbonate, and then add 2 fl. oz. of the Sugar in small portions; when thoroughly mixed, add gradually first the Orange Flower Water and then 7 fl. oz. of Water, constantly triturating the mixture until the Sugar is dissolved ; filter, and add sufficient Water to meas- ure 11 fl. oz., in which dissolve the re- mainder of the Sugar, without heat; add the Oil dissolved in a little Alcohol, and sufficient Water to make 16 fl. oz. Compound Pills of Copaiba. Copaiba, 30 gr. Powdered Cubeb, 50 gr. Wax, 15 gr. Melt the Wax by a gentle heat, then add the Copaiba, and immediately after- wards sift in the Cubeb, stirring thor- oughly ; while it is yet warm, roll out into 25 pills. Cubeb Mixture. (Dr. J. Wm. White’s.) Oleoresin of Cubeb, 4 fl. dr. Potassium Bromide, 1 oz. (troy). Syrup of Acacia, 2 fl. oz. Oil of Sassafras, 10 min. Water, sufficient to make 6 fl. oz. Mix. Copaiba Mixture. (Chapman’s original formula.) Copaiba, 1 fl. oz. Powdered Acacia, 120 gr. Sugar, 60 gr. Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 1 fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Laven- der, 2 fl. dr. Tincture of Opium, 2 fl. dr. Distilled Water, 6 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a tablespoonful three times a day. 256. Mistura Copaibse Composita. N. F. Compound Copaiba Mixture. 1. Lafayette Mixture. Copaiba, 2 fl. oz. Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 2 fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Laven- der, 2 fl. oz. Solution of Potassa, £ fl. oz. Syrup, 5 fl. oz. Mucilage of Dextrin (N. F.), enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Copaiba with the Solution of Potassa and the Spirit of Nitrous Ether. Then add the Compound Tincture of Lavender, and, lastly, the Syrup and Mucilage of Dextrin. Mix the whole thoroughly by shaking. This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed. Each fluidrachm contains minims of Copaiba. Note.—The above mixture has usually been prepared with Mucilage of Acacia; but if Muci- lage of Dextrin (N. F.) be used, it will keep for a longer time without separating. A mixture of somewhat similar composition, in considerable use in some parts of the country, is the following: 2. Chapman’s Mixture. Copaiba, ljfl.oz. Spirit of Nitrous Ether, fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Lavender, 360 min. Tincture of Opium, 180 min, Acacia, in fine powder, 180 gr. Sugar, 180 gr. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Note—The original formula of Prof. Chapman varies somewhat from these proportions. 1208 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Alkaline Copaiba Mixture. Copaiba, 4 fl. dr. Acacia, 240 gr. Sugar, 240 gr. Solution of Potassa, 4 fl. dr. Spearmint Water, a sufficient quantity to make 8 fl. oz. Mix the Copaiba and Solution of Po- tassa ; add the Water, and triturate with the Acacia and Sugar. Diphtheria Mixture. (Dr. Bergerou’s). Copaiba, 20 min. Syrup of Orange, 4 fl. dr. Peppermint Water, 3 fl. dr. Alcohol, 6 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a tabl'espoonful every two hours, in non-infectious diphtheria, to aid the disappearance of the false mem- brane. . Solution of Santal, Copaiba, and Cubeb. (Nesbit’s specific.) Oil of Santal, 6 fl. oz. Oil of Copaiba, 4 fl. dr. Oil of Cubeb, 4 fl. dr. Oil of Pimenta, 1 fl. dr. Oil of Cassia, 1 fl. dr. Alcohol, sufficient to make 16 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful twice a day in water. Compound Fluid Extract of Buchu. Oil of Juniper, 12 min. Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 3 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Cubeb, 3 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Buchu, 10 fl. oz. Dissolve the Oil of Juniper in the Spirit of Nitrous Ether, and mix with the Fluid Extracts. Do not filter; but shake well before dispensing. Tinctura Lupulinae. U. S. 1870. Tinct- ure of Lupulin. Lupulin, 4 oz. (troy). Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Pack the Lupulin in a narrow cylin- drical percolator, and gradually pour Al- cohol upon it until 32 fl. oz. of tincture are obtained. Ethereal Tincture of Cannabis Indica. Extractof Cannabis (Squire’s), 240 gr. Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 8 fl. oz. Triturate together in a mortar till the Extract is dissolved. Dose, 5 to 15 drops. Ethereal Tincture of Guaiac. Guaiac, 1| oz. (troy). Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 8 fl. oz. Make by maceration. Dose, a tea- spoonful. Anthelmintic Syrup. Fluid Extract of Senna, 1 fl. dr. Oil of Chenopodium, 1 fl. dr. Syrup of Rhubarb, 2 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful three times a day. Arnica Liniment. Arnica Flowers, 2 oz. (av.). Glycerin, 8 fl. oz. Digest at a moderate temperature on a water-bath, express, and strain. Syrup of Anthemis. Anthemis, 240 gr. Sugar, 10 oz. (av.). Water, 6 fl. oz. Make an infusion of the flowers with the Water, and add the Sugar, dissolving without heat. 392. Tinctura Capsici et Myrrhse. N. F. Tincture of Capsicum and Myrrh. Hot Drops. Capsicum, in No. 20 powder, £ tr. oz. Myrrh, in moderately coarse powder, 2 tr. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the powders with an equal bulk of clean, fine sand, and percolate them in the usual manner, with a mixture of nine (9) volumes of Alcohol, and one (1) volume of Water, until sixteen (\§) fluid- ounces of percolate are obtained. Note.—1This preparation is known in some parts of this country by the old Thomsonian name “ Number six.” Emulsion of Aspidium. Fluid Extract of Aspidium, 1 fl. dr. Tincture of Quillaia, 30 min. Distilled Water, sufficient to make 1 fl. oz. Mix. 409. Tinctura Pimpinellae. N. F. Tincture of Pimpinella. Pimpinella Root, 2J tr. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix two (2) volumes of Alcohol with one (1) volume of Water. Macerate the Pim- pinella, reduced to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, with enough of the men- struum to keep it distinctly damp during twelve hours. Then percolate it with the same menstruum, in the usual manner, until sixteen (16) fluidounces of Tincture are obtained. Note.—This preparation is approximately of the same strength as that which is officinal in the Germ. Pharm. Pimpinella root is derived from Pimpinella Saxifraga LinmS, and Pimpinella magna Linn6. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1209 Nerve Powder. (Thomsonian name.) Powdered Cypripedium. Liniment of Stillingia. Oil of Stillingia, 1 fl. oz. Oil of Cajuput, 4 fl. dr. Oil of Lobelia, 2 fl. dr. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Mix. Used as a local application in croup, and as a cough medicine, in doses of 1 drop on a lump of sugar. 103. Elixir Stillingiae Compositum. N.F. Compound Elixir of Stillingia. Compound Fluid Extract of Stil- lingia, 4 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, 12 fl. oz. Mix them, allow the mixture to stand a few days, or longer, if convenient, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents 15 minims of Compound Fluid Extract of Stillingia. Syrup of Lactuearium. (Aubergier’s modified.) Fluid Extract of Lactuearium (U. S.), 4 fl. dr. Syrup of Orange Flowers, 4 fl. oz. Syrup, 10 fl. oz. Mix. 351. Syrupus Actseae Compositus. N.F. Compound Syrup of Actoea. Syrupus Cimicifugse Compositus.* Compound Syrup of Cimicifuga (or Black Cohosh). Fluid Extract of Cimicifuga, 300 min. Fluid Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 150 min. Fluid Extract of Senega, 150 min. Fluid Extract of Ipecac, 75 min. Wild Cherry, in moderately fine powder, 300 gr. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Sugar, 10 tr oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Wild Cherry with six (6) fluid- ounces of Water, and allow it to macerate during one hour. Then add to it the Fluid Extracts and the Talcum, and stir or agi- tate themixture frequently and thoroughly during about fifteen minutes. Transfer it to a wetted filter and, when the liquid ceases to drop from the funnel, wash the contents of the filter with WTater to ob- tain eight (8) fluidounces of filtrate. In this dissolve the Sugar by agitation, and add enough Water, previously passed through the filter, to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. * Through an oversight by the committee, the title of this preparation should be “Syrupus Cimicifugse Compositus” instead of “Syrupus Actsese Compositus;” the latter should be the synonyme. Cough Lozenges. (Keating’s.) Lactuearium, 120 gr. Ipecac, 60 gr. Squill, 45 gr. Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 120 gr. Sugar, 2 oz. (troy). Mix. Make into a mass with Traga- canth and Mucilage, and divide into 20- grain lozenges. RESINS, OLEORESINS, GUM- RESINS, AND BALSAMS. 122. Emulsio Olei Terebinthinse. JY.F. Emulsion of Oil of Turpentine. Oil of Turpentine, £ fl. oz. Acacia, in fine powder, 30 gr. Yolk of Egg, 1. Aromatic Elixir, \ fl. oz. Cinnamon Water, enough to make 4 fl. oz. Triturate the Acacia with the Yolk.of Egg, then add the Oil of Turpentine very slowly, continuing the trituration, and, finally, add the Water and Aromatic Elixir in the same manner. Emulsion of Oil of Turpentine, or of any Volatile Oil, may also be prepared accord- ing to the following general formula : Volatile Oil, £ fl. oz. Acacia, in fine powder, 120 gr. Syrup, 1 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 4 fl. oz. Pour the Volatile Oil into a dry four- ounce bottle, and, having corked the latter, agitate it so that the inner surface may be completely wetted by the Oil. Then add the Acacia, and shake again. Finally, add the Syrup, and add enough Water to make four (4) fluidounces, and mix thoroughly by shaking. Note— If this general formula is applied to Emulsion of Oil of Turpentine, and a product similar to that obtained by the first formula is desired, the Syrup should he replaced by Aro- matic Elixir, and the Water by Cinnamon Water. If a so-called “ emulsion” of a Volatile Oil is to be made more permanent, this may be ac- complished by incorporating with it a small proportion of some bland fixed oil, such as Ex- pressed Oil of Almond. Usually, 1 volume of the fixed oil will be sufficient for 2 volumes of the volatile oil. In this case, the mixture should be made in a mortar, by trituration. Emulsion of Turpentine. (J. W. Forbes.) Oil of Turpentine, 1 fl. oz. Powdered Acacia, 20 gr. Water, 4 fl. dr. Place the Oil in a dry bottle, add the Powdered Acacia, shake well, and mix thoroughly with the Oil; lastly, add the Water, and shake the whole thoroughly. 1210 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Emulsion of Turpentine. Oil of Turpentine, 20 min. Tincture of Quillaia, 20 min. Distilled Water, 1 fl. oz. Mix. Haarlem Oil. Sulphurated Oil, 12 fl. oz. Petroleum (Barbadoes), 4 fl. oz. Oil of Amber (crude), 6 fl. oz. Oil of Turpentine, 32 fl. oz. Linseed Oil, 16 fl. oz. Mix. The Sulphurated Oil is made by boiling 1 part of Sulphur with 8 parts of Olive Oil until they are united. Thomson’s Salve. (Thomsonian name.) Yellow Wax, 2 oz. (troy). Fresh Butter, 2 oz. (troy). Turpentine, 4 oz. (troy). Balsam of Fir, 2 oz. (troy). Mix. Fever Liniment. (Saint Barthelemy’s.) Oil of Turpentine, 34 fl. dr. Tincture of Opium, 80 min. Camphor, 60 gr. Olive Oil, 2fl. oz. Mix. Apply for six minutes every six hours to the whole spine. Mistura Pini Sylvestris. (Dr. Piffard’s.) Tar, 100 gr. Oil of Lavender, 100 gr. Oil of Scotch Fir (Pinus sylves- tris)1, 300 gr. Mix and filter. Ceratum Resinae Compositum. U. S. 1870. Compound Resin Cerate. (Deshler’s Salve.) Resin, Suet, Yellow Wax, each, 6 oz. (troy). Turpentine, 3 oz. (troy). Oil of Flaxseed, 3£ oz. (troy). Melt them together, strain the mixture through muslin, and stir it constantly until cool. Compound Infusion of Myrrh. Myrrh, 23 gr. Aloes, 23 gr. Saffron, 23 gr. Potassium Carbonate, 15 gr. Powdered Extract of Glycyr- rhiza, 120 gr. Water, 6 fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Carda- mom, 2 fl. oz. Boil slowly to 4 fl. oz., strain, and add the Compound Tincture of Cardamom. Breast Plaster. (De wees’.) Ammoniac Plaster, 120 gr. Lead Plaster, 1£ oz. (troy). Logan’s Plaster, 360 gr. Spermaceti, 60 gr. Camphor, 60 gr. Melt the Plaster, then add the Sper- maceti and Camphor, and remove from the fire. Sedative Pills. (Gunther’s.) Powdered Asafetida, 67 gr. Extract of Valerian, 67 gr. Extract of Belladonna, 3 gr. Oxide of Zinc, 1 gr. Castor, 2 gr. Mix, and make into 24 pills. Dose, 1 to 2 pills twice daily in chorea. Syrup of Asafetida. Asafetida, 240 gr. Sugar, 16 oz. (av.). Boiling Water, 8 fl. oz. Eub the Asafetida with part of the Boiling Water until a uniform paste is made, then gradually .add the rest of the Water, strain, and add the Sugar, using a gentle heat to dissolve it. Dose, a tablespoonful. Liniment of Hypericum. (Red Oil.) Flowers of Hypericum (fresh), 8 oz. (troy). Olive Oil, a sufficient quantity to cover the flowers. Macerate in the sun for fourteen days, express, and strain. 399. Tinctura Guaiaci Composita. N.F. Compound Tincture of Guaiac. Dewees’ Tincture of Guaiac. Resin of Guaiac, 2 tr. oz. Carbonate of Potassium, 45 gr. Pimenta, in moderately fine powder, 240 gr. Pumice, in fine powder, 1 tr. oz. Alcohol, 7 fl. oz. Water, 8 fl. oz. Diluted Alcohol,enough to make 16 fl. oz Triturate the Resin of Guaiac and Car- bonate of Potassium with the Pimenta and the Pumice, and afterwards gradu- ally with the Alcohol. Next add slowly seven (7) fluidounces of cold Water and triturate the mixture thoroughly. Then filter, and pass enough Diluted Alcohol through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 7\ grains of Resin of Guaiac. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1211 Emulsion of Guaiac. Guaiac (powdered), 12 gr. Tincture of Quillaia, 1 fl. dr. Distilled Water, 1 fl. oz. Dissolve the Guaiac in the Tincture, filter, and then mix with the Water. Syrup of Guaiac. Guaiac (powdered), 640 gr. Potassa, 58 gr. Sugar, 16 oz (av.). Water, sufficient to make 8 fl. oz. Dissolve the Potassa in 8 fl. oz. of Water, add the Guaiac, macerate seven days, filter, add the Sugar, and strain. 258. Mistura Guaiaci. N. F. Mixture of Ouaiac. Resin of Guaiac, 190 gr. Sugar, 190 gr. Acacia, in fine powder, 100 gr. Cinnamon Water, 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Resin of Guaiac with the Sugar and Acacia, then gradually add the Cinnamon Water. This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed. Note.—This preparation is practically identi- cal with the Mistura Guaiaci of the Brit. Pharm. 259. Mistura Oleo-Balsamica. N. F. Olco-Balsamic Mixture. Mixtura Oleoso-Balsamica [Germ. Pharm.). Bal- samum Vitae Hofl'manni. Oil of Lavender, 30 min. Oil of Thyme, 30 min. Oil of Lemon, 30 min. Oil of Mace, 30 min. Oil of Orange Flowers, 30 min. Oil of Cloves, 25 min. Oil of Cinnamon, 25 min. Balsam of Peru, 80 min. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Oils and the Balsam of Peru in the Alcohol, let the solution stand a few days, and then filter. 416. Tinctura Tolutana Solubilis. N. F. Soluble Tincture of Tolu. Balsam of Tolu, 1J tr. oz. Carbonate of Magnesium, 60 gr. Glycerin, 6 fl. oz. Water, Alcohol, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix three (3)fluidounces of Alcohol with the Glycerin, and dissolve the Balsam of Tolu in the mixture with the aid of heat, avoiding loss by evaporation. Next add six (ft) fluidounces of Water, and allow the mixture to become cold. Pour off the milky liquid from the resinous precipitate (which latter is to be rejected), mix it with the Carbonate of Magnesium by trituration, and filter. Lastly, pass enough of a mixture of one (1) volume of Alcohol and two (2) volumes of Water through the filter to make the whole filtrate measure sixteen (16) fluidounces. Note.—This preparation may be added to Syrup or Water without producing cloudiness. Amixt- ure of 1 fluidounce of this preparation with 15 fluidounces of Syrup yields a product which may be used as Syrup of Tolu in all cases where the officinal preparation is not required. Pills Number Three (Anti-Canker). (Thomsonian name.) Capsicum, 1 oz. (av.). Extract of Bayberry, 1 oz. (av.). Make into pills. Number Five. (Restorative Cordial.) (Thomsonian name.) White Aspen, Black Aspen, Poplar Bark, of each, 8 oz. (av.). Bayberry Root Bark, 16 oz. (av.). Boil a few minutes in 2 gallons of Water, strain, add 7 pounds of Sugar, skim, and then add 3 quarts of Brandy. 317. Pulvis Myricse Compositus. N. F. Compound Powder of Bayherry. Composition Powder. Bayberry, hark of the root, 12 parts. Ginger, 6 parts. Capsicum, 1 part. Cloves, 1 part. Reduce the substances to a moderately fine powder. Note.—Bayberry root bark is derived from Myrica cerifera Linn6 (Waxmyrtle; Candleberry). Syrup of Bayberry. (Thomsonian name.) Bayberry, 12 oz. (troy). Sugar, 12 oz. (troy). Diluted Alcohol, 64 fl. oz. Digest the Bayherry in the Diluted Alcohol for two days, strain, and evapo- rate to 16 fl. oz. ; add the Sugar. Tolu Cough Mixture. Syrup of Squill, 4 fl. dr. Tincture of Tolu, 1 fl. dr. Syrup, 3 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful. 8. Balsamum Traumaticum. N. F. Traumatic Balsam. Turlington’s Balsam. Friar’s Balsam. Benzoin, in coarse powder, 1J tr. oz. Storax, | tr. oz.- Balsam of Tolu, £ tr. oz. Balsam of Peru, 120 gr. Aloes, in coarse powder, 60 gr. Myrrh, in coarse powder, 60 gr. Angelica Root, in moderately coarse powder, 30 gr. Alcohol, 16 fl. oz. 1212 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Macerate the substances with the Al- cohol during ten days, frequently agi- tating ; then filter. Note.—The officinal Tinctura Benzoini Com- posila is a simplified preparation intended to replace the above compound. Borobenzoate of Sodium. (T. S. Wiegand.) Sodium Borate, 3 oz. (troy). Sodium Benzoate, 4 oz. (troy). Water, sufficient to dissolve. Make a solution of the Salts in the Water, filter, and evaporate, with con- stant stirring, to dryness. FATS, MIXED OILS, SOAPS, ETC. British Oil. Petroleum, Barbadoes, 1 fl. oz. Petroleum, American, 1 fl. oz. Oil of Turpentine, 2 fl. oz. Oil of Linseed, 24 fl. oz. Oil of Amber, 8 fl. oz. Oil of Juniper, 2 fl. dr. Mix them well together. 309. Pulvis Amygdalae Compositus. N. F. Compound Powder of Almond. Sweet Almond, 6 parts. Sugar, in fine powder, 3 parts. Acacia, in fine powder, 1 part. Blanch the Sweet Almonds, then dry them thoroughly with a soft cloth, and rub them lightly in a mortar, until they form a mass of a smooth consistence. Mix the Acacia and Sugar, add them to the mass previously prepared, and rub the whole to a coarse powder, which is to be preserved in a lightly-covered jar. Note.—If 820 grains of this preparation be thoroughly triturated with 17 fluidounces of Water, gradually added, and the mixture finally strained, the product will be about 16 fluid- ounces of Mislura Amygdalx (U. S. P.). Emulsion of Pumpkin-Seed. Pumpkin-Seed (fresh), 2 oz. (av.). Powdered Acacia, 60 gr. Sugar, 240 gr. Water, 4 fl. oz. Blanch the seed, after soaking them in hot water, beat them into a mass with the Sugar, then add the Acacia, and gradually the Water. 121. Emulsio Olei Ricini. N. F. Emulsion of Castor Oil. I. Irish Moss Emulsion of Castor Oil. Castor Oil, 5 fl. oz. Mucilage of Chondrus (N. F.), 5 fl. oz. Tincture of Vanilla, 180 min. Syrup, 3 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. To the Mucilage of Chondrus, con- tained in a suitable bottle, add the Castor Oil in divided portions, agitating each time until the last-added portion has been emulsified. Then add the Tincture of Vanilla, the Syrup, and enough Water to make sixteen (16) Jluidounces. Finally, mix the whole thoroughly together. This emulsion should not be prepared in larger quantity than may he consumed within a short time. Emulsion of Castor Oil may also be pre- pared by other methods capable of emul- sifying the oil, provided the vehicles and ingredients are compatible with the thera- peutic employment of the preparation. In absence of any specific directions of the prescriber, it is recommended that Castor Oil Emulsion be prepared only either by means of Chondrus or by means of Acacia. II. Acacia Emulsion of Castor Oil. N. F. Castor Oil, 5 fl. oz. Acacia, in fine powder, 1J tr. oz. Tincture of Vanilla, 180 min. Syrup, 3 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Syrup with two (2) Jluidounces of Water, and triturate the Acacia with the mixture to a smooth paste. Then gradually incorporate with it the Castor Oil. Transfer the mixture to a bottle, add the Tincture of Vanilla, and enough Water to make sixteen (16) jluidounces. Finally, mix the whole thoroughly to- gether. This emulsion should not be prepared in larger quantity than may be consumed within a short time. Emulsion of Castor Oil. Castor Oil, 4 fl. dr. Tincture of Quillaia, 30 min. Distilled Water, sufficient to make 1 fl. oz. Mix. 200. Linimentum Tiglii. N. F. Liniment of Croton Oil. Linimentum Crotonis (Brit. Ph.). Croton Oil, 2 fl. dr. Oil of Cajuput, 7 fl. dr. Alcohol, 7 fl. dr. Mix them. 201. Linimentum Tiglii Compositum. N. F. Compound Croton Oil Liniment. Croton Oil, 1 fl. oz. Oil of Sassafras, 1 fl. oz. Oil of Turpentine, 1 fl. oz. Oil of Olive, 2 fl. oz. Mix them. Ointment of Croton Oil. Croton Oil, 30 min. Lard, 1 oz. (troy), Mix gradually. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. 1213 Water will be required to render it so opalescent that the eye cannot distinguish print placed behind the' tube. Glonoin (or Nitroglycerin), for medical pur- poses, is usually procured by wholesale dealers in drugs directly from the factory where it is made, in form of a 10 per cent, solution in alco- hol. Such a solution is non-explosive, and may be diluted, as occasion .requires, to the strength of 1 per cent. The specific gravity of the 10 per cent, solution is 0 863 at 15° C. (59° F.). Ten O.c. of it require about 2.5 C.c. of Distilled Water to render it so opalescent that print cannot be dis- tinguished through it under the conditions just described in the case of the 1 per cent, solution. Solutions of Glonoin, particularly the stronger (10 per cent.), should always be transported or kept in tin cans,- and never in glass or other fragile vessels. Should the container of a Solu- tion of Glonoin be broken, and the contents be soaked up by wood, or packing material, the latter may become dangerously explosive when the alcohol has evaporated. Should the propor- tion of Glonoin to porous material be not more than 70 parts of the former, and not less than 30 parts of the latter, the compound will be non- explosive (except by a detonator); and if the proportions are not more than 52 parts of the former, and not less than 48 parts of the latter, the compound cannot even be detonated. But, in presence of substances readily yielding oxy- gen, such as nitrates, chlorates, etc., so smalha proportion as 5 per cent, of Glonoin will produce a dangerously explosive combination. When handling an alcoholic solution of Glo- noin, care should be taken that it be not brought in prolonged or extended contact with the skin, as it is readily absorbed and will then cause its characteristic physiological effects (distressing headache, nausea, etc.). 296. Pilulae Glonoini. N. F. Pills of Glonoin. Pills of Nitroglycerin. Spirit of Glonoin (N. F., 1 per cent.), 200 gr. Althasa, in fine powder, 198 gr. Confection of Eose, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Spirit of Glonoin intimately with the powdered Althaea, expose the mixture for a short time to the air, so that the alcohol may evaporate, then make a pill-mass by means of Confection of Eose, and divide it into two hundred (200) pills. Each pill contains grain of Glonoin (Nitroglycerin). Ceratum Saponis. U. S. 1870. Soap Cerate. Soap Plaster, 2 oz. (troy). Yellow Wax, 2£ oz. (troy). Olive Oil, 4 oz. (troy). Melt together the Plaster and Wax, add the Oil, and, after continuing the heat a few minutes, stir the mixture until cool. Pilula Saponis Composita. U. S. 1870. Compound Pill of Soap. Opium, in fine powder, 60 gr. Soap, in fine powder, 240 gr. Beat them together with water so as to form a pilular mass. Pills of Croton Oil. Croton Oil, 6 min. Crumb of Bread, 24 gr. Make into 24 pills. Croton Oil Pencils. (Limousin’s.) Croton Oil, 2 fl. dr. White Wax, 60 gr. Oil of Theobroma, 60 gr. Melt the Wax and Oil of Theobroma together, by means of a water-bath, in a flask, adding the Croton Oil, and keep the flask corked until the mixture begins to congeal; then pour into suitable cylin- drical moulds, one-fourth to one-third of an inch in diameter. The pencils are covered with tin foil and kept in closed vessels. Stronger Laxative Mixture. (Bossu’s.) Eesin of Scammony, Eesin of Jalap, of each, £ gr. Sugar, 15 gr. Croton Oil, 2 min. Mucilage, 80 min. Orange Flower Water, 90 min. Compound Syrup of Senna, 1 fi. oz. Peppermint Water, 3 fl. oz. Dose, a tablespoonful. Glycerin Ointment. Spermaceti, 240 gr. White Wax, 60 gr. Glycerin, 1 fl. oz. Expressed Oil of Almond, 3 fl. oz. Melt the Wax and Spermaceti with the Oil at a moderate heat; put these in a Wedgwood mortar, add the Glycerin, and triturate until cold. Glycerin Suppositories. Sodium Carbonate, 40 gr. Stearic Acid, 80 gr. Glycerin, 1080 gr. Dissolve the Sodium Carbonate in the Glycerin, add the Stearic Acid; heat care- fully, make 12 suppositories, wrap each in tin foil. Each suppository contains ninety per cent, of Glycerin. 341. Spiritus Glonoini. N. Spirit of Glonoin. Spirit of Nitroglycerin. Solution of Nitro- glycerin. A solution of Glonoin (or Nitroglyc- erin) in officinal Alcohol, containing one (1) per cent., by weight, of the former. Note.—The specific gravity of this Spirit, at 15° C. (59° F.) is 0’828. On mixing 10 C.c. of the Solution with Distilled Water, in a test-tube having a diameter of % inch, both liquids being at the temperature of 15° C. (59° F.), it will re- quire about 16 C.c. of the Water to render the liquid faintly turbid (when compared with the undiluted Solution); and about 4 C.c. more of 1214 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Bathing Spirits. (Jackson’s.) Soap, 8 oz. (troy). Camphor, 3 oz. (troy). Oil of Rosemary, 3 fl. dr. Oil of Thyme, 3 fl. dr. Alcohol, 64 fl. oz. Mix. 198. Linimentum Saponato-Campho- ratum. N. F. Camphorated Soap Liniment. Opodeldoc. Solid Opodeldoc. White Castile Soap, dried and powdered, 1£ tr. oz. Camphor, \ tr. oz. Alcohol, 20 fl. oz. Oil of Thyme, 30 min. Oil of Rosemary, 60 min. Stronger Water of Ammonia (U. S. P.), 1 fl. oz. Introduce the Castile Soap, Camphor, and Alcohol into a flask or suitable bottle, and apply a gentle heat until solution is effected, taking care that no loss of Alcohol be incurred by evaporation. Filter the liquid, while hot, into another flask or bottle ; warm again, if necessary, to ren- der the contents liquid, add the Oils and Stronger Water of Ammonia, and when the whole has been thoroughly mixed, pour it into small dry vials, which should have been previously warmed, and should immediately be corked and cooled. Note.—'The quantities above given are usually divided into 12 vials. Solid Opodeldoc is di- rected by the Germ. Pharm. to be made with soap made from animal fats; but pure, white Castile soap may be used, provided it is previ- ously deprived of water. The stronger Water of Ammonia should be of the full strength pre- scribed by the U. S. Pharm. 329. Sapo Viridis. N. F. Green Soap. Potassa, 8 parts. Water, 12 parts. Cotton-Seed Oil, 24 parts. Dissolve the Potassa in the Water and, while stirring the solution, add the Cot- ton-Seed Oil. Stir it occasionally during forty-eight hours, then transfer the prod- uct to suitable vessels. • Note.—If refined Cotton-Seed Oil is used for this preparation, the product will have a yel- lowish color, free from greenish tint, but will answer the same purpose. 345. Spiritus Saponatus. N. F Spirit of Soap. Castile Soap, in shavings, 2i tr. oz. Alcohol, 9 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Introduce the Soap into a bottle, add the Alcohol and three (3) fiuidounces of Water, cork the bottle, and immerse it in hot Water, frequently shaking. When the Soap is dissolved, allow the bottle and contents to become cold, then add enough Water to make sixteen (\§) fluid- ounces, and filter. Note.—'The Spiritus Saponatus of the Germ. Pharm. is prepared by saponifying Olive Oil with Potassa, and then adding Alcohol and Water. If time permits, the Spirit ought to be set aside, in a moderately cold place, for about twelve hours before it is filtered. Compound Tincture of Green Soap. (Tilbury Fox.) Green Soap, 1 oz. (troy). Oil of Lavender, 90 min. Oil of Cade, Alcohol, of each, 1 fl. oz. Mix. 414. Tinctura Saponis Viridis Com- posita. N. F. Compound Tincture of Green Soap. Green Soap, 2£ tr. oz. Oil of Cade, 140 min. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Green Soap in twelve (12) fiuidounces of Alcohol, add the Oil of Cade, and then enough Alcohol to make the product measure sixteen (16) fluid- ounces, and filter. Green Soap Lotion. (Hebra’s.) Green Soap, 240 gr. Oil of Lavender, 15 min. Boiling Water, 8 fl. oz. Mix. Tincture of Green Soap with Tar. (Hebra’s.) Green Soap, 1 oz. (troy). Tar, Alcohol, of each, 1 fl. oz. DRUGS CONTAINING BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. 394. Tinctura Coto. N. F. Tincture of Coto. Coto Bark, bruised, 2 tr. oz. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Macerate the Coto with fourteen (14) fiuidounces of Alcohol during seven days ; then pour off the liquid, press the residue, and filter the united liquids through paper. Lastly, wash the residue transferred to the filter with enough Alcohol to make the product measure sixteen (16) fiuidounces. Note— Coto Bark is derived from an undeter- mined tree, probably belonging to the natural order Lauracese, and is obtained from Bolivia. There are two varieties known, one as “Coto” and the other as “Paracoto” bark. True Coto bark is, at times, difficult to obtain in the market, and the Paracoto bark is then frequently substi- tuted for it. While they possess some useful properties in common, yet they differ materially m other respects. Hence, the Paracoto bark should not be substituted for the true Coto bark. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1215 Tonic Tea. (Gerhard’s.) Gentian, 1 oz. (troy). Rhubarb, 120 gr. Ginger, 240 gr. Sodium Bicarbonate, 120 gr. Boiling Water, 32 fl. oz. Bruise the Gentian, Rhubarb, and Ginger, mix them, and add the Sodium Bicarbonate; then infuse in 32 fl. oz. of Boiling Water. Dose, a wineglassful three times a day. Elixir of Gentian with Chloride of Iron. Compound Fluid Extract of Gentian, 4 fl. dr. Tincture of Chloride of Iron (tasteless), 2£ fl. dr. Elixir of Orange, a sufficient quantity to make 8 fl. oz. Mix. Tincture of Burdock-Seed. Ground Burdock-Seed, 4 oz. (troy). Water, 4 fl. oz. Alcohol, 12 fl. oz. Mix the liquids, and percolate in the usual way until 16 fl. oz. of tincture are obtained. Dose, a teaspoonful three or four times a day. Boker’s Bitters. Quassia, 60 gr. Calamus, 60 gr. Catechu, 60 gr. Cardamom, 40 gr. Orange Peel, 90 gr. Whisky, 6£ fl. oz. Water, 24 fl. oz. Macerate, and filter. Pilulae Scillse Compositae. U. S. 1870. Compound Pills of Squill. Squill, in fine powder, 12 gr. Ginger, in line powder, Ammoniac, in fine powder, of each, 24 gr. Soap, in fine powder, 36 gr. Syrup, a sufficient quantity. Mix the powders, then beat them with Syrup so as to form a pilular mass. To be divided into 24 pills. Tinctura Hellebori. U. S. 1870. Tinct- ure of Black Hellebore. Black Hellebore, in moderately fine powder, 4 oz (troy). Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with 1 fl. oz. of Diluted Alcohol, pack it in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it until 2 pints of tincture are obtained. Cutter’s Pills. (For habitual costiveness.) Powdered Ipecac, 10 gr. Mild Chloride of Mercury, 3 gr. Extract of Taraxacum, 40 gr. Make into a mass and divide into 30 pills. Dose, one three times a day. Laxative Syrup. (Amussart’s.) Rasped Guaiac Wood, Chicory Root, Lappa, Water-Dock Root, Fumitory Tops, Tops of Viola Tricolor, of each, 154 gr. Senna, 770 gr. Sugar, Honey, of each, 10J oz. (av.). Boiling Water, sufficient. Bruise the materials, and infuse for twelve hours with 18 fl. oz. of Boiling Water ; strain, and make a second infu- sion with 10 fl. oz. of Water; strain under pressure, filter through paper (evaporate to one-fourth), then add the Honey and Sugar and shake until dis- solved ; strain. Dose, 1 to 2 tablespoon- fuls a day. 67. Elixir Gentianae. N. F. Elixir of Gentian. Extract of Gentian (U. S. P.), 70 gr. Aromatic Spirit, 180 min. Tincture of Vanilla, 120 min. Syrup, 1 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Extract of Gentian in about two (2) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir, next add the Syrup, Aromatic Spirit, and Tincture of Vanilla, and, lastly, enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Filter, if neces- sary. Each fluidrachm represents about 2 grains of Gentian. Note.—This Elixir will be more likely to re- main clear if, after the liquids are mixed to- gether, 360 grains of Purified Talcum are added, the whole allowed to stand a few days, and then filtered. 68. Elixir Gentianae et Ferri Phos- phatis. N. F. Elixir of Gentian and Phosphate of Iron. Elixir Gentianae Ferratum. Ferrated Elixir of Gentian. Ferrophosphated Elixir of Gentian. Phosphate of Iron (U. S. P. 1880), 128 gr. Water, £ fl. oz. Elixir of Gentian, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Phosphate of Iron in the Water with the aid of heat, and add 1216 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. enough Elixir of Gentian to make six- teen (16) fluidounces. Filter, if neces- sary. Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Phosphate of Iron and nearly 2 grains of Gentian. 69. Elixir Gentianae cum Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. N. F. Elixir of Gentian with Tincture of Chloride of Iron. Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron, 640 min. Elixir of Gentian, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron with enough Elixir of Gentian to mak0 sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm represents about f grain of Ferric Chloride and nearly 2 grains of Gentian. 52. Elixir Corydalis Compositum. N. F. Compound Elixir of Corydalis. Fluid Extract of Corydalis, 1 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Stillingia, 1 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Xanthoxylum, £ fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Iris, l| fl. oz. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Iodide of Potassium, 384 gr. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Alcohol with the Fluid Ex- tracts, dissolve the Iodide of Potassium in the mixture, and add enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Let the mixture stand a few days, if con- venient, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains 3 grains of Iodide of Potassium and small quantities of the several Fluid Extracts. 58. Elixir Euonymi. N. F. Elixir of Euonymus. Elixir of Wahoo. Fluid Extract of Euonymus, 2£ fl. oz. Water, 2 fl. oz. Syrup of Coffee, 2 fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 9J fl. oz. Mix them, let the mixture stand forty- eight hours, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents about 9£ grains of Euonymus. 54. Elixir Eriodictyi Aromaticum. N.F. Aromatic Elixir of Eriodictyon. Aromatic Elixir of Yerba Santa; Elixir Cor- rigens. Fluid Extract of Eriodictyon, 1 fl. oz. Syrup, 8 fl. oz. Pumice, in fine powder, £ tr. oz. Carbonate of Magnesium, 80 gr. Compound Elixir of Tapaxacum, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix seven (7) fluidounces of Compound Elixir of Taraxacum with the Syrup and Pumice, then add the Fluid Extract, and mix the whole thoroughly by agitation. Shake the mixture occasionally during two hours, then allow it to settle, and care- fully decant the liquid into a funnel, the neck of which contains a small pellet of absorbent cotton. Afterwards add the dregs and allow them to drain. To the filtrate add the Carbonate of Magnesium and shake occasionally during several hours. Let the mixture stand at rest during twelve hours, if convenient, then decant the liquid and filter it through paper. To the filtrate add enough Com- pound Elixir of Taraxacum, if necessary, to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Note.—This preparation is chiefly intended as a vehicle for quinine and other bitter remedies. 106. Elixir Turnerae. N. F. Elixir of Ttimer a. Elixir of Damiana. Fluid Extract of Turnera, 2£ fl. oz. Carbonate of Magnesium, 240 gr. Alcohol, 4 fl. oz. Glycerin, 1 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Fluid Extract with the Alco- hol, Glycerin, and eight (8) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir. Incorporate the Car- bonate of Magnesium thoroughly with the mixture by trituration. Then filter through a wetted filter, and pass enough Aromatic Elixir through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents about 9£ grains of Turnera. 170. Extractum Stillingise Fluidum Compositum. N. F. Compound Fluid Extract of Stillingia. Stillingia, 4 tr. oz. Corydalis (root), 4 tr. oz. Iris, 2 tr. oz. Sambucus, 2 tr. oz. Chimaphila, 2 tr. oz. Coriander, 1 tr. oz. Xanthoxylum Berries, 1 tr. oz. Reduce the drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, and prepare a Fluid Extract in the usual manner with diluted alcohol. 384. Syrupus Stillingiae Compositus. N. F. Compound Syrup of Stillingia. Compound Fluid Extract of Stillingia (N. F.), 4 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Sugar, 11 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1217 Mix the Compound Fluid Extract of Stillingia with the Purified Talcum, and afterwards with four and one-half (4£) fluidounces of Water, and shake them together thoroughly. Then pour the mixture upon a wetted filter, add the Sugar to the filtrate, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the product, after the Sugar has been dis- solved by agitation, measure sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 15 minims of Compound Fluid Extract of Stillingia. 43:. Vinum Fraxini American®. N. F. Wine of White Ash. Fraxinus (bark), in No. 40 powder, 8 tr. oz. Stronger White Wine (U. S. P.), enough to make 16 fl. oz. Moisten the powdered Fraxinus with sixteen (16) fluidounces of Stronger White Wine, macerate it during three days in a well-covered vessel, then pack it in a per- colator, and gradually pour on Stronger White Wine until sixteen (16) fluidounces of percolate are obtained. Keep the prod- uct in well-stoppered bottles, which should be completely tilled and stored in a cool place. Each fluidrachm represents 30 grains of Fraxinus (bark). Note.—Fraxinus bark is the inner bark of the trunk or root of Fraxinus Americana Linn6 (While Ash). 105. Elixir Taraxaci Compositum. N. F. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum. Taraxacum, 1 tr. oz. Wild Cherry, 1 tr. oz Sweet Orange Peel, recently dried, 1 tr. oz. Glycyrrliiza, Russian, peeled, 3 tr. oz. Cinnamon, Saigon, 120 gr. Cardamom, 120 gr. Canada Snake Root, 120 gr. Caraway, 120 gr. Cloves, 40 gr. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Syrup, 32 fl. oz. Reduce the solid substances to a moder- ately coarse (No. 40) powder, and perco- late, in the usual manner, with a mixture of one (1) volume of Alcohol and two (2) volumes of Water, until sixteen (16) fluid- ounces oi percolate are obtained. Lastly, add the Syrup, let the mixture stand a few days, if possible, and filter. Note.—If a precipitate should make its ap- pearance in this preparation on standing, it ought to be removed by filtration. This Elixir is chiefly intended as a vehicle or corrigent, to cover the bitter taste of quinine and similar substances. 388. Tinctura Amara. N. F. Bitter Tincture. Stomachic Tincture. Bitter Stomachic Drops. Stomach Drops. Gentian, 384 gr. Centaury (herb), 384 gr. Bitter Orange Peel, 256 gr. Orange Berries, 128 gr. Zedoary (root), 128 gr. Alcohol, Water, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Reduce the drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, and percolate it, in the usual manner, with a mixture of two (2) volumes of Alcohol and one (1) volume of Water, until sixteen (16) jluidounces of percolate are obtained. Note.—Centaury is the herb of Erythrxa Cen- taurium Persoon. Orange Berries are the unripe fruit of Citrus vulgaris Risso, collected while small. Zedoary is the rhizome of Curcuma Zedoaria Roscoe. The product obtained by the above formula is practically identical with that which is officinal in the Germ. Pharm. 434. Vinum Pruni Virginian®. N. F. Wine of Wild Cherry. Wild Cherry, in No. 40 powder, 4 tr. oz. Sugar, 2£ tr. oz. Water, 3 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Angelica Wine, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sugar in the Water. Moisten the Wild Cherry with a sufficient quantity of this solution, and allow it to macerate during one hour. Then transfer it to a percolator, pour upon it the re- mainder of the solution, and afterwards enough Angelica Wine until fifteen (15) fluidounces of percolate are obtained. Add to this the Alcohol, mix the Purified Tal- cum intimately with the liquid, then filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and, finally, pass enough Angelica Wine through the filter to make the product measure sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 15 grains of Wild Cherry. 435. Vinum Pruni Virginian® Ferra- tum. N. F. Ferrated Wine of Wild Cherry. Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron, 640 min. Wine of Wild Cherry, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Tincture with enough Wine of Wild Cherry to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 5 minims of Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron and 13| grains of Wild Cherry. 1218 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 418. Tinctura Zedoariae Amara. N.F. Bitter Tincture of Zedoary. Compound Tincture of Zedoary. Zedoary (root), 4 tr. oz. Aloes, 2 tr. oz. Rhubarb, 1 tr. oz. Gentian, 1 tr. oz. White Agaric, 1 tr. oz. Saffron, 1 tr. oz. Glycerin, 2 fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Reduce the solids to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, moisten this with a sufficient quantity of a mixture of two (2) volumes of Alcohol and one (1) volume of Water, and percolate it in the usual man- ner, with this menstruum, until twelve (12) fluidounces of percolate are obtained. Add to this the Glycerin and set it aside. Then continue the percolation until the drugs are practically exhausted, evapo- rate the new percolate to two (2) fluid- ounces and add it to the reserved portion. Each fluidrachm represents 15 grains of Zedoary, grains of Aloes, and 3f grains, each, of the other drugs. Note.—'The above preparation is not identical with the Tinctura Zedoariae Composita (also known as Tinctura Carminativa, Tinctura We- delli) which was formerly officinal in some con- tinental pharmacopoeias. 410. Tinctura Quillajae. N. F. Tincture of Quillaja. Quillaja, in fine chips, 8 tr. oz. Alcohol, 1 pint. Water, enough to make 3 pints. Place the Quillaja in a suitable vessel with two (2) pints of Water, and boil it for fifteen minutes, then strain and add enough Water through the strainer to make the strained decoction, when cold, measure two (2) pints. Pour this into a bottle containing the Alcohol, let the mixture stand twelve hours, then filter it through paper, and add enough Water to the filtrate to make it measure three (3) pints. Each fluidrachm represents 10 grains of Quillaja. Note.—'This preparation, aside from its thera- peutic use, may be employed as an emulsifying agent for oils, balsams, resins. See Note to' No. 114, IV. “ Quillaja Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil.” 415. Tinctura Strophanthi. N. F. Tincture of Strophanthus. Strophanthus (seeds), freed from their comose appendage, re- duced to No. 30 powder, and dried at 50° C. (122° F.),_ 1 tr. oz. Stronger Ether, a sufficient quantity. Alcohol, enough to make 20 fl. oz. Pack the Strophanthils in a suitable per- colator, pour on enough Stronger Ether to saturate the powder thoroughljq cover thq percolator, and macerate during twenty- four hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually pouring on Stronger Ether, until the liquid passes through colorless. This ethereal percolate is to be rejected. Remove the marc from the per- colator, and dry it, first by exposure to air, and then at a temperature of 50° C. (122° F.). Again reduce it to powder, moisten it with Alcohol, repack it in the percolator, and macerate during forty- eight hours. Then percolate it with Alco- hol, in the usual manner, until twenty (20) fluidounces of Tincture are obtained. Each Jluidrachm represents 3 grains of Strophanthus. The dose is about 2 to 10 minims." Note.—Strophanthus seeds are obtained from one or more species of Strophanthus growing in Eastern Africa, and are usually referred to Stro- phanthus Kombi Oliver. 277. Oxymel Scillae. N. F. Oxymel of Squill. Vinegar of Squill, 5 parts. Honey, 10 parts. Mix them in a tared porcelain capsule or enamelled iron vessel, and apply the heat of a water-bath until the mixture has been reduced to the weight of ten (10) parts. Then strain, allow it to cool, and transfer it to bottles, which should be well corked. Note.—This very old preparation differs but slightly in proportions from that officinal under the same name in the British Pharmacopoeia. Hooper’s Pills. Powdered Ginger, 60 gr. Powdered Canella, 60 gr. Extract of Black Hellebore,120 gr. Myrrh, 120 gr. Soap, 120 gr. Dried Sulphate of Iron, 130 gr. Aloes, 1 oz. (troy). Beat them well together into a mass with syrup or water, and divide into pills each containing 2£ gr. Syrup of Gillenia. Gillenia, 1 oz. (troy). Sugar, 15 oz. (troy). Diluted Alcohol, 8 fl. oz. Water, 5 fl. oz. Reduce the Gillenia to a coarse powder, • percolate with Diluted Alcohol until 8 fl. oz. are obtained, evaporate to 3 fl. oz., filter, and add sufficient Water to make the liquid measure 8 fl. oz.; then add the Sugar, and dissolve by a gentle heat. Worm Tea. Spigelia, 240 gr. Manna, 240 gr. Senna, 120 gr. Fennel, 60 gr. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1219 Contuse the Spigelia and mix it with the other ingredients; infuse in 16 fl. oz. of Boiling Water. Give a child, two years old or upwards, half a teacupful, warm, morning, noon, and night, before eating. Trochisci Santonini. U. S. 1870. Troches of Santonin. Santonin, in fine powder, 240 gr. Sugar, in fine powder, 18 oz. (troy). Tragacanth,in fine powder,240 gr. Orange Flower Water, a sufficient quan- tity. Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed ; then, with Orange Flower Water, form a mass, to be divided into 480 troches. CATHARTIC DRUGS. Zimmerman’s Decoction. Rhubarb, 30 gr. Potassium Bitartrate, 240 gr. Barley, 240 gr. Water, 16 fl. oz. Boil for fifteen or twenty minutes, strain, and add enough simple syrup or sugar to sweeten the decoction. Tamarind Electuary. (Fuller’s.) Sugar, 300 gr. Manna, 1£ oz. (troy). Tamarind, 210 gr. Potassium Bitartrate, 30 gr. Powdered Senna, 120 gr. Boiling Water, 3 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sugar and Manna in the Boiling Water, and filter, then add the other ingredients. Aperient Pills. (Dr. Mitchell’s.) Powdered Aloes, 24 gr. Powdered Rhubarb, 48 gr. Mild Chloride of Mercury, 4 gr. Antimony and Potassium Tartrate, 2 gr. Make into a mass and divide into 24 pills. Tinctura Rhei et Sennse. U. S. 1870. Tincture of Rhubarb and Senna. (Warner’s Gout Cordial.) Rhubarb, 1 oz. (troy). Senna, 120 gr. Coriander, Fennel, of each, 60 gr. Glycyrrhiza, 30 gr. Raisins, deprived of their seeds, 6 oz. (troy). Diluted Alcohol, 48 fl. oz. Macerate for seven days, express, and filter through paper. 261. Mistura Rhei Composita. N. F. Compound Mixture of Rhubarb. Squibb’s Rhubarb Mixture. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, 86 min. Fluid Extract of Ipecac, 16 min. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 172 gr. Glycerin, 4 A. oz. Peppermint Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Bicarbonate of Sodium in about eight (8) Jluidounces of Peppermint Water, then add the Fluid Extracts and Glycerin, and, lastly, enough Peppermint Water to make sixteen (16) Jluidounces. 411. Tinctura Rhei Aquosa. N. F. Aqueous Tincture of Rhubarb. 1. Rhubarb (cut intotbin slices and carefully freed from any adhering fine powder),720 gr. Borate of Sodium, 72 gr. Carbonate of Potassium, 72 gr. Cinnamon Water, 2 fl. oz. Alcohol, If A- oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Borate of Sodium and the Carbonate of Potassium in twelve (12) Jluidounces of Water, and macerate in this solution, during twenty-four hours, the Rhubarb. Then strain it through muslin, heat the strained liquid to boiling, add the Cinnamon Water and Alcohol, stir it well, and filter, while warm, in a covered funnel. To the cold filtrate add enough Water to make the product measure six- teen [IQ) Jluidounces. Each Jluidrachm represents about 5f grains of Rhubarb. Note.—'The product is practically identical with that obtained by the process of the Germ. Pharm., in which this preparation is officinal. It is liable to deteriorate when kept too long, and should not be prepared in larger quantity than may be consumed within a short time. When this preparation is required for im- mediate use, and it is not otherwise obtainable, it may be prepared in the following manner: 2. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, 720 min. Borate of Sodium, 72 gr. Carbonate of Potassium, 72 gr. . Cinnamon Water, 2 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1J A- oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Borate of Sodium and the Car- bonate of Potassium in about eight (8) jluidounces of Water. Add the Cinnamon Water, Alcohol, and Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, and, lastly, enough Water to make the product measure sixteen (16) jluidounces. Filter, if necessary. 4x2. Tinctura Rhei et Gentianse. N. F. Tincture of Rhubarb and Gentian. 1. Rhubarb, 512 gr. Gentian, 128 gr. Diluted Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. 1220 FORMULARY OF UNOFFIC1NAL PREPARATIONS. Reduce the solids to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, and percolate it, in the usual manner, with Diluted Alcohol, until sixteen (16) fluidounces of percolate are obtained. Each fluidrachm represents 4 grains of Rhubarb and 1 grain of Gentian. Note.—When this preparation is required for immediate use, and it is not otherwise obtaina- ble, it may be prepared in the following manner: 2. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, 512 min. Fluid Extract of Gentian, 128 min. Diluted Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Fluid Extracts with enough Diluted Alcohol to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter. 413. Tinctura Rhei Vinosa. N. F. Vinous Tincture of Rhubarb. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, 600 min. Fluid Extract of Bitter Orange Peel, 150 min. Tincture of Cardamom, 600 min. Sugar, 2 tr. oz. Sherry Wine, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Fluid Extracts and the Tinct- ure with eight (8) fluidounces of Sherry Wine. In this dissolve the Sugar by agitation, then add enough Sherry Wine to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter. Note. — This preparation corresponds, in strength, to that which is officinal in the Germ. Pharm. 166. Extractum Rhei Fluidum Aro- maticum. N. F. Aromatic Fluid Extract of Rhubarb. Rhubarb, 12 tr. oz. Cinnamon, 2£ tr. oz. Cloves, 2| tr. oz. Nutmeg, l| tr. oz. Reduce the drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, and prepare a Fluid Extract with diluted alcohol. Note.—If 1 fl. oz. of this preparation is mixed with 15 fl. oz. of syrup, the product will be prac- tically identical with the officinal Syrupus Rhei Aroma ticus. Compound Powder of Senna. Powdered Senna, 2 oz. (troy).’ Potassium Bitartrate, 2 oz. (troy). Powdered Scammony, 240 gr. Powdered Ginger, 120 gr. Mix. Dose, 20 to 30 grains. Chelsea Pensioner. Rhubarb, 120 gr. Powdered Guaiac, 60 gr. Potassium Bitartrate, 1 oz. (troy). Sulphur, 2 oz. (troy). Powdered Nutmeg, 60 gr. Honey, 10 ll. oz. Make into a confection. 40. Elixir Catharticum Compositum. N. F. Compound Cathartic Elixir. Fluid Extract of Senna, 2 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Podophyllum, 1 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Leptandra, 360 min. Fluid Extract of Jalap, 360 min. Tartrate of Potassium and So- dium, 2 tr. oz. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 120 gr. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 4 fl. oz. Elixir of Glycyrrhiza, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the liquids, add the salts, and dis- solve them by agitation. The product should not be filtered, and should be shaken up whenever any of it is dispensed. The average dose for an adult is 2 fluid- drachms. 66. Elixir Frangulae. N. F. Elixir of Frangula. Elixir of Buckthorn. Fluid Extract of Frangula (U. S. P.), 4 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 4 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, 7 fl. oz. Mix them, allow the mixture to stand during forty-eight hours, if convenient, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents 16 grains of Frangula. 95. Elixir Rhamni Purshianae. N. F. Elixir of Rhamnus Purshiana. Elixir of Cascara Sagrada. Fluid Extract of lihamnus Pursh- iana, 4 fl. oz. Elixir of Glycyrrhiza, 4 fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 8 fl. oz. Mix them. Allow the mixture to stand a few days, if convenient, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents 15 grains of Rhamnus Purshiana. 96. Elixir Rhamni Purshianae Com- positum. N. F. Compound Elixir of Rhamnus Purshiana. Compound Elixir of Cascara Sagrada. Elixir Laxativum; Elixir Purgans; Laxative Elixir. Fluid Extract of Rhamnus Pursh- iana, 2 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Senna, 1J fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Juglans, 1 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Glycyrrhiza, j fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Carda- mom, £ fl. oz. Aromatic Spirit, 2 fl. oz. Syrup, 6 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. FORMULARY OF UN OFF I ClNA L PREPARATIONS. 1221 Mix the Fluid Extracts with the Com- pound Tincture of Cardamom and the Aromatic Spirit; then add the Syrup, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Incorporate the Puri- fied Talcum thoroughly with the mixture, and filter. The average dose for an adult of this preparation is 1 to 2 teaspoonfuls. 381. Syrupus Sennae Aromaticus. N. F. Aromatic Syrup of Senna. Senna, 2 tr. oz. Jalap, 384 gr. Rhubarb, 128 gr. Cinnamon, 30 gr. Cloves, 30 gr. Nutmeg, 15 gr. Oil of Lemon, 10 min. Sugar, 12 tr. oz. Diluted Alcohol,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Reduce the drugs to a moderately fine (No. 50) powder, add to it the Oil of Lemon, and percolate it, in the usual manner, with Diluted Alcohol. Remove the first eight (8) fluidounces of the per- colate, and dissolve in this the Sugar, with the aid of a gentle heat, if neces- sary, but avoiding loss of alcohol by evaporation. Allow the solution to cool, collect a further portion of percolate, and add it to the Syrup, so as to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents grains of Senna, 3 grains of Jalap, and 1 grain of Rhubarb, with aromatics. 382. Syrupus Sennse Compositus. N. F. Compound Syrup of Senna. Fluid Extract of Senna, 1024 min. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, 256 min. Fluid Extract of Frangula, 256 min. Oil of Gaultheria, 30 min. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Syrup, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Oil of Gaultheria in the Alcohol, and add this to the mixed Fluid Extracts. Then add enough Syrup to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and mix by agitation. Each fluidrachm represents 8 grains of Senna, 2 grains of Rhubarb, and 2 grains of Frangula. 97. Elixir Rhei. N. F. Elixir of Rhubarb. Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb (U. S. P.), 8fl. oz. Deodorized Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Water, 3 fl. oz. Glycerin, 2 fl. oz. Syrup, 2 fl. oz. Mix them, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents about 2} grains of Rhubarb. 98. Elixir Rhei et Magnesii Acetatis. N. F. Elixir of Rhubarb and Acetate of Magne- sium. Elixir Rhei et Magnesise. Elixir of Rhubarb and Magnesia. Magnesia, calcined, 144 gr. Acetic Acid (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, 2 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Magnesia in two and one- half (2|) fluidounces of Acetic Acid, with the aid of a gentle heat, adding, if neces- sary, a little more Acetic Acid, drop by drop, until the solution is neutral to test- paper. Then add the Fluid Extract and enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents about 4 grains of Acetate of Magnesium and 7£ grains of Rhubarb. 333. Species Laxantes. N. F. Laxative Species. St. Germain Tea (Germ. Pharm.). Senna, cut, 16 parts. Elder Flowers, 10 parts. Fennel, bruised, 5 parts. Anise, bruised, 5 parts. Bitartrate of Potassium, in fine powder, 4 parts. Moisten the Senna with a small quan- tity of water; then sprinkle over it, as uniformly as possible, the Bitartrate of Potassium. When it has become dry, mix it lightly and uniformly with the other ingredients. 320. Pulvis Rhei et Magnesise Ani- satis. N. F. Anisated Powder of Rhubarb and Mag- nesia. Compound Anise Powder. Rhubarb, in fine powder, 1 tr. oz. Heavy Magnesia, calcined, 2 tr. oz. Oil of Anise, 110 min. Alcohol, 160 min. Mix the powders, add the Oil of Anise, previously dissolved in the Alcohol, and triturate until a uniform mixture results. 402. Tinctura Jalapae. N. F. Tincture of Jalap. Jalap, in fine powder, 3 tr. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix two (2) volumes of Alcohol with one (1) volume of Water, percolate the Jalap with this mixture, in the usual manner, until sixteen (16) fluidounces of Tincture are obtained. Note.—This preparation was officinal in the U. S. P. of 1870. 1222 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 403. Tinctura Jalapae Composita. N. F. Compound Tincture of Jalap. Jalap, in fine powder, 2 tr. oz. Scammony, in powder, \ tr. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mixfooo (2) volumes of Alcohol with one (1) volume of Water. Mix the powders with half their weight of sand; moisten the mixture with a sufficient quantity of the menstruum, pack it in a percolator, and percolate it with the menstruum, in the usual manner, until sixteen (\§) fluid- ounces of Tincture are obtained. 378. Syrupus Rhamni Catharticae. N. F. Syi'up of Rhamnus Cathartica. Syrup of Buckthorn Berries. Syrupus Spinae Cervinse. Sugar, 13 tr. oz. Fermented Juice of Buckthorn Berries, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sugar in seven (7) fluid- ounces of the Juice, with the aid of a gen- tle heat, allow the Syrup to cool, then add enough of the Juice to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and strain, if necessary. Note.—This preparation is practically identi- cal with that officinal in the Germ. Pharm. The species of Buckthorn to be used is the Rhamnus cathartica Linn£, native of Europe, and natural- ized, to some extent, in the U. S. If the fresh berries cannot be obtained, the imported fer- mented juice may be used in preparing the Syrup. Liver Pills. (Dr. Chapman.) Powdered Rhubarb, 60 gr. Powdered Ipecac, 10 gr. Powdered Acacia, sufficient. Oil of Caraway, 10 min. Mix, and make into 20 pills. Purgative Tincture. (Dobell’s.) Resin of Podophyllum, 8 gr. Tincture of Ginger, 5 fl. dr. Alcohol, 8 fl. dr. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful at night, when lying down. Tinctura Jalapae. U. S. 1870. Tincture of Jalap. Jalap, in fine powder, 6 oz. (troy). Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix two measures of Alcohol with one of Water ; then moisten the powder with 2 fl. oz. of the mixture; pack it moder- ately in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour the mixture upon it until 32 fl. oz. of tincture are obtained. Compound Tincture of Jalap. (Tinctura Purgans.) Jalap, 1 oz. (troy). Turpeth Eoot, 60 gr. Scammony, 120 gr. Alcohol (60 per cent.), 12 fl. oz. Macerate for ten days, express, and filter. Dose, 1 to 4 tablespoonfuls. Known in France as Eau-de-Vie Al- lemande, also Lavolley’s Purgative Elixir. Sweetened with Sugar it is the Elixir Antiglaireux de Guillie. Laxative Confection. Potassium Bitartrate, 240 gr. Powdered Jalap, 240 gr. Confection of Senna, 1 oz. (troy). Make into a mass, using Syrup of Gin- ger if too hard. Dose, a piece the size of a marble three times daily. 23. Decoctum Aloes Compositum. N.F. Compound Decoction of A loes. Aqueous Extract of Aloes, 120 gr. Myrrh, 90 gr. Saffron, 90 gr. Carbonate of Potassium, 60 gr. Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in powder, 1 tr. oz. Compound Tincture of Carda- mom, 8 fi. oz. Water, enough to make 30 fl. oz. Reduce the Myrrh and Extract of Aloes to a coarse powder, mix this with the Car- bonate of Potassium and Extract of Glyc- yrrhiza in a suitable covered vessel, and Eour on twenty (20) fluidounces of Water; oil for five minutes, and add the Saffron. When cool, add the Compound Tincture of Cardamom, and allow the mixture to macerate for two hours; then filter through flannel, and add enough Water to make the product measure thirty (30) fluidounces. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use. 168. Extractum Sennae Fluidum Deo- doratum. N. F. Deodorized Fluid Extract of Senna. Senna, in No. 60 powder, 16 tr. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the Senna with six (6) fluid- ounces of Alcohol, pack it firmly in a per- colator, and percolate it with Alcohol until it is practically exhausted by this menstruum. The alcoholic percolate thus obtained is rejected, and the Alcohol may be recovered therefrom by distillation. Then take out the moist powder, dry it, and prepare a Fluid Extract with a men- struum of Alcohol, 1 volume, and Water, 1 volume. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1223 Mettauer’s Aperient. Aloes (in coarse powder), 300 gr. Sodium Bicarbonate, 600 gr. Fluid Extract of Valerian, 1 fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Lavender, 1 fl. oz. Water, 16 fl. oz. Mix. Macerate for seven days, and filter. Dose, a tablespoonful. Elixir Clauderi. Potassium Carbonate, 240 gr. Aloes, 60 gr. Guaiac, 60 gr. Myrrh, 60 gr. Saffron, 60 gr. Rhubarb, 60 gr. Water, 9 fl. oz. Macerate a few days, and decant. Dose, a tablespoonful. Compound Syrup of Juglans. (Syrupus Antirhachitictjs.) (Vanier’s.) Extract of Walnut Leaves, 152 gr. Extract of Cinchona, 75 gr. Potassium Iodide, 40 gr. Anise Oil Sugar, 115 gr. Alcohol, 2J fl. dr. White Wine, 4 fl. dr. Syrup, 12 fl. oz. Dose, for small children, a teaspoon- ful four to five times a day; for older children, half a tablespoonful. Vanier’s syrup is said to contain, in addition to the above, 5 per cent, of Cod-Liver Oil. Anderson’s Scots Pills. Aloes, 1 oz. (troy). Soap, 80 gr. Colocynth, 20 gr. Gamboge, 20 gr. Oil of Anise, 10 min. Let the Aloes, Colocynth, and Gam- boge be reduced to a very fine powder; then beat them and Soap with Water into a mass of a proper consistence to divide into pills each containing 3 gr. Pulvis Aloes et Canellae. U. S. 1870. Powder of Aloes and Canella (Hiera Picra). Socotrine Aloes, in fine pow- der, 6 oz. (troy). Canella, in fine powder, 1J oz. (trov). Rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed. 283. Pilulae ad Prandium. N. F. Dinner Pills. 1. When “ Dinner Pills,” under this or some other equivalent name, are pre- scribed without further specification, it is recommended that the Pilulse Aloes et Mastichesoi the U. S. P., also called Lady Webster’s Dinner Pills, be dispensed. Note.—Of other combinations, bearing similar names, or used for similar purposes, the follow- ing appear to be those most commonly in use: 2. Chapman’s Dinner Pill. Each pill contains : Aloes, 11 gr. Mastic, l} gr. Ipecac, in fine powder, 1 gr. Oil of Fennel, about | min. 3. Cole’s Dinner Pill. Each pill contains: Aloes, 14 gr. Mass of Mercury, 1£ gr. Jalap, in line powder, 14 gr. Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium, gr. 4. Hall’s Dinner Pill. Each pill contains : Aloes, 1 gr. Extract of Glycyrrhisa, 1 gr. Soap, in powder, 1 gr. Molasses, 1 gr. 293. Pilulae Colocynthidis et Hyos- cyami. N. F. Pills of Colocynth ancl Hyoscyamus. Each pill contains: Extract of Colocynth, gr. Aloes, gr. Resin of Scammony, if gr. Oil of Cloves, f min. Extract of Hyoscyamus, \\ gr. Note.—The Pilula Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami of the Brit. Pharm. is directed to be made by mix- ing 2 parts of Compound Pill of Colocynth (see No. 292) with 1 part of Extract of Hyoscyamus, and is directed to be kept as a pill-mass, to be made into pills of such weight as may be di- rected. When such specification is omitted, it is recommended to dispense pills containing the quantities above directed. 2g2. Pilulae Colocynthidis Compositae. N.F. Compound Pills of Colocynth. Pilulae Cocciae. Cochia Pills. Each piU contains ; Extract of Colocynth, £ gr. Aloes, 2 gr. Resin of Scammony, 2 gr. Oil of Cloves, | min. Note.—The Pilula Colocynthidis Composita of the Brit. Pharm., for which the above is an equiva- lent, is prepared with Colocynth Pulp, and con- tains Sulphate of Potassium, which was origi- nally added as an aid to reduce the ingredients to powder. With the use of Extract of Colo- cynth this becomes unnecessary. The Brit. Pharm. directs the above to be kept as a pill-mass, to be made into pills of such weight as may be prescribed. When such speci- fication is omitted, it is recommended to dis- pense pills containing the quantities above directed. 284. Pilulae Aloes et Podophylli Com- positae. N. F. Compound Pills of Aloes and Podophyllum. Janeway’s Pills. Each pill contains : Aloes, 1 gr. Resin of Podophyllum, J gr. Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna, f gr. Extract of Nux Yomica, | gr. 1224 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 287. Pilulae Aloini, Strychninae, et Bel- ladonnae Compositae. N. F. Compound Pills of Aloin, Strychnine, and Belladonna. Each pill contains: Aloin, £ gr. Strychnine, alkaloid, gr. Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna, f gr. Extract of Rhamnus Purshiana, f gr. Note.—If Extract of Rhamnus Purshiana is not available, take Fluid Extract of Rhamnus Purshiana, prepared without Glycerin, and evaporate it on a water-bath, to a pilular con- sistence. These pills are also prepared with double the amount of Strychnine. It is recommended that the stronger pills be dispensed only when spe- cially demanded. 286. Pilulae Aloini, Strychninae, et Bel- ladonnae. N. F. Pills of Aloin, Strychnine, and Belladonna. Each pill contains: Aloin, f gr. Strychnine, alkaloid, gr. Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna, | gr. Note.—These pills are also prepared with double the amount of Strychnine. It is recom- mended that the stronger pills be dispensed only when specially demanded. 285. Pilulae Aloini Compositae. N. F. Compound Pills of Aloin. Each pill contains: Aloin, f gr. Resin of Podophyllum, | gr. Extract of Belladonna, f gr. 301. Pilulae Podophylli, Belladonnae, et Capsici. N. F. Pills of Podophyllum, Belladonna, and Capsicum. Squibb’s Podophyllum Pills. Each pill contains: Resin of Podophyllum, J gr. Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna, f gr. Capsicum, in moderately fine pow- der, ‘ f gr. Sugar of Milk, in fine powder, 1 gr. Acacia, in fine powder, } gr. Glycerin, Syrup, each, a sufficient quantity. 2g7. Pilulae Laxativae Post Partum. N.F. Laxative Pills after Confinement. Barker’s Post-Partum Pills. Each pill contains: Compound Extract of Coloeynth, If gr. Aloes, | gr. Extract of Nux Yomica, T®2 gr. Resin of Podophyllum, gr. Ipecac, in fine powder, X gr. Extract of Hyoscyamus, gr. Vote—This is the formula generally employed by Dr. Fordyce Barker, except where special circumstances render modification necessary. The formula usually quoted in manufacturers’ lists and some formularies is not correct. 291. Pilulae Catharticae Vegetabiles. N. F. Vegetable Cathartic Pills. “ Improved” Vegetable Cathartic Pills. Each pill contains: Compound Extract of Coloeynth, 1 gr. Resin of Podophyllum, J gr. Extract of Leptandra, J gr. Abstract of Jalap, in fine powder, | gr. Extract of Hyoscyamus, | gr. Extract of Gentian, | gr. Oil of Peppermint, J min. Note.—Extract of Leptandra (U. S. P.) is pref- erable to the so-called Leptandrin, or Resin of Leptandra, as this is of very uncertain and varying composition. 294. Pilulae Colocynthidis et Podo- phylli. N.F. Pills of Coloeynth and Podophyllum. Each pill contains: Compound Extract of Coloeynth, 2f gr. Resin of Podophyllum, | gr. 303. Pilulae Triplices. N. F. Triplex Pills. Pilula Triplex. Each pill contains: 1. Aloes, 2 gr. Mass of Mercury, 1 gr. Resin of Podophyllum, J gr. Note.—When Pilula Triplex, under this name or some equivalent, is prescribed without further specification, it is recommended that the above Ereparation be dispensed. A formula devised y Dr. John W. Franflfc is also in use: 2. Francis's Triplex Pill. Aloes, J gr. Scammony, | gr. Mass of Mercury, | gr. Croton Oil, Oil of Caraway, J min. Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh, a sufficient quantity. Knight’s Pills. Powdered Aloes, 54 gr. Powdered Scammony, 27 gr. Powdered Gamboge, 9 gr. Mix, and make into 20 pills. Pills of Aloin and Podophyllin. Aloin, 24 gr. Podophyllin, 12 gr. Oleoresin of Ginger, 4 min. Triturate the solid ingredients into a uniform powder, add the Oleoresin, make a mass, and divide into 24 pills. Dose, 1 to 3 pills. Barker’s Pills. Compound Extract of Coloeynth, 20 gr. Extract of Hyoscyamus, 15 gr. Aloes, 10 gr. Extract of Nux Yomica, 5 gr. Podophyllum, 1 gr. Powdered Ipecac, 1 gr. Mix, and make into 12 pills. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. 1225 Marshall’s Pills. Compound Extract of Colocynth, Mass of Mercury, Powdered Aloes, Powdered Soap, Powdered Rhubarb, of each, 60 gr. Make into 60 pills. Boisragon Pills. (Dr. Hewson’s formula.) Mild Chloride of Mercury, 12 gr. Powdered Scammony, 12 gr. Compound Extract of Colocynth, 40 gr. Oil of Caraway, 4 min. Aloes, 8 gr. Mix, and make into 14 pills. Cobb’s Pills. Extract of Hyoscyamus, 30 gr. Extract of Conium, 30 gr. Extract of Colocynth, 40 gr. Extract of Nux Yomica, 4 gr. Mix, and divide into 30 pills. Laxative Pills. (Cole’s.) Compound Extract of Colocynth, 60 gr. Mild Chloride of Mercury, 20 gr. Resin of Podophyllum, 2 gr. Mix, and make into 20 pills. ASTRINGENT DRUGS. Astringent Tincture. (Aromatic Tincture of Galls.) (Gilbert’s.) Nutgall, 16 oz. (av.). Oil of Citron, 30 min. Oil of Bergamot, 30 min. Oil of Lemon, 30 min. Oil of Thyme, 8 min. Oil of Lavender, 8 min. Oil of Rosemary, 8 min. Tincture of Benzoin, 1 fl. dr. Alcohol (90 per cent.), sufficient. Exhaust the Gall Dy percolation with Alcohol, distil off the Alcohol, and evap- orate to 8 fl. oz.; redissolve this extract in 8 fl. oz. of Alcohol, add the Oils, and filter. 311. Pulvis Catechu Compositus. N. F. Compound Powder of Catechu. Catechu, in fine powder, 4 parts. Kino, in fine powder, 2 parts. Krameria, in fine powder, 2 parts. Cinnamon, in fine powder, 1 part. Nutmeg, in fine powder, 1 part. Mix them intimately, pass the powder through a fine sieve, and afterwards rub it lightly in a mortar. Keep it in a stop- pered bottle. Note.—This preparation is officinal in the Brit. Pharm. Aromatic Syrup of Galls. Nutgall, 240 gr. Cinnamon, 120 gr. Nutmeg, 120 gr. Glycerin, 6 fl. dr. Syrup, 6 fl. oz. Brandy, sufficient. Mix the powders, and, having moist- ened the mixture with a sufficient quan- tity of Brandy, pack it firmly in a small conical glass percolator, and gradually pour Brandy upon it until it commences to drop ; then insert a cork tightly in the lower orifice of the percolator, and let it stand twenty-four hours; then withdraw the cork, and continue the percolation with Brandy until 6 fl. oz. of tincture are obtained. Mix this with the Glycerin, and evaporate by a water-bath, at a tem- perature not exceeding 125° F., to 3 fl. oz., filter, and thoroughly mix with the Syrup. igi. Infusum Rosae Compositum. N.F. Compound Infusion of Rose. Red Rose, 96 gr. Diluted Sulphuric Acid, 70 min. Sugar, 300 gr. Boiling Water, 16 fl. oz. Pour the Boiling Water upon the Rose in a glass or porcelain vessel, add the Acid, cover the vessel, and macerate for an hour. Then dissolve the Sugar in the liquid, and strain. 6. Aqua Hamamelidis. N. F. Hamamelis Water. Witchhazel Water. Witchhazel Extract. Hamamelis, shoots and twigs, 10 pounds. Water, 20 pints. Alcohol, 1£ pints. Place the Hamamelis in a still, add the Water and Alcohol, and allow the mixt- ure to macerate during twenty-four hours. Distil ten (10) pints by applying direct heat, or, preferably, by means of steam. Note.—This preparation should be made only from the fresh young twigs of Hamamelis, which are collected for this purpose, preferably, when the plant is in flower, in the late autumn of the year. 99. Elixir Rubi Compositum. N. F. Compound Elixir of Blackberry. Blackberry Root, 2 tr. oz. Galls, 2 tr. oz. Cinnamon, Saigon, 2 tr. oz. Cloves, i tr. oz. Mace, | tr. oz. Ginger, i tr. oz. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Blackberry Juice, recently ex- pressed, 3 pints. Syrup, 3 pints. 1226 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Reduce the solids to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, moisten it with Diluted Alcohol, and percolate it with this men- struum in the usual manner, until two (2) pints of percolate are obtained. To this add the Blackberry Juice and Syrup, and mix thoroughly. 22. Cordiale Rubi Fructus. N. F. Blackberry Cordial. Blackberry Juice, 3 pints. Cinnamon, in coarse powder, 2 tr. oz. Cloves, in coarse powder, J tr. oz. Nutmeg, in coarse powder, % tr. oz. Diluted Alcohol, 2 pints. Syrup, 3 pints. Percolate the powdered spices with Di- luted Alcohol to obtain two (2) pints of tincture, and add to this the three (3)pints of Blackberry Juice. Then add one hun- dred and twenty (120) grains of Purified Talcum. Set the mixture aside for twelve hours, or longer, if convenient, occasion- ally shaking, and filter. To the filtrate add the Syrup. Note.—'This formula differs in manipulation from that given in the text of the National For- mulary, but is in accord with the corrected for- mula given in the Errata of the Formulary. 379. Syrupus Rubi Aromaticus. N. F. Aromatic Syrup of Blackberry. Rubus (U. S. P.), 2 tr. oz. Cinnamon, 120 gr. Nutmeg, 120 gr. Cloves, 60 gr. Allspice, 60 gr. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Sugar, 10 tr. oz. Blackberry Juice, a sufficient quantity. Reduce the Rubus (Blackberry Root) and the Aromatics to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, and percolate it, in the usual manner, with the Diluted Alcohol, until four (4) fiuidounces of percolate are obtained. To this add seven (7) fluid- ounces of Blackberry Juice, and dissolve the Sugar in the liquid by agitation. Lastly, add enough Blackberry Juice to make sixteen (16) fiuidounces. 316. Pulvis Kino Compositus. N. F. Compound Powder of Kino. Kino, in fine powder, 15 parts. Powdered Opium, 1 part. Cinnamon, in fine powder, 4 parts. Mix them intimately, pass the mixed powder through a moderately fine sieve, and afterwards rub it lightly in a mortar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle. Every 20 grains of this preparation con- tain 1 grain of Powdered Opium. Note.—This preparation is officinal in the Brit. Pharm. Pavesi’s Haemostatic. Sulpho-Carbolic Acid, 3 fl. dr. Benzoic Acid, 37 gr. Tannic Acid, 37 gr. Alcohol, 3 fl. dr. Glycerin, 3 fl. dr. Rose Water, 3 fl. oz. The Sulpho-Carbolic Acid is prepared by mixing 1 part Sulphuric Acid and £ part Carbolic Acid and heating for a few minutes on a water-bath; the Benzoic Acid is dissolved in the Alcohol and Glycerin, the Tannic Acid in the Water, and both mixed. Haemostatic Collodion. (Pavesi’s.) Tannic Acid, 80 gr. Benzoic Acid, 45 gr. Carbolic Acid, 158 min. Collodion, 3J fl. oz. Mix and dissolve. Pile Ointment. Morphine Acetate, 5 gr. Tannic Acid, 30 gr. Solution of Subacetate of Lead, 1 fl. dr. Ointment, 420 gr. Incorporate the Solution with the Oint- ment, then add the other ingredients. Glyceritum Acidi Tannici. U. S. 1870. Glycerite of Tannic Acid. Tannic Acid, 1 oz. (troy). Glycerin, 4 fl. oz. Rub them together in a mortar, then transfer the mixture to a porcelain dish, and apply a gentle heat until complete solution is effected. Glyceritum Acidi Gallici. U. S. 1870. Glycerite of Gallic Acid. Gallic Acid, 2 oz. (troy). Glycerin, 8 fl. oz. Rub them together in a mortar, then transfer to a glass or porcelain capsule, and heat gently until the Acid is dis- solved. Infusum Catechu Compositum. U. S. 1870. Compound Infusion Catechu. Catechu, in fine powder, 240 gr. Cinnamon, in moderately fine powder, 60 gr. Boiling Water, 16 fl. oz. Macerate in a covered vessel, and strain. Compound Tincture of Kino. Powdered Opium, 60 gr. Powdered Kino, 60 gr. Camphor, 90 gr. Cloves, 90 gr. Diluted Alcohol, 16 fl. oz. Make a tincture by percolation. FORMULARY OF UKOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1227 404. Tinctura Kino Composita. N. F. Compound Tincture of Kino. Tincture of Kino, 1| fl. oz. Tincture of Opium, l| fl. oz. Spirit of Camphor, 520 min. Oil of Cloves, 10 min. Cochineal, in powder, 64 gr. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, 60 min. Diluted Alcohol,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Cochineal with the Aro- matic Spirit of Ammonia, and gradually add eleven {11) fluidounces of Diluted Alco- hol. Then add the two Tinctures, the Spirit of Camphor, and the Oil of Cloves, and filter the mixture through paper. Lastly, pass enough Diluted Alcohol through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents about \ grain, each, of Kino and of Powdered Opium. Tannin Nasal Bougies. Tannic Acid, 31 gr. Tragacanth, 100 gr. Althsea, 31 gr. Glycerin, 100 min. Distilled Water, 50 min. Make 4 cuneiform rods three inches long, upon a pill-tile, using powdered Althaea to dust the tile. To be moistened before being introduced into the nose. Diarrhoea Mixture. (Dr. Wm. Gould.) Compound Tincture of Rhubarb, 1 fl. oz. Tincture of Opium, 4 fl. dr. Spirit of Camphor, 2 fl. dr. Water of Ammonia, 1 fl. dr. Oil of Peppermint, 30 min. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful in hot, sweetened water. Repeat as often as necessary till relieved. Syrup of Pipsissewa. Fluid Extract of Chimaphila, 4 fl. oz. Syrup, a sufficient quantity to make 16 fl. oz. Mix. DRUGS CONTAINING ALKA- LOIDS. 197. Linimentum Opii Compositum. N.F. Compound Liniment of Opium. Canada Liniment. Tincture of Opium, li A- oz. ; Camphor, 120 gr. Alcohol, 4 fl. oz. ! Oil of Peppermint, 180 min. j Water of Ammonia, 6 fl. oz. . Oil of Turpentine, enough to make 15 A- oz. I Dissolve the Camphor and the Oil of Peppermint in the Alcohol, then add the Tincture of Opium, Water of Ammonia, and Oil of Turpentine. Shake the mixt- ure whenever any of it is to be dispensed. Note—This Liniment will separate a short time after it has been mixed. It may be made somewhat more permanent by adding 180 min- ims of Tincture of Quillaja (N. F.) to the Water of Ammonia, before adding it to the mixture. Sun Cholera Mixture. Tincture of Opium, Tincture of Capsicum, Tincture of Rhubarb, Spirit of Camphor, Spirit of Peppermint, of each, 1 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful in water after each evacuation of the bowels. Compound Tincture of Opium. (Squibb’s Diarrhoea Mixture.) Tincture of Opium, 1 fl. oz. Tincture of Capsicum, 1 fl. oz. Spirit of Camphor, 1 fl. oz. Purified Chloroform, 3 fl. dr. Alcohol, sufficient to make 5 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, from 30 to 60 minims. 255. Mistura Contra Diarrhceam. N. F. 1. Loomis’s Diarrhoea Mixture. Tincture of Opium, 2 fl. oz. Tincture of Rhubarb, l fl. oz. Compound Tincture of Catechu (U. S. P.), lfl. oz. Oil of Sassafras, 20 min. Compound Tincture of Laven- der, enough to make 4 fl. oz. 2. Thielemann’s Diarrhoea Mixture. Wine of Opium, 1 fl. oz. Tincture of Valerian, 1£ fl. oz. Ether, 5 A- oz- Oil of Peppermint, 60 min. Fluid Extract of Ipecac, 15 min. Alcohol, enough to make 4 fl. oz. This preparation is practically identical with the Mixtura Thielemanni of the Swedish Pharm. 3. Velpeau's Diarrhoea Mixture. Tincture of Opium, Compound Tincture of Catechu (U. S. P.), Spirit of Camphor, each, equal volumes. 224. Liquor Morphinae Citratis. N. F. Solution of Citrate of Morphine. Morphine (alkaloid), 16 gr. Citric Acid, 12 gr. Cochineal, £ gv- Alcohol, 60 min. Distilled Water, enough to make 1 fl. oz. Triturate the solids with the Alcohol and seven (7) fluidrachms of Water ; filter and pass enough Distilled Water through the filter to make one (1) fluidounce. This solution should not be kept on hand, but prepared only when required. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Morphine in the form of Citrate. 6 fl. oz. 1228 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 225. Liquor Morphinae Hypodermicus. N.F. Hypodermic Solution of Morphine. Magendie’s Solution of Morphine. Sulphate of Morphine, 16 gr. Distilled Water, warm, 1 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sulphate of Morphine in the warm Distilled Water, and filter the solution through a small pellet of ab- sorbent cotton. When the solution is cold, pass a little Distilled Water through the cotton, if necessary, to make the fil- trate measure one (1) fluidounce. Keep the solution in well-stoppered vials, in a dark place. Note.—Particular care should be taken in dis- pensing and labelling this solution, so that it may not be mistaken for the so-called United States Solution of Morphine (Liquor Morphix Sulphatis, U. S. P. 1870), containing only 1 grain of Sulphate of Morphine in each fluidounce, which is still used in some parts of this country. The development of fungoid growths or micro- organisms in this and similar solutions used hy- podermically may be prevented, or at least greatly retarded, by using Chloroform Water instead of plain Distilled Water as a solvent. This should, however, be done only with the knowledge, or by the direction, of the physician. Another efficient method to preserve such so- lutions is to sprinkle a little Benzoic Acid on the surface of the absorbent cotton through which the solutions are filtered. Or, about 5 grains of Boric Acid may be added to each fluidounce. 310. Pulvis Anticatarrhalis. N. F. Catarrh Powder. Catarrh Snuff. Hydrochlorate of Morphine, 1 part. Acacia, in fine powder, 60 parts. Subnitrate of Bismuth, 180 parts. Mix them intimately by trituration. Bateman’s Pectoral Drops. Opium, 120 gr. Catechu, 120 gr. Camphor, 120 gr. Oil of Anise, 30 min. Caramel, 1? A- oz. Diluted Alcohol, 64 fl. oz. Digest for ten days. Jackson’s Pectoral Syrup. Oil of Sassafras, 64 min. Tincture of Tolu, 8 fl. oz. Magnesium Carbonate, 2 oz. (troy). Water, 8 pints. Sugar, 14 lb. (av.). Morphine Hydrochlorate, 64 gr. Rub up the Tincture of Tolu and Oil of Sassafras with the Carbonate, gradu- ally add \ lb. of the Sugar and then the Water, filter, recovering 8 pints, in which dissolve the remainder of the Sugar. Dissolve the Morphine in 1 fl. oz. of Water, add to the Syrup, and make the measure up to 16 pints. Godfrey’s Cordial. Tincture of Opium, 3 fl. oz. Potassium Carbonate, 150 gr. Oil of Sassafras, 30 min. Molasses (sugar-house), 32 fl. oz. Alcohol, 4 fl. oz. Water, 52 fl. oz. Dissolve the Potassium Carbonate in the Water, add the Molasses, and heat over a gentle fire till they simmer; re- move the scum which rises, and add the Tincture of Opium, Alcohol, and Oil, having previously mixed them together. Battley’s Sedative. Extract of Opium, 360 gr. Boiling Water, 7 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1J A- oz. Cold Water, sufficient to make 10 fl. oz. Dissolve the Extract in Boiling Water; when cold, add to the solution the Alco- hol and enough Water to make 10 fl. oz.; and, lastly, filter through paper. Dose, 5 minims. Camphorated Dover’s Powder. (Dr. Eli Ives’s.) Potassium Bitartrate, 1 oz. (troy). Powdered Camphor, 120 gr. Powdered Ipecac, 60 gr. Powdered Opium, 60 gr. Mix, and pass through a fine sieve. Confectio Opii. U. S. 1870. Confection of Opium. Opium, in fine powder, 270 gr. Aromatic Powder, 6 oz. (troy). Clarified Honey, 14 oz. (troy). Hub the Opium with the Aromatic Powder, then add the Honey, and beat the whole together until thoroughly mixed. 269. Olea Infusa. N. F. Infused Oils. The Dry Herb, in moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, 100 parts. Alcohol, 75 parts. Water of Ammonia, 2 parts. Lard Oil, 250 parts. Cotton-Seed Oil, 250 parts. Moisten the powdered Herb with a suffi- cient quantity of the Alcohol and Water of Ammonia, previously mixed, then pack it tightly into a stone or enamelled iron vessel of suitable capacity, pour on the remainder of the ammoniated Alcohol, cover it well, and allow the mixture to macerate for twenty-four hours. Then add sixty (60) parts of the mixed Oils, digest, under frequent agitation, during twelve hours, at a temperature between 50° and 60° C. (122° to 140° F.), transfer the mixture to a strainer, and express strongly. To the residue, returned to FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1229 the vessel, add the remainder of the Oils, digest and express in the same manner, and unite the expressed portions. Note.—This process is a modification of that prescribed by the Germ. Pharm. The alcohol and free ammonia are dissipated during the digestion. Infused Oils are usually prepared only from so-called narcotic plants, but it is known that only a portion of their active con- stituents is taken up by the oil. The above process is to be used for the preparation of Oleum Hyoscyami of the Germ. Pharm., and similar Infused Oils. 276. Oleum Hyoscyami Compositum. N.F. Compound Oil of Hyoscyamus. Balsamum Tranquillans. Oil of Absinthe, 3 drops. Oil of Lavender, 3 drops. Oil of Rosemary, 3 drops. Oil of Sage, 3 drops. Oil of Thyme, 3 drops. Infused Oil of Hyoscyamus, 5 fl. oz. Mix them. Note— Oil of Absinthe is the volatile oil of Artemisia Absinthium Linn& (Wormwood), and Oil of Sage is the volatile oil of Salvia officinalis LinnA Infused Oil of Hyoscyamus is the Oleum Hyoscyami of the Germ. Pharm.; see under No. 269. The Baume Tranquille (Balsamum tranquil- Ians) of the Codex is a more complex prepara- tion, not identical with the above, but possessing about the same properties. Asiatic Tincture. (For cholera.) Opium, 240 gr. Camphor, 240 gr. Capsicum, 240 gr. Oil of Cloves, 4 fl. dr. Compound Spirit of Ether, 8 fl. oz. Macerate from ten to twenty days, or prepare by percolation in a close perco- lator. Dose, 20 to 60 drops every second, third, or fourth hour in sweetened water. Tinctura Opii Acetata. U. S. 1870. Acetated Tincture of Opium. Powdered Opium, 2 oz. (troy). Distilled Vinegar, 12 fl. oz. Alcohol, 8 fl. oz. Macerate for a week, express, and filter. Liquor Opii Compositus. Compound Solution of Opium. (Squibb’s.) Deodorized Solution of Opium, 14 fl. dr. Alcohol, 13 fl. dr. Purified Chloroform, 1 fl. dr. Acetic Ether, 2 fl. dr. Mix. See Am. Jour. Pharmacy, 1870, p. 47. Dose, 15 to 30 min. Ferrated Elixir of Calisaya. Citrate of Iron and Ammo- nium, 512 gr. Elixir of Calisaya, 32 fl. oz. Dissolve. 2gg. Pilulae Opii et Camphorae. N. F. Pills of Opium and Camphor. Each pill contains: Powdered Opium, 1 gr. Camphor, 2 gr. 300. Pilulae Opii et Plumbi. N. F. Pills of Opium and Lead. Each pill contains: Powdered Opium, 1 gr. Acetate of Lead, 1 gr. Golden Tincture. Ether, 2 fl. oz. Tincture of Opium, 2 fl. oz. Chloroform, 4 fl. dr. Alcohol, 2 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, 3 to 20 drops. Syrup of Morphine. (Sirop de Morphine. Er. Codex.) Morphine Hydrochlorate, 1 gr. Distilled Water, 20 min. Syrup, sufficient to make 27 fl. dr. Mix. A tablespoonful contains about } gr. Morphine. Schuyler’s Powder. Morphine Sulphate, 15 gr. Camphor, 90 gr. Powdered Ipecac, 90 gr. Powdered Glycyrrhiza, 1£ oz. (troy). Sugar, 1£ oz. (troy). Mix. Liquor Morphiae Sulphatis. U. S. 1870. Solution of Sulphate of Morphia. Sulphate of Morphia, 8 gr. Distilled Water, 8 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sulphate in the Distilled Water. Gout Mixture. (Laville’s.) Quinine Sulphate, 30 gr. Cinchonine Sulphate, 22 gr. Extract of Colocynth, 195 gr. Diluted Alcohol, 3 fl. oz. Eed Wine, sufficient to make 16 fl. oz. Mix. Neuralgia Pills. (Prof. Gross’s.) Quinine Sulphate, 60 gr. Morphine Sulphate, 1£ gr. Strychnine, 1 gr. Arsenious Acid, 1£ gr. Extract of Aconite, 15 gr. Mix, and make into 30 pills. Pills of Chinoidine. Chinoidine, 60 gr. Diluted Sulphuric Acid, sufficient. Soften the Chinoidine with the Acid in the mortar, and divide into 20 pills. 1230 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 289. Pilulae Antineuralgicae. N. F. Antineuralgic Fills. 1. Gross's Antineuralgic Pills. Each pill contains: Sulphate of Quinine, 2 gr. Sulphate of Morphine, -fa gr. Strychnine, alkaloid, gr. Arsenious Acid, gr. Extract of Aconite Leaves (U.S.P. 1870), } gr. Note.—When “ Antineuralgic Pills,” or “ Neu- ralgia Pills,” without other specification, are prescribed, it is recommended that the above preparation be dispensed. Sometimes the Sul- phate of Morphine is directed to be omitted. 2. Brown-Siquard’s Antineuralgic (or Neuralgia) Pills have the following composition: Each pill contains : Extract of Hyoscyamus, $ gr. Extract of Conium, f gr. Extract of Ignatia, | gr. Extract of Opium, £ gr. Extract of Aconite Leaves (U.S.P.1870), f gr. Extract of Indian Cannabis, \ gr. Extract of Stramonium, £ gr. Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna, | gr. Elixir of Calisaya. Quinine Sulphate, 72 gr. Cinchonine Sulphate, 24 gr. Quinidine Sulphate, 20 gr. Cinchonidine Sulphate, 12 gr. Elixir of Orange, 128 fl. oz. Caramel, a sufficient quantity to color. Triturate the mixed Sulphates with 1 pint of the Elixir ; pour the mixture into a glass flask, and heat in a water-bath until the solution is effected; while still hot, add the remainder of the Elixir and Caramel; when cold, filter. 272. Oleatum Quininae. N. F. Oleate of Quinine. Quinine (U. S. P. 1880) dried at 100° C. (212° F.) until it ceases to lose weight, 25 parts. Oleic Acid, 75 parts. Triturate the Quinine with the Oleic Acid, gradually added, then apply a gentle heat, and stir frequently, until the Quinine is dissolved. The product contains 25 per cent, of dry Quinine (U. S. P. 1880). Note.—When the officinal Quinine 3HaO) is not available, the quantity correspond- ing to 25 parts of dry Quinine may be prepared as follows: Take 34 parts of officinal Sulphate of Quinine, dissolve it in 200 parts of Water with the aid of a sufficient quantity of Diluted Sul- phuric Acid, then precipitate the Quinine by means of Water of Ammonia, added, under con- stant stirring, until it is in slight excess. Trans- fer the magma to a close muslin strainer, pre- viously wetted, allow the liquid to drain oft', and wash the precipitate with ice-cold Water until the washings are practically tasteless, but using not more than about 200 parts of Water. Lastly, dry the precipitate. The theoretical quantity of dry quinine ob- tainable from 34 parts of the sulphate is 25'27 parts. In practice, approximately 25 parts will be obtained. 302. Pilulae Quatuor. N. F. Quatuor I-ills. Pilulae Ferri et Quininae Compositae. Each pill contains: Dried Sulphate of Iron, 1 gr. Sulphate of Quinine, 1 gr. Aloes, 1 gr. Extract of Nux Yomica, gr. Extract of Gentian, a sufficient quantity. 42. Elixir Cinchonae. N. F. Elixir of Cinchona. Elixir of Calisaya. Tincture of Cinchona (U. S. P. 1880), 2£ fl. oz. Aromatic Spirit, 2 fl. oz. Syrup, 6 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the liquids, allow the mixture to stand for twenty-four hours or longer, if convenient, then incorporate the Purified Talcum, and filter through a wetted filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear. Each fluidounce represents about 14 grains of Yellow Cinchona. Note.—When Elixir of Cinchona is directed in combination with preparations of iron, the Elixir Cinchonas Detannatum should be used in place of the above preparation. 43. Elixir Cinchonae et Hypophos- phitum. N. F. Elixir of Cinchona and Hypophosphites. Elixir of Calisaya and Hypophosphites. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 128 gr. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 128 gr. Citric Acid, 30 gr. Water, 2 fl. oz. Elixir of Cinchona, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Hypophosphites and the Citric Acid in the Water, add enough Elixir of Cinchona to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain, each, of the Hypophosphites of Calcium and Sodium. 44. Elixir Cinchonae Detannatum. N. F. Detannated Elixir of Cinchona. Detannated Elixir of Calisaya. Detannated Tincture of Cin- chona, 2J fl. oz. Aromatic Spirit, 2 fl. oz. Syrup, 6 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1231 Mix the liquids, allow the mixture to stand twenty-four hours or longer, if con- venient, then incorporate the Purified Talcum, and filter through a wetted filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate, until it runs through clear. Each fluidounce represents about 14 grains of Yellow Cinchona. Note.—This preparation is to be used when Elixir Cinchonse is directed in combination with preparations of iron. When Detannated Elixir of Cinchona is not available, and the preparation, of which it forms a constituent, is required at once, an equivalent quantity of Compound Elixir of Quinine, colored by the addition of 120 minims of Compound Tincture of Cudbear to each pint, may be sub- stituted for it. 45. Elixir Cinchonae et Ferri. N. F. Elixir of Cinchona and Iron. Elixir of Calisaya and Iron. Ferrated Elixir of Calisaya. Phosphate of Iron (U. S. P. 1880), 256 gr. Water, boiling, 1 fl. oz. Detannated Elixir of Cinchona, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Phosphate of Iron in the boiling Water, then add enough Detan- nated Elixir of Cinchona to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Phosphate of Iron. 46. Elixir Cinchonae, Ferri, Bismuthi, et Strychninae. N. F. Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, Bismuth, and Strychnine. Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, Bismuth, and Strych- nine. Citrate of Bismuth and Am- monium, 128 gr. Sulphate of Strychnine, 1£ gr. Water, hot, a sufficient quantity. Elixir of Cinchona and Iron, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium in one-half fluidounce of hot Water; allow the solution to stand until any undissolved matter has subsided, then decant the clear liquid, and add to the residue enough Water of Ammonia to dissolve it, carefully avoiding an excess. Dissolve the Sulphate of Strychnine in one (1) fluidrachm of hot Water, and having mixed the two solutions, add enough Elixir of Cinchona and Iron to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Let the mixture stand twenty-four hours, if con- venient, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Ci- trate of Bismuth and Ammonium, grain of Sulphate of Strychnine, and nearly 2 grains of Phosphate of Iron. 47. Elixir Cinchonae, Ferri, et Bis- muthi. N. F. Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, and Bismuth. Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, and Bismuth. Citrate of Bismuth and Ammo- nium, 128 gr. Water, hot, A- oz. Elixir of Cinchona and Iron, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium in the hot Water, allow the solution to stand until any undissolved matter has subsided; then decant the clear liquid, and add to the residue enough Water of Ammonia to dissolve it, care- fully avoiding an excess. Then mix the solution with enough Elixir of Cinchona and Iron to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Let the mixture.stand twenty-four hours, if convenient, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Ci- trate of Bismuth and Ammonium and nearly 2 grains of Phosphate of Iron. 48. Elixir Cinchonae, Ferri, et Calcii Lactophosphatis. N. F. Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, and Lactophos- phate of Calcium. Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, and Lactophosphate of Lime. Lactate of Calcium, 64 gr. Phosphoric Acid (50 per cent.), 64 min. Water of Ammonia, £ fl. oz. Citric Acid, 120 gr. Elixir of Cinchona and Iron, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Lactate of Calcium in seven (7) fluidounces of Elixir of Cinchona and Iron, with the aid of the Phosphoric Acid. Then add the Citric Acid, and when this is dissolved, the Water of Ammonia. Fi- nally, add enough Elixir of Cinchona and Iron to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains j) grain of Lactate of Calcium (or about J grain of so-called Lactophosphate of Calcium) and nearly 2 grains of Phosphate of Iron. 4g. Elixir Cinchonae, Ferri, et Pepsini. N. F. Elixir of Cinchona., Iron, and Pepsin. Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, and Pepsin. Pepsin (N. F.), 128 gr. Hydrochloric Acid, 30 min. Water, . 3 fl. oz. Elixir of Cinchona and Iron, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Pepsin in the Water mixed with the Hydrochloric Acid ; then add enough Elixir of Cinchona and Iron to 1232 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Let the mixture stand a few days, if convenient, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Pepsin \N. F.) and about 1$ grains of Phosphate of Iron. 50. Elixir Cinchonae, Ferri, et Strych- ninae. N. F. Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, and Strychnine. Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, and Strychnine. Sulphate of Strychnine, 1£ gr. Water, 120 min. Elixir of Cinchona and Iron, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sulphate of Strychnine in the Water, and add enough Elixir of Cin- chona and Iron to make sixteen (fluid- ounces. Each fluidrachm contains grain of Sulphate of Strychnine and about 2 grains of Phosphate of Iron. 51. Elixir Cinchonae, Pepsini, et Strychninae. N. F. Elixir of Cinchona, Pepsin, and Strych- nine. Elixir of Calisaya, Pepsin, and Strychnine. Sulphate of Quinine, 16 gr. Sulphate of Cinchonine, 8 gr. Sulphate of Strychnine, 1} gr. Elixir of Pepsin, 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the alkaloidal salts in the Elixir, and filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm represents small quan- tities of Cinchona Alkaloids, grain of Sulphate of Strychnine, and 1 grain of Pepsin (N. F.). 92. Elixir Quininae Compositum. N. F. Compound Elixir of Quinine. Sulphate of Quinine, 16 gr. Sulphate of Cinchonidine, 8 gr. Sulphate of Cinchonine, 8 gr. Aromatic Elixir, 16 fl. oz. Add the alkaloidal salts to the Aro- matic Elixir, and dissolve them by agi- tation. Finally, filter. Each fluidounce contains 1 grain of Sulphate of Quinine and $ grain, each, of the Sulphates of Cinchonidine and Cin- chonine. Note.—'This preparation is chiefly intended as a substitute for Elixir of Cinchona in certain cases, when the presence of other constituents of Cinchona is deemed unnecessary, or where the Elixir is intended rather as a vehicle than a medicine. If it is desired to impart a color to this Elixir, this may be effected by the addition of 120 minims of Compound Tincture of Cudbear to each pint. 93. Elixir Quininae et Phosphatum Compositum. N. F. Compound Elixir of Quinine and Phos- phates. Sulphate of Quinine, 32 gr. Phosphate of Iron (U. S. P. 1880), 128 gr. Citrate of Potassium, 128 gr. Syrup of Lactophosphate of Calcium, 4 fl. oz. Water, £ fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sulphate of Quinine in ten (10) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir, if necessary with the aid of a gentle heat. Dissolve the Phosphate of Iron and the Citrate of Potassium in the Water, and add the solution to that first prepared. Then add the Syrup of Lactophosphate of Calcium, and, lastly, enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm contains } grain of Sulphate of Quinine, 1 grain of Phosphate of Iron, and about f grain of so-called Lac- tophosphate of Calcium. 94. Elixir Quininae Valerianatis et Strychninae. N. F. Elixir of Valerianate of Quinine and Strychnine. Valerianate of Quinine, 128 gr. Sulphate of Strychnine, 1} gr. CompoundTinctureof Cudbear,120 min. Aromatic Elixir,enough tomakel6 fl. oz. Triturate the Valerianate of Quinine and the Sulphate of Strychnine with about eight (8) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir, until they are dissolved. Then add the Compound Tincture of Cudbear, and, lastly, enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (1 §) fluidounces. Filter, if neces- sary. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Valerianate of Quinine and grain of Sulphate of Strychnine. 36. Elixir Caffeinae. N. F. Elixir of Caffeine. Caffeine, 128 gr. Diluted Hydrobromic Acid (U. S. P.), 32 gr. Syrup of Coffee, 4 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Hub the Caffeine, in a mortar, with the Diluted Hydrobromic Acid and about two (2) fluidounces of Aromatic Elixir, until solution is effected. Then add the Syrup of Coffee, and, lastly, enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Caffeine. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1233 11. Caffeinae Citras Effervescens. N. F. Effervescent Citrate of Caffeine. Caffeine, 20 parts. Citric Acid, 20 parts. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 6>j0 parts. Tartaric Acid, 540 parts. Sugar, in very fine powder, 620 parts. Triturate the ingredients, previously well dried, to a fine, uniform powder. If the compound is required in form of a granular powder, mix it with Alcohol to a soft paste, and rub this through a No. 20 tinned-iron sieve, or enamelled colander. Then dry it, and reduce it to a coarse, granular powder. Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of the above compound repre- sent 1 grain of Caff d'ye. 12. Caffeinse Sodio-Benzoas. N. F. Sodio-Benzoate of Caffeine. Caffeine, 50 parts. Benzoate of Sodium, 50 parts. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the Caffeine with the Benzo- ate of Sodium and a sufficient quantity of Alcohol to a smooth paste, and dry this by exposure in a moderately warm place. Rub the dry mass to powder, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles. Note.—'The product contains 50 per cent, of Caffeine, and is soluble in 2 parts of water. 13. Caffeinse Sodio-Salicylas. N. F. Sodio-Salicylate of Caffeine. Caffeine, 50 parts. Salicylate of Sodium, 50 parts. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the Caffeine with the Salicyl- ate of Sodium and a sufficient quantity of Alcohol to a smooth paste, and dry this by exposure in a moderately warm place. Rub the dry mass to powder, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles. Note.—The product contains 50 per cent, of Caffeine, and is soluble in 2 parts of water. 55. Elixir Erythroxyli. N. F. Elixir of Erythroxylon. Elixir of Coca. Fluid Extract of Erythroxylon, 2 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Syrup, 2 fl. oz. Tincture of Vanilla, 120 min. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Fluid Extract with the Alcohol, the Syrup, and ten (10) fluidounces of Aro- matic Elixir, add the Purified Talcum and incorporate the latter thoroughly. Let the mixture stand during forty-eight hours, if convenient, shaking occasion- ally ; then filter, add the Tincture of Vanilla to the filtrate, and pass enough Aromatic Elixir through the filter to make the product measure sixteen (16) Jluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents grains of Erythroxylon (Coca). 56. Elixir Erythroxyli et Guaranae. N.F. Elixir of Erythroxylon and Guarana. Elixir of Coca and Guarana. Fluid Extract of Erythroxylon, 2 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Guarana, 2 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 12 fl. oz. Mix the liquids, and thoroughly incor- porate the Purified Talcum with the mixt- ure. Let it stand during forty-eight hours, if convenient, occasionally agitat- ing, then filter. Each fluidrachm represents grains each of Erythroxylon (Coca) and Guarana. 73. Elixir Guaranae. N. F. Elixir of Guarana. Fluid Extract of Guarana (U. S. P.), 3 fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, 3 fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 10 fl. oz. Mix them, allow the mixture to stand during forty-eight hours, if convenient, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents about 11 grains of Guarana. 88. Elixir Pilocarpi. N. F. Elixir of Pilocarpus. Elixir of Jaborandi. Fluid Extract of Pilocarpus, 1 fl. oz. Syrup of Coffee, 3 fl. oz. Tincture of Vanilla, | fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxa- cum, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix' them, allow the mixture to stand during four days, if convenient, and filter. Each fluidrachm represents 3f grains of Pilocarpus. 240. Liquor Strychninae Acetatis. N. F. Solution of Acetate of Strychnine. Hall’s Solution of Strychnine. Acetate of Strychnine, 16 gr. Diluted Acetic Acid, fl. oz. Alcohol, 4 A- oz. Compound Tincture of Carda- mom, 60 min. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Acetate of Strychnine in about eight (8) fluidounces of Water mixed with the Diluted Acetic Acid, then add the Alcohol, Compound Tincture of Car- damom, and, lastly, enough Water to 1234 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Allow the mixture to stand a few days, if con- venient, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains £ grain of Acetate of Strychnine. Note.—'The Brit. Pharm. directs a Liquor Strych- ninx Hydrochloratis (with synonyme: Liquor Strychnix) which is much stronger, and should not be confounded with the above preparation. It should never be dispensed unless expressly designated. It may be prepared by dissolving 1 grain of crystallized Strychnine (alkaloid) in 80 minims of Water with the aid of 2 drops of Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, and then adding 20 minims of Alcohol. The product contains § grain of Strychnine in each fluidrachm. 104. Elixir Strychnin® Valerianatis. A. F. Elixir of Valerianate of Strychnine. Valerianate of Strychnine, 1} gr. Acetic Acid, a sufficient quantity. Tincture of Vanilla, 120 min. Compound Tincture of Cud- bear, 120 min. Aromatic Elixir,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Valerianate of Strych- nine with about one (1) fluidounce of Aromatic Elixir, gradually added, and effect complete solution by the addition of one or more drops of Acetic Acid, avoiding an excess. Then add the Tinct- ures, and, lastly, enough Aromatic Elixir to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm contains grain of Valerianate of Strychnine. 270. Oleatum Aconitinae. N. F. Oleate of Aconitine. Aconitine, alkaloid, 2 parts. Oleic Acid, 98 parts. Triturate the Aconitine with a small portion of the Oleic Acid in a mortar, then incorporate the remainder of the Oleic Acid, and stir the mixture fre- quently until the alkaloid is dissolved. Note.—The market affords a variety of Aconi- tines made by different processes, by different manufacturers, and of greatly different potency. Only the pure crystallized or crystallizable alka- loid, prepared by Duquesnel’s method, or at least one equal to it in strength, should be used for this preparation. 185. Glyceritum Hydrastis. N. F. Olycerite of Hydrastis. Hydrastis, in fine powder, 16 tr. oz. Glycerin, 8 fl. oz. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Moisten the Hydrastis with six (6) fluid- ounces of Alcohol, pack it firmly in a per- colator, and percolate with Alcohol until the Hydrastis is practically exhausted. To the percolate add four (4) fluidounces of Water, and then remove the Alcohol by evaporation or distillation. After the Al- cohol is driven off, add enough Water to the residue to make it measure eight (8) fluidounces, set it aside for twenty-four hours, then filter, pass enough Water through the filter to make the filtrate measure eight (8) fluidounces, and, lastly, add the Glycerin. 194. Linimentum Aconiti et Chloro- formi. JY. F. Liniment of Aconite and Chloroform. Tincture of Aconite, 2 fl. oz. Chloroform, 2 fl. oz. Soap Liniment, 12 fl. oz. Mix them. 353. Syrupus Coffese. N. F. Syrup of Coffee. Coffee, roasted, 8 tr. oz. Sugar, 24 tr. oz. Water, a sufficient quantity. Introduce the Coffee, reduced to a moderately coarse powder, into a suitable vessel; pour upon it sixteen (16) fluid- ounces of boiling Water, then cover it well, and boil for five minutes. Allow it to become cold, keeping the vessel well covered; strain off the liquid and pass enough Water through the strainer to make the strained liquid, when cold, measure sixteen (16) fluidounces. In this dissolve the Sugar, by agitation, without heat, and strain through muslin. Note.—It Is recommended that a mixture of equal parts of the commercial varieties of Coffee, known as “Java” and “Mocha,” be employed for this purpose. The Coffee may also be "ex- hausted by percolation, but special arrange- ments are then necessary to maintain the men- struum at the proper temperature. 371. Syrupus Ipecacuanha et Opii. A. F. Syrup of Ipecac and Opium. Syrup of Dover’s Powder. Fluid Extract of Ipecac, 64 min. Deodorized Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.), 670 min. Sugar, 12 tr. oz. Cinnamon Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Fluid Extract and Tincture with six (6) fluidounces of Cinnamon Water, and filter the liquid. To this add the Sugar and enough Cinnamon Water to make the product, after the Sugar has been dissolved by agitation, measure six- teen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 5 grains of Dover's Powder, or £ grain, each, of Ipecac and Opium. Note.—In place of the above-directed quanti- ties of Fluid Extract of Ipecac and Deodorized Tincture of Opium, 640 minims of the officinal Tindura Ipecacuanha et Opii may be taken. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1235 380. Syrupus Sanguinariae. N. F. Syrup of Sanguinaria. Syrup of Bloodroot. Sanguinaria, in No, 20 powder, 3£ tr. oz. Acetic Acid, 2 fl. oz. Sugar, 13 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Acetic Acid with six (6) fluid- ounces of Water, moisten the Sanguinaria with a sufficient quantity of this men- struum, and allow it to macerate for two hours. Then pack it in a glass percolator, and percolate in the usual manner, first with the remainder of the menstruum previously prepared, and afterwards with Water until twelve (12) fluidounces of per- colate are obtained, or until the Sangui- naria is practically exhausted. Evapo- rate the percolate, at a moderate heat, to seven (!) fluidounces. In this dissolve the Sugar with a gentle heat, if necessary, and add enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents about 13 grains of Sanguinaria. 406. Tinctura Pectoralis. N. F. Pectoral Tincture. Guttse Pectorales. Pectoral Drops. Bateman’s Pectoral Drops. Tincture of Opium, 320 min. Compound Tincture of Catechu,240 min. Spirit of Camphor, 300 min. Oil of Anise, 8 min. Caramel, 120 min. Diluted Alcohol,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the first five ingredients with enough Diluted Alcohol to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and filter. Each fluidrachm contains 2% minims of Tincture of Opium. 393. Tinctura Cinchonae Detannata. N.F. Detannated Tincture of Cinchona. Fluid Extract of Cinchona (U. S. P.), 3 fl. oz. Alcohol, 8 fl. oz. Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, 6 fl. oz. Water of Ammonia, 6 fl. oz. Water, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. To the Water of Ammonia, diluted with twenty-four (24) fluidounces of Water, gradually add the Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, previously diluted with forty (40) fluidounces of Water, under constant stir- ring. Pour this mixture, containing Fer- ric Hydrate as a precipitate, upon a wet muslin strainer (which has been tared, after having been wetted and deprived of the excess of water by moderate pressure), and when the liquid has drained off, return the precipitate to the vessel, and mix it im timately with about sixty-four (fluid- ounces of Water. Again drain it on the strainer, transfer it once more to the ves- sel, and treat it as before. Finally, drain and press the precipitate on the strainer until it weighs eight (8) troyounces. Mix the Fluid Extract of Cinchona with eight (8) fluidounces of Alcohol, and add the Ferric Hydrate previously pre- pared. Agitate the mixture frequently until the tincture is deprived of tannin, which may be known by the absence of a blackish-green color when a small por- tion of the clear tincture is treated with a drop or two of tincture of chloride of iron. Insert a plug of absorbent cotton into a suitable percolator, and introduce the mixture. As soon as the liquid has disappeared from the surface, pour on enough Diluted Alcohol to make the product measure sixteen (16) fluidounces. Note.—'This preparation is practically identi- cal, in strength of Cinchona (without the tannin), with the officinal Tinctura Cinchonx. 387. Tinctura Aconiti, Fleming. N. F. Fleming's Tincture of Aconite. 1. Aconite (root), in fine powder, 10 tr. oz. Alcohol, enough to make 1511. oz. Moisten the Aconite with enough Al- cohol to render it distinctly damp and to maintain it so after twenty-four hours’ maceration in a well-covered vessel. Then pack it tightly in a percolator, and per- colate it slowly, in the usual manner, with Alcohol, until fifteen (15) fluidounces of tincture are obtained. Note.—This preparation is still prescribed by many physicians. It is recommended that their attention be directed to the officinal Fluid Ex- tract and Tincture of Aconite, so that the above preparation may be gradually abandoned. When this preparation is required for immedi- ate use, and it is not otherwise available, it may be prepared in the following manner: Fluid Extract of Aconite, 10 fl. oz. Alcohol, 5 fl. oz. Mix them. 405. Tinctura Papaveris. N. F. Tincture of Poppy. Poppy capsules, freed from seeds, and in coarse powder, 8 tr. oz. Glycerin, 2 fl. oz. Alcohol, Water, each, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Digest the Poppy capsules with three (8) pints of boiling Water during two hours, then express and strain. Evaporate the strained liquid to eight (8) fluidounces, mix it with/ow?’ (4) fluidounces of Alcohol, and set the mixture aside, well covered, until it is quite cold. Then filter, add the Glycerin to the filtrate, and pass enough of a mixt- Tincture of Poppy. 1236 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. ure of two (2) volumes of Water and one (1) volume of Alcohol through the filter to make the product measure sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 30 grains of Poppy capsules freed from seeds. 288. Pilulae Antidyspepticae. N. F. Antidyspeptic Pills. Each pill contains: Strychnine, alkaloid, fa gr. Ipecac, in fine powder, y gr. Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna, fa gr. Mass of Mercury, 2 gr. Compound Extract of Colocynth, 2 gr. 290. Pilulae Antiperiodicae. N. F. Antiperiodic Pills. Warburg’s Pills. 1. With Aloes. Each pill contains: Aqueous Extract of Aloes, 1 gr. Rhubarb, f gr. Angelica Seed, | gr. Elecampane, f- gr. Saffron, | gr. Fennel, } gr. Zedoary, root, | gr. Cubebs, f gr. Mvrrh, . f gr. White Agaric, f gr. Camphor, f gr. Sulphate of Quinine, If gr. Extract of Gentian, a sufficient quantity. Reduce the drugs to a fine, uniform powder, and make this into pills, by means of Extract of Gentian, in accordance with the formula above given. 2. Without Aloes. Prepare the pills in the same manner as directed in the previous formula, but omit the Aqueous Extract of Aloes. Note.—'These pills have been introduced for the purpose of facilitating the administration of Warburg’s Tincture in a solid form. When “ Warburg’s Pills,” or “ Pills of Warburg’s Tinct- ure,” are prescribed, without further specifica- tion, those containing Aloes should be dispensed. Those without Aloes should be furnished only when they are expressly demanded. Each Warburg’s Pill represents about 1 fluid- drachm of Warburg’s Tincture, with or without aloes, respectively. (See Tinctura Antiperiodica.) 429. Vinum Erythroxyli. N. F. Wine of Eryihroxylon. Wine of Coca. Fluid Extract of Ervthroxylon, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Sugar, 1 tr. oz. Claret Wine, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sugar in about ten (10) fluidounces of Claret Wine, add the Alco- hol and Fluid Extract, and enough Claret Wine to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Let the mixture stand a few days in a cold place, if convenient, then filter, and pass enough Claret Wine through the filter to restore the original volume. Each fluidounce represents 30 grains of Erythroxylon (Coca). Note.—In place of Claret Wine, any other palatable wine may be used, according to the demand or preference of the prescriber or consumer. 430. Vinum Erythroxyli Aromaticum. N.F. Aromatic Wine of Eryihroxylon. Aromatic Wine of Coca. Fluid Extract of Ervthroxylon, 1 fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 60 min. Syrup of Coffee, 180 min. Port Wine, 2f fl. oz. Aromatic Elixir, fl. oz. Sherry Wine, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the five first-named ingredients with seven (7) fluidounces of Sherry Wine. Let the mixture stand several days in a cold place, if convenient, then filter, and pass enough Sherry Wine through the filter to make the product measure six- teen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidounce represents 30 grains of Eryihroxylon (Coca). 390. Tinctura Antiperiodica. N. F. Antiperiodic Tincture. Warburg’s Tincture. 1. Without Aloes. Rhubarb, 448 gr. Angelica (seed), 448 gr. Elecampane, 224 gr. Saffron, 224 gr. Fennel, 224 gr. Gentian, 112 gr. Zedoary (root), 112 gr. Cubeb, 112 gr. Myrrh, 112 gr. White Agaric, 112 gr. Camphor, 112 gr. Sulphate of Quinine, 1280 gr. Diluted Alcohol, enough to make 8 pints. Reduce the fibrous vegetable drugs to a coarse (No. 20) powder, mix this with the Myrrh and Camphor, previously pow- dered, and digest the whole, during twelve hours, in a suitable, well-covered vessel, with seven (7) pints of Diluted Alcohol, on a water-bath, avoiding, as much as possible, any loss of Alcohol by evapora- tion. Then strain off the liquid with pressure, dissolve the Sulphate of Qui- nine in the strained liquid, with a gentle heat, if necessary, filter, and pass enough Diluted Alcohol, first through the strainer and then through the filter, to make the product measure eight (8) pints. Each fluidounce contains 10 grains of Sulphate of Quinine. Note.—'This preparation, made without Aloes, is intended to serve as a stock-tincture, from which FORMULARY OF UN OF Fl ClNA L PREPARATIONS. 1237 the regular “ Warburg’s Tincture” is to be made, when required. “ Warburg’s Tincture without Aloes” is also often prescribed or asked for, and in this case the above preparation is to be dis- pensed. The original formula directed by Dr. Warburg contained the old Confectio Damocralis as one of the ingredients. This is a very complex prepa- ration, many of the constituents of which are unobtainable at the present day. It has, there- fore, been omitted. 2. With Aloes. Aqueous Extract of Aloes, 28 gr. Antiperiodic Tincture, without Aloes, 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Extract in the Tincture. Note.—When “ Warburg’s Tincture,” without any further specification, is ordered, this prepa- ration (containing Aloes) is to be dispensed. Compound Tincture of Ignatia. (Gouttes AmiSres. Bitter Drop.) Ignatia, 8 oz. (troy). Alcohol, 60 per cent., 16 oz. (by weight). Potassium Carbonate, 30 gr. Charcoal, 6 gr. Oil of Wormwood, 6 fl. dr. Macerate fifteen days, and then re- cover 16 fl. oz. by percolation. Vinum Tabaci. U. S. 1870. Wine of Tobacco. Tobacco, 240 gr. White Wine, t 8 fl. oz. Macerate and filter. Rheumatic Pills. (Dr. Isaac Remington’s.) Acetic Extract of Colchicum, Compound Extract of Colocynth, Extract of Rhubarb, of each, 60 gr. Veratrine, 5 gr. Oil of Anise, 10 drops. Make into 40 pills- Take 1 or 2 at bedtime. Ethereal Tincture of Colchicum. Colchicum, 3 oz. (troy). Spirit of Nitrous Ether, suf- ficient to make 8 fl. oz. Made by percolation. Dose, 20 to 30 drops. Linimentum Aconiti. U. S. 1870. Liniment of Aconite. Aconite, in fine powder, 8 oz. (troy). Glycerin, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with 4 fl. oz. of Alcohol, and let it macerate for twenty- four hours, then pack in a conical perco- lator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it until 2 pints of tincture have been ob- tained. Distil oft" a pint and a half of Alcohol, and evaporate the remainder until it measures 7 fl. oz.; to this add the Glycerin, and mix them thoroughly. Gout Pills. (Becquerel’s.) Quinine Sulphate, 60 gr. Extract of Digitalis, gr. Powdered Colchieum-Seed, 20 gr. Make into a mass and divide into 25 pills. Dose, 1 to 3 pills each day for several days. Gout Pills. (Lartigue's.) Compound Extract of Colocynth, 96 gr. Acetated Extract of Colchicum, 10 gr. Extract of Digitalis, 5 gr. Make into a mass and divide into 24 pills. Take 2 for a dose. Mixture for Gout. (Scudamore’s.) Magnesium Sulphate, 240 gr. Magnesia, 80 gr. Vinegar of Colchicum, 4 fl. dr. Syrup of Satfron, 4 fl. dr. Peppermint Water, 5 fl. oz. Mix. Dose, 1 to 3 tablespoonfuls every two hours till four to six evacuations are produced in twenty-four hours. Remedy for Tape-Worm. (Schafhirt's.) Pomegranate, 240 gr. Pumpkin-Seed, 1 oz. (troy). Ethereal Extract of Aspid- ium, 60 gr. Powdered Ergot, 30 gr. Powdered Acacia, 120 gr. Croton Oil, 2 min. Mix. Dinner Pills. (Fothergill’s.) Powdered Ipecac, 20 gr. Strychnine, 1 gr. Oil of Black Pepper, 40 min. Pill of Aloes and Myrrh, 50 gr. Mix, and make into 20 pills. Number One. (Thomsonian name.; Lobelia inflata. Brown Lobelia. The Thomsonian name for the seed. Green Lobelia. The Thomsonian name for the herb. Third Preparation. (Thomsonian name.) Lobelia-Seed, Capsicum, of each, 1 oz. (av.). Cypripedium Powder, 10 gr. Add 12 fl. oz. of Number Six (page 1208), macerate, and keep on the dregs. 1238 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Syrup of Lobelia. (Thomsonian name.) Lobelia-Seed, 1 oz. (av.l. Sugar, 16 oz. (av.). Tincture of Lobelia, 4 fl. oz. Vinegar, 1 A. oz. Water, 16 fl. oz. Boil , the Seed with the Vinegar and Water for half an hour ; add the Sugar; and lastly, when cold, add the Tincture of Lobelia. Tobacco Ointment. Tobacco, in fine powder, 120 gr. Lard, 4 oz. (troy). Water, sufficient. Percolate the Tobacco with Water until 2 fl. oz. have been obtained, evaporate to an extract, and mix with the Lard. Compound Elixir of Turkey Corn. Fluid Extract of Corydalis, 4 fl. dr. Fluid Extract of Stillingia, 4 fl. dr. Fluid Extract of Prickly Ash, 2 fl. oz. Fluid Extract of Iris, 6 fl. oz. Potassium Iodide,' 180 gr. Alcohol, 1 fl- oz. Elixir of Orange, 5 fl. oz. Mix the Elixir and Alcohol, and add the Fluid Extracts ; dissolve the Iodide in the mixture, and allow it to stand twenty- four hours, then filter. ANIMAL PRODUCTS. 279. Pepsinum. N. F. Pepsin. The digestive principle of the gastric juice, obtained from the mucous mem- brane of the stomach of the hog, prepared in a dry and undiluted form, and capable of dissolving not less than five hundred (500) times its own weight of hard-boiled egg-albumen, under the conditions pre- scribed for the process of assay below given. Assay of Pepsin. 1. Preliminary Assay.—Prepare an Acidulated Water by mixing 1 litre of Distilled Water with 5 Gm. of Hydrochloric Acid. Mix 0T Gm. of the dry and undiluted Pepsin with 0‘9 Gm. of Sugar of Milk, by thorough trituration in a Wedgwood mortar. Weigh of this mixture four portions, of 0-05 Gm. (A), 0 06 Gm. (B), 0T Gm. (C), and 0'2 Gm. (D), respectively, place each portion in a wide- mouthed flask or bottle of the capacity of about 200 C.c., together with 80 C.c. of the Acidu- lated Water, previously warmed, and set the flasks in a water-bath, the temperature of which is maintained constantly at 5T6° C. (125° F.). After twenty minutes, add to the contents of each flask 10 Gm. of hard-boiled egg-albumen, prepared by boiling fresh eggs for fifteen min- utes, then separating the whites and rubbing this through a clean hair sieve having 30 meshes to the linear inch. Each portion of 10 Gm. of egg- albumen is to be put into a small warmed mor- tar, triturated with a portion of the fluid from one of the flasks, the mixture then transferred to the latter, and the mortar rinsed with 20 C.c. of warmed Acidulated Water, which is added to the contents of the flask. Keep the flasks in the water-bath for sixty minutes, shaking well at intervals of five minutes, and at the end of that time note the condition of the egg-albumen in the several flasks. If the Pepsin is of good quality, not more than a few undissolved flakes should remain in any but the first flask (A). If more than this remains in the fourth flask (Ih, the Pepsin should be rejected, as being below the requisite standard. 2. Actual Assay.—Having thus ascertained the approximate digestive power of the Pepsin, and having found this to be of satisfactory strength, make at least two assays, in precisely the same manner as just described, but using such a pro- portion of egg-albumen that about one-fourth of it will remain undissolved at the close of the experiment. Then add to the contents of the flask 3 Gm. of finely-scraped and purified asbestos, previously dried to a constant weight, and afterwards add 100 C.c. of cold distilled water. Shake the flask strongly, until the asbestos has clarified the liquid as far as possible, then transfer the con- tents of the flask to a tared filter (deprived of matters soluble in hydrochloric acid), wash the residue with distilled water, until the washings cease to affect test-solution of nitrate of silver acidulated with nitric acid, and dry the filter with contents at a temperature of 105° G. (221° F.), to a constant weight. From this deduct the weight of the filter and asbestos. Multiplv the remainder (representing the un- digested and dried albumen) by 7'5. to find the quantity of moist egg-albumen to which it cor- responds, and deduct the product from the amount originally used to ascertain the propor- tion dissolved by the Pepsin. Note.—Finely-scraped asbestos has been found to be the best medium for clarifying liquids con- taining peptones. Pure, white, fibrous asbestos should be scraped with a knife so as to obtain a fine feathery mass, which is boiled with diluted hvdroehloric acid, then thoroughly washed with water, and dried. If it is to be used in quanti- tative determinations requiring its subsequent ignition, it should be ignited before its tare is taken. 281. Pepsinum Saccharatum. N. F. Saccharated Pepsin. Pepsin (N. F.), a sufficient quantity. Sugar of Milk, enough to make 100 parts. Triturate as msiny parts of the Pepsin as may be found to be capable of dissolv- ing five thousand (5000) parts of egg- albumen by the process of assay given under Pepsinum, with enough Sugar of Milk to make one hundred {100) parts. Note.—The process of assay given under Pep- sinum (see No. 279) is also applicable to this preparation. Pepsinum Saccharatum is officinal in the U. S. P., but no process is there given for its preparation. The product obtained by the above formula corresponds, in strength, to that intended by the U. S. P. 280. Pepsinum Aromaticum. N. F. Aromatic Pepsin. Saccharated Pepsin, 1 tr. oz. Aromatic Fluid Extract (U. S. P.), 30 min. Tartaric Acid, 8 gr. Chloride of Sodium, 8 gr. Mix the ingredients by trituration, dry the product by exposure to warm air, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 43*- Vinum Pepsini. N. F. Wine of Pepsin. Pepsin (N. F.), 128 gr. Glycerin, 360 min. Hydrochloric Acid, 30 min. Water, 1 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Stronger White Wine (U.S.P.), enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Water, Glycerin, and Hydro- chloric Acid, and agitate the Pepsin with the mixture until it is completely disin- tegrated and apparently dissolved. Then add enough Stronger White Wine to make sixteen (16) fluidounees, mix the liquid in- timately with the Purified Talcum, allow it to stand for a week, if convenient, frequently shaking, then filter, and pass enough Stronger White Wine through the filter to restore the original volume. Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Pepsin (N. F.). 227. Liquor Pepsini Aromaticus. N. F. Aromatic Solution of Pepsin. Pepsin (N. F.), 128 gr. Oil of Cinnamon, 2 drops. Oil of Pimenta, 2 drops. Oil of Cloves, 4 drops. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Alcohol, £ fl. oz. Hydrochloric Acid, 75 min. Glycerin, 4 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Pepsin with eight (8)fluidounees of Water and the Hydrochloric Acid, and shake the mixture frequently until the Pepsin is dissolved. Then add the Purified Talcum and the Oils, previously dissolved in the Alcohol; mix the whole thoroughly, by agitation, and filter it through a wetted filter, returning the first portions of the liquid until it runs through clear. Pass enough Water through the filter to make the filtrate measure twelve (12) fluid- ounces. To this add the Glycerin. Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Pepsin (N. F.). 186. Glyceritum Pepsini. N.F. Glycerite of Pepsin. Pepsin (N. F.), 640 gr. Hydrochloric Acid, 80 min. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Glycerin, 8 fi. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Pepsin with seven (7) fluid- ounces of Water and the Hydrochloric Acid, and agitate until solution has been effected. Then incorporate the Purified Talcum with the liquid, filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and pass enough 1239 319. Pulvis Pepsini Compositus. N. F. Compound Powder of Pepsin. Pulvis Digestivus. Saccharated Pepsin, 150 gr. Pancreatin (N. F.), 150 gr. Diastase, 10 gr. Lactic Acid, 10 min. Hydrochloric Acid, 20 min. Sugar of Milk, enough to make 1000 gr. Add the Acids gradually to the Sugar of Milk, and triturate until they are thoroughly mixed. Mixthe Pepsin, Pan- creatin, and Diastase, and then incorpo- rate this mixture, by trituration, with the Sugar of Milk. Finally, rub the mixture through a hair sieve, and preserve the powder in bottles. Note.—The best commercial variety of Diastase, capable of converting the largest comparative amount of starch into dextrin and glucose, should be used for this preparation. 81. Elixir Pepsini. N.F. Elixir of Pepsin. Pepsin (N. F.), 128 gr. Hydrochloric Acid, 30 min. Glycerin, 2 fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 3 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Sugar, 4 tr. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Pepsin with six (6) fluid- ounces of Water, add the Glycerin and Acid, and agitate until solution has been effected. Then add the Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, Alcohol, and the Purified Talcum, and mix thoroughly. Set the mixture aside for a few hours, occasionally agitating. Then filter it through a wetted filter, dissolve the Sugar in the filtrate, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the whole product measure six- teen (16) fluidounees. Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Pepsin (N. F.). Note.—The filtration of this preparation will be greatly facilitated by allowing the mixture to stand a few days before pouring it on the filter. 84. Elixir Pepsini et Ferri. N. F. Elixir of Pepsin and Iron. Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron, 512 min. Elixir of Pepsin,enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron with a sufficient quantity of Elixir of Pepsin to make sixteen (16) fluidounees, and filter, if necessary. Each fluidrachm represents about $ grain of Chloride of Iron (ferric) and nearly 1 grain of Pepsin [N. F.). 1240 FORMULARY OF UN OFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Water through the filter to make the fil- trate measure eight (8) fluidounces. To this add the Glycerin, and mix. Each fluidrachm represents 5 grains of Pepsin (N. F.). Note.—For filtering the aqueous solution of Pepsin first obtained by the above formula, as well as for filtering other liquids of a viscid character, a filter paper of loose texture (prefera- bly that known as “ Textile Filtering Paper”), or a layer of absorbent cotton placed in a funnel, or percolator, should be employed. 226. Liquor Pancreaticus. N. F. Pancreatic Solution. Pancreatin (N. F.), 128 gr. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 384 gr. Glycerin, 4 fl. oz. Compound Spirit of Cardamom (N. F.), * fl. oz. Alcohol, | fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Pancreatin and the Bi- carbonate of Sodium gradually with ten (10) fluidounces of Water ; add the Alco- hol, Compound Spirit of Cardamom, and Purified Talcum; mix them thoroughly by shaking, and pour the mixture upon a wetted filter, returning the first por- tions of the filtrate until it runs otf clear. Wash the filter with enough Water to obtain twelve (12) fluidounces of filtrate. To this add the Glycerin. Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Pancreatin (N. F.). 278. Pancreatinum. N. F. Pancreatin. Pancreas of the Hog, fresh, Water, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Reduce the fresh Pancreas of the Hog, freed as much as possible from fat and membranes, to a fine paste by means of a suitable chopping machine. Mix it with half its weight of cold Water, and knead it thoroughly and frequently during one hour ; then transfer the mass to a strainer, express it forcibly, filter the liquid as quickly as possible through flannel, and add to the filtrate an equal volume of Al- cohol. Collect the precipitate, drain it, and free it by pressure from as much of the adherent liquid as possible. Then spread it on shallow trays, dry it by ex- posure to warm air, at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.), reduce it to powder, "and keep it in well-stoppered bottles. Note.—If larger quantities of Pancreas are operated upon, and there is risk of its decom- position in presence of the water, it is advisable to saturate the latter with chloroform, which will retard decomposition for a long time. If there be added to 4 fluidounces of tepid water, contained in a suitable flask or bottle, first, 5 grains of Pancreatin and 20 grains of bicarbonate of sodium, and afterwards 1 pint of fresh cow’s milk, previously heated to 38° C. (100-4° F.), and if this mixture be maintained at the same temperature for thirty minutes, the milk should be so completely peptonized that, on adding to a small portion of it, transferred to a test-tube, a slight excess of nitric acid, coagulation should not occur. As peptonized milk is chiefly used as a food for the sick, and as Pancreatin is probably more largely employed for the practical purpose of peptonizing milk, it is important to observe the quality of the peptonized product yielded with any specimen of Pancreatin. Peptonized milk as prepared by the above process, or when the process is allowed to go on to the development of a very distinct bitter flavor, should not have an odor at all suggestive of rancidity. Milk has simply a marked bitter taste when thor- oughly peptonized. In place of Pancreatin, prepared by the for- mula above given, any other commercial prepa- ration of the Pancreas may be used, provided it reaches the standard of peptonizing power prescribed for the former. (See also Note to No. 318, below.) 318. Pulvis Pancreaticus Compositus. N.F. Compound Pancreatic Powder. Peptonizing Powder. Pancreatin (N. F.), 5 gr. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 20 gr. Mix them by trituration. Note.—If Pancreatin of proper strength (see No. 278) is not available, any other commercial preparation of the Pancreas, as, for instance, the extract, may be used in place of it, provided it attains the required standard. The quantities above given are sufficient to peptonize 1 pint of fresh cow’s milk, by pro- ceeding in the following manner: Add the Compound Pancreatic Powder to 4 fluidounces of tepid water, contained in a suita- ble flask, and afterwards add 1 pint of fresh cow’s milk, previously heated to 38° C. (100-4° F.). Maintain the mixture at this temperature during thirty minutes, then transfer the flask to a cola ; place. Milk thus peptonized should not be used when i it has been kept over twenty-four hours or when j it has developed a rancid taste. 34g. Succus Limonis cum Pepsino. N. F. Lime Juice and Pepsin. Pepsin (N. F.), 256 gr. Water, 3 fl. oz. Glycerin, 3 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1£ fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Lime Juice, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Pepsin in the Water, mixed with about eight (8) fluidounces of Lime Juice. Then add the Glycerin and Alco- hol, and, lastly, enough Lime Juice to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Incorporate the Purified Talcum with the liquid, let it stand a few days in a cold place, if con- venient, occasionally agitating, then filter it through a wetted filter, and, finally, pass enough Lime Juice through the filter to restore the original volume. Each fluidrachm represents 2 grains of Pepsin (N. F.). FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1241 82. Elixir Pepsini, Bismuthi, et Strych- ninae. N. F. Elixir of Pepsin, Bismuth, and Strych- nine. Sulphate of Strychnine, 1J gr. Elixir of Pepsin and Bismuth, 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Sulphate of Strychnine in the Elixir. Each fluidrachm represents grain of Sulphate of Strychnine, 1 grain of Pepsin (N. F.), and 2 grains of Citrate of Bis- muth and Ammonium. 83. Elixir Pepsini et Bismuthi. N. F. Elixir of Pepsin and Bismuth. Pepsin (N. F.), 128 gr. Citrate of Bismuth and Am- monium, 256 gr. Water of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity. Glycerin, 2 fl. oz. Alcohol, 3 fl. oz. Syrup, 3 fl. oz. Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 1 fl. oz. Purified Talcum, 120 gr. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Pepsin in four (A) fluid- ounces of Water. Dissolve the Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium in one (1) fluidounce of warm Water, allow the solution to stand until clear, if necessary ; then decant the clear liquid, and add to the residue just enough Water of Am- monia to dissolve it, carefully avoiding an excess. Then mix the two solutions, and add the Glycerin, Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, and Alcohol. Thoroughly incorporate the Purified Talcum with the mixture, filter it through a wetted filter, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the filtrate measure thir- teen (13) fluidounces. To this add the Syrup. Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Pepsin (N. F.) and 2 grains of Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Phos- phate of Calcium and Sodium. Calcium Phosphate, 256 gr. Sodium Phosphate, 64 gr. Acacia, 2 oz. (av.). Hydrochloric Acid, 128 min. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Water, 4 fl. oz. Place the Powdered Acacia in a dry mortar, add the Cod Liver Oil, and rub until smooth. Dissolve the Phosphates in the Water by the aid of the Acid, and add all at once to the above mixture, rubbing until a perfect emulsion is formed; then add sufficient Water to make 16 fl. oz. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil. (50 per cent.) Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Powdered Acacia, 2 oz. (av.). Water, 4 fl. oz. Place the Powdered Acacia in a dry mortar, add the Cod Liver Oil, and rub until smooth ; then add the Water all at once, and rub until a perfect emulsion is formed; then add sufficient Water to make 16 fl. oz. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Lac- tophosphate of Calcium. Calcium Lactate, 256 gr. Acacia, 2 oz. (av.). Diluted Phosphoric Acid, 2 fl. oz. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Water, 2 fl. oz. Place the Powdered Acacia in a dry mortar, add the Cod Liver Oil, and rub until smooth. Dissolve the Calcium Lactate in Acid and Water, and add all at once to the above mixture, rubbing until a perfect emulsion is formed ; then add sufficient Water to make 16 fl. oz. Pancreatic Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil. Cod Liver Oil, 3 fl. oz. Powdered Pancreatin, 60 gr. Syrup, 1 fl. oz. Digest at a moderate heat. The emul- sion is miscihle with water, and may be given in chocolate, milk, coffee, or both. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Wild Cherry Bark. Acacia, 2 oz. (av.). Oil of Bitter Almond, 8 min. Fluid Extract of Wild Cherry, 1 fl. oz. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Water, 3 fl. oz. Place the Powdered Acacia in a dry mortar, add the Cod Liver Oil, and rub until smooth. Mix the Fluid Extract with the Water, and add all at once to the above mixture; then add the Oil of Bitter Almond, and, lastly, sufficient Water to make 16 fl. oz. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Hypo- phosphites. Calcium Hypophosphite, 128 gr. Sodium Hypophosphite, 96 gr. Potassium Hypophosphite, 64 gr. Acacia, 2 oz. (av.). Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Water, 4 fl. oz. Place the Powdered Acacia in a dry mortar, add the Cod Liver Oil, and rub until smooth. Dissolve the Hypophos- phites in the Water, and add all at once to the above mixture, rubbing until a perfect emulsion is formed; then add sufficient Water to make 16 fl. oz. 1242 FORMULARY OF UAOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Hypo- phosphite of Calcium and Sodium. Calcium Hypophosphite, 128 gr. Sodium Hypophosphite, 96 gr. Powdered Acacia, 2 oz. (av.). Cod Liver Oil, 8 11. oz. Water, 4 11. oz. Place the Powdered Acacia in a dry mortar, add the Cod Liver Oil, and rub until smooth. Dissolve the Hypophos- phites in the Water, and add all at once to the above mixture, rubbing until a perfect emulsion is formed; then add sufficient Water to make 16 fl. oz. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Hypo- phosphite of Calcium. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Powdered Acacia, 2 oz. (av.). Calcium Hypophosphite, 128 gr. Water, 4 fl. oz. Place the Powdered Acacia in a dry mortar, add the Cod Liver Oil, and rub until smooth. Dissolve the Calcium Hy- pophosphite in the Water, and add all at once to the above, rubbing until a per- fect emulsion is formed; then add suffi- cient Water to make 16 fl. oz. 114. Emulsio Olei Morrhuae. N.F. Emidsion of Cod Liver Oil. I. Irish Moss Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Mucilage of Chondrus (N.'F.), 5 13. oz. Syrup of Tolu, 2 11. oz, Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Pour the Mucilage of Chondrus into a suitable bottle, add the Cod Liver Oil in divided portions, shaking well alter each addition, and, when a perfect emulsion is formed, add the Syrup of Tolu and the Flavoring, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Finally, mix the whole thoroughly together. This emulsion may also be prepared by mixing the Mucilage of Chondrus with the Oil and other ingredients in a mortar, or, when larger quantities are to he pre- pared, it may be mixed by some mechani- cal contrivance. Vote.—When Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil, par- ticularly that made with Chondrus, is to be kept for some time, its deterioration may be pre- vented or retarded by the addition of one (1) fluidounce of Alcohol in place of the same quan- tity of Water, after the oil has been emulsified. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil may also be prepared by any other method capable of emulsifying the oil, the following being given as examples: II. Acacia Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil. V F. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Acacia, in fine powder, 1£ tr. oz. Syrup of Tolu, 2 fl. oz. Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate tlie Acacia with three (2>) fluid- ounces of Water to a smooth paste; then add the Cod Liver Oil and the Syrup of Tolu, alternately, and in divided portions, triturating well until the last-added por- tion of the Oil is thoroughly emulsified. Next add the Flavoring, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (\&) fluid- ounces. Finally, mix the whole thor- oughly together. III. Glyconin Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil. N. F Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Glycerite of Yolk of Egg (U. S. P.), . 2\ fl. oz. Syrup of Tolu, 2 fi. oz. Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Glycerite of Yolk of Egg (Glyconin) in a mortar with the Oil, added in small portions at a time, and thoroughly incorporate each portion be- fore adding the next. Then, continuing the trituration, gradually add the Syrup of Tolu and the Flavoring. Finally, add enough Water to make sixteen (IQ) fluid- ounces, and mix the whole thoroughly together. IV. Quillaja Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil. N. F. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Tincture of Quillaja (N. F.), 1 fl. oz. Syrup of Tolu, 2 fl. oz. Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Pour the Tincture into a suitable bottle, then add the Cod Liver Oil in portions of about two (2) fluidounc.es each, and shake after each addition until a perfect emul- sion results. Next add the Syrup of Tolu and the Flavoring, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluid- ounces. Finally, mix the whole thor- together. An 85 per cent. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil may be prepared by mixing in the manner just described: Cod Liver Oil, 8£ fl. oz. Tincture of Quillaja (N. F.), 1 fl. oz. Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Syrup of Tolu, enough to make 10 11. oz. Vote.—Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil made with Quillaja should not be dispensed without the direction or consent of the prescriber. V. Dextrin Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil. N. F. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Mucilage of Dextrin (N. F.), 5 11. oz. Syrup of Tolu, 2 fl. oz. Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 11. oz. To the Mucilage of Dextrin, contained in asuitable bottle, add the Cod Liver Oil, first in small portions, agitatingeach time, until the last-added portion is emulsified. Then add the Flavoring, the Syrup of FORMULARY OF UXOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 1243 Tolu, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (\§) fluidounces, and mix the whole thoroughly together. Flavoring.—Since no single or compound aro- matic can be devised which would be acceptable under all circumstances as a flavoring for Emul- sion of Cod Liver Oil, the selection of the most suitable aromatic must be left to the prescriber or dispenser. Among those which are found to be most generally serviceable are the following, the quantities given below being intended for one (1) pint of finished emulsion, though in some cases a smaller or a larger quantity, in the same pro- portions, may be preferable: 1. Oil of Gaultheria, 30 min. 2. Oil of Gaultheria, 15 min. Oil of Sassafras, 15 min. 3. Aromatic Spirit (N. F.), 120 min. 4. Oil of Gaultheria, 15 min. Oil of Bitter Almond, 2 min. Oil of Coriander, 2 min. 5. Oil of Gaultheria, 10 min. Oil of Sassafras, ' 10 min. Oil of Bitter Almond, 2 min. 6. Oil of Gaultheria, 20 min. Oil of Bitter Almond, 20 min. 7. Oil of Neroli, 12 min. Oil of Bitter Almond, 12 min. Oil of Cloves, 2 min. 1x7. Emulsio Olei Morrhuse cum Calcii Phosphate. N. F. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Phosphate of Calcium. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Phosphate of Lime. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Mucilage of Chondrus (N. F ), 5 fl. oz. Phosphate of Calcium, 256 gr. Syrup of Tolu, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. To the Mucilage of Chondrus, con- tained in a suitable vessel, gradually add the Cod Liver Oil, and prepare an emul- sion as directed under Emulsio Olei Morrhuse. Triturate the Phosphate of Calcium with the Syrup of Tolu and add this to the emulsion ; then add the Alco- hol, Flavoring, and enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Mix the whole thoroughly together. Note.— If any other method of emulsifying the oil is adopted, the Phosphate of Calcium should be triturated with Water, or some other of the liquid constituents, which are added last. A very good emulsion can be made by using mucilage of dextrin. 118. Emulsio Olei Morrhuae cum Extracto Malti. N. F. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Extract of Malt. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Mucilage of Dextrin (N. F.), 2 fl. oz. Extract of Malt, 6 fl. oz. To the Mucilage of Dextrin, contained in a suitable bottle, add the Extract of Malt, and mix them thoroughly hy agita- tion. Then gradually add the Cod Liver Oil, first in small portions, agitating each time until the last-added portion is per- fectly incorporated. Note.—Extract of Malt, most suitable for this preparation, should have about the same con- sistence as Balsam of Peru, at a temperature of 15° C. (59° F.). 119. Emulsio Olei Morrhuae cum Hypophosphite. N. F. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Hypo- phosphite. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Mucilage of Chondrus (N. F.), 5 fl. oz. Any Soluble Hypophosphite, 128 gr. Syrup of Tolu, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Hypophosphite in the Mu- cilage of Chondrus, and emulsify the Cod Liver Oil with the latter as directed under Emulsio Olei Morrhuae. Then add the Syrup of Tolu, Alcohol, and Flavoring, and, finally, enough Water to make six- teen (16) fluidounces. Mix the whole thoroughly together. Note.—:If another method of emulsifying the I oil is adopted, the Hypophosphite should be dissolved in the aqueous portion of the mixture. If more than one Hypophosphite is directed in combination with Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil, and no definite quantities of the salts are prescribed, equal parts of the several Hypo- phosphites maybe taken, amounting altogether to 128 grains for every pint of emulsion. 116. Emulsio Olei Morrhuae cum Calcii Lactophosphate. N. F. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Lacto- phosphate of Calcium. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Lactophosphate of Lime. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Mucilage of Chondrus (N. F.), 5 fl. oz. Lactate of Calcium, 256 gr. Phosphoric Acid (50 per cent.), 256 min. Syrup of Tolu, 1 fl. oz. Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. To the Mucilage of Chondrus, contained in a suitable bottle, gradually add the Cod Liver Oil, and emulsify the latter as di- rected under Emulsio Olei Morrhuse. Dis- solve the Lactate of Calcium in one (1) fluidounce of Water with the aid of the Phosphoric Acid, add the solution gradu- ally to the emulsion, then the syrup of Tolu, the Flavoring, and, lastly, enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Mix the whole thoroughly together. This emulsion should he freshly pre- pared when wanted for use. Note.—If any other method of emulsifying the oil is adopted, the solution of Lactophosphate of Calcium should be made to replace an equiva- lent volume of the aqueous portion of the emul- sion. A very good emulsion can be made by using mucilage of dextrin. 1244 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. 120. Emulsio Olei Morrhuse cum Pruno Virginiana. N. F. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Wild Cherry. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fi. oz. Mucilage of Chondrus (N. F.), 5 fl. oz. Fiuid Extract of Wild Cherry, 1 fl. oz. Syrup of Tolu, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, £ fl. oz. Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. To the Mucilage of Chondrus, contained in a suitable bottle, gradually add the Cod Liver Oil, and prepare an emulsion as directed under Emulsio Olei Morrhuse. Next add the Fluid Extract of Wild Cherry, then the Syrup of Tolu, Alcohol, Flavoring, and enough Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Note.—If another method of emulsifying the oil is adopted, the Fluid Extract of Wild Cherry is to be added after the emulsion of the oil is accomplished, if necessary, with omission of a corresponding volume of one of the secondary constituents. 123. Emulsio Phosphatica. N. F. Phosphatic Emulsion. Mistura Phosphatica. Cod Liver Oil, 4 fl. oz. Glycerite of Yolk of Egg (U. S. P.), 2i tr. oz. Diluted Phosphoric Acid, 360 min. Oil of Bitter Almond, 10 min. Rum, Jamaica, 4 fl. oz. Orange Flower Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. To the Glycerite of Yolk of Egg (Gly- conin), contained in a suitable bottle, gradually add the Cod Liver Oil, in small portions at a time, shaking after each addition, until the added portion is emul- sified. Then gradually add the Phos- phoric Acid, Rum, and Oil of Bitter Almond, incorporating them thoroughly. Finally, add enough Orange Flower Water to make sixteen (16) fluidounces, and mix the whole thoroughly together. 115. Emulsio Olei Morrhuse cum Calcii et Sodii Phosphatibus. N. F. Emulsion of Cod Inver Oil with Phos- phates of Calcium and Sodium. Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil with Phosphates of Lime and Soda. Cod Liver Oil, 8 fl. oz. Mucilage of Chondrus (N. F.), 5 fl. oz. Phosphate of Calcium, 128 gr. Phosphate of Sodium, 128 gr. Syrup of Tolu, 1 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Flavoring, a sufficient quantity. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Phosphate of Sodium in the Mucilage of Chondrus, and emulsify the Cod Liver Oil, with the latter, as directed under Emulsio Olei Morrhuse. Then trit- urate the Phosphate of Calcium with the Syrup of Tolu, add the mixture to the emulsion, afterwards add the Alcohol and Flavoring, and, finally, enough Water to make sixteen (16)) fluidounces. Mix the whole thoroughly together. Note.—If another method of emulsifying the oil is adopted, the Phosphate of Sodium should be dissolved in the aqueous portion of the mixt- ure, and the Phosphate of Calcium incorporated mechanically. A very good emulsion can be made by using mucilage of dextrin. 193. Lac Fermentatum. N. F. Fermented Milk. Kumyss. , Cow’s Milk, fresh, 32 fl. oz. Yeast, semi-liquid, 60 min. , Sugar, 1 tr. oz. : Dissolve the Sugar in the Milk, con- 1 tained in a strong bottle, add the Yeast, cork the bottle securely, and keep it at a temperature between 23° and 32° C. (75° to 90° F.) for six hours; then transfer it to a cold place. 426. Vinum Carnis. N. F. Wine of Beef. Beef and Wine. Extract of Beef, 256 gr. Hot Water, 1 fl. oz. Sherry Wine, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Pour the Hot Water upon the Extract of Beef contained in a mortar or other suitable vessel, and triturate until a ' smooth mixture results. Then gradually add, while stirring, fourteen (14) fluid- ounces of . Sherry Wine. Transfer the mixture to a bottle, set this aside for a few days in a cold place, if convenient, then filter, and pass enough Sherry Wine through the filter to make sixteen (16) fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 2 grains of Extract of Beef. Note.—The Extract of Beef suitable for this or similar preparations is that which is prepared by Liebig’s method. 427. Vinum Carnis et Ferri. N. F. Wine of Beef and Iron. Beef, Wine, and Iron. Extract of Beef, 256 gr. Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron, 256 min. Hot Water, 1 fl. oz. Sherry Wine, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Pour the Hot Water upon the Extract of Beef contained in a mortar or other suitable vessel, and triturate until a smooth mixture results. Then gradually ; add, while stirring, twelve (12) fluidounces of Sherry Wine. Next add the Tincture FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. 1245 and enough Sherry Wine to make sixteen (16)Jluidounces. Transfer the mixture to a bottle, set this aside for a few days in a cold place, if convenient, filter, and pass enough Sherry Wine through the filter to restore the original volume. Each Jluidrachm represents 2 grains of Extract of Beef arid 2 minims of Tincture of Citro- Chloride of Iron. Note.—Regarding Extract of Beef, see Note to No. 426, page 1244. 428. Vinum Carnis, Ferri, et Cinchonae. N. F. Wine of Beef, Iron, and Cinchona. Beef, Wine, Iron, and Cinchona. Extract of Beef, 256 gr. Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron, 256 min. Sulphate of Quinine, 16 gr. Sulphate of Cinchonidine, 8 gr. Citric Acid, 6 gr. Hot Water, 1 fl. oz. Angelica Wine, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Citric Acid and the Sul- phates of Quinine and Cinchonidinein the Hot Water, and pour the solution upon the Extract of Beef contained in a mortar or other suitable vessel. Triturate the liquid with the Extract until they form a smooth mixture, then gradually add, while stirring, twelve (12) Jluidounces of Angelica Wine, and afterwards the Tinct- ure of Citro-Chloride of Iron. Transfer the mixture to a bottle, set this aside for a few days in a cold place, if convenient, filter, and pass enough Angelica Wine through the filter to make sixteen (16) Jluidounces. Each Jluidrachm represents 2 grains of Extract of Beef, 2 minims of Tincture of Citro-Chloride of Iron, and small quanti- ties of Cinchona alkaloids. No 'e.—Regarding Extract of Beef, see Note to No. 426, page 1244. Angelica Wine is a variety of sweet California wine. 233. Liquor Seriparus. N. F. Liquid Rennet. Calves’ Rennet, fresh, 2 tr. oz. Chloride of Sodium, 360 gr. Alcohol, 4 fl. oz. Water, 16 fl. oz. Dissolve the Chloride of Sodium in the Water, add the Alcohol, and macerate in this mixture the Rennet (or the washed mucous membrane of the fresh stomach of a suckling calf), during three days, under frequent agitation. Then filter. Note.—If this liquid is to be used merely for curdling the milk, without separating the whey as a distinct layer, it should be added to the milk, previously warmed to a temperature of about 35° C. (95° F.), and the mixture should then be set aside, undisturbed, until it coagu- lates. If the whey Is to he separated, the Liquid Rennet should be added to the milk while cold, and the mixture heated to about 35° C. (95° F.), but not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.). One part of the liquid should coagulate between 200 and 300 parts of milk. 2io. Liquor Carmini. N. F. Solution of Carmine. Carmine, 1 tr. oz. Water of Ammonia, 6 fl. oz. Glycerin, 6 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Carmine to a fine powder in a Wedgwood mortar, gradually add the Water of Ammonia, and afterwards the Glycerin, under constant trituration. Transfer the mixture to a porcelain cap- sule, and heat it upon a water-bath, con- stantly stirring, until the liquid is entirely free from ammoniacal odor. Then cool, and add enough Water to make sixteen (16) jluidounces. Note.—The best quality of Carmine, known in commerce as “No. 40,” should be used for this preparation. 2X1. Liquor Coccineus. N. F. Cochineal Color. Cochineal, in No. 50 powder, 1 tr. oz. Carbonate of Potassium, J tr. oz. Alum, tr. oz. Bitartrate of Potassium, 1 tr. oz. Glycerin, 8 fl. oz. Alcohol, 1 fl. oz. Water, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Triturate the Cochineal intimately with the Carbonate of Potassium and eight (8) Jluidounces of Water. Then add the Alum and Bitartrate of Potassium successively, heat the mixture to boiling in a capacious vessel, then set it aside to cool, add to it the Glycerin and Alcohol, filter, and pass enough Water through the filter to make sixteen (16) Jluidounces. 335. Spiritus Acidi Formici. N. F. Spirit of Formic Acid. Spiritus Formicarum (Germ. Pharm.). Spirit of Ants. Formic Acid, 250 min. Distilled Water, 3| fl. oz. Alcohol, enough to make 16 fl. oz. Mix the Formic Acid with the Distilled Water, and add enough Alcohol to make sixteen (16) Jluidounces. Note.—Formic Acid is required by the Germ. Pharm. to have a specific gravity of r060 to P063. 347. Spongia Compressa. N. F. Compressed Sponge. Sponge Tent. Sponge, a sufficient quantity. Mucilage of Acacia, 1 volume. Water, 9 volumes. Mix a sufficient quantity of Mucilage of Acacia and of Water, in the proportion of 1246 FORMULARY OF UNOFFICINAL PREPARATIONS. one (1) volume of the former to nine (9) volumes of the latter, and immerse in the liquid the Sponge, previously freed from sand and other obvious impurities, and cut into suitable pieces. When the Sponge has been thoroughly impregnated, firmly wrap twine around it so as to bring it to the desired shape, and then dry it. Note.—Sponge thus prepared is best preserved with the twine wrapped around it. If the twine is removed, special care must be taken to pro- tect the Sponge against damp air. 348. Spongia Decolorata. N. F. Decolorized Sponge. Bleached Sponge. Sponge, Permanganate of Potassium, Hyposulphite of Sodium, Hydrochloric Acid, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Free the Sponge from sand and any other obvious impurities or damaged por- tions by beating, washing, and trimming, then soak it for about fifteen minutes in a sufficient quantity of solution of Per- manganate of Potassium, containing one hundred and twenty (120) grains to the pint, wringing the Sponge out occasion- ally and replacing it in the liquid. Then remove it and wash it with Water, until the latter runs off colorless. Wring out the Water, and then place the Sponge into a solution of Hyposulphite of So- dium containing one (1) troyounce to the pint. Next add for every pint of the last- named solution used, one (1) fluidounce of Hydrochloric Acid diluted with Jour (4) Jluidounces of Water. Macerate the Sponge in the liquid for about fifteen minutes, expressing it frequently, and re- placing it in the liquid. Then remove it, wash it thoroughly with Water, and dry it. In the case of large and dark- colored sponges, this treatment may be repeated until the color has been removed as far as possible. Note.—If it is desired to keep the Sponge soft, and to prevent it from shrinking when dry, it may be dipped, after havingbeen finally washed, into a mixture of 1 volume of Glycerin and 5 volumes of Water, after which it is to be wrung out and allowed to dry. Ethereal Tincture of Cantharides. Cantharides, 1 oz. (troy). Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 14 fl. oz. Macerate for eight days, and filter. Hair Tonic. (Prof. Gross.) Tincture of Cantharides, 90 min. Tincture of Capsicum, 20 min. Glycerin, 30 min. Perfumed Spirit, sufficient to make 6 fl. oz. Mix. Unguentum Cantharidis. U. S. 1870. Ointment of Cantharides. Cantharides, Yellow Wax, of each, 1 oz. (av.). Olive Oil, 6 fl. oz. Infuse the Cantharides* in the Oil in a covered vessel for twelve hours; then place the vessel in boiling water for fif- teen minutes, strain through muslin with strong pressure, add the product to the Wax, previously melted, and stir con- stantly while the mixture, cools. Antispasmodic Mixture. (Sydenham’s.) Tincture of Valerian, 5 fl. dr. Compound Spirit of Ether, 1 fl. dr. Tincture of Castor, 10 fl. dr. Fennel Water, 12£ fl. oz. Mix. Dose, a tablespoonful every three or four hours. Tinctura Castorei. U. S. 1870. Tincture of Castor. Castor (bruised), 1 oz. (troy). Alcohol, 16 fl. oz. Macerate for seven days, express, and filter through paper. SODA-WATER SYRUPS. Vanilla Syrup. Fluid Extract of Vanilla, 2 fl. oz. Syrup, a sufficient quantity to make 32 fl. oz. Mix. Ginger Syrup. Tincture of Ginger, 4 fl. oz. Syrup, a sufficient quantity to make 128 fl. oz. Mix. Lemon Syrup. Solution of Citric Acid (1 in 10), 3 fl. oz. Spirit of Lemon, H fl. oz. Syrup, 8 pints. Tincture of Curcuma, a sufficient quan- tity to color. Mix. Syrup of Sarsaparilla. Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla, 2 fl. oz. Oil of Sassafras, Oil of Anise, of each, 12 min. Oil of Gaultheria, 9 min. Syrup, a sufficient quantity to make 8 pints. Mix. Orange Syrup. Oil of Orange (fresh), 10 min. Citric Acid, 120 gr. Syrup, 64 fl. oz, Mix. FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL PREPARA TIONS. 1247 Strawberry Syrup. Strawberry Juice, 32 fl. oz. Sugar, 128 oz. (av.). Water, 32 fl. oz. Mix the Juice and Water, and dis- solve the Sugar by percolating with the mixture. Raspberry Syrup. Raspberry Juice, 32 fl. oz. Sugar, 128 oz. (av.). Water, 32 fl. oz. Mix the Juice and Water, and dissolve the Sugar by percolating with the mix- ture. Pineapple Syrup. Pineapple Juice, 32 fl. oz. Sugar, 128 oz. (av.). Water, 32 fl. oz. Mix the Juice and Water, and dissolve the Sugar by percolating with the mix- ture. Nectar Syrup. Vanilla Syrup, 40 fl. oz. Pineapple Syrup, 8 fl. oz. Strawberry Syrup, 16 fl. oz. Mix. Chocolate Syrup. Best Chocolate, 8 oz. (av.). Sugar, 64 oz. (av.). Water, 32 fl. oz. Mix the Chocolate in the Water, and stir thoroughly over a slow fire; strain, and add the Sugar. Sherbet Syrup. Vanilla Syrup, 48 fl. oz. Pineapple Syrup, 16 fl. oz. Lemon Syrup, 16 fl. oz. Mix. Coffee Syrup. Coffee (roasted), 8 oz. (av.). Boiling Water, 8 pints. Sugar, 112 oz. (av.). Make an infusion, filter, add the Sugar, and strain. COLORS FOE SHOW-BOTTLES. Dark Blue. Copper Nitrate, 4 oz. (av.). Water, 16 pints. Water of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Copper salt, add Ammonia as long as it deepens the color ; filter. Dark Green. Copper Sulphate, 8 oz. (av.). Potassium Bichromate, 60 gr. Water, 16 pints. Mix, and filter. Red. Fuchsine, 20 gr. Acetic Acid, 2 fl. oz. Water, 8 pints. Mix. Yellow. Potassium Bichromate, 4 oz. (av.). Nitric Acid, 4 fl. oz. Water, 16 pints. Mix, and filter. APPENDIX. ANSWERS TO PRACTICAL PROBLEMS AND EXERCISES. (See page 87.) [The answers to these questions have been worked out from the data given in the problems or chapters, but may vary slightly from other results on account of the use of metric or other equivalents not given in this book, or because in the answer or in some of the results leading to it, the decimals have not been carried out far enough or perhaps too far.] 1. Ans. 700 gr. each of powdered ipecac and opium and 5600 gr. of powdered sugar of milk. 2. Ten per cent, each of powdered ipecac and opium and eighty per cent, of powdered sugar of milk. 3. 3195 gi. 4. 3775 gr. 5. 34 cents. 6. 128. 7. 7680. 8. 9600. 9. 1750. 10. 1822.8. 11. 1920. 12. 48 + (1 pint = 7291.2 gr.). 13. 41.66+. 14. 80. 15. Linseed oil, fgij; lime water, f5iv. 16. Six. 17. Place 4.55 gr. (one per cent, of 455 gr.) of cocaine hydro- chlorate in a graduate, and dissolve it in enough distilled water to make a fluid- ounce ; or, more conveniently, dissolve 5 grains in 1 fl. oz. 40 min. of water and use 1 fl. oz. of the solution. 18. Strychnine, 2 gr.; quinine, 128 gr.; ferric phosphate, 256 gr. 19. $1.20. 20. He would lose $1. 21. 7500 mm. 22. 8.0623 M. 23. 6.30 M. 24. 12.543 M. 25. 12.543 M. 26. 1.001 M. 27. Twenty-five dekametres. 28. Twenty-five decimetres. 29. Yes. 30. One metre and twenty centimetres. 31. $1.2 is an unusual way of expressing one dollar and two-tenths : one dollar and two dimes is also unusual; but one dollar and twenty cents is common. 32. Four thousand two hundred and sixty-three metres and six hundred and seventy- eight millimetres. 33. 81.396 M. (Place each row in position, beginning at the right-hand column, and add in the usual manner; if 816 cm. is to be placed, begin- ning with 6 in the centimetre place, and 8 would be in the metre place, thus 8.16; 732 dm. would be 73.2, while 36 mm. would be .0.036)— 8.16 73.2 0.036 81.396 34. 0.015 M. 85. 473.016 M. 36. 500. 37. 8.36 sq. M. 38. 8.3608 sq. M. 39. 3.030303 sq. M. 40. 20.202020 sq. M. 41. 505.0005 sq. H. 42. 1.000,000. 43. 63.063063063 cu. M. 44.1000. 45. A litre. 46. 50. 47. 174.625 L., or 174 L. 625 C.c. 48. Oil of juniper, 2 Gm.; oil of caraway, oil of fennel, each 0.20 Gm. ; alcohol, 600 Gm. ; water, 397.60 Gm. 49. Oil of juniper, 14 gr. ; oil of caraway, oil of fennel, each 1.4 gr. ; alcohol, 4200 gr. ; water, 2783.2 gr. 50. 82.28+- 51. 62.49 + fl. oz. (7291.2 X 1-405, the sp. gr. of solution of chloride of iron (see page 83), = 10244.136, the weight of one pint of solution of chloride of iron ; 10244.186 X 37.8 = 3872.2834080, the number of grains of anhydrous salt in one pint of solution of chloride of iron ; 10 times this amount (10 X 3872.2834080) equals the weight in grains of a solution containing 10 per cent, of anhydrous salt, 38722.834 gr.; now if the weight of one pint of solution of chloride of iron be subtracted from it, the remainder must be the number of grains of water to be added to make the whole 10 per cent., 38722.834 —10244.136 = 28478.698 ; then 28478.698-4-455.7 (the num- ber of grains in a fluidounce of water) = 62.49 + fl. oz.). 52. 8.46 + fl. oz. solution, 7.53 + fl. oz. water. 53. 15 per cent. 54. 5.5 gr. 55. 377 gr. 56. 16 min. 57. 480. 58. 630 gr. 59. 604.83 + gr. 497.6 + gr. 61.fi- 62. 3261.35+ gr. 63. 25.478+ gr. 64. 28.709+gr. 65. 3059 gr. ({«. 4954.62+ gr. 67. 38.7 + gr. 15. 5+ min. " 69. 2762.19+. 70. 103.78 + min. 71. 1800. 72. 61.025+ (gallon = 231 cu. in.). 73. .4731 +. 74. 28314.87+. 75. 946.32+. 76. 2113.4+. 77. 270.52+. 78. 453.69+. 79. 1370.17+. 80. 373250.38+. 81. 91.44+. 82. 189. 83. 1021.2. 83«. 1.0212. 83ft. 1021200. 84. 1609.329+. 85. 721.65+. 86. 187.2. 87. 5 oz., 262.5 gr. 88. 20. 89. 3.47 + gr. 90. .324 Gm., 5 gr. nearly. 91. 5248 gr. 92. 10 lbs. troy, or 8 lbs. 3 oz. 287.5 gr. av. 93. 30 lbs. troy, or 24 lbs. 10 oz. 425 gr. av. 94. 8 lbs. 9 oz. 382.5 gr. troy, or 7 lbs. 3 oz. 87.5 gr. av. 95. 3.982. 1248 APPENDIX. 1249 96. 4.2. 97. 11.45. 98. 6.49. 99. 1 = 6 49 = .154 +. 100. 4.680 Kilo- grammes. 101. 625 centimetres. 102. 21.84 Kilogrammes. 103. 11.5. 104. 4.2. 105. 0.960+. 106.1.492 + chloroform. 107. 1.25 glycerin. 108. 591.38 +. 109. 36.96+. 110. 704.93 +. 111. 44.05 + Gm. 112. 0.4731+. 113. 114. 115. & (Oj =473.11 C.c.). 116. 0.845. 68.25 35.7 32.55 177.45 32.55 210.00 210) 177.45 (.845 1680 945 840 1050 1050 117. 400 gr. 118. 16 oz. av. Weight of bottle 15 oz. av. 119. 454.21 + (Oj = 473.11 C.c.). 120. 56 lbs. 4 oz. 164.04 gr. av. 121. 726.74+ (Oj = 473.11 C.c.). 122. 11.45+. 123. 7.69+. 124. 9. 125. 10.6+. 126. 5 pints carbolic acid cost $2.21 +, 5 pints glycerin cost $2.08 + ; the druggist therefore loses 13 + cents. 127. 1.31. 1560 : 7.8 :: 262 : 1.31. 128. .820 alcohol. 129. 11220 lbs. 399.360 gr. av. (1 cu. in. 252.509 gr.) = 180 cubic feet; volume = 192 cubic feet. 130. 11 gallons 3 pints 12.37 fl. oz., or 95 lbs. 7 oz. 76.314 gr. av. 131. .074074+. 132. .9372. 133. .8. 134. .5. 135. 15.67 fl. oz. 136. 9.3 C.c. 137. 36.456 gr. (see answer to No. 17). 138. 25.56 oz. av. 139. Weight of the bottle, 7436.94 gr.; weight of the syrup, 8598.06 gr.; weight of the oil, 5907.06 gr. 140. Weight of the bottle, 6125 gr.; weight of the water, 7000 gr. 141. Weight of the water, 16.5 oz. av. ; weight of acid, 19.14 oz. av.; sp. gr. 1.16 ; hydrochloric acid. ALLIGATION. 1. 2 parts of 7 p. c. and 9 parts of 18 p. c. 2. 4 parts of 7 p. c. and 7 parts of 18 p. c. 3. 6 parts of 7 p. c., 7 parts of 16 p. c., and 7 parts of 18 p. c. 4. 4 parts of 7 p. c., 2 parts of 8 p. c., 6 parts of 16 p. c., 7 parts of 18 p. c., or 2 parts of 7 p. c., 4 parts of 8 p. c., 7 parts of 16 p. c., 6 parts of 18 p. c. 5. 7 parts of 9 p. c., 5 parts each of 15, 16, and 18 p. c. 6. 2 parts of 7 p. c., 2 parts of 8 p. c., 2 parts of 9 p. c., 2 parts of 11 p. c., and 21 parts of 16 p. c. U 1 I I ill 7 8 9 11 16 I l 2 2 2 2 7 6 5 3_ 2 2 2 2 21 7. 7 parts of 77 p. c. 7 parts of 83 p. c. 10 parts of 92 p. c. 24 539 581 920 24)2040 85 85. 77 83 92 i . I 7 7 2 8 7 7 10 8. 10 oz. 9. 18 parts of glycerin and 25 parts of alcohol. 10. 36 parts of glycerin and 125 parts of diluted alcohol. 11. 58.82 ounces of 94 p. c. and 41.18 ounces of 60 p. c. 12. 148.7 C.c. of alcohol, 77.3 C.c. of glycerin, and 24 C.c. of syrup. 18. 26 pints of 0.820, 3 pints each of sp. gr. 0.935 and sp. gr. 0.865. 14. 5 troy ounces. 14. i 1 8 17_ 3 6 6 : 3 : : 10 : 5 10 X1? —170 _6 X 8= 40 15 210 210 -=-15 = 14 p. c. 80 1250 APPENDIX. 15. 160 gr. 13. I 1 12 16 8 1 3 : 480 : : 1 : 160 16. 685$ gr. 85. i I 75 92 7 10 7 : 480 : : 10 : 685$ 17. 70.2054 fl. oz. (7291.2 X 2 X .820 = 11957.568 grains in a quart of U. S. P. alcohol; and 11957.568 X *91 = 10881.38688 grains of absolute alcohol (91 p. c. absolute alcohol in U. S. P. alcohol). 35 parts of alcohol (91 p. c.) require 56 parts of water to make the mixture 35 p. c., or 5 parts require 8 parts ; then as 5 : 8 : : 11957.568 : 19132.1088, and 19132.1088 + 11957.568 gr.-f-437.5 = 71.06 + oz. av. 35. I I 91 0 35 66 18. 12.4 oz. 14. i 1 iot m 2* 8* 4 oz. 10 p. c. = 40 5 oz. 11 p. c. = 55 9 95 2$ : 9 : : 8$ : 12.4 19. 24 oz. 95-*-9 = 10$ p. c. 14. 10.4 15.5 1.6 3.6 3 oz. 9 p. c. = 27 3$ oz. 10 p. c. = 35 3$ oz. 12 p. c. = 42 10 104 1.5 : 10 : : 3.6 : 24 104-5-10 = 10.4 p. c. 20. 640 gr. 8 p. c., 1280 gr. 11 p. c., 1920 gr. 16 p. c. and 960 gr. 18 p. c. 21. 31 parts to every 14£ parts. 22. 7 oz. 211.69 -f- gr. 31 : 14 5 :: 7000 gr. : 3274.19 gr. 28. 6 l 192 gp. For one part of 16 p. c. he must use 4 parts of 13£ p. c., or | of the whole amount of 13£ p. c. $ of 8 oz. =6 oz. 192 gr. 14. 16 13$ i 2 24. 2. 1-0 3^ n a If oz. = 900 gr. A oz- = 192 gr. or in the proportion of 75 to 16. 25. 20 parts of $|ths of 1 p. c. and 17 parts of 3$ p. c. 26. 23 parts of 1.235 p. c. and 51 parts of 2.345 p. e. 27. 11 parts of 1.676 p. c. and 3 parts of 3.188 p. c. 28. 43 parts of 0.840 p. c., 43 parts of 1.848 p. c., and 82 parts of 2 688 p. c. 29. 9 oz. 256| gr. If 43 parts are equal to 5 oz., then by proportion 82 parts are equal to 9 oz. 256f gr. 30. 5 oz. of 0.840 p. c., 11.7905 oz. of 2.688 p. c., and 15.2095 oz. of 1.848 p. c. 31. 32 oz. of solution, 2.64 oz. of water. 32. 6 fl. oz. 4 fl. dr. 48 min. 82 : 2.64 :: 80: 6.6. 33. 14.4 fl. oz. of sp. gr. 1.312, 9.6 fl. oz. of sp. gr. 1.332. 34. 67.6 fl. oz. water. 35. 11$ oz. 28 : 10 : : 32 : 11$. If in 28 oz. there are 10 oz. of the stronger water of ammonia, then 32 oz. will require 11$ oz. 36. 12.3 -f- fl. oz. 81. I 1 94 76 6 13 13 : 5 : : 32 : 12.3 87. 91 fl. oz. 6.9 fl. dr. INDEX. HEAVY BLACK FIGURES INDICATE FORMULA PAGES. A. Abbreviations 1010 Abies balsamea 801, 835 canadensis 836 excelsa 801, 835 pectinata 801 Absinthin 825 Absinthium 825 oil 801 Absolute alcohol 752, 978 Absorbent cotton 716 Absorbing gas, method of 196 Abstract aconite 429, 921 belladonna 429 conium 430, 923 digitalis 430, 865 hyoscyamus 431, 916 ignatia 431,911 jalap 432, 874 nux vomica 432, 911 podophyllum 433, 875 senega 43 3 , 870 valerian 434, 822 Abstracta 427 Abstracts 427 Abstractum aconiti 429, 921 belladonnas 429 conii 429, 430, 923 digitalis 429, 430, 865 hyoscyami 429, 431, 916 ignatiae 429, 431, 911 jalapae 429, 432, 874 nucis vomicae429, 432,911 podophylli 429, 433, 875 senegas 429, 433, 870 Valerianae 429, 434, 822 Acacia 736 catechu 881 emulsion castor oil 1212 cod liver oil 1242 finely dusted 737 granulated 737 mucilage 300 syrup 289 Yerek 736 Aceta 407 Acetanilid 728 Acetate of aluminium 598 amyl 769 barium 585 copper 656 ethyl 761 iron 610 lead 650 magnesium 569 mercury 664 methyl 770 Acetate of morphine 894 potassium 495 silver 658 sodium 522 zinc 589 Acetated tincture opium 1229 Acetic acid 719 camphorated 1190 diluted 721 glacial 721 ether 761 turpentine liniment 1203 Acetone 723 mixture 1190 Acetophenone 729 Acetum aromaticum 1188 lobelias 407 opii 407, 408, 893 sanguinarias 407, 408 scillae 407, 408, 865 Acetyl-naphthalin 724 Acetylen 724 Achillea 829 Millefolium 829 Achilleine 829 Acid, acetic 719 diluted 721 glacial 721 aconitic 921 anthemic 826 arsenious 690 solution 691 artanthic 818 benzoic 838 boracic 484 boric 484 tests for 483 bromic 462 camphor mixture 1204 carbolic 726 crude 725 carbonic 481 carminic 967 cathartic 871 cerotic 968 cetin-elaic 964 cetraric 735 chelidonic 920 chenotaurocholio 963 chloric 462 chromic 642 chrysophanic 873, 876 cinchotannic 900 oinnamic 838 citric 778 convolvulinolic 861 copaivic 819 Acid, cyanhydrio 807 dropper 445 ethyl-sulphuric 770 eugenic 797 euonic 876 ferric 608 filicic 827 filitannic 827 formic 970 fumaric 735 gallic 880 gambogic 874 gelseminic 913 gentisic 862 glycocholic 963 glycyrrhizio 746 guaiacic 838 guaiaconic 838 guaiaretic 838 hydriodic 462 hydrobromic, diluted 448 hydrochloric 446 diluted 447 hydrocyanic, diluted 807 hyoglycocholic 963 hyotaurocholic 963 hypochlorous 462 hypophosphorous 471 hyposulphurous 471,472 igasuric 911 ilicic 871 iodic 462 . ipecacuanhic 922 kinic 900 kinotannic 881 kinovic 900 kramero-tannic 881 lactic 891, 962, 971 lauro-stearic 965 lichen-stearic 735 lobelic 924 lupamaric 821 malic 779 manganic 606 margaric 845 meconic 891 melilotic 871 metaborio 483 metapectic 780 metaphosphoric 471, 477 muriatic, diluted 447 my ri stic 965 nitric 449 diluted 451 nitrohydrochloric 451 diluted 452 nitrous 450 oleic 845, 851, 971 1251 1252 INDEX. Acid, orthophosphoric 477 oxalic 718 palmitic 845, 968 perchloric 462 periodic 462 permanganic 606 phosphoric 456 diluted 458 tests for 477 phosphorous 471,476 phthalio 729 picric 729 piperic 817 podophyllinic 875 polygallic 870 prussic 807 pyroboric 483 pyrogallic 880 pyrophosphoric 477 pyrophosphorous 471 quinic 900 quinovic 862, 900 rheotannic 872 rheumic . 872 rosolic 724, 730 salicylic 727 santalic 869 sclerotic 868 stannic 648 stearic 845, 965 sulphocarbolic 730 sulphocyanic 724 sulphophenic 730 sulphovinic 770 sulphuric 452 sulphuric aromatic 454 sulphuric, diluted 454 tests for 472 sulphurous 455 tests for 472 tannic 879 tartaric 776 taurocholic 963 thiosulphuric 472 valerianic 822 xantho-proteic 450 Acids 978 antidotes 445 inorganic 443 Acidum aceticum 719 dilutum 721 glaciale 721 arseniosum 446, 689, 690 benzoicum 838 boricum 446 bromicum 462 carbolicum 726 crudum 725 iodatum 1190 chloricum 462 chromicum 446, 642 citricum 778 formicum 970 gallicum 880 hydriodicum 462 hydrobromicum dilu- tum 446, 448 hydrochloricum 446 dilutum 446, 447 hydrocyanicum dilu- tum 807 hydrosulphuricum 471 Acidum hypochlorosum 462 hypophosphorosum 471 dilutum 1160 hyposulphurosum 471 iodicum 462 lacticum 962, 971 metaboricum 483 metaphosphoricum 471 dilutum 1156 metastannicum 648 muriaticum 446 dilutum 447 nitricum 446, 449 dilutum 446, 451 nitrohy drochloricum 446, 451 dilutum 446, 452 oleicum 851, 971 oxalicum 718 perchloricum 462 periodicum 462 pbospboricum 446, 456 glaciale dilutum 1156 dilutum 446, 458 phosphorosum 471 pyroboricum 483 pyrophosphorosum 471 salicylicum 727 stannicum 648 sulphuricum 446, 452 aromaticum 446, 454 dilutum 446, 454 sulphurosum 446, 455 tannicum 879 tartaricum 776 Acipenser Huso 965 Aconine 920 Aconite 920 abstract 429, 921 extract 417, 921 Flemming’s tincture 1235 fluid extract 367, 371, 921 liniment 1237 tincture 339, 921 Aconitic acid 921 Aconitine 920, 925 oleate 1234 Aconitum 920 Napellus 920, 925 Acorn 733 Acorus Calamus 800, 801 Acridine 724 Acrinyl thiocyanate 809 Adansonia digitata 739 Adapters 147 Adeps 958, 971 benzoinatus 839, 959 Adhesive plaster 1148 Adiantum Capillus-Ven- eris 739 Adjuvant 1006 elixir 1202 ASgle Marmelos 739, 830 JJsculetin 861 iEsculin 861 jEsculus Hippocastanum 850, 861, 884 JSther 756 aceticus 761 fortior 756 African pepper 819 Agaricus albus 824 Agate 484 evaporating dish 132 ware funnels 214 Agrimonia 884 Eupatoria 884 Agrimony 884 Aitken’s tonic pills 1179 Albumen ovi 970 Alcohol 103, 751 absolute 752, 978 as a solvent 192 diluted 753 dilutum 753 ethyl 751 glyceric 853 metbylic 723 Alcoholic extract bella- donna 418 conium 420 hyoscyamus 422 eyewash 1201 mixture, Gubler’s 1190 solutions 309 Alcoholmeters 77 Alcoholmetrical table 754, 755 Aldehyd 765, 769 Alembic 139 still 153 Aleurites triloba 850 Alexandria senna 871 Algarobia glandulosa 739 Alisma 824 Plantago 824 Alkalies and their com- pounds 487 Alkaline solution copper 1184 tar 1189 Alkaloids 889 Alliaria officinalis 810 Alligation applied to pharmacy 91 Allium 810 sativum 810 Allspice 797 oil 797 Allyl sulphate 809 sulphide 810 tribroinide 810 Allylen 724 Allyl-iso-thiocyanate 809 Almond, bitter 806 expressed oil 846 mixture 302, 845 sweet 845 syrup 290, 845 Alnuin 841 Alnus rubra 841 Aloe 876 purificata 876,^877 socotrina 876 Aloes 876 and asafetida, pills 877 and iron, pills 877 and mastic, pills 877 and myrrh, pills 877 and myrrh, tincture 339, 877 aqueous extract 417, 876 pills 877, 1109 purified 876, 877 tincture 339 , 877 INDEX. 1253 Aloes, wine 358 , 877 Aloin 876 Alosa Menhaden 970 Alpinia officinarum 802, 824 Alsop's infusion jar 325 Alstonia constricta 924, 925 scholaris 924 Alstonine 924, 925 Althasa 738 officinalis 738 syrup 290 Alum 598 dried 599 gargle 1175 potassa 598 root 884 Alumen 598 exsiccatum 598, 599 Alumina, hydrated 600 Aluminii acetas 598 bromidum 598 chloridum 598 et potassii sulphas 598 hydras 598, 6 0 0 iodidum 598 nitras 598 oxidum 598 phosphas 598 sulphas 598, 601 Aluminium 588, 597, 979 acetate 598 bromide 598 chloride 598 hydrate 600 iodide 598 nitrate 598 oleate 851 oxide 598 phosphate 598 salts 1174 tests for 598 sulphate 601 weights 61 Amandin 845 Amanita muscaria 926 Amber 724 oil 724 Ambergris 969 Ambra grisea 969 American calumba 871 cannabis 822 hellebore 919 spikenard 824 wormseed 823 Amides 889 Amines 889 Ammi copticum 805 Ammonia alum 598 liniment 320 (Jackson’s) lozenges 1169 spirit 312 aromatic 313 water 553 stronger 554 Ammoniac 836 mixture 302, 836 plaster 836, 1144 with mercury 667, 836, 1144 Ammoniacum 836 Ammoniated glycyrrhizin 746 Ammoniated mercury 667 tincture guaiac 338, 347, 838 valerian 338, 356, 822 Ainmonii arsenias 553 benzoas 552, 557 bicarbonas 553 bichromas 553 boras 553 bromidum 552, 558 carbonas 552, 559 pyro-oleosus 553 chloridum 552, 560 citras 553 et ferri chloridum 553 et potassii tartras 553 fluoridum 553 formas 553 iodidum 552, 561 nitras 552. 5 62 nitris 553 phosphas 552, 563 salicylas 553 sulphas 552, 5 63 sulphis 553 sulphocyanidum 553 valerianas 552, 564 Ammonio-ferric alum 624 citrate 618 sulphate 624 tartrate 624 Ammonium 487, 552 acetate, solution 556 amalgam 552 and iron chloride 553 and potassium tartrate 553 arseniate 553 benzoate 557 bicarbonate 553 bichromate 553 borate 553 bromide 558 carbamate 559 carbonate 559 chloride 560 troches 552 citrate 553 fluoride 553 formate 553 iodide 561 liniment 1170 nitrate 562 nitrite 553 oxalate 718 phosphate 563 salicylate 553 salts 1169 tests for 552 sulphate 563 sulphite 553 sulphocyanide 553 valerianate 564 elixir 1169 Rother’s solution 1169 Amorphous 231 Ampelopsin 841 Ampelopsis quinquefolia 841 Amussart’s laxative syrup 1215 Amygdala amara 806 dulcis 845 Amygdalin 806, 861 Amygdalus communis 806, 845, 861 Persica 780 Amyl acetate 769 butyrate 769 chloride 769 iodide 770 nitris 762 nitrite 762 pearls 763 valerianate 770 Amylene hydrate 770 Amylum 732 iodatum 462, 468, 733 Anacardium occidentale 739 Anacyclus Pyrethrum 828 Anagyrine 925 Anagyris foetida 925 Analysis 974 gravimetric quantita- tive 975 of Latin prescription 1008 proximate 976 qualitative 974 qualitive 974 quantitative 974 quantitive 974 ultimate 976 volumetric quantita- tive 975 Analytical apparatus case 976 balances 51 Anamirta Cocculus 924 paniculata 867 Anderson’s Scots pills 1223 Andira Araroba 873 Andropogon Citratis 803 nardus 802 Schoenanthus 802 Anemone patens 829 pratensis 829 Pulsatilla 829 Anemonin 829 Anethol 795 Anethum graveolens 794 Angelica 794 oil 794 root 794 Angustura 830 bark 830 oil 801, 830 Aniline 728 Animal charcoal 482, 971 purified 482 Anisated powder rhubarb and magnesia 1221 Anise 795 camphor 795 oil 795 spirit 313, 795 water 278 Aniseed cordial 1202 Anisum 795 Answers to practical problems 1248 Antacrid tincture 1185 Anthelmintic syrup 1208 Anthemic acid 826 Anthemis 826 nobilis 801, 826 oil 801 syrup 1208 1254 INDEX. Anthracen 724 Anthracite coal 100 Antichlor 526 Antidote,Bibron's 466,1156 Antidotes for acids 445 Antidyspeptic pills 1236 Antifebrin 728 Anti-gout pills, Corlieu’s 1166 Antimonates 682 Antimonial mixture 1186 ointment 1186 plaster 1186 powder 688, 1082, 1186 Antimoniate potassium 490 Antimonic acid 682 oxide 682 Antimonii bromidum 683 et potassii tartras 683 fluoridum 683 iodidum 683 oxidum 683, 684 oxysulphidum 683 pentasulphidum 683 sulphas 683 sulphidum 683, 68 6 purificatum 683, 68 6 8ulphurctum 686 Antimonites 682 Antimonium sulphuratum 683, 687 Antimonous acid 682 oxide 682 Antimony 682 and potassium tartrate683 bromide 683 crude 686 fluoride 683 iodide 683 oxide 684 oxysulphide 683 pentasulphide 683 pentoxide 682 pills, compound 688, 838 1110 salts 1186 tests for 682 sulphate 683 sulphide 686 purified 686 sulphurated 687 tetroxide 682 trioxide 682 wine 358 , 688 Antineuralgic pills 1230 Antiperiodic pills 1236 tincture 1236 Antipyrin 728 Antiseptic solution 1205 Antispasmodio mixture 1246 powders 1206 Apiol 810 camphor 810 Apis mellifioa 744, 967 Apium, compound mixture 1202 graveolens 802 petroselinum 810 Apocynein 829 Apocynin 829, 841 Apocynum 829 androssemifolium 830, 841 Apocynum cannabinum 829 Apomorphinae hydro- chloras 897 Apomorphine hydrochlo- rate 897 Apoquinamine 900 Aporetin 872 Apothecaries’ measure 39 weight 38 Apotheme 411 Appendix 1248 Apple 780 Apportioning space 987 Approximate measures 39 Apricot 780 Aqua 441 acidi carbolici 1190 carbonici 481 ammoniae 275, 552, 553 fortior 275, 552, 554 amygdalae amar£e275,2 78, 807 anisi 276, 278, 795 aurantii florum 278, 788 camphorae 276, 278, 804 chlori 275, 279, 462 cbloroformi 1197 cinnamomi 276, 279, 796 creasoti 275, 279 , 723 destillata 278, 280 , 442 foeniouli 276, 280, 794 fortis 450 hamamelidis 1225 menthae piperitae 276,2 80, 790 viridis 276, 280 , 790 phagedaenica 1021 flava 1185 nigra 1185 regia 451 rosae 278, 280 sedativa 1169 Aquae 275 Aqueous extract aloes 417 solutions 275 tincture rhubarb 1219 Arabic acid 736 Arabin 736 Arachis hypogaea 850 Aralia racemosa 824 Arbor vitae 824 Arbutin 861, 883 Archibald’s suppository machine 1127 Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi 883 Are 40 Areometers 73 Argenti acetas 658 bromidum 658 chloridum 658 chromas 658 cyanidum 658 iodidum 658, 659 lactas 658 nitras 658, 660 dilutus 658,661 fusus 658, 661 oxalas 658 oxidum 658, 662 phosphas 658 sulphas 658 Argols 498, 774 Argols, red 774 white 774 Aricine 900 Aristolochia reticulata 803, 821 Serpentaria 803, 821 Army prescription scale 51 Arnica flowers 825 tincture 339, 825 liniment 1208 montana 801, 825 oil 801 plaster 825, 1145 root 825 extract 417, 825 fluid extract 371, 825 tincture 339, 825 Arnicas flores 825 radix 825 Arnicin 825 Aromatic camphor mixt- ure 1204 chalk powder 1172 confection 1201 elixir 1202 eriodictyon 1216 glycyrrhiza 1195 liquorice 1195 yerba santa 1216 fluid extract 367, 371 rhubarb 1220 pepsin 1238 plaster 1203 powder 1052 chalk 1172 with opium 1172 solution pepsin 1239 spirit 1200 of ammonia 313, 555 sulphuric acid 454 syrup blackberry 1226 eriodictyon 1204 galls 1225 rhubarb 287, 2 9 6 senna 1221 yerba santa 1204 tincture 1201 galls 1225 rhubarb 338, 353, 873 vinegar 1188 wine of coca 1236 erythroxylon 1236 Aromatized iodoform 1198 Arrack 750 Arrangement of cellar 1000 of laboratory 1000 of objects 989 Arrow-root 733 Arseniate, ammonium 553 copper 656 iron 610 manganese 607 mercury 664 sodium 52 3 , 692 solution of 692 Arsenic 682, 689 bisulphide 689 bromide 690 Clemens’s solution 1186 chloride 690 disulphide 689 iodide 692 INDEX. 1255 Arsenic oleate 851 oxide 689 pentasulphide 689 salts 1186 tests for 689 trisulphide 689, 690 white 690 Arsenici iodidum 692 Arsenii bisulphidum 689 bromidum 690 chloridum 690 iodidum 689, 692 trisulphidum 690 Arsenious acid 689, 690 oxide 689, 690 solution of 691 Arsenite of potassium, solution of 691 of sodium, solution 1186 Artanthe elongata 803, 818 Artanthic acid 818 Artemisia 830 Absinthium 801, 803, 825 maritima 802, 862, 866 vulgaris 830 rtificial alkaloids 900 Carlsbad salt 1164 effervescent Carlsbad salt 1165 Kissingen salt 1168 Vichy salt 1168 with lithium 1168 gum 732 Kissingen salt 1168 musk 725 vanillin 797 Vichy salt 1168 Asafetida 836 mixture 302, 837 oil 810 pills 837, 1111 plaster 837, 1145 syrup 1210 tincture 340, 837 Asafoetida 836 Asagrasa ofi&cinalis 919 Asarum canadense 801 Asbestos 484 Asclepias 829 tuberosa 829, 841 Asclepidin 841 Asiatic tincture 1229 Asparagin 738 Asphalt 724 Aspidium 827 emulsion 1208 filix-mas 827 marginale 827 oleoresin 405, 827 Aspidosperma 924 Quebracho 924, 925, 927 Aspidospermine 924, 925 Aspirator, Lux’s 219 Assay cinchona bark 898 opium 390 Astragalus gummifer 737 Astringent and escharotic mixture * 1183 lotion 1155 tincture 1225 Astrocaryum vulgare 850 Atlee’s acetone mixture 1190 Atlee’s nipple wash 1166 Atropa Belladonna 914 Atropia 915 Atropise sulphas 916 Atropina 915 Atropinse sulphas 916 Atropine 914,915 sulphate 916 Attar rose 883 Aubergier’s syrup laetu- carium 1209 Aurantii amari cortex 787 dulcis cortex 787 flores 788 Auri bromidum 701 chloridum 701 et sodii chloridum 701,702 iodidum 701 Australian fever bark 924 Autograph prescriptions 1015 Avena sativa 734 Avoirdupois weight 38 weights 59 Azedaraoh 866 B. Bael 830 fruit 739 Balsena mysticetus 970 Balance, compound lever 55 construction of the 47 torsion 57 Balm 792 Balsam copaiba 819 fir 835 Metz’s 1184 Peru 838 tolu 838 Turlington’s 1211 Warren’s styptic 1155 Balsamodendron Mukul 841 Myrrha 803, 837 Balsams 834 Balsamum Peruvianum 838 tolutanum 838 tranquillans 1229 traumaticum 1211 vitas HofFmanni 1211 Baobab 739 Baptisia 924 tinctoria 841, 924 Baptisin 841, 924 Barbaloin 876 Barberry bark 924 Barii acetas 585 benzoas 585 boras 585 bromidum 585 chloridum 585 chromas 585 citras 585 nitras 585 oxalas 585 sulphas 585 Barium 585 acetate 585 benzoate 585 borate 585 bromide 585 chloride 585 Barium chloride solution 585 chromate 585 citrate 585 nitrate 585 oxalate 585 salts 1173 tests for 585 sulphate 585 sulphethylate 770 Barker’s pills 1224 post-partum pills 1224 Barley 733 decoction 1192 sugar 744 Barometer paper 648 Barosma betulina 802,820,841 crenulata 802, 820 serratifolia 802, 820 Barosmin 841 Barrel-mills 176 Basham’s mixture 303 Basic mercuric sulphate 675 Basilicon ointment 1133 Basis 1006 Bassia longifolia 849 oil 849 Bassorin 736 Bateman’s pectoral drops 1228,1235 Bath, glycerin 119 oil 119 salt-water 120 sand 119 steam 122 water 120, 331 Bathing spirits 1214 Battery fluid 1182 Battey’s iodized phenol 1157 Battley’s sedative 1228 Baume tranquille 1229 Baumg’s hydrometers 73 Bay, oil 797 rum 315,797 Bayberry 824 oil 849 syrup 1211 Bdellium 841 Bean 733 Saint Ignatius 911 Bearberry 883 Beberine 921, 925 sulphate 925 Beck’s hydrometer 78 Becquerel’s gout pills 1237 Beech-drop 884 oil 849 Beef and wine 1244 extract 969 wine, and iron 1244 wine, iron, and cin- chona 1245 Beeswax 968 Behen, oil 849 Bela 830 Belladonine 914 Belladonna, abstract 429, 915 alcoholic extract 418, 915 fluid extract 372, 915 leaves 914 liniment 321, 915 ointment 915, 1136 1256 INDEX. Belladonna plaster 915,1145 root 914 tincture 340,915 Belladonnas folia 914 radix 914 Benne leaves 739 oil 847 Benton, Myers & Co/s suppository mould 1126 Benzene 728 Benzin 105, 857 as a solvent 192 petroleum 857 Benzinum 857 Benzoate, ammonium 557 barium 585 ethyl 770 iron 610 lithium 548 manganese 607 sodium 524 Benzoated alkaline mix- ture 1165 Benzoates 841 Benzoic acid 839 Benzoin 839 compound tincture 341, 839 tincture 340, 839 Benzoinated lard 839, 959 Benzoinum 839 Benzol 724, 728 Benzyl-aldebyd 806 benzoate 838 cinnamate 838 Berberine 862,921, 924, 925 Berberis 924 vulgaris 924, 925 Bergamot, oil 789 Bergerou’s diphtheria mixture 1208 Bertholletia excelsa 849 Berzelius blow-pipe 117 Bestucheff’s tincture 1181 Beta-naphthol 729 vulgaris 743 Beth root 830 Biborate sodium 527 Bibron’s antidote 466 Bicarbonate ammonium 553 potassium 496 sodium 524 commercial 525 troches 1099 Bichromate, ammonium 553 potassium 497 Biette’s arsenical solu- tion 1186 Bilberry 780 Bing’s suppository-ma- chine 1123 Biniodide, mercury 671 Binoxalate, potassium 718 Binoxide, lead 650 Birch tar, glycerite 1190 Bishop’s drops 1199 Bismuth 682, 693 and ammonium citrate 695 bromide 693 carbonate mixture 1187 catarrh snuff 1188 chromate 693 Bismuth citrate 694 elixir 1188 glycerite 1187 hydrated oxide 1188 lactate 693 nitrate, glycerole 1188 oleate 851 oxalate 694 oxide 694 oxychloride 694 phosphate 694 salicylate 694 salts 1187 tests for 693 solution 1187 subcarbonate 696 subnitrate 698 tannate 694 tartrate 694 valerianate 694 Bismuthi bromidum 693 chromas 693 citras 693, 69 4 elixir 1188 et ammonii citras 693, 695 glyceritum 1187 lactas 693 liquor 1187 oxalas 694 oxidum 694 hydratum 1188 oxychloridum 694 phosphas 694 salicylas 694 subcarbonas 693, 696 subnitras 693, 6 98 tannas 694 tartras 694 valerianas 694 Bistort 884 Bistorta 884 Bisulphate, potassium 490 quinine 903 Bisulphide, arsenic 689 carbon 47 6 as a solvent 192 Bisulphite, potassium 490 sodium 526 Bitartrate, potassium 498 Bitter almond 806 essence 1201 oil 806 water 278 , 807 candytuft oil 810 drop 1237 metallic pills 1179 orange peel 718, 787 stomachic drops 1217 tincture 1217 iron 1175 zedoary 1218 wine of iron 357, 359, 622 Bittersweet 917 Bituminous coal 101 Black alder 864 draught 330 haw 822 hellebore 871 tincture 1215 lotion 1185 mustard 809 oil 849 Black oak bark 884 oxide manganese 607 SBr 817 722 snakeroot 828 wash 1185 Blackberry 780, 883 cordial 1226 Blackman’s suppository- mould 1125 Black’s blow-pipe 117 Bladder joints 145 Blatta 970 orientalis 970 Blaud’s pills 1179 Bleached sponge 1246 Blistering cerate 1132 Blisters 1152 Block-tin decoction vessel 331 Blood 969 Bloodroot 920 Blow-pipe, Berzelius’s 117 Black’s 117 bulb 117 plain 117 Plattner’s 117 use of 116 Blue cohosh 870 flag 828 litmus paper 979 mass 665, 1102 ointment 1137 pill 665, 1102 vitriol 657 weed 739 Bogardus mill 176 Boiling 129 point 129 points, determination of 129 officinal substances 137 saturated solutions 120 Boisragan pills 1225 Boker’s bitters 1215 Boldine 924, 925 Boldo 830, 924 Boldus 830, 924 fragrans 830 Bone ash 537 black 482 phosphate 537 Boneset 826 Boracic acid 484 Borage 739 Borago officinalis 739 Borate, ammonium 553 barium 585 sodium 527 Borates, tests for 483 Borax 528 troches 1166 Boric acid 484 cotton 1156 glycerite 1156 ointment 1156 Borneol 822 Borobenzoate, sodium 1168, 1212 Borocitrate, lithium 547 Boroglyceride 1156 Boroglycerin 1156 INDEX. 1257 Boroglycerinum 1156 Boron 481, 483 trisulphide 483 trisulphidum 483 Borotartrate, potassium 490 potassium and sodium 490 Bos taurus 963, 969 Bossu’s stronger laxative mixture 1213 Boswellia 841 Carterii 803 Botanical name 28, 30 Botany 25 Bottle, dropping 1078 excipient 1107 infusion 328 oil 994 oval metric 1077 poison 1077 reagent 978 wash 197 Woulffe’s 220 Bottles 1077 capping 1080 for sealing cachets 1090 narrow-mouth 994 salt-mouth 994 syrup 994 tincture 995 wide-mouth 994 Bougies 1128 nasal 1227 . Boulton’s solution 1158 Box prescription scales 56 Brandy 316, 751, 775 mixture 1199 Brass water-bath 331 Brassica alba 809 campestris 850 nigra 809 Brassicon 1202 Braunite 606 Brayera 866 anthelmintica 866 fluid extract 372 , 866 infusion 329, 866 Brazil nut oil 849 Breast plaster, Dewees’s 1210 tea 1196 British gum 732 oil 1212 Bromates 465 Bromelia Ananas 781 Bromic acid 462 Bromide, aluminium 598 ammonium 558 antimony 683 arsenic 690 barium 585 bismuth 693 cadmium 603 calcium 578 chromium 642 copper 656 ethyl 770 gold 701 iron 610 lead 650 lithium 548 mercury 664 nickel 647 nickel pills 1182 Bromide nickel syrup 1182 potassium 498 silver 658 sodium 528 zinc 590 Bromides, tests for 465 Bromii chloridum 462 Bromine 461, 465* 1156 chloride of 462 inhalation 1156 Smith’s solution 1157 solution 1157 Bromo-chloralum 1175 Bromoform 770 Bromum 461, 46 5 Broom 820 Brown lobelia 1237 mixture 303 ointment 1205 Brown-S6quard’s anti- epileptic mixture 1163 neuralgia pills 1230 Brucine 911 Bruising 171 Brunella 793 vulgaris 793 Brush, graduate 1077 Bryonia 878 alba 861, 878 dioica 861, 878 tincture 341, 878 Bryonin 861, 878 Bryony 878 Bryoretin 861 Buchu 820 compound fluid extract 1208 fluid extract 373, 821 Bufo cinereus 970 viridis 970 Bugleweed 793 Buhr-stone mill 173, 174 Bulb blowpipe 117 Bulkley’s solution of tar, alkaline 1190 Bumping 149 Bunsen burners 107, 108 Burdock 865 fluid extract of 365 seed tincture 1215 Burette 977 holder 977 Burgundy pitch 835 oil 801 plaster 835, 1147 Burner, Bunsen 107, 108 gasolin stove 105 Burnett’s disinfecting fluid 593 Burrow’s solution 1175 Bushel 38 Butter 969 cacao 849 Butternut 876 Butyl 724 chloral 770 chloral-hydrate 770 solution 1196 Butylen 724 Butyrate amyl 769 ethyl 770 Butyric acid 724 Butyric ether 774 Butyrum 969 Buxine 921, 925 Buxus sempervirens 925 C. Cachet de pain 1089 wetter 1090 Cachets 1082, 1089 Cade oil 723 Cadmii bromidum 603 chloridum 603 iodidum 603 oxidum 603 sulphas 603 sulphidum 603 Cadmium 588, 603 bromide 603 chloride 603 iodide 603 oxide 663 salts, tests for 603 sulphate 603 sulphide 603 Cassalpinia Bunducella 850 Caffea 924 arabica 924 Caffeina 923 Caffeinae citras effervescens 1233 sodio-benzoas 1233 sodio-salicylas 1233 Caffeine 922, 923, 924 Cajuput, compound spirit 1202 oil 798 Cajuputene, hydrate 798 Cajuputol 798 Cake sublimates 161 Calabar bean 913 Calabarine 914 Calamine 588, 592 lotion 1173 ointment 1173 Calamintha 793 clinopodium 793 Calamus 800 Draco 841 fluid extract 373 oil 801 Calcii bromidum 575, 578 carbon as praecipitatus 575, 579 chloridum 575, 581 hydras 575 hypophosphis 575, 582 iodas 575 iodidum 575 oxysulphidum 575 phosphas praecipitatus 575, 583 sulphas 575 sulphidum 575 sulphis 575 sulphocarbolas 575 sulphydras 575 Calcination 118 Calcium 574 bromide 578 chloride 581 INDEX. 1258 Calcium hydrate 575 hypophosphite 582 Procter’s syrup 1171 iodate 575 iodide 575 lactophosphate, syrup 291, 584 oxalate 718 oxysulphide 575 phosphate, Wiegand’s syrup 1172 precipitated carbonate 579 precip itated phosphate 583 salts 1172 tests for 575 sulphate 575 sulphethylate 770 sulphide 575 sulphite 575 sulphocarbolate 575 sulphydrate 575 Caldwell’s whooping- cough remedy 1163 Calendula 825 officinalis 825 tincture 341, 825 Calendulin 825 Calisaya bark 898 Calomel 669 and jalap 1185 Calumba 862 fluid extract 368, 373, 863 tincture 341, 863 Calx 575 chlorata, 461,463„575,577 sulphurata 575, 577 Cambogia 874 Camellia Thea 923 Camphor 803 and opium pills 1205 cerate 803, 1132 compound powder 1205 cream 1205 Hope’s mixture 1204 ice 1205 julep 1205 liniment 321,803 mixture, Parrish’s 1204 oil 802 ointment 1205 spirit 313, 803 water 278 , 803 Camphora 803 monobromata 804 Camphoratedacetic acid 1190 brown plaster 1182 chloral 1196 mother’s plaster 1182 soap liniment 1214 tincture opium 337, 352, 893 Camphors 783 Canada liniment 1227 pitch 836 plaster 836, 1147 turpentine 835 oil 801 Canadian hemp 829 moonseed 921 Canarium commune 801, 841 Candle-nut oil 850 Cane-sugar 741 Carbonate lithium 549 magnesium 570 manganese 606 mercury 664 nickel 647 potassium 500 sodium 529 dried 531 zinc, precipitated 591 Carbonates, tests for 482 Carbonei bisulphidum 471, 476, 481 Carbonic acid 481 Carbonization 118 Carboy trunnions 444 Cardamom 800, 850 compound tincture 342 oil 802 tincture 342 Cardinal drops 1199 Carminative, Dewees’s 304, 574 mixture 1171 Carmine solution 1245 Carminie acid 967 Carota 794, 802 Carrageenin 735 Carrot fruit 794 oil 794 Cartier’s hydrometer 77 Carum 793 Carvi 793 Carvene 793 Carvol 793 Caryophyllin 796 Caryophyllus 796 Cascara sagrada 830 Cascarilla 799 oil 802 Cascarillin 799 Cashew nut 739 Cassava 733 Cassia 795 acutifolia 871 elongata 871 Fistula 872 Castanea 884 fluid extract 374, 884 vesca 884 Castor 969 fiber 969 oil 848 emulsion 1212 tincture 1246 Castoreum 969 Catarrh powder 1228 snuff 1228 Catechin 881, 884 Catechol 881 Catechu 881 compound infusion 1226 tincture 342 , 881 pallidum 884 tannin 884 troches 881, 1097 Cathartic acid 871 Catnep, oil 802 Caulophyllin 841 Caulophyllum 870 thalictroides 841, 870 Caustic, Esmarch’s pain- less 1187 Canella alba 802 oil 802 Canna 733 edulis 733 Cannabis americana 822 indica 821 ethereal tincture 1208 sativa 802, 821, 822, 850 Canquoin’s paste 1173 Cantharidal collodion 319, 718, 967 Cantharides 966, 971 cerate 967, 1132 ethereal tincture 1246 liniment 321, 967 ointment 1246 paper 967, 1152 tincture 342, 867 Cantharidin 966 Cantharis 966, 971 vesicatoria 966 Canton-flannel strainers 205 Capping bottles 1080 Caproic ether 774 Caprylic ether 774 Capsaicin 819 Capsella bursa-pastoris 810 Capsicum 819 fastigiatum 802, 819 fluid extract 374, 819 oil 802 oleoresin 405, 819 plaster 819, 1146 tincture 342, 819 Capsule filler 1121, 1122 Capsules, gelatin 1119 wafer 1089 Caramel 744 Carapa guianensis 850 Caraway 793 oil 793 seed 793 Carbasus carbolata 1191 iodoformata 1198 Carbazol 724 Carbo animalis 481, 482, 971 purificatus 481, 482 ligni 481, 483 Carbolate iodine 1190 sodium 519 Carbolated camphor 1202 Carbolic acid 726 crude 725 glycerite 1190 ointment 727, 1136 water 1190 Carbolized gauze 1191 iodoform 1198 jute 1190 oil 1190 solution iodine 1158 Carbon 481 bisulphide 476 dioxide 481, 724 disulphide 476, 724 monoxide 481, 724 oxysulphide 724 Carbonate, ammonium 559 mixture 1169 calcium, precipitated 579 iron, saccharated 612 lead 652 INDEX. 1259 Caustic point mould 661 potash 490 Rieseberg’s iodine 1158 solution iodine 1157 Cauterizing pencils sul- phate copper 1184 Cayenne pepper 819 Ceanothin 841 Ceanothus ame icanus 841 Cedrat, oil 801 Celandine 920 Celery, oil 802 Cellar 1003 Cellulin 715, 1188 group 715 Celluloid 717 Cellulose 715 Celsius’s thermometer 111 Cement 995 Centigrade thermometer 111, 112 Centigramme 40 Centilitre 40 Centimetre 40 Centinormal solutions 975 Cephaelis ipecacuanha 922, 926 Cera alba 967, 971 flava 967, 971 Cerasein 841 Cerasin 736 Cerasus serotina 807, 842 virginiana 841 Cerata 1131 Cerate 1132 blistering 1132 camphor 1132 cantharides 967, 1132 carbonate of zinc 1173 extract of cantharides 967, 1132 Goulard’s 652 lead-compound 1182 resin 835, 1133 compound 1210 Turner’s 1173 savine 1133 soap 1213 spermaceti 965, 1132 subacetate of lead 652, 1133 Cerates 1131 preserving of 1140 Ceratum 1132 camphor® 804, 1131 compositum 1205 camphoratum 1205 cantharides 967, 1132 cetacei 965, 1132 extracti cantharidis 967, 1132 plumbi subacetatis 649, 652, 1131, 1133 resin® 835, 1131, 1133 compositum 1210 sabinae 1131,1133 saponis 1213 zinci carbonatis 1173 Ceric oxide 601 Cerii chloridum 602 nitras 602 oxalas 602 Cerii oxidum 602 sulphas 602 Cerin 968 Cerite 601 Cerium 588, 601 chloride 602 compounds, tests for 602 nitrate 602 oxalate 602 oxide 602 sulphate 602 Cerolein 968 Ceroso-ceric oxide 602 Ceroso-cerii oxidum 602 Cerotic acid 968 Cerous oxide 601 Cetaceum 964, 971 Cetin 964 Cetin-elaic acid 964 Cetin-elain 964 Cetraria 735 decoction 332 , 735 islandica 735 Cetraric acid 735 Cetyl palmitate 965 Ceylon cinnamon 795 Chalk, aromatic powder 1172 mixture 302 , 585, 1171 ointment 1172 powder, aromatic 1172 compound 584, 1082 powders 1173 precipitated 580 prepared 580 troches 585, 1097 Chalybeate pills 1179 Chamaslirin 871 Chamselirium 871 luteum 871 Chamber, evaporating 134 Chamomile 826 Channing’s solution 1185 Chapman’s copaiba mix- ture 1207 dinner pills 1223 liver pills 1222 Charcoal 100, 483 and blue mass mix- ture 1191 animal 482 purified 482 poultice 1191 Charging retorts 147 Chart, officinal animal drugs 971 chemical substances 703 of vegetable officinal drugs with their preparations 932, 957 Charta cantharidis 967, 1152 potassii nitratis 1153 sinapis 809, 1153 Chart® 1152 Chaser-mills 175 Chassis 786 Chaulmugra, oil 850 Cheiranthus annuus 810 Chekan 830 Cheken 830 Chelerythrine 920, 925 Chelidonic acid 920 Chelidonine 920 Chelidonium 920 majus 920, 925 Chelidoxanthin 920 Chelone glabra 841 Chelonin 841 Chelsea pensioner 1220 Chemical food 1159 solution 190 Chemistry 25 Chenopodium 823 ambrosioides 823 Chenotaurocholic acid 963 Cherry 780 laurel 824 Chestnut 884 Chilblains, cream for 1186 Chili saltpetre 536 Chimaphila 883 fluid extract 375 , 883 umbellata 841, 883 Chimaphilin 841, 883 Chinese cinnamon 795 Chinoidin 910 Chinoidine pills 1229 Chinoidinum 910 Chinoline 729, 925 Cbirata 863 fluid extract 375 , 863 tincture 342 , 863 Chiratin 863 Chittem bark 830 Chloral 765 ammonium 770 and camphor 1196 camphoratum 1196 cream 1196 et camphora 1196 hydrate 765 Chlorate, mercury 664 potassium 500 troches 1099 sodium 531 Chlorates, test for 461 Chloric acid 462 Chloride, aluminium 598 ammonium 560 and iron 553 troches 1096 amyl 769 arsenic 690 barium 585 bromine 462 cadmium 603 calcium 581 cerium 602 cobalt 648 ethyl 770 gold 701 and sodium 702 iron 615 lead 650 lithium 547 manganese 607 mercurammonium 667 mercury, corrosive 668 mild 669 methyl 770 nickel 647 platinum 701 potassium 490 silver 658 sodium 532 1260 INDEX. Chloride, sodium and platinum 519 tin 648 zinc 592 paste 1173 Chlorides, test for 461 Chlorinated lime 46 3 , 577 Chlorine 461 saucer disinfectant 463 water 279, 462 Chlorite, lead 650 Chloroform as a solvent 192 anodyne 1197 com mercial 766 elixir 1197 emulsion 1197 gelatinized 1198 liniment 321, 768 mixture 302, 768 purified 767 spirit 313, 768 water 1197 Chloroformum purifica- tum 767 venale 766 Chlorogenine 925 Chlorotannate of iron, camphorated 1196 Chocolate syrup 1247 Choice of menstrua 263 thermometers 112 Choleate soda 970 Cholera mixture, sun 1227 remedy 1202 Chondodendron tomento- sum 921, 926 Chondrus 735 crispus 735 emulsion 1076 gelatin 1193 mammilosus 735 Chopping 170 Chromate, barium 585 bismuth 693 lead 650 mercury 664 potassium 490, 979 silver 658 Chrome iron ore 497 Chromic acid 642 anhydride 642 oxide 641 Chromii bromidum 642 dichloridum 642 fluoridum 642 iodidum 642 sulphas 642 Chromium 606, 641 salts, tests for 641 trioxide 641 Chromous oxide 641 Chrysarobin 873 ointment 873, 1137 Chrysarobinum 873 Chrysen 724 Chrysophanic acid 873, 876 Chrysophyllum glycy- phlseum 884 Churchill’s iodine caustic 1158 tincture iodine 1158 Cicuta 794 Cicuta virosa 794, 925 Cicutine 925 Cimicifuga 828 fluid extract 376, 828 racemosa 828, 841 tincture 343 , 828 Cimicifugin 841 Cincholine 900 Cinchona 898 bark assay 898 Calisaya 898 detannated tincture 1235 elixir 1230 extract 418, 900 flava 898 fluid extract 376 , 900 infusion 329 , 900 red 898 rubra 898 succirubra 898 tincture 343 , 900 compound 344, 900 yellow 898 Cinchonamine 900 Cinchonia 908 Cinchoniae sulphas 908 Cinchonio red 900 Cinchonicine 900 Cinchonidinae sulphas 909 Cinchonidine 900 sulphate 909 Cinchonina 908 Cinchoninae sulphas 908 Cinchonine 900, 908 sulphate • 908 Cinchotannic acid 900 Cinchovatine 900 Cinnabar 663 Cinnamic acid 796, 838 aldehyd 796 Cinnamomum 795 camphora 803 zeylanicum 795 Cinnamon 795 Ceylon 795 Chinese 795 clove, oil 802 oil 796 spirit 314,796 tincture 344, 795 water 279, 796 Cinquefoil 884 Ciphers 1054 Circulatory displacement 244 solution 192 Cissampeline 921 Citrate, ammonium 553 barium 585 bismuth 694 and ammonium 695 copper 656 iron 618 and ammonium 618 and quinine 620 and strychnine 623 lithium 550 magnesium, granulated 571 solution 574 manganese 607 potassium 501 sodium 519 Citric acid 778 syrup 289 , 779 Citrine ointment 677, 1138 Citro-tartrate of sodium, effervescent 519 Citrullus Colocynthis 861 Citrus acris 778 Aurantium 787, 788 Bergamia 789 Limonum 777, 789 medica 801 vulgaris 787, 788, 789 Civet 969 Civetta 969 Clarification 199, 222 Clarified honey 299 Claviceps purpurea 850, 868 Cleavage 234 Clematis 830 Clemens’s solution 1164 bromide of arsenic 1186 Closet, pharmaceutical drying 166, 1000 Cloves 796 oil 796 Coal 723 oil stove 106 tar 724 Coarse powder 186 Cobalt 647 chloride 648 salts, tests for 648 sulphocyanate 648 Cobb’s pills 1225 Cobweb 970 Coca 922 Cocaine 922, 925 Cocculus indicus 924, 926 Coccus 967, 971 cacti 967 Cochia pills 1223 Cochineal 967, 971 color 1245 Coehlearia Armoracia 810 officinalis 810 Cockroach 970 Coco-nut oil 850 Cocos nucifera 850 Cod liver oil 965, 971 emulsion 1241, 1242 Codamine 892 Codeia 896 Codeina 896 Codeine 891, 896 Coffea arabica 923 Coffee 924 syrup 1234, 1247 Cognac brandy 775 oil 775 Cohobation 786 Coils, steam 126 Coke 101 Colation 199, 204 Colchici flores 924 radix 918 semen 918 Colchicine 918, 924, 925 Colchicum autumnale 918, 924, 925 ethereal tincture 1237 flowers 924 root 918 INDEX. 1261 Colchicum root extract 919 fluid extract 376, 919 wine 357, 919 seed, fluid extract 377, 919 wine 357,919 tincture 344, 919 Cold cream 1136 Cole’s dinner pills 1223 laxative pills 1225 Collapsible tubes 1142 Collidine 724 Collinsonia 793 canadensis 793, 841 Collinsonin 841 Collodia 318 Collodion 318, 717 cantharidal 319, 718 croton oil 1191 flexible 319, 717 for corns 1191 iodinal 1157 iodoform 1191 Liebig’s corn 1191 Pavesl’s haemostatic 1226 Shinn’s iodinal 1157 styptic 319, 718 with cantharides 319, 967 Collodions 318 Collodium 318, 717 cum cantharide 318, 319, 718, 967 flexile 318, 319, 717 iodatum 1191 iodoformatum 1191 salicylatum compositum 1191 stypticum 318, 319, 718 Tiglii 1191 Colloids 241 Collyrium borate of so- dium 1167 Colocynth 877 compound extract 419, 877 extract 419, 877 Colocynthein 861, 877 Colocynthin 861, 877 Colocynthis 877 Colocynthitin 877 Cologne water 316 Colombin 862 Colophony 835 Colorless syrup, hydriodio acid 1157 Colors, show-bottles 1247 Columbo 862 Combined measure and funnel 62 Comfrey-root 739 Commercial chloroform 766 Comminution 170 Composition powder 1211 Compound anise powder 1221 camphor cerate 1205 cathartic elixir 1220 pills 1111 cerate lead 1182 chalk powder 584,1082 copaiba mixture 1207 croton oil liniment 1212 decoction aloes 1222 sarsaparilla 3 33 , 870 Compound effervescing powder 777, 1083 elixir blackberry 1225 buchu 1206 cascara sagrada 1220 celery 1203 chloroform 1197 corydalis 1216 crampbark 1207 orange 1203 quinine 1232 and phosphates 1232 rhamnus purshiana 1220 stillingia 1209 tar 1189 taraxacum 1217 turkey corn 1238 viburnum opulus 1207 emulsions 1076 essence vanillin 1201 extract colocynth 419, 877 fluid extract buchu 1208 sarsaparilla 369, 394 stillingia 1216 hypophosphites 1161 infusion catechu 1226 flaxseed 1192 gentian 330 concentrated 330 myrrh 1210 rose 331, 1225 senna 330, 872 iodine ointment 1157 iron mixture 303, 614 lever balances 55 liniment mustard 322, 810 opium 1227 mixture chloral and bro- mide potassium 1197 glycyrrhiza 303 rhubarb 1219 morphine powder 896 oil hyoscyamus 1229 ointment mercury 1185 pancreatic powder 1240 pills aloes and podo- phyllum 1223 aloin 1224 aloin, strychnine, and belladonna 1224 antimony 688, 838 colocynth 1223 copaiba 1207 galbanum 837, 1112 iron 614, 1111 rhubarb 873, 1113 squill 1215 soap 1213 powder acacia 1193 almond 1212 bayberry 1211 catechu 1225 glycyrrhiza 746, 1083 jalap 874, 1083 kino 1226 morphine 1083 pepsin 1239 rhubarb 873, 10 8 4 senna 1220 resin cerate 1210 salicylated collodion 1191 Compound solution, bo- rate sodium 1167 iodine 468 opium 1229 phosphates 1162 phosphoric acid 1162 zinc and iron 1174 spirit cajuput 1202 cardamon 1203 ether 309, 311, 757 juniper 314, 823 orange 1200 sulphur ointment 1159 syrup Actaea 1209 asarum 1200 black cohosh 1209 Canada snakeroot 1200 chondrus 1194 cimicifuga 1209 hypophospbites 1161 Procter’s 1162 Irish moss 1194 phosphates 1159 sarsaparilla 288, 296 senna 1221 squill 288, 297, 865 stillingia 1216 tar ointment 1189 plaster 1189 tincture benzoin 338, 341, 839 cardamom 337, 342, 801 catechu 338, 343, 881 cinchona 338, 344, 900 cudbear 1194 gentian 337,347 green soap 1214 guaiac 1210 ignatia 1237 iodine 1157 jalap 1222 kino 1226, 1227 lavender 337, 350 , 791 vanillin 1201 zedoary 1218 wine orange 1203 Compressed pill machine 1116 pills 1116 sponge 1245 suppositories 1126 tablet machine 1118 troches 1116 Comptonia 884 asplenifolia 884 Concentrated solution ace- tate of ammonium 1170 solution bismuth 1187 Conchinamine 900 Conchinine 900 Condensation 139 Condenser, Liebig’s 150 Rice’s 155 tube 152 Condensing worm 152 Condurangin 871 Condurango 871 Confectio aromatica 1201 aurantii corticis 1199 opii 1228 rosae 882,1100 sennse 872, 1101 Confection, aromatic 1201 1262 INDEX. Confection, black pepper 1206 opium 1228 orange peel 1199 rose 882, 1100 senna 872, 1101 Confectiones 1100 Confections 1100 Conglutin 845 Conhydrine 923, 925 Coniine 923, 925 hydrobromate 925 Conium 923 abstract 430, 923 alcoholic extract 420, 923 fluid extract 377, 923 maculatum 923, 925 tincture 344, 923 Conserve, hollyhock 1193 Continuous filtration 216 washing 199 Contusion 171 Convallamaretin 861 Convallamarin 861, 871 Convallaretin 861 Convallaria 871 majalis 802, 861, 871 Convallarin 861 Convolvulin 861, 874 Convolvulinol 861 Convolvulinolic acid 861 Convolvulus Batatas 734 Scammonia 874 Scoparius 803 Copaiba 819 balsam 819 Chapman's mixture 1207 compound pills 1207 mass 820 mixture 1207 alkaline v 1208 oil 820 resin 434, 435, 820 Copaifera Langsdorffi 819 Copaivic acid 819 Copper 649, 655, 979 acetate 656 arseniate 656 bromide 656 citrate 656 compounds, tests for 656 nitrate 656 oleate 852 oxide 656 salts 1184 subacetate 656 sulphate 657 pencils 1184 sulphethylate 770 tartrate 656 Copperas 635 Coptine 924 Coptis 924 Teeta 924 trifolia 924 Corallin 730 Cordial, restorative 1211 Cordiale Rubifructus 1226 Coriander 794 oil 794 Coriandrum 794 sativum 794 Coridine 724 Cork-borers 144 fitting 143 press 1079 Corks 1078 Corlieu’s anti-gout pills 1166 Corn 733 collodion 1191 smut 868 Cornin 841, 863 Cornus 863 florida 841, 863 fluid extract 378, 863 Corrective 1006 Corrosive chloride of mer- cury 668 sublimate 668 gauze 1185 Corydaline 841, 924, 925 Corydalis 924 Corylus avellana 850 Cosmoline 856 Coster’s paste 1158 Coto 830 bark 830, 871 oil 830 Cotoin 871 Cotton 716 absorbent 716 boric acid 1156 flannel strainers 205 iodized 1158 iodoform 1198 purified 716 root bark 868 fluid extract 383, 869 salicylic acid 1191 seed oil 847 soluble gun 716 Couch-grass 747 Cough lozenges 1209 mixture, Pancoast’s 1206 tolu 1211 powder 1196 Coumarin 871 Counter scales 52, 53 Court-plaster 1147 Cover, sheet-rubber 262 Cow-parsnip 794 Crab oil 850 Cranesbill 883 Cream of camphor 1205 tartar 498 Creasol 722 Creasote 722 ointment 1190 water 279, 723 Creasotum 722 Cress oil 810 Creta praeparata 575, 580 Crocetin 861 Crocin 861, 869 Crocus 869 sativus 803, 861, 869 Crotalus 970 horridus 970 Croton chloral 1196 hydrate 770 Eluteria 802 oil 848 collodion 1191 ointment 1212 Croton oil pills 1213 pencils 1213 Tiglium 848 Crotonylen 724 Croup liniment 1202 Crowfoot 830 Crown tablet machine 1117 Crucible furnace, Fletcher’s 118 Hessian 118 operations 117 platinum 118 Crude carbolic acid 725 malate of iron 1178 tartar 774 Cryolite 530 Cryptopine 892 Crystalline precipitate 228 Crystallization 231 fractional 237 intermediate 238 retarded 235 water of 236 Crystallizing vessels 237 Crystallography 231 Crystalloids 241 .Crystals, acicular 231 collection of 237 dimorphous 231 drying of 237 isomorphous 231 laminar 231 polymorphous 231 prismatic 231 tabular 231 trimorphous 231 washing of 237 Cubeb 818 emulsion 1206 ethereal tincture 1206 fluid extract 378, 818 Mitchell’s syrup' 1207 mixture 1207 oil 818 oleoresin 405, 818 tincture 345, 818 troches 818, 1097 White’s mixture 1207 Cubeba 818 officinalis 818 Cubic centimetre 40 nitre 536 Cucumber seed, oil 850 Cucumis Citrullus 850 melo 850 prophetarum 862 sativus 850 Cucurbita Pepo 848, 850 Culver’s root 875 Cumin 794 oil 794 Cuminum 794 Cyminum 794 Cunila 824 Mariana 824 Cupri acetas 656 arsenias 656 bromidum 656 citras 656 nitras 656 oxidum 656 subacetas 656 INDEX. 1263 Cupri sulphas 656 tartras 656 Cupric oxide, black 656 Cuprous oxide, red 656 Curasao cordial 1200 Curare 924, 925 Curarine 924, 925 Curcas purgans 850 Curcuma 733 longa 733, 802 oil 802 Zedoaria 803 Curdy precipitate 228 Currant 780 Curtman’s still 154 Cusconidine 900 Cusconine 900 Cutter, herb 170 root 171 Cutter’s pills 1215 Cutting 170 troches 1095 Cyanhydrio acid 807 Cyanide, mercury 670 nickel 647 potassium 502 silver 658 zinc 589 and potassium 589 Cyanogen 808 Cydonia vulgaris 738 Cydonium 738 mucilage 300 Cylindrical hydrometer 74 Cymene 792 Cymol 724 Cyna oil 802 Cynoglossum officinale 739 Cypripedin 842 Cypripedium 827 fluid extract 378 , 827 parviflorum 827 pubescens 827, 842 Cytisine 925 Cytisus Laburnum 925 D. Dahlia oil 802 pinnata 802 Dalby’s carminative 1171 Damiana 830 Dandelion 864 Daphne Mezereum 827, 861 Daphnetin 861 Daphnin 827, 861 Darnel 871 Dating machine 1054 prescriptions 1054 Datisca cannabina 861 Datiscetin 861 Datiscin 861 Datura Stramonium 850, 917 Daturine 917, 925 Daucus Carota 794, 802 Davenport’s capsule-filler 1121 Day’s pill mass mixer 1103 pomade washer 787 Dead oil 724 Decantation 199, 201 Decigramme 40 Decilitre 40 Decimal system 40 Decimetre 40 Decinormal solutions 975 Decocta 331 Decoction 244 barley 1192 cetraria 332 , 735 sarsaparilla compound 333, 870 vessel 331 Zimmerman’s 1219 Zittmann’s 333 Decoctions 331 Decoctum aloes composi- tum 1222 cetrariae 332, 735 hordei 1192 sarsaparill® composi- tum 333 , 870 fottius 333 mitius 333 Decoloration 222, 224 Decolorized sponge 1246 tincture of iodine 1158 Deflagration 118 Dekagramme 40 Dekalitre 40 Dekametre 40 Deliquescence 165 Delphinine 920, 924, 925 Delphinium 924 Consolida 850, 924 Staphisagria 850, 920,925, 927 Delphinoidine 920 Delphinus Phocsena 970 Delphisine 920 Demijohns 1004 Denarcotized opium 890, 892 Density of solutions 191 Deodorant solution 1174 Deodorized fluid extract of senna 1222 iodoform 1198 tincture opium 352, 893 Deodorolina 856 Deshler’s salve 1210 Dessicating frame 166 trays 166 Desiccation 128, 165 Dessertspoonful 39 Destructive distillation 160 Detannated elixir calisaya cinchona 1230 tincture cinchona 1235 Determination of boiling- points 129 Deuteropine 892 De Vigo’s mercurial plas- ter 1184 Deweos’s breast plaster 1210 carminative 304, 574 tincture guaiao 1210 Dextrin 732 emulsion cod liver oil 1242 mucilage 1193 Dextro-glucose 741 Dextrose 741 Diachylon ointment 655, 1137 plaster 1148 Dialysates 243 Dialysers 242 Dialysis 241 Dialyzed iron 243 Diarrhoea mixture 1227 Loomis's 1227 Thielemann’s 1227 Velpeau’s 1227 pills 1183 powders 1174 Diastase 734 Diborocitrate, lithium 547 Dica’s hydrometer 78 Dicentra canadensis 841, 924, 925 Dichloride, chromium 642 Dicinchonine 900 Diclinic system 234 Diconchinine 900 Digestion 244, 245, 786 Digitalin 861, 865 Digitaliretin 861 Digitalis 865 abstract 430, 865 extract 420, 865 fluid extract 379 , 865 infusion . 329, 865 purpurea 861, 865 tincture 865 Digitoxin 865 Dihomooinchonine 900 Dill 794 oil 794 Diluent 1006 Diluted acetic acid 721 alcohol 7 53 glacial phosphoric acid 1156 hydrobromic acid 448 hydrochloric acid 447 hydrocyanic acid 807 hypophosphorous acid 1160 metaphosphoric acid 1156 nitrate of silver 661 nitric acid 451 nitrohydroehloric acid 452 powder of iodoform 1198 sulphuric acid 454 Dimetric system 232 Dinner pills 1223 Fothergill’s 1237 Dioscorea villosa 842 Dioscorein 842 Diosphenol 820 Diospyros 884 Virginiana 884 Dioxide chromium 641 lead 649 manganese 606, 607 Diphenyl 724 methyl-pyrazole 729 Dipterix odorata 850 Dipterocarpus turbinatus 801, 841 Diquinic sulphate 902 Diquinidine 900 Dish, agate evaporating 132 glass evaporating 132 1264 INDEX. Dish, graduated evapo- rating 135 porcelain evaporating 132 Disintegrator, Mead’s 176, 177 Dispensatories 26, 33 Dispensing 987, 1049 counter 992 liquids 1076 powders and solids 1084 Displacement 254 washing 199 Distillation 128, 139, 277, 751 apparatus used in 139 destructive 160i fractional 160 Distilled water 280 Disulphate, quinine 902 Disulphide arsenic 689 carbon 476 ethyl 770 Dita 924 bark 924 Ditain 924 Ditamine 924 Dittany 824 Dobell’s purgative tinct- ure 1222 solution 1167, 1190 Dogsbane 830 Dogwood 863 Dolomite 572 Donovan’s solution 693 Dorema ammoniacum 836 Dorvault’s potion of Todd 1199 Double beam unequal arm balances 53 screw presses 249 Doubly oblique prismatic system 233 Dover’s powder 1083 Ives’s 1228 syrup 1234 Drachm 38, 1007 Dragon’s blood 841 Draught, effervescing 1163 Drawer can 990 Dried alum 599 carbonate sodium 531 ferrous sulphate 635 sulphate iron 635 magnesium 569 Drimys Winteri 824 Drop 39 Dropping bottle 1078 Drug-mills 174 Drugs and their prepa- ration, officinal 932 to 957 Drying closet 166, 167, 1000 oven 167 Duboisia 924 hopwoodii 926 myoporoides 924 Duboisine 924, 925 Dudgeon’s press 252 Dugong oil 970 Duhring’s solution of sul- phide of zinc 1173 Dulcamara 917, 927 fluid extract 379, 918 Dulcamarin 917 Dulcit 742 Dulcitose 741 Dursse’s percolator 265 Dwight’s cholera remedy 1202 Dyer’s broom 830 Dysmenorrhcea mixture 1185 E. East Indian goldthread 924 Easton’s syrup 623 Eau de Javelle 464 Eau-de-vie allemande 1222 Eau sedative de Raspail 1169 Ebullition 129 Ecballium Elaterium 878 Echium vulgare 739 Eclectic resinoids 841 Economy furnace 109 Ecuelle 789 Effervescent bromide po- tassium 1165 with caffeine 1165 citrate of caffeine 1233 iron and quinine 1177 potassium 1163 phosphate iron 1177 Effervescing draught 1163 Efflorescence 165 Egg-albumen 970 Egg, white of 966 El®ometer 77 El®osacchara 744, 1200 Elais guineensis 850 Elaterin 862, 878 trituration 878 Elaterinum 878 Elaterium 862, 878 Elder 822 oil (European) 802 Elecampane 826 Elementary substances, table of 440 Elemi 841 oil 841 ointment 1202 Eleopten 783 Elettaria Cardamomum 802, 850 Elevation of temperature by solution 191 Elixir acetate potassium 1164 potassium and juni- per 1164 acidi salicylici 1191 adjuvans 1202 ammonii bromidi 1169 valerianatis 1169 et quinin® 1169 anise 1202 anisi 1202 antiglaireux de Guil- lie 1222 apii graveolentis com- positum 1203 aromaticum 1202 aurantii 316 aurantiorum compos- itum 1203 Elixir bismuth 1188 bismuthi 1188 black haw 1207 bromide ammonium 1169 calcium 1171 lithium 1165 potassium 1164 sodium 1167 buchu and acetate po- tassium 1206 compositum 1206 etpotassii acetatis 1206 buckthorn 1220 caffein® 1232 caffeine 1232 calcii bromidi 1171 hypophosphitis 1171 lactophosphatis 1170 calisaya 1230 and hypophosphites 1230 and iron 1231 ferrated 1229, 1231 iron, and bismuth 1231 and lactophos- phate of lime 1231 and pepsin 1231 and strychnine 1232 bismuth, and strychnine 1231 pepsin, and strych- nine 1232 cascara sagrada 1220 catharticum composi- tum 1220 chloroform 1197 chloroformi composi- tum 1197 cinchona 1230 and hypophos- phites 1230 and iron 1231 iron, and bismuth 1231 and lactophos- phate calcium 1231 and pepsin 1231 and strychnine 1232 bismuth, and strychnine 1231 pepsin, and strych- nine 1232 cinchonae detannatum 1230 et ferri 1231 et hypophosphituml230 ferri, bismuthi, et strychnin® 1231 et bismuthi 1231 et calcii lacto- phosphatis 1231 et pepsini 1231 et strychnin® 1232 pepsini et strych- nin® 1232 citrate lithium 1166 Clauderii 1223 coca 1233 and guarana 1233 oorrigens 1216 corydalis compositum 1216 Curasao 1200 curassao 1200 INDEX. 1265 Elixir pepsini 1239 bismuthi, et strych- nin® 1241 et bismuthi 1241 et ferri 1239 phosphate iron 1176 cinchonidine, and strychnine 1176 quinine, and strych- nine 1176 phosphori 1162 et nucis vomic® 1162 phosphorus 1162 and nux vomica 1162 Picis compositum 1189 pilocarpi 1233 pilocarpus 1233 potassii acetatis 1164 etjuniperi 1164 bromidi 1164 purgans 1220 pyrophosphate of iron quinin® compositum 1232 et phosphatum com- positum 1232 valerianatis et strych- nin® 1232 quinine compound 1232 red 1201 rhamni purshian® 1220 compositum 1220 rhamnus purshiana 1220 rhei 1221 et magnesi® 1221 et magnesii acetatis 1221 rhubarb 1221 and acetate magne- sium 1221 and magnesia 1221 rubi compositum 1225 salicylate lithium 1166 sodium 1167 salicylic acid 1191 simple 316 sodii bromidi 1167 hyphosphitis 1161 salicylatis 1167 stillingi® compositum 1209 strychnin® valerian- atis 1234 taraxacum, compound 1217 Turkey corn, com- pound 1238 turnera 1216 turner® 1216 valerianate ammonium 1169 and quinine 1169 quinine and strych- nine 1232 strychnine 1234 zinc 1173 viburni opuli composi- tum 1207 prunifolii 1207 viburnum prunifolium 1207 vitriol 454 Elixir, Wahoo 1216 Yerba santa, aromatic 1216 zinci valerianatis 1173 Elixiria 316 Elixirs 316 Elm 738 mucilage 300, 301 Elutriation 187 Emetine 922, 926 Emmenagogue pills 1182 Emodin 872 Emollient cataplasm 1194 species 1194 Emplastra 1143 Emplastrum ammoniaei 836, 1143, 1144 antimonii 1186 arnicse 825, 1143, 1145 aromaticum 1203 cum hydrargyro 644, 667, * 836, 1143, 1144 asafoetida 837, 1143, 1145 belladonnas 915,1143,1145 capsici 819,1144,1146 ferri 610, 1144, 1146 fuscum 1182 camphoratum 1182 galbani 837, 1143, 1146 hydrargyri 663, 667, 1144, 1146 ichthyocollac 965, 1144, 1147 matris camphoratum 1182 opii 893, 1144, 1147 picis Burgundicae 835,1144, 1147 canadensis 836, 1144, 1147 cum cantharide 835, 1144, 1148 liquid® compositum 1189 plumbi 650, 655, 1144, 1148 resin® 835, 1144, 1148 saponis 855, 1144, 1148 Empty capsules 1121 Emulsification, Conti- nental method 1074 English method 1073 theory of 1073 Emulsio chloroformi 1197 olei morrhuae 1242 cum calcii et sodii phosphatibus 1244 cum calcii lacto- phosphate 1243 cum calcii phos- phate 1243 cum extracto malti 1243 cum hypophos- phite 1243 cum pruno virgin- iana 1244 ricini 1212 terebinthin® 1209 phosphatica 1244 Emulsion apparatus 1075 aspidium 1208 castor oil 1212 Elixir damiana 1216 Eriodictyi aromati- cum 1216 erythroxyli 1233 erythroxyli et guara- n® 1233 erythroxylon 1233 and guarana 1233 eucalypti 1203 eucalyptus 1203 euonymi 1216 euonymus 1216 ferri hypophosphitis 1175 lactatis 1176 phosphatis 1176 phosphatis, cinchoni- din®, et strych- nin® 1176 phosphatis, quinin®, et strychnin® 1176 pyrophosphatis 1176 quinin® et strych- nin® 1176 frangula 1220 frangul® 1220 gentian 1215 and phosphate iron 1215 with tincture chlo- ride of iron 1216 gentian® 1215 cum tinctura ferri chloridi 1216 et ferri phosphatis 1215 ferratum 1215 glycyrrhiza 1195 aromatic 1195 glycyrrhiz® 1195 grindelia 1201 grindeli® 1201 guarana 1233 guaran® 1233 hops 1206 humuli 1206 humulus 1206 hypophosphite cal- cium 1171 iron 1175 sodium 1161 hypophosphites 1160 with iron 1160 hypophosphitum 1160 cum ferro 1160 iron, quinine, and strychnine 1176 jaborandi 1233 lactate iron 1176 lactophosphate of cal- cium 1170 laxativum 1220 liquorice 1195 lithii bromidi 1165 citratis 1166 salicylatisi 1166 malt and iron 1192 malti et ferri 1192 orange 316 paraldehyd 1199 pepsin 1239 and bismuth 1241 and iron 1239 bismuth, and strych- nine 1241 1266 INDEX. Emulsion chloroform 1197 cod liver oil 1241, 1242 pancreatic 1241 with extract of malt 1243 with hypophosphite 1243 calcium 1242 and sodium 1242 with hypophosphites 1241 with lactophosphate calcium 1241, 1243 lime 1243 with phosphate of calcium 1243 lime 1243 with phosphates 1241 calcium and so- dium 1241, 1244 lime and soda 1244 with wild cherry 1244 bark 1241 cracking of 1074 cubeb 1206 Forbes’s turpentine 1210 guaiac 1211 mortar and pestle 1074 oil of turpentine 1209 pumpkin-seed 1212 turpentine 1210 Emulsions 1065, 1072 casein 1075 chondrus 1076 compound 1076 gum-resin 1073 manufactured 1073 natural 1073 quillaia 1076 seed 1073 Enfleurage 786 English name 28, 30 suppository mould 1126 Enterprise mill 178 press 248, 249 Eosin 729 Epigsea 884 repens 884 Epilobium 884 angustifolium 739, 884 Epiphegus 884 virginiana 884 Epsom salt 572 Equal arm balance 49 Equivalents of apothe- caries’ and metric fluid measures 44 metric weight 45 avoirdupois and metric weight 44 metric and avoirdupois weight 45 apothecaries’ weight 45 fluid and apotheca- ries’ measure 44 United States and me- tric measures of length 44 Ergot 868 extract 421, 868 Ergot, fluid extract 379 , 868 of rye 868 oil 850 wine 359 , 868 Ergota 868 Ericinol 862 Ericolin 871, 883 Erigeron 830 canadense 826, 830 oil 826 Eriodictyon 830 californicum 803, 830 Erythromannit 742 Erythrophlagum 925 guineense 925, 926 Erythrophleine 925 hydrochlorate 926 Erythroretin 872 Erythroxyline 925 Erythroxylon 922 coca 922, 925, 926 fluid extract 380, 922 Eserine 913 Esmarch’s painless caus- tic 1187 Essence bitter almond 1201 de petit grain 788 lemon 314 nutmeg 315 peppermint 315 spearmint 315 Essential oils 783 salt of lemons 718 Ether 756 acetic 761, 774 as a solvent 192 butyric 774 caproic 774 caprylic 774 compound spirit 311 petroleum 857 nitrous spirit 312 oenanthic 774 pelargonic 774 spirit 311 stronger 756 Ethereal oil 758 solutions 318 tincture of chloride of iron 1181 iodine 1159 Ethers 750 compound 750 Ethoxycaffeine 926 Ethyl acetatej 761 alcohol 751 benzoate 770 bromide 770 butyrate 770 carbonate 771 chloride 770 cinnamate 839 disulphide 770 hydrate 750 iodide 770 nitrite 760 oxide 750, 756 oxy-caffeine 926 pelargonate 770 sulphuric acid 770 sulphydrate 770 valerate 770 Ethylamine 724 Ethylate, potassium 771 sodium 771 Ethylen 724 Eucalyn 742 Euealyptol 798 Eucalyptus 798 amygdalina 798 fluid extract 380 gauze 1201 globulus 798 oil 798 Eugenia caryophyllata 796 Chekan 830 Pimenta 797 Eugenic acid 797 Eugenin 796 Eugenol 797 Eulachon oil 970 Euonic acid 876 Euonymin 842, 876 Euonyinus 876 atropurpureus 842, 876 extract 421, 876 Eupatorin 826, 842 Eupatorium 826 fluid extract 380, 826 perfoliatum 826,-842 Euphorbia corollata 842 Euphorbin 842 Euphorbium 841 Euphrasia 830 officinalis 830 Evaporating chamber 134 dish 132, 135 vessels 132 Evaporation 128, 137 direct heat 135 of liquids 131 spontaneous 137 to a fixed volume 135 Evening primrose 139 Excipient-bottle 1107 Excipients 1106 Exogopium Purga 861, 862, 874 Expressed oil almond 846 Expression 199, 244, 246 Exsiccation 128, 240 Extemporaneous liquid preparations 1065 pharmacy 986 solution, compounding 1070 Extract, aconite 417, 921 aloes, aqueous 417, 876 arnica root 417, 825 beef 969 belladonna, alcoholic 418, 915 cinchona 418, 900 colchicum root 419, 919 colocynth 419, 877 compound 419, 877 conium, alcoholic 42 0 , 923 digitalis 420,865 ergot 421, 868 euonymus 421, 876 gentian 421, 862 glycyrrhiza 421, 746 pure 422, 746 Goulard’s 652 hmmatoxylon 422,881 INDEX. 1267 Extract hyoscyamus, aV coholic 422,916 Indian cannabis 418, 821 iris 422, 828 juglans 42 3 , 876 krameria 423, 882 leptandra 423, 875 liquorice 421 malt 424, 735 mezereum 424, 827 nux vomica 424, 911 opium 425 , 892 physostigma 425, 914 podophyllum 425 , 875 quassia 426, 863 rhubarb 42 6 , 873 stramonium 426, 917 taraxacum 426, 865 Extracta 410 fluida 360 Extraction 244. Extractive 411 Extracts 410 Extractum aconiti 414, 417, 921 aloes aquosum 415, 417, 876 arnic® radicis 415, 417, 825 belladonn® alcoholi- cum 414, 418, 915 cannabis Indie® 414, 418, 821 carnis 969 cinchon® 414, 418, 900 colchici radicis 416, 419, 919 colocynthidis 415, 419, 877 compositum 416, 419, 877 conii alcoholicum 415, 420, 923 digitalis 415, 420, 865 ergot® 415, 421, 868 euonymi 415, 421, 876 ferri pomatum 1178 gentian® 416, 421, 862 glycyrrhiz® 416, 421, 746 depuratum 1195 purum 416,422, 746 h®matoxyli 415, 422, 881 hyoseyami alcoholicum 414, 422, 916 iridis 414, 422, 828 juglandis 414, 423, 876 krameri® 416, 423, 882 leptandr® 415, 423, 875 malti 416, 42 4, 735 mezerei 414, 424, 827 nucis vomic® 414, 424, 911 opii 416, 425, 892 physostigmatis 414, 425, 914 podophylli 414, 425, 875 quassi® 416, 426, 863 rhei 414, 42 6 , 873 stramonii 415, 426, 917 taraxaci 416, 426, 865 Extractum aconiti flui- dum 367, 371, 921 Extractum arnic® radicis fluidum 368, 371, 825 aromaticum fluidum 367, 371 aurantii amari fluidum 368, 372 , 788 belladonnae fluidum 367, 372, 915 brayerae fluidum 367, 372, 866 buchu fluidum 368, 373, 821 calami fluidum 367, 373, 800 calumbae fluidum 368, 373, 863 cannabis Indicae flui- dum 367, 374, 821 capsici fluidum 367,374, 818 castaneae fluidum 370, 374, 884 chimaphilae fluidum 369, 375 , 883 chiratae fluidum 369, 375, 863 cimicifugae fluidum 367, 376 , 829 cinchonae fluidum 363, 369, 376, 900 colchici radicis flui- dum 368, 376, 919 seminis fluidum 368, 377, 919 conii fluidum 368, 377, 923 cornus fluidum 369, 378, 863 cubebae fluidum 367, 378, 818 cypripedii fluidum 367, 378, 827 digitalis fluidum 368, 379, 865 dulcamaras fluidum 368, 379, 918 ergot® fluidum 369, 379, 868 erythroxyli fluidum 368, 380, 922 eucalypti fluidum 367, 380 , 798 eupatorii fluidum 368, 380, 826 frangul® fluidum 370, 381, 875 gelsemii fluidum 367, 381, 913 gentian® fluidum 368, 381, 862 geranii fluidum 369, 382, 883 glycyrrhiz® fluidum 368, 382, 746 gossypii radicis flui- dum 369, 383, 869 grindeli® fluidum 368, 383, 826 guaran® fluidum 368,383, 922 bamamelidis fluidum 370, 384, 883 Extractum hydrastis fluidum 368, 384, 921 hyoseyami fluidum 368, 384, 916 ipecacuanh® fluidum 367, 385, 922 iridis fluidum 368, 385, 828 krameri® fluidum 369, 38 6 , 882 lactucarii fluidum 370, 386, 829 leptandr® fluidum 369, 387, 875 lobeli® fluidum 368, 387, 924 lupulini fluidum 367, 388, 821 malti fluidum 1192 matico fluidum 369, 388, 818 mezerei fluidum 367, 388, 827 nucis vomicae fluidum 368, 389, 911 pareirae fluidum 369, 38 9, 922 pilocarpi fluidum 368, 390, 918 podophylli fluidum 364, 368, 390, 875 pomi ferratum 1178 pruni Virginianae fluidum 369, 390, 807 quassi® fluidum 368, 391, 863 rhei fluidum 368, 391, 873 aromaticum 1220 rhois glabrae fluidum 369, 3 92 , 779 rosae fluidum 369, 3 92,882 rubi fluidum 369, 392, 883 rumicis fluidum 368, 393, 876 sabinae fluidum 367, 3 9 3, 821 sanguinariae fluidum 367, 39 3 , 920 sarsaparill® fluidum 369, 3 9 4 , 870 compositum fluidum 369, 39 4, 870 scillae fluidum 367, 395, 865 Scutellariae fluidum 370, 395, 793 senegae fluidum 368, 395, 870 sennae fluidum 369, 3 9 6, 872 deodoratum 1222 serpentariae fluidum 368, 39 6 , 821 spigeliae fluidum 368, 397, 866 stillingiae fluidum 368, 3 9 7, 828 compositum 1216 stramonii fluidum 368, 397, 917 taraxaci fluidum 370, 398, 865 1268 INDEX. Extractum tritici fluidum 370, 398, 747 uv® ursi fluidum 369, 3 98 , 884 valerian® fluidum 368, 3 99 , 821 veratri viridis fluidum 367, 399, 919 viburni fluidum 368, 399, 821 xanthoxyli fluidum 367, 400, 828 zingiberis fluidum 367, 400, 801 Eyebright 830 Eye-water, Thomas’s 1173 F. Faba vulgaris 733 Fagus sylvatica 849 Fahrenheit’s hydrometer 78 thermometer 111, 112 Fairbanks’s druggists’ scale 54 Fats 844 Fehling’s solution 1184 Fel bovis 963, 971 inspissatum 964 purificatum 964 Felt strainers 204 Fennel 793 oil 794 water 280, 794 Fenner’s guaiac mixture 1185 Fenugreek 739 Fermentation 749, 751 vinous 749 Fermented milk 1244 Ferrated elixir calisaya 1231 gentian 1215 extract apples 1178 wine wild cherry 1217 Ferri acetas 610 arsenious 610 benzoas 610 bromidum 610 carbonas saccharatus 609, 612 chloridum 609, 615 citras 609, 618 et ammonii citras 609, 618 sulphas 609, 624 tartras 609, 624 et potassii tartras 609, 626 et quinin® citras 609, 620 effervescens 1177 et sodii pyrophosphas 610 et strychnin® citras 609, 623 ferrocyanidum 611 hypophosphis 609, 627, 1177 iodidum saccharatum 609, 628 lactas 610,630 malis crudus 1178 nitras 611 oxalas 610, 630 oxidum hydratum 610, 631 Ferri oxidum cum mag- nesia 610, 632 magneticum 611 rubrum 611 phosphas 610, 632 albus 611 efiervescens 1177 pyrophosphas 610, 633 salicylas 611 subcarbonas 611 sulphas 610, 634 exsiccatus 610, 635 praecipitatus 610, 635 sulphidum 611 tersulphatis liquor 640 valerianas 610, 636 Ferric acid 608 chloride 615 citrate 618 hydrate 631 hypophosphite 627, 1177 oleate 852 oxide 608 phosphate 632 pyrophosphate 633 valerianate 636 Ferricyanide, potassium 490 Ferrocyanide, iron 611 potassium 505 zinc 589 Ferrophosphated elixir gentian 1215 Ferrous carbonate, sac- charated 612 iodide, saccharated 628 lactate 630 oxalate 630 oxide 608 sulphate 634 dried 635 precipitated 635 Ferruginous pills 1179 Ferrum 609, 611 dialysatum 243 reductum 609, 611 Ferula galbaniflua 837 Narthex 810, 836 persica 810 Scorodosma 836 Sumbul 794 Fever liniment 1210 Feverfew 830 oil 802 Fibrin 969 Ficus 872 Carica 872 Fig 872 File, rat-tail 144 Filicic acid 827 Filitannic acid 827 Filix mas 827 red 827 Filter, Hadden’s 215 plain 208, 229 plaited 210 Warner’s 216 Filtering paper 207 Filters 207 paper 207 Filtrate 207 Filtration 199, 207 continuous 216 Filtration, hot 217 rapid 219 volatile liquids 216 Fine powder 186 Fineness of powder 186 Fish-berries 924 Fisher’s vacuum-pump 220 Fixed oils 844 Flask, distillation 142 evaporation 135 Flasks, graduated 977 Flavored syrup 284 Flaxseed 738 compound infusion 1192 oil 848 Fleabane oil 826 Flemming’s tincture aco- nite 1235 Fletcher’s gas blow-pipe 116 crucible furnace 118 radial burner 108 Flexible collodion 319,717 Flint 484 Flocculent precipitate 228 Florentine orris 824 receiver 227 Flour paste 1060 Flowers of sulphur 472 Fluid extract, aconite 367, 371, 921 arnica root 368, 371, 825 aromatic 367, 371 belladonna 367, 372, 915 bitter orange peel 368, 37 2 788 brayera 367, 372, 866 buchu 368, 373, 821 compound 1208 burdock 365 calamus 367, 373, 800 calumba 368, 373, 863 capsicum 367, 374, 819 castanea 370, 374, 884 chimaphila 369, 375, 883 chirata 369, 375, 863 cimioifuga 367, 376, 829 cinchona 363, 369, 376, 900 colchicum root 368, 37 6, 919 seed 368, 377, 919 conium 368, 377, 923 cornus 369, 378, 863 cotton root 369, 383, 869 cubeb 367, 378, 818 cypripedium 367, 378 digitalis 368, 379, 865 dulcamara 368, 379, 918 ergot 369, 37 9 , 868 erythroxylon 368, 380, 922 eucalyptus 367, 380, 798 eupatorium 368, 380, 826 frangula 370, 381 gelsemium 367, 381, 913 gentian 368, 381, 862 geranium 369, 382, 883 ginger 367, 400 , 801 glycyrrhiza 368, 382 , 746 grindelia 368, 383, 826 guarana 368, 383, 922 hamamelis 370, 38 4 , 883 Fluid extract hydrastis 368, 384, 921 hyoscyamus 368, 384, 916 Indian cannabis 367, 374, 821 ipecac 367, 385, 922 iris 368, 385, 828 krameria 369, 386, 882 lactucarium 370, 386, 829 leptandra 369, 387, 875 lobelia 368, 387, 924 lupulin 367, 388, 821 malt 1193 matico 369, 388, 818 mezereum 367, 388, 827 nux vomica 368, 389, 911 pareira 369, 389, 922 pilocarpus 368, 3 9 0 , 918 podophyllum 3 6 4, 368, 390, 875 quassia 368, 391, 863 rhubarb 368, 391, 873 rhus glabra 369, 393, 779 rose 369, 393, 882 rubus 369, 393, 883 rumex 368, 393, 876 sanguinaria 367, 393, 920 sarsaparilla 369, 394, 870 compound 369, 394, 870 savine 367, 393, 823 Scutellaria 370, 395, 793 senega 368, 395, 870 senna 369, 396, 872 serpentaria 368, 396, 821 spigelia 368, 397, 866 squill 367, 395, 865 stillingia 368, 397, 828 stramonium 368, 397, 917 taraxacum 370, 398, 865 triticum 370, 398, 747 uva ursi 369, 398, 884 valerian 368, 399, 822 veratrum viride 367, 399, 919 viburnum 368, 39 9 , 822 wild cherry 369, 390, 807 xanthoxylum 367, 400, 828 Fluid extracts 360 preservation of 367 Fluid, Muller’s 1163 Fluidounce 39 Fluidrachm 39 Fluigramme 1048 Fluoranthen 724 Fluoren 724 Fluoride, ammonium 553 antimony 683 chromium 642 Fluorine 461 Flystone 648 Foeniculum 793 vulgare 793 Folding packages 1084 powders 1086, 1088 Foot bellows 117 Forbes’s turpentine emul- sion 1210 Formate, ammonium 553 Formic acid 970 Formica rufa 970 Formonetin 862 INDEX. 1269 Formulary of unofficinal preparations 1155 Fothergill’s asthma mix- ture 1169 dinner pills 1237 hydrobromic acid cough mixture 1155 Fowler’s solution 691 Foxglove 865 Fox’s calamine lotion 1173 tincture green soap 1214 Fractional distillation 160 percolation 272 Fragaria 781 Francis’s triplex pills 1224 Franciscus’s pill coater 1114 plaster-board 1149 Frangula 875 fluid extract 381, 875 Frangulin 875 Frankincense 841 Frasera 871 Walteri 842, 871 Fraserin 842 Fraxetin 862 Fraxin 862 Fraxinus Ornus 745, 862 French mixture 1158 Friar’s balsam 1211 Frostwort 830 Fuchsin 729 Fuller’s tamarind elec- tuary 1219 Fumaria officinalis 925, 926 Fumaric acid 735 Fumarine 925, 926 Fumitory 925 Fungin 715 Funnel, globe separating 226 jacketed 218 plain 214 pocketed 218 ribbed 214 separating 226 support 1077 tubes 147 Funnels 213 agate-ware 214 earthen-ware 214 enamelled 214 granite-ware 214 hard rubber 214 porcelain 214 tinned iron 214 Furnace, Fletcher’s cru- cible 118 Mershon’s Sons 102 Furnaces, pharmaceuti- cal 101 Fusel oil 752 Fusion 118 G. Gadberry’s mixture 1179 spleen mixture 1165 Gadolinite 601 Gadus Morrhua 965 Galactose 741 Galanga 824 Galangal 824 oil 802, 824 Galbanum 837 compound pills 837, 1112 plaster 837, 1146 Galena 649, 657 Galipea Cusparia 801, 830 Galla 878 Gallic acid 880 glycerite 1226 ointment 881, 1136 Gallon 38 Gallop’s powder 1205 Galls, aromatic syrup 1225 tincture 879, 1225 Gallus Bankiva 966, 969 Gambir 884 Gamboge 874 Gambogia 874 Gambogic acid 874 Gannal’s method 80 Garcinia Hanburii 874 indica 850 Gargle, alum 1175 Garlic 810 oil 810 ointment 1206 syrup 290 Gas, absorbing of 196 blow-pipe 117 flame 107 generator 197 liquor 560 stoves 109 used in developing heat 106 Gasolin 105 stove 105 stove-burner 105 Gaultheria 800 procumbens 800 spirit 314, 800 Gaultherilene 800 Gauze, carbolized 1191 corrosive sublimate 1185 iodoform 1198 Lister’s eucalyptus 1201 Geissospermine 926 Geissospermum Iseve 926 Gelatin 969 capsules 1119 pearls 1119 Gelatina 969 Gelatinized chloroform 1198 starch 979 Gelatinous precipitate 228 Gelatinum chondri 1193 Gelsemin 842 Gelsemine 913,926 hydrochlorate 926 Gelseminic acid 913 Gelsemium 913 fluid extract 381, 913 sempervirens 842, 913, 926 tincture 913 Generation of heat 100 Generator, gas 197 Genista 830 tinctoria 830 Gentian 862 and iron mixture, Meigs’s 1175 compound infusion 330 concentrated 330 tincture 347, 862 1270 INDEX. Gentian elixir 1215 extract 421, 862 fluid extract 381, 862 Gentiana 862 lutea 862 Gentiogenin 862 Gentiopicrin 862, 871 Gentisic acid 862, 871 George’s double-screw press 249 Geranium 883 fluid extract 382, 883 maculatum 883 Gerhard’s tonic tea 1215 German chamomile 826 press 247 Germander 830 Geum 830 rivale 830 Gezow’s collodion for corns 1191 Gibert’s syrup 1186 Gigot’s press 246 Gil bert’s astringent tinct- ure 1225 Gillenia 871 syrup 1218 trifoliata 871 Gillenin 871 Gin, common 750 Holland 750 Ginger 801 fluid extract 400, 801 grass oil 802 oil 802 oleoresin 406, 801 soluble essence 1205 syrup 298, 801, 1246 tincture 35 6 , 801 troches 801, 1100 Ginseng 871 Glacial acetic acid 721 Glass evaporating dish 132 furniture 993 graduated measures 62, 63 retort 141 soluble 485 tubes, bending of 143 cutting of 142 Glauber’s salt 541 Glaucine 925, 926 Glaucium 925 luteum 925, 926 Glaucopicrine 925, 926 Glechoma 793 hederaeea 793 Globe separating funnel 226 Globularetin 862 Globularia alypum 862 Globularin 862 Glonoin 853 Glucose 741 Glucosides 861 Glyceric alcohol 853 Glycerides 852 Glycerin 852, 971 as a solvent 192 bath 119 iodized 1157 lotion 1213 ointment 1213 suppositories 1213 Glycerinum 852, 971 Glycerita 304 Glycerite, birch tar 1190 bismuth 1187 borax 1166 boric acid 1156 boroglycerin 1156 carbolic acid 1190 gallic acid 1226 glyceryl borate 1156 hydrastis 1234 pepsin 1239 starch 305, 733 tannic acid 1226 tar 1190 tragacanth 1193 yolk of egg 305, 966 Glycerites 304 Glyceritum acidi car- bolici 1190 gallici 1226 tannici 1226 amyli 305 , 733 bismuthi 1187 boroglycerini 1156 hydrastis 1234 pepsini 1239 picis liquidse 1190 sodii boratis 1166 tragacanthse 1193 vitelli 305, 966 Glycerol 853 Glycerole nitrate bis- muth 1188 Pavesi’s chloral and camphor 1196 Squire’s subacetate of lead 1183 Glyceryl borate 1156 tripalmitate 845 Glycocholic acid 963 Glycocine 840 Glyconin 305 emulsion cod liver oil 1242 Glycyrretin 862 Glycyrrhiza 746 aromatic elixir 1195 compound mixture 303 powder 746,1083 extract 421, 746 fluid extract 382, 746 glabra 746, 862 pure extract 422, 746 Glycyrrhizic acid 746 Glycyrrhizin 746, 862 ammoniated 746 Glycyrrhizinum ammo- niatum 746 Gnaphalium 830 Gnoscopine 892 Goa-powder 873 Godfrey’s cordial 1204, looa Gold 701, 979 and sodium chloride 702 bromide 701 chloride 701 iodide 701 salts, tests for 701 Golden rod, oil 802 seal 921 Golden tincture 1229 Goldthread 924 East Indian 924 Goodell’s lemonade iron 1175 Gooseberry 780 Gossypii radicis cortex 868 Gossypium 716 herbaceum 716, 847, 868 styptieum il88 Goulard’s cerate 652, 1133 extract 652 Gould’s diarrhoea mix- ture 1227 Gout mixture 1229, 1237 pills 1237 Gouttes am e res 1237 ' Graduate brush 1077 Graduated evaporating dish 135 flasks 977 jars 977 Grain 38 Gramme 41 Granatum 921 Granular precipitate 228 Granulated citrate mag- nesium 571 effervescent salts 240 sulphite sodium 542 Granulation 128, 240 Granville’s hay-fever snuff 1166 Grape oil 770 sugar 741, 742 Grating 171 Gratiola 871 officinalis 862, 871 Gratiolaretin 862 Gratioletin 862 Gratiolin 862, 871 Gratiosoletin 862 Gratiosolin 862 Gravimetric method 1048 prescriptions 1048 Green iodide, mercury 672 lobelia 1237 soap 855,1214 tincture of 354, 855, 1214 Griffith’s mixture 303 Grindelia 826 elixir 1201 fluid extract 38 3 , 826 robusta 826 Grinding 172 Grisolle’s pills 1181 Grommets, use of 136 Grooved rollers 175 Gross’s antimonial and saline mixture 1186 anti-neuralgic pills 1230 hair tonic 1246 neuralgia pills 1229 Ground ivy 793 Groundnut oil 850 Groundsel 830 Guaiac 837 ammoniated tincture 347, 838 Dewees’s tincture 1210 emulsion 1211 INDEX. 1271 Guaiao ethereal tincture 1208 syrup 1211 tincture 347, 838 Guaiaci lignum 837 resina 837 Guaiacic acid 838 Guaiacol 722, 729 Guaiaconic acid 838 Guaiacum officinale 837 sanctum 837 wood 837 Guaiaretic acid 838 Guarana 922 elixir 1233 fluid extract 3 83 , 922 Guaranine 926 Gubler’s alcoholic mix- ture 1196 Guiding-rod 201 Guizotia oleifera 850 Gum arabic 736 artificial 732 British 732 resin emulsions 1073 resins 834 Gums 736 Gunther’s sedative pills 1210 Gurjun 841 balsam, oil 801 Gutta-percha 836 solution 836 Guttao pectoralis 1235 Gynoeardia odorata 850 H. /XU> Haarlem oil -12011 Hadden’s filter 215 Haeinatein 881 Haematoxylin 881 Haematoxylon 881 campechianum 881 extract 422,881 IlEemoglobulin 969 Hahn’s pestle-cap 1093 Hair tonic, Gross’s 1246 Halicore Dugong 970 Haller’s acid elixir 1155 Hall’s dinner pills 1223 solution 1233 strychnine 1233 Halogens 461 Hamamelin 842 Hamamelis 883 fluid extract 38 4, 883 virginica 842, 883 water 1225 Hammond’s compound mixture of apium 1202 Hance’s mill 179, 180 suspended percolator 268 Hand-mills 177, 178 scales 49 Hardhack 884 Hardy’s naphthol oint- ment 1192 Hare’s hot-water filter 218 Harle’s solution arsenite of sodium 1186 Harrison’s lozenge-board 1094 Hartshorn’s chloroform paregoric 1198 Ilausmannite 606 Hawkweed 884 Hay-fever snuff, Gran- ville’s 1166 Hayes’s solution hypo- phosphites 1160 Hazel-nut oil 850 Heat, generation of 100 measuring of 111 uses of 116 Heavy magnesia 570 Hebra’s green soap lo- tion 1214 itch ointment 1159 tincture green soap with tar 1214 Hectogramme 40 Hectolitre 40 Hectometre 40 Hedeoma 791 oil 791 pulegioides 791 Hedge garlic oil 810 hyssop 871 Helecin 862 Helianthemum 830 canadense 830 Heliotrope, oil 802 Heliotropium grandi- florum 802 peruvianum 802 Helleborin 871 Helleborus 871 niger 871 Helonias dioica 842 Helonin 842 Hemlock 923 pitch 836 plaster 836, 1147 spruce oil 801 Hemp-seed oil 850 Henbane 916 Hepatica 884 triloba 884 Heracleum 794 lanatum 794, 803 Herb-cutter 170 Herbs, tincture fresh 345 Hesperidin 787, 789 Hessian crucible 117, 118 Heuchera 884 americana 884 Hexagonal system 233 Hibiscus esculentus 739 Hiera picra 1223 Hieraceum 884 Hippocastanum 884 Hirudo 970 Hobb’s measures 63 Hodgson’s measures 63 Hoffmann’s anodyne 311, 757 balsamic mixture 1211 pinchcock 152 Hog gum 739 Holbe’s poison closet 998 Holland'gin 750 Holly 871 Hollyhock conserve 1193 Holtz’s carbolate of iodine 1190 Homatropine hydrobro- mate 926 Homocincbonicine 900 Homocinchonidine 900 Homocinchonine 900 Homoquinine 900 Honey 299, 744, 971 borate of sodium 1166 clarified 299 rose 299 Honeys 299 Hoods, use of 136 Hooper’s pills 1218 Hop oil 802 Hope’s camphor mix- ture 1204 Hops 821 elixir 1206 tincture 348 , 821 Hordein 715 Hordeum distichon 733, 734 Horehound 792 Horn poppy 925 Ilorsebalm 793 Horsechestnut bark 884 oil 850 Horsemint 793 oil 802 Horseradish oil 810 Hot drops 1208 water generator 110 Hound’s tongue 739 Humulus 821 Lupulus 802, 821, 842, 926 Hungarian turpentine, oil 801 Hunter’s emulsion appa- ratus 1075 sifter 185 Hydraeids 443 Hydrargyri acetas 664 arsenias 664 bromidum 664 carbonas 664 chloras 664 chloridum corrosivum 664, 668 mite 664, 669 chromas 664 cyanidum 664, 670 iodidum rubrum 664, 671 viride 664, 672 lactas 664 nitras 665 oxidum flavurn 664, 673 rubrum 664, 674 subsulphas fiavus 664, 675 sulphas 665 sulphidum rubrum 664, 676 Hydrargyrum 665 ammoniatum 664, 667 cum creta 663, 666 Hydrated alumina 600 oxide bismuth 1188 iron 631 with magnesia 632 Hydrastin 842 Hydrastine 921, 926 Hydrastis 921 INDEX. 1272 Hydrastis canadensis 842, 850, 921, 926 fluid extract 384, 921 oil 850 tincture 3 48 , 921 Hydrate, aluminium 600 calcium 575 chloral 765 Hydraulic press 251, 364 Hydriodic acid 462 syrup 289 Hydrobromate, quinine 905 Hydrobromic acid, di- luted 448 cough mixture, Fother- gill’s 1155 Hydrobryoretin 861 Hydrocarbons 783 Hydrochinone 729 Hydrochlorate, apomor- phine 897 morphine 895 pilocarpine 918 quinine 904 Hydrochloric acid 446 diluted 447 Hydrocinchonine 900 Hydrocotarnine 892 Hydrocyanic acid, diluted 807 Scheele’s 809 Hydrogen 441, 724 sulphide 472, 724 Ilydrokinone 861 Hydrometer jar 75 Hydrometers 73 Hydroquinone 729 Hydrostatic press 251 Hydrosulphuric acid 472, 979 Hygrine 922, 926 Hyoglycocholic acid 963 Hyoscine 916, 926 Hyoscyami folia 916 Hyoscyamin® sulphas 917 Hyoscyamine 914, 916 sulphate 917 Hyoscyamus 916 abstract 431, 916 alcoholic extract 422, 916 fluid extract 384, 916 niger 850, 916, 926 oil 850 tincture 348, 916 Hyoscypicrin 916 Hyotaurocholic acid 963 Hypericum 830 perforatum 830 Hypnone 729 Hypochlorous acid 462 Hypodermic solution morphine 1228 Hypophosphite, calcium 582 iron 627, 1177 potassium 505 sodium 533 Hypophosphites, com- pound solution 1159 compound syrup 1161 Hayes’s solution 1160 Parrish’s syrup 1159 syrup 294 tests for 477 with iron, syrup 294 Hypophosphorous acid 471, 533 Hyposulphite, soda 534 sodium 534 sodium and silver 519 Hyposulphurous acid 471, 472 Hyraceum 969 Hyrax capensis 969 Hyssop 793 oil 802 Hyssopus 793 officinalis 793, 802 I. Iberis amara 810 Iceland moss 735 Ichthyocolla 965, 971 Ichthyol 729 Igasuric acid 911 Igasurine 911 Ignatia 911 abstract 431, 911 tincture 348, 911 compound 1237 Ignition 118 Ihlang-ihlang, oil 802 Ilex 871 paraguayensis 884 verticillata 864 Ilicic acid 871 Ilixanthin 871 Illicium 795 anisatum 795 oil 795 Imperial measure 39 Improved vegetable ca- thartic pills 1224 Incineration 119 Incompatibility 1065 chemical 1066 pharmaceutical 1068 therapeutical 1070 India rubber 841 senna 871 Indian cannabis 821 extract 418, 821 fluid extract 374, 821 tincture 342, 821 hemp 821 Indican 862 Indiglucin 862 Indigo 862, 979 Infusa 324, 329 Infused oils 1228 Infusion 244 bottle 328 brayera 329 catechu, compound 1226 cinchona 329, 900 digitalis 329 flaxseed, compound 1192 gentian, compound 330 concentrated 330 jar, Alsop’s 325 mug (home-made) 326 Squire’s 326 myrrh, compound 1210 pitcher 326 rose, compound 331 sago 331 Infusion senna, com- pound 330 tar 1190 wild cherry 330, 807 Infusions 324, 329 preservation of 328 Infusum brayer® 327, 329 catechu compositum 122 6 cinchona) 327, 329, 900 digitalis 327, 329 gentian® compositum 330 fortius 330 lini compositum 1192 picis liquid® 1190 pruni Virginian® 327, 3 3 0 , 807 ros® compositum 331, 1225 salvi® 331 senn® compositum 327, 3 30 , 872 Ingluvin 969 Injection for gonorrhoea 1173 Inorganic acids 443 substances 439 Inosit 742 Inscription, the 1005, 1006 Inspissated juices 410 oxgall 964 Interstitial water 237 Inula 826 Helenium 802, 826 oil 802 Inulin 733, 826 Iodate, calcium 575 potassium 506 Iodic acid 462 Iodide, aluminium 598 ammonium 561 amyl 770 antimony 683 arsenic 692 and mercury, solu- tion 693 cadmium 603 calcium 575 chromium 642 ethyl 770 gold 701 iron, saccharated 628 solution 1178 syrup of 293 lead 653 lithium 547 magnesium 569 mercury, green 672 red 671 methyl 771 potassium 506 silver 659 sodium 535 starch, soluble 1192 sulphur 475 zinc 593 Iodides, tests for 467 Iodinal collodion 1157 Iodine 461,466, 1157 carbolate, solution 1158, 1190 caustic, Churchill’s 1157 Rieseberg’s 1158 INDEX. 1273 Iodine, Churchill’s tinct- ure 1158 compound ointment 1157 solution 468 tincture 468 decolorized tincture 1158 disulphide 475 Holtz’s carbolate 1190 liniment 1157 ointment 468, 1138 tests for 467 tincture 349 , 468 Iodized carbolic acid 1190 collodion 1191 cotton 1158 glycerin 1157 oil bitter almond 1157 phenol 1157, 1190 starch 468 , 733 Iodoform 769 and naphthalin 1198 aromatized 1198 carbolized 1198 collodion 1191 compound tincture 1199 cotton 1198 deodorized 1198 gauze 1198 liniment 1199 ointment 769, 1138 compound 1199 paste 1198 pencils 1199 White’s ointment 1199 Iodoformum 769 aromatisatum 1198 Iodohydrargyrate, potas- sium 490 Iodol 770 Iodum 461, 466 Ipecac 922 and opium powder 922 tincture 349, 922 fluid extract 385 , 922 syrup 294, 922 troches 922, 10 98 wine 360 , 922 Ipecacuanha 922 Ipecacuanhio acid 922 Iridoline 724 Iris 824, 828 extract 422, 828 Florentina 824 fluid extract 385 , 828 versicolor 828 Irish moss 735 emulsion of castor oil 1212 cod liver oil 1242 Iron 606, 608, 611 acetate 610 solution 637 tincture 345 , 637 alum 624 and ammonium acetate mixture 303, 638 citrate 618 sulphate 624 tartrate 624 and chromium salts 1175 and conium mixture 1175, 1182 Iron and magnesia hy- drated oxide 632 and potassium tartrate 626 and quinine, citrate 620 solution 622 and sodium pyrophos- phate 610 and strychnine citrate 623 arseniate 610 benzoate 610 bitter wine 359 , 622 bromide 610 syrup 292 , 629 carbonate, mass 614 chloride 615 solution 616 tincture 346, 617 chlorotannate, cam- phorated 1196 citrate 618 solution 619 wine 359 , 620 compound pills 614 dried sulphate 635 ferrooyanide 611 Goodell’s lemonade 1175 hydrated oxide 631 hypophosphite 627 iodide pills 629, 1111 syrup 293, 629 iodohydrargyrate, syrup 1186 lactate 630 magnetic oxide 608, 611 mass of carbonate 614 mixture, compound 303, 614 nitrate 611 solution 638 oleate 852 oxalate 630 phosphate 632 pills 1175 compound 614, 1111, 1181 plaster 1146 precipitated sulphate 635 pyrophosphate 633 elixir 1176 quinine, and strychnine phosphates, syrup 293, 623 red oxide 611 reduced 611 saccharated carbonate 612 iodide 628 salicylate 611 salts, test for 608 subcarbonate 611 subsulphate, solution 639 sulphate 634 sulphide 611 tersulphate, solution 640 Thompson’s compound pills 1181 troches 1097 valerianate 636 white phosphate 611 wire 611 Isinglass 965, 971 plaster 965, 1147 Isodulcit 742 Isonandra Gutta 836 Isopelletierine 921 Isoxylol 724 Ives's camphorated Do- ver’s powder 1228 Ivory black 482 J. Jaborandi 918 oil 801 Jacketed funnel 218 Jackson’s bathing spirits 1214 lozenges, ammonia 1169 pectoral lozenges 1196 syrup 1228 Jalap 874 abstract 432 compound powder 1083 tincture 1222 resin 435 tincture 1222 Jalapa 874 Jalapin 862 Jalapinol 862 James’s powder 688, 1082 Janewqy’s pills 1223 Japanese lambik 140 Jars, graduated 977 Jasminum fragrans 802 grandiflorum 802 Jateorrbiza Calumba 862 Javanine 900 Javelle’s water 464, 1163 Jeannel’s laxative pow- der 1163 Jervine 919, 925, 926 Joints, bladder 145 rubber 145 Jones’s hydrometer 78 Judkin’s ointment 1183 Juglandin 842 Juglans 876 cinerea 842 extract 432, 886 oil 850 Juice, lemon 777 Juices, inspissated 410 Jujube berries 739 Julep camphor 1205 Juniper 823 oil 823 spirit 314, 823 compound 314, 823 Juniperus 823 communis 823 Oxycedrus 723 Sabina 823 virginiana 803, 824 Jute, carbolized 1190 K. Kainite 510 Kairine 926 Kamala 874 Kaposi’s naphthol salve 1192 Kava-kava 824 1274 INDEX. Keating’s cough lozenges 1209 Kelp 466 Keratin 969 Kerosene 106 Kettle, steam 125 Kilogramme 40 Kilolitre 40 Kilometre 40 Kinds of fuel 100 Kinic acid 900 Kino 881 compound powder 1226 red 881 tannic acid 881 tincture 3 49 , 881 compound 1226, 1227 Kinoin 881 Kinovic acid 900 Kinovin 900 Knight’s pills 1224 Knowlson’s suppository machine 1127 Komb§ arrow poison 871 Kooso 866 Kosin 866 Koumiss 969 Krameria 881 extract 423, 882 fluid extract 38 6 , 882 syrup 294 tincture 3 49 , 882 tomentosa 881 triandra 881 troches 1098 Kramero-tannic acid 881 Kreosote 724 Kresol 724 Kryptidine 724 Kumyss 1244 Kupfernickel 647 Kurung oil 850 L. Labarraque’s solution 464 Labelling poisonous sub- stances 1060 Labels 1058, 1059 arranging 1061 gummed 1061 pasting 1060 preserving 1061 Laboratory 1000 measure 62 Lac 969 fermentatum 1244 sulphuris 474 Lactate, bismuth 693 iron 630 magnesium 569 mercury 664 silver 658 zinc 589 Lactic acid 891, 962, 971 Lactin 741 Lactometer 77 Lactophosphate of cal- cium, syrup of 291 Lactose 741 Lactoserum 1075 Lactuca virosa 829 Lactucarium 829 Aubergier’s syrup 1209 fluid extract 38 6 , 829 syrup 294, 829, 1209 Lactucerin 829 Lactucic acid 829 Lactucin 829 Lactucopicrin 829 Ladies’ slipper 827 Lady Webster’s dinner pills 1223 Laevo-glucose 741 Lmvulose 741 Laminaria 739 Cloustoni 739 Lamotte’s drops 1181 Lamp, alcohol 103 metal spirit 104 spirit 103 Lanolin 969 Lanthopine 892 Lapathin 876 Lappa 865 officinalis 865 Lard 958, 971 benzoinated 839, 959 oil 960, 971 Larix europoea 801 Larkspur seed 924 oil 850 Lartigue’s gout pills 1237 Laserpitium 824 latifolium 824 Latour’s chloride of zinc paste 1173 Laudanine 892 Laudanosine 892 Laurel 824 oil 802, 824, 860 Laurocerasus 824 Laurostearic acid 965 Laurus 824 nobilis 802, 821, 850 oil 802, 850 Lavandula 790 vera 790 Lavender 790 compound tincture 350, 791 flowers, oil 791 oil 790 spirit 314, 791 Laville’s gout mixture 1229 Lavolley’s purgative elixir 1222 Lawrence’s prescription- box 1056 Laxative confection 1222 elixir 1220 pills after confinement 1224 powder 1163 species 1221 syrup 1215 Lead 649 acetate 650 pills 1182 and opium wash 1183 binoxide 650 bromide 650 carbonate 652 Lead carbonate ointment 653 chloride 650 chlorite 650 chromate 650 compounds, tests for 649 dioxide 649 iodide 653 ointment 654 monoxide 649 nitrate 654 oleate 852 oxide 655 Parrish’s compound cerate 1182 plaster 655, 1148 red 655 oxide 650 saccharate 650 salts 1182 sesquioxide 649 subacetate, cerate 652 liniment 321, 652 solution 651 diluted 652 Squire’s glycerole 1183 suboxide 649 sugar of 650 sulphate 650 sulphide 649 tannate 650 tetroxide 649 water 652 white 652 Leblanc’s process 629 Ledum 871 palustre 802, 871 Leech 970 Lemon, essence of 802, 871 juice 777 oil 789 peel 789 syrup 2 95 , 777, 12 46 Lemonade iron 1175 Leonurus 793 cardiaca 793 Lepidium sativum 810 Lepidolite 549 Leptandra 875 extract 42 3 , 875 fluid extract 387, 875 virginica 842, 875 Leptandrin 842, 875 Leukoline 724 Levant wormseed 866 Lever press 251 Levick’s aromatic and antacid corrective 1166 Levigation 187 Levisticum 794, 824 officinale 794, 802, 824 Lewin’s mixture thy- mol 1205 Liatris 824 Lichenin 735 Lichen-stearic acid 735 Liebig’s condenser 150 corn collodion 1191 Life everlasting 830 Light magnesia 569 oil 724 Lignin 715 Ligustrin 871 INDEX. 1275 Ligustrum 871 vulgare 871 Lilac, oil 802 Lily of the valley 871 Lime 576 chlorinated 463, 577 juice 707, 778 and pepsin 1240 liniment 321, 577 solution 576 sulphurated 577 syrup 292 water 576 Limonis cortex 789 succus 777 Limousin’s cachet-board 1090 croton oil pencils 1213 Linden flowers 830 oil 802 Liniment, aconite 1237 and chloroform 1234 ammonia 320 arnica 1208 belladonna 321, 915 camphor 321 camphorated soap 1214 cantharides 321, 967 chloroform 321, 768 croton oil 1212 compound 1212 croup 1202 fever 1210 hypericum 1210 iodide of ammonium 1170 potassium 1165 iodoform 1199 lime 321 mercury 1185 mustard, compound 322 soap 322, 855 St. Barthelemy’s 1210 St. John Long’s 1203 stillingia 1209 Stokes’s 1203 subacetate of lead 321, 652 turpentine 322 , 835 Linimenta 320 Liniments 320 Linimentum aconiti 1237 et chloroformi 1234 album 1203 ammoni® 320, 552 belladonn® 320, 321, 915 calcis 320, 321, 575 camphor® 320, 321, 804 cantharidis 320, 321 chloroformi 320, 321, 768 iodi 1157 opii compositum 1227 plumbi subacetatis 320, 321, 650, 652 saponato camphoratum 1214 saponis 320, 322, 855 sinapis compositum 320, 322, 810 terebinthin® 320, 322 aceticum 1203 tiglii 1212 compositum 1212 Linolein 848 Linoxyn 848 Linseed 738 oil 848 Linum 738 usitatissimum 738 Liqueur d’oxymuriate de mercure 1185 Liquid pepsin 961 rennet 1245 Liquidambar orientalis 839 Liquids, dispensing of 1076 separation of immisci- ble 226 used in developing heat 103 Liquor acidi arseniosi 281, 689, 691 acidi phosphorici com- positus 1162 aluminii acetatis 1174 acetici 1174 acetico-tartratis 1174 ammonii acetatis 281, 552, 556 concentratus 1170 citratis fortior 1170 arsenici bromidi 1164 chloridi 691 arsenii et hydrargyri iodidi 281, 693 barii chloridi 1173 bismuthi 695 concentratus 1187 bromi 1157 calcis 281, 575 sulphurat® 1171 carmini 1245 coccineus 1245 cupri alkalinus 1184 electropoeicus 1182 extracti glycyrrhiz® 1195 .ferri acetatis 281, 609, 637 chloridi 281, 609 citratis 281, 609, 619 et quinin® citratis 281, 609, 622 liypophosphitis 1177 iodidi 1178 nitratis 281, 609, 638 oxysulphatis 1178 protochloridi 1178 subsulphatis 282, 609, 639 tersulphatis 282, 609, 640 gutta-pereh® 282 hydrargyri et potassii iodidi 1185 nitratis 282, 664, 676 hypophosphitum 1160 iodi carbolatus 1158 causticus 1157 compositus 281, 461, 468 magnesii acetatis 1170 bromidi 1171 citratis 282, 568, 574 morphi® sulphatis 1229 morphin® citratis 1227 hypodermicus 1228 opii compositus 1229 pancreaticus 1240 Liquor pepsini 2S1, 961 aromaticus 1239 pliosphori 1161 picis alkalinus 1189 plumbi subacetatis 282, 649, 651 dilutus 281, 649, 652 potass® 281, 282, 489, 492 chloratse 1163 chlorinatae 1163 potassii arseniatis et bromidi 1164 arsenitis 282, 489, 689, 691 citratis 282, 489, 512 permanganatis 1165 saecharini 1195 seriparus 1245 sod® 281, 282, 519, 520 chlorat® 282, 461, 464, 519 sodii arseniatis 281, 519, 689, 692 Pearson 1166 boratis compositus 1167 carbolatis 1167 citratis 1167 citrotartratis 1167 oleatis 1167 silicatis 2S1, 481, 485, 519 strychnin® acetatis 1233 zinci chloridi 282, 59 3 et aluminii com- positus 1174 et ferri compositus 1174 zingiberis 1205 Liquores 281 Liquorice root 746 syrup 1195 Liriodendrin 871 Liriodendron 871 tulipifera 871 List of excipients 861 Lister’s boric acid oint- ment 1156 eucalyptus gauze 1201 Litharge 655 Lithii benzoas 547, 548 borocitras 547 bromidum 547, 548 carbonas 547, 549 chloridum 547 citras 547, 550 diborocitras 547 iodidum 547 nitras 547 phosphas 547 salicylas 547, 550 sulphas 547 Lithium 487, 547 benzoate 548 borocitrate 547 bromide 548 carbonate 549 chloride 547 citrate 550 diborocitrate 547 iodide 547 nitrate 547 phosphate 547 salicylate 550 1276 INDEX. Lithium salt3 547, 1165 sulphate 547 Litmus paper 979 Litre 40, 41 Liver of sulphur 494 pills, Dr. Chapman’s 1222 Liverwort 884 Lixiviation 254 Lobelacrin 924 Lobelia 924 brown 1237 fluid extract 387, 924 green 1237 inflata 924, 926 syrup 1238 tincture 350, 924 vinegar 407, 924 Lobelic acid 924 Lobeline 924, 926 Lochman’s cork-press 1079 Logan’s plaster 1183 Logwood 881 Loliin 871 Lolium 871 temulentum 871 Loomis’s diarrhoea mix- ture 1227 Loss in drying medicinal substances 168 Lotio adstringens 1155 ammoniacalis camphor- ata 1169 flava 1185 hydrargyri flava 1185 nigra 1185 nigra 1185 plumbi et opii 1183 Lotion 199 Fox’s calamine 1173 glycerin 1213 Hebra’s green soap 1213 lead and opium 1183 Palmer’s 1185 Lovage 794, 824 oil 802 Lovi’s beads 71 Lozenge-boards 1094 cutter 1095, 1096 sugar 743 Lozenges, Jackson’s am- monia 1169 pectoral 1196 Keating’s cough 1209 Lugol’s solution 468 Lungwort 739, 886 Lupamaric acid 821 Lupinine 926 Lupulin 821, 842 fluid extract 388 oleoresin 406 tincture 1208 Lupulina 821 Lupuline 821, 926 Lupulinum 821 Lutes 144 Lutidine 724 Lux’s aspirator 219 Lycopin 842 Lycopodium 849 clavatum 849 Lycopus 793 virginicus 793, 842 M. Mace 799 oil 799, 850 Maceration 244, 786 Macerator 365 Machine for coating pills 1113 Machines, numbering 1052 Macis 799 Macrotin 842 Madia, oil 850 sativa 850 Magendie’s ethereal tinc- ture iodine 1159 iodine solution 1157 solution 896 morphine 1228 tincture of iodine 1159 Magistral pharmacy 986 Magma 228 Magnesia 568, 569 andasafetida mixture 304 heavy 570 light 569 mixture 1170 ponderosa 568, 570 troches 574, 109 8 Magnesii acetas 569 carbonas 568, 570 citras granulatus 568, 571 iodidum 569 lactas 569 silicas 569 sulphas 568, 572 exsiccatus 569 sulphis . 568, 573 sulphocarbolas 569 Magnesium 568 acetate 569 Neynaber’s solution 117j0 carbonate 570 citrate, solution 574 dried sulphate 569 granulated citrate 571 iodide 569 lactate 569 salts, tests for 568 silicate 569 sulphate 572 sulphite 573 sulphocarbolate 569 Magnetic oxide, iron 608, 611 manganese 606 Magnolia 828 acuminata 828 glauca 828 tripetala 828 Magnolin 828 Maidenhair 739 Male fern 827 Malic acid 779 Mallotus philippinensis 874 Malt 734 extract 424, 735 Maltose 734, 735, 741 Maltum 734 Mammalia 958 Manganates 606 Manganese 606 arseniate 607 benzoate 607 Manganese, black oxide 607 carbonate 607 chloride 607 citrate 607 dioxide 606, 607 iodide, Procter’s syrup 1175 magnetic oxide 606 monoxide 606 oleate 852 oxalate 607 phosphate, Wiegand’s syrup 1175 salts 1175 tests for 606 sesquioxide 606 sulphate 607 tartrate 607 Mangani arsenias 607 benzoas 607 carbonas 607 chloridum 607 citras 607 oxalas 607 oxidum nigrum 606, 607 sulphas 606, 6 0 7 tartras 607 Manganic acid 606 Mangosteen oil 850 Manihot utilissima 733 Manioc 733 Manna 745 syrup 1195 Mannit 742, 745 Mannitose 741 Maranta 733 arundinacea 733 Marble mortars 172 Margaric acid 845 Margarin 845 Marigold 825 Marrubiin 792 Marrubium 792 oil 802 vulgare 792, 802 Marsh-gas 724 rosemary 884 tea 871 oil 802 Marshall’s pills 1225 Marshmallow 738 Marsh’s test 689 Mashing 751 Mass, blue 665, 1102 carbonate of iron 614, 1102 copaiba 820, 1102 for troches 1093 mercury 665, 1102 Vallet’s 614 Massa copaiba 820, 1101, 1102 ferri carbonatis 609, 614, 1101, 1102 hydrargyri 664,6 65, 1101, 1102 Massse 1101 Masses 1101 Masterwort 794 oil 803 Mastic 835 Mastiche 835 INDEX. 1277 Mat6 884 Materia medica 25 Matico 818 fluid extract 388, 818 oil 803 tincture 350, 818 Matricaria chamomilla 803, 826 oil 803 May-apple 875 McCall Anderson’s oint- ment 1187 McFerran’s compressed- tablet machine 1118 Mead’s disintegrator 176, 177 Measure and funnel com- bined 62 laboratory 62 seidlitz powder 1086 Measures 39 Measuring 47 heat 111 liquids 61 Meconic acid 891 Meconidine 892 Meconin 891 Meconoiosin 891 Medicated syrup 284 wines 356 Medullin 715 Meerschaum 484 Meigs’s mixture gentian and iron 1175 Mel 299, 744, 971 despumatum 299 rosae 299 sodii boratis 1168 Melaleuca Cajuputi 798 Melampyrit 742 Melampyrum nemorosum 742 Melezitose 741 Melia Azedarach 866 Melilot 871 Melilotio acid 871 Melilotus 871 officinalis 871 Melissa 792 officinalis 792, 803 oil 803 Melitose 741 Mellita 299 Melon seed oil 850 Melting points of officinal substances 113 Menhaden oil 970 Menispermin 842 Menispermine 924,926 Menispermum 921 canadense 842, 921 Menispine 921 Menstruum 244, 255 adding the 261 Mentha piperita 789 viridis 790 Menthol 790 Mercaptan 770 Mercurammonium chlo- ride 667 Mercurial ointment 666,1137 plaster 667, 1146, 1184 Mercuric chloride 968 compounds 663 Mercuric cyanide 670 iodide 671 nitrate, solution 676 oxide, red 674 yellow 673 sulphate, basic 675 sulphide, red 676 Mercurous chloride 669 compounds 663 iodide 672 Mercury 649, 663, 665 acetate 664 ammoniated 667 ointment 668 and morphine oleate 852 arseniate 664 biniodide ' 671 bromide 664 carbonate 664 chlorate 664 chromate 664 compound ointment 1185 tests for 663 corrosive chloride 668 cyanide 670 green iodide 672 iodide, compound pills 1186 lactate 664 liniment 1185 mass 665 mild chloride 669 nitrate 665 ointment 677 solution 676 oleate 323, 674 protiodide 672 red iodide 671 ointment 1186 red oxide 674 ointment 675 ■ red sulphide 676 salts 1184 sulphate 665 with chalk 666 yellow oxide 673 ointment 674 yellow subsulphate 675 Mesitylen 724 Metaboric acid 483 Metakresol 724 Metallic pills 1179 weights 59 Metapectic acid 780 Metaphosphoric acid 471 Metastannic acid 648 Methane 724, 767 Methods of measuring heat 111 Methyl acetate 770 anthracen 724 chloride 770 coniine 923 creasol 722 cyanide 724 ether of pyrocatechin 729 hydrokinone 861 iodide 770 naphthalin 724 nonyl-ketone 820 pelletierine 921 toluol 724 Methylal 771 Methylamine 724 Methylic alcohol 723 Metre 40, 41 Metric bottle 1077 diagram 41 graduate 63 prescription form 1049 prescriptions 1048 system 40 table 40 weights 60 Metrology 36 Metroxylon Sagu 734 Mettauer’s aperient 1223 Metz’s balsam 1184 Mezereum 827 extract 424, 827 fluid extract 388 , 827 ointment 827, 1139 Mezquite gum 739 Michael’s powder divider 1087 Micromillimetre 40 Microscopy 26 Mignonette, oil 803 Mild chloride of mercury 669 Milk 969 casein 969 fermented 1244 sugar 741 sulphur 474 Mill, Bogardus’s 176 buhr-stone 173, 174 Enterprise 178 Hance’s 179, 180 Munson’s 173 Swift’s 177, 179 Thomas’s 178 Troemner’s 178 Milligramme 40 Millilitre 40 Millimetre 40 Millon’s reagent 958 Mills, barrel 176 chaser 175 drug 174 hand 177 roller 174 Mineralogy 25 Minim 39, 1007 measure 64 pipette, Dr. Squibb’s 65 Mistura acacise 1193 adstringens et escha- rotica 1183 ammoniaci 301, 302 , 836 ammonii chloridi 1170 amygdalae 301, 302, 845 antidysenterica 1204 asafoetidae 301, 302 , 837 camphora acida 1204 aromatica 1204 carminativa 1171 chloral et potassii bro- midi composita 1197 chloroformi 301, 302, 768 et opii 1197 contra diarrhoeam 1227 copaibae composita 1207 cretae 301, 302, 575, 585 expectorans, Stokes’s 1170 1278 INDEX. Mistura ferri composita 301, 303, 609, 614 et ammonii acetatis 301, 303 glycyrrhizae composita 301, 303 guaiaci 1211 magnesiae et asafoetidae 301, 304, 568, 574 olei picis 1189 oleo balsamica 1211 opii alkalina 1204 phosphatica 1244 picis liquidas 1189 pini sylvestris 1210 potassii citratis 301, 304, 489, 513, 777 rhei composita 1219 et sodas 301, 304, 519, 873 sassafras et opii 1204 sodas et menthae 1167 sodii citratis 1167 solvens simplex 1170 splenetica 1179 sulphurica acida 1155 Misturae 301 Mitchell’s aperient pills 1219 bougie-mould 1128 separator 226 syrup of cubeb 1207 Mixtura gummosa 1193 oleoso balsamica 1211 solvens simplex 1170 sulphurica acida 1155 Mixture, acacia 1193 acetate of iron and am- monium 303, 638 acetone 1190 alkaline copaiba 1208 almond 302, 845 ammoniac 302 antimonial 1186 asafetida 302 Atlee’s acetone 1190 Basham’s 303 Bergerou’s diphtheria 1208 Bossu’s stronger laxa- tive 1213 brandy 1199 brown 303 Brown-Sequard’s anti- epileptic 1163 carbonate ammonium 1169 bismuth 1187 chalk 302, 585 Chapman’s copaiba 1207 charcoal and blue mass 1191 chloride of ammonium 1170 chloroform 302 , 768 and opium 1197 citrate of potassium 304, 513, 777 compound iron 303 Fothergill’s asthma 1169 Gadberry’s spleen 1165 gentian and iron 1175 glycyrrhiza, compound 303 Mixture, Gould’s diar- rhoea 1227 Griffith's 303 Gross’s antimonial and saline 1186 guaiac 1211 Gubler’s alcoholic 1196 Hammond’s apium compound 1202 Hoffman’s balsamic 1211 Hope’s camphor 1204 iron and conium 1175, 1182 Laville’s gout 1229 Lewin’s thymol 1205 magnesia and asafet- ida 304, 574 neutral 304 oil of tar 1189 Pancoast’s cough 1206 potassium citrate 304, 513 Remington’s magnesia 1170 rhubarb and soda 30 4, 873 Richard’s chalk 1171 salicylic 1191 sassafras and opium 1204 Scudamore’s gout 1237 soda and spearmint 1167 Squibb’s diarrhoea 1227 Startin’s 1182 sun cholera 1227 Sydenham’s antispas- modic 1246 Thiersch’s salicylic 1191 thymol 1205 tolu cough 1211 Townsend's 1185 Tully’s iron and coni- um 1182 Velpeau’s diarrhoea 1227 Warren’s antidiph- theritic 1163 White’s cubeb 1207 Wilson’s benzoinated alkaline 1165 Mixtures 301, 1065, 1072 Moderately coarse powder 186 fine powder 186 Modes of effecting solu- tions of solids 191 Mohr’s apparatus 79 pinchcock 152 Molybdate of sodium 979 Monarda 793 didyma 805 punctata 793, 802, 805 Monesia 884 Monobromated camphor 804 Monoclinic system 233 Monometric system 232 Monoxide chromium 641 lead 649 manganese 606 Monsel’s solution 639 Moringa aptera 849 Morphia 893 sulphate, solution 896 Morphina 893 Morphinae acetas 894 hydroehloras 895 sulphas 895 Morphine 891, 893 acetate 894 and ipecac troches 896 compound powder 896, 1083 hydrochlorate 895 sulphate 895 solution 896 syrup 1229 Morphiometrio assay 890 Morphium 893 Mortar, wooden 172 Mortars and pestles 172, 181, 182, 1074 marble 172 Morton’s tetter ointment 1186 Moschus 962, 971 moschiferus 962 Mother-liquor 237 Motherwort 793 Mother’s plaster, camphor- ated 1182 salve 1184, 1205 Moulded nitrate of silver 661 Mountain ash berries 742 balm » 830 oil 803 Mucilage, acacia 300, 737 chondrus 1193 cydonium 300, 738 dextrin 1193 elm 301, 738 salep 1194 sassafras pith 300, 738 tragacanth 300, 737 Mucilages 299 Mucilagines 299 Mucilago acacias 300, 737 chondri 1193 cydonii 300, 738 dextrini 1193 salep 1194 sassafras medullas 300, 738 tragacanthae 300, 737 ulmi 300, 301, 738 Mugwort 830 Mulford’s crown tablet machine 1117 Mullein 739 Muller’s fluid 1163 Munson’s buhr-stone mill 173 Muriatic acid 446 Muscarine 926 Musk 962, 971 artificial 725 tincture 350, 962 Muslin strainers 205 Must 772 Mustard, black 809 compound liniment 322, 810 paper 809, 1153 spirit 1201 volatile oil 809 white 809 Mycose 741 Myrcia acris 797 oil 797 spirit 315, 797 Myriagramme 40 INDEX. 1279 Myrialitre 40 Myriametre 40 Myrica 824 cerifera 824, 842, 849 Myricin 842, 968 Myricyl alcohol 968 palmitate 968 Myristic acid 965 Myristica 798 fragrans 798, 799, 802, 850 Myristin 848 Myrobalans 884 Myrobalanus 884 Myronate potassium 809 Myrosin 809 Myroxylon Pereirae 838 toluifera 838 Myrrh 837 compound infusion 1210 oil 803 tincture 351, 837 Myrrha 837 Myrtle 801, 824 Myrtus 824 communis 801, 824 N. Naphthalin 724, 729, 840 Naphthol 729 ointment 1192 salve 1192 Narceine 891 Narcotine 891 Nataloin 876 Natural alkaloids 900 emulsions 1073 philosophy 25 Naulty’s prescription-file 1058 Neat’s-foot oil 969 Nectandra Rodiaei 925 Nectar syrup 1247 Needles’s vacuum perco- lator 366 Nepeta Cataria 802 Neroli bigarade 788 p6tale 788 Nerve powder 1209 Nesbitt’s prescription-file 1056 specific 1208 Netolitzky’s bromine in- halation 1156 Neuralgia pills 1229, 1230 Neutral mixture 304, 513 Neutralizing powder 1165 Neynaber’s liquor mag- nesii acetatis 1170 Niccoli bromidum 647 carbonas 647 chloridum 647 cyanidum 647 sulphas 647 Nicholson’s hydrometer 78 Nickel 647 bromide 647 Da Costa’s syrup 1182 carbonate 647 chloride 647 Nickel compounds, tests for 647 cyanide 647 oleate 852 salts 1182 sulphate 647 Nicker seed, oil 850 Nicotiana Tabacum 924, 926 Nicotine 924, 926 Nigella oil 850 sativa 850 Niger seed, oil 850 Nipple wash, Atlee’s 1166 Thomas’s 1174 Nitrate, aluminium 598 ammonium 562 barium 585 cerium 602 copper 656 iron 611 lead 654 lithium 547 mercury 665 potassium 507 silver 660 pills 1184 sodium 536 Nitre 507 cubic 536 sweet spirit 312, 759 Nitric acid 449 diluted 451 Nitrite, ammonium 553 amyl 762 ethyl 760 potassium 490 sodium 519 Nitrobenzol 806 Nitrogen ated oils 783 Nitro-glycerin 853 Nitrohydrochloric acid 451 diluted 452 Nitro-prusside, sodium 519 Nitrous acid 450 ether, spirit 759 Nomenclature 28 Normal solution 975 Notched cork 261 Nucin 876 Number five 1211 of drops in a fluidrachm 66 one 1237 six 1208 three-pills 1211 Numbering machines 1052, 1053 prescriptions 1052 stamp 1053 Nutgall 878 ointment 879, 1137 tincture 346, 879 Nutmeg 798 essence of 315 oil 799, 850 spirit 315 Nux vomica 911 abstract 432, 911 extract 424, 911 fluid extract 389, 911 tincture 351, 911 Nymphaea 884 odorata 884 o. Oats 734 Oblique-prismatic system 233 Ocymum basilieum 803 Odd-package case 995 drawer 996 (Enanthe Phellandrium 794, 803 CEnanthic ether 774 CEnothera biennis 739 Officinal description 32 glycerites 305 name 28 pharmacopoeias 26 pharmacy 274 preparations 274 syrups 286 Oil, absinthium 801 allspice 797 almond, expressed 846 amber 724 American wormseed 823 angelica 794 angustura 801, 830 anise 795 anthemis 801 arnica 801 asafetida 810 asarum 801 bassia 849 bath 119 bay 797 bayberry 849 beech 849 behen 849 benne 847 bergamot 789 bitter almond 806 iodized 1157 bitter candytuft 810 black mustard 849 hone 482 bottle 994 Brazil nut 849 British 1212 buchu 802 Burgundy pitch 801 cade 723 cajeput 798 calamus 801 camphor 802 Canada turpentine . 801 candle-nut 850 canella 802 capsicum 802 caraway 793 cardamom 802, 850 carrot 794, 802 cascarilla 802 cassia 796 castor 848 catnep 802 cedrat 801 celery 802 Ceylon cinnamon 796 Chaulmugra 850 chenopodium 823 Chinese cinnamon 796 cinnamon 796 citronella 802 clove cinnamon 802 1280 INDEX. )il, cloves 796 light 796 heavy 797 coco-nut 850 cod liver 965, 971 cognac 775 common scurvy grass 810 copaiba 820 coriander 794 coto bark 830 cotton seed 847 crab 850 cress 810 croton 848 cubeb 818 cucumber seed 850 cumin 794 curcuma 802 cyna 802 dahlia 802 dead 724 dill 794 dugong 970 elder (European) 802 elemi 801 ergot 850 erigeron 826 ethereal 758 eucalyptus 798 eulachon 970 fennel 794 feverfew 802 flaxseed 848 fleabane 826 fusel 752 galangal 802 garlic 810 gaultheria 800 ginger 802 grass 802 golden rod 802 grape 770 groundnut 850 gurjun balsam 801 Haarlem /*!»/<> 1209 hazel-nut . 850 hedeoma 791 hedge garlic 810 heliotrope 802 hemlock spruce 801 hempseed 850 hop 802 horsechestnut 850 horsemint 802 horseradish 810 Hungarian turpentine 801 hydrastis 850 hyoscyamus, com- pound 1229 seed 850 hyssop 802 ihlang-iblang 802 illicium 795 Indian cannabis 802 inula 802 jaborandi 801 jessamine 802 juglans 850 juniper 823 kurung 850 lard 971 larkspur seed 850 Oil, laurel 802, 824, 850 lavender 790 flowers 791 lemon 789 grass 803 light 724 lilac 802 lily of the valley 802 linden 802 linseed 848 lovage 802 mace 799, 802, 850 madia 850 mangosteen 850 marrubium 802 marsh-tea 802 masterwort 803 matico 803 matricaria 803 melissa 803 melon seed 850 menhaden 970 mignonette 803 mountain balm 803 mustard, volatile 809 myrbano 806 myrcia 797 myrrh 803 myrtle 801 neat’s-foot 969 neroli 716 nicker seed 850 nigella 850 niger seed 850 nutmeg 799, 850 expressed 799 olibanum 803 olive 846 orange flowers 788 peel 788 origanum 792 palm 850 parsley 794, 803 patchouly 803 peach 850 pennyroyal 791 peppermint 789 phellandrium 803 phosphorated 478 pimenta 797 poppy seed 850 porpoise 970 pumpkin seed 850 purging nut 850 radish 810 rape seed 850 red 851, 1210 cedar 803, 824 rhodium 803 rose 882 rosemary 791 rue 820 saffron 803 sagapenum 810 sage 801 sandal wood 820 santal 820 sassafras 799 savino 824 scurvy grass 810 seal 970 serpentaria 803 Oil, sesamum 847 shark 970 shepherd’s purse 810 skate 970 spearmint 790 sperm 970 staphisagria 850 star anise 795 stramonium seed 850 Strassburg turpentine 801 sugars 1200 summer savory 803 sweet basil 803 cicely 803 marjoram 803 violet 803 tansy 803 tar 722 tea 803 templin 801 theobroma 849 thuja 803 thyme 792 tonka 850 tuberose 803 tucom 850 turpentine 834 valerian 822 Venice turpentine 801 verbena 803 wallflower 810 water plantain 824 watermelon seed 850 whale 970 white mustard 850 wild mustard 810 radish 810 wine, heavy 759 wintergreen 800 Winter’s bark 824 wormwood 803 yarrow 829 zedoary 803 Oils, essential 783 fixed 844 infused 1228 nitrogenated 783 oxygenated 783 sulphurated 783 volatile 783 preparation 785 Ointment 1136 ammoniated mercury 668, 1137 antimonial 1180 basilicon 1133 belladonna 915, 1136 blue 1137 boric acid 1156 calamine 1173 camphor 1205 cantharides 1246 carbolic acid 727, 1136 carbonate of lead 653,1139 chalk 1172 chrysarobin 873, 1137 citrine 677, 1137 compound iodine 1157 tar 1189 creasote 1190 croton oil 1212 diachylon 655, 1137 INDEX. 1281 Ointment, elemi 1202 finisher 1142 gallic acid 881, 1136 garlic 1206 glycerin 1213 Hardy’s naphthol 1192 iodide of lead 654, 1139 of potassium 1139 of sulphur 1159 iodine 468, 1138 compound 1157 iodoform 769, 1138 compound 1199 jars 1141 Judkin’s 1183 Lister’s boric acid 1156 McCall Anderson’s 1187 mercurial 666, 1137 mercury, compound 1185 mezereum 1139 Morton’s tetter 1186 naphthol 1192 nitrate, mercury 677, 1137 nutgall 879, 1137 oxide bismuth 1187 zinc 595, 1140 petroleum 856 pile 1226 preserving 1140 red iodide mercury 1186 oxide mercury 675,1138 rose water 1136 Scott’s 1184 stramonium 1140 sulphur 1140 alkaline 1140 tannic acid 880, 1136 tar 722, 1139 tetter 1186 tobacco 1238 trowel 1134 veratrine 920, 1140 White’s compound io- doform 1199 yellow oxide mercury 674, 1138 zinc oxide 595, 1140 Ointments 1131, 1133 Okra 739 Oldberg’s percolator 258 Olea europaea 846 infusa 1228 Oleaginous solutions 320 Oleata 322 Oleate aconitine 1234 aluminium 851 arsenic 851 bismuth 851 copper 852 iron 852 lead 852, 1183 manganese 852 mercury 323 , 674 and morphine 852 nickel 852 quinine 1230 silver 851 sodium 852 tin 852 veratrine 323 zinc 852, 1173 Oleates 322 Oleatum aconitine 1234 hydrargyri 322, 323* 664, 674 plumbi 1183 quinin® 1230 veratrin® 322, 32 3 zinci 1173 Oleic acid 845, 851, 971 Olein 844 Oleo-balsamic mixture 1211 Oleoresin aspidium 405, 827 capsicum 405, 819 cubeb 405, 818 ginger 40 6 , 801 lupulin 406, 821 pepper 406, 817 Oleoresina aspidii 405, 827 capsici 405, 819 cubeb® 405, 818 filicis 405 lupulini 406, 821 piperis 406, 817 zingiberis 406, 801 Oleoresin® 404 Oleoresins 404, 834 natural 834 Oleosacchara 1200 Oleo-saccharures 744, 12 00 Oleum achill® 829 adipis 971 ®thereum 758 amygdalae amar® 806 expressum 846 anethi 794 angelic® 794 anisi 795 aurantii corticis 788 florum 788 bergamii 789 cadini 723 cajuputi 798 carbolatum 1190 cari 793 caryophylli 796 chenopodii 823 cinnamomi 796 copaib® 820 coriandri 794 cubebse 818 erigerontis 826 eucalypti 798 foeniculi 794 gaultheri® 800 gossypii seminis 847 hedeom® 791 hyoseyami composi- tum . 1229 juniperi 823 lavandulae 790 florum 791 limonis 789 lini 848 menth® piperitae 789 viridis 790 morrhuae 965, 971 myrciae 797 myristic® 799 olivae 846 phosphoratum 478 picis liquid® 722 pimentae 797 Oleum ricini 848 rosmarini 791 rut® 820 sabin® 824 santali 820 sassafras 799 sesami 847 sinapis volatile 809 succini 724 terebinthin® 834 theobrom® 849 thymi 792 tiglii 848 valerianse 822 Olibanum 841 oil 803 Olive oil 846 Omissions and errors 1016 Onguent de la mSre 1184 Ononin 862 Ononis spinosa 862 Operations requiring the use of heat 100 Ophelia Chirata 863 Ophthalmic spirit 1201 Opii pulvis 890 Opium 889 acetated tincture 1229 assay 890 camphorated tincture 352 , 893 compound tincture 1227 confection 1228 denarcotisatum 890 denarcotized 890, 892 deodorized tincture 352, 893 extract 425 , 892 pills 893, 1112 plaster 893,1147 powdered 890, 892 tincture 351, 892 vinegar 40 8, 893 wine 360, 893 Opodeldoc 1214 Orange elixir 316 flower water 278 flowers 788 oil 788 syrup 291 peel, confection 1199 bitter 787 fluid extract 372 tincture 340 oil 788 sweet 787 tincture 340 spirit 313, 788 syrup 291, 1246 Orchis mascula 739 Organic chemistry 713 substances 713 Origanum 792 marjorana 803 vulgare 792 Orpiment 689 Orthography of metric units 4 46 Orthokresol * 724 Oryza sativa 734 Osmorhiza longistylis 803 Otto, rose 883 1282 INDEX. Otto’s antispasmodio powders 1206 emmenagogue pills 1182 Ounce 38 Oven, drying 167 Ovis Aries 960 Ox gall 964, 971 inspissated 964 purified 964 Oxalate, ammonium 718 barium 585 bismuth 694 calcium 718 cerium 602 iron 630 manganese 607 potassium 718 silver 658 Oxalates 718 Oxalic acid 718 Oxide, aluminium 598 antimony 684 arsenious 690 bismuth 694 cadmium 603 cerium 602 ceroso-ceric 602 copper 656 ethyl 750, 756 hypophosphorous 477 iron, hydrated 631 with magnesia 632 magnetic 608, 611 red 611 lead 655 red 650 manganese, black 607 mercury, red 674 yellow 673 permanganic 606 phosphoric 477 phosphorous 477 silver 662 tin 648 zinc 594 Oxyacanthine 924, 926 Oxychloride, bismuth 694 Oxycresol 722, 729 Oxygen 441 Oxygenated oils 783 Oxymel scillse 1218 squill 1218 Oxynarcotine 892 Oxysulphide, antimony 683 calcium 575 P. Packages, folding 1086 Packer 261 Pale rose 882 Palm oil 850 Palmer’s lotion 1185 Palmitate, myricyl 968 Palmitic acid 845, 968 glyceride 845 Palmitin 845, 848 Panaquilon 871 Panax 871 quinquefolium 871 Pancoast’s cough mixture 1206 styptic 1163 Pancreatic solution 1240 Pancreatin 970, 1240 Pancreatinum 970, 1240 Pansy 866 Papaver Khoeas 925 somniferum 850, 889 Papaverine 891 Paper filters 207 filtering 207 litmus 979 mustard 809, 1153 nitrate of potassium 1153 parchment 241 scale thermometer 112 scored 261 Papers 1131, 1152 Para-acet-phenetidin 729 coto bark 871 cotoin 871 Paradigitali retin 861 Paraffin 857 Paraglobulin 970 Paraguay tea 884 Parakresol 724 Paraldehyd 771 elixir 1199 Paramorphine 891 Parapectin 780 Parasaccharose 741 Parchment paper 241, 715 Pareira 921 brava 921 fluid extract 389 , 922 Paricine 900 Parigenin 869 Parillin 869 Parrish’s camphor mix- ture 1204 compound cerate of lead 1182 Parsley 794 Parthenine 926 Parthenium 830 hysterophorus 926 Paste, Canquoin’s 1173 Coster’s 1158 flour 1060 iodoform 1198 Latour’s chloride of zinc 1173 Ward’s 1206 Patchouly, oil 803 Patch’s gelatin-coater 1114 steam boiler 124 Paullinia sorbilis . 922, 926 Pavesi’s glycerole of chlo- ral and camphor 1196 hmmostatio 1226 collodion 1226 Paytamine 900 Paytine 900 Pea 734 Peach 780 oil 850 Pear 781 Pearson’s solution arseni- ate of sodium 1166 Pectase 780 Pectin 780 Pectoral drops 1235 lozenges 1196 powder 1196 species 1196 tinctiwe 1235 Peetose 780 Peel, lemon 789 Pelargonate ethyl 770 Pelargonic ether 774 Pelletierine 921, 926 sulphate 926 tannate 926 Pellicle 235 Pellitory 828 Polosine 921, 926 Pencils, iodoform 1199 Limousin’s croton oil 1213 sulphate of copper 1184 Pennyroyal 791 oil 791 Pentasulphide, antimony 683 arsenic 689 Pepo 848 Pepper 817 African 819 black 817 Cayenne 819 oleoresin 406, 817 Peppermint 789 essence of 315 oil 789 spirit 315, 790 troches 790, 1098 water 280, 790 Pepper’s solution phos- phates 1160 Pepsin 1238 aromatic 1238 compound powder 1239 elixir 1239 glycerite 1239 liquid 961 purified 961 saccharated 960, 1238 scaly 961 solution 961 wine 1239 Pepsinum 1238 aromaticum 1238 saccharatum 960, 971, 1238 Peptones 970 Peptonizing powder 1240 Perchlorate potassium 490 Perchloric acid 462 Peroolate 255 controlling the flow 264 Percolation 199, 244, 254 closet 270 fractional 272 history 254 officinal 255, 257 Shinn’s 271 stand 270 weight 262 with hydraulic pressure 364 Percolator 255 conical 258, 259 double-tube 267, 268 Dursse’s 265 narrow 259 officinal 257 Percolator, Oldberg’s 258 packer 261 plain 258 shape of 258 stoppered 264 supports 269 suspended 267, 268 vacuum, Needles’s 366 volatile liquids 404 well-tube 264, 266 Squibb's 266 Perfumed spirit 316 Periodic acid 462 Permanganate potassium 5 08 , 608 Permanganates 606 Permanganic acid 606 oxide 606 Persea caryophyllata 802 Persica vulgaris 850 Persimmon 884 Peru, balsam 838 PSse-acide 74 esprit 74 sirop 74 Pestle-cap 1093 Petrolatum 856 Petroleum benz' 857 ether 857 ointment 856 Petrolina 856 Petroselinum 794 sativum 803 Peumus Boldus 924, 925 Phaeoretin 872 Pharmaceutical drying closet 166, 1000 furnaces 101 stills 153, 156, 159 testing 974 Pharmacognosy 25 Pharmacopoeias 26 Pharmacy 25, 974 Phaseolus vulgaris 733 Phellandrium 794 oil 803 Phenacetin 729 Phenanthren 724 Phenol 724, 726 Battey’s iodized 1157 iodatum 1190 phthalein 729 sodique 1167 Phenylamine 724 Phenyl - propyl cinna- mate 839 salicylate 730 Phillygenin 862 Phillyria latifolia 862 Phillyrin 862 Phloretin 862 Phlorizin 862 Phlorol 722, 724 Phosphate, aluminium 598 ammonium 563 bismuth 694 calcium, precipitated 583 iron 632 white 671 lithium 547 silver 658 sodium 536 INDEX. 1283 Phosphate sodium and ammonium 519 Phosphates, compound solution 1162 tests for 477 Phosphatic emulsion 1244 Phosphide, zinc 595 Phosphorated oil 478 Phosphoric acid 456 diluted 458 Phosphorous acid 471 Phosphorus 471, 476, 1159 amorphous 477 pills 1112 red 477 Thompson’s solution 1161 Phthalic acid 729, 840 Phycit 742 Phynin 970 Physeter macrocephalus 964, 969 Physiek’s bitter tincture of iron 1175 Physics 25 Physosterin 914 Physostigma 913 extract 425, 914 tincture 352, 914 yenenosum 913 Physostigmin® salicylas 914 Physostigmine 913 salicylate 914 Phytolacca berry 827 decandra 827, 842 root 827 Phytolacc® bacca 827 radix 827 Phytolaccin 842 Picoline 724 Picraconitine 920 Picrsena excelsa 863 Picric acid 729 Picropodophyllin 875 Picrosclerotin 868 Piorotoxin 867, 924 Picrotoxinum 867 Piffard’s mistura pini sylvestris 1210 Pile ointment 1226 Pile’s rules for diluting alcohol 753 Pill, blue 665 coater, Franciscus’s 1114 Maynard’s 1114 Patch’s 1114 Porcupine 1114 Russell’s 1115 cutter 1109 excipients 1106 finisher 1109 machine 1108 mass mixer 1103 rolling 1108 soap, compound 1213 tile 1108 Pills 1105 acetate of lead 1182 aloes 877, 1109 and asafetida 877, 1110 and iron 877, 1110 and mastic 877, 1110 and myrrh 877, 1110 Pills, aloin and podo- phyllum 1224 strychnine, and bel- ladonna 1224 Anderson’s Scots 1223 anti-canker 1211 antidyspeptio 1236 anti-gout 1166 antimony, compound 688, 838, 1110 anti-neuralgic 1230 antiperiodic 1236 aperient, Mitchell’s 1219 asafetida 837, 1111 Barker’s 1224 Becquerel’s gout 1237 Blaud’s 1179 Boisrngon 1225 bromide of nickel 1182 camphor and opium 1205 carbonate of iron 1179 cathartic, compound 1111 chalybeate 1179 Chapman’s dinner 1223 liver 1222 chinoidine 1229 coating 1113 Cobb’s 1225 Cole’s laxative 1225 colocynth and hyoscy- amus 1223 podophyllum 1224 compressed 1116 copaiba, compound 1207 Corlieu’s anti-gout 1166 croton oil 1213 Cutter’s 1215 emmenagogue 1182 ferruginous 1179 forming mass 1105 Fothergill’s dinner 1237 Francis’s triplex 1224 galbanum, compound 837, 1112 glonoin 1213 Grisolle’s 1181 Gross’s neuralgia 1229 Gunther’s sedative 1210 Hooper’s 1218 iodide of iron 629, 1111 of mercury, com- pound 1186 iron 1175 compound 614, 1111, 1181 Janeway’s 1223 Knight’s 1224 Lartigue’s gout 1237 Marshall’s 1225 metallic 1179 Mitchell’s aperient 1219 neuralgia 1230 nitrate of silver 1184 nitroglycerin 1213 number three 1211 officinal 1109 opium 893, 1112 and camphor 1229 and lead 1229 Otto’s emmenagogue 1182 phosphorus 1112 Plummer’s 688, 1110 1284 INDEX. Pills, podophyllum, bel- ladonna, and cap- sicum 1224 rheumatic 1237 rhubarb 873, 1113 compound 873, 1113 sedative 1210 Squibb’s laxative 1224 squill compound 1215 sugar coating 1113 Thompson’s diarrhoea 1183 AVarburg’s 1236 Pilocarpene 918 Pilocarpine hydrochloras 918 Pilocarpine 918 hydrochlorate 918 Pilocarpus 918 fluid extract 389, 918 pennatifolius 801, 918 Pilula ferri carbonatis 614, 1102 saponis composita 1213 triplex 1224 Pilule 1105 ad prandium 1223 aloes 877, 1109 et asafoetidae 877, 1110 et ferri 610, 877, 1110 et mastiches 877, 1110 et myrrh® 877, 1110 et podophylli com- posite 1223 aloini composite 1224 strychnine et bella- donne 1224 strychnine et bella- donne composite 1224 antidyspeptice 1236 antimonii composite 683, 688, 838, 1110 anti-neuralgice 1230 antiperiodice 1236 asafoetide 837, 1111 Blaudii minores 1179 cathartic® composite 1111 vegetabiles 1224 cocci® 1223 colocynthidis compos- ite 1223 et hyoscyami 1223 et podophylli 1224 copaibe 1102 ferri carbonatis 1179 composite 609, 614, 1111 et quinine composi- te 1230 iodidi 610, 629, 1111 galbani composite 837, 1112 glonoini 1213 hydrargyri 665, 1102 laxative post partum 1224 metallorum 1179 amare 1179 opii 893, 1112 et camphor® 1229 et plumbi 1229 phosphori 471,1112 podophylli, belladonne, et capsici 1224 quatuor 1230 Pilule rhei 873, 1113 composite 873, 1113 scille composite 1215 triplices 1224 Pilular consistence 412 Pimenta 797 oil 797 Pimpinella anisum 795 Pinchcock, Hoffman’s 152 Mohr’s 152 Squibb’s 151 Pineapple 781 syrup 1247 Pinipicrin 862 Pi nit 742 Pinkroot 866 Pint 39 Pinus australis 834 Lambertiana 742 palustris 721 Pumilio 801 Piper 817 methysticum 824 nigrum 817 Piperic acid 817 Piperidine 817 Piperina 817 Piperine 817 Pipette, plain 226 syringe 226 use of 226, 978 in analysis 978 Pipettes 226, 978 Pipsissewa 883 syrup 1227 Pistacia Lentiscus 835 Pisum sativum 734 Pitch black 722 plaster 835 with cantharides 835, 1148 Piturine 926 Pix burgundica 835 canadensis 836 liquida 721 Plan of drug store 988 Plaster, adhesive 1148 ammoniac 836, 1144 with mercury 667, 836, 1144 antimonial 1186 arnica 825, 1145 aromatic 1203 asafoetida 837, 1145 belladonna 915, 1145 Burgundy pitch 835, 1147 camphorated brown 1182 Canada pitch 836, 1147 capsicum 819, 1146 compound tar 1189 court 1147 De Vigo’s mercurial 1184 Dewees’s breast 1210 diachylon 1148 galbanum 837, 1146 hemlock pitch 1147 iron 1146, 1151 isinglass 965, 1147 lead 655, 1148 Logan’s 1183 mercurial 667, 1146 opium 893, 1147 Plaster patterns 1150 pitch, with canthari- des 835, 1148 resin 835, 1148 soap 855, 1148 spreading 1148 strengthening 1146 warming 1148 Plasters 1131 Platini chloridum 701 Platinocyanide, potas- sium 490 Platinum 701 crucible 118 salts, tests for 701 Plattner's blow-pipe 117 Pleurisy root 829 Plum 781 Plumbi acetas 649, 650 binoxidum 650 bromidum 650 carbonas 650, 652 chloridum 650 chloris 650 chromas 650 iodidum 650, 653 nitras 650, 654 oxidum 650, 655 rubrum 650 saccharas 650 sulphas 650 tannas 650 Plummer’s pills 688, 1110 Podophyllinic acid 875 Podophyllotoxin 875 Podophyllum 875 abstract 433, 875 extract 426 fluid extract 364, 390, 875 peltatum 875 resin 435, 875 Pogostemon Patchouly 803 Poison-bottle 1077 closet 999 Poke berry 827 root 827 Polianthes tuberosa 803 Pollenin 715 Polychroit 869 Poly gala Senega 870 Polygalic acid 870 Polygonum Bistorta 884 Polyporus officinalis 824 Pomade washer 787 Pomegranate 921 Pongamia glabra 850 Poppy seed, oil 850 Populin 842, S62 Populus tremuloides 842 Porcelain evaporating dish 132 mortar and pestle 183 Porcupine pill-coater 1114 Porphyrization 187 Porpoise oil 970 Potash, crude 488 Potassa 489, 490 alum 598 I by alcohol 491 by baryta 491 cum calce 489, 492 INDEX. 1285 Potassa solution 492 sulphurata 489, 49 4 sulphurated 494 with lime 492 Potassii acetas 489, 495 antimonias 490 bicarbonas 489, 496 bichromas 489, 497 bisulphas 490 bisulphis 490 bitartras 489, 498 borotartras 490 bromidum 489, 49 8 effervescens 1165 cum caffeina 1165 carbonas 489, 500 chloras 489, 5 00 chloridum 490 chromas 490 citras 489, 501 effervescens 1163 cyanidum 489, 502 et ammonii tartras 490 et sodii borotartras 490 tartras 489, 5 03 ferricyanidum 490 ferrocyanidum 489,505 hypophosphis 489, 505 .iodas 490 iodidum 489,506 iodohydrargyra3 490 nitras 489,5 07 nitri3 490 perchloras 490 permanganas 489, 508, 606, 608 platinocyanidum 490 pyrosulphis 490 salicylas 490 silicas 490 sulphas 489, 510 sulphidum 490 sulphis 489, 511 sulp'hocarbonas 490 sulphocyanas 490 sulphuretum 494 tartras 489, 511 Potassio-ferrie tartrate 626 Potassium 487 acetate 495 and ammonium tar- trate 490 and sodium borotar- trate 490 tartrate 503 antimoniate 490 arsenite, solution 282, 489 bicarbonate 496 bichromate 497 binoxalate 718 bisulphate 490 bisulphite 490 bitartrate 498 borotartrate 490 bromide 498 elixir 1164 carbonas 500 chlorate 500 troches 1099 chloride 490 chromate 490 citrate 501 Potassium citrate solu- tion 282, 489, 512 cyanide 502 ethylate 771 ferrioyanide 490 ferrocyanide 505 hypophosphite 505 iodate 490 iodide 489, 5 0 6 liniment 1165 ointment 1139 iodohydrargyrate 490 syrup 1186 myronate 809 nitrate 489, 507 paper 1153 nitrite 490 oxalate 718 perchlorate 490 permanganate 508 , 608 solution 1165 platinocyanide 490 pyrosulphite 490 quadroxalate 718 salicylate 490 salts 488, 1163 tests for 488 silicate 490 sulphate 510 sulphethylate 771 sulphide 490 sulphite 511 sulphocarbonate 490 sulphocyanate 490 tartrate 511 thiocyanate 809 Potato 734 sweet 734 Potentilla 884 canadensis 884 Potio Riveri 1167 Potion of Todd 1199 Potter’s powder 1173 Pound 38 avoirdupois 37 troy 38 Powder aloes and canella 1223 antimonial 688, 1082, 1186 aromatic 1082 chalk 1172 calomel and jalap 1185 camphor, compound 1205 chalk, compound 584, 1082 composition 1211 compound chalk 584, 1082 effervescing 777, 1083 jalap 874, 1083 morphine 1083 rhubarb 873, 108 4 cough 1196 divider 1087 Dover’s 1083 dusting 1109 folder 1089 glycyrrhiza, compound 746, 108 3 ipecac and opium 893, 1083 Powder, jalap, compound 874, 1083 James’s 1082 Jeannel’s laxative 1163 mild chloride of mer- cury and jalap 1185 moistening of 260 neutralizing 1165 packing of 260 Potter’s 1173 rhubarb, compound 873, 1084 Schuyler’s 1229 seidlitz 777, 1083 senna, compound 1220 sifting 184 sublimates 162 Tully’s 1083 Tyson’s antimonial 1186 AVedel’s pectoral 1196 Powdered opium 890, 892 Powders 1082 chalk 1173 diarrhoea 1174 dispensing 1084 fineness of 186 folding 1086 Otto’s antispasmodic 1206 Schuyler’s 1229 Practical pharmacy 25 problems and exercises 87, 88, 89, 90 Prsescriptio 1005 Precipitant 227 Preoipitato 227 washing of 230 Precipitated carbonate of calcium 579 of zinc 591 chalk 580 ferrous sulphate 635 phosphate of calcium 583 sulphate of iron 635 sulphur 474 Precipitating jar 229 Precipitation 228 vessels 229 Prentiss’s still 155 Preparations of Pharma- copoeia 321 Prepared chalk 580 Prescription, ambiguous 1019, 1034 antique 1044 badly written 1019,1021, 1022, 1026, 1031, 1036, 1039, 1041 balances 50 binding 1055 box 1056 careful 1021 carelessly written 1017, 1020, 1028, 1029, 1030, 1032 compounding 1049, 1051 counter 996, 997 curious 1040 dangerous 1018 deficient 1033 depository 1056 difficult 1044, 1045, 1046, 1047 1286 INDEX. Prescription, double di- rection 10 IS doubtful 1043, 1044, 1046 erroneous 1023, 1045, 1046 signa 1022 explosive 1024, 1042 faulty 1017, 1018, 1020, 1026, 1028, 1033, 1041 abbreviation 1035 file 1056, 1057, 1058 filing 1055 flourishing 1025 forged 1036 German 1024, 1035, 1036 illegible 1037, 1043, 1044, 1045, 1047 illiterate 1039 imperfect 1042 in symbols 1027 incompatible 1023, 1027, 1029, 1032, 1033, 1034, 1035, 1037, 1038, 1039, 1040, 1042, 1045, 1046, 1047 incomplete 1034 intemperate 1028 involved 1019 misleading 1031 modern 1031 numbering 1052 numerator 1054 obscure 1026, 1030, 1044 odd 1020, 1021, 1041, 1045 pill 1027 polypharmacal 1030 preserving 1055 puzzling 1024 questionable 1017, 1038, 1040, 1045, 1046 reading 1050 safe 1047 toxio 1038 transposed 1037 travestied 1032 unsafe 1046 unusual 1047 weights 60 Prescriptions 1005 for translation 1062,1063 gravimetric 1048 Latin 1062, 1063 metric 1048 volumetric 1048 Press, double - screw, George’s 249 Dudgeon’s 252 Enterprise 248, 249 German 247 Gigot’s 246 hydraulic 251 hydrostatic 251 lever 251 roller 250 screw 246 spiral twist 246 Troemner’s 247 wedge 250 Pressure peroolators 268 Prickly ash 828 Primrose 830 Primula 830 officinalis 830 Prinos 864 verticillatus 864 Privet 871 Procter’s still 153 syrup hypophosphite of calcium 1171 syrup iodide of manga- nese 1175 Proof spirit 753 Propheretin 862 Prophetin 862 Propyl 724 Propylamine 771 Propylen 724 Protein 958 Protiodide mercury 672 Protochloride iron, solu- tion 1178 Protococcus vulgaris 742 Protopine 892 Protoquinamicine 900 Prune 872 Prunella vulgaris 793 Prunin 842 Prunum 872 Prunus armeniaca 780 domestica 872 Laurocerasus 824 serotina 807 virginiana 807 Prussic acid 807 Pseudaconine 920 Pseudaconitine 920 Pseudocumol 724 Pseudojervine 919, 925 Pseudomorphine 892 Pseudopelletierine 921 Psoralea 824 Psorales 824 Ptelea 824 trifoliata 824, 842 Ptelein 842 Pterocarpin 869 Pterocarpus marsupium 881 santalinus 869 Ptyalin 861, 970 Ptychotis ajowan 805 Pulmonaria 884 officinalis 739, 884 virginica 739 Pulsatilla 829 Pulveres 1082 effervescentes aperien- tes 1083 Pulverization by inter- vention 188 Pulverizing 172 Pulvis acacias compositus 1193 aloes et canellse 1223 amygdalae compositus 1212 anticatarrhalis 1228 antimonialis 683, 688, 1082 aromaticus 1082 catechu compositus 1225 cretae compositus 575, 584, 1082 aromaticus 1172 cum opio 1172 digestivus 1239 Pulvis efiervescens com- positus 777, 1083 glycyrrliizm composi- tus 746,1083 gummosus 1193 hydrargyri chloridi mitis et jalapae 1185 iodoformi dilutus 1198 ipecacuanhae et opii 893, 1083 jalapae compositus 874, 1083 kino compositus 1226 morphinae compositus 896, 1083 myricae compositus 1211 opii 892 pancreaticus composi- tus 1240 pepsini compositus 1239 rhei compositus 873, 1084 et magnesiae ani- satis 1221 talci salicylicus 1172 Pumice-stone 484 Pumpkin seed 848 emulsion 1212 oil 850 Punica Granatum 921, 926 Punicine 926 Pure extract of glycyr- rhiza 422, 746 Purgative tincture (Dobell’s) 1222 Purging buckthorn 871 cassia 872 nut oil 850 Purified aloes 876, 877 animal charcoal 482 chloroform 767 cotton 716 extract glycyrrhiza 1195 liquorice 1195 ox gall 964 pepsin 960 sulphide of antimony 686 talcum 1171 Putrefaction 749, 958 Pycnometer 70 Pyren 724 Pyrethrum 828 Parthenium 802, 830 tincture 338, 353, 828 Pyridine 724 nitrate , 729 sulphate 729 Pyroboric acid 483 Pyrocatechin 724, 881 Pyrogallic acid 880 Pyrolusite 606 Pyro-oleous carbonate ammonium 553 Pyrophosphate, iron 633 iron and sodium 610 sodium 538 Pyrophosphorous acid 471 Pyrosulphite, potassium 490 Pyroxylin 716 Pyroxylinum 716 Pyroxylon 716 Pyrus communis 781 malus 780 Q. Quadratic system 232 Quadroxalate, potassium 718 Quartz 484 Quassia 863 excelsa 863 extract 426 , 863 fluid extract 391, 863 tincture 353, 863 Quassin 863 Quatuor pills 1230 Quebrachine 924, 927 Quebracho 924 Queen’s root 827 Quercetin 862 Quercit 742 Quercitannic acid 882 Quercite 733 Quercitose 742 Quercitrin 742, 862, 882 Quercus alba 882 ooccinea 884 lusitanica 878 tinctoria 862, 884 Questionable prescrip- tions 1015 Questions on abstracts 437 on alcoholic solutions 317' on aldehyd, its deriva- tives and prepara- tions 771 on alkalies and their compounds 513, 514, 515, 516 on alkaloids 927, 928, 929, 930, 931 on aluminium 604 on ammonium 566, 567 on amylaceous princi- ples 739, 740 on antimony • 699 on aqueous solutions 282, 283 containing sweet or viscid substances 305, 306, 307 on arsenic 700 on balsams 842 on barium 587 on bismuth 700 on boron 486 on cadmium 605 on calcium 586, 587 on capsules 1129 on carbon 485 on cellulin group 730, 731 on cerium 605 on chromium 646 on classification and decoloration 225 on cobalt 678 on copper 679 on crystallization 238 on decoctions 334 on derivatives of sugars, through the action of ferments 763, 764 on desiccation and com- minution 188, 189 on dialysis 243 on dispensing 1062 INDEX. 1287 Questions on distillation 163 on drugs and products containing volatile oil with soft resin 831, 832, 833 on drugs containing glucosides 885, 8S6, 887, 888 neutral principles 885, 886, 887, 888 on ethereal solutions 323 on expression 253 on exsiccation 243 on extemporaneous li- quid preparations 1081 on extracts 436 on fats 859 on filtration 221 on fixed oils 858, 859 on fluid extracts 402, 403 on gold 702 on granulation 243 on gum resins 843 on hydrogen 459 on infusions 334 on inorganic acids 459, 460 on iron 643, 644, 645, 646i on lead 678, 679 on lithium salts 551' on maceration 245 on magnesium 586 on manganese 643 on mercury 680, 681 on metrology 96 on mucilaginous prin- ciples 740 on nickel 678 on oleaginous solutions 323 on oleoresins 408 on operations requiring the use of heat 114 on oxygen 459 on percolation 272 on pharmaceutical test- ing 985 on phosphorus 480 on pills 1129 on platinum 702 on potassium salts 513, 514, 515, 516 on precipitation 230 on preparations of the halogens 469, 470 on prescriptions 1062, 1064 on products from ani- mal substances 972, 973 on products of the action of ferments upon acid saccharine fruits 781 on resins 437, 842 on saccharine sub- stances 748 on separation of fluids from solids 206 on separation of liquids 230 on silicon 486 on silver 679, 680 on soaps 859, 860 on sodium salts 543, 544, 545, 546 Questions on solid extem- poraneous prepara- tions 1103, 1104, 1153 on solution 198 on sublimation 164 on sugar 747, 748 on sulphur 479 on suppositories 1130 on tin 678 on tinctures 401 on uses of heat 127 on vaporization 138 on vinegars 408 on volatile oils 811, 812, 813, 814, 815, 816 on water 459 on wines 402 on zinc 604, 605 Quicksilver 663,665 Quillaia 869 emulsion 1076 saponaria 869 Quillaja emulsion of cod liver oil 1242 Quilled receiver 146 Quinamicine 900 Quinamidine 900 Quinamine 900 Quince seed 738 Quinic acid 900 Quinicine 900 Quinidamine 900 Quinidinac sulphas 907 Quinidine 900 sulphate 907 Quinina 900 Quininm bisulphas 902, 903 disulphas 902 hydrobromas 905 hydrochloras 904 sulphas 901, 902 valerianas 906 Quinine 900 assay 899 bisulphate 903 disulphate 902 hydrobromate 905 hydrochlorate 904 oleate 1230 sulphate 901 valerianate 906 Quinoidin 910 Quinovic acid 862, 900 Quinovin 862, 900 R. Radish, oil 810 Raja Batis 970 Ranunculus 830 bulbosus 830 Rape seed, oil 850 Raphanus Raphanistrum 810 sativa 810 Rapid filtration 219 Rasp and file 144 Raspail’s sedative water 1169 Raspberry 781 syrup 296, 1247 vinegar 1190 Rasping 171 1288 INDEX. Rat-tail file 144 Reagent bottle 978 Reagents 974 Realgar 689 Reaumur’s thermometer 111, 112 Receiver, Florentine 227 plain 146 quilled 146 Receivers 146, 227 tubulated 146 Receiving-bottles 271 Recipe 1005 Red ant 970 argols 774 bark 898 cedar 824 oil 803, 824 cinchona 898 drops 1201 elixir 1201 iodide mercury 671 litmus paper 979 mercuric oxide 674 sulphide 676 oil 851, 1210 origanum 792 oxide iron 611 mercury 674 poppy 925 precipitate 674 rose 882 saunders 869 sulphide mercury 676 wine 360 Reduced iron 611 Reduction in tempera- ture by solution 191 Reinsch’s test 689 Remington’s magnesia mixture 1170 still 157 Rennet, liquid 1245 Repercolation 271, 363 Reseda odorata 803 Resin 835 cerate 835, 1133 compound 1210 copaiba 435, 820 jalap® 435 , 874 plaster 835, 1148 podophyllum 435 , 875 scammony 436, 875 Resina 835 copaibas 434, 435, 820 Draconis 841 elastica 841 jalap® 434, 435, 874 podophylli 434, 435 , 875 scammonii 434, 436, 875 Resin® 434 Resins 434, 834 Resorcin 730 Restorative cordial 1211 Retarded crystallization 235 Reten 724 Retort, charging of 147 earthen-ware 140 glass 141 iron 141 lead 141 plain 140 Retort, platinum 141 porcelain 140 rings 149 stands 149 still 156 tubulated 140 Reymond’s capsule-filler 1122 Rhamnetin 862 Rhamnocathartin 871 Rhamnoxanthin 875 Rhamnus amygdalinus 862 catharticus 871 Frangula 875 Purshiana 830 Rhatannic red 882 Rhatany 881 Rhein 842 Rheotannic acid 872 Rheum 872 officinale 872 Rheumatic drops 1208 pills 1237 Rheumic acid 872 Rhodium, oil 803 Rhoeadine 892, 925 Rhoeas 925 Rhombic system 232 Rhombohedric system 233 Rhubarb 872 and soda mixture 304, 873 aromatic syrup 296, 873 tincture 353 compound pills 873, 1113 powder 873, 1084 extract 426, 873 fluid extract 391, 873 pills 873, 1113 sweet tincture 35 4, 873 syrup 295, 873 tincture 353, 873 wine 360 , 873 Rhus aromatica 884 glabra 779, 842, 883 fluid extract 392, 779 glabrum 779 metopium 739 radicans 869 Toxicodendron 869 Rhusin 842 Ribes Grossularia 780 rubrum 780 Rice 734 Rice’s condenser 155 still 155 Richard’s chalk mixture 1171 Ricinolein 848 Ricinus communis 848 Rieseberg’s iodine caustic 1158 Roasting 119 Rochelle salt 503 Rock candy 744 salt 532 Roll sulphur 471 Roller knife 171 mills 174 press 250 Root-cutter 171 Root, liquorice 746 Rosa centifolia 882 damascena 882 gallica 8S2 Rosaniline 729 Rose, compound infusion 331 confection 882, 1100 fluid extract 392, 882 honey 299, 882 oil 882 syrup 296 water 280, 882 ointment 1136 Rosemary 791 oil 791 Rosmarinus 791 officinalis 791 Rosolic acid 724, 730 Rotary stirrer 132 Rother’s filter 209 solution valerianate of ammonium 1169 Rottlera 874 Rottlerin 874 Rousseau’s densimeter 80 Rubber daters 1054 joints 145 Rubidine 724 Rubijervine 919, 925 Rubus 883 canadensis 780, 883 fluid extract 392 , 883 idaeus 781 syrup 296 trivialis 780, 883 villosus 780, 883 Rue 871 oil 820 Rules for diluting alcohol 753 Rum 750 Rumex 876 crispus 842, 876 fluid extract 393, 876 Rumicin 876 Rumin 842 Russian blast-lamp 104 Rust 608 Ruta 871 graveolens 820, 871 Rutin 871 Rye 734 S. Sabina _ 823 Saccharate, lead 650 Saccharated carbonate iron 612 casein 1075 ferrous carbonate 612 iodide 628 iodide of iron 628 pepsin 960, 971, 1238 Saccharin, solution 1195 Saccharoids 741 Saccharometer 76 Saccharose 741 Saccharum 743 lactis 964, 971 officinarum 743 Saccharures 744 Sacred bark 830 Safety prescription nu- merator 1054 tubes 148 INDEX. 1289 Saffron 869 oil 803 tincture 345 Safrene 799 Safrol 799 Sagapenum, oil 810 Sage 792, 884 infusion of 331 oil 801 Sago 734 Saint Barthelemy’s fever liniment 1210 Ignatius, bean 911 Sal ammoniac 560 Carolinum factitium 1164 factitium efferves- cens 1165 Kissingense factitiumll68 factitium efferves- cens 1168 Vichyanum factitium 1168 effervescens 1168 cum lithio 1168 tartar 500 Salasratus 496 Salep 739 Salicin 861, 862, 863, 864 Salicinum 864 Salicyl aldehyd 862 Salicylate, ammonium 553 bismuth 694 iron 611 lithium 550 physostigmine 914 potassium 490 sodium 539 zinc 589 Salicylated powder tal- cum 1172 Salicylic acid 727 cotton 1191 mixture 1191 Saligenin 861, 862 Saligenol 861 Saliretin 862 Salix 862 alba 863 helix 864 Salol 730 Salt 532 Epsom 572 Glauber’s 541 lemon, essential 718 Rochelle 503 sorrel 718 water-bath 120 Saltpetre 507 Chili 536 Salve, Deshler’s 1210 Hardy’s naphthol 1192 Thomson’s 1210 Salvia 792, 884 officinalis 792, 801, 884 Salviol 792 Sambucus 822 canadensis 822 nigra 802 Sand 484 bath 119 Sanguinaria 920 canadensis 842, 920, 927 fluid extract 393, 920 Sanguinaria tincture 354, 920 vinegar 408, 920 Sanguinarin 842 Sanguinarine 920, 925, 927 Sanguis 969 Sanguisuga medicinalis 970 officinalis 970 Santal, oil 820 wood 824 Santalic acid 869 Santalum album 820, 824 rub rum 869 Santol 869 Santonica 866 Santonin 862, 866 troches 1219 Santoninate, sodium 540 Santoninum 866 Santoniretin 862 Sapo 854 viridis 855, 1214 Sapogenin 869 Saponaria officinalis 862 Saponetin 862 Saponin 862, 869 Sarothamnus Scoparius 820, 927 Sarsaparilla 869 compound decoction 333, 870 mild 333 strong 333 compound fluid extract 394, 870 compound syrup 288, 296, 870 fluid extract 394, 870 syrup 1246 Sassafras 799 medulla 738 officinalis 738, 799 oil 799 pith 738 mucilage 300 Sassafrid 799 Sassy bark 925 Saturated solution 190 Saturatio 1167 Saturation tables 565 Satureja hortensis 803 Savine 823 cerate 1133 fluid extract 393, 823 oil 824 Scale, box prescription 56 Fairbanks’s druggists’ 54 for liquids, Troemner’s 56 graduated beam 53 vest-pocket 55 Scales 47 Scaly pepsin 961 Scammonin 874 Scammonium 874 Scammony 874 resin 436, 875 Schafhirt’s remedy 1237 Scheele’s green 689 hydrocyanic acid 809 Schuyler's powder 1229 Soilla 865 Scillain 865 Scillin 865 Scillipicrin 865 Scillitoxin 865 Sclererythrin 868 Sclerocrystallin 868 Scleroiodin 868 Scleromucin 868 Sclerotic acid 868 Scleroxanthin 868 Scoop sifter 186 Scoparin 820 Scoparius 820 Scott’s ointment 1184 Scruple 38, 1007 Scudamore’s mixture, gout 1237 Scullcap 793 Scurvy grass, common, oil 810 Scutellaria 793 fluid extract 395 , 793 lateriflora 793, 842 Scutellarin 842 Seal oil 970 Secale cereale 734, 868 Sedative water 1169 Seed-emulsions 1073 See’s suppository-mould 1125 Seidlitz powder 777, 1083 powder measure 1086 Senecin 842 Senecio 830 aureus 830 gracilis 842 Senecionin 842 Senega 870 abstract 433, 870 fluid extract 395, 870 syrup 297, 870 Senegin 870 Senna 871 compound infusion 330, 872 powder 1220 confection 872, 1101 fluid extract 396, 872 syrup 298, 872 Separating funnel 226 Separation immiscible liquids 226 Separator, Mitchell's 226 Serpentaria 821 fluid extract 396, 821 oil 803 tincture 355 , 821 Sesamum Indicum 739, 847 oil 847 Sesquioxide chromium 641 lead 649 manganese 606 Sevum 960, 971 Shark oil 970 Shelving 990 Shepherd’s purse, oil 810 Shinn’s iodinal collodion 1157 percolation closet 271 Show-bottles, colors for 1247 Shrubby trefoil 824 Sifter 186 Hunter’s 185 scoop 186 1290 INDEX. Sifting 184 Signa, the 1005, 1007 Sikes’s hydrometer 77 Silica 484 Silicate, magnesium 569 potassium 490 sodium 485, 519 Silicates, tests for 485 Silicon 481, 484 Silver 649, 657 acetate 658 arsenite 689 bromide 658 chloride 658 chromate 658 coater 1116 cyanide 658 diluted nitrate 661 iodide 659 lactate 658 moulded nitrate 661 nitrate 660 pills 1184 oleate 851 oxalate 658 oxide 662 phosphate 658 salts 1184 tests for 658 sulphate 658 sulphethylate 771 sulphide 657 Simaruba 871 officinalis 871 Simple solution 190 Sinalbin 809 Sinapine sulphate 809 Sinapis alba 809, 850 nigra 809, 849 Single beam balance 47, 53 screw presses 247 Siphon 202 Siphonia elastica 841 Sirop de morphine 1229 Gibert 1186 Sisymbrium nasturtium 810 Skate oil 970 Skutterudite 647 Slicing 170 Slippery elm 738 Slocum’s lozenge-board 1094 Smilasin 842 Smilax medica 869 officinalis 869 Smith’s solution bromine 1157 Snuff, bismuth catarrh 1188 Soap 854 bark 869 cerate 1213 grain 854 green 855 liniment 322, 855 plaster 855, 1148 Soaps 844 Soapstone 484 Socaloin 876 Soda 517, 520 ash 529 caustic 520 chlorinated, solution 464 choleate 970 cum calce 1168 Soda mint 1166, 1167 solution of 520 waste 530 water 481 syrups 1246 with lime 1168 Sodii acetas 519, 522 arsenias 518, 52 3 , 689, 692 benzoas 519, 524 bicarbonas 518, 524 venalis 518, 525 bisulphis 518, 526 boras 481, 518, 527 boro-benzoas 1168 bromidum 518, 528 carbolas 519 carbonas 518, 529 exsiccatus 518, 531 chloras 618,531 chloridum 518, 532 choleas 970 citras 519 citro-tartras efferves- cens 519 et ammonii phosphas 519 et argenti hyposulphis 519 et platini chloridum 519 hypophosphis 518, 533 hyposulphis 518, 534 iodidum 518, 535 nitras 518, 536 nitris 519 nitro-prussidum 519 phosphas 519, 536 pyrophosphas 519, 538 salicylas 519, 539 santoninas 519, 540 silicas 519 stannas 519, 648 sulphas 519, 541 sulphis 519,541 sulphocarbolas 519, 542 tartras 519 valerianas 519 Sodio benzoate caffeine 1233 salicylate caffeine 1233 Sodium 487, 518 acetate 522 and ammonium phos- phate 519 and platinum chloride 519 and silver hyposul- phite 519 arseniate 523 Pearson’s solution 1166 solution 692 arsenite, Harle’a solu- tion 1186 benzoate 524 biborate 527 bicarbonate 524 commercial 525 troches 1099 bisulphite 526 borate 527 honey 1166 borobenzoate 1212 bromide 528 carbolate 519 carbonate 529 dried 531 chlorate 531 Sodium chloride 532 citrate 519 effervescent citro-tar- trate 519 ethylate 771 hypophosphite 533 hyposulphite 534 iodide 535 nitrate 536 nitrite 519 nitro-prusside 519 oleate 852 phosphate 536 pyrophosphate 538 salicylate 539 salts 518, 1165 tests for 518 santoninate 540 troches; 1099 silicate 485, 519 solution 481, 485 stannate 519 sulphate 541 sulphite 541 sulpho-carbolate 542 tartrate 519 thiosulphate 534 valerianate 519 Solanine 917, 927 Solanum dulcamara 917 tuberosum 734 Solid opodeldoo 1214 Solidago odora 802 Solids, solution of 190 used in developing heat 100 Soluble essence ginger 1205 glass 485 iodide of starch 1192 tincture tolu 1211 Solubility of substances in saturated solutions 191 Solution 190 acetate of aluminium 1174 ammonium 556 concentrated 1170 iron 637 magnesium 1170 strychnine 1233 acetico-tartrate alu- minium 1174 acid phosphates 1162 antisyphilitique de Van Swieten 1185 arseniate and bromide potassium 1164 of ammonium 1186 sodium 692, 1166 Pearson’s 1166 arsenic chlorophos- phide 1187 arsenious acid 691 arsenite of potassium 691 sodium 1186 basic ferric sulphate 639 Biette’s arsenical 1186 bismuth 695 concentrated 1187 borate sodium, com- pound 1167 boroglyceride 1156 Boulton’s 1158 INDEX. 1291 Solution, bromide ar- senic 1164, 1186 magnesium 1171 bromine 1157 Smith’s 1157 Burrow’s 1175 butyl-chloral 1196 carbolate of iodine 1158, 1190 sodium 1167 carmine 1245 Channing’s 1185 chemical 190 chloride of barium 1173 iron 616 zinc 593 chlorinated potassa 1163 soda 464 circulatory 192 citrate ammonium, stronger 1170 iron 619 iron and quinine 622 magnesium 574 morphine 1227 potassium 512 sodium 1167 citro-tartrate sodium 1167 Clemens’s bromide of arsenic 1186 deodorant 1174 Dobell’s 1167, 1190 Donovan’s 693 Duhring’s sulphide of zinc 1173 extract glycyrrhiza 1195 liquorice 1195 Fehling’s 1184 ferric acetate 637 chloride 616 citrate 619 hypophosphite 1177 nitrate 638 ferrous chloride 1178 Fowler’s 691 gases in liquids 196 gelatin coating 1116 ginger 1205 gutta-percha 836 Hall’s 1233 Harle's arsenite of sodium 1186 hypophosphite of iron 1177 hypophosphites 1160 Hays’s 1160 iron, soda, lime, and magnesium, com- pound 1159 iodide of arsenic and mercury 693 iron 1178 mercury and potas- sium 1185 iodine, carbolized 1158 caustic 1157 compound 468 iodohydrargyrate po- tassium 1185 iron and quinine 622 Labarraque’s 464 lime 576 litmus 979 Solution, Lugol’s 468 Magendie’s 896 iodine 1157 magnesium citrate 574 mercuric nitrate 676 Monsel’s 639 morphine, hypodermic 1228 Neynaber’s acetate of magnesium 1170 nitrate of iron 638 mercury 676 nitroglycerin 1213 normal 975 ferric sulphate 640 oleate sodium 1167 oxysulphate iron 1178 oxysulphuret calcium 1171 pancreatic 1240 Pearson’s arseniate of sodium 1166 pepsin 961 permanganate of po- tassium 1165 phosphates 1160 compound 1162 Pepper’s 1160 phosphoric acid, com- pound 1162 phosphorus 1161 Thompson’s 1161 potassa 492 potassium citrate 512 protochloride iron 1178 saccharin 1195 santal, copaiba, and cubeb 1208 saturated 190 silicate of sodium 48*6 simple 190 soda 520 solids 190 Squibb’s compound opium 1229 standard 975 subaeetate of lead 651 diluted 652 subsulphate of iron 639 sulphate of morphia 895, 1229 morphine 895 sulphide zinc 1173 sulphurated lime 1171 tersulphate of iron 640 turmeric 979 valerianate ammonium 1169 Van Swieten’s 1185 Villate’s 1174 Vleminckx's 1159, 1171 Yolkman’s antiseptic 1205 zinc and iron com- pound 1174 Solutions 281, 1065 alcoholic 309 aqueous 275 eentinormal 975 decinormal 975 density of 191 ethereal 318 oleaginous 320 Solvay’s process 526 Solvent 190 Solvents 192 Sophora speciosa 927 Sophorine 927 Sorbit 742 Sorbus aucuparia 742 Spanish flies 966 Sparrow mixer 1075 Sparteine 820, 927 sulphate 927 Spatula, balance-handled 183 horn, with handle 184,1134 solid-handled 184 Spatulas 183 Spearmint 790 essence of 315 spirit 315, 790 water 280, 790 Special percolators 264 reaction 975 Species ad infusum pec- torale 1196 emollientes 1194 laxantes 1221 pectorales 1196 Specific gravity 67 beads 71 bottle 68, 71 of liquids 70, 71 of small quantities of liquids 79 of solids 67, 68 pipette 80 tables, 81, 82, 83 tube, graduated 69 Specific volume 83 bottle 84 Specific volumes and actual weights and measures 85, 86 Sperm oil 970 Spermaceti 964, 971 cerate 965, 1132 Spice plaster 1203 Spigelia 866 fluid extract 397, 866 marilandica 866 Spiral twist press 246 Spiraaa 884 tomentosa 884 Spirit, ammonia 312, 555 aromatic 313, 555 anise 313, 795 ants 1245 bitter almond 1201 bone 482 cajuput, compound 1202 camphor 313, 804 chloroform 313, 768 cinnamon 314, 796 curajao 1200 ether 311, 757 compound 311, 757 formic acid 1245 gaultheria 314, 800 glonoin 1213 hartshorn 554 juniper 314, 823 compound 314,823 lamp 103 lavender 314, 791 compound 350 1292 INDEX. Spirit, lemon 314, 789 Mindererus 556 mustard 1201 myrcia 315, 797 nitre, sweet 312, 759 nitroglycerin 1213 nitrous ether 312, 759 nutmeg 315, 799 of a volatile oil 1199 orange 313 peppermint 315, 790 perfumed 316 phosphorus 1162 proof 7 53 soap 1214 spearmint 315, 790 Spirits 309 Jackson’s bathing 1214 Spiritus 309 acidi formici 1245 mtheris 309, 311, 757 compositus 309, 311, 757 nitrosi 311, 312, 759 ammonias 310, 312, 552 aromaticus 309, 313, 552 amygdalae amarse 1201 anisi 309, 313, 795 aromaticus 1200 aurantii 309, 313 compositus 1200 camphorse 309, 313, 804 cardamomi compositus 1203 chloroformi 309, 313, 768 cinnamomi 309, 314, 796 curassao 1200 formicarum 1245 frumenti 311, 314, 751 gaultheriae 309, 314, 800 glonoini 1213 juniperi 309, 314, 823 compositus 309, 314, 823 lavandulae 310, 314, 791 compositus 350 limonis 310, 314, 789 menthse piperitae 310,315, 790 viridis 310, 315, 790 myrcias 310, 315, 797 myristicse 310, 315, 799 odoratus 310, 316 olei volatilis 1199 ophthalmicus 1201 phosphori 1162 saponatus 1214 sinapis 1201 vini gallici 311, 316, 775 Spleen mixture 1179 Gadberry’s 1165 Splenetic mixture 1179 Spodumene 547 Sponge, bleached 1246 tent 1245 Spongia, compressa 1245 decolorata 1246 Spontaneous evapora- tion 137 Springfield laboratory burner 109 Spritz bottle 199 Squalis carcharias 970 Squibb's diarrhoea mix- ture 1227 laxative pills 1224 percolator 266 pinchcock 151 podophyllum pills 1224 rhubarb mixture 1219 solution opium, com- pound 1229 Squill 865 compound syrup 288, 2 9 7, 865 fluid extract 395, 865 syrup 287, 297, 865 tincture 354, 865 vinegar 408, 865 Squire’s glycerole of sub- acetate of lead 1183 infusion mug 326 St. Barthelemy’s lini- ment 1210 St. Germain tea 1221 St. John Long’s liniment 1203 St. John’s wort 830 Stamps, rubber number- ing 1053 Stannate, sodium 519 Stanni chloridum 648 sulphidum 648 Stannic acid 648 salts 648 Stannous salts 648 Staphisagria 920 oil 850 Staphisagrine 927 Staphisain 920 Starch 732 glycerite 30 5 , 733 iodide, soluble 1192 syrup 1192 iodized 468, 733 Startin’s mixture 1182 Starwort 871 Statice 884 limonium 884 Stavesacre 920 Steam-bath 122 boiler 124 Patch’s 124 coils 126 distributor 122 kettle 125 uses of 121 under pressure 122 without pressure 122 Stearic acid 845, 965 Stearin 845 Stearopten 783 Stere 40 Stibium 682 Still, alembic 153 Curtman’s 154 Prentiss’s 155 Procter’s 153 Remington’s 157 retort 156 Rice’s 155 Wiegand’s 153 Stillingia 827 fluid extract 397, 828 Stillingia liniment 1209 sylvatica 827, 842 Stillingin 842 Stills, pharmaceutical 156 Stirrer, rotary 132 Stirrers, use of 132 Stokes’s expectorant 1170 mixture 1170 liniment 1203 Stomach drops 1217 Stomachic tincture 1217 Stopper-wrench 443 Stoppered percolators 264 Storax 839 Store furniture 993 Storesin 839 Stove, coal-oil 106 gasolin 105 Strainers, cotton-flannel 204 felt 204 woollen 204 Straining 204 Stramonii folia 917 semen 917 Stramonium, extract 426, 917 fluid extract 397, 917 leaves 917 ointment 917, 1140 seed 917 oil 850 tincture 355, 917 Strassburg turpentine, oil 801 Strawberry 781 syrup 1247 Strengthening plaster 1146 syrup 1199 Stronger laxative mix- ture 1213 solution citrate am- monium 1170 water ammonia 554 white wine 358 Strophanthin 871 Strophanthus 871 Strychnina 912 Strychninae sulphas 913 Strychnine 911,912 sulphate 913 Strychnos Ignatii 911 Nux-vomica 911 Styptic collodion 319, 718 cotton 1188 Pancoast’s 1163 Styracin 839 Styrax 839 Benzoin 839 Styrol 839 Styrolene 724 Subacetate, copper 656 Subcarbonate, bismuth 696 iron 611 Sublimate 161 Sublimation 119, 128, 161 Sublimed sulphur 472 Subliming apparatus 161 Subnitrate, bismuth 698 Suboxide lead 649 Subscription, the 1005, 1007 Subsulphate mercury, yellow 675 INDEX. 1293 Succus limonis cum pep- sino 1240 Suet 960, 971 Sugar 743 barley 744 cane 741 grape 741, 742 lead 650 milk 741, 963, 971 Sugars 741 fermentable 741 non-fermentable 741 Sulphate, aluminium 601 ammonium 563 antimony 683 atropine 916 barium 585 cadmium 603 calcium 575 cerium 602 chromium 642 green 642 cinchonidine 909 cinchonine 908 copper 657 hyoscyamine 917 iron 634 and ammonium 624 dried 635 precipitated 635 lead 650 lithium 547 magnesium 572 dried 569 manganese 607 I mercury 665 morphine 895 nickel 647 potassium 510 quinidine 907 quinine 901 silver 658 sinapine 809 sodium 541 strychnine 913 zinc 596 | Sulphates 472 tests for 472 Sulphethylate, barium 770 calcium 770 copper 770 potassium 771 silver 771 Sulphide, antimony 686 purified 686 cadmium 603 calcium 575 iron 611 mercury, red 676 potassium 490 tin 648 Sulphides 472 Sulphite, ammonium 553 calcium 575 magnesium 573 potassium 511 sodium 541 Sulphites 472 tests for 472 Sulphocarbolate, calcium 575 magnesium 569 sodium 542 Sulphocarbolate, zinc 589 Sulphocarbolic acid 542, 730 Sulphocarbonate potas- sium 490 Sulphocyanate cobalt 648 potassium 490 Sulphocyanic acid 724 Sulphocyanide, allyl 809 ammonium 553 Sulphonal 771 Sulphophenic acid 730 Sulpho-salts 472 Sulphovinic acid 770 Sulphur 471, 1159 iodide 475 ointment 1159 liver of 494 lotum 471, 473 milk of 474 ointment 1140 alkaline 1140 prascipitatum 471, 474 precipitated 474 roll 471 subiodide 475 sublimatum 472 sublimed 472 washed 473 Sulphurated antimony 687 lime 577 oils 783 potassa 494 Sulphuretted hydrogen 472 Sulphuric acid 452, 472 mixture 1155 aromatic 454 diluted 454 Sulphuris iodidum 471, 474 Sulphurous acid 455 , 472 oxide 472 Sulphydrate, calcium 575 ethyl 770 Sumach 779, 884 Sumbul 794 tincture 355, 795 Summer savory, oil 803 Sun cholera mixture 1227 Supernatant liquid 228 Superscription, the 1005 Suppositer 1128 Suppositoria 1122 Suppositories 1082, 1122 compressed 1126 moulded 1123 rolled 1123 urethral 1128 AVade’s 1198 Suppository box 1129 capsules 1128 machine 1123, 1127 mould 1125 moulds 1124, 1125, 1126 Suspended percolator 268 Sweet almond 845 basil, oil 803 cicely, oil 803 fern 884 flag 800 marjoram, oil 803 orange peel 715, 787 tincture of 340 potato 734 Sweet spirit nitre 312, 759 sumach 884 tincture rhubarb 338, 35 4, 873 violet, oil &03 Swift’s mill 177, 179 Sydenham’s antispas- modic mixture 1246 Symbolic characters 1007 formulas 28, 31 Symphytum officinale 739 Synonyme 28, 30 Synthesis 974 Syphon 202 Syringa vulgaris 802 Syringe-glass, use of 226 Syrup 288 acacia 289, 737 almond 290, 845 althaea 290, 738 Amussart’s laxative 1215 anthelmintic 1208 anthemis 1208 aromatic rhubarb 296, 873 arseniate of iron 1179 asafetida 1210 Aubergier’s lactuca- rium 1209 bayberry 1211 bloodroot 1235 bottle 994 bromide of iron 292 , 629 nickel 1182 buckthorn berries 1222 ehlorohydrophosphate calcium 1172 lime 1172 chocolate 1247 cinnamon 1204 citric acid 289, 779 citro-iodide iron 1179 coffee 1234 cubeb 1207 Dover’s powder 1234 Easton’s 623 ferrous chloride 1180 flavored 284 galls, aromatic 1225 garlic 290, 810 Gibert’s 1186 gillenia 1218 ginger 298, 801, 1246 glycyrrhiza 1195 guaiac 1211 hydriodic acid 289 , 462, 469 hypophosphite calcium 1161, 1171 calcium and sodium 1161 iron 1181 lime 1161 sodium 1168 hypophosphites 2 9 4 , 583 compound 1162 Parrish’s 1159 with iron 294, 583 iodide calcium 1158 iron and manganese 1180 manganese 1175 of iron 293, 629 1294 INDEX. Syrup iodide starch 1192 i iodohydrargyrate of iron 1186 potassium 1186 ipecac 294 and opium 1234 Jackson’s pectoral 1228 krameria 294 lactophosphate calcium 291, 584 with iron 1172 iron 1180 lime with iron 1172 lactucarium 294, 829 lemon 295, 777,1246 lime 292, 577 liquorice 1195 root 1195 lobelia 1238 manna 1195 medicated 284 Mitchell’s cubeb 1207 morphine 1229 nectar 1247 orange 291, 787, 1246 flowers 291 phosphate calcium 1172 manganese 1175 phosphates iron, qui- nine, and strychnine 293, 623 pineapple 1247 pipsissewa 1227 Procter’s hypophos- phite calcium 1171 iodide manganese 1175 protochloride iron 1180 raspberry 296, 780,1247 rhamnus cathartica 1222 rhubarb 295, 873 aromatic 2 96 , 873 rose 296 rubus 296 saccharated oxide of iron 1180 sanguinaria 1235 sarsaparilla 1246 compound 296, 870 senega 297, 870 senna 2 98 , 872 aromatic 1221 sherbet 1247 simple 288 soda water 1246 soluble oxide iron 1180 saccharated iron 1180 squill 297, 865 compound 297, 865 strawberry 1247 strengthening 1199 tar 295 , 722 tolu 298 vanilla 1246 Wiegand's phosphate of calcium 1172 manganese 1175 wild cherry 295, 807 Syrupi 284 Syrups 284 officinal 286 preparation of 284 preservation of 286 Syrupus 287, 288 acaci® 287, 289 , 737 acidi citrici 287,289, 779 hydriodici 288,289, 462, 469 decolor 1157 act®® compositus 1209 allii 287, 290, 810 alth®® 287, 290, 738 ainygdal® 287, 29 0 , 845 antirhachiticus 1223 asari compositus 1200 aurantii 287, 291, 787 calcii chlorohydrophos- phatis 1172 et sodii hypophos- phitum 1161 hypophosphitis 1161 iodidi 1158 lactophosphatis 288, 291, 575, 584 cum ferro 1172 calcis 287, 292, 575, 577 chondri compositus 1199 cimicifugae compositus 1209 cinnamomi 1209 coffe® 1234 corrigens 1204 eriodictyi aromaticus 1204 ferri arseniatis 1179 bromidi 287, 292, 609, 629 citro-iodidi 1179 et mangani iodidi 1180 hypophosphitis 1181 iodidi 287, 293, 609, 629 lactophosphatis 1180 oxydati solubilis 1180 protochloridi 1180 quinin® et strych- nin® phosphatum 288, 2 9 3 , 609 saccharati solubilis 1180 florum 288, 291 glycyrrhiz® 1195 hypophosphitum 288,29 4, 583 compositus 1161 cum ferro 288, 294, 583 ipecacuanhae 287, 29 4, 922 et opii 1234 krameriae 287, 29 4 lactucarii 287, 29 4, 829 limonis 287, 295, 777 phosphatum composi- tus 1159 picis liquid® 288, 295, 722 pruni Virginian® 287, 2 95 , 807 rhamni cathartic® 1222 rhei 287, 295, 873 aromaticus 287, 29 6, 873 ros® 287, 296 rubi 287, 296 aromaticus 1226 id®i 287, 296, 780 Syrupus sanguinari® 1235 sarsaparilla; composi- tus 288, 296, 870 scillae 287, 297, 865 compositus 288, 2 97, 865 senegae 287, 297, 870 senn® 287, 298, 872 aromaticus 1221 compositus 1221 sodii hypophosphitis 1168 spinse cervin® 1222 stillingi® compositus 1216 tolutanus 288, 298 zingiberis 288, 298, 801 System, clinometrio 231 dimetric 232 doubly-oblique pris- matic 233 hexagonal 233 monoclinic 233 monometric 232 orthometric 231 quadratic 232 regular 232 rhombic 232 rhombohedrio 233 triclinic 233 trimetric 232 T. Tabacum 924 Tabell® 1091 Table, alcoholmetrical 754, 755 boiling-points 137 saturated solutions of various salts 120 elementary substances 440 melting-points 113 officinal chemical sub- stances, with their preparations 703 to 712 preparations, potas- sium 489 saturation 566 showing loss in pow- dering medicinal substances 169 showing number of drops in a fluidrachm 66 solubilities 193, 194, 195 specific gravities of offi- cinal substances 81, 82, 83 temperatures of super- heated steam 123 vegetable officinal drugs, with their prepara- tions 932 to 957 Tables, officinal prepara- tions 274 abstracts 429 cerates 1131 collodions 318 confections 1100 extracts 414, 415, 416 fluid extracts 367, 368, 369, 370 glycerites 305 INDEX. 1295 Tables, officinal prepara- tions : honeys 299 infusions 327 inorganic acids 446 liniments 320 masses 1101 mixtures 301 mucilages 300 ointments 1135 oleates 322 oleoresins 405 resin3 434 spirits 309, 310, 311 syrups 287, 288 tinctures 337, 338 waters 278 wines 357 Tables, officinal salts : aluminium 598 ammonium 552 antimony 683 arsenic 689 barium 585 bismuth 693 boron 481 bromine 462 calcium 575 carbon 481 chlorine 462 chromium 641 copper 656 iodine 462 iron 609, 610 lead 649 lithium 547 magnesium 568 manganese 606 mercury 664 phosphorus 471 potassium 489 silicon 481 silver 658 sodium 518, 519 sulphur 471 zinc 589 Tables, unofficinal salts : aluminium 598 ammonium 553 antimony 683 arsenic 689 barium 585 bismuth 693 bromine 462 cadmium 603 calcium 575 cerium 602 chlorine 462 chromium 642 copper 656 gold 701 iodine 462 iron 610, 611 lead 650 lithium 547 magnesium 569 manganese 607 mercury 664 nickel 647 phosphorus 471 potassium 489 silver 658 Tables, unofficinal salts: sodium 519 sulphur 471 tin 648 zinc 589 Tablespoonful 39 Tablet machine 1092 saturates 1093 triturates 1091 Tablets 1091 Talcum 484 purificatum 1171 Tamarind 779 electuary, Fuller’s 1219 Tamarindus 779, 872 indica 779, 872 Tanacetin 825 Tanacetum 825 vulgare 803, 825 Tannate, bismuth 694 lead 650 Tannic acid 879 glycerite 1226 ointment 1136 troches 1096 Tannin nasal bougies 1227 Tansy 825 oil 803 Tapeworm remedy 1237 Tapioca 733 Tar 721 Bulkley’s alkaline so- lution 1190 coal 724 glycerite 1190 infusion 1190 mixture 1189 oil 722 ointment 722, 1139 syrup 295, 722 water 1190 wine 1189 Taraxacin 864 Taraxacum 864 compound elixir 1217 Dens-leonis 864 extract 426, 865 fluid extract 398 , 865 Tare-can 1048 Tartar 498 cream of 498 emetic 683 sal 500 Tartaric acid 776 Tartrate, ammonium and potassium 553 antimony and potas- sium 683 bismuth 694 copper 656 iron and ammonium 624 and potassium 626 manganese 607 potassium 511 and ammonium 490 and sodium 503 sodium 519 zinc 589 Tasteless syrup, iodide iron 1179 tincture chloride iron 1181 iron 1181 Taurocholic acid 963 Taxina 871 Taxus 871 baccata 871 Tea, oil 803 Teacupful 39 Teaspoonful 39 Tegeneria domestica 970 Templin, oil 801 Tension vapors 129 Terebene 841 Terebinthina 834 canadensis 835 Teren 724 Terminalia 884 Teroxide iron 608 Terpenes 783 Terpinhydrate 841 Terpinol 841 Test, absolute alcohol 978 aluminium 979 chromate potassium 979 copper 979 gelatinized starch 979 gold 979 hydrosulphuric acid 979 indigo 979 litmus paper 979 molybdate of sodium 979 solutions 974 turmeric paper 979 water 979 zinc 979 Testing apparatus used 976 articles used 978 pharmaceutical 974 Tests of a balance 48 Test-solutions, U.S.: acetate of lead 980 albumen 980 ammonio-nitrate of silver 980 ammonio-sulphate of copper 980 bichromate of potas- sium 980 bitartrate of sodium 980 carbonate of ammo- nium 980 of sodium 980 chloride of ammonium 980 of barium 585, 980 of calcium 980 of gold 980 chromate of potassium 980 ferric chloride 980 ferricyanide of potas- sium 980 ferrous sulphate 980 gelatin 980 hydrosulphuric acid 980 hyposulphite of so- dium 980 indigo 980 iodide of mercury and potassium 980 of potassium 981 iodine 981 litmus 979 magnesium 981 mercuric chloride 981 nitrate of barium 585 1296 INDEX. Test-solutions, U. S.: nitrate of silver 981 oxalate of ammonium 981 permanganate of po- tassium 981 phosphate of ammo- nium 981 of sodium 981 picric acid 981 platinic chloride 981 potassio-cupric tartrate 981 sulphate of calcium 981 copper 981 potassium 981 silver 981 sulphide of ammonium 981 tannic acid 981 tartaric acid 981 turmeric 979 Tetra iodopyrrol 770 Tetra-hydra-para-qui- nanisol 730 Tetter ointment 1186 Teucrium 830 Marum 830 Thaleichthys Pacificus 970 Thalline 730 Tliea chinensis 803 Thebaine 891 Theine 927 Theobroma Cacao 849, 927 oil 849 Theobromine 927 Theoretical pharmacy 25 Theory of emulsification 1073 Thermometer, Centigrade 111, 112 Fahrenheit 111, 112 paper scale 112 Reaumur 111, 112 Thermometers 111, 112 Thielemann’s diarrhoea mixture 1227 Thiersch’s salicylic mix- ture 1191 Thionic series 472 Thiosulphate of sodium 534 Thiosulphurie acid 472 Third preparation 1237 Thomas’s eye-water 1173 mill 178 nipple wash 1174 tonic laxative 1182 Thompson’s compound iron pills 1181 diarrhoea pills 1183 solution of phosphorus 1161 Thomson’s salve 1210 Thoroughwort 826 Thuja 824 occidentalis 803, 824, 862 oil 803 Thujetin 862 Thujigenin 862 Thujin 824, 862 Thyme, oil 792 Thymene 792 Thymol 792, 805 inhalation 1205 Lewin’s mixture 1205 Thymus serpyllum 805 Thymus vulgaris 792 Tilia 802, 830 americana 830 Tin 648 chloride 648 compounds, tests for 648 oleate 852 oxide 648 sulphide 648 Tincal 527 Tinetura aconiti 338, 339, 921 aloes 338, 339, 877 et myrrh® 338, 339, 877 Fleming 1235 amara 1217 antacrida 1185 antiperiodica 1236 arnic® florum 338, 3 3 9, 825 radicis 337, 339, 825 aromatica 1201 I asafoetid® 338, 340, 837 aurantii amari 338, 340, 788 dulcis 338, 340, 787 belladonn® 337, 340, 915 benzoini 338, 3 40 , 839 composita 338, 341, 839 bryoni® 337, 341, 878 calendul® 338, 341, 825 calumb® 337, 341, 863 cannabis Indie® 338, 3 42, 821 cantharidis 337, 342, 967 capsici 337, 342, 819 et myrrh® 1208 cardamomi 337, 342, 801 composita 337, 342, 801 castorei 1246 i catechu composita 338, 342, 881 chiratro 337, 343, 863 cimicifug® '338, 343, 829 cinchon® 338, 343, 900 composita 338, 344, 900 detannata 1235 cinnamomi 337, 344, 795 colcbici 337, 344, 919 conii 337, 344, 923 coto 1214 croci 337, 345, 869 cubeb® 337, 345, 818 digitalis 337, 345, 865 episcopalis 1199 ferri acetatis 338, 3 45, 609 chloridi 338, 346, 609, 617 ®therea 1181 citrochloridi 1181 malatis crudi 1181 pomata 1181 gall® 338, 346, 879 gelsemii 337, 347,913 gentian® composita 337, 347, 862 guaiaci 338, 347, 838 ammoniata 338, 347, 838 composita 1210 hellebori 1215 Tinetura humuli 338, 348, 821 hydrastis 338, 348, 921 hyoscyami 337, 348, 916 ignati® 337, 348, 911 iodi 337, 349, 461 Churchill 1158 decolorata 1158 iodinii composita 1157 ipecacuanha} et opii 338, 349, 922 jalap® 1222 composita 1222 kino 337, 349, 881 compositus 1227 krameri® 338, 349, 882 lavandul® composita 337, 350 791 lobelia} 338, 35o’ 924 lupulin® 1208 matico 337, 350, 818 moschi 337, 350, 962 myrrha} 338, 351, 837 nucis vomic® 338, 351, 911 opii 337, 351, 892 acetata 1229 camphorata 337, 352, 893 deodorata 337, 352, 893 papaveris 1235 pectoralis 1235 persionis 1194 composita 1194 physostigmatis 337, 352, 914 pimpinell® 1208 purgans 1222 pyrethri 338, 353, 828 quassias 337, 353, 863 quillaj® 1218 rhei 337, 353, 873 aquosa 1219 aromatica 338, 353, 873 dulcis 338, 354, 873 et gentian® 1219 et senn® 1219 vinosa 1220 sanguinari® 337, 354, 920 saponis viridis 338, 35 4, 855 composita 1214 soill® 337, 354, 865 serpentari® 337, 355, 821 stramonii' 337, 355, 917 strophanthi 1218 sumbul 337, 355, 795 tolutana 337, 355, 838 solubilis 1211 valerian® 338, 355, 822 ammoniata 338, 356 vanill® 337, 356, 798 vanillin! composita 1201 veratri viridis 338, 35 6, 919 Zedoari® amara 1218 zingiberis 338, 356, 801 Tinctur® 335 herbarium recentium 338, 345 Tincture acetate of iron 338, 3 45 , 637 INDEX. 1297 Tincture aconite 338, 339, 921 aloes 338, 339, 877 and myrrh 338, 339,877 antiperiodic 1236 arnicaflowers 338,339,825 root 337, 339, 825 aromatic 1201 asafetida 338, 340 , 837 Asiatic 1229 belladonna 337, 340 , 915 benzoin 338, 340 , 839 compound 338, 341, 839 bitter orange peel 338, 340, 788 black hellebore 1215 bryonia 337, 341, 878 burdock-seed 1215 calendula 338, 341, 825 calumba 337, 341, 863 cannabis Indica, ethe- real 1208 cantharides 337, 342 ethereal 1246 capsicum 337, 342, 819 and myrrh 1208 cardamom 337, 342, 801 compound 337, 342, 801 castor 1246 catechu compound 338, 3 43 , 881 chirata 337, 343, 863 chloride of iron 338, 346, 617 cimicifuga 338, 343 cinchona 338, 343, 900 compound 338, 344, 900 detannated 1235 cinnamon 337, 344, 795 citro-chloride iron 1181 colchieum 337, 3 44, 919 ethereal 1237 conium 337, 344, 923 coto 1214 crude malate iron 1181 eubeb 337, 345, 818 cudbear 1194 ethereal 1206 digitalis 337, 345, 865 Dobell’s purgative 1222 ferrated extract of ap- ples ’ 1181 ferric acetate 338, 345, 637 chloride 338, 346 Flemming’s aconite 1235 galls, aromatic 1225 gelsemium 337, 347, 913 gentian, compound 337, 347, 862 Gilbert’s astringent 1225 ginger 338, 356, 801 golden 1229 green soap 338, 354, 855 compound, Fox’s 1214 with tar 1214 guaiac 338, 347, 838 ammoniated 338, 347, 838 Dewees’s 1210 ethereal 1208 hops 338, 348, 821 hydrastis 338,.348, 921 Tobacco 924 ointment 1238 wine 1237 Todd’s potion 1199 Tolene 838 Tolu, balsam 838 cough mixture 1211 syrup 298 tincture 355 Toluol 724 Tonic laxative 1182 tea, Gerhard’s 1215 Tonka oil 850 Tormentilla 884 erecta 884 Torrefaction 119 Torsion balances 57 Torula cerevisiae 749 Townsend’s mixture 1185 Toxicodendrie acid 869 Toxicodendron 869 Toxicology 26 Toxiresin 865 Tragaeanth 737 glycerite 1193 mucilage 300 Tragacantha 737 Trailing arbutus 884 Tralles’s hydrometer 77 Traumatic balsam 1211 Trehalose 741 Tribvomhydrin 810 Trichloraldehyd 766 Trichlormethane 767 Trichromic tetroxide 641 Triclinic system 233 Trigonella Foenum-gras- cum 739 Trillin 842 Trillium 830 erectum 830 pendulum 842 Tri-methyl-amine 771 Trimetric system 232 Trinitrine 853 Tripalmitate, glyceryl 845 Triphyline 547 Triplex pills 1224 Triplumbic tetroxide 649 Trisulphide, arsenic 690 Tritiein 747 Triticum 747 fluid extract 398, 747 repens 747 vulgare 732 Trituratio elaterini 878, 1084 Trituration 181 elaterin 878 Triturationes 1084 Troches 1082, 1093 bicarbonate of sodium 1099 borax 1166 catechu 881, 10 9 7 chalk 585, 1097 chlorate of potassium 1099 chloride of ammonium 552, 1096 compressed 1116 cubeb 818, 1097 cutting of 1095 Tincture hyoscyamus 337, 348, 916 ignatia 337, 348, 911 compound 1237 Indian cannabis 338, 342, 821 iodine 337, 349, 468 Churchill’s 1158 compound 1157 decolorized 1158 Magendie’s ethereal 1159 iodoform, compound 1199 ipecac and opium 338,349, 922 iron, bitter, Physick’s 1175 jalap 1222 compound 1222 kino 337, 349, 881 compound 1226, 1227 krameria 338,349,882 lavender, compound 337, 350 lobelia 338, 350, 924 lupulin 1208 matico 337, 350, 818 musk 337, 350, 962 myrrh 338, 351, 837 nutgall 338, 346, 879 nux vomica 338, 351, 911 opium 337, 351, 892 acetated 1229 camphorated 337, 352, 893 compound 1227 deodorized 387, 352, 893 pectoral 1235 phosphorus 1162 physostigma 337, 352, 914 Pimpinella 1208 poppy 1235 purgative 1222 pyrethrum 338, 353, 828 quassia 337, 353, 863 quillaia 1218 rhubarb 337, 353, 873 and gentian 1219 and senna 1219 aromatic 338, 353, 873 sweet 338, 354, 873 saffron 337, 345, 869 sanguinaria 337, 354, 920 serpentaria 337, 355, 821 squill 337, 354, 865 stramonium 337, 355, 917 strophanthus 1218 sumbul 337, 355, 795 sweet orange peel 338, 3 40 , 787 tolu 337, 355, 838 valerian 338, 355, 822 ammoniated 338, 356, 822 vanilla 337, 356, 798 veratrum viride 338, 35 6, 919 Warburg’s 1236 Tinctures 335 fresh herbs 338, 345 Tinned copper measures 61 iron measures 61 1298 INDEX. Troches, ginger 801, 1100 glycyrrhiza and opium 893, 1097 ipecac 922,1098 iron 1097 krameria 1098 magnesia 574, 10 98 making mass 1093 morphine and ipecac 896, 1099 peppermint 790,1098 santonin 1219 santoninate of sodium 1099 tannic acid 880, 1096 Trochiscation 187 Trochisci 1093 acidi tannici 880, 1096 ammonii chloridi 552, 1096 catechu 881, 1097 cret® 575, 585, 10 97 cubeb® 818, 1097 ferri 610, 1097 glycyrrhiz® et opii 893, 1097 ipecacuanh® 922, 1098 krameri® 1098 magnesi® 568, 574, 1098 menth® piperita 790, 1098 morphin® et ipecacu- anh® 896, 10 99 potassii chloratis 489,10 9 9 santonini 1219 sodii bicarbonatis 519, 1099 santoninatis 519, 1099 zingiberis 801, 1106 Treemner’s mill 178 press 247 scale for weighing li- quids 56 Tropmolin 730 Troy weight 38 weights 60 Trunnions, carboy 444 Tube condenser 152 Welter’s safety 148 Tuberose, oil 803 Tubes, safety 148 Tubulated receivers 146 Tucom oil 850 Tulip-tree bark 871 Tully’s mixture iron and conium 1182 powder 1093 Tumblerful 39 Tumbler-shaped graduate 63 Tunnels 213 Turkey corn 924 Turlington’s balsam 1211 Turmeric 733 paper 979 Turnera 830 microphylla 830 Turner’s cerate 1173 Turpentine 834 Canada 835 emulsion 1210 liniment 322, 835 oil 834 Turpeth mineral 675 Twaddell’s hydrometer 77 Twine reel 1086 Tyson’s antimonial pow- der 1186 U. Ulmus 738 fulva 738 Ultraquinine 900 Umbelliferone 837 Uncaria Gambir 884 Unguenta 1133 Unguentum 1135, 1136 acidi carbolici 727, 1135, 1136 gallici 881, 1135, 1136 tannici 880, 1135, 1136 antimonii 1186 aquae ros® 1135, 1136 belladonnas 915, 1135, 1136 benzoini 959 calaminae 1173 calminare 1173 camphor® 1205 camphoratum 1205 cantharidis 1246 chrysarobini 873, 1135, 1137 creasoti 1190 diachylon 650, 655, 1135, 1137 fuscum 1205 gall® 879, 1135, 1137 hydrargyri 664, 666, 1135, 1137 ammoniati 664, 668, 1135, 1137 iodidi rubri 1186 nitratis 664, 677, 1135, 1138 oxidi flavi 664, 674, 1135, 1138 rubri 664, 675, 1135, 1138 iodi 462, 468, 1135, 1138 iodinii compositum 1157 iodoformi 769, 1135, 1138 matris 1205 mezerei 827, 1135, 1139 picis compositum 1189 liquid® 722, 1135, 1139 plumbi carbonatis 650, 653, 1135, 1139 iodidi 650, 654,1135, 1139 potassii iodidi 1135, 1139 stramonii 1135, 1140 sulphuris 471, 1135, 1140 alkalinum 471, 1135, 1140 compositum 1159 iodidi 1159 veratrin® 920, 1135,1140 zinci carbonatis im- puri 1173 oxidi 595, 1135, 1140 Unofficinal infusions 330 Unona odoratissima 802 Unusual doses 1008 Upward filtration 215 Urethane 771 Urginea Scilla 865 Urinometer 76 Urson 883 Use of blow-pipe 116 steam in pharmaceuti- cal operations 121 Uses of heat 116 Ustilago 868 Maydis 868 Uva ursi 861, 883 fluid extract 3 98 , 884 y. Vaccinium resinosum 780 Vacuum apparatus 133 maceration 366 percolator 366 pump 220 Fisher’s 220 Valerate, ethyl 770 Valerian 822 abstract 43 4 , 822 ammoniated tincture 356, 822 fluid extract 3 9 9 , 822 oil 822 tincture 355 , 822 Valeriana 822 officinalis 822 Valerianate, ammonium 564 solution 1169 amyl 770 bismuth 694 iron 636 quinine 906 sodium 519 zinc 597 Valerianic acid 822 Van Swieten’s solution 1185 Vance’s cream for chil- blains 1186 Vanier’s syrup 1223 Vanilla 797 planifolia 797 tincture 356 , 798 Vanillin 797 artificial 797 Vaporization 128 Vapors, tension of 129 Vaseline 856 Vegetable cathartic pills 1224 Vehicle 1006 Velpeau’s diarrhoea mix- ture 1227 Venice turpentine, oil 801 Veratralbine 925 Veratrina 919 Veratrine 919 ointment 920, 1140 oleate 323, 920 Veratroidine 919,927 Veratrum album 925, 926 viride 919,927 fluid extract 399, 919 tincture 356,919 white 925 INDEX. 1299 Verbascum 830 phlomoides 830 Thapsus 739 Verbena, oil 803 Verdigris 656 Vermilion 676 Very fine powder 186 Vest-pocket prescription scale 55 Viburnin 822, 842 Viburnum 822 fluid extract 399, 822 opulus 842 prunifolium 822 Villate’s solution 1174,1183 Vina medicata 356 Vinegar 720 aromatic 1188 lobelia 407 opium 408, 893 raspberry 1190 sanguinaria 408 squill 408, 865 Vinegars 407 Vinous tincture rhubarb 1220 Vinum album 357, 358, 772 fortius 357, 358 aloes 357, 358 antimonii 357, 358, 683, 688 aromaticum 357,358 aurantii 1204 eompositum 1203 carnis 1244 et ferri 1244 ferri, et cinchonas 1245 colchici radicis 357, 359 seminis 357, 359 ergot* 357, 359, 868 erythroxyli 1236 aromaticum 1236 ferri amarum 357, 35 9, 609, 622 citratis 357, 359, 609, 620 fraxini american* 1217 ipecacuanhas 357, 360 opii 357, 360, 893 pepsini 1239 ■ picis 1189 pruni Virginian* 1217 ferratum 1217 rhei 357, 360, 873 rubrum 360,772 tabaci 1237 Viola odorata 803 tricolor 866 Virginia lungwort 739 snakeroot 821 Virgin’s bower 830 Viridine 724 Vitellin 966, 970 Vitellus 966, 971 Vitis vinifera 772 Vleininck’s lotion 1171 solution 1171 Volatile oils 783 Volkman’s antiseptic so- lution 205 Volumetric method 1048 prescriptions 1048 Volumetric solution bi- chromate of potas- sium 982 hyposulphite of so- dium 982 iodine 982 nitrate of silver 982 oxalic acid 983 soda 984 solutions for quanti- tative tests 982 W. Wade’s suppositories 1198 Wafer capsules 1089 Wahoo 876 Wall-fixtures 990 Wallflower, oil 810 Warburg’s pills 1236 tincture 1236 Ward’s paste 1206 Warner’s filter 216 gout cordial 1219 Warren’s antidiphthe- ritic mixture 1163 styptic 1155 thymol inhalation 1205 Wash, black 1185 yellow 1185 Wash-bottle 197 Washed sulphur 473 Washing, continuous 200 displacement 200 Water 441 ammonia 553 stronger 554 anise 276, 278 avens 830 bath 120, 121, 331 bitter almond 275, 278,807 camphor 276,278 carbolic acid 1190 chlorine 275,279 cinnamon 276, 279 cologne 316 creasote 275, 279 crystallization 236 decrepitation 237 distilled 278, 280 fennel 276, 280 heater 109 Fletcher’s 109 hemlock 794 interstitial 237 Javelle’s 464, 1163 lead 652 lily 884 lime 576 orange flower 278 peppermint 276, 280 plantain 824 pumps 219 rose 278,280 sifting 187 spearmint 276, 280 tar 1190 Watermelon seed, oil 850 Wax, white 967, 971 yellow 967, 971 Wed el’s pectoral powder 1196 Wedge press 250 Wedgwood mortar and pestle 182 Weighing 47 Weight 36 measure, and specific gravity 36 percolating 262 Well-tube percolator 264, 266 Welter’s safety-tube 148 Whale oil 970 Whisky 314, 750, 751 raw 751 White agaric 824 argols 774 arsenic 690 gentian 824 lead 652 mustard 809 oil 850 oak 882 oil origanum 792 phosphate iron 611 precipitate 667 veratrum 925 wax 967, 968, 971 wine 358 stronger 358 White’s compound iodo- form ointment 1199 cubeb mixture 1207 Whiting 580 Whitwith’s red drops 1201 Whooping-cough remedy 1163 Wiegand’s still 153 syrup phosphate of calcium 1172 phosphate of manga- nese 1175 Wild basil 793 cherry 807 fluid extract 390, 807 infusion 330, 807 syrup 295,807 marjoram 792 mustard, oil 810 radish, oil 810 Wilkinson’s ointment 1159 Willow 863 herb 739, 884 Wilson’s benzoinated al- kaline mixture 1165 Window-fixtures 988 Wine, aloes 357, 358 antimony 357, 358, 688 aromatic 357, 358 beef 1244 and iron 1244 iron, and cinchona 1245 citrate of iron 357, 359, 620 coca 1236 colchicum root 357, 359 seed 357, 359 dry 773 ergot 357, 359, 868 erythroxylon 1236 generous 773 heavy oil 759 ipecac 357, 360 iron 622 1300 INDEX. Wine, iron, bitter, 357, 359, 622 light 773 measure 39 opium 357, 360, 893 orange 1204 pepsin 1239 red 360 rhubarb 357, 360, 873 rough 773 sparkling 773 still 773 strong 773 stronger white 358 sweet 773 tar 1189 tobacco 1237 white 357, 358 ash 1217 stronger 357, 358 wild cherry 1217 Wineglassful 39 Wines, low 751 medicated 356 Wintera 824 Wintergreen 800 Winter’s bark 824 oil 824 Wirz’s suppository mould 1125 Witchhazel 883 extract 1225 water 1225 Wittstein’s process 531 Wood 100 oil 841 Wooden mortar 172 Woollen strainers 204 Worm tea' 1218 Wormwood 825 oil 803 Wort 751 Woulffe’s bottle 220 Wourari 924 Wrench, stopper 443 X. Xantho-proteic acid 450 Xanthopuccine 921 Xanthorhamnin 862 Xanthoxylum 828 carolinianum 828 fluid extract 400, 828 fraxineum 828 Xylol 730 Y. Yard 37 Yarrow 829 oil 829 Yellow cinchona 898 dock 876 jasmine 913 lotion 1185 mercuric oxide 673 oxide mercury 673 sulphate mercury 675 wash 1185 wax 967, 971 Yew 871 Yolk of egg 966, 971 glycerite 305, 966 Z. Zanetti’s hydrometers 78 Zea Mays 733, 868 Zedoary, oil 803 Zimmerman’s decoction 1219 Zinc 588 acetate 589 and potassium cyanide 589 bromide 590 carbonate, cerate 1173 chloride 592 Latour’s paste 1173 Zinc chloride solution 593 cyanide 589 ferrocyanide 589 iodide 593 lactate 589 mossy 590 oleate 852 oxide 594 ointment 595 phosphide 595 precipitated carbo- nate 591 salicylate 589 salts 1173 tests for 588 sulphate 596 sulphide, Duhring’s solution 1173 sulphocarbolate 589 tartrate 589 test 979 valerianate 597 Zinci acetas 589 bromidum 589, 5 9 0 carbonas prsecipitatus 589, 591 chloridum 589, 592 cyanidum 589 et potassii cyanidum 589 ferrocyanidum 589 iodidum 589, 593 lactas 589 oxidum 589, 594 phosphidum 589, 595 salicylas 589 sulphas 589, 596 sulphocarbolas 589 tartras 589 valerianas 589, 597 Zincum 588, 589 Zingiber 801 officinale 801, 802 Zittmann’s decoction 333 Zizyphus vulgaris 739 Zoology 25 THE END. Printed by J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia.